THE TRANSACTIONS THE LINNEAN SOCIELY i OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVI. Ü LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW q d D M.DCCC.LXX. ‘MISSOURI BOTANICAL ARDEN. G CONTENTS. PART I.—1868. I. A Monograph of the Bambusacex, including Descriptions of all the Species. By . COLONEL MUNRO, Companion cs the Bath, PIT SÉ the Legion of Honour and the Mejidie, F.L.S.&c. . . Rd oca rs (094! C^ V DADO I II. On the Genus Crescentia. By JoHN Miers, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S., Commend. Ord. Be s à e nei EE 108 ITI. On Pauropus, a New Type of Centipede. By Str JoHn LUBBOCK, Barta F.R.S., V.P. Linn. Soc., Pres. Ent. Soc., V.P. Ethn. Soc. $c. . IBI IV. On the Lingual Dentition of some West-Indian Gasteropoda. By R. J. LECHMERE Guppy, Esq., F.G.S., and JABEZ Hoce, Esq., F.L.S., M.R.C.S.L. SC. we): V. On the Mechanical Appliances by which Flight is attained in the Animal Kingdom. By James BELL PETTIGREW, M.D. Edin., First Assistant in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, Ex-President of the Boyat Medicai Society of Edinburgh, $c. Communicated by Professor HUXLEY . . ` . . . . 197 VI. Fungi Angolenses.—A Description of the Fungi collected by Dr. Frirprich WEL- WITSCH in Angola during the years 1850—1861.—Part I. By FRIEDRICH WEL- WITSCH, M.D., F.L.S., and FREDERICK CURREY, M.A., F.R.S., Sec. L.S. . 279 VII. Notes on the Thysanura.—Part III. By Str Jonn Lussock, Bart., F.R.S., V.P. Linn. Soc., Pres. Ent. Soc., V.P. Ethn. Soc. $c. . . . ; . 295 VIII. On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns. By J. G. Burn, Esq., F.L.S. . 305 PART II.—1868. IX. A Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda. By GEORGE STEWARDSON BRADY, Esq. Communicated by Dr. ScLateR, FDS. $6. . ..... . . . 858 iv CONTENTS. PART III.—1809. X. On some remarkable Mimetic Analogies among African Butterflies. By ROLAND Deen NONO DM BR ER . . page 497 Xl. The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in Dasypus sexcinctus. By JOHN CHARLES GALTON, Esq., M.A., Exeter College, Oxford . . PIANO RUN wc. One XII. The Myology of the Upper and Lower Extremities of Orycteropus Capensis. By JOHN CHARLES GALTON, Esq., M.A., Exeter College, Oxford. . . . . . 567 XIII. On the Homologies of certain Muscles connected with the Shoulder-joint. By GEORGE RoLLESTON, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Linacre a R and Physiology, Oxford . . . PX. À . 609 XIV. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Lower Annelids. By E. RAY LANKESTER, Esq. Communicated by GEORGE Busk, Esq., Sec. D.S. . . . . . . . 681 XV. On the Variations of the angular divergences of the Leaves of Helianthus tube- rosus. By the Rev. GEoRGE Henstow, M.A., P.L.S. . . . . . . . . 647 XVI. On Branched Palms in Souther n India. a S.. PuLNEY Anny, M.D., FILS, Ze Ee , : | 2.45 OGI PART IV.—1870. XVII. Contributions towards the History of Zamia Gigas, Lindl. & Hutt. By W.C. WinLiAMsON, F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in Owens en Com- municated by Wii CARRUTHERS, Zsq., FLS. . . : : 4 008 XVIII. On Fossil Cycadean Stems From the Secondary Rocks of Britain. By WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Esq., FLS.,FG.S.. . FUSE uA v 3: 2. 808 a PRET ns sae ne ln SE Er TOR tinens BE >; THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVI. PART THE FIRST. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. LON DON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW. M.DCCC.LXVIII. 1 bes i. ke E IV. e y Vali kel Vitis = CONTENTS. "PART 1.—1868. . A Monograph of the Bambusacese, including Descriptions of all the Species. By COLONEL Munro, Companion of the Bath, a gr the T of Honour and the Mejidie, F-L.S.:&0. . . . ae RE On the Genus Crescentia. By Joun MIERS, wi ERS. D L.S., Commend. Ord bap. Bras: Bose! w ee EEE ER A On Pauropus, o New Type of Centipede. By Sig Jonn LUBBOcK, Bart., F.R.S., FP. Lint. 800, Prevent. 000, V.P. DIAR Sad et. CR CH On the Lingual Dentition of some West-Indian Gasteropoda. By R. J. LECHMERE GUPPY, Esq., F.G.S., and JABEZ Hoss, Esq., F.L.S., M.R.C.S.L. Ae . . 191 On the Mechanical Appliances by which Flight is attained in the Animal Kingdom. By James BELL PETTIGREW, M.D. Edin., First Assistant in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, Ex-President of the prs Medical grise of Edinburgh, Ae, Communicated by Professor HUXLEY . . . 197 Fungi Angolenses.—A Description of the Fungi collected by Dr. FRIEDRICH WELWITSCH in Angola during the years 1850-1861.—Part I. By FRIEDRICH WELWITSCH, M.D., KLS and FREDERICK Currey, M.A., F. R.S., Sec. L.S. 279 Notes on the Thysanura.—Part ITI. By Str Joun LUBBOCK, Bart., F.R.S., V.P. Linn. Koti, Pres. Ent. Soc., V.P. Hthn. Soc. &c. . . . . ; . 290 On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns. By J. G. BAKER, Esq., F.L.S. . 305 E. M TRANSACTIONS OF THE “aN EAN SOCIETY: I. A Monograph D Bambusacex, including Descriptions of all the Species. By COLONEL Mungo, Companion of the Bath, Knight of the Legion of Honour and the Mejidie, F.L.S. &c. | (Plates L-VI.) Read November 15th, 1866. MY numerous friends in all parts of the world have for so many years intrusted me with their extensive and valuable collections of Grasses, that I have long been extremely anxious to make the knowledge which I have acquired in examining these specimens, which may be counted by tens of thousands, of some use to botanists generally. Up to the present, I fear, all I can say is that, in addition to some short papers published in different ‘ Transactions,’ I have carefully examined all Grasses sent to me, and to the best of my judgment authenticated and named a very large number in the Hookerian Herbarium, the British Museum, the Museum of Trinity College, Dublin, A. Gray’s and Bentham’s own herbariums, and also some of the Canadian and New York herbariums. My roving life as a soldier has hitherto, of course, interfered much with any long- continued systematic study, such as would be necessary to complete a monograph of any of the divisions of the Graminez sufficiently carefully and fully to be worthy of being offered to botanists generally. | Recently I have had more leisure, and access, through the liberality of my friends, to the best botanical libraries in England. I therefore have now much pleasure in making a beginning, by offering to the Linnean Society a memoir on the Bambusacex, a very im- portant division of Gramineze, although in the number of species it is exceeded by ' many (indeed nearly all) other divisions. Ruprecht, in 1839, published an excellent memoir on Bambuses, in the fifth volume, second series, of the * Proceedings’ of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, which really, as far as the species then known are concerned, is quite exhaustive of the subject. I will not, therefore, attempt to enter into the interesting details of the earlier history of Bamboos, of their general structure, or the writings of Rumph, Rheede, and others of the older botanists on the subjeet. VOL. XXVI. 5^ cu 2 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Every one who has travelled in the eountries where the Bamboos prevail can give instructive accounts of the multitudinous uses to which they are applied. During the last summer very many gardeners, in England even, have been in the habit of using almost daily a Bamboo which is sold abundantly in Covent Garden and elsewhere, for sticks for supporting plants, instead of the old-fashioned green ones. This is, I believe, a species of Phyllostachys. Rumph says that the Malays, in his time even, believed that the hollow stem of a Bamboo was the original womb of Man. The seeds and young shoots of Bamboos are eaten by men, the leaves as fodder by horses; and these leaves again, in some countries form the principal portion of the roofs of the houses, and the stuffing of comfortable beds, as the split stems do the mats for the floors in a large number of houses, in Madras especially. Good cordage and paper is made from the fibre, good houses and furniture, and even fishing-contrivances from the stems. A valu- able medieine, Tabasheer, which, I believe, still bears a high price, is found in the joints of several species, especially, according to Roxburgh, in that of the Melocanna bambusoides, the cavity between the joints of which is nearly filled with it. The natives call it Chuna Lime. Sir Emerson Tennent, in the first volume of his work on Ceylon, mentions one very curious use to which Bamboos are applied in Malacca. He says, “In the Malayan peninsula the living Bamboo has been converted into an instrument of natural music, by perforating it with holes, through which the wind is permitted to sigh in the most charming manner." . . . “ Mr. Logan, in 1847, in approaching the villages of Kandingu, contiguous to the frontier of the European settlement of Malacca, heard sounds, some soft and liquid like the notes of a flute, and others deep and full, like the tones of an organ. On drawing near to a clump of trees, a slender Bamboo, 40 feet in height, was observed; and it was ascertained that the musical tones issued from it, and were caused by the breeze passing through perforations in the stem. The instru- ment thus formed is called by the natives Bulu perindu, or plaintive Bamboo. Those which Mr. Logan saw had a slit in each joint, so that each stem possessed fourteen or twenty notes." I will not, however, enter into further details on this interesting and utilitarian part of the subject, quite agreeing, as I do, with Dr. Hooker, who says, in his ‘ Himalayan Journals,’ that it would take many pages to describe the numerous purposes to which the various species of Bamboo are put. Bamboo for nearly everything they require, even to over the world. | packing the tea which they send all Ruprecht, who had, apparently, free access to the Willdenow Herbarium, the speci- mens in the British Museum collected in Nepal by Wallieh, in 1821, and the Peninsula Bamboos, collected by Wight, describes nine genera and sixt which he had seen fifty-five in flower. Of these I have been obliged to reduce about five, thus leaving fifty. In the following pages I have described upwards of 170 spenics of twenty genera, showing how largely our knowledge of this family has increased KR ie Ton years. Yet there are many more, doubtless, still to describe, eins x an as og of several species, which I have been unable to make The difficulty y-seven species in all, of of procuring the flowers of Bamboos is often very great. Roxburgh, an The Chinese, it is said, use the. Aiea ln an iniiai COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 3 excellent observer, states that he never more than once saw Bambusa Baleooa in flower ; and I have only seen four specimens of it in the very large collections I have had access to. Humboldt, referring to this subject, says, * Mons. Mutis herborized for twenty years in the country where Bambusa Guadua formed marshy forests, several leagues broad, without being able to procure a flower ;" and the flowers of this species, I would observe, are still very rare. Humboldt mentions as an interesting fact, that Bonpland found it once in flower. I have seen a few flowering specimens, collected by Mr. Spruce on the Rio Negro, near the Cassiquiare River, the very locality indicated by Humboldt. This rarity of flowering specimens had often induced me to believe that the Bamboos generally, with one notable exception, unlike most Grasses, were — limited in their distribution. However, some of the species which flower annually, as the male Bamboo (Dendro- calamus strictus), and can thus be easily collected, are ascertained to be widely distri- buted: D. strictus is found over a large portion of India, North and South, East and West, Burmah, Tenasserim, and J apan. Some of the Arundinarie also, which die down to the ground every year. and, springing up again, flower annually, are often found in Collections. Flowering speci- mens of the true Bambusa arundinacea are also common in herbariums, although the » plant takes a long time in coming to the flowering state. It is, however, very widely spread, and always must attract attention when in flower. I may here mention that Dr. Hooker is of opinion that this Bamboo does not flower at any prescribed age, as is commonly supposed, but at any period when full-grown and the circumstances of the season are favourable to its flowering. This opinion is confirmed by numerous "m from various careful observers, colleeted together in the 13th and 14th volumes of the Journal of the Agricultural and Hortieultural Society of India. The late Sir W. Sleeman stated, as a fact observed by himself, that in 1836 all the large Bamboos in the Deyrah-Dhoon, which had been the principal feature of beauty in the valley for the last twenty-five years, ran to seed and died. Those which had been transplanted during the previous season, and those trans- planted twenty years previously, all died together. He also adds that it was generally believed in the valley that a man who had seen two seedings of the Bamboo must be about sixty years old. Dr. Wallieh mentions that a celebrated grove of Bamboos, which surrounded the city of Rampore, in Rohileund, blossomed universally in 1824, and every stem died ; and he was informed that the same event had happened forty years previously. Mr. Spilsbury states that all the Bamboos between Jubbulpore and Mundlah seeded in 1839, and died shortly afterwards. Similar facts as to the death of whole forests of Bamboos after flowering are mentioned about the Melocanna bambusoides ( Bambusa baccifera, Roxb.), which flowered generally in Tipperah, Rungpore, Arracan and Chitta- gong, 1863-66, and died immediately afterwards, causing considerable inconvenience in Tipperah in following years, in consequence of the absence of all Bamboo fitted for building-purposes. In opposition to these statements, Dr. Anderson, the able Superin- tendant of the Botanical Gardens at Caleutta, states that in 1857 and 1858 many of the Bamboos near Caleutta and on Parasnath flowered and seeded, but in no case that he B2 4 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. was aware of, did a general death of the Bamboo follow. So far as he observed, only the flowering-shoots died; and their place was taken by young shoots springing from the roots; but during the flowering and seeding the foliage almost entirely disappeared. He adds that when the Bambusa gigantea at Caleutta, after thirty years, flowered for the first time in 1861, the plants, although weakened, remained alive. How important an event the general flowering of the Bamboo is, may be learnt from the perusal of the astonishing, but authentie, accounts contained in the Journal above referred to. Amongst these facts it is stated that in 1812, in Orissa, a general flowering of the Bamboo took place, and prevented a famine. The seed gave sustenance to thou- sands, and very many subsisted entirely on it. Hundreds of people were on the watch day and night to secure the seeds as they fell from the branches. Mr. Shaw Stewart, the Collector, of Canara, on the western coast of India, states that in 1864 there was a general flowering of the Bamboo in the Soopa jungles, and that a very large number of persons, estimated at 50,000, came from the Dharwar and Belgaum districts to collect the seed. Each party remained about ten or fourteen days, taking away enough for their own consumption during the monsoon months, as well as some for sale; and adds that the flowering was “a most providential benefit during the prevalent scarcity." Mr. Gray, writing from Malda in 1866, says, “In the south district, throughout the whole tract of country, the Bamboo has flowered, and the seed has been sold in the bazaar at thirteen seers (twenty-six pounds) for three rupees, rice being ten seers, the ryots having stored enough for their own wants in addition. Hundreds of maunds (the maund being 100 pounds) have been sold in the English bazaar at Malda; and large quantities have been sent to Sultangunge and other places twenty-five to thirty miles distant, showing how enormous the supply must have been.” Mr. Gray adds, “ The Bamboo harvest has been quite providential, as the ryots were on the point of starving.” I have divided the Bambusacee into three divisions:—The first the one generally adopted, namely, Triglosse or Arundinarie, in which all the species have 3 stamens and 3 squamulz, and the stems are invariably without thorns. In this there are 8 genera :— ARUNDINARIA, containing about 30 species ; THAMNOCALAMUS, found only in the Hima- layas; PuvrrosrACnHYs, a beautiful genus found in Japan, Amoy, China, WI the north of Burmah, with very peculiar foliage, and likely to be popular in cultivation; Arruro- STYLIDIUM, AULONEMIA, MEROSTACHYS, PLATONTA, and CHUSQUEA,—the latter containing upwards of 30 species, and ascending nearly as high in the Andes as Arundinaria does in the Himalayas. The second division of true Bamboos contains only 5 genera :—NasrUs; BAMBUSA with 26 species; GuADUA with 10 (this genus is very closely allied to RE ue is principally distinguished by its locality, being found only in South Dude al: GIGANTOCHLOA (also very close to Bambusa) ; and OXYTENANTHERA, a genus hi me have found it necessary to create, to eontain- some species distin en d D ogee linear fruit, and very long pointed anthers. eee The third division consists of berry-bearing Bamboos, in extremely interesting from their peculiar fruit. contained in an envelope somewhat analogous to 8 genera. These are all The pistil generally appears to be the sac, or utricle, or perigynium, EN LEN ^ BEE „nal anne COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 5 which contains the seed of Carex. In the young state this is so closely attached to the style that it is almost impossible to separate it; in advancing to maturity it increases in various ways. In MELOCANNA bambusoides it becomes very fleshy, and the fruit attains the size of a largish pear, whilst the seed remains comparatively small. This is the case, to a less extent, in BEESHA of Rheede, whilst in some of the other genera it forms a very thin covering to the seed, which is often, at maturity, inwardly quite free, and easily detached, as in PsEUDOSTACHYUM, figured at Tab. IV., ScuizostacuyuM acuti- florum, and perhaps in other species; for, unfortunately, perfect seeds are very rare. The scutellum is concealed by the envelope referred to above, and is not visible exter- nally, except, perhaps, in some of the species of DENDROCALAMUS; whereas in true Bamboos the seed is very generally like Oats or Wheat, linear or oblong linear, with a distinct furrow down one side, with the scutellum very visible below; and the style articulated at the top of the fruit, and never persistent. In Schizostachyum acutiflorum above referred to, a very curious bundle of hairs is to be found at the scutellum ; and the periearp in this instance is quite loose and rugose, and the fruit oblong. I have not seen perfect fruit in any other species of Schizostachyum, which I often cannot help thinking is an imperfect state of Melocanna, or some allied genus. The fruit of PsEUDosTACHYUM is in form exactly like the seed of Anagallis arvensis, and the whole plant is very curious in appearance. In Bzrsua, TEINOSTACHYUM and CEPHALOSTACHYUM the fruit is long-beaked, and in the two latter genera tapering at the base. Brnsua of Rheede (Ochlandra of Thwaites) is distinguished by its numerous stamens, frequently 20 and upwards, dimorphous spicule, the fertile one being very frequently sessile near the main axis. One species of this genus is remarkably well - figured by Rheede in plate Ix. vol. v. of the ‘Hortus Malabarieus. Teinostachyum has very long spicule, containing several perfect flowers, whereas in Cephalostachyum there is only one perfect flower in the spicule, a number of which are collected together in dense heads. DinocHLoA has a very small, rounded, beaked fruit, and has smaller flowers than perhaps any other species of the whole family, but has a large branching panicle. 1t approaches very closely to some species of Chusquea, from which genus it is very easily distinguished at first sight, by having 6 stamens and a trifid style. In the remaining genus, DENDROCALAMUS, perhaps most readily distinguishable from Bambusa by its very long, slender style, and the absence of true squamule, the fruit is of two forms; and I might probably have been justified in forming some of the species into another genus, but I have been very anxious to avoid the multiplieation of genera as far as possible. In D. strictus and its allies the fruit is very smooth, as if polished, on the surface, except at the extreme top, suddenly pointed into a short, sharp, and rather hairy per- sistent beak. In D. giganteus and its allies the beak is very soon caducous ; the fruit is hairy at the upper end, and not at all polished, and the scutellum is outwardly visible below on one side. Having given full descriptions of the genera and species in the following pages, I will not enter into further details here. I have not, with the exception of Platonia, included in Bambusacex any genus which 6 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. has not the leaves articulated at the base, below the petiole. For this and other reasons I haye not included the following genera, which are sometimes placed in Bambusaceze by authors :— Pariana, Aublet; Orthoclada, P. de B.; Uniola, Linn.; Diarrhena, Rafın.; and Streptogyna, P. de B. I feel considerable doubts about the latter genus, which has articulated leaves, and several points of structure analogous to Bambusacee ; but the presence of awns in the palez, and the short oblique-pointed callus, induce me to believe, in the absence of perfect fruit, that the plant is most nearly allied to Arundo. In describing the flowers of Bambusaceze I have made use of the word “ palea" in place of flowering glume, as recommended and used by our excellent President, Mr. Bentham ; and I have done so with great diffidence, believing, as I do, that the lower palea is in some sense a flowering glume, and in some of the Bamboos especially it is extremely difficult to distinguish between the glume and the lower flowers with only one palea. However, in general, as soon as the flower becomes hermaphrodite the distinction is well marked. In using the word **palea"" I have, I confess, paid some attention to expediency, which, I think, ought not altogether to be neglected in works on systematic botany. The word has the advantage of being short, and, whether accepted generally or not, is certainly understood by all botanists; and by its use I have hoped to assist many who are accustomed either to it or to a term of similar purport, as distinguished from “glumes,” in the writings of nearly all the principal authors on Gramines, as Palisot de Beauvois, Robert Brown, Trinius, Kunth, Nees ab Esenbeck, Steudel, and others. The word “palea” is also, I think, correct, as it originally means chaff, and in many Grasses the chaff is as much composed of the lower palea as of the upper one, to which alone our President confines the term. In some species of Schizostachyum there is no upper palea. . I have followed Kunth, Endlicher, and other authors in using the word “ squamulee ” for those portions of the flowers of Grasses which may be considered analogous to petals in other plants. These have been called by various botanists « “ lodiculæ,” “ parapetala,” &c. In Bambusacez these siderable value in defining species and genera. division Triglosse or Arundinarie, I believe, alw one species, at least, of Schizostachyum, and In Beesha the squamule are numerous. In Pseudostachy times inereased to five, and, with the two palex, are scales," “nectary,” are very interesting, and of con- They are generally present, and in the um three squamul: are some- persistent and spreading, and r; to which deception the fruit, seed-pod of Anagallis arvensis, lends its mens are monadelphous, there are occa- which are never nerved, and appear to me either to a. separation of a portion of the : ause. I always find that the first squamula opposite to the upper palea. It is also remarkable quamule are deficient altogether, the upper palea few-nerved, and becomes rounded on the back and | many-nerved. And I would here observe that the flowers of Bambo ose require very COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. T eareful examination, and give much trouble from the time they take to moisten thoroughly. Several spiculæ should be examined, as they often vary much in structure in the same panicle. Sometimes squamule will be found in the lower flower, and not in the upper, and sometimes this will be reversed. As a rule, the penultimate herma- phrodite flower is the most perfect, and often, in many-flowered spicule, the only one that produces seed. Abnormal flowers are by no means uncommon occurrences; I have sometimes seen two or three pistils instead of one, and very often I find the points of the anthers becoming gradually prolonged into imperfect styles. The spathes or large sheaths which cover the nodes of the lower portions of all Bam- boos, vary much in size and appearance, and will, I think, afford good characters when they are more studied and better known. Dr. Brandis has paid considerable attention to this subject; but these sheaths do not appear, in general, to have attracted the notice of collectors. In the Palm-house at Kew the spathes of Bambusa vulgaris, and of Dendro- calamus giganteus, are in great perfection, and will show at once how greatly these por- tions of the plants differ in various species. Another and very curious, almost unique, feature in several species of Bamboo, principally found in Java and the adjoining islands, may be mentioned. [allude to the fibres which hang down from the lower nodes of the older stems. The lowest of these sometimes enter the ground and become rooted, whilst others become two inches and more in circumference, and are frequently converted into ‘spines, bending downwards, which seem well to deserve the name of “horrid.” This is stated to occur most conspicuously in Bambusa maxima, Poir., the flowers of which, unfortunately, are unknown. | In the description of species I have used the word “rhachilla” to signify the small rhachis or axis of the individual spicula. I will only add that, in every instance where ` I have had access to a specimen, I have described the species from actual examination by myself; and to all these I have added V.S. When I have not seen a specimen, I have added S. V. (specimen visum) by the author from whom I have taken the description. : The geographieal distribution of the Bamboo is very interesting. One species only, under the several names of Bambusa vulgaris, D. Thouarsi, B. surinamensis, and B. Sieberi, is found in both hemispheres; and I am in considerable doubt as to which it isa native of. I have seen it collected by Wallich in Silhet, by Hooker in Chittagong, but marked by both as cultivated; from Ceylon, apparently wild; from the Mauritius, I think, cultivated; abundantly from the West Indies naturalized; and, cultivated, from several parts of South America. This is the only thoroughly cosmopolitan species, and is to be seen in great perfection near the centre staircase in the/Palm-house at Kew. The whole of many of the genera of the subtribe Trigloss, namely Arthrostylidium, Merostachys, Aulonemia, Platonia, and Chusquea, in all contaiming nearly 50 species, are confined to the Western hemisphere, some of the Chusquee attaining an elevation of 10,000 to 12,000 feet above the sea. Phyllostachys and Thamnocalamus are found only in the East; and the remaining genus Arundinaria is found in both hemispheres, some of the species attaining to great elevations in the Himalayan and adjoining mountains. Arundinaria spathiflora and A. racemosa have been found by Hooker and 8 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. Thomson on Singalelah, a mountain on the Islumbo pass, between Eastern Nepal and Sikkim, at an elevation of 11,000 feet. The distribution of many of these Arundinarie seems to be limited more by elevation than by any other cause. At the same time I would observe that at least three or four species appear to be peculiar to Ceylon, one to the Neilgherries, and one or two to Hong Kong. Jameson mentions that Chusquea aristata, Munro, makes its first appearance at 13,000 feet elevation on the eastern chain of the Andes, and that at 15,000 feet it completely covers the whole surface, forming what the natives call a * Carizal,” impenetrable to man or beast, and continuing upwards to nearly the limits of perpetual snow. It is certainly very curious that a tessellated Chus- ` quea should attain this great elevation on the Andes, and a tessellated Arundinaria should occur nearly as high in the Himalayas. The whole of the eight genera of the berry-bearing Bamboos are to be found only in the East, some species of the genera Cephalostachyum, Dendrocalamus, and Pseu- döstachyum attaining considerable elevations. Of true Bamboos, Guadua (if it is a good genus) is confined entirely to America, and the whole of the other species of this division, with the sole exception mentioned above of Bambusa vulgaris, are confined to Africa and the East. I have only seen one uncultivated Bamboo from Africa in flower ; and that was found in Angola by Dr. Welwitsch, and is most probably the same as Bambusa abyssinica of Richard. Ruprecht certainly describes Bambusa capensis, and Burchell’s herbarium contains one good specimen in flower; but I believe this is a cultivated plant, probably introduced from India, called Bambusa vulgaris by Nees, and identical with Bambusa Balcooa of Roxburgh. I have also seen some leaves of a species of Arundinaria from the Cape, called by Nees Nastus tessellatus. Flacourt mentions that a whole province of Madagascar is called Galembulu, from a species of Bamboo called Bulu which is prevalent there; and Ellis also, in his book on Madagascar, says that four very beautiful different kinds of Bamboo contribute much, by the extreme elegance of their growth, to the beauty of the scenery in that island. I have, through the kindness of M. Brongniart, been permitted to examine the Bamboos collected in Madagascar, belonging to the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, containing SE Ce of three Species which are, strange to say, all berry-bearing kur’ Bei. E r AOT ; is Beesha? capitata, Munro, Nastus capitatus of Himalaya and E "mum we Seer ee nz P" Ee ee d e Is a slender one which I had previously the plant deseribed b le as Ss š Pus pec = Kier ede proban thick as a quill en 9 to 10 feet ag "m an oes re tree to tree slonigside of ae roads.” I iie o e = mt ciegas ene "n which Bory describes as covering S vast ext Ca Geet Wess dida a. en E dads Pr we 0 county in the higher portions of the in Ceylon and India, and the ee giga = s eae se EE fonda Eastern Archipelago. A specimen of fe b Be N aa Panda or Du gigantea, Wallich), in the British Museum soca a oo ea giganteus (Bambusa d seum, received from Pulo Geum, measures 252 Co masa COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 9 inches in circumference. This species has now flowered abundantly in the Calcutta Botanical Gardens, and is thriving extremely well in the Palm-house at Kew. Dr. Brandis, who has collected nineteen species of Bamboo in Burmah, Pegu, and Tenas- serim, fourteen of-which I have seen specimens of, although only eight were in flower, and therefore capable of identification, states that one species, which I believe to be hitherto undescribed, and have called after the discoverer Bambusa Brandisi, attains a stature of 120 feet, with a circumference of 27 inches. Another species is said to be 3 feet in circumference. Oldham sent home six species of Bamboo from Formosa ; and several are found on the continent of China and in Hong Kong, which has one or two species peculiar to itself. The Sandwich Islands produce a new species of Schizosta- chyum, collected by the botanists attached to Wilkes’s expedition; but unfortunately, although the spicule are very numerous, not one appears to be quite perfect. Another species, of the same genus probably, but in leaf only, is found in several of the Poly- nesian Islands, as I have seen specimens from the Feejee Islands, Samoo, and Tahiti. Several species are found in the Philippine Islands, the few that I have seen flowers of being berry-bearing Bamboos. In the whole extent of North America, north of Mexico, there is only one species of uncultivated Bamboo, namely Arundinaria macrosperma. In all Europe there is not one native species; and, as mentioned elsewhere, from the vast continent of Africa, only one native species, in flower, is known in herbariums. One fact in the distribution of the curious species Pseudostachyum polymorphum, * Purphok" of Sikkim, is interesting, as Griffiths mentions that it was found in Upper Assam, associated always with the Tea-plant. Hooker states that ** Pao," Dendrocalamus edulis, has a very marked limit in eleva- tion, ascending to 4000 feet, where it abounds, flowering yearly, after which it is succeeded by “ Poyang” (Cephalostachywm capitatum) and “Prang” (Arundinaria Hookeriana). The latter, according to Hooker, ascends to 6000 feet and upwards, and produces seed abundantly. The fruit, a dark long grain, like rice, is boiled and made into cakes or into beer. In the description of the genera and species, I have followed the plan adopted by Hooker and Thomson in the ‘ Flora Indica ;’ namely, after the name of the plant I have given as short a diagnosis as possible, followed by the synonymy and the habitats of the plant. I have then given a full description in Latin, and added a few remarks, occa- sionally, in English as to the habits and uses of the plants, and any remarkable peculiarities in structure, &c. I have used Latin as far as possible, as I was much struck by the remarks of several foreign botanists at the recent botanical congress in London, who complained that the English botanists used too much of their own lan- guage in modern systematic works on botany. I have, in many instances, added the native names of the various species, as I have been requested to do so; but I would observe that I consider them very uncertain; and indeed I find that the generic name even is given very differently by collectors in the same country: for instance, with collectors in Java, Horsfield and Harskaal, Rumph and Blume, all use different Javan words for the Bamboo generically. Dr. Hooker states that a dozen kinds of Bamboo are VOL. XXVI. C 10 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. known to the Lepchas by different names, and that in Khasiya the natives enumerate fourteen different kinds, the names of which are detailed at p. 268 of the second volume of the ‘Himalayan Journals.’ Most of these I have been able to identify with scientific names. With such careful observers as Hooker and Thomson these native names are of great value; but apparently “non cuique datum” with similar care and facility to express native sounds in European languages. A large number of Bamboos are now in cultivation, and perhaps twenty species at Kew alone. I am informed there are at least fifty in Paris.. Few of these, perhaps of Arundinaria only, are hardy in England, or even in the warmer parts of Ireland. Dr. Moore mentions, in the ‘Treasury of Botany,’ “that several. brakes of Arundinaria falcata were planted in the county of Cork, in 1848, and that, in ten years, the canes had reached a height of from 16 to 20 feet, being about a foot in circumference at the base. The joints of the stems were nearly of equal growth, and owing to this regularity presented a curious appearance, to those particularly who had not seen tropical vegeta- tion.” A fine plant of Guadua latifolia is stated to be growing in the Botanical Gardens at Berlin. There is a specimen preserved in the British Museum of Bambusa vulgaris, which is stated to have grown forty feet in forty days at Chatsworth, the noble seat of the Duke of Devonshire. I have throughout this paper made considerable use of Ruprecht’s excellent memoir on Bambusex in the Russian ‘Transactions’ already referred to, but have in all cases marked with “ ” any paragraphs which I have copied verbatim. BAMDBUSACEJE Monographice descripte Auctore Colonel WILLIAM MUNRO. BAMRUSACES, Kunth in Mém. du Mus. xi. 75 (1815) ; Roem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. 3 850 (1817) ; Link in Hort. Berol. ii. 308 (1833) ; Trinius in Act. Acad. Ces. Petrop. ser. vi. Se. Nat. at 613 (1835) ; Steud. Syn. 329 (1855); Miquel in Fl. Ind. Bat. iii.360 (1855), et in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 284 (1866). BaMBusEa, Nees in Agrost. Bras. 520 (1829); in Linnza ix. 461 (1834) ; in Lindl. Nat. Syst. 2nda edit. 383 (1836); in Fl. Afr. Aust. 460 (1841); Ruprecht in fiat Acad. Cs. Petr. ser. vi. Se. Nat. vol. iii. 2nda Part. p. 90 (1840). bón» Ar s 153 (fide Nees). Festucacee, Subtribus II. Bambusea, Endl. Gen. 102. Bund: pe ut = iw | Lindl. in Veg. TN 3rd ed. 116 (1853). Festucacearum genera, Kunth in Enum. Gramina fruticosa vel arborescentia, culmo nunc excelsissimo, 120-pedali et ultra, nunc alte ies d s nunc humili, pedali, fistuloso vel raro fere solido, sepissime ad nodos EE spinoso vel ae In nonnullis e nodis culmi inferioribus “ multe fibrille lignose progerminant iii RE verse radices, in terram intrant, superiores spinas, bene dictas * Kori P m "n » Th he speciebus in culmorum vetustiorum cavitate coneretiones silice:w, Tabasheer diste. iiis e Sé E in sectione “ Triglosse.” Iterum in multis locis culmi vel satiate (surculi) T = gg cm ut sylvulas vel etiam sylvas densas fere inpenetrabiles constituant. ca pre plante statura minora, omnia nisi in ni : : : : : dum venulis transversis impressis conspicue AT odiis s cas decidua, inter- Dana Ei Anne ia El ana ir EE Atari Zen RAT TENTE STRE ARE) TRE UU ra de T Ss TRETEN EMPTUM TURN COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 11 Vagine sepissime apice fimbriat, ligula semper presente, nunc brevi, nunc longiore et quandoque fim- brüs ciliata. * Inflorescentia: panicula perraro valde composita, sepius contractior et depauperata, denique in qui- busdam ad formam racemi aut spice (in aliis verticillat in aliis simplicis) quin ad pedunculum mo- nostachyum redacta ” (Nees.) Spicule multiflore vel pauciflorze vel sesquiflorze, nunquam uniflore. Nisi in subsectione ** Arundinarie” omnium flosculi inferiores 1 vel plurimi, abortivi, univalves, sepe glumas referentes. Interdum quasi in Paniceis spicule deorsum tantum, in plerisque quasi in Arundineis quibusdam sursum deorsumque, in subsectione “ Arundinarie,” quasi in Festuceis plerisque, sursum tantum imperfecte. Palea inferior semper plurinervis, superior 2-6- plurinervis, carinata vel ecarinata, interdum (rarissime) deficiens. Squamule typice 3, interdum plurime, abortu 2 vel null. Stamina 3-6 vel plurime, filamentis basi liberis vel monadelphis. Styli plerumque ima basi conjuncti, vix unquam indivisi, szepissime 2-3—4-fidi. Caryopsis libera vel in sectione “ Baccifere” perigynio arcte inclusa. Bambusacee, ob characteres supra EREN, meo sensu, ab omnibus aliis graminum tribubus bene distinctæ sunt. Genera Bambusacea in sectiones tres dividua sunt. 1. Trıcrossz, Link. in Hort. Berol. i. 248 (1827); Nees in Agros. Bras. 520 (1829). Arundinarie, Nees in Linn. ix. 466 (1834), et in Lindl. Nat. Syst. et in Fl. Afr. Aust. 463, Rupr. l. c. 111, Steud. Syn. 331, Miquel. l. c. 361. Culmus semper inermis, fistulosus, teres vel in “ Phyllostachy ? semiteres, sepissime fruticosus, vix arborescens, szpe scandens, e nodis ramosissimus, interdum nanus, Tabasheer nunquam fundens : in Platonia tantum herbaceus enodosus., Panicula in multis depauperata, simpliciter racemosa vel fere spicata, etiamve subrotunda capitulum referens, in aliis thyrsoidea decomposita, amplissima effusa- que ; sepissime basi nuda, interdum vagina folii terminalis (e. g. Merostachys) vel foliis ipsis (in sect. Rettbergia, Chusquee) vel spatha vel bracteis perpaucis (e. g. Thamnocalamus et Phyllostachys) quasi involucrata: in plurimis terminalis 7. e. ex apice ramorum vel ramulorum foliiferorum egrediens ; in perpaucis (Arundinariis quibusdam et Thamnocalamo) culmi floriferi et foliiferi discreti sunt. Spicula pluriflora vel raro sesquiflora, in subsectione prima sursum, in aliis vel deorsum vel utrinque imperfecta. Glume ut plurimum paucinervie, interdum minimz vel obsolete, nunquam gemmipare, sepe consistentia et colore flosculis perfectis aleng, Palea superior semper bicarinata. Stamina 3, basi libera, connectivo nunquam elongato. Squamule 3 semper adsunt. Stylus, plerumque cito, supra basin 2-3-partitus. Caryopsis ovalis oblonga aut lineari-oblonga, sulco laterali notata, scutello extus conspicuo. ; Gramina subsectionis primæ, Arundinarie, in hemisphærio utroque; omnia alia hujus sectionis tantum in occidentali crescunt. Nees has principally trusted to the form of the upper palea, which he describes as compressed and boat-shaped, to distinguish this section from true Bamboos, in which, he says, the upper palea is depressed and broader at the back. I, however, do not find this distinction of sufficient value, as both forms are found indiscriminately in the upper palea of all the three sections. Link describes Triglosse as having 3 stamens, and spieulee with 1 or 2 bracts at the base, and thus distinguished from Bracteiflore, which have 6 stamens and several bracts. Grisebach, at p. 529 of the ‘Flora of the British West-India Islands, includes 3 genera of this section (Triglosse), namely c2 12 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Arthrostylidium, Chusquea, and Platonia, in Bromee, in consequence’ of the “ stigmas projecting laterally from the flower." In the numerous specimens I have examined I have never observed any tendency to such a structure, as I understand it; nor is there any represented in the numerous dissections contained in the plates attached to Ru- precht’s memoir. 2. Bamsusex ver®, Nees in Agros. Brasil. 531 (1829) ; in Linnea, 7. c. 465; in Lindl. Nat. Syst. l. c., in Fl. Afr. Aust. Le 461; Miquel, Le 361. Bracteiflore, Link. Hort. Berol. i. 249 (1827), partim. Culmus spinosus vel inermis, crassus, fistulosus, rarissime solidus, teres, arboreus, elatus, vel raro suffru- ticosus, nunquam scandens, non raro “ Tabasheer” fundens. Inflorescentia, vel scapus radicalis ( Bam- busa Balcooa, teste Roxb.), vel panicula vasta culmum interdum prealtum sspe spinescentem foliis denudatum terminans, ramosa et ramosissima, ramis simpliciter vel composite spicatis vel laxi- usculis, adjectis rarissime hinc et inde ramulis foliiferis ; vel, ut in Nasto, Guaduis quibusdam et paucis aliis, panieula ramorum terminalis subsimplex spiculis perpaucis pedicellatis vel sessilibus. Spicula pluriflora, scepe multibracteata, sursum deorsumque imperfecta, interdum biformis, raris- sime dioica. Glume multinervie, inferiores, nisi in Nasto, fere semper gemmiparz; omnes flosculis inferioribus sspe plurimis sterilibus unipaleaceis simillime. Palea superior bicarinata vel dorso rotundata ecarinata. Stamina typice 6, filamentis basi liberis vel monadelphis, antherarum con- nectivo vel obtuso vel apiculato. Squamule typice 3, abortu 2, vel raro plane deficientes. Stylus vel brevis et brevissimus cito trifidus vel basi plus minus longe simplex et apice tantum 2-3-fidus. Caryopsis ovalis vel oblonga vel (precipue in Ozytenanthera) anguste lineari-oblonga, sulco longi- tudinali notata, scutello extus visibili. Pericarpium a semine non distinguendum. Gramina hujus sectionis in utroque hemisphzrio crescunt. Link's name of Bracteiflore for this section claims precedence in point of date; but it includes all the species both of this section and the following one, and therefore I thought I was justified in adopting Nees's name, Link, morever, does not use his own name in his amended classification of Gramine in the 2nd volume of the * Hortus Bero- linensis, published six years after the first. In this last enumeration he only uses one word, Bambusacee, to include the whole tribe of Bamboos. 3. Baccıreræ, Munro. Spicula basi swpe valde -2 perfectis, in Teinostachyo et vel plurima, e.g. Beesha, basi libera | : i ; » Connectivo obtuso vel apiculato. Squamule typice 3, interdum plurime, nunc deficientes, : > ; hine scutellum extus non visibile, genera hujus sectionis obvia sunt. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 13 Sectio I. TrısLosse. Confr. supra, p. 11. Conspectus Generum. Subsectio I. Arunpınarız. Spicule sursum imperfecte. Stylus 2-3-fidus. Culmi teretes. Glumæ fere semper paucinervize. Stylus cifo supra basin 2-3-fidus. Folia venulis tranversis nullis vel conspicuis. Inflorescentia sspe simplex. — vel raro composita, ramis ultimis nunquam basi bracteis longis velatis 1. Arundinaria. Folia venulis transversis inconspicuis. Inflorescentia acum ramosissima ramis ultimis basi longe bracteatis . : . 2%. Thamnocalamus. Culmi semiteretes. Glumze multinervie. Stylus ut supra RR 3- PYTE Folia venulis transversis conspicuis. Paniculz ramis alternis basi brac- teatis, glumis apice foliaceis imbricatis . ‘ è ; ‘ . 8. Phyllostachys. Merostachys would be placed in this subsection by such authors as consider the two lower barren flowers to be glumes. Subsectio II. ArturostyLivız. Spicule sursum deorsumque imperfectz. Stylus fere ad basin bifidus. Venulis transversis nullis. Spiculze multiflorze. Spiculz fere eylindricze, eg vel sessiles, in racemo simplici vel pa- niculato disposite . ‘ e ‘ e ; . 4, Arthrostylidium. ` Spiculie compresse, in PEP ramosissima ase divaricata . . 5. Aulonemia. Venulis transversis subtus prominulis. Panicula subspicata. Spicule 2-3-florze glumis obsoletis . ; i : š : 3 . 6. Merostachys. Subsectio III. Cuusquex. Spicule deorsum imperfecte, 3-flore. Stylus cito bifidus. Culmus nodosus, foliis angustis basi articulatis . : : ; e . 7. Chusquea. Culmus herbaceus enodosus, foliis latis basi inarticulatis . su uU, . . 8. Platonia. The structure of the spicule in these two genera approaches very closely to that of Paniceous grasses; and, what is still more remarkable, the inflorescence of several species both of Chusquea and Platonia bears such a great resemblance to certain species of Panicum that they might very readily be mistaken for them by casual observers. 1. ARUNDINARIA. Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Amer. i. 74 (1803). Miegia, Pers. Syn. Pl. i. 101 (1805). Ludolfia, Willd. in Berl. Verh. (1808), 320. pss, Fisch. in Catal. Hort. Gorenk. (1812). Macronax, Rafin. in N. Y. Med. Rep. v. 350. Spicula sursum imperfecta, intra glumas breve pedicellata, 3-5-12-flora, rhachilla articulata, flosculis imbricatis distichis distantibus (nisi 1-2 terminalibus) tabescentibus, omnibus bipaleaceis herma- phroditis vel rarissime infimo maseulo. Glume valde variabiles, acutze vel. obtuse, interdum dis-. tantes, ut plurimum paucinervis, inferior raro abortu deficiens, superiore semper brevior. Palea inferior acuminata vel acuto-mucronata, concava, multinervia, glabra vel hirsuta, membranacea, supe- riorem bicarinatam dorso anguste canaliculatam :equans vel superans. Stamina 3, brevia. Squa- mule 3, conspicue, membranacex, ovate vel lanceolatz, ciliate, acute vel obtuse. Stylus basi integer cito in stigmata 2-3 pilis simplicibus plumosa divisus. Caryopsis ovalis vel oblonga vel lineari-oblonga, teretiuscula, postice suleo profundo notata. Gramina cosmopolitana, culmo tereti, suffruticosa, raro arborescentia, nunquam nisi in Á. distante scan- 14 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. dentia; ramis interdum ad nodos fasciculatis vel fere verticillatis. Folia plerumque parva Be transversis nunc obscuris nunc quam mazime conspicuis tessellata. Inflorescentia plerumque termi- nalis; interdum simplicissima, racemo spiculis 1—4 fere spicato ; interdum. coe Geet decom- positusque laxus amplissimus axillis glandulosis ; interdum ramuli floriferi basi fere aphylli, ad nodos dense fasciculati vel verticillati sunt, horum ramulorum pauci proliferi et hine quasi compositi sunt, sed ramulis ultimis nunquam basi longe bracteatis. Denique in nonnullis speciebus culmi floriferi et florigeri divers: sunt. The greatest caprice has been shown in the alteration by successive botanists of the name of this genus, especially when it is considered that no doubt was entertained by them of the identity of the original species, Arundinaria macrosperma. Michaux ori- ginally called it Arundinaria; and Persoon, writing very shortly afterwards, quotes Michaux’s name, but alters it to Miegia. This name could not stand, because it had been previously, in 1789, adopted by Schreber for quite a distinct genus of grasses. Consequently Willdenow altered the name, in 1808, to Zudolfia, assigning as a reason for so doing the great resemblance which the original word Arundinaria bears to Linnzus's genus Arundo. Smith, in Rees's ‘ Oyclopzedia,’ adopts the same argument. Fischer, an excellent botanist, in 1812, ereated the generic name Triglossum, of a. single spicula of which he gives a very fair drawing in ‘Catalogus Horti Gorenkis.’ He says the genus is distinct from Ludolfia in having all the flowers hermaphrodite, with 3 squamulz. Both these characters are especially peculiar to Arundinaria, and the drawing is évidently that of a spicula of Arundinaria macrosperma. Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. Inflorescentia terminalis, i. e. rami ramulive basi foliferi apice florigeri. Folia venulis transversis valde conspicuis tessellata. Stylus cito 3-fidus. Spicule multi- (plus quam 5-) florze. Panicula simplex semelve composita, plerumque racemosa, paucispi- culata. Vaginee apice fimbriate, Arborescens vel suffruticosa, foliis 1-2 poll. latis, panicula de- pauperata, spiculis longis 1-3-5, palea inferiore plus minus, Semper margine, hirsuta e > . : ERR è Suffruticosa, foliis maximis 6 lin. latis, panicula 7 poll. longa, radiis longissimis, palea inferiore subglabra . à : Suffruticosa, foliis 4-6 lin. latis, panicula 2-3 poll. longa, rhachi glabra, palea inferiore fere glabra vel hirsutiuscula i Vaginæ efimbriate. Suffruticosa, foliis 10-11 lin. latis, panicula 2-3 poll. longa, rhachi pubescente, palea inferiore subhirsuta Panicula composita, ramis multispicu Palea inferiore fere glabra Folia tessellata, sed venulis transversis naceo. Stylus cito 2-fidus. Panicula decomposita expansa axillis plus minus glandulosis, Internodia culmi apice vix hirsuta, foliis angustis, vaginis hirsutis, spiculze 2-3-5-flore, fere glabre , : i . 6. A. Wightiana. l. A. macrosperma. 2. A. radiata. 3. A. racemosa. 4. A. Kurilensis. latis densis adpressis, inexpansa. : d e à à . 5. A. Japonica. minus conspicuis, margine membra- COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 15 Internodia apice glabra, folis latis, vaginis glaberrimis, spiculz . A. longiramea. be. 9-4-florze, glabrze Internodia pilis reversis en ee 5-8- rug eds fat zi Ce A. floribunda. . A. Griffithiana. hirsutze ‘ Internodia apice disco TESTA diode 5-6- Be e u Folia tessellata venulis transversis valde conspicuis, margine cartilagineo. Stylus cito 2-fidus. Panicula decomposita — . . : e i . 10. 4. Walkeriana. Folia venulis transversis nullis vel obsoletis. Panicula simplex, semper terminalis. e Spicule solitarie pauceve nutantes 2 poll. longe . : : ; . 11. A. glaucescens. Spiculze 5-6, in racemo terminali, 4-5 poll. longe . : i 4 . 12. A. macrostachya. Spicule 3—4 sessiles fere spicate 8-12 lin. longe . . 13. A. distans. Panieula vere simplex (spiculis 2—5), vel in ramulis foliiferis ter ih vel basi aphylla circa nodos dense fasciculata. e : . 14. A. verticillata. Panicula semel bisve composita, in ramulis fasciculatis, terii Panicula ramis pedicellisque brevibus, crassis. Spicule 3-flore — . 15. A. debilis. Panicula ramis pedicellisque longis, tenuibus. Spicule sub 4-flore pubescentes, glumis longissime acuminatis . . . 16. A. acuminate. Panicula ramis 3—4 longis demum repandis. Spiculæ 6-11- ais; ES valde inzequalibus vix acutis ` 17. A. Triane. Panicula amplissima decomposita. Folia liti ciliis vagin® longissimis Stylus cito trifidus pd oo . A. amplissima. Sect. II. Culmi folüferi et floriferi distincti, Ee e totum dee floriferum occupat, ramulis basi aphyllis circa nodos fasciculatis, vel simpli- cibus vel proliferis compositis. Folia, venulis transversis nullis vel obsoletis, angusta. Folia subtus circa costam pilosa. Glumz Jonge spiculam seepe subzequantes 19. A. falcata. Folia subtus glabra. Glume vix dimidium spicule attingentes i . 90. A. Khasiana. Folia, venulis transversis, subtus preecipue, prominulis, 11-12 lin. lata. Spicule 2-8-flore. Folia sub 6 lin. lata jut Rie ru on mel Slc merda Spicule sesquiflore. Folia 6-12 lin. lata i š : ‘ i . 22. A. Hookeriana. In hoe conspectu, Arundinarie sole quarum flores noti sunt incluse. Species statu foliifero tantum notze ad calcem generis locat: sunt. 1. A. MACROSPERMA, Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 74. Culmi nodis hirsutis vel in var. f. sub- glabris, foliis 3-2 poll. latis, tessellatis, spiculis compressis 13-3 poll. longis, 5-8-15- floris plus minus hirsutis. a. arborescens, culmus 10-20-35 (fide A. Gray) -pedalis, ramulis numerosis floriferis, fere spicigeris, szepe fasciculatis, foliis 14-2 poll. latis, Roem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. ii. p. 846; Mant. ii. 465, iii. 670; Nees, Agr. Bras. 526; Kth. Enum. 426, var. 8, et Suppl. tab. 33. fig.4; Ruprecht, /. c. 112, tab. i. fig. 2 ; Trin. Le, 622; A. Gray, Man., 2nd edit. 568 ; Steud. l. c. 334. A. gigantea, Chapm. in Fl. S. U. States, 561; Schult. (fide Steudel). Arundo gigantea, Walt. Carol.81 (1785). Miegia macrosperma, Pers. Syn. i. 102; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 59. M. gigantea, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. p. 39. M. mari- tima, Willd. (fide Steudel). M. arundinacea, Torrey, MS. et herb. Nastus macrosperma, Raspail, Ann. Sci. Nat. v. 458, t. 8. fig. 1. Ludolfia macrosperma, Willd. in Mag. l. e. 320; Dietr. Spec. i. 24; Spreng. Syst. i. 233. Festuca grandiflora, Lam. Illustr. i. 191. Macronaz, Rafinesque, l. c. B. suffruticosus, spicis vel racemis paucioribus interdum solitariis culmum terminantibus, foliis 3-1 poll. latis. Arundinaria tecta, Muehl. Desc. 491 (1817) ; Schult. Mant. ii. 465 ; Ruprecht, l. c. 111, tab. ii. EA. 16 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSAC fig. 1 a, B, y, 6; Chapman, l. c. 561; Steudel, /. c. 334. A. macrosperma, var., és Kunth, R u l.c., P. de B. Agrost. p. 144, tab. xxv. fig. 7. Arundo tecta, Muehl. l. c. 81. os Ger p be, Nutt. Gen. 39. Miegia pumila, Nutt. fide Ruprecht, l.c. et herb. Ludolfia tecta, Dietr. |. c. Tri- glossum bambusinum, Fisch. /. c. Ee Hab. America sept., frequens. Vidi specimina e Philadelphia! ; iren b si Kentuc d e e Carey; New Orleans, Drummond, 474!, Elliott; Texas! Lindheimer ` Georgia !, Arkansas! Nuttall, Elliott, Schweinitz; Carolina! Frazer. In Europa culta. Culmus arborescens vel suffruticosus, nodis plerumque hirsutis, in var. a ramis $-4-pedalibus. Folia lance- olata basi rotundata in petiolum attenuata, nervis secundariis 6-14; venulis transversis ones 4 lin.-2 poll. lata, 3-7 poll. longa, marginibus serratis, undique scabra, dorso pubescentia. Vagine internodiis breviores, superiores subsemipedales, striatze, sulcate, ore ligulatze et Appendiculato-fim- briatæ, uno margine longe ciliate, ligula truncata hyalina lacero-ciliata, fimbriis rigidis Lande ribus scabris deciduis. Panicula subracemosa, paucifiora, spiculis 1-5, vel in culmo solitaria vel in ramulis plurimis, quasi paniculatis, ad nodos fasciculatis, terminalis. Spicule compresse, lineari- lanceolate, 10 lin.-3 poll. longze, 5-8-15-flore, sepe dense pubescentes, raro subglabr:e, semper margine plus minus hirsute membranacex nervose. Glume valde variabiles, inferior 1}-3-lin. longa, acuta vel obtusa, interdum deficiens, superior 3-8 lin. longa, flosculum proximum vel subzequans : vel duplo et etiam 3-plo brevior. Palea inferior, 9-11-nervia, lanceolata, acuminata, margine longe fimbriata, transverse venulosa, superiore apice bimucronata paulo longior. Squamule inzeqnales, lanceolatz, basi colorate, venosze, margine ciliatze vel fere glabre. Ovarium apice attenuatum in stylum, basi integrum, cito in stigmata 3 divisum. Caryopsis oblonga. This grass certainly varies very much in form ; and there is a very great difference in the appearance of the small purplish-coloured nearly glabrous spiculz of the variety called “ colorata" by Ruprecht, compared with the large pale-coloured densely pubescent spicul, nearly 2 inches long, generally found in dwarf specimens, terminated by a single panicle. Intermediate forms, however, abound; and I quite coincide with Pursh, Nuttall, and A. Gray in considering that all these forms belong to one and the same species. This variation in form will to a certain extent account for the fact that this one species bears no less than nine different generic and nineteen specific names. I have already referred to the needless alterations that have been made in the generic name. Carey mentions that this grass, which was once common in Kentucky, has become now nearly extinct there. ' 2. A. RADIATA, Ruprecht, Z. c. 115, tab. xv. fig.9. Culmi nodis glabris, foliis tessellatis, vaginis fimbriatis pubescentibus, panicula spitham:ea radiis solitariis longissimis monostachyis, gluma superiore floseulo infimo plane simili, Steud. 7. c, 335. Hab. In sylvis umbrosis Brasilize, Riedel, s. v., Ruprecht. “ Culmus erectus ramis ad nodos glabris ramulos simplices foliiferos lanceolata, maxima 4 lin. lata, 5 poll. longa, basi rotundata, subsessilia, leviuscula, viridia, nervis secundariis subobsoletis, utroque latere 5-6, venulis transversis valde pellucidis inferne prominentibus distantibus. Vagine pubescentes sulcato-striate, ore fimbriatze, fimbriis 2-linealibus. Panicula apice floriferos emittentibus. Folia o infimo plane similis. Flosculi brevissime b ta, apice longe mucronata vel subulata, 5-nervia ; superior minima, hebetata, nonnisi in flosculis 2do, 3tio, et 4to inventa." COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. : 17 I have not seen any specimen of this; and Ruprecht states that the specimen he saw was too young to have any of the genitalia perfect. If the lower flower has only one palea, the plant would belong to Arthrostylidium, from which, however, the tessellated leaves would appear to keep it distinct. 3. A. RACEMOSA, Munro. Culmi internodiis apice scabris; foliis tessellatis ; vaginis fim- briatis, inter strias pubescentibus, demum glabrescentibus ; panicula 2-3 poll. longa, rhachi glabra, spiculis subpollicaribus, 4-5-floris. Hab. Himalayas, Darjeeling, Birch Hill! 6000 ped. s. m.; Sinchul! 8000 ped.; Sikkim, Islumbo Pass ! 11,000 ped. Thomson, Mainom ! 6000-8000 ped. (“ Pummoon " incolis) ; E. Nepal, Yalloong ! 10,000 ped. (“ Pat-hioo” incolis), Hooker: v.s. Culmus teres, 2-4-pedalis, pallide ezeruleus, internodiis sæpe vix bipollicaribus, apice scabris vel scabriusculis, ramulis foliiferis florigerisque ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, basi obtusa vel sepe in petiolum brevem attenuata, 4-6 lin. lata, 2-4 poll. longa, apice setaceo acuminata, nervis secundariis utrinque 3, venulis transversis supra subtusque conspicuis; juniora subtus pilis longis hirsuta, demum glabra. Vagine striate, inter strias primum pubescentes, demum glabre, membrana brevi ciliatula terminatz, ligulatze, oreque ciliis paucis longis fimbriate. Panicula simplex, rhachi glabra in ramulis terminalibus longe exserta; spiculis 3-4; pedicellis angulatis, 1-12 poll. longis. Spicule glabre vel hirsutiuscule, 4-5-flore, intra glumas pedicellate, subpollicares; rhachille articulis hirsutis flosculis fere equilongis. Glum« valde variabiles, plerumque breves vel brevissimze, obtusze vel acutze, inferior sepe fere obsoleta. Palea inferior caudato-acuminata sub 9-11-nervis, fusca, mar- gine apicem versus ciliata, sub lente scaberulo-hispida; superior brevior, apice bimucronata, carinis apices versus extus ciliatis. Squamule vix inzequales, basi venose, oblongze, obtuse, apice longe ciliate. Stylus vix ullus, cito in stigmata 3 divisus. Fructus maturus linearis, sub 3 lin. longus, apice attenu- atus, sulco longitudinali notatus. This species has very rarely been found in flower; and when in foliage only it is extremely difficult to distinguish it from Thamnocalamus spathiflorus, Munr., Arun- dinaria spathiflora, Trin. The best marks of distinction are the roughness of the stem below the nodes, the long points to the leaves, and the membrane at the top of the vagina and below the articulation of the petiole, which is only slightly hairy. The leaves have often long hairs below. 4. A. KvRILENSIS, Ruprecht, in Bull. Petersb. viii. (1850) 121. Panicula simplici racemosa, 2-3 poll. longa, rhachi pubescente; foliis tessellatis, 10—11 lin. latis; vaginis efimbriatis.—Steudel. /. c. 335. ` Hab. Ins. Ouroup Kurilarum, s. v. Ruprecht. Culmus suffruticosus, 6-8-pedalis et diametro 3 lin., internodiis culmi floriferi 3 poll. longis, ramulis erectis adpressis. Folia majora 5 poll. longa, 10-11 lin. lata, basi rotundata, ovato-acuminata, supra glabra, subtus pallidiora, margine fimbriata, nervis secundariis utroque latere 6-7, venulis transversis pellu- cidis, interstitiis quadratis. Vagina efimbriata, quod notatu dignum inter Arundinarias, ligula con- spicua 1 lin. longa. Racemus simplex, 2-3 poll. longus, spiculis 4-5, pedicellis 2—4 lin. longis. Rhachis hirsuta, pilis adpressis pallidis, qui in rhachilla fere sericei sunt. Spicula, flosculis omnibus nisi infimo delapsis, 2 poll. longa. Glume pilis adpressis hirsute ; inferior valde variabilis, sub 1 lin. longa; superior 2-4 lin. longa, basi angustata, apice in mucronem acuminata. Palea inferior ovata ; 7-9-nervis, costata, superior 3-4 lin. longa, bicarinata. Stylus cito in stigmata 3 divisus. VOL. XXVI. D 18 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. I have not seen any specimen of this plant, and have copied the preceding description from that given in German by Ruprecht in the Transactions referred to above. The plant is said to be commonly called Chup-tatt by the inhabitants, who use it for arrows heads and several other purposes. It is found in Ouroup, one of the Kurile Islands, in 46° N. lat., and is believed to have been introduced from some of the islands still further north, and is therefore probably the most northern species known of the whole family. It is closely allied in some respects both to A. macrosperma and A. racemosa, from both of which it is distinguished by the absence of cilia to the vaginze, and from the latter by the hairy rhachis and broader leaves. Ruprecht mentions that he had not seen any perfect spiculee. 5. A. JAPONICA, Sieb. & Zuce., MS. apud Steud. /.c. 334. Panicula composita, ramis adpressis; spieulis numerosis, 1-2 poll. longis; foliis tessellatis, 4-1 poll. latis, 3-9 poll. longis.—A. Gray in Parry's Exped. 328; Miquel, Prol. Fl. J apon. Annal. Mus. Bot. Lugduno-Batav. ii. 984; Bambusa Metake Sieb. et Hort. ; B. mitis Hort. Paris. var. cult. spieulis 20-floris, 4 poll. longis. Hab. In Japonia, ins. Kiusiu! ins. Niphon, Burger ; Simoda! Williams; Java (fide Steud.). In hortis Europe cult. ! v. s. et v. ; Culmus 6-8-12-pedalis, suffruticosus, ramis striatis, glabris, ramulosis, fasciculatis, ramulis inzequalibus infra florentiam pubescentibus, internodiis 2-3 poll. longis, apice glaucescentibus. Folia lanceolata, apice setaceo acuminatissima, basi in petiolum brevem attenuata, $—1 poll. lata, 3-9 poll. longa, mar- ginibus scabris, nervis secundariis utroque latere 4—6, venulis transversis, creberrimis, tessellata, subtus pallidiora vel glaucescentia, glabra vel dense puberulo-scaberula. Vagine sæpe glaucedine dense adhzrente minute puncticulata tecte, striate, colorate, apice ciliis perpaucis, cito deciduis, fimbriatze, ligula conspicua producta coriacea extus subhirsuta. Panicula composita, ramis vel multo vel pauco spiculatis, adpressis, plerumque brevibus, angulis villosis vel pubescentibus vel in cultis glabrioribus. Spicule 2-10-20-florz, anguste, spe subcylindrice, 1—4 poll. longze, rhachillse arti- culis brevibus albo hirsutis. Glume inzequales, lanceolate, flosculis breviores ; inferior 4—5-nervis, margine interdum ciliata ; superior sub 9-nervis, margine glabra. Palea inferior sub 15-nervis, lanceolata, dorso convexa, mucronato-acuta, viridis vel colorata serotina fuscescens, sub lente sca- berulo-hirsutiuscula, margine glabra; superior interdum zquilonga vel raro multo brevior, depressa, apice bimucronata, bicarinata, carinis conspicue ciliatis, Squamule 3, longs, xquales, lanceolatze, ciliate, basi nervosse, “ Anthere defloratze petaloideo-explanatze, persistentes vel caducze ” (Steud.). Stylus cito trifidus, in stigmata 3 elongata. Ovarium oblongum, in stylum attenuatum. This seems to have a range of about 4 (degrees from 32° to 36° N. lat.) in J apan ; and I am therefore surprised that I do not find a specimen of it in Keempfer’s herbarium. - It is said to be called Niga-sasa (one of Keempfer’s names) in the island of N iphon, Me-take, and Sikah-take in the island of Kiusiu. In the spec} in Japan, the main and partial rhachis are both very hairy; vated at Kew, where this plant appears to be quite hardy, some of the specimens the lower palea, which is an inch long, whilst the upper one retains its usual length. "Miquel, in the « Annales’ Bambusa reticulata, Ruprecht, ut I believe Ruprecht’s plant to be more closely allied to a broad-leayed state of Phyllostachys bambusoides. COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 19 6. A. WIGHTIANA, Nees in Linnzea, ix. 482. Panicula decomposita, ramis patulis, axillis glandulosis ; foliis tessellatis, margine membranaceo, 4—43, raro 8 lin. latis; vaginis hirsutis ; spieulis 2-8-floris, fere glabris.— Ruprecht, 7. c. 116, tab. iii. fig. 10. ; Steud. Le 335, non Benth. in Fl. Hong., nec The. in Enum. Pl. Zeyl. A. hispida, Steud. l.c. 335. A. moliniformis, Hochst. in Herb. Holienacker, no. 1282! Hab. Ind. or: in montibus Nilghiri! Wight, no. 213! 1797! Schmid! Hohenacker! v. s. Culmus suffruticosus, ad nodos ramosissimus, 6-8-pedalis, crassitie 23-lineali, internodiis 2-4 poll. longis, apices versus e tuberculis asperis vel glabris, nodis ipsis vix hirsutis, ramulis in fasciculo quam plu- rimis 4-1 ped. longis, fere omnibus panieulam terminalem gerentibus, 1-2 foliiferis tantum, in his folia majora sunt. Folia ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, subtus glaucescentia et spe basin versus ad costam glandulosa, plerumque 13-3 poll. longa, 4-5 lin. lata, raro (in ramulis sterilibus) 8-9 lin. lata, 4-6 poll. longa, basi rotundata vel cuneata brevi-petiolata (petiolo basi subtumido), margine membranaceo scabro vel scaberrimo vel tandem glabrescente, nervis secundariis utrinque 4—6, venulis transversis pallidioribus sat crebris. Vagine striate, spe colorate, nunc tuberculis hispid:e, nunc glabrescentes (in eodem ramulo), ore ciliis 1-2-3 longis fimbriatz, ligula elongata vel brevissima. Panicula terminalis 4—6 poll. longa, decomposita, effusa, ramis patentibus vel divaricatis, axillis om- nibus conspicue glandulosis, ramulis ultimis paucifloris. Spicule in pedicellis longis vel longissimis, 2—5-florze, pallidze vel coloratz, fere glabre vel hirsutiuscule, 4-6 lin. longe, rhachille articulis sub- clavatis, scabro-hirsutis. Glume nervose, acuminatz vel obtuse, apice ciliate; inferior plerumque acuto-mucronata, 2-5-nervis; superior basi 7-nervis, acuminata. Palea inferior sub 5-7-nervis, mucronata, primo adspectu glabra, sub lente scaberulo-hispidiuscula ; superior subzequilonga, apice bicuspidata. Filamenta 3, antheris luteis. Stylus cito bifidus. Squamule ovate obtuse vel acute (fide Ruprecht in icone), margine fimbriate, nervos. ; This species appears to be confined to the Neilgherries, where it covers the outer slopes of the hills to some extent, especially towards Sisparah. A. Wightiana, or Wightii of the ‘Hongkong Flora,’ is my A. longiramea, and is easily distinguished by its habit, long branches of the panicle, and large very smooth leaves and vaginæ. 4A. Wightiana of the ‘ Enumeration of Ceylon Plants’ is my A. Walkeriana, separated from all its allies by the thickened cartilaginous margin of the deeply tessellated leaves. 7. A. LONGIRAMEA, Munro. Paniculæ compositæ vel decompositæ, ramis divaricatissimis, infimis longissimis (4-8-poll.), pedicellis sæpe 2 poll. longis; foliis usque ad 15 lin. latis, tessellatis ; vaginis demum lævissimis; spiculis 3—4-floris, glabris.— 4. Wightii, Benth. in Fl. Hongk. 434. Hab. Hong Kong, C. Wright! Hance, no. 1945! v.s. re Culmi, crassitie pennze anserinæ, e rhizomate repente oriuntur " (Hance), * ad nodos ramosi (Wright), internodiis apice glabris. Folia lanceolataa cuta, basi subcuneata in pétiolum brevem utroque latere rugulosum attenuata, glabra, subtus pallidiora, majora 6-9 poll. longa, 9-15 lin, lata, minora (infra pani- culam locata) 21—4 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-7 inconspicuis, venulis trans- versis distantibus, preecipue subtus, conspicuis. Vagine primum striate demum levissime, ciliis per- paucis fimbriate, ligula brevi. Panicula 3-1-pedalis et ultra, ramis glabris simplicibus vel compositis, infimis 4-6 poll. longis, divaricatissimis, axillis glandulosis ; pedicellis 1-2 poll. longis, interdum flexu- osis. Spicule 3-4-flore, glabriuscule, 6-8 lin. longe. Glume glabre, margine inconspicue ciliatz; inferior subacuta, membranacea, hyalina, 3 lin. longa, vix carinata, nervis 1-3 utrinque conspicuis ; p 2 20 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. superior similis, obtusiuscula, 4 lin. longa, carinata, utrinque 3-4-nervis. Palee glabre vel apice hirsutiuseule ; inferior membranacea, convoluta, acuta, utrinque nervis 8 validis et 3 tenuioribus ante apicem desinentibus notata, ad basin, more insolito, biappendiculata ; superior subzequilonga, bicarinata, fere obtusa, apicem versus longe ciliata. Sguamule 3, magnz, insequales, duæ majores, lanceolatze, coloratz, nervos&, basi crasse, apice fimbriate. Stylus cito bifidus. This species is confined to Hong Kong. At page 434 of the ‘Hongkong Flora. Bentham states that he had inserted the plant on my authority. I then considered it to be A. Wightiana, having only seen a portion of a panicle collected by Wright. I have since seen much better specimens collected by Hance, and find that it is evidently quite a distinct species, for reasons already detailed in describing A. Wightiana. Hance’s specimens indicate a distinet habit of growth—namely, nearly simple culms springing from a creeping root-stock, terminated by a single long panicle, or bearing large leaves only. Wright, however, mentions in a note that the culms were * branching at the nodes." 8. A. FLORIBUNDA, Thw. in Enum. Ceyl. Plants, 475. Paniculæ decompositze, ramis ple- rumque adpressis, foliis 3—7 lin. latis, tessellatis; vaginis primum pilis longis hir- sutis; spiculis 4—6—8-floris, pubescentibus. Hab. Ceylon, Maturatte Dist! 5000 p. s. m., Thwaites, C. P. 2694! v. s. Culmi ad nodos ramulosi, erecti, suffruticosi, 2-5-pedales, internodiis 2-4 poll. longis, apicibus pilis reversis hirsutissimis. Folia lanceolata, acuminatissima, glabra, margine serrata, nervis secundariis utroque latere 3—4, venulis transversis sat crebris et conspicuis tessellata, plus minus in petiolum basi sub- tumidum attenuata. Vagine striate, sepe, et presertim inferiores, pilis longis bulbosis hispide, tandem glabrescentes, margine scepe coloratze, apice ciliis longis plurimis fimbriat:e, ligula. brevissima. Panicula in ramulis culmi terminalis, 4-6 poll.longa, ramis plerumque adpressis, rarissime sub- expansis, glabris, angulatis, in axillis parce glandulosis. Spicule in pedicellis inzequalibus (brevibus vel longis), 4—6-8 florze, pollicares vel ultra, subsericeo pubescentes. Glume inquales, acute, ner- vose, apice ciliate; inferior minor, 2 lin. longa. Palea inferior 34 lin. longa, adpresse pubescens, nervosa, subulato-acuminata; superior subzquilonga, apice bicuspidata. Squamule 3, inzequales; 2 oblique-lanceolate, basi colorate, nervosze, margine ciliate ` tertia angustior vix nervosa, ciliata. te nei lee oe nn nr er 1 , ylı bındı basi coronatus. i eee ee Fe to A. Wightiana, and has the same habit of growth. tHe diu longer mme y the generally adpressed branches of the panicle, and , sukily pubescent spicule, containing generally 6-8 flowers. 9. A. GRIFFI ` : i A be < Munro. Paniculee ramis brevibus demum reflexis axillis hirsuto- pr osis, pedicellis plerumque brevissimis; spiculis 5-6-floris, fere glabris ; foliis „ranaceis, tessellatis, setaceo longe acuminatis; internodiis culmi apice lanatis, | nodis Ipsis Interdum spinosis et barbatis. Bi Ind. or. in mont. Khasia., Moflong ! Griffith! (Assam Dep. no. 39), Hooker ! v. s ‘ulmus fistul HL PL o- 2. D | V. 8. ee le 2-5 poll. longis, striatis, sulcatis, apice fusco-lanatis, czeterum d ive aa "hferioribus sepe verticillo spinarum cinctis ; spathis internodia plus SE ert: subi poll longo terminatis, margine longe fimbriatis, COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 21 dorso glabriusculis vel basi hirsutis. Ramuli ad nodos semiverticillati, superiores (culmi) floriferi fere aphylli, inferiores foliiferi tantum. Folia membranacea, glabra, subtus pallidiora, mar- gine tenui-serrata, lineari-lanceolata, longe setaceo-acuminata, basi attenuata, 2-6 poll. longa, 4-8 lin. lata, nervis secundariis utrinque 4-5, venulis transversis crebris elevatis tessellata. Vagine striate, dorso glabrz, apice ciliis fimbriate, ligula subbrevi extus hirsuta. Panicula in ramulis subternis (basi bracteis vel spathulis carinis hirsutissimis vaginatis) ad nodos fasciculatis vel aphyllis vel foliis cito deciduis terminalis, 3-4 poll. longa, ramis paucis brevibus (2-3-poll.) demum refractis, axillis hirsuto-glandulosis. Spicule intra glumas pedicellate, in ramulis basi incrassatis pauce, plerumque brevissime pedicellatz, 5-6-florz, 1-13 poll. Jonge, angust:e, glabre, rhachille fragilis articulis longis clavatis hirsutis. Glume acute, apice scabre vel hirsutze, inferior basi 5-nervis, superior longior (4-44 lin.) 7-nervis. Palea inferior acuminatissima, mucrone caduco, 7-8 lin. longa, nervosa, glabra; superior subbrevior, bicarinata, bimucronata, carinis ciliatis. Squa- mule longe fimbriatz, subequales, vix venose. Stamina 3, antheris interdum apice pauci-setosis, connectivo vix elongato. Stylus cito bifidus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, vix rostratum. This species is quite unlike any other known to me, and is well distinguished by its woolly and occasionally prickly nodes. It is the only one, I believe, in the genus with spinous joints or the hairy points to the anthers described above, although these latter appendages are found in many other genera of Bambusacee. It appears to have been only once found in flower—namely, by the Assam Deputation for the examination of the Tea-plant, under Wallich -and Griffith. There is a good specimen (leaves only) in the Kew Museum, No. 605, in which the prickly nodes can be very well seen; and some unusually large specimens of the nodes are also preserved in spirits. Hooker, in his * Himalayan Journals, vol. ii. p. 201, mentions a wood of “prickly Bamboo" near Moflung. 10. A. WALKERIANA, Munro. Paniculee decompositz, ramis adpressis, axillis inferioribus glandulosis, superioribus hirsutis; spiculis 3—4-floris, glabris; foliis crassis eximie tessellatis, marginibus cartilagineis fimbriatis ; ramulorum sterilium vaginarum ciliis numerosis, plicatis.—4. Wightiana, Thw. in En. Pl. Zeyl. p. 444, non N. ab E. Hab. Ceylon, Mrs. Walker, no. 96! 1304! J. Watson, 215! ; Adam's Peak, Thwaites, 429!; Pedrotala- galla! Thwaites, 3860! v. s. Culmus mihi ignotus, internodiis supremis 11-2 poll. longis, glabris, ramulis plerumque 1-3, interdum plurimis ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia ovata acuta, utrinque eximie tessellata venulis transversis cre- berrimis, apice pungentia, basi rotundata, subito petiolata, 2—4 poll. longa, 5-8 lin. lata, glabra, subtus vix pallidiora, margine cartilagineo pilis longis ciliato, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6. Vagine striatze, glabrze, apice quasi subito transverse abscisse, in ramulis (sterilibus preecipue), utrinque ciliis pallidis multis plicatis fimbriatz, ligula brevi. Panicula decómposita, 4-5 poll. longa ; ramis virgatis, angulatis, glaberrimis ; axillis inferioribus glandulosis ; superioribus hirsutis ; pedicellis, nisi terminali longiore, spiculis brevioribus. Spicule colorate, glabre, 3—4-florze, 10-12 lin. long, intra glumas breviter pedicellatze, callo hirsuto, articulis rhachille compressis pubescentibus. Glume vix inzequales, apices versus margine ciliate ; inferior vix acuta, nervo 1 valido et 4 inconspicuis; superior nervis 3 validis et 4 inconspicuis, acuminata vel fere obtusa. Palea inferior basi pilis stipata, 9-nervis, nervis plurimis ante apicem evanescentibus, glabra, oblonga acuta et ciliata; superior qualis, apice obtuso vix bifida, subhirsuta, bicarinata, carinis superne ciliatis. Squamule 3, membranaceze, obtuse, nervis meandrinis basi nervoss, margine ciliate, dus majores. S/ylws basi tumidus, in stigmata 2 lata compressa cito divisus. Ovarium apice constrictum. 22 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. The thickened cartilaginous margin of the leaves distinguishes this from all the species previously described. In this respect some of the species, of which the leaves only are known, approach it, and especially one which I have described as A. densifolia, and which, being, as it is, a native of Ceylon, may possibly be a peculiar state of this plant—although it appears to me to be well distinguished by its remarkably narrow small leaves, in which the tessellation is sometimes very indistinct. ** Folia venulis transversis nullis vel inconspicuis. ll. A. GLAUCESCENS, P. de B. Agros. 144 & 152. “Spica terminali simplici, spiculave solitaria bipollicari nutante, 6—9-flora ; foliis lanceolatis, basi truncatis, glaucis, bre- vibus vel subtus pubescentibus."—R. et Sch. S. V. ii. 846 ; Nees, Agros. Bras. 526; Kth. Le 426; Rupr. Le 113, tab. i. fig. 3; Harsk. Cat. Hort. Bogor. 19; Steud. l. c. 334, et in Zoll. Cat. 56; Miquel, Z. c. iii. 418. Ludolfia glaucescens, Willd. Mag. l. ¢. 320 ; Spreng. S. V. i. 328; Link. Hort. Berol. i. 248 & ii. 308. Panicum glau- cescens, Lam. En. Méth. iv. 749. P. arborescens, Linn. (fide Nees), sed R. et Sch. l. suprà c. recte aiunt, P. glaucescens et arborescens Lam. et Hort. non Linn.! Triglossum arundinaceum, Fisch. et R. et Sch. Z. c. 846. Bambusa glauca, Blume, teste Ruprecht, Z. c. 160, in Indice, et Roem. et Sch. S. V. vii. 1355. Hab. Ind. or.? China? In hortis Europe et Javæ cult. s. v. Ruprecht. “ Culmus suffruticosus, 3-5-pedalis, ramulis dichotomo-fasciculatis. Folia in apice ramulorum confertissima sub 8-na, verticaliter disticha, ovato-lanceolata, 1-14 poll. longa, 3 lin. lata, basi cordato-rotundata, glauca, inferne vel undique, imprimis subtus, albido-glauca, levia vel brevissime puberula, nervis primariis 2, secundariis 7, margine scaberrima. Vagine striate, glabre, ore fimbriate. Spicule soli- tari paucieve, nutantes, 2-poll., nitid:, 6-9-florz, basi vaginis seu bracteis nonnullis interdum lami- higeris tectz, glumis simillimis, flosculis dissitis, , pus 5-6-linealibus, ovatis acutis, aliis dorso aliis lateribus compressis, articulis rhachille 2-lin., glabris. Palea superior inferiore sabduplo brevior.”— Ruprecht. , nflower. Link says it had ck says it had grown in the Paris Gardens for recht certainly says he had seen dried flowers, wo spieule ; these are exactly like some spiculæ E - of Bambusa nana, Roxb., or glauca Blume, sent from the Gardens = Java, e name of Ischurochloa floribunda. I am unable to understand Ruprecht’s oted, as 3 ovaries are represented in one xt of the figures. Panicum arborescens, a Synonym, is a decided species of Panicum, the same as d to the specimens in Linneus’s Herb. is a small piece of Linn, Herb., quoted by Nees as P. notatum, Retz.; but attache COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 23 Phyllostachys bambusoides. Fl. Zeyl. 43, also quoted by Nees, is Panicum ovalifolium, Poir. Thw. C. P. 889! 12. A. MACROSTACHYA, Nees in Linn. ix. 481. “ Foliis lineari-lanceolatis subtus seabris, racemo terminali, spiculis 5-6 retrofractis, 4-5 poll. longis." Rupr. Le 118 tab. i. fig. 4; Steudel, Z. c. 334. Hab. In Brasilia, Sellow, s. v. Ruprecht. “ Rami graciles, scabriusculi, ad nodos ramoso-subdichotomi. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 2 poll. longa, 31 lin. lata, basi rotundata, subtus scabra, sparse puberula, nervis primariis obsoletis, secundariis 15, interstitiis punctatis. Vagine inferiores dense pubescentes, ore tenuissime fimbriate. Spieule 5-6 in racemo terminali brevipedicellate, altern (inferiores quidquam gemin:e), retrofractze, lon- gissime, 4—5-poll., colorate, nervose, sub 9-12-florze, flosculis dissitis (inferiore quidquam inani et 1-paleaceo, Nees) 8 lin. longis articulo rhachills 5-lineali glabro insidentibus. Glume membranace:e, paleis multo breviores, ovate, mucronate. Palea superior inferiore fere duplo brevior." Syuamule inzquales, apice fimbriate. Ovarium apice pubescens (teste icone). 13. A. DISTANS, Trin. in Act. Petr. Le 621 et icon 349. ee Culmo scandente, foliis lineari- lanceolatis subtus glaucescentibus, spiculis 3—4 brevipedicellatis vel sessilibus in spicam terminalem dispositis, glumis fere obsoletis."—Rupr. l. c. 114, tab. ii. fig. 6; Steud. l. c. 335. Hab. Brasiliam: in umbrosis montis Itacolumi, Riedel, s. v. Trinius et Ruprecht. * Culmus altissimus scandens, basi diametro 4 poll., ramis filiformibus, internodiis plus minus palmaribus ; ramulis 3-5, rarius solitariis, palmaribus—spitham:eis, apice floriferis e nodis glabris erumpentibus, divaricatis vel recurvis. Folia e basi ovata lineari-lanceolata, 1-21 poll. longa, 2-3 lin. lata, mucro- nulato-acutata, brevipetiolata, glabra, subtus glaucescentia et interdum scabriuscula, latere dimidio nitida, margine scaberrima, costa inferne tantum conspicua, nervis primariis obsoletis, secundariis in tota lamina 24-30. Vagine striate glabrae, margine ciliolatz, ore fimbriatz ciliis pluribus 1-2, line- alibus, ligula brevissima. Spicule 3-4, sessiles vel brevipedicellatz, in spicam terminalem disposite, 8-12 lin. longs, colorate, 2—4-florz, rhachilla glabra. Glume 2, pusillz, vix nisi lentis ope con- spicuz, a flosculis remote, oblong acutiuscule, enerves, inferior paulo brevior et angustior. Palee sepe patentes, inferior acutissima, glabra, 7-nervis, superior paulo brevior (multo minor fide Ruprecht), apice obtuso bifida. Squamule 3, acutiuscule, obsolete nervatæ, dense fimbriate. Stamina 3. Stylus cito bifidus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, apice attenuatum. Rudimentum terminale nullum (fide Trin.).” I have not seen any specimen of this; but from Trinius’s drawing and the description, it evidently approaches very closely to Arthrostylidium. 14, A. VERTICILLATA, Nees in Agros. Bras. 523. Ramulis semiverticillatis, numerosis, nune foliosis apice floriferis nunc aphyllis floriferis tantum, spiculis sepe 2 poll. et ultra longis, in racemis 2-5, lineari-lanceolatis, 5-9-floris, foliis lanceolatis utrinque scabris.—Kunth, Rev. Gram. ii. 483, tab. 155, 156; Enum.i.427: Rupr. Le 115, tab. 3. fig. 7: Trin. in Act. Petrop. 7. c. 623: Steud. Z. c. 335. Ludolfia verticillata, Dietr. Spec. ii. 25. Hab. Brasiliam, Sellow!; Goyaz, Burchell, no. 6412! (specimina pulcherrima !), v. s. 214 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Culmus 10-15-pedalis, inanis, fistulosus, levigatus, nitidus, inferne diametro 2 lin., internodiis 6-11-poll. glaberrimis, apice sepius laxe pendulus. Ramuli 1-1 ped. et ultra longi, numerosi, usque ad 40, ad nodos glabros semiverticillati, superiores foliosi, apice floriferi, inferiores seepe aphylli. Folia lineari-lanceolata, basi inzequilatera, rotundata vel subattenuata in petiolum brevem lutescentem, plerumque 3-4 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, interdum, perpauca (ad apicem culmi), 7-8 poll. longa et 9 lin. lata, utrinque et margine scabra, subtus pallidiora, nervis secundariis 4-6 fere obsoletis, terti- ariis 3-5. Vagine fere glabro, superne nervosz, ore ciliis fragilibus (apicibus cito caducis) fim- briate. Panicula terminalis depauperata, racemosa, sub 3-pollicaris, laxa, erecta vel nutans, spi- culis 2-5 plerumque 3, rhachi pedicellisque (spiculis brevioribus) pubescenti-scabris. Spicule intra glumas longe stipitate, lineari-lanceolate, 14-24 poll. long, pallide straminez, glabre, 5-9-florz, floseulis 1-3 terminalibus tabescentibus, rhachille articulis pubescentibus apice sericeo-barbatis. Glume inzquales, acuminatz, flosculo inferiore 3-4-plo breviores, multinervose. Palea inferior herbacea, 6-8 lin. longa, lanceolata, subulato-acuminata, sub 13-nervis, nervis alternis tenuioribus et abbreviatis, colore glumarum ; superior brevior vel fere »quilonga, apice obtusa, 8-10-nervis, carinis, precipue basin versus, ciliatis. Sguamule 3 inzequales (1 multo minor), lato-oblongz, obtuse, margine minute fimbriatz, basi colorato-nervose et callose. Stamina 3, filamentis basi callosis, antheris longis demum exsertis. Stylus basi subbulbosus, et hirsutus, attenuatus et non longe supra basin in stigmata 2 (fide Nees 3) pulchre plumosa divisus. Fructus maturus 5-linearis, oblongus, (pericarpio inclusus, fide Kunth) an morbosus ?, glaber, apice residua styli basi coronata. This is the most beautiful of the whole genus; and the apparent structure of the fruit is quite unique. Burchell's fine specimens contain many fruits nearly ripe; and there is certainly an appearance of a pericarp, which, unless it is due to disease, I am unable to explain. The structure, however, is quite different from that of berry-bearing Bamboos. There is no beak enclosing the base of the style, which is decidedly articulate at the apex of the fruit. The scutellum and longitudinal sulcus are outwardly perceptible after long maceration. In very young specimens the base of the style is as conspicuously swollen as 1t is in Bambusa tulda. Burchell says it is called * Taquära mirim,” and grows near rivulets in woods. 15. A. DEBILIS, Thwaites in Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 375. Foliis parvis, glabris, vel superne pilosis, nervis transversalibus, interdum, sed raro, quam minime conspicuis, panicula simplici, pedicellis plerumque brevissimis, axillis glandulosis, spiculis subglabris 3-floris, glumis longis. Hab. Ceylon, Prov. Centr. 6000-8000 p. s.m., Thwaites, C. P. N.1!; Dr. Mazwell!;: Wight 1348! Thomson! v.s. : +3 Wight, no. Culmi Tuus elongati (2-5 lin. in diam. Thw.), internodiis 2-6 poll. longis, apice glabris vel pilis longis hispidis. Folia parva, 13-3 poll. longa, sub 3 lin. lata, lineari-lanceolata pallida, margine uno vel utroque ciliata, apice acutissima, glabra vel superne pilosa (pilis longis), ‘id Dee? vel subtruncata, Er —— utrinque 2 spe inconspicuis, venulis transversalibus distantibus, quam minime p SS ver ee: Vagine glabree vel plus minus hispidz, ore ciliis 2-4 fimbriatz, ligula TREE HE eruplicen Tamos paucifloros semiverticillatos terminantes, rhachi angulata, pedi- ESRI q * oo Pils mee obcuneatis, axillis glandulosis. Spicule 3-florz, sub 6 lin. longs, ps articu s scabris, fere glabre. Glume subacute, mucronate, 6-7-nervie, pilosule, inferior parum brevior, pallidz vel colorate, superior paleam inferiorem sub i : P "ee wir sa Mucronata, apice hirsutiuscula superi : e = Sieger ru inferior 7-nervis, tudinis d » Superior apice acuminata, carinis fere glabris, longior. Squamule equates, angustze, colorato-nervosz. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 subpurpurea. ^ M COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 25 The foliage of this plant is used at Newera Ellia as a fodder for horses (Thw.). The length of the glumes at once distinguishes this from A. distans, which in some respects it approaches. 16. A. ACUMINATA, Munro. Foliis linearibus angustissimis glaueis, panicule subsim- plicis ramis pedicellisque saepissime gracilibus, spiculis sub 4-floris, pubescentibus, glumis longissime setaceo-acuminatis. Hab. Mexico, Dep. Vera Cruz! Leibmann, no. 73! v. s. ** Culmus 12-20-pedalis, basi digito parum crassior" (Lieb.), vix fistulosus, internodiis (superioribus) 2-3 poll. longis, glabris vel superne pruinoso-glaucis, ramulis 3-5 poll. longis, ad nodos sub 8, fere omnibus proliferis, ultimis floriferis. Folia angustissima, 2-3] poll. longa, vix lineam lata, glauca, basi vix atte- nuata, apice acutissima, margine serrulata, non raro subtus basin versus pilis longis hirsuta, ceterum glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 1-2. Vagine profunde striate, subglabre, ore ciliis brevissimis: inconspicuis fimbriate, ligula brevi. Panicula subsimplex, ramis paucis tenuibus angulatis scabro- hirsutiusculis, pedicellis inzequalibus brevibus vel longis, axillis eglandulosis. — Spicule 3-4-flore, 8-10 lin. longze, pubescentes, rhachillæ articulis apice sericeo-barbatis. Glume ineequales, nervos, longissime setaceo-acuminate, apice fimbriatz ; inferior 3-nervis ; superior sub 5-nervis, 44 lin. longa (acumine bilineali scabro incluso). Palea inferior semipollicaris, longe acuminata, 7-nervis, dorso hirsuto-pubescens, (dempto acumine) superiorem fere enervosam obtusam inter carinas apice tantum hirsutam vix superans. Squamule subzquales, obovate, obtuse, longe fimbriatz. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 longa basi nuda apice pennata. Ovarium infra stylum constrictum. I have seen only the upper portions of the stem of this plant. In the style of the inflorescence it approaches A. debilis, Thw.; but from this and all other species of the genus it is readily distinguished by its extremely narrow leaves and very long points to the glumes. In this latter respect it resembles several species of Chusquea. 17. A. Trıanz, Munro. Foliis lanceolatis subtus glaueis, venulis transversis nullis, vaginis sepissime superne viscosis ore longe fimbriatis, paniculee terminalis com- posite ramis sublongis demum refractis, spiculis heterogeneis 6-12-floris, glumis valde inzqualibus, inferiore minima. à Hab. N. Grenada, Andes de Bogota! Alt. 2800 p. s. m., Triana! v. s. Culmi (pars superior tantum adest) internodiis 2-3 poll. longis glabris, ad nodos ramulos 1-2 sesquipe- dales gerentibus. Folia lanceolata, 4—5 poll. longa, 5-9 lin. lata, apice longe acuminata, basi inze- quilatera, angustata in petiolum sublongum flavescentem, tactu aspera, margine asperrima, subtus glauca, nervo centrali supra medium egre discernendo, secundariis uno latere 2-3, altero 3-4. Vagine striate, sepe (presertim superiores) superne viscide, ore ciliis longis multis fimbriatz, ligula vix ulla. Panicula bis terve composita, 4-5 poll. longa, ramis inferioribus 3 poll. longis, tandem re- fractis, rhachi glabra, pedicellis plerumque spicula brevioribus. Spicule heterogene plurime, 4-6- floree, flosculis omnibus bipaleaceis, sed sæpe masculis tantum, paucze 8-12-flore, flosculis omnibus, nisi supremis 2-3, tabescentibus, hermaphroditis, vel ráro infimo masculo bipaleaceo, glabrz vel sub- viscos®, articulis rhachille brevibus fere glabris. Glume inequales, basi lutescentes, inferior minima 1-nervis, superior sub 5-nervis, 3 lin. longa, carinata. Palea inferior nervosa sub 7-nervis, mucrone brevissimo acuminata vel subobtusa, glabra nisi utrinque ad basin ubi pilis sublongis hirsuta ; superior in flosculis masculis brevissima, in perfectis inferiorem æquans, bicarinata, carinis superne VOL. XXVI. E 26 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE#. tantum serratis. Squamule 3 sequales ovate obtuse, apice fimbriat, hyaline. Stamina 3 filamentis brevibus. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 brevi-plumosa. Ovarium (immaturum) in stylum attenuatum. In many respects, especially the heterogeneous spieul and the vanishing of the midrib of the leaves above the middle, this species approaches Arthrostylidium maculatum, Rupt., affording another indication of the proximity of the two genera. However, e very long cilia to the vaginze and short ligulz at once distinguish this from Ruprecht’s plant. M. Triana's specimens contain very few perfect spiculee. 18. A. AMPLISSIMA, Nees in Linnea, ix. 479. Foliis ovato-lanceolatis 2-3 poll. latis, venulis transversis nullis, panicula decomposita amplissima, spiculis 3-5-floris.— Rupr., 7. c. 116, tab. i. fig. 11; Steud. Le 335. pus Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow ! ; Organ Mnts., alt. 4000-5000 p. s. m., Gardner, 709! & 5911! v. s. Culmus altus (Rupr.) 6-pedalis (Gardner) fistulosus, crassitie penne cygnex, an ramosus? Folia ovato- lanceolata, crassa, 2-3 poll. lata, 6-8 poll. longa (ramulorum sterilium 2 poll. lata, 3 poll. longa, fide Rupr.), apice attenuata, basi rotundata, breviter petiolata, scabra, subtus glauca, densissime elevato- punctata, asperula, nervis secundariis utrinque 9-11, tertiariis 7-8, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine sulcato-striatz, sæpe punctate, glabr&, ore ciliis longis rigidis flexuosis scabris fimbriate. Panicula terminalis decomposita, sesquipedalis, 9-11 poll. lata, amplissima, effusa, ramis patentibus vel divari- catis, rhachi glabra, axillis bulbosis, pedicellis longis. Spicule lanceolate, 5-6 lin. long, com- pressiuseulz, chartaceze, fusco-grisez vel pallidze, 3—5-florze, flosculis acutiusculis nervosis glabris vel sub lente hirsutiusculis, rhachille articulis glabris. Glume lanceolate acute, insequales ; inferior duplo minor, 1-nervis; superior sub 5-nervis, spicula duplo brevior. Palee subeequales, fere glabra, inferior vix acuta, nervis 5-7 inconspieuis; superior obtusa, bicarinata. Syuamule subzequales, lanceolatz, acutiusculz vel obtuse, membranaces, longe fimbriatz, dorso pubescentes. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 (3, fide Rupr.) basi nuda apice brevi-plumosa. Ovarium oblongum in stylum subito attenuatum. The specimens which I have seen of this species contain each a panicle with 1 or 2 leaves, and therefore give no information as to the habit of the plant. Gardner says that it grows 6 feet high, and is found in the virgin forest and in moist rocky places. Ruprecht describes and figures the style as trifid, and the squamulz quite smooth; but in the specimens which I have examined, including one from Sellow, the style is decidedly bifid, and the squamule are much fringed. Section II. Culmi folüferi et floriferi distincti, quotannis florigerentes, hieme necati, vere e surculis progerminant. 19. A. FALCATA, Nees in Linnea ix. 478. Culmo florente aphyllo, ramulis simplicibus vel compositis, semper gracilibus, ad nodos semiverticillatis, racemulis ultimis fal- : eatis, spiculis 2—4-floris plus minus longe pedicellatis, glumis nervosis superiore nee infimum subzquante, foliis angustis subtus circa costam pilosis, venulis transversis nullis.— Rupr. Le 115, tab. iii. fip. 8; Steud. J. c. 335; 4 T Trin. in Act. Petr. 7. c. 620 ; A. utilis, Cleghorn, in J ourn, Agr. Soe of India xiii. 388 (1865) ; Ludolfia falcata, Nees. Quoad inflorescentiam variat A ramulis Ee feris fere simplicibus falcati . ae FE daer pücibus falcatis, D. ramulis floriferis proliferis compositis interdum valde COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 27 -Hab. in Himalaya et Nepalia: var. a. Nepal! Wallich; Mussoorie! Falconer ! Royle, no. 315!; Nynee Tal., alt. 5000-7500 p. s. m., Strachey 477!; Dalhousie, in Chumba, Him., Pinwell 279! Var. B. Nepal, Cheesapong! Wallich, Cat. 5035!; Mussoorie, Falconer ! ; Kedarkanta, Falconer !, Munro! In summa valle Jumn:e, Jacquemont 790! N.W. India !, Royle in Herb. Hook.! Folia tantum, Lan- dour! Thomson ; Nynee Tal, Thomson, 1020! in montibus Khasia ; Nurtiung, Hooker ! ; Sariong (var. ramulis foliiferis pendulis), Thomson! Kew et Cork cult., vide supra, p. 10. “ Nigala" incolis, fide Royle et Cleghorn; “ Prong,” fide Thomson. V.v. et s. Culmus 6-10-pedalis (in cult. 16-20, teste Moore, l. c.), quotannis e surculis oriens, basi 2-3 lin. diametro, spathis striatis glabris subsemipedalibus apiculo unciali, internodio infimo brevissimo 3-5 lin. longo tomentoso-barbulato, 2-3 sequentibus 1-2 poll., supremis 4—5 poll. longis, nodis (in eodem culmo) hirsutis vel glabris; in florente culmo ramulis numerosis filiformibus basi brevi-bracteatis, primum simplicibus 2-3 poll., deinde proliferis compositis siepe sesquipedalibus; in foliifero ramulis filiformibus plerumque proliferis, ad nodos semiverticillatis. Folia angusta, 2-3 vel raro 4-6 lin. lata, 3-4-6 poll. longa, apice setaceo-acuminata, basi in petiolum attenuata, glaucescenti-viridia, glabra, nisi subtus circa costam ubi pilosa sunt, nervis secundariis utrinque 3—4, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine striatze, inferiores usque ad basin solutze, superne purpurascentes vel pallidz, pilis longis sæpe hirsutze, apice ciliis perpaucis cito deciduis, raro fimbriatze, ligula elongata. Panicula falcata, (in var. a) basi bracteata, longe pedunculata, spiculis 4-7 plus minus longe pedicellatis, simpliciter racemosa, axillis seepe pilosis; in var. 8 racemis brevioribus, spiculis 3—4 (nisi terminali), brevi-pedicellatis. Spicule intra glumas sessiles, 6-8 lin. longe, 2—4-flore, plerumque flosculis 2 perfectis cum rudi- mento tertii, articulis rhachillae obcuneatis sub lente tantum pubescentibus, flosculis fere dimidio brevioribus. Glume membranaces, inzequales, nervose, apice ciliate ; inferior minor, 1-3-5-nervis, acuminata, sepe toto margine fimbriata; superior 7-9-nervis, vix acuta, floseulum infimum fere vquans. Palee sub lente scaberule; inferior nervosa, 7-9-nervis, acutiuscula, membranacea, apice hirsuta; superior subzqualis vel raro longior, apice vel acuto vel bifido, bicarinata, et utrinque preterea binervis. Squamule 3, wquales, obtuse, ovate, fimbriatz et nervose. Stamina 3, antheris demum exsertis, filamentis seepe explanatis. Stylus in stigmata 2 a basi longe plumosa cito bifidus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum in stylum attenuatum. This is an extremely variable plant; and it is only after the examination of numerous specimens, collected at different periods of the year and in all stages of intermediate variation, that I feel persuaded I am right in placing them all in one species. When _ first the plant appears in the spring, the branches of the flowering stem are nearly simple, bearing at the nodes longish racemes, with a few short bractez at their base, the whole inflorescence not exceeding 5 or 6 inches in breadth. As the season advances, many of these simple branches become proliferous, and are often 1 foot and a half in length, bearing at all their nodes 3 or 4 racemes much shorter than those first produced. At last the inflorescence becomes very much branched, and presents an appearance totally unlike that seen in the young shoots; and this compound form is the state represented by Wallich’s No, DOS ! collected in December 1820. Trinius described his 4. interrupta from specimens preserved in the British Museum, collected by Wallich in the earlier part of the previous year; but, shortly before Trinius’s paper appeared, Nees described the plant, from some of Royle’s specimens, as A. falcata. Speaking of this plant, Royle, in his * Illustrations of the Botany of the Himalayas,' says, ** One of the Bamboo tribe, which in the hills is used for the same purposes as the bamboos in the plains, is found commonly at elevations from 7500 to 10,000 feet; its annual stems are yearly beaten down by the | E 2 28 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. falls of snow, which protect its perennial roots from excessive frost. This does not, how- ever, belong to the genus Bambusa, but is nearly allied to Chusquea of Humboldt, found in the cold mountains of Quito and Santa Fe de Bogota.” This plant has an extensive range in the Himalayas, as will be seen from the various localities quoted above. Fal- coner's herbarium contains numerous specimens of it in various stages of growth; and it may therefore be the plant he intended as ** Thamnocalamus," and not the one which I have described as a genus under that name. This species approaches very closely to A. Khasiana, which is best distinguished from it by having leaves quite smooth below, and by the violet colour of the stem and branches, whilst in 4. falcata the whole plant has a pale yellowish hue, except in the young spicule and vaginze, which are occasionally purplish. 20. A. Kaastana, Munro. Culmo florente aphyllo; ramulis plerumque compositis, longis, seepe 131—-2-pedalibus, validis; spieulis, nisi terminali, brevi-pedicellatis, 2-3- floris, glumis nervosis flosculo inferiore multo brevioribus; foliis angustis, subtus glaberrimis. Hab. Khasia, Chillong, alt. 5800 p. s. m., Griffith, no. 1058! ; Churra! Syong, no. 1466 ! ; alt. 5700 ped., Hooker!; Assam 1089! Masters. “ Namlang" incolis, fide Hooker, v. s. “ Culmus inermis, gracilis, 8-12-pedalis” Griff), internodiis valde variabilibus, 2-6 poll. longis, in florente juvenili approximatissimis, ramulis foliiferis violascentibus. Folia subtus glaberrima viridia, cete- roquin ut in A. falcata. Vagine pallide, plerumque glaberrim:e, apice efimbriatz, ligula szepe elon- gata obtusa. Panicula falcata, ramosa, semper brevis, 3-3 poll. longa, basi bracteata, multz circa nodos culmi vel ramulorum proliferorum dense aggregatze, spiculis 5—7, pedicellis omnibus, nisi termi- nali, brevibus, crassis, infimis 1-2 fere obsoletis (spiculze subsessiles). Spieule 2-3-flore, ssepe nigre- scentes, articulis brevibus albo hirsutis. Glume inzequales, apice fimbriate ; inferior minor, membra- nacea; superior 5-7-9-nervis, apice brevissime mucronata, dimidium flosculi infimi nunquam attin- gens. Palea inferior nervosa, nervis 7-9 validis, apice brevissime mucronata, margine ciliata et lateri- bus interdum pubescens ; superior fere semper multo longior, carinata, dorso subscabra. Squamule basi coloratz, nervos&, apice longe fimbriatz, obtuse vel subacute. Stylus in stigmata 2 vix longe plumosa cito bifidus, interdum crure uno iterum divisus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, basi attenuatum. As already stated above, this species is very closely allied to A. falcata; but it has always a different look. The leaves are invariably glabrous below; the glumes are also much shorter than in A. falcata, as also are the spiculze and pedicels. The branches of the panicle are much denser and more imbricated ; and the plant appears to be of stronger growth generally. The specimens which I have seen were collected in August and October; and therefore, having never seen young states of the plant, I do not know. whether the branches are ever simple, as they are in the early growths of A. falcata. 21. Te ee Fee aphyllo ` ramulis inferioribus compositis basi erectis, Dez 3-5-floris, glabris Pater ee x spa deese teni d y latis, venulis transversis Ge " . —— regen Se am plus minus conspicuis, petiolo supra hirsuto. Hab. Sikkim! alt. 7000-8000 ped. s. m., Hooker, v. s. Culmus 6-8-pedalis ?, eximie fistulosus, pallidus, : ; internodiis sspe ipedalib RN i b. glabris, ramulis foliiferis floriferisque, prem us, nodis hirsutis vel su inferioribus 1-3-pedalibus, 2—4-nodosis, floriferis supremis’ COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 29 spe brevibus, 2-5 poll. longis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 6-12 lin. lata, 4-6 poll. longa, subtus pal- lida et sæpe basin versus ad costam pilosa, supra vel utrinque scabra, apice acuta, basi attenuata in petiolum, vel supra tantum vel supra subtusque scabro-hirsutum, nervis secundariis utroque latere 3-5-7 venulis transversis subtus plus minus conspicuis, distantibus. Vagine sulcate, glabrie, apice spe biauriculatz et ciliis plus minus longis fimbriatz, ciliis caducis demum quasi efimbriate, infra petiolum membrana ciliata terminate, ligula conspicue elongata obtusa. Panicule plerumque com- posite, rarissime apicem culmi versus simpliciter racemose, szepe 5-pollicares, ad nodos culmi vel ramulorum dense semiverticillate, basi bracteis hyalinis membranaceis bracteatze, sepissime erectae, adpresse et plerumque internodia superantes, axillis barbatis, pedicellis spieulis brevioribus. Spicule 7-12 lin. long, basi flavze, apice coloratze, 3—5-flore, rhachille articulis longis hirsutis apice fimbriatis. Glume nervose, pallidze, membranacez, vix acute, apice ciliate ; inferior 7-nervis (an semper ?); supe- rior longior, basi 7-9-nervis, apice hirsuta. Palea inferior nervis 7-9 conspicuis notata, glumam superiorem duplo superans, apice vix acuta et hirsutiuscula; superior sæpe longior, bimucronata, apice tenui-ciliata, inter carinas binervosa. Squamule 3, basi subcallose, perspicue colorato-venose, apice ciliate. Stylus cito bifidus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, medio subtumescens, apice coloratum. In foliage this approaches A. Hookeriana, and in the structure of the spieule A. fal- cata and A. Khasiana; it is, however, quite distinct from all three, and when in flower is readily distinguished by its generally adpressed and often compound racemes. Dr. Hooker appears to have only once collected the plant in flower, and the specimens I have seen are consequently all from one flowering and one leaf-bearing culm. 22. A. HOOKERIANA, Munro. Culmo florente aphyllo, ramulis superioribus subsimpli- cibus, inferioribus proliferis, spiculis fere semper sesquifloris, perspicue 3-5-carinatis, interstitiis hirsutis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, sub 6 lin. latis, venulis transversis subtus vix conspicuis. Hab. Sikkim, alt. 4000-6800 ped. s. m., Yoksun!, “ Praong " incolis, Hooker, v. s. Culmus 12-15-pedalis, gracilis, fistulosus, diametro interdum 5-6 lin., internodiis 2-6 poll. et ultra longis, ramulis floriferis basi bracteatis, supremis (culmi) brevibus 2-3 poll., inferioribus proliferis pedalibus et ultra, nodis hirsutis vel raro subglabris. Folia (dubia) lineari-lanceolata, 4-6-10 lin. lata, 5-6 poll. longa, glaucescentia, utrinque glabra, vel raro subtus basin versus hirsuta, apice acuminata, basi sub- ito attenuata in petiolum brevem, nervis secundariis 3-4 cum venulis transversis subtus inconspicuis. Vagine striate, glabre, apice efimbriatz, ligula elongata conspicua spe colorata. „Panicula basi bracteata, simplex, subfalcata, spiculis 6-10, pedicellis plerumque longis, mult ad nodos culmi vel ramulorum dense fasciculatz. Spicula typice sesquiflora, rarissime flosculis duobus perfectis, sub 4 lin, longa, intra glumas sessilis callo hirsuto, dorso perspicue 1-5-carinata. Glume pallide, membranacee, inconspicue nervosz, inferior 8-5, superior 5—7-nervis, nervo centrali interdum subconspicuo. Palea inferior involvens, crassa, nervo centrali et 2-4 lateralibus demum nitidis, 3—5-costata, interstitiis hir- sutis; superior »quilonga, apice hirsuta, profunde sulcata. Squamule exquales, oblonge, magne, basi callose et colorato-venos:z, apice longe ciliate. Ovarium breve, in vigi. cito bifidum attenu- atum. * Fructus longus, coloratus, oryz& similis, edulis," Hooker. In many respects this approaches 4. falcata ; but the peculiar angled or ribbed spiculz distinguish it from all other species. These angles often become much polished, whilst the spaces between are hirsute. Unfortunately there are no leaves attached to the flowering specimens; and my only authority for the foliage are some leaves collected at * Yoksun” in Sikkim, and marked “ Praong" by Dr. Hooker. In the ‘ Himalayan 30 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Journals,’ Dr. Hooker states that he found a plant of “ Praong” at the top of the pass above ** Neongong,” at an elevation of 6800 feet, in full seed; and adds, “ The * Praong’ sends up many flowering branches, and but few leaf-bearing ones from the roots; and after maturing its seed, and giving off suckers from the root, the parent plant dies. The fruit is boiled, and made into cakes or into beer." ARUNDINARLE cognite steriles ( foliifere tantum), igiturque, quoad genus, dubie. * Folia supra subtusque perspicue tessellata, venulis transversis creberrimis, interstitiis in A. callosa et A. Hindsii oblongis, in reliquis fere quadratis. 23. A. CALLOSA, Munro. Foliis lineari-lanceolatis, 8-12-17 lin. latis, 8-9 poll. longis, margine membranaceo, venulis transversis subdistantibus, petiolo basi calloso. Hab. Himalaya in montibus Khasia, Moflong! alt. 6000 ped. s. m. (“ prickly-jointed Bamboo") ; My- rung, alt. 5650 ped., no. 1504! “ Uskong” incolis, Hooker, v.s. Culmus “ 12-pedalis,” internodiis apices versus interdum “ spinoso barbatis” (Hooker), plerumque tandem flavo-hirsutis, nodis prominulis glaberrimis. Folia lineari-lanceolata apice longe acuminata, basi subcuneata et attenuata in petiolum flavescentem ima basi callosum, subtus pilosa vel glabra, sub- concoloria, nervis secundariis utrinque 6 conspicuis, venulis transversis crebris elevatis,- interstitiis oblongis. Vagine apices versus dense fusco hirsute, inferne subglabrz, membrana brevissima ciliata terminate, non auriculate sed utrinque ciliis sublongis fimbriatz, ligula brevi. The long leaves, with the secondary nerves very strongly marked, distinguish this at once from all the species of Arundinaria, of which the leaves only are known. In Herb. Hooker. this is marked as “ prickly-jointed Bamboo," and it is added that ** some of the bearded nodes are preserved in bottles in the Kew Museum.” I have already, at — p- 21, referred to these curious nodes; but it is possible that they may belong to this | species instead of to A. Griffithiana as I suppose, although I cannot, in any of the dried ae» en traces of any spinous processes, whereas in A. Griffithiana they are ` 24. A. HIRSUTA, Munro. Foliis lanceolatis, 4—10 vel raro 14 lin. latis, 2-6 poll. longis, margine cartilagineo, subtus pallidis hirsutis vel demum glabrescentibus, vaginis plerumque hirsutis, apice auriculis reversis biappendiculatis, j Hab. Himalaya, in montibus Khasia, Myrung! alt. 5600 p. s.m. « apud saxa,” Griffith; Syong! 5700 p., Moflong ! 6000 p. “in sylvis, humilis culmis spinosis,” Hooker, v. s. i icta Pa costa " fastigiatus ramosus spinosus ” (Hooker), internodiis sub 9 poll. longis, szepissime (et coge apices un strigoso-hirsutis, nodis ipsis glabris. Folia lanceolata, en 2—4 poll. PIA nn wu m Suë? sunt usque ad 14 lin, lata et 6 poll. longa), acutissima, basi eoori nn et pe margine cartilagineo longe fimbriato, subtus pallida et sepe Fio mit : secun ara utrinque 4-6, venulis transversis creberrimis, interstitiis qua- gine sulcatæ, superne pilis longis hirsute vel hirsutissimze, raro demum glabrescentes, COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 31 apice membrana pilis interdum rigidis vel etiam spinescentibus ciliata terminate lateribusque auriculis duabus reversis conspicuis et ciliis subrigidis longe fimbriatis appendiculatze, ligula elongata ` seepe nigrescente. In the dried state many of the leaves of this species assume a reddish hue on the upper surface. The specimens from Moflong are marked by Hooker as having * spinous stems." The cilia terminating the membrane below the petiole, as well as those fringing the auricles, occasionally become much elongated and stiffened; but these could scarcely be called spinous, and in the numerous dried specimens I have had access to I can find nothing approaching to spines or likely to become so under any circumstances. 25. A. TESSELLATA, Munro. Foliis lineari-lanceolatis, 5-9 lin. latis, 2-5 poll. longis, margine membranaceo setuloso-ciliato, utrinque pallidis et glabris, vaginis dorso glabris, apice ciliis pallidis fimbriatis, ligula elongata fimbriata.— Nastus tessellatus, Nees, Fl. Afr. Aust. 463; Steud. Syn. 333. | Hab. in Africa austr. Zeyher! “In monte Winterberg (terre Caffrorum) alt. 5000-6500 p. s. m., Ecklon ; “in monte Katberg, alt. 500 p.," Drége ! v. s. * Arborescens, in humidis 15-20-, in siccioribus 5-10-pedalis,” culmo fistuloso , * internodiis 14 poll. longis.” Folia lineari-lanceolata, glabra, acuminata, basi rotundata vel attenuata in petiolum brevem sub- hirsutum, nervis secundariis utrinque 3 subinconspieuis, venulis transversis creberrimis, areolis depressis subquadratis. Vagine pallide, striate, margine superius et circa os ciliate, ligula plerumque elongata (brevi, fide Nees) truncata et ciliata. This plant appears to be widely dispersed in the extreme south of Africa; and a whole range or district is called ** Bambusbergen," apparently after it. It has also a remark- able and unusual range of elevation, from 500 to 6500 feet above the sea. Unfortunately, however, Drége’s remark still holds good, “ nunquam cum flore aut fructu a nobis in- venta est.” I have therefore no authority for placing the plant in Arundinaria except the very great resemblance it bears in habit and general appearance to that genus, and especially to A. macrosperma, from which it is principally distinguished by its glabrous leaves and elongated ligule. Nees, to a certain extent, confirms my opinion when, in describing this plant, he says, * Monendum tamen Chusquee habitum pre se ferre hoc gramen." 26. A. Hrvpsr, Munro. Foliis angusti-lineari-lanceolatis, 4-5 lin. latis, 3-6 poll. longis, coloratis, margine subcartilagineo vel levi vel brevissime serrulato, vaginis demum glabris, utrinque ciliis paucis, 4—5, fimbriatis. Hab. Hongkong! Hinds (1841) in Herb. Bentham, v.s. Culmus (pars superior, 13-pedalis, tantum adest) fistulosus, ramosus, internodiis 2-3 poll. longis, glaber- rimis, ramulis 2-3, subsemipedalibus, ad nodos subprominulos fasciculatis. Folia angusta, setaceo- acuminata, basi attenuata in petiolum glabrum siriatum, utrinque glabra, subconcoloria, nervis secundariis utrinque 3, venulis transversis crebris elevatis, interstitiis oblique oblongis. Vagine striate, colorat@, marginibus tenuissime ciliatis vel glabris, apice ciliis paucis sublongis fimbriat:e, ligula inconspicua dorso hirsuta. 32 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. I have seen only one specimen of this, collected by Hinds; and it seems curious that so conspicuous a plant should not have attracted the attention of other collectors. The very narrow, dark-coloured, conspicuously tessellated leaves at once distinguish it from A. longiramea, the only other species of Arundinaria which I have seen from Hong- kong. It does not closely resemble any Arundinaria I am acquainted with. 27. A. DENSIFOLIA, Munro. Foliis sessilibus, lanceolatis, spinoso-acuminatis, densis, brevibus, 1-4 lin. latis, 4-14 poll. longis, margine cartilagineo pulchre fimbriato, utrinque glabris, vaginis striatis, interstitiis hirsutis, apice efimbriatis. 3 Hab. Ceylon, Watson, no. 25! Dr. Maxwell! ; Pedrotalagalla (in paludosis), Thomson! v. s. Culmus 3-3-pedalis, internodiis numerosis subsesquipollicaribus, spathis coloratis dorso hirsutis superatus, ramulis virgatis, 5-8, brevibus, ad nodos glabros, fastigiatis. Folia dense imbricata, interdum bre- vissima, 5 lin. longa, maxima 1$ poll. longa, acumine pungente scabro terminata, crassa, nervis secun- dariis inconspicuis, venulis transversis sat crebris, interstitiis impressis subquadratis, interdum, nisi folia madida sint, hæ venulze occultze sunt. Vagine breves, striatz, interstitiis pilis sublongis hirsutze, apice efimbriatze vel brevissime ciliate, ligula i neonspicua. This may possibly be a peculiar state of 4. Walkeriana, as I have already suggested in describing that species at p.22. Ithink, however, that the absence of cilia (which are generally more conspicuous in young than in old states of Bamboo), the extremely small leaves with such very long points, the absence of any distinet secondary nerves, and the occasionally obscure tessellation of the leaves, afford good marks of distinction. 28. A. MICROPHYLLA, Munro. Foliis parvis, lineari-lanceolatis vel fere lanceolatis, 1-2 lin. latis, sub 1 poll. longis, brevimucronatis, margine submembranaceo fimbriato vel glabro, vaginis striatis subhirsutis apice longe fimbriatis.— Bambusa microphylla, Griffith, Jour. i. 242, 259 et alibi (nomen tantum). 3 Hab. Bootan, Sanah, alt, 7000 P. $. m., no. 623!, aliisque locis ad alt. 6000-10,000 p., Griffith, v. 3. Culmus 2-4-pedalis, ceespitosus, internodiis 2-3 poll. longis, glaberrimis, ramulis ad nodos crebris semiver- ticilatis. Folia angusta, membranacea, lineari-lanceolata, acuta, subtus pilis longis hirsuta vel ple- rumque glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 2 vix conspicuis, venulis Vagine ssepe coloratie, superne hirsutze, apice ciliis longis fimbriatze, MM in his account of his journey from Assam to Bootan, constantly refers to this p s Sees at considerable elevations, and * forming large patches in wet places." n describing t i i DO g d vegetation of the Dhonglaila Pass, he says, *the sward commences at 10, ^h IS common at 9500, where it is principally elothed with the Bambusa EE This and the preceding species have the smallest leaves of all the Bamboos I am acquainted with. , transversis crebris vix elevatis. ligula subinconspicua. ** Folia subtus vix di ` . . Gagn S VIX distincte tessellata, venulis transversis paucis distantibus vel sub- - 29. < A. TARN Munro. Foliis lanceolato-linearibus, angustis, sub 3 lin. latis, 2-3 = E ongis, utrinque glabris, venulis transversis quam minime conspicuis, vaginis natis, glabris, apice longe fimbriatis et Spe biauriculatis. L COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 33 Hab. In Himalaya, in montibus Khasiæ, Moosmai-Churra, alt. 4000 p. s. m., Griffith, no. 558!; Kala- panee, alt. 4500 p. s. m., Hooker, no. 1407 !. v.s. Culmus **10-15-pedalis, suberectus, nutans,” vix fistulosus, internodiis glaberrimis 4-6 poll. longis, ramulis proliferis 5-9 poll. longis ad nodos glabros fasciculatis. Folia angusta, subsetaceo-acuminata, basi attenuata, margine uno alterove brevissime serrata, concoloria, nervis secundariis utrinque 3-4, venulis transversis distantibus, vix elevatis, interdum egre discernendis. Vagine striate, usque ad basin solute, glabrze, membrana brevissime ciliata terminate, apice longe fimbriatz vel interdum biauriculatze, ligula conspieua sat brevi. . This approaches A. falcata and A. Khasiana in the form and size of the leaves, but it is distinguished from both by the fringe at the top of the vagine and the presence of transverse veinlets on the lower surface of the leaves; in this latter respect it approaches | A. Hookeriana, of which, however, I can scarcely believe it to be a narrow-leaved state. Griffith certainly mentions that he found it growing on the banks of the Moosmai water- fall; and it is well known that plants growing in such situations often assume peculiar forms. A. SPATHIFLORA, Trin.= Thamnocalamus spathiflorus, Munro. A. STOLONIFERA, Kurz, e “China et Japonia," in Cat. of Plants in Bot. Garden, Calcutta (1865), — Bambusa puberula, Miq., fide Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Batav. ii. 285,— Phyllostachys nigra, Munro, vide p. 38 seq. II. THAMNOCALAMUS. Falconer, MS. (nomen tantum) in herb. Hooker. et herb. Strachey. Spicula sursum imperfecta, 11—8-flora, in racemo simplici spatha vel bractea longissima involucrato, brevi- pedicellata. Glume acute, paucinerviz, spiculis suis vix } breviores. Palea inferior acuta vel longe acuminata, supremam vel æquans vel longe superans. Sguamule 3 fimbriate. Stylus cito supra basin trifidus. Caryopsis linearis vel lagenzformis. Ceeteroquin quoad spiculas ut in Arundinaria. Gramina Himalayana, culmo plerumque tereti suffruticoso vel fere arborescente, nodis vix prominulis, Folia parva vel inconspicue vel conspicue tessellata, vaginis fimbriatis vel efimbriatis. Inflorescentia panicula maxima decomposita laxa, ramis gracilibus longis multinodis, ramulis ultimis, ad nodos, racemos 1—4 subsessiles, spatha ipsis multo longiore velatos, gerentibus. Interdum in T. Falconeri racemi intra spatham basi multibracteati, et rarissime circa nodos ramorum dense fasciculati sunt. . The structure of the spicula in this genus is so very similar to that of Arundinaria, that I should not have separated the two following species from that genus had I not been persuaded that so excellent a botanist as the late Dr. Falconer must have had good reasons for separating the genus Thamnocalamus. Unfortunately I can find no defini- tion of the genus by Dr. F., nor any specimen in flower of either species in his herba- rium; but, as I have already stated, it contains numerous specimens, in all stages of growth, of Arundinaria falcata, which may therefore be the plant he intended as Tham- nocalamus. It appears to me that this genus can only be well distinguished from Arundinaria by its inflorescence, as described above. The spathes, which sometimes have a foliaceous appendage, are remarkably persistent in 7. spathiflorus, but much sooner caducous in T. Falconeri. VOL. XXVI. D 34 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. Conspectus Specierum. Folia inconspicue tessellata, vaginis efimbriatis. Spicula fere semper 12-flora . e ; . e e . 1. T. Falconeri. Folia conspicue tessellata, vaginis szepe fimbriatis. | Spicula 4-8-flora. — . ' e : A . e , 2. T. spathiflorus. 1. T. Fatconert, Hook. fil. MS. Foliis, subtus tantum inconspicue tessellatis, in petiolum sublongum supra sulcatum attenuatis; spiculis glabris, fere semper 14-floris, in racemo 5-7.— Bambusoides, Wall. Cat. 5040! Bambusa floribunda, Munro, in herb. Trin. Coll. Dublin. Hab. In Himalaya: Nipal! Wallich; Kumaon, Madhari Pass! alt. 8000 ped. s.m., Strachey et Winter- bottom. v. s. Culmus suffruticosus, excelsus, fistulosus, internodiis 4-8 poll. longis glaberrimis, ramulis fere filiformibus sed validis, subsemipedalibus, plurimis ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia angusta, tenuia, pallida, 3—6 lin. lata, 3-4 poll. longa, petiolata, apice subsetaceo-acuminata, supra striata, subtus utrinque nervis secun- dariis 2-3, venulis transversis distantibus quam minime conspicuis tessellata. Vagine glabr:e, apice quasi subito abscisse, efimbriatze, ligula elongata dorso subhirsuta. Inflorescentia omnino generis, ramis primariis pedalibus et ultra, racemis brevibus 10-12 lin. longis, spieulis 3-4 lin. longis, glabris, 5-7, brevissime pedicellatis, fere semper sesquifloris, rarissime 22-floris. Hi racemi, intra spathas sub 1} poll. longas sæpe cito deciduas, plerumque basi multibracteati, bracteis extremis brevibus gra- datim increscentibus ; interdum ad nodos ramorum racemi dense fasciculati sunt. membranacese, 1-3-nervise, apice fimbriate, Palea inferior 5- subfimbriata, superiorem bicarinatam dorso sulcatam ap subzequales (1 sublongior), oblong, basi hervosz, apice longe ciliate, Stylus basi subbulbosus cito in stigmata 3 longa pennata divisus. Fructus immaturus lineari-oblongus. Glume inzequales, 7 nervis, brevimucronata, margine twice in flower—once by Wallich, in 1821, in This speeimen was a magnificent one, with a ` ; in a straight line below the petiole, affords a good : afonly. Iam unable to state, from the specimens I have seen, whether the flowering and leaf. ; although they serve to identif the foliage. The same remark applies also to the following species, í 79 2, T. ia is m Foliis utrinque conspicue tessellatis, petiolatis; spiculis m : ,in racemo plerumque 1-8.— Arundinaria spathiflora, Trin. in Act. erop. 4. c. (1835), 617 et icon 3501! ; Rupr. 2. c. 114, tab. ii. fig. 5; Steud. Syn. 334 A. procera, Wall. MS. in herb. Mus. Brit. ! Bambusa macro Wall MS n heb. “ Genus novum Bambuse affine,” Wall, Cat. 5041 ! ; ^ en | a E pam le BCS ech Wallich! Kumaon, Falconer l; Gurhwal, Dudatoli! alt. 8500 we ^ 2 mls Simla, Hatta | alt. 8400 ped., Thomson! ; Sikkim, Singalelah ! alt: ; r; Bootan supra Chupcha in sylvis 9500-10000 ped., Griffith! v.s, COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 35 Culmus procerus, fistulosus, interdum subsemiteres ; internodiis 4-6 poll. longis, laevissimis ; ramis 1-12-pe- dalibus, lignosis, glabris ; ramulis semiverticillato-fasciculatis, coloratis, nitidis, filiformibus sed validis, spitham:eis ad pedalibus. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 3—4 lin. lata, 2—4 poll. longa, glabra, acuminata, basi in petiolum brevem attenuata, utrinque punctulis exasperata, læte viridia, nervis secundariis utroque latere 3; venulis transversis creberrimis, supra et subtus valde prominulis, diaphanis, inter- stitiis quadratis. Vagine striate, glabre, ore longe ligulate, fimbriatz vel fere efimbriatze, ad inser- tionem petioli brevipilose. Inflorescentia omnino generis, racemis basi ebracteatis, spathis stra- mineis 2-3 poll. longis, involutis, maximam partem non nisi e spiculis 2 formatis, quarum altera sessilis, altera pedicellata. Spicule plus minus hirsute, 9-12-lineales, 4-8-florw, intra glumas dis- tincte pedicellate, rhachille articulis apice barbatis. Glume inzequales, membranacez, 1-5 nervis, superior (9 nervis fide Trin.) 44 lin. longa. Palea inferior longe acuminata, 8 lin. longa, dorso scabro-hirsuta, 7-9 nervis; superior distincte brevior, bicostata et preterea utrinque et inter costas . binervis. Syuamule a lanceolate, inconspicue nervos®, vix inzquales, du: latiores, superne fim- briate. Stylus cito trifidus (bifidus interdum fide Trin.) in stigmata 3 plumosula. Fructus (im- maturus) lineari-oblongus vel lagenzeformis. This has apparently never been found in flower except in Nepal, by Wallich, in 1821, which may be accounted for by the fact that no European has since that date visited some parts of Nepal into which Wallich was allowed to send his collectors. I feel con- siderable doubts about the identity of the plants, in leaf only, from the more western Himalayas, Sikkim, and Bootan. In all of these the vagin: have much longer cilia, the ligules are shorter, and the leaves are thicker in substance; but I have been unwilling on these grounds alone to create new species. III. PHYLLOSTACHYS. Siebold et Zuccarini, Abh. Akad. der Wiss. Münch. (Math.-Phys. Clas.) iii. 745, t. 5. fig. 3 (1843); Endl. Gen. Pl. Suppl. iii. 58 (1843). Spicula sursum. imperfecta, intra glumas distincte pedicellata, 3-5-flora, flosculo terminali tabescente, ` minimo, in spica simplici glumis imbricata sessilis. Glume multinervie, valde variabiles, inferior plerumque apice foliaceo terminata ; superior longitudine varians, rarissime deficiens. Palea inferior multinervia, acuminata vel rarius, uti glum:, in laminam foliaceam extensa, hirsuta vel glabra, : superiorem bicarinatam, apice bicuspidatam, szquans vel superans. Stamina 3, primum inclusa et plicata, dein longe exserta et pendula. Sguamule 3, lanceolate, apice fimbriate. Stylus basi sim- plex, longe supra basin in stigmata 3, filiformia, serrulato-plumosa, longe exserta divisus. Ovarium ^ longe stipitatum, tune obovatum et in stylum longe rostratum attenuatum. Gramina arborescentia, in Japoniana, China et Himalaya crescentia, culmo semitereti, nodis prominentibus ; ramulis foliiferis semiverticillatis, plerumque multinodosis, interdum brevissimis, apice folia 2 vel pauca gerentibus, basi squamis inanibus serius deciduis obtectis. Folia breviter petiolata, pulcher- rime tessellata, supra glabra vel tactu subaspera, subtus plerumque pallida et seepe presertim basin versus pubescentia. Inflorescentia paniculeformis, ramis primariis apice plerumque iterum foliosis, ramulis basi squamis obtectis, ultimis sursum spiculas 2-5 alternas ferentibus. This well-named genus is readily distinguished from all the Trigloss@ by its very long style, simple for a considerable distance from the base and then divided into 3 very long revolute stigmas, and by its semiterete stems. The details of the structure of the spicule are remarkably well figured in the plate of the Munich Transactions referred to above. F 2 36 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE, Species florifere (2 tantum cognite). Spieulse late, glumis inferioribus persistentibus, sepissime apice m n laminam foliaceam extensis. Folia margine uno fimbriata . . 1. P. bambusoides. Spiculæ angustæ, glumis inferioribus cito caducis, plerumque apice simpliciter acuminatis. Folia margine utroque - . fimbriata ; : A : ‘ ; i e . 2, P. Staunton. 1. P. BAMBUSOIDES, Sieb. & Zucc. Z. c. 745. Culmo superne levissimo, flavido, foliis plerumque 3-4 poll. longis, supra glabris, margine uno quasi setoso-fimbriatis, spiculis 8-4-floris, glumis in spiculis infimis semper apice foliaceis, bracteis invo- lucrantibus brevibus obtusis.—Steudel, J. c. 339; Miquel, l. e. 284. Bambusa reti- culata, Rupr. l.c.148. B. bifolia, Sieb. MS. in herb. Zuccarini (var. foliis angustis, ciliis vaginze obsoletis). ß. “forma uberior, foliis vulgo majoribus et spiculis longius pedicellatis.” D. megastachya, Steud. in Flora, Bot. Zeit. 1846, 21, et l. c. 339 ; Walp. Ann. i. 946. P. macrantha, Sieb. et Zucc. in Flora, 34 (teste Miquel). Bambusa reticulata, var. macrophylla, Wupr. /. c. Hab. in Japonia, Kempfer, herb. in Mus. Brit. fol. 98! 99! Langsdorf, Siebold, Pierot, Buerger!; China, Amoy ! no. 2073, J. de Grijs; Himalaya, Mishmee, Premsong ! Griffith ; var. foliis latis albo-margi- natis, Japonia, Kempfer, herb. fol. 70! Veitch!; ins. Kiusiu, Pierot. v.s. Culmus arundinaceus, elatus (Siebold) vel 10-12-pedalis (Griff) inermis, semiteres, flavidus, superne leevissimus ; nodis prominentibus, glaberrimis ; ramis multinodosis, interdum brevissimis, semiverticil- latis, iterum ramulosis, ultimis in statu florifero spicas sessiles ferentibus. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, basi rotundata vel attenuata, petiolata, apice acutissima, nunc disticho-alterna nunc 2-3 ad ramu- lorum apices aggregata, plerumque 4-9 lin. lata et 3-4 poll. longa, interdum (teste Miquel), in ramis sterilibus, 3 poll. lata et 1 ped. longa, supra glabra, subtus pallida et sepe precipue basin versus pubescentia, uno margine setoso-ciliata setis distantibus, nervis secundariis utroque latere 5-6, vel interdum 14 (Mig.), venulis transversis creberrimis, pulchre tessellata. Vaygine striate, plerumque glaberrimze, siepe usque ad basin solute, “ in apice truncato pubescentes et setis rigidulis, 1-2 lin. longis, demum deciduis (interdum obsoletis) munitze ;” superne uno margine ciliate, ligula plus minus conspicua. Inflorescentia valde variabilis, ssepe (foliis caducis) aspectu panicule subbipedalis ample et lucidze, radiis irregulariter spiciferis, sed (meo sensu) vera terminalis in ramulis ultimis, ima basi bracteis obtusis brevibus et levibus obtectis, spicis fertilibus 3-5 sessilibus, simpliciter racemosa. Spica glumis imbricata, 1-2 poll. longa, spiculis 3-5 fertilibus, interdum, teste Steudel, adjectis infra spiculis plurimis (6-9), repetito involucrantibus, sterilibus. Spicula fertilis 3-5-flora, 10-12 lin. longa, Gluma multinerviz, inferior in spieulis infimis multo major, apice in laminam foliaceam ex- — m spicalis (et sæpe spicularum flosculis) supremis brevior et simpliciter acuminata fit; supe- were e GEN inzequilatera, oblique acuta, gradatim, in eadem spica, longior et interior Kise ne $ sttamen, in spicula suprema, non raro deficitur. Palea Bis nie à $ A E a, ae ar glume, in appendicem foliaceam extensa ; vi ged Bags, hyaline, ae Ve pneus x Dee ie, bei " picue venose. Stamina 3, filamentis tandem longissimis, antherarum connectivo apiculato. Stylus longissimus, primum indivisus, sub anthesin dimidia pars superior in comm 3 divisa. Ovarium glabrum, basi stipitatum, apice in stylum longum attenuatum. I believe I am ; right in referring some flowering specimens of a B mboo i , herbarium in the British Museum to this spec 9s : TT ies; but unfortunately they are not in >- ee — — — ne COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 37 good condition, and none of the spikes are perfect. I have seen a good and perfect ` flowering specimen from Amoy; but all the others which I have had access to are in leaf only. From the descriptions given by Miquel and others, taken, I presume, from living plants in Japan, this species appears to vary extremely both in inflorescence and foliage. This I can readily believe, from an examination of the Amoy specimen, which exhibits most interestingly the gradual development of leaves into flower-bearing organs. When this is taking place, it is easy to understand that a great amount of variation is likely to occur. In the specimen I have referred to, the lowest glumes generally and the lowest palez occasionally have the appearance of miniature leaves, with vagine, ligules and cilia, enveloping, however, perfect fertile spiculze ; as progress is made towards the top of the spike, the ligule first, then the cilia, and finally the leaf-like extension dis- appears, and the uppermost glumes assume the ordinary shape and form of those organs, The bracteas, however, at the base of the flowering branchlets do not seem to be subject to much change. Griffith's specimen is interesting from the western locality in which it was found; writing of it at p. 38 of his Journals, he says, “ Great part of the side of the hill below Premsongs village is covered with a small hard Bamboo, which forms excel- lent walking-sticks." A leaf-bearing specimen of this plant, without any specified locality being affixed, is attached in Linnzeus’s herbarium to his Panicum arborescens, as already mentioned at p. 22. According to Pierot, Buerger, and others, this species appears to bear the Japanese names of Kuma Sasa, Kura Take, and Higama Take. Bambusa kumasasa of Zollinger, Steudel, and others is certainly a different species, which I have called PAyll. kumasaca. Moreover Siebold, in his account of the economic plants of Japan, in the 12th volume (1830) of the Batavian Transactions, when describing 16 species of Bamboo under their Japanese names, says that all arboreous Bamboos are called “Take” or * Metake," and all herbaceous ones “Sasa ;” whereas this species is stated to bear both affixes. | CSS SrAvNTONI, Munro. Culmo superne striato, viridi, foliis 1-23 poll. longis, supra tactu asperis, margine utroque fimbriato-serratis, petiolis supra subtusque hirsutis, spiculis 2-3-floris, glumis caducis, bracteis longis membranaceis. Hab. China! Sir G. Staunton. In herb. Hook. ex herb. Brown. v.s. | | superne sulcato-striatus, viridis, semiteres, uno latere canaliculätus. Folia basi attenuata in petiolum brevem hirsutum, 2-3 ad utroque margine setoso-fimbriata, subconco- Culmus gracilis, fistulosus, lineari- vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice acuta, apices ramulorum locata, 4-6 lin. lata, 1-24 poll. longa, b loria, supra tactu aspera, subtus basin versus tantum pubescentia, ners secundariis utroque latere nspicuis, elevatis. Vagine striate, superne pilis paucis hir- 2-4; venulis transversis creberrimis, co Ji : er sute, apice membrana ciliata terminate, auriculisque duabus ciliis sublongis persistentibus fimbriatis E appendiculate. Inflorescentia (foliis omnibus caducis) paniculzeformis, moe. internodiis apice hirsutis, ramis iterum ramulosis, ultimis (basi bracteis longis hyalinis acutis velatis) spicas 1-3 sub- sesquipollicares gerentibus. Spicule in spica 3, subdistantes, 2-9-flore, flosculis 1-2 infimis «dogm 6-9 lin. longe, pedicellis rhachilleque articulis hirsutis. Glume eito caducze, inferior interdum appendice foliacea terminata, stepe flosculis breviores et apices versus hirsute. Palea inférior multinervia, superne hirsutissima, apice sttennatá et mucronata; superior brevior, basi biauriculata bicarinata, superne hirsutissima, apice profunde bifida. Stamina imperfecta. amb plerumque acuminate, 38 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. Squamule 3, inzequales, 1 multo minor, lanceolatz, apice longe fimbriate. Stylus basi subbulbosus, primum simplex, demum superne in stigmata 3 divisus. Ovarium immaturum longe stipitatum, in stylum attenuatum. In the only specimen I have seen, which was collected, I presume, in Lord Macartney's expedition in 1792, almost all the lower glumes have fallen, and scarcely a single spicula is perfect. Duæ sequentes, tantum steriles cognite, culmo semitereti et habitu peculiari, proba- biliter Phyllostachyos species sunt. 3. P. NIGRA, Munro. Culmo superne nigrescente, subsolido, foliis angustis, fere lineari- lanceolatis, vaginis ore appendiculato-fimbriatis.— Arundarbor nigra, Rumph, Amb. iv.17? Bambusa nigra, Lodd. Cat. (1823); Reem. et Sch. Z. c. vii. 2. 1355 ; Lindl. in Penny Cyclop. vol. iii. (1835); Rupr. l.c. 147; Steud. l.e. 331. B. puberula, Mig. in Ann. Le 285. Arundinaria (Phyllostachys) stolonifera, Kurz, MS. et Cat. Hort. Bot. Caleut. 79 (1865). A. diversifolia, Kurz, MS. Jide Miq. l.e. Hab. China, Japonia! Siebold, Buerger, Textor; ins. Niphon Osakka in oryzetis, Pierot. In hortis Europe, Chinæ et Indiæ orientalis culta. v.v. et s. Culmus interdum nanus, 4-5-pedalis, interdum (cultura) 25-pedalis, internodiis brevibus, 4-6 poll. longis, subsolidus, semiteres, uno latere fere plano, superne nigrescens vel nigro maculatus ; nodis prominen- tibus, sæpe rugulosis ; ramulis tenuibus sed validis, multinodosis, “ apice conferte (vulgo) paucifoliis,” ultimis, basi, bracteis obtusis gradatim elongatis stipatis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, apice acuminata, basi rotundata vel attenuata, breviter petiolata, margine uno vel utroque setoso-ciliata, plerumque 2-3 poll. longa et 4-6 lin. lata, interdum (teste Ruprecht) 4-6 poll. longa et 6-10 lin. lata, membra- nacea, supra glabra, subtus parum pallidiora et sepe tota superficie pubescentia, semper basin versus secus nervum medium pilosula, nervis secundariis 3-5-7 ‚ venulis transversis creberrimis. Vagine striatee, sursum subdilatatee, superne margineque puberulz vel tandem glabrescentes, membrana ciliata terminatze, oreque ciliis paucis, sublongis, demum deciduis fimbriate, ligula ovata, obtusa, brevisetosa, plus minus producta. The leaves in this species are much thinner than in any other of the genus; and nde «Sk they vary much as to pubescence, the midrib is invariably hairy on tho under- side towards the base, as is the case in Arundinaria Saleata. Rumph states that he had never seen specimens exceeding 6 feet in height; and Ruprecht states that it only stows 4-5 feet high, although he assigns to it a diameter of 2 inches. However, there was à very fine specimen in the Crystal Palace, 25 feet high, which I have oes and = oo fire. The stems, although slender, are nearly solid, and appear to gë sk t diens E ein purposes as require great strength and toughness. Chairs, EL a. dcm are often seen in England made from the culms of this LEPI e. ue ; iE the ‘Annales ; referred to, gives no less than fifteen J apanese Do cem "as i and says that it varies very much. I cannot, however, understand to the culm bei Be distare videtur Bambusa stricta Roxb.,” unless it has reference m6 nearly solid. No two plants can be much more unlike in appearance. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF Hk BAMBUSACEH. 39 4. P. KUMASACA, Munro. Culmo semitereti, superne pallido, ramis apice 1-foliatis ; vaginis brevissimis, fere obsoletis.— Bambusa kumasaca, Zoll. Herb. Steudel. l. c. 331 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 419; Ann. Le 286. Hab. Japonia, Siebold, Buerger! Veitch! ; ins. Kiusiu, Surasi (“ Ko-sasa " incolis), Pierot. In Java cult., Zollinger. v.s. Culmus (pars superior sesquipedalis tantum adest) fere simplex, flexuosus, internodiis glabris, pallidis, 11-21 poll. longis, nodis prominentibus. Rami 3-13-pollicares, terni vel quaterni, fasciculati, 2-3- nodosi, basi bracteis membranaceis, ramis ipsis (foliis exceptis) longioribus, bracteati, apice 1-foliati, “rarius pauciramulosi, paucifoliati." . Folia oblonga vel ovato-lanceolata, 2—4 poll. longa, 5-10 lin. lata, spinoso-acuta, basi in petiolum, dorso carinatum, 3 lin. longum attenuata, marginibus spinoso-serrata, supra glabra, subtus vix pallidiora, pubescentia vel demum glabrescentia, nervis secun- dariis utrinque 6-7 ; venulis transversis creberrimis, punctulis minutis subasperatis: Vagine brevis- sime, vix 14 lin. long, apice truncato, ciliate, ligula fere obsoleta. “ Species singularis," “ pecu- liaris certe formationis et vix dubie distinctum genus ? (Steud.). This is certainly unlike any Bamboo I have seen. The branches in the specimens which I have had access to, although divided into 3 internodes, do not exceed 3 an inch in length, and bear a single leaf at their extremity. However, from the general appear- ance of the plant, I feel persuaded that it belongs to Phyllostachys or a closely allied genus. IV. ARTHROSTYLIDIUM. Ruprecht, Le 117 ; Steudel, l. e. 335. : Spicule sursum deorsumque imperfecte, sepe cylindrice, multiflorz, pedicellatze vel sessiles, distantes vel approximate, in racemos simplices vel paniculatos disposite, rhachille articulis semper comparative longis, floseulis spe cito articulatim secedentibus. Flosculi 1-2 inferiores l-paleacei, neutri, sequentes perfecti, terminales 1-2-3 tabescentes. Glume 2 breves vel brevissime. Palee inferiores spe acuminate. Squamule 3 fimbriatze, obtuse vel acuminate. Stamina 3. Styli 2, basi plerumque conspicue discreti (laterales fide Grisebach), stigmatibus pilosis vel plumosis, Ovarium glabrum, oblongum. Gramina Americ zequinoctialis foliis latis vel angustis vel minimis, subobsoletis, venulis transversis nullis. : et insularum Indie occidentalis incole, arborescentia vel suffruticosa, foliorum costa inferne tantum conspicua, nervis secundariis This genus, which derives its name from the peculiar readiness with which the perfect flowers, except perhaps the lowest, fall off in the spicula, is not in that way to be distin- guished from some species of Arundinaria; but the lower barren flower, with only 1 palea, keeps it well distinct from that genus, It does not approach any other genus of the “ Triglossse," except Aulonemia Goudot, which is scarcely to be distinguished except by its peculiar habit and long loose spreading diffuse panicle. | Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. Panicula decomposita, spicis pluribus fasciculatis. Vagine fimbriate. Spieulse conformes Vagin:e efimbriate. Spicule heterogene:e l. A. Henkei. 2. A. maculatum. 40 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEZ. Sect, II. Racemus fere simplex, vel raro semel compositus. Spiculz long, 13 poll. et longiores. Folia lata . ; ‘ Folia angusta ^ é Spiculz minores, subdistantes. Q9 . A. longiflorum. A. Schomburgkii. > Folia lata . : i ; e : - . 5. A. excelsum. Folia angusta, supra pubescentia, 3-5 poll. longa 6. A. pubescens. Folia angusta, subtus pubescentia, 1-2 poll. longa 7. A. Burchelli. Folia angusta, glabra 8. A. Cubense. Folia capillacea. å e . . 9. A. capillifolium. Spiculze minores, approximate, fere imbricatze. | ` Racemus 5-8 poll. longus : à i i i . 10. A. fimbriatum. Racemus vix 2 poll. longus, spiculis pubescentibus . . 11. A. racemiflorum. Racemus 12 poll. longus, spiculis glabris . $ . . 12. A. Trinii. 1, A. Hever, Rupr. Le 117, tab. iii. fig. 12. “Foliis ovatis, latis, vaginis fimbriatis ; spiculis conformibus, longe pedicellatis, basi attenuatis, sub-5-floris."— Steud. J. c. 99D. Hab. Peru, Henke. s. v. Ruprecht. “ Internodia glabra, crassitie penne anserine. Folia ovata, 33 lin. lata, fere pedalia, basi rotundata, brevipetiolata (1-2 lin.), chartacea, viridia, ad margines non nisi scabra. Vagine glabre, auricu- lato-fimbriate. Panicula terminalis, subpedalis, pyramidalis, e spicis pluribus fasciculato-racemosis patentibus. Spicule 7-8-flore, longe pedicellate, distantes, sub 6 lin. longs, conformes, basi atte- nuatæ ; flosculis opacis (non nitidis), nervosis, acutis. Palea floris inferior obtusiuscula. Squamule apice tantum longe fimbriate.”—Rupr, In the diagnosis Ruprecht says, “ Vaginz eligulate sunt ;" in a note he says, “ ligula 3-1-poll. lacera membranacea.” 2. A. MACULATUM, Rupr. /. e, 118, tab. 5. “Foliis ovato-lanceolatis, vaginis efimbriatis, spiculis heterogeneis, pedicellatis.”—Steud. Z. e. 336. Guadua parviflora, Presl in Sech Henk. i. 257; Kth. Enum. 434. Bambusa parviflora, Reem, et Sch. 1. c. Hab. In Peruviz montibus Huannoccensibus, Henke, s.v. Ruprecht et Presl, | Internodia crassitie pennze anatinze, ultrapedalia, glabra, ad nodos scabriuscula. tarii, 1-2-pedales, panieulam cum foliis 3-5 gerentes, 8-9 poll. longa, petiolo vix lineam longo scabro insid utrinque in auriculam culmo adpressam protractze. Ligula ı i rm terminalis, 10-12-pollicaris, erecta, patens, i E n Spicule pedicellatze, distantes, 4-6 lin, longz, heterogene, Eb. — — > ipte bivalvibus, maculis coloratis adspersis, obtusis ; reliquze mas- inferiorem Deeg en " sa Sa inferioribus acuminato-subulatis, Palea superior fimbriatæ,”—Ruprecht et =. a, glaberrima, obtusissima, Squamule oblique acute, apice im apice ramorum supe- COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 41 Ruprecht, in the figure above quoted, gives very full details of the structure of the curious spiculz of this plant. I have already mentioned, at page 26, that Arundinaria Triane approaches this in some respects, especially in the heterogeneous spicule. 3. A. LONGIFLORUM, Munro. (Tab. I.) Racemo simplici; spiculis plurifloris, longissimis ; foliis latis, glabris, vaginis ore longissime fimbriatis. Hab. Venezuela, Colonia Tovar! 6000 ped. s. m., Fendler, 1621! Moritz, 1393! 1685! v.s. Culmus “ mediocris” (Moritz), glaber, fistulosus. Spatha fusca, fere glabra, 6 poll. longa, apiculo lanceo- lato fere pedal. Rami floriferi foliferique ad nodos fasciculati. Folia adulta late lanceolata, striata, 8-9 poll. longa, 13-2 poll. lata (fig. A); plurima, precipue in ramulis brevibus, minora sunt, 12-31 poll. longa (fig. B) ; omnia glaberrima, petiolo fusco, glabro vel piloso, subito petiolata sunt. Vagine striatz, apice ciliis validis, basi latis, longissime fimbriatz. Racemus in culmo vel ramulis lateralibus terminalis, spiculis 6-12, sessilibus, approximatis et rhacheos internodiis multo lon- gioribus. Spicula plusquam 2 poll. longa, 10-14-flora, lzevissima, glumis brevibus, vix acuti ; flosculis 1-2 infimis unipaleaceis, neutris, reliquis brevioribus (fig. 1); rhachillz articulis glaberrimis. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) 6 lin. longa, dorso glabra, convexa, apice attenuata, breviter mucronata, utrinque nervis 1-3 notata (figg. 2, 3), sæpe purpurascens; superior subzequalis, apice pilis comata, bicarinata et inter carinas pulcherrime ciliatas hirsutiuscula (fig. 4). Squamule 3, sub- equales, nervose, lanceolate, acuminate, superne margine fimbriate (fig. 5). Stamina 3, anthe- rarum loculis apiculatis (figg. 4, 5). Styli 2, basi discreti, stigmatibus 2 longis plumosis (fig. 5). Ovarium (immaturum) lineari-oblongum, infra apicem nigrescentem constrictum. One of Moritz's specimens is marked ** Nastus Chusquea," H. B. K. ; but that is a very different plant, and is Chusquea scandens, Kth. Moritz states that this plant is called * Cariza" by the inhabitants; but I find that this same name is used for several (six or seven) distinct kinds of Bamboo. This is a strikingly pretty grass, far surpassing the remainder of the genus in appearance. A. A. SCHOMBURGKII, Munro. Racemo simplici, spiculis 6-8-fluris, 1-1} poll. longis; foliis subtus glaueis, longis, angustis ; vaginis ore longe setosis.— Arundinaria Schom- burgkii, Bennett in Linn. Trans. xviii. 562; Steud. /. c. 335. Hab. In Guiana, alt. 6000 ped. s. m., in montibus, ex quibus fluvii Orinoco, Parima et Rio Negro emergunt, Humboldt, Schomburgh! v. s. Culmi csespitosi, strieti, erecti, 50-60-pedales, diametro 13-pollicari, tenues, NS apice natantes, late virides, leevissimi; rhizomate valido, articulato, subterraneo. Internodium infimum sæpe usque 16- pedale, sequentia 15-18 poll. longa. Rami verticillati, S yn gracilimi. Folia lineari-lan- ceolata, acuminata, glabra, 8-9 poll. longa, 5—6 lin. lata, in petiolum brevem uds flavum attenuata, ervo medio prominente, secundariis 4-5 vix conspicuis. Vagine glabre, ore utrinque longe setosæ, ligula brevissima pilosa. Racemus simplex, terminalis, 7-9 poll. longus, spiculis paucis (5-6), distantibus, sessilibus. Spicula 6-8-flora, glabra, 1-13 poll. longa, flosculo infimo neutro. Glume breves, acuminate. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) 6-8 lin. longa, superne utrinque nervis 2-3, striata, dorso convexa, apice longissime setaceo-acuminata ; superior — brevior, apice acuto nec bifido, pilis comata, fere plana, vix carinata, glabra. Some lineari-lanceolate, acutissime, efimbriate. Stamina 3, antherarum loculis setaceo acuminatis. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 pulchre plumosa. Ovarium (immaturum) apice pubescens et attenuatum. VOL. XXVI. subtus glauca, n G 42 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Mr. Bennett’s paper in the Linnean Transactions contains a very interesting account, by Mr. Schomburgk, of this species, which is called **Curata" by the natives. The lowest internode, which sometimes attains the extraordinary length of 16 feet, far sur- passing that of any other Bamboo known, furnishes the “ Barbican, ` or blow-pipe through which the poisoned arrows are blown by the natives of Guiana. M. Humboldt states that these “ Sarbicans” are much prized by their owners, and are often handed down as heir-looms. The plant is said to have a very limited range, and to have been found, after very careful search, in only three localities on the sandstone mountains from which the three rivers mentioned above flow. In the specimen in the British Museum the lowest joint is 12 feet 6 inches long. 9. A, EXCELSUM, Grisebach in Fl. Brit. W. Ind. Isl. 529. Racemo simplici, spiculis sub-6-floris, brevipedicellatis, 6-12 lin. longis; foliis latis, vaginis ciliis deciduis fimbriatis, nodis culmi glabris. Hab. In ins. Caribbeis, Dominica, Imray!; Trinidad! “Las Cuevas Hills, Tocuche," Grisebach. v.s. Culmus 60-80-pedalis, diametro 6-12-poll., internodiis glabris, ramis floriferis fasciculatis 3-5 poll. longis. Folia lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata, 3-5 poll. longa, plerumque 9 lin. lata, raro angus- tiora (3 lin. lata) , Subglabra, basi rotundata, petiolata, petiolo glabro, margine scabra, nervo medio vix conspieuo, secundariis 5-6. Vagine striate, interstitiis subscabris, glabrescentes, apice ciliis 1—4 lin. longis fulvis deciduis fimbriate. Racemus simplex, rhachi flexuosa, uno latere sulcata, terminalis, spiculis 6-8 distantibus brevipedicellatis, Spicule sub-6-florze, 12-6 lin. longs, articulis rhachille _ apice fimbriatis, flosculo infimo neutro reliquis subbreviore. Glume breves, pallidze, membranacee, mucronate, fere enerves. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) nervoso-striata, membranacea vel interdum hyalina, apice subobtusa vel brevissime mucronata; superior longior, apice attenuata, vix bifida, bicarinata, superne carinis ipsoque apice hirsutis. Squamule 3, lanceolatz, apice fimbriate. Stamina 3, antheris obtusis. Styli ad basin discreti. Ovarium (immaturum) lineari-oblongum, infra apicem constrictum. This is closely allied to 4. pubescens and A. Cubense. The main rhachis of the raceme assumes a peculiar zigzag appearance, exactly resembling in this respect Festuca diva- ` ricata, Desf. 6. i rea Ruprecht, l. c. 119, tab. iv. fig. 14. Racemo simplici, spiculis 4-9-floris, 12 lin. longis, sessilibus, remotiusculis d foliis angustis, 3-5 poll. longis, superne pubescentibus.—Steud. l.c. 336; Grisebach, Le 529 Hab, In ins. Carribbieis, Trinidad, Lockhart !; summis montibus “ Tocuche 39 Galipan, Moritz, 327 !, var. glabra? Fendler, 1628! alt. 2000 Dem vn Culmus — — pedalis, internodiis (crassitie 3 lin.) demum glabrescentibus ; “ramulis floriferis sterilibus foliigeris, spithameis, Grisebach; Venezuela, pedalibus, « pubescenti-asperrimis” ve] « scabris,” vel ad basin nonnunguam foliolo uno alterove auctis, et i a subrigidis, erectis divaricatisque, Folia lineari-lanceolata, 4-9 lin. lata, 3-5 poll. longa, basi rotun viridiuscula, subtus et margine scabra, Superne pubescentia- ve] obsoletis, Vagine inter nervos prominulos scabriuscule, mar momeo-fuscis 2 lin. longis deciduis fimbriate. Racemus si paucifoliatis terminalis, spiculis siepe distantibus, e nodis densissime erumpentibus.” data vel parum attenuata, petiolata, puberula, nervis secundariis 3 sub- gine ciliatz, ore fimbriis densis cinna- mplex, pedunculatus, in ramulis basi sessilibus vel brevissime pedieellatis, | Spicule PEE ES LA ST EA ur E SERRE al Ban ee ag T ^ WEE EE, TTE D MIR PL PET AR EEE IER COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 43 9-12 lin. Jonge, glabrae, 4-9-florze, chartacex, complanate, flosculis 1-2 infimis neutris, rhachilla articulis sulcatis apice glabris. Glume sublong:e, setaceo acuminate, dorso carinate, glabre. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) lanceolato-acuminata vel mucronata, nervosa, 4 lin. longa, glaberrima ; superior vix brevior, dorso canaliculata, apice obtuso pilosa. Sguamule 3, oblong, obtuse, apice fimbriate. Stamina 3, loculis obtusis. Styli fere ad basin discreti. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, infra apicem constrictum. Moritz's specimen is marked as “ Cariza " of the inhabitants, a name, as already men- tioned at p. 41, given to A. longiflorum and many other species. I entertain consider- able doubts about the identity of Fendler's specimens, which are in leaf only. The leaves are more glabrous above, and the secondary nerves more numerous and more strongly marked below, than in the Trinidad specimens. | 7. A. BURCHELLII, Munro. . Racemo simplici vel composito, spieulis distantibus, longi- pedicellatis, glumis hirsutis, foliis minimis 1-2-3 poll. longis, subtus pubescentibus. Hab. In Brasilia, Corcovado montes, no. 1434!; Serra de Cubatao, no. 3696! (culmus foliiferus tantum), Burchell. v.s. ? Culmus 6-8-10-pedalis, apice-filiformis, tenuissimus, internodiis superioribus 7 poll. longis, apices versus punctis elevatis scabris. Rami plerumque basi 2-3-nodosi, geniculati, reclines, ad nodos dense fasci- culati, ramulis florigeris numerosis, basi nudis, apice paucifoliatis, 6-10 poll. longis. Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, 1-2 vel raro 3 poll. longa, 1 3 lin. lata, petiolo supra hirsuto vel glabro spe nigrescente petiolata, supra tactu scabra, subtus plus minus dense pubescentia glaucescentia, mar- gine scabra, nervis secundariis inconspicuis. Vagine in ramulis floriferis, glabre vel punctis minutis subexasperatze, ore ciliis pallidis longis numerosis fimbriate. Racemus vix e vagina suprema exsertus, simplex vel ramis inferioribus 1-2 compositis, 1-2 poll. longus, spiculis distantibus, longi- pedicellatis, refractis, pedicellis hirsutis. Spicula pauciflora? flosculis omnibus (in speciminibus visis), nisi infimo fertili, delapsis. Glume hirsute, nervos®, ovate vel oblonge. Palea inferior 5-7-nervis, attenuata, subobtusa; superior sublongior, dorso profunde canaliculata, apice hirsuta. Squamule oblong, dorso hirsute, nervoss, fimbriate. Stamina 3, loculis subobtusis. Stylus ad basin, tandem callosam, indivisus, sed cito supra in stigmata 2 breviplumosa partitus. Ovarium basi stipitatum, apice scabrescens et residua styli basi coronatum. In inflorescence this plant closely approaches many species of Chusquea. Unfor- tunately there is not a single perfect spicula on any of Burchell’s otherwise good spe- cimens. Every flower has fallen off from the spicula except the lowest fertile one and the longish pedicel of the following one; and even those which are left are in an im- perfect state. I cannot always perceive the lowest neutral floret, the presence of which would -principally keep this species distinct from Arundinaria, to which genus better specimens may prove it to belong. 8. A. CunzENsE, Rupr. l. c. 118, tab. iv. fig. 13. ** Racemo simplici, spiculis subapproxi- matis, sessilibus, 4—5-floris; foliis 3—4 poll. longis, glabris, angustis.” —Steud. /. c. 336. Hab. In Cuba, prope Havannam? Ramon de la Sagra. s.v. Ruprecht. | ce Ouid pedalis, ramulis foliigeris apice floriferis, ad nodos inferiores, spicis aphyllis Gëft auctis, rigidis. Folia lanceolata, 3-4 poll. longa, 4 lin. lata, insequilatera, bast cordata, petiolata petiolo lineali flavescente, viridia, glabra, subtus scabriuscula, nervis secundariis obsoletis. Vagine inter G 2 44. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. nervos obsolete prominulos dense brevipubescentes, margine ciliate, ore ciliis linealibus pallidis fimbriatæ. Spica elongata, spithamæa et ultra, basi aphylla aut foliolo aucta, spiculis sessilibus sub- approximatis. Spieula 4-6 lin. longa, chartacea, glabra, 4-5-flora, in superiore parte ramulorum longiorum polyantha, in ramulis brevioribus oligantha, flosculis duobus infimis neutris. Glume angustæ, acuminatæ. Palea inferior lanceolata, subulato-acuminata, cinereo-obscura, nervosa ; superior brevior, obtusa, superne carinis, fimbriata. Stamina 3, loculis obtusis. Styli ad basin dis- creti. Ovarium infra apicem constrictum.” —Rupr. descr. et icon. 9. A. CAPILLIFOLIUM, Grisebach in Enum. Plant. Wrightian. Cubensium, in Mem. Amer. ` Acad. Scien. and Arts, new series, vol. viii. 521 (1862). Racemo simplici, spiculis valde distantibus, pedicellatis, foliis capillaceis. Hab. Cuba, “supra arbores et fruticeta scandens,” Wright, no. 738! v.s. “ Caulis scandens, internodiis gracilibus, vix lineam diametro, lsevibus, ramulos foliatos, dense fasciculatos vulgo excedentibus. Folia flexilia, tenuissima, capillacea, 3-6 poll. longa, canaliculata, glabra, mar- gine scabriuscula. Vagine breves, leves, ciliis albidis flaccidis 1-2 lin. longis ore fimbriate. Race- mus depauperatus, spiculis 1—4, valde distantibus, ramulis terminalis. Spicula breviter pedicellata, 2-6-flora, flosculis 1-2 infimis neutris deorsum decrescentibus. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) lineari-attenuata, apice obtusiuscula, superne nervata, rhachillz articulis clavatis triplo longior." The extremely narrow capillaceous leaves distinguish this at once from all the other ` species of the genus. I imagine this to be the plant referred to by Ruprecht at p. 118 as a peculiar state of 4. Cubense, where he says, * Singularis adjacet pars culmi sterilis, internodiis 5-poll., levigatis, ramulis ad nodos densissime compacteque verticillatis, bre- vissimis (13-poll.), angustissimis ; vaginis 2-3 glabris, ore albido pilosis, in folia (relative) longissima (2-pollicaria), angustissima (1 lin.), filiformia, flexuosa productis." 10. 4. FIMBRIATUM, Grisebach, Z. c. 521, racemo 5-7 poll. longo, spieulis imbricatis, glabris; foliis 2—4 poll. longis, glabris ; vaginis ore longissime fimbriatis. Hab. In Cuba Orient.: “ prope villam Monte Verde in sylvis densis," Wright, no. 1554! v.s. Culmus 1-3-pedalis, ramorum internodiis gracilibus, levibus. Folia lineari-acuminata, basi subito brevi- en glabra, 2-4 poll. longa, sub 2 lin. lata, patentia, margine glabra. Vagine leviuscule, ore Cte pallidis sub 6 elongatis patentibus inzqualibus (longissimis 10 lin. longis) fimbriate. s rn ton ractus, a oF poll. longus, spiculis linearibus, brevissime pedicellatis, imbri- ` E Spicule 3-5-florze, 6-8 lin. long, glabre. Glume parve, inferior brevissima. Palea inferior Ineari-acuminata, nervosa. A low-growing era i = ia i i TR E M 8 grass, extremely like Garnotia scoparia in habit, easily distinguished (590 Dy the very remarkable long fringes of the vagine. 3L A. RACEMIFLORUM, Steudel, J. c. 336. Racemo approximatis, sessilibus, pubescentibus, , minus pubescentibus, vaginis fimbriatis. Hab. Mexico, Giesbreght, no. 234, Liebmann Fendler, 1624! v. s, ! Culmus gracilis, elegantissimus, cæspitosus, 20-30-pedalis, internodiis interdum pedalibus et ultra, apice Rami ad nod i ici os numerosi, verticillati, r is simplici = dip : i » ramulis simplicibus vel divisis, glabris, tenuibus. n simplici, vix 2 poll. longo, spiculis foliis angustis, 1-2 poll. longis, subtus plus 721; Venezuela?, Colonia Tovar, alt. 6500-7500 ped. s. m., COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 45 Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, acuta, viridi-glaucescentia, 1-2 poll. longa, 1-3 lin. lata, basi sub- attenuata in petiolum flavescentem pilosum vel glabrum, supra glabra, vel uno latere pubescentia, subtus scabra (Steud.) vel, priecipue basin versus, plus minus pubescentia, nervis secundariis incon- spicuis. Vagine pubescentes vel subglabre, apice parce fimbriate. Racemus simplex, secundus, arcuatus, terminalis, vix 2 poll. longus, rhachi hirsuta, spiculis pluribus sessilibus fere imbricatis. Spicula pubescens, linearis, 2—4—5-flora; flosculo infimo 1-paleaceo, neutro, palea ovata subito mu- cronata, reliquis breviore. Glume 2, lineares, distantes, mucronato-acutissimz, dorso pubescentes. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) pubescens, acuminata, nervosa. Genitalia evoluta nunquam vidi, I have never had an opportunity of examining a perfect spieula of this plant; but I believe that it is generally 3-flowered, with only 1 (the intermediate one) fertile. Fen- dler's Plant has no flowers, and the leaves are more glabrous than in the Mexican spe- cimens, but I believe it to be the same. Fendler says it is found only in the highest mountains of Venezuela. This species is very closely allied to the following :— 12. A. Trini, Rupr. l. c. 119, tab. iv. fig. 15. Racemo simplici, pollicari, spiculis ap- proximatis, sessilibus, glabris, foliis 13-23 poll. longis, subtus (basin versus tantum) pubescentibus, vaginis efimbriatis.—Steud. l. c. 336. Arundinaria parviflora, Trin. Act. Petr. 2. c. 619. Hab. In Brasilia: Yponema, Riedel; Minas Geraes, Claussen! v.s. Culmus valde inanis, ramulis innumeris, filiformibus, tenuibus, erecto-patulis, subsimplicibus, pedalibus, apice floriferis, inferne foliosis, ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, acuta, glaucescentia, 14-24 poll. longa, 2-3 lin. lata, basi parum attenuata in petiolum hirsutum, margine aspera, supra glabra, subtus (basin versus tantum) pubescentia, costa nervisque secundariis (in tota lamina sub 7) subobsoletis. Vagine inter nervos prominulos tenuissime undulato-scabre, superne margine ciliato-scabre, efimbriate (fimbriatz fide Rupr.) breviligulate. Racemus simplex, termi- nalis, subpollicaris, spiculis sub 8, approximatis, sessilibus. Spieula pallide straminea, 5 lin. longa, subeylindrica, glabra, 3-6-flora, flosculo infimo subulato neutro, palea acuminata 5-nervia, rhachille articulis brevibus. Gluma inferior linearis, apice scabra ; superior longior, 3-nervis, apice acuminata. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) 7 -nervis, attenuata, apice scabro, nervosa, dorso glabra, margine su- perne tenuissime ciliata; superior subobtusa, longior. Squamule 3, inzquales, du: majores, apice attenuat et fimbriatz. Stylum et ovarium nunquam vidi. ` Steudel and Ruprecht both state that it is probable that Chusquea ? leptophylla, Nees in Linn. ix. 489, may be the same as A. Trinü; but I think the size of the leaves es keeps it distinct. Ruprecht describes this plant as having “ vaginae fimbriate; but that is certainly not the case in Claussen’s specimens, which I have seen. This species is evidently very closely allied to the preceding, A. racemiflorum, and is principally dis- tinguished by the glabrous spiculze, of rather different structure, and leaves with decided ligules and no fringe to the vaginze. Ruprecht's drawing is evidently made from an abnormal spicula, as, in the analysis, one stamen 1s represented as becoming converted into a style. - V. AULONEMIA. Goudot, Ann. Sc. Nat. 3™° ser. v. 75; Steudel, Z. c. 338. multiflorse, flosculo infimo neutro unipaleaceo, compresse, in Spicule sursum deorsumque imperfecte, NT : e ulorum apicem congestis. Gluma inferior 3-nervis, paniculis, longe ramosis, laxis, divaricatis, ad ram 46 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. acuminata; superior 7-nervis, ovato-obtusa " subito breviter mdp. — ze wee ovata, subito mucronata, hirsuta, margine ciliata ; superior gr amc Un ica a, inervia, nervis ciliatis. Stamina 3, antheris linearibus. Stylus basi eme, cito in stigmata wg plumosa divisus. Squamule 3, inequales, postica brevior, ovate, obscure 3-nervie, ciliate. Ovarium sessile, oblongum, glabrum. a i Se e? Gramen alte scandens, in America australi tropica indigenum, foliis latis, vagimisque longissime fim- briatis. Inflorescentia panicula terminalis, laxa, divaricata. This genus, consisting of one species, is principally to be distinguished from Arthro- stylidiwm by its lax inflorescence. A. Quexo, Goudot, l. ¢. 75, t. 4. Foliis latis; vaginis glabris, ore ciliis longis nume- rosis fimbriatis ; spiculis longis, paleis inferioribus subhirsutis.— Walp. Ann. i. 947; Steud. /. c. 338. Hab. New Granada, Carthagena! in sylvis frigidis, Venezuela, 3000 p. s. m., Fendler, 2496! v.s. Culmus cylindricus, glaber, striatulus, alte scandens, ramis pendulis. Folia plana, late lanceolata, acuta, brevissime petiolata, 10 poll. longa, 2-3 poll. lata, striata, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-7. Vagine sulcato-striatze, superne hirsute, ore ciliis 6-10 lin. longis numerosis fimbriate. Panicula fere pedalis, ramis divaricatis, subquadrangularibus, scaberrimis, axillis callosis. Spicula sub-10-flora, 12 poll. longa, rhachille articulis glabris, flosculo infimo neutro, palea una obtusa. Gluma inferior brevissima hirsuta. Palea inferior (floseulorum fertilium) superne nervosa et hirsuta (glabra fide Goudot), margine ciliata, apice rotundata et mucrone apiculata. Stylus fere ad basin divisus, Re- liqua generis. : This is stated to be called “Queco” by the natives, and to flower in February and March. There is occasionally a very long linear bract at the base of some of the spiculæ. i VI. Merosracuys, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. i. 182; Endlicher, Gen. Plant. no. 907. Spicula sursum deorsumque imperfecta, vix pedicellata, 3-4-flora, cum rudimento lon brevi-)pedunculato, floseulis 2 infimis unipaleaceis neutris (gl similibus, 1 vel rarissime (in M. Clausseni et M. speciosa) Hæ spicule vel in spica terminali, subfalcata, simplici, biseriatæ vel in capitulum tilis) acuta vel acuminata ge (vel in M. capitata umis auct.) valde inæqualibus et dis- 2 sequentibus bipaleaceis, hermaphroditis. unilaterali solitariæ ternæve, imbricato- densum aggregatæ sunt. Glume fere obsoletæ. Palea inferior (flosculi fer- vel rostrato-acuminata, multinervis, plerumque adpresso-hirsuta, superio- rem, dorso profunde sulcatam, vix æquans vel Superans. Stamina 3 vel abortu 2 (Nees). Squamule 3 membranaceæ, integre, superne ciliate. Stylus basi interdum crassus et bulbosus, cito bifidus in stigmata 2 superne dense plumosa vel simpliciter pilosa. Ovarium glabrum, sæpe trigonum. Gramina m Brasilia et Peruvia indigena, arborescentia vel alte scandentia, ramis fasciculatis, plerumque simplicibus, basi siepe bracteatis, e nodis culmi erumpentibus. Folia plerumque lata, breviter petio- lata, venulis transversis obscuris, inferne tamen prominulis: “in pagina inferiore, Sr occurrit, singularis, quiz in M. Kunthii, ob folia subtus. eximie glauca, magis visibilis est” (Rupr.) . Vagine m un Inflorescentia terminalis, 2 sect. l spica simplex unilateralis, in sect. ii, This genus is quite unique in appearance, of Bamb and may be considered a Chlorideous form usacex. The glumes of Ruprecht ar e scarcely ever visible; and Sprengel, Nees, E S À — T x - UAR C UNCOMMON ND E COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 47 Kunth, and Endlicher have described the two lowest flowers as glumes, and the ordinary spicula as 1-flowered, with a barren terminal rudiment. I am, however, of opinion that Ruprecht is correct in considering (* ex analogia cum Rettbergiis,” and several species of Chusquea) that the true glumes are reduced to a minimum, and that the apparent glumes are really two barren flowers. Sprengel also suspected that the only species he was acquainted with was dicecous; but I have not seen any indications of such being the case in any of the specimens of the different species which I have examined. In some very rare instances I have observed two perfect hermaphrodite flowers in the spiculæ of M. Clausseni and M. speciosa, the other portions of the spicula remaining unaltered. Conspectus Specierum. Sectio I. Spicule in spica terminali simplici, unilaterales. Spicule terns, vagine ore fimbriate . : e . : . I. M. ternata. Spiculæ solitariæ, vaginæ ore fimbriatæ. Fimbriis basi æqualibus. Flosculo secundo longe rostrato-acuminato, hermaphrodito patente vix breviore . e 3 . 2.. M. speciosa. Flosculo secundo vix acuminato, hermaphroditum adpressum fere æquante : e : S e . i e ^ 3. M. Clausseni. Flosculo secundo vix acuto, hermaphrodito fere duplo breviore . 4. M. brevispica. Fimbriis basi plumosis . — . : . à P Un á . 5. M. sparsiflora. Spiculæ solitariæ, vaginæ ore nudæ. Flosculis 2 inferioribus glabris . : s . i > . 6. M. Neesii. Flosculis 2 inferioribus pilosis . á ; ` i P . 7. M. Kunthi. Sectio II. Spiculz in capitulum densum terminale congeste . — . — . . 8. M. capitata. L M. rERNATA, Nees in Agros. Bras. 529. Spiculis ternis ; palea inferiore flosculi fertilis ` brevissime mucronata, scabra, floseulum secundum neutrum duplo superante; vaginis apice fimbriatis.—Kunth, l. c. 429; Rupr. Le 126, tab. x. fig. 28; Steud. l. c. 998. Hab. In Brasilia: in sylvis, alt. 1200-1800 ped. s. m., presertim super Serra do Mar, prov. St. Pauli, Rio de Janeiro, Minaes Geraes ('* Tagaora" incolis), Martius. s.v. Nees et Ruprecht. * Culmus 20-pedalis, crassitie 3-5 pollicum, ramis verticillatis, glabris, ramulis florentibus levibus. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, 7-9 poll. longa, 1-12 poll. lata, acuminata, basi etiam acuta, glabra, subtus pal- lidiora, nervis secundariis utrinque 10-11, fascia obsoleta. Vagine strinto-suleats, basi glabre, apicem versus pubescenti-scabre, ore breviter (Rupr.) vel fibris longis subeirrhosis (Nees) fimbriatæ. Spica subrecta, 5-pollicaris, exserta, rhachi dorso glabra ; spiculis ternis, biseriatis, imbricatis, 6-line- alibus. Spicula lanceolata, patens, flosculo infimo vix 12 lin. longo, l-nervi, carinato ; secundo herma- phrodito, duplo breviore, mucronato, 9-nervi, pallide fusco, viridi punctato. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) ovata, 9-11-nervis, brevissime mucronata, pubescenti-scabra, viridi punctata, amplectens superiorem paulo longiorem, glabram, apice tantum scabram. Be 3, obovate, apice Sıhatze, alba, basi subplicate ferrugines et paullo crassiores. Stylus brevis, crassus % fere bulbosus, "e matibus longis, filiformibus, pubescentibus. Germen conico-trigonum, glabrum."— Ruprecht et Nees. The native name ** Tagaora" is not peculiar to this species, but is used for two other species of this genus as well as for Guadua tagaora, G. virgata, Arundinaria verticillata, 48 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. and, according to Trinius, for Chusquea pinifolia, Nastus barbatus, Arthrostylidium Trinii, and Schizostachyum capitatum. 2. M. sPECIOSA, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. i. 564 (1825), non Kunth. Spiculis solitariis, flos- culo secundo, pilis fuscescentibus obsito, longe rostrato-acuminato, hermaphroditum hirsutum fere æquante, vaginis ore longe fimbriatis fimbriis basi equalibus.—Rupr. l.c. 126, tab. x. fig. 29; Steud. Z. c. 338. M. (speciosa ? Spr.), Nees, l. c. 530, descr. ad specim. Spreng. in herb. reg. Berol. M. cirrhosa, Nees, MS. (Rupr.). Hab. in Brasilia eequinoctiali, Se/low! v.s. Culmus pedalis, ramulis sub 13-pedalibus, teretibus. Folia superiora ovato-lanceolata, basi inzequila- tera, 5-6 poll. longa, sub 1 poll. lata, cito caduca, subtus levigata, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-8, fascia obsoleta. Vagine striato-sulcatz, transversim ruguloso-aspere, ore fimbriis, inferne zequalibus, rigidis, nitidis, stramineis, longe fimbriatis. Spica falcata, 5-6 poll. longa, rhachi hirsuta, spiculis solitariis, imbricatis, secundis, vaginam supremam sepe duplo superans. Spicula 10 lin. longa, flosculo primo lineari-subulato, carinato-uninervi, utrinque adpresse piloso, 3—4 lin. longo; secundo multo majore, ovato-lanceolato, subplano, extus pilis subadpressis fuscis hirsuto, 5-10 lin. longo, 2—3 lin. lato, apicem longe rostrato-acuminatum versus ciliato, hermaphroditum fere subzequante. Palea inferior, flosculi fertilis horizontaliter patentis ovato-lanceolata, breviter et subulato-aristata, 8-10 lin. longa, pilis fuscis, rigidis, longis obsita et przesertim apicem versus dense ciliata; superior brevior, mutica vel apice bidentata, glabriuscula vel apicem versus pilis obsita. Sguamule 3, vel abortu 2 (fide Nees), obovate, obtuse, fimbriatz vel glabræ (Nees). Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 penicillato-villosa. Ovarium lineari-trigonum, glabrum, in stylum attenuatum. The flattened second sterile flower, placed at a more acute angle with the rhachis than the hermaphrodite one, gives this plant a remarkable appearance, quite distinct from JM. Clausseni, to which. species alone it approaches. I find in one of Sellow’s specimens in herb. Bentham the second perfect hermaphrodite flower, which I had first observed in M. Clausseni. 3. M. CrAUssENI, Munro. Spiculis solitariis, floseulo secundo pubescente, apice atte- nuato, hermaphroditum pubescentem rhachi adpressum fere xquante ; vagins ore fimbriis basi sequalibus longe fimbriate; foliis subtus precipue basin versus hirsutis. Hab. In Brasilia: Minas Geraes! Claussen; Organ Mont., Wilkes! ( Miers. v.s. Culmus elatus, ** 50-80-pedalis, diametro 4-5-pollicari, apice pendulus” ( ramis 1-13-pedalibus, basi hirsutis, circa nodos dense verticillatis, tissima, basi plus minus inzequilatera et attenuata in longa, 10-12 lin. lata, margine serrulato, scaberrima, supra (presertim uno latere) scabra, subtus (preecipue basin versus) hirsuta, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-7, inferne conspicuis, venulis ERT interdum vix manifestis. Vagine superiores subglabre, margine superne KZ fibris vel fuscis vel albidis, longis, basi æqualibus fimbriate, Spica falcata, spe folio supremo superata, sub 4 poll. longa, rhachi dorso hirsuta, spiculis solitariis, adpressis, dense imbricatis. Spieula 8-9 lin ham preter rudimentum terminale, 3-4-flora; flosculis 9 interdum hermaphroditis ; flosculo See me 1-3-nervi, lineari-lanceolato, vix 14 lin. longo; secundo multi(15)-nervoso EES flosculum herma- phroditum pilis pallidis brevissimis adpressis pubescentem fere Made: Palea inferior (flosculi “Tacuari” incolis), no. 4238! Miers), internodiis apice scabris ; Folia ovato-lanceolata, acumina- petiolum hirsutum subbilinealem, 4-54 poll. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 49 fertilis) apice attenuata et nervosa, superiorem breviorem, ad apicem bifidam, hirsutam involvens. Squamule 3, vix zquales, apice lanceolate, brevifimbriate. Anthere nigrescentes. Stylus basi simplex, cito divisus, stigmatibus vix plumosis. The leaves in this species are always conspicuously hairy near their base below, and are thus distinguished from all others of the genus. Mr. Miers says that it grows abun- dantly in the Organ Mountains, hanging in graceful festoons from the height of 50 to 80 feet along the margin of the forests. 4. M. BREVISPICA, Munro. Spiculis solitariis, flosculo secundo vix acuto hermaphrodito fere duplo breviore, vaginis hirsutis ore longe fimbriatis. Hab. in Peruvia prope Tarapoto!, Spruce in herb. Bentham. v.s. Culmus pedalis, ramis fasciculatis, tactu asperis. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, sub 4 poll. longa, sub 6 lin. lata, basi vix inzequalia, petiolata, glabra. Vagine hirsute vel apicem versus hirsutissime, ore fim- briis plurimis stramineis longe fimbriate. Spica falcata, 13-2 poll. longa, rhachi viridi, hirsuta, spiculis solitariis, secundis. —Spicula subcurvata, 6 lin. longa, floseulo infimo sterili brevissimo, secundo hirsuto, nervoso, apice rotundato, brevissime mucronato, hermaphrodito hirsuto subobtuso 1 vel } breviore. . Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) pilis sublongis fuscis hirsuta, apice vix acuta, superiorem obtusam, basi glabram, apice tantum subhirsutam, subzquans. Squamule late, oblonge, obtuse. Stylus basi simplex, vix cito in stigmata 2 pulchre plumosa divisus. Ovarium subtrigynum, apice fere rostratum. The short spike and very hirsute vaginz distinguish this at once from all the other species. It appears also to be the only one found out of Brazil. 5. M. sPARSIFLORA, Rupr., l. c. 127, tab. x. fig. 32. * Spiculis solitariis, distantibus, flosculis sterilibus hermaphroditum superantibus, fimbriis vagin breviplumosis.’— Steud. Le 338. Hab. in Brasilia, “ ad sinum omnium sanctorum," Riedel. s. v. Ruprecht. * Folia lineari-lanceolata, 5-7 poll. longa, 7-8 lin. lata, pellucida, subtus glabra, nervis secundariis 6 pro- minentibus. Vagine obsolete striate, leeviuscule, ore tenuiter fimbriate, fimbriis parvis, inferne brevi-plumosis. Spica exserta, recta, 2-4-pollicaris, spiculis solitariis, distantibus, Spicula (nondum sat evoluta) 5 lin. longa, floseulis 2 inferioribus (in icone valde inzequalibus) chartaceo-coriaceis, floseulum tertium, subglabrum, involventibus, eumgue superantibus." —Rupr. 6. M. Nxzsr, Rupr. l. c. 127, tab. x. fig. 31. “ Spiculis solitariis, flosculis duobus inferi- oribus glabris (Rupr.) vel strigosis (Nees), secundo hermaphroditum superante, vaginis ore nudis.”—Steud. Le, 338. M. speciosa, Nees, l. c. 527, non Sprengel nec Kunth. Hab. in Brasilia, herb. reg. Berol. s. v. Nees et Ruprecht. re : : me o ere D feste ex “ Culmus (pars crassitie calami communis adest) sequalis, lignosus, tuberculis minutis MINUM ‚ram ibus apice monostachyis. Folia lanceolata, sub singulo nodo 24-30, adscendentibus, pedalibus, omni ; id 4 poll. longa, 10-12 lin. lata, glaberrima, margine scabriuscula, subtus leeviuscula, glauca, vm ata, | petiolo glabro fuscescente, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6, fascia user däm striato-su d levigate, apice oblique truncate, ligulate, ore nude. Spica falcata, incurvata, 5-7-pollicaris r = i strigoso-sericea, spiculis solitariis, imbricatis, secundis, erecto-patentibus, 1n juventute vagina inclusa, VOL. XXVI. H 50 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. state e latere erumpens. Spicula 7—8-10 lin. longa, flosculis inferioribus glabris (fide Rapr.), extus strigosis (Nees), infimo breviore lanceolato-acuminato ; secundo ovato-oblongo, in cuspidem longam aristeformem attenuato, 7-9-nervi, hermaphroditum pilosiusculum subeequante vel superante. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) ovato-oblonga, subulato-acuminata, coriacea, carinata, fusco-hirsutula, apiceque preesertim villoso-ciliata; superior subzequilonga, levissima, chartacea, mutica, obtusa. Squamule 3 obconice, truncate, apice ciliate, albe. Stamina 2-3. Stylus bulbosus, apice bifidus in stigmata 2 glabriuscula (Nees), plumosa (Trin.). Germen trigonum, glabrum.”—WNees et Ruprecht ; Steudel, I. c., ait, “ Video in specimine omnino description) congruente, ad oras vaginarum, setulas rigidas : vix species diversa." Judging from description alone, I think this species is scarcely sufficiently distin- guished from M. speciosa, Spreng., the only difference of any consequence being the absence of a fringe at the mouth of the vagina. But Ruprecht had seen specimens of both, which I have not. I must, however, mention that in the text Ruprecht describes both lower neutral flowers as longer than the hermaphrodite one; whereas in his figure 31 the lowest flower is shown to be very much shorter, which it doubtless is. 7. M. kuer, Rupr. /. c. 127, tab. x. fig. 30. *Spiculis solitariis, flosculis 2 inferi- oribus pilosis, seeundo hermaphroditum nigro-hirsutum superante, vaginis ore nudis." —Steud. /. c. 338. M. speciosa, Kth, Rev. Gram. i. 139, 333, t. 79! optima; Enum. 429, Supl. 354, non. Spreng. Hab. in Brasilia, in sylvis montium pr. Rio Janeiro, Beyrich. s. v. Kunth et Ruprecht. “ Culmus 20-30-pedalis, ramulis longissimis, glabris, duris, superne foliosis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 6—7 poll. longa, 1 poll. lata, apice angustato-acuminata, basi rotundata, subtus glaucescentia, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-8, undique papilloso-scabris, margineque superiore fascia 2 lin. lata cinerea nitida cincta. ` Vagine sulcato-striate, glabro, levigate, ore nude, ligulate. ` Spica subrecta, 5-pollicaris, spiculis solitariis, secundis, imbricatis, vagina suprema duplo breviore, exserta. Spicula 7-8 lin. longa, flosculis 2 inferioribus pilosis, infimo subulato brevissimo, secundo lanceolato, incurvo, setaceo-acuminato, nervoso, hirsuto, hermaphroditum nigro-hirsutum vix wquante vel superante. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) hirsuta, subobtusa ; superior vix brevior, apice bifida, hirsuta. Squa- mule 3, superne ciliate, dus laterales oblique oblonge, tertia minor wquilatera. Media inter M. spe- ciosam Spr. et M. Neesii Rupr.” —Kunth et Ruprecht. Sect. II. Spicule in capitulum densum congeste. 8. e ai Hooker, Icon. B. t. 273, 274 (1840). Spiculis in capitulum glomeratis, ois latis, oblongis, vaginis ore longe fimbriatis.— Chusquea fimbriata ? Steud. Le 338, var. foliis angustioribus. Chusquea (R j : ettb : ; Trin. Coll. Dublin. quea ( ergia) glomerata, Munro in herb Hab. in Brasilia, Rio Janeiro, Gardner, no. 136! Tweedie, 1324, Riedel. v. s. Culmus scandens, gracilis, ramulis subpedalibus, multifoliatis pentibus. Folia lata, oblonga, basi valde inzequalia 46 Met aspera, nervis secundariis a tertiariis non i gine a sæpissime hirsutze, ore pilis s poll. diametro, multispiculatum, foli ong:e, flosculis 2 inferioribus neutris, apice capitulum gerentibus, e nodis erum- : poll. longa, 9-15 lin. lata, acuta, glabra sed en discernendis, petiolata, petiolo supra hirsuto. Va- longis validis rigidis rufis fimbriate. Capitulum densum, n pw involucratum. Spicule pedicellate, 6-7 lin. hermaphrodito duplo brevioribus. Flosculus infimus sterilis, COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 51 5-nervis, carinatus, in subulam longam scabram abrupte acuminatus ; secundus similis, sed longior et 7-nervis. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) 17-19-nervis, apice longe rostrato-acuminata, plerumque dorso subglabra, sed semper ad margines pilis fuscis hirsuta; superior sublongior, bicarinata, carinis ciliatis vel hirsutis, utroque latere 4-nervia, apice plus minus conspicue bifida. Flos terminalis l-paleaceus, magis evolutus quam in reliquis speciebus, pedicello brevi. Squamule 3, lanceolate, superne fimbriatz, ineequales, duæ latiores, fere enervose. Stylus basi simplex, stigmatibus superne divergentibus. Ovarium immaturum. The details of the structure of this curious species are remarkably well represented in Sir William Hooker's drawing above quoted, although I do not find the squamul united at the base as there shown. There are occasionally some abortive spicule mixed with the others; and sometimes, indeed often, both palex of the fertile floret have green her- baeeous points, which in the upper palea are sometimes remarkably divergent; and in those eases it is considerably longer than the lower palea. Gardner says this grass is common in low woods about Rio, rising to a considerable height, climbing among and supporting itself on the branches of shrubs amongst which it grows. I have but little doubt that this is Steudel’s Chusquea fimbriata, which, at any rate, is certainly not a Chusquea, in consequence of the terminal incomplete flower. . Due sequentes, tantum absque floribus note, egre discernende sunt. 9. M. SEzrovi Munro. “Culmo primario exasperato, vaginis ore herbaceo-barbatis, folis glaucescentibus serrulato-scaberrimis.”—Nees, Agr. Bras. 591, adnot. mn Rupr. l. c. 127, adnot. Hab. Paraguay in acumine montis Cabo do Butucaray, Sellow. s. v. Nees. The herbaceous beard to the vaginz, which, I confess, is a term I do not quite under- stand, appears to keep this distinct from other species, although Nees considered it might be a young state of one of the three he has described. 10. M. BURCHELLII, Munro. Foliis lineari-lanceolatis, 1-3-53 poll. longis, 7-9 lin. latis, supra glabris, subtus glaucescentibus, glaberrimis sed punctulis minutissimis tactu subasperis, vaginis glabris, superne uno latere oreque fibris pallidis longis fim- briatis. Hab. in Brasilia australi, pr. Santos (“ Taquärra vel Taquärri mun" incolis), no. 3243! Burchell. v. s. er Oylmus solidus vel farctus (maturus cavus est), gracilis, 30-40-pedalis, apicem versus flagelliformis, pen- dulus, non ramosus sed verticillatim ramulosus ? (Burchell), internodiis supremis filiformibus, vix 1 lin. diametro, pilis reversis per totam longitudinem asperrimis. Rami vel ramuli (fide Burchell, 10-12) foliiferi tantum visi, basi strigoso-hirsuti et bracteis imbricati, apice 4-foliati, 6-9 poll. longi, diametro culmum superantes, ad nodum quemque semiverticillati. Folia (ramorum) infima pollicaria ovato-lanceolata, superiora lineari-lanceolata, fere setaceo-acuminata, basi attenuata in petiolum brevem nigrescentem, margine aspera, supra glabra sed nervis 2-9, margine uno setulis brevissimis subasperis, subtus glaucescentia, glaberrima, punctulis minutissimis vix tactu aspera, nervis secundariis utroque latere 7. Vagine subglabræ, superne uno margine oreque fibris pallidis longis, szepe subcirrhosis, fimbriatze. The internodes which I have seen of this species are extremely rough to the touch, H 2 MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. 52 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEK. and not thicker than packing-threads, although they have several branches at each node of the usual thickness. This may possibly be a peculiar state of one of the species already described; it appears to me, however, to differ from all the four des which have a simple fringe of longish fibres at the mouth of the vagine. M. brevispica is dis- tinguished by having hairy vagine. M. Clausseni has leaves hairy below. JM. speciosa has longer and broader leaves, with the vaginze transversely rugose ; and, finally, M. ter- nata would appear to differ in having smoother branches, much thicker stems, and longer and broader leaves, with more numerous secondary nerves below. VII. CHUSQUEA. Kunth, Syn, Plant. Æquin. i. 252 (1822); Enum. 427; Endl. Gen. Plan. no. 906. Rettbergia, Raddi, Agrost. Bras. 17, t. i. fig. 1, Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 535. Dendragrostis, Nees in Linnea, ix. 487. Nasti, sp., H. B. K., nov. gen. et ep: Roem. et Sch. 4. c. 7. 2. 1360. Arundinarie sp., Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 525. Arundinis sp., Poir. Encycl. Spicule deorsum imperfecte, (exc. Ch. Venezuele) racemo pedicellatze, intra glumas sessiles, rhachilla obsoleta, 3-floræ, vel rarissime in statu abnormali 4-florz, flosculis 2 (vel in Ch. oligophylla subinde 3) inferioribus unipaleaceis, neutris ; terminali bipaleaceo hermaphrodito. Interdum in C. andina, C. tenella et C. capituliflora spiculee 4-flore, flosculis duobus terminalibus perfectis. Interdum (teste ‘Raddi) in €. Gaudichaudii “ spicule monoice, masculz et foeminee in eadem panicula sparse." — Glume 2, vel fere obsolete (Dendragrostis, Nees), vel parvee vel elongate (in C. tenuiflora et C. ari- stata spiculam zquantes et superantes), membranaces, paucinerves. Floseuli 2 neutri, 1-7-nerves, plerumque acuti, sepe mucronati, « Hermaphroditi pale: 2 membranacex, subzequales ; inferior subcarinato-concava, acuto-mucronata, plerumque multinervia ; Superior parinervia, dorso superne sulcato-subbicarinata, emarginato-bifida.” Stamina 3. Squamule 3, plerumque obtusx et apice cili ate, membranacez, nervos: vel enervosz, subæquales. Styli 1-2, plerumque ad basin usque discreti, breves, stigmatibus vel pilosis vel interne plumosis vel villosis, pilis ramosis. Caryopsis lineari- oblonga, compressa vel teres, glabra, libera. ` Gramina, orbis novi, in Mexico tropica, Panama, insulis Caribbzeis, exiratropica, usque ad gradum 42? lat. aust. ; nune in locis maritimis, excelsis crescentia, Culmus, in Ch. andina nanus, 2-pedalis, in plurimis suffruticosus vel arborescens, 6-20-pedalis, interdum altissimus, scandens, ramis fasciculatis sæpe pendentibus. Folia plerumque angusta et parva, interdum minima, brevissime petiolata et articulata, venulis transversis subtus nullis vel obscuris, vel raro plus minus conspicuis. Vagine plerumque efimbriatz, in Ch. tenella, C. simpliciflora, et forsan aliis fimbriate. Inflorescentia terminalis, vel racemus subsimplex, vel panicula plus minus depauperata, vel thyrsoidea, vel panicula decomposita, ramis adpressis aut diva- ricatis, vel in sect. 2 panicula subrotunda, capitulum referens. I have already, at page 13, referred to the interesting and su semblance borne by several species of Panicum, occasioned, as I imagine, in all Panicez, being the most perfect one. nunc in regionibus montanis tribe of grasses called « Poaceze”’ by Robert Brown in his remark ' Terra Australis. From the trihe "E marks on the Botany of Te aining genera of grasses, et America australi, tropica et E COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 53 Chusquea and Planotia are distinguished by having three squamuls, the two lowest flowers of the spicula neutral, and the spicula itself articulated above, instead of below, the glumes. Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. Panicula vel simpliciter racemosa, vel plus minus composita et decomposita, oblonga, contracta vel divaricata. “ Stigmata pilosa” (Rupr.). DE propri:e et Dendragrostis (species glumis potis- simum minimis), Nees in Linnza, 7. e. 486, A Racemus simplex, spiculis 3-5, pedicellatis. Folia lata . ` ; . 1. C. tenella. Racemus simplex, spiculis 3-4, pedicellatis. Folia angusta — . ; 2. C. simpliciflora. Racemus fere simplex, spiculis 5-10, pedicellatis. Folia angustissima 3. C. abietifolia. Panicula subracemoso-divaricata, simplex, spiculis sessilibus 4. C. Venezuele. Panicula brevis, semel bisve (vel interdum in C. Cumingii magis) composita, ramis adpressis non patulis. Glumee brevissime, obtuse. Palea inferior mucronato-acuta 5 Glume brevissime, obtuse. Palea inferior longissime acuminata . 6 Glume acute, conspicue. Folia subtus non tessellata . ; í . 7. C. Cumingii. Glumee Jonge cuspidate. Folia tessellata 8. C. uliginosa. Glume breves, acutz vel obtuse. Panicula pollicaris. en SE . C. pinifolia. . C. Purdieana. Folia tessellata e 9. C. andina. Glumze breves, acutze vel T Piati Enge iii 15-20- pedalis. Folia ¢essellata : : í . 10. C. culeou. Panicula revis, bis terve composita, ramis bein detail Glume fere obsolete. Folia subtus pubescentia, angusta — . N . 11. C. uniflora. Glumz fere obsolete. Folia glabra, lata — . ; ‘ . 12. C. Galeottiana. ` Glume óreves, obtuse vel acute. Folia glabra, BS i : . 13. C. montana. Glume acute, conspicue. Folia ovato-lanceolata : . 14. C. oligophylla. Panicula elongata, bis terve magisve composita, apice fere hie ramis densifloris, in C. aristata infimis compositis. Glume breves. Folia non tessellata . j : C X . . 15. C. spicata. Glume óreves. Folia tessellata . i e ‘ ; e . . 16. C. tessellata. Glume /ongissime. Folia tessellata `. . ` ‚17. C. aristata. Panicula elongata, bis terve composita, ramis E E vir bestet Glume obsolete. Folia subtus glabra ^ . e . 18. C. Fendleri. Glum:e breves sed conspicue. Folia subtus Anda j : . 19. C. Dombeyana. Panicula decomposita, ramis plerumque brevibus et patulis. Glume obsolete. Folia basi subcordata, fere sessilia . dU . 90. C. anelytra. Glume fere obsolete. Folia basi attenuata, petiolata . , e . 21. C. Wilkesii. Glume breves, obtusiuscule. Flosculi neutri nervosi ; ; . 22. C. scandens. Glume breves, obtusiuscule. Flosculi neutri fere enerves . ; . 23. C. pallida. Panicula decomposita, ramis, interdum valde, elongatis. Glumz inzquales, superior longe acuta. Rhachis panicule fere dud 24. C. Mulleri. Glum:e cuspidate, spiculis breviores. Rhachis hirsuta i . 25. C. quila. . Glume cuspidate, spiculas equantes. Rhachis scabro-hirsuta ‘ . 26. C. tenuiflora. Sect. II. “ Panicula contracta, subrotunda (raro ovalis), capitulum referens. Folia ramulorum florentium inferiora et superiora decrescentia, his basin capituli arcte involucrantibus. Stigmata villosa, ramosa " (Rupr.). Rettbergia, Raddi et Nees. 54 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE#. Glumæ minute, obtuse. Rhachis panicule dense pilosa š ; . 27. C. Sellovui. Glum acute, breves. Rhachis glabra ; i i ^ ; . 98. C. Gaudichaudü. Glum:e acuminato-subulate, breves. Rhachis dense pubescens. . 99. C. capituliflora. Glumx setacez, longe, spiculam equantes . : : , : . 30. C. capitata. 1. C. TENELLA, Nees in Linnæa, ix. 492. Racemo simplici; spieulis 3-5, coloratis, pedi- cellatis; glumis brevissimis, obtusissimis ; foliis Zatis, vaginis ore fimbriatis.—Rupr. Le 121, tab. vi. fig. 17; Steud. l.c. 336. C. (Dendr.) tenella, Nees, l. c. Hab, in Brasilia, Lhotsky, Sellow! v.s. Culmus gracilis, internodiis longis, “ floriferis quandoque foliis, demum deciduis, interstinctis.” Folia late lanceolata, 4-5 poll. longa, 12-15 lin. lata, raro angustiora 6-8 lin. lata, inæquilatera, brevipetio- lata, glauca, subtus scabra. “ Vagine glabræ, fusco punctate, ore margineque dense ciliato-fim- biate, ligula obliqua vel oppositifolia, elongata, excisa." ** Racemi basi bracteati, aphylli, e nodis setuligeris culmi fasciculatim erumpentes, falcati, penduli, pollicares,” spiculis 3-5 pedicellatis, rhachi glabra. Spicule oblongo-lanceolatæ, obtusiuscule, coloratæ, 3—4 lin. long, nervoso-costatæ, glabre. Glume brevissime, obtusissimæ. Flosculi 2 neutri, acutiusculi, inconspicue nervosi, flos- culo hermaphrodito scabro, fere obtuso, subduplo breviores. Palea inferior 7-nervis; superior 4—6- nervis. Squamule 3, longs, ovate, apice longe fimbriatæ, basi venosæ, subinæquales, tertia angustior. “ Stigmata 2, longa, capillaria, semiplumosa. Ovarium lanceolatum, acuminatum.” The specimens of this which I have seen, from Sellow in herb. Hooker. and herb. Bentham., are evidently in an abnormal condition, with small leayes scattered along the internodes, bearing racemes below the leaves, opposite to and above the leaves. The vaginæ are not fringed in these specimens. Nees states that there are sometimes two perfect hermaphrodite flowers in the spicula besides the two sterile flowers. 2. Q. SIMPLICIFLORA, Munro. (Tab. IL) Racemo simplici, spiculis 3-4 pallidis pedicel- latis, glumis brevissimis obtusis, foliis angustis inæquilateris, vaginis ore fimbriatis. Hab. in Panama isthmo. “ In sylvis densis,” Sutton Hayes, 661! Seemann, 426! Triana! v.s. Culmi 50-80-pedales, scandentes, apice filiformes (fig. B), dumeta fere impenetrabilia formantes, inter- nodiis semper gracilibus, interdum tenuissimis, scabris vel levibus, 4-6-7 poll. longis. Ramuli flo- rigeri breves basi subaphylli, superne folia 2-3 brevissima gerentes, rarissime proliferi circa nodos Cumi dense fasciculati, adjectis interdum ramulis foliigeris tantum paucis, 8-9 poll. longis (figg. A, B). Folia inzequilatera, apice basique attenuata, margine serrata, vix petiolata, supra tactu scabra, subtus strigosa et basin versus hirsuta, nervis secundariis tota lamina 9, majora 23 poll. longa et 45 lin. lata, minora vix lineam lata et 3-5 lin. longa (fig. B, magn. nat.). sutee vel hirsutissime, demum glabrescentes, ore margineque longe setoso-fimbriatz ligula brevi. Racemus brevis, vix pollicaris, simplex, spiculis pedicellatis subpatulis 3-4, rhachi akira Spicula pallida, acuta, 3-4 lin. longa, inconspicue nervosa, glabra, glumis 2 CS em obtusis interdulll hirtis (fig. 1). Flosculi 2 neutri acutiusculi, hyalini, hermaphrodito glabro 1—4 RE Palea inferior acuta, hyalina, inconspicue nervosa, superiorem acutam basi Saitoni 2 nes apicem evanidis) da, weg (figg. 1,2). Stamina 3, antherarum loculis apiculatis (figg. 2, 3). "ees 3, > fimbriatz, nervosze (figg. 3,4). Stylus basi simplex, superne dins in stigmata 2 interne plumosa (fig. 4). Caryopsis matura, teres, lineari-oblonga, apice subattenuata, fusca. Vagine striate, inter strias hir- In description, this approaches very closely in many respects to C. tenella, but it 18 t i i extremely different in appearance, and. may be easily distinguished by its pale-coloured COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 55 membranous spiculee and much smaller leaves. It appears to be very abundant on the Isthmus of Panama, and especially near the Lion Hill station of the Pacific Railroad. 3. C. ABIETIFOLIA, Griseb. in Flora Brit. West-Indian Islands, 529. “ Racemo fere simplici, spiculis 5-10 pedicellatis, glumis valde inszqualibus," foliis angustissimis spinoso-acuminatis, vaginis ore nudis.—Arundo, no. 5, P. Browne, Civil and Nat. Hist. Jamaica, 139 (teste Grisebach). Hab. in Jamaica, Wilson!; Ind. occid., Swartz. Vidi folia tantum in herb, Hooker. s. v. Grisebach. * Culmus alte scandens," internodiis glabris 3-5 poll. longis, 2 lineas diametro, ramulis foliiferis (inter- nodiis 1-3-6 lin. longis) fasciculatis. Folia disticha, 1-2 poll. longa, 13-2 lin. lata, linearia, rigida, subsessilia, glaucescentia, margine cartilagineo serrulato-scabra, apice spinoso-acuminata, nervo central subtus prominente, secundariis a tertiariis non discernendis. Vagine margine ciliate, demum glabrescentes, dense imbricatz, ore biauriculate, eligulate. Racemus brevis, folia æquans, fere simplex, patulus, spiculis 5-10 pedicellatis, pedicellis 1 lin. longis, rhachi angulata scabra. Spicula lanceolato-acuminata, 3 lin. longa, glumis valde inzequalibus, inferiore subobsoleta. Flosculi neutri inzquales, inferior glumam superiorem :equans; superior amplectens, 5-nervis, acuminatus, flosculum hermaphroditum lineari-acuminatum puberulum 3-nervem equans. Palea superior bica- rinata, acuminata, inferiore paulo brevior. Having seen only leaf-bearing specimens of this, I have taken the description of the inflorescence and its details from Grisebach. He, however, mentions only “ three sterile glumes;" but as the plant, if it is really a Chusquea, must have had four, I have pre- sumed that the lowest one was very small and nearly obsolete, and have so described it. The foliage bears a remarkable general resemblance to that of some species of Conifere. 4. C. VENEZUELA, Steud. Le 337. “ Panicula subracemoso-divaricata, simplici, spiculis sessilibus, foliis lanceolatis." Hab. in Venezuela, Funck et Schlim, no. 494. s. v. Steudel. Culmus , “ramis ad nodos 3-4-nis, supremis binis vel solitariis. Folia sparsa, lanceolata, acuta, 1-4 poll. longa, 2-4 lin. lata, brevipetiolata, glaucescenti-viridia, concoloria, tenuistriata, scabri- uscula. Vagine apice fimbriate, margine nude. Panicula subracemoso-divaricata, simplex, rhachi glabra; spiculis 3-floris, 2-5 lin. longis, ad angulos rhacheos sessilibus. Glume membranacex, ner- vos, acutiuscule, flosculis multo breviores. Palea inferior 5-7-nervis, acuta; superior (flosculi fertilis) margine ciliata.”—Steudel. I know nothing of this plant except from Steudel's description, given above verbatim. It is the only species in the whole genus with sessile spiculz ; and on this account I think it probable that it may belong to the genus Arthrostylidium. | 5. C. PINIFOLIA, Nees in Linnea, ix. 490. Panicula semel composita, depauperata, con- tracta, vix pollicari, glumis minimis obtusis, palea inferiore mucronato-acuta, foliis lineari-subulatis pungentibus.—Trin. in Act. Petrop. /. c. de icon. 340 !; Rupr. Le 121, tab. ix. fig. 18; Steud. Z. c. 336. Arundinaria? pinifolia, Nees in Agrost. Bras. 525; Kth. Enum. 427. Ludolphia pinifolia, Dietr. Sp. 2. 25. Dendragrostis pini- folia, Nees in Linn. /. c. 56 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow!; in monte Itacolumi et Serra de Carassa, alt. 5000-6000 ped. s. m., Riedel; in altissimis petrosis, Serra do Itambe da Villa et alibi in districtu Adamantum provincie Minarum, alt, 3000-4000 ped., Martius; Organ Mts. in summis, Gardner, no. 5910! v.s. Culmi 4-6-pedales, solidi, * fruticeta densissima struentes ;" internodiis brevibus, 1-2 poll. longis, nigro maculatis, dense ramulis semiverticillatis ad nodos creberrimis, inferne adpressis, stricte arrectis, superne latioribus et dense foliosis tectis. Folia linearia, subulato-acuminata, quasi acerosa, rigida, sessilia, ramulorum suprema ultrapollicaria, inferiora breviora, vix lineam lata, utrinque glabra, subtus 7-11-nervia, nervis secundariis a tertiariis vix distinguendis. Vagine striate, lateribus hirsutze vel de- mum glabrescentes, apice biauriculate, ligula nulla. Panicula semel composita, depauperata, lineari- oblonga, densa, plus minus pollicaris, spiculis distincte pedicellatis, rhachi pedicellisque puberulis, Spicula 3-linealis, subfusiformis, obtusiuscula vel acutiuscula, opaca, demum fuscescens. Glume ovatæ, minutæ, obtusæ. Flosculi neutri subæquales, 3-nerves, mucronulato-acuti, sub lente dorso asperiusculi, discolores in specim. e Sellow, concolores in spec. e Gardner, hermaphrodito brevissime strigoso-hispido fere dimidio vel 4 breviores. Palea inferior mucronato-acuta, 7-nervis, superiorem obtusam obsolete quadrinervem subæquans vel superans. Squamule apice fimbriatæ, inferne ner- vatæ. Stylus fere ad basin divisus, stigmatibus plumosulis. “ Ovarium lanceolatum, in stylum sim- plicem attenuatum ” (Nees). Trinius states that this is one of the numerous plants called ** Taquarra," as I have already mentioned at p. 48. 6. C. Purpreana, Munro. Panicula semel composita, 2-3-pollicari, spiculis pube- scentibus, glumis brevibus obtusis, palea inferiore flosculi hermaphroditi longissime acu- minata, foliis angustis subtus non tessellatis. . i Hab. in Nova Granada, “in humidis Monte del Moro, prov. Velez," Purdie. v.s. Culmus apice nutans, internodiis inferioribus crassis, asperis, spathis hirsutis involutis, semipedalibus et ultra, superioribus gradatim minoribus sub 3 poll. longis, ramulis numerosissimis, sub 8 poll. longis ad nodos inferiores densissime fasciculatis. Folia ramulorum floriferorum lineari-lanceolata, basi attenuata, vix petiolata, apice setaceo-mucronata, margine vix serrata, 1-2 poll. longa, 1-14 lin. lata, glabra, nervis secundariis utroque latere 2 subtus conspicuis, venulis transversis mullis. Vagine glabre, sæpe coloratz, ligula brevi dorso pubescente. Panicula terminalis, semel composita, ramulis paucispiculatis, adpressis, sub 2 poll. longa, lineari-oblonga, rhachi scabriuscula. Spicula angusta, brevipedicellata, 5 lin. longa, pubescens. Glume 2, breves vel brevissime, obtuse, coloratz, hirsu- tiuseule. Flosculi neutri nervosi, inzequales, superior j longior sub 3-linealis, oblongi, apice mucronati, 5—7-nerves, dorso pubescentes vel hirsuti et margine ciliati. Palea inferior floris herma- phroditi 5 lin. longa, dorso inferne glabra, superne pubescens, 7-9-nervis, apice subulato-acuminata ; superior paulo brevior, fere glabra, superne tantum subbicarinata, apice bisubulata. Squamule 3, oblique lanceolata, nervosæ, toto margine fimbriate. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 plumosa. Purdie says this is called ** Carisa ” by the natives; but that appears to be a word used for many species, indeed for cane-brakes generally. The long-pointed lower palea dis- tinguishes this from all other species with short glumes. pU. CUMINGII, Nees in Linnza, ix. 487. Panicula plerumque semel bisve, raro magis composita, contracta, lineari-oblonga, 1-3-pollicaris, glumis lanceolatis cuspidatis, foliis angustis, margine cartilagineo, subtus non tessellatis.— Rupr. Z. c. 122, tab. vii. fig. 19 (tab. ix. fig. 19, dubia); Steudel, 7. c. 336; Em. Desv. in Gay, Fl. Chili, vi. 448, tab. 83. fig. 1; Walp. Ann. vi. 1044. Arundo quillinga, Molina (fide Cuming). COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 57 Arundo canila, Mol. (Steud.). * Modum crescendi representat Lütke, Iter, 1835, atl. tab. ii.” (Rupr.). C. parvifolia, Philippi in Linnea, xxxiii. 239. Hab. Chili, Valparaiso, Cuming, 639! Bridges! Capt. King! Bertero, no. 816, Peppig, Kastalsky, Wilkes!; Conception, Mertens.—Gardner, 5410! in Hb. Bentham. v.s. Culmus 8-10-pedalis, erectus, superne nutans, internodiis sub 3-4 poll. longis, levigatis, stramineis vel purpurascentibus ; ramulis patulis, pedalibus vel 2-pollicaribus, basi foliiferis, apice floriferis, dense fasciculatim erumpentibus, “sterilibus quibusdam divaricatis vel flexuosis." Folia lanceolata vel lineari-lanceolata, apice mucronato-acuminatissima, plana vel involuta, tenuia vel firma, pungentia, subrigida, sessilia, margine cartilagineo vix serrata, subtus glabra, concoloria, nervis secundariis 2-3 utroque latere, venulis transversis nullis, 1 poll. et ultra longa, 14-3 lin. lata. Vagine vix striate, glabrz, apice subbiauriculate, ligula brevi. Panicula lineari-oblonga, 13-2-3 poll. longa, contracta, plerumque semel bisve composita, interdum magis composita, thyrsoidea, rhachi pedicellisque brevibus tenuiter puberulis, subteretibus. Spicule sepe monoice, coloratz vel sepius pallidæ, ovato- lanceolate, nitidze, obsolete nervos, 3-3} lin. longe. Glume lanceolate, cuspidate, plus minus carinatz, rarissime pubescentes, flosculo infimo vix duplo breviores. Flosculi neutri inzequales, cuspi- dati, 3—5-nervibus ` superior longior, hermaphrodito, glabro, sæpe colorato, 7-nervi, 4—4 brevior. Palea superior apice obtuso bifida. Squamule subinzequales, lanceolate, basi venosæ, superne fimbriato. Stylus plerumque cito bifidus in stigmata 2 plumosa. This plant varies considerably both in foliage and inflorescence. The specimens col- lected at Valparaiso in Wilkes's Expedition exhibit a very small prostrate form, whieh I believe to be C. parvifolia of Philippi. Ruprecht has given two drawings of the struc- ture of the spicula, which do not agree with each other; plate vii. fig. 19 represents the ordinary state of the plant, and is quite correct in all details; plate ix. fig. 19, bearing the same name, is incorrect in many respects, and the second neutral flower is represented as having two pales. 8. C. vLIGINOSA, Philippi in Linnea, xxx. 207. Panicula bis terve composita, lineari- oblonga, 2—4 poll. longa, ramis adpressis, glumis lanceolatis cuspidatis, superiore flosculum infimum fere equante, foliis angustis subtus Zessellatis. Hab. Chili, Valparaiso, Puerto Monti! in uliginosis ( kleine Quila” incolis), Philippi. v. 8. Culmus vix 6-pedalis, ramosissimus ; internodiis foliiferis glabris, 7 poll. longis, diametro 3 lin., basi spatha striata, adpresse hirsuta, involutis; floriferis sub 5 poll. longis, glabris, tenuioribus. Ramuli foliiferi (nondum sat evoluti) sub 3 poll. longi, oligophylli; florigeri fere aphylli, 3-6 poll. longi. Folia lineari-lanceolata, basi attenuata in petiolum brevem, apice muctonato-acuta, margine cartilagineo crasso serrata, rigida, glaucescentia, 13-22 poll. longa, 23 lin. lata, mervo centrali subtus valde conspicuo, secundariis 2-3 utroque latere, venulis transversis pius minus conspicuis tessellata. Vagine striate, hirsutiusculæ, apice tenuiter ciliatæ, ore nudæ, ligula conspicua ciliata. Panicula bis terve composita, ramis adpressis, lineari-elongata, 2-4 poll. longa, rhachi pedicellisque sublongis angulatis scabriusculis. Spieula colorata, ovato-lanceolata, dorso scabra, inconspicue nervata, 3 lin. longa. Glume ineequales, lanceolate ; superior longe cuspidata, oe dorso scabra, flosculum infimum acuminatum subiequans. Flosculus secundus hermaphrodito fne subglabro parum brevior. Palea superior bicarinata, 6-nervis, inter carinas pubescens. Genitalia carie de- structa in speciminibus a me visis. In many respects this is very closely allied to VOL. XXVI. C. Cumingii; but the foliage appears I 58 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. sufficiently distinet to separate it from that species, in the leaves of which I have never observed any trace of tessellation. 9. C. ANDINA, Philippi in Linn. xxix. 103. Panicula fere simplici, suównciali, rhachi pubescente, glumis acutis vel obtusis, floseulo infimo duplo brevioribus, foliis an- gustis, longe acuminatis, subtus Zessellatis.—Walp. Ann. vi. 1044. Hab. Chili, in * Andibus, depart. Chillan ad limitem nivis perpetue,” Germain! v. s. Culmus erectus, humilis, vix bipedalis, ramis fasciculatis, densissime foliosis. Folia coriacea, lineari- lanceolata, 13-18 lin. longa, 2-24 lin. lata, apice longe acuminata, margine coriaceo serrata, subtus 9-nervia, nervo mediano valde prominente, venulis transversis valde conspicuis tessellata. | Vagine imbricatze, striate, glabro, ligula producta, ovata. Panicula subuncialis, fere simplex, radiis brevis- simis, rhachi dense pubescente, fere villosa, spiculis fere sessilibus. Spicula, glumis exemptis, glaber- rima, nitida, plerumque violacea, 3-34 lin. longa, interdum 4-flora, flosculis 2 superioribus 2-paleaceis et hermaphroditis. Glume sepe pubescentes, ovate, acute vel obtuse, flosculis neutris, acuminatis, 1-3-nervibus, duplo breviores. Palea inferior (hermaphroditi) neutris 4 longior, conspicue 7-nervosa, apice acuminata, superiorem subsquans. This species also approaches very closely to C. Cumingü, but is distinguished by its tessellated leaves and dwarf habit. I have never observed in any other species of Chusquea two perfect flowers in the spieulz, although Nees observes that they are some- times found in C. tenella. 10. C. curzov, Em. Desv. in Gay, Fl. Chili, vi. 450, tab. Ixxxiii. fig. 2. Panicula spici- formi-contracta, 1-3 poll. longa, rhachi hirsuta ; glumis plerumque obtusis, flosculo infimo plus quam duplo brevioribus ; foliis angustis, subtus tessellatis et saepe pube- scentibus.— Walp. Ann. vi. 1044. C. breviglumis, Philip. in Linn. xxix. 103 ; Walp. I. c. 1048. Hub. Chili, Valdivia, “in sylvis humidis,” Gay, Lechler, 2920!; ** Cordillera de Chillan,” Germain! (C. breviglumis). v.s. Culmus erectus, 15-20-pedalis et ultra (fide Gay), orgyalis (fide Germain ad C. breviglumem, Philip.) robustus, internodiis glabris vel superne scabriusculis, 3-4 poll. longis; ramis erectis, 3-7 poll. et nitra longis, densissime fasciculatis, polyphyllis. Folia coriacea, lanceolata vel “ lineari-elliptiea,” apice mucronata sed vix attenuata, basi “ nunquam attenuata” vel subcuneata, margine coriaced, 1-3 pont longa, 2-3 lin. lata, supra glabra, subtus interdum (non semper) pilis longis hirsuta, nervis 5 RE Aessen medio valde prominulo, venulis transversis crebris plus minus conspicuis tessellata. Vagine imbricatee, striate, glabre, ligula ovato-rotundata, producta. Panicula stricta, spiciformi- c — radiis densifloris, 1-3 poll. longa (1-14, fide Desv.); rhachi hirsuta, fere villosa, spiculis subsessilibus. — Spicula 21. 3. A lin. longa, pubescens vel glabra, violacea vel pallida, subacuta. Glume 1-nerves, pubescentes vel glabra, inzquales; inferior subobtusa; superior acutiuscula, us quam duplo brevior. Palea inferior (hermaphroditi) Squamule inequales; dus latiores basi dem mus time ee xim ge E Bde Hil cup a bes à es, superne margine pilis longis ciliate; te ad regen Men closely to C. andina, which is very probably only an alpine form Si: pio i is also nearly allied to ©. Cumingii; and I am unable to assign any guishing character to C. breviglumis of Philippi. The latter appears to be 8 Loc y re id COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. 59 dwarfer plant; but that may be accounted for by Germain’s specimens having been col- lected at a considerable elevation above the sea. 11. C. UNIFLORA, Steud. Syn. 337. Panicula brevi, patula, laxa, glumis fere obsoletis ; spiculis obtusiusculis, 2-3 lin. longis; foliis angustis, membranaceis, subtus pube- scentibus. Hab. in Nova Granada, Marignita, Linden, 893!; Ecuador, Quito, in Andibus, Spruce, 5940! v. s. Culmus “ solidus, diametro 1-pollicari, arcuatus, 20-pedalis, saepe ramosissimus, ramis sarmentoso-imbri- catis;" ramulis plerumque 6-9 poll. longis, interdum proliferis bipedalibus, ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia. lanceolata, acuta, basi in petiolum attenuata, sub 1-2 poll. longa, raro longiora, 2-4 lin. lata, membranacea, supra tactu aspera, subtus pubescentia, nervis secundariis utroque latere 2. Vagine striate, margine, superne presertim, ciliate, ligula elongata pubescente. Panicula semel bisve com- posita, 14-3 poll. longa, laxa, diffusa, radiis solitariis, radiolis spe unispiculatis, in ramulis basi geniculatis (sepe pendulis) oligophyllis terminalis; rhachi pedicellisque longis, spiculas subzquan- tibus, punctulis minutis asperis, vel interdum longe pilosis. Spicula 2-3 lin. longa, subobtusa, nitida, glumis minimis, fere obsoletis. Flosculi neutri sub:equales, ovati, brevissime mucronati, inconspicue nervati, hermaphrodito levi, fere duplo breviores. Palea inferior subobtusa, nervosa, cito dorso fissa; superior apicem versus bicarinata et bifida. Squamule lanceolate. Stylus cito bifidus. . The lower palea soon becomes split into two, and gives a very peculiar appearance to the spicula. Steudel, in describing the plant as with solitary branches, can only have seen one of the very numerous branches that are fascicled together at all the nodes. 19. C. GALEOTTIANA, Rupr. Bull. Brux. ix. 2. 246 (nomen tantum). Panicula patula, laxa, glumis fere obsoletis, spiculis obtusis, 5-6 lin. longis, foliis lato-lanceolatis, glabris. Hab.. Mexico, Oaxaca, 8000 ped. s. m., Galeotti, no. 5749! v.s. Ramuli 12-16 poll. longi, unifoliati (duo tantum adsunt). Folia lato-lanceolata, 2-4 poll. longa, 6-10 lin. lata, in petiolum attenuata, membranacea, glabra, nervis secundariis utroque latere SA Vagine striate, glabre, ligula brevissima. Panicula laxa, patula, semel composita, nutans, rhachi hirsuta, radiis solitariis, radiolis 1-2-spieulatis, pedicellis spiculis (5-6 lin. longis) brevioribus vel raro zequan- tibus. Glume minime, fere obsolete. Floseuli neutri subzequales, multinerves (omnes in specimine viso imperfecti), hermaphrodito glabro breviores. Palea inferior Ëer"? acuta; superior sub- obtusa, apice bifida, dorso conspicue canaliculata.—C. uniflore proxima. | The specimens of this are unfortunately imperfect ; but it is evidently a good species, with larger spicule than any other species of the genus. 13. C. MONTANA, Philippi in Linn. xxxiii. 298. Panicula patula, laxa, glumis brevibus . conspicuis, spiculis violaceis ; foliis angustis, subtus glabris, margine cartilagineo. Hab. Chili, Valdivia, in montibus supra Corral, Krause! Philippi. v. 8. 5 | Culmus 6-9-pedalis, ramosissimus, internodiis scabris, ramulis Gë poll. longis ad nodos fasciculatis, ramulo uno alterove interdum prolifero polyphyllo. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 2-21 poll. longa, 2-5 lin. lata, glabra, basi attenuata, apice mucronata, — subcartilagineo, re secundariis utroque latere 2, subtus conspicuis. Vagine conspicue striate, glabre, — ciliate, ligula elon- gata, glabra. Panicula laxa, patula, 2-3 poll. longa (4 poll., fide Philippi), semel bisve gom pos rhachi angulata, subhirsuta ; radiis solitariis ; radiolis seepe unispiculatis ; pedicellis spiculas sub 3 lin. I2 60 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Glume breves, obtusee vel acute. Flos- longas, acutas, violaceo-coloratas, pubescentes sequantibus. pubescentes, floseulo hermaphrodito ner- . culi neutri subzequales, conspicue 3-5-nervati, acutissimi, voso acuto pubescente vix duplo breviores. This comes very close to C. uniflora, Steud., and is really only to be distinguished from it by the more conspicuous glumes and glabrous leaves with a thickened margin, and the secondary nerves very strongly marked. 14. C. OLIGOPHYLLA, Rupr. in Act. Petrop. J. c. 124, tab. vii. fig. 23. " Panicula patente, brevi, spiculis pallidis coriaceis, glumis acutis conspicuis, foliis ovato-lan- ceolatis, vaginis inferioribus ad nervos retrorsum hispidis." —Steud. l. c. 337. - Hab. in Brasilia. s. v. Ruprecht in herb. Mus. Pragensis. * Culmi pedales; internodiorum pars inferior setulis nigris divaricatis obsita ; spathis persistentibus, 5-pollicaribus, striatis, ad nervos retrorsum hispidis; ramulis subternis, spitham:eis, oligo (2) -phyllis. Folia ovato-lanceolata, 6 lin. lata, 8 poll. longa, brevipetiolata, viridia, subtus pallidiora glauce- scentia. Vagine inferiores ramulorum quandoque setulis nigris obsitze. Panicula patens, oblonga, rhachi glabra, semel bisve composita, radiolis solitariis paucifloris, spiculis pedicellatis. Spicula pal- lida, opaca, coriacea, 2-3-linealis, subtilissime punctata, terminalis, subinde 4-flora, flosculo tantum supremo bipaleaceo hermaphrodito. Glume acute, flosculis neutris distincte 7-11-nerviis duplo breviores. Hi flosculi hérmaphrodito duplo minores. Squamule subequales, apice fimbriatz. Stylus ad basin simplex, superne divisus in stigmata 2 intus plumosa. Valde affinis C. Gaudichaudii.”— Ruprecht. 15. C. sprcata, Munro. Panieula elongata, spicata, rhachi hirsuta, glumis brevibus obtusis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, basi subcordatis, apice subulato-acuminatis, non tessellatis.— C. humilis, Lechler MS. | Hab. Peru, Sachapata in Cordillera, Lechler, 2154! 2640! 2694! (var. glumis hirsutis). v. s. Culmus erectus, internodiis vix sesquipollicaribus, ramulis polyphyllis, 14-16 poll. longis, erectis, apice spicigeris, ad nodos dense glomeratis. (Variat humilis, culmus vix 10 poll. longus, basi repens, ramis solitariis.) Folia lineari-lanceolata, 2-23 poll. longa, 2 lin. lata, basi cordata et petiolata, apice longissime subulato-acuminata, glabra, nezvis secundariis subtus inconspicuis. Vagine striate, superiores imbricatissimz, lateribus pubescentibus, inter strias superne discolores vel (in var. humili) violacez, ligula brevi. Panicula spiciformis, 14-5 poll. longa, basi interdum interrupta, rhachi hirsuta, pedicellis brevissimis. Spicula acuta, 11-91 lin. longa, plus minus pubescens ; glumis brevibus, obtusis, hirsutis vel glabris. Flosculi neutri acuminati, subscabri, margine vix conspicue ciliati, hermaphrodito (acuto, apice nervoso et inter nervos pubescente) vix 4 breviores. No. 2154 of Lechler contains portions of a large plant of some height; 2640 and 2694 are from very dwarf plants; but I cannot point out any distinction of consequence. The spike of this plant is extremely like that of Panicum interruptum, Willd. 16. C. TESSELLATA, Munro. Panicula elongata, spicata, rhachi hirsuta ; glumis brevibus, obtusis, hirsutis; foliis lanceolatis, basi obtusis, apice subulato-acuminatis, subtus conspicue Zessellatis. e Hab. in Nova Granada, “ Andes de Bogota ; Paramo de Cruz V erde, alt. 3000 ped. s. m.," Triana!; “in montibus ad orient. Bogotze, Guadaloupe," Holton, 97! v. s. : COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE%. 61 Culmus suffruticosus, erectus, subsolidus, internodiis 14-2-pollicaribus ; ramis paucis, erectis, adpressis, cito divisis in ramulos oligophyllos, 6-16 poll. longos, apice spicigeros. Folia lanceolata vel lineari- lanceolata, 1-23 poll. longa, 13-3 lin. lata, basi obtusa, vix petiolata, apice longissime subulata, margine serrata vel basin versus pilis longis fimbriata, subtus venulis transversis crebris conspicue tessellata et sepe pubescentia. Vagine striate, hirsute, subconcolores, margine sepe longe fim- briatze, ligula brevi, hirsuta, obtusa, ciliata. Panicula spiciformis, vix basi interrupta, angusta, fusca, 4-6 poll. longa, rhachi hirsuta, pedicellis brevissimis. Spicule spe monoicse, acute, vix 3 lin. long, pubescentes vel hirsute; glumis brevibus, hirsutis, obtusis. Flosculi neutri mucronati, dorso sca- briusculo-hirsuti, conspicue nervosi, inzequales; longior hermaphroditum glabriorem superans vel vix wquans. Palea inferior mucronata, superiorem fere membranaceam involvens. This approaches the preceding species, C. spicata, in many respects, but is at once distinguished by the conspicuously tessellated leaves. M. Triana says it is called ** Car- risa " in Bogota. 17. C. ARISTATA, Munro. Panicula elongata, apice fere spicata, ramis inferioribus com- positis; glumis aristatis, longissimis, flosculos multo superantibus ; foliis /ato-lanceo- . latis, subtus conspicue /essellatis. Hab. Ecuador, Quito, in Andibus, alt. 13000-15000 ped. s. m., Jameson, no. 92! v. s. * Culmi erecti, 5-6-pedales, fruticeta impenetrabilia struentes." (Partem superiorem simplicem tantum vidi.) Folia lato-lanceolata, 6-8 poll. longa, 9 lin. lata, glaberrima, basi vix attenuata, subito arti- culata, apice acuta, margine coriaceo, subtus venulis transversis crebris elevatis conspicue tessellata. Vagine glabre, vel juniores hirsute, ligula nulla. Panicula terminalis, 9 poll. longa, fere jubalis, apice subspicata, radiis inferioribus sub 3-pollicaribus, compositis, subfalcatis, rhachi hirsuta, pedicellis basi glandulosis, brevibus, spiculas vix :equantibus. Spicula ovata, (glumis exclusis) vix 3 lin. longa, subpubescens. Glume 6 lin. longe, enervis, basi late, attenuate in aristam longissimam scabram. Flosculi neutri subequales, acuminati, scabri, fere enervii, hermaphroditum scabriusculum, apice 3-5- nervosum zquantes. Squamule 3, basi callosz et multinervosie, apice lanceolate enervos®. Stylus cito bifidus, stigmatibus divaricatis et recurvis. A very curious grass, resembling some species of Echinochloa in general appearance. Jameson says, “It is a tall reedy grass, found only on the Eastern chain of the Andes. At 13,000 feet it first makes its appearance, in irregular patches; at 15,000. feet it com- pletely covers the whole surface, forming what the natives call a * carizal,’ Meet to man or beast. It continues upwards nearly to the limits of perpetual snow. anicula elongata, angusta, longe exserta, composita, ramis 18. C. FENDLERI, Munro. P : : = E flosculis neutris paucinerviis; foliis angustis, laxifloris adpressis, glumis obsoletis, subtus glabris. Hab. Venezuela, in colonia Tovar, alt. 6000-7900 ped. s. m., Fendler, 1627 l; Ecuador, “a litore usque ad 12,000 ped. s. m.," Jameson, no. 9! v. s. ij : N QU EN Culmus solidus, diametro basi semipollicari ; spathis magnis; longe acumina 2 x ege ze osis ; internodiis longis, glabris vel superne scabriusculis. Rami basi EST, alu a e = a UT gati, 1-14-pedales, foliis 5-6, alii floriferi, breviores, foliis 1-2, ad n oa Gen 53 e e Interdum ramuli foliiferi abortivi, brevissimi, cito recurvi, spiniformes hunt. bee A ge wg foliiferis sub 4 poll. longa, in floriferis brevioribus sæpe 1 poll. et ds longa, SE ze nen lanceolata, basi attenuata, apice longe setaceo-acuminata, margine longe serrata, glabra, nervis secundariis 6-8 conspicuis. Vagine glabre, margine sepe res BERN, gula conspicua, 62 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. sublonga. Panicula elongata, lineari-oblonga, 4-5 poll. longa, semel bisve composita, ramis solitariis, adpressis, paucifloris, laxifloris; pedicellis spiculis brevioribus; rachi angulata, glabra, Spicula acuta, 3-5 lin. longa, glumis obsoletis. Flosculi neutri plerumque 3-nervii, mucronati, margine tenuiciliati, hermaphrodito glabro vix j breviores. Palea inferior nervis 7 conspicuis, acuta; superior subbrevior, binervia, bicarinata, carinis tenuiciliatis, apice bifida. ` This is very close indeed to the following species, C. Dombeyana, and is principally to be distinguished by its extremely small, almost invisible glumes, smoother rhachis, and more glabrous leaves, with more strongly marked secondary nerves. Fendler Says, “this grass spreads in many places of the primeval forest so as to exclude all other plants, and even deadens shrubs and trees, forming cane-brakes or *carizals.'" Jameson asserts that the plant is found from the level of the sea up to 12,000 feet elevation. 19. C. DoMBEYANA, Kunth, Gram. ii. 553, tab. 191! Panicula elongata, angusta, ramis erecto-patulis, Jazifloris, glumis parvis sed conspicuis; foliis angustis, subtus pube- scentibus, “venulis transversis obsoletis, tamen sat crebris" (fide Ruprecht).— Enum. 428; Suppl. 350; Trin. in Act. Petrop. /. c. 616; Rupr. l. e. 123, tab. vi. fig. 22; Steud. Le 337. Hab. Peru, Dombey; in Nova Granada, Bogota! Tolima! Goudot ; Ecuador, “in sylvis ad flum. Chan- char, alt. 4000-6000 ped. s. m.," Spruce, no. 6093 ! Culmus solidus, 9-10-pedalis, arcuatus, ramosissimus, ramis teretibus obsolete scabriusculis, ramulis floriferis subpedalibus, subdiphyllis ad nodos fasciculatim erumpentibus. Folia lanceolata, basi in petiolum brevem complanatum attenuata, apice acuminato-subulata, margine incrassato serrato cincta, 2-33 poll. longa, sub 3 lin. lata, supra glabra, viridia, subtus tenuiter pubescentia glau- cescentia, nervis secundariis 6-8 subinconspicuis (** venulis transversis hyalinis obsoletis, tamen sat crebris," fide Rupr.. Vagine suleatz, glabriusculz vel inferiores hirsute, superne ssepe margine longe ciliate, ligula rotundata, brevi vel sublonga, hirsuta vel glabra. Panicula elongata, oblonga vel lineari-oblonga, 33-5-pollicaris, interrrupta, ramis erecto-patulis, ramulisque abbreviatis, cum rhachi angulata vel teretiuscula pubescenti-villosis vel scabris. Spicula 23-3 lin. longa, sessilis vel breviter pedicellata, colorata, pubescenti-hirtella, glumis parvis sed conspicuis, obtusis vel raro acutis, externe pubescentibus. Flosculi neutri 3-5-nervü, acutati, apice ciliati, hermaphrodito subpuberulo 4-3 breviores. Palea inferior (hermaphroditi) nervis 7-8 prominulis, superne violascens, acutata; superior brevior vel longior, quadrinervia, superne bicarinata, apice bidentata et puberula. Sguamule inzequales, duz oblique ovate, tertia minor ovato-elliptica, Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 plumosa. The preceding species may prove to be a form of this; but in Chusquea the length of the glumes usually affords good characters. In this species they are conspicuous, and sometimes a line and upwards long, whereas in C. Fendleri they may be said to be almost altogether absent. 19 bis. C. LIGULATA, Munro. Panicula elongata, glumis inzequalibus, acutis, superiore phroditum @quante; foliis angustis, elongata. n angusta, ramis erecto-patulis, laaifloris ; 2 lin. longa; flosculo secundo neutro herma- subtus glabris, venulis transversis nullis, ligula Hab. in Nova Granada, prope Bogota, Lindig, no. 1195! ( ind P ex herb. Mus. Paris.); ins. Juan Fernandez? in fruticetis et sylvaticis montium editiorum, Bertero, no. 1431! (folia tantum). v, s. ; | | | | COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 63 Culmus gracilis, ramulis floriferis 9-12 poll. longis. Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, basi rotundata vel cuneata, in petiolum brevem basi subtumidum attenuata, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine serrata, 3-5 poll. longa, 3-5 lin. lata, utrinque glabra, supra interdum tactu scabra, nervis secundariis 6 in- conspicuis, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine sulcate, glabre, margine leves, membrana infra petiolum terminate, longe ligulate. Panicula elongata, 4-5 poll. longa; ramis 1-2 poll. longis, laxis, adpressis ` rhachi angulata, scabro-hispidula ; spiculis plus minus longe pedicellatis. Spicula 5-6 lin. longa, fusca, scabro-hirsutiuscula; glumis acutis, inequalibus, superiore 2 lin. longa, carinata. Flosculi neutri inzequales, nervoso-costati, inferior nervis D ; superior nervis 5-7, apice obtuso, herma- phroditum involvens et equans vel etiam superans. Palea inferior flosculi fertilis neutris glabrior et minus conspicue nervosa, 7-9 nervis ; superior subequilonga, bicarinata et preterea binervia. Squa- mule superne fimbriatz, subinzquales, dus latiores. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 plumosa. This species is certainly allied to the preceding in general form, habit, and appearance ; but it has much longer glumes, and the spicule are nearly twice the length and have much longer pedicels. The second neutral flower is also unusually long and enveloping. The leaves are more glabrous, and the ligula considerably longer. The preceding pages were printed before I had an opportunity of seeing, through the kindness of M. Brong- niart, a flowering specimen of this plant; and it is consequently not included in the ** Conspectus Specierum " at p. 53, but should be placed between nos. 19 and 20. 90. C. ANELYTHRA, Nees in Linn. ix. 491. Panicula decomposita, ramis brevibus densi- floris demum divaricatis, glumis obsoletis; foliis basi subcordatis, fere sessilibus, subtus dense strigosis.—Rupr. Z. c. 120, tab. vi. fig. 16; Steudel, /. c. 336. Dendragrostis anelythra, Nees, l. c. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow! v. 8. ‚Culmus lignosus, ad nodos ramosus, ramulis paucis (2-5), subpedalibus, inferne geniculato-nodosis et dense foliosis. Folia lanceolata, 24-3 poll. longa, 3-4 lin. lata, basi subcordata, arcte sessilia, stricte patentia, glaucescentia, ad petiolum barbata, subtus ad nervos dense strigosa, nervis secundariis a tertiariis segre discernendis. Vagine tota longitudine sulcato-striatze, pubescenti-scabre, apice biauriculate et in ligulam obtusam producte, efimbriate. Panicula decomposita, attenuata, pyra- midalis, 5-6 poll. longa, rhachi hirsutissima, ramis pubescenti-villosis, racemosis, densifloris, demum divaricatis. Spicula lanceolato-acuminata, 3 lin. longa, flavescens, glabra; glumis minimis, ad callo- sitates redactis. Flosculi neutri subzequales, inconspicue 3-5-nervati, acuti, hermaphrodito 4 breviores. ) bipaleaceo. Palea inferior (flosculi Flosculo neutro secundo interdum (teste Ruprecht in icone o. 1 fertilis) 5 nervis, acuta, superiorem binerviam, anguste carinatam, apice bidentatam vix sequans. | acute, longe ciliate et penicillato-barbate. Stylus ad basin usque Squamule obovato-cuneiformes, : « Habitus multo magis Panicee cujusdam divisus, stigmatibus longis, longe plumuloso-ciliatis. acutiflore ae Chusquee." —Rupr. This grass has quite the habit and appearane a different look from all other species of Chusquea. e of Panicum proliferum, Lam., and has 21. C. Wirkzsit Munro. Panieula viz decomposita, ramis levibus divaricatis tandem i | oletis ; foliis basi attenuatis, subtus (basin refractis, axillis glandulosis, glumis fere obs versus) uno latere ad costam pilosis. Hab. in Brasilia, Organ Montes, Wilkes. v. 8. Culmus scandens, fistulosus, internodiis 7 poll. longis, hirsutiusculis vel superne (infra nodos) hirsutis, d 64 J COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. ramulis 6-8, valde inzqualibus, ad nodos fasciculatis, brevioribus (floriferis tantum) 4 poll. longis, reliquis subpedalibus, inferne foliosis, superne floriferis. Folia lanceolata, 3-4 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, basi attenuata, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine serrato asperrima, supra scabra, subtus strigoso-hirsuta, punctulis minutis aspera, et basin versus uno latere ad costam pilosa (ut in C. lep- tophylla, Nees), nervis secundariis 8, vix conspicuis. Vagine inferiores hirsutz, superiores glabre- scentes, margine superne longissime fimbriatze, infra petiolum membrana conspicua alba terminate, ligula elongata. Panicula vix decomposita, 2-3-pollicaris, vix (in ramulis foliiferis) e vagina suprema - exserta, foliis superata, rhachi strigoso-hispida, ramis brevibus divaricatis et cito refractis, axillis glandulosis, pedicellis brevibus vel brevissimis. —Spicula acuta, 3 lin. longa, pubescens vel hirsuta, glumis fere obsoletis. Flosculi neutri subwquales, paucinervii, ovati, mucronati, carinati, margine ciliati, hermaphrodito pubescente duplo breviores. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) mucronata, nervis 7 conspicuis, inter nervos strigoso-hispida; superior szepissime longior, bicarinata et inter carinas hirsuta, apice bifida, bimucronata. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 divaricata. Ovarium (immaturum) subtrigonum. . This approaches C. anelythra in many respects, but is easily distinguished by its foliage, which is very dissimilar. The nearly obsolete glumes separate it from C. scandens and C. pallida. Nuttall, in his MS. notes on the grasses collected in Wilkes's Expedition, has marked this plant as constituting a * new genus," having apparently overlooked the very diminutive glumes. 22. C. SCANDENS, Kunth. Syn. i. 254. Panicula decomposita, rhachi angulata scabra, ramis brevibus divaricatis, axillis glandulosis, glumis brevibus obtusis vel acutis, floseulis neutris distincte nervosis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, glabris.—Enum. 428 et Suppl. 350; Trin. in Act. Petrop. l.c. 616; Rupr. l. c. 123, tab. vi. fig. 21; Steud. l.c. 887. C. Jamesoni, Steud. l. c. 337. Nastus chusque, H. B. K., Nov. Gen. i. 201 (1815); Roem. et Sch. Syst. vii. 2.1360. N. chusquea, Rasp. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. v. 442. Bambusa chusque, Poir. Enc. Suppl. v. 494. Mustelia arundinacea, Cav. ined. teste Steud. Nomencl. 361. Hab. Ecuador, Quito, “in montanis frigidis prope St. Fé de Bogota, monte Quindiu Lox,’ Humboldt, Bonpland ; “prope Tambello,” Jameson, Ino. 630!; in Nova Granada, Linden, 252! (e Triana) ; “ in montibus juxta Bogota, Holton, no. 104! Lindig, no. 1047!; Peru?, Jameson. v.s. Culmus scandens, altissimus, gracilis, internodiis asperis, ramulis dense fasciculatis, glabris, nitidis, valde inzequalibus, 4-12 poll. longis, interdam proliferis bipedalibus. Folia lanceolata vel lineari-lanceo- lata, 3-4 poll. longa, 4-5 (rarissime 9) lin. lata, in petiolum attenuata, angustato-subulata, margine levi vel vix serrato, membranacea, glabra vel subtus piis paucis sparsis vix pilosa, supra viridia, subtus pallidiora, nervis secundariis 6-8 conspicuis. Vagine glabro, infra apte membrana elongata sæpe ciliata terminatæ, ligula brevi vel plus minus elongata (nulla, teste Kunth). Panicula decomposita, sub-3-pollicaris, plerumque longe exserta, ramulis patentibus cito divaricatis, sub- secundis, abbreviatis, szepe densifloris, axillis glandulosis, rhachi angulato-scabra, pedicellis hoe: Spicula (ssepe pulchre variegata) lanceolato-cylindracea, 2-3 lin. longa, EEN glabra vel pubescens, glumis parvis, obtusis vel superiore longiore acuta. ovati, apice subulati, colorati vel pallidi ; superior hermaphrodito parum brevior. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) multinervia, mucronato-subulata (basi eximie lutescens, fide Rupr.); ae binervia, apice bifida, laciniis subulatis. Stylus cito bifidus. Squamule inzequales, ovato-oblonge, membra- nacex, glabrz. Í > Flosculi neutri distincte nervosi, This appears to be a long, slender, decidedly climbing plant. The branchlets occa- we Se eee see ee COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 65 sionally become very compound, and are upwards of 2 feet in length; the panicles then are very long, peduncled, and the leaves are longer; and this is the form seen in no. 252 of Triana. 23. C. PALLIDA, Munro. Panicula decomposita, rhachi pilis longis hirsuta, ramis bre- vibus, primum adpressis demum divaricatis, glumis brevibus obtusis, flosculis neutris fere enervibus, foliis fere ovato-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis, glabris. Hab. in Nova Granada; Sta. Martha! Purdie; Venezuela, “ inter Caracas et La Guayra,” alt. 1500 ped. s. m., Fendler, no. 1625! (folia tantum). v. s, Culmus elatus, solidus, internodiis validis levissimis, spathis glabris apice foliaceis involutis, ramulis numerosis subpedalibus fasciculatis, ramorum nodis pilis (sepe longis et refractis) hirsutis, Folia, in ramulis floriferis, fere ovato-lanceolata, in foliiferis lanceolata, 3-5 poll. longa, 4-9 lin. lata, basi vix attenuata, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine aspera, membranacea, concoloria, supra tactu scabra, subtus glabra vel sub lente strigosa, nervis secundariis 8 conspicuis. Vagine glabrescentes, maculatze, striate, margine ciliate (ciliis interdum basi bulbosis, supremis longis refractis), infra petiolum membrana chartacea terminate, ligulate. Panicula decomposita, 3-6 poll. longa, rhachi pilis longis hirsuta, ramulis mox patentibus, brevibus, spiculis brevipedicellatis. Spicula pallida, hyalina, 5 lin. longa, subpubescens, mucronato-acuminata, glumis 2 minimis obtusiusculis. Flosculi neutri mem- branacei, glaberrimi, vel uninerves, vel enerves, mucronati, apicibus sepe divergentibus, hermaphrodito fere duplo breviores. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) nervis 7-9 conspicuis, glaber vel nervorum interstitiis pubescens, mucrone brevi scabro subulata, dorso szpe cito fissa; superior brevior, leniter nervosa, carinata, breviter bifida. This approaches C. scandens very closely, but appears to be distinguished by its broader leaves, much more hairy rhachis, larger, paler-coloured, and transparent spicula, and shorter nerveless neutral flowers. + 24. C. MULLERI, Munro. Panicula decomposita patente, ramis elongatis, rhachi fere glabra, spiculis 44 lin. longis, glumis mucronatis inequalibus, superiore duplo longiore, foliis lato-lanceolatis, wtrinque glabris, nervis secundariis subtus incon- spicuis. | Hab. in Mexico, Vera Cruz, Orizaba, Muller, no. 2024! v.s. Culmi pars superior (abnormalis, sesquipedalis) tantum adest. aa glaucescentia, sate-fonceolata, 4-5 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, basi attenuata, apice acuminata, mapu sumen, glabra, subtus pallidiora, striata, nervis secundariis inconspicuis. Vagine glabre sed margine longe ciliate, ligula elongata, hirsuta. Panicula (juvenilis) aperta, decomposita, radiis ire euer er TUS LU (spiculis fere dimidio brevioribus) glabris. Spicula glabra, 4-5 lin. longa, glumis inzequalibus, infe- riore acuto-mucronata vel tridentata, superiore duplo longiore mucronata. Fi uti: neutri glabri, colorati, trinerves, apice attenuati, hermaphrodito distincte nervoso, glabro, acuminato fere j bre- viores. Palea superior (flosculi fertilis) glabra, canaliculata. j I have only seen one specimen of this, sent by Dr. Meisner to spi wei qr evidently composed of two proliferous branchlets. I have no doubt, however, that it is à good species. It approaches C. scandens 1n some respects. 25. C. QUILA. Kth. Gram. i. 138, 329, t. 77. Panicula decomposita, ramis demum elon- gatis, cito patulis et divaricatis, rkachi hirsuta, BCE E yy d VOL. XXVI. 66 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMRUSACEA. datis subequalibus, flosculis neutris 3-3 brevioribus, foliis lanceolatis, subtus pube- rulis vel pubescentibus venulis transversis plus minus conspicuis.— Enum. 428; Suppl. 351; Trin. in Act. Petrop. /. c. 616; Rupr. 7. c. 123, tab. ix. fig. 20; Steud. Syn. 336. C. pubescens, Steud. l.c. 337. C. Valdiviensis, Em. Desv. in Gay, Fl. Chil. vi. 446; Walp. Ann. vi. 1044. C. intermedia, Steud. in Lech. Fl. Chilensis (nomen tantum). Arundo quila, Poir. Enc. vi. 274; Rem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. Mant. ii. 479. An etiam 4. quila, Molina, Geog. Nat. and Civil Hist. of Chili, i. 126 (1809)? Nastus quila, Reem. et Sch. Syst. vii. 2. 1361. Hab. in Chili, Dombey ; Valparaiso, Capt. King! Wilkes! ; Valdivia, Bridges, 821! Philippi! Lechler, 525 ! & 525 a! ; ins. Chiloe, Capt. King! Anderson! v.s. Culmus vamosissimus, elatus, internodiis szepe 9 poll. longis, farctis, levigatis vel apice scabris; ramulis floriferis patulis, 6-15 poll. longis, subcompressis, vel 4-5-phyllis vel polyphyllis, ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia herbacea, lanceolata vel lineari-lanceolata, 2—4—6 poll. longa, 3—4—7 lin. lata, basi cuneata, interdum inzquilatera, apice acutato-subulata, margine cartilagineo remote spinuloso, supra glabra, subtus glaucescentia, puberula vel pubescentia, pilis longis szepe inspersis, nervo centrali prominulo, secundariis 6-10, venulis transversis subinconspicuis vel in var. Valdiviensi conspicuis pellucidis. Vagine glabre, apice pilosiuscule, margine ciliate, infra petiolum membrana brevi ciliata terminate, ligula ciliato-pilosa. Panicula 2-6 poll. et ultra longa (pedalis teste Steud. ad C. pubescens), rhachi angulata, pubescente vel hirsuta, ramis cito patulis, sepe densifloris, inferioribus interdum 14-24 poll. longis, pedicellis brevibus. Spicula ovata, 2-3 lin. longa, pallida vel colorata, subnitida vel puberula, glumis cuspidatis subzqualibus, flosculis neutris 1-1 brevioribus. Flosculi neutri sub- æquales, 3-5-nerves, cuspidati, ssepe discolores, hermaphrodito glabro vel pilis brevibus adpressis hirto $~} breviores. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) nervis 7 distinctis, acuto-mucronata; superior brevior vel longior, 4-6-nervis, apicem versus subbicarinata, apice emargimata. Squamule hyaline, inferne 4-5-nerves, apice obtuse et piliferze. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 plumosa. Fructus immaturus lineari-oblongus, glaber vel puberulus (teste Steudel). — * I have fortunately had numerous specimens of this plant to examine, and feel, after careful comparison, that I am justified in considering all the species named above to be either identical with or mere varieties of the original C. quila. Kunth’s drawing repre- sents an unusual state, with the panicle shorter and less compound than it generally is. Lechler's no. 525 contains a specimen of this state. (C. Valdiviensis, which has the trans- verse veinlets more conspicuous and the spieule more hirsute than usual, has, I think: been created by a misapprehension of Philippi’s as to what the true C. quila is; for in Linnea, xxix. 103, he says that “in C. quila glume aristate sunt, spiculam sube- quantes.” I do not know what his authority is for this statement, which certainly does not coincide with Kunth’s description or figure. I must refer to this again in describing the following species. This plant is stated by various collectors to be called by the inhabitants “ Quila,” “ Kili,” or “ Keelee.” 26. O. TENUIFLORA, Philippi in Linnea, xxx. 206. Panicula decomposita, elongata, gracili, ramis demum divaricatis, rhachi scabro-hirsuta, glumis longis spicul equantibus vel superantibus, foliis angustis subtus glabris vel puberulis.—C. quila, Em. Desv. l. c. 447 (non aliorum)? C. ciliata, Philip. 7. c. xxxiii. 299 ? Hab. in Chili; Valdivia, San José in nemoribus, Santiago in maritimis, Philippi!; Chiloe, Germain. v. $- COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 67 Culmus ramosissimus, 6-12-pedalis, internodiis 5 poll. longis, fere glabris; spathis sub 3 poll. longis, striatis, glabris; ramulis tenuibus, plerumque 7-9 poll. longis, interdum sesquipedalibus, sub-4-phyllis, fasciculatis. Folia herbacea, lineari-lanceolata, 2-4 poll. longa, 3-4-54 lin. lata, basi attenuata, inzequalia, apice sensim acuminata, margine valde serrato, subtus glabra vel pilosa, nervis secundariis duobus in uno latere, tribus in altero, costa parum prominente, venulis transversis vix conspicuis, pellucidis. Vagine superne fere glabre, inferne hirsutiuscule, margine subhirsutz vel longe fim- briate, ligula producta. Panicula 6-8 poll. longa, angusta, rhachi scabro-hirsuta ; radiis principalibus . elongatis, primum adpressis, demum divaricatis, interdum laxifloris ; pedicellis hirsutis, brevissimis. Spicula ovata, 3 lin. longa, pallida, sub lente strigoso-hispida, glumis subtrinervibus, setaceo-acumi- natis, spiculam zequantibus. Flosculi neutri lanceolati, cuspidati, glumis breviores, subtrinerves, her- maphroditum vix zquantes. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) oblonga, mucronata, superne 5-7 -nervis, interdum margine ciliata; superior brevior, binervis, subobtusa. Squamule oblonge, obtusæ, apice pilis paucis fimbriate, fere enervos®. Stylus basi simplex, tunc divisus in stigmata 2 gracillima pulchre plumosa. I imagine this to be the plant which was considered by Em. Desvaux and Philippi to be the true C. quila, and that this misapprehension, already referred to, induced them to describe C. Valdiviensis and perhaps C. ciliata as new species. 1 believe that C. tenui- flora is a young state, and C. ciliata a more advanced state of the same plant. In one of the specimens, of what I believe to be this species, in Herb. Kew. (sent from Chili by Philippi, but without a name), the branches are nearly 2 feet, and the panicle 1-8 inches long; and altogether the plant appears to have a habit of growth very different from that of the other allied species. Sect. II. “ Panicula contracta, subrotunda (raro ovalis), capitulum referens. Folia superiora interdum basin capituli arcte involucrantia.” Rettbergia, Raddi et Nees. 27. C. SELLovir, Rupr. l. c. 125, tab. ix. fig. 26. “ Capitulis terminalibus suborbiculatis, rhachi pedicellisque dense pilosis, glumis minutis obtusis pilosiusculis, foliis lanceo- latis concoloribus.”—Steud. l. c. 337. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow. s.v. Ruprecht. +. 2-8-pollicaribus “ Culmus farctus, tenuissimus, filiformis, debilis, scandens, ramulis ad nodos Sek S iri de diphyllis, inferne capitulo brevipedunculato, aphyllo, recurv ato plerumque an Ee Ge EC concoloria, chartacea, 2 poll. longa, 4 lin. lata, basi apiceque attenuata, praet oin remotis, longioribus, demum deciduis obsita, venulis transversis, subtus sepe a aero E exhibentibus, nervis secundariis 2 subobsoletis. Capitulum suborbiculatum, i. ilosiusculi 2 Spieula 2 lin. longa, maculata, glumis edi D VON obtusis, flosculo infimo chartaceo, obsolete striato 3—4-plo brevioribus ; spes Zeg gëfteg chartaceo, hermaphrodito obtuso distincte breviore. Palea superior ( in sti ilosa."— . desc. et icon. dorso canaliculata, obtusa. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 pilosa. Rupr. des rhachi pedicellisque dense pilosis. 28. O. Gaupronaupıs, Kunth, Rey. Gram. i, 188, 331, t i^ et rhachi glabra, glumis acutis brevibus, paleis Drs do : rig c. 337. Rettbergia Enum. 428, Supl. 352; Rupr. /. c. 124, tab. ix. fig. 24; Steu S KE agen bambuseoides, Raddi, Agros. Bras. 34,1: i 4i. d (analysis spiculee ; Agros. Bras. 536. K 2 68 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Hab. in Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro, Corcovado Mont., Raddi, Gaudichaud, Mertens. s. v. Ruprecht et Kunth. “ Culmus altissimus, ramosus, scandens ?, ramulis ad nodos subternis, subpedalibus (13 lin. latis), pleio-(9) phyllis. Folia ovato-lanceolata (Kunth), lineari-lanceolata (Rupr.), 3-33 poll. (teste Kth.), 6-8 poll. (teste Rupr.) longa, utrinque glabra, subtus pallidiora, basi insqualia, cuneata, apice angustato- acutata, nervis secundariis 9, venulis transversis rarissime vel non anastomosim plenam referentibus. Vagine compresse, carinatz, superne ciliate, ligula prominente, oblique rotundata, glabra. Pani- cula patens, ovato-oblonga, bipollicaris, rhachi glabra. Spicula (interdum monoica, teste Raddi) oblonga, pedicellata, castaneo-fusca, coriacea, nitida, 4-5 lin. longa, glumis acuminatis, brevibus, 1-14 lin. longis, carina scabris. Flosculi neutri obtusiusculi, glabriusculi, obsolete 7-nervii, inæ- quales, superior hermaphrodito parum brevior. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) flosculis neutris simillima, sed major; superior subzequilonga, ad dorsum superne sulco hirtello notata, 6-nervia. Squamule anguste, integre, apice pilis longis ciliate, inzequales, dus trinervie, tertia brevior l-nervia. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 pilosa (Rupr.), unilateralia, intus plumosa (Kunth)."— Ruprecht et Kunth, descr. et icon. l am only acquainted with this plant from Kunth's drawing, and Ruprecht's and Kunth's descriptions. Nees says he never saw the plant, and, quoting Raddi's words verbatim, states that he cannot but doubt the correctness of them. Judging from Kunth’s drawing, I cannot consider that the plant should be placed in the section defined by having * panicula contracta capitulum referens." It appears to me that it should have been placed next to C. oligophylla, to which it is evidently closely allied. It will be observed that the two descriptions by Kunth and Ruprecht differ in many respects, especially as to the size and form of the leaves. Kunth states that he described and figured his plant from a specimen sent by Gaudichaud. Ruprecht does not state from what particular specimen his description was made. 29. C. CAPITULIFLORA, Trin. Act. Petrop. l. c. 613, icon. 339. « Capitulis terminalibus, rhachi pedicellisque dense pubescentibus, glumis acumimato-subulatis, carinis ciliatis, paleis nervosis subobtusis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis."— Rupr. Le 125, tab. ix. fig. 25; Steudel, /. c. 337. Hab. in Brasilia, Rio Janeiro in sylvis umbrosis (“ Quixiume” incolis), Riedel. s.v. Trinius et Ruprecht. “ Culmus altissime scandens, crassitie 1-lineali, teres, ramulis ternis vel numerosis, fasciculatis, spitha- mais, folii (5)-geris, patentibus, imo quandoque declinatis. Folia ovato-lanceolata ae 3 poll. longa, et 5 lin. lata), viridia, concoloria, basi apiceque attenuata, venulis transversis (subtus) raro anastomosim perfectam exhibentibus. Vagine glabræ, ligulz loco margine subauriculato-producti- usculo. Capitulum suborbiculatum, diametro 8-lineali, folio supremo parvo stipatum, rhachi pedicel- lisque dense pubescentibus. Spicula ovato-oblonga, 3—4-linealis, plus minus NEWS glumis acumi- nato-subulatis, nervosis, scabriusculis, ad carinam ciliatis, flosculo infimo duplo a. Flosculi neutri inzquales, 7—9-nervii, nervoso-striati, glabri, Obtusi, interdum minutissime mucronulati, inferior paulo vel 3 brevior; secundus hermaphroditum obsolete nervosum nitidum, coriaceum, ob- vastum ®quans vel parum superans. Rarissime accedit flosculus neuter Ce i etiam ptali alteris flosculi 2 hermaphroditi occurrunt. Palea superior inferiore paulo — bicostata, et preeterea utrinque binervis. Sguamule 8, subequales, inferne nervate superne Dee Stylus ad basin bifidus in stigmata 2 pubescenti-plumosula.?”— Tyinius et geha, COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 69 30. C. CAPITATA, Nees in Linnzea, ix. 489. Capitulis terminalibus densissimis, rhachi pedicellisque puberulis, glumis setaceis, longis, spiculam »quantibus; foliis lanceo- latis, basi rotundatis.—Rupr. l. c. 125, tab. viii. ; Steud. Z. c. 338. Jtettbergia capi- tata, Nees, l. c. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow! Lhotsky. v. s. Culmus scandens, rigidus, crassitie lineali, ramulis creberrimis e nodis fasciculatim erumpentibus, spithameis, aliis sterilibus 3—4-phyllis, aliis subaphyllis, aliis foliiferis floriferisque. Folia ovato- lanceolata 3-43 poll. longa, 3-6 lin. lata, glabra, basi rotundata, nervis secundariis 6-8 subtus parum conspicuis, “ venulis transversis anastomosim dimidiam exhibentibus." Vagine glabre, ligula brevi rotundata. Capitulum suborbiculare, 6-10-lineale, ad basin foliolis 2 suffultum, rhachi pedicellisque striato-sulcatis puberulis. Spicule 3-4 lin. longe, compresse, carinate, ovate, flavido-stramines, fasciculis parvis, ad rhachim communem dense et subsecundo disposite, imbricatz, glumis setaceis flosculos omnes zquilongos attingentibus. Fl/osculi neutri basi nervosi, acuti, subpubescentes. Hermaphroditi palea inferior 5-nervis, apice subobtuso mucronulata ; superior apice bifida, equilonga. Squamule valde inzequales, efimbriatze (teste Rupr. in icone). CHUSQUEE cognite steriles (foliifere tantum) igiturque dubia. 9 p C. LEPTOPHYLLA, Nees in Linn. ix. 489. Foliis linearibus, elongatis, acuminatis, basi inzquilatero-cuneatis, 5-nervosis, glaucis, subtus basin versus uno latere pilis longis hirsutis.—Rupr. Le 119, et Steud. l. c. 336, sub Arthrostylidium Trinii. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow. v. s. absque floribus. Culmus crassitie penne cygnex, ramulis numerosis, 6-18 poll. longis, glabris, filiformibus, e nodis com- pressiusculis et scrobiculato-punctatis erumpentibus. Folia angustissima, 13-5 poll. longa, vix 2 lin. lata, basi attenuata, inzequilatera, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine supero ciliata, glauca, nervis secundariis utroque latere 2-3, subtus, ad basin, petiolum versus, uno latere dense pilosa. Vagine glabrz, striate, ore bilobe ciliateque, ligula nulla. I have already stated, at p. 45, that Ruprecht and Steudel thought it probable that this plant might be a sterile state of Arthrostylidium Trini, but that I did not coincide with them. The specimens that I have seen bear a general resemblance to several species of Chusquea, especially to C. Dombeyana. In C. Wilkesii the leaves, which are 4-6 lines broad, are hairy below on one side only; and the same one-sided pubescence is found occasionally in the narrow-leaved Guaduas. Nees does not mention this pubescence on the lower surface of the leaves, but says that they are fringed on one margin and smooth on the other. 32. C. HETEROPHYLLA, Nees in Linn. ix. 488. “ Culmo tetragono- pubescenti-scabro, foliis aliis Janceolato-linearibus, aliis ovato-acuminatis, acutissimis, BESSIHDUS, supra scabris, subtus glaucis, glabris.” —Rupr. l.c. 122 (in not. ad C. pinifolia);, Steud. l. c. 336. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow.. s. v. Nees et Ruprecht. “ Culmus obtuse tetragonus, scaber, infra nodos fusco hirto folia), ramulis e nodis dense fasciculatis, patulis. Folia -tomentosus et nigro maculatus (ut in C. pini- lanceolato-linearia, acutissima, sessilia, supra 70 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. scabra, subtus glauca, glabra, parum transparentia, nervis secundariis a tertiariis non discernendis, mox convoluta, diutius persistentia, inferiora ramulorum propullantium ovato-acuminata, imbricata, 6-7 lin. longa et 2 lin. lata. Vagine striate, scabre, sursum versus subpuberule,"—Nees et Ruprecht, This plant, as described, is evidently in an abnormal condition; and I think it is very probable that Ruprecht is correct in considering that it may be a state of C. pinifolia, with some of the leaves very much broader than usual. Nees, however, considers that it is more nearly allied to C. Cumingit. C. AMPLOPANICULATA, Steud. Syn. 337; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 414— Dinochloa Tjan- korreh, Buse. C. FIMBRIATA, Steud. Le 388— Merostachys capitata, Hook. VIII. PLANOTIA. Munro. Platonia, Kunth, Gram. i. 139, 327, t. 76! (sed non Martii). Chusquee, subgen. Platonia, Nees in Linn. ix. 486; Endl. Gen. Plantarum, no. 906. : Spicula deorsum imperfecta, 3-flora, intra glumas sessilis vel brevissime pedicellata, rhachilla obsoleta vel subinconspicua, flosculis 2 inferioribus neutris 1-paleaceis, terminali bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito simillimis. Glume 2, plerumque breves, in P. acuminatissima longissime. Flosculi neutri acuti vel obtusi. Palea inferior flosculi fertilis coriacea, paucinervis, acuta aut obtusa, nunc divergens, nune superiorem, sepe obtusam et dorso convexam, obsolete binervem, involvens. Stamina 3. Squamule 3, membranacez, vel multinerves obtusissims, vel paucinerves lanceolato-acuminate. Stylus plerumque cito fere ad basin bifidus, stigmatibus basi nudis, superne plumosis, divergentibus. Caryopsis vel ovalis vel ovato-oblonga et rostrata. Gramina herbacea in Nova Granada, Quito et ins. Trinidad, in montibus excelsis crescentia. Culmus sub- enodosus, simplex, 6-10-pedalis. Folia basi inarticulata et valde attenuata, forsan omnium graminum maxima, 2-15 ped. longa, 3-12 poll. lata. Vagine spe ore biappendiculate. Inflorescentia panicula thyrsoidea vel decomposita, patula vel contracta, folia superans, pedicellis plerumque brevibus, in P. aperta longissimis. Many of the preceding pages had been printed before I observed that the same word, Platonia, had been adopted by three different authors for three very different genera; and the question of priority then arose. Platonia of Rafinesque, probably the first in point of date, is absorbed in Zippia, Linn. (Verbenacez). Platonia, Martius, Nov. Gen. et Sp., published in the same year (1829) as Kunth’s genus of Graminex, has been re- ` tained as a genus of Guttifer® at p. 174 of Bentham and Hooker’s * Genera Plantarum ; € and it is therefore certainly desirable that a new name should be adopted for Kunth's genus. I have accordingly altered the word as little as possible, and adopted an and gram, Planotia, containing the same letters. Widely different opinions are entertained about this genus by different authors. Nees, Endlicher, and others have considered it à section of Chusquea. Ruprecht, at p. 120 of the monograph so constantly referred to, says, “ Platonia vero natura sua valde a Chusquea distat,” amongst the Bamboos. Grisebach says, Uniola, and more distantly to Phalaris.” and does not include it “ Platonia is less related to Chusquea than t0 In my opinion Planotia must be placed next | COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.JE. 71 to Chusquea, from which, as far as the structure and details of the spicula are concerned; it can scarcely be distinguished, although in inflorescence and foliage the two genera are widely apart; and I have already, at pp. 52 and 53, stated in what respects these two genera differ from all other grasses. Conspectus Specierum. Panicula plus minus densa, pedicellis brevibus. Glumz breves, subrotundo-ovate, mucronate. Floseuli neutri acuti. Palea inferior superiorem involvens. Folia 9-10 lin. lata . . . 1. P. elata. Glume lanceolate; superior longa. Flosculi neutri mucronati. Palea inferior divergens. Folia supra medium 2 poll. lata . e b 2. P. virgata. Glumæ breves, subhirsutæ. Flosculi neutri obtusi. Folia 3-12 poll. lata 3. P. nobilis. Glumæ longissime, spiculam duplo et ultra superantes . e ; . 4. P. acuminatissima. Panicula laxa, aperta, pedicellis longissimis . . 2 ; : e . 5. P. aperta, 1. P. ELATA, Munro. “ Panicula 13-14-pollicari, ramosissima, contracta, ramis fasciculatis approximatis, rhachi angulata hispido-scabra, glumis parvis, subrotundo-ovatis, acu- minatis, foliis 9-10 lineas latis, vaginis hirtellis demum glabris."— Platonia elata, Kunth, Gram. i. 139, 327, t. 76! Enum. 429; Suppl. 353; Steud. Le 338. Hab. in Quito, “ Loxa in frigidis," Humboldt, Bonpland (3351). s. v. Kunth. * Culmus erectus, 4-5-pedalis (Kunth), 12-18-pedalis (Bonpl.), simplex, teres, sulcato-striatus, glaber, basi foliosus. Folia longissima, culmo parum breviora, lanceolato-linearia, apice angustato-acutata, plana, inferiora angustiora et canaliculata, cum vagina continua, striato-nervosa, nervo medio crasso subtus prominente, coriacea, glabra, margine obsoletissime serrulato-scabra, 9-10 lineas lata. Vagine sulcate, hirtelle, tardius glabræ, ligula ovata, obtusa, glabra. Panicula elongata, 13-14- pollicaris, ramosissima, contracta, ramis fasciculatis, approximatis, brevibus, adpressis, rhachique angulata hispido-scabris; spiculis vix 2 lin. longis, ovato-ellipticis, pedicellatis. Glume parvae, sub- rotundo-ovatz, acuminate, fuscescentes, nitidule, glabre ; inferior brevior, subcarinata. Flosculi neutri ovato-elliptiei, acuti, obsolete trinervii, lzves, glabri, flosculo fertili breviores. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) coriacea, glabra, subrotundo-ovato-acuta, obsolete nervo, superiorem obsolete binerviam, apice bilobam vix superans. Squamule 3, subrotundze, ciliat, glabre, inferne mulli- nervie. Styli 2, terminales, breves, recurvati, stigmatibus subplumosis. rei (immaturum) cylin- draceo-oblongum, subarcuatum."—*' Descrip. secundum specimen Humboldt.” (Kunth.). This plant, as represented by Kunth in his fine drawing, has very much the general appearance of a large Zragrostis, and is extremely like P. acuminatissima, which, how- ever, is well distinguished by its long glumes. 2. P. virgata, Munro. Panicula pedali, rigida, ramis supremis densissime imbricatis, inferioribus erecto-patulis, rhachi dense pubescente, glumis lanceolatis, acutis, supe- riore flosculum infimum equante, foliis supra medium 2 poll. et ultra latis, vaginis glabris.— Platonia virgata, Grisebach, !. c. 530. Hab. in Trinidad, Tocuche, Dr. Crueger! v. s. : i ' Culmus basi foliosus, glaber, cylindricus, 6-pedalis, diametro 2 lin. Folia pop», T— penat margine ia 2.91 ped, longa, supra medium 2 eegend, utrinque 3 72 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. glabra, sed supra tactu scabra, nervis secundariis a tertiariis non discernendis, venulis transversis distantibus, sat conspicuis. Vagine glabre, ore ciliate et biappendiculate. Panicula elongata, 12-14-pollicaris, attenuata, superne densissima, ramis inferioribus subpollicaribus, distantibus, erecto- patulis, rhachi angulata, sulcata, pilis sublongis dense pubescente, spiculis brevi-pedicellatis. Spicula 22 lin. longa, intra glumas brevissime pedicellata, fusca, nitida, glumis lanceolatis, uninervibus, acutis, inzequalibus, superiore flosculum infimum neutrum subzquante. Flosculi neutri patuli, dorso nitido- glabri, margine hirsuti et fimbriati, subenerves, fere spinoso-mucronati, superior hermaphroditum subequans, Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) patula, obsolete trinervis, apice mucronato-acuta, superne hirsuta, superiorem coriaceam, obtusam, dorso convexam, subhirsutam paulo superans. Stamina 3. Squamule 3, inzquales, tertia multo minor, obtusissime, multinerves, apice tenuiter, fimbriatz. Stylus fere ad basin divisus, stigmatibus basi nudis, superne plumosis, divergentibus. Ovarium (immaturum) ovali-oblongum, birostratum. This approaches P. elata very closely, principally differing in the size of the leaves and the divergent lower palea. In general form and habit it bears a most striking resem- blance to Leptochloa Wightiana of Nees. 3. P. NOBILIS, Munro. Panicula decomposita, maxima, 4-pedali et ultra, ramis decom- positis, glumis brevibus hirsutiusculis, flosculis neutris obtusis; foliis basi inartieu- latis, mawimis interdum 15 ped. longis et 3-12 poll. latis. Hab. in Nova Granada, Paramo de Rinz (“ Sorbitana ” incolis), Purdie! v.s. Culmus erectus, simplex ?, basi foliatus, fistulosus. Folia, forsan omnium graminum maxima, 5-15 ped. longa, 3-12 poll. lata, multistriata, subglabra vel margine scabra, basi attenuata, vaginantia, inarti- culata (an semper?). Panicula (pars supremä 4-pedalis tantum visa) maxima, decomposita, rhachi angulata, sulcata, hirsuta, ramis 5-9 poll. longis, decompositis ; pedicellis hirsutis, brevibus vel sspe subobsoletis. Spicula 13 lin. longa, nitida, glumisu ninervibus, brevibus, hirsutiusculis. Flosculi neutri odtusi, subzequales, nitidi, margine tenuissime ciliati, inconspicue nervosi, hermaphrodito sub- glabro, apice tantum hirsutiusculo duplo breviores. Flos fertilis apertus, obtusus, paleis zequalibus. Squamule 3, obtusissim&, multinervose, superne margine tenuiciliate. Stylus cito bifidus , stigma- tibus recurvatis. Ovarium exacte ovale. This appears to have the largest leaves of any grass known. Purdie says, ** This noble and beautiful grass forms quite a feature in the scenery of the highest wooded mountains of the Paramo of Rinz; and the leaves, often attaining a foot in diameter and 15 feet in length, are valuable for making huts." 4, P. ACUMINATISSIMA, Munro. Panicula thyrsoidea, apice spicata, basi composita’ sesquipedali, glumis acuminatissimis, paleas longe superantibus, foliis sub 2 ped. longis hirsutis. Hab. in Nova Granada, Tolima, Goudot ! Linden (Triana) 50! imus erectus, simplex, basi foliatus, (panicula inclusa) 6-pedalis. Folia longa, 2-pedalia et ultra, 6-12 lin. lata, striata, hirsuta. Vagine longissimæ, striatæ, hirsute, Daniela 1}-pedalis e fere spicata, medio et basi composita, ramis inferioribus 3—4 poll. longis, adpressis adhi sii ulata, sul- cata, pilis longis sparsis hirsuta; pedicellis brevissimis, hirsutis ud TE iab (sine glumis) vix lineam longa, ovata, subhirsuta ; glumis longissimis, Kenia setis — unb THEME flosculis duplo triplove longioribus. Flosculi neutri wubsequales, acuminati inconspicue venosi, nitidi, apice scabriusculi, hermaphroditum glabrum, fere isses qu dae ne supe- v. E» COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 73 rantes. Squamule 3, basi late, apice conico-acuminate, fere enervos®, margine superiore tenui- ciliate. Stylus basi, brevi spatio, simplex, tunc bifidus. This fine species is well distinguished by its very long glumes, rivalling in that respect Chusquea aristata, Munro, which it resembles in many respects, although of course widely separated from it by the character of its foliage. 9. P. APERTA, Munro. Panicula pedali et ultra, aperta, patula, rhachi glaberrima, pedi- cellis longis; spiculis obtusis, sub-3-linealibus; foliis 13-23 ped. longis, subtus pubescentibus. Hab. in Nova Granada, sub nom. “ Chusquea de Paramo,” Goudot! v.s. Culmus erectus, simplex? (folia 2 et panicula tantum visa). Folia 13-23 ped. longa, 1 poll. lata, supra glabra, subtus pubescentia et glaucescentia, basin versus, miro modo, in petiolum 3-4 poll. longum attenuata, inarticulata. Vagine precipue apicem versus hirsute, utroque latere processu 2 poll. longo auriculate. Panicula 16 poll. longa, amplissima, laxa, rhachi glaberrima, radiis primariis subsolitariis, sepe dichotomis, pedicellis interdum longissimis (1 poll. et ultra). Spieula sub 3 lin. longa, subobtusa, glabra, glumis brevibus vel brevissimis, ovatis, obtusis, enerviis, fimbriatis, flos- culis neutris plus quam duplo brevioribus. Hi flosculi obtusi, inconspicue nervosi, margine vix fim- briati, concolores, hermaphroditum simillimum, subobtusum, glabrum, membranaceum fere quantes. Squamule 3, multinervie, membranacem. Stylus cito bifidus in stigmata 2 valde divergentia. Ova- rium apice brevirostratum. A very fine grass, unlike any other of the genus, with most remarkably long-petioled leaves, and very curious appendages or auricles to the vagina. Fendler, no. 2501!, from Colonia Tovar, in Venezuela, is probably another species of Planotia. I have, however, only seen some leaves of this, which are 6 feet long and 5 inches broad, with unusually long ligules. Fendler states that it had never been seen in flower or fruit. Section II. BAMBUSEE VERÆ (conf. supra, p. 12). Conspectus Generum. Glume nunquam gemmipare. Stamina 6, filamentis basi liberis. Squa- mule 3, normales. Styli 3, fere ad basin discreti. Spicule 5-7-flore, flosculo (nonnisi penultimo) bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito 9. Nastus. Glume plerumque gemmipare. Stamina 6, filamentis basi liberis. Spiculz plerumque multiflorz, flosculis 1- pluribus bipaleaceis. Palea superior lata, bicarinata, carinis alatis. Squamuls 3, normales. Stylus brevis, cito 2-3-4-partitus Palea superior plerumque angusta, Squamulz plerumque 3, normales, vel subbrevis, cito 3-fidus vel basi su ice tantum 2-3-fidus . : i E Glume Weder Stamina 6, filamentis basi E ui Spieule subovate vel oblonge. Squamulse abnormales 1-2-3, en, ipa EN 13. Oxytenanthera, Spicule longe, cylindrice, : VOL. XXVI. e i ; i 10. Guadua. bicarinata, carinis non alatis. raro 1-2-3 abnormales. Stylus bbulbosus profunde 2-3-fidus, . 11. Bambusa. D id ex anguste. Squamule nulle ` 74 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE E. IX. NAsTUS. Jussieu, Gen. Plant. 39 (1791) ; Kunth. Enum. 429; Suppl. tab. 32. fig. 3; Lam. Ill. t. 264. fig. 15, c, d; Endl. Gen. Plant. no. 908. Stemmatospermum, P. de B. Agrost. 144, tab. xxv. fig. 5 (1812). Ohio, othamnus? Büse in Pl. Jungh. i. 387; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 414. Bambuse, sp., Bory. Spicula sursum deorsumque imperfecta, brevipedicellata, compressa, disticha, 5—7-flora, flosculis 4-5 inferioribus unipaleaceis, neutris, glumis similibus sed gradatim increscentibus, flosculo 1 (penultimo) bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito ; terminali pedicellato, tabescente, conspicuo. Glume 2, breves, coriacex, hirsute, nunquam gemmipare. Palea inferior costato-nervosa, nervis prominulis, apice brevi- mucronata, superiorem bicarinatam profunde canaliculatam subequans. Stamina 6, antheris apice bilobis, connectivo non elongato. Stylus ad basim usque trifidus, vel potius styli 3, stigmatibus brevibus, interne plumosis. Squamule 3, ciliate, integre, obtuse, ineequales, duæ majores. Caryopsis glabra, basi indurata, stylorum basibus coronata, ovato-conica. Gramina in Borbonia, Madagascaria? et Sumatra? indigena, arborea, ramis e nodis fasciculato-verticil- latis, apice floriferis. Folia coriacea, angusta, venulis transversis nullis vel inconspicuis. Vagine apice longe fimbriate. Inflorescentia panicula terminalis, bis terve composita. Limited as above, Nastus is certainly a very good genus, and is a very interesting connecting link between the Triglosse and the true Bamboos. I have no doubt concern- ing the identity of Jussieu's plant ; for he states that he made his description of his genus Nastus from a specimen of Commerson's, collected in Bourbon, under the name of “Calumet des hauts," and I have, through the kindness of M. Brongniart, seen a spe- cimen, with the same name, in the Paris herbarium, from the herbarium of Du Petit Thouars. Jussieu certainly ascribes “Styli 2 aut stylus profunde 2-fidus,” instead of Styli 3 aut stylus profunde 3-fidus ; and this error, I presume, induced Palisot de Beauvois to create his genus Stemmatospermum. I am not acquainted with Chloothamnus of Büse, except from the description of the genus given by Miquel, and, with the sole exception of no mention being made of the terminal barren pedicel, I cannot discover any difference between it and Nastus. It is, however, very interesting that a plant which was supposed to be confined to a very considerable elevation (3000-4000 feet above the sea) in Bourbon, should also be found in Sumatra, probably in a similar volcanic district. A note attached to a specimen in the Paris herbarium states that it was found in Madagascar. Raspail, in the Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1st ser. v. 442, and Sprengel also, have given such a compre- hensive scope to Nastus that it would include nearly all Bamboos, whether with 3 or 6 stamens ; hence have arisen the numerous synonyms and much confusion. Species vera unica tantum. 1. N. Borpoxteus, Gmel. Syst. edit. 13. ii. 580 (1791). Spiculis pedicellatis 6-7-floris, flosculis 4-5 inferioribus neutris, penultimo hermaphrodito, terminali longe stipitato tabescente hermaphroditum subequante ; folis angustis, acuminatissimis, margine serrato-ciliatis.—Kunth in Journ. de Physique (1822), 148; Enum. 430 ; Suppl. 354, tab. xxxii. fig. 3; Nees in Linn. ix. 484 ; Rupr. 2. c. 133, tab. xvii. fig. 42 (optima); Steud. Z. c. 332. N. paniculatus, Sm. in Rees's Ene. n. 4, et herb. Smith! Stem- matospermum verticillatum, P. de B. Z c. 145. Bambusa alpina, Bory, It. i. 310, t.12! (bona). Ohloothamnus chilianthus 2 Büse, Pl. Jungh. 387 ; Miq. ] c. iii. 415; Walp. Ann. vi. 1045. ` Bambusa arundinacea, H. B. Pl. JEq. i. 71, non aliorum. | l i ` COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 75 Hab. in ins. Borbonia, “regione Pays Brule,” alt. 3000-4000 ped. s. m., Commerson, Bory, Richard! ; Madagascar? (“Calumet des hauts," no. 101, herbier Du Petit-Thouars in herb. Mus. Paris. !) ; Sumatra in prov. Angkolz sup., 1000-3000 ped., Junghuhn. v. s. Culmus arboreus, 50-pedalis, fistulosus, raro ultra 24 poll. diametro, ramis (vel ramulis ?) 5-12 poll. longis, basi foliatis, apice floriferis, semiverticillatis. Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, 2—4 poll. longa, 2-3 lin. lata, basi subattenuata, apice longissime acuminata, subtus vix pallidiora, venulis transversis obsoletis remotiusculis, margine serrato-ciliata. Vagine sulcato-striate, interstitiis lateralibus hir- sutis, ore ciliis longis basi latis fimbriate, ligula inconspicua. Panicula subsimplex, ramis albido- fuscis, sericeo-tomentosis, spiculis pedicellatis vel fere sessilibus. Spicula oblonga, compressa, 5—7-flora, glumis 2, brevibus, muticis, nunquam gemmiparis ` flosculis 4-5 inferioribus neutris, uni- paleaceis, nervoso-costatis, interstitiis pubescentibus vel hirsutis; penultimo neutris simillimo, bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito, paleis subzequalibus. Palea superior angusta, in sulco canaliculato rudi- mentum pedicellatum recipiens. Genitalia et caryopsis ut in genere descripto. Bory, in the Itinerary quoted above, gives a very good drawing and interesting descrip- tion of this plant. He says it is a most beautiful grass, flowering in September and October, when the stamens are exserted and hanging from the spicule. It is quite an alpine plant, and forms a well-marked and remarkable belt all round the island of Bourbon, interrupted only in places where the flow of lava prevents vegetation. Species valde incerta et sine dubio anomala, stylo bifido. 2. N. BARBATUS, Trin. in Act. Petrop. l. c. 627, sub nom. Bambusa barbata. “ Spiculis sessilibus, in fasciculos dense aggregatis, 5-floris, foliis latis, ovato-oblongis, basi subeordatis." —Ruprecht, l. c. 132, tab. xvii. fig. 41; Steud. J. c. 332. Hab. in Brasilia, in collibus sylvaticis Bumadinhe, Riedel. s.v. Ruprecht. ad internodia ramulos 2-3-nos, basi floriferos, medio oligophyllos vel aphyllos, apice spiculas capitatas emittentibus. Folia ovato-oblonga, 6-84 poll. longs, 16-18 lin. lata, basi rotundata, subcordata, longe petiolata, plicata, opaca, nervis secundariis 10-11, venulis Vagine infra petiolum 3.linealem dense unilateraliter sericeo- barbatz, ore fimbriate. Spieule in fasciculos dense aggregate, sessiles, 3-5 lin. longe, 4-5-flore, glumis inzqualibus, obtusis (interdum gemmiparis ?) Flosculi 2-3 inferiores neutri, leevigati, glabri, nervosi, glumis similes. Palea inferior (flosculi penultimi hermaphroditi) acuta, superior involuta, pedicello flosculi sterilis longo, firmo. Squamule equales, lanceolate, nervon. Stylus superne bifidus. Caryopsis hirsuta, attenuata.” “ Quoad spiculas affinis N. Borbonico, quoad habitum autem Guadue distorte.”—Ruprecht, desc. et icon. It will be observed from the above description, which is the only acquaintance I have with this plant, that it is widely separated from Nastus "wd aset ad if ins drawing is correct, in the glumes being occasionally gemmiparous. I do ee je eke to what genus it does really belong, and have therefore kept it where Ruprecht placed it. * Culmus 20-25-pedalis, ramis paniculatis, transversis infra prominulis remotis. c. Bambusa arundinacea, AE. — Melocanna bambusoides, Trin. — Beesha capitata, Munro. NASTUS ARUNDINACEUS, Sm. J. c. et Raspail, I. N. BACCIFERA, Raspail, /. c. N. caprratus, Kunth, Gram. i. 325, N. cuusgur, H., B. et K. Nov. Gen. i. 201, = Chusquea scandens, Kth. N S Syst. ii. 113 — Guadua angustifolia, Kth. . GUADUA, Spr. Syst. nu. 119, E - 16 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE#. N. nvMiLIs, Hassk. Cat. Hort. Bot. 19, nomen tantum. N. LATIFOLIA, Spreng. l. c. — Guadua latifolia, Kth. N. MACROSPERMA, Raspail, l. c. — Arundinaria macrosperma, Mich. N. QUILA, Reem. et Sch. 7. c. 1361, — Chusquea quila, Kth. N. srrictus, Sm. et Raspail, 7. c. — Dendrocalamus strictus, Nees. N. TESSELLATUS, Nees in Fl. Afr. Aust. 463, — Arundinaria tessellata, Munro. N. Tuovarsıı, Rasp., Spr. /. c. — Bambusa thouarsii, Künth. N. TJANKORREH, Roem. et Sch. 7. c., Hassk. 7. c. = Dinochloa tjankorreh, Buse. N. VERTICILLATUS, Sm. Le excl. syn. Lour. =Bambusa verticillata, Willd. N. vıvırara, Rasp. l.c. t. 8. fig. 3. = Bambusa Thouarsii, Kth. X. GUADUA. Kunth, Journ. de Physique, 148 (1822), et Syn. Pl. JEquin. i. 252; Ruprecht, l. c. 128. Guada, Euseb. Nieremb. lib. 14. cap. 194. Bambuse, sp., Humb. et Bonpl. Pl. Æq. i. 68 (1808); Nees in Agros. Bras. 531, et Linn. ix. 469; Endl. et alior. Nasti sp., Sprengel et Raspail. Spicula sursum deorsumque imperfecta, cylindracea, multiflora, floseulis nonnullis inferioribus masculis, vel unipaleaceis neutris, sequentibus paucis vel plurimis bipaleaceis, hermaphroditis, terminah tabe- scente. Interdum spicula dioica. Glume 2, breves, interdum gemmipare. Palea inferior multi- nervia, plerumque ovata et brevimucronata, margine fimbriata vel glabra; superior lata, plurinervia, marginibus incurvis, bicarinata, carinis plerumque late alatis. Stamina 6. Squamule 3 (in G. macro- stachya 2 basi coalitz, sed tertia libera), plerumque obtuse, basi multinervosz, superne fimbriate. Stylus plerumque cito trifidus vel bifidus, portionibus styli raro iterum divisis ut in G. fagoara et G. latifolia (stigm. 4). Stigmata vel brevia vel longa, interdum pulchre plumosa vel pilosa, interdum membranacea expansa marginibus argute denticulatis. Caryopsis ovalis vel lineari-oblonga, apice hirsuta vel pubescens, bulbo styli persistente szepe aucta. (iramina exclusive Americana Tropica, in Brasilia, Nova Granada, Mexico, Venezuela, Quito, Guiana, et Peru crescentia, culmis arboreis, ramosis, ramis junioribus sepissime pungentibus et spinosis. "olia vel lata vel angusta, plana, petiolata, petiolo glabro vel hirsuto, venulis transversis plerumque obsoletis vel nullis, vaginis ore plerumque ciliatis. Inflorescentia variabilis, vel terminalis, panicula nune subsimplex, paucispiculata, nune decomposita, ramis divaricatis, vel sepe in eodem ramo pani- cula terminalis, adjectis infra folia ad nodos ramulis spicigeris aphyllis. Interdum culmi foliiferi e florigeris discreti sunt. _ This genus is kept up by most authors; but I am unable, in the absence of perfect fruit, to point out any good distinction, except a well-marked one in geographical distribution, between it and true Bambusa. Excepting a doubtful cosmopolitan species, Bambusa vulgaris, it may be said that all true Bambusas are confined to the East, and all true Guaduas to the West. The upper palea in Guadua has the keels much more distinctly and broadly winged than in any Bambusa. Ruprecht distinguishes Guadue as having * Flosculi non exacte distichi;" but in G. latifolia and many others the flowers are remarkably distichous. Nees, in Agrost. Bras. p. 532, makes Guadue a section of Bam- busa, applying to it the definition of “ Spicule teretiusculw, stylus 2-3-partitus.” This would of course include most of the Indian Bamboos. Roemer et Schultes define the section Guadue as having “stylus brevis tripartitus, floribus inferioribus masculis vel neutris ;" and this, again, would include Bambusa tulda and manv other species of Bam- busa. Kunth, in his ‘Notice sur le genre Bambusa’ (1822), separates Guadua from COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 77 Bambusa in consequence of the former having a trifid style whereas “the only two Bamboos ", he was then acquainted with, Bambusa arundinacea and B. stricta, had bifid styles. | Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. Rami ramulive floriferi et foliiferi in eodem culmo. Panicula in ramulis basi foliatis, semper, nisi raro in G. latifolia, terminalis. ER Panicula composita ramis divaricatis recurvis . G. tagoara. Panicula simplex, spiculis subracemosis, 2—4 poll. — rie téderioié o margine fimbriata. Folia lata . G. latifolia. Panicula fere simplex, spiculis glabris — sepe recurvis, Lih inferiore margine glabra. Folia lata Panicula subsimplex, depauperata, racemosa, S 1-9] poll deg dorso hirsutis. Folia angusta Spicule pauciflore in capitulis vel — dita RER palea inferiore margine glabra. Folia angusta Inflorescentia variabilis, vel panicula in ramulis foliiferis Weeer e SS G. glomerata. — . G. macrostachya. 5. G. capitata. rami spicigeri, aphylli, ad nodos fasciculati. Spicula multiflora, 15-24 lin. longa. Folia 6-7 poll. longa, petiolo glabro 6. G. angustifolia. Spicula 4-8-flora, 9-12 lin. longa. Folia supra scabro-hispida, 2-33 ; ‘ G. Trinii. . poll. longa, petiolo Airsuto Spicula 2-4-flora, 5- = lin. longa. Folia glabra, 3-4 di longa, en G. distorta. 9c glabro . Spicula 4-8- eds 6-10 lin. EPA diis 45 poll. EZ gien pubescentia vel tomentosa, petiolo tomentoso-pubescente Sect. II. Culmi floriferi a foliiferis distincti. Spicule magne, 13-23 poll. = 8-14-flore. Folia 8-15 lin. lata, bre- vissime petiolata . à Panieula supra decomposita, ramis isdem po heft te, spits 9-12 lin. longis. Folia 5-6 lin. lata, 8 poll. longa, petiolo hirsuto Panicula supra decomposita, ramis divaricatis, spiculis 6-9 lin. longis. Folia 21-5 lin. lata, 4-7 poll. longa, petiolo hirsulo . Panicula supra decomposita, ramis divaricatis, spiculis 9-10 lin. ig Folia 4-5 lin. lata, 3-44 poll. longa, petiolo hirsutissimo 9. G. virgata. 10. G. amplezifolia. 11. G. refracta. 12. G. paniculata. 13. G. Venezuele. 1. G. ragoara, Kunth, Enum. 434 (1833). Ramulis infra nodos latos strigosis, foliis latissimis (2 poll.), 9-10 poll. longis, vaginis ore fimbriatis ; spica gestiens divaricato-recurvis ; spiculis arcuatis, 12-15 lin. longis, 6—8-floris ; ze ea 2 = margine ciliolata.—Rupr. l. c. 131, tab. xvi. fig. 40; Steud. l. eg E qp em tagoara, Nees in Agrost. Bras. 532, et Linn. ix. 470; Spix et Ma ege t.i. fig. 9; Roem. et Sch. 2. c. 1349; Lindl. in Penny Cycl. vol. iii. m. montis Serra do Mar versus Guarantigueta, prov. St. Hab. in Brasilia: in sylvis alt. 1800 ped. s. Burchell, no. 2074! (folia tantum) ; Organ . Pauli (“ Tagoara” incolis), Martius ; Minas Geraes, Mts.!, Wilkes (folia). v. s. Culmus 20-30-pedalis, spinosus (teste Burchell), vage ramosus et ramulosus, internodiis 3-13 nunc erectus, nunc curvatus, superne ll. diametro, i pi a propendentes, leves, infra nodos -pedalibus. Ramuli laxi, 78 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. latos strigosi, apice spicas compositas, ramis dissitis, elongatis, divaricatis, recurvis ferentes. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata, glabra, e basi rotundata in petiolum brevem canaliculatum attenu- ata, 9-10 poll. longa, 2-23 poll. lata. Vagine basi leves, apice sulcate, glabree, ore truncate, fibroso-ciliate. Spica terminalis, composita, inferne foliosa, ramis alternis, divaricato-recurvis, sca- briusculis ; spiculis ad nodos ramulorum sessilibus, ternis, apicem versus solitariis. “ Bractee ali- quot imbricate aride ad ramorum ortum, et inter eas ramulus sepe progenitus brevis, recurvus, spiniformis, nudus" (Nees). Spicula subcylindrica, acuminata, recurva, 12-15 lin. longa, scabriuscula, fusco-viridis, 6-8-flora, flosculis 3-4 perfectis, rhachilla compressa levi valida. Glume 2, breves, ovato-acutz, 3-5-nervie. Flosculi 2 inferiores, neutri, l-paleacei, 9-nervii, glabri, margine obsolete ciliati. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) neutris similis, margine ciliata, 23 lin. longa.; superior æqualis vel paulo longior latiorque, magis membranacea, obtusa, lateribus acute inflexis bicarinata, carinis alatis, membranaceis, ciliatis. Rudimentum flosculi sterilis terminalis pedicellatum. — Squa- mule 3, tenuissime membranacez, ovate, acute, lacero-ciliolate. Stylus ad basin fere bipartitus, cruribus (altero saltem) bifidis; hine stigmata 3-4, filiformia, pubescentia, vix plumosa. Ovarium (immaturum) obconicum, trigonum, styli basi incrassata coronatum, superne pubescens. This is distinguished from all other species by the width of the leaves far exceeding that of the following species (called latifolia), which is certainly closely allied, but has much longer spieule. It is one of the numerous plants already referred to at p. 47 as being called Tagoara or Taquarra by the inhabitants of the country in which it grows. In one of Burchell's specimens the leaves are 23 inches broad, and about a foot long, with 24-28 secondary nerves, and numerous conspicuous transverse veinlets; and on one of the sides of the vagin: near the top there is a curious dense bundle of short hairs, and the cili: are often more than half an inch long. In Wilkes’s specimen the leaves are narrower and the ciliz have fallen; but there is the same curious alternating bundle of hairs on the vagin®. These two I suppose to be the same as the plant referred to by Ruprecht in a note at p. 131 of his work referred to above, where he says,—*: Alia prope Rio de Janeiro provenit species [ Guadue], ramis spieigeris recurvatis G. tagoar@ prox- ima, vaginis vero imprimis superne villosis, foliis pedalibus et ultra, 24 poll. latis, spiculis 6-9 lin. distincta." I may therefore be wrong in including Burchell’s and Wilkes's plants, as I have done, in @. ¢agoara; but I have not seen any authentic specimens of that plant. Burchell's second specimen is from the rambling upper portion of the eulm; the short branches are pendulous, the cilie are as long as described above, and the bundle of hairs on the vagine is occasionally present and occasionally absent. There are three Bag strong recurved spines at each joint of the culm, the internodes of which are scabrous. 2. G. LATIFOLIA, Kunth, Syn. i. 254 (1822) ; Enum. 433; Suppl. 357. Ramulis subrecur- vatis pungentibus ; foliis 13-15 lin. latis, 5-6 poll. longis ; vaginis pilis rigidis sparsim obsitis (Kunth), demum glabris, ore ciliis rigidis fimbriatis ; panicula sepe dioica, plerumque subsimpliei, ramis adpressis 1-2-spiculatis spieulis; arcuatis, 2-4 poll. longis, 8-10-floris ; palea inferiore margine densissime ciliato-pilosa.—Nees, Agrost. Bras. 534, adnot. ; Rupr. /. c. 128, tab. xvi. fig. 33; Steud. Z. c. 333; Grisebach, l. €. 528. Bambusa latifolia, H. et B. Pl. Aquin. i. 68, t. 9211; H., B. et K. Nov. Gen. i. 200; Spix et Martius, J. c. t. v. fig. 2; Rom. et Sch. I. c. 1348; Lindley, 4. €. -JNastus latifolia, Spr. S. V. i. 118. Bambusa fragilis, Spruce, MS. in herb. Benth. ee RN COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 79 Hab. in Brasilia: in sylvis umbrosis humidis ad ripam fluvii Cassiquiare (Missionis del alto Orinoco y Rio Negro), Bonpland; secus Rio Negro inter Barcellos et San Gabriel, Spruce, no. 1954!; Trinidad, Purdie; et Venezuela, teste Grisebach. Culmus 24-pedalis, apice tantum ramosus et subnutans, nitidus, lete virens, diametro 4 poll., internodiis bipedalibus (Kunth), pedalibus (Spruce), spathis intus glaberrimis, extus pilis sparsis rigidis obsitis, tardius deciduis tectis; ramulis subrecurvatis, subpungentibus, dense foliosis, “ fragilibus.” Folia lineari-oblonga, acuminata, basi rotundata, in petiolum 3 lin. longum, glabrum, ** basi subtumidum attenuata," 5-6 poll. longa, 15 lin. lata (Kunth), in ramulis floriferis, a me visis, 4-7 poll. longa et 7-10 lin. lata, margine serrata, utrinque glabra, nervis secundariis sub 20, venulis transversis mani- festis, distantibus. Vagine striato-sulcate, pilis rigidis adpressis sparsim obsite (Kunth), demum glabræ, ore ciliis paucis rigidis fimbriate, ligula brevi. Panicula fere simplex, interdum dioica, in ramulis foliatis terminalis, 4-6 poll. longa, adjectis (rarissime) ramis obsoletis, spiculis 1-2-3, ad nodos fasciculatis. Spicula angusta, cylindrica, subsessilis, 2—4 poll. longa, acuminata, 8-10-flora, floribus inferioribus nonnullis masculis, rhachillie articulis interdum 44 lin. longis. Glume 2, ovate, glabre. Palea inferior (flosculi bipaleacei) nervis 17-20 validis striata, apice mucrone cito caduco acumi- nata, sepe medio dorso, basin versus, fasciculo pilorum hirsuta, margine pilis ferrugineis. dense ciliata ; superior brevior, bicarinata, carinis superne precipue late alatis, inter carinas 4-5-nervia et hirsutiuscula. Squamule 3, oblongo-ovate, margine fimbriate, subzequales, membranacee, glabre, apice vix nervose, ima basi interdum coalitz. Stamina 6, “ antheris purpureis" (Spruce). Stylus profunde 3-4-partitus, violaceus, basi conicus et pilis subglandulosis hirsutus. Ovarium ovato- oblongum, acuminato-rostratum, hinc convexum, inde planum sulco longitudinali. Spruce says that this is very slender and brittle in the flowering portion. I have already, at p. 3, stated how very rarely this plant has been found in flower. Ruprecht states that he had seen but a single spicula ; and Nees states, in Martius’s ‘ Flora Brasil., that there was no specimen in any herbarium he had access to. Kunth states that his description and figure were taken from a speeimen presented by Humboldt, who says that the plant is very abundant on that part of the Orinoco which is below the cataracts. I have quoted Trinidad as a locality on the authority of Grisebach. ‚The very long spieulw appear to keep this distant from all other species. The drawing in the Plant. ZEquin., which is not a good one, is more like the following species than any specimen I have seen of G. latifolia. Internodiis culmi apice scabris, ramis ramulisque subrecur- vatis ; foliis latis vel interdum angustis, ovato-lanceolatis vel lineari-lanceolatis, 3-5 poll. longis, 5-15 lin. latis, in eodem ramulo ; — à bis glabris, membrana cupuliformi terminatis, ore fimbriatis ; panicula dioica, brevissima, con- tracta, rhachi fere nulla, spiculis glomeratis, 1-2 erectis, reliquis refractis pen- dentibus palea inferiore margine efimbriata. Hab. in Brasilia: in vieinibus Barra, Gapo de Rio Negro, Spruce, no. 1196" TA ooo Ge pedales, “2-3 poll. diametro, solidi, arcuatı, ramulis pl cu oues ee alle fasciculatis, decurvis armatis." i ramulos breves, apice floriferos, 1-3 ad nodos ferentes. Folia valde 3. G. GLOMERATA, Munro. Culmi struentes, nodis spinis validis, in i ue scabris à eripi co lata as lin.) vel angusta (5 lin.), subtus ee te poll. E oam attenuata et denique mucronata, e basi subrotund ta vel Vene in petio -— iind "^ e bu attenuata, glabra vel supra uno latere tactu scabra, margme serrata, anis pes ze ie vix conspicuis, venulis transversis nullis vel obsoletis, suprema spiculas superantia. agine basi leves, 80 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. nitide, superne sulcato-striate et pilis brevibus canescentibus subhirsutz, demum glabre, infra petiolum membrana chartacea terminatz, ore ciliis pallidis fimbriate. Panicula dioica, rhachi bre- vissima, fere nulla; spiculis 5-8-10, ineequalibus, glomeratis, 1-2 erectis, reliquis pendentibus, vix e vagina suprema exserta et folio superata. Spicula (mascula tantum visa) 1—2 poll. longa, nervoso- costata, 7-10-flora, floseulis 2-3 inferioribus unipaleaceis, neutris, sequentibus 3-4 bipaleaceis, mas- culis, 2-3 terminalibus gradatim tabescentibus, rhachille articulis brevissimis. Glume 2, breves, mucronate. Flosculi neutri lati, nervis 16 validis notati, subobtusi, breviter mucronati. Palea inferior (flosculi masculi) neutris simillima sed longior, 7-9 lin. longa, mucrone interdum ineurvo ; superior multo brevior, multinervia, lata, bicarinata, carinis late alatis et superne longe ciliatis. Stamina 6, filamentis brevibus. Squamule 2-3 in flosculis masculis, ovate, obtuse, multinervose. Styli rudimenta nulla. ; Spruee, in his notes, mentions having sent male and female specimens; but all the spicule I have examined contain male flowers only. In foliage this approaches very closely to G. latifolia; but the spicule are very different, and in this latter respect it approaches G. amplexifolia, from which, however, it is well distinguished by having very simple instead of compound inflorescence. 4. G. MACROSTACHYA, Rupr. /. c. 129, tab. xv. fig. 35. Ramulis tenuibus apice floriferis, foliis angustis, petiolo vix ullo, 4-8 poll. longis, 3-6 lin. latis, vaginis glabris ore efimbriatis, panieula terminali subsimpliei, spieulis 14-24 poll. longis, palea inferiore . ssepe tota superficie hispida.—Steud. l. e. 333; G.? dioica, Steud. l. e. 334. Hab. in Guiana Gallica, Leprieur! no. 1019; ad mare, Sagot!; in. Brasilia, prov. Para, Santarem, Spruce, no. 420! (folia). v. s. Culmus 20-30-pedalis, spinosus, ramis levibus, solidis, duris, e nodis subverticillato-ramulosis, glabris, foliatis, ramulis subpedalibus, apice floriferis. Folia angusta, brevissime acuminata, basi attenuata, petiolo vix ullo, 4-8 poll. longa, 3 (raro usque 6) lin. lata, utrinque glabra, subeoncoloria, margine setulis minimis scabris obsessa, (in sicco) imprimis inferne convoluta, nervis secundariis 8-10, venulis transversis obsoletis. Vagine glabro, ore efimbriate, ligula brevissima truncata. Panicula interdum dioica, ramulis terminalis, depauperata, spiculis subracemose vel fasciculatim aggregatis, sessilibus vel brevissime pedicellatis, rhachi hirsuta vel subglabra. Spicula 11-21 poll. longa, cylindrica, teres, 2-24 lin. lata, rhachille articulis 3 lin. longis, attenuata, subrecta, obscure fuscescens, 6-12-flora, flosculis (inferioribus nonnullis incompletis) ovato-oblongis, chartaceis, multinerviis, dorso plus minus setulis diaphanis, sparsis strigoso-hirsutis, nervoso-striatis, hine inde basi foliolo brevissimo munit, plerumque nuda. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) incompletis simillima sed major, 71 lin. longa, brevissime mucronata; superior brevior, lata, obtusa, carinis alatis, apice ciliata. Squamule 3 (4 fide Steudel), 2 interdum basi coalite inferne multinervos, superne longe fimbriatze enervose et hirsute. Stylus cito 2-3-fidus, stigmatibus pilosis vel expansis et membranaceis. Stamina 6. Ovarium oblongum, apice attenuatum et pilosum. This species has narrow leaves, very similar to those of G. angustifolia; but the spicule (sometimes very hirsute, but always more or less so) distinguish it at once from all other species with large spicule. The squamulz are different from those of all other species. Two are generally, if not always, united at the base, and are deeply bifid to near the middle, many-nerved in the lower portion; the upper half has no trace of a nerve, but is covered over with very small hairs, which are only visible under a high power. None of the spiculze which I have examined are dicecous, | COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 81 5: Gu? OAPITATA, Munro. “ Ramis glabris, usque ad capitulum florum vaginis tectis, foliis sublanceolato-linearibus, undique glabris, 6-10 poll. longis, 4-7 lin. latis, vaginis glabris, utrinque breviauriculatis, oreque brevissime fimbriatis, spiculis in capitulis vel glomerulis distantibus sessilibus aggregatis, palea inferiore angusta, margine glabra.”—Bambusa capitata, Trin. in Act. Petrop. l. c. 626 et icon. 337! non Willd. Schizostachyum capitatum, Rupr. l.c. 136, tab. xvii. fig. 46.; Steud. l. c. 332. Hab. in Brasilia, in ripa flum. Pardo, Riedel. s. v. Trinius et Ruprecht. « Culmus 15-20-pedalis, ramis simplicibus strictis, glabris, dense foliosis. Folia sublanceolato-linearia, stricte arrecta, firma, undique glabra, 6-10 poll. longa, 4-7 lin. lata, subtus glaucescentia, nervis secundariis uno latere 5, altero 6. Vagine glabre, utrinque auricula brevi auct, ore cirrulis per- brevibus fimbriatze, ligula brevissima truncata. Inflorescentia terminalis, verticillato-capitata, capi- tulis vel glomerulis 1-2 poll. diametro, e fasciculis nonnullis spicularum paucarum, patentibus et divergentibus. Spicula 3-4-flora, rhachille articulis brevissimis, glabris, flosculis 3 inferioribus her- maphroditis, obtusiusculis, terminali tabescente. Glume obtuse, multinervie, sepe gemmipare. Palea inferior 5-6 lin. longa, 13-nervia, glabra, superior aquilonga, vel paulo longior, conduplicata, marginibus contiguis dissite bicostata et preterea tenue 9-nervia. Squamule 3 vel 2 (teste Trinius), basi nervosz obtuse et superne fimbriate. Stamina 6. Stylus puberulus, basi simplex, tunc in stigmata 3 plumosulo-pubescentia divisus. Caryopsis sublinearis, fusca, apice puberula, dorso sulco lato et profundo excavata et linea elevata pereursa,"— Trinius et Ruprecht, In the compound structure of the fascicle of spicule, very well and carefully repre- sented by Ruprecht in the drawing quoted above, this species resembles Schizostachyum ; but the styles and caryopsis are very different, and show that the plant cannot belong to the section of berry-bearing Bamboos. The drawings do not represent the keels of the upper palea as being as broadly winged as is usual in the other species of Guadua. 6. G. ANGUSTIFOLIA, Kunth, Syn. i. 253; Enum. 433; Suppl. 357. Ramis ante explica- recurvatis, demum erectis, foliis angustis, 5-8 lin. latis, 6-7 plerumque efimbriatis, inflorescentia variabili, panicula erdum aphylla ad basin ramulorum locata, inferiore glabra vel raro dense sed bre- tionem pungentibus, poll. longis, vaginis glabris, interdum in ramulis foliatis terminali, int spieulis 15—24-linealibus, angustis, palea vissime hirsutiuscula.—Rupr. l. c. 129, tab. xv. fig. 96; Steud. l. c. 333. Bambusa guadua, H. et B. Pl. quin. 168, t. 20! bona; Nov. Gen. et Sp. i. 200; Turpin in Mém. du Mus. v. 486 (1819), t. i. figg. 12 & 13; Reem. et Sch. /. e. 1347 ; Lindl. in Penny Cyc. (1835). Nastus guadua, Spreng: Syst. ii. 113; Raspail, J. c. v. 442. Hab. in Nova Granada, in declivitate occidentali Andium a litore ad 2400 ped. s. m. (“ Guadua,” incolis), Humboldt Goudot | ; La Paila, Holton, no. 105!; prov. de Bogota! Triana, no. 1040! Lindig ; Ecua- dor, Quito, Humboldt; Peru, Lima! Wilkes, var. spiculis dorso brevissime Gers | v. 8. | Culmus arboreus erectus, a basi ad summitatem ramosus, 30-36-pedalis, ** diametro rn spathis externe setis rigidis obsitis, intus glabris, tardius deciduis, 2 Tabasheer — "pH geg teretibus congestis, ante explicationem pungentibus, recurvatis, demum erectis, ipm E eri- oribus pedalibus," superioribus tenuibus, 1-3-pollicaribus. Folia plerumque mens € ges lata, 6-7 poll. longa, et sub 5 lin. lata, interdum in eodem ramo Ges ata, ipm a, = attenuata in petiolum glabrum, supra et margine scabra, subtus vix pallidiora, pilis longis sparsis VOL. XXVI. 82 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. interdum hirsuta, nervis secundariis 14-16 vix elevatis, venulis transversis obsoletis. Vagine ple- apice truncate, sepe efimbriate ; interdum, precipue in ramulis junioribus, cilie rumque glabrz, oer E Inflorescentia variabilis, interdum pauce pallid cito deciduæ adsunt ; ligula brevissima, fere nulla. panicula depauperata, fere spicata, 9 4-nodosa, spiculis paucis, 1-3, ad nodos sessilibus, in ramulis ter- minalis, interdum, eodem ramulo, spiculis paucis infra folia fere ad basin ramuli locatis, interdum panicule 2-3, terminali similes, aphylle, ad nodos ramorum, cum spieulis 1-2 fasciculatis. Spicula semper angusta, 1-2 lin. lata, eylindracea, 15-24 lin. longa, subarcuata, 7-8-12-flora, lzete stramineo- fuscescens, basi apiceque attenuata, flosculis inferioribus nonnullis masculis, supremis tabescentibus, intérmediis hermaphroditis, rhachille articulis brevibus, uno latere suleatis, fere glabris. Glume breves, carinate, glabre. Palea inferior acuta, nitida, sepe glabra vel brevissime adpresse hirsuti- uscula, dorso obsolete nervosa; superior vix brevior, carinis late alatis et superne fimbriatis, 8-10- nervia. Squamule 3, tenuissime membranaces, basi callosw et multinervose, oblong, obtuse (acute, fide Kunth). Stylus cito bi- trifidus in stigmata 2-3, longa vel brevia (in eadem spicula), pulchre plumosa vel interdum expansa, submembranacea (teste Rupr.). Ovarium apice conico hir- sutum, stipitatum. I have fortunately seen several specimens of this plant in flower, and have thus had an opportunity of observing how extremely variable the inflorescence, as described above, is. The bright yellowish-brown-coloured, shining, long, narrow spiculz afford very good marks for distinguishing this species at sight from all others. Kunth’s mistake in assigning a diameter of 16 inches to the culm has been copied by nearly all other writers on Bamboos. Humboldt says this is found abundantly in the mountains of Quindiu, forming forests several leagues in extent, growing in hot valleys and at moderate elevations. 7. G. Print, Rupr. l. c. 130, tab. xv. fig. 38. Ramis tuberculato-asperis, foliis angustis, 3-33 poll. longis, supra scabro-hispidis, petiolo hirsuto, vaginis puberulis, ore herbaceo-setulosis, panicula vel brevi subsimpliei, vel longa et decomposita, spiculis 2—1 poll. longis, 4—6-floris, palea inferiore margine glabra.—Steud. 1. e. 333. Bambusa Trinii, Nees in Linn. ix. 469. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow! v. s. Culmus pedalis, ramis tuberculato-asperis, lanuginoso-canis, ad originem spinis recurvatis seepe oppo- sitis. Folia anguste lanceolata, acuminata, basi cuneata in petiolum brevem hirsutum, glauca, 24-83 poll. longa, 2-3 lin. lata, margine scabra, supra scabro-hispida, subtus nisi ad petiolum et nervum medium fere glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 3, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine puberule, ore setulose. Inflorescentia maxime irregularis—nune panicula brevis, 4-5-stachya, in ramis spi- cigeris lateralibus, aphyllis cum foliosis ramosissimis mixtis, nune ramorum validorum terminalis spicam exhibet prelongam, racemoso-decompositam, interrupte glomerulifloram, aphyllam. Spicule subsolitariz, 3-1 poll, longs, lanceolate, acuminate, nitidz, viridés vel stramines, 4-6-8-flor®, rhachille articulis 14 lin. longis, flosculis demum squarroso-patentibus, 1-2 inferioribus et 1-3 superioribus sterilibus, intermediis perfectis. Glume acuminatze, 7-9-nerves, mucrone brevi termi- natee. Palen inferior 7-13-nervis, margine glabra, superiorem ovalem, apice obtuso denticulato, carinis alatis, inferne levibus apice scabriusculis, eequans. Squamule 3, obtuse, plicate, basi nervulose, inconspicue fimbriatz, tertia angustior. Stylus basi bulbosus, cito trifidus in stigmata 3 plumosa. The inflorescence of this species is remarkably variable; in the compound state it has COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 83 an appearance very similar to some forms of Bambusa tulda, Roxb. There are frequently some barren abortive spiculz at the base of the perfect ones. . 8. G. DISTORTA, Rupr. /. c. 131, tab. xvi. fig. 20. * Ramis levibus, foliis lanceolatis, 3—4 poll. longis, 5-6 lin. latis, glabris levibusque, vaginis glabris, ore nudis vel bre- vissime fimbriatis, panicula fere simplici, spiculis 5-7 lin. longis, paucifloris, palea inferiore margine glabra."—Steud. l.c. 333. Bambusa distorta, N. ab E. in Linn. ix. 470. Hab. in Brasilia, Sellow. s. v. Ruprecht et Nees. * Culmus (ramus crassior) opacus, striatus, levis, ramis spicigeris recurvatis. Folia lanceolata, 3—4 poll. longa, 5-6 lin. lata, basi rotundata, petiolata, glabra, levia, margine scabra, nervis secundariis 5-6, venulis transversis obsoletis, remotiusculis. Vagine glabre, ore nude vel brevissime setulos. Spice e nodis glabris ramorum, fasciculatz, divaricate, aphylle, ramulis oligo (2-4)-phyllis, apice brevispicatis, intermixtis spiculis glomeratis pluribus, tereti-oblongis, demum complanatis. Spicula 5-7 lin. longa, pauciflora, glabra, flosculis 1-2-8 perfectis, terminali masculo vel neutro longe pedun- culato. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) nervosa, mucronulata, margine glabra, superiorem late carinatam glabram subequante. Squamule 3, breves, glabre. Stylus cito trifidus. Ovarium apice pilosum. Valde affinis G. Tagaore, differt imprimis foliorum magnitudine et spiculis.”—Nees et Ruprecht. Judging from Ruprecht’s drawing, this appears to me to be very closely allied to some states of G. Trini. 9. G. virgata, Rupr. l. c. 130, tab. xv. fig. 37. “Ramis glabris levigatis, foliis lanceo latis, 4-5 poll. longis, 6-7 lin. latis, supra scabro-pubescentibus, vaginis superne breve tomentosis, panicula spiciformi, interrupta, virgata, spiculis sessilibus, palea inferiore margine ciliata." —Steud. l. c. 333. Bambusa virgata, Trin. in Act. Petrop. l. c. 624, icon. 338! iur Hab. in Brasilia, in sylvis montium St. Geraldi, prov. Minarum, Riedel. s.v. "Trimus et Dame: | “ Culmus 25-pedalis, diametro 2-3-pollicari, ramis glabris, levigatis, laxis, ramulis fasciculatis sae saab | inferioribus mere et fere a basi floriferis, terminalibus foliiferis ex ipso apice florifer, omnibus vir- gatis. Folia lanceolato-linearia, apice acuminata, basi in petiolum fere bilinealem eri pubescentem attenuata, 4-5 poll. longa, 5-7 lin. lata, supra scabra et E sul tus molle piloso-tomentosa et canescentia. Vagine superne brevitomentose, margine ciliate, em gis ductz in SE brevem chartaceam, e marginibus emittentem cirrulos plures Jj gesamt anicula spiciformis, angusta, interrupta, virgata, læte viridis, rhachi tereti, PH i Fre pollicaria, emittens spiculas sessiles aut 3-4 aut solitarias. Spicula subcy gm geben =, sima, nitida, 4-8-flora, 6-10 lin. longa, læte straminea, recta, rhachillæ vim es en flosculis inferioribus sterilibus, sequentibus masculis (an semper ?), penultimo grs TA oblongo-ovate, inferior bicarinata, superior vix ongior, mucr : P nervis pertenuibus, apicem versus magis conspieuis, Ov "m (hermaphroditi) inferiorem æquans, lateribus poss, tertia angustior, brevior et glabrior. Sfamina 6. 2, interdum gemmipare, 7-nervis. Palea inferior 9-15-17-nervis, apice mucronata, margine ciliata ; superior bicarinatis, carinis alatis. Squamule 3, inzequales, Ovarium cum stylis indescriptum.”—Trinius et mm DEE, and I imagine that only undeveloped spicule in an immature state ave see described by both the authors above quoted. M 9 84. COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 10. G. AMPLEXIFOLIA, Presl in Rel. Hænk. i. 256 (1830). Ramis infra nodos scabrius- culis, ramulis foliiferis erectis, vel abortivis spinosis refractis, foliis 8-15 lin. latis, 4-12 poll. longis, vaginis superne hirsutis vel glabris, auriculato-fimbriatis, panicula (in culmo florifero tantum) elongata, decomposita, basi aphylla, spiculis ad nodos ramulorum panicule fasciculatis, longis, erectis, palea inferiore margine glabra.— Kunth, Syn. 434; Rupr. l. c. 128, tab. xiv.; Steud. Le 333. Bambusa amplexi- folia, Reem. et Sch. Le 1348. Hab. in Mexico, Presl; Santa Cruz, Seemann, no. 425!; Panama, Isthmus, Chagres, Fendler, no. 381! ; Nova Granada, Carthagena, Sutton Hayes, no. 622!; Venezuela, prope Guigui, alt. 2000 ped. s. m., Fendler, 1629! v. s. Culmus pedalis, basi diametro 2 poll., spathis magnis, pruinoso-glaucis, apiculo triangulari 10 poll. longo, 8 poll. lato, utrinque hirsuto, ramis foliiferis dichotomis, teretibus, striatis, lævius- culis, infra nodos scabriusculis, interdum abortivis, spiniformibus, refractis. Folia membranacea, oblongo-lanceolata, sensim in acumina elongata, e basi ovata, brevissime petiolata, interdum am- plectantia, margine scabro-serrata, subconcoloria, utrinque glabra, sed supra interdum tactu scabra, nervis secundariis 14-18, venulis transversis nunc obsoletis, nunc plus minus conspicuis. Vagine superne striate, glabræ vel pubescentes, margine ciliate, ore plerumque auriculato-fimbriatz, auri- cula lineari sat longa, margine superiore longe setosa, szepe cito decidua. Inflorescentia paniculata, composita, aphylla, rhachi semitereti, striata, hirsuta, ramo inferiore 10 poll., reliquis 1-3 poll. longis, internodiis 14-8 poll. longis, spiculis, ad nodos ramulorum fasciculatis, ternis quaternisve. Spicula cylindracea, basi apiceque attenuata, arcuata, 14-24 poll. longa, 8-14-flora, flosculis 1-3 inferioribus et 2-3 superioribus unipaleaceis neutris, rhachille articulis brevibus, suleatis. Glume 2, rotundate, mucronulatz, multinerves, glaberrime. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) neutris similis sed longior, 7 lin. longa, ovata, dorso nervoso-costata, margine membranacea, glabra, brevissime mucronata, multi (20 et ultra)-nervis; superior 3 vel 4 vel vix brevior, ovato-rotundata, dorso hirsutula, margi- nibus inflexa, flexuris sat late carinatis et alatis, alis apicem versus ciliatis, multinervibus. Squamule 3, longx, basi callosze et multinervose, apice acuminate et fimbriate. Stylus basi simplex, tunc divisus in stigmata 3, vel tenuissima vel expansa et membranacea, pulcherrime plumosa. | Ovarium stipitatum, apice conico hirsutum. Caryopsis lineari-oblonga, infra apicem constrictum. The only specimens which I have seen in flower are those collected by Sutton Hayes, and these had no leaves attached. The remaining numbers which I have quoted are in leaf only, but they all agree remarkably well with Presl’s very good description. The leaves in this species are much thinner than in G. latifolia and G. glomerata; and the inflorescence is very different from that of any of the species distinguished by having broad leaves and large spicule. The spiculz are very similar to those of G. glomerata, Sutton Hayes says the plant is called ** Canabrava,” and is very common in low wet land near Carthagena, and that it was also common on the Isthmus, but that he had never seen it in flower there. 11. G. REFRACTA, Munro. Culmo florifero aphyllo, panicule ramis cito refractis, fere simplicibus, spieulis subcompressis, 9—12 lin. longis, palea inferiore nervosa, dorso plerumque glabra, margine vix ciliata, foliis 4-9 poll. longis, 4—7 lin. latis, basi "cese. petiolis Airsutis, vaginis spe pubescentibus, margine inconspicue atis. Hab. in Brasilia. tropica, prov. Goyaz, Burchell, no. 7649! Gardner, no. 4063! v.s. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 85 Culmi solidi, ramosi, 20-30-pedales, uncinati, juniores pubescentes. Foliiferi internodiis superne strigoso- hispidis, fere teretibus, sed uno latere linea longitudinali plus minus conspicue hirsuta impressis, superioribus vix 13 poll. longis, ramulis gracilibus, 1-13-pedalibus et ultra, ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia angusta, lineari-lanceolata, 4-9 poll. longa, 4-7 lin. lata, basi inæqualia, subrotundata vel cuneata, petiolata, petiolo brevi complanato utrinque vel subtus tantum pilis longis hirsuto, apice acuta, margine scabra, supra tactu scabra et interdum hirsutiuscula, subtus plerumque pilis longis vel brevibus hirsuta, vel juniora dense pubescentia, nervis secundariis conspicuis, uno latere 5-6, altero 4-5, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine inferiores hirsute, superiores plerumque superne pubescentes, in culmis junioribus hirsutissime, margine vix ciliate, ore ciliis paucis cito deciduis fimbriate, in junioribus biauriculatis, auriculis linearibus apice longe fimbriatis, ligula inconspicua. Culmo flori- fero aphyllo; panicula gracilis, internodiis superioribus 4-5 poll. longis, superne strigoso-hispidis, ramis plerumque solitariis, cito refractis, fere simplicibus, adjectis ramis 1-2 abortivis spiniformibus, rhachi strigoso-hispida, ad nodos spiculas pallidas 2-3 aut plures divaricatas gerentibus. Spieula 6-10-flora, basi valde attenuata, flosculis 1-2 inferioribus et 2-4 supremis incompletis, reliquis bipa- leaceis, hermaphroditis, rhachilke articulis brevibus, compressis, vix hirsutis, glumis 1-2 inferioribus gemmiparis. Palea inferior nervosa, nervis utrinque 3-5 validis cum totidem intermediis tenuioribus, dorso vel glabra vel inconspicue hirsuta, apice rotundata et mucronata; superior brevior, margine fimbriata, inter carinas brevissime alatas 3-nervosa. Squamule 3, oblongo-lanceolate, 2 latiores. Stylus basi subbulbosus, attenuatus, superne in stigmata 3 longa divisus. Ovarium subobovatum, apice hirsutum, in stylum attenuatum. The structure of the spicula in this species is very similar to that of G. Venezuele; but the branches of the panicle, bent back nearly to the main axis, give the plant a very peculiar and distinctive appearance. In Gardner’s specimen the panicle is not expanded, and the branches are still covered with their enveloping sheaths; but I have little doubt of its identity. Some of Burchell’s specimens, carefully marked, however, with the same number, are extremely hairy, and the cilia are placed at the end of a long linear auricle instead of simply at the mouth of the vagine ` but after a careful examination I see no reason to doubt the correctness of Burchell's identification. Culmo florifero aphyllo, panicule ramis divaricatis, valde latere uno planis et pilis canescentibus hir- alea inferiore nervosa, dorso sub- 21-5 lin. latis, petiolis hirsutis, 12. G. PANICULATA, Munro. inzequalibus, compositis et decompositis, sutis, spiculis eylindrieis, angustis, 6-9 lin. longis, p glabra, margine fimbriata, foliis 4-7 poll. longis, vaginis plerumque glabris, margine non ciliatis. i j i j buco, Hab. in Brasilia tropica, prov. Goyaz ad flum. Tocantins, in sylvis, Burchell, no. 8852 !; prov. Pernambuco Rio Preto, in sylvis (“ Taboca " incolis), Gardner, no. 2981! v.s. E "M d poe. ZS : 8, Culmus 20-30-pedalis, diametro 13 poll., foliiferi internodiis En oe ^ a Bascal 4-6-7 pubescentibus, ramulis j-1-pedalibus, paucis aS —€— og ilosum, apice interdum poll. longa, 2-5 lin. lata, basi attenuata in petiolum brevem praecipue T P í i ili vissimis hirsutiuscula, subtus | inatissima bra et interdum pilis bre utiuscu nigrescente attenuato-acuminatis. ‚supra sca e? ium ENEE subglabris vel : issi il TU aire vel, a E " pom eser id ciliate, ore ciliis paucis scabris fim- : . æ, mar BUD, E : margine subscabra. Vagine plerumque giabre, ER paniculata, ramosissima, 10-pedalis, briatz, eligulate. Inflorescentia, in culmo aphyllo, Le LO £3 nodés ramis Xd qus BRER divasitatik, adscendentibus, per intervalla 5 4 en Ge e locatis. Hi rami, 6-9 poll. longi, plus minus compositi, ramulos vel spieulas paucas $ 2 86 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. nodos ferunt. Spicula angusta, cylindrica, sepe curvata, 5-8 lin. longa, pauciflora, flosculis 1-2 inferioribus et 1-2 superioribus incompletis, reliquis hermaphroditis, glumis glabris, coloratis, inter- dum gemmiparis. Palea inferior nervis validis 6-10 cum totidem intermediis tenuioribus, dorso subglabra, margine fimbriata ; superiore margine ciliata et brevialata, sepe conspicue brevior. Squa- mule, stylus et ovarium veluti in G. refracta. In many respects this approaches G. refracta; but the spieule are more deeply coloured, shorter, narrower, and with fewer flowers; and the panicle, of which there is an excellent specimen in Burchell’s collection, is much more compound, with the diver- gent branches inclining upwards. The leaves are occasionally nearly as long as in G. re- fracta, but they are much more attenuated at the points, and generally very much narrower. 13. G. VENEZUEL&, Munro. Culmo florifero aphyllo, paniculz ramis divaricatis, decom- positis, latere uno planis hirsutis, spiculis compressis, 9-12 lin. longis, palea inferiore nervoso-costata, dorso hirsuta, folis plerumque 3-44 poll. longis, 4-5 lin. latis, petiolis hirsutissimis, vaginis glabris vel superne hirsutis, uno margine longe ciliatis. Hab. in Venezuela, Dr. Krueger! v. s. Culmus fistulosus, viridis, striatus, foliiferi internodiis superioribus sub 3-pollicaribus, uno latere planis, canaliculatis, hirsutis, nodis undique strigoso-hispidis, ramulis paucis brevibus ad nodos fasciculatis. Folia lanceolata 13—43 poll. longa, 4-5-2 lin. lata, acuta, basi subrotundata, vix attenuata in petiolum brevem complanatum, utrinque (sed subtus precipue) pilis longis hirsutissimum, supra scabra, subtus pilis brevibus hirsuta vel demum glabrescentia, nervis secundariis utroque latere 3-4 conspicuis, mar- gine brevissime serrata. Vagine inferiores hirsute, superiores vel glabrz vel superne hirsute, uno margine longe ciliate, oreque ciliis longis paucis sat rigidis caducis fimbriatze, vix ligulate. Culmi floriferi panieule ramus unus longus tantum adest, adjectis plurimis brevissimis simplicibus ad nodum strigoso-hirsutum fasciculatis. Ramus subsesquipedalis, internodiis 2-3 poll. longis, rhachi strigoso-hispida, ramulos 2-3 valde inzequales ad nodos strigosos gerens. Spicule pallid, 2-3, glo- meratz, 5-6-8 flore, basi valde attenuate, 9-12 lin. longe, rhachille articulis brevibus, hirsutis, flosculis 2-3 terminalibus incompletis, glumis interdum gemmiparis. Palea inferior extus hirsuta, nervoso-costata, apice mucronata; superior obtusa, carinata, inter carinas alatas et longe ciliatas 3-4-nervia, inferiorem :quans vel superans. Sgamule, stylus et ovarium veluti in G. refracta et G. paniculata. The specimens which I have seen of this are very imperfect; but I think it is readily distinguishable from G. refracta by its much smaller leaves and the long fringe on one side of the vagina. The single branch of the panicle which I have seen is also very much more compound, and the spicule more hirsute, than in either of the two preceding species. All these last three species are certainly very closely allied, especially in the structure of the spieulze, although they are remarkably different in general appearance. They have all the same obovate form of ovary that is found in Bambusa tulda and allied species; = = keels of the upper palea are very much less winged than in any of the ten other Keen of Guadua. Consequently there remains but little except their geographical dis- tribution and their peculiar hairy petioles to separate them from the genus Bambusa, in COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 87 which genus I should have been inclined to include them had they been dwellers in the East instead of the West. GUADUA PARVIFLORA, Presl in Reliq. Heenk.— Arthrostylidium maculatum, Rupr. XI. BAMBUSA. Schreber, Gen. Plan. no. 607 (1789); Roxburgh (1795). Arundarbor, Casp. Bauhin (1671); Rumph. Herb. Amboin. iv. 5 (1750). Arundo, sp., Linn. et Lour. Bambos, Retz. Obs. v. 24 (1789); Pers. Syn. (1805). Spicula multiflora vel raro pauciflora, sursum deorsumque imperfecta, vel cylindrica, elongata, rhachilla plus minus conspicua, vel ovata aut oblonga, rhachilla abscondita, interdum fere obsoleta, plerumque sessilis, raro glumis distantibus, quasi pedicellata. Glum@ due aut numero indefinite, inferiores plerumque gemmiparz et breves, superiores paleis inferioribus flosculorum similes et pro flosculis habendz, sspe plurinerves. Palea inferior plurinervis, mutica aut mucronata, plerumque glabra, coriaceo-chartacea; superior membranacea, angustior, vel subwquilonga vel longior, bicarinata carinis non alatis sed sspe conspicue fimbriatis. Syuamule typice 3, plerumque obtuse, ciliate, membranaceze, raro abortu 1-2 deficientes. Stamina 6, basi libera, antheris vel obtusis vel apiculatis vel apice penicillatis. Stylus in sectione prima brevis, cito et sepe fere ad basin 3-fidus, in secunda ad basin subbulbosus, non tam profunde 2-3-fidus, in tertia longus, basi simplex, superne lantum in stigmata 2-3 secedens. Stigmata vel brevia plumosa, vel longa et pilosa. Ovarium vel obovatum, apice hirsutum, vel lineari-oblongum, vel rostratum, Caryopsis oblonga vel lineari-ob- longa, obtusa aut acuta, sulco longitudinali conspicue notata, palea superiore plerumque arcte inclusa. Gramina arborescentia, vel pauca suffruticosa, interdum scandentia. Species unica (B. vulgaris) cosmopo- Diana, reliquee omnes orbis antiqui orientalis incole. Culmus ssepe altissimus, usque ad 120-pedalis, e nodis ramos sepe ramosissimos emittens, interdum spinosus, Tamis junioribus sepe pungentibus. Folia varia, angusta vel lata, venulis transversis vel nullis vel conspicuis, vaginis plerumque ore fim- briatis. Inflorescentia vel “ scapus radicalis," vel panicula, in culmo inferne foliia denudato, WES ramosissima et quam maxime decomposita, ramis simpliciter vel composite spicata, sæpe Inzinson is, adjectis interdum ramulis foliiferis quorum folia minora sunt T spiculis stepissime | verticillato-spicatis. In B. nana et paucis aliis, panicula sepe ın ramulis (basi foliatis) termin 18, fere simplex et interdum valde depauperata. I have already, at p. 76, mentioned how very little Bambusa differs as a genus from Guadua. I have not included any species in Bambusa in which the filaments ap sea delphous, but have placed them in one or other of the two following genera. ` en i to me that the united filamental tube of these two genera indicates an interesting ransi tion between the true Bamboos and the berry-bearing ones, in which the gebei? enclosing the real fruit, which I have already referred to at page 4, possi , a u to be an interior staminodium, or series of stamens of which en Er ; id - ag : » This envelope, in its youngest state, is very soft and ot “an | served it bear the impression of the vascular bundles of the true Conspectus ISpecierum. Sect. T. Stylus brevis, cito fere ad basin 3-fidus, vel (in B. balcooa) ad vel paulo infra medium 3-fidus, i i ue brevibus, plumosis. Geer Ee Spicula cylindrica, I np Folia plerumque angusta et subtus discoloria, venulis transversis COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Culmus suffruticosus. Panicula swpe depauperata et basi foliosa, spiculis interdum solitariis, palea superiore carinis glaberrima Culmus arboreus, elatus, cavus. Panicula decomposita, vasta, basi nuda, rhachi tereti nitida, spiculis coriacels, nitidis, plurimis ferti- libus, lave verticillatis, 1-3 poll. longis, antheris obfusis e e Culmus viz arboreus, gracilis, subsolidus. Panicula ut in B. tulda, sed minor, spieulis plurimis sterilibus, dense verticillatis, 10-14 lin. longis, antheris apiculatis . A ; e ‘ , ; Culmus suóscandens. Folia longe petiolata, vaginis ore nudis. Pani- cula composita, basi foliata (an semper ?) , spiculis coriaceis, nitidis, palea inferiore longe acuminata . i ; ; ; ; : Culmus vir arboreus. Panicula composita, rhachi nitida, glabra, dura, ramis subsimplicibus, spiculis membranaceis, subcompressis, 12-14 lin. longis, palea inferiore apice subobtuso mucronata . : Culmus suffruticosus? Panicula decomposita, rhachi molli, striata, submedullacea, ramis angulatis, spiculis membranaceis, pallidis, 6-12 lin. longis . i Folia lata, venulis transversis conspicuis. Folia basi attenuata, 13-13 poll. lata, ligula brevi. Panicula composita, rhachi cava, fistulosa, spiculis fertilibus 14-2 poll. longis, antheris apice penicillatis . : : à à e ‘ ; . ‘ Folia basi rotundata, 24-33 poll. lata, ligula elongata. Panicula de- composita,’ spiculis (plurimis sterilibus) 10-12 lin. longis, pallidis, antheris apice penicillatis à : ; . . Culmus inermis. Ovarium subobovatum. Spicula brevis, pauciflora. Folia basi rotundata, 2-3 poll. longa, vaginis utrinque auriculatis. Panicula vix composita, rhachi dura, subsolida, spicula 6 lin. longa, flosculis 2-3 perfectis, his palea superiore inferiorem obtusam sepe superante . : : : A ‘ : ; . « Culmus inermis. Ovarium rostratum. Stylus fere ad rostrum 3-fidus, stigmatibus subtenuibus. Spicula vel elongata vel brevis, flos- culis hermaphroditis plerumque, nisi forsan in B. balcooa, paucís. Culmus arboreus, fistulosus. Folia 4-8 poll. longa, 5-7 lin. lata, subtus hirsuta. Spicula cylindrica, pallida, fertilis 12-14 lin. longa, floseulis 3—4 hermaphroditis, antheris seta apieulatis . " e Culmus fistulosus, vix arboreus. Folia 4-6-8 poll. longa, 9-12-18 lin. lata, utrinque glabra. Spicula cylindrica, 7-9 lin. longa, flosculis 2-3 hermaphroditis, antheris obtusis. Ovarii rostro glabro . Culmus elatus, arboreus. Folia tenuia, 4-6 poll. longa, 5-7 lin. lata, subtus Airsufa. Spicula cylindrica, sub 6 lin. longa, flosculis 2-3 perfectis, terminali tabescente longe pedicellato, palea superiore carinis subglabra. Ovarii rostro hirsuto ` ; s : e Culmus subscandens. Folia magna, 12-18 poll. longa, 2-22 poll. lata, — discoloria. Spicula cylindrica, 6 lin. longa, flosculo non- nis penultimo hermaphrodito, terminali pedicellato, palea superiore carinis glabra — , : : d ; i à ; è i Culmus arboreus, fistulosus. Folia subpedalia, 1-2 poll. lata. Spicula ovata vel oblonga, mollis, flosculis 4-6 hermaphroditis, palea superiore carinis longe ciliata. Stylus ad vel paullo infra medium 3-fidus l. B. nana. D . tulda. m nutans. B. affinis. . Zuldoides. by 6. B. angulata. et Lon, Ak 12. a . 14. 3. B. teres. I Falconeri. by . breviflora. . B. pallida. B. Khasiana. B. polymorpha. B. Griffithiana. B. balcooa. — COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. Culmus spinosus. Ovarium rostratum. Caryopsis basi styli trifidi coro- nata, subtricornuta. Culmus suffruficosus, nanus. Folia parva, vix 2 poll. longa. Spicula 8-12-flora, rhachilla valde conspicua, flexuosa, paleis hiantibus, in- feriore rostrato-acuminata . š e í e e ; . 15. B. flexuosa. Culmus elongatus, vix arboreus. Folia 3-6 poll. longa. Spicula sub 8-flora, rhachilla tandem conspicua, paleis imbricatis, inferiore mu- eronato-acuta . ; s ; ` ; ` : ‘ . 16. B. Blumeana. Sect. II. Stylus basi subbulbosus, profunde (sed non ad basin) 2-3-fidus, stigma- tibus longis, tenuibus. Ovarium infra apicem constrictum. Cary- opsis conico-rostrato-acuta. Palea superior in flosculis perfectis inferiorem plerumque superans. Culmus spinosus. Panicule rhachis teres, glaberrima, nitida, dura, glome- rulis plerumque paucispiculatis. Spicula 8-12 lin. longa, 6-12-flora, flosculis fertilibus 3-7 . 17. B. arundinacea. Culmus spinosus. ` Panicule rhachis teres, striata, vir nitida, dura, spi- culis plerumque dense glomerato-verticillatis. Spicula coriacea, sæpe monoica, 5-6 lin. longa, 4—6-flora, flosculis fertilibus 2-3 — . 18. B. spinosa. Culmus inermis? Panicule rhachis glauco-viridis, angulata, submollis. Spicula submembranacea, 7-9 lin. longa, 5-8-flora, flosculis ferti- libus 8-5 . 5 à i ^ e e ; ; . 19. B. orientalis. Sect. III. Stylus longus, basi simplex, hirsutus, superne tantum (vel, in B. Old- hami, ad medium) 2-3-fidus. Culmus inermis. ` Culmus arboreus. Spicula oblonga, subcompressa, evoluta quasi bifida. Palea inferior basi subattenuata, superne margine fimbriata. An- theræ pilis brevibus apieulate. Squamulæ 3 ; : . 90. B. vulgaris. Culmus subarboreus. Panicula composita. Spicula ovata vel ovato-lan- ceolata, 7-8 lin. longa, flosculis 7-11, palea inferiore basi latissima. Squamulz 3 ; S : : CUT "usum: . 21. B. Beecheyana. Culmus eximie fistulosus, cavus, suffruticosus ? Panicula subsimplex. Spicula ovato-lanceolata, 12-13 lin. longa, flosculis 8-13, palea infe- riore basi latissima. Squamule 2-3. Stylus sepe ad medium 3-fidus 22. B. Oldhami. Culmus arboreus, maximus. Spicula ovata, brevissima, 3-4 lin. longa. Palea inferior spinoso-acuta, margine longe fimbriata. Squamule s 1-2-3 uM ilv Re . 23. B. Brandisii. 1. B. xaxa, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 25 (1814); Fl. Ind. ii. 199. Panicula interdum depau- perata, in ramulis sepe efoliatis paucispiculata, subsimplici et etiam monostachya, ramulis foliif spiculis eylindrieis, perfeetis 1-13 poll. longis, staminibus 6, quorum 3 interdum (lusu) caribus, interdum majoribus, 3-5 poll. longis, auriculato-fimbriatis.—B. nana, hb. Ham. x S Cat. et Lindl. in Penny Cye. (1835) ; Reem. et Sch. /. c. vii. 1355; bunda, Zoll., Steud. in Zoll. Cat. 57 ; Syn. 330; 285, teste Kurz in herb. ex hort. Bogor. B.¢ Kew ex herb. Zucc. B. glaucescens, Sieb. Cat. e VOL. XXVI. N ramulis foliiferis adjectis, interdum iiferis terminali, raro composita, palea superiore margine glaberrima, obsoletis, foliis plerumque parvis, 1-3-polli- subtus ewsio-glaueis, vaginis ore sub- in Wall. Cat. 5086! B. glauca, Loddig. Blume. B. flori- Miquel, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lug.-Bat. ii. esia, Sieb. et Zucc. fide spec. in herb. t Hort. B. sterilis, Kurz in Hort. 90 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. Bogor. fide Miq. 7. c. (var. foliis supremis valde deminutis ramulisque pluribus efoli- atis). Zscurochloa floribunda, Büse, in Pl. Jungh. 390; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 422. Arundinaria glaucescens, P. de B. Agros. 144, et supra, p. 22, cum syn. omnibus. Ludit glumis et etiam paleis inferioribus flosculorum inferiorum in folia conversis, stylo 2—4-fido, staminibus 3, vel etiam 6, obsoletis, filamentis basi squamulseformibus. Hab. in China (“ Keu-fa” incolis), Roxburgh ; in J aponia, Buerger ; ins. Niphon in sylvis montanis prope Susokatogi, Pierrot. Cult. in hortis Ind. or. Dacca et Calcutta, Hamilton! Roxburgh, Hooker! ; in hort. Ceylon, status abnormalis, staminibus 3-6 plus minus obsoletis, sub nom. “ Chinese Bamboo,” Thwaites!; in hort. Java, Blume, Kurz!; in hortis Europe plurimis. (“ Tsiutsik ” vel “ Tsiuts Take," Jap.) v. v. et s. Culmus suffruticosus, inermis, fistulosus, 6-8-pedalis, diametro 13-lineali; spathis (in culmis junioribus) 14 poll. longis, glaberrimis, striatis, intus nitidis, apiculo lanceolato basi biauriculato semipollicari. Rami simplices vel compositi, ad nodos inferiores numerosissimi, ad superiores 2-4-8 semiverticil- lati, internodiis superne glabris vel scabriusculis vel pruinoso-glaucis. Folia plerumque parva, lanceolata, 1-24 poll. longa, 2-5 lin. lata, interdum majora, 3-5 poll. longa, apice acutissima, basi subcordato-rotundata, petiolo glabro flavescente, subtus pulchre cesio-glauca, pilis brevissimis pube- scentia vel demum glabrescentia, nervis secundariis subconspicuis, utroque latere 3-5. Vagine glabr:e, striate, ore biappendiculatze, fimbriate vel demum nudie. Inflorescentia nunc panicula de- pauperata, spiculis in spica remotiflora dissite sparsis, ramo, foliis cito delapsis, basi nudo terminali ; nune spicula solitaria pauceve, ramulis dense foliiferis terminales; raro (in spec. e Ceylon) panieula composita (an culmo terminalis ?), subaphylla, internodiis 4—6 poll. longis, spiculis in glo- merulis per ramos breves, simplices vel compositos, semiverticillatos dissite sparsis, paucis, inzequa- libus. Spicula primum cylindrica, demum subcompressa, 7-11-flora, glabra, rhachille articulis con- spicuis, elongatis, sulcatis, superne tantum hirsutis, glumis sepe gemmiparis et interdum, in spiculis solitariis, apice in laminam foliaceam expansis, flosculis 1-2 inferioribus et 2-3 superioribus incom- pletis (vel masculis vel femineis), intermediis 3-6 hermaphroditis. Palea inferior 14—18-nervis, vix acuta, glaberrima, superiorem multinervosam, carinis glabram, apice tantum subhirsutam involvens et superans. Squamule typice 3, lanceolate, elongatz, basi interdum callosz et inconspicue nervos. Stamina typice 6, antherarum connectivis nunc obtusis nune seta apiculatis. Stylus cito 3-fidus, stigmatibus pulchre plumosis. Ovarium stipitatum, obovatum, superne hirsutum. In statu luso e Ceylon, a Thwaites mihi misso, stamina 1-3 tantum perfecta, tria plus minus obsoleta ; hzc nune squamularum formam arrogant, nunc ad rudimenta brevissima, squamulis normalibus adhe- rentia, redacta. Stylus sspe abnormalis, nunc indivisus, nunc bifidus, cruribus 1-2 iterum divisis, et hine stigmatibus 4, nune trifidus. In flosculis nonnullis 2-3 ovaria adsunt. Whilst these pages were passing through the press, I received some flowering spe- cimens of this plant from Mr. Thwaites, which have enabled me to ascertain that the opinions which I have long entertained, as stated above at p. 22, regarding the identity of B. nana and Arundinaria glaucescens, are correct. Some of Mr. Thwaites's specimens are evidently in the same condition as those seen and figured by Ruprecht in fig. 3. tab. i. of his memoir on Bambus, the three abortive stamens apparently being figured as 3 ovaries. The rudiments of these stamens are certainly sometimes extremely minute, although occa- sionally they are nearly half as long as, and very similar to, the squamule. In all the flowers which I have examined, I have been able, after careful maceration, to discover the vascular bundles of the filaments. Thwaites says, in a note attached to the specimen, COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 91 « Flowers usually imperfect; I can see no ripe seeds forming.” In all the other spe- cimens which I have seen from Buitenzorg and Kew (where the plants flowered in October 1862), the 6 stamina are quite perfect, and the spieula is regular in all respects. It is very closely allied to B. tulda. I have observed in the living plants that the terminal leaf of the branch is not as glaucous as the remainder of the leaves on the same branch. 2. B. TULDA, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 25 (1814) ; Fl. Ind. ii. 193, Icon. 1403! et herb. Roxb. ! Culmo inermi, fistuloso, excelso, florifero basi aphyllo, sed ramulis ultimis floriferis sæpe basi foliatis; panicula ampla, decomposita, rhachi nitida glaberrima, ramis simplicibus vel compositis, divaricatis; spiculis in vertieilis simplicibus vel com- positis per ramulos ultimos sparsis, interdum solitariis, lanceolatis, plurimis ferti- libus, 1-3 poll. longis, multifloris, nitidis, articulis rhachille conspicuse longis, apice fimbriatis; palea inferiore acuta, margine superne swpe brevifimbriata, superiore carinis longe ciliata; antheris obtusis, ovario obovato, apice hirsuto ; foliis lineari-lan- ceolatis, 4-12 poll. longis, 6-12 lin. latis, subtus plerumque hirsutis, petiolo supra hirsuto.— B. trigyna, Roxb. MS. herb. Mus. Brit.! B. macala, hb. Ham. Hab. in Ind. or. Bengal (“ Tulda Bans” incolis), Roxburgh ! 5030 c. ! Wallich, Griffith! ; Birgung, 880 bis ! (folia tantum); Takurgung, 880! Ab. Hamilton, Wall. Cat. 50964; Assam? Seebsagur, 944! Masters; Tenasserim, Martaban, Meaong! Trogla! 5027! Wallich; var. ramulis floriferis basi foliatis (“ Jowa Bans”), Bengal, Serampore! Hort. Bot. Cat. ! Griffith, herb. Rozb.! in Wall. Cat. 50308! et in herb. Mus. Brit.!; Cachar (“ Dullooah”)! Hooker. v. s. Culmus arboreus, elatus, gregarius, inermis, fistulosus (parietibus tenuibus), “ diebus 30 altitudinem 20-70-pedalem, cum diametro 2-4-pollicari, attingens » (Roxb.), spathis coriaceis cito deciduis, Folia lineari-lanceolata, acuta, basi rotundata vel cordata irsuto, 4-6-12 poll. longa, 8-12 lin. lata, supra tactu raro glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6, incon- hirsute, margine uno ciliate, utroque latere auri- ligula brevi. Panicula vasta, decomposita, decompositis, ramulis ultimis, ad nodos, spi- ramis numerosissimis, ultimis bifariis. vel raro attenuata, petiolo brevi, plano, supra h scabra, subtus pallidiora et plerumque hirsuta, spieuis. Vagine superne, interdum pilis longis, eulatis, auriculis interdum elongatis et longe ciliatis, oblonga, undulata, ramis ramulisque numerosis supra cw culas vel solitarias vel 2-3-nas vel laxe glomeratas gerentibus, folus non SES infarct intran- tibus, axillis interdum spiculam elongatam 3-pollicarem ferentibus. Spicula nius, Le fer- tilis, cylindrica, lanceolata, 9-36 lin. longa, 7-10-12-flora, thachille conspicuæ — npe ees pressis, apice tantum hirsutis, glumis inferioribus gemmiparis. Palea geng ev BECH mg a, acuminata, basi submembranacea et plicata, interdum 12 lin. longe, mra 18, es e | S brevissime finbriata; superior subbrevior vel fere wquilonga, mue u longe = en a apice pilis penicillata. Squamule longe vel longissime fimbriate, t " = ii Fe = nervosæ, duæ obtusæ, tertia lanceolata. Anthere “ rubro-purpure®, mutice ve apiculate. Stylus cito divisus in stigmata 3 plumosa. tatum. Caryopsis oblonga vel ovalis, apice obtuso hirsuta. i^ js This species, unless the following, P. nutans, should prove rs Ee iso. appears to be principally confined to the plains of Bengal an d S vinces; but I am unable to distinguish specifically khe Bp vq ut see dere in 1827 in the teak-forests of Martaban, and contained in his ims En ABER solid section, however, of the stem which is attached to these spec E eg A KE Ovarium obovatum, apıce hirsutum, stipi- 92 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. than is usual in B. tulda. Arnott, in his MS. notes on Hamilton's grasses, says that 880 hb. Ham., Wall. 5026 A, is “ Beesha Rheedei ;" but that is certainly not the case in the specimens of that number in Wallich’s herbarium in the possession of the Linnean Society. Some of the specimens of this species from Calcutta are marked “ B. strieta,” and some “ B. latifolia.” 3. B. NvTANs, Wallich, MS. in herb. 5031! Culmo inermi, subsolido, gracili, vix arboreo, florifero, interdum aphyllo, interdum ramis foliiferis floriferisque ex eodem nodo erumpentibus; panicula nutante, composita, rhachi nitida, glaberrima, ramis plerumque brevibus, erectis, sæpe a basi dense spicatis ; spiculis dimorphis, in verti- cillis approvimatis dense glomeratis, plurimis sterilibus, gemmiparis, sub 10 lin. longis, acutis, rhachill articulis brevibus, subhirsutis, paucis fertilibus, 13-23 poll. longis, rhachillæ articulis longis, subglabris; palea inferiore (spiculæ fertilis) longe acuminata, sæpe 1 poll. longa, antherarum connectivo elongato; foliis plerumque 4-7 poll. longis, discoloribus, subtus pilosis et sæpe canescentibus, vaginis plerumque glabris, margine efimbriatis. | Hab. in Ind. or. Nepal, Nag-Arjoon, Wallich, Cat. 5031! Silhet (“ Peechle Bans”), Da Costa in Wall. Cat. 5030 4! spiculis fertilibus evolutis; Khasia, no. 316 in Kew Mus. ! Griffith, spiculis fere omnibus sterilibus, foliis subtus canescentibus; Assam, Seebsagar (^ Bidhooli Bans "), no. 945 ! (^ Mukial Bans”) no. 946 ! Masters (folia tantum) ; Sikkim? Pemionchi ! alt. 5000-7000 ped. s. m. (* Mahlo” incolis), Thomson (folia), var. foliis latioribus et culmo fistuloso. v. s. Culmus vix arboreus, foliiferus, subsolidus, in spec. a me visis gracilis, 13 lin. diametro, internodiis 4 poll. longis, ramis szepe simplicibus, semiverticillatis, adjectis interdum, in spec. e Khasia, ramis floriferis aphyllis. Folia vix petiolata, lineari-lanceolata, apice attenuato-acuta, basi rotundata vel cuneata, 4-7 vel raro 9 poll.longa, 6-9 (raro 12-15) lin. lata, supra subfusca, uno latere marginibusque tactu scabra, subtus pallida vel canescentia, pilosa vel raro glabra, nervis secundariis utroque latere 4-6-9. Pagine plerumque glabrz, dorso carinate, margine nunquam ciliate, collo biauriculate, auriculis interdum elongatis, ciliis non raro 9 lin. longis, fimbriatis, ligula subelongata, obtusa, dorso hirsuta. Panicula, in culmo florifero, vix expansa (pars superior 10-pedalis, internodiis 5—6 poll. longis, adest), ramis validis, suberectis, plerumque brevibus et simplicibus, ssepe ex ima basi floriferis, verticillis densis, approximatis, spiculis plerisque gemmiparis, sterilibus, acutissimis, 10-12 lin. longis, rhachille conditz articulis subhirsutis, apice fimbriatis, flosculis swpe bipaleaceis sed imperfectis. Spicula fertilis 14-24 poll. longa, nitida, 7-9-flora, flosculis hermaphroditis 3-5, rhachillz conspicuse articulis longis, glabris vel apice fimbriatis, palea inferiore longissime acuminata, interdum 1 poll. longa, margine subglabra, intus hirsutiuscula, superiorem carinis ciliatam superante. Squamule obtuse, ieu longe ciliate, multinerves, subæquales. Stamina 6 vel rarissime 7!, connectivo elongato. Ova- rium obovatum, stipitatum. Caryopsis oblonga, apice obtuso hirsuta. This may possibly be a mountain form of B. tulda; but it appears to me to be a much smaller plant, with a slender and nearly solid stem. The ligula is more extended, the leaves generally whiter below, and the vagine are never fringed on the margin; the paucity of fertile spicule is also remarkable. Griffith’s herbarium contains a large number of specimens; but I have scarcely been able to find a dozen perfect spicule amongst them. Wall. Cat. 50304 exhibits a very perfect developed state; 50308 & C are ordinary forms of B. tulda. Thomson says that bows are made in Sikkim from the COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 93 * Mah-lo" bamboo. Some specimens, under the same native name, collected by Hooker in Sikkim, appear to me to be quite distinct; and I think there is considerable doubt about the identity of Thomson’s specimens, which are in leaf only. 4. B. AFFINIS, Munro. Culmo florifero foliato ? diffuso, scandente, panicule colorate ramis elongatis, erectis, ad nodos paucis, spiculis coriaceis, coloratis, palea inferiore longe acuminata, foliis petiolatis, fere setaceo-acuminatis, vaginis ore efimbriatis, conspicue ligulatis. Hab. in Ind. or. Burmah; Yoongalum (“ Theeshe ” incolis), no. 18, Brandis! v. s. “ Culmus diffusus, scandens, diametro vix bipollicari,” ramulis foliiferis 1-1}-pedalibus, semper in speci- minibus visis apice floriferis. Folia lanceolata, 4-8 poll. longa, 10-12 lin. lata, demum refracta, basi rotundata, conspicue petiolata, apice fere setaceo-acuminata, margine brevissime serrata, utrinque glabra, subtus pallidiora, nervis secundariis utroque latere 8-10 vel interdum 5 (teste Brandis). Vagine striate, glaberrimz, infra petiolum membrana integra coriacea terminate, ore non-fimbriate, ligula producta, obtusissima. Panicula in culmo foliifero terminalis, an semper ?, internodiis glaber- rimis, 4-7 poll. longis, ramulis ad internodia 2-3, sepe pedalibus et ultra, spiculas paucas, coriaceas, nitidas, subpollicares, semiverticilatas, per intervalla 2-4 poll. distantes, gerentibus. Interdum spica, fere simplex, in ramulis foliiferis terminalis. Spicula coriacea, 6-10-flora, nitidissima, lwte fusca, rhachillz articulis striatis, subbrevibus, apice brevissime fimbriatis. Palea inferior plus quam 20-nervis, basi plicata, apice longe acuminata; superior multo angustior, inter carinas ciliatas 7-nervis, et extus carinas utrinque 4-nervis. Sguamule 3, fere crasse, basi nervose et subplicate, duæ majores basi interdum coalite. Ovarium subobovatum, apice obtuso subhirsutum et attenuatum in stylum, cito in stigmata 3 divisum. This, again, approaches very closely to B. tulda; but the scandent habit would appear to keep it distinct, as well as the long petioles, and vaginæ without any traces of a fringe, but with a ligule of some length. The specimens are not sufficiently perfect to show whether the leaf-bearing and flowering culms are ever distinct; but that is not likely to be the case in a climbing plant. 5. B. TuULDoIDEs, Munro. Culmo inermi, vix arboreo, fistuloso ; paniculee ramis inferi- oribus subsimplicibus, semiverticillatis, paueis, superioribus alternis, foliis genns inflorescentiam intrantibus, rhachi nitida, glabra, dura, tereti; spiculis pallidis, non cylindrico-compressis, subuncialibus, rhachilla tandem visi- vix dense aggregatis, palea inferiore tis, subtus pallidis et hirsutis, vaginis Beechey’s Voyage, 254, ad not., non nitidis, membranaceis, bili, in glomerulis, plus minus distantibus, apice subobtusa, subito mucronata ; foliis angus glabris.— 2. Blumeana ? Hook. et Arn. Bot. Rom. et Sch. B. tulda, Benth. Fl. Hongk. 434, non Roxb. , 8657 ! 7486 ! Hance ; Formosa, 652! Oldham. v.s. Culmus subarboreus ?, inermis, subsolidus vel fistulosus. (Ramuli uA id d en tantum adsunt) hee folia 5-7 poll. longa, 5-8 lin. lata, lanceolata, ; = 228 ues x aa d core gine (preecipue basin versus) longe serrata, supra amem vel vi E etin re nervis secundariis utrinque 6-8, subconspicuis. Vagine pu po = igo GH paucis caducis fimbriatis biauriculate. Folia floralia similis, wea erg wg cg d secundariis paucioribus, auriculis vaginz obsoletis. Panicula diametro ; Hab. in China, Canton, Millett!; Hongkong 94 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. ramis simplicibus vel compositis, valde inzequalibus, ad nodos inferiores 5—6, ad superiores 1-3, sub semiverticillatis, inZernodiis infimis apice scabriusculis, glomerulis plerumque paucispiculatis, raro subdensifloris, approximatis vel distantibus. Spicula pallida, membranacea, non nitida, interdum tortuosa, rhachille (tandem conspicus) articulis inferioribus brevibus, apice tantum hirsutis, 12-14 lin. longa, 4-8-flora, flosculo infimo masculo, 2-5 sequentibus fertilibus, 1-2 supremis tabescentibus. Palea inferior nervosa, glabra, obtusa, brevimucronata; superior vix vel multo brevior, acuminata, apice fasciculo pilorum terminata, carinis superne tantum breviciliatis. Squamule obovate, obtusis- simæ, longe et tenuissime fimbriate. Anthere obtuse. Stylus cito 3-fidus in stigmata 3 sublonga et tenuia. Ovarium stipitatum, fere obovatum, apice hirsutum, in stylum rostratum. Caryopsis 21 lin. longa, obtusa, fere glabra. In the structure of the spicula this is very close to B. tulda; but the plant appears to be smaller, and to have a generally different appearance. Moreover Mr. Hance, who has had an opportunity of observing the plant when growing, is decidedly of opinion that it is distinct. The perfect spicules are much smaller than in 2. tulda, and have not the usual shining appearance; the lower palea is blunter and has fewer nerves; the vaginæ are more glabrous and more deeply striated; and I have never observed the lowest branches near the main axis to be scabrous in tulda, as they often are in this species. D B. ANGULATA, Munro. Culmo inermi, herbaceo?, fistuloso, paniculz rhachi molli, submedullosa, sulcato-striata, internodiis apice subhirsutis, ramis ramulisque angu- latis, uno latere sæpe hirsutis, verticillis sepe compositis, distantibus, spiculis 6-12 lin. longis, membranaceis, pallidis, foliis angustis, subconcoloribus, subtus hirsutis, vaginis superne hirsutis, oreque ciliatis. Hab. in China, Formosa, no. 650! Oldham. v.s. Culmus suffruticosus? vel herbaceus? (ramuli foliiferi 3-4, disjuncti, infernodiis inferioribus hirsutis tantum adsunt). Folia 3-7 poll. longa, 6-8 lin. lata, apice setaceo-acuminata, basi rotundata vel cuneata, vix petiolata, supra uno latere marginibusque aspera, subtus vix pallidiora, hirsuta, nervis secundariis utroque latere 5-6. Vagine superne hirsute vel tandem glabrescentes, margine uno fimbriatz, collo auriculate. Panicula aphylla (pars superior 9-pedalis adest), internodiis inferioribus 5-6 poll. longis, apice hirsutis, rhachi suleato-striata, molli, fere medullacea, viridi-glauca, ramis inferioribus sæpe compositis, superioribus simplicibus, ramulisque angulatis, striatis, mollibus, wno latere sulcatis et ssepe hirsutis, glomerulis plerumque distantibus, sæpe compositis. Spicula pallida, TEE lin. longa, basi attenuata, 5-6-flora, floseulis 1-3 fertilibus, palea inferiore brevimucronata, superiore sub lente hirsutiuscula, carinis fimbriata, Anthere obtuse. Stylus cito 3-fidus. Squa- "e ovate, apice fimbriatze, subzequales, tertia minor. Ovarium stipitatum, tandem subobovatum, apice vix hirsutum. In spieulis perpaucis, forsan morbosis, palea superior intus hirsuta, dorso rugosa, squamule carnose et fusco-hirsute, cum ovario rostrato apice glabro, occurrunt. | This species, of which I have seen but one specimen, collected by the late Mr. Richard Oldham, in 1864, appears to be more herbaceous than any other Bambusa. The green, striated, almost pithy panicle, with angled branches, distinguishes it from all other allied species. B. orientalis of Nees approaches it in having a soft and striated panicle, but has a very different style and fruit. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 95 7. B. TERES, hb. Ham. 881, Wall. Cat. 50265. Culmo ignoto, panicule rhachi eximie fistulosa, cava, striata, non dura, ramis angulatis, spiculis in semiverticillis paucis, sie 1 . . . D H H D D i fertilibus 13-2 poll. longis, palea inferiore longe acuminata, antheris apice penicil- e E ee 1 3 K a e i 2 latis; folis 15-12 poll. latis, 12-14 poll. longis, basi attenuatis, venulis transversis crebris, sepe conspicuis, ligula brevi. Hab. in Ind. or. Bengal, Gongachora, 881! Hamilton, Griffith! (folia tantum) ; Assam! Jenkins (flores sine folis). v.s. Culmus Folia lanceolata, 12-14 poll. longa, 13-13 poll. lata, basi inzequalia, attenuata, vix petiolata, apice rostrato-acuminata, margine brevissime serrata, supra glabra, sed uno latere tactu scabra; subtus pilis brevibus hirsuta, tandem glabrescentia, nervo centrali valido, secundariis utrinque 11-16 subconspicuis, venulis transversis sat crebris (inferne precipue) conspicuis. Vagine pilis paucis, superne hirsute vel glabra, infra petiolum membrana coriacea terminate, ore nude, ligula brevi. Panicula composita vel decomposita (nodi 3-4 tantum adsunt), rhachi 3-33 lin. diametro, eximie cava, parietibus tenuissimis, striata, non dura, ramis angulatis, 1-2 longis, reliquis brevibus, vix com- positis, erectis, ad nodos semiverticillatis, bracteis longis membranaceis stipatis. Spicule in glome- rulis, basi bracteatis, pauce, plerumque 1 fertilis et 1-2 steriles. Fertilis fere 2 poll. longa, non nitida, 7-8-flora, floseulis 6 sepe fertilibus, rhachille articulis obeuneatis, apice fimbriatis. Palea inferior in flosculis infimis interdum apice subfoliacea, nervosa, plerumque longe acuminata, 10 lin. longa, margine fere glabra; superior inter carinas superne, nisi ipso apice, ciliatas 5-6-nervis, apice pilis penicillata. Anthere apice penicillate. Squamule longe fimbriate, 10-14-nerves, subobovatie. , Ovarium apice hirsutissimum, subobovatum et rostratum, in stylum profunde 3-fidum. I have only seen some portions of a panicle of this plant, and therefore have had but slight materials to describe a species from. However, the very hollow panicle, with large spieulee, and much acuminated lower palea, combined with the broad leaves and their erve to distinguish this from B. tulda and all its allies. has also broad leaves; but they are rounded at the to other (less conspicuous) points of conspicuous transverse veinlets, s The following species, B. Falconeri, base, and the ligules are much elongated, in addition difference. B. Oldhami has a panicle very similar to that of this species. Culmo vix elato?, fistuloso; panicula decomposita, rhachi fistulosa, pallida, viridi, non nitida nec dura, ramis semiteretibus, spe a basi densi- floris, ramulorum internodiis apice hirsutis, spiculis plurimis sterilibus, in verticillis approximatis, vix dense aggregatis, fertilibus 10-12 lin. longis, palea inferiore acu- minata, antheris apice penicillatis ; foliis 12-17 poll. longis, usque 3$ poll. latis, basi rotundatis, venulis transversis crebris, sat conspicuis, ligula valde elongata.—B. fistu- losa ? Royle, MS. ad herb. 373! Hab. in Ind. or. Himalaya, Gurhwal, Dehra Dhoon ! alt. math? (* Chye" incolis), 4000 ped. s. m., Strachey et Winter laya (* Kag”), Royle. v. s. 8. B. Fatconeri, Munro. 2000-3000 ped. s. m., Falconer (florifer) ; Okee- bottom! (folia tantum, dubia); Hima- Culmus fistulosus, an subarboreus?, internodiis apice farinoso-hirsutis. ee prem ee s ovato-lanceolata, basi «qualia, subrotundata, apice Ba ear md erba Acus e al ccce u epus wm pepper UAR eat ne interdum pilis brevibus subhirsuta, nervis secundariis — 12-16, recor eigenen spicuis. Vagine primum hirsute, tandem pilorum residuis scabree, ore efim ; spicua, 96 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. elongata. Panicula decomposita (pars superior 3-pedalis adest), internodiis 5-8 poll. longis, rhachi pallide virente, striata, non dura, ramulis ad nodos subdense verticillatis, r2? sesquipedalibus, reliquis brevibus, internodiis subangulatis, plerisque apice subviscido-hirsutis, spiculis pallidis, plu- rimis sterilibus, gemmiparis, in verticilis sepe compositis vix dense aggregatis. Spicula fertilis 10-12 lin. longa, sub 10-flora, flosculis 4-5 supremis gradatim tabescentibus, rhachille articulis cuneatis, apice pilis longis ciliatis. Palea inferior nervosa, margine vix fimbriata, acuminata ; supe- rior angustior et brevior, inter carinas longe ciliatas 5-7-nervis. Squamule 3, tenues, subzequales, duæ interdum oblique, obtusze, vix nervosze, longe fimbriate. Anthere pilis 1-2 vel plurimis peni- cillate. Ovarium subobovatum, apice pilis longis hirsutum, in stylum cito trifidum vix rostratum. As regards inflorescence, this species is to be distinguished from B. teres by having a much less hollow panicle, very much smaller, more densely crowded, and paler-coloured spicule, with the lower palea much less acuminated. The panicle, in general appearance, bears a considerable resemblance to that of B. nutans. Ido not feel quite certain about the foliage. The flowering specimens were collected by Falconer in the Dehra Dhoon in September 1840, and the leaves in October 1839; and it is, therefore, just possible that they may have belonged to different species. The specimens collected in the interior of Gurhwal by Strachey are a little doubtful. They are evidently taken from young, almost undeveloped shoots; and the ligules are rather shorter than in Falconer’s specimens, and the leaves have fewer secondary nerves; but in other respects they agree . very well. 9. B. BREVIFLORA, Munro. Culmo inermi, arborescente?, subsolido, ramis inferioribus sepe basi foliatis, apice floriferis, superioribus foliiferis tantum ; panicula in ramo terminali, swbspicata, verticillis paucispiculatis, spieulis brevibus, vix 6 lin. longis, lividis, paucifloris, flosculis 2-3 perfectis, his palea superiore inferiorem obtusam, brevissime mucronatam superante, ovario subobovato ; foliis parvis, subtus hirsutis, vaginis ore utrinque ciliato-auriculatis. Hab. in China,. Formosa, Tamsuy, 651! Oldham; Lintao! Dr. Cantor in herb. Benth. (quoad flores, folia aliena sunt— B. Cantori). v.s. | Culmus arborescens ?, subsolidus, durus, nitidus, internodiis 5-6 poll. longis (in spec. viso 3-pedali), ramis | ad nodos fasciculatis, inferioribus inferne nodosis, teretibus, simplicibus vel compositis, apice flori- feris, sæpe basi foliatis, foliis cito caducis, superioribus foliiferis tantum, adjecto hinc et inde ramulo florifero, basi nudo. Folia lanceolata, 13-4 poll. longa, 6-8 lin. lata, basi rotundata, petiolo brevi, compresso, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine aspera, vix serrata, subglabra, subtus hirsuta; nervis secundariis utrinque 4—5, vix a tertiariis discernendis. Vagine sulcate, glabrz, utrinque auriculat®, auriculis ciliis, interdum 8 lin. longis fimbriate. Panicula in ramis vel ramulis terminalis, verti- cillato-spicata, verticillis subzequidistantibus, paucispiculatis, simplicibus. Spicula subcylindrica, acuta, sub 6 lin. longa, rhachille articulis brevissimis, livida, nitida, 5-7-flora, flosculis 3-4 termi- nalibus gradatim tabescentibus, intermediis 2-3 perfectis, his palea inferiore ccn glabra, obtusa, sed brevissime mucronata, a palea superiore (submembranacea, inter carinas SE ient fim- briatas 5-7-nervi) superata. Squamule longe fimbriate, nectivo obtuso-elongato. apice hirsutum. inconspieue nervose. Antherarum con- Stylus cito 3-fidus in stigmata sublonga. Ovarium stipitatum, obovatum, The nearly simply spicate and fascicled : anicles and TE Gei SS ed spiculee distinguish this from H and very small darkish-colour all the species of Bambusa which have an obovate ovary. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 97 The leaves attached to Dr. Cantor’s specimen are deeply tessellated on both sides, and appear to belong to a very different plant. The flowers are, I feel persuaded, identical with the plant above described. 10. B. PALLIDA, Munro. Culmo inermi, fistuloso, florifero basi efoliato, foliis reliquis minoribus, raro inflorescentiam intrantibus; panieula glaberrima, ramis semi- verticillatis, patulis; spiculis pallidis, biformibus, cylindricis, in glomerulis, per ramos ramulosque dissitis, aggregatis, spiculis perfectis subuneialibus, flosculis 3-4 herma- phroditis, supremis hirsutiusculis, rhachilla vix unquam visibili, palea inferiore superiore subduplo longiore, stylo cito 3-fido, ovario lineari-oblongo, apice attenuato, foliis angustis, basi attenuatis, subtus pilis longis hirsutis. Hab. in Ind. or. Bengalia orient. Pundua! et Silhet! cult. (floriger!), Cachar (“ Burwal” et “ Bakhal ” incolis) (folia tantum), Khasia, Joowye, alt. 3500 ped. s. m., no, 602! et 607! Kew Mus. (“ Usken ” | incolis) (folia tantum), Hooker et Thomson. v. s. Culmus 50-pedalis, erectus, fistulosus, cavus, glaber, inermis, diametro 2-24 poll., internodiis superioribus 4-7 poll. longis, spathis 3-4 poll. longis, pilis fuscis, basi bulbosis hirsutis, apiculo 4-7-unciali, e basi amplissima, culmis junioribus foliacea, eximie auriculata, attenuato. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 4-8 poll. longa, 5-7 (raro 14) lin. lata, membranacea, basi subcuneata, vix petiolata, supra glabra, sed uno margine tactu scabra, subtus sepe pallidiora, pilis sublongis hirsuta, nervis secundariis utroque latere sub 4-6 raro 8, margine serrata. Vagine glabre, sulcato-striate, lateribus productee et inter- dum conspicue auriculatz, auriculis ciliis perpaucis, subrigidis, cito caducis fimbriatis, ligula brevis- sima. Panicula ramosa, rhachi fistulosa, glaberrima, ramis inequalibus, simplicibus vel compositis: spiculis plurimis sterilibus, cum paucis (1—4) fertilibus ad nodos ramorum ramulorumque semiverti- cillatis, verticilis rarissime proliferis. Spicula pallida, sterilis 3-5 lin., fertilis 12-14 lin. longa, 7-10-flora ; flosculo infimo (fertilis) masculo, sequentibus 3-4 perfectis, terminalibus 8-5 gt datim tabescentibus et sepe dorso, basin versus, hirsutis ; rhachille articulis inferioribus brevissimis, apice incrassatis et fimbriatis. Palea inferior dorso glabra, intus pubescens, multi BEER, mucro- ( carinis breviciliatam longe superans. Antherarum connectivum sefa sub- membranacex, basi 2-3-nerves, apice longe Ovarium (immaturum) apice nata, superiorem attenuatam, longa apiculatum, interdum nudum. Squamule oblong®, fimbriate. Stylus cito 3-fidus in stigmata 3 brevia, pulehre plumosa. attenuatum, nullo modo obovatum. Caryopsis ignota. This bears a considerable resemblance to B. tulda, from which, however, the attenuated ovary at once distinguishes it. Very few of the spiculie (sometimes 2c "mg a branch) appear to be perfect; the sterile spicule are numerous and very much smaller. 11. B. Kuasrawa, Munro. Culmo fistuloso, vix duro, inermi ; ramulis pese — inferioribus verticillatis, superioribus alternis, basi vel nudis vel fo mam um am tandem complanatis, sub 9 lin. longis, in glomerulis seepe Edd. se dos paucifloris, aggregatis, palea inferiore superiore vo n m pm ! al 3-fido, ovario rostrato, rostro glabro ; foliis lanceolatis, acumine hirsutissum ki natis, vaginis primum ore fimbriatis. | | | Hab. in India or. Khasia 2000 to 4000 p. s. m., Churra, no. 1097!; Jasper Hill, Mahadeb, no. 496! (“ Tumar ” vel “Tomar” incolis), Hooker. v. s. : VOL. XXVI. f 98 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. Culmus fistulosus, glaber, suffruticosus ?, spathis subsemipedalibus, basi barba fulva cinctis, dorso pilis nigris, bulbosis hirsutis, margine longe ciliatis, apiculo triangulari, basi fimbriato, brevissimo, 3-5 lin. longo terminatis. Rami foliiferi geniculati, pauci (5-8), basi bracteati, verticillati, apice folia pauca (3-5) gerentes. Folia plerumque 4-6 poll. longa, et 9-12 lin. lata, in ramulis floriferis 8 poll. longa, et 18 lin. lata, lanceolata, basi rotundato-attenuata in petiolum sublongum, acumine, preecipue in foliis junioribus, hirsutissimo terminata, utrinque glabra, nervis secundariis plurimis, «gre a terti- ariis discernendis, membranacea, pallida. Vagine glabre, breviter subbiaurieulatze, ore ciliis paucis, fuscis, plicatis, cito deciduis fimbriatze, ligula demum elongata. Panicule ramis inferioribus verti- cillatis, simplicibus, valde inzequalibus, superioribus alternis, seepe gracilibus, loriformibus, basi ple- rumque nudis, interdum paucifoliatis, spiculis glomerato-verticillatis, verticillis 6-1 poll. et minus distantibus. Spicula fertilis 7-9 lin. longa, primum cylindrica, demum complanata, glabra, 5-6- flora, rhachille articulis striatis, apice fimbriatis, flosculo inferiore bipaleaceo, masculo vel neutro, 2-3 sequentibus subpatulis, fertilibus, 1-2 superioribus tabescentibus, gluma inferiore gemmipara, superiore 5-7-nervi, margine subfimbriata. Palea inferior (fertilis) acuminata, multinervosa, glabra; superior vel longior vel sub:equilonga, carinis breviciliata. Squamule variabiles, ratione spicule magne, ovales, toto margine fimbriatze, obtus:, in flosculis 2 inferioribus paucinerves, nervis coloratis valde conspicuis, in tertio fertili multinervosz, nervis minus conspicuis. Antherarum con- nectivum obtusum. Stylus cito 3-fidus, stigmatibus sublongis, tenuibus. Ovarium (immaturum) lineari-oblongum, rostratum, rostro glabro, styli 3-fidi residuis coronatum. This is a well-marked species, readily distinguished from all others of the genus by the peeuliar long beard at the base of the spathes, combined with the long hairy point to the leaves. The specimens I have seen do not enable me to state whether the leaf-bearing and flowering culms are generally distinct. The plant appears to be confined principally to the lower and warmer slopes of the Khasia mountains. 12. B. POLYMORPHA, Munro. Culmo excelso, inermi, fistuloso, duro, internodiis apice pilis adpressis albidis, hirsutis, florifero basi aphyllo; panicula supra decomposita, ramis ramulisque polymorphis, nunc brevibus vel brevissimis, verticillis spicularum, paucifloris, approximatis, nunc 2-3-pedalibus, verticillis densifloris, 4-6 poll. di- stantibus, spiculis interdum monoicis vel dioicis, 3-6 lin. longis, palea inferiore obtusa, mucronata, superiore carinis glabra, antheris sepissime seta apiculatis, ovario sub- rostrato, rostro hirsuto; foliis angustis, utrinque hirsutiusculis, vaginis eximie auriculatis. Hab. in Ind. or. Martaban, Pegu! (“ Kijathounwa " incolis), no. 1, Brandis ; Rangoon, M‘Clelland. v. $. * Culmus arboreus, 60-80-pedalis, rectus, apice leniter curvatus, inferne nudus, superne ramis semi- verticillatis comosus, diametro maxima 6-pollicari, parietibus tenuibus, annulis horizontalibus, inter- nodiis 1-2 ped. longis?" (Brandis) ; spathis crassis, coriaceis, intus nitidis, pilis paucis sparsis, extus pilis canescentibus adpressis, medio affixis, glaucescentibus, * fauce lacero-dentatis, ciliatis, apiculo eucullato, mucronato, laxe adpresso.” Folia tenuia, lineari-lanceolata, basi inzequalia, subattenuata, apice setaceo-acuminata, margine aspera, vix serrata, 5-63 poll. longa, 4-7 lin. lata, supra, punctulis minutissimis tota superficie scabriuscula, pilis paucis sparsis, utroque margine et medio aspera, subtus pilis erebris hirsuta, nervis secundariis utroque latere 6-8, subconspicuis. (Folia pauca, raro inflo- Fescentiam intrantia, minora, vix 3 lin. lata, 21—4 poll. longa. Vagine carinate, compressw, «nates inter strias hirsutze, margine uno fimbriatz, apice abrupte terminatze, lateribus auriculatz, auriculis sæpe elongatis, ciliis longis fimbriatis, ligula vix ulla. Panicula supra decomposita, inter- a COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA, 99 nodiis (visis) 4-6 poll. longis, apice pilis adpressis hirsutiusculis, ramis spe numerosis semiverticil- latis, nunc brevibus et tenuibus, 2-7 poll. longis, verticillis subapproximatis, paucifloris, nunc, ad- jectis ramis 2-3, valde elongatis, verticillis densifloris, simplicibus vel compositis, 4-6 poll. di- stantibus. Spicula cylindrica, nitida, 3-6 lin. longa, interdum monoica et forsan dioica, mascula sepe violaceo colorata, fertilis pallida, 6 lin. longa, sub 6-flora, flosculis 1-2 inferioribus neutris, l-paleaceis, 2-3 fertilibus, terminali tabescente sublongipedicellato, rhachille articulis reliquis brevibus. Spicule interdum vivipare, elongate, paleis inferioribus apice foliaceis. Palea inferior (flosculi fertilis) nervosa, obtusa, brevissime mucronata, glabra; superior wqualis vel longior, obtu- sissima, carinis glaberrima. Squamule obovate vel ovate, toto margine fimbriatm, basi venosæ, tertia minor. Anthere interdum seta apiculate, interdum, precipue in spieulis masculis, nude. Stylus in stigmata longa, pilosa, fere ad rostrum 3-fidus. Ovarium apice hirsutum, subito rostratum, rostro hirsuto, raro fere obsoleto. The individual spicula of this species is certainly very like that of B. breviflora, but is at once distinguished by the comparatively long-stalked terminal flower. In size, foliage, and general inflorescence, the two plants are widely different. Dr. Brandis says that this species is common throughout Pegu on hills, and is associated with Teak. 13. B. GRIFFITHIANA, Munro. Culmo gracili, subscandente, fistuloso, cavo, florifero (an semper ?), foliifero ; panicula vel ramosa ramis alternis, vel fere spicata, spieulis 6-7 lin. longis, in glomerulis parvis distantibus aggregatis, flosculo non nisi penultimo hermaphrodito, terminali tabescente, longe stipitato ; foliis magnis, subtus discolo- ribus, venulis transversis crebris, vaginis collo auriculato fimbriatis.— Bambusa, Sp., Griff. Journ. p. 90. Hab. in Ind. or. Burmah, Mogoung! Griffith. v.s. Culmus gracilis, fistulosus, cavus, non durus, subscandens, folifer sepe apice florifer. Folia magna, 1-13 ped. longa, 2-23 poll. lata, valde discoloria, supra (an siccando tantum ?) fusca, subtus palli- diora, apice acuta, basi vix rotundata, insequilatera, in petiolum brevem, crassum, rugosum attenuata, nervo centrali valido, secundariis tota lamina 30, subconspicuis, d ; ‘ ; CENE venulis transversis crebris, subtus plus minus elevatis. Vagine dorso obtuse carinate, glab i numerosis fimbriatam gerentes, ligula utrinque auriculam magnam, reversam, margine ciliis validis l : nen | elongata, obtusa, ciliata. Panicula terminalis, vel ramosa, ramis paucis atens, We SC eX, g^ 6-7 ped. longa., verticillato-spicata, glomerulis parvis distantibus. Spicula eylın "d TE ik 6-7 lin. longa, 5-flora, flosculis 3 inferioribus unipaleaceis, neutris, Scena rer gren limo hermaphrodito, terminali tabescente longe pedicellato, rhachilla brevissima, mper TER Palea inferior (fertilis) membranacea, glabra, brevissime Eee codd TUUM superior subzequilonga, tenuimembranacea, hyalina, inter carinas obtusas, gla ind e : doe Zeg flosculi imperfecti arcte involvens. Squamule 3, longe fimbriate, ite yalın ^ hat TER giores, tertia sublanceolata. Anthere obtuse. Stylus fere M SPAM PTT 3-fidus. Ovarium (immaturum) rostratum, rostro glabro. panicle, and structure of the In habit of growth, foliage, long spike-like hollow ies of spieula, with only one perfect flower, this is widely separated Eu. Nas ^x Bambusa. In the composition of the spicula it is very cad C : Yt the spicula B. Khasiana approaches it in some respects, but has always d i pius di p am. i ànd the leaves are very different. It appears to lavo been 10 o 9 utrinque marginibusque subglabra, 100 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. in his journey from Hookoom Valley to Ava, associated with numerous tropical plants on the banks of the river Mogoung, in the extreme north of Burmah. 14. B. BAL0004, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 25 (1814); Fl. Ind. ii. 196, icon. 1402! Culmo excelso, fistuloso, panicula “ scapiformi, radicali, spicis verticillatis” (Roxb.), ramis inter- dum elongatis, internodiis ramorum uno latere sulcatis et hirsutis, spiculis glome- ratis, ovatis, mollibus, 6-8-floris, flosculis 4-6 hermaphroditis, palea inferiore margine fimbriata, superiore et carinis et margine ciliata, stylo hirsuto, ad vel paulo infra medium 3-fido ; foliis sepe pedalibus, vaginis hirsutis.—Cat. of B. G. Cale. 79. B. ca- pensis, Rupr. l. c. 144, t. xii. f. 54; Steud. Le 330. B. vulgaris? Nees Fl. Afr. Aust. 462, non alior. B. vasaria, herb. Hamilton, no. 883, in Wall. Cat. 5025! an etiam Arundarbor vasaria, Rumph. Amb. iv. 8. Arundo bambos, herb. Smith! e Thouin, no. 230! non Linn. Hab. in Ind. or. Bengalia (“ Balkoo Bans” incolis), Roxburgh; Birgunge, no. 883! Hamilton; Purnea Kishengunge! Megna, 202 !, Cachar! (“ Betwah”), Hooker et Thomson; Boglepore, 44! Pinwell; Assam, Seebsagur (“ Burra Balooka"), 947! Masters! ; cult. C. B. S. Ecklon, Mund !, no. 1045-3, Burchell!; Paris, Thouin; in hb. Smith! Crystal Palace! v. s. Culmus arboreus, excelsus, 50-70-pedalis, cavus, inermis. Folia lanceolata, basi subcordata vel attenuata, petiolata, petiolo supra subhirsuto et sepe transverse ruguloso, margine hispida et interdum basin versus longe ciliata, utrinque viridia vel raro glaucescentia, 6-12 poll. longa, 1-2 poll. lata, supra tactu scabra, subtus pilis brevibus, demum deciduis hirsuta, nervis secundariis utroque latere 7-11, venulis transversis'distantibus, plus minus conspicuis. Folia inflorescentiam intrantia multo minora sunt. Vagine striate, setis diaphanis, dein deciduis hirsutz, apice truncate, ore plerumque nude vel pilis paucis ciliate, ligula producta, obtusa, ciliata vel glabra. Inflorescentia ** scapus radicalis, spicis verticillatis, verticillis interdum proliferis” (teste Roxburgh) ; interdum panicula composita, internodiis subteretibus, apice hirsutiusculis, ramis ad nodos paucis, 2-3, simplicibus vel raro com- positis, 6-18 poll. longis, internodiis uno latere suleatis et hirsutis, spieulis plerumque subdense glomeratis in verticillos, vel approximatos, vel 1-24 poll. a seipsis invicem remotos ; interdum (e. g. in spec. e C. B. S. in herb. Hook.) panicula inferne ramosa, ramis inferioribus et spicigeris et foliiferis ad eundem nodum, superne subverticillato-spicata, verticillis densis, globosis, ramulos 1-2 breves interdum emittentibus. (Hæc forma B. capensis, Rupr. est.) Spicula 4-6 lin. longa, ovata, mollis, violacea (in icon. Roxb.), 6-8-flora, flosculo infimo et supremo sterilibus, reliquis 4-6 hermaphroditis, rhachilla abscondita. Palea inferior nervosa, membranacea, ovata, mucronata, margine superne fimbriata, (levis, Roxburgh), pallide straminea vel demum fuscescens, inflata; superior vix brevior sed angustior, inter carinas nervis 4 anastomosantibus percursa, carinis et margine hispido-ciliata. Squamule 3, variabiles, plerumque ovales, membranacez, longe ciliatee, inzequales, dus obtusissimze, tertia longior, sublanceolata. Anthere seta cito caduca apiculate. Stylus hirsutus, ad vel paulo infra medium in stigmata 3 sublonga, flexuosa, hirsuta divisus. Ovarium (immaturum) rostro hir- suto, in stylum attenuatum. In numerous respects, especially in the form of the spicula, this species very closely approaches B. Beecheyana and B. Oldhami ; but the much thicker and more deeply trifid styles have induced me to place it in the first section of the genus. Roxburgh, whose drawing represents apparently a young undeveloped flowering culm, states that he never saw this species but once in flower: and flowering specimens must still be very rare ; for I have never seen anything like a perfect one; and most of those which I have quoted COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 101 are in leaf only. Dr. Hooker’s specimen from Kishengunge is the only one that gives any information as to the structure of the panicle. Dr. Hamilton’s, which is the only other Indian one I have seen in flower, contains merely a single detached branch of a panicle. Mund’s, from the Cape, is evidently in an abnormal leaf-bearing condition ; and the only remaining flowering specimen, namely that from Burchell, contains two or three detached branches of a panicle. Roxburgh states that the bamboo-workers of Bengal consider this to be the very best Bamboo for building houses, scaffolding, &c., but that in order to render it durable, it requires long immersion in water. 15, B. FLEXUOSA, Munro. Culmo florifero basi aphyllo, spinoso, 6-12-pedali; panicula decomposita, ramulis tenuibus, ad nodos spiculas paucas, latas, compressas, multi- floras gerentibus, rhachilla spicule conspicua, valde flexuosa, glumis linearibus, acutis, paleis hiantibus, ovario rostrato ; foliis lanceolatis, brevibus.—** Humilis spi- nosa,” Osbeck in “ Resa," 204 (1757). Hab. in China, circa Cantonem, no. 10,000, Hance!; Quantung, Sir G. Staunton’ in herb. Mus. Brit. (folia tantum). v. s. Culmus suffruticosus, ** 6-12-pedalis," spinosus, viridis, diametro 14 lin., internodiis glabris, striatis, 2-3 poll. longis, ramis 1-8, cum spinis 1-2 (in inferioribus) ad nodos locatis. Folia parva, lanceolata: maxima (in speciminibus visis) 2 poll. longa, 5-6 lin. lata, basi rotundata, petiolata, apice mucronato- acuta, margine, precipue in foliis junioribus, longe ciliata, utrinque glabra, nervis secundariis inconspicuis, utroque latere 38-4. — Vagine glabrz vel hirsute, striate, margine leves, infra petiolum membrana sæpe tenuiter ciliata terminatz, ore ciliis tenuissimis cito caducis' fimbriate, ligula sub- elongata, sæpe longe ciliata. Culmi floriferi dispositio ramorum ut in foliifero, ramulis simplicibus vel compositis, foliis hinc et inde sparsis, cito deciduis, spiculis in ramulis approximatis, inferioribus geminis vel ternis, superioribus alternis, 10-14 lin. longis, eximie compressis, sessilibus vel interdum pedicellatis. Spicula 8-12-flora, flosculo inferiore interdum et superioribus 2-3 masculis yel neutris, reliquis intermediis perfectis, hermaphroditis, distichis, divaricatis, paleis hiantibus, articulis rhachillse apertz, conspicue, flexuose longis, hirsutis, compressis ; glumis linearibus, sonis, sæpe distantibus. Palea inferior rostrato-acuminata, glaberrima, nervis inconspicuis 7-9-11, in flosculis inferioribus longe, in superioribus paulo, superiorem subcymbiformem, dorso Geiger carinis plus minus ciliatam superans. JSquamule 3 subzequales, apice rotundato-obtusissimee, longe fimbriate, ner- vosæ, nervis, sæpe curvatis, squamulæ marginem percurrentibus. Stamina > vimm basi ex- pansa, antheris obtusis. Stylus basi subbulbosus, primum indivisus, sed cito in stigmata 3 peu] rime penicillata, inferne nuda, fere ad bulbum 3-partitus. ` Caryopsis lineari-oblonga, vix 2 lm. longa, apice glabra et basibus styli trifidi tricornuta. This has a different look from all other Bambuse. The perfect spicula has the rhachis as much exposed as it often is in Brachypodium, Vo which it bears ee T The gaping palee also give the plant a very peculiar appearance. = e : Sen ` of this plant, collected during his travels in China in 1751, says t er ra Toii y feet, but occasionally 12 feet, high, and that it is said to flower once in sixty years. 16. B. BLumeana, Schultes, Syst. vii. 2. 1343 (1830). Culmo elongato, EN CET . cula “laterali " (Schult.), decomposita, patula, ramis plerumque so itariis, ne oribus 15 poll. longis; spiculis vix compressis, yerticillato-glomeratis, rhachi 102 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE. BAMBUSACEE. tandem conspicue articulis hirsutis, flosculis imbricatis, palea inferiore mucronato- acuta, stylo profunde 3-fido, caryopsi subtricornuta ; foliis 3-6 poll. longis, utrinque glabris.—Kunth, Enum. 431. B. spinosa, Blume in litt. ad Nees ab Esenbeck, in Bot. Zeit. 1825, p. 580, non Roxb. B. agrestis? Poir. Enc. viii. 704 (1808) ; Sch. I. c. 1344; Rupr. Le 149; Kunth, Le 432; Steud. Z. c. 330. Arundo agrestis ? Lour. Fl. Coch. i. 72; forsan Arundarbor spinosa, s. Bulu Baduri, Teba Teba, Rumph. Amb. iv. 14, t. 3. B. teba, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 418. Schizostachyum durie, Rupr. l. c. 136; Steud. Le 332, sed vix Mig. l. c. 425. Ischurochloa spinosa? Büse in Pl. Jungh. 390, Miq. 7. c. 422 (syn. plur. exc.), Walp. Ann. vii. 1045. Hab. in Java, Rumph., Junghuhn, (“Tring ori," “Tring ampel ” et “ Giping” incolis) no. 313! Horsfield, ( Hauer Tjutjuk ” vel “ Bambu Durie”) Blume ; ins. Soembawa, no. 3417, Zollinger (teste Miquel); Amboina? Coram? Manipa? Rumph.; Cochin China? Loureiro. Vidi spec. plur. in herb. Horsfield. Culinus erectus, elongatus, spinosus, * spinis ternis recurvis, crassitie 1-2 poll., haud scandens," interno- diis superioribus cinerascenti-flavicantibus, glabris, teretibus, inconspicue striatis, 132—2—4 poll. longis. Rami ramulosi, ad nodos pauci, basi incrassati, geniculati, ramulis numerosis, gracilibus, aliquid deflexis, internodiis ramulorum sæpe apice scabris. Folia tenuia, lineari-lanceolata, cuspidata, basi interdum rotundata, plerumque abrupte attenuata in petiolum glabrum, 3-6 poll. longa, vel raro minora 9-30 lin. longa, 3-7-9 lin. lata, margine serrata vel etiam fimbriata, utrinque glabra, subtus glaucescentia, 1 lamin: nitida, nervis secundariis utroque latere 5-7. Vagine striate, margine uno ciliatee, in siccis pallide fuscescentes, primum pilis sparsis, adpressis hirsute, demum glabriuscul, ore utrinque ciliis paucis (sæpe cito deciduis) fimbriatz, ad apicem infra petiolum fovea parva sub lente ciliolata, ligula truncata, brevi, pilis sublongis, demum deciduis ciliata. Panicula (lateralis, testibus Blume et Schultes), ut videtur, ampla, gracillima, ramosa, apice nutans et simpliciter verticil- lato-spicata (pars superior 3-pedalis adest), internodiis inferioribus 3-44 poll. longis, ramis plerumque solitariis, alternis, raro (in spec. uno) ternis, inferioribus 15 poll, sequentibus 10-8-7 poll. longis, gracilibus, suberectis, divaricatis, supremis interdum 2-23 poll. longis, erectis, densifloris, fere spi- catis, verticillis approximatissimis, imbricatis. Spicule per ramos, ad intervalla regulariter et gra- datim e basi decrescentia, glomerato-verticillatze, patulze, plurime breves, steriles, subulate, pauce fertiles, subpollicares. Spicula fertilis subcompressa, pallida, rhachille tandem conspicuz articulis 1j lin. longis, hirsutis, 8-10-flora, flosculis 3-5 intermediis perfectis, 1-2 infimis et 2-3 supremis bipaleaceis sed sterilibus. Palea inferior (fertilis) 4 lin. longa, inferne levis, superne costato-nervosa, apice subulato-acuminata; superior vix brevior, carinis et spe margine basin versus ciliata. Squa- mule 3, obovate, longissime ciliate, subzequales, interdum basi callosze et nervosee. Anthere obtuse. styles brevis, cito in stigmata 3, pulcherrime plumosa, fere ad basin divisus. Ovarium subtriquetrum, apice, vix hirsuto, residuis stylorum tricornutum. Having seen several excellent specimens of this plant in Horsfield’s Herbarium, I have been able to add some particulars to the description of the species given by Schultes, who — that all the spicule he saw were sterile. I can see nothing to justify the panicle ` being called lateral; on the contrary, it appears to me to be decidedly terminal and un- usually elegant and slender. Blume states that this plant is spinous; and there are some traces of spines in the specimens which I have seen; but there is nothing to indicate that it is as spinous as B. agrestis of Poir. and Arundarbor spinosa of Rumph. are described to be. E agrestis is also described by Loureiro as having a bifid, not trifid style. I have therefore included these two species as probable synonyms only. Had I been fully persuaded of their identity, the earlier name of B. agrestis, Poir., ought to have been adopted for the "Et a a ee ze EINER I NU E TT. le Ar Sande ng RSEN IRR UN IM TUER TOT ETUR S OT RT T T" COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 103 species. One of Horsfield’s speeimens is marked “ Tring ampel;” it has certainly no thorns, but I am not able to distinguish it in any other respect from the remaining spe- cimens. Miquel, at p. 418 of the “Flora Indie Batavæ,” states that “ Ampel” is the native name of his B. fera (Arundarbor fere species prima of Rumph). The style, deeply trifid to near the base, the very hirsute joints of the rhachilla, and the somewhat 3-horned fruit separate this species from B. spinosa, Roxb., and its allies B. arundinacea and 17. Hab. Culmi 20-50 ?-pedales, * diametro 3-poll.,” per 10-20 pedes stricti, B. orientalis. B. ARUNDINACEA, Retz. Obs. v. 24. (1789) sub Bambos. Culmo spinoso, florifero basi aphyllo, foliis saepe inflorescentiam superne intrantibus, panicula ramosissima, ramis compositis et decompositis, interdum filiformibus, rhachi plerumque glaber- rima, nitida, spiculis rarissime agglomerato-verticillatis, plerumque geminis vel ternis vel etiam supremis solitarüs, interdum pedicellatis, 8-12 lin. longis, 6-12- floris, raro monoicis, rhachilla subhirsuta, plus minus visibili, palea inferiore acumi- nata, dorso glabra, margine nunc superne nunc inferne tenuiter ciliata vel omnino glabra, superiore, in flosculis perfectis, inferiorem superante, carinis plerumque longe ciliata, stylo basi subbulboso, cito in stigmata 2-3 profunde diviso, foliis plerumque 3-6 poll. longis, majoribus interdum pedalibus, basi cuneatis vel rotundatis, vaginis ore fimbriatis vel tandem nudis.—Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. 245 (1797) ; Roxb. Corom. Pl. i. 56, t. 79, Hort. Beng. 25 (1814), Fl. Ind. ii. 191; Poir. Enc. viii. 701; Spreng. /. c. ii. 112 ; Link. Hort. Berol. i. 249; Reem. et Sch. (e 1340; Kunth, Enum. 431, non Nees in Linn. ix. 475; Dalzell et Gibson, Bomb. Fl. 299. B. spinosa, Nees, l. c. 474, et Rupr. l. c. 142, tab. xii, xiii. fig. 52; Steud. 2. c. 329, sed non Roxb. B. arundo, hb. Klein. Nees, /. c. 471; Rupr. l. c. 143, t. xiii. fig. 53; Steud. 2. c. 399; Benth. in Fl. Hongk. 434 (var. foliis floralibus basi rotundatis, vaginis ore, ciliis caducis, nudis). B. orientalis, Nees in Wight, 206 B !=1800! B. Neesiana, Arn. MS. Arundo bambos, Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. i. 81 (1753), teste herb. Linn.! Bam- bos arundinacea, Pers. Syn. i. 393. Nastus arundinaceus, 5m. in Rees's Encyc. no. 1; Rasp. 7. c. v. 442; Ily, Rheede, Hort. Mal. i. 25, t. xvi (Auctores pristini plures species Bambuse sub Arundine Bambos confudisse videntur, quapropter synonyma, a Linnzo celebri citata, hic omissa). b. Heyne, in Wall. herb. 50234; “ Tanshaur, Wight, 205! 1801! (“ Bambos arundo," var. fol. floralibus basi cordatis) ; Cour- Madras, Wight! Dr. Shuter!; Poona- majoribus); Bombay (“ Maudgay ” In Bengalia, teste Roxburgh ; China, in Indie or. peninsula, Kenig! in herb. Mus. Brit., h July 1798, Bambus arundo,” in Wall. herb. 5023 8!— Retz. 440, in Wight, 204! 1799!) ; Quilon, Wight, 1343! ( tallum, JVight, 1344! 3346!; Nundidroog, herb. Rattler ! ; 1 malee, G. Thomson, 110! 161! (var. spiculis elongatis et foliis incolis), Dalzell; Kala Nuddie, Ritchie, 822! (folia tantum). Hong Kong, cult., Hance! (dubia). In hort. Kew! cult. v. s. et v. | tunc ad alterum latus flexi, anguste H ~ Deg sa 4 ri, ramosissimi, spinosi, spinis sepe aduncis “ spa- 5 ; P eid duri, glab ‘ fistulosi, sæpe pallide straminei, teretes, (8 ato, 3-5-pollicari, extus puberulis, intus argenteo this 12-15 poll. longis, ore setigeris, apiculo acumin : ee 19.15 poll nitidis? ( ec Folia, in speciminibus a me visis, 3-8 poll. longa, vim abeng E : ae longa, 3-2 poll. lata” (Dalzell), interdum 2-4 poll. Tes Aa un pna latis tactu RW attenuata vel subcordata, leviuscula vel supra marginibusque brevissime serrula sc ; 104 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. subconcoloria, nervis secundariis subinconspicuis, 5-6 utroque latere. Vagine primum hirsute, demum glabrescentes, ore ciliis paucis, vix cito deciduis fimbriate. Panicula ingens, ramis nume- rosissimis, semiverticillatis, simplicibus compositisve, sæpe longis, decurvis aut pendulis, spinosis, spiculis rarissime dense glomeratis, sepissime agglomerato-ternis quaternisve, superioribus szepe alternis, solitariis et glumis distantibus quasi pedunculatis, internodiis, seepe ipso apice, brevissime hirsutis. Interdum panicula ampla, foliosa, ramulis ultimis fere filiformibus, pendulis, foliis, reli- quis minoribus, 5-10, basi cuneatis vel rotundatis (in eodem ramo) terminatis. Spicula plerumque nitida, lanceolata, 8-12 lin. longa, 6-12-flora, flosculis fertilibus 3-7, 1-2 vel pluribus inferioribus gemmiparis, sequentibus perfectis, his, palea superiore inferiorem superante, terminalibus 1-3 gradatim tabescentibus. Palea inferior basi levis, superne nervosa, acuminata vel mucronata, interdum mar- gine basin versus, interdum superne tenuiter fimbriata, sepe omnino glabra; superior spe longior, carinis longe ciliata, sub lente valida hispidiuscula. Squamule 3, invquales et dissimiles, duze latiores, obtusæ, tertia lanceolata, angustior, omnes ciliate. Stamina 6, connectivo vel obtuso vel appendiculato. Stylus basi conico-bulbosus, infra medium 2-3-, plerumque 3-fidus in stigmata 3 pulchre plumosa. Caryopsis lineari-oblonga, apice styli residuo hirto coronata, ** magnitudine et forma avenze." The hard, polished, yellowish, smooth, spinous branches of the panicle best distinguish this from B. orientalis. I presume that this is the species referred to above, at p. 4, as having, in 1864, furnished, during one of its periodical flowerings, food to upwards of 50,000 persons in Canara. I believe there is no doubt that this Bamboo, which Mr. Stewart says is called ** Bidunguloo” in Canara, dies after perfecting its seed; but in proof of how rapidly the young plants may reoceupy the ground, I would mention that I have a plant growing in my greenhouse raised from a seed sent home by Mr. Dalzell in 1864, on which there are now 22 culms. With the exception of Wight, no. 3346, and G. Thomson, 110 and 161, nearly all the dried specimens which I have seen of this species have been collected, probably for convenience' sake, from plants bearing leaves at the end of the flowering branches, and consequently in an abnormal condition. Hence has probably arisen much of the confusion in the nomenclature of the plant indicated by the numerous synonyms quoted above. 18. B. sprvosa, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 25 (1814); Fl. Ind. ii. 198, icon. 1964, non Nees in Linn. ix. 474. Culmo spinosissimo, florifero plerumque omnino efoliato ; panicula ingente, ramosissima, spinosa, spiculis fere semper sessilibus, seepe curvatis, acutis, sub 4-6-flöris, 5-6 lin. longis, coriaceis, interdum monoicis, rhachilla raro visibili, per ramulos ultimos, sæpe tenues, plerumque dense glomerato-verticillatis, glome- rulis subzquidistantibus, palea inferiore seepissime margine plus minus fimbriata, in flosculis perfectis, superiorem carinis ciliatam non eequante, stylo basi conico- bulboso, eito, fere ad basin, plerumque trifido, raro forsan bifido, foliis raro ultra 6 poll. longis, subtus interdum pilosis, vaginis ore ciliatis.—Hamilton in Linn. Trans. xiii. 480, teste herb. Ham. in Wall. no. 5024; Spreng. l. c. ii. 112. Arundo indica, arborea, Burmann, Thes. Zeyl. 35. B. arundinacea, Thw. En. Pl. Zeyl. 375, non Retz. “Arundo bambos,” herb. Roxb. non Linn. "e SC = Bengal, Calcutta (^^ Behor Bans”), Roxburgh! Hamilton! Thomson!; Gongachora! et oraghat! Hamilton in Wall. Cat. 5024! A, B; Assam (** Koto Bans”), Jenkins! (var. spiculis longi- COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 105 oribus); Dacca! cult. Cachar! (“ Kinkoit"), Hooker (folia tantum) ; Tenasserim, Moulmeyn, 5028 ! Wallich; Mergui, Griffith, 327 ! Helfer, 267 |; Pegu (* Yakatwa"), 8! Brandis (folia tantum), M*Ciel- land! v.s. Culmi * subarborei? (Roxb.), dense czespitosi, “ 30-50-pedales” (Rozb.), “ 100-pedales” (Brandis), superne incurvi, spinosissimi, ramis inferne semiverticillatis, superne alternatim distichis, vix fistu- losi, duri, virido-flavi, striati. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 3-6 (raro 7 poll.) longa, basi plerumque atte- nuata in petiolum brevissimum, basi subtumidum, supra subglabra, subtus pallidiora et sæpe hirsuta, nervis secundariis utroque latere 4-6, plerumque inconspicuis. Vagine primum dense hirsute, deinde subglabrz, ore ciliis paucis caducis fimbriate. Internodiis culmi floriferi aphylli eis foliiferi longioribus et magis fistulosis (teste Roxb.). Panicula ingens, ramosissima, ramulis ultimis plerumque tenuibus, spiculis per intervalla, sepe brevissima, dense glomerato-verticillatis. Interdum spiculze in glomerulis, diametro 1-pollicaribus, ad basin ramulorum aggregate. Spicule acute, siepe curvatie, breves, 5-6 vel raro 8 lin. longe, 4-6-flore, flosculis 2-3 perfectis, sepe monoice et forsan dioicie. Palea inferior margine vel glabra vel fimbriata, mucronata, acuta, in spiculis masculis superiore, carinis superne ciliata, longior, in hermaphroditis brevior. Antherarum connectivum elongatum. Squamule 3, fimbriate, vix nervosw, dux subobtuss, tertia lanceolata. Stylus plerumque cito 3-fidus, basi conico-bulbosus. Ovarium (immaturum) lineari-oblongum, “clavatum” (Rorb.). Caryopsis matura nunquam a me visa. This species is best to be distinguished from B. arundinacea by having a paler-coloured and more striated panicle, smaller and more coriaceous spiculæ, with fewer flowers, generally smaller leaves, which are often hairy on the underside, and with the petiole sometimes remarkably swollen at the base. In some of the Tenasserim specimens the spiculee are remarkably small; but they do not appear to differ in amy other respect. Unfortunately most of the specimens I have seen are imperfect ; some contain only male spiculee, and the flowering specimens generally are unaccompanied by leaves, and vice versd. Roxburgh states that “it is a middling-sized subarboreous species Ki but a few lines below he says, “the height is from 30 to 50 feet ;" and Dr. Brandis says it spreads all over the lower part of Pegu, in the plains and along the principal streams, and attains a height of 100 feet. Thwaites mentions that the seed of this species 18 eaten in Ceylon ; and it was probably this species which is referred to in p. 4 as having flowered so E videntially in India in 1866. The magistrate states “it was the wild thorny species only which had flowered.” 19. B. ORIENTALIS, Nees in herb. Wight. 206 A, et in Linn. ix. 472 (partim). Culmo incerte ciminibus visis efoliato, glauco-viridi, angulato et sulcato, spi i in spe pinoso, florifero, in sp mbra- minusque duro, internodiis sepe hirsutis ; panicula RECOM ; zaa aiai Ge naceis, irregulariter paniculato-agglomeratis, interdum eirca nodos omg Ve Sei - 3 nonnullis, glumis distantibus, distincte pedunculatis, 7-9 lin. um ups vil palea inferiore margine vel fimbriata vel nuda, "P imt ares 2 EU oll basi conico-bulboso, non longe supra basin >. e vo ei T Ge ciliatis a longis, petiolis plerumque hirsutis, vaginis primum vim SÉ Ge eg : Rupr. 7. c. 142, t. xiii, fig. 51. B. arundinacea, Nees in Linn. ^ A x ae hb. prop. 207 !=1802!, et Rupr. l. c. 141, t. xiii. fig. 50, sed non Retz. e Ven Hab. in peninsula Indiz orientalis, no. 906 a !=1800!; Quilon, no. 3417! Wight! pucr ad VOL. XXVI. 106 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. montes Neilgherries, Schmid. ; var. “spieulis, in glomerulis, equo spatio distantibus spurie verti- cillatis," Negapatam, no. 103 !=207!=1802! Wight. v.s. Culmus (quoad altitudinem mihi ignotus) forsan suffruticosus, fistulosus, non solidus, glauco-viridis, inter- nodiis ramorum szepissime apice hirsutis, inferioribus (przecipue in culmis floriferis) tota longitudine hirsutis et sepe uno latere suleatis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 2-33 poll. longa, 4-5 lin. lata, apice acnta, basi subtruncata vel rotundata, attenuata in petiolum utrinque hirsutum, margine brevissime serrata, supra pilis sublongis, basi subbulbosis, sparsis, subtus pilis brevissimis hirsutiuscula, nervis | secundariis utroque latere 5. — Vagine superne hirsute, discolores, apice ciliis albis tenuibus fim- briatz. Panicula decomposita, internodiis inferioribus 4-5 poll. longis, sepissime hirsutis, angulatis, striatis, uno latere interdum profunde sulcatis, ramis paucis, simplicibus vel compositis, valde inzequa- libus, 6-40-pollicaribus, ad nodos semiverticillatis, spiculis per ramos ramulosque irregulariter pani- culato-agglomeratis, nonnullis distincte pedicellatis et solitariis, approximatis, erectis. Interdum, panieula nondum evoluta (Wight, 1802), spiculis cirea nodos ramorum ramulorumque dense glome- ratis, glomerulis subzequidistantibus. Spicula pallida, 7-9 lin. longa, 7-9-flora, floseulis 3-5 per- fectis, reliquis incompletis, glumis vel bracteis 2 vel pluribus, gemmam spiculz imperfectze foventibus, interdum, in spiculis solitariis, longe distantibus. Palea inferior basi levis, superne leviter nervosa, margine nune glabra nunc ciliata; superior, in flosculis perfectis, carinis longe ciliata, ultra inferi- orem plus minus prominens. Squamule fimbriatze, nervose, inzequales, duæ obtus:e, tertia sublongior, lanceolata. Stamina 3 connectivo obtuso vel breviter appendiculato. Stylus basi conico-bulbosus, fere ad bulbum plerumque 3-fidus, interdum 2-fidus. Caryopsis lineari-oblonga, styli bulbo hirsuto. persistente conico coronata. I have been a little doubtful of the propriety of retaining the specific name of “ orien- talis” for this plant, as there is a specimen in herb. Wight., no. 206 B (1800), which is marked by Nees himself ** Bambusa orientalis, mihi," and is certainly not the plant described above, but, I believe, B. arundinacea, Retz. However, the remainder of Wight, 1800, and also his 1802, are certainly the plant described and figured as B. orientalis by Ruprecht, and very probably that described by Nees also; and there may, therefore, have been some mistake in the labelling. In the structure of the spicula this species approaches very closely to B. arundinacea; but after an examination of the numerous excellent specimens collected by Wight in Western India at Quilon in 1835, I have no doubt that the species is a good one. Ishould imagine that the plant is of much dwarfer habit than any other species of the section, and is probably only about 8-9 feet high. The paniele is fistulous and soft, and almost herbaceous in appearance, and the lower portion is angled and unusually hirsute. I do not perceive any traces of thorns, and I observe that in the * Linnea,” p. 472, Nees does not describe the culm as spinous. Ruprecht, however, says the branches are shortly spinous. This may possibly, from its probable height, be B. arundo of Dalzell and Gibson in the : Flora of W. India, described at p. 299 as having “culms 8-9 feet high, and spicula 6-8-flowered,” * Chiwaree" of Mahableshwar. They state that the eulms of this species are thorny, and that walking- stieks are made of them. | 20. B. VULGARIS, Wendl. Collect. Pl. ii. 26, t. xlvii. mala (1810). Culmo arboreo, in- ist panicula perfecta supra decomposita, ramis striatis vel teretibus et nitidis, ad nodos spiculas oblongas, compressas, solitarias vel paucas vel plurimas gerentibus; palea inferiore basi subattenuata, superne nervosa et margine fimbriata, superiore Hob. Culmus inermis, arboreus, fistulosus, 20-30-50-pedalis, ra adn TE A EU breviter ciliata. Inflorescentia variabilis, “scapus, ve COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 107 carinis (ciliis sepe coloratis) fimbriata ; stylo elongato, hirsuto, basi simplici, superne tantum 2-8-fido; antheris pilis apieulatis ; foliis lineari- vel oblongo-lanceolatis, ple- rumque utrinque glabris, venulis transversis conspieuis.— Roth, Nov. Plant. et Sp. 198 (1821), excl. syn. Roem. et Sch. Le 1337 (1830) ; Rupr. Le 137, t. xi. fig. 47; Steud. /. c. 329; Griseb. Z. c. 528; Miq. l c. 417; Dalzell & Gibson l. c. 299. B. Thouarsit, Kth. “ Notice sur le genre Bambusa,” in Journ. de Physique, 148 (1822) ; Syn. Pl. Aquin. i. 252; Rev. Gram. i. 323, t. 73, 74; Enum. 431; Suppl. 356; Rupr. l. c. 138, t. xi. f. 40 (var. fol. lineari-lanceol. spiculis solitariis subobtusis) ; Steud. /. c. 329; Desf. Cat. 22 (1829); Reem. et Sch. /. c. 1347; Nees in Linn. 4. c. 466; Thw. Enum. Le 375, non Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 41. B. surinamensis, Rupr. l. c. 139, t. xi. fig.49 (var. fol. ovato-lanc. utrinque virid. spiculis minoribus, 5-6 lin. long.); Steud. Z. c. 329. B. Sieberi, Griseb. l. c. 528 (var. ramis nitidis vix striatis). B. humilis, Reich. MS. (teste Rupr.), non fide Steud. in Nomene. B. arundinacea, Moon, Cat. 26 (teste Thw.), Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2da, ii. 316 (excl. syn. Roxb.); Link ? Hort. Berol. i. 249; Sieb. Fl Mart. no. 43; Descourt, Fl. des Antilles, iv. 281, t. 293? non Retz. B. auriculata, Kurz in Cat. Bot. Gar. Cale. 79, teste spec. viv. in hort. Kew. Nastus Thouarsii, Rasp. l. c. 442, et forsan N. viviparus, l. c. 458, t. vill. f. 3. Nastus? P. de B. l. c. t. xxv. fig. 3. Arundo, Hort. Cliff. 25! in India utraque, forsan semper culta, nunquam certe indigena. Ind. or. Silhet (** Zice Bass” in- colis), Da Silva, Wall. Cat. 5034!, Chittagong!, Khaji-ke-hath!, Cachar!, Hooker et Thomson; Bombay (“ Kulluk ”), Dalzell; Ceylon, Colonel Walker!; “ Oonagass," alt. 1000-2000 ped. s. m., Thwaites, no. 3252 !, (var. foliis angustis, palea inferiore acuminatissima) ; Java (“ Tring Pitting ”!), Horsfield ; Mauritius, Wallich in herb. Mus. Brit.!; Borbonia et ins. St. Helena, teste Ruprecht ; Madagascar, haud indigena, Du Petit Thouars ; Ind. occ. Jamaica, Dr. Distin !, Dr. Prior |, M‘Nab!; Trinidad, Purdie! (var. verticillis densiss.); St. Kitts, Crueger! ; St. Domingo, Jaeger ; Bermuds, Munro!; Surinam, Weigelt!, Guiana Gallica, Rotheray, no. 22! ; Peru, Matthews ; Mexico, Brazil, fide Grisebach. In hortis Europe plurimis. v. s. et v. issimus, diametro 4 poll. et ultra, internodiis inferioribus 1-14 ped. longis; spathis 6 poll. longis, intus glabris nitidis, extus E Ls fuscis hirsutis, margine superne fusco-ciliatis, apiculo triangulari, 2 poll. bongo; 24 pol i eid d biauriculato, utrinque hirsutissimo. Rami plerumque elongati, — virides, opaci, a me z We teretes et nitidi, ramulorum internodiis plerumque apice — gene —À eat in oblongo-lanceolata, subulato-acuminata, basi interdum rotundata, interdum Segoe one em petiolum brevem, supra scabrum vel hirsutum attenuata, nune ] ped. longa gs E : 5 E s a " 6-10 poll. longa, 8-15 lin. lata (floralia in spec. e Ceylon 135 poll. longa, a aba. scabra, supra glabra sed ad nervos margini adjacentes pimus géien vn SEH nervis secun- uscula vel raro in junioribus inferne hirsuta, utringue nons vel ae E * 2 Vagine dariis utroque latere 6-8, conspicuis, venulis transversis crebris, distant sid Di aea en, nervoso-striatze, ore plerumque efimbriate, spe pun Pe ES x iter inte ” vel nude, vibus vel in junioribus setulis fuscis hispide, demum pee Tue nm i ta, brevi, fusco-virente, i ic | tusam product, ligula truncata, ; | sepe utroque latere in auriculam oblongam ob pe: E Eu ad rcu fallow icalis i is, spiculi is vel solitariis " intermixta, vel lateralis e nodis inferioribus, vel apicalis in e esch r z n (teste Schultes), in spec. a me visis, panicula plerumque E heen mëi i E . . Ld LJ 18 tibus, composita vel decomposita, internodiis glabris, nitidis, ur 108 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. spiculas paucas (3-6, rarius 1-2) vel interdum plurimas densissime semiverticillato-capitatas geren- tibus; ramulorum internodiis plerumque apices versus pubescentibus vel hirsutis, nunc teretibus, duris, nunc striatis vel angulatis, minus duris. Spicula oblongo-lanceolata, compressa, disticha, ei Bromi similis, 4-9-12-flora, 5-10 lin. longa, primum arcte imbricata, demum laxiuscula, rhachille articulis inferioribus brevissimis, conditis, superioribus elongatis, flosculo infimo unipaleaceo, neutro, margine tenuiter ciliato, reliquis, preter terminalem imperfectum, bipaleaceis et ut videtur herma- phroditis. Palea inferior cuspidato-acuminata, basi subattenuata, chartacea, 11-19-nervia, nervis superne sepe prominentibus, margine, supra medium, pilis densis patentibus fimbriata; superior brevior, vel æquilonga, vel etiam longior angustior, obtusiuscula, carinis pilis sa? longis, crebris, albidis vel coloratis ciliata. Squamule tenuiter membranacex, diaphans, apice pilis longis ciliate, inzequales, due obovato-oblonge, tertia longior et multo angustior. Anthere apice pilis brevibus penicillate. Stylus gracilis, filiformis, ima basi quidquam incrassatus, undique hirsutus, superne tantum 2-3-fidus, stigmatibus filiformibus, sepe cito dilabentibus, ut stylus inde simplex esse vide- atur. Ovarium (immaturum) oblongum, apice pilosum. The numerous specimens which I have seen of this plant have enabled me to ascertain that the large number of synonyms quoted above all belong to one species, which, indeed, considering its wide range, appears to vary less than many other species. The most remarkable varieties occur in plants cultivated in the gardens of Europe, two of which (one from the garden at Paris, and one from that of Göttingen) are figured under the name of B. Thouarsii by Kunth in plates 73 and 74 of his magnificent work on Gra- minem. The native country of this species is still doubtful: it is certainly naturalized in many places; but there is no reliable information as to its being actually indigenous anywhere, either in the East or the West. It is, when in flower, readily distinguished from all other species in being the only one with oblong compressed spiculæ, the lower palez of which are not considerably enlarged at the base, combined with a long slender style divided into stigmas at the extreme end, and stamens free at their base. A magni- ficent specimen of this plant is growing in the Palm-house at Kew. 21. B. BEECHEYANA, Munro. Culmo inermi, subarboreo; panicula composita, rhachi striata, ramis longis simplicibus, internodiis superioribus plerumque hirsutis, flori- feris sepe apice foliiferis; spiculis ovatis, plurifloris, in glomerulis subzquidistan- tibus paucis, vel solitariis bractea elongata suffultis; palea inferiore basi latissima, dorso glabra vel raro subhirsuta ; stylo gracili, filiformi, superne 2-3-fido ; foliis basi eximie cordatis et petiolatis, venulis transversis obsoletis vel nullis.— 2. verticillata ? Hook. et Arn. Bot. Beechey's Voyage, 254, non Willd. Hab. in China, Beechey! Sir G. Staunton in herb. Mus. Brit.! ; Quantung, Ookaisa, in sylvis, Dr. Tate! (var. palea inferiore dorso pubescente). v.s. . Culmus “ 20-pedalis," fistulosus, inermis. Folia (floralia tantum adsunt) lanceolata, apice setaceo-acumi- nata, basi eximie cordata, brevipetiolata, petiolo interdum supra hirsuto, margine serrata, 3-5 poll. longa, 6-12 lin. lata, supra glabra sed uno margine tactu scabra, subtus glabra vel hirsutiuscula, nervis secundariis vix conspicuis, utroque latere 6, venulis transversis obsoletis. Vagine sulcato- striate, glabra, ore plerumque nude. Panicula (nodi 4 tantum adsunt) composita, elongata, rhachi fistulosa, striata, viz dura, ramis basi bracteatis, interdum sesquipedalibus, ad nodos paucis, sub- flexuosis (internodiis superioribus compressis, hirsutis), nunc aphyllis nunc foliosis, spiculis, in glo- merulis sub:equidistantibus, approximatis, vel etiam imbricatis, paucis, interdum solitariis bractea 1-2 poll. longa velatis, Spicula ovata vel ovato-oblonga, acuta vel obtusa, 7-11-flora, plerumque COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 109 6-8 lin. longa, interdum minor, rhachille articulis inferioribus brevissimis, superioribus conspicuis, hirsutis, flosculis 1—2 infimis et 2-3 terminalibus incompletis, reliquis bipaleaceis perfectis. Palea inferior 18-20-nervia, basi latissima, orbiculato-ovata, mucronata, dorso glaberrima vel raro pubescens, toto margine brevissime fimbriata; superior minor, angustior, obtusiuscula, pubescens vel hirsuta, inter carinas ciliatas binervia. Sguamule 3, late, ovate, obtuse, longe fimbriate, nervose. Anthe- rarum connectivum mucrone hirsuto apiculatum. Stylus longus, gracilis, filiformis, hirsutus, apice 2-3-fidus. Ovarium (immaturum) basi attenuatum, apice rostratum., 22. B. OLDHAMI, Munro. Culmo inermi, suffruticoso, fistuloso ; panicula terminali, fere simplici, interdum subspiceeformi, rhachi angulata, striata, tactu scabrula, ramis brevissimis, spiculis ovato-lanceolatis, 12-13 lin. longis, flosculis 5-8 hermaphroditis ; palea inferiore basi lata, glabra, margine tenuiter fimbriata; squamulis plerumque 2, raro 3; stylo hirsuto, interdum ad medium 3-fido; foliis (immaturis) parvis, lan- ceolatis, basi rotundatis, venulis transversis nullis. Hab. in China, Formosa, Tamsuy, Oldham, no. 648! v. s. Culmus 5-6-pedalis?, suffruticosus, fere herbaceus, pallide virens, eximie fistulosus, striatus, internodiis inferioribus 7-8 poll. longis, spathis vix 3 poll. longis, striatis, fere glabris, apiculo sub 3 lin. longo, adpresso vel refracto, ramis 1-3 ad nodos, basi bracteatis, adpressis, erectis, superioribus interdum apice floriferis. Folia (nondum evoluta) lanceolata, apice acuminatissima, basi rotundata et brevis- sime petiolata, sub 2 poll. longa et 6 lin. lata, supra glabra, subtus hirsuta vel demum glabrescentia, margine scabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6. Vagine striate, superne hirsute et subaspere, lateribus truncat et fimbriatz, ligula inconspicua. Panicula in culmo terminalis, internodiis paucis, 3-4 poll. longis, striatis, uno latere subsulcatis, ramis, basi bracteis hirsutis velatis, brevibus vel bre- vissimis, internodiis paniculz semper brevioribus, spiculas 1-4 gerentibus. Interdum rami superiores, apice, spiculas solitarias, reliquis minores, bractea suffultas, subspicatas ferunt. Spicula ovato- lanceolata, 8-13-flora, rhachille nunquam visibilis articulis inferioribus brevissimis, fere glabris, €— concavis, superioribus paulo longioribus, flosculis interdum omnibus bipaleaceis et (nisi 2-8 termina- libus) perfectis. Palea inferior orbiculato-ovata, mucronata, basi lata, 30 et ultra nervis en transversis percursa, glabra, membranacea, margine vix conspicue fimbriata ; n hirsuta T pubescens, paulo brevior, multo angustior, obtusa, inter carinas superne Pp ios 4-7 -nervia, Squamule plerumque 2, hyaline, tenuimembranacex, lanceolate, AN, WARE S asi cam longe, tertia (intermedia) plerumque (an semper ?) obsoleta. i Stamina 6, guer atis, soen antherarum mucrone longo, hirsuto, apieulato. Stylus basi simplex, hirsutus, qu v ur : anid ad medium 3-fidus, stigmatibus pulchre plumosis. Ovarium stipitatum, apice hirsutum, in sty rostrato-attenuatum. Roxburgh’s drawing of The panicle of this species bears a considerable resemblance to KG fid le of Ð. rte that of B. balcooa, and also to the portions which I have seen of ; * amp e i * The style is also occasionally, but not always, deeply trifid; an : Do: Sa "adim have placed this species in the first section of the genus and next o e Se : Eu eid florets in the two spicule which I have exami nz che à nim s of “a in some the long points of the anthers are prolonged into style-like appendage siderable length. | 23. B. Branpist1, Munro. Culmo ezcelso, usque ad 120-pedali ; dx Coe ramosissima, ramis superioribus floriferis 11-2 ped. longis, gram d i e pendulis spicula in verticillis globosis, sequidistantibus, approximatis, densiss 110 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. glomeratis, spicula ovata, brevissima, pauciflora; palea inferiore apice spinoso-acuta, margine fimbriata, superiore apice bifida; squamulis plerumque 1-2, rarissime 3; stylo longo, filiformi, hirsuto, tandem superne 2—3-fido; foliis latis et longis. Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim, Martaban, Pegu, usque ad 4000 ped. s. m., precipue in saxis calcareis (“ Kyello-wa " et “ Mytsangue " incolis), Brandis, no. 2! v.s. *€ Culmus 120-pedalis, circumferentia maxima 27-pollicari, striatus, inferne subnudus, prope terram ramis fascieulatis, superne foliiferis semiverticillatis, comosis, nodis inferioribus radicum annulos emit- tentibus, internodiis 2-24 ped. longis, spathis 17 poll. longis " (Brandis), intus glabris, extus fuscis, superne pilis fuscis asperis, apiculo spatham longitudine superante, lanceolato-acuminato, intus basin versus pilis densis, fuscis hirsutissimo. ‘ Folia magna, 10 poll. longa, 3 poll. lata, nervis secundariis 24" (Brandis); (in spec. a me visis) folia pedalia, 1} poll. lata, lanceolata, apice acuminata, basi rotundata, utrinque glabra sed supra uno latere tactu scabra, venulis transversis obsoletis vel nullis. Vagine glabre, ore nude, lateribus in auriculam obtusam rotundatam productz. Panicula maxima, ramosissima, internodiis superioribus 3 poll. longis, pallidis, teretibus, nitidis, spiculis numero- sissimis, in semiverticillis globosis, spe 9 lin. diametro, secus ramulos subzequidistantibus, sed superne approximatissimis, ramulorum internodiis apices versus incrassatis, uno latere sulcatis et hirsutis. Spicula 3—4 lin. longa, ovata, 4-5-flora, flosculis 2-3 perfectis, rhachilla inconspicua. Palea inferior basi data, apice spinoso-acuta, glabra vel superne scabrula, 16-20-nervia, toto margine fimbriata; superior paulo brevior, margine et carinis fimbriata, apice bimucronata, inter carinas 2-3-nervia. Squamule variabiles, raro et tantum in flosculo infimo 3, plerumque 2 vel 1, lanceolate, fimbriatz, vix nervosz, hyaline. Stamina 6, basi libera, antheris apice penicillatis vel nudis. Stylus longus, basi incrassatus, hirsutus, tandem superne 2-3-fidus? (tametsi partitiones nunquam vidi). Caryopsis obtusa, styli residuo rostrata, hirsuta, 14 lin. longa, inferne sulco longitudinali notata. I have some doubt about the leaves of this plant, as two very different sorts of leaves are enclosed in the same envelopes with Dr. Brandis's excellent flowering specimens, and neither quite agree with the description given by him. I have consequently taken my ` description from some to which a label marked * Kyello-wa” is attached. The other leaves are remarkably unequal at the base, which would probably have been mentioned by Dr. Brandis. These latter are very thin, 14-15 inches long, and 24 inches broad. The necklace-like flowering branches of this magnificent species are extremely striking. In many respects, especially in outward form, it approaches very closely to Dendro- calamus flagelliferus. BAMBUSE cognite steriles (foliifere tantum), igiturque, quoad genus, dubie. * Venuli transversi creberrimi conspicui, hinc folia tessellata. 24. B. TEssELLATA, Munro. Foliis 1-13 ped. longis, 2-31 poll. latis, eximie tessellatis, an B. reticulate forma major ?, Rupr. l.c. 148. Hab. in China. Vidi folia segregata Theam in transitu e China involventia. Folia membranacea, oblongo-lanceolata, utrinque, venulis transversis creberrimis elevatis, eximie tessellata, interstitiis quadratis, apice acuminata, basi inæquilatera et attenuata in petiolum brevem, supra canaliculstum, margine inferiore levi, superiore aspero, utrinque glabra, nisi /inea tomentosa secus costam mediam, ad latus magis evolutum, nervis secundariis utrinque 13-14, tertiariis 9-11. a aan ha E cec i cii EE don LA nun dl DC CL Ld Zi nun ln a aC ELA ad ee ee, Te ce a le EE COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 111 I have seen only the dried leaves of this species when sewn together and in the state so largely used by the Chinese in packing their tea. I now believe that B. reticulata, var. macrophylla, of Rupr. should be referred to this species instead of to Phyllostachys bambusoides, as it has been at p. 36 above. 25. B. CANTORI, Munro. Foliis chartaceis, 5-8 poll. longis, 1 poll. latis, utrinque tessel- latis, vagin: ciliis longissimis. Hab. in China, Lintao! Dr. Cantor quoad folia, flores alieni (B. breviflore). v. s. Folia chartacea, oblongo-lanceolata, apice spinoso-acuminata, basi vix attenuata in petiolum brevissimum, margine serrata, utrinque glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 7-9, vix conspicuis, venulis transversis creberrimis, vix elevatis. | Vagine dorso nitidz, lateribus subhirsute, margine ciliate, ore ciliis validis longis fimbriatz, ligula Arer? truncata. I have already, at p. 96, referred to the flowers which are attached to these leaves in herb. Bentham, and which I have been unable to distin guish from B. breviflora. 26. B. Fortuneı, Van Houtte Fl. de Serres, vol. xv. (1863), t. 1535. Foliis membra- naceis, angustis, plerumque 31-5 poll. longis et 4-6 lin. latis, interdum 8 poll. longis et 9-10 lin. latis, utrinque pubescentibus et tessellatis, venulis transversis sæpe hyalinis.— B. picta, Sieb. & Zuce. MS. fide herb. Zuce. sed non Lind. in Penny Cye. (1835). B. variegata, Sieb. MS., Miquel in. Ann. l. c. 285. Hab. in Japonia, Kempfer, herb. fol. 78!, Bürger, in herb. Mus. Brit.!; “Yokohama, “in sylvis pone Kanagawa, spontanea," R. Oldham, no. 192! ; ins. Kiusiu (* Noma Saki” incolis), Pierrot. In hortis Europ: szepissime cult. v. v. et s. Culmus suffruticosus, nanus, tenuis, ramosus, teretiusculus, fistulosus, internodiis brevissimis. Folia lineari-lanceolata, subito acuminata, basi subrotundata, brevissime petiolata, petiolo hirsuto, margine serrata et szepe ciliis longis fimbriata, supra pubescentia vel demum glabra, subtus pubescentia, vel « tota longitudine, albido (in sicco flavido) lato-striato pulchre variegata," majora 8 poll, sed plurima breviora, 3-5-6 poll. longa, nervis socundanas utrinque 9-4 parum conspicuis, venulis transversis sat crebris, plerumque hyalinis, interstitus oblongis. feat sulcato-striate, primum pubescentes, cito glabrescentes, margine ciliate, apice truncate, lateribus ciliis paucis fimbriatz, ligula brevissima, ciliata. in speciminibus spontaneis hirsuta, in England, and will doubtless soon ; ite hard This pretty grass appears to be qui y in all gardens. become one of the most popular and commonest of variegated plants vel obsoleti, vel nulli. ** Venuli transversi minus conspicul, issima.) (Ordo incipiens a foliis latissimis gradatim ad folia parva angust 27. B. Wiener. Munro. Foliis amplis, 23-4 poll. latis, 12-20 xdg ies Be glabris, venulis transversis obsoletis, ligula membranacea, primum g : 117! 1346! WigM. v.s. acuminatissima, basi rotundata, attenuata in petiolum basi valde incrassatum, ibidemque Hab. in Ind. or. Courtallum, no. 1009!, Malabar, Folia oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice scabro- Pen 5-9 lin. longum, supra suleatum, dorso longitudinaliter rugosum, 112 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. transversim rugosum, margine levia, utrinque glaberrima, supra tactu scabriuscula, nervis secundariis vix conspicuis, tota lamina 26-30. Vagine glabre, striate, levissime, fovea apicali emarginata, glaberrima, utrinque products, ligula spe 1 poll. et ultra longa, membranacea (interdum major pars superior caduca). Wight’s herbarium contains but portions of three branches of this splendid Bamboo, which, however, have the appearance of belonging to a very lofty tree. 28. B. BrruNG, Room. et Sch. Z. c. 1354. * Foliis amplis, ovato-lanceolatis, 2-34 poll. latis, 12-18 poll. longis, subtus margineque scaberrimis, petiolo hispido.’’—Kunth, En. 433; Lind. Penny Cyc. (1835), non Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. p. 42, teste Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. iii. 417. Schizostachyum bitung, Steud. l. c. 332. Bambusacea, no. 12, Pl. Jungh. p. 393; Miq. Le 419. Hab. in Java (“ Bambu Bitung " incolis), ad montem Salak, Blume. s. v. Schultes. “c Specimen visum summitas, ut videtur, culmi, foliorum vaginis tecta, crassitie digiti, stricta. Folia pergamena, longe acuminata, basi breviter attenuata, supra tactu scabrida, et medio, pr:esertim basim versus, scaberrima, subtus glaucescentia, undique, preter nervum medium, prominentiis minutis et setulis scabra; nervis secundariis tota lamina 28, prominulis, margine denticulis scaber- rima facillimeque vulnerantia, petiolo brevi, crasso, supra planiusculo et spinuloso, scaberrimo, dorso carinato et dense setoso-hispido, 3 lin. longo. Vagine crasse coriacex, margine glabre, nervis numerosis validis striate, basi glabree, sed tactu scabriuscule, supra medium setis albidis, adpressis, haud longis, numerosis scabre, apice iterum glabr&, ore nude, apice, ad dorsum, fovea lata, margine calloso cincte, ligula brevi truncata, extus scabra, margine ciliata."— Schultes. Ruprecht and Miquel are both of opinion that this species is scarcely to be distin- guished from the succeeding one, B. «pus, and that both of them are very closely allied to Schizostachyum Blumei. I think it is very probable that it will prove to be the same as Dendrocalamus flagelliferus described in the following pages. 29. B. arus, Roem. et Sch. Z. e. 1353. Foliis amplis, lanceolatis, 14-2 poll. latis, 10-15 poll. longis, supra glabris, subtus scabriusculis, petiolo glabro.—Kunth, En. 493, Lind. l.c. Schizostachywm apus, Steud. Le 332. Hab. in Java (* Bambu apus " incolis), ad montem Salak, Blume; “ Tring apus,” Horsfield. v.s. Culmus, sec. Blume, crassitie cruris. “ Folia chartaceo-pergamena, elongato-lanceolata, longe acuteque acuminata, basi paulo tantum in petiolum angustata, supra glabriuscula, preter nervos, margini alteri adjacentes, qui spinulis minutis scaberrimi, subtus glaucescenti-viridia, attactu scabra et in folis junioribus setulis minimis subhirsuta, nervis secundariis sub 24, minus promi- nentibus quam in B. bitung, venulis transversis crebris, parum, magis tamen quam in B. bitung, conspicuis, margine scaberrima, petiolo 5-6 lin. longo, subtrigono, supra quidquam convexo, dorso carınato, glabro, basi dilatato -et ad margines callosos ibidem transversim rugoso. Vagine ut in B. bitung, tamen margine breviter ciliate vel demum glabræ et utrinque, ligulam versus, auricula parva; rotundata auctæ, ligula integerrima vel demum emarginata, nervosa, glabriuscula, margine tenuissime ciliata vel demum glabra.” —8chultes. Tus is certainly very close to the preceding; and the only real points of distinction seem to be the narrower leaves and glabrous petiole. There is a specimen marked COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 113 “apus” and “ Gigantochloa apus” in herb. Kurz., which is, I think, distinct from the preceding, as the leaves are uneven at the base, and are much more hirsute below ; the membrane below the petiole is also conspicuously fringed. I think it is very probable that Blume's B. apus will prove to be the same as Oxytenanthera nigro-ciliata, Munro. 30. B. conNvTA, Munro. Foliis membranaceis, ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, 13-2} poll. latis, 6-9 poll. longis, utrinque glabris, margine vix asperis, petiolo glabro, vaginis glabris, lateribus, appendice elongata, corniformi, apice ciliata auriculatis, ligula brevissima. Hab. in Java (“Tring Embon” incolis), Horsfield, no. 193! v. s. Ramuli 2 cum foliis 8 tantum adsunt. Folia ovato-lanceolata, basin versus latissima, inzequilatera, fere e basi rotundata in apicem sétaceo-acuminatum attenuata, petiolata, petiolo glabro complanato 3-lineali, utrinque glabra, margine levia vel asperiuscula, inferiora (rami) 10 lin. lata et 2j poll. longa, superiora 24 poll. lata et 9 poll. longa, nervis secundariis conspicuis, utroque latere 9-13, venulis transversis crebris, distantibus, subtus conspicuis. Pagine glabre, ore nud, inferne nitidie, superne sulcato-striate, margine glabre, truncate, latere uno vel utroque appendice corniformi, obtusa, 3 lin. longa, glabra, apice ciliis paucis longis fimbriata auriculate. Two or three species of Bamboos have the curious horn-like appendages to the vaginæ described above; but in this species they are larger than in any of the others. The same native name (“ Embon”) is applied in herb. Horsfield to Melocanna Zollingeri, to which, however, the above-described leaves certainly do not belong. 31. B. RrrcnEyr, Munro. Foliis lineari- vel oblongo-lanceolatis, 13-2 poll. latis, 10-15 poll.longis, utrinque glabris, margine serratis, petiolo vix ullo, vaginis primum hirsutis, ore plerumque nudis, ligula elongata. Hab. in Ind. or. Bombay, Kala Nuddi (* Choomaree " incolis), Ritchie, no. 820! v.s. | Culmus “ inermis, 10-15-pedalis,” internodiis, precipue apices versus, dense sericeo tomentosia. cda anguste lanceolata, apice attenuato-acuminatissima, basi leniter cuneata, sed vix petiolata, utrinque glabra, sed supra tactu asperiuscula, margine scabro-serrata, nervis secundariis utrinque sub 12, son- spicuis, venulis transversis elevatis, distantibus. Folia novella angustiora, vix 9 lin. lata. De primum pilis adpressis hirsute, demum glabrescentes, per totam longitudinem striate, i glabre, ore nude vel fibris 1-2 ciliate, fovea membranacea, conspicua, emarginata terminate, late- ribus productz, ligula valde elongata, truncata, dentata. Ritchie states that this was found in a rivulet below the fall on the that baskets are made of it. Kala Nuddi, and = i 1i 32. B. Masrersit, Munro. Culmo scandente, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, ondes ordi poll. latis, 10-12-13 poll. longis, utrinque, nisi ad costam basin versus, g T : : : glaucescentibus, margine serratis, petiolo brevissimo, sepe histo, vaginis DER. lateribus hirsutis, margine ciliatis, ore ciliis nwmerosis, longis, subplicatis iatis, ligula brevissima. $ Hab. in Ind. or. Assam, Dibrooghur (“ Bentibans” incolis), Masters, op e ae “ Culmus diffuse scandens, calamo similis” (Mi asters) E Dre hin, utrinque, ple- : e i iolum, ut v : rostrato-acuminata, basi flavescente attenuata in petiolum, , VOL. XXVI. Folia apice 114 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. rumque scabro-hirsutum, ima basi incrassatum, supra glabra sed punctulis minutis asperiuscula, subtus pallidiora et basin versus, ad costam, pilis sat longis hirsuta, vel tandem glabra, margine serrato-aspera, nervis secundariis utrinque 10-12, ægre a tertiariis discernendis, venulis transversis fere obsoletis. Vagine striate, inter strias TIE adpressis, primum hirsutæ, demum glabrescentes, margine ciliate, interdum biauriculatæ, ciliis longis, plicatis, numerosis fimbriatæ, ligula obsoleta. 33. B. M‘CLELLANDI, Munro. Culmo scandente, aspero, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, 12-18 lin. latis, 5-10 poll. longis, utrinque glabris, membranaceis, margine viv asperis, vaginis glabris, ore nudis, ligula brevissima, truncata, dorso hirsuta. Hab, in Ind. or. Pegu, Rangoon, Phoungee Valley! M*Clelland. v. s. Culmus gracilis, scandens, internodiis superne pilis asperis, 7 poll. longis, ramis ad nodos 3, deflexis, polyphyllis. Folia tenuia, concoloria, apice setaceo-acuminatä, basi inæqualia, vix attenuata in petiolum brevissimum, subrugosum, ułringue glabra, sed supra, medio et ad alterum marginem, setulis minutis tactu aspera, nervis secundariis utroque latere 9-12, inconspicuis, venulis trans- versis obsoletis. Vagine striate, utroque latere in auriculam obtusam, brevem productæ. Judging from its general appearance, I think it is very probable that this may prove, when its flowers are discovered, to be a species of Cephalostachyum. 34. B. MARGINATA, Munro. Culmo scandente, nigrescente, glabro, foliis oblongo-lanceo- latis, majoribus 12-14 lin. latis, 6} poll. longis, supra subtusque. glabris, superne pilis sat longis, densis, subsericeis utrinque marginatis, petiolatis, vaginis glabris, ore nudis, apice truncato subhirsutis. Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim ? Daunat faucibus, alt. 5000 ped. s. m. (* Wamé" incolis), Brandis, no. 17! v.s. “ Culmus alte scandens, nigrescens,” fistulosus, internodiis glabris, “ramis subsolitariis, ramosis" (Brandis), (in specimine a me viso) fasciculatis, deflexis, basi bracteatis, geniculatis et tortuosis, apice oligophyllis, internodiis inferioribus ramorum apice hirsutis. Folia setaceo-acuminata, basi rotundata, petiolo 1-3 lin. longo, glabro vel supra scabro, margine livia, nisi apicem versus, ubi pulchre fimbriata, majora ut supra, minora vix 3 poll. longa, 5-6 lin. lata, nervis secundariis utrinque 4—7, centrali subtus rufescente, venulis transversis paucis, vix conspicuis. Vagine sulcato- striate, dorso carinate, margine, nisi ipso apice, glabree, membrana, infra petiolum, hirsuta et brevissime ciliata terminate, ligula brevi, truncata, dorso hirsuta. The smooth stems and curious fringe on the upper portions of the margins of the leaves distinguish this from the preceding species. Dr. Brandis says that “it is a real climber, intertwining the stems and branches of the oaks and chestnuts.” 35. B. HELFERI, Munro. Culmo scandente, pilis et punetulis aspero, foliis sublanceo- latis, majoribus 12-14 lin. latis, 5 poll. longis, margine uno serratis, altero levibus, utrinque glabris, vaginis margine ciliatis vel raro glabris, ore fimbriatis. Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim, Helfer, no. Al! v.s. Culmus fistulosus, internodiis 4 poll. longis, 2 lin. diametro, asperrimis, ramis brevibus, ad nodos incras- satos, membrana rugosissima circumvolutos, fasciculatis. Folia pergamena (siccando fere crispata), subinzquilatera, apice setaceo-acuminata, basi cuneata, vix petiolata, supra, medio et alterum mar- ginem versus, setulis minutis aspera, nervis secundariis utrinque 6—7, ad imam basin continuis, venulis COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 115 transversis distantibus, paucis, vix conspicuis. Vagine superne sulcato-striate, apice truncato brevissime ciliatze, oreque ciliis sublongis fimbriate, ligula brevi interdum ciliata. This has a much more scabrous stem than B. Jf: Clellandi, and is, moreover, distin- guished from both the preceding species by the fringe at the sides of the vagine. The ligula has also occasionally a long fringe. 36. B. HonsrrELDII, Munro. Culmo subscandente, vel vagante?, superne filiformi, punctulis minutis aspero, foliis lineari-laneeolatis, maximis 9-10 lin. latis, 6 poll. longis, petiolatis, utroque margine asperis, supra glabris, sed hine et inde tactu asperis, subtus pilis brevibus hirsutis, vaginis hirsutis vel glabris, utroque latere, in auriculam corniformem, obtusam, apice ciliatam productis. Hab. in Java, Horsfield. v. s. Culmus tenuis, fistulosus, internodiis superioribus 3—4 poll. longis, asperis, tenuissimis, ramis ad nodos 2-4-5, divaricatis. Folia tenuia, majora ut supra, minora vix 1j poll. longa, et 3 lin. lata, petiolo undique hirsuto, apice setaceo-acuminata, basi subflavescente cuneata, supra, medio et marginem alterum versus, scabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6, venulis transversis obsoletis. Vagine sul- cato-striate, inferiores hirsute, superiores eed interdum subviscido-hirsute, apice truncate, biauriculatz, ligula brevi. This has neither name nor number in Horsfield's collection, but appears to be a dis- tinct species. The curious auricles of the vaginæ are similar in form to those which occur in B. cornuta, which, however, appears to be a tall arboreous species, whereas this is a slender creeper or twiner. 37. B. LUçoNræ, Munro. Culmo subscandente, superne filiformi, asperrimo, foliis lineari- lanceolatis, angustis, 4-5 lin. latis, 3-4 poll. longis, breviter petiolatis, margine nisi interdum basin versus, g glabris, punc- membranaceo pallido cinctis, utrinque, € ore ciliis paucis, Zeile. eito tulis minutis elevatis vix asperis, vaginis subglabris, caducis fimbriatis, ligula brevissima. Hab. in ins. Philipp. Luconia, montibus mahaihai!, Wilkes. v. $- 3-pedalis adest), internodiis inferioribus 4 poll. longis, aspe- - imis. Folia mucro- riusculis, superioribus 1} poll. longis, asperrimis, ramis ad nodos 4-5, xim E Lenis nato-acuta, basi Fitudate albo marginata, nervis secundariis bg cede EEE obsoletis. Vagine striate, inter strias paucas pubescentes vel demum glabra, ap Blanco has given short descriptions of several species of Bamboo from the Philippine Islands, but this does not agree with any of them. Culmus vagans vel scandens (pars superior 32 i. 285. “ Culmo suffruticoso, foliis margine obsolete scabrulis, cæ ceterum labris, ligula brevi, 38. B. AUREA, Sieb. MS. apud Miquel, Ann. l. c. lanceolatis, 4-6 lin. latis, 2-9 poll. longis, zë utrinque glaberrimis, vaginis glabris, vix striatulis, ore semper 5 abbreviato-semirotundata, glabra, fuscula." ; id. Miquel; v. cult. in hort. Kew! an eadem ` ilibus, 4-4-pedalibus, 6-8, : i i : : d nodos tumidos gracilibus, 5 “ Rami tenues, teretiusculi, longi, graciles, virides, ramulis a F Hab. in Japonia, Siebold, spec. cult. vi 116 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.E. simplicibus vel parce ramosis, flaccidis, unilateraliter fasciculatis. Folia breviter sed distincte petio- lata, e basi acutiuscula lanceolata, acuta, membranacea, tenera, lete viridia, subtus pallidiora, nervis secundariis utrinque 3-4, segre a tertiariis discernendis, venulis transversis obsoletis. An ob colorem foliorum emortuorum flavescentium * aurea’ dicta ?"— Miquel. The plant which I have seen cultivated at Kew under the name of B. awrea appears to be a species of Arundinaria or Thamnocalamus. It agrees with the above description, except that the vaginze are more distinctly striated, the transverse veinlets rather more conspicuous, and the ligule is rather elongated. 39. B. REGIA, Thomson, MS. in Brandis herb. (nomen tantum). Culmo arboreo, elato, foliis angustis, fere linearibus, vix 3 lin. latis, 2-35 poll. longis, supra glabris, sed uno latere tactu asperis, subtus concoloribus, hirsutiusculis vel glabris, vaginis striatis, inter strias hirsutis, vel demum glabris, margine superne ciliatis, ore nudis.— Cat. Bot. Gard. Cale. 79. B. siamensis, Kurz, teste Kurz in herb. Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim, ad Salueen fluv. (“ Tiwa ” incolis), Brandis, no. 12!; Siam! Kurz. v.s. “ Culmus 40-pedalis, strietus, inferne nudus, apice ramorum verticillos gerens, circumferentia 4-10 poll., internodiis nitidis, 1-13 poll. longis, annulis horizontalibus, spathis deciduis, internodia sequantibus, apiculo adpresso, lanceolato.” (Brandis). In speciminibus a me visis spathe 11 poll. longz, basi 8 poll. late, vix coriaceze, intus inferne glabree, extus pilis brevibus, adpressis, nitidis hirsutze, apiculo 4-5 poll. longo, utrinque hirsuto, internodiis culmi superioribus sub 4 poll. longis, flavidis, nitidis, solidis, ramulis simplicibus vel compositis et divaricatis, ad nodos paucis vel numerosis, Folia apice mucronato-acuta, basi rotundata vel cuneata, petiolata, margine serrata, nervis secundariis utrinque 3-4, inconspicuis, venulis transversis nullis. Vagine apice truncate, ligula brevissima, truncata. Brandis says that **this is a most elegant Bamboo, on account of the regularity of the nodes," and that it is brought to Moulmeyn in great quantities, and used as handles for umbrellas. The young plant cultivated at Kew, and received, I believe, from Calcutta as B. regia, appears to be distinct from this species. Inthe Kew plant the leaves are 6 inches long and 10 lines broad, with 6 secondary nerves on each side, and the petiole inconspicuously hairy above, whereas it is quite glabrous in the Tenasserim specimens. 40. B. pyemma, Miquel, Z. c. 286. “ Culmo suffruticoso, semipedali, solido, subtereti, ramoso, foliis dense distichis, e basi rotundata in petiolum vix ullum constrietis, lanceolatis, acutis, 5—4 lin. latis, 1-13 poll. longis, marginibus subciliolato-scabris, subtus pubescentibus, subglaucino-pallidis, nervis lateralibus utrinque 3-4.” Hab. in Japonia (“ Gin-Meitsik ” incolis), Siebold. Colitur in horto Bogoriensi. s. v. Miquel. "Statura pygmza insignis, czterum B. auree et B. puberule Ph llost A ] A M uodam- modo accedens.” — Miquel. [Phy achys nigra, Munro| q 41. B. AUREO-STRIATA, Regel, Gartenflora, 1865, 362, t. 490. figg. 3,4. “ Caule humili (1-2-pedali), tenui, glaberrimo, nodis : » : biannulatis, sepe ramulos 3 breves gerentibus, ramis basi bracteis glabris vel villos o ciliatis vestitis, foliis lanceolatis vel ovato- COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. 117 lanceolatis, acuminatis, basi in petiolum attenuatis, margine scabris, vaginis glabris, ligulis exsertis, truncatis, denticulatis, pilosulis."— Regel. Habitatio ignota. This is very probably a species of Phyllostachys. 49. B. ARGENTEO-STRIATA, Regel, l. c. fig. 5. * Caule glabro, 4-5-pedali, erassitie penna cygnes; ramulis ad nodos biannulatos confertissimis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, glabris, acuminatis, basi rotundatis, brevissime petiolatis, margine scabris, vaginis brevissime puberulis, ore in ligulam brevissimam, longe ciliatam excurrente.”— Regel. Hab. ignota. In the drawing this bears a resemblance to B. Fortunei. I have not yet observed either of the two preceding species in cultivation in England ; and neither the descriptions nor the coloured figures enable me to identify either of them with any previously known species. In addition to several of the preceding species, described from specimens collected by Dr. Brandis, and in describing which I have derived much assistance from that gentle- man’s careful notes made on the living plants, I have seen some specimens of his no. 6, * Wathaboot,” and no 14, “ Theiwa" of the Burmese ; but in neither case are they suf- ficient to enable me to describe the plant satisfactorily ; and, unfortunately, in these two instances Dr. Brandis’s notes do not contain much information, nor do they quite agree with the specimens. Some of Dr. Brandis’s plants belong to other genera than Bambusa, and will be found described in the following pages. | Many of the species, from no. 24 to 42, as well as several of the following «— species, may very probably not belong to Bambusa; but, in accordance with the - vi and example of most authors, I have placed under me fus genus —Á all those doubtful plants which I had not strong reasons for believing to Sats to other genera. Bambuse florifere, minus note, auctoribus inepte descripte. (Ordo alphabeticus.) 43. B. AGnEsTIS, Poir. Enc. viii. 704. ** ulmo arboreo, durissimo, ramis inferiores sine, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, parvis, glabris, petiolis papier panicula terminali, ereeta, spiculis congestis, M u a i nc dp caryopsi oblonga.” —R. et Sch. 1. c. 1344; z vum Fl Cochin 43. Arundarbor Steud. /.c. 330; Lindl. Le Arundo agrestis, Lour. Se 5 spinosa, Rumph. Amb. iv. 14, t. 3. (teste Lour.) an recte : Hab. in Cochin-China et fortasse etiam in China, Loureiro. : GE miele iz “ Culmus lignosus, subteres, tortuosus, 30 ped. altus, s de ge? Dabo densioribus, arcuatis, intrieatis, spinis plurimis, crassis, sparsis, "ITT Folia e (corollz, Lour.) ** minime, lanatz."—JLoureiro. 118 COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.JE. I think it is very probable, as stated at p. 102, that this is the same as B. Blumeana, Sch., or possibly B. spinosa, Roxb. Rumphius describes the leaves of his Arundarbor spinosa as having leaves 6-7 inches long and an inch broad, which does not agree with Loureiro’s description of “ folia lineari-lanceolata parva.” 44. B. DIFFUSA, Bianco, Fl. Filip. 269. ** Culmo plerumque procumbente, foliis ensatis, subtus pilosis, margine serratis, floribus dense distichis, spicatis, stigmatibus 3, vil- losis, semine magno, ciceriformi, testa 4-lineata.”—Steud. Je 331; Miq. Fl. Ind. Batav. iii. 421. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. In the size of the fruit this agrees very well with Schizostachyum acutiflorum, of which it may be only a variety with leaves hairy below. 45. B. LINEATA, Munro, “ Internodiis longis, ultra 2 poll. crassis, externe albicantibus, interpositis s£riis viridibus longitudinalibus (in inferioribus viridis color frequentior), articulis inferne copiosioribus, pilis vaginarum prurientibus raris; ramulorum summum aliquando terminatur in spicam longam, ex nodosis verticillis constan tem, et compositam ex paleaceis et duris squamis, instar ariste obtuse, erectis."— Leleba lineata, s. virgata, Rumph. Leite 2; Reem. et Sch. l. c. 1346. Hab. in ins. Ternate et Celebe, in Amboina exotica, Rumph. 46. B. LONGINoDIs, Mig. l. c. 418. “ Culmis majoribus 2 digitos crassis, internodiis 33-4 ped. longis, externe pallide virentibus, rugosisque, nodis inferioribus, ramulos abortivos, breves, firmos, spinas mentientes et vulnerantes emittentibus, foliis illis B. atre similibus, sed glabrioribus nec hirtis, attamen floribus verticillatis ut in B. tenui." — Arundarbor spiculorum, Loik scabris et rugosis, s. Bulutuy, Rumph. Hab. in Amboina, Manipe, et Java, Rumph. “ Culmi valde stoloniferi, crassum formant fruticem, cujus trunci interni, externi vero vix digiti minoris crassitie, tenuiores et glabriores. cultro ezedatur, ignis scintillze exsiliant.” majores, ultra 2 digitos crassi, Textura adeo dura ut, si majori This is included in Loureiro's Arundo tabacaria by Poiret, Schultes, and others, but, I think, erroneously; for Loureiro does not mention the spinous lower joints, and says that his plant is slender and scabrous all over. 47. B. LUMAMPAo, Blanco, J. c. 270. positam, interruptam confertis, fa paleis vix ciliatis, stylo Miq. l. c. 421. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. “ Culmo erecto, inermi, spieulis in spicam com- seieulis rotundatis vel elongatis, ultra 50-spiculatis, solitario, stigmatibus 9 brevissimis."— Steud. 4. c. 331; Sticks from this plant are stated to be commonly sold at Manilla. COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 119 48. B. mITıs, Poir. Ene. viii. 704. “ Culmo inermi, omnino sequali, 40-pedali, ramis iner- mibus, numerosis, foliis majusculis, lanceolatis, amplexicaulibus, panicula simplici, erecta, coarctata, spicis longis, imbricatis, stylo in stigmata 3, longa, villosa trifido.” — Rem. et Sch. Le 1851; Kunth, Le 432; Rupr. Le 150; Steud. Le 330; Lindl. 4. e. (1835), non Blanco. Arundo mitis, Lour. d c. 73 (excl. syn. Rumph.). Hab. in Cochin-China (“ Cay-mo-ho;" incolis), culta, vix frequens in arvis et sepibus.—Loureiro. * Culmus lignosus, teres, nodis distantioribus vix prominentibus." “ In tennissimas tznias secta uti solent ad texendos pileos, cistas et diversa ac pulchra vascula." Loureiro. 49. B. MONoGYNA, Blan. J. e. 208. “Foliis ensiformibus, utrinque rigide et breviter pi- losis, margine hamulosis, petiolis pilosis, spieulis dense spicatis, plurifloris, gluma uniflora, corolle petalis 2 parvis, antheris majusculis, stylo 1, stigmatibus 2."— Steud. Le 331; Mig. Le 420. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. 50. B. MULTIPLEX, Raeusch; Roem. et Sch. Le, 1350. “ Culmo inermi, fistuloso, 12- pedali, pollicem crasso, multiplici, internodiis longissimis, foliis lanceolato-linearibus, 6 poll. longis, glabris, amplexicaulibus, fusco-viridibus, spicis terminalibus, paueis, erectis, longis, interruptim verticillos spieularum subulatarum circa pedicellum com- munem, sessilem gerentibus, stigmatibus 3 sessilibus, longis, plumosis, reflexis, cary- opsi oblonga."—Kth. l. c. 432 ; Rupr. l. c. 150 ; Lind. Le: Steud. Le, 880. Arundo multiplex, Lour. l. c. 73 (exc. syn. Rumph.). Hab. in Cochin-China, locis cultis provinciarum borealium (“Cay-hop” incolis), Loureiro. “ An una vel altera varietatum Lelebe a Rumphio descriptarum ? » —Schultes. In many respects this approaches in description to B. nutans, Wall. 51. B. punerns, Blan. l. c. 270. “ Gemmis ramorum acutis, rigidis, foliis anguste eed formibus, subtus glabris, supra asperrimis, margine minutissime hamulosis, E pilosissimis, staminibus 6, ovario basi pilorum fasciculo obaito, zii magno, stigmate ramoso vel ad medium bipartito."—Steud. l. c. 331; Miq. Le 421. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. 52. B. renvis, Munro. * Culmo 15-16-pedali, duritie arundinis Europee, Su dien spathis pilis tenuissimis, pruritum excitantibus ona. ae B "od e 2 ped., superioribus 3-33 ped. longis, foliis superioribus ee e e o E heim A latis, tenuibus, petiolis pilis pungentibus hirsutis, capitulis v ertich : e ^ eg distinetis.”— Arundarbor tenuis (Leleba alba, Rumph. l.e. 1v. 1,t. 1); hem. à l. c. 1346. Hab. in Macassara circa domus et areas plantata, Ceramæ ore occidentali, Rumphius. E ad superiores pallide virens et albicans, detruncatus et siecatus album lti erecti 7-12 poll. longi, arcte incumbentes, in ores magisque sese extendunt. — 4-5 in supra. In adulta longus erigitur culmus “ Culmus ad nodos inferiores viridis, exhibet colorem, tertia ab inferiore parte ramuli multi: superioribus internodiis ramuli ac folia sensim sunt maj ramulo, inferiora palmam longa, pollicem lata, superiora ut 120 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. in capitula verticillata per interstitia distinctus ; quivis verticillus compositus est ex diversis apicibus et acutis capitulis instar avenz obtuse, erectis, in culmi summo semper frequentioribus.”—Rumph, Kunth includes this as a synonym of B. verticillata, Blume (Gigantochloa verticil- lata, Munro) ; and Loureiro considers it to be his Arundo multiplex (B. multiplex, Poir.) ; but it appears to me to be very doubtful whether it really belongs to either species, being distinguished from the first by its shorter and much softer stem, and from the last by the size of its leaves. B. Beecheyana bears a greater resemblance to Rumphius's drawing than G. verticillata does. Bambuse minus note, steriles, folüfere tantum. 53. B. AMAHUSSANA, Lindl. /.c. no. 25. “ Culmo pollicem crasso, adeoque duro ac Arun- darbor spinosa, vix recto, internodiis brevibus, spathis pilosis et rugosis, foliis instar Lelebe vel paulo latioribus, exceptis inferioribus quse minora sunt, tenuia, glabra nec pilosa."—Le/eba amahussana, Rumph. Je: Roem. et Sch. /. c. 1346; Rupr. 7. e. 146. : Hab. in Amboina ad pagum Amahussa, Manipa, Rumphius. Rumphius adds that the wood of this is very thick, and that the Chinese use the leaves for packing their rice in. 94. B. ARISTATA, Lodd., Lindl. /.c. no. 16. ** Culmo tenui, glabro, inermi, nodis primum Jarinosis, foliis glaberrimis, basi in petiolum brevem attenuatis, vaginis pubescen- tibus, fimbriatis, ligulis ciliis longis, validis fimbriatis.'" Hab. in Ind. or., Lindley. 55. B. ATRA, Lindl. Le no. 22. ** Culmo ex nigro viridi usque ad verticem, internodiis ad summum 23 poll. [an pedes ?] longis, foliis 13-16 poll. longis, 2-34 poll. latis, maxime sinuosis et nervosis, superne ex viridi nigricantibus, inferne griseis. Sub- stantia lignosa, non torqueri potest, Lelebe albe (B. tenuis) instar, sed frangitur et facile finditur."— Leleba nigra, Rumph. Le: Reem. et Sch. Z c. ; Rupr. l. c. 145. Hab. in Amboina, Rumphius. 56. B. BLANCOL, Steud. 7. e. 331. “Culmo inermi, foliis ensiformibus, utrinque rigide breviterque pilosis, margine minutissime serratis, petiolis per totam longitudinem pilosis."—Miq. Le 421. B. mitis, Blanco, l.c., non aliorum. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. 57. B. FERA, Miq./.c.418. **Culmis usque 30-pedalibus, superne nutantibus, inermibus ; ad nodis sepe curvatis, internodiis ad nodos brevisulcatis, 1-14-pedalibus, foliis 6-10 poll. longis, digitum latis, glabris, viridibus, subtiliter striatis."—. Arundarbor Sere spectes prima s. Bulu Swangi, Rumph. 1 c. iv. 16, tab. iv. (folia tantum depicta) ; “ anne B. vulgaris?” (Mig.). Hab. in Amboina, Rumphius. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 121 58. B. LEVIS, Blanco, /. c. 270. “ Foliis ensiformibus, supremis magnis, subtus molliter lanatis, supra breviter et rigide pilosis, margine nervoque medio supra minutissime hamulosis, petiolis totis pilosis."—Steud. 7. c. 331; Mig. Le 421. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. 59. B. LIMA, Blanco, /. c. * Foliis lanceolatis, angustis, pilis rigidis utrinque asperis, mar- gine minutissime hamulosis, petiolis «pice pilosis, ceterum glabris.”—Steud. /. c. ; Miq. 7. c. Hab. in ins. Philipp., Blanco. 60. B. MAXIMA, Poir. Enc. viii. 704. ** Culmo maximo 80-100-pedali, crassitie cruris, internodiis tripedalibus, valde inanibus (ligno vix 3-poll.), externe quidpiam rugosis, stipitibus rectissimis, ad verticem usque simplicissimis, ramulis terminalibus paucis- simis, foliis fere ut in B. aspera sed paulo minoribus. Arundarbor aspera, farina et crassitie ligni abunde diversa."—Rumph. ; Reem. et Sch. I. c. 1352 (excl. syn. Lour.) ; Kth. Le 432; Rupr. l. c. 152; Steud. Le 331. Arundarbor maxima seu Bulu Sammet, Rumph. l.c. iv. 12.= Bambusa excelsa, Miq. l. c. 418. Arundo maxima, Lour. 2. c. 74, * spinis densissimis horrida,” differe videtur. Hab. in Amboina, in summis montibus ; Manipa, Kelanga et Cerama ; Java, in montibus, Rumphius. This may possibly, as stated at p. 124, be the same as Gigantochloa verticillata, Munro. 61. B. ster, Lindl. Z. c. no. 24. “ Internodiis usque 4 ped. longis, 2 poll. crassis, sub- stantia minorem pennam crassis, siccatis albissimis, foliis angustis, vix hirsutis. Ex hac formantur baculi, 4-44 ped., albi vel variis figuris exusti."—. Leleba picta, Rumph. Le: R. et Sch. l.c. 1346; Rupr. l.c. 146. Hab. in Cerama, Kelanga et Celebe inss., Rumphius. 99. “ Culmis ingentes sylvas formantibus, Lelebis reliquis admodum fragilibus, foliis omnium latissimis, is et nervosis, superne pallide viridibus, s hirtis, unde vix tractabilia sunt h. 1. c.; Reem. et Sch. 7. c. 1946 62. B. prava, Lindl. J. c. no. crassioribus, sed tenuioris substantie, ` 14-18 poll. longis, ultra palmam latis, sinuosis et ne inferne griseis, pungentibus, spinulis frequentissimi ob pruritum quem excitant.”—Leleba prava, Rump Rupr. l. c. 145. Hab. in Amboina, vulgatissima, Rumphius. 63. B. srRIATA, Loddig., Lindl. Lo, no. 19. Culmo inermi, tenui, 20-pedali, sp md striis viridibus, foliis angustis, in petiolum attenuatis, utrinque glabris, su tus glauce- scentibus, vaginis pilis brevissimis paueis subhirsutis. Hab. in China, in Anglia sepe culta, Loddiges. « Culmo tenui, rectissimo, sequalissimo, sub- durissimis, tenacissimis, scabris. Ex Reem. et Sch. 7. c. 1851; R 64. B. TaBacarıa, Poir. Enc. viii. 705. | | internodiis longissimis, solido, espero, ramoso, acarice pulchree.”—Lour. ; illis levigatis fiunt fistulee tab VOL. XXVI. 122 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. Kth. 7. c. 432; Rupr. l. c. 151; Steud. Le 331. Arundo tabacaria, Lour. l. c. 74 (exel. syn. Rumph.). Hab. in Cochin-China (“ Oung-thaong ” incolis), Loureiro. 65. B. TEBA, Miq. (e 418. *'Culmo vix alto, ab inferiore parte usque ad summum spi- nosis undique armato ramis, crassitie pedis, internodiis 14-pedalibus, extus glabris et politis, substantia omnium crassissima, foliis 6-7 poll. longis, poll. latis, subtiliter striatis, tenuibus, glabris, superioribus minoribus, 4-44 poll. longis."—Rumph. Arundarbor spinosa, s. Bulu Baduri, Teba Teba, Rumph. l. c. iv. 14, t. 8 ; R. et Sch. l.c. 1344; Rupr. l. c. 149. e Hab. in Amboina, Cerama, Manilla, Java, China australi, Rumphius. “ Ex ipsius truncis quam ex omnibus ramis, sepissime aphyllis, horrid progerminant spine, retrorsum incurvate. Rami inferiores szepe procumbentes, hamis et spinis armati." I have already stated, at p. 102, that it is possible that this may be the same as B. Blu- meana; but that certainly does not ever appear to be so “ horridly spinous” as this species is described to be. 66. B. rExTORIA, Blanco, l. c. 270. ** Culmo erecto, foliis ensiformibus, supra glabris, subtus margineque scaberrimis."—Steud. /. c. 331; Mig. Le 421. Hab. in ins. Phillipp., Blanco. 67. B. vasARIA, Munro. **Culmo elegantissimo et politissimo, 36-50-pedali, internodiis 2-3 poll. longis, ultra pedem crassis, viridibus, glabris, ligni substantia vix minorem digitum crassa, surculis omnibus ad ortum vaginis rugosis obductis, atque pilis ra- rioribus caducis hirtis, foliis inferioribus minimis, 6—7 poll. longis, 1 poll. latis, supe- rioribus 13-14 poll. longis, in surculis 17 poll. longis, 13-2 poll. latis, subtiliter ner- vosis, tenuibus, margine asperis, in junioribus fruticibus subtus parum lanuginosis, in vetustioribus glabris."—Rumph. Arundarbor vasaria s. Bulu Java, Rumph. l.c. iv. 8; Reem. et Sch. Le 1341 (in obs. ad B. arundinaceam); Rupr. l. e. 142. Hab. in Amboina, Cerama, Molucca, Java, Rumph. ; an Java (“ Tring Djawa ” ! incolis) ? Horsfield. v. s. I have, at p. 100, quoted this as a probable synonym of B. balcooa, but I do not feel certain of its identity. Schultes has quoted it under 2. arundinacea ; and Miquel thinks it may be the same as B. vulgaris. Loureiro quotes it as a synonym of his Arundo bambos, which, however, he describes as having * folia parva." Some specimens, in leaf only, in Horsfield’s herbarium, marked “ Tring djawa," agree very well with the prece ding description. Miquel, 7. c. 416, identifies * Djawa” with B. verticillata, Blume. Bambuse species auctorum. generibus alienis redacte. B. ABYSSINICA, Rich. = Oxytenanthera abyssinica, Munro. B. aupına, Bory — Nastus borbonicus, Gmel. B. AMPLEXIFOLIA, Roem. et Sch. = Guadua ampleaifolia, Pres]. LJ = mucrone hirsuto apiculatis. Stylus fili 2-3-fidus. Stigmata brevia, revoluta, interdum rostratum. Caryopsis ignota. BPE Ud MU ED OE US ED UU Ud Ud Ud Dd Ud Ud Ud UU vo EO vu bU CU Ed CU UO DU eee COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 133 BACCIFERA, Roxb. BARBATA, Trin. BIFOLIA, Sieb. CAPITATA, Trin. CHUSQUE, Poir. DICHOTOMA, Don (nomen tantum) DISTORTA, Nees ab Es. DUMETORUM, Hance ELEGANTISSIMA, Hassk. FAX, Poir. GLAUCIFOLIA, Ruprecht GUADUA, Humb. et Bonp. KUMASACA, Zoll. LATIFOLIA, Humb. et Bonp. METAKE, Sieb. MITIS, Hort. non Poir. NIGRA, Loddig. NIGRO-CILIATA, Büse ‘PANICULATA, Willd. herb. PARVIFLORA, Roem. et Sch. ` PSEUDOARUNDINACEA, Steud. PUBERULA, Miq. RETICULATA, Rupr. RUSCIFOLIA, Sieb. MS. SCANDENS, Blume SCRIPTORIA, Dennst. STRICTA, Roxb. TAGOARA, Nees ab Esen. THOUARSIT, Hassk., non Kunth. TRINII, Nees VERTICILLATA, Willd. VIRGATA, Trin. = Melocanna bambusoides, Trin. = Nastus barbatus, Rupr. = Phyllostachys bambusoides, Sieb. = Guadua ? capitata, Munro. = Chusquea scandens, Kth. = Phyllostachys nigra ?, Munro (teste Rupr.). = Guadua distorta, Rupr. = Schizostachyum dumetorum, Munro. ` = Beesha elegantissima, Kurz. = Beesha fax, Rem. et Sch. — Schizostachyum glaucifolium, Munro. = Guadua angustifolia, Kth. = Phyllostachys kumasaca, Munro. = Guadua latifolia, Kth. = Arundinaria japonica, Sieb. et Zuce. — A. japonica, Sieb. et Zuce. = Phyllostachys nigra, Munro. — Oxytenanthera nigro-ciliata, Munro. = Nastus borbonicus, Gmel. — Arthrostylidium maculatum, Rupr. — Gigantochloa verticillata, Munro. = Phyllostachys nigra, Munro. = Phyllostachys bambusoides, Sieb. — P. kumasaca, Munro. — Dinochloa tjankorreh, Büse. — Beesha Rheedü, Kth. — Dendrocalamus strictus, Nees. — Guadua tagoara, Kunth. = Gigantochloa atter, Kurz. — Guadua Trinii, Rupr. — Gigantochloa verticillata, Munro, test. hb. Willd. — Guadua virgata, Rupr. XII. GIGANTOCHLOA. Kurz, MS. (nomen tantum in herb.). Bambuse, sp Spicula multiflora, sursum. deorsumque imperfecta, rhachilla nunquam conspicua, plerumque fere obsolet: abnormales, in G. heterostachya plerumque 3, in reliquis 1 mentis monadelphis, in tubum primum brevem, cito elongatum, parc formis, hirsutus, longus, basi incras pilosa. Ovarium apice „auct, Arundarbor sp» Rumph. vel ovata, teres, vel oblonga, compressa, elongata, obsoleta. Glume et palee ut in Bambusa, fpes _2, ssepe abortu deficientes. Stamina 6, fila- paleis vix breviorem connatis, antheris satus, exsertus, apice tantum hirsutum vel hirsutissimum, oblongum ?, R2 124 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Gramina arborea in insulis Java et Malacca crescentia. Inflorescentia panicula composita vel decom- posita, culmo vel ramis terminalis, ramulis foliiferis intermixtis, spiculis in verticillis nunc plurimis, nune paucis, vel etiam solitariis, primum bractea longa, apice foliacea, interdum diutius persistente stipatis. This genus can only be said to differ essentially from Bambusa in having the filaments of the stamens united into a delicate monadelphous tube. Conspectus Specierum. Spiculee homomorphze, 3—4 lin. longe. Panicula supra decomposita. Folia basi attenuata, petiolo glabro. Vagine subglabre . i . ]. G. verticillata. Spicule homomorphe, 4-6 lin. long. Panicula bis composita. Folia or rotun- data, petiolo hirsuto. Vagine hirsute . i : ‘ : eom G. aller. Spicule dimorphe, fertiles compresse, 12-15 lin. Puno ; . i i - 3. G. heterostachya. 1. G. VERTICILLATA, Munro. Culmo arboreo, excelso, internodiis apice glabris vel scabris, raro primum farina cito decidua tectis, panicula supra decomposita, ramis interdum longissimis, foliis basi attenuatis, plerumque glabris, subtus glaucescentibus, nervis secundariis vix conspicuis, vaginis plerumque glabris.—G. maxima, Kurz, in herb. Bambusa verticillata, Willd. Spec. ii. 245 (1797) (excl. syn. Lour. et Rumph. ), teste hb. Willd. no. 7007 !; Roem. et Sch. 7. c. 1346, sub obs. 2 ad spec. e Blume; Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 40, non Rupr. nec Nees. B. pseudoarundinacea, Steud. l. c. 330. Bambusacea, no. 17, Miq. l. c. 420, forsan Arundarbor maxima, Rumph. Le iv. 12— B. excelsa, Mig. l. c. 418. Hab. in Java, hb. Willd. 7007 ! herb. Mus. Brit.! a Thunberg (“Tring ater” incolis), Horsfield! no. 647 ! 3479, Zollinger ; Buitenzorg (“ Andoong Kekens ”), var. 8. minor (Kurz) (internodiis hirsutioribus, verticillis majoribus, rhachi fistulosa); hort. Bogor. (“ Andong Kitzil"!) (* Andong Bezaar" !), Rem vox | Culmus elatus, “ 80-100-pedalis, ad verticem usque simplieissimus, ramulis terminalibus paucissimis ” (si Arundarbor maxima, Rumph., eadem est). (In speciminibus visis) internodiis floralibus 3-6 poll. longis, plerumque subsolidis, glabris, raro in var. 8 striatis et fistulosis, interdum apice farina albida cito caduca tectis. Folia plerumque 7-12 poll. longa, 3-13 poll. lata, minora 3-4. poll. longa, 6-8 lin. lata, lanceolata, acuminata, basi attenuata in petiolum glabrum, vix longum, margine argute serrata, supra glabra, sed uno latere scabra, subtus glaucescentia, in junioribus hirsuta, in vetustioribus glabra, sed interdum costam versus pilis paucis stipitatis subhirsuta. Vagine ore truncate, primum sca- briuscule, demum glabre, margine vel glabre vel raro (in Zoll. 647) ciliate, ore nude, ligula ab- breviata, truncata, apice ciliata. Panicula supra decomposita, ramis plerumque ramulosis, rhachi plerumque glabra, subsolida, ramis vel ramulis ultimis tenuibus, seepe bipedalibus et ultra, horum internodiis superioribus uno latere sulcatis et hirsutis, spiculis per interstitia 4-1-3-pollicaria ver- ticillato-glomeratis, “ spiculis nunc paucis 2-4, quin hine inde solitariis, bracteis longissimis apice foliaceis stipatis, nunc plurimis, 12-30, aggregatis.” (Steud.). Spicula raro ultra 4 lin. longa, ovata, - subacuta, sub-6-flora, flosculis 2-4 perfectis, rhachilla obsoleta, flosculis inferioribus unipaleaceis; brevioribus, margine minute ciliatis, superioribus sensim longioribus, sed angustioribus, longius ciliatis. Palea inferior multinervosa, apice breviter mucronato-acuta : ; superior subbrevior, angustior, inter carinas pilis sat longis ciliata, 3-4-5-nervia, apice interdum bimucronata. Sguamule varia- biles, lanceolatæ, apice fimbriatæ, 3 plerumque in flosculo supremo fertili tantum vise, in flosculis COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 125 reliquis 1-2 reperiuntur, he semper palez inferiori opposite. Stamina 6, basi monadelpha, antheris mucrone plus minus hirsuto terminatis. Stylus brevis, basi incrassatus, superne, ut videtur, bifidus, sed forsan trifidus. Ovarium (immaturum) apice hirsutissimum. This species appears to be a loftier plant than the following, and to have a much more compound inflorescence; and the spicules also are rather shorter; but the leaves appear to me to afford the best marks of distinction. Kurz is probably quite correct in identi- fying Rumph's Arundarbor maxima with this plant; but I have felt bound to adopt Will- denow's specific name as the first published. Willdenow's plant was kindly forwarded by Dr. Gareke for my inspection from Berlin, so that there is no doubt of its identity. Willdenow had only seen one flowering branchlet, senf by Thunberg, and therefore describes it as having “spica terminalis simplex." His locality of India is, of course, wrong—as Thunberg was never in India, ordinarily so called. 2. G. ATTER, Kurz, MS. (nomen tantum) in herb. Culmo erecto, 40-pedali, internodiis 1-13 ped.longis, ad basin et apicem albido strigoso tomentosis, foliis basi rotundatis, vel raris- sime subattenuatis, subtus hirsutis, petiolatis, petiolo hörsuto, nervis secundariis subtus conspicuis, vaginis pilis ssepe atris hirsutis, panicula bis composita, spiculis sub 6 lin. longis.— Bambusa Thouarsü 8. atter, Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 41, non Kunth. B. verticillata, Miq. l. c. 416, partim, sed non Willd. Hab. in Java, Horsfield | Buitenzorg (“ B. atter Bezaar ”) (“ B. taman”) (var. rhachi hirsutiss.), Kurz. v.s. Culmus apice ramosus, internodiis glabris, viridibus, apice farinosis, 14-2 poll. crassis, spathis ovatis, sub- pedalibus, intus glaberrimis, extus densissime nigro strigosis, apice, lateribus undulato-fimbrists, » Janceolato-acuminato, 4 poll. longo, utrinque pilis nigris hirsuto. basi rotundata, petiolo complanato, utrinque scabro- 9-20 lin. lata, supra scabriuscula, subtus hirsuta conspicuis, venulis transversis elevatis. ‘bus hirsute, vel pilorum residuis scabre, marginibus longe fimbriate, fovea infra peti , ta, ore nudæ i w^ d e sime fimbriatze, ligula subelongata, truncata, dorso hirsuta, BR interdum longe a eg : im g cula bis composita, ramo vel culmo? terminalis “ 6 ped. longa, Hant. SE m E. Ce ^ adest in hb. Horsfield), internodiis (visis) 4-5 poll. longis, teretibus, scabris, ud Jum ëng nodos 3 ramos 2-3-nos, inzequales, 5-10 poll. longos, d ri u ih ie in ticillato-spicata, verticillis 3-2-3 poll. distantibus, ves rhachi eh sum E em lateralibus 3-5-7 spiculis, internodiis ramulorum striatis, sop ae 2 ; - sed are pee aboa CHI m: adit cdm e p ue "a ind paleis infe- fectis, terminali vel ad pedicellum brevem redacto, vel "rompe E z = x Frend zd rioribus dorso puberulis, superioribus, apice subobtusis, pilis penicillaus. qua, mina, Stylus, et Ovarium, nullo modo a G. verticillata discrepant. E tite eee Kurz, in his notes, identifies this species with B. aspera and B. di e. ite ee but the latter is described as having much longer, and the former leaves, apiculo lanceolato, “ reflexo, Folia lanceolata, apice fere setaceo-acuminata, hirsuto, margine argute serrata, 7-13 poll. longa, et seepissime scabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 8-10, Vagine suleato-striatz, striis pilis vel nigris vel pallidio iolum margine fimbria internodiis floriferis inferio- foliis fere lineari-lanceolatis, Culmo gracili, 30-pedali, 3. G. HETEROSTACHYA, Munro. ing nitidis, glaberrimis, ribus apice scabris, superioribus 126 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. basi rotundatis, utrinque glabris, sed tactu asperiusculis, nervis secundariis incon- spicuis, vaginis compressiusculis, glabris, panicula composita, spiculis dimorphis, fertilibus compressis, plurifloris, sæpe 12-15 lin. longis —Bambusa diversistachya, Munro, in herb. T. C. D. Hab. in Malacca, “ prope Ayer Punas, circa domum," Griffith. v. s. Culmus arboreus, 30-pedalis, fistulosus (internodiis floriferis tantum visis). Folia angusta, setaceo- acuminata, basi rotundata vel attenuata, petiolata, petiolo glabro, margine argute serrata, plerumque 8-11 poll. longa, 9-12 lin. lata, utrinque glabra, nisi interdum pili pauci subtus ad costam sparsi, nervis secundariis utrinque 4-6, ægre a tertiariis discernendis, venulis transversis obsoletis. Vagine glabre, utrinque product, ore nude, ligula elongata, truncata, glabra, interdum longe ciliata. Panicula vix decomposita, terminalis, internodiis teretibus 4-6 poll. longis, inferioribus apice scabris, superioribus gradatim glabrescentibus et nitidis, ramis inferioribus ad nodos plerumque 3, interdum plurimis, nunc floriferis tantum, nunc foliiferis superne floriferis, apice nutans et simpliciter verticil- lato-spicata, ramis approximantibus, brevibus, subdensifloris, spiculis secus ramos fasciculato-verticil- latis, vel sspe solitariis, plurimis cylindricis acutis, angustis, incompletis, vix 9 lin. longis, paucis oblongis, compressis, 12-16 lin. longis, et 4 lin. latis, bromiformibus. Spicula fertilis 11—18-flora, flosculis omnibus, nisi 2-3 terminalibus tabescentibus et forsan infimo, bipaleaceis, hermaphroditis, rhachille articulis superioribus plus minus conspicuis. Palea inferior valde acuminata, margine et dorso glabra, superne immerse nervosa; superior multo angustior, vix brevior, spe hirsuta, 62 lin. longa, carinis inconspicue fimbriata. Squamule 3, oblong, longe fimbriatz. Stamina 6, monadelpha, antheris mucrone hirsuto vel penicillo pilorum apiculatis. Stylus longus, hirsutus, superne bifidus. Ovarium (immaturum) apice hirsutissimum, longe rostratum. This has a very different appearance from the two preceding species. The perfect spicula has a considerable resemblance to that of Bambusa vulgaris. : Species dubia, folia tantum. 4. G. APUs, Kurz, MS. in herb. (nomen). Folia (2 tantum adsunt) 14 poll. longa, 21-22 poll. lata, basi inzequilatera, attenuata in petiolum supra scabrum, subtus hirsutum, basi inerassatum, supra glabra, sed medio et ad nervos margini alteri adjacentes scaberrima, subtus scabrula et pilis brevibus hirsuta, margine serrato scaberrima, nervis secundariis tota lamina 26-28, elevatis, conspicuis, venulis transversis incon- spicuis. Vagine sulcatze, striate, margine ciliate, superne glabra, inferne strüs pilis albidis adpressis hirsute, fovea apice callosa, hirsuta, margine fimbriata, li- gula truncata, dorso hispida, margine tenuissime ciliata.—A an B. apus ? Roem. et Sch. 2. c. 1350, et ante, p. 112. Hab. in Java, hort. Bogor. (^ Talie ” incolis), Kurz. v.s. These leaves are different from some marked “ Apus" in hb. Horsfield, as already mentioned at p. 113. In many respects they correspond perfectly with Schultes's descrip- tion of B. apus, differing principally in having hirsute petioles. Hasskarl, in Cat. Hort. Bog. 295, says that “ Apus” belongs to the genus Dendrocalamus. XIII. OxYTENANTHERA. . Munro, nov. gen. Bambuse, sect. Scirpobambos, Rich. Fl. Abyss. ii. 439. Spicula subeylindrica, sæpe elongata et curvata, plerumque pauciflora, flosculis 1-3 tantum, bipaleaceis, " COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEAR. 127 plerumque nonnisi uno, terminali vel penultimo, fertili, rhachilla obsoleta, paleis imbricatissimis, nunc sursum deorsumque, nunc deorsum tantum imperfecta (flosculo terminali tabescente nullo). Palea inferior multinervia, acuminata vel spinoso-mucronata, margine nunc pilis sat longis fimbriata, nune glabra; superior, flosculi fertilis supremi, dorso convewa, carinis obsoletis. Squamule null. Stamina 6, basi monadelpha, antheris mucrone vel seta, ssepe longissima, vel (in O. Stocksii) pilis paucis hyalinis apiculatis. Stylus gracilis, longus vel longissimus, basi vix incrassatus, apice in stig- mata 2-3 interdum longa et plicata divisus. Caryopsis angusta, lineari-oblonga, sulco longitudinali notata. Gramina arborescentia vel scandentia, in Africa tropica, India orientali, Zeylania, Java et insulis adjacen- tibus crescentia. Folia varia. Inflorescentia vel capitulum, vel panieula decomposita, spiculis in verticillis densis, per ramos dissitis, aggregatis. The monadelphous stamens often with extremely long points, the absence of squamulir, the convex, not keeled, upper palea of the fertile flower, and narrow linear oblong fruit are characters which separate this genus from all others. Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. “ Seirpobambos." Spiculz cylindrico-conice, 12-20 lin. longz, in capitulis, spe terminalibus, dense aggregate e SEN Sect. II, Spicule in verticillis, secus ramos dissitis, aggregate. Spicula cylindrica, 9-14 lin, longa, flosculo terminali tabescente, con- spicuo, exserto. Palea inferior acuminata, margine pilis nigris vel violaceis ciliata « 1 ; i i ; EE . . Spicula cylindrica, angusta, sub 9 lin. longa, sepe curvata, flosculo terminali tabescente nullo. Palea inferior margme pilis albis fimbriata 3. 0. albo-ciliata. Spicula subcompressa, brevis, 4-7 lin. longa, ssepius 3-flora, raro 6-flora, flosculis 1-3 bipaleaceis. Palea inferior spinoso-acuta, margine brevis- sime fimbriata vel omnino glabra. Antherz longe mucronate . Spicula teres, brevis, 6 lin. longa, 4-5-flora, flosculis 2 bipaleaceis, terminali vel ad pedicellum brevissimum redacto, vel omnino obsoleto. acuminatissima, nervoso-striata, margine evissimo vel pilis 1-2 hyalinis api- 1. O, Abyssinica. 2. O. nigro-ciliata. 4, O. Thwaitesii. Palea inferior spe spinoso- glabra. Anthere vel mucrone br culate . i 4 k ; à 5. O. Stocksii. l. O. aBysstnica, Munro. Culmo arboreo, spiculis oblongo-conieis, mul * capitulis, terminalibus vel spicatis, conglomerato-aggregatis, monoicis, floscı is = bipaleaceis, palea inferiore dorso plus minus hirsuta, foliis E = fimbriatis.— Bambusa abyssinica, Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. ii. 429; ape . €. 930; Walp. Ann. vi. 781. B. Schimperiana, Steud. in litt. ad. no. xci ES itin. m Hab. in Africa tropica, Abyssinia in ripas fluv. Tacazze (“ Arkai " et “ Chommel y ae i enie Paus SET Schimper (folia tantum) ; Gallabat, Matamma, no. 2511! peut d mom idee Andongo, 2400-3800 ped. s. m., no. 1134! Welwitsch; Accra! Vogel (fo5% ; ; (folia). VS, 3 C l H D H 1 i i lauco-pri nosus, * D ulmus 25-50-pedalis, lignosus, basi 14-3 poll. diametro, Bn fimbriatis, apiculo Jineari-lanee- spathis 10 poll. longis, intus glabris, extus hirsutis, margi nt poll. olato, 9 poll. longo, utrinque hirsuto. Folia lineari-. vel oblongo- e d ep. ^e longa, 6-12 lin. lata (interdum, in eodem ramo, superiora (more ms) 0) d ramis verticillatis, 128 T COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEJE. lin. lata, venulis transversis inconspicuis, inferiora 10 poll. longa, 1$ poll. lata, venulis transversis conspicuis), basi subcordata, vel in petiolum hirsutiusculum attenuata, margine serrulato-scaberrima, supra glabra, sed uno latere tactu scabra, subtus pilis brevibus, seepe vix conspicuis pubescentia, vel glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-10, plus minus conspicuis. Vagine interdum glabre, interdum hirsute, margine ciliate, ore fimbriatz, ligula brevi, truncata. Inflorescentia nunc capitulum densi- . florum, in ramis terminale, nunc “capitulis lateralibus superpositis, terminali majore, et quasi spicam vastam, interrupte verticillatam efformantibus." Spicule, raro fertiles, in capitulis numero- sissime, acutissime, 12-20 lin. long, paleis imbricatissimis, flosculis inferioribus 1 paleaceis, glumis similibus, gradatim increscentibus, mucronatis, hirsutis, flosculis (1-2, vel raro 3) superioribus bipa- leaceis, vel masculis, vel femineis, vel hermaphroditis, Palea inferior (fertilis) 9 lin. longa, acutissima, subspinescens, perfecte convoluta ; superior vix brevior, in flosculis bipaleaceis inferioribus 1-2 bicarinata, superne fimbriata, apice hirsuta, bimucronata, in flosculo supremo bipaleaceo, dorso con- vexa, 10-12-nervia, caryopsin arcte involvens. Stamina 6 monadelpha, antheris apice mucrone longo hirsuto subulatis. Stylus longus, hirtus, basi tandem articulatus, apice in stigmata 3, longa, sæpe plicata, hirtella divisus. Caryopsis angustissima, lineari-oblonga, 6 lin. longa, uno latere sulco fusco longitudinali notata. his fine distinct-looking Bamboo seems to have a wide range in Africa, extending into both tropics. Barter says that it was the only arboreal grass he had seen (in Baikie’s Niger Expedition), and that the stems were used to pole canoes, and the smaller ones as shafts for spears. This species has a very different appearance from the remainder of the genus; but the structure of the spiculee in all the species is very similar. 2. O. NIGRO-CILIATA, Munro. Culmo excelso, internodiis floriferis seepe 9 lin. diametro, glabris, ramis floriferis ad nodos fascieulatis, 3-pedalibus et ultra, spiculis 9-14 lin. longis, angustis, seepe curvatis, flosculo terminali tabescente conspicuo, exserto, palea inferiore acuminata, apice nervosa, margine pilis sat longis, nigris vel violaceis fim- briata, foliis basi inzqualibus, subtus pubescentibus vel demum glabris.—Bam- busa nigro-ciliata, Büse in Pl. Jungh. i. 389; Mig. l. c. 416; Walp. Ann. vi. 1045. B. bitung, Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 42, sed vix Schult. B. gracilis, Wall. MS. in Cat. 5033 ! Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim, Helfer, 985 ! 3141 ; Martaban, Meaoung ! Kogun ! in saxis prope mare inter Chappadong et Amherst, Wallich, 5033: Moulmein, Falconer, 18! (fol) 20! (flores), Lobb ! ; Chittagong, Jones!; Madras, Canara, Mercara, Hohenacker, 527 ! ; ins. Andaman ! Sumatra! Kurz; Java, Zollinger! Junghuhn, (* Lengha” incolis) Horsfield! v.s. Culmus 30-40-pedalis (Helfer), pulchre striatus (Wallich), internodia florifera tantum visa. Folia 7-10 vel etiam 12-15 poll. longa, 14-2 poll. lata, lanceolata, basi rotundata, inæquilatera, breviter petiolata, apice rostrato-acuminata, supra glabra, sed uno latere scabra, subtus pallidiora, pubescentia, vel demum glabra, nervis secundariis, utrinque 8-10-12, mediocriter conspicuis. Vagine, infra peti- olum, abrupte truncate, margine fimbriatæ vel glabræ, dorso superne plerumque glabræ, interdum pilis albis yel nigris adpressis hirsutæ, ligula subelongata vel brevi. Panicula maxima, decomposita, internodiis inferioribus glabris, fistulosis, ramis compositis, longis, ramulis gracilibus, interdum 2- pedalibus, ultimis verticillato-spicatis, apice interdum foliatis, spiculis in verticillis 4-13-23 poll. distantibus, vel paucis vel numerosis, ramulorum internodiis inferioribus glabris, superioribus vel glabris vel, supremis præcipue, hirsutis. Spicula cylindrica, angusta, 5-6-7-flora, flosculis 2-3 inferioribus l-paleaceis, tunc 1-2-3 bipaleaceis, terminali l-paleaceo, conspicuo, exserto. Palea in- ferior (fertilis) seepe dorso pubescens (interdum pili nigri sparsi adsunt), basi membranacea, apice COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 129 acuminata, vel raro subobtusa, margine pilis violaceis vel nigris ciliata; superior subsequilonga, carinis longe fimbriatis, apice vel obtusa vel bimucronata, in flosculo supremo dorso convexa. Stamina 6, antheris longe exsertis, flexuosis, mucrone longo, hirsuto subulatis. Stylus longus, apice 3-fidus. Ovarium lineari-oblongum, apice hirsutum. 3. O. ALBO-CILIATA, Munro. Culmo diffuso, scandente, internodiis floriferis plerumque apice scabris, spiculis sub 9 lin. longis, anguste cylindricis, curvatis, flosculo terminali tabescente nullo, glumis paleisque inferioribus pilis albis longis ciliatis, foliis dubiis. Hab. in Ind. or. Deen (“ Wapyoogele " incolis), no. 19! Brandis; Moulmein, no. 27! Falconer. v. s. * Culmus subscandens, ramis solitariis, circumferentia maxima 44 poll, internodiis bipedalibus, annulis obliquis, spathis hirsutis, } internodii aquantibus, foliis deciduis."— Brandis. Folia dubia. Panicula (an culmo terminalis?) composita (pars superior 9-pedalis in hb. Falconer adest), internodiis sæpe 8 poll. longis, inferioribus apice scabris, superioribus glabris et nitidis, ramis inferioribus ad nodos plurimis, superioribus solitariis binisve, simpliciter verticillato-spicatis, interdum 2 pedes longis, internodiis glabris, verticillis densifloris, subaquidistantibus. Spieula pallida, deorsum imperfecta, 3-4-flora, floseulis 1-2 inferioribus 1-paleaceis, sterilibus, tertio masculo, terminali hermaphrodito. Palea inferior acuta, apice immerso-nervosa, margine pilis albis patulis fimbriata; superior sub- obtusa, margine fimbriata, Reliqua ut in O. nigro-ciliata. In addition to the colour of the fringe on the margin of the lower palea, the spicule of this species is distinguished from that of the preceding by the absence of a terminal imperfect flower. In habit it appears to be a much more slender plant, with a much less compound panicle. There are, unfortunately, no leaves actually attached to any of the flowering specimens; so that I have been unable to describe the foliage with any certainty. 4. ©. Tuwarresi, Munro. Culmo 10-12-pedali, ramulis ad = — rimis -— oribus floriferis basi foliiferis, spe 2-3 ped. et ultra longis, spiculis brevibus, 4-6 lin. longis, nunc 5-6-floris, sed ssepius 3-floris, flosculis 1-3 Hagae. t E riore margine brevissime fimbriata, vel, in var p, glabra, T 5 ornnes Wee, theris Jonge mucronatis, foliis lanceolatis, ligula vel nen ne zg e Pl. t. 80! calamus monadelphus, Thw. in Enum. 376. Bambusa stricta, Rox = m: x Es quoad tabulam sed non quoad descriptionem, M ad tn iom verum pertinet: “ D. strietus, var. spiculis glabratis, en 7 ey e? poll Var. 8. Spiculis 5-6-floris, palea inferiore margine glabra, toms p » Ag = latis, ligula elongata. Hab. in Ceylon, prov. centr. alt. 4000-5000 ped. s. m., no. 3859 ECHTEN ghiri, mont. Shevagherry, no. Ve seg > I Folia lanceolata, acumi- Culmus inermis, viridis, teres, fistulosus, striatus, — — a supra glabra, iiim pri- nata, basi subeordata, petiolata, parum coq ctm L6 dicibus 6-9 lin. lata, nervis secun- mum pilis sparsis vix hirsuta, demum glabra, — Ce ye is " dni 14 poll. lata, nervis dariis utrinque 6, venulis transversis obsoletis (in nr eg Vi am fu ci-albido-pilose, apice secundariis utrinque 10-12, venulis transversis conspicuis). ii 2 i SEE Pleni longe caduco-ciliate,” ligula nune rg Ber d ilc e longissimis, valde inæ- ‘ TR icula decomposita, ramis inferioribus "IT Ge S (an culmo foliifero terminalis ?) panie wt S VOL, XXVI. ! Thwaites; Ind. or. in montibus Nil- 130 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. qualibus, floriferis, basi foliiferis, superioribus omnino floriferis, brevioribus, internodiis inferioribus glabris, interdum 8 poll. longis, viridibus, striatis, verticillis sepissime densifloris, subglobosis, raro ad nodos dense aggregatis, plerumque secus ramulos regulariter spicatis. Spicula acuta, lineari-oblonga, plerumque 3-flora, rarius 5-6-flora, flosculis 2 inferioribus unipaleaceis, sequentibus 1-3 bipaleaceis, terminali tabescente nunc conspicuo, nunc obsoleto. Palea inferior dorso glabra, 15-20-nervosa, margine vel brevissime fimbriata, vel glabra, subulato-acuta ; superior vix brevior, in flosculo bipa- leaceo supremo dorso conveza, 9-nervis, margine ciliata, apice subpilosa, in reliquis obtuse-bicarinata. « Antherze angustze, subulato-apiculatz, apiculo piloso.” Stylus apice 3-fidus. Caryopsis (matura) 3 lin. longa, lineari-oblonga, apice acuta et glabra. Roxburgh’s drawing in the ‘ Plants of the Coast of Coromandel’ was undoubtedly taken from a plant of this species ; but the description, with which the drawing does not agree, was probably written at a later date, and is very nearly in the same words as those used in the * Flora Indica, ii. 193, for the real Dendrocalamus strictus. I have been un- willing to change Thwaites’s specific name for this plant; but as the whole genus have monadelphous stamens, it was no longer a distinctive one, and I have therefore named it after the excellent botanist who first described the plant correctly. 5. O. Srocksri, Munro. Culmo gracili, internodiis 4-7 poll. longis, glaberrimis, ramis ad nodos paucis, spiculis sub 6 lin. longis, teretibus, acutissimis, glabris, plerumque 4-5-floris, flosculis 2 bipaleaceis, terminali vel lineari brevissimo, vel omnino obso- leto, palea inferiore membranacea, margine glabra, in flosculis superioribus interdum spinoso-acutissima, antheris vel brevissime mucronatis, vel pilis hyalinis 1-2 bre- vibus apiculatis, foliis angustis, subtus hirsutis. Hab. in Ind. or. Concan, Stocks. v.s. Folia lineari-lanceolata, apice mucronato-acuta, basi cordato-rotundata, vel attenuata in petiolum com- planatum, basi incrassatum, brevem, subtus hirsutum, 3-4 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, supra hirsuta vel glabra, subtus hirsuta, nervis secundariis utrinque 4-5, inconspicuis. Vagine striate, plerumque glabre vel primum pubescentes, ore fimbriatz. Inflorescentia, ut videtur, ei praecedentis similis (ramuli floriferi 3 tantum adsunt), verticillis interdum 13 poll. diametro, densissimis, fere echinatis, in ramulis approximatis. Spicula 4-5-flora, glabra, flosculis 2 inferioribus unipaleaceis brevibus, dorso nitidis, apice mucronatis, 2 sequentibus bipaleaceis, terminali brevissimo vel obsoleto. Palea inferior (fertilis) membranacea, per totam longitudinem striato-nervosa, apice mucrone sspe longo spinoso subulata; superne, in flosculo tertio, bicarinata, obtusa, carinis fimbriata, in quarto convexa obtusa. Stamina 6, antheris vel brevissime mucronatis, vel fere obtusis, vel pilis 1-2 hyalinis apicu- latis. Stylus apice 2-3-fidus. Ovarium (immaturum) apice hirsutum. The leaves of this species are remarkably like those of Dendrocalamus strictus. The short points to the anthers and striated membranous lower palea are the chief points of distinction between this and the preceding species. Sectio III. Bacctrer® (conf. supra, p. 12). Conspectus Generum. Subsectio I. Scntzosracnvorpea. Rhachis propria, nisi in Cephalostachyo, bis terve fasciculatim divisa ; tandem spieula fertilis, plerumque eylindrica, flosculis (1 vel raro 2) hermaphroditis, supr? glumas articulata. Squamul 3 vel raro 2 aut nulle. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 131 Spicule spicata, oblongs vel cylindriez, flosculis 1-2 bipaleaceis, herma- phroditis. Squamule 3 vel raro 2. Fructus (in specie unica tantum notus) magnus, carnosus, pomiformis, rostratus . ; 4 ‘ . 14. Melocanna. Spicula cylindrica, paleis imbricatissimis, involventibus, flosculo 1 herma- phrodito, plerumque wnipaleaceo, rarissime (in specie unica) bipaleaceo. Squamule nulle. Fructus (tantum in specie unica notus) oblongus, ru- gosus, rostro brevi subito cuspidatus e i i e 15. Schizostachyum. Spicule eylindric®, in capitulis densis, plerumque terminalibus congestze, flosculo 1 hermaphrodito, bipaleaceo. Squamule 3. Fructus longe attenuato-rostratus . . à : ‘ e i . e Spicule oblong, membranacee, spicatze, flosculis 1-2 hermaphroditis, bipa- leaceis. Squamule 3 vel 5. Fructus globosus rostro longo subito rostratus. Tab. IV. . 3 a ? 1 i « 0. 5 17. Pseudostachyum. 16. Cephalostachyum. Subsectio II. BaAwsvsorpEA. Spicula structura Bambuse similis, flosculis 1-2 vel plurimis fertilibus. Squamulæ 3, vel plurime, vel nulle. Fructus bacciformis, plerumque rostratus. Spicula elongata, cylindrica, pluriflora, flosculis 3-5 fertilibus. Squamule 3 Fructus rostratus. Tab. IH. : e : , ^ , ‘ Spicula subcylindrica (fructifera major, conoideo-cylindrica), floseulo 1 bipa- leaceo, hermaphrodito. Squamule plurime vel raro (in specie unica) 3. Stamina plurima vel 6. Fructus longe rostratus ; Spicula oblonga vel ovata, flosculis 2 vel plurime perfectis. nulle. Fructus oblongus, plerumque rostratus. TaD. YI. $ Spicula minima, ovata, flosculo Zerminali solo bipaleaceo. Squamuls nulle. Fructus oblongus, brevissime rostratus. Tab. V.: «+ 21. Dinochloa. 18. Teinostachyum. ^ e 19. Beesha. Squamule vere . 90. Dendrocalamus. XIV. MELOCANNA. Kunth, ‘ Notice sur le genre Bambusa’ (1822) ; Roxburgh. Schizostachyi sp., Steud. et Miquel. 1, raro 2 hermaphroditis, terminali tabescente, supra glumas, articulata. Glume numero flosculi fertilis paucinervia, in speciebus 2 t sepe involutissima ; superior spe longior, in reliquis coriacea, involuta, raro carinata, mbriatæ, sæpe persistentes. Stamina Stylus longus, apice trifidus. Ova- in M. bambusoide, Trinius in Sprengel, Neue Entd. ii. 43 (1821). Beesha, Endl. no. 910, sed non Rheede (1685). Bambuse sp., Spicula utrinque imperfecta, pauciflora, flosculo plerumque conspicuo, nunc subovata, nunc cylindrica, fertilis basi, indefinitæ, forsan omnes gemmiparæ. Palea inferior membranacea, in reliquis coriacea, plerumque scabra e in speciebus “ bambusoides » et “ Kurzii ” membranacea, plerumque dorso convexa. Squamule 3, vel raro 2, plerumque fi plerumque 6, raro 5-7, antheris vel obtusis vel ET gsi rium longe rostratum, rostro ssepe angulato, glabro vel subhirsuto. j , Jem ie al acuminatus, edulis, ın reliquis ign uet ms et inss. Singapore, Java, et Andaman indigena. Folia ullis vel obsoletis, vaginis ore ciliis longis, interdum i i hylla, spiculis spicatis deciduis fimbriatis. Inflorescentia nunc panicula vasta, supra decomposita, * em v ss zur sem nune panicula decomposita, aphylla, spiculis in € = mplex in ramis basi foliatis terminalis, fasciculis plerumque maximus, pomiformis, carnosus, Gramina arborea vel fruticosa, in India ori plerumque lata, petiolata, venulis transversis n imbricatis, bracteis velatis, elongatos dissitis, nune panicula fere s! simplicibus verticillato-spicatis. I think it is very probable that guished by the absence of squamule, ees, which is principally distin- is merely an incomplete state of this genus ; or per- is e Schizostachyum of N p———————ÓeT 132 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. haps this genus should have been confined to the one typical large-fruited species, and the remainder placed in Schizostachyum, with an enlarged character. Conspectus Specierum. Sect. I. Typica. Culmus arboreus. Panicula ampla, 1 posita. Palee membranacee. Squamule 2. Fructus EK magnus, pomiformis, carnosus a ; i ; : S à . l. M. bambusoides. Sect. II. Dubie. Culmus subarboreus vel frutescens. Fructus ignotus. Panicula decomposita, aphylla, ramis valde elongatis, sepe compositis. Spicula plerumque sesquiflora, paleis coriaceis. Antherz obtusæ e 2. M. virgata. Panicula subsimplex, basi foliata, fasciculato-spicata, fasciculis 3-4. Spicula 3—4-flora, paleis coriaceis. Anthere obtuse. Folia angusta, nervis secun- dariis inconspieuis . e à e : : ‘ à . 98. M. gracilis. Panicula ut in M. gracili, fasciculis plurimis. Spicula 3-4-flora, paleis coriaceis. Antherz obtuse. Folia lato-lanceolata, nervis secundariis conspicuis . 4. M. Zollingeri. Panieula ut in M. gracili. Spicula 3-5-flora, paleis membranaceis. Authere longe mucronate . g : . ‘ ; ; à : : . 5. M. Kurzà. l. M. BAMBUSOIDES, Trin. Le 43. Culmo arboreo, excelso, apice tantum ramoso, pani- cula supradecomposita, basi aphylla, spiculis 3—4-floris, paleis membranaceis, squa- mulis 2, ovario apice rostrato, demum carnescente, in fructum pomiforme, interdum 5-pollicare, increscente, foliis ovato-lanceolatis, vaginis ore longe fimbriatis.— Spreng. Syst. ii. 113 (excl. syn. Lour.); Rupr. l.c. 155; Steud. Le 331; Miq. Le 423. Bambusa baccifera, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 25 (1814); Corom. Pl. iii. 38, t. 243 (1819); Fl. Ind. ii. 197. Beesha Rheedei, Kunth, Le: Rev. Gram. i. 141; Enum. 434 (excl. syn. nonnull.), non Rupr. /. c. ad not. Beesha baccifera, Roem. et Sch. l. c. 1836. Nastus baccifera, Rasp. l. c. v. 442. Hab. in Ind. or. Chittagong, spontanea (“ Moolli ” et * Metunga ”), Hooker! Jones !, ( Bish Bans ”) Roz- burgh ; Sylhet, Wallich! Cachar (“ Moolli ”) Verner; Tipperah, Campbell; Arracan, Theobald; Akyab, Tickell; cult. hort. bot. Cale., Thomson ; Moulmein ! Falconer ; ile Bourbon ! Boivin ; Mau- ritius! Ayres (var. ramo florifero basi foliato). v. s. Culmus 50-70-pedalis, basi peripheria 12-13 poll., erectus, apice tantum ramosus, fistulosus, parietibus tenuibus, * tabasheer? fundens. Folia ovato-lanceolata, basi attenuata, inzequilatera, petiolata, pe- tiolis flavescentibus, apice setaceo-acuminata, 6-12 poll. longa, 1-2-4 poll. lata, utrinque glabra, sed supra ad unum latus scabra, subtus pallidiora, nervis secundariis utrinque 8-14, subconspicuis. Va- ghe glabræ vel villosæ (teste Roxb.), ore fimbriatæ, ligula inconspicua. Panicula supradecomposita, ramis ramulisque iterum iterumque divisis, ultimis spiculas spicatas, inferiores steriles, supremas tan- tum fertiles, bracteis involutas gerentibus. Spicula fertilis supra glumas articulata, 3-4-flora, flos- culis 1-2 inferioribus neutris vel masculis, penultimo hermaphrodito, terminali tabescente, interdum ad pedicellum redacto, interdum paleis duabus prædito. Palea inferior (flosculi hermaphroditi) membranacea, 9-nervia, apice acuminata ; superior tenuimembranacea, subzquilonga, dorso vix cari- nata. Squamule 2, paleze inferiori opposite, lineari-oblongze, apice obtuse, margine fimbriatie, 3-5- nervue, persistentes. Stamina 5-7, longa, basi libera, antheris, demum fortis, subobtusis. Stylus longus, attenuatus, apice 2-3-4-fidus, stigmatibus brevibus, pilosis. Ovarium longe attenuatum, cito crescit et carnescit. Fructus pomiformis, 3-5-pollicaris, carnosus, apice curvatus et acuminatus. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 133 The very curious fruit of this species is remarkably well figured by Roxburgh in the ‘Plants of the Coast of Coromandel.’ The plant appears to have fruited abundantly in Arracan in 1864 and 1865; and Mr. Theobald states that “the true seed inside the fleshy pericarp, about the size and shape of a small betel-nut, is very pleasant eating, and not at all austere, though without much flavour. The natives declare the whole fruit is edible after baking.” Some further particulars about the flowering of this plant will be found at p. 3. | 2. M. virgata, Munro. Culmo subarboreo ?, internodiis floriferis interdum 12-15 poll. longis, glabris, vel apice scabrulis ; panicula longissima, ampla, nutante aphylla, ramis fascieulatis, paucis vel plurimis, virgatis, simplieibus vel compositis; spieulis in fasci- culis, interdum proliferis, nunquam densifloris, per ramos dissitis ; spicula cylindrica, acuta, pauciflora; flosculo uno fertili; paleis coriaceis subhirsutis.—Bambusa, Sp., Griffith, Journ. p. 89. Hab. in Ind. or. Burmah, Keouksik ad fluv. Mogong, Griffith. v.s. : Panicula aphylla tantum adest, decomposita, rhachi glabra, ramis ineequalibus, sepe podalibus, ee x teretibus vel uno latere planis, fasciculis, plerumque sessilibus, interdum pedunculatis ee a interdum longe distantibus, basi bracteatis. Spieula fertilis acuta, angusta, sub 6 lin. longs, P "n sesquiflora, flore inferiore bipaleaceo, fertili, ad basin, flore tabescente, pedicellato, fertili breviore P Flos terminalis interdum major et bipaleaceus, sed semper sterilis. Palea inferior dorso sparse hinas, coriacea; superior sulcata, apice bimucronata, inferiore longior, carinis non ^ E domu : lanceolatze, inconspicue nervatz, margine tenuiter fimbriate, interdum basi coalitæ, ee Se Stylus longissimus, stigmatibus 2-3, brevibus, plumosis. Ovarium prs pc ansias oue longe rostratum. Folia desunt. The structure of the spicula is similar to th inflorescence is much more compound than in any of them. at of the three following species; but the E GRACILIS, Kurz, MS. in hb. Culmo suffruticoso, 10-pedali, ramis dic vibus, fasciculatis, ramo florifero, basi foliato, fasciculos won el er “a Spicatos gerente; spicula sub 3—4-flora ; foliis Ee, en cundariis zegre a tertiariis discernendis; vaginis ore ciliis cito Cat. Bot. Gar. Cale. 79. Bambusa, Wall. Cat. 5032. t Cale, Bot. Gard., Kurz. v. 8. liiferis floriferisque ad eundem nodum semi- 6-8 lin. lata, apice setaceo-acuminata, basi rotundata, ibidis pallidiora et punctulis minutissimis Hab. in Singapore, 5032! Wallich; Java, hort. Bogor. e Culmus gracilis, internodiis glaberrimis, fistulosus, ramulis fo verticillatis. Folia angusta, 5-6 poll. longa, petiolata, petiolo fusco, margine aspera, utrinque mene ervis secundariis utrinque 3—4, ægre asperiuscula, raro pilis parvis basin versus, ad costam vis p: ine primum ciliate, glabre, a tertiariis discernendis, venulis transversis fere obsoletis. : eh 4n cula. spicata, brevissima, suleate, abrupte truncate, ore ciliis paucis, — ge: longa, nune 4-flora, flosculis 2 infe- fasciculis parvis, paucis, (in spec. visis) 3-4. o me: ali tabescente. Palea inferior nervosa, rioribus et terminali sterilibus, nunc sesquiflore, cui uns 6. filamentis plerumque brevibus, an- coriacea, acuta, superiore bicarinata sulcata brevior. we is 2.3-fidus. Squamule 3, anguste, theris fusco obtuse apiculatis. Stylus longissimus, apice acu) longe rostratum. oblongze, fimbriate, 3-5-nervosz, subinzequales. Qvarium ( 134 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. This is principally distinguished by its narrow leaves, with very inconspicuous secondary nerves, from Jf. Zollingeri. A M. ZOLLINGERI, Kurz, MS. in hb. Culmo suffruticoso, internodiis glaberrimis, vel apice scabris, ramis ad nodos fasciculatis, patulis, nunc foliiferis tantum, nunc apice floriferis, fasciculis spieularum spicatis, approximatis, spiculis paucifloris, plerumque 4-6 lin, longis, foliis 6-12 poll. longis, 2—1$ poil. latis, sepe plicatis, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-10-12, conspicuis, vaginis glabris, ore fimbriatis.—Schizostachyum Zol- lingeri, Steud. l. c. 332, forsan S. iraten, Steud. l. c., var. ramis striatis puberulis. S. Blumei, Miq. l. c. 424 sed non Nees. Var. B. brachyclada, Kurz, spiculis 4-5-floris, flosculis 2 perfectis, spicze dense verticillis multifloris, foliis subtus hirsutis. Var. y. longispiculata, Kurz, spiculis 13 poll. longis. Hab. in Java (“Tring Embon" incolis), Horsfield; Buitenzorg (“ Bamboe Koeda ”), hort. Bogor. (“ B. gohlah-ab"), Kurz, 717! 3529 Zollinger; var. 8, Buitenzorg (“ Boeloe Konning”), var. y, hort. Bogor, Kurz. v.s. Culmus inermis, teres, nodis vel glabris vel raro hirsutis, ramis raro tantum floriferis, plerumque sursum foliiferis et spica terminatis. Folia lanceolata, basi attenuata in petiolum subbrevem, apice acumi- natissima, margine scabra, glaucescentia, utrinque glabra, vel interdum subtus hirsuta, non raro tactu asperiuscula. Vagine plerumque glabre, interdum tactu scabre, margine ciliate, raro late- ribus biauriculatz, fovea emarginata, glabra vel fimbriata, ore ciliis sat longis szepe deciduis pulchre fimbriate. “ Panicula subspicata, terminalis, subcontinuo vel brevi interrupte fasciculis spicarum, nune pauci- nunc plurispiculatarum obsessa" (Steud.), fasciculis inferioribus interdum proliferis, 2-3 poll. longis. ^ Spicula fertilis plerumque brevis, 4-8 lin. longa, interdum (in var. y) 14 poll. longa, plerumque 4-flora, flosculis inferioribus 2 sterilibus, tertio bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito, rudi- mento flosculi quarti plus minus conspicuo; (in var. £) spicula 5-flora, flosculis 2 intermediis bipaleaceis. Palea inferior (fertilis) nervosa, scabra, coriacea, superiore bicarinata brevior, apicem versus tenuiter ciliata. Sguamule 3, oblong, fimbriatz. Stamina 6, rarius 3 (teste Steud.), antheris obtusis. Stylus longus, apice 3-fidus. Ovarium (immaturum) longe rostratum, rostro tenui puberulo. 5. M.? Kunzir Munro. Culmo suffrutieoso ? ramis floriferis basi foliiferis, panieula simplici, verticillato-spicata, verticillis paucifloris, bractea elongata basi stipatis, spi- cula 3-5-flora, floseulis 2 intermediis bipaleaceis, hermaphroditis, paleis submem- branaceis, squamulis 2-3, antheris Jonge mucronatis, foliis lanceolatis, vaginis dorso hirsutis, apice auriculato-fimbriatis.— Bambusa schizostachyoides, Kurz in hb. Hab. in ins. Andaman, Kurz. v.s. Culmus, ut videtur, suffruticosus, internodiis superioribus brevibus, striatis, fistulosis, ramis ad nodos 1-4, basi foliferis, apice floriferis. Folia lineari- vel oblongo-lanceolata, 5-8 poll. longa, 9-12 lin. lata basi rotundata vel attenuata in petiolum brevem, supra hirsutiusculum, margine asperrima, utrinque glabra, sed supra ad unum latus aspera, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-8, inconspicuis. Ve _ po Gan fuscis hirsute, biauriculate, auriculis fimbriatis. Panicula spicata, fasciculis pat- ES ` a Spicula teres, 4-6 lin. longa, dimorpha, nunc 3-flora, angustior, flos- culo infimo sterili, 2 sequentibus bipaleaceis, terminali obsoleto, nunc 5-flora, 1-2 terminalibus ™ completis, sterilibus, rhachille articulis 1-2 visibilibus, Besten, obovatis. Polea inferior (fertilis) nervosa, dorso glabra, margine breviter fimbriata; superior evi vel longior, eximie membranacet, bicarinata, carinis ciliatis. Squamule nunc 3 inzquales, nunc 1-2 obsolet, lanceolate, angusti Per. ma COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 185 fimbriate. Stamina 6, antheris mucrone hirsuto apiculatis. Stylus longus, apice trifidus. | Ovarium (inmaturum) stipitatum, apice longissime attenuato-rostratum, rostro subhirsuto. The inflorescence and foliage of this species is very similar to that of the preceding species; but the spicula is different in appearance, although, I think, really similar in structure. Species minus nota, valde dubia. 6. M. nvMILIS, Roepert in Trin. Clav. Agr. 105. “ Culmo humili, 15-18-pedali, crassitie pollicis—brachii, ad nodos szepe ramulos foliosos emittente; foliis anguste lanceolatis, 6-12 poll. longis, 14 poll. latis, viridibus, subtus lanuginosis ; fructibus rugosis, im- bricatis, medulla alba sicca repletis" (sec. dese. Rumph.).— Spreng. Syst. ii. 113; Rupr. l. c. 154; Steud. l. c. 331; Miq. l. c. 423. Beesha? humilis, Kunth, Enum. 494. B. Fax, Roem. et Sch. Le 1336 (excl. syn. nonnull). Arundarbor cratium, Rumph, Amb. iv. 5. An Arundo fax, Lour. l. c. 74? Hab. ab Amboina ad Javam, Rumphius. MELOCANNA EXCELSA, Roep. = Bambusa maxima, Poir. M. RHEEDII, Steud. — Beesha Rheedii, Rupr. XV, SCHIZOSTACHYUM. Nees ab Es. in Agrost. Bras. 535 (1829), Rupr. l. c. t. xvii f. 44 (analysis). T Spicula utrinque vel deorsum tantum imperfecta, cylindrica, angusta, plerumque elongata, fertilis supra glumas articulata, spiculis sterilibus plurimis stipata, plerumque 34-flora, flosculo wno tintam fertili. Glume plurimæ, fere omnes gemmiparæ, a spicula fertili remote, Palee omnes imbricatis- sime, 2-3 inferiores vacuæ, steriles, suprema vel penultima sola fertilis, genitalia arcte sce Palea superior (nisi in S. parvifolio) deest vel ad rudimentum minutum vel lineare e Squamule nulle. Stamina 6, antheris obtusis. Stylus longus, ovarn rostro inclusus, stigmati vk brevissimis. Caryopsis matura (in S. acutifloro tantum visa) oblonga, rugosa, obtusa, rostro bre subito cuspidata. = SEM Gramina arborea vel suffruticosa, vel subscandentia, in Madagascar, China, d ava, Tahiti et rer isa Oceani Pacifici crescentia. Folia nunc lata nune angusta. buflorosconts rec asp ampla, decomposita (in S. acutifloro), nunc composita, nunc fere simplex, fasciculis » 24 " = This genus is very closely allied to Melocanna; and I have now retained in 1t only ally obsolete Mëtten in wh; ficient and the upper palea generally species in which the squamule are deficien ated above, the upper palea is or altogether wanting. In one species, however, present, Conspectus Specierum. i i Ae icula elon- Panicula subsimplex, fasciculis paucispiculatis, interrupte spicatis. Spicu iate 1. S. parvifolium. Jata, cylindrica, flosculo senn? bipaleaceo. Vagina auriculato-fimbria i : š E ta lin- acula, ut in precedente, fasciculis interdum proliferis. Spicula elongata, Cy . 2. S. dumetorum. P rica, flosculo fertili 1-paleaceo. Vaginæ ore tenuiter chen: un d í elon- nicula composita, ramis inferioribus elongatis, vertieillato-spicatis. °P 3. S. Blumei. 2 i ta. Folia lata gata. Palea superior flosculi fertilis ad rudimentum lineare redacta. pentibus. Panieula decomposita, verticillato-spicata, ramis floriferis e verticillis erum ` & S glaucifolium. Spicule omnes in speciminibus visis vacue. Folia lata cula supradecomposita, ramis iterum ramulosis, ramulis Spicula subbrevis, acuta. Folia lineari-lanceolata : a iculi eris. Pani ultimis $p ifi . B. S. acutiflorum. 136 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 1. 8. PARVIFoLIUM, Munro. Culmo suffruticoso, ramis foliiferis sepe apice floriferis, ad nodos sspe numerosissimis, panicula angusta, fasciculis approximatis, imbricatis, flosculo fertili döpaleaceo, foliis parvis, angustis, subtus hirsutis, vaginis miro modo utrinque auriculatis, auriculis longe fimbriatis. Hab. in Madagascar, Nossi-bé, no. 1978! iles Comores, Mayotta, no. 3030! Boivin in herb. Mus. Paris, no. 74! Gerrard. v.s. Culmus 8-10-pedalis (Gerrard), internodiis inferioribus 9 poll. longis, 3 lin. diam., glabris, apice tenuis- simus, filiformis, ramis brevibus. Folia lineari-lanceolata, 1-84 poll. longa, 3-5 lin. lata, basi attenuata, vix petiolata, apice mucronata, supra glabra, vel raro hirsutiuscula, subtus pilis sat longis hirsuta, vel raro glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 2-3. Vagine primum hirsutiuscule, demum glabrae, utroque latere auriculatz, auriculis linearibus, pedatis, elongatis, interdum apicem versus ra- mosis, et ciliis longis subfuscis fimbriatis. Panicula subsimplex, fasciculis paucifloris, subspicatis. Spicula elongata (nondum evoluta), flosculis omnibus imbricatissimis, 2-3 inferioribus sterilibus, penultimo bipaleaceo, hermaphrodito, terminali tabescente brevissimo, glumis nunc glabris, nune longe fimbriatis. Palea inferior convoluta, 7-9-nervia, acuminata ; superior multo brevior, apice bifida. Genitalia immatura. Stamina 6. Stylus apice 3-fidus. The remarkable auricles of the vagins and very small leaves distinguish this from the remainder of the genus. In inflorescence it is very similar to the next species. 2. S. DUMETORUM, Munro in Seem. Bot. Her. 424. Culmo 4—6-pedali, panicula ramis terminali, fasciculato-spicata, fasciculis 1—4 poll. distantibus, inferioribus interdum proliferis, spieulis gracilibus, cylindricis, flosculo uno fertili, 1-paleaceo, foliis lan- ceolatis, supra scabris, subtus glabris.—Benth. Fl. Hongk. 435. Bambusa dume- torum, Hance in Walp. Ann. iii. 781; Steud. Z. c. 331. Hab. in China, no. 164! Fortune; Hongkong, Seemann! 255! W ilford, Hance. v.s. Culmus frutescens, 4-6-pedalis, multicaulis, tenuis, inermis, lævis. Folia lanceolata, petiolata, apice mucronata, basi rotundata, 3-6 poll. longa, 4-12 lin. lata, nervis secundariis utrinque 4-5. Vagine glabre, ore ciliis subrigidis deciduis fimbriatæ. Panicula, in ramis fasciculatis 3-6-12 poll. longis, plerumque terminalis, adjecto interdum ad nodum “ fasciculo spicularum dense congestarum.” Spicule 3-6, fasciculatæ, attenuatæ, divaricatæ, 1-1 poll. longæ, flosculis 3-4 inferioribus sterilibus, imbricatis, gradatim increscentibus, terminali fertili unipaleaceo, genitalia arcte involvente.. Sta- ` mina 6. Stylus longus, rostro ovarii (longo, angulato) inclusus, apice in stigmata 3 brevissima divisus. Ovarium (immaturum) longissime rostratum. 3. S. BLUME, Nees ab Esen. in Agrost. Bras. 535. Culmo arborescente, panicula com- posita, ramis elongatis, approximatis, simplicibus, spiculis in glomerulos secus ramos dissitos congestis, cylindricis, acutissimis, palea superiore subobsoleta, foliis latis, plicatis, sublonge petiolatis.—Rcem. et Sch. Z. c. 1355; Kunth, Enum. 435; Rupr. E 133, t. xvi. (xvii. f. 44), analysis optima; Steud. ?. c. 332; Miq. l. c. 424, excl. syn plur. Hab. in Java, Blume. Vidi spec. in hb. Wight sine loco indicato. Culmus arbor eus. Folia (in spec. visis) floralia, 9-10 poll. longa, 11-13 poll. lata, lanceolata, basi promise, longe petiolata, utrinque scabra, apice rostrato-acuminatissima, margine aspera, nervis secundariis utrinque 9-11, plus minus conspicuis. Vagine inferne nitide superne sulcato-striat®, et inter strias sepe hispido-scabre, ore ciliis cito caducis fimbriatze bin brevi, truncata, sepe apice fimbriata. Paniculg ramulis (basi foliiferis) terminalis, 10-14 poll. longa, ramosa, internodiis | D? | | D? E COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 137 breviter hispidis, ramis 5-2 poll. longis, alternis, solitariis, erectis, capitulis parvis, 3 lin. latis, inter- rupte verticillatis. Spicula cylindrica, acuta, sub 6 lin. longa, flosculo fertili nune unipaleaceo, nune bipaleaceo (palea suprema nunquam perfecta, interdum obsoleta), terminali t spicuo, nune deficiente. Palea inferior 15-17-nervis. Stamina 6 obtusa. abescente nunc con- Stylus apice 3-fidus. The only specimens which I have seen in flower are those contained in Wight's her- barium, without any locality attached; and from these I have made my description. The inflorescence, as described by Schultes, would occasionally appear to be very different from that described, and in some respects rather resembling that of S. glaueifolium. 4. S. GLAUCIFOLIUM, Munro. **Culmo humili, 9-pedali," panicula decomposita, inter- nodiis superioribus 4-3-2 poll. longis, striatis, asperiusculis, ramulis floriferis bre- vibus, ad nodos fasciculatis, e capitulo denso, 14 poll. diam., ad quemque nodum sessili, erumpentibus, ramis interrupte glomerato-spicatis, spieulis angustis, eylin- dricis, pallidis, omnibus sterilibus (in spec. viso), foliis latis, basi angustatis, petiolatis. — Bambusa glaucifolia, Rupr., l. c. 147 ; Steud. Le 331. Bambos arundo, Solander, Fl. Ins. Ocean. Pacif. 217. Hab.in insulis Oceani Pacifici, Tahiti, Hawaii! JVilkes (florif.), no. 130, Guillemin, (“ Ovhe" incolis) Bertero, Moehroch; Fiji (“Bitu” incolis), 694! Seemann; Samoa, Fiji, Wilkes; Nukahiva, Kyber. v.s. Culmus ad nodos ramos paucos (1-2) 1-2-pedales emittens, nodis parum tumentibus, glabris. Folia ovato- vel lineari-lanceolata, glabra, 8-17 poll. longa, 13-2 poll. lata, longe acuminata, basi ingequi- latera, in petiolum 2-3-5 lin. attenuata, glauca, plicata, margine imo levia, superne tantum hispidula, basin versus macula flavo-aurantiaca insignata, nervis secundariis utrinque 11-14." — Ruprecht. Panicule pars suprema 1}-pedalis adest, efoliata, ramis tenuibus, 1—4 poll. longis, capitula 2-4 ferentibus. I have seen only one flowering specimen of this plant, which was collected at Tahiti in Wilkes's Expedition. Unfortunately, although the spicule are numerous, there is not one which contains the least trace of genitalia. Every spicula is sterile ; and I — think it is very possible that the specimen I have seen may be a proliferous E sport. The inflorescence agrees to some extent with one of the states of S. Blumer described by Schultes. : icul 5. 8. AcuUTIFLORUM, Munro in hb. T. C. D. Culmo suffruticoso, = mmm teg ampla, decomposita, 4-pedali et forsan ultra, ics. : geg in zem | di brevibus, acutis, secus ramulos dense verticillato-spicatis, truc g% foliis lineari-lanceolatis, vaginis utrinque auriculato-fimbriatis. Hab. in ins. Philippinis, 544! Cuming, Lugonia! Wilkes. v. $. Culmus, ut videtur, pluripedalis. Folia 6-9 poll. longa, 8-10 lin. lata, in petiolum brevissimum, ima basi incrassatum, apice m 0 di interdum pilosa, margine asperrima, nervis secundariis ms. poer P hh, reversis, Een precipue, strigoso-hirsutee, — mene = pedalis adest) vel aphylla vel Pratis, ligulis brevibus, sepe longe fimbriatis. Panieula (7 pi subglabris, superioribus sca- ramo uno alterove basi foliato, internodiis 5-2 poll. a _ = ramulis alternis, subpollica- berrimis, ramis tenuibus, solitariis vel fasciculatis, inferioribus i oo spicatis. Spicula acuta, ribus, fasciculis brevibus, dense spicatis, ramis superioribus simplicibus, 5 VOL. XXVI. basi rotundata, vel vix attenuata utrinque tactu scabra, subtus Vagine superne, longe fim- 138 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. 3-4 lin. longa, cylindrica, plerumque sterilis, rarissime fructifera, 3-flora, flosculis 2 inferioribus steri- libus, acutis, terminali unipaleaceo, genitalia arcte amplectente, rudimento terminali nullo. Squa- mule nulle. Stamina 6, antheris breviter mucronatis. Stylus longus, gracilis, in stigmata 3, plu- mosa, revoluta, sublonga divisus. Ovarium (immaturum) angustum, rostratum. Fructus maturus ovato-oblongus, niger, sub 5 lin. longus, rugosus, apice depressus, rostri residuo subito apiculatus, paleis Zribus persistentibus quasi involucratus. Semen, a pericarpio prompte solutum, oblongum, scu- tello centrali hirsuto. The above-described very remarkable fruit distinguishes this from all other Bamboos. It is, I believe, the only species of the genus of which the fruit is known, and helps to show how little is known at present of what the really perfect state of the spicul of the species of this genus, and several of Helocanna also, may prove to be. SCHIZOSTACHYUM APUS, Steud.— Bambusa apus, Reem. et Sch. S. BITUNG, Steud. = B. bitung, Reem. et Sch. S. cAPITATUM, Rupr. = Guadua ? capitata, Munro. S. DURIE, Rupr. = Bambusa Blumeana, Sch. S. IRATEN, Steud. = Melocanna Zollingeri, Kurz. S. ZOLLINGERI, Steud. — M. Zollingeri, Kurz. XVI. CEPHALOSTACHYUM. Munro, nov. genus. Schizostachyum, Griffith, Icon. Pl. Asiat. 151; Notule, 64. Spicule utrinque imperfecte, in glomerulis plerumque terminalibus, subglobosis subsessiles, fertiles cylin- dricze, teretiuscule, sub-3-florz, flosculo inferiore unipaleaceo, penultimo tantum fertili, bipaleaceo, ultimo stipitiformi, tabescente, sepe minuto. Glume aristate, gemmiparz. Palea inferior (fertilis) subulato-acuta, membranacea, venosa, striata, ssepe venulis transversis anastomosantibus, dorso glabra vel hirsuta; superior plerumque longior, apice mutica, vel biaciculata, dorso profunde sul- cata, Squamule 3, magne (nisi forsan in C. Chapelieri), apice fimbriatze. Stamina 6, antheris obtusis. Stylus longus, rostro inclusus. Stigmata 2, plumosa, ramosa, ratione styli, brevissima. Fructus basi attenuatus, longe rostratus. Gramina fruticosa vel arborescentia in montibus Indi: orientalis et Birmah crescentia. Folia lanceolata vel ovata, petiolata, plerumque acumine longo s&pe hirsuto terminata. Inflorescentia semper capi- tuliformis, plerumque terminalis, foliis superioribus quasi involucrata, ramulis inferioribus in- terdum verticillato-spicatis, in C. pergracili glomerulis secus ramos graciles dissitis, moniliformibus. Griffith's drawing contains a very good analysis of the structure of this genus; and the description above given is principally extracted from his notes. In regard to the struc- ture of the inflorescence, he says, * It is not difficult to conceive that the usual form is to have one terminal spicula, which, by the continued development of lateral flower- buds, subsequently assumes the anomalous structure and appearance of Schizostachyum described by Nees in Agros. Bras, p. 534." | Conspectus Specierum. Capitula terminalia vel in ramulis inferioribus aphyllis subspicato-verticillata, Spi- cula fertilis 6-7 lin. longa, viz ezserta, spiculis sterilibus numerosissimis bracte- var mee WENN, Polis lanceolate 509g . 1. C. capitatum. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 139 Aw \ Capitulum terminale. Spicula fertilis 12-14 longa, e sterilibus longe exserta. Folia lanceolata. : g . : e e i . à ^ > Capitulum terminale, magnum, 2 poll. diam. Spicula fertilis brevis, a sterilibus ple- Kigue superata. Folia lata, ovata Sc, : Capitulum terminale, foliis supremis intus hirsutis conditum. Spicula fertilis angusta (vix evoluta). Folia oblongo-lanceolata à : í 2. C. pallidum. 3. C. latifolium. x e . 4. C. Chapelieri. Species anomala. Glomeruli densiflori, secus ramos gracillimos, monilis more dissite. Spicula fertilis dorso hirsuta, pedicello terminali longo . : . 5. C. pergracile. 1. C. caprratuM, Munro. Culmo subarboreo, superne vagante, ramis laxis, glomerulis densifloris, plerumque terminalibus, folio suffultis et longe superatis; in var. ß, ramulis inferioribus brevibus, aphyllis, glomerulos 2-3 superpositos ferentibus; spicula fertili viv exsería, palea inferiore mucrone brevi vel arista apiculata, rudi- mento terminali brevissimo, foliis lanceolatis. Bambusa capitata, Wall. et Griff. in Wall. Cat. 8913! Hab. in Ind. or. montibus, Khasia, Churra, 4000 ped. s. m., Wallich! et Griffith, 1078! 1392! (in hb. Griff), Nunklow (“Sillee et Sullea”), no. 1813!; Sikkim! 4000-6000 ped., Myong Valle (“ Pyong "), Hooker et Thomson. Var. 8, glomerulis basi aphyllis subspicatis, Churra! v. s. * Culmus 12-30-pedalis, basi carpi diam., supra arbores pendens? (Hooker), ramis oligophyllis, apice smpe capituliferis. Folia lanceolata, basi subrotundata, petiolata, apice setaceo-acuminata, utrimque glabra, margine aspera, 21—7 poll. longa, sæpe 14 poll. lata, nervis secundariis subinconspicuis, venulis transversis sat crebris, subconspicuis. Vagine glabra, nitide, ore ciliis paucis caducis fimbriatz, ligula brevissima. Capitulum densiflorum, plerumque castaneo coloratum, 1-1} poll. diametro, spicalie sterilibus et bracteis longe aristatis, carinis serratis numerosissimis, spiculis fertilibus paucis. Spicula fertilis 3-flora, flosculo inferiore acuto, secund fertili subzequilongo, palea inferiore brevimucronata, superiore subobtusa, sulco dorsali hirsuto. Sguamule 3, oblonge, lanceolatzeve, apice rotundatse m breviter ciliate, supra medium 3-5-venos®. Stamina 6. Stylus longus, primum rostro inclusus demum exsertus, hirsutus, apice bifidus. Ovarium in rostrum longum, glabrum, attenuatum. Fructus maturus nunquam visus. In var. 8. collected at Churra Poonjee in 1830, Without any leaves, and bear 2-3 heads of flowers one much smaller than usual, but appear to have more perfect sze than the larger terminal head. subangulatum some of the branches are very short, above the other. These heads are flowers in proportion to their interdum numerosissimis, ad vix densifloris, spicula fertili erta, paleis inferioribus longis- Bambusa, sp., Griff. Jour. 64. 2. C. PALLIDUM, Munro. Culmo subarboreo, ramis, nodos verticillatis, capitulis pallidis, terminalibus, Sepe pollicari et ultra, e reliquis sterilibus longe b sime mucronatis, foliis lanceolatis, 14-5 poll. longis. ar up Hab. in Ind. or, Mishmee ! Birmah, Patkaye ! 5000 ped. s. m. de eas ewe deg a Culmug subarboreus vel fruticosus, ramis valde insequalibus, plurimis apice ien lata, plerumque brevia, 1-5 poll. longa, 5-10 lin. lata, basi rotundata, er om SE eg (seta, in foliis parvis, longitudine 4 laminze gquante), pallida, utrinque vg " interdum ciliis cito marginem versus, scaberrima, marginibus aspera. Vagine glabre, sn EE E Spicula fer- caducis fimbriatz, ligula conspicua. Capitulum terminale, pallidum, vt ili ae :naleaceo, multinervi, apice mu- tilis e reliquis exserta, 12-14 lin. longa, 3-flora, flosculo inferiore Unip j a 140 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. crone, 3 lin. longo, acuminato, secundo fertili pollicari, palea inferiore nervoso-striata, longe mucronata, superiore. longiore, tenuimembranacea, multinervi, nisi sulco hirsuto glaberrima, genitalia involvente. Squamule angustz, lanceolate, 5 lin. long, apice brevissime ciliate. Ovarium basi attenuatum, longe rostratum, rostro glabro incluso 12-13 lin. longum. Stylus breviter exsertus et cito 2-fidus. Fructus non visus. This may probably be a more perfect state of C. capitatum, but it has a different appearance. ‘The heads of flowers are of a much paler colour, and the fertile flower is very much longer. Griffith says that he found it commonly on the summit of the Patkaye range, on his journey from Naga to Hookhoom, and that it descended to a considerable distance on the southern side. 3. C. LATIFOLIUM, Munro. Culmo subarboreo ?, nodis szpe hirsutis, capitulo fusco, magno, 2 poll. et ultra diametro, spicula fertili 6-7 lin. longa, non e spiculis steri- libus numerosissimis exserta, foliis ovatis, 22 poll. latis, ligula elongata. Hab. in Ind. or. Bootan, no. 4! 2682! Griffith. v.s. Folia latissima ovata, vel ovato-lanceolata, maxima 6-9 poll. longa et fere 3 poll. lata, basi rotundata, apice setaceo-acuminata, petiolata, petiolo utrinque transverse rugoso, flavescente, utrinque glabra, nervis secundariis, interdum utroque latere 18, conspicuis. Vagine superne striate, medio scabro- hirsute, fovea apicali magna, emarginata, ligula interdum valde elongata. Capitulum densissimum, terminale. Spicula fertilis 6-7 lin. longa, paleis genitalibusque iis C. pallidi similibus, sed fere duplo brevioribus. Fruetus maturus glaberrimus, basi stipitatus, medio ovoideus, apice rostratus, cum rostro sub 6 lin. longus. The foliage and ligules, combined with the smaller-sized fertile spicule, appear to keep this distinct from the two preceding species. 4. C. CHAPELIERI, Munro. Culmo tenui, scandente, nodis rugosissimis, capitulo ter- minali, foliis supremis intus hirsutis condito, spiculis fertilibus angustis, 5-6 lin. longis (vix maturis ?), foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, subtus linea obliqua tranversali notatis. Hab. in Madagascar ! Chapelier in herb. Mus. Paris. v.s. Culmus scandens, internodiis superioribus 2 poll. longis, seabris et scabro-hirsutis, ramis ad nodos bian- nulatos rugosos paucis, geniculatis, apice floriferis, 3-1 ped. longis. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, coriacea, basi vix attenuata, nitida, 2-44 poll. longa, 6-9 lin. lata, supra, nisi in foliis supremis invo- Iuerantibus, glabra, subtus, more insolito, lineis 1-2 hirsutis obliquis notata, margine serrata, nery secundariis utroque latere 5-6, cum venulis transversis conspicuis. Vagine striate, mar- ginibus dense fimbriatz, ore auriculatz, auriculis cito caducis, vix longis, ciliis etiam caducis fim- briatis. Capitulum multiflorum, breve, conditum, spiculis fertilibus 6 lin. longis, cum spiculis in- completis, subulatis, hirsutissimis, numerosis mixtis. Spicula (vix evoluta), 4-flora, flosculis 2 infe- ei oribus unipaleaceis,7-11-nervibus, apice in subulam hirsutam attenuatis, tertio fertili, bipaleaceo, ter- emm brevissimo, rudimentario. Palea inferior (fertilis) membranacea, brevimucronata, 5 7-nervis ; superior convoluta, membranacea, apice bifida, acuminibus hirsutis, dorso canaliculata. Stamina 6, Meum connectivo subelongato. Syuamule fere obsolete, inconspicue. Stylus basi rostro ovarii inclusus, apice trifidus. Stigmata pulchre pinnata. Ovarium (immaturum) rostratum. à b have, through the kindness of M. Brongniart, been permitted to examine the spe- cimen of this grass belonging to the Paris Museum, and have no doubt of its belonging COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE.R. 141 to the genus Cephalostachywm ; but the specimen is from an immature state of the plant; and I did not consider myself justified in taking more than one spicula for examination. The inflorescence is so thoroughly concealed by the uppermost leaves, that no casual observer would perceive that the plant was in flower. 5. C. PERGRACILE, Munro. Culmo arboreo, ramulis floriferis gracillimis, tenuissimis, glomerulis spicularum, per intervalla 1-2 poll. distantibus, secus ramos dissitis, flore hermaphrodito hirsuto, palea superiore apice biaciculata, rudimento terminali longo. Hab. in Ind. or. Tenasserim, Rangoon! M*Clelland ; Deen (“ Tinwa,” “ Wablo” Karens), no. 11, Brandis. V. 8. “ Culmi erecti, 40-pedales, dense czespitosi, internodiis 18 poll. longis, circumferentia maxima 10-polli- cari, spathis brevibus, 6 poll. longis, extus pilis atris tectis, margine fimbriatis, apiculo triangulari, cuspidato, reflexo, ramis inferne plurimis, sterilibus, rigidis, dense fasciculatis, apice spinescentibus ” (Brandis). Folia lineari-lanceolata, plerumque 10 poll. longa, 9-15 lin. lata, basi attenuata in peti- olum subtumidum et longitudinaliter rugosum, margine aspera, utrinque glabra (nisi pili pauci interdum subtus basin versus sparsi), nervis secundariis utroque latere 9. Vagine glabree, ore ciliis paucis caducis fimbriatze, ligula brevissima. Inflorescentia, ut videtur, panicula ampla, ramis simpli- cibus, 1-18 poll. longis, ad nodos numerosis, omnibus tenuissimis, filiformibus, glomerulos plerumque distantes ferentibus. Fasciculi spicularum bis terve divisi, in vertieillis vel glomerulis dense aggre- gati. Glume inferiores gemmipare ; superior oblonga, nervosa, margine longe fimbriata, flosculos basi circumvolvens. Flosculus inferior bipaleaeeus, paleis hirsutis, inferiore acuta, nervosa, hir- suta, superiore breviore profunde sulcata, apice biaciculata, rudimento terminali longo, filiformi, raro, in flosculum bipaleaceum sed sterilem crescente. Squamule 3, angustæ, lineari-lanceolatæ, ope ipso sæpe obtusæ, multinervosæ, basi concavæ, margine tenuiter fimbriatæ, pa fracta maturo adhærentes. Stamina 6, antheris obtusis. Stylus longus, basi rostro ovarii inclusus, apice in stigmata 3, revoluta divisus. Fructus maturus oblongus, nitidus, sine rostro 3 lin. longus, Soch glabro 3-lineali, subcompresso, subito mucronatus. Brandis’s herbarium contains numerous excellent specimens of this beautiful Bamboo, the branches of which are quite as slender as ordinary packing-thread, and yet bear humerous verticils, often an inch in diameter, with considerable intervals between them. The fascicles are more compound in this than in any of the other species of s ve and often as much as in some species of Melocanna and Schizostachyum. The sterile Spiculze are not numerous. XVII. PsEUDOSTACHYUM. Munro n ‚Nov. gen. Tab. IV. intra glumas pedicellata, sub-4-5-flora, flosculo bipaleaceis ; penultimo masculo, bipa- llo relicto (fig. 2). Glume omnes membranace® ` inferior i ‘x angustior, bicarinata, (fertilis) 5-nervis, margine fimbriata (fig. 2) ; superior plerumque te i is weng mg Gre = Fire condit di ge A re 6. antheris apiculo conico fimbriatze, persistentes, fructu maturo adh:erentes (figg. 6, 7, 9). a ze ir EC s (ng, 3). Stylus rostro inclusus, longus (fig. 7), apice DT Spicula fertilis oblonga, sursum deorsumque imperfecta, infimo 1-paleaceo, sterili, secundo et interdum tertio perfectas, leaceo, eum terminali (tabescente, incompleto) cito caducis, pedice gent semmiparz, vel pedicellos spicularum sterilium foventes. Palee glad, 142 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. gustum, lineari-oblongum. Fructus globosus, apice depressus, rostro contracto subito cuspidatus (figg. 8, 9). ; Gramen subarborescens, in India orientali (Assam et Sikkim) indigenum. Folia lanceolata. Inflo- rescentia panicula supradecomposita, ramulis vel omnino floriferis, vel basi foliiferis apice floriferis, ad nodos fasciculatis, spiculis sæpissime morbosis et monstrosis, in fig. B bene delineatis. Mr. Fitch’s excellent drawing explains the inflorescence of this genus better than I could possibly succeed in doing in the most lengthened description. Species unica tantum nota. P. POLYMORPHUM, Munro. Culmi internodiis sspe apice scabris, ramis paniculæ interdum longissimis, pendulis, sæpissime pseudospiculas (spiculas morbosas, steriles, polymorphas) ferentibus, spiculis fertilibus 4-5-floris, glabris, squamulis sæpe 5,- foliis lanceolatis. Hab. in India or. Assam, Nigrigam! Kujoodoo! et Tingrei! cum Thea associata, 1081! 1089! 1403! Griffith! ; Sikkim, 4000-6000 ped. s. m. Balasur! Darjeeling! (“Mountain Bamboo,” “ Purphiok,” * Partok ”), Hooker et Thomson. Culmi internodia ssepe 8 poll. longa, 3 lin. diametro, fistulosa. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, apice rostrato- obliquiacuminata, basi inzquilatera, vix attenuata in petiolum brevem, ima basi tumidum, 4-14 poll. longa, 3-2 poll. lata, utrinque glaberrima, nervis secundariis utrinque 7-11, subconspicuis. Vagine striate, glabrz, vel primum hirsute et fimbriate. Panicula supradecomposita, ramis ad nodos numerosis, plerumque basi nudis, interdum oligophyllis, fasciculis sæpe iterum. iterumque divisis, ad nodos ramulorum ultimorum alternis, spiculis fertilibus pedunculis elongatis sterilium sepe stipatis. Spicule ssepissime morbose, nunc glabra, curvatz, squamis plurimis imbricatis, nunc globose, hirsute. —Spicula fertilis et genitalia ut in genere descripta. Perfect flowers are very rarely found in this species. I had seen numerous specimens collected by Griffith, and Hooker, and Thomson, and never could find a perfect flower; and the flowering branches were always more or less in the form represented at fig. B of Fitch's drawing. Thomson, however, collected some perfect flowers on his journey to Sikkim in 1857; and these are represented at fig. 4. I have also seen some perfect fruit collected near Darjeeling in the same year by Mr. Hodgson. In outward form these fruits are extremely like the seed-pods of Anagallis or of Primula. The change that takes place between the young ovary shown at fig. 5 and the perfect fruit (fig. 8) is very remarkable. XVIII. TgrNosraACHYUM. Munro, nov. gen. Tab. III. Bambuse, sp., Thwaites. Spicula pluriflora, sursum deorsumque imperfecta, cylindrica, attenuata, elongata, 1-24 poll. longa, rha- chillee articulis seepe longis et conspicuis, flosculis inferioribus 1-2 et superioribus 2-4 unipaleaceis; incompletis, intermediis 3-5 fertilibus. Glume 2-3, vel numero indefinite, plerumque gemmipar®, semper distantes. Palea inferior basi involuta, medio lata, apice attenuata, plurinervis ; superior brevior, vel longior, bicarinata, carinis ciliatis. Squamule 3, basi interdum concave ; apice unica specie glabrz, unica fimbriate. Stamina 6, basi libera, antheris obtusis. Stylus longissimus, rostro ovarii inclusus (Tab. III. f. 5), deinde exsertus, apice 2-3-fidus. Stigmata tenuia, brevia, revoluta, cto caduca. Ovarium longissime attenuato-rostratum. Fructus bacciformis, rostratus. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 143 Gramina fruticosa, vel subarborea, vel subscandentia, in India orientali (Burmah) et Zeylania indigena. Folia lanceolata, petiolata, venulis transversis nullis, vaginis ore fimbriatis. Inflorescentia spica subsimplex, ramulis nunc foliatis, nunc nudis terminalis, spiculis solitariis vel fasciculatis. This is distinguished from all other genera of the section by the elongated spicula, with several perfect flowers and long joints of the rhachilla. Conspectus Specierum. Spicula 13-23 poll. longa, 5-11-flora. Squamule apice glabre . . . 1.7, Griffithii. Spicula 12-14 lin. longa, 5-7-flora. Squamule apice fimbriate . . . 2. T. attenuatum. 1, T. GRIFFITHII, Munro, Tab. III. Culmo gracili, internodiis apice scabriusculis, ramis fasciculatis, valde inaequalibus, spiculis spicatis, sæpe solitariis binisve, flosculis 3-5 fertilibus, squamulis glabris, vix acutis, foliis plerumque 5-7 poll. longis, vaginis ore longe fimbriatis. Hab. in India or. Burmah prope Wulloboom “in sylvis collinis," Griffith. v.s. Culmus gracilis, apice filiformis (fig. B.), vagans vel subscandens (pars superior 7-pedalis adest), inter- nodiis 5-8 poll. longis, ramis ad nodos fasciculatis, valde inzequalibus, 2-12-pollicaribus, simplicibus vel compositis, floriferis nunc basi nudis, nunc foliatis (fig. A). Folia oblongo-lanceolata, plerumque i-1i poll. lata, utrinque glabra, nisi interdum subtus basin versus subhirsuta, petiolata, apice attenuata, acumine scabro, nervis secundariis utrinque 5-6, parum conspicuis. Vagine glabrae. Panicula subsimpliciter spicata, ramis vel ramulis terminalis, spiculis vel solitariis vel binis ternisve, nunc imbricatis, nunc distantibus. Spicula 14-24 poll. longa, apice valde attenuata, 5-11-flora, flos- culis 1-2 inferioribus brevibus, difformibus, sterilibus (unus del. in fig.1), 3-5 sequentibus perfect fertilibus, 2—4 supremis gradatim tabescentibus, rhachille articulis longis, conspicuis, glabris (figg. 1,2). Palea inferior (fig. 1) basi involvens, medio lata, multinervia, apice acuminata, 7 lin. longa, glabra vel interdum margines versus pubescens; superior (figg. 1, 2) longior vel brevior, obtusa, bicarinata, carinis breviter ciliatis. Squamule (figg. 3, 4) lanceolatæ, glabræ, subæquales, arhe nervis basin concavam versus subincrassatis. Stamina 6 (figg. 2, 3), basi libera, anthens ee Stylus (figg. 5-6) longus, hirsutus, ovarii rostro glabro inclusus, tandem exsertus, See rif "e Ovarium (fig. 6) longe rostratum, apice attenuatum. Caryopsis fere matura (fig. 3) glaberrima, apiceque attenuata, longissime rostrata, rostro incluso subpollicaris. 12-25-pedali, apice interdum filiformi, previusculis, spiculis in fasciculis parvis flosculis 2-4 fertilibus, squamulis apice onge fimbriatis —Bambusa attenuata, 2. T. arrenvarum, Munro. Culmo subarboreo, internodiis apice hirsutis, ramis fasciculatis, subspicatis congestis, spicula subpollicari, fimbriatis, foliis 3-6 poll. longis, vaginis ore 1 Thw. Enum. 375. Hab. in Ceylon, prov. central., alt. 4000-6000 ped. s. m., 3255! plurifloris et culmo apice filiformi!). v.s. Culmus mediocris, inermis, 1-1 poll. diam., apice filiformis. Iineari-lanceolata, subabrupte acuminata, basi rotundata, ae ee vir retis n meonspicuis. Vagine sparsim pallide adpresso-p iios, ER : y forigeris, fasciculatis, brevius- Ge subsimplex, spiciformis, internodiis uno latere sulcatis, in p eis anis, À culis vel brevissimis, foliatis vel basi nudis, terminalis, spiculis wa to-cylindrica, glabra, 5-7-flora, raro superne solitariis. Spicula 12-16 lin. longa, angusta, Akten aphroditis, rhachille articulis flosculo infimo 1 et superioribus 2-3 sterilibus, intermediis hermap Thwaites, T. Thomson! (var. spiculis Folia 3-6 poll. longa, 4-9 lin. lata, glabra, nervis secundariis utrinque 9-4, ARE 144 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEZ. glabris, tenuibus, longis. Palea inferior 8-12-nervis, glaberrima, acuta, mucronata ; superior brevior, bicarinata, carinis superne tantum inconspicue fimbriatis. Squamule 3, lanceolate, apice fimbriate, basi angustate et concave, nervose. Stamina 6, antheris mucrone brevissimo, obtuso appendicu- latis. Stylus elongatus, apice in stigmata 3 plumosa divisus. Fructus rostratus, utrinque attenu- atus, glaber, rostro incluso 44 lin. longus. (Diagn. precipue ex descr. Thwaites.) XIX. BEESHA. Rheede, Hort. Mal. v. 119, t. 60! bona (1685), sed non Kunth, ‘Journ. de Physique? (1822), qua est Melo- canna bambusoides. Ochlandra, Thwaites in Enum. Ceylon Plants, 376. Nasti, sp., Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 325, t. 75. Bambos, Du Petit Thouars, gen. nov. Madagasc. in Mel. de Bot. (1811), non Retz. Spicula utrinque imperfecta, monoica (an semper ?), cylindrica, fructifera plerumque multo major, plu- riflora vel pauciflora, flosculis paucis vel plurimis, inferioribus unipaleaceis, neutris, penultimo bipa- leaceo, hermaphrodito, rudimento minuto floris superioris tabescentis, hoc interdum obsoleto. Glume dus. Palea inferior (fertilis) multinervia, membranacea, nunc dorso glabra, nunc setulis nigris obsita; superior plerumque longior, apice obtusa vel bimucronata. Squamule plurime, vel in B. capitata 6. Stamina 6-9 vel plurima. Stylus longus, apice in stigmata 3-4-5 divisus. Fructus majusculus, ovoideus vel oblongus, longe rostrato-acuminatus. Gramina arborea vel fruticosa in India orientali (Malabar), Zeylania et Madagascaria indigena. Folia | varia, magna vel parva. Inflorescentia plerumque terminalis, nunc laxe verticillato-spicata, nune spieulis in apice ramulorum capitato-congestis. Rheede’s drawing is, considering its date, a very good one of the Malabar species ; but there has been much confusion about his genus. Kunth, who, in 1822, was the first of modern writers who used the word, distinctly states that he applied it to Bambusa bacci- fera of Roxb.; and this mistake has been perpetuated by most authors, who have fre- quently applied the description of the fruit taken from Rheede's drawing to Roxburgh's plant ; and, vice versá, descriptions from Roxburgh's drawing of B. baccifera, only found in Eastern Bengal, have been applied to Rheede’s plant, only found in Western India. Conspectus Specierum. Folia angusta. Spicula fertilis major, plerumque in ramulo brevi ad basin rami vel pa- nicule locata. Squamule plurime. Stamina plurima, plus quam 6, antheris sepe longe mucronatis . e : à : e i ; e ‘ . 1. B. Rheedei. Folia lata. Spicula fertilis in verticillis spic® cum sterilibus mixta. Squamul:e et stamina plurima i : ; í > e J ; i : i . 9. B. stridula. Folia angusta, Spicule fertiles apice ramorum capitato-congeste. Squamule 3. Stamina 6 3 : : : 3. B. capitata. l. B. Raeeper, Kunth, Enum. 434 (excl. syn. omn. nisi Rheedein Hort. Mal.). Culmo arborescente 16-pedali, ramis foliiferis floriferisque ad nodos intermixtis, spiculis dimorphis, fructifera sæpe solitaria, antheris sepe longe apiculatis, foliis angustis.— Rupr., l. c. 155 ad not. Beesha, Rheede, 1. c. ; Ray, Hist.ii.1316. Bambusa serip- toria, Schleus., fide Dillwyn in index Hort. Malab. Melocanna humilis, Roep. In Trin. Clav. Agr. 115, non alior. nec. Trin. aliis locis. M. Rheedei, Steud. l. c. 332. Hab. in Ind. or. Malabar ; Cochin, no. 115!, 1347 !, Wight, Johnstone! v. 8. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACE. 145 Culmi internodia superiora, 4-23 poll. longa, nitida, glaberrima, ramis simplicibus vel raro compositis, valde inequalibus. Folia lineari-lanceolata, plerumque 4-5 poll. longa, sub 6 lin. lata, basi rotun- . data et petiolata, apice seta longa, scabra acuminatissima, utrinque glabra, sed supra uno latere marginibusque scabra. Vagine glabre, ore ciliate, ligula brevissima. Panicula apice verticillato- spicata, nunc 1-2 nune 4-5 poll. longa, rhachi glabra, verticillis sepe imbricatis, nunc basi nuda nunc foliata, in his spicule omnes steriles, tametsi genitalia adsint. Spicule fertiles, ad eundem nodum culmi, in ramis brevissimis, 1-13 poll. longis, subsolitarie. Spieula sterilis cylindrica, sub 9 lin. longa; fructifera conico-ovata, 12-14 lin. longa, 3—4-flora, floseulis 1-2 inferioribus unipaleaceis, sterilibus, supremo vel rarissime 2 hermaphroditis, terminali tabescente nullo. Palee multinerviw, glabrze, vel hirsutiuscule, membranacex, inferiores subito mucronate ; superior subobtusa. Syuamule plurime, anguste, apice fimbriatz. Stamina plurima, 15-18, basi libera, antheris vel longe vel breviter apiculatis. Stylus longus, apice 3-4-fidus, stigmatibus plumosis. Fructus oblongus, apice longissime rostratus, rostro incluso 20 lin. longus. This has a more delicate habit of growth than the succeeding species, and has very much the appearance in foliage of some of the Arundinarias. The general character of the plant is extremely well represented in Rheede's drawing. 2. B. STRIDULA, Munro. Culmo fruticoso, panicula in ramis foliiferis terminali, laxe spi- cata, rhachi hirsuta, spiculis sterilibus et fructiferis in eodem glomerulo aggregatis, antheris apice mucronulatis, foliis majusculis.— Ochlandra stridula, Thw. l. c. 376. Bambusa stridula, Moon’s Cat. p. 26, teste Thw. Hab. in Ceylon, 1044! Gardner, Macrae, 42! Walker, 1845! Wight, Thomson !; Ratnapoora gass”) 241! Thwaites; Ind. or. Bombay, Kala Nuddi, 875! Ritchie (folia). v.s. “Frutex, culmis suberectis, confertis, internodiis sepe scabris.” Folia late lanceolata, 8-10-12 em longa, 13-13 poll. lata, basi rotundata, vel attenuata in petiolum fuscum, apice SR mm utrinque glabra sed aspera. Vagine plus minus hirsute, vel tandem glabrescentes, oe s i Ka sepe biauriculatz, et ciliis pallidis longis caducis vel persistentibus fimbriatze, ligula picis e Panicula terminalis, verticillato-spicata, 1-3-pedalis, spiculis ın glomerulos usd Mitos gregatis. Spicula fertilis cylindrica, subpollicaris, acuta, Agen flosculis - we cu peli similibus, sed longioribus, multinerviis, margine fimbriatis, apice priest sr Ga Sa cello rudimentario minimo vel fere obsoleto. Palea inferior (fertilis) 12-14 ds "necem id membranacea, acuta, glabra, sepe superne fusca, 30-nervia; superior ur ER Saniat convexa, fere 18-nervia. Squamule 6-9 vel forsan plures, lanceolate, 1- cu SE Lacus numerosa (7-30), antheris utrinque bifidis, apice mueronulatis. Stylus S eters acuminatus, in stigmata 4-5 brevissima plumosa divisus. Frucfus ovoideus, stylo persisten paleis squamulisque stipatus, rostro incluso 13-2 poll. longus. (* Batta- _ Thwaites says this is common in the warm and moister parts of Ceylon, and ny abun dant in the Saffragan district. The leaves make an excellent thatch. 3. B. CAPITATA, Munro. * Culmo arboreo, 50-pedali," T — Se tree Bio lorum capitato-congestis, sterilibus multo minoribus og "m a fertili 16 lin. longa, nieulato-spicatis, vel in fasciculis brevibus terminalibus, Lum capitatus, Kunt h, palea superiore apice bifida, foliis lineari-oblongis.— d tab. xvi. f. 43; Steud. Gram, i. 325, t. 75! Enum. 430, Suppl. 355; Rupr. Le 199 2^ l.c. 383. Bambusa capitata, Willd. hb. 7013, teste Trm. U VOL. XXVI. 146 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. Hab. in Madagascar, Du Pet. Thouars; côté est (vulgo “ Voulou ” !), Chapelier!; ile Nossi-bé ! Per- ville, no. 1978!, et Nossi Camba, 1978-2! Boivin (hb. Mus. Paris.). v. s. Culmus inermis, 4-5 poll. diam., ramis foliosis. Folia oblongo- vel lineari-lanceolata, 3—44 poll. longa, 6-10 lin. lata, brevipetiolata, basi rotundata et parum obliqua, apice angustato-subulata, utrinque glabra. Vagine glabræ, sursum obsolete striate, ore pilis setosis fimbriatz. Spicule fertiles in capitulum soli- tarium, terminale congeste. Spicula fertilis basi lata, lanceolata, acuminata, straminea, nervoso- striata, setulis nigris obsita, multiflora, flosculis inferioribus 5-6 unipaleaceis, sterilibus, gradatim in- crescentibus, penultimo bipaleaceo, fertili, ad basin pedicello brevi vel longissimo, rudimentario aucto. Palea inferior (fertilis) flosculis sterilibus brevior, sed iis similis, ovato-oblonga, apice mucronata; superior longior, 15 lin. longa, dorso sulcata, bisubulata, multinervia, carinis brevissime ciliatis. Squamule 3, breves, nervos, oblique acuminate. Stamina 6, connectivo antherarum interdum elongato. Stylus longissimus, pubeseens, superne trifidus. Fructus tereti-oblongus, sine rostro 73 lin. longus, parum obliquus et subcurvatus, basi breviter stipitatus, rostro persistente acutato- subulatus. This diifers in some respects from the two preceding species ; but I have but little doubt, after the examination which I have, through the kindness of M. Brongniart, been per- mitted to make of the specimens in the Paris herbarium, that it belongs to the genus Beesha, and that it is the species referred to by Flacourt, as already mentioned at p.8. None of the specimens which I have seen would indicate that the plant ever attained the size mentioned by Kunth. Species dubia. 4. D. ELEGANTISSIMA, Kurz, MS.inhb. “ Caulibus tenuibus, gracillimis, altissimis, ramis terminalibus pendulis eulmos truneosque arborum hosce sustinentes velantibus."— Bambusa elegantissima, Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 49; Miq. l. c. iii. 419. Hab. in Java, in sylvis elatis (“ Ulul 7), Hasskarl, Kurz! (tantum spathe hirsutissime). v. spathas. I do not know what authority Kurz has for placing this plant in the genus Beesha. BEESHA BACCIFERA, Schult.= Melocanna bambusoides, Trin. B. rax, Schult. — M. humilis, Roep. B. gras, Kunth =M. humilis, Roep. XX. DENDROCALAMUS. Nees ab Esenb. in Linnza, ix. 476 (1834). Bumbuse sect., Ruprecht, Steudel, et auct. alior. Spicula sursum deorsumque, vel deorsum tantum imperfecta, fusa, pauciflora vel pluriflora, rhachilla abscondita, quentibus 2-3 vel plurimis bipaleaceis herm soleto, vel omnino deficiente. carina ciliata. apice subulato vel sericea, m ovata vel oblonga, aut ovalis, acuta vel ob- flosculis 1-2 inferioribus unipaleaceis, $€- aphroditis vel feemineis, terminali tabescente, spe ob- Glume dx: aut tres, 1 vel 2 sepe gemmipare, suprema carinata et F ales inferior plurinervia, plerumque ventricosa, chartacea vel membranacea, spe vel spinoso mucronata, saltem in flosculis superioribus, dorso vel glabra, vel hirsuta, en ie vel eene. superior angustior, obtusa, paucinervia. Squamule vere nulle ; il. MR hem = nin osquamuke fallaces in flosculis nonnullis videntur. Stamina 6, basi "Seege | weis conico subobtuso, vel mucrone longo hirsuto terminatis. Stylus longus, > "Dees inclusus, apice vel indivisus?, vel 9.3 fidus, Ovarium apice hirsutum, ToS COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 147 tratum, rostro nunc caduco, nunc persistente. Fructus bacciformis, oblongus, apice hirsutus, ple- rumque rostratus, rostro interdum deciduo. Gramina arborescentia vel fruticosa, sepius inermia, in India occidentali, Malacca, Java, et China crescentia. Folia nunc angusta, nunc lata et latissima. Inflorescentia in omnibus speciebus similis, nempe panicula composita, spiculis secus ramos glomerato-spicatis, glomerulis e verticillis multis in ramulo abbreviato valde approximatis derivandis. This genus is distinguished from Bambusa by its fruit and the absence of true squamule. In all other respects it agrees with that genus. Conspectus Specierum. Folia plerumque angusta, nunquam lata (in D. Parishii ignota). Spicula brevis, pauciflora, antherz breviter apiculate. Palea inferior spinoso-acuta vel pungens, dorso adpresse hirsuta. Panicule ramis ultimis validis, glabris . : . . D. strictus. . D. sericeus. do = Palea inferior mucronata, vix spinosa, dorso sericeo-hirsutissima i Palea inferior fere glabra, margine fimbriata, colorata, mucronata. Pani- culæ ramorum internodia apice prunioso-glauca. Folia ignota . . 8. D. Parishii. Palea inferior omnino glabra, membranacea, acuta ; superior equilonga vel longior, ssepe dorso ad basin fissa. Panicule ramis ultimis elongatis pendulis i : j . 4, D. membranaceus. Folia lata vel latissima. Spiculæ breves, verticillis parvis, secus ramos tenues, ot D pendulos, elongatos dissitis . i e . . . . t D. flagellifer. Folia lata vel latissima. Spicula ovata vel oblonga, plerumque pluriflora. Antheræ longe mucronatæ. Spicula ovato-acuta, dorso pubescenti-hirsuta, 6-9 lin. longa . e e pen Spicula ovato-acuta, dorso levissima, 4-5 lin. longa QT uie v R ap We d 3-5 lin. longa. Vertic Spicula obcuneata, apice truncata, obtusa, glabra, 5 -.'8& D. Hamiltonii. densiflori i : ; BE a a í Spicula Jato-ovata vel oblonga, obtusa, dorso pubescens, 9 lin. longa 9. D. latiflorus Culmo subarboreo, alto, paniculæ ramis verticillis densifloris, 1n- in floseulis superioribus) l. D. srricrus, Nees in Linnxa, ix. 476. ultimis validis, internodiis apice, nisi in var. p, glabris, terdum maximis, spiculis pallidis, palea inferiore (saltem Iiis subtus pubescenti- dorso hirsuto-pubescente, apice spinoso-acuminata, pungente, To ig d descrip., sed bus.—Miq. l. c. iii. 421. Bambusa stricta, Roxb. Voron- Ed: ipaum 25 Fl. non quoad tab. 80 !, qua est Oxytenanthera Thwaitesu, aa t aet a Sch. Le Ind. ii. 193 ; Kunth in Jour. de Phys. 1822, 148; Enum. 431 ; B verkicillate, hb. vii. 1339; Rupr. Z. c. 146, t. xii. f. 56; Steud. gi up t Arundo hexandra | Rottler, non Willd. B. glomerata, Royle hb. BM y bescens, Lodd. et Roxb. hb. 2. tanea, hb. Ham. in Wall. Cat. 50984 B. P od. ER Lour.); Lindl. in Penny Cyc. Nastus strictus, Sm. in Rees $ NIS ig (bona) (teste spec. in Raspail, Z. c. y. 449. Munget, Pluken. Mantissa, 28, t. 341. sage ie Plukenet herb. in Mus. Brit.), vol. xeü. fol. 31 ; Both. e ze - B forsan monstrosa, vertieillis proliferis, paleis : is, hirsutis, pani- ar cule internodiis hirsutis (hb. Roxburgh in hb. Kew.). Ge 148 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEE. Hab. in India orientali, in siccioribus fere ubique, Bengalia, Behar, Dunwah Pass, no. 896, Pancha- durma!, Hooker; Hurdwar, Wall. Cat. 50388!; Seharunpoor, Watson!; Himalaya, Griffith ! Madden! ; Kaleedongee, 311! 372! (“Kussub”), Royle; Kalka! Thomson; Kumaon, Strachey ! ; Mussooree! Dehra Dhoon (var. antheris longe mucronatis), Falconer; Chumba, 206!, Pinwell; Punjab, Aitcheson!; Banda, Edgeworth; Nagpore! (Cent. Ind.), Madras, Dr. Shuter! 208; 1798 ! 3345! 3418! 3419!, Wight; Vizagapatam, Russell ; montibus Nilagiri, Schmidt, G. Thom- son! Wight!; Bombay, Dalzell!; Concan!, Stocks ; Belgaum (** Chouga ”), 821! Ritchie; Burmah, ‘all. Cat. 5037 ! var. vaginis viscosis ; Tenasserim, 26 ! Falconer! M*Clelland ! (“ Minwa"), no. 18! Brandis ; Singapore ! Montgomerie, var. verticillis maximis; Java, Junghuhn. v.s. Culmus ssepe inermis, nunc suffruticosus, nunc subarboreus, nunc arboreus elatus, “ 8-10-pedalis in Be- har” (Hooker) ; ** in collibus 40-, in vallibus 100-” (Brandis) ; ** dense ceespitosus, basi ramis fascicu- latis, horizontalibus, rigidis, sepe spinescenti-ramosis, interdum foliigeris tectus ” (Brandis) ; spathis striatis, flavis, intus levissimis, 8-10 poll. longis, apiculo adpresso, glabro. Internodia swpe pedalia, plerumque glabra, fere solida. Folia lanceolata, basi rotundata, vel raro attenuata, brevipetiolata, apice tenuissime acuminata, 14-10-12 poll. longa, 6-12-18 lin. lata, supra aspera et interdum hir- suta, subtus hirsuta vel tandem glabrescentia. ^ Vagine plerumque hirsute, nunc viscide, nunc glabre, ore ciliis paucis, cito caducis fimbriatz, ligula brevi, producta, truncata. Panicula ramosa, ramis ferelibus simplicibus, elongatis, nunquam pendulis, glomerulis spicularum szepe densissimis, 3-1-2 poll. diam. ` Spicula ovata vel oblonga, 3-9 lin. longa, spe acutissima, flosculis 1-2 inferi- oribus 1-paleaceis, 2-3 superioribus bipaleaceis. Palea inferior (fertilis) ventricosa, subcoriacea, dorso hirsuta vel pubescens, apice spinoso-pungente subulata; superior angustior, obtusa, pubescens, inter carinas ciliolatas 2-4-nervia, (in floseulo supremo) dorso convexa, ecarinata. Stamina 6 (in flos- culis quibusdam, sed raro, 3 rigidiora et mutila), connectivo in conum brevem, rarissime elongatum et mucronatum producto. Stylus longus, pilis hirsutus, apice bifidus. Ovarium rostratum, apice hirsutum, rostro subpyramidali. Fructus bacciformis, 3-4 lin. longus, ovatus, rostratus, rostro per- sistente, apice infra rostrum subhirsutus. This very useful and strong Bamboo is generally known to Europeans throughout India as the male Bamboo, and is universally used for spear-staffs. It is extremely variable in the size of its foliage. The plant flowers frequently, if not every year, and does not die down after flowering, as is the case with so many Bamboos. 2. D. sericeus, Munro. Culmo subarboreo, paniculæ ramis ultimis validis, internodiis glabris, vel apice hirsutiusculis, verticillis vix 1 poll. diam., spiculis 3-5 lin. longis, palea inferiore dorso et margine pilis subbulbosis, densis, sericeis barbata, mucronata sed vix spinosa, foliis lineari- vel oblongo-lanceolatis. Hab. in Ind. or. Bengalia, Behar, monte Parasnath, 4000 ped. s. m., Thomson! Hooker! (folia tan- tum). v.s. Cuimus. ut in D. stricto, spathis striatis, margine longe fimbriatis, apices versus pilis bulbosis hirsutis, apiculo brevi, triangulari, acuto. Folia 5-15 poll. longa, 6-9 lin. lata, sæpe longe petiolata, utrinque vel subtus tantum hirsuta, ceeteroquin ut in D. stricto. Vagine striate, margine fimbriate, lateribus sepo dense pilis glandulosis hirsutæ, ore sparse et caduce fimbriatæ, ligula dorso hirsuta, plerumque ciliata. Panicule ramis solidis, glabris, ramulorum internodiis sepe striatis, non nitidis, et interdum superne hirsntiusculis, verticillis globosis, densifloris. Spicula brevis, plerumque 3 lin. longa, nunc obtusa, nunc acuta, 5-flora, structura D. stricti. Palea inferior (fertilis) apice cucullata et mucro- » vel, in eodem verticillo, obtusa, dorso basi nudo, superne sericeo-tomentosa ; superior carina COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 149 sericeo-tomentosa, inter carinas binervia. Anthere nodulo obtuso terminate. Reliqua ut in D. stricto Fructus non visus. I have never seen this in flower except from Parasnath. Dr. Hooker collected the leaves there in February 1848; and Dr. Thomson found it in flower there in September 1858. It has a very different appearance from any form of D. strietus, of which, how- ever, it may prove to be a silky variety, distinguished by its very long curious spreading silky pubescence. I cannot point out any distinction in the structure of the spicula, except that the upper palea of the terminal flower is keeled, and not convex, as it is in D. strictus. : 3. D. Panrsurr. Panicule internodiis apice pruinoso-glaucis, palea inferiore submem- branacea, colorata, dorso glabra, margine fimbriata, antheris appendieulo obtuso terminatis. : Hab. in Ind. or. Punjab, Himalaya!, Lieut. Parish. v. flores sine foliis. Panicule (rami 3 tantum adsunt) internodia striata, verticillis densifloris. Spicula 5-6-flora, flosculis 2 inferioribus sterilibus, 2-3 sequentibus hermaphroditis, terminali tabescente, vel minimo vel omnino obsoleto. Palea inferior (fertilis) multinervia, dorso striata, brevissima, subviolacea, margine fim- briata, intus hirsutiuscula, apice acuta, vix mucronata ; superior obtusa, margine et carinis fimbriata, venulis paucis reticulatis. Ovarium (immaturum) hirsutum, rostratum. Reliqua generis. The anthers of the flowers in this species have the blunt points which are found in the two preceding species. In other respects it resembles D. Hookeri and D. Hamiltonü. 4. D. MEMBRANACEUS, Munro. Paniculæ ramis ultimis tenuibus, stepe pendulis, verti- cillis 3? poll. diam., spiculis angustis, cylindricis, glabris, palea inferiore g laber- rima, margine nuda, superiore interdum, dorso fere ad basin bifida, foliis angustis, lineari-lanceolatis. Hab. in Ind. or. Martaban, Trogla, no. 5029!, Wallich ; Tenasserim ! Brandis, dubia). VIN. Lobb ! (quoad flores; folia i i i i i is, simplicibus vel compositis. E arboreus ?, ramis superioribus foliiferis tenuibus, basi incrassatis, simplic posit apice mucronata, supra et margin Folia 4-5 poll. longa, 4-6 lin. lata, basi rotundata vel attenuata, i RER aspera, subtus hirsuta, petiolata. Vagine striate, fere ad basin solute, — ee 2 n. Be ciliis subpersistentibus paucis fimbriate, ligula brevissima, obtusa. nr = a Y SS ternodiis glabris, ramis plerumque tenuibus, glabris, verticillis sepe quer a ed glomeratis, densifloris. Spicula palida, glaberrima, 3-4 lin. longa, viti m Palea inferior sterilibus, 2-3 sequentibus bipaleaceis, terminali tabescente brevissimo vel n E Wortes gun (fertilis) glaberrima, ipso apice immerse nervosa, mucronata ; pee cies glabro, acuta, sepe dorso usque ad basin fissa, inter carinas fimbriatas en i y tum hirsutiusculus, brevi apiculate. Fructus maturus ovatus, uno latere compressus, Ape pucr "stro brevi persistente subito mucronatus, sine rostro 3 lin. longus. ales, com- ? This is distinguished from all the genus by the perfectly npn un, Pd up ined with narrow leaves. . . . In Brandis’s herb. no. 19, this was o 25 Doen able to i Ozytenanthera albo-ciliata, Munro; and I have ın E uD Brandis’s notes. ertve any information as to the habits and size of the plants irom ^^ 150 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. The leaves attached to Lobb’s specimens are very different from the mature ones attached to Wallich’s 5029, but they may possibly be young leaves from a young shoot. 5. D. FLAGELLIFER, Munro. Culmo arboreo, panicule ramis elongatis, 2-3-pedalibus et ultra, tenuibus, pendulis, internodiis uno latere sulcatis et hirsutis, spieula brevi, palea inferiore margine fimbriata, mucronata, foliis latis.— Bambusa flagel- lifera, Griffith, MS. in herb.; forsan B. bitung, Reem. et Sch. l. c. 1354, et supra, p.112. Schizostachyum loriforme, Munro, in hb. T. C. D. Hab. in Malacca, Griffifh. v.s. Culmus elatus, internodiisjunioribus apice farinosis, ramus foliifer terminalis (1 tantum adest) 24 ped. longus, axillis ramos floriferos nondum evolutos ferentibus. Folia majora 10-12 poll. longa, 2-24 poll. lata, supra glabra, nisi medio, presertim basin versus, ubi denticulis parvis scaberrima, subtus tactu aspera et prominentiis minutis scabriuscula, ad costam pilis longis, interdum basin versus hirsuta, margine serrato-scaberrima, basi attenuata in petiolum seepe scabro-hirsutum, apice longe acuminata, nervis secundariis utrinque 11-13, conspicuis. Vagine striate, medio pilis ad- pressis, albidis hirsute, superne glabra, apice truncat, ore nude, margine uno fimbriate, ligula brevi, conspicua, truncata. Panicula ampla, internodiis plerumque apice scaberrimis, ramulis ad nodos numerosis, elongatis, flagelliformibus, pendulis, filiformibus sed validis, verticillis distantibus, vix 5 lin. diametro, internodiis omnibus uno latere hirsutis. Spicula brevis, ovata, vix 3 lin. longa, 5-7-flora, flosculis 4-5 bipaleaceis, terminali nune minimo, nune obsoleto. Palea inferior incon- spicue 12-18-nervosa, dorso glabra vel raro subscabra, mucronata, margine breviter fimbriata ; superior obtusa vel acuta, membranacea, carinis et margine fimbriata, inter carinas 1-2-nervia. Squamule nulle. Stylus hirsutus, bifidus, interdum profunde. Stamina 6, basi libera, antheris seta vel pilis brevibus paucis (2-3) apiculatis. Fructus non visus. This has smaller spieule than any species of the genus. It is very similar in many respects to Bambusa Brandisii, but has much smaller and less densely flowered verticils, and there are never the least traces of squamule. Ihave but little doubt that B. bitung of Schultes will prove to be the same species. 6. D. GIGANTEUS, Munro. Culmo excelso, internodiis apice glauco-pruinosis, verticillis approximatis, spieulis ovato-acutis, dorso hirsutis, plurifloris, antheris acuminatis, foliis interdum mazimis, ligula elongata.— Bambusa gigantea, Wallich, Cat. Bot. Gard. Cale. p. 79. Hab. in Pulo Penang, Wallich; Tenasserim (* Waklé” no. 10! « Wayà,"? no. 5), Brandis; cult. in Bot. Gard. Caleutta, Thomson! Anderson !; Hort. Sion! et Kew! V. V. et s. Culmus maximus, interdum 26 poll. cireumferentia, spathis variantibus, 9-12 poll. longis, intus glaber- rimis, albicantibus, extus striatis, nune pilis fuscis inferne hirsutis, nunc fere glabris, sed tactu asperis, apiculo lanceolato, sepe spatham superante, plerumque reflexo, adpresso. Folia majora 12-20 poll. longa, usque ad 4 poll. lata, lato-lanceolata, basi rotundata, petiolata, supra glabra, subtus, in juni- oribus, pubescentia, demum glabrescentia, margine aspero-serrata, et basin versus sepe longe fim- briata, tervis secundariis utrinque sub 16, venulis transversis crebris, parum conspicuis. Vagine sulcato-striate, demum glabre, lateribus productz, ore fimbriatze ligula elongata. Panicula ampla, emm simplicibus vel compositis, nune floriferis tantum, nunc SC foliiferis, seepe apice curvatis, internodiis hirsuto-scabris, apice farinosis, verticillis plerumque approximatissimis, paucifloris. Spicula ovata, acuta, apice Pungens, dorso pubescens, pluriflora, 6-9 lin. longa, flosculis 2-3 vel d Leid xai are Le EES COLONEL MUNRO'S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 151 pluribus unipaleaceis, sequentibus 2-4 bipaleaceis, foemineis tantum (staminibus plus minus abor- tivis), penultimis 1-2 hermaphroditis fertilibus difformibus, terminali incompleto conspicuo, sspe pungenti-acuto. Palea inferior, in flosculis foemineis, dorso "convexa, multinervia, mucronata, adpresse hirsuta, margine efimbriata, in hermaphroditis dorso plana et sulcato-plicata, apice breviter spinoso-acuta ; superior dorso hirsuta, carinis longe fimbriata, nune apice acuta, nunc bicuspidata. Squamule nulle. Stamina 6, antheris apice acuminatis. Stylus longus, hirsutus, tandum 2-fidus. Ovarium hirsutum, longe rostratum. Fructus oblongus, 34 lin. longus, obtusus (rostro caduco), apice hirsutus, perigynio superne adhzrente, tamen inferne soluto; hine scutellum extus visi- bile est. This splendid species is growing admirably in the palm-house at Kew. It appears to have flowered at Calcutta in 1861, thirty years after it had been originally introduced ; and Dr. Anderson states that the specimen, although weakened, remained alive. It appears to me that the seed in this species is really enveloped in a perigynium, but that in the fertile flower this often becomes detached at the base, and shrinks up, forming a somewhat rugose hirsute crown to the fruit, and thus the scutellum becomes exposed to view; and I believe that the false squamulz seen in one or two species are only the remains of the lower part of the perigynium. 7. D. Hooxert, Munro. Culmo arboreo, panicule internodiis levibus, glaberrimis, verticillis densifloris, spiculis ovatis, subacutis, nitidis, palea inferiore vix acuta, levissima, antheris apice penicillatis, foliis interdum latissimis. Hab. in Ind. or. in mont. Khasia, Jasper hill! (“ Ussey ") 2000 ped., Nurtiung ! 4000 ped., Nowgong (“Denga”), Myrung (** Ussey”) 5700 ped., Joowye! (* Ukotang”), eult. Bengal. Orient. no. 411! Fundus ?, Hooker et Thomson. v. s. Culmus 50-pedalis, czespitosus, apice nutans, viridissimus, plumosus, oribus subhirsutis, glaucescens, spathis magnis, basi 16 poll. latis, sutissimis, intus glaberrimis, See KC 3-7 poll. longo. Folia lanceolata, 10-1213 poll. longa, 2-21-3 poll. lata, basi rotundata et breviter attenuata in petiolum brevem, eren sd supra hirsutum, apice acuminatissima, supra glabra sed tactu aspera; subtus aspera, interdum pe ^ Vel ad costam, basin versus tantum, pilis sublongis hirsuta, margine scrrabo- cape srt ee u dariis conspicuis, utroque latere 8-12-16; venulis transversis crebris, subeonspicuis. : gë Luis pilis adpressis hirsutze, superne glabrescentes, truncate, ore nude, ligula wp me a G producta. Panicula composita, rhachi nitida, levissima, verticillis denne M iin a vix acuta, proximatis, ramorum internodiis (interdum profunde) suleato-striatis, hirsutis. € e piis bagli lævis, 43 lin. longa, 4-5-flora, flosculis 3 bipaleaceis, terminali sæpe pedice : , i ad es barbato. Palea inferior (fertilis) chartacea, glaberrima, vix acuta, oa iet em i Squamule vere Superior subacuta, carinis longe fimbriata. Stamina 6, antheris apice P igit p fidus. Ovarium Julie; rarissime 1-2 pseudosquamule adsunt. Stylus longissimus, apice © hirsutum. F; ructus maturus non visus is is pri us Te the tapering polished = principally to be distinguished from D. Hamiltoni by the taperms r 5-6 poll. diam., internodiis inferi- 10 poll. longis, extus pilis atris hir- ‘Piculæ and smooth general rhachis. . Ito, paniculae 8. D. Haarrvroxrr, Nees et Arnott, MS. ad Hamilton, Ha ern, spiculis Composite internodiis sulcato-striatis, aspero-hirsutis, ids ine fimbriata, an- ` > for] margin obeuneatis, apice obtusis, truncatis, glabris, palea inferiore M's 152 COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. theris mucrone longo hirsuto appendiculatis.—Bambusa maxima, Ham. hb. 882, in Wall. Cat. 5039. B. monogyna, Griffith, Icon. cl. fig. 2, Notulæ p. 63, Itin. not, 110. Var. B. edulis, Munro, spiculis plurifloris, pseudosquamulis 2-3, verticillis majoribus, foliis latissimis et tenuioribus. Hab. in Ind. or. Assam, Goalpara, Hamilton, Jenkins! 189!, Masters, Gowahutty 641 ! 748! (in hb. Cal- cutta), Negrigam! Kujoodoo !, Bootan, 143!, Dewangiri, 2! 2680!, Mishmee, Ghaloom vicus, 10! 16! 18!, Sikkim, Darjeeling! Griffith; Sikkim ad 4000 ped. frequens (“Pao”), Yoksun! 5600 ped., Dubdi! (“Rugvet et Putu”) (folia tantum), Darjeeling !, (var. 8) Sikkim, Ramoon et Rato val- libus ! 4000 ped. (** Pao” et “ Wah ” pulluli juveniles edules), Hooker et Thomson. Kew cult. v.s. Culmus 40-60-pedalis, ramis horizontalibus, internodiis brevibus, 4-5 vel 6-7 poll. diam., dense ciespi- tosus, parietibus crassis. Folia valde variabilia, lato-lanceolata, 4-16 poll. longa, 10 lin.-5 poll. lata, basi rotundata, interdum obliqua, supra glabra, subtus pallida vel concoloria, glabra vel hirsu- tiuscula, nervis secundariis utrinque 6-17, subconspicuis, brevipetiolata. Vagine superne glabre, inferne pilis strigosis adpressis hirsutz, ligula elongata. Panicula ampla, ramis erectis, sepe fistu- losis, rhachi scabra vel scaberrima, multisuleata, nodis hirsutissimis, glomerulis spicularum sæpe densissimis, raro proliferis, interdum 13 poll. diam., plerumque distantibus. Spicula fragilis, ovalis, compressa, 3-5 lin. longa, 4-5-6-flora, flosculis 2—4 bipaleaceis, penultimo difformi, fructifero, terminali nune 1-paleaceo, nunc ad pedicellum redacto. Palea inferior latissima, suborbicularis, sca- rioso-membranacea, interdum emarginata, marginibus fimbriata, multinervia, glabra; superior an- gustior, paulo brevior, dorso apicem versus sparsim pilosa, membranacea, inter carinas ciliatas 3—5- nervia. Stamina 6 vel raro 7, antheris rubro-purpureis (Thomson), connectivo in apiculum conico- subulatum, breviter pilosum producto. Squamule vere nulle ; in var. 8 pseudosquamule 2-3 in- terdum adsunt. Stylus longissimus, apice trifidus. Ovarium ovato-conicum, hispidum. Fructus oblongus, apice hirsutus, rostratus, rostro sæpe persistente; interdum, non semper, perigynio inferne soluto, scutellum visibile est. Vide not. ad D. giganteum. - Dr. Hooker states that the young shoots of this species are eaten when boiled, and that the plants flower every year. The flowers, in the variety D. edulis, exhibit occasionally the most capricious variations : some flowers contain 3 stamens tolerably perfect, the remain- ing 3 being converted into style-like processes; sometimes there are two distinct styles, and sometimes the style is 4-cleft ; occasionally there are 7 stamens. 9. D. LATrFLORUS, Munro, Tab. VI. Culmo Jruticoso, fistuloso, internodiis brevibus, striatis, glabris, paniculz ramos: ramis simplicibus, 1-3-4 ad nodos (fig. B), 11-1i- pedalibus, internodiis apice incrassatis, uno latere suleatis et hirsutis, verticillis paucispiculatis, spiculis sub 8-floris, latis, ovatis, obtusis, pubescentibus, palea infe- riore margine fimbriata, antheris longe mucronatis.— Bambusa verticillata, Benth. in Fl. Hongkong, 434, non Willd. Hab. in China, Hongkong, Wright !, 1050! Hance, 740! Harland ; Formosa, no. 649! Oldham. vV. 8. Seen 6-7-pedalis et ultra. Folia (fig. c) lato-lanceolata, basi rotundata, vix attenuata, brevipetiolata, apice acuminatissima, utrinque glabra, margine aspera, 7-10 poll. longa, 11-3 poll. lata, nervis secundariis utroque latere 9, subconspicuis, ramulis transversis creberrimis, vix conspicuis. Vagine sulcato-striatze, glabrze, vel inter strias pilis sublongis hirsutze, ligula obtusa, truncata, raro fimbriata. Panicula (pars superior 4-pedalis adest) composita, spiculis in glomerulis, ramis approximatis, 3-6 vel superne solitariis. Spicula lato-oblonga (fig. 1), 9 lin. longa et 6-7 lin. lata, compressa, sub-8-flora, COLO e NEL MUNRO S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACEA. 153 flosculis omnibus, nisi 2 inferioribus sterilibus, bipaleaceis, floseulo terminali tab raro verge Gluma superior (fig. 5) enervosa, obtusa, carinata, carina ee fous escente, nullo vel inferior (fertilis) (fig. 2) basi lata, seepe plicata, multinervia, vix aem ule cape ciliata, Palea fer ees ; superior (figg. 2, 3) multo angustior, hirsuta, RE AE. INC) guae bifida. neues typice nullee ; rarissime, in spec. e Formosa, MES um : E — 6, € flosculis superioribus exserta, antheris mucrone hirsuto longo apiculatis. Stylu wear oz primum simplex, tandem apice bifidus. Ovarium (fig. 4) hirsutum Een DT ime maturus non visus. j ‚ stipitatum. Fructus : This very pretty species seems well worthy of cultivation in our European gardens, as it doubtless flowers annually. Until Oldham’s specimens were received, all hitherto known in herbariums were single branches of the panicle, and consequently the inflo- penco was supposed to be simply spicate. I think it is very probable that this species is one of Rumphius’s varieties of Leleba. Rn: XXI. DINOCHLOA. Bise, Pl. Jungh. 388; Miq. Z. c. iii. 415. Tab. V. E vor parva, ovata, 3-flora, flosculis 2 inferioribus dorso nitidis, subobtusis, Beie (do TS Im (figg. 45) ` Glume 2, obtuse, glabre, flosculis inferioribus similes. B bi Comin scull m. paucinervia, obtusa, dorso et margine glabra (fig. 5) vel dorso hirsuta Er die S1) ; superior se ovals, obtusa, carinis ciliata (fig. 5) vel glabra (fig. 4). . Stamina 6, filamentis brevissimis, antheris apice conico-acuminatis (fig. 6). Stylus villosa divisus (fig. 6). Fructus (fere brevis ii : ovarn : H : E , rostro inclusus, apice in stigmata 3, brevissima, « bacciformis, et, ut videtur, intus maturus) ovalis et breviter rostratus, li lin. longus (fig. 7), carnosus” (Sch.). Gram m Ki (usque ad 50 pedes) scandens, in Java et ins. Tm a. Panicula supradecomposita, ramis iterum iterumque mos subverticillato-glomeratis. ES genus has the smallest spicul:e of any Bamboo; specimens contained, very few were perfect. Philippinis et Andaman crescens. Folia lan- ramulosis, spiculis secus ramulos but, among the thousands which D. E Species unica. F Wes KonREH, Dëse, Pl. Jungh. 7.c.; Miq. Le Tab. V. Panicule maxima, divari- B spiculis minimis, vix 2 lin. longis, secus ramulos ` ubspicato-glomeratis, oliis basi leniter attenuatis, vaginis primum ore funbriatis, ciliis cito caducis. —Bambusa scandens, Blume in litt. ad Nees in Bot. Zeit. 1824, 291. Nastus Üenkorreh, Reem. et Sch. 1. c. 1358; Kunth, l.c. 430; Stend "© 333. Schizo- stachyum parviflorum, Munro in hb. T.C.D. Chusquea amplopaniculata, Steud. its Le. 831; Miq. Le 414. : = ms. Philippinis, no. 637! Cuming; Java, monte Salak, ee! C i. Junghuhn ; Hort. Bogor. 798, Zollinger ; ins. Andaman! Kurz (folia tantum). oe d E. E internodiis 3-14 ped. longis, ramis fasciculatis. Folia Pen = r Z ls. "in lata, In spec. ex Andaman ins. 10 poll. longa, 24 poll. on — : m conspicuis. TEN Sı attenuata et brevissime petiolata, glabra et levia, dem M fide RA wem in V ninos glabrz, inferiores scabrz, ore fimbriatz, ciliis cito — alib in ga, fimbriata. Panicula amplissima, rhachi semitereti, asperrima, un ee — racem ` : 1 Y 08 simplices vel ramosos divisis. Reliqua generis. OL. XXVI, z monte Gedee, Blume; [* attached to some numbers indicates that reference should be made to the “ Addenda et Corrigenda.”] A. Arthrostylidium, Rupr. . Burchellii, Munro . . capillifolium, Gris. . racemiflorum, Schomburgki KA? Trinii, macros =e ylla, Munro , moliniformis, Hochst. M procera, l \ racemosa, Munro . radiata, Rupr. . . . Schomburghi Bennett Trin, " Á—— Kurz. Age Muehl., . ` Bad va Sie A er * r NEW Zoe oo € d Wd ET Ee dh e v X e w vo WWE" Ei ».-* * 5 eo oM e Si; INDEX. Arundinaria o bamboa, Mill. Dict, bambos, Linn : canila, Mol i fax, Lour. e gigantea, Walt. . . Hort. Ch PS maxima, Lour. . . WEN EINE: SS a multiplex, Lour.. . . quila, Poir. iia quillinga, Molina . tabacaria, Lour, . e tecta, Muehl. Aulonemia, Goudot . , Goudot B. Bambos, Retz e Bambos, Du Pet. Thouars p Ty (e amahussana, Lin dl, amplexifolia, Y Rem. ot Sch. z apus, dA. a Pi : ee ur Regel arıstata, attenuata 2 aurea, Sieb. $ Blumeana, Ræm. et Sch, * 4 * *- * LJ H . * LI Blumeana, Hook. et Arn. WC ue per Taler . Can, AE Si ei Ro * i S. ae eee . «e 9 e € Bambus Brandisii, Kae "T breviflora, cesta, Siehe ge pem e Canton, Munro . e capensis, Rum $ capitata, capitata, Willd. hrb. exceisa, uu ragilis, Spruce, MS a Wallich glauca, Blume . . . glauca, Lodd. . e glaucescens, Sieb. . . glaucifolia, Rupr. . . g ata, Royle . gracilis, Wall. . Griffithiana, Munro guadua, H. et e Helferi, Munro. . » a Blanco ; MacClellandi, Munro " o, Wall. ophylla, Rupr. . macala, Ham. . marginata, Mi e Mastorsii, Munro e maxima, Ham. . . maxima, Por. . . . metake Sieb. . . . ophylla, Griff. . . mitis, Blanco . mitis, hort. Paris. . o v W ET € ee se ee cR m Bambusa . mitis, Por. . + + monogyna, erg e multiplex, Raeusch 8, ‘ paniculata, “Willd. b. a, Roem. et Sch. . ` stricta, Roxb. Cor, Pl. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. oon , aes aie te Xto ria, on D D E D 7i ~ Hassk. no non Kunth LEE "ww ere ‚INDEX. | Beesh ek Kunth, Enum. Rheedei, Kunth, weg Gram. stridula, Munro C. Ce es um, Munro amplopaniculata, Steud. andina, anelythra, Nees . . «. . aristata, Mun P br eviglumis, Philip. «ion Gaudichaudi, Kunth . glomerata, Munro ec heterophylla, Nees . humilis, Es er. ok ntermedia, Steud. : Jamesoni, Steud, i dd eptophylla, Nees . ‘ gulata, Munro. . . . montana, Philippt . fulleri, Munro. . e oligophylla, Rupr. alid, Mao parvifolia, Philip & pinifolia, . pubescens, Purdieana, Munro. . . quila, Em. quila, Ath . scandens, Äth E Sellovii, Rupr. Yun simpliciflora, dines pg , Steud. valdiviensis, Em. Desv. Venezuelæ, Steud. . + Wilkesii, Munro . + + D. sde "en e 3s eri, Munro . latiflorus, Mowe Se ae membranaceus Munro. " "e ee € *» A Ww ccc ON AX wo RESSASEFSTIFTESTERAHAKSBLTESEEE 44 132 145 59 67 Ss Dendrocalamus tjankorreh, Bise . F. Festuca grandiflora, Lam G. TM M Kurz . DE CS re Munro . maxima verticillata, Munro Guada, Eu seb. . e Guadua, Kunth . . amplexifolia, Presl angustifolia, Kunth capitata, Munro . Venezuele, Munro Dr. os L Iscurochloa, > i3 floribunda, B . spinosa, p : L. Leleba, Rumph. alba h. Macronaz, R elocanna, Trin. e bambusoides, Trin. p D D D E EE ww e ee * D H $- 9 4$ 4 3 Se LE uc a ae ut EE wer «e v * E g e € 09 €" *" W v 156 eciosa, Nees speciosa, Sprengel terna » ‚Nees. Miegia, Pers. arundinacea, Torrey, M MS. gigantea, Nut . Mustelia arundinacea, Cav. ; Nastus, Juss. macros P. de is paniculatus ‚Sm. i in Rees’s Cyel. quia, Rom. et Sch Feiere Nees ‘ Page INDEX. Nastus Thouarsit, Rasp. et Spr. tjankorreh, Roem. et Sch. verticillatus, ME a3 viviparus, Rasp. . 0. Ochlandra, Thwaites . ridula, EE Oxytenanthera, Munro abyssinica, Munro . albo-ciliata, Munro nigro-ciliata, an Stocksii, Mun Thwaitesii, Mn Pisflostechy s, Siebold erg acie ky Zuce. macrantha, Sch = Zuee. megastachya, Steud. rgata, Gris. . . Pseudostachyum, Munro polymorphum, Munro R Rettbergia, Raddi . bambusoides, Raddi capitata, Nees . , S. Schizostachyum, Griffith . durie, Rupr. glaucifolium, Munro traten, Steu ri Stemmatospen mum, P. de B. verticillatum, P. de B. T. nn, um, Munro . attenuatum, Munro nift hii, Mun r mnocalamus, Fa leo A ner Thamnocalamus, Munro non Fale. Hook su arundinaceum, Fisch. bambusinum, Fisch. COLONEL MUNRO’S MONOGRAPH OF THE BAMBUSACER. 157 ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA. Page 1. “ Rumph " in this and other pages should have been “ Rumpf ” P. 4, line 21, pro three rupees lege one rupee 1. 33, hic et alibi, pro PLATONIA lege PLANOTIA. P. 8, 1. 2, pro Singalelah, a mountain on the Islumbo Pass, lege Islumbo Pass over Singalelah, a range of mountains 1. 39, pro the Mauritius lege Bourbon L 41, post also insere from the Mauritius P. 18, 1. 9, post transversis insere conspicuis vel L 22, pro 2-3 lege 3-5 L 33, post 350. adde syn. Thamnocalamus, Falconer, MS. L 34, post pedicellata, insere 13- l. 35, intra ( ), cum nisi 1-2 terminalibus include tabescentibus P. 15, 1. 30, pro 11 lege 6 L 31, pro sub 6 lege 6-12 1. 32, pro 12 lege 10 l. 41, post 334; insere Elliott in Bot. of Carolina and Georgia, i. pl. 4. fig. 4. P. 16, 1. 3, post 7 ; insere A. bambusina, Trin. Fund. 97. Kë V. 8. l. 14, pro ribus lege libus. P. 17, 1. 34 ad finem, adde Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 395. P. 20, 1. 16, pro 475 lege 375. P, 21, 1. 7, pro spathulis lege spathellis; et ad calcem adde:—In speciminibus geret a Thwaites nuper missis sub nom. . latifolia e Wattakelli, 6000 ped. s. m., folia oblongo-ovata, 63 poll. longa, 18 lin. lata, 1 8 et pedicelli seepe spiculis longiores sunt. P. 22, A. glaucescens est Bambusa nana ; vide p. 89. i P. 26, no. 19, insere synon. Thamnocalamus ringala, Falconer, MS. ined.—Note. All the preceding n had been printed before o h alconer’s unpu description of his genus Thamnocalamus. This description, I now find, was undoubte 1 Arundinaria files, of which Faleoner’s genus is ee a synonym ; and I am now responsible for the genus Thamnocalamus as it is described at p. 33. ‚1.7, pro may therefore lege proves to l. 29, pro divisus lege diviso ; : l. 92, ante Falconer insere Munro non ; et quoad annot. ad calcem pagine vide supra corrigenda ad p. 26. 1. 12, ante v. s. insere Khasia, Kalapanee alt. 5300 ped. No. 1326! Hooker (folia). . 95, 1. 35, pro Japoniana lege Japonia. P. 38, no. 3, P. NIGRA, adde syn. Bambusa nigricans Hortul. teste Steud. P. 39, no. 4, P. Kumasaca, adde syn. Bambusa ruscifolia, Sieb. MS. in hb. Kew. ! P. 41,1, 14, pro acuti lege acutis. 1 P. 53, in conspectu, insere 19 bis. C. ligulata. Vide p. 62. No. 20, pro anelytra lege anelythra. P. 59, 1. 7, pro 893 lege 892 P. 74, no. 1, N. BorBonıcvs, adde syn. Bambusa paniculata, Willd. hb. teste Rupr. S . "e L 10, pro B. verticillata, Willd., substitue Gigantochloa vertieillata, Munro. » 86, l. 2, post pedales, insere (10-20-pedales teste Gardner) : i ‘ne ciliata et brevialata) P. 86, 1. 5, pro Bette RE deeg ciliata et brevialata, sæpe lege fimbriata, superiore en sepe L 17, pro Krueger lege Crueger L 31, pro Sgamule E T P. 87, XI. Bampusa, adde syn. generis Iseurochloa, Büse, Pl. Jungh. i. 390; en, deg E. «Wa voogyee," marked B. crinita, Ek 92, no. 3, B. NvT ANS, adde a me of the specimens in hb. Brandis, No. 15, A P, ; oa in the same envelope belong to a homson, appear to irs to this species ; but unfortunately some of the leaves in the pe deeidedly distinct species. P. 93,1. 40, pro margine lege margines versus P. 97,1. 19, et p. 108, 1. 40, pro uno margine lege unum marginem versus P. 102, 1, 10, pro Ann. vii. lege Ann. vi. ; 32, post India insere at Malda ‚1.4, pro Plant. et lege Plantarum , L 19, adde syn. wa bamboa, Mill. Dict. ed. 8, no. 4, teste Sch. et Rupr. Le 160 no. 26, B. Fonruxkr, pone Bürger post Mus. Brit. ho. 31, pro Rrrcuryt lege RITCHIEI Do, 33, pro Valley lege Valle 5 P. 121, no. 60, adde ipn. Malia excelsa, Roep. teste Trin. Clav. am 105. ind * 124, no. 1, adde syn. Nastus verticillatus, Sm. in Rees's Cyc. no. 3, exch Syn: 5 > no. 4, pro A an lege An. S * ^91, ad no, 20, L 23, pro “ plurime " lege “ plurimis Y VOL. XXVI. E r Trans. Low. Soc. Vor XXVI, Tas 1 ` WH Fitch, del et hth Arthrostylidium lon éiflorum, Hann. ——————————— a mU RA TP PME PNE RR RED D &. WH Fitch, del. et. ith: Chus quea - mm met simphcitlora,, Manro m Ss ANN W N N Ss ZING ange Li” D LD AN NV Trans. Ln. Soc. Vor XXVI. Tap 2 ^ A f NER IE EN III J.N Fitch imp: P Trans. LINN. Soc. VoL XXVI. Tan 3. a E . RE -— € E E > S e ` e WE, ? Bes "een. "S p- ee » € — e — ` = AN ge ay ef EN e - : A Ñ - 74 / N 9 = 7 Ca 77 e Cen E p-. ` 7 KN oo , E = ptm — y LT pP EE AG SC? 7 d A i e p 2 d M - ^ wé ó . W. H. Bitch, del. et ith. pes Lim. Soc. Vor. XXVI, Tag. 4 Trans. Lmn. Soc. Vot XXVI. TaB. 5 vw Ki AA 7 LU A3 v D af = JN Fitch, m WH Fitch del et ith. j DEA" ` a ent 9 DH A " : ESET d / d "n ; IN £f E ; £N j / Sé 7 AN = ^ j 5 j j Pw Ag. age j| yy ; A f E Wc. AN fi AMT AN s if £— dE H et ae j / í SM H 4 S e o 2 b. ^w A : 1 Se wi N | ei = - : x , N j = SI u^ is en, A De. a À W os S \ NN E. i m Ld EK UM => à * N A ENS MIA e Bio SS D e x "e. = = A # n : ` 4 S d "Sea ae " f 4 a J.N.Fitch,imp. 7 WH. Fitch, del et hth. [ 159 ] II. On the Genus Crescentia. By Jos Msi Esq., F.R.S. A L.S., Commend. Ord. Imp. Bras. Rose. (Plates VIL, VIIL, IX.) Read May 2nd, 1867. THE genus Crescentia was considered by DeCandolle* to belong to a group of plants (the Crescentiee) forming a second tribe of the Bignoniacee. This he again divided into two subtribes, Tunaecie@ and Crescentiee,—the former being distinguished by its sili- queform fruit with two or more cells, and opposite leaves, the latter by a unilocular fruit and alternate leaves. This arrangement was founded upon much misconception, as it will be presently shown that scarcely any of the genera comprised in these groups bear any relation to Crescentia. Dr. Seemann, in 1852+, gave a new outline of the entire group, and a somewhat different arrangement of DeCandolle’s genera. He there adopted Gardner’s view of making them a distinct natural order, the Crescentiacee, and raised the subtribes of DeCandolle to the rank of tribes, the Tanaeciee being distinguished by having a regular, persistent, 5-fid clayx, and the Crescentiee by having an irregular, spathaceous or 2-partite, deciduous calyx. In the Linnean Transactions, xxiii. p. 3, he gave a more extended diagnosis of the order within the boundaries he ascribed to it, comprising in his tribe Zanaeciee the genera Colea, Phyllarthron, and Tanaecium (including in the latter the Schlegelia of Miquel), and placing in the Crescentiee the genera Parmentiera, Crescentia, and Kigelia, giving at the same time the character not only of each genus, but of each species. In 18611, I published some “ Observations on the Bignoniacez,” in which I pointed out the normal structure of the ovary, fruit, and seed of the various groups of the family ; and (in p. 255) I commented on the Orescentie@ especially, and on its several genera, showing from my own investigations, and from the recorded observations of others, that all the genera of the Tanaeciee and nearly all those of the Crescentiee should be excluded from the true Orescentie@, on account of their 2-locular ovary. In the * Annals’ of the same year (vol. viii. p. 113), I gave a detailed account of the structure of the flower, fruit, and seed of Tanaecium, showing it to be a true genus of the Bignoniee, closely allied to Adenocalymna, and that the Tanaecium parasiticum, Sw., and T. lilacinum, Seem., belong to the Schlegelia of Miquel, a genus certainly distinct from Tanaecium on account of its seeds enveloped in pulp, and which, from its apparently 2-locular fruit, with seeds fixed upon the middle of the dissepiment, seems to belong to the same group that includes Platycarpum, Henriquezia, Oxyeladus, and Monttea. I showed also that all the genera of the Bignonie@ and Catalpee have a 2-celled ovary and fruit, with the exception of Jacaranda, Calampelis, and .Eceremocarpus, which I proposed to unite into a distinct * Prodromus, ix. 240. + Botany of the ‘ Herald,’ p. 181, and in Proceedings of the Linnean Society, ii. 268. t Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vii. 153. VOL. XXVI. Z 160 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. tribe (Jacarandee), differing from the rest of the family in having a unilocular ovary and fruit, with parietal placentation: in that respect they offer some analogy with the Orescentiee, from which they differ in their dry capsular fruit splitting into two valves, containing winged seeds imbricately attached to a parietal median line of placentation on each valve. In the structure of the flower and the ovary, there is little that can distinguish the Jacarandee from the Crescentiee ; but subsequently a notable difference arises, in the growth of the fruit, the former producing the development just described, while in the Crescentiee we find a hard indehiscent 1-locular fruit, with numerous apterous seeds imbedded in pulp. The Crescentiec have, therefore, scarcely higher claims than the Jacarandee to be separated from the Bignoniacee, unless it could be proved that the pulpy matter is formed by an arillus surrounding each seed, in which case there would be more valid ground for the maintenance of Crescentiacee as a distinct order. Finally (in 1864) M. Bureau published his valuable monograph of the Bignoniacee, in which he suggests a new arrangement of the family, and where he constitutes the Crescentiec the third tribe of the order. He follows the views of preceding botanists in classing in this tribe Colea, Phyllarthron, Parmentiera, and Kigelia, with Crescentia, under the persuasion that Crescentia, like all the others, has a 2-locular ovary (7. c. p. 56); but he confesses that he had not seen the ovary of any other species than C. macrophylla, where it is unquestionably 2-locular ; and hence he naturally inferred that it was a mistake to regard the ovary of Crescentia as being 1-locular: it will, however, presently be shown that the species in question does not belong to that genus. The learned DeCandolle, in his * Prodromus,’ was evidently doubtful in regard to this point of structure; but his son, the present eminent Professor in Geneva, stated (in a note) that the ovary is manifestly 1-locular in C. cujete, as Gardner had shown it to be in C. cuneifolia. Dr. Seemann, in his monograph of the Crescentiacee, did not dispute this fact, but considered it of such little importance that he classified indiscriminately with Crescentia six other genera, all with 2-locular ovaries. I examined with great care the ovary of Crescentia, from specimens preserved in spirits, in different stages of growth, and found it to be most decidedly 1-celled, without the slightest trace of any dissepiment ; and the generality of this structure was again confirmed in the fruits of several species which I have since observed. In support of the same conclusion, Mr. Bentham has added his valuable testimony. But there still remains another important desideratum, which is to ascertain the real structure of the fruit of Orescentia ; for this has not yet been determined with any approach to accuracy. With this view, I procured from Brazil ripe fruits, which I was able to examine within a month after they were gathered. This fruit, which I had often seen growing in Rio de Janeiro, but to which I then paid little attention, considering it to belong to the well-known type of the genus described by Linnzeus, pertains, however, kd species hitherto undescribed. It is nearly the size of that of the last-mentioned type, | S regularly oval, 73 inches long, 6 inches in diameter, supported upon a thickened ne long, 4 lines thick; the outer shell is rather thin in substance, of à ER d en coriaceous and osseous, of the uniform thickness of 1 line, externally yellowish green, without any removeable epidermis, marked by four equidistant, MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 161 longitudinal, almost obsoletely grooved lines, and punctured over its whole surface with numerous small immersed hollow dots; it is quite indehiscent. Internally it is filled with a fleshy uniform mass, without the appearance of any division; this pulpy mass adheres to the inner surface by means of several soft layers that run parallel with it, so that, on dividing the shell transversely, the upper moiety is easily detached from it, when it is seen to be quite smooth inside, without any projection or eicatrix to indicate the presence of any parietal placentation. The pulpy mass is not so easily separated from the lower half of the shell by the same method; for I found that it adhered firmly to the bottom ; but, within the membranous layers that serve to attach the pulpy mass to the shell, a number of strong longitudinal cords were seen proceeding from the base, tapering upwards into fine threads, which scarcely reach the apex, apparently in a single series and about thirty or forty in number. When these cords are torn away from the pulpy mass, the latter is soon detached; and we then perceive that the cords all emanate from a prominent central knob in the base of the cell, over the point of insertion of the peduncle, radiating in all directions in about four superposed series, each cord being 1 or li line broad at its origin, tapering upwards into a thread, and consisting of a solid bundle of woody fibres sending out in all directions branches containing nourishing vessels; these soon anastomose everywhere, becoming imbedded in the innumerable fleshy laminz radiating from the cords, all closely interwoven and agglutinated together, so as to form one uniform fleshy mass, without the trace of any division, as we find upon cutting the mass into sections. In the substance of these lamin® some hundreds of seeds are imbedded, each in a corresponding cell, polished inside, formed simply by the se- paration of the membranes ; each seed is quite free from the cell, except at its minute hilar point, where it is connected with a thread of spiral vessels emanating from the vascular network diffused throughout the fleshy membranes: the seeds do not appear to lie in any determinate direction. From these facts it is evident that the fruit is completely unilocular, without the vestige of a dissepiment, and that the internal pulpy mass consists of innumerable agglutinated fleshy emanations from the placentary cords that spring from the base: it is also manifest that there is no trace of an arillus around the seeds. The seed is obcordate, 4 lines long, nearly 3 lines broad, much flattened, with a thickened margin, marked on one face by the prominent line of the raphe, which runs from the apical sinus to a small hilum in its pointed basal extremity : the outer coat, or testa, is hard, coriaceous, finely rugose in radiating lines, is of a brown colour, and closely invests an inner membranaceous integument, which is of a smoky-white colour, having a small chalaza in the sinus of its cordate summit, and at the base is prolonged into a funicle-like thread, which terminates in the hilum. The embryo filling its cavity is with- out albumen, and consists of two white fleshy flattened cotyledons, which are transversely oval, with a shallow cordate sinus in the summit, and are deeply notched at the lower rounded extremity, where they are connected together by a small flattened quadrate radicle pointing towards the hilum, that fills the notch but does not project beyond it. Thus it is seen that in the texture of the integuments of the seed of Crescentia, and in the form of its exalbuminous embryo, there is much resemblance to the seeds of many of the Bignoniacee. Z2 162 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. The circumstances attendant on the growth of the ovary, and the manner in which the fruit is developed, form a subject of much interest. As the ovary increases in size, the placentz, which at an early stage appear solid and fleshy, gradually enlarge and become divided by numerous minute fissures, thus forming as many salient points along their surface, which as they expand become subdivided into very fine laminze, between which the attached ovules by degrees become immersed, and which with the accom- panying network of nourishing-vessels, are spread in all direetions; and this process of subdivision and agglutination of the membranes into a solid pulp, continues nearly up to the period of the full-growth of the fruit. The main vessels, which at an early period served for the nourishment of the placentz, remain almost in their original position, and finally become converted into the ligneous cords mentioned in a previous page. The same process of development takes place in fruits of a smaller size; but the cords just alluded to, being much finer, do not separate from the membranes which line the shell of the fruit. One of the most remarkable features in the species whose fruit is above described, and which I have named Crescentia plectantha, is the singular deep transverse downward duplicature upon the ventral side of the corolla, a little below its middle. This character occurs in a less conspicuous degree in a few other species of the genus ; it is very different from the upward ringent constriction below the lower lip in the tube of C. obovata, C. cu- eurbitina, and C. coriacea, and also from the cireumambient throttling of the tube on the level of the insertion of the stamens, as shown in the drawings of Jacquin and Hooker. Another characteristic feature observed in this species, and which may be supposed to be usual in Crescentia, is the mode of æstivation of the corolla, which, before expansion, is crumpled up into the smallest possible compass; the longitudinal corrugated plica- tures of the tube, continued along the lobes, are, at that period, closely folded together, while the lobes themselves are suddenly bent inwards and downwards into the centre of of the tube, the crispate margins fitting into one another, with the superior lobe upper- most. This mode of estivation, hitherto undescribed, is different from anything I have seen in the Bignoniacee; that of Kigelia comes nearest to it; but there the lobes of the border are quincuneially imbricated, at the same time that the lobes, as well as the tube, are tortuously and deeply corrugated ; they are not plieated longitudinally as in Orescentia. The mode of æstivation of Kigelia as shown in Delessert’s * Icones,” therefore, conveys an imperfect idea of its real aspect. | Much intermingling of the species, owing to their imperfect descriptions, has every- where existed, so that the character given of the type by different authors will scarcely enable us $a recognize it. Five species were first indicated under Maregraf's common aame of Cujeté, by Plumier (in 1703), who, in his * Genera; p. 23, gave in a few words en ee Wies they may still be identified, though they have all under the name of Cucurbitifera, I ich n man han RER gas litere a Deng opt s ede eg Sed referred to Gua species of Crescentia. Ee pns " vs o us Species Plantarum, Pe Ee en ‚His typica species. KE. Browne e 1756) in his ‘ Hist. Jam. T IX species, four of which may be discriminated as belonging to the MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 163 genus. Burmann (in 1757) collected and edited the posthumous notes and drawings of Plumier, among which we find a valid but neglected species, C. latifolia, described and figured in tab. 109. Jacquin (in 1763) in his * Stirp. Amer.’ 175, tab. 111, published a drawing, accompanied by the most copious details on record, of Linnzeus’s typical species ; and Linnzeus in the same year repeated the short character of his type, in which he placed together, as its varieties, most of the previously recorded forms, at the same time expressing his doubt whether they might not prove to be specifically distinct. Swartz (in 1791) described fully his Crescentia cucurbitina, a plant which corresponds with Lin- neeus’s var. 9, and with Browne's Crescentia No. 4. Kunth (in 1818) established his species C. alata and C. acuminata. Gardner (in 1840) described his C. cuneifolia. De Candolle (in 1845) enumerated seven species of the genus in his * Prodromus, from which two have since been excluded; he there repeated the errors in his references into which all other botanists had fallen. Mr. Bentham (in 1844) described and figured his C. obovata. Dr. Seemann (in 1854) gave the details of his C. macrophylla, which was figured in the * Botanical Magazine, and which will presently be seen not to belong to Crescentia. Dr. Seemann has written several memoirs on the Crescentiacee, the last being a monograph of the family upon the basis he had proposed, which was communicated to the Linnean Society (in 1859) and published in its Transactions; he there reduced the number of species of Crescentia to two (if we exclude his C. macrophylla and C. alata, H. B. K.); he justified this reduction solely upon the shape of the leaves, altogether ignoring the more discriminating characters furnished by the structure of the flowers and by the form and size of the fruit, characters which had been sufficiently well described by pre- ceding botanists ; in this manner he made C. cuneifolia, Gardn., and C. acuminata, H. B. K., identical with C. cujeté, and he declared C. obovata, Benth., and C. latifolia, Plum., to be the same as C. cucurbitina, Linn. I will however, presently denote the differential features which give validity to all these several species. In regard to Crescentia macrophylla, Seem., already alluded to, the valuable observa- tions of M. Bureau upon its living flowers, confirmed by those of M. Baillon, show (Monogr. Bign. p. 118) that its ovary is decidedly 2-locular, with the ovules arranged longitudinally in four or six series in each cell, two or three being on the left, and the same number on the right-hand side of the dissepiment, as in Kigelia, Colea, Ae, M. Bureau kindly sent me these analyses, which prove categorically, according to my view, that the plant in question does not belong to Crescentia, but will form the type of a distinct genus, to which the name Amphitecna may be given, and which will class in the same tribe as Colea, Phyllarthron, and some others. M. Bureau has also favoured me with his analyses of Colea involucrata, Boj., C. flori- bunda, Boj., Phyllarthron Bojeriana, all from Madagascar, and P. Comorense from Mauritius : in all of these the ovary is manifestly 2-locular, with ovules arranged upon the dissepiment, in the same manner as in Amphitecna and Kigelia,—a structure quite incompatible with that of Crescentia. The genus Schlegelia, erroneously confounded with Tanaecium by Dr. Seemann, and included in his family of the Crescentiacee, offers many very peculiar characters. M. Bureau has examined the ovary of Schlegelia parasitica in the living state, which he 164 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. finds to be unilocular, with two large placentz in the centre almost touching, but not united,supported on two opposite longitudinal semidissepiments,so that in dried specimens the ovary appears 2-locular, as it does also in the ripe fruit. This structure is analogous to that seen in the baccate species of Cyrtandra; but it is attended by a very anomalous circumstance; for not unfrequently the ovary presents three similar semidissepiments, with as many placente almost meeting in the centre, but not united; and in such case, the style is always trifid. Swartz, in a remark upon the same species (Fl. Ind. Oce. p. 1054), though he figures the fruit as being completely 2-locular, says that he has often seen it to be 3-locular. This structure is quite unparalleled in the Bignoniacee and all its subfamilies, and points to a different affinity; for the normal development of its com- ponent carpels, according to the views suggested in my “ Observations on the Bigno- niacee,”’ must be different from that in the other cases. In Kigelia I had fancied that the ovary is 1-locular, or rendered sub-2-locular by the approximation of two opposite parietal placentze, as described by Bojer, who had frequent opportunities for examining the living plant. M. Bureau has, however, shown me his analyses, where it is distinctly 2-locular, with the ovules congregated in three or four se- ries on the margins, as in the true Bignoniacee, not in the middle of the dissepiment ; and I have since clearly verified this structure in a specimen in the British Museum. The genus will therefore class with Amphitecna, Colea, and several others, distinguished by their fleshy subindehiscent fruit—among which Parmentiera will probably find its place. It appears clear, therefore, that we know no genus that can class with Crescentia, which consequently will constitute a tribe near the Jacarandee and the Cyrtandracee, as they also have 1-locular ovaries. The former differ in their dry, 2-valvate, dehiscent capsules with winged seeds: the latter disagree in their free revolute placent: attached to semi- dissepiments, the cell filled with hyaline mucilage, and numerous very minute foveated seeds suspended by a long funicle, and the embryo enclosed in very sparse albumen. We may distinguish two very different forms of Crescentia : in one section the leaves are always fasciculated, out of a number of scale-like woody pseudostipules which fringe the axillary nodes, and which, upon the older branches, form a warty excrescence; the fruit is not umbonated at the summit; the pericarp is hard and very firm, even when it is very thin; the contained pulp, when much shrunk in drying, always retains, even after a period of fifty years, its soft subviscid consistence, and is composed of innumerable fine laminar membranes agglutinated together, containing spiral nourishing-vessels, and leaving numerous hollow dry ceils polished inside, each provided with a seed; the seeds are + or $ of the size of those of the following section, are very compressed, flat on the opposite faces, cordate at the summit, cuneate to the base, where by a minute hilum they are attached to the cell: the outer integument is hard and coriaceous, with a peculiar surface; the inner integument is very membranaceous, cordate at the summit, and suddenly contracted at the base into a long thread-like tube; the embryo is greatly flattened, is white and waxy, never becomes black in drying; the short radicle fills the sinus, and is not concealed by the aurieular lobes of the cotyledons. In the other section (Enallagma), which may probably resolve itself into a distinct genus when the plants are better known, the leaves are always alternate, single, petiolated, articulated in the axil, MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. . 408 and exstipulate; the fruit is umbonated at the summit, the pericarp being generally very fragile; the pulpy matter, which I have seen only in the dried state, is of a different, somewhat pithy consistence, and, when moistened, seems composed of extremely elongated cells, apparently solid, flexible, and almost fibrous, intermixed with a few spiral nourishing- vessels, and not formed into distinct cells around the seeds. "The seeds are many times as large, suborbicular, and but little compressed, with very convex faces deeply grooved along the middle, thus rendering them almost 2-lobed, and closely invested by two dark membranaceous integuments, the inner one in no degree contracted at the base: the hilum is not basal, but is seen upon one face above the lower sinus; the embryo is very thick and fleshy, very convex on both faces, deeply grooved down the middle, becomes very black in drying, the short radicle being entirely hidden by the auricular lobes of the cotyledons. We have yet much to learn concerning the structure and growth of the ovary in this genus, especially in the species belonging to the section Znallagma, the fruit of which has not yet been examined in the living state. I believe, from all I have seen, that in Fu- crescentia the ovary is invariably 1-locular, with four parietal seed-produeing placentze. In all the fruits I have examined, belonging to both sections, they constantly show four ad- nate parietal nervures, of which perhaps only two are sometimes placentiferous and seed- producing in Enallagma ; but whether this be a constant or only a fleeting character, I have not the means of ascertaining. The only fact on record regarding the structure of the ovary in this latter section is that in Crescentia obovata, as described and figured by Mr. Bentham, it is 1-locular, with two slightly prominent parietal lines of ovuli- gerous placentation, but there are at the same time two other alternate prominent lines without ovules. In a very young ovary of a flower in bud of the same species, from Jamaica, I found it most decidedly 2-locular, with ovules attached to each side of the dissepiment. May it not be suspected from these observations that the ovary is at first 2-celled in the very young bud, but becomes unilocular by the time of the fall of the corolla? In support of this supposition I may add that in another ovary, examined after the fall of the flower (of C. cuspidata, from St. Vincent), I found it unilocular, with two opposite parietal ovuligerous placentz, as figured by Mr. Bentham. It may also here be noticed that in a longitudinal section of a fruit, not quite matured, of Crescentia elongata, only half of which is glued to the paper, it is clearly shown that four distinct longitu- dinal erueiately disposed nervures exist, three of which remain, one having been removed with the other half of the fruit; of these, the two lateral ones are barren, but the inter- mediate broader line produces seeds imbedded in laminar expansions that emanate from it on both sides, which expansions are quite free from the lining of the shell at all parts except along that particular line of nervure. These are all the observations that the materials at my command have enabled me to make, owing to all the specimens examined being glued to the paper. I state them, however, with the view of inducing others to follow up an investigation worthy of further inquiry; the facts, though inconclusive, are certainly important, and require confirmation before we can attempt to draw any general inferences from them. It would tend much to advance our knowledge of this interesting group of plants, if 166 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. correspondents abroad could be induced to send to Europe fruits accompanied by speci mens of the plants, together with buds and flowers in different stages of growth preserved in spirits. This mode of inquiry would lead to more certain results, because the flowers in dried specimens become black and very brittle in drying, so that it is difficult to ascertain their characters with accuracy. The species are certainly more numerous than are here enumerated, as shown by the fruits I have examined; for instance, in the British Museum there are two, collected in Peru by Ruiz and Pavon, to which they assigned the name of Crescentia cujete. One is quite pyriform, 44 inches long, 3 inches broad; the other is oblong, equally round at both extremities, 42 inches long, 2$ inches in diameter, with seeds imbedded in pulp, and internally organized as I have described in Crescentia plectantha ; in the one the seeds are rounded, in the other deeply emarginated at the apex. In the same museum are other, globular fruits of the genus, some with an extremely thick pericarp, and which cannot be assigned to any known species. In the following enumeration I have excluded from the genus the Crescentia alata of Kunth, convinced that both it and C. aculeata belong to Parmentiera. Dr. Seemann came to the same conclusion with regard to the latter, but retained the former species in Cres- centia. I have lately made a careful examination of the plants belonging to this group. In the Hookerian herbarium there is a specimen referred to C. aculeata of Kunth, which was eollected in Mexico by Schiede (under his no. 1207) ; this is very different from one of another collection made by Schiede, now existing in the British Museum, which well agrees with C. aculeata, as well as with one from Zimapan (Coulter, 1007). I propose to distinguish Schiede’s no. 1207 by the name of Parmentiera foliolosa; it closely approaches the Crescentia alata of Kunth in its alternate cupular nodes quite void of spines, with several 3-foliate leaves growing out of each axil; in the last-mentioned plant, which should now be called Parmentiera alata, we find generally in each axil one, sometimes two principal 3-foliate leaves, accompanied by two lateral simple leaves : in P. foliolosa we see three, sometimes four fasciculated 3-foliate leaves, generally with- out any simpleleaves; they differ from the former in their smaller size, their submembra- naceous leaflets, cuneately ovate, or obovate, upon a very narrowly winged petiole of nearly equal length, while in P.a/ata the leaflets are spathulatelyoblong, almost linear, coriaceous, upon a broadly winged petiole of twice their length : both species are without spines ; and it is evident that to whatever group the former is assigned, the latter must accom- pany it. Now in P. foliolosa the flowers quite conform to those of P. aculeata; its calyx is pale, less fleshy than in Crescentia, and moreover, when closed in the bud, is terminated by a long slender rostrated apex as in P. cerifera, but it splits into three unequal divisions ; the corolla, as in the other species of Parmentiera, is gradually cam- panulate, with a border of five subequal lobes, whose margins are crenately sinuated or erispate. If we examine P. aculeata attentively, we find that its axils are rarely quite opposite, and that in almost every cupular node formed by the spine, and which has a horny margin, there are always two 3-foliate leaves, often with a third, simple, smaller leaf, and that when the horny node is not spinescent at its outer extremity, as sometimes happens, it is cup-shaped and embraces the petiole of a 3-foliate leaf, and MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 167 adheres to it along the side of the hollow cup; from which we may infer that it is a true spine, not a prickle as Kunth defines it. In P. aculeata the mouth of the corolla is more oblique, more distinctly 2-lipped, the stamens further exserted, the anther-cells, pen- dent from an excurrent connective, are free, almost linear, somewhat divaricated, the style being of equal length; according to Kunth, the fruit is terete, narrowing at the summit ; and Schiede says that it is oblong and costate*. Parmentiera edulis, DC., differs in its (single ?) 3-foliate leaves with ovate-oblong leaflets, acute at each extremity, upon a somewhat shorter and wingless petiole; its spathaceous calyx, as in P. cerifera, splits on one side only ; its fruit is terete, sulcate, roundly costate, and 3 inches long. The Cres- centia edulis of Desvaux appears to form another species of Parmentiera, to which the name of P. lanceolata may be given, and is distinguished by its simple (not 3-foliate) leaves, approximated, without any basal spines; it has a cylindrical, tuberculated fruit, 10 inches long, 2 inches in diameter, with very minute seeds and a firm fleshy pulp (or with a fleshy dissepiment as in P. cerifera?). In the last-named species the axils, as in P. aculeata, are not quite opposite, but they are spineless, each having always two, sometimes three, trifoliate leaves, with a very narrowly winged petiole; the calyx is elongated, spathaceous, with a long rostrated apex, and splits by a single fissure as in P. edulis; the corolla has five equal lobes, stamens hardly exserted, the fruit of the extraordinary length of 2 to 4 feet, scarcely an inch in diameter, and quite smooth. We thus find five very distinct species of Parmentiera, viz. P. edulis, P. aculeata, P. foliolosa, P. alata, and P. lanceolata. 1. Eucrescentia. Folia fasciculata. 1. CRESCENTIA CUJETE, Linn. Sp. Pl. (1° edit. 1753) p. 626; Jacq. Amer. (1763) p. 175, tab. 111, Fragm. 30. tab. 33. f. 5; Linn. Sp. Pl. (2* edit. 1763) p. 872 (in parte); DC. Prodr. ix. 246 (in parte); Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 3430; Seem. Linn. Trans. xxiii. 20 (in parte): 3-orgyalis, ramis crassis, longissimis, patentibus; foliis 5-6, fasciculatis, ob diversam setatem insquilongis,'ex axillis nodosis pseudostipulatis alternis enatis, lanceolatis, imo longe cuneatis, apice gradatim acuminatis vel ssepe acumine brevi subito constrietis, sessilibus, utrinque glaberrimis: flore solitario, axillari, vel e ramis aphyllis enato, pedunculo breyiusculo; calyce ovato, 2-fisso, leevi; corolla campanulata, tubo imo breviter angustato, mox latiore, et plica transver- sali introflexo, dein superne ampliato, gibbo, incurvo, longitudinaliter plicato-sulcato, fauce fere regulari, limbo 5-lobo, lobis inzequalibus, acutis, subexpansis, marginibus undulatis et ineiso-laciniatis; staminibus paulo exsertis ; stylo zequilongo ; stigmate 2-lamellato; fructu maximo, ovato, pericarpio duro, intus pulposo.—In Antillis et Brasilia: v. s. in hb. Mus. Brit. inss. Santa Lucia, Jamaica &e.; Brasilia (Blanchet, 295): in. hb. Hook. St. Domingo (Schomburgk, A.D. 1857). I have already mentioned the care I have taken to identify this species and, by giving it a more definite character, to extricate it from the confusion in which it has been * Kunth, who never saw the fruit of P. alata, stated, upon the authority of Bonpland, that it was globular, and 4 to 6 inches in diameter : this was no doubt a mistake of Bonpland's, whose testimony is often doubtful. VOL. XXVI. 2A 168 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. involved. It forms an umbrageous tree, 20 feet high, with long, divided branches, which extend horizontally. The fasciculated leaves are of different lengths in each tuft, varying from 44 to 24 inches in length, or even sometimes less than an inch, and from 8 to 15 lines in breadth; they are glabrous, sometimes shining, bright green, gradually decreasing in breadth towards the base, where their entire margins are decurrent along the slender midrib to the point of its origin. The solitary flower springs out of the axils, or often from the trunk, at uncertain intervals, sometimes at a distance of only 3 inches from the ground. The peduncle is slender, 8 to 14 lines long. The calyx is 8-9 lines long. The tube of the corolla is 14 inch long, 4 lines in diameter at the base, thence suddenly enlarges, with a transverse duplicature 7 lines above the base, as shown in Schomburgk’s specimen, not a circumambient constriction, such as appears in Jacquin’s figures; it is 8 lines in diameter at the mouth; the lobes of the border are 5-8 lines long, 6-7 lines broad, acute at the summit, with the margins obtusely sinuato-crenate. The fruit is oval, often a foot in length. Schomburgk’s specimen fully agrees with Jacquin’s drawing of this species, and explains the real character of the constriction shown in the corolla, which in that drawing is doubtful and ill-defined ; the specimens in the British Museum equally accord with that drawing, but the flowers, unfortunately, are all much eaten away or broken. Jacquin, however, subsequently published the drawing of the flower of a plant culti- vated in the Garden of Schönbrunn, which he doubtfully referred to this species. The flower is much larger, the calycine segments 10 lines long and much spread; the tube of the corolla, beautifully marked with reddish longitudinal stripes, is 1} inch long, more than twice the breadth at its base of that in the typical drawing, is 1 inch broad in the mouth; the lobes of the border are broader, more deeply and more acutely laciniated. Sir W. Hooker subsequently figured a plant grown at Kew, the flowers of which singu- larly resemble that of Jacquin’s last drawing; the only difference is that the peduncle is shorter and stouter. There is no specimen of it in the Hookerian herbarium; but I noticed two loose flowers of it, which by mistake have been glued upon the same sheets as the specimens of C. latifolia from Jamaica, and of C. eucurbitina from Cuba. These flowers are probably those cultivated at Kew by Sir W. Hooker, and perhaps represent another species closely allied to C. cujete, but different from it. 2. CRESCENTIA CUNEIFOLIA, Gardn. in Hook. Jo. Bot. ii. 422; DC. Prodr. ix. 246: C. cujete, Seem. (non Linn.), in parte (loc. cit. 20): Orescentia n°1, Browne, Jam. p. 255: cortice cinereo, suberoso, rimoso, foveolato-punetato; ramis adscendentibus, ramulis patentim divaricatis; foliis e nodis majusculis compressis 2-8, fasciculatis, obovatis, apice abrupte breviter acuminatis, imo longe cuneatis, sessilibus, virentibus, supra nitentibus, glabris, subtus opace pallidioribus, preesertim in costa nervisque subpu- berulis : floribus solitariis, rarius geminis, pedunculo medio 3-bracteolato ; calyce ovato, in segmenta 2-3 subzequalia fere ad basin rupto; corolla campanulata, tubo extus glandulis minutis pellucidis punctato, ventre circa medium plica trans- versali signato, limbo 5-lobo, lobis valde acuminatis, marginibus irregulariter laci- niatis, subbilabiato, labio superiore bilobo, lobis subplanis, inferiore trilobo, longi- tudinaliter plicato, lobo intermedio latiore ; staminibus inclusis; stylo æquilongo ; MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 169 stigmate late 2-lamellato; ovario 1-loculari, placentis 4 parietalibus cruciatim dispositis; fructu magno, valde globoso.—In Brasilia : v. s. in hb. Hook. Natividade, in prov. Goyaz (Gardner, 3342). This species, though well described by Gardner, is considered identical with C. cujete by Dr. Seemann ; but the only accordant feature that I can perceive is the laciniation of the border of the corolla, a character found in some other species; in all other respects there exists much discrepancy. Tt differs in the size and shape of its leaves, which are - pubescent beneath on the midrib and nerves, in its more ovate calyx, in its included stamens and style, and in the globular shape of its fruit. The tree grows to the height of about 18 feet; the leaves are 4 to 72 inches long, 14 to 22 inches broad ; the peduncle is about 7 lines long, the bracts small and acute; the calyx, at first closed and 9 lines long, splits into two or three unequal divisions; the corolla is greenish yellow, the lobes of the border nerved and retieulated with purplish lines; the fruit is perfectly globose, 6 to 8 inches in diameter. In Gardner's typical specimen, the transverse duplicature of the corolla which he mentions is not visible ; but that, no doubt, is owing to the flower being glued to the paper on that side. I have considered the species described by Browne to be the same as this, because it agrees with it in the form of its leaves and in the size and shape of its fruit. 9. CRESCENTIA ACUMINATA, H. B. K. iii. 157; DO. Prodr. ix. 246: Crescentia cujete, Seem. (non Jacq.) in parte, Linn. Trans. xxiii. 20: Crescentia cujete, var. B, angusti- folia, Linn. Sp. Pl. 873: Crescentia n° 2, Browne, Jam. 266: Cujete n° 4, Plum. Gen. 23: ramis elongatis, flexuosis, ramulis angulatis, leevibus, glabris, subalbidis ; foliis 3, fasciculatis, lanceolato-oblongis, apice acuminatis, imo longe spathulatis, cuneatis, sessilibus, integris, membranaceis, utrinque glabris, nervis divaricatis et remotiuseulis, supra nitidis, retieulatis, subtus pallidioribus, costa prominente : floribus e trunco solitariis; pedunculo breviusculo ; calyce coriaceo, glabro, 2-fisso, segmentis zequalibus, ovatis, obtusis, concavis; corolla subcampanulata, extus glandulis erystallinis scabrido-punctulata, tubo brevi, ventre infra medium plica transversali introflexo, fauce magna, subobliqua, limbo insqualiter 5-fido, erecto; staminibus inclusis; stigmate 2-lamellato ; fructu globoso, sub-4-pollicari.—In Antillis et Guiana: v.s. in hb. Hook. Karaoung, Guiana Gall. (Sagot, 451); sine loco (Kokn.). This species, which is also amalgamated with the typical plant by Dr. Seemann, is well distinguished from it by its more membranaceous, narrower, longer leaves, and by its much smaller and globose fruit; Kunth makes no mention of the deep incisions in the border of the corolla, which is a marked feature in the two preceding species, but which I cannot trace in Sagot's specimen. The leaves are 2-6 inches long, 1-2} inches broad ; the peduncle is 7-8 lines long ; the tube of the corolla is 4 lines broad at its base, 14 inch broad across its mouth, 14 inch long, with a transverse plicature 6 lines above the base ; the upper lip is erect, $ inch long, divided into acute lobes, the margins of which appear very crispate. In the British Museum Collection there is a fruit, supposed to be from Jamaica, which corresponds with that deseribed by Kunth: it is perfectly 242 170 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. spherical, 4 inches in diameter, supported by the persistent disk, is obsoletely 4-grooved towards the apex ; the pericarp, half a line thick, is hard, smooth externally and closely pitted with concave semiimmersed glands, is lined inside with an adherent membranous plate formed of very thin laminz, in which four thin equidistant flattened nervures rising from the base to the summit are imbedded; it is filled with a solid pulp, much shrunk in drying, but still soft, and composed of numerous laminz agglutinated together, interspersed with numerous cells polished inside, twice the length and breadth of the seeds ; the seeds are cuneately oblong, heart-shaped, greatly flattened, 3 lines long, 24 lines broad, with a firm rugose testa, amuch shorter cordately orbicular tegmen suddenly narrowed below into a thread-like tube which terminates in the hilum; the cotyledons are white and of wax-like texture. 4, CRESCENTIA CONFERTIFOLIA, nob.: arbor cucurbitifera Americana, Sloane, Jam. ii. 172: Cujete n? b, Plum. Gen. 23: trunco levi, albidulo, valde ramoso; axillis nodosis, subapproximatis, prominulis; foliis in nodis 7-8, fasciculatis, cuneato- oblongis, obtusis, fusco-viridibus, nitentibus: flore solitario ; calyce 2-fisso ; corolla campanulata, limbo valde laciniato; fructu mole mediocri, spharico, seminibus cuneato-cordiformibus, valde compressis.—In Jamaica. According to Sloane, this is a tree 20 to 25 feet high, with a trunk 6 or 7 inches in diameter, having a whitish smooth bark. It differs from the preceding in its much smaller leaves, which are comparatively broader and rounder at the apex. Seven or eight tufted leaves spring out of each node, these being 1 inch apart; they are dark green, smooth, and shining, 3 inches long, 16 lines broad; the peduncle is 1 inchlong; the corolla is 14 inch long, of a dirty greenish colour, with a much laciniated border, speckled with brownish streaks: the fruit is spherical or somewhat oval, 41 inches in diameter; the seeds, like those of the foregoing species, are 34 lines long and 3 lines broad. 5. ORESCENTIA PLECTANTHA, nob.; Cresentia cujete, Vell. (non. Jacq.), Fl. Flum. 269, vol. vi. tab. 103 : 2-orgyalis, ramulis divaricatis; foliis 3-7, fasciculatis, e verruca squamosa ortis, lineari-lanceolatis, a medio ad basin spathulato-cuneatis, apice rotundatis, cum acumine subito brevi et obtusulo, sessilibus, submembranaceis, viridibus, supra glabris, subnitentibus, reticulatis, subtus pallidioribus, nervis tenuibus vix prominulis, costa subtenui prominente, obsolete puberula : floribus ex axillis vel e verrucis propriis solitariis, pedunculo circa medium 2-bracteolato ; calyce imo subgloboso, mox latiore, et oblongo, in lobos 2 equales fere ad basin fisso, vel hinc fissura unica, illine in lacinias 3 tertia parte breviores irregulariter rupto, coriaceo, nitido, extus glandulis semiimmersis sparsim punctato ; corolla imo coarctata, ultra calycem campanulata, antice et postice paulo compressa, dorso rectiore, ventre inflata, et hine infra medium plica magna transversali profunde introflexa, longitudinaliter suleato-corrugata, undique glandulis minutis carnosulis creberrime punctulata, limbo subobliquo, 5-lobo, lobis majusculis, fere zequalibus, subreflexis, acute acuminatis, marginibus integris, undulato-crispatis, 2 superioribus paulo majoribus et erectioribus, cunctis wstivatione profunde introflexis; sta- minibus ultra faucem vix exsertis ; ovario oblongo, in discum magnum semicupularem MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 171 insito, 1-loculari, placentis 4, latis, cruciatim parietalibus ; stylo equilongo ; stigmate magno, cuneato-oblongo, 2-lamellari; fructu maximo, oblongo-ovali, apice styli vestigio notato, imo disco indurato suffulto, pericarpio duro, minutissime impresso- punctulato, intus pulposo.—In Brasilia, prov. Rio de Janeiro. This plant, hitherto undescribed, is quite distinct from any other species: it forms a tree about 12 feet high, with spreading branches, the trunk having a white coriaceous splitting bark, on which many parasitical plants grow. Velloz states that it is found both in the inland and maritime districts. Its most striking feature is the large size of its flowers, the wide and deep plicature of the corolla, which seems to be a general feature in all the species of this section. The leaves grow out of a warty exerescence on the branches, formed of concentrically imbricated woody stipuloid scales, each fascicle con- sisting of from 4 to 7 leaves of different ages, 4 to 8 inches long, 1 to 2 inches broad, the entire margin diminishing downwards, and decurrent along the midrib to the base. The flowers are solitary, most frequently growing from the trunk, out of a smaller nodose excrescence like that of the leaves: the peduncle is 6 lines long, with two small acute bracteoles in the middle. The calyx before expansion is solidly closed, semiglobose at base, then oblong-ovate, polished and punctated, about 13 inch long. The corolla is 3 inches long, cylindrical at its base for the length of 2 lines, where it is 4 lines in di- ameter ; above this it becomes broadly and eampanulately tubular, compressed. antically and postically, with an oblique mouth nearly 1j inch broad: on the dorsal side it is nearly straight; but on the anterior side it is ventricose, and transversely plicated below the middle by the broad and deep downward fold above mentioned : the rather fleshy tube is smoother on the posterior side, but in other parts, as well as in the segments of the border, is plicato-suleate lengthwise, all rugosely spotted with semiimmersed glands: the segments of the border, of which the two superior are somewhat larger and more erect, are of thinner texture, striately veined, 1-14 inch long, 8 lines broad at their base, gradually narrowing into a very acuminate point, all with their margins entire, though undulately crispate; there is a reflexed, tooth in each sinus between the lobes. The stamens are didynamous, with a very short rudimental fifth between the insertion of the posterior pair; the filaments are straight, thick, fleshy, subterete, and inserted 3 inches above the base in the mouth of the contracted portion of the tube, the posterior pair being 14 inch, the anterior pair 1} inch long; the anther-lobes are oblong, pendent, divaricated, attached at their apex, and there fixed on the summit of the filament, they are acute below, compressed, and burst along the outer margin by a thick sutural fissure, and finally become boat-shaped. The ovary is conieally oblong, very smooth, 4 lines long, 2 lines broad, is 1-locular, with 4 very distinct longitudinal broad parietal lines of placentation, which project far within the cavity of the cell, and are covered with innu- merable black shining minute ovules; the style is nearly erect, curving a little back- wards, and as long as the stamens; the stigma 2-lamellar, submembranaceous, pointed, 5 lines long, 3 lines broad, papillous within. The fruit has already been described. 6. CRESCENTIA FASCICULATA, nob.: ramulis subangulatis, cortice pallide brunneo, ruguloso, sulcato; axillis eupuloso-nodosis, prominentibus, alternis: foliis in fasci- 172 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. culo 5-6, sessilibus, oblongis, a medio ad basin gradatim spathulato-cuneatis, apice obtuse rotundatis, vel sensim acutis, minute mucronatis, glaberrimis, supra lete viridibus, reticulatis, subtus pallidioribus, erebre punctatis, nervis subdivaricatis paulo prominulis intra marginem arcuatim nexis, marginibus revolutis : flore solitario, pedunculo ad medium 2-bracteolato; calyce usque ad basin 2-fisso, carno- sulo, impunctato ; corolla eampanulata, imo breviter tubulosa, dein ampliuta, infra medium transversim duplicata, extus undique verrueulis minutis scabrido-rugosa, ore valde obliquo, limbo 5-lobo, sub-2-labiato, lobis insequalibus, 2 superioribus erectioribus, cunctis profundissime incisis, laciniis longis, linearibus; antheris vix ultra faucem exsertis; ovario oblongo, in diseum cupuliformem carnosum margine crenulatum insito.—In Antillis: v. s. insula Sancti Thome, ad Boboni (Grsted). This species in some respects corresponds with C. cuneifolia, but differs in its smaller leaves, and in its corolla, the lobes of which are divided almost to their base into 3 or 4 very long, narrow, linear segments, in which respect it resembles C. obovata; but there the segments are two-thirds shorter and broader. The branch is 2 lines thick, 3 lines broad at the eupular nodes, which are 3-1 inch apart; the leaves are 1j inch long, 7-12 lines broad; the pedunele is 6 lines long; the fleshy calyx, 9 lines long, is split to the base into two nearly equal obtuse segments ; the tube of the corolla is 1 inch long, the basal contracted portion being 3 lines long, and 24 lines in diameter, and the transverse du- plicature 6 lines from the base; the lobes of the border are 3 lines long and broad, ex- clusive of their segments, which are quite linear, 9 lines long, and 4 line broad. 7. CRESCENTIA AGGREGATA, nob.: Cucurbitifera Rhamni facie, Sloane, Jam. ii. 175, tab. 228 : truncis circiter 6 ex ipsa radice simul enatis, sesquiorgyalibus, erectis, su- perne ramosis ; ramis patentibus, copiose foliosis ; ramulis brevibus, eupuloso-nodosis, folis paucis munitis vel subnudis, hinc pseudospiniformibus ; foliis subparvis, ex axillis nodosis 4-8, fasciculatis, sessilibus, oblongis, imo breviter angustioribus, apice rotundatis vel obtusis, fusco-viridibus, nitentibus, glabris: floribus e trunco vel ex axillis ramorum, solitariis; pedunculo folium zequante; calyce 2-fisso; corolla pedunculo dimidio longiore, striis sordide brunneis signata, limbo guttato, valde laciniato; fructu globoso.—In Jamaica. This is a species evidently intermediate between the preceding and the following, in regard to the size of the leaves. Sloane describes it as having several trunks springing from the same root, 9 or 10 feet high, and 4 or 5 inches in diameter, covered with a white smooth bark, with several branches standing out horizontally, with prominent axils 3 to 6 lines apart, each furnished with a tuft of leaves, which are sessile, 1-11 inch long, 5-7 lines broad, with rounded summits ; the branchlets are very patent, not more than 13 inch long, with few leaves, and, terminating in an obtuse point, are almost like as many spines; and hence, when there are a number of them close together, the branches appear prickly. "The peduncle is 1 inch long, the corolla 14 inch long. 8. ORESCENTIA LINEARIFOLIA, nob.: Cujete n° 3, Plum. Gen. 93: ramulis subangu- latis, subsulcatis, cortice pallido, coriaceo, laxiusculo ; axillis alternis, approximatis, cupuloso-nodosis ; foliis in axillis 6-12, fasciculatis, parvulis, linearibus, apice sensim MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 173 acuminatis, acute mucronatis, imo cuneatis, sessilibus, subcoriaceis, glaberrimis, supra viridibus, subtus paulo pallidioribus, utrinque nervis venisque reticulatis prominulis, nervo marginali subrevoluto : flore solitario; pedunculo ad medium 2- braeteolato: fructu parvo, globoso, vix sesquipollicari, apice obsolete cruciatim suleato, styli vestigio notato, imo disco indurato stipitato et calyce brevi persistente ad basin inzequaliter fisso suffulto ; pericarpio duro, subeoriaceo, fusco, nevis flavidis maculato, minutissime impresso-punetulato, intus placentis 4 parietalibus longitu- dinalibus costseformibus cruciatim dispositis adnatis, membrana fusca adh:erente nexis.—In Antillis: v. s. ins. S. Thom:e, ad Boboni (Grsted). In the peculiar shape of its leaves, and in its very approximated nodes, this species bears no resemblance to any other of the genus. The branch is 2j lines in diameter, with large projecting cup-shaped nodes, 2 to 6 lines apart, out of which issue 6 to 12 fasciculated leaves of various ages and sizes, the older ones being 2 inches long, 2 lines broad, the younger 9 lines long, 14 line broad, all more or less divaricated. The fructi- ferous peduncle is 6 lines long, 1 line thick: the fruit is quite globose, scarcely 13 inch in diameter, supported by the indurated disk 3 lines high and 43 lines in diameter, and surrounded by the ruptured calyx ; the pericarp is $ line thick, hard, subpolished, closely dotted with minute hollow punetures, and is marked inside by four prominent adnate ribs united at the base and apex and connected together by a dark-coloured adhering laminar coating. 9. CRESCENTIA SPATHULATA, nob.: foliis e nodis cupulosis 5-6, fasciculatis, sessilibus, spathulato-oblongis, apice rotundatis, apiculo brevissime mucronatis, a summo ad basin gradatim cuneatis, lateribus fere rectis, supra viridibus, glabris, subtus palli- dioribus, ad costam utroque latere tomentoso-pubescentibus, et in nervis utrinque 20 divaricatis et arcuatim nexis puberulis: flore solitario ; pedunculo brevi, sub- tenui; calyce subbrevi, in lobos ovatos fere ad basin 2-fisso, glandulis sparsis im- mersis punctato; corolla campanulata, longitudinaliter striata, glandulis minutis crys- tallinis scabrido-punctulata, tubo lato, subbrevi, infra medium plica transversali deorsum profunde introflexo, limbo sub-5-lobo, lobis deltoideis, acutis, marginibus undulato-erispatis, suberectis; staminibus inclusis.—In Ecuador: v. s. in hb. Hook. Ecuador (Sinclair): in hb. Mus. Brit. sine flore (Linden., an cult. ?). This species is well marked by the peculiar shape and pubescence of its leaves. The alternate cupular nodes are 1 inch apart, and fringed with several short ligneous stipu- loid scales, generally prevalent in the plants of this section. The leaves on each fascicle vary much in size according to their age, and are remarkable for their very elongated form with rounded apex, and for the unusual number of the puberulous nerves beneath, while the midrib has a narrow band of soft pubescence along each side; they are 6-7 inches long, 14-14 inch broad, the younger leaves sometimes only 13 inch in length. The peduncle is 5 lines long; the calyx 8-9 lines long, with broadly ovate lobes; the corolla is very like that of C. plectantha, but smaller, the tube being 14-13 inch long, 3—] inch broad in the mouth, with a deep transverse downward duplicature on the ventral face 6-8 lines above the base, the lobes of the border being 5-6 lines long and broad. 174 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 2. Enallagma. Folia alterna. An genus distinctum ? 10. CRESCENTIA CUCURBITINA, Linn. Mant. 250; Sw. Obs. 284; DC. Prodr. ix. 246; Seem. Linn. Trans. xxiii. 19; Gaertn. Fruct. iii. 230, tab. 223; Lunan, Hort. Jam. i.141: Crescentia n? 4, Browne, Jam. 266: Crescentia cujete, var. 6, Linn. Sp. Pl. 873: trunco mediocri; ramis adscendentibus (nec patentibus), strictis, striato- angulosis, cortice laxo, suberoso ; foliis alternis, approximatis vel sparsis, ovato- oblongis, imo subcuneatis, apice breviter acuminatis, subcoriaceis, glaberrimis, supra subnitidis, pallide viridibus, nervis immersis utrinque circiter 10, reticulatis, subtus glauco-pallidioribus, petiolo brevi, crasso : floribus terminalibus, 2-5, segre- gatim solitariis, nutantibus; pedunculo petiolo longiore, tenui, imo 2-bracteolato ; calyce longo, late tubuloso, glabro, virescente, impresso-punctato, fere ad basin 2- fisso, segmentis late ovatis, concavis; corolla campanulata, scabrido-punctulata, tubo et fauce albidis, ventre rubicundo, limbo fusco, tubo imo subdilatato, paulo supra basin constricto, dein superne gradatim ampliato, antice ventricoso et infra faucem transversim plicato, limbo obliquo, 2-labiato, labio superiore indiviso, emar- ginato, crenato-undulato, brevi, inferiore longiore, latiore et 3-lobo, lobis brevissi- mis, angulatis; staminibus longioribus, faucem attingentibus; filamentis teretibus, paulo curvatis ; antheris 2-lobis, lobis oblongis, divaricatis, fuscis; ovario subrotundo, depresso; stylo filiformi, exserto; stigmate 2-lamellato: fructu corticoso, ovato- oblongo, apice breviter umbonato ; pericarpio sublignoso, vix fragili, intus pulposo. — In Antillis: v.s. in hb. Mus. Brit. Jamaica (Wright) ; in hb. Hook. Cuba Oriental. (Wright, 361) ; Panama (Fendler, 210). This species does not appear to have been figured, with the exception of its fruit, and seems to have been confounded with C. latifolia; and therefore its characters as given by modern botanists cannot be relied on; that of Swartz is the only one on which we can depend. Swartz describes it as a tree of middle height, with a smooth trunk, its branches being erect, not spreading horizontally, and straight and angular. It grows in arid stony places, near the seashore, in Jamaica. The leaves, near the summit of the branches, are alternate, 2-3 lines apart, they are 43-74 inches long, 2-23 inches broad, on a thick petiole 2-3 lines long. The peduncle of the flower is 1+ inch, of the fruit 2 inches long; the concave segments of the calyx are 1} inch long, 6 lines broad; the tube of the corolla is 13 inch long, with an oblique mouth 1 inch broad, a little below which it has a transverse ringent upward duplicature on the ventral side ; the upper lip of the border is 3 inch long, extremely broad; the lower lip is 3 inch long, with 3 short broad lobes. The fruit, of which I have sa specimen in the British Museum, is shaped exactly like that figured by Gaertner, is 32 inches long, 3 inches in diameter, supported by the persistent lignified disk, upon a somewhat slender peduncle; the pericarp is somewhat thinner than is shown in Gaertner's drawing, is hard, and can scarcely be called brittle, pitted externally with numerous very deep dots, internally is lined with a pithy submembranaceous laminar polished coating, in which 4 main placentary nerves, cruciately disposed, are imbedded, the intervening spaces being filled by a reticulated network of branching fibres. The seeds are fewer in number, and much larger, than those in the preceding section, and are well MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 175 figured by Gaertner; they are nearly orbicular, somewhat compressed, emarginated at top and bottom, with a deep groove along each face, are 7 lines long, 8 lines broad, covered by two integuments, both equally membranaceous, which closely invest the embryo: the latter, which grows black in drying, consists of two fleshy cotyledons of the shape and size just described, the bottom emargination being formed by two auricular lobes, beneath which the included short radicle lies quite concealed. When Gaertner stated that the fruit is sometimes a foot long, this was not from his own knowledge, but from the account of authors who have confounded the species to- gether. Swartz does not allude to this excessive magnitude, but, on the contrary, quotes as his only synonym Browne’s short diagnosis, in which he describes it ** fructu minori." Dr. Seemann amalgamates with this species C. latifolia and C. obovata, which are certainly distinct; he also quotes as synonyms C. toxicaria and C. lethifera, both figured by Tus- sac in his “ Flore des Antilles;" but I have not been able to procure a sight of that work, to enable me to form an opinion upon these plants: the latter would seem to be a dis- tinet species, or probably referable to another genus, on account of its trigonous fruit ; and both are reputed to possess poisonous qualities, which are not ascribed to C. eucurbitina. 11. CRESCENTIA OBOVATA, Bentham, Voy. Sulph. 130, pl. 46: C. cucurbitina, Seem. (in parte), 7. c. p. 19 (non Linn): ramulis crassiusculis, striatis, subangulatis, ad originem squamulis numerosis brevibus acutis persistentibus instructis; cortice suberoso, laxo: foliis alternis, obovatis, apice acumine obtusulo brevi subito con- strictis, imo cuneatis, breviter petiolatis, crasso-coriaceis, supra nitidulis, nervis immersis, subtus glauco-pallidioribus, nervis utrinque 10-12 costaque crassiuscula prominentibus : floribus in apice ramorum solitariis vel 2-3, subnutantibus, pedun- culis longiusculis, validis, rectis, ebracteolatis; calyce crasso-coriaceo, glandulis minutissimis scabrido-punctulato, imo tubuloso, mox dilatato et oblongo, primum clauso, demum ad medium subzequaliter 2-fisso; corolla infundibuliformi-campanu- lata, incurva, extus minute scabrido-punctulata, ventre gibboso, infra faucem hine subito transverse constricto, dorso levi, fauce ampla, valde obliqua, limbo brevi, expanso, subreflexo, rarius obsolete lobato, margine fimbriato aut denticulato- crenato, reticulato-nervoso ; staminibus inclusis; filamentis æqualibus, rectis ; an- therarum lobis parvis, oblongis, imo divaricatis ; ovario oblongo, in discum magnum pulviniformem insito, 4-sulcato, 1-loculari, placentis 2 longitudinaliter parietalibus ; stylo tubi longitudine, erecto, imo tumidulo ; stigmate ovato, subsolido, apice breviter fisso, intus papilloso.—In Antillis: v. s. in hb. Hook. insula Gorgonia versus Vera- guas, in maritimis (Barclay); S* Anna, Jamaica (Purdie). This species differs from the preceding in the shape of its corolla, its almost ringent oblique mouth, with a very narrow fringed border, in its stamens, its almost solid stigma, and several other characters. Its ovary has only 2 placente. The leaves are 41-74 inches long, 21-4 inches broad, on a petiole 2-3 lines long: the peduncle is 14-13 inch long; the calyx, before bursting, is 14 inch long, 44 lines in diameter at its base, 7 lines in its broadest part, the length of the segments being 10 lines; the tube of the corolla posteriorly is 2 inches long, anteriorly 13 inch long, 4 lines broad at base, VOL. XXVI. 2 B 176 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. l inch in diameter in the mouth, having, 3 lines below this, a very shallow ringent constriction, or upward induplicature of the tube, on the anterior side only; the sta- mens are 8 lines long, one pair being seated 5 lines lower than the upper pair, and 1 lines higher than the sterile stamen, which is fixed 6 lines above the base; the disk is 1 line high, 4 lines in diameter; the ovary is 5 lines long, the style is 15 lines, the stigma 13 line long. 12. CRESCENTIA LATIFOLIA, Plumier, Amer. ii. 100, tab. 109; Lam. Dict. i. 558, tab. 547: Crescentia ovata, Burm. Fl. Ind. 132: Cujete n° 2, Plum. Gen. 23, tab. 16: Crescentia cucurbitina, DC. in parte (non Linn.) Prodr. ix. 246; Seem. in parte (non Linn.), Linn. Trans. xxiii. 19 : trunco crasso, cortice rufo-cinereo ; ramis paten- tibus, cinereo-glaucis, subangulatis, striolatis, nodis cupulosis margine cartilagineis; foliis alternis, ovatis aut oblongis, apice acumine brevissimo obtusulo constrictis, imo subacutis aut obtuse cuneatis, integris, glaberrimis, valde coriaceis, supra sub- pallidis, opacis, nervis immersis, subtus nervis utrinque 10 costaque prominentibus, petiolo brevi, crasso: floribus ramorum apicem versus vel in axillis solitariis vel binis; peduneulo subtenui; calyce oblongo, paulo supra basin ampliore, ultra medium :equaliter 2-fisso aut in segmenta 3 inzqualia rupto; corolla campanu- lata, tubo longitudinaliter suleato, antice ventricoso, e£ hine medium versus plica transversali profunde introflexo, fauce paulo obliqua, limbo 5-lobo, lobis sub- brevibus margine inciso-laeiniatis, laciniis linearibus, acutis aut obtusis ; staminibus paulo exsertis, antheris imo divaricatis ; stylo multo longiore; stigmate ovali, sub- solido: fructu majusculo, ovato, apiee breviter umbonato, pericarpio sublignoso, fragili, intus pulposo.—In Antillis: v. s. ins. S. Thome, ad Borboni (@rsted) : in hb. Hook. Cuba (Otto 357); Jamaica (Distin). This species much resembles in general appearance C. cucurbitina, with which it has been confounded by most botanists, but differs in being a larger tree with a thicker trunk, and with copious wide-spreading (not erect) branches, in its leaves, which are more cuneate at base, its more erect flowers, a differently shaped corolla, with a deep ventral transverse duplicature (not ringent in the mouth), its broader and 5-lobed border with laciniated margins, a subsolid stigma, and a larger fruit. Plumier describes it as an “arbor ingens ;” the trunk often acquires a considerable diameter, and furnishes a pale-coloured, hard wood, with a close crossgrain, which renders it valuable for many purposes. The leaves are 5-71 inches long, 23-34 inches broad, on a thick petiole 1 inch long. The peduncle is 1-14 inch long; the calyx is broad, 14 inch long; the tube of the corolla 13 inch long, 1 inch broad in the mouth, and below the plicature in the middle of the tube it is narrowed to a breadth of & inch; the two front lobes of the border are 3 lines long and broad, the three superior lobes 6 lines long and broad, the laciniated seg- ments 4 lines long, 1 line broad ; the stamens are 6-8 lines long ; the stigma extends 12-16 lines beyond the mouth. These details are obtained from Plumier’s original drawing of the plant, preserved in the British Museum, assisted by the specimens above quoted. The fruit, stated by Plumier to be large and ovate, is shown in that drawing to be 44 inches long, 3$ inches in diameter, surmounted by an obtuse mammillary projection 4 lines MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 177 long, and supported by the solidified disk 8 lines in diameter, upon a peduncle 2 inches long. Lamarck, in his ‘ Illustrations,’ tab. 547, to show the structure of Crescentia, made an incorrect copy of Plumier’s drawing of this species, omitting the most remarkable feature, the duplicature of the tube of the corolla; and he copied Burmann’s (not Plumier’s) very incorrect drawing of the fruit and seeds, which belong to some species of Hucrescentia. 13. CRESCENTIA CORIACEA, nob.: ramulis teretibus, axillis cupuloso-nodosis ; foliis elongato-oblongis, imo cuneatis, apice truncato-rotundatis, subito brevissime apicu- latis, subcoriaceis, nervis utrinque 12-14 divaricato-patulis intra marginem arcua- tim nexis, supra subnitidis, rugulosis, nervis immersis, subtus pallidioribus, glaucis, marginibus valde revolutis, costa nervisque prominentibus, petiolo brevissimo, crasso : flore solitario, axillari aut terminali; corolla campanulata, tubo ad basin breviter latiore, sursum gradatim infundibuliformi, fauce ampliata, obliqua, hine antice inflata et transversim sursum introflexa, limbo 2-labiato, labio superiore multo majore, indiviso, erecto, crispatim undulato, inferiore brevi, vix lobato, reflexo, margine dentatim inciso; staminibus superioribus exsertis: fructu obovato, sub- conico, apiculo tenui superato, imo disco indurato suffulto, pericarpio sublignoso, tenuissimo, fragili, fusco, intus pulposo, nervis 4 parietalibus in membranam la- minarem adhzrentem immersis, pulpa sicca submedullari, seminibus cordiformi- orbieularibus, crassiusculis, majoribus.—In America meridionali et in Antillis : v. s. in hb. Mus. Brit. Jamaica (P. Browne?); Venezuela, ad Boca del Tigre (Moritz 1953) ; in hb. Hook. Jamaica (Dr. Alexander Prior). This is a species very different from any of the preceding, in the shape of the leaves, their nervation, the structure of the corolla, and the form of the fruit. The branch is terete, 2-3 lines thick, with axils 1-13 inch apart: the leaves are 63-93 inches long, 23-33 inches broad, on a thick petiole only 3 lines long. The peduncle is 2 inches long. There is some resemblance in the form of the flower to that of C. cucurbitina, but with this essential difference, that in the latter the upper lip is shortest, while here it is considerably longer, and vice versá in regard to the lower lip. The calyx, like that in C. cucurbitina, is 13-2 inches long; the tube of the corolla is 2 inches long, the upper lip 1 inch long, the lower incised lip 4 inch broad; the transverse duplicature, 3 lines below the mouth on the ventral side, gives it a ringent appearance, as in C. obovata. The fruit is 31 inches long, 2 inches in diameter, somewhat tapering upwards above the middle; the pericarp is only one-third the thickness of that in C. cucurbitina, is very ' brittle, with an external rugose surface, subpolished, dark, and is lined internally with a pale brown, laminated, membranaceous coating, in which the 4 placentary nervures are imbedded. The seeds are large, thick, and quite like those figured by Gaertner; the pulp which encloses them has a very different texture from that found in the preceding section, being of an almost pithy consistence, which does not grow black, and remains somewhat viscous in drying: the seeds are of a darkish colour, suborbicular, deeply emarginated at top and bottom, somewhat compressed, with a deep groove along each face, in one of which is seen the line of the raphe terminating in the hilum a little 2 B2 178 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. above the base; the outer integument closely invests the inner tunic; both are membra- naceous; the embryo is black, 6 lines long, 8 lines broad, 34 lines thick, grooved down each face, with a deep emargination in the summit, and another at the base, formed by 2 short auricular lobes, the short radicle being entirely concealed within these lobes. 14. CRESCENTIA CUSPIDATA, nob. : ramulis obtuse angulatis, substriatis ; foliis majusculis, elongato-oblongis, imo cuneatis, apice abrupte acuminatis, supra opacis, scrobiculato- impressis, nervis subimmersis utrinque circiter 16 divaricatis et arcuatim nexis, subtus pallidioribus, nervis paulo prominentibus, nervo marginali prominulo, petiolo crassiusculo, brevissimo : flore solitario, terminali aut axillari, longe pedun- culato ; calyce subcylindrico, longo, fere ad basin bifisso, extus varioloso-punctato ; corolla infundibuliformi panulata, extus scabrido-punctulata, tubo striato- nervoso, calyce paulo longiore, ad faciem ventralem infra faucem subito transversim introflexo, limbo sub-2-labiato, labio superiore longiore, latissimo, crenulatim eroso, labio inferiore breviter 3-lobo, lobis rotundatis, suberectis, inzequaliter inciso-den- tatis; antheris vix exsertis; stylo longe protenso: fructu ovato, apice obtuse apiculato vel umbonato, pericarpio duro, crassiusculo, extus impresso-punctato, intus pulposo, seminibus majusculis —In Venezuela et Antillis: v. s. in hb. Hook. Tovar (Fendler, 780); Tope prope Caraccas, unde “Coco de Mono” dicitur (Bur- chell); S. Vincente (Guilding). This species differs from the preceding, which it much resembles, in the more pro- longed shape of its leaves, suddenly contracted at the apex into a cuspidated acumen ; the form of the corolla is different ; and it has a more oval fruit, having a hard, stout shell with a pallid punctated surface. The leaves are 7 $-12 inches long, 22—4 inches broad, on a rather stout petiole 3-5 lines long : the peduncle is 2 inches long; the calyx is 1i inch long; the tube of the corolla 12 inch long, the upper lip 6 lines, the lower lip 3 lines long, the upward sudden introflexion being 3 to 6 lines beneath it. The fruit is 3-33 inches long, 2-24 inches broad, seated on the persistent disk upon a pedicel 21 inches long; the pericarp is 1 line or more in thickness, with 4 adnate parietal nervures cruciately disposed ; the seed is 7 lines long, 9 lines broad. 15. CRESCENTIA ELONGATA, nob.: ramulis cortice suberoso, rugoso-punctato, rimoso, | nodis cupuloso-nodosis ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, imo breviter subcuneatis, apice repente attenuatis, lateribus fere rectis et parallelis, coriaceis, supra opace viridibus, nervis utrinque circiter 12 immersis, subtus concoloribus, nervis prominulis, petiolo brevi, crassiusculo : floribus solitariis, longe peduneulatis ; calyce magno, oblongo, : hinc ad medium fisso, illinc breviter 3-fisso; corolla infundil uliformi panulata, tubo incurvato, impunctato, fauce aperta, regulari, limbo sub-2-labiato, labio supe- riore erecto, sub-2-lobo, inferiore subdeclinato, breviter 9-lobo, lobis margine sinuato- crenatis : fructu ovali, periearpio tenui, testaceo, intus nervis 4 cruciatim parieta- libus, quorum 2 oppositis utrinque placentiferis et late expansis, prolationibus in sicco submembranaceis, seminiferis, a pericarpio liberis, seminibus in illas immersis. —In Antillis: v. s. in hb. Hook. Monte Verde, Cuba orientali (Wright, 361 bis). MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. 179 This species is distinet from any of the foregoing in the form and structure of its fruit, in its leaves, which are somewhat smaller and narrower, with more distant nerves than those of the preceding species ; and the flower is also different. The leaves are 43-8 inches long (including the rather stout petiole of 3 lines), and 12-23 inches broad: the peduncle is 13 inch long, and somewhat slender; the calyx is 12 inch long, 7 lines in diameter ; the tube of the corolla is 12 inch long, the open oblique mouth nearly an inch in diameter; the upper lip is erect, } inch long; the lower, somewhat deflected lip is ZS inch long. A longitudinal section and moiety of the fruit, evidently not mature, is glued upon the same sheet as the plant: it is 23 inches long, 2 inches broad, and regu- larly oval; the pericarp is thin and testaceous, with 4 equidistant longitudinal nerves imbedded inside : in the moiety exhibited, the 2 lateral nerves are barren, the interme- diate one, 1 line broad, emits on each side a broad thickened membranaceous plate, quite free from the rest of the shell, in which the immature seeds are imbedded. This feature alone gives a very distinctive character to the species. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. Prate VII. Fig. 1. Crescentia plectantha : a fascicle of its leaves seated in a warty excrescence formed of imbricated ligneous scales upon the older branches. Fig. 2. A flower of the same in bud, when the solidly closed fleshy calyx only is seen, before it becomes ruptured by the expansion of the enclosed corolla. Fig. 3. The same after the bursting of the calyx, showing the corolla corrugately plicated, with the lobes of its border wholly inflected, in the manner of its peculiar mode of zstivation. Fig. 4. The corolla after its complete expansion, removed from the calyx, showing the. downward deep plicature of the tube upon the ventral side. Fig. 5. The same cut open, to exhibit the position of the stamens in regard to the plicature of the tube. Fig. 6. The calyx, from which the corolla has been removed, showing, at the period of the full expansion of the flower, the ovary seated in the fleshy disk and surmounted by the style and stigma. Fig. 7. The ovary after the fall of the flower, and then more fully grown, the segments of the calyx having just fallen off; it is seated within the polished fleshy disk, and is punctated all over with numerous small concave dots, and is besides marked by a few distant glands seen in the bottom of large excavations. Fig. 8. A vertical section of the same, showing two of the longitudinal parietal ne covered with very numerous, crowded, black, shining ovules. Fig. 9. A transverse section of the same, exhibiting the position of the four longitudinal parietal placen- tations in its 1-locular cell; upon the surface of the prominent fleshy placentz are seen the salient points upon which the ovules are attached in a crowded state. All of the natural size. Fig. 10. An ovule, highly magnified. Fig. 11. A longitudinal section of the ripe fruit, from which half of the pericarp iid the whole of the seminiferous pulpy mass have been removed: there are now seen remaining the many ligneous cords or nervures which spring from the base of the cell, at which point they are somewhat imbricated ; but they immediately divaricate, rising upwards free from, but close to 180 MR. JOHN MIERS ON THE GENUS CRESCENTIA. the pericarp, and, becoming thinner, terminate in threads near the summit; those cords are charged with numerous branching fibres and nourishing-vessels, imbedded in the numerous laminar membranes which radiate from them in all directions, and which, becoming fleshy and agglutinated together, form the solid pulpy mass enclosing the seeds, and filling the entire capacity of the cell of the fruit. Of the natural size. Fig. 12. A seed, also of the natural size. Fig. 13. The same, magnified and seen in face, the hilum being the minute point in its base. Fig. 14. The same, seen on its edge. Fig. 15. The same, with half of the outer integument removed, showing the position of the chalaza, in the summit of the inner integument, with respect to the hilum. Fig. 16. The inner integument freed from its covering and marked by the chalaza in the sinus of the summit, while the base is prolonged into a narrow thread terminating in the hilum, Fig. 17. The inner integument has been removed to show the embryo which it enclosed ; it is seen in front. Fig. 18. The same, seen sidewise. Fig. 19. The same, with one of the cotyledons removed, showing the size and relative position of the radicle. | Fig. 20. The cotyledon which has been removed, —all being magnified on the same scale. Puare VIII. Fig. 1. A portion of a branch of Crescentia fasciculata. Fig. 2. A flower of the same, expanded. Fig. 3. A portion of a branch of Crescentia linearifolia. Fig. 4. An entire fruit of Crescentia linearifolia. Fig. 5. A vertical section of the same, with half of the pericarp and the pulpy mass removed, showing four parietal nervures imbedded in the laminar membranes which are agglutinated to the inner surface of the pericarp. All of the natural size. PLATE IX. Fig. 1. A portion of a branch of Crescentia (Enallagma) coriacea, with two ripe fruits attached. Fig. 2. The calyx, from which the flower has fallen off. Fig. 3. The corolla removed, as seen in a dried specimen, in which is seen the short upward duplicature of the tube on the ventral side, forming a ringent swelling within the mouth: the upper lip is entire, with a crispate margin; the lower lip has the margin cut into acute laciniated teeth. Fig. 4. The ovary, some time after the fall of the flower. Fig. 5. A transverse section of one of the fruits, showing its thin brittle pericarp and contained seeds. Fig. 6. A ge from the dried specimen, covered by a pith-like substance, or exsiccated portion of the pulp. Fig. 7. The same, seen edgewise. Fig. 8. A seed with the covering removed, deeply grooved on the two opposite faces, showing the mem- branaceous testa marked by a cord-like raphe terminating in a somewhat lateral hilum. Fig. 9. The embryo, from which the two integuments have been removed; in the basal sinus are seen the ad esi auricular lobes on each cotyledon, beneath which the very short radicle lies con- cealed. Fig. 10. The same, seen on the edge, to show the thickness of the cotyledons. Fig. 11. A cotyledon seen from its inside flat surface, showing the size and position of the concealed radicle. All of the natural size. TRANS. LINN. Soc. VoL. XXVI, TAB. 7.. > Seid EAS $ ONE SS VICARQ T f. x) ER al 0 8 = ei | TRANS. LINN. Soc. VoL.XXVI, 'TAB.8. G.Jarman sc. LXXVI TAB.9. acre (UI expe OE ee a RANS LINN. DOC. VO 1 D erre, [ 181. ] Ill. On Pauropus, a New Type of Centipede. | By SIR JOHN LUBBOCK, Bart., PRS V. P. Linn. Soc., Pres. Ent. Soc., V. P. Ethn. Soc., Sc. (Plate X.) Read December 6th, 1866. THE little creature which I am about to describe in the present Memoir was found by me during the course of the last autumn, and exhibited to the Entomological Society at their first meeting in these rooms. It occurs in considerable numbers among dead leaves, and in other accumulations of de- caying organic substances, in company with the various species of Thysanura, mites, worms, &c. which frequent similar situations. Though not exactly sociable in their habits, and though I never saw them take any notice of one another, still they exhibit none of that extreme ferocity which characterizes the Chilopoda, and do not appear to avoid one another’s presence. It may, however, have been owing to their frequency that I have often found many of them together. In my garden, indeed, they are very common; and it is surprising that they should have been overlooked so long. Of course it is quite possible that their abundance with me this autumn may have been merely a local and temporary accident; they may be rare as a rule, and thus have escaped until now the notice of the naturalist. On the whole, however, I feel rather disposed to think that, from their minute size, their small number of legs, and general appearance, they have been looked on as larval forms. This would probably be the first impression of any naturalist; at any rate it was my own; but it is clearly untenable. In the first place, we have no group of Centi- pedes in this country to which Pauropus could be referred. The young stages of most genera belonging to the Diplopods are well known, and very different from my little creature. We might say almost the same of the Chilopods, from which, moreover, it differs in the structure of the mouth, as well as in the arrangement of the legs. Secondly, I have had many hundreds of specimens under examination, and am well acquainted with the earlier forms, which I shall presently describe. I have even one specimen which has lived in confinement from the 18th of August*; and yet I have never had any which exceeded, either in size or in the number of legs, those now to be described. Thirdly, I have on several occasions met with specimens containing numbers of spermatozoa (Pl. X. fig. 16), and which, therefore, may be regarded as mature males. However much, therefore, we may be surprised at the existence of so small a Myriapod, there can, I think, be no doubt on the subject. There are other points in which the present form differs greatly, as will be seen from the following description, from all * This specimen lived until the middle of December. It was lively and apparently in perfect health until within a few days of its death. 182 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. other known Centipedes, among which it must certainly constitute a new family, Pauropodidze, and, I think, even a new order, which might perhaps be called Pauropoda. I will now proceed to describe this curious form. Pavropus HUXLEYI, n. sp. Corpus e segmentis decem, setis sparsis. Pedum paria 9. Antenne 5-articulatz, bifidee, appendicibus tribus, longis, multiarticulatis. Body composed of ten segments, including the head; convex, with scattered hairs. Nine pairs of legs. Antenne five-jointed, bifid at the extremity, and bearing three long, jointed appendages. The body consists of ten segments, the first two of which compose the head. In form it is slightly conical, each of the first eight segments being somewhat broader as well as longer than that which precedes it. The two caudal segments, again, are somewhat smaller than the antepenultimate. There are only nine pairs of legs, and their distri- bution is peculiar. The third segment, or that immediately following the head, bears one pair, while the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh segments have two pairs each. These segments, however, may be regarded as double. The posterior legs arethelongest. Each segment, from the third to the seventh inclusive, has on the side margins of the back a pair of strong bristles. "The pair attached to the third segment (Plate X. fig. 1) point forwards, those of the fourth are at right angles to the body, and the posterior ones point back- wards. Besides these long bristles, the body bears on each of the larger segments two transverse rows of short, stiff, club-shaped hairs, which are most numerous on the head. The body is quite white and colourless, but towards the head and tail it has some- times a slight tinge of yellow. Length 435 of an inch. Pauropus Huxleyi is a bustling, active, neat, and cleanlylittle creature. Tt has, too, a look of cheerful intelligence, which forms a great contrast to the dull stupidity of the Diplopods, or the melancholy ferocity of most Chilopods. It lives throughout the year, among dead leaves and other decaying vegetable matter. It is active in its habits, continually running about, and sometimes giving a rush of surprising velocity. "Throughout the winter I found it on the warmer days. It often cleans its feet and antenne with its mouth. In the latter case the antenne are held to the mouth by the front legs, a habit which may possibly be an indication that this pair of legs is homologous with the jaw-feet of Chilopods *. The head is composed of two segments, which have received the names of cephalie and basilar (See Newport, Linn. Trans. vol. xix.). Seen from below they are nearly equal in size ; but from above the posterior edge only of the basilar segment is visible, the rest being covered by the ce- phalic. In the same manner, when seen from below, the separate segments to which the legs are attached are plainly visible; the last segment also is evidently treble. Thus there are indications of fourteen segments. ee ed Menge of the head are two oval figures, whieh I presume to be eyes Do, 3). They are, however, very unlike those of other Centipedes, and show K whatever of facets. On the head are a number of short, club-shaped, ringed airs. * In Lithobius, however, these are attached to the basilar segment of the head. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS, 183 The antenne (Plate X. fig. 7) are 5-jointed, and bifid at the extremity. The four basal segments are simple and short, but increase slightly in length from the base. The fourth segment bears at its extremity two branches, each consisting of a single segment. One is slightly longer than the fourth segment, and rather thinner (a). The other (b) is nearly twice as long, and half as broad; it bears at its extremity a very curious appendage, consisting of an immense number of rings, the first and last of which are larger than the others. The first branch (a) terminates in two similar but some- what shorter appendages. These curious appendages remind one very much of the toy- snakes, which consist of a number of saucer-like appendages united by their middles. Between them lies a small pear-shaped appendage (c). The fourth segment of the an- tennz bears also three hairs at its extremity, two on one side and one on the other. The latter is much shorter than the other two. Each of the three basal segments supports a pair of rod-like, almost clubbed hairs, which are divided by a number of lines, almost like the curious ringed appendages. These ringed hairs are no doubt connected with sensation. . Between the two appendages of the branch a is a small rounded body. The animal, as already remarked, often cleans the terminal portion of the antenns with its mouth. In the structure of the mouth Pauropus appears not exactly to agree either with the Chilopods or the Diplopods. I found two pairs of organs : the mandibles (Plate X. fig. 4) are somewhat elongated, and have several teeth at the extremity; the other pair of appendages (Plate X. fig. 5) are minute and conical. The legs are eighteen in number, twenty-two being the smallest number in any pre- viously known Myriapod. They are simple, and increase in size from in front backwards, the last pair being about twice as long as the first. Theanterior legs (Plate X. fig. 10) are 135 of an inch in length, and consist of five segments, which, according to analogy with other Myriapods, we may regard as coxa, femur, tibia, and two-jointed tarsus. The coxa is short, and has on its underside a curious, triangular, leaf-like appendage. The femur is rather longer, and bears on its underside a somewhat similar leaf-shaped appen- dage. The tibia is shorter than the femur, and about as broad asit is long. The first seg- ment of the tarsus is about as long, but thinner than the femur ; it bears a stiff spine on its anterior margin. The second tarsal segment is still longer, thinner, and slightly tapering. There are indications of a division near the middle. ( The structure of the foot is not easy to make out. There seemed to me to bea pad, a claw, and a very short tenent hair. . The second pair of legs (Plate X. fig. 11) are rather longer than the first, which they much resemble, with, however, one remarkable difference—namely, intercalation of a new segment between the first and second tarsaljoints. This raises. the number of tarsal segments to that usual among Myriapods. The new segment bears a short spine on its anterior side. The posterior legs (Plate X. fig. 12), which are the longest, are gz of an inch in length. Curiously enough, they resemble the anterior legs in the number of their seg- ments. They possess, however, the additional seta. The leaf-like hair on the femur is brnched (Plate X. fig. 13). Between the second pair of legs are two appendages (Plate X. fig. 19), which are VOL. XXVI. 2c 184 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. probably the generative organs. They do not appear to be present in all specimens, and belong to the male sex, as in one case I saw them distinctly in a specimen which was full of spermatozoa. In one case I traced two tubes opening into them. On the under- side of the anterior segment of the body, in front of the first pair of legs, are two pairs of leaf-like hairs, like those on the coxæ and femora of the legs. "These evidently indicate the presence of an anterior aborted pair of legs. The dorsal hairs are also remarkable. The long ones, of which there are a pair to each segment, are ringed and delicately plumose. The lateral setze, however, are short and extremely delicate. The short scattered bristles are arranged in rows across the back ; except the first two and last two, each segment has two rows of them; there are about six in each row; they are stiff and club-shaped (as shown in Plate X. fig. 6). At the posterior end of the body (Plate X. fig. 17) are several other stiff spines, and two minute forked processes. Several specimens contained large numbers of spermatozoa, which are filiform (Plate X. fig. 16) with asmall head at one end. I never saw them in motion. Though the animal is tolerably transparent, and the digestive organs are plainly visible, I never could see any trace of trachee. Being so small and delicate a creature, it is probable that the respiration is carried on through the skin: but if this is the case, Pauropus presents us with another very important peculiarity,—all other Myriapods, so far as we know, possessing tracheze. The smallest specimens which I have met with were about 75 of an inch in length, and possessed three pairs of legs only (Plate X. fig. 18). The first pair was attached to the third segment (i.e. the one immediately succeeding the head), the other two to the following one. Beyond the legs were two other segments, making six in all, as seen from above, and counting the head as two. The fourth and fifth segments each bear a pair of long bristles, as in the full-grown form: the first pair point outwards and forwards, the latter outwards and backwards. The general arrangement of the hairs and of the short caudal processes is the same as in the large specimens; and the antenne are formed on the same plan. I found the first of these six-legged ones on the 11th of September; but I am not prepared to say that they might not have been met with earlier if they had been looked for. They continued tolerably numerous throughout the autumn, and occurred in the same localities as their parents. The development of Pauropus, at least in captivity and during winter, is far from rapid. A specimen with three pairs of legs, captured on the 24th of October, has not yet un- dergone any change*. It remains to be seen whether under more favourable circum- stances the growth may not be quicker. x This specimen dad on the 6th of December., Another, captured on the 23rd of November, lived for a month without change. A third, caught on the 3rd of November, survived until the 20th of February. A specimen with eg pun of legs, caught on the 20th of October, also lived till the 8th of February, without change. Another, with eight pairs of legs, lived from the 30th of September to the 5th of November, when it met with an accident. I observed also in CAlozon that my la i : : y larvæ remained with scarcel 2 SS Linn. Trans. vol. xxv.). cely aay change during the winter months (see RER SEIS STS EE $ ] 4 d | j : 4 | D SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. 185 I have never met with a specimen possessing four pairs of legs, and am persuaded that none such exist. Indeed in one case I had the opportunity of watching a six-legged specimen in the act of moulting. It was standing over the old skin, in which its legs and antennz were still entangled. In about an hour it walked off, carrying the old. skin attached to one of its posterior legs. "There was no great change except the addition of another large segment and two more pairs of legs—making altogether five pairs. Its length was zz of an inch. It is curious that two pairs of legs should be acquired at this moult, because in the subequent ones only one new pair are formed. The changes indeed are slow, and as yet I have only succeeded in breeding any up to the stage with six pairs; but as I have met with many specimens possessing respectively seven pairs and eight pairs, we may, I think, safely conclude that a new pair are added at each moult after the first, until the full number are acquired. PAUROPUS PEDUNCULATUS (Plate X. fig. 20). I have also met with another species of Pauropus. In habits and time of appearance, in form, and size it resembles P. Hwzleyi, but appears to be much rarer; at least, among several hundred specimens I only observed half a dozen of this form. These appeared to me to be rather yellower in tint; but the difference was very slight, and I am not sure if it was constant. The principal difference between the two species, and that by which they may be dis- tinguished at a glance, resides in the antenn: (Plate X. fig. 20). The basal portion, indeed, is alike in both. The apical part, on the contrary, differs considerably. The two processes (a and 5, Plate X. fig. 20) are nearly of equal length: One of the long ringed appendages of « is situated at, and occupies the whole of the extremity; it is longer than that in the other form, and nearly as long as the similar appendage of b. The other ringed appendage is situated at the side of a, and is much shorter, while in the other form the two appendages of o are of equal length. The small pear-shaped body between the two appendages is much larger in this than in the other form, and is seated on a stalk. Colour white with a tinge of yellow. Length 4j of an inch. Found in autumn, among dead leaves &c. Not common. There has been much difference of opinion among naturalists as to the value which ought to be assigned to the group of Myriapods,—Leach, Gervais, Newport, Strauss Durckheim, Busk, and Huxley ranking them as a distinet class; while other eminent naturalists, such as Linneus, Lamarck, Latreille, Siebold, Cuvier, Owen, Brandt, and others, have regarded them as constituting an order only. Again, there has been great difference of opinion as to their affinities; for while the majority of the last-named naturalists classed them among the true insects, Siebold and Oken placed them among the Crustacea, and Lamarck among the Arachnida, while Latreille regarded them at one time as forming part of the Crustacea, at another as Arachnida, and lastly as insects. To these illustrations many others might have been added; but enough have been cited to 2c2 186 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. show how greatly the most eminent naturalists have differed in opinion as to the true position of the Myriapods. | Nor can we wonder that it should have been so. In their development the Myriapods resemble Annelids, from which, however, their articulated legs and organs of respiration clearly separate them. With the Crustacea they agree in possessing numerous legs; but, again, they are distinguished from them by the possession of tracheze. In this character, as well as in their antenns, they resemble true insects; but the number of legs, as well as the manner in which they are acquired, renders it difficult to regard them as consti- tuting an order in that class. Finally, they agree with the Arachnida in the possession of more than six legs, though their development and antenne are sufficient to exclude them from that group also. : | We must therefore, T think, regard the Myriapoda as forming a class, separated from the other classes of Annulosa by characters of at least equal importance with those by . which those classes are distinguished from one another. I say, of at least equal impor- tance, because, while the higher families of the Crustacea and the Arachnida are clearly separated by the nature of their respiratory organs, the lower ones, which have neither | evolutions of the external integument forming branchiw on the one hand, nor invo- lutions on the other, approximate in their characters so much as to render any satis- factory diagnosis very difficult; so that some genera, as for instance the Pyenogonide, are actually classified by some eminent naturalists among the Crustacea, and by others among the Arachnida. | As regards the Myriapods no such difficulty has ever arisen. Thereis no species about which there has ever been a doubt whether it belonged to that group or not. The curious form described under the name of Peripatus by Guilding, may perhaps, indeed, be cited in opposition to this ; but although Gervais* and de Quatrefages + have expressed the opinion that this genus forms an approximation to the Myriapods, the former does not even mention it in his work on the Myriapods (among the “ Suites à Buffon 7), and the absence of articulated legs is quite sufficient to remove all doubt on the point. | Strauss Durckheim considered that Polyzenus would conduct us to the Annelids through Nereis, while other naturalists have regarded the Geophilidee as forming an approxima- tion to the same group, and Glomerid:e to the Isopods, and especially, of course, to the Oniscidze. With Gervais and Walckenaer I regard all these resemblances as merely analogieal and by no means as expressing true affinities, except, indeed, of an extremely remote character. It is a remarkable faet, that, so far as we at present know, all Myriapods have at first, like the mites, three pairs of legs, and three pairs only. It might at first be supposed that these three pairs represented those o ee Rer anida was arrested after the production a single new pair, while in the Myriapoda it was carried on to a variable but much been much difference of opinion as to n mites and spiders, there seems to be a * Ann. i. N : un. des Sei. Nat. 1837, T Hist. Nat, des Annelés (“ Suites à Buffon "), vol. ii. p. 675. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. 187 general agreement of opinion that they do not represent the three pairs of legs among insects. Savigny regarded them as abdominal appendages ; Leuckart considered them to represent the mandibles and two pairs of maxilla in insects; Siebold and Zaddach, though differing as to the true nature of the anterior appendages, agreed in regarding the first three pairs of legs in Arachnida as corresponding with the second pair of maxille and first two pairs of legs in insects, while Huxley refers them to the two pairs of maxillze and the first pair of legs. The same opinion has been adopted by Claparéde; and it must be admitted that these two eminent observers have brought forward very strong arguments in favour of the view advocated by them. Moreover it must be re- membered that the six embryonal legs of Myriapods do not belong to three consecutive segments, as ought to be the case if they represented the three pairs of legs in insects. In Julus, for instance, the three pairs are situated on the second, third, and fifth segments *. This agreement in the number of legs between the insect and the young Centipede has not, then, that significance which we might at first sight be disposed to attach to it. Nevertheless the fact that Centipedes commence life with no more legs than other Arthropods, and only acquire by degrees their most obvious characteristic, is very im- portant ; and as what is true of all the species may be reasonably concluded to have been true of the whole group, we might have inferred à priori that, although, in the words of Newport, “ there are never fewer than twelve segments and eleven pairs of legs in any genus of Myriapoda” t, still there must have been at one time species eee a smaller number of appendages. The genus Pauropus, which I am now describing, is in fact such a form, and possesses e nine pairs of legs, which is less by two pairs than any form previously known, and tends therefore to a considerable extent to fill up the gap. The paucity of legs, however, is only one of the very interesting peculiarities which it presents. In fact the mere possession of a small number of legs need not by itself indicate such a link; for we might reasonably expect to find this character, not only among the trans- itional forms which must lead up to the typical Myriapod, but also at the other end of the series, among the more highly organized and fully developed members of the group. Such I take to be the case with the Scutigeride and Lithobiidsee, which, among all the hitherto known species, possess the smallest number of legs. “ The form of the head,” says Newport, ** of the Scutigeride, the long setaceous antennie, the prehensile forcipated mandibles, the elongated palpi, the projecting compound organs of vision, the elongation of the limbs, and the more compact form of body are all indications of a higher degree of organization in this family than in others of the same class, and place it as much above the other genera of Myriapoda as the most complete organization of the predaceous Cicin- dela places that genus at the head of true insects" $. If Scutiger represents Cicindela, Lithobius may be regarded as holding the same relation to Carabus; and in the one as in the other the small number of legs must be regarded as a result of adaptation, and not as an indication of afünity; they are the highest and most developed forms of the * [n Polydesmus, on the contrary, they are on the second, fourth, and fifth segments. The second pair of legs, apparently, therefore, belong to different segments in the two genera. T Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xix. p. 269. + L. e. p. 349. 188 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. Chilopoda, and oceupy a position further removed from other Articulata even than those species in which the legs are more numerous. It must be admitted that in some important characteristics Pauropus closely resem- bles Scutiger and Lithobius; the structure of the legs and the mandibles show, however, I think, that these resemblances are analogical only, and do not indicate any close affinity. In fact the Scutigeridz are, as we have seen, highly developed Chilopoda, which is by no means the case with Pauropus. If, however, the Myriapods are descended from ancestors having a smaller number of segments and of legs, then we must expect to find that the links by which we shall eventually be able to connect not only the two great orders of Centipedes together, but also the Myriapods as a whole with the other classes of Articu- lata, will possess a small number of appendages. The Scutigeridee, as we have seen, do not constitute such a group; Pauropus, I think, does. Here perhaps it may be as well that I should quote the distinctive peculiarities which characterize the two known orders of Myriapoda *, the Chilopods and Diplopods ; of which the first are active and carnivorous, the second, on the contrary, sluggish vegetarians. CutLorops. Antenne 14-jointed at least. One pair of legs modified into powerful jaw- feet. Generative organs opening at the posterior extremity of the body. Legs in single pairs. DrPLOPODs. Antenne with not more than seven segments. No jaw-feet. Apertures of the generative organs in the anterior part of the body. Legs, after the first six, arranged in double pairs. Pauropus is, as already mentioned, a neat, active little creature, and at first sight certainly looks like a Chilopod : indeed the compactness of the body, the dorsal plates, and the elongation of the posterior legs give it much resemblance to a small Lithobius. A closer examination, however, at once shows that from the Chilopods: the antenne possess absent, and I believe that the openings o anterior part of the body. Nor will my new genus find a more natural place among the Diplopods. It is true that the eight posterior legs correspond to four dorsal segments; nevertheless it is evident that in reality each pair belongs to a separate segment, as may clearly be seen if we look at the animal from the underside, as in Plate X. fig. 2. It may be said that, in one sense, this is true of the Diplopods; but they always have the pairs of legs attached by twos, which is not the case in Pauropus, where, as will be seen by the figure, they are equidistant. Moreover in all Diplopods the first three pairs of legs are distinguished from the rest by being each attached to a single apparent segment, whereas in Pauropus this is only the case with the first pair. Again, in the Diplopods the legs are equal in size, or, if there is a difference, the posterior pairs are rather smaller than the others, while in the present genus they are decidedly larger. In all Diplopods, again, the feet it differs in very important points only five segments, the powerful jaw-feet are f the generative organs are situated in the * I omit for the present the suctorial Myriapods, which require further study. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. 189 terminate in simple claws, which, as we have seen, is not the case in this genus. The mouth-parts in Pauropus, though very different from those of the Chilopods, appear to resemble those of that group in a rudimentary condition, rather than those of the Diplopods. Lastly, the eyes and antennz are very unlike those of the Diplopods. This little genus, therefore, does not possess the characteristics of either order of Myri- apods, but forms a link not only connecting the Chilopods and Diplopods together, but also bridging over to a certain extent the great chasm which separates them from other Articulata. It must at any rate be regarded as a new family, even if it does not con- stitute the type of a third order among the Myriapods. Pauropus, moreover, possesses several other peculiarities, which are of the more interest because the Myriapods hitherto known present a homogeneity in their characters which is very remarkable if we consider the value of the group, their extensive geographical range, and the number of species. In its general appearance, in its minute size, in the character of its antenn:ze, in the possession of clubbed hairs and long setze, Pauropus, on the contrary, does something to relieve the disagreeable monotony of the class. The antenne are particularly remarkable, and the more so because, in all known Myriapods, these organs are simply filiform, and short, almost invariably seven-jointed among the Diplopods, longer and possessing more numerous segments among the Chilopods. The antennz of Pauropus, on the contrary, in their bifid character, and in the possession of long, jointed appendages, offer peculiarities which can be found, so far as I am aware, among no other terrestrial Articulata, and which remind us strongly of the types presented by the antenne of certain Crustacea. I exhibited and named this little creature at a recent meeting of the Entomological Society. On that occasion Mr. Westwood remarked that, with the exception of the genus Tapyx, described by Mr. Halliday, Pauropus was the most interesting addition to the Articulata which had been made for many years. I may perhaps attribute too much value to it; but, considering the importance of the groups which it serves to connect, and the numerous as well as important points in which it differs from all hitherto known species, I cannot help thinking that even the genus Tapyx, interesting as it undoubtedly is, presents fewer peculiarities and is less instructive than the little creature which I have now had the pleasure of describing. Note.—As I have already observed, one of the specimens which I captured early in August, lived until the middle of December. Until within a few days of its death, it was lively and apparently in good health and spirits ; but it did not increase in size, or undergo any change. Throughout the winter I have found other specimens in their usual haunts. Like the Thysanura &c., they retire into the most sheltered places, and are difficult to find in very severe weather, but reappear again on the return of a milder temperature. I have carefully watched them during the spring, and have kept several specimens in captivity, but have seen nothing which would lead me to suppose that they undergo any further development. As I have therefore had them under observation for very nearly a year, I think we may safely conclude that it is not a mere immature form, but is really a new type of Myriapod.—July 22, 1867. 190 Fig. 3. . 4. P 6 2. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON PAUROPUS. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE. PLATE X. Fig. 1. Pauropus Huzleyi. Seen from above, x 70. P m Seen from below, x 70. Ss 3 Outline of head, x 125. á S Mouth-parts, x 250. 5 M Hair on head, x 250. M 3 Antenna, x 250. » 5 Base of appendage. TE » Portions of appendage. 5 ru Anterior leg, x 250. » F^ Second leg, x 250. » » Posterior leg, x 125. » » Appendage on underside of posterior leg. » » Appendage on underside of antepultimate leg. » » Appendage at the base of second pair of legs, x 250. » 5 Spermatozoa. » n Posterior segment seen from above, x 250. E 135: Young. Base of second: pair oflegs, x 125. ET, STEEN Termination of antenna, x 250. rn H LJ ‘TRANS. Linn. Soo. Vor. XXVI Tar. C G. Jarman sc. E E o E = a > [ 191 ] IV. On the Lingual Dentition of some est, Indian Gasteropoda. By R. J. LECHMERE GUPPY, Esq., F.G.S., and JaBEZz Hoce, Esq., F.L.S., M.R. CSL. &c. (Plate XI.) Read June 21st, 1866. SINCE the investigations of Lovén into the lingual dentition of the glossophorous Mollusca, various observers have studied the subject, with great advantage to our know- ledge of the affinities of those animals. Thus we find, amongst other changes, that it has been necessary to remove the Proserpinade from the neighbourhood of the Cyclo- phoridæ, to which they were formerly supposed to be nearly related, and to place them in a more natural position near the Neritide. That these investigations are of great value is also shown by the light which has been shed on the true position of Aporrhais, supposed by so great a naturalist as Professor Forbes to be akin to the Cerithiide, but which is shown by its dentition to belong to the Strombide. When once we have thus ascertained the natural position of a genus whose relations are otherwise somewhat doubtful, it is surprising how the characters of the shell, perhaps misunderstood before, concur to bear out the affinities indicated by the teeth. Thus the young Aporrhais . resembles a young Strombus or Rostellaria; and Ceres and Proserpina have evidently characters which approach them to Nerita. Observations on Helicina, published in 1864, by one of the authors, showed the relationship of that genus to Nerita, to which indeed in its dentition it bears a stronger resemblance than does even Ceres. "These views have been confirmed, independently, by several authors. It is our object, in the present paper, to make known some new forms of lingual denti- tion, some of which, it will be observed, point the way to further reforms in our classifi- cation of the Gasteropoda *. * Dr.J. Gray, F.R.S. (‘Annals of Natural History,’ ser. 2, vol. x. p. 413), writes :—** One result of the study of these papers ( Lovén's “On the Tongues of Mollusca”) and the examination of the tongues of several mollusks has been to establish more firmly the theory which I have long entertained, that no species of gasteropodous molluscous animal can be proj-rly placed in the system unless we are enabled to examine the animal, the shell, the operculum, and the structure of Ate tongue; and as none of these parts but the shell can be examined in the fossil species, their position in the various genera must be always attended with more or less uncertainty." Professor Huxley very properly objects to the use of the commonly-accepted term tongue for the tooth-bearing membrane of the mollusca, and he appropriately designates it “ the odontophore." “The odontophore consists essentially of a cartilaginous strap, which bears a long series of transversely-disposed teeth. The ends of the strap are connected with muscles attached to the upper and lower surface of the hinder ex- tremities of the cartilaginous cushion; and these muscles, by their alternate contractions, cause the toothed strap to work, backwards and forwards, over the end of the pulley formed by its anterior end. The strap consequently acts after the fashion of a chain-saw (rather of a rasp?) upon any substance to which it is applied ; and the resulting wear and tear of its anterior teeth are made good by the incessant development of new teeth in the secreting sac in which the hinder end of the strap is lodged. Besides the chainsaw-like motion of the strap, the odontophore may be capable of a licking or scraping action as a whole." — Huzley's Elements of Comparative Anatomy, p. 36. VOL. XXVI. 2D 192 MESSRS. R. J. L. GUPPY AND J. HOGG ON THE We shall first premise that the teeth on the dental band of the Mollusca are mostly disposed in longitudinal series. In the Pulmonata there is usually a single median row, the laterals on each side being broad and similar. But in most of the other groups the teeth are arranged in three, five, or seven dissimilar series. Taking Nerita or Helicina as a type, we designate as laterals the broad teeth on each side of the median row, the numerous smail teeth on the outside of the band being known as pleure ; and the teeth on this are termed wncini. The latter are found only in certain groups. Most of the Mollusca mentioned in this paper have been recently described or enumerated in the * Annals and Magazine of Natural History'*, where further particulars as to their habits and organization will be found. In the genus Bulimus we have a dentition resembling in general characters that of Heliz—that is to say, a broad dental band with numerous similar teeth. But the forms of the teeth themselves are very varied; and it is a subject for inquiry how far the divi- sions proposed by zoologists are borne out by this part of the organization. In Bulimus oblongus the teeth are subquadrate, with simple obtuse cusps, the laterals differing but slightly in shape and size from the medians. This species is interesting on account of the peculiar frontal appendages, first described by D’Orbigny, which recall to our minds those of the Nautilus, though the resemblance is not perhaps great; still it is a morpho- logical resemblance. We find, too, that this mollusk has mandibles somewhat resembling those of a Cephalopod. The teeth of Bulimus zebra have considerable resemblance to the preceding. The animal has no peculiar frontal appendages, like those of B. oblongus; and its mandible is . not different from those of other members of the group. Bulimus virgulatus, a mollusk of the Antilles, presents a different type. The teeth are in divergent rows, the medians small, with a round reflexed tricuspid point, the laterals, on subquadrate bases, with denticulate reflexed edges, the cusp on the inner side being rather long. The denticles appear to be 3-4 in number, of which two only are usually seen at one view with the microscope. The teeth of Bulimus multifasciatus (Plate XI. fig. 1), B. immaculatus, and B. awreolus are so nearly alike, that one description will serve for them all. In general arrange- ment they are like the preceding species’; but the medians are minute, and the laterals are armed with three long acute cusps, which frequently escape observation, being as pellucid as glass. We have ourselves overlooked them; and owing to this the teeth of this species have on former occasions been wrongly described. Y In Bulimus caracasensis the medians, so extremely diffieult to make out from their minuteness, are simple, the laterals symmetrical; that is, they are equal-sided, differing in this respect from those of most other mollusks. We have observed that several of the spe- cies classed under Zulimus present this form of teeth, which is also found in Stenogyr@ octona (fig. 2). In Tornatellina lamellata (fig. 5) the dentition somewhat resembles that of Bulimus multifasciatus, the laterals having long acute pellucid cusps. In Plecocheilus auris-seiuri (fig. 4), a species very near P. glaber, the median row is * Ser. 3, vol. xiv. p. 243, and vol. xvii. p. 42. Ba on a LINGUAL DENTITION OF SOME WEST-INDIAN GASTEROPODA. 193 remarkable for the great length of the imbricating pellucid cusps. The laterals seem also to have a similar cusp; but it appears to be more often absent than present : as, however, their extreme fragility renders them very likely to be broken off, it is in all probability due to this cause that they are so often found wanting. Macroceramus signatus (fig. 7) resembles Helix more than any of the Bulimi here described in its dentition. The medians are elongate, with a single obtuse rounded cusp; the laterals have two round subequal cusps, of which the inner one is situate on the side of the tooth. Pupa striatella, a species inhabiting Porto Rico and other West-Indian islands, has a dentition somewhat resembling that of Bulimus. The teeth are obtusely tricuspid, the medians not any smaller than the laterals. Succinea approximans has teeth possessing characters of Bulimus, but differing in details, as will be seen by the specimens. In Veronicella (Vaginulus) Sloanei the medians are small, and the laterals as well as the medians are tricuspid. This dentition does not resemble that of Oncidiwm, with which the genus has hitherto been associated. In Physa rivalis the teeth are slender, and bear no great resemblance to those of any of the terrestrial forms. In Planorbis terversanus the median teeth are largest, and have three acute points, of which the middle one is the smallest. The laterals have three acute points, of which the outer one is largest. The edges of the teeth are not reflexed. Amongst the marine mollusca which have teeth somewhat of this shape are Voluta and Marginella; but these have very much fewer teeth, with usually more numerous denticles. Marginella cerulescens (fig. 3) has a small subquadrate band of acute pellucid teeth, the medians of which are shortest; the laterals are alternately long and short, set on a delicate homogeneous basement membrane. Streptaxis deformis (fig. 6) has aculeate teeth, resembling those on the lateral portion of the dental membrane of Zonites cellarius. The young shell is like a Zonites; so that we may readily infer the close affinity of these genera. The dental apparatus of Cylindrella trinitaria (fig. 12) is a singular modification of the inoperculate type. The band is very long, resembling in this respect that of Littorina. The individual teeth have a certain likeness to those of Helix, but they also recall to our minds, in their mode of arrangement, the Operculata. The Inoperculata seem hardly to furnish us with much evidence as to their alliances with truly marine genera; but the operculate land-shells, on the contrary, exhibit un- mistakeable affinities with several groups. As we have previously remarked, Helicina shows relations with Nerita: a comparison of them with JV. microstoma (fig. 9) will prove the fact. A study of the lingual teeth has further made obvious what we might have expected from other characters, that the Cyclostomatide must be sepa- rated altogether from the Cyclophoride. The latter have teeth resembling those of Littorina. As examples we may cite Cyclotus translucidus (fig. 11) and C. rugatus. This dentition is represented by the formula 3.1.3. The animals of the Cyelosto- matide, on the other hand, have a foot divided into two longitudinal portions by a groove. As examples of their dentition (00.2.1.2.00) figures are given of Cistula pupi- 2D 2 194 MESSRS. R. J. L. GUPPY AND J. HOGG ON THE formis (fig. 8) and Adamsiella aripensis (fig. 10). It would seem from this that the Cyclo- stomatidsze are probably not very closely related to the Littorinide. Their lingual teeth seem rather to point out an alliance with the Trochidze, or one of the groups possessing pleure. But without attempting at present to decide this question, which can only be determined by the examination of several species, we may remark that the Cyclostoma- tidee will probably be found a natural and defined group, perhaps entitled to the rank of a suborder, and not very closely related to any existing marine forms. The relations of the freshwater Operculata are as varied as are those of the land. Am- pullaria doubtless finds its nearest marine relative in Natica,—an opinion which seems confirmed by the form of the shell. The dentition of Ampullaria urceus and that of A. effusa (fig. 13) are very much alike, and Marisa cornu-arietis (fig. 14) does not differ very greatly; the mandible is also similar, showing that the claims of the latter to generic rank must be sought rather in the shape of the shell and the differences of the siphons than in the teeth. Hydrobia spiralis appears to be akin to the Melaniidze; but we should not be surprised if it were found to be as close to Skenea. The horny mandibles of the Mullusca may be deserving of some attention, with a view to the elucidation of their affinities. In Cyclotus (translucidus) the mandible (fig. 11a) is divided into two portions by a median articulation, and it is covered with fine acute denticulations in regular rows*. In most of the Inoperculata the mandible is horseshoe- shaped, and striate or corrugate. In Ampullaria the same organ is beak-shaped, like the upper mandible of Octopus or Loligo. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Lingual Dentition of some West-Indian Gasteropoda. Fig. 1. Bulimus multifasciatus, magnified 250 diameters. A wide band, 4 of an inch in length, consisting of numerous rows of similar teeth; medians with a central toothlet, and a smaller point on each side; /aterals in divergent rows, each with three toothlets, and an oblique, broadly reflexed cutting-edge. Mandible semicircular and corrugated. Fig. la. Side view of central cusps. Fig. 2. Stenogyra octona, magnified 300 diameters. A narrow band, A. of an inch in length; medians simple, minute, inconspicuous, central cusps longest; laterals tricuspid, with central cusp much prolonged. The ova of this species are subspherical, with a white testaceous envelope, some- tımes remaining in the shell, whose aperture is thereby nearly filled up ; they hatch after the death of the parent. Fig. 3. Marginella cerulescens, magnified 300 diameters. A band 4 of an inch long, of very pellucid, acute ` N teeth ; medians shorter than laterals; laterals alternately a long and a short, set on the same plane; basement membrane homogeneous, very pellucid. these problematical fossils are the mandibles They bear no resemblance in shape to the horny plates of the gizza x Like Aptychus, but more horseshoe-shaped ; it is more probable that of Cephalopoda than the plates of their gizzards. of a mollusk, r Danae a ee es ee eee S SINE. ee! Se ee ee ee Ere ON E "V P» | | | LINGUAL DENTITION OF SOME WEST-INDIAN GASTEROPODA. 195 Fig. 4. Plecocheilus auris-sciuri, magnified 100 diameters. A broad ribbon, } of an inch long, of subquadrate pellucid teeth ; medians remarkable for the great length of their imbricated pellucid cusps; laterals having bases produced on both sides, and differing from medians in having similar central eusps, on each side of which is a nearly obsolete toothlet; the extreme outer rows modified in form as well as in character. Fig. 4a. Side view of central cusps. Mandible semicircular, with coarse denticulations. Fig. 5. Tornatellina lamellata, magnified 300 diameters. A narrow band, 4, of an inch in length, of numerous pellucid teeth ; medians small, simple, and inconspicuous, central cusps prolonged ; laterals large and simple, with long pellucid acute central cusps, and two obsolete dentations on the outer side. Fig. 5a. Side view of central cusps. The mandible is horseshoe-shaped, and composed of a number of pentagonal prisms laid obliquely, resembling the shell-structure of Brachiopoda. This species is viviparous, and during July and August is found full of young animals. Fig. 6. Streptaxis deformis, magnified 150 diameters. Band } of an inch long. Formula 10.1. 10. Medians simple, aculeate ; laterals subopaque, irregular, aculeate, enlarged at their insertion into the basement membrane. The animal is of a delicate pink or yellow colour ; it is found both on trees and the ground in the forests. Fig. 7. Macroceramus signatus, magnified 150 diameters. A narrow band, A of an inch in length, filled with divergent rows of pellucid teeth ; medians simple, elongated, with simple obtuse cusps ; the laterals have two reflexed subequal cusps. Fig. 7a. Side view of central cusps. Fig. 8. Cistula pupiformis, magnified 300 diameters. 00.2.1.2.00. Lingual band small and delicate ; medians denticulate, with acute cusps, outer cusps prolonged; 1st laterals broad at bases, with prolonged central cusps, and with subdued denticulations on either side; 2nd laterals broad, recurved, cusps well developed ; uncini numerous and slender. Fig. 9. Neritina microstoma, magnified 150 diameters. 00.3.1.3.00; medians subquadrate, narrowest towards their bases, subopaque; lsż laterals subtrapezoidal, with outer corner most produced ; 2nd laterals prolonged, strongly curved outwards ; 3rd laterals convex, broad, glassy, denticu- late, with curved tips; uncini strong and numerous. Between the 2nd and 3rd laterals there appears to be a smaller or intermediate set of finer uncini; but whether they form a portion of the odontophore, and have become accidentally turned down, or realy are another set, we have not been able to determine; the peculiarities, however, of the band appear to have been heretofore overlooked. Fig. 10. Adamsiella aripensis, magnified 300 diameters. 00.2.1.2.00. A long slender band ; medians denticulate, with acute cusps; inner laterals broad; outer denticulate on the reflexed edge ; uncini numerous, slender, curved at their terminations: a, separated uncini; b, inner laterals ; c, outer laterals, more highly magnified. The mollusk is frequently found suspended by two or three glutinous threads from under branches of low-growing shrubs. Fig. 11. Cyclotus translucidus, magnified 150 diameters. 3.1.3. A narrow band 4 an inch long; me- dians subquadrate, denticulate, cusps recurved, central ones large and acute; Ist laterals broad, more obtuse than the central, recurved, denticulate ; 2nd & 3rd laterals simple, convex, or claw-shaped ; bright amber-colour. The animal is of a pinkish colour, which is lighter about the body and foot, but deeper about the tentacles. Fig. lla. Mandible of Cyclotus, magnified 150 diameters. It is divided into two portions by a median articulation, and covered with fine acute denticulations in divergent rows. Fig. 12. Cylindrella trinitaria, magnified 200 diameters. Formula 2.1.2. A narrow band 2; of an inch in length; medians well developed, acute, tricuspid, tubercles on their bases; Lef laterals 196 ON THE LINGUAL DENTITION OF SOME WEST-INDIAN GASTEROPODA. with simple inconspicuous cusps ; 2nd or outer more conspicuous, with recurved claw-shaped i cusps. Fig. 13. Ampullaria effusa, magnified 60 diameters. 3.1.3; medians broad, but smaller than those of A. urceus ; central dentations strong, with three smaller obtuse ones on each side; Lef laterals with broad apical dentation on the inner edge, two less developed; 2nd & 3rd laterals smaller, and claw-shaped. Band -fy of an inch long. Fig. 14. Marisa cornu-arietis, magnified 60 diameters. 3.1.3. Band ;% of an inch long ; medians broad, with three dentations on each side of a strong acute central point; ls laterals recurvate, claw- shaped, with three dentations on the inner side of a longer central tooth ; 2nd & 8rd simple claw-shaped, with broad basis firmly set in basement membrane. Mandible very similar to that of A. effusa. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vou. XXVl. TAB IL sympa NED sena Se P s LE LGC: SOI ie gens u Satanic ie ar he d Wée A we wen EI Zo d dde duse EE a A zv 4 s BB S | W.F.Maples del. G. Jarman sc. — ? y OMNES TEN [.197 ] V. On the Mechanical Appliances by which Flight is attained in the Animal Kingdom. By James BELL Perrigrew, M.D. Edin., First Assistant in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, Ex-President of the Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh, $c. Communicated by Professor HUXLEY. Read June 6th & 20th, 1867. (Plates XII.-XV.) INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. In entering on the difficult and complicated subject of flight, I have found it advisable to advert briefly to the movements of animals in general. I have adopted this course from a belief that the movements of different animals, like the several orders of organized beings, run into and are linked to each other by analogies and affinities at so many points as to render the consecutive study of them in a measure compulsory. A careful examination, moreover, of the movements and surfaces employed by quadrupeds and fishes in traversing the earth and the water appears to me to supply the peculiar know- ledge requisite for analyzing the unusually rapid oscillations of the wings. | In the animal kingdom the movements are adapted either to the land, the water, or the air; and, as a result, the instruments by which they are produced are specially modified. This is necessary because of the different densities and the different degrees of resistance furnished by the land, water, and air respectively. On the land the ex- tremities of animals encounter the maximum of resistance, and occasion the minimum of displacement. In the air, on the contrary, the pinions experience the minimum of resist- ance, and effect the maximum of displacement, the water being intermediate both as regards the degree of resistance offered and the amount of displacement produced. It therefore requires a greater degree of muscular exertion to swim than to walk, anda still greater one to fly. For this reason flight is the most laborious and, in some respects, the most involved and intricate of all the animal movements*. Although all animals do not progress in exactly the same manner, there is neverthe- less a similarity and a sequence in their movements which we shall do well to study. This is proved by the fact that most quadrupeds swim as well as run, and some even fly; while many marine animals walk as well as swim, and birds and insects run, swim, and fiy indiscriminately. When, however, the land-animals properly so called take to the water or the air habitually, or the inhabitants of the deep seek the land or the air, or the insects and birds which are more peculiarly organized for flight the earth and the water, their organs of locomotion must possess those peculiarities of structure which characterize, as a class, those animals which live on the land, in the sea, or in the air, as happens. * The efforts made by a bird in flying are always greatest in rising. When once fairly on the wing, flight is ren- dered comparatively easy by the momentum which the body acquires being made to act in the plane of progression. VOL. XXVI. 2E 198 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. In this we have an explanation of the curiously modified hand of the Bat,—of the webbed hands and feet of the Otter, Ornithorhynchus, Seal, and Walrus,—of the expanded tail of the Whale, Porpoise, Dugong, and Manatee,—of the feet of the Ostrich, Apteryx, and Dodo, exclusively designed for running,—of the feet of the Ducks, Gulls, and Petrels, specially adapted for swimming,—and of the wings and feet of the Penguins, Auks, and Guillemots, especially designed for diving. Other and intermediate modifications occur in the Flyingfish, Flying Lizard, and Flying Squirrel; and some animals, as the Frog, Newt, and several of the aquatic insects (the Ephemera or May-fly for example *), which begin their career by swimming, come ultimately to walk, leap, and even flyt. Every degree and variety of motion, therefore, which is peeuliar to the land, and to the sea and air-navigating animals as such, is imitated by others which take to the elements in question secondarily or at intervals. As the space at my disposal will not admit of my going into the several arrangements by which locomotion is attained in the animal kingdom as a whole, I will allude only to such as illustrate in a progressive manner the several kinds of motion on the land and in or on the water, reserving for the third and concluding part of the paper the subject of flight as exemplified in the insect, bat, and bird. The following, among other animals, have been referred to, and their movements, whether on land, on or in the water, or air, for the most part described and figured. They may be hastily classified as follows :— Land Animals.—The Horse, Ox, Deer, Kangaroo, Giraffe, Serpent, &c. Land and Water.—The Otter, Ornithorhynchus, Seal, Sea-Bear, Walrus, Beaver, Penguin, Turtle, Triton, Crocodile, Frog, &c. Land and Air.—The Dragon or Flying Lizard, Galeopithecus or Flying Cat, Ptero- dactyle, Bat, &c. Water—The Whale, Dugong, Manatee, Porpoise, Trout, Sturgeon, Shark, Ray, Stickleback, Pipefish, Proteus, Axolotl, Lepidosiren, Medusa, Rotifera, Proto- zoa, &c. Air. —(Insects) The Beetle, Alucita hexadactyla, Moth, Water-Scorpion, Cicada, Lo- cust, Dragonfly, Butterfly, &c. (Bats) The Bat. (Birds) The Bearded Vulture, Kestrel, Heron, Owl, Crow, Plover, Partridge, Pigeon, Curlew, Snipe, Swallow, Humming-bird, Swan, Goose, Duck, Albatros, Gull, Kingfisher, Guillemot, Loon, Grebe, &c. I am indebted for my illustrations (Plate XIV., which is from photographs by myself, excepted) to the spirited pencil of my friend Mr. C. Berjeau. * «The Ephemere in the larva- and pupa-state reside in the water concealed during the day under stones or in horizontal burrows which they form in the banks. Although resembling the perfect insect in several respects, they differ materially in having longer antenne, wanting ocelli, by possessing horn-like mandibles; the abdomen has, moreover, on each side a row of plates, mostly in pairs, which are a kind of false branchize, and which are employed not only in respiration, but also as paddles.’”—Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, p. 576. London, 1840. T Kirby and Spence observe that some insects which are not naturally aquatic, do, nevertheless, swim very well if they fall into the water. They instance a kind of grasshopper (Acrydium), which can paddle itself across a stream with great rapidity by the powerful strokes of its hind legs. (Introduction to Entomology,’ 5th edit., 1828, p. 360.) Nor should the remarkable discovery by Sir John Lubbock, of a swimming insect (Polynema natans) which uses its _ wings entirely as fins, be overlooked. (Linn. Trans, vol. xxiv. p. 135.) EE en nn T A IT ra ET RE E ZB allen Lin Oa T ANENE PUT EE UNT ee ee ne a TERMINE a NIIT ee ee KT NE MESSER Y a ee en TERES MT TRE DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 199 The figures, which have been executed with extreme care, are, with very few excep- tions, from the specimens themselves, either living or dead. They are 78 in number; and of these 72 are original. I have also to thank Mr. A. D. Bartlett, the intelligent and zealous superintendent of the Zoological Society’s splendid collection, —that gentleman having, with characteristic urbanity, on various occasions enabled me to study the movements of the animals placed more immediately under his care, under unusually favourable circumstances. Lastly, I have to acknowledge my unqualified obligations to my friend and former col- league, Dr. James Murie, the prosector to the Zoological Society, whose advice, time, and valuable services have on all occasions been unreservedly placed at my disposal. LOCOMOTION ON LAND. Walking of the Quadruped, Biped, Reptile, §c.—As the earth, because of its solidity, will bear any amount of pressure to which it may be subjected, the size, shape, and weight of animals destined to traverse its surface are matters of little or no consequence. As, moreover, the surface trod upon is rigid or unyielding, the ex- tremities of quadrupeds are, as a rule, terminated by small feet (Plate XII. fig. 1). In this there is a double purpose—the limited area presented to the ground affording the animal sufficient support and leverage, and enabling it to disentangle its feet with the utmost facility, it being a condition in rapid terrestrial progression that the points presented to the earth should be few in number and limited in extent, as this approximates the feet of animals most closely to the wheel in mechanics, where the surface in contact with the plane of progression is reduced to a minimum. When the surface presented to a dense resisting medium is increased, speed is diminshed, as shown in the tardy movements of the mollusk, caterpillar, and slowworm, and also, though not to the same extent, in the Serpents, some of which move with considerable celerity. In the Gecko and common House-fly, as is well known, the travelling surfaces are fur- nished with suctorial disks, which enable the animals to walk, if need be, in an inverted position; and “the Tree-frogs (Hyla) have a concave disk at the end of each toe, for climbing and adhering to the bark and leaves of trees. Some Toads, on the other hand, are enabled, by peculiar tubercles or projections from the palm or sole, to clamber up old walls”*, A similar, but more complicated, arrangement is met with in the arms of the Cuttlefish. : | The movements of the extremities in land-animals vary according to class and the degree of speed aimed at. ; In the Kangaroo the posterior extremities only are used, and the animal advances per saltum, or by a series of leaps. In the Giraffe the legs of opposite sides move together and alternate, whereas in the pace known as the trot the extremities move diagonally—a remark which holds true also of ourselves in walking and skating, the right leg and left arm advancing together and alternating with the left leg and right arm. In the hexapod insects, according to Müller, the fore and hind foot of the one side and the middle one * Comp. Anat. and Phys. of Vertebrates, by Professor Owen, vol. i. pp. 262-263. I i44 200 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. of the opposite side move together to make one step, the three corresponding and oppo- site feet moving together to form the second step. Other and similar combinations are met with in the decapods. The alternating movements of the extremities is interesting as betokening a certain degree of flexuosity or twisting either in the trunk or limbs, or partly in the one and partly in the other. In order to understand the twisting which occurs to a greater or less extent in the bodies and extremities (when present) of all vertebrated animals, it is necessary to reduce the bony and muscular systems to their simplest expression. If motion is desired in a dorsal, ventral, or lateral direction only, a dorsal, ventral, or a right and left lateral set of muscles acting upon straight bones articulated by an ordinary ball-and-socket joint will suffice. In this case the dorsal, ventral, and right and left lateral muscles form muscular cycles*, contraction on the one aspect of the cycle being accompanied by relaxation on the other, the bones and joints forming as it were the diameters of the cycles, and oscillating in a backward, forward, or lateral direction in proportion to the degree and direction of the contraction +. Here the motion is confined to two planes intersecting each other at right angles. When, however, the muscular system becomes more highly differentiated, both as regards the number of the muscles and the variety of the directions pursued by them, the bones and joints also become more complicated. Under these circumstances, the bones in many instances are twisted upon * The cyclical arrangement of the fibres here referred to is clearly traceable in the hollow viscera of Vertebrates, particularly in the heart, stomach, and bladder.—‘ On the arrangement of the Muscular Fibres in the Ventricles of the Vertebrate Heart, with Physiological remarks,” by the Author, Phil. Trans. 1864 ; “On the arrangement of the Muscular Fibres in the Tunics of the Stomach in Man and other Mammalia,” by the Author, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1867; “On the Muscular arrangements of the Bladder and Prostate, and the manner in which the Ureters and Urethra $ are closed," by the Author, Phil. Trans. 1867. + The bones and joints, it may be remarked, are not necessary to locomotion. In the Protozoa or cell-animals this is effected by an amorphous contractile mass; in the worm, leech, and caterpillar by imperfect muscular fibres continuous upon themselves, as in the hollow viscera of Vertebrates—the cyclical arrangement of the text. The muscle becomes interrupted in the Crustaceans by the interposition of an external, and in the Vertebrata by the addition of an internal skeleton. When, therefore, the external and internal skeletons make their appearance, it is to afford the muscular system additional surface and leverage, and to enable it to act with greater precision in a given direction. The skeleton, since it cannot move of itself, is consequently to be regarded as an adjunct or auxiliary of the muscular system. A the/muscles are accurately moulded to the bones and to each other, either di rectly or indirectly (by tendons), and the joints and muscles move in perfect harmony, while the bones are unyielding or rigid, it follows that the | osseous system acts as a break or boundary to the muscular one,—and hence the arbitrary division of museles into ex- 4 ponon ane flexors, pronators and supinators, abductors and adductors. Instead, however, of dividing the muscles into ses it would be more intelligible and, I believe, more philosophical to regard them (as S been done in the text) as forming muscular circles or cycles interrupted by processes of bone, whose articular surfaces transmit the motion which is generated = the one side of the circle to the other. If this plan be adopted, the voluntary system of muscles is SEN assimilated to the involuntary, and both are referred to their original, the continuous elementary fibre. This Er is zu. analogy and M the fact that the muscular system in the higher Vertebrates is in a state of tonicity, Eres d ph imaginary fixed points, and ready to act, through its extensors and Bd Goes aworin the dign y ex 5s venie with surprising rapidity, the contraction = the veer: E LOL door dx tstig aie cial s, and so of the others. The most highly organised animal — parts (hard, soft, and otherwise) are accurately adapted to each other, every part reciprocati : : E 3 ng with scrupulous exactitude, and rendering it di à : -on begins aud akore hen ; ring it difficult to determine where motion begin 4 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 201 themselves, and their articular surfaces present various degrees of spirality to meet the requirements of the muscular system. Between the straight muscles, therefore, arranged in dorsal, ventral, and right and left lateral sets, and those which run in a more or less transverse direction, and between the simple joint whose motion is confined to one plane and the ball-and-socket joint whose movements are universal, every degree of obliquity is found in the direction of the muscles, and every possible modification in the disposition of the articular surfaces. In the fish the muscles are for the most part arranged in dorsal, ventral, and lateral sets, which run longitudinally; and, as a result, the move- ments of the trunk, particularly towards the tail, are from side to side and sinuous. As, however, oblique fibres are also present, and the tendons of the longitudinal ones in some instances cross obliquely towards the tail, the fish has also the power of tilting or twist- ing its trunk (particularly the lower half) as well as the caudal fin*. The spinal column facilitates the lateral sinuous twisting movements of the tail and trunk, from the fact of the vertebrze composing it being united to each other by a series of modified universal joints—the vertebre supplying the cup-shaped depressions or sockets, the intervertebral substance the prominence or ball. The same may be said of the general arrangement of the muscles in the trunk and tail of the Cetacea, the principal muscles in this case being distributed, not on the sides, but on the dorsal and ventral aspects. The lashing of the tail in the Whales is consequently from above downwards or vertically, instead of from side to side. The spinal column is jointed as in the fish, with this difference, that the vertebree (especially towards the tail) form the rounded prominences or ball, the meniscus or cup-shaped intervertebral plates the receptacles or socket. When limbs are present, the spine may be regarded as being ideally divided, the spiral movements, under these circumstances, being thrown upon the extremities by typical ball-and-socket joints occurring at the shoulder and pelvis. This is peculiarly the case in the Seal, where the spirally sinuous movements of the spine are transferred directly to the posterior extremities T. * In a Mackerel which I examined, the oblique muscles were represented by the four lateral ing between the dorsal, ventral, and lateral longitudinal muscles—two of these being found on either side of the fish, and corre- « grand muscle lateral” of Cuvier. The muscular system of the fish would therefore — there being four sets of longitudinal muscles, and a corresponding number of spiral in their nature and tending to cross or intersect giving rise to the myocommas and to that con- sponding to the myocommas or seem to be arranged on a fourfold plan, slightly oblique and oblique muscles, the oblique muscles being an arrest of the intersection, as it appears to me, nt parts so evident on transverse section. This disposition of the muscular fibres to cross each other at various degrees of obliquity may also be traced in several. parts of the human body, as, for instance, in the deltoid muscle of the arm and the deep muscles of the leg. Numerous other examples of penniform : myocommas have a more or less longitudinal direction, the at various angles, centric arrangement of their constitue muscles. As the spiral oblique myocom | indirectly upon the spines of the vertebrae, and tbe vertebrae themselves, to which they are specially adapted, and as both sets of oblique fibres are geared by interdigitation to the fourfold set of longitudinal muscles, the lateral, sinuous, and rotatory movements of the fish referred to in the text are readily accounted for. id That the movements of the extremities primarily emanate from the spine is rendered probable by the remarkable hands nor talons, yet it can outwrestle the athlete, and 202 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. The extremities, when present, are provided with their own muscular cycles of extensor and flexor, abductor and adductor, pronator and supinator muscles,—these running longitu- dinally and at various degrees of obliquity, and enveloping the hard parts according to their direction—the bones being twisted upon themselves and furnished with articular surfaces which reflect the movements of the muscular cycles, whether these occur in straight lines anteriorly, posteriorly, or laterally, or in oblique lines in intermediate situations. The straight muscles are principally brought into play in the extension and flexion of the extremities of quadrupeds in walking, and the oblique ones in the twisting of the pec- toral fins of fishes and the flippers of the Whales and Seals in balancing and swimming, and the wings of insects, bats, and birds in flying. The straight and oblique muscles are usually found in combination, and cooperate in producing the movements in ques- tion, the amount of rotation in a part always increasing as the oblique muscles prepon- derate. It is with a view to preparing the reader for the peculiar and complicated spiral and rotatory movements of the wings that this digression on muscular arrangements and actions has been thought desirable. The combination of ball-and-socket and hinge-joints, with their concomitant oblique and non-oblique muscular cycles (the former occurring in their most perfect forms where the extremities are united to the trunk, the latter in the extremities themselves), enables the animal to present, when necessary, an extensive resisting surface and a greatly diminished and comparatively non-resisting one, and secures that subtlety and nicety of motion demanded by the several media at different stages of progression. In those land-animals which take to the water occasionally, or the reverse, the feet, as a rule, are furnished with membranous expansions extending between the toes. Of such the Otter (Plate XII. fig. 2), Ornithorhynchus (Plate XII. fig. 3), Seal (Plate XII. fig. 4), Crocodile, Sea-Bear (Plate XII. fig. 6), Walrus, Frog, and Triton (Plate XII. fig. 8) may be cited. The Crocodile and Triton, in addition to the membranous expansion occurring between the toes, are supplied with a powerful swimming-tail, which adds very materially to the extent of surface engaged in natation. "Those animals, one and all, walk awkwardly, it always happening that when the extremities are modified to operate upon two essentially different media (as, for instance, the land and water), the maximum of speed is attained in neither. For this reason those animals which swim the best, walk, as a rule, with the greatest difficulty, and vice versd, as the movements of the Auk and Seal in and out of the water amply testify. In addition to those land-animals which run and swim, there are some which preci- pitate themselves, parachute-fashion, from immense heights, and others which even fly. In these the membranous expansions are greatly increased, the ribs affording the necessary support in the Dragon or Flying Lizard (Plate XIII. fig. 13), the anterior and posterior powers possessed by Serpents. “It is true,” writes : Professor Owen . eit. p. 261), “that the serpent has no limbs, yet it can outclimb the monkey, (op. cit. p ) p $ u we outswim the fish, outleap the jerboa, and, suddenly loosing the close coils of its crouching spiral, it can spring into the air and seize the bird upon the wing." * * * “The serpent has neither | erush the tiger in the embrace of its ponderous overlapping which accompany the possession of extremities would seem to present the trunk of the reptile. folds." The peculiar endowments, therefore, themselves in an undeveloped or latent form in DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 208 extremities and tail in the Flying Lemur (Plate XIII. fig. 18) and Bat (Plate XIII. fig. 15). Although no Lizard is at present known to fly, there can be little doubt that the extinct Pterodactyles (which, according to Professor Huxley, are intermediate be- tween the Lizards and Crocodiles) were possessed of this power. "The Bat is interesting as being the only mammal at present enjoying the privilege of flight*. It affords an ex- treme example of modification for a special purpose,—its attenuated body, dwarfed pos- terior and greatly elongated anterior extremities, with their enormous fingers and out- spreading membrane, completely unfitting it for terrestrial progression. It is instruc- tive as showing that flight may be attained, without the aid of hollow bones and air-sacs, by purely muscular efforts, and by the mere contraction and dilatation of a continuous membrane. The structure and action of the Bat’s wing are fully described at a subse- quent page. PROGRESSION ON AND IN THE WATER. If we direct our attention to the water, we encounter a medium less dense than the earth and considerably more dense than the air. As this element, in virtue of its fluidity, yields readily to external pressure, it follows that a certain relation exists be- tween it and the shape, size, and weight of the animal progressing along or through it, those animals making the greatest headway which are of the same specific gravity, or a little heavier, and are furnished with extensive surfaces which, by a dexterous tilting or twisting (for the one implies the other), or by a sudden contraction and dilatation, they can apply wholly or in part to obtain the maximum of resistance in the one direction, and the minimum of displacement in the other. This arises from the fact, first pointed out by Sir Isaac Newton, that bodies or animals moving in water and likewise in air experience a sensible resistance, which is greater or less in proportion to the density and tenacity of the fluid and the figure, superficies, and velocity of the animal. To obtain the degree of resistance and non-resistance necessary for progression in water, Nature, never at fault, has devised some highly ingenious expedients,—the Syringo- grade animals advancing by alternately sucking up and ejecting the water in which they are immersed—the Medus by a rhythmical contraction and dilatation of their mushroom- shaped disk—the Rotifera or wheel-animalcules by a vibratile action of their cilia, which, according to the late Professor Quekett, twist upon their pedicles so as alternately to increase and diminish the extent of surface presented to the water, as happens in the feathering of an oar. A very similar plan is adopted by the Pteropoda, found in countless multitudes in the northern seas, which, according to Eschricht, use the wing-like struc- tures situated near the head after the manner of a double paddle, resembling in its general features that at present in use among the Greenlanders. The characteristic movement, however, and that adopted in by far the greater number of instances, is that commonly seen in the fish (Plate XII. fig.11). This, as my readers are aware, consists of a lashing, curvilinear, or flail-like movement of the broadly expanded tail, which oscillates from side to side of the body, in some instances with immense speed and power. The * The Vampire Bat of the island of Bonin, according to Dr. Buckland, can also swim ; and this authority was of opinion that the Pterodactyle enjoyed similar advantages (Eng. Cycl. vol. iv. p. 495). 204 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. muscles in the fish, as has been explained, are for this purpose arranged along the spinal column, and constitute the bulk of the animal, it being alaw that when the extremities are wanting, as in the Water-snake, or rudimentary, as in the fish (Plate XII. fig. 11), Lepidosiren*, Proteus, and Axolotl, the muscles of the trunk are largely developed, the onus of locomotion, as a consequence, falling chiefly, if not entirely, upon the tail and lower portion of the body. The operation of this law is well seen in the metamorphosis of the Tadpole, the muscles of the trunk and tail becoming modified, and the tail itself disappearing as the limbs of the perfect Frog are developed. The same law likewise prevails in certain instances where the anterior extremities are comparatively perfect, as in the Whale, Porpoise (Plate XII. fig. 10), Dugong, and Manatee (Plate XII. fig. 9), and where both anterior and posterior extremities are perfect, as in the Crocodile, Triton (Plate XII. fig. 8), and Salamander. The Whale, Porpoise, Dugong, and Manatee em- ploy their anterior extremities in balancing and turning, the great organ of locomotion being the tail. The same may be said of the Crocodile, Triton, and Salamander, these using their extremities in quite a subordinate capacity as compared with the tail. The peculiar movements of the trunk and tail in swimming are seen to most advantage in the fish, and may now be briefly described. Swimming of the Fish, Whale, Porpoise, §c.—When the fish gathers itself to- gether, preparatory to making the stroke which sends it forwards, it bends or flexes its tail laterally, not, as is commonly represented tł, by throwing its body into a single curve (Diagram 1,c), whose convexity is turned in the direction of the mesial line of Diagram 1. Diagram 2. - — the fish (ab), and which would have the effect of projecting it along the arc of a circle (c d), but by converting it into a double curve (Diagram 2, c d), the convexities of both of which are directed away from the line in question (a5). The object of this arrange- ment is twofold :—first, to insure that the fish shall pursue a comparatively straight course, its head and tail oscillating on either side of a given line (#5); and secondly, to diminish the amount of resistance experienced by the upper and lower portions of the body during flexion, or when the back stroke is being made, the resistance occasioned by Encre surface (c of Diagram 1) as compared with a convex one (c of Diagram 2) being as nearly as possible as two to one. The resistance encountered during the back stroke is further diminished by the body being made to rotate slightly, so as to present * The Lepidosiren is furnished wi peri : : . pet of the animal, the Siren i pios Chun Mim end eg e (cred "ee Si? has anterior extremities armed with thre T Borelli, * De motu Animalium, * 28 A ur à » plate iv. fig. 5, sm, 4to, 2 vols., Rome, 1680; C "i art. “Motion,” by Bishop, p. 438 ; Owen, op. cit. pp. 252-253. ae ac which depend from the anterior ventra rudimentary limbs furnished with four im- e toes each, and a very feeble posterior ex- DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 205 it obliquely to the water, the tail meanwhile twisting upon itself and being in some instances more or less compressed vertically. During extension, or when the effective stroke is delivered, these conditions are reversed; the body is retilted so as to apply its flat or maximum of surface, and the curves into which it was thrown reduced by a violent recoil, in which the concavity or biting surface of the tail is vigorously urged from right to left, and the corresponding surface of the head from left to right, or the reverse. When the head and tail travel beyond the axis of motion—and by this Imean an imaginary line (say « b of Diagrams) on either side of which they oscillate—the curves are gradually reversed and the back stroke commenced. The axis of motion, therefore, corresponds with the long axis of the fish when the body is straight. It is to this line that the movements of the fish are to be referred, the upper and lower portions of the body being curved and carried away from it in flexion (Diagram 2,¢d), and straightened and forced towards it during extension. The double curve or spiral into which the fish throws itself when swimming may be conveniently divided into an upper or cephalic curve (Diagram 2, d) and a lower or caudal one (c). When the concavity of the caudal curve is biting or laying hold of the water, and when the concave surface of the tail is being forced during extension with great violence in the direction of the axis of motion (a b of Diagram 2), where the concave surface is suddenly converted into a convex one, the concavity of the cephalic curve, ö. e. the concave surface of the upper half of the fish, is being urged with less vigour in the direction of the same line from the opposite side of it. As the caudal and cephalic curves are obliterated when the line in question is reached, there is consequently a period (momentary it must be) between the effective and non-effective strokes in which the body of the fish is comparatively straight, and conse- quently in a position to advance almost without impediment. When, further, the tail is being forced from right to left of the axis of motion, the head is reciprocating by travelling in a contrary direction, or from left to right, the head and tail and the cephalic and caudal curves complementing each other. I shall perhaps be better understood if I say the concave surfaces of the cephalic and caudal portions of the fish bite or seize the water at the same time, the cephalie concave surface in conjunction with the water affording the resistance or point d'appui necessary for the effective action of the concave surface of the tail, while it conducts the head in an opposite direction to the tail, the upper part of the body acting as a guide or pilot to the lower portion. The fish has, therefore, every part of its body perfectly under control, both during extension, when the effective stroke is given, and during flexion, when the non-effective, or back stroke, is made. The terms extension and flexion, I may remark, are commonly confined to the lateral oscillations of the lower half of the body. This, however, is a mistake, since the head and upper half are likewise extended and flexed, the only difference between the extension and flexion of the upper and lower portions of the body amounting to this, that they occur on the opposite sides of à straight line—this line corresponding to the axis of motion. It is a curious circumstance, and as suggestive as curious, that this is precisely what happens in the axillary and distal curves or the Ee and posterior margins of the wing of the bird in extension and flexion (vide infra). A certain analogy may therefore be traced between the water and air as. media, and between the trunk and VOL. XXVI. 2 F - 206 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. extremities as instruments of locomotion. From this it follows that the water and air are acted upon by curves or wave-pressure emanating in the one instance from the body of the fish, and in the other from the wing of the bird, the reciprocating and opposite curves into which the trunk and wing are thrown in swimming and flying constituting in reality a mobile helix or screw, which, during its action, produces the precise kind and degree of pressure adapted to fluid media, and to which they respond with the greatest readiness. The whole body of the fish is thrown into action in swimming ; but as the tail and lower half of the trunk are more free to move than the head and upper half, which are more rigid, and because the tendons of many of the trunk-muscles are inserted into the tail, the oscillation is greatest in the direction of the latter. The muscular movement travels in a spiral wave from before (Plate XII. fig. 11) backwards; and this, reacting upon the water, causes the fish to glide forwards in a series of curves. Since the head and tail, as has been stated, always travel in opposite directions, and the fish is constantly alternating or changing sides, it in reality describes a spiral course, as represented in Plate XV. fig. 76. These remarks may be readily verified by a reference to the swimming of the Sturgeon (Diagram 2, p. 204), whose movements are unusually deliberate and slow. The number of curves into which the body of the fish is thrown in swimming is increased in the long-bodied fishes, as the Eels, and decreased in those whose bodies are short or are comparatively devoid of flexibility. In proportion as the curves into which the body is thrown in swimming are diminished, the degree of rotation at the tail or in the fins is augmented, some fishes, as the Mackerel, using the tail very much after the manner of a screw in a steam-ship. The fish may thus be said to drill the water in two directions, viz. from behind forwards by a twisting or screwing of the body on its | long axis, and from side to side by causing its anterior and posterior portions to assume opposite curves. The pectoral and other fins are also thrown into eurves in action, the movement, as in the body itself, traveling in spiral waves; and it is worthy of remark that the wing of the insect, bat, and bird obeys similar impulses, the pinion, as I shall show presently, being essentially a spiral organ. The twisting of the pectoral fins is well seen in the common Perch (Perca Jluviatilis), and still better in the 15- pined Stickleback (Gasterosteus spinosus), which latter fre- quently progresses by their aidalone*. In the Stickleback the pectoral fins are so delicate and are plied with such vigour that the eye is apt to overlook them, partieularly when in motion. The action of the fins can be reversed at pleasure, so that it is by no means an unusual thing to see the Stickleback proceeding tail first. The fins are rotated or twisted, and their free margins lashed about by spiral movements which closely resemble those by which the wings of insects are propelled}. The rotating of the fish upon its long axis is + WS deg Ae en een DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 207 seen to advantage in the Shark and Sturgeon, the former of which requires to turn on its side before it can seize its prey,—and likewise in the Pipefish, whose motions are un- wontedly sluggish. The twisting of the tail is occasionally well marked in the swimming of the Salamander. In the Whale*, Porpoise (Plate XII. fig. 10), Dugong, and Manatee (Plate XII. fig. 9) the movements are strictly analogous to those of the fish, the only differ- ence being that the tail acts from above downwards, or vertically instead of from side to side or laterally. The anterior extremities, which in those animals are comparatively per- fect, are rotated on their long axis, and applied obliquely and non-obliquely to the water, as in the Seal, Sea-Bear, and Walrus, and assist in balancing and turning the animal. Natation, however, is performed almost exclusively by the tail and lower half of the trunk—the tail of the Whale exerting prodigious power. Itis otherwise with the Rays, where the hands are principally concerned in progression. In the Beaver the tail is flat- tened from above downwards as in the foregoing mammals, but in swimming it is made to act upon the water laterally as in the fish. The tail of the bird, which is also com- pressed from above downwards, can be twisted obliquely, and when in this position may be made to perform the office of a rudder. Swimming of the Seal, Sea-Bear, and Walrus.—In the Seal (Plate XII. fig. 4) the anterior and posterior extremities are more perfect than in the Whale, Porpoise, Dugong, and Manatee; the general form, however, and mode of progression (if the fact of its occasionally swimming on its back be taken into account) is essentially fish- like. A peculiarity is met with in the swimming of the Seal, to which I think it proper to direct attention. When the lower portion of the body and posterior extremities of these creatures are flexed and tilted, as happens during the back or non-effective stroke, the naturally expanded feet are more or less completely closed or pressed together, in order to diminish the extent of surface presented to the water, and, as a consequence, to reduce the resistance produced. The feet are opened to the utmost during extension, when the effective stroke is given, in which case they present their maximum of surface. The swimming-apparatus of the Seal is therefore more highly differentiated than that of the Whale, Porpoise, Dugong, or Manatee; the natatory tail in these animals being, from its peculiar structure, incapable of lateral compressionf. It would consequently appear that the swimming-appliances of the Seals (where the feet open and close as in swimming birds) are to those of the sea-mammals generally what the feathers of the bird’s wing (these also open and close in flight) are to the continuous membrane forming the wing of the insect and Bat. The anterior extremities or flippers of the Seal are not employed in swimming, but only in balancing and in changing position. The fore feet also open and close in natation, though not to the same extent as the hind ones; and the resistance and non-resistance necessary are secured by a partial rotation and tilting of the flippers. By this twisting digits of both pectorals and ventrals (the homologues of the posterior extremities) can be divaricated and approximated, and the intervening webs spread out or folded up.” —Op. cit. vol. i. p. 252. * Vide remarks on the swimming of Cetaceans, by Dr. Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, pp. 209-210. + Ina few instances the caudal fin of the fish, as has been already stated, is more or less pressed together during the back stroke, the compression and tilting or twisting of the tail taking place synchronously. 2F 2 208 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. and untwisting, the narrow edges and flatter portions of the flippers are applied to the water alternately. The rotating and-tilting of the anterior and posterior extremities, and the opening and closing of the hands and feet in the balancing and swimming of the Seal, form a series of strictly progressive and very graceful movements. They are, however, performed so rapidly, and glide into each other so perfectly, as to render an analysis of them exceedingly difficult. In the Sea-Bear (Otaria Hookeri) (Plate XII. fig. 6), the anterior extremities attain sufficient magnitude and power to enable the animal to progress by their aid alone—the feet and the lower portions of the body being moved only sufficiently to maintain, correct, or alter the course pursued. This remarkable creature, which I have repeatedly watched at the Zoological Gardens’, uses its hands as paddles, the universal joint by which the arm is attached to the shoulder enabling it, by a partial rotation and twisting of the extremity (Plate XV. fig. 51¢), to present the palm or flat of the hand to the water at one instant and the edge or narrow part the next. In swimming, the anterior or thick margin of the flipper is directed downwards as in the anterior extremities of the Walrus, Great Auk, and Turtle (Plate XII. fig. 7)t. The flippers are advanced alternately; and the twisting screw-like movement which — they exhibit in action, and which I have carefully noted on several occasions, bears con- siderable resemblance to the motions wit lin the pectoral fins of fishes. It may be re- marked that the twisting or spiral movements of the anterior extremities are calculated to utilize the water to the utmost—the gradual but rapid operation of the helix enabling the animal to lay hold of the water and disentangle itself with astonishing facility, and with the minimum expenditure of power. In fact the insinuating motion of the screw is the only one which can contend successfully with the liquid element ; and it appears to me that this remark holds even more true of the air. It also applies within certain limits, as has been. explained, to the land. The Otaria or Sea-Bear swims with remarkable address and with. apparently equal ease in an upward, downward, and horizontal direction by museular efforts alone—an observation which may likewise be made regarding a great number of. fishes, since the swimming-bladder or float is in many entirely absenti. The Walrus, a living specimen of which I had an opportunity of frequently examining, is nearly allied to the Seal and Sea-Bear, but differs from both as regards its manner of swimming. The natation of this rare and singularly interesting animal, as I have taken great pains to satisfy myself, is effected by a mixed movement—the anterior and posterior extremities participating in nearly an equal degree. The anterior extremities or flippers of the Walrus morphologieally resemble those of the Seal, but physiologically those of * The unusual opportunities afforded by this unrivalled collection have enabled me to determine with something like accuracy the movements of the various land-animals, as well as the motions of the wings and feet of birds, both in and out of the water. I have also studied under the most favourable circumstances degen of the Otter, Sea-Bear, Seal, Walrus, Porpoise, Turtle, Triton, Crocodile, Frog, Lepidosiren, Proteus, Axolotl, and the several orders of fishes. EI This is the reverse of what takes place in flying, the anterior or thick margin of the wing being invariably directed upwards. + The air-bladder is wanting in the Dermopteri, Plagiostomi, and Pleuronectide. (Owen, op. cit. p. 255.) RT e, DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 209 the Sea-Bear; while the posterior extremities possess many of the peculiarities of the hind legs of the Sea-Bear, but display the movements peculiar to those of the Seal. In other words, the anterior extremities or flippers of the Walrus are moved alternately, and reciprocate, as in the Sea-Bear: i.e. they are carried away from the body, and advanced during extension, when the back or non-effective stroke is made, and drawn towards the body and retracted during flexion, when the effective or forward stroke is given; they are, further, rotated on their long axes, or tilted, during either movement, so as to present their maximum and minimum of surface to the water alternately. The posterior extremities, on the other hand, are lashed from side to side by a twisting curvilinear motion, precisely as in the Seal. The Walrus may therefore, as far as the physiology of its extremities is concerned, very properly be regarded as holding an inter- mediate position between the Seals on the one hand and the Sea-Bears or Sea-Lions on the other. Swimming of the Turtle, Triton, Crocodile, §c.—The swimming of the Turtle (Plate XII. fig. 7) differs in some respects from that of all the others. While the anterior extremities of this quaint animal move alternately, and tilt or partially rotate during the effective and non-effeetive strokes, as in the Sea-Bear and Walrus, the posterior extremities likewise move by turns. As, moreover, the anterior extremity of one side and the posterior extremity of the opposite side move together, and reciprocate with the corresponding members of the other side, the creature has the appearance of walking in the water. The same remarks apply to the movements of the extremities of the Triton and Crocodile, when swimming, and to the feebly developed corresponding members in the Lepidosiren, Proteus, and Axolotl, specimens of all of which are to be seen at present in the Zoolo- gical Society's Gardens. In these, however, natation is effected principally, if not alto- gether, by the tail and lower half of the body, whieh is largely developed and flattened laterally for this purpose, as in the fish. The muscular power exercised by the fishes, the Cetaceans, and the Seals, in swim- ming, is conserved to a remarkable extent by the momentum which the body rapidly acquires—the velocity attained by the mass diminishing the degree of exertion required in the individual or integral parts. This holds true of all animals, whether they move on the land or on or in the water or air”, The animals which furnish the connecting link between the water and the air are the Flyingfishes (Plate XII. fig. 12) on the one hand and the diving birds (Plate XII. fig. 5) on the other, —the former sustaining themselves for considerable intervals in the air by means of their enormous pectoral fins, the latter using their wings for flying above and through the water, as occasion demands t. * A good illustration of the enormous speed and force acquired by a fish in motion may be seen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, where a portion of the timbers of one of Her Majesty’s ships is exhibited having the tusk of a Sword-fish imbedded in it. On this occasion the formidable weapon perforated the copper sheathing, a layer of felt, 4 inches of deal, and 14 inches of oaken plank. m + The Steamer or Race-horse Duck (Mieropterus brachypterus) constitutes a striking link between the genera Anas and Nee alike because of its great swimming- and diving-powers, and because of its short and remarkably small wings, which are useless as organs of flight, and serve to propel it along rather than through the water. (English Cyclopzedia of Natural History, vol. iii. p. 810.) 210 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Flight of the Flyingfish §c.—Whether the Flyingfish uses its greatly expanded pec- toral fins as a bird its wings, or only as parachutes, has not, so far as I am aware, been determined by actual observation. Most observers are of opinion that these singular creatures glide up the wind and do not beat it after the manner of birds; so that their flight (or, rather, leap) is indicated by the are of a circle, the sea sup- plying the chord. I have carefully examined the structure, relations, and action of those fins, and am satisfied in my own mind that they act as true pinions within certain limits, their inadequate dimensions only preventing them from sustaining the fish in the air for an indefinite period—at all events so long as they remain moist. When the fins are fully flexed, as happens when the fish is swimming, they are arranged along the sides of the body; but when it takes to the air, they are raised above the body and make a certain angle with it. In being raised they are likewise turned outwards, the fin rotating on its axis until it makes an angle of something like 30° with the horizon—this being, as nearly as I can determine, the greatest angle made by the wing. during the effective or down stroke in the flight of insects and birds*. The angle which the wing makes with the long axis of the body, from the fact of the trunk being usually inclined obliquely upwards in flight, is considerably less than 30°, and probably , does not exceed 15° or 20°. It varies, however, during the flexion and extension of the wing, and also, though in a less degree, during the down and up strokes—the angle being gradually increased when the wing descends, and correspondingly decreased when it ascends, It is further determined by the absence or presence of atmospheric currents, by the shape and size of the body, the expanse of wing, and the rapidity of flight, as shown in the annexed woodcuts. Diagram 3.—Duck in ordinary flight. Diagram 4.—Duck in rapid flight. The angle assigned must therefore be regarded as only approximately true. The increase — or diminution of the angle made by the wing and by the body with the horizon in flight — enables the insect and bird to balance themselves with remarkable adroitness, and to main- — tain or alter their position at pleasure. This balaneing-power is well seen in the Humming- — bird, Humming-bird Moth +, and Wind-hover (Pl. XV. fig. 60), all of which can, by the rapid oscillation of their wings, and by the judicious management of the angle at which they * In a lecture which I delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain “On the Various Modes of Flight in Relation to Aeronautics,” I stated the angle at which the wing strikes the air during the downward stroke to be 45% Recent examinations, however, induce me to believe that the one {Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, March 1867.) t The Humming-bird Moth (Macroglossa stellatarum) greatly resembles the true Humming-bird, not only in its appearance but habits, as it does not alight on the flower, but takes its food on the wing by hovering stationary i er: ont and inserting into the nectary its long and taper trunk, which has just the appearance of a Humming-bird's given above is relatively the more accurate. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 211 cause them to strike, fix themselves, as it were, in the air*. It is also observable in the gyrations of the Eagle and Albatros (see Diagram), both of which modify the angle in such a manner as enables them to sail about for ineredible periods, and to fly immense distances without apparently moving the wings at all. The wing, it appears to me, is applied to the air very much after the manner of a boy’s kite—the angle in the kite being modified and determined by the stiffness of the breeze, and the length and weight of the string and tail. The pectoral fin of the Flyingfish affords a good illustration of its peculiar mode of action. In this anomalous and interesting creature the flying-fin or wing attacks the air from beneath, whilst it is being raised above the bodyt. It has no down- ward stroke, the position and attachments of the fin preventing it from descending beneath the level of the body of the fish. In this respect the flying-fin of the fish materially differs from the wing of the insect, bat, and bird. The gradual expansion and raising of the fins of the fish in almost the same plane during extension accounts for the admitted absence of beating, and has no doubt originated the belief that the pectoral fins are merely passive organs. If, however, they do not act as true pinions within the limits prescribed, it is difficult, and, indeed, impossible, to understand how such small creatures could obtain the momentum necessary to project them a distance of 200 or more yards, and to attain, as they sometimes do, an elevation of 20 or more feet above the water. Mr. Swainson, in crossing the line in 1816, zealously attempted to discover the true action of the fins in question; but the flight of the fish is so rapid that he utterly failed. He gives it as his opinion that flight is performed in two ways,—Ist by a spring or leap, and 2nd by the spreading of the pectoral fins, which are employed in propelling the fish in a forward direction, either by flapping or by a motion analogous to the skimming of Swallows. He records the important fact that the Flyingfish can change its course after leaving the water, which satisfactorily proves that the fins are not simply passive structures. Mr. Lord, of the Royal Artillery, thus writes of those remarkable specimens of the finny tribe. “There is no sight more charming or pleasant to remember than. the flight of a shoal of Flyingfish as they shoot forth from the dark-green wave in a glittering throng, like silver birds in some gay fairy tale, gleaming brightly in the sunshine, and then, with a mere touch on the crest of the heaving billow, again flitting onward reinvigorated and refreshed." * This circumstance goes against the belief that the wing requires to operate upon fresh or undisturbed columns of air Indeed the rapid division and reunion of the air renders this condition in a measure unnecessary. For explanation of the manner in which the wing acts in these cases vide infra. Although the insect and bird can sustain themselves in the air by acting upon air previously agitated, I think it proper to observe that, in such. instances, the muscular efforts required are incomparably greater than when fresh columns ane operated upon, and when insect and bird are progressing at a high speed. In the latter case the mónien turn acquired by the body reduces the excessive expenditure of muscular action, the velocity attained securing Aa gms support by not giving the par- ticles of air acted upon time to escape or separate. For fuller exposition of this view: vide infra. : + In insects whose wings during the period of repose are raised vertically above their backs, as is we case in Batter. flies, the wings are lowered and slewed round till they make an angle of 30°, or thereabouts; with the horizon, so that they act upon the air from above, as well as from beneath. The Butterfly, as well Mina generally, has there- fore a down and an up stroke—the Flyingfish having only the latter. In the insect tho stroke is delivered, as it were, at the proper angle, and the gliding upward follows, but so closely as to be almost simultaneous; whereas in the Flyingfish the stroke and the gliding upwards are synchronous. I ‘Nature and Art,’ November 1866, p. 173. at each stroke to prove effective. 212 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Flight under water, &e.—In birds which fly indiscriminately above and beneath the water the wing is provided with stiffer feathers than usual, and reduced to a minimum as regards size. In subaqueous flight the wings may act by themselves, as in the Guille- mots, or in conjunction with the feet, as in the Grebes*. To convert the wing into a powerful oar for swimming, it is only necessary to extend and flex it in a slightly backward direction, the mere act of extension causing the feathers to roll down, and giving to the back of the wing which communicates the effective stroke the angle or obliquity necessary for sending the animal forward. This angle, I may observe, cor- responds with that made by the foot during extension, so that, if the feet and wings are both employed, they actin harmony. If proof were wanting that it is the back or convex surface of the wing which gives the effective stroke in subaquatic flight, it would be found in the fact that in the Penguin (Plate XII. fig. 5) and Great Auk, which are totally incapable of flying out of the water, the wing is actually twisted round (Plate XV. fig. 57d) in order that the concave surface, which takes a better hold of the water, may be directed backwardst. The thick margin of the wing when giving the effective stroke is, moreover, turned downwards (Plate XV. fig. 576), as happens in the flippers of the Walrus, Otaria (Plate XV. fig. 516), and Turtle (Plate XV. fig. 550). "This, I need scarcely remark, is precisely the reverse of what occurs in the ordinary wing in aerial flight. In those extraordinary birds (Great Auk and Penguin) the wing is covered with short, bristly- looking feathers, and is a mere rudiment and exceedingly rigid, the movement which wields it emanating from the shoulder, where the articulation partakes of the nature of a universal joint. The wing is beautifully twisted upon itself (Plate XV. fig. 57c,d), and during the act of extension rolls up from the side of the bird at varying degrees of | obliquity till it makes a right angle with the body, when it presents a narrow or cutting edge to the water, the wing, when fully extended, as in ordinary flight, making, on the contrary, an angle of something like 30? with the horizon. A reverse movement takes place during flexion, when the effective or back stroke is made i. The wing of the Penguin and Auk consequently acts very much after the manner of a screw; and this, as I shall endeavour to show, holds true likewise of the wing adapted for aerial flight. * The Guillemots in diving do not use their feet; so that they literally ly under the water. Their wings for this purpose are Geet to the smallest possible dimensions consistent with flight. The Loons, on the other hand, while they employ their feet, rarely, if ever, use their wings. The subaqueous progression of the Grebe resembles that of the Frog. (Cuvier’s * Animal Kingdom,’ Lond. 1840, p. 252-3.) . T In the Crocodile, Turtle, Triton, and Frog the concave surfaces of the are likewise turned backwards. f The effective stroke is also delivered during flexion in the Shrimp, Prawn, and Lobster $ For Soller epos of this view see paper by the author, * On the Various Modes of Flight in relation to Aeronautics, Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, March 22nd, 1867. Our country- efficacy of the screw as applied to the air, with a string which coiled round the shaft (and by which the spring per screw (the lower one being secured) a sufficient number of times, iv degree of tension was conferred on the spring ; and the instant the apparatus was liberated, it flew into the air. resting experiment is described at length, and the apparatus figured, in Nicholson's Journal for 1809, p. 175. feet of the anterior extremities in swimming e E i OSEE? MTS seems ne Peter e er cr eei iem > s DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 213 The rudimentary wings or paddles of the Penguin (the movements of which I had an opportunity of studying in a tame specimen) are principally employed in swimming and diving. The feet, which are of moderate size and strongly webbed, are occasionally used as auxiliaries. There is this difference between the movements of the wings and feet of this most curious bird, and it is worthy of attention. The wings are advanced together, or synchronously, as in flying birds; the feet, on the other hand, are moved alternately. The wings are wielded with great energy, and, because of their semirigid condition, are incapable of expansion. They therefore present their maximum and minimum of surface by a partial rotation or tilting of the pinion, as in the Walrus, Sea- Bear, and Turtle. The feet, which are moved with less vigour, are, on the contrary, rotated or tilted to a very slight extent, the increase and diminution of surface being secured by the opening and closing of the membranous expansion or web between the toes. In this latter respect they bear a certain analogy to the feet of the Seal, the toes of which, as has been explained, spread out or divaricate during extension, and the reverse. The feet of the Penguin entirely differ from those of the Seal in being worked separately, the foot of one side being flexed or drawn towards the body, while its fellow is being extended or pushed away from it. The feet, moreover, describe defi- nite curves in opposite directions, the right foot proceeding from within outwards and from above downwards during extension, or when it is fully expanded and giving the effective stroke (Plate XV. fig. 572), the left one, which is moving at the same time, proceeding from without inwards and from below upwards during flexion, or when it is folded up, as happens during the back stroke. In the acts of extension and flexion- the legs are slightly rotated and the feet more or less tilted. The same movements are seen in the feet of the Swan (Plate XV. fig. 54) and in those of swimming birds gene- rally. Each foot consequently describes an ellipse; and these being joined, as they necessarily must be, in motion, give separate spirals (Plate XV. fig. 77). There is con- sequently an obvious analogy between the movements of the fish (Plate XV. fig. 76), biped (Plate XV. fig. 78), quadruped, and bird (Diag. infra); and similar remarks might be made with equal propriety regarding those of the reptile and insect. Mr. Macgillivray thus describes a flock of Red Mergansers which he observed pursuing Sand-Eels in one of the shallow sandy bays of the Outer Hebrides :—“ The birds seemed to move under the water with almost as much velocity as in the air, and often rose to breathe at a distance of 200 yards from the spot at which they had dived’’*. Cayley’s idea has been taken up with great warmth of late years by Mons. Nadir, of Paris ; and MM. Pontin d’Ame- court and De la Landelle have constructed, quite recently, helicopteric models driven by clockwork, which not only rise into the air of themselves, but carry a very considerable amount of cargo in the shape of graduated weights. The screws employed in the French models are remarkable for the great length and narrowness of their blades, x being found ceteris paribus that a greater degree of elevating-power is obtained from a long narrow blade, acting at a small angle with the horizon, than from a shorter and broader blade acting at a greater ape. This principle is fully explained in an ingenious paper read by Mr. Wenham before the Royal Aeronautical Society of Great Britain, “On Aerial Locomotion and the laws by which heavy bodies impelled through the air are sustained.” Vide Annual Report of the Society for 1867. * History of British Birds, vol. i. p. 48. VOL. XXVI. E 214 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. From what has been stated it will be evident that the wing acts very differently in and out of the water; andthisis a point deserving of attention, the more especially as it seems to have hitherto escaped observation. In the water the wing strikes downwards and backwards, and acts as an auxiliary of the foot ; whereas in the air it strikes downwards and forwards. The oblique surfaces, spiral or otherwise, presented by animals to the water and air are therefore made to act in opposite directions, as far as the down and up strokes are concerned. This is owing to the greater density of water as compared with the air,— the former supporting or nearly supporting the animal moving: upon or in it, the latter permitting the creature to fall through it in a downward direction between the ascent and descent of the wing. To counteract the tendency of the bird in motion to fall in a down- ward and forward direction, the stroke is delivered in the direction in which falling would naturally occur, the kite-like action of the wing, and the rapidity with which it is moved causing the mass of the bird to pursue a more or less horizontal direction. I offer this explanation of the action of the wing in and out of the water after repeated and careful observation in tame and wild birds, and, as I am aware, in opposition to all previous writers on the subject*. The movement of the wing of the bird in true flight is fully explained at pages 224-227. Before proceeding to a consideration of the graceful and, in some respects, mysterious evolutions of the denizens of the air, and the far-stretching pinions by which they are produced, it may not be out of place to say a few words in recapitulation regarding the extent and nature of the surfaces by which progression is secured on land and on or in the water. This is the more necessary, as the travelling-surfaces employed by animals in walking and swimming bear a certain, if not a fixed, relation to those employed by Bats, Insects, and Birds in flying. On looking back, we are at once struck with the fact, re- markable in some respects, that the travelling-surfaces, whether feet, flippers, fins, or pinions, are, as a rule, increased in proportion to the tenuity of the medium on which they are destined to operate. This is well seen in Plate XII., where the subjects are expressly arranged to illustrate the increase in question. In the Ox (fig. 1) we behold a ponderous body, slender extremities, and unusually small feet. The feet are slightly expanded in the Otter (fig. 2), and considerably so in the Ornithorhynchus (fig. 3). The travelling- area is augmented in the Seal (fig. 4), Penguin (fig. 5), Sea-Bear (fig. 6), and Turtle (fig. 7). In the Triton (fig. 8) a huge swimming-tail is added to the feet—the tail be- ae larger, and the extremities (anterior) diminishing, in the Manatee (fig. 9) and tpoise (fig. 10), until we arrive at the fish (fig. 11), where not only the tail but the ged in natation. Turning from the water to the air, these enabling the creature to take en ing in like manner from the earth t expansions of the Flying Dragon DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 215 fig. 18), the floating or buoying area of which greatly exceeds that of some of the flying beetles (Plate XIII. fig. 16). In those animals which fly, as Bats (Plate XIII. fig. 15), Insects (Plate XIII. fig. 19), and Birds (Plate XIV.), the travelling-surfaces, because of the extreme tenuity of the air, are prodigiously augmented (in some instances exceeding the actual area of the body to an almost incomprehensible extent (Plate XIII. fig. 27). While, therefore, the movements in- volved in walking, swimming, and flying are to be traced in the first instance to the contrac- tion and relaxation of the muscular, fibrous, or other contractile tissues, and to the bones, when present, and the peculiar forms of their articular surfaces, they are to be referred in ‘the second instance to the extent and configuration of the travelling-areas—these on all occasions being accurately adapted to the capacity and strength of the animal and the density of the medium on or in which it is intended to progress. Thus the land supplies the resistance, and affords the support necessary to prevent the small feet of land-animals ‚from sinking to dangerous depths, while the water, immensely less resisting, furnishes the peculiar medium requisite for buoying the fish, and for exposing, without danger and to most advantage, the vast extent of surface contained in its ponderous lashing tail,—the air, unseen and unfelt, furnishing that quickly yielding and subtle element on which the rush- ing pinions of the insect, bat, and bird vibrate with lightning rapidity, with never a grate, a jerk, or a jar. PROGRESSION IN OR THROUGH THE AIR. The atmosphere, because of its great tenuity, mobility, and comparative imponder- „ability, presents little resistance to bodies passing through it at low velocities. If, how- ever, the speed be greatly accelerated, the action of even an ordinary cane is sufficient to elicit a recoil. This comes of the action and reaction of matter, the resistance experienced varying according to the density of the atmosphere and the shape, extent, and velocity of the body acting upon it. While, therefore, scarcely any impediment is offered to the progress of an animal in motion, it is often exceedingly difficult to compress the air with sufficient rapidity and energy to convert it into a suitable fulcrum for securing the onward impetus. This arises from the fact that bodies moving in this medium experience the minimum of resistance and occasion the maximum of displacement. Another and very obvious diffi- eulty is traceable to the great disparity in the weight of air as compared with any known solid (this in the case of water being nearly as 1000 to 1) and the consequent want of buoying- or sustaining-power which that disparity involves. To meet these peculiarities the insect, bat, and bird are furnished with extensive surfaces in the shape of pinions or y can apply with singular velocity and power, as levers of the third order*, or by alternate slow and sudden movements, to obtain the necessary Although the third order of lever is particularly wings, which the at various angles, degree of resistance and non-resistance. * In this form of lever, as every one knows, the power is applied between the fulcrum and the weight to be raised. The mass to be elevated in the present instance is, I need scarcely remark, the body of the insect, bat, or bird,—the force which resides in the living pinion (aided by the inertia of the trunk) representing the power, and the thin medium of the air the fulcrum. 262 216 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. inefficient when the fulcrum is rigid and immobile, it possesses singular advantages when these conditions are reversed, 2. e. when the fulcrum, as happens with the air, is elastic and yielding. In this instance a very slight movement at the root of the pinion, or that end of the lever directed towards the body, is followed by an immense sweep of the extremity of the wing, where its elevating and propelling power is greatest,—this arrange- ment ensuring that the large quantity of air necessary for propulsion and support shall be compressed under the most favourable conditions. In this process the weight of the body performs an important part, by acting upon the inclined planes formed by the wings in the direction of the plane of progression. The power and the weight may thus be said to reciprocate, the two sitting, as it were, side by side, and blending their peculiar influences to produce a common result. From the mechanical principles on which all wings are constructed it follows that those insects and birds are endowed with the greatest powers of flight whose wings are the longest. The Dragon Fly and Albatros furnish illustrative examples, the former on some occasions dashing along with amazing velocity and wheeling with incredible rapidity; at other times it suddenly checks its headlong career and hovers or fixes itself in the air after the manner of the Kestrel (Plate XV. fig. 60) and Humming-birds: the flight of the Albatros is also remarkable, this mag- nifieent bird, I am informed on reliable authority, sailing about with apparent uncon- cern for hours together, and rarely deigning to flap its enormous pinions, which stream from its body like ribands to the extent, in some cases, of 7 feet on either side. Air-cells and -sacs in Insects and Birds.—The bodies of insects, bats, and birds are con- structed on strictly mechanical principles, —lightness, strength, and durability of frame, and power, rapidity, and precision of action being indispensable. The cylindrical method of construction is consequently carried to an extreme, the bodies and legs of insects dis- playing numerous unoccupied spaces, while the muscles and solid parts are tunnelled in every direction by innumerable air-tubes, which communicate with the surrounding medium by a series of apertures termed spiracles. A somewhat, similar disposition of parts is met with in birds, these being in many cases furnished not only with hollow bones, but also (especially the aquatic ones) with a liberal supply of air-sacs. They are likewise provided with a dense covering of feathers or down, which adds greatly to their bulk without materially increasing their weight. Their bodies, ni ig in not a few Instances, particularly in birds of prey, are more or less flattened. a MENS sey well seen ve the Swan, Goose, and Duck; and I have on several occasions a y araminod them with a view to determine their extent and function. In twoof po which I injected, the material employed had found its way not only into those Els ns me di others which ramify in the substance of the muscles, parti- ig dm ge gor x : es 2 we this was due to rupture and extravasation I purpose served by these e sa ie * à eit RE EUME EURE e pey*, who has devoted a Ss Be — È o say, been yet tendered. According to Sap- , ge share of attention to the subject, they consist of a membrane * Sappey enumerates fifteen air-sacs :—the thoracic, F situated at the low i sternum ; two cervical, which run the whole er part of the neck, behind the length of the neck to the head, whi ith ai } i , ep Ais » which they supply with air ; two pairs of anterior, and two pairs of posterior diaphragmatic; and two pairs of abdominal. The subjoined remarks occur in his large DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 217 which is neither serousnor mucous, but partly the one and partly the other ; and as blood- vessels in considerable numbers, as my preparations show, ramify in their substance, and they are in many cases covered with muscular fibres which confer on them a rhythmie movement, some recent observers (Mr. Drosier*, of Cambridge, for example) have endea- voured to prove that they are adjuncts of the lungs, and therefore assist in aerating the blood. This opinion was advocated by John Hunter as early as 1774+, and is probably correct, since the temperature of birds is higher than that of any other class of animals, and because they are obliged to make great muscular exertions both in swimming and flying. Others have viewed the air-sacs in connexion with the hollow bones frequently, though not always, found in birds{, and have come to look upon the heated air which they contain as being more or less essential to flight§. That they have absolutely nothing to do with this function is proved by the fact that some excellent fliers (take the Bats e. g.) are destitute of them, while birds such as the Ostrich and Apteryx, which are incapable work on the subject :—'* The air-sacs are neither serous nor mucous, but they are more allied to the former. They are very slightly vascular, and the vessels are long and slender, and do not arise from the pulmonary artery and veins, as those who regard the air-sacs as expansions of the mucous membrane of the lungs or adjuncts of respiration believe. On the contrary the arteries arise from the aortic system, and the veins run directly or indirectly into the venz cave. Sometimes the arteries and veins run side by side, and sometimes separately. The air-sacs are in some instances provided with a fibrous envelope, which invests them more or less completely, the envelope possessing remarkable elastic properties which manifest themselves more especially when the sacs cannot be acted upon by the true muscular system. The bird is furnished with a double diaphragm ; and the sacs are emptied and filled alter- nately, so that there is a double respiratory process going on."— Researches on the Respiratory Apparatus, by Ph. C. Sappey: Paris 1847. Sappey found no lymphatics, although he looked carefully for them both in the living and the dead bird. * «On the Functions of the Air-cells and the Mechanism of Respiration in Birds, by W. H. Drosier, M.D., Caius College," Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. Feb. 12, 1866. + * An account of certain receptacles of air in birds, which communicate with the lungs, and arelodged among the fleshy parts and in the hollow bones of these animals," Phil. Trans., Lond. 1774. t According to Dr. Crisp the Swallow, Martin, Snipe, and many birds of passage have no air in their bones (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. part. xxv. 1857, p. 13). The same author, in a second communication (pp. 215 and 216), adds that the Glossy Starling, Spotted Flycatcher, Whin-Chat, Wood-Wren, Willow-Wren, Black-headed Bunting, and Canary, five of which are birds of passage, have likewise no air in their bones. The following is Dr. Crisp's sum- mary :—Out of 92 birds examined he found :—* air in many of the bones, 5 (Falconide) ; air in the humeri and not in the inferior extremities, 39 ; no air in the extremities and probably none in the other bones, 48.” $ “The power which birds enjoy of raising and supporting themselves in the air is aided by the lightness of the body. The large and usually air-filled cavities in the bones diminish their weight without taking away from their strength, a hollow cylinder being stronger than a solid one of the same weight and length. But the specific levity principally depends on the great air-cells which occupy almost every part of the body. The air which birds inspire distends these cells, and is rarefied by the heat of the body."— Comp. Anat. and Phys. of Vertebrates, by Prof. Owen, vol. ii. p. 114. Dr. Bennett states * that the whole surface of the body of the Albatros is covered by numerous air-cells capable of a voluntary inflation or diminution by means of a beautiful muscular apparatus. een By this power the birds can raise or depress themselves at will.” For refutation of this view see paper by Captain F. W. Hutton, “On some of the Birds inhabiting the Southern Ocean," Ibis, 2nd series, vol. i. 1865 (p. 294-5). This gentleman calcu- lates that, to raise an Albatros of 17 Ibs. weight by means of heated air, the sacs would require to contain 1820 cubic feet, which would occupy a sphere of more than 15 feet in diameter. “If,” he adds, “the heated air did succeed in raising the Albatros, the object in view would be defeated, as the bird, being lighter than the air, would drift help- lessly to leeward,” 218 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. of flight, are provided with them. Analogous air-sacs, moreover, are met with in animals never intended to fly ; and of these I may instance the great air-sac occupying the cervical and axillary regions of the Orang-outang, the float or swimming-bladder in fishes, and the pouch communicating with the trachea of the Emu*. The same may be said of the hollow bones,—some really admirable fliers, as the Swifts, Martins, and Snipes, having their bones filled with medullary substance, while those of the wingless running birds alluded to have air. Furthermore and finally, a living bird weighing 10 lbs. weighs the same when dead, plus a very few grains; and all know what effect a few grains of heated air would have in raising a weight of 10 lbs. from the ground. When we have said that cylinders and hollow chambers increase the area of the insect and bird, and that an insect and bird so constructed is stronger, weight for weight, than one composed of solid matter, we may dismiss the subject, flight being, as I shall endea- vour to show by-and-by, not so much one of levity as of weight and power properly directed, 7. e. weight and power directed on strictly mechanical principles. Those who subscribe to the heated-air theory are of opinion that the air contained in the cavities of insects and birds is so much lighter than the surrounding atmosphere, that it must of necessity contribute materially to flight. I may mention, however, that the quantity of air imprisoned is, to begin with, so infinitesimally small, and the difference in weight which it experiences by increase of temperature so inappreciable, that it ought not to be taken into account by any one endeavouring to solve the difficult and important problem of flight. The Montgolfier or fire-balloons were constructed on the heated-air principle; but as these have no analogue in nature, and are apparently incapable of improvement, they are mentioned here rather to expose what I regard as a false theory, than as tending to elucidate the true principles of flight. Weight indispensable in Flight.—The area of the insect and bird, when the wings are fully expanded, is, with the single exception of the Bats, greater than that of any other class, their weight being proportionally less. It ought, however, never to be forgotten that even the lightest insect or bird is immeasurably heavier than the air, and that there is no fixed rela- tion existing between the weight of body and the expanse of wing in either order. We have thus light-bodied and large-winged insects and birds—as the Butterfly (Plate XITI. fig. 27), Heron(Plate XIV .fig.38), and Albatros, —and others whose bodies are comparatively heavy, while their wings are insignificantly small—as the Sphinx Moth (Plate XIII. fig. 19) and Centaur Beetle (Plate XIII. fig. 16) among insects, and the Grebe, Quail, and Partridge (Plate XIV. fig. 32) among birds. Those apparent inconsistencies in the dimensions of the body and wing are readily explained by the greater muscular development of the heavy- bodied short-winged insects and birds, and the increased power and rapidity with which * Nearly allied to this is the great gular pouch of the Bustard. Specimens of the air-sac in the Orang, Emu, and Bustard, and likewise of the air-sacs of the Swan and Goose, as prepared by me, may be seen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. The air-sac of the Orang has been figured and described by Sandifort in the * Verhandelingen over de Natuurlyke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overseesche Bezittingen,’ Leiden, 1840 ; that of the Emu by Murie, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 405; that of the Bustard by Newton and Cullen, ‘Ibis,’ 1862, p. 107; and 1865, p. 143—and also by Flower, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 747. ; RU NE nn uu egi m nnt DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 219 the wing in them is made to oscillate. This is of the utmost importance in the science of aerostation, as showing that flight may be attained by a heavy powerful animal with comparatively short wings, as well as by a lighter one with enormously enlarged wings. While, therefore, there is apparently no correspondence between the area of the wing and the animal to be raised, there is, unless in the case of sailing birds*, an unvarying relation as to the weight and number of oscillations; so that the problem of flight would seem to resolve itself into one of weight, power, velocity, and small surfaces, versus buoyancy, debility, diminished speed, and extensive surfaces,—weight in either case being a sine quá non. In order to utilize the air as a means of transit, the body in motion, whether it moves in virtue of the life it possesses, or because of a force superadded, must be heavier than it. It must tread and rise upon the air as a swimmer upon the water, or as a kite upon the wind. This is necessary for the simple reason that the body must be active, the air passive. It must act against gravity, and elevate and carry itself forward at the expense of the air and of the force which resides in it, whatever that may be. If it were otherwise—if it were rescued from the law of gravity on the one hand, and bereft of inde- pendent movement on the other, it would float about uncontrolled and uncontrollable, as happens in the ordinary gas-balloon. The difference between an insect or a bird and a balloon, here insisted upon, was, I have learned since writing the above, likewise adverted to by His Grace the Duke of Argyle in his very able and eloquent article in ‘Good Words,’ entitled “ The Reign of Law " t. Wing-area variable and in excess.—That no fixed relation exists between the area of the wings and the size and weight of the body is evident on comparing the dimensions of the wings and bodies of the several orders of insects, bats, and birds. If such comparison be made, it will be found that the pinions in some instances diminish while the bodies increase, and the reverse. No practical good can therefore accrue to aerostation from elaborate measurements of the wings and trunks of any flying thing; neither can any rule be laid down as to the extent of surface required for sustaining a given weight in the air. The statements here advanced are borne out by the fact that the wings of inseets, bats, and birds may be materially reduced without impairing their powers of flight. This is notably the case in the common Blow-fly, as the following experiments instituted by me in August 1866 will conclusively show. In the clear sunny mornings of that month I caught a number of the insects in question, on the leaves of a vine-tree, in such a manner as not to injure them in the least. I operated upon their pinions with sharp-pointed scissors, with the following results :— on Experiment 1. Detached posterior or thin half of either wing in its long axis. Flight perfect. * In birds which skim, sail, or glide, the pinion is greatly elongated or ribbon-shaped (Plate XV. fig. 64), and the weight of the body is made to operate upon the inclined planes formed by the wings, - such a manner n the bird when it has once got fairly under weigh, is in a measure self-supporting. This is especially tbe ct "t it is pro- ceeding against a slight breeze—the wind and the inclined planes resulting from the upward inclination of the vings reacting upon each other, with this very remarkable result, that the mass of the bird moves steadily forwards in a more or less horizontal direction. : ; + «Good Words’ for February 1865. This paper, I am glad to find, has been reprinted in a separate and extended form with numerous illustrations, and should be consulted by all interested in the subject of Aeronautics. 220 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Exp. 2. Detached posterior two-thirds of either wing in its long axis. Flight still perfect. I confess I was not prepared for this result. i : CS ! Exp. 3. Detached one-third of anterior or thick margin of either pinion obliquely. Flight imperfect. : m i Exp. 4. Detached one-half of anterior or thick margin of either pinion obliquely. The power of flight completely destroyed. From experiments 3 and 4 it would seem that the anterior margin of the wing, which contains the principal nervures, and which is the most rigid portion of the pinion, cannot be mutilated with impunity. ae Exp. 5. Detached one-third from the extremity of either wing transversely, i. e. in the direction of the short axis of the pinion. Flight perfect. Exp. 6. Detached one-half of either wing transversely, as in experiment 5. Flight very slightly (if at all) impaired. Exp. 7. Divided either pinion in the direction of its long axis into three equal parts, the anterior nervures being contained in the anterior portion. Flight perfect. Exp. 8. Notched two-thirds of either pinion obliquely from behind. Flight perfect. Exp. 9. Notched anterior third of either pinion transversely. The power of flight de- stroyed. Here, again, the mutilation of the anterior margin was followed by loss of - function. Exp. 10. Detached posterior two-thirds of right wing in its long axis, the left wing being untouched. Flight perfect. I expected that this experiment would result in loss of balancing-power ; but this was not the ease. Exp. 11. Detached half of right wing transversely, the left one being normal. The insect flew irregularly, and came to the ground about a yard from where I stood. I seized it and detached the corresponding half of the left wing, after which it flew away as in experiment 6. | I performed a series of analogous and not less remarkable experiments on the wings | of the Dragonfly. E Very similar results were likewise obtained from the House-sparrow, which is a heavy — bird, and by no means a powerful flier :— Exp. 12. Detached the half of the secondary feathers of either pinion in the direction of the long axis of the wing, the primaries being left intact. Flight as perfect as before the mutilation took place. In this, as in many of the subsequent experiments, one | wing was operated upon before the other, in order to test the balancing-power. In the” 1 present case the bird flew perfectly, either with one or with both wings cut. 1 Exp. 13. Detached the half of the secondary feathers and a fourth of the primary ones 4 of either pinion in the long axis of the Wing. Flight in no wise impaired. The bird, in 4 this instance, flew upwards of 30 yards, and, having risen a considerable height, dropped a into a neighbouring tree. 4 Zap. 14. Detached nearly the half of the primary feathers in the long axis of either 4 | pinion, the secondaries being left intact. When one wing only was operated upom — | E. was perfect; when both were tampered with, it was still perfect, but slightly 4 ) oured. 4 Exp. 15. Detached rather more than a third of both primary and secondary feathers of 1 | DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 221 either pinion in the long axis of the wing. In this case the bird flew with evident exer- tion, but was able, notwithstanding, to attain a very considerable altitude. From experiments 12, 13, 14, and 15, as well as from experiments 1 and 2, it would appear that great liberties may be taken with the posterior or thin margin of the wing, and the dimensions of the wing in this direetion materially reduced, without destroying, or even vitiating in a marked degree, the powers of flight. This is no doubt owing to the fact indicated by Sir George Cayley, and fully explained by Mr. Wenham, that in all wings, particularly long narrow ones, the elevating-power is transferred to the anterior or front margin. (See footnote to p. 258.) Exp. 16. Removed alternate primary and secondary feathers from either wing, begin- ning with the first primary. The bird flew upwards of 50 yards with very slight effort, rose above an adjoining fence, and wheeled over it a second time to settle on a tree in the vicinity. When one wing only was operated upon, it flew irregularly or lop- sided. Exp. 17. Removed alternate primary and secondary feathers from either wing, begin- ning with the second primary. Flight, from all I could determine, perfect. When one wing only was cut, flight was irregular or lopsided, as in 16. From experiments 16 and 17, as well as experiments 7 and 8, it would seem that the wing does not of necessity require to present an unbroken or continuous surface to the air, such as is witnessed in the pinion of the Bat, and that the feathers, when present, may be separated from each other without destroying the utility of the pinion. In the Raven and many other birds the extremities of the first four or five primaries divaricate in a marked manner (Plate XIV. figs. 41 and 43). A similar condition is met with in the Alucita hexadactyla (Plate XIII. fig. 14), where the delicate feathery-looking pro- cesses composing the wing are widely removed from each other. The wing, however, ceteris paribus, is strongest when the feathers are not separated from each other, and when they overlap, as then they are arranged so as mutually to support each other. Exp. 18. Removed half of the primary feathers from either wing transversely, i. e. in the direction of the short axis of the wing. Flight very slightly, if at all, impaired when only one wing was operated upon. When both were cut the bird flew heavily, and came to the ground at no very great distance. This mutilation was not followed by the same result in experiments 6 and 11. On the whole, I am inclined to believe that the area of the wing can be curtailed with least injury in the direction of the long axis of the pinion. Exp. 19. The carpal or wrist-joint of either pinion rendered immobile by lashing the wing to a slender reed, the elbów-joint being left free. The bird, on leaving the hand, fluttered its wings vigorously, but after a brief flight eame heavily to the ground, thus showing that a certain degree of twisting and folding, or flexing of the wing, is necessary to flight, and that, however the superficies and shape of the pinion may be altered, the movements thereof must not be interfered with. I tied up the wings of a Pigeon in the same manner, with a precisely similar result. (See p. 253.) The birds operated upon were, I may observe, caught in a net, and the experiments made within a few minutes from the time of capture. VOL. XXVI. 2n 222 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. The inference to be deduced from the foregoing observations and experiments is plainly this, that even in large-bodied, small-winged insects and birds, the wing-surface is greatly in excess, the surplus wing-area supplying that degree of sustaining- or elevating-power which is necessary to prevent undue exertion on the part of the animal. In this we have a partial explanation of the buoyancy of insects, and the great lifting-power pos- sessed by bats and birds—the bats carrying their young without inconvenience, the birds elevating surprising quantities of fish, game, carrion, &e. The movements of the wings in insects, bats, and birds are essentially the same. It is otherwise with the structure of the wings, the wing of the insect being in some respects rudimentary as compared with that of the bat and bird. The pinion in either case is to be regarded as a living, delicately-organized structure, whose parts and proportions are adjusted with mathematical accuracy to the strength of the animal and the rapidity of the vibrations necessary to raise its weight from the ground. "The wing, as a rule, is more or less triangular in shape (Plate XV. figs. 63, 65, and 66), the base of the triangle being directed towards the body, the sides anteriorly and posteriorly. It is also conical in sec- tion from within outwards and from before backwards, this shape converting the pinion into a delicately graduated instrument, balanced with the utmost nicety, to satisfy the require- ments of the muscular system on the one hand and the resistance and resiliency of the air on the other. Those conditions are necessary to correct the unequal strain to which the dif- ferent portions of the wing are exposed in action, as well as to prevent shock to the system. While all wings are graduated as explained, innumerable varieties occur as to their general contour, some being falcated or scythe-like, others oblong, others rounded or circular, some lanceolate, and some linear. Thus far a parallelism may be established between the wing of the insect, bat, and bird; but when we come to speak of the margins of the pinion, we find the wings of bats and birds present little variety, whereas those of insects may be crenated, dentated, ciliated, fimbriated, digitated, or caudated. Still greater differences occur as to surfaces, the wings of bats and birds presenting a uniform appearance, those of insects being hairy, naked, farinose, scaly, veined, reticulated, and striated, as happens. THE WINGS OF INSECTS. Elytra or wing-cases—their shape and uses —The wings of insects may consist either of one (Plate XIII. fig. 20) or two (Plate XIII. fig. 24) pairs,—the anterior or upper pair, when two are present, being in some instances greatly modified and present- ing a corneous condition (Plate XIII. fig. 167). When so modified, they cover the under wings (e) when the insect is reposing, and have from this circumstance been named elytra, from the Greek &vrpov, a sheath. The elytra, or wing-cases, as they are sometimes called, are dense, rigid, and opaque in the beetles (Plate XIII. fig. 167), solid in one part and membranaceous in another in the cockroaches (Plate XIII. fig. 217), more or less membranous throughout in the grasshoppers, and completely mem- branous in the dragonflies (Plate XIII. fig. 24e). The elytra, otherwise known as the superior or upper wings, are inclined at a certain angle when extended, and are indirectly connected with flight in the beetles, cockroaches, and grasshoppers. They are actively engaged in this function in the dragonflies and butterflies. The elytra or anterior wings DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 223 are frequently employed as sustainers or gliders in flight, the posterior or true wings acting more particularly as elevators and propellers. In such cases the elytra are twisted upon themselves after the manner of wings (Plate XV. fig. 73), the anterior margin of the wing-case towards its root, or where it joins the body, being bent downwards and forwards, while towards its extremity it is bent upwards and backwards. The ante- rior margin consequently presents two curves, the convexity of the curve nearest the body being directed downwards and forwards, the convexity of that furthest away from the body being, on the contrary, directed upwards and backwards. Similar but reverse curves are found on the posterior margin ; so that the air which is caught by the concavity occurring towards the extremity of the wing-case anteriorly is prevented from escaping towards the root of the wing-case in a forward direction by the elytra in this situa- tion, as has been explained, being bent downwards and forwards. It is therefore compelled to pursue a spiral, oblique, and backward course along the under surface of the wing-case, until it arrives at the root of the wing-case posteriorly, where it is liberated. The curves observed on the anterior and posterior margins of the wing-case are essen- tially the same as those met with in corresponding positions in the wing of the bird. (See pp. 242, 243, and 244.) The Inferior or Membranous Wings—their twisted Form, Nervures, Function, §¢.— The true wings of insects (and by this I mean the inferior or under membranous ones) present different degrees of opacity—those of the moths and butterflies being non-trans- parent (Plate XIII. figs. 19 and 27), those of the dragonflies (Plate XIII. fig. 24), bees, and common flies (Plate XIII. fig. 20) presenting a delicate, filmy, gossamer-like ap- pearance. Both pairs of wings have this feature in common, and it is fundamental: they are composed of a duplicature of the integument or investing membrane, and are strengthened in various directions by a system of hollow, horny tubes, known to entomologists as the neure or nervures (Plate XIII. fig. 17 d,e,finnn; Plate XV. fig. 65 d, e, f, c, a,b). These nervures taper towards the extremity of the wing, and are strongest towards its root and anterior margin, where they supply the place of the arm in bats (Plate XIII. fig. 15 7, d, e, f) and birds (Plate XIV. fig. 29 d,e, ^). They are variously arranged. In the beetles they pursue a somewhat longitudinal course, and are jointed (Plate XV. fig. 65e) to admit of the wing being folded up transversely beneath the elytra*. In the locusts (Plate XIII. fig. 23 a, b) they diverge from a common centre after the manner of a fan, so that by their aid the wing is crushed up or expanded as required ; whilst in the dragonfly, where no folding is requisite, they form an exquisitely reticulated structure (Plate XIII. fig. 24 e, f). The neurz, it may be remarked, are strongest in the beetles (Plate XIII. fig. 17 d, e, f), where the body is heavy and the wing small. They de- crease in thickness as those conditions are reversed (Plate XIII. figs. 24 and 27), and entirely disappear in the minute Chaleis and Psilust. The function of the neuræ is not ascertained; but as they contain spiral vessels which apparently communicate with the * The wings of the May-fly are folded transversely and longitudinally as well, so that they are crumpled up into little squares. | + Kirby and Spence, vol. ii. 5th ed. p. 352. 2H2 224. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. tracheæ of the trunk, some have regarded them as being connected with the respiratory system, whilst others have looked upon them as the receptacles of a subtle fluid, which the insect can introduce and withdraw at pleasure to obtain the requisite degree of expansion and tension in the wing. Neither hypothesis is satisfactory, as respiration and flight can be performed in their absence. They appear to me, when present, rather to act as me- chanical stays or stretchers, in virtue of their rigidity and elasticity alone, —their arrange- ment being such that they admit of the wing being folded in various directions, if necessary, during flexion, and give it the requisite degree of firmness during extension. They are, therefore, in every respect analogous to the skeleton of the wing in the bat and bird. In those wings which, during the period of repose, are folded up beneath the elytra, the mere extension of the wing in the dead insect, where no injection of fluid can oceur, causes the nervures to fall into position, and the membranous portions of the wing to unfurl or roll out precisely as in the living insect, and as happens in the bat and bird. This result is obtained by the arrangement of the neure at the axis of the wing, the an- terior one occupying a higher position than that further back, as in the leaves of a fan. The spiral arrangement occurring at the axis extends also to the margins, so that wings whieh fold up or close, as well as those which do not, are twisted upon themselves, and present a certain degree of convexity in the one direction and concavity in the other, —their free edges supplying those fine curves which act with such efficacy upon the air in obtaining the maximum of resistance and the minimum of displacement. As illustrative examples of the form of wing alluded to, those of the Sphinx Moth (Plate XIII. fig. 19), Beetle (Plate XIII. fig. 16 e), and Fly (Plate XIII. fig. 20) may be cited,—the pinions in those insects acting as helices or twisted levers (Plate XV. fig. 68), and ele- vating weights much greater than the area of the wing would seem to warrant. The in- sects adverted to fly, as a rule, with great accuracy and speed, and frequently ina straight line. The twisting of the wing upon itself before and during its action, to which I have directed attention, occurs also in the wing of the bat (Plate XV. fig. 69) and bird (Plate XV. fig. 70), and has not, so far as I am aware, been adverted to in any of the existing treatises on flight. It is occasioned in the bat and bird by the spiral configura- tion of the articular surfaces of the bones of the wing, and by the rotation of the bones of the arm, forearm, and hand upon their long axes. In the insect it is due to the conforma- tion of the shoulder-joint, this being furnished with a system of check-ligaments, and with horny prominences or stops, set, as nearly as may be, at right angles to each other, and fashioned so as to necessitate the wing acting in the manner specified. The view here pro- mulgated is discussed at length, when describing the wing of the bird, at pages 240-251 inclusive, and is calculated, it appears to me, to throw additional light on the theory and practice of flight. The twisting is least marked in those insects and birds whose wings are large as compared with their bodies. The butterfly may be cited as an example. Here the wings are unusually ample and, as a consequence, unusually flattened (Plate XIII. fig. 27). The flat form of wing, however, is not calculated to act with velocity and precision or M impress the air favourably. In other words, it does not respond to the rotation a. =. Kis m flexion and extension to the same extent as the more , s a result it smites the air elumsily—a cireumstance which, taken in DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 225 connexion with the small body of the insect, fully explains the faltering, irregular course described by the order in their flight. The threefold Action of the Wing in Insects §c.—The wing in the insect, as has been stated, is more flattened than in the bird; and advantage is taken on some occasions of this circumstance, particularly in heavy-bodied, small-winged, quick-flying insects, to reverse the pinion completely during the down and up strokes,—the wing, during its descent, having its anterior or thick margin inclined wpwards and backwards, whereas, during its ascent, the anterior or thick margin is inclined downwards and forwards. The object of this arrangement is to increase the elevating-power, while it does not necessarily impair the propelling-power. This is effected in the following manner :— The posterior margin of the wing is made to rotate, during the down stroke, in a direction from above downwards and from behind forwards,—the anterior margin travelling in an opposite direction and reciprocating. The wing may thus be said to attack the air by a screwing movement from above. During the up or return stroke, on the other hand, the posterior margin rotates in a direction from below upwards and from before backwards, so that by a similar but reverse screwing motion, the pinion attacks the air from beneath. It may likewise happen, though more rarely, that the anterior or thick margin of the pinion may be directed wpwards and forwards during the return or up stroke. I infer this from having observed that the anterior margin of the wing of the Wasp (when the insect is fixed and the wings are being driven briskly) is not unfre- quently directed upwards and backwards at the beginning of the down stroke and up- wards and forwards at the commencement of the up or return stroke. A figure of 8, compressed laterally and placed obliquely with its long axis running from left to right of the spectator, represents the movements in question. The down and up strokes, as will be seen from this account, cross each other, the wing smiting the air during its descent, from above, as in the bird and bat, and during its ascent, from below, as in the Flyingfish and boy's kite. The pinion thus acts as a helix or screw in a more or less horizontal direction, from behind forwards and from before backwards ; but it has a third function, and it is to this I would more especially direct attention. It likewise acts as a screw in a nearly vertical direction from below upwards. It is to the upward screwing, or third function, that the wing of the insect owes its great elevating- power ; and to this, in all probability, the almost perpendicular ascent of the lark is like- wise due. The threefold action of the insect’s wing is well seen in the Humble-Bee and Hornet; and if it were possible to make a longitudinal section of the blur made by the rapidly oscillating wings of the latter insect (examine blur as represented at a a’ of figures 58 and 59, Plate XV.), it would be found to present the form of a truncated cone—the upper or narrow portion of the cone displaying a concave surface, the lower or broad part a convex one. The threefold action of the wing is more perceptible in the wing of the insect than in those of the bird and bat ; and this is most probably due to the fact that the wing of the insect, with few exceptions, is in one piece, the maximum and mi- nimum of surface being secured by a simple rotation of the pinion on its long axis; whereas in the bird and bat it is in several pieces, the pinion, in addition to being rotated on its long axis, having its area more or less increased in extension and decreased 226 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. in flexion. The upward and downward screwing of the anterior margin of the wing, and the increase and diminution of its area in extension and flexion, in the bird, is represented at fig. 29 of Plate XIV. In the figure referred to, the wing to the left of the observer is fully extended and ready to give the effective or down stroke, the anterior border (d’ e f") and the under surface of the pinion being inclined obliquely wpwards and backwards (see arrow). The wing to the right of the observer is, on the contrary, fully flexed and ready to make the return or up stroke, the anterior border (e, f) and under surface of the pinion being inclined obliquely downwards and forwards (vide arrow). The wing consequently rotates on its long axis in opposite directions during extension and flexion, i. e. during its descent and ascent; and if the rotation be conducted sufficiently far, it acts as an elevator in both directions, propulsion being performed almost exclusively by the more vigorous play of the pinion during its descent. The wing may act as an elevator when rotation is performed in a minor degree in quite another manner, as explained at p. 257. The position of the wings during repose, as well as their condition, varies, the wings in one case being folded transversely and arranged on the back in a more or less longi- tudinal direction (Plate XIII. fig. 16e); in another they are folded both longitudinally and transversely, as in the May-fly; whilst in a third they are crushed together like a fan (Plate XIII. fig. 23 a,b). When not folded, they may be raised vertically above the body (Plate XIII. fig. 26 a, a’), or slightly lowered or extended horizontally (Plate XIII. figs. 20 and 24), or inclined downwards, as in a roof of a house (Plate XIII. fig. 25). Direction of the Down and Up Strokes in Flight, Centre of Gravity, &c.—From the fore- going account it is evident that the wings of insects vary as regards their number, size, and shape. They also differ as regards their surfaces, margins, venation, degree of con- sistence, and position ; so that it might naturally be asked, Do the several orders of wings act according to a common principle, or does each wing act according to a principle of its own? There can be, I think, but one answer to this question. All wings obtain their leverage by presenting oblique surfaces to the air, the degree of obliquity gra- dually increasing during extension, when the sudden or effective stroke is being given, and Sr adually decreasing in an opposite direction during flexion, or when the wing x: being more slowly recovered preparatory to making a second stroke. Asthe wing of the insect does not bend in a direction from before backwards, and from without inwards, dur- MS flexion, as happens m the bird and bat, the terms extension and flexion, when applied ^ it, s Ue. in an arbitrary sense, —extension signifying the carrying of the wing in a sewer Irection away from the body, flexion meaning the reverse, or the drawing of the dd ds — a ow the body. The effective Stroke in insects (and this wards, and not, as is Pee s E vid = and 256) is delivered downwards and fore arises ed the RER Eege: Be, tegen Sen RE through the medium which let cie wech a nium en SP ua vates them, their course being indicated by the resultant orces, viz, that of gravity pulling vertically downwards, and that of the wing act- * 1h 224 . D For prevailing opinions as to the direction of the effective or down stroke in birds, see footnotes to p. 255. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 227 ing at a given angle in an upward direction. In those birds, insects, and bats which flap the wings leisurely, the stroke is delivered in an almost perpendicular direction, the wing, by rotating on its axis from behind forwards, causing the under surface of the pinion to act upon the air obliquely from above downwards and from behind for- wards. The down stroke in slow-flying creatures is delivered nearly at right angles to the body, which is inclined in a slightly upward direction. The upward inclination of the body, and the comparative perpendicularity of the stroke, is necessary to counteract the tendency of the slow-flying animals to.fall vertically downwards. In those insects, bats, and birds, however, whose wings are moved with great celerity and the speed at- tained is high, the down stroke is inclined very decidedly forwards—the tendency of the body to fall downwards and forwards increasing as the speed of the wing and the velocity of flight is augmented. The forward movement of the wing during the down or effective stroke is particularly evident in birds when rising, the wing, on such occa- sions, being urged with unusual vigour. The forward movement of the wing during the down stroke is singularly well seen in young Pigeons when thrown from the hand for the first time; and I have also noticed it in the Cormorant when leaving the water—this bird, because of its great weight, rising with considerable diffieulty. The forward move- ment of the wing during its descent is also seen to advantage in the flight of the wild Goose and Duck, both of which fly with immense velocity. It can be increased and diminished at pleasure, and assists in regulating the rapidity of flight. The wing, in slow-flying insects, bats, and birds (Plate XIV. fig. 38), supports the centre of gravity by playing, as it were, alternately above and beneath it; whereas in those of rapid flight the pinion plays obliquely on either side of it, as shown in figures 58, 59, and 61, Plate XV. The sustaining area of the wings is greatly increased in birds, insects, and bats of rapid flight; and this is owing partly to the oblique direction of the stroke, and partly to the fact that the quickly vibrating wing, practically speaking, occupies the entire space marked off by the down and up strokes, in the same way that the spokes of a wheel in rapid motion apparently fill its area. Flight essentially a gliding movement.—The angle at which the wing acts most effi- caciously as a propeller and elevator, as indicated by an examination of the pinion of the living insect, bat, and bird when fully extended and ready to give the effective stroke, is something like one of 30° with the horizon. It varies, however, as has been explained, according as the animal is ascending, descending, or progressing at a high speed—the angle being least when the speed is greatest. As the angle adverted to could not be uniformly maintained without a rotatory motion which would wrench the wings the wing is made to rotate on its long axis to the extent of something less than a quarter of a turn in one direction during extension, and a cor- responding amount in an opposite direction during flexion. Since ‘the wing, in per- forming this movement, travels from the plane of least resistance till it makes the angle in question, and back again, at each vibration, simply applying and withdrawing the surfaces. so uniform as it would be if complete rotation there is little ground for complaint, the wing being from their fixings, a certain degree of power is dissipated in The movement, moreover, is not quite supervened. On this head, however, presented to and withdrawn from 228 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. the air with such dexterity as to rob flight to a great extent of its inequalities, by con- verting it into a more or less perfect gliding movement (Plate XV. fig. 59a; Diagram 6, p. 233). The down and up strokes, being essentially different and opposite movements, tend likewise to equalize each other. The gliding referred to is occasioned by the gradual extension and depression of the wing, during the down stroke, and its gradual flexion and elevation during the return or up stroke, the one movement, in fact, gliding into the other, The wing in action consequently describes a spiral course from within outwards and from above downwards during extension and the effective or down stroke, and from without in- wards and from below upwards during flexion and the back or up stroke. The result of this is, that the wing is piercing the wind in two directions at nearly the same instant of time,—the interval which is consumed in extending and flexing the pinion being dedicated principally to applying it to and withdrawing it from the wind, that which elapses during the down and up strokes to urging the animal upwards and forwards. That the wing rotates upon its long axis, as explained, may be readily ascertained by watching the movement in the larger domestic fly. If the wing be viewed during its vibrations from above, it will be found that the blur, or impression produced on the eye by its action, is more or less con- cave (the under surface of the blur being convex). This is due to the fact that the wing is spiral in its nature (Plate XV. fig. 68), because, during its action, it twists upon itself in such a manner as to describe a double curve (Plate XV. fig. 58 aa’; com- pare with oa of fig. 52), the one curve being directed upwards (a), the other down- wards (o L The double curve or wave-track referred to is particularly evident in the flight of birds, from the greater size of their wings (Plate XV. figs. 73 and 75b a c)*. It may not inaptly be compared to the blade of an ordinary screw propeller, as employed in navigation (Plate XV. fig. 52 aa). The effect obtained, moreover, is in some respects analogous, since the great velocity with which the wing is driven converts the impression or blur (Plate XV. figs. 58 and 59) into what is equivalent to a solid for the time being, in the same way that the spokes of a wheel in violent motion, as is well understood, completely occupy the space contained within the rim or circumference of the wheel. The following differences are to be noted; and they are of importance, as they seem to prove very satisfactorily the immense Superiority of the wing over every form of screw propeller yet constructed :— Points wherein the screws formed by the wings differ from those in common use.—1. In the blade of the ordinary screw (Plate XV. fig. 52) the integral parts are rigid and unyield- ing, whereas in the blade of the screw formed by the wing (Plate XV. figs. 68, 69, and 70), and in the twisted blur produced by its action (Plate XV. figs. 58, 59, and 61), they are mo- bile and plastic. This is a curious and interesting point, the more especially as it does not seem to be either appreciated or understood. The mobility and plasticity of the wing 1s necessary because the pinion is an elevating and sustaining organ, as well as a pro- pelling one. u P s Grace the Duke of Argyll is of opinion that the curvature of the wing in birds is owing to the elasticity and E es of m tips of the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers during the down stroke. It, however, also occurs in the wings of insects and bats, which are devoid of feathers ; so that I am inclined to refer it, as stated, to the conformation of the wing and to its peculiar mode of action. . lodi e E ME DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 229 2. The vanes of the ordinary two-bladed screw have, as a rule, a very limited area, the area corresponding to their area of revolution. The wings, on the other hand, have a vast range (Plate XV. figs. 58, 59, and 61), and during their elevation and depression rush through an extensive space, the slightest movement at the root or axis of the wing being followed by a gigantie up or down stroke at the other. As a consequence, the wings as a rule act upon successive and undisturbed strata of air. The advantage gained by this arrangement in a thin medium like the air, where the quantity to be compressed is necessarily great, is simply incalculable. 3. In the ordinary screw the blades follow each other in rapid succession, so that they travel over nearly the same space, and operate upon nearly the same particles (whether water or air), in nearly the same interval of time. The limited area at their disposal is consequently not utilized, the action of the two blades being confined, as it were, to the same plane, and the blades being made to precede or follow each other in such a manner as necessitates the work being virtually performed only by one of them. This is particularly the case when the motion of the screw is rapid and the mass propelled is in the act of being set in motion, i. e. before it has acquired momentum. In this instance a large per- centage of the moving or driving power is inevitably consumed in slip, from the faet of the blades of the screw operating on nearly the same particles of matter. It is otherwise with the wings. Here the blades, and the blurs which the blades produce when moving, are widely separated,—the one being situated on the right side of the body and corresponding to the right wing, the other on the left and corresponding to the left wing. The wings do not therefore follow each other and travel over the same space, or compress the same particles, at any stage of their progress. On the contrary, the right wing traverses and completely monopolizes the right half or hemisphere of a circle, the left wing in like manner appropriating and converting to its own uses the left and remaining half (Plate XV. figs. 58 and 59). The range or sweep of the two wings, when urged to their ex- treme limits, corresponds as nearly as may be to one entire circle *, By thus separating the blades of the screw, as happens in the wings, a double result is produced, since the blades always act upon independent columns of air and in no instance overlap or double upon each other. The advantages possessed by this arrangement are particularly evident when the motion is rapid—the natural screws formed by the wings being most efficient when the artificial ones are least so. As there seems to be no limit to the velocity with which the wings may be driven, and as increased velocity necessarily results in increased elevating, propelling, and sustaining power, we have here a striking example of the manner in which Nature triumphs over art even in her most ingenious, skilful, and successful creations. There is yet another advantage which ought not to be overlooked. The same power which propels a screw composed of two blades will suffice, or very nearly suffice, for driving the detached widely separated blades of the screw formed by the wings. 4. The vanes or blades of the screw, as commonly constructed, are fixed at a given ` * Of this circle, the thorax may be regarded as forming the centre, the abdomen, which is always ene than the head, tilting the body slightly in an upward direction. This tilting of the trunk favours flight by causing the body to act after the manner of a kite. YOL; XXVI. 21 230 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. angle, and consequently always strike at the same degree of obliquity. Here, again, power is lost, the two vanes striking after each other in the same manner, in the same direction, and almost at precisely the same moment,—no provision being made for increasing the angle, and the propelling-power, at one stage of the stroke, and reducing it at another, to diminish the amount of slip incidental to the arrangement. This result is obtained in marvellous perfection in the wings, and by a very simple contrivance, the angle which the pinions make with the horizon being gradually increased by the wings rotating on their long axes during the down or effective stroke, as it is usually termed, to increase the elevating- and propelling-power, and gradually decreased during the up or non-effective one to reduce the resistance occasioned by their ascent and backward move- ment, while it actually increases the sustaining area by placing the wing in a more hori- zontal position. It follows from this arrangement that every particle of air within the wide range of the wings is separately influenced by them, both during their ascent and descent,—the elevating-, propelling-, and sustaining-power being by this means increased to the utmost, while the slip or waftage is reduced to an infinitesimal and almost nominal amount. The effect aimed at is further secured by the undulatory or wave-like track de- scribed by the wing during the down and up strokes (Diagram 6, p. 233) ; and it is a some- what remarkable circumstance that the wing, when not actually engaged as a propeller and elevator, acts as a sustainer after the manner of a parachute. This it can readily do, alike from its form and the mode of its application, the double curve or spiral into which it is thrown in action enabling it to lay hold of the air with avidity, in whatever direction it is urged. I say “in whatever direction," because, even when it is being recovered or drawn off the wind during the back stroke, it is climbing a gradient which arches above the body to be elevated, and so prevents it from falling. It is difficult to conceive a more admirable, simple, or effective arrangement, or one which would more thoroughly econo- mize power. Indeed, a study of the spiral configuration of the wing, and its spiral, flail- like, lashing movements, involves some of the most profound problems in mathematies, —the curves formed by the pinion as a pinion anatomically, and by the pinion in action, or physiologically, being the most elegant and precise which it is possible to imagine, these running into each other, and merging and blending, to consummate the triple func- tion of elevating, propelling, and sustaining. If further proof were necessary, it would be found in the fact that, during the down or effective stroke, the anterior and under extremity of the tip of the wing (Plate XV. fig. 62 f) lays hold of the air with a biting or concave surface in a direction from above downwards, from behind forwards, and from without inwards, and forces it along a spiral groove on the under surface of the wing (vide arrows of figure) to the root of the same (g), where it causes it to escape by à convex one. | The under or ventral surface of the pinion is therefore engaged in elevating, pro- pelling, and sustaining in a compound sense, one portion (the tip or outer part) scaling or climbing upwards and onwards, the root or inner portion aiding and abet- ting by pushing in a similar direction from beneath. In the return or back stroke, as has been explained, the curves formed by the under surface of the wing are reduced in such a manner as to decrease the amount of friction, while they increase, rather DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 231 than diminish, the extent of sustaining area, the back or upper convex surface of the . pinion being turned in the direction in which the wing travels during its ascent. 5. In the ordinary screw propeller of commerce, the bilge or backwater of the one blade is urged towards and interferes with the action of the reciprocating and opposite blade; whereas in the wings, which are of necessity separated by the body which bears them, there is no such hindrance, and in fact no impediment whatever, each blade, 7. e. each wing (Plate XIII. figs. 15 and 19; Plate XIV. figs. 31, 32, and 42) being free to utilize to the utmost the large subsidies of air on which it depends for support and progress. 6. The axis of revolution in the ordinary screw corresponds to the plane of progression (Plate XV. fig. 52). The axes of the wings, on the other hand, are at right angles to it (Plate XV. fig. 60). The wings may therefore be said to combine, during their action, the grasp and steadiness of the paddle with the easy subtle gliding motion peculiar to the helix. Other differences might be pointed out; but the foregoing embrace the more funda- mental and striking. Enough, moreover, has probably been said to show that it is to wing- structures and wing-movements the aeronaut must direct his attention, if he would learn “the way of an eagle in the air,” and if he would rise upon the whirlwind in accordance with natural laws. The Wing a twisted Lever or Heliz—its peculiar screwing Action in the Insect, Bird, &e. — The twisting screw-like action of the wing on its long axis during the up and down strokes, as well as the range of the pinion (as seen in the Blow-fiy) is given at figures 58 and 59 of Plate XV. It may be readily witnessed by fixing the insect and holding it, with its head directed towards the spectator, against a dark background. The twisting in question is most marked in the posterior or thin margin of the wing, the anterior and thicker margin performing more the part of an axis. As a result of this arrange- ment, the anterior or thick margin cuts into the air quietly, and as it were by stealth, the posterior one producing on all occasions a violent commotion, especially perceptible if a flame be exposed behind the insect. That the wing twists upon itself structurally, not only in the insect, but also in the bat and bird, any one may readily satisfy himself by a careful examination (Plate XV. figs. 68, 69, and 70); and that it twists upon itself during its action I have had the most convincing and repeated proofs (Plate XV. figs. 58, 61, 73, and 74). Indeed it is matter for surprise that the spiral panormauon of the pinion, and its spiral mode of action, should have eluded observation so long; and I shall be pardoned for dilating upon the subjeet when I state my conviction that it forms the fundamental and distinguishing feature in flight, and must be taken into account by all those who seek to solve this most involved and interesting problem by arti- ficial means *. | * In the early part of 1865 I devoted a large share of time and attention to wings and wing-structures, end to the flight of wild and tame birds. In this year also I propounded and explained my theory of the spiral configuration and screwing action of the pinion on its long axis during extension and flexion, and during the down and upstroke—the wing EE = oy estimation, a true helix, worked by a twisting, screwing, or semirotatory movement emanating principally from the shoulder, but also from the elbow- and wrist-joints, the articular surfaces of which latter are dis- tinetly spiral in their nature. In August 1866, I undertook to deliver a lecture on the subject at the Royal Institution 212 232 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. The spiral nature of the pinion is most readily recognized when the wing is seen from behind and from beneath (Plate XV. figs. 68, 69, 70, 73, and 74), and when it is foreshortened, as has been done in figures 61 and 62, Plate XV. It is also well marked in some of the long-winged oceanic birds when viewed from before (Diag. 18 a, a’ 0’, de Ke p. 253), and cannot escape detection, under any circumstances, if sought for,—the wing being essentially composed of a congeries of curves, remarkable alike for their apparent simplicity and the subtlety of their detail. The twisting or rotating of the wing on its long axis is particularly observable during extension and flexion in the bat and bird, and likewise in the insect, especially the Beetles, Cockroaches, and others which fold their of Great Britain, the title chosen being, “ the various Modes of Flight in relation to Aeronautics." The lecture in question was fixed for March 1867, and was published in the Proceedings of the Institution under date the 22nd of March, 1867. At pages 99, 100, and 101 of the Proceedings, the spiral conformation of the wing in the insect and bird is adverted to at length, it being there described as a twisted lever or helix, which owes its peculiar elevating- and pro- pelling-power in a great measure to its shape. Particular emphasis is also placed upon the partial rotation of the wing on its long axis during extension and flexion, and to its serewing and unscrewing action during the down and up strokes, this being a sine qua nonin flight. In the pages alluded to, the subjoined passages occur :—** All wings obtain their lever- age by presenting oblique surfaces to the air, the degree of obliquity gradually increasing in a direction From behind forwards and downwards during extension when the sudden or effective stroke is being given, and gradually decreas- ing in an opposite direction during flexion, or when the wing is being more slowly recovered preparatory to making a second stroke. The effective stroke in insects—and this holds true also of birds—is therefore delivered downwards and forwards, and not, as the majority of writers believe, vertically or even slightly backwards.” * * * * * «To confer on the wing the multiplicity of movement which it requires, it is supplied with a double hinge or compound joint, which enables it to move not only in an upward, downward, forward, and backward direction, but also at various intermediate degrees of obliquity.” * * * * * «The wing of the bird, like that of the insect, is concavo-convex, intersecting each other. This twisting is in a great measure owing to the manner in which the bones of the wing are urfaces, the long axes of the joints always intersect- ing each other at nearly right angles. As a result of this disposition of the articular surfaces, the wing may be shot out or extended, and retracted or flexed in neatly the same plane, Ein the bones composing the wing rotating on their axes during either movement. This secondary action, or the revolving of the component bones upon their own axes, is of the greatest importance in the movements of the wings, as it communicates to the hand and forearm, and con- sequently to the primary and secondary feathers which they bear, the precise angles necessary for flight. It in fact ensures that the wing, and the curtain or fringe of the wing which the primary and secondary feathers form, shall be screwed into and down upon the wind in extension, and unscrewed or withdrawn from the wind during flexion. The wing of the bird may therefore be compared to a huge gimlet or auger, the axis of the gimlet representing the bones of the wing; the flanges or spiral thread of the gimlet the primary and secondary feathers. From this description it will be evident that by the mere rotation of the bones of the forearm and hand, the maximum and minimum of resistance is secured much in the same way that this object is attained by the alternate dipping and feathering of an oar." I have introduced the above quotations from a belief that, up to the date at which my lecture was published, viz. the 220d of March, 1867, the twisted configuration of the pinion and its peculiar screwing action, occasioned by the manner in which the wing rotates on its long axis during flight, were unknown, and from finding that Mr. Joseph Meyers Kaufmann, of Glasgow, patented a flying-machine in which the movement more or less accurately reproduced, no allusion having been made to my research quest I forwarded a copy of my paper to him in March 1867 That Mr. Kaufmann was unacquainted with the movements having been made to them in his preliminary specification siderable importance is attached to them in his actual patent 8 of the wing described by me are es, although at Mr. Kaufmann’s re- nearly five months prior to his taking out his patent. in question will appear from the fact of no reference or protection lodged in February 1867, while very con- taken out in August 1867, [Feb. 20, 1868.] Sats DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 233 wings during repose. In these, in extreme flexion, the anterior or thick margin of the wing is directed downwards, and the posterior or thin one upwards. In the act of ex- tension, however, the margins, in virtue of the wing rotating upon its axis, reverse their positions, the anterior or thick margin describing a spiral course from below upwards, the posterior or thin margin describing a similar but opposite course from above downwards. The movements of the margins during flexion and extension may be represented with a considerable degree of accuracy by a figure of 8 laid horizontally, as in Diagram 5. =» Posterior or thin margin. ø Diagram 5. Anterior or thick margin. = Maus In this diagram (5) the course pursued by the anterior or thick margin of the pinion during extension is indicated by the thicker portion of the figure, that pursued by the posterior or thin margin by the thinner portion. These conditions, I need scarcely ob- serve, are reversed during flexion. From these remarks it will appear that not only the margins, but also the direction of the planes of the wing are more or less completely reversed at each complete flexion and extension; and it is this reversing or screwing and unscrewing which enables the wing — to lay hold of the air with such avidity during extension and to disentangle itself with _ such facility during flexion—to present, in fact, a more or less concave, oblique, and strongly resisting surface the one instant, and a comparatively narrow, non-resisting, eutting edge the next. The figure-of-8 action of the wing explains how an insect or bird may fix itself in the air, the backward-and-forward reciprocating action of the pinion affording support, but no propulsion. In these instances the backward and forward strokes are made to counterbalance each other. The Wing, when advancing with the Body, describes a Wave-track.—Although the figure of 8 represents with considerable fidelity the twisting of the wing upon its axis during extension and flexion, when the insect is playing its wings before an object, or still better when it is artificially fixed, it is otherwise when the down stroke is added and the insect is fairly on the wing and progressing rapidly. In this case the wing, in virtue of its being carried forward by the body in motion, describes an undulating or spiral course, as shown in the accompanying diagram (6), where the Diagram 6. a t on i F et, 7 ef pc EN g thick portions (a, 5) of the spiral, represent the effective or down strokes, the thin por- tions (c, d, e) the up or back strokes. 5 From this diagram (6) it will be evident that the resistance offered by the wing to 234 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. the plane of progression is greatest at the middle of the down stroke Le), when the pinion makes an angle of 30° or thereabouts with the horizon*, and least during the middle of the up stroke (d), when the wing presents a narrow or cutting edge to the wind. This is occasioned by the gradual increase in the angle made by the wing with the horizon during the first part of the down stroke (/), and its gradual diminution during the second part (g). The angle is diminished during. the second part of the down stroke to prepare the wing for commencing the up or back stroke, the pinion being gradually rotated off the wind to present less and less resistance. This result is facilitated during the back stroke by the concavity of the wing travelling along the convexity of the curve d, this being the direction in which the wing is raised pre- paratory to a second down stroke. The down and up strokes are consequently compound movements,—the termination of the down stroke, as has been explained, embracing the be- ginning of the up stroke, the termination of the up stroke, on the other hand, including the beginning of the down stroke. This is necessary in order that the down and up strokes may glide into each other in such a manner as to prevent jerking and unneces- sary retardation,—the angle made by the wing during the first part of the down stroke being increased to support and propel the insect, and decreased during the second part to diminish the friction caused by the wing itself, while it does not interfere with its sustaining-power. Analogy between the wing in motion and the sounding of sonorous bodies, §c.—What has just been said of the wing of the insect holds equally true of the pinion of the bat and bird; and it is a remarkable circumstance that the undulation or wave made by the wing when the insect and bird are fixed or hovering before an object, and when they are progressing, corresponds in a marked manner with the track described by the stationary and progressive waves in fluids +, and likewise with the waves of sound t. This coinci- wae E an Seen relation between the instrument and the medium aha ge lee : wing acting in those very curves into which the to secure the iic of pro CONI EF eas ` e a ru: Ne animate and inanimate uH Gs sete = n 3 SS me» SS ine the inanimate in precisely the ae Es e p Kee Eo mado to E much seems certain :— The wind Ro Soe "P Es p other P communicated to it by the fish in SESS e e Nur 5 LAE z nu 25 D upon the air as an ordinary sound edi s the wing in its vibrations impinges describe spiral tracks on the land when ziv ioc moda of quadrupeds, moreover, walking and running; so that one great law would seem to determine the course of the ins i is | e ect in th . 3 the quadruped on the land. e air, the fish in the water, and * 7 . e "ie bem are 1s most — towards the middle of the undulation for two reasons :—first, because the angle mm A : E with the horizon is greatest at this period ; and secondly, because the wings are then on the same evel with the dy, and therefore expanded to the utmost. The expansion of the wings is well in fig. 1, plate xiii of Borelli’s * De motu Animalium,’ 1680. T TE m s p T Handbook of Natural Phil. (vol. on Electricity, Magnetism, and pp. 366-7. Acousties), by Dr. Lardner, (Lond. 1863) t Op. cit. pp. 378, 379, 380. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 235 The inference to be deduced from this correspondence between the twisting wave-like action of the pinion and the sinuous movements of the swimming-animals, whether these occur in their bodies, tails, fins, flippers or feet, is this—that the liquid media of the water and air respond to similar impulses, whatever the direction of the impulse (the flying wing strikes forwards, and the diving and swimming wing and foot backwards), and that the gliding spiral movements which are indispensable to the successful navi- gation of the air and water differ in no essential particular from those required in land transit as witnessed in the ordinary movements of walking and running. Compare the spiral track described by the wing in action (Diagram 6 of text) with the movements of the fish (fig. 76, Plate XV.), with those of the feet of swimming-birds (fig. 77, Plate XV.), and with those described by our own extremities in walking (fig. 78, Plate XV.). The down and up strokes of the wing consist of four stages.—The action of the wing may be conveniently divided into four stages,—the first being devoted to preparing the wing for making the down stroke, i. e. in elevating it above the body and in distending it when necessary; the second, to the down or effective stroke, as it is usually termed ; the third, to preparation for raising and flexing the wing (when this is required) prior to the up or back stroke; the fourth, to the so-called non-effective, up or back stroke. These movements, however, be it understood, are continuous and run into each other (Dia- gram 6, p. 233). In the first stage the wing supports or sustains, and partially elevates ; in the second it elevates, propels, and sustains to an extent which is quite remarkable; in the third it sustains and partially elevates, as in the first; and in the fourth and last it ` acts chiefly as a sustainer, although it also acts as an elevator by being carried against the wind by the body which is in motion. In the first stage the angle which the wing makes with the horizon may be stated at from 15° to 20°; in the second it increases to something like one of 30°; in the third it gradually diminishes again to 15° or 20°; and in the fourth it probably does not exceed 5° or 10°. The angle, as has been stated, consequently gradually increases, and attains a maximum towards the middle of the down or effective stroke (Diagram 67), whereas it decreases and attains a minimum towards the middle of the non-effective or up stroke (Diagram 6 d). The terms effective and non-effective are here used in a comparative and not an absolute sense. : : The wings may or may not present the proper angle for flight when the insect 1s re- posing; and when they do not, a certain degree of preparation is necessary before the insect can take wing. In the Butterfly the wings during repose are raised vertically above the body (Plate XIII. fig. 26), so that they require to be lowered and slewed round until they make the requisite angle before flight can be effected. In the Cicada, on the other hand, where the wings droop (Plate XIII. fig. 25), they require to be raised and rotated till the desired angle is obtained ; so that it is only in such insects as the Dragon: flies (Plate XIII. fig. 24), where the angle during repose and in flight approaches to 30 e that flight is instantaneous. It matters not, therefore, whether the wings in leaving their position of rest roll from above downwards, or from below upwards, if when fully extended, they make the angle of 30° with the horizon, as specified. The Beetles are illustrative in these respects. In them the wings, when the insect is at rest, are arranged 236 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. transversely upon the back beneath the elytra. When flight is contemplated, the elytra, or first pair of wings, are raised and carried forward (Plate XIII. fig. 167). When they make a right angle with the long axis of the body, they present their plane of least re- sistance; but by the time they travel other 45° or so (Plate XV. fig. 56), which they do to get beyond the reach of the membranous or second pair of wings (Plate XIII. fig. 16 e), they acquire the degree of obliquity necessary for flight, and act mechanically as gliders. When the membranous or second pair of wings are extended until they make a right angle with the body, they do not, as in the case of the elytra, present their plane of least resistance, but an angle of 30° or so with the horizon, so that they are then in a proper position for making the effective or down stroke. In some instances, as in the Cockroaches, where the elytra or first pair of wings are semimembranous and slightly twisted upon themselves (Plate XIII. fig. 217), they are geared to the second pair (a), so that the upper and lower wings act together to obtaina common result. The range of the wing (when the angle of flight is attained) varies greatly in different insects—in some equaling the quarter of a circle, in others three-eighths of a circle, and in others quite a half (Plate XV. fig. 58aqa'). The wings, moreover, I have good reason to believe, can be made to oscillate within given areas anteriorly, posteriorly, or centrally with regard to the plane of the body, or in intermediate positions with regard to it and a perpendicular line. The wing or wings of the one side can likewise be made to move independently of those of the other, so that the centre of gravity, which, in insects, bats, and birds, is sus- pended, is not disturbed in the endless evolutions involved in ascending, descending, and wheeling. The centre of gravity varies in insects according to the shape of the body, the length and shape of the limbs and antenn:e, and the position, shape, and size of the pinions. It is corrected in some by curving the body, in others by bending or straightening the limbs and antennz, but principally in all by the judicious play of the wings themselves. To confer on the pinion the multiplieity of movement which it requires, it is supplied with a double hinge or compound joint, which enables it not only to move in an upward, downward, forward and backward direction, but also at various intermediate degrees of obliquity. An insect furnished with wings thus hinged may, as far as steadiness of body is concerned, be not inaptly compared to a compass set upon gimbals, the universality of the wing-movements rendering any elaborate attempt at balancing quite unnecessary. The rapidity with which the wing oseillates is, with few exceptions, very great, the velocity, as a rule, increasing as the area of the wing (as compared with that of the body) decreases. The wing, during its passage through the air, in many instances emits a loud drumming sound or note, which is high or low as the vibrations are rapid or the reverse. These sonnds have been thought by some to afford an infallible indication of the number of the vibrations made by the wing during any given period. Unfortunately, however, for this theory, the sounds in question, although frequently, are not always produced by wing-structures ; so that the pitch of the note cannot be explained on the theory of vibrations as applied to acoustics, I have endeavoured to show that flight is secured in the insect, not because its body, ge contpared with the atmosphere, is comparatively light, but because its power, as com- pared with its size, is very great,—this power enabling it to apply its wings to, and with- DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 237 draw them from, the air with astonishing velocity at various degrees of obliquity, to obtain the maximum of resistance in a downward direction, and the minimum of dis- placement in an upward one—to convert them, in fact, into spiral inclined planes, with which to tread the air and rise upon it, as a kite upon the wind or a swimmer upon the water. I use the phrase “various degrees of obliquity" because, although the effective or down stroke is delivered at an angle of 30° or thereabouts, the wings act more or less perfectly as elevators and propellers from the moment they leave their position of rest or plane of least resistance until they make the angle referred to, and likewise during the up or back stroke, when the wings are being recovered. The power of the insect is con- sequently conserved and utilized to an astonishing degree. It only remains for me to allude briefly to the manner in which the wings are moved. Arrangement for moving the Wings of Insects §c.—In all insects, with the exception of the Dragonflies, the muscles which play the wings are confined within the barrel- shaped thorax, to which the wings are articulated. They consist of a vertical and a trans- verse set,—the transverse set, by their contraction, compressing the cylinder laterally, and causing its mesial portion to ascend, and the wings to descend ; the vertical set, by their contraction, compressing the cylinder from above downwards, and causing the wings to ascend, according as the vertical measurement of the thorax is reduced by lateral bulging *. While the wings are ascending and descending, they are obliged to rotate on their long axes—the spiral configuration of the joints, and the arrangement of the elastic and other structures which bind them to the body, conferring on them the various degrees of obliquity which characterize the down and up strokes (vide pages 226 and 227). Since the two sets of muscles act alternately, as in the auricles and ventricles of the heart, the one set rests while the other is active; and it is just possible that in this and in the action of the elastic ligament which recovers or flexes the wing we have an explanation, not only of the prodigious power wielded by insects, but also of their endurance. In the Libel- lule or Dragonflies, the muscles are inserted into the root of the wing as in the bat and bird, the only difference being that in the latter the muscles creep along the wing to its ex iremity. In all the wings which I have examined, whether in the insect, bat, or bird, the wing is recovered, flexed, or drawn towards the body by the action of an elastic ligament, this structure, by its mere contraction, causing the wing, when fully extended * The following is the account given by Chabrier :—* It is generally through the intervention of the proper victo of the dorsum, which are very considerable during flight, that the wings or the elytra are moved equally and simul- taneously. Thus, when it is elevated, it carries with it the internal side of the base of ne wings with which it is articulated, from which ensues the depression of the external side of the wing; and when it ei ee the sternal portion of the trunk, the contrary takes place and the wings are raised. During ths teg of the ds. ate the dorsum is curved from before backwards, or in such a manner that its anterior extremity is brought nearer to its pos- terior, that its middle is elevated, and its lateral portions removed further from each other. The er takes place in the elevation of the wings ; the anterior extremity of the dorsum being removed to S Sege distance from the posterior, its middle being depressed, and its sides brought nearer to each other. Thus its bending "n direction produces a diminution of its curve in the direction normally opposed to it ; and by the alternations of this motion, assisted by other means, the body is alternately compressed and dilated, and the wings are raised and depressed by turns." General Observations on the Anatomy of the Thorax in Insects, and on its Functions n Flight, by E. T. Bennett, F.L.S., Ee, (Extracted chiefly from the “ Essai sur le vol des Insectes, par J. Chabrier,” Mém. du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle; Zool. Journal, vol. i. art. xlvi. 1825.) VOL. XXVI. 2K 238 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. and presenting its maximum of surface, to resume its position of rest and plane of least resistance. The prineipal effort required in flight would therefore seem to be made during extension, or when the effective stroke is being given. The elastic ligament is variously formed, and the amount of contraction which it undergoes is in all cases accurately adapted to the size and form of the wing and the rapidity with which it is - worked—the contraction being greatest in the short-winged and heavy-bodied insects and birds, and least in the light-bodied and ample-winged ones, particularly in such as skim or glide. The mechanical action of the elastic ligament, I need scarcely remark, ensures an additional period of repose to the wing at each stroke, and this is a point of some importance as showing that the lengthened and laborious flights of insects and birds are not without their stated intervals of rest. Speed attained by Tnsects.—Many instances might be quoted of the marvellous powers of flight residing in insects as a class. The male of the Silkworm-Moth (Attacus Paphia) is stated to travel more than 100 miles a day*; and an anonymous writer in Nicholson's Journal + calculates that the common House-fly (Musca domestica), in ordinary flight, makes 600 strokes per second, and advances 25 feet, but that the rate of speed, if the in- sect be alarmed, may be increased six- or sevenfold, so that under certain circumstances it can outstrip the fleetest racehorse. Leeuwenhock relates a most exciting chase which he once beheld in a menagerie about 100 feet long between a Swallow and a Dragonfly (.Mor- della). The insect flew with such incredible speed, and wheeled with such address, that the Swallow, notwithstanding its utmost efforts, completely failed to overtake and capture it +. THE WINGS OF BATS, Where the Bat’s Wing agrees with and differs from that of the Insect and Bird.— The wing of the bat (Plate XV. fig. 66) bears considerable resemblance to that of the insect (Plate XV. fie. 65), inasmuch as it consists of a delicate, semitransparent, conti- nuous membrane, supported in divers directions, particularly towards its anterior margin (Plate XV. fig. 66def), by a system of stays or stretchers (4, b, f), which confer upon it the degree of rigidity requisite for flight. The supports in this instance consist of the bones of the arm, forearm, and hand ; and as these fold upon themselves (e) during the period of repose, they bear a certain analogy to the neure or nervures in the wing of | the beetle (Plate XV. fig. 65 d,e, f,c,a,b). Indeed, if the wing of the bat and that of some | their horny and osseous supports taper from within outwards (d,e,f), and from before back- narrow (Plate XIII. fig. 15). It also differs as regards relative proportion, on some occa- sions being ample with resard to the body, in others comparatively scanty. It is, as a * Linn. Trans. vii. p. 40. T Vol. iii. p. 36. i e The Hobby Falcon, which abounds in Bulgaria during the summer months, hawks large Dragonflies, which it seizes with the foot and devours whilst in the air. It also kills Swifts, Larks, Turtledoves and Bee-birds, although more rarely.” —Falconry in the British Isles, by Francis Henry Salvin and William Brodrick. Lond. 1855. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 239 rule, deeply concave on its under or ventral surface (Plate XIII. fig. 15), and in this respect resembles the wing of the Rasores or heavy-bodied birds (Plate XIV. figs. 31 and 32). It differs from the wing of the bird in being supported, in addition to the bones of the arm and hand, by the bones of the feet and tail, and likewise by the back and side of the body, and in presenting an uninterrupted or continuous membrane both in flexion and in extension. If the tail is long, the area of the wing is increased, this with the legs distending and supporting the membrane in a backward direction. This arrangement facilitates the evolutions of the bat on the wing, the elevation or depression of the feet and tail, and the spreading thereof, assisting it in ascending, descending, and turning. The Bones of the Wing of the Bat—the spiral configuration of their articular surfaces. — The bones of the arm and hand are especially deserving of attention. The humerus (Plate XIII. fig. 157) is short and powerful, and twisted upon itself to the extent of something less than a quarter of a turn. As a consequence, the axis of the shoulder- joint is nearly at right angles to that of the elbow-joint. Similar remarks may be made regarding the radius (the principal bone of the forearm) (d), and the second and third me- tacarpal bones with their phalanges (e f), all of which are greatly elongated, and give strength and rigidity to the anterior or thick margin of the wing. The articular surfaces of the bones alluded to, as well as of the other bones of the hand, are spirally disposed with reference to each other, the long axes of the joints intersecting at nearly right angles. The object of this arrangement is particularly evident when the wing of the living bat, or of one recently dead, is extended and flexed as in flight *. Extension and Flexion in the Wing of the Bat.—In the flexed condition the hu- merus and the second and third metacarpal bones, with their phalanges, are parallel to each other, the radius and ulna being raised a little above the others, and the fourth and fifth metacarpal bones, with their phalanges, a little below—the whole being parallel, or nearly parallel, with the long axis of the body. In the flexed state the surface of the wing is diminished to its utmost, so that it presents its narrow edge to the wind. When extension takes place the elbow-joint is depressed and car- ried forwards, the wrist elevated and carried backwards, the metacarpo phalangeal joints lowered and inclined forwards, and the distal phalangeal joints slightly raised t and car- ried backwards. The movement of the bat's wing in extension is consequently a spiral one, the spiral running alternately from. below upwards and forwards, and from above downwards and backwards. As the bones of the arm, forearm, and hand rotate on their axes during the extensile act, it follows that the posterior or thin margin of the wing is rotated in a downward direction (the anterior or thick one being rotated in an opposite direction) until the wing makes an angle of something like 30^ with the horizon, which, as I have already endeavoured to show, is the greatest angle made by the wing 1n flight. When the wing is fully extended it presents its surface of greatest resistance, and is then in part of my subject, to obtain the body of one of the larger Bats (a * Thad th d fortune, when engaged on this ; su di > its aid I was enabled to determine many points which had escaped species of Pteropus) immediately after death. By me in previous examinations. + The raising of the distal phalanges enables the Bat to arrange the distal portions of the wing upon the back during extreme flexion when the animal is reposing. 2x2 240 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. a position to give the effective or down stroke, which is delivered downwards and forwards, as in the insect. These movements are reversed during flexion. The action of the bat’s wing at the shoulder is particularly free, partly because the shoulder-joint is universal in its nature, and partly because the scapula participates in the movements of this region. The freedom of action referred to enables the bat not only to rotate and twist its wing asa whole, and so diminish or increase the angle which it makes with the horizon, but to rotate or screw it in an upward and downward direction, and likewise in a forward and backward one. The rotatory or twisting movement of the wing is an essential feature in flight, as it enables the bat (and this holds true also of the insect and bird) to balance itself with the utmost exactitude and to change its position and centre of gravity with marvellous dexterity. The movements of the shoulder-joint are restrained within certain limits by a system of check-ligaments, and by the coracoid and acromian processes of the scapula ; and the wing is recovered or flexed by the action of an elastic ligament extending between the shoulder and the elbow along the anterior margin of the wing, and by elastic and fibrous structures situated between the fingers and in the substance of the wing generally. The . bat flies with great ease and for lengthened periods. Its flight is remarkable for its softness, in which respect it surpasses the owl and the other nocturnal birds. The action of the wing of the bat, and the movements of its component bones, are essentially the same as in the bird. THE WINGS OF BIRDS. Traces of Design in the Wing of the Bird—the arrangement of the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers, &c.—There are few things in nature more admirably constructed than the wing of the bird, and perhaps none where design can be more readily traced. Its great strength and extreme lightness, the manner in which it closes up or folds during flexion, and opens out or expands during extension, as well as the manner in which the feathers are strung together and overlap each other in divers directions to produce at one time a solid resisting surface, and at another an interrupted and comparatively non-resisting one, present a degree of fitness to which the mind must necessarily revert with pleasure. If the feathers of the wing only are contemplated, they may be conve- niently divided into three sets of three each (on both sides of the wing)—an upper or dorsal set (Plate XV. fig. 63 d, e, J), a lower or ventral set (c, a,b), and one which is intermediate. This division is intended to refer the feathers to the bones of the arm, forearm, and hand, but is more or less arbitrary in its nature. The lower set or tier consists of the primary (2), secondary (a), and tertiary (c), feathers, strung together by fibrous structures in such a way that they move in an outward or inward direction, or turn upon their axes, at precisely the same instant of time,—the middle and upper sets of feathers, which overlap the primary, secondary, and tertiary ones, constituting what are called the “coverts” and “subcoverts.” The primary or rowing-feathers are the longest and strongest (b), the secondaries (a) next, and the tertiaries third (c). The tertiaries, however, are occasionally longer than the secondaries. The tertiary, secondary, = primary feathers Increase in strength from within outwards, i. e. from the body towards the extremity of the wing, and so of the several sets of wing-coverts. This DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 241 arrangement is necessary because the strain on the feathers during flight increases in proportion to their distance rom the trunk. The Wing of the Bird twisted upon itself; its shape &c.—The feathers, as will be seen from this description, become longer and stronger from before backwards and from within outwards; and the length and shape of the various sets of feathers, particularly the primaries, determine to a great extent the shape of the wing. Thus, if the first primary be longest, as in the Golden Plover, Curlew (Pl. XIV. fig. 35), the wing is acuminate; whereas if the third or even the fourth be longest, as happens in the Partridge (Pl. XIV. fig. 32) and Pheasant, the wing is rounded or circular. Between these extremes every variety of form may be encountered *. Although the feathers are longest and strongest towards the extremity of the wing, it does not follow that the wing itself is strongest in this direction. On the contrary, it is strongest towards the axilla or shoulder, the unwieldy or weighty parts being in this manner placed nearer the centre of gravity (which in birds falls between the wings, somewhere in the pectoral region T), where they are more immediately under control. The wing of the bird in this respect closely resembles the wing of the insect, both tapering from before backwards, and from within outwards, and presenting on section a conical surface in either direction. The wing of the bird, like that of the insect and bat, is concavo-convex (Plate XIV. figs. 28 & 32), and more or less twisted upon itself when extended (p. 253, Diagram 18 a. d’ e’ f", a’ V), so that the upper or thick margin of the pinion presents a different degree of curvature from that of the nether or thin margin, the curves presented by the two margins in the majority of instances intersect- ing each other (Pl. XV. fig. 70 df,cb; also Diagram 184.d'e’f’,a’ W). This is in a great measure owing to the arrangement of the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers, to the manner in which the bones of the wing of the bird are twisted upon themselves, and to the spiral nature of their articular surfaces,—the long axes of the joints, as in the bat, always intersecting each other at nearly right angles. The Wing of the Bird moveable in all its parts; the curves formed by it in exten- sion and flexion—The double twisting-process to which I refer is particularly well seen in Pl. XIV. fig. 29; and to this I would specially direct the attention of the reader, as it shows how, during flexion, the anterior or thick margin of the wing is slightly directed downwards (e f), the pinion presenting a narrow cutting edge to the wind; whereas during extension, the anterior or thick margin is very decidedly directed up- wards (d'e f’), the wing in this case presenting its maximum of surface. "The kite- * «The wing is short, broad, convex and rounded in Grouse, Partridges, and other Du; long, broad, straight, and pointed in most Pigeons. In the Peregrine Faloen it is acuminate, the second quill being longest, and the first little shorter ; and in the Swallows this is still more the case, the first quill being longest, the rest rapidly diminishing in length."— Macgillieray, Hist. Brit. Birds, vol. i. p. 82. “ The hawks ze. been classed as — o ignoble according to the length and sharpness of their wings : and the Falcons, or long-winged Hawks, are DEE from the short-winged ones by the second feather of the wing being either the longest or equal z length to the third, and by the nature of the stoop made in pursuit of their prey."—* Falconry in the British Isles, by F. H. Salvin and W. Brodrick, Lond. 1855, p. 28. e t : t “In flight the centre of gravity is brought forward beneath the origin of the wings ; but in standing it is carried various degrees backwards." —Macgillivray, Hist. of Brit. Birds. p. 47. 242 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. like action of the fully extended pinion, and the feathering principle (to use a nautical phrase) of the partially flexed one, may readily be inferred from this figure. It is further illustrative as showing the great facility with which a bird may elevate or depress its body, and how it may turn and wheel without the possibility of a mishap. The anterior or thick margin of the wing and the posterior or thin margin present different degrees of curvature, so that under certain conditions the two margins cross each other and form a true helix, as represented at Figs. 70, 73, and 74, Pl. XV. The anterior margin presents two well-marked curves, a corresponding number being found on the posterior margin. These curves may for the sake of clearness be divided into awillary curves and distal curves, the former occurring towards the root of the wing, the latter towards its extremity. The curves (axillary and distal) found on the anterior margin of the wing are always the reverse of those met with on the posterior margin; 4. e, if the convexity of the anterior axillary curve be directed downwards (Pl. XV. fig. 73e), that of the posterior axillary curve is directed upwards (Pl. XV. fig. 73a cf), and so of the anterior (f) and posterior (5) distal eurves. The two curves oceurring on the anterior margin of the wing (axillary and distal) are likewise antagonistic, the convexity of the axillary curve being always directed downwards (Pl. XV. fig. 73e) when the convexity of the distal one is directed upwards (Pl. XV. fig. 73 CL, and vice versá. The same holds true of the axillary and distal curves occurring on the posterior margin of the wing (Pl. XV. fig. 73a cd). In some birds, particularly where the wings are large and there is a considerable degree of movement permitted between the phalangeal or finger-bones bearing the primary feathers, there is a tendency to multiply or repeat the curves towards the tip of the wing. This was particularly the case in the wing of a Wild Swan, a fine specimen of which I had the good fortune to purchase at one of the London markets. In the wing of this magnificent bird, the movement permitted between the phalanges was such that in extreme extension the feathers were rotated in a slightly upward direction towards their roots, the movement extending to the tip of the feathers, and producing an additional or third curve at the extremity of the wing. The third curve is smaller than the others and has its concavity directed upwards. At first sight it appears as if it were produced by the bending upwards of the primary feathers, which I have satisfied myself is not the case. The yielding ut the joints towards the extremity of the wing is serviceable in two ways, viz, in preventing shock when the pinion is forcibly depressed, and, secondly, in introducing, as it were, the wing to the air, which acts as its f ; ulerum or pivot of support. The different Curves formed by the Wing reverse durin ee axillary and distal curves : ; completely reverse themselves during the acts of exten- sion and flexion, and so of the posterior axillary and distal curyes. This reversal of the curyes is seen to most advantage in the posterior margin of the wing, formed, in the bird, by the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers. Tt is well do at Pl. XV. figs. 73, 74, & 75. In fig. 73 the wing is partially flexed, the convexity of the distal curve (2) being directed downwards, that of the axillary ES (ac) up- wards. In fig. 74 the wing is rather more than half extended: and in thia po dition of the pinion the curves are obliterated, the posterior ern. eee get DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 243 as shown at bc. It is at this stage of extension that the axillary and distal curves reverse. In fig. 75 the wing is fully extended, the convexity of the axillary curve (c) being directed downwards, that of the distal one (a 5) upwards. This, I need scarcely remark, is the reverse of what occurred in flexion, as a comparison of bac of Pl. XV. fig. 73 with the corresponding letters of Fig. 75 will satisfactorily show. The axillary and distal curves formed by the posterior or thin margin of the wing when fully extended are also well shown at Pl. XV. fig. 62 dae. The cross Pulsations produced by the Wing in motion. Resemblance between the Flight of Birds, the Swimming of Fishes, &c.—Vrom this description it follows that, when the different portions of the anterior margin are elevated, corresponding portions of the posterior margin are depressed, the different parts of the wing moving in opposite directions, and playing, as it were, at cross purposes for a common good—the object being to rotate or screw the wing down upon the wind at e gradually increasing angle during extension, and to rotate it in an opposite direction and withdraw it at a gradually decreasing angle during flexion. It also happens that the axillary and distal curves coordinate each other and bite alternately, the distal curve posteriorly seizing the air in extreme extension with its concave surface (while the axillary curve relieves itself by presenting its convex surface), the axillary curve, on the other hand biting during flexion with its concave surface (while the distal one relieves itself by presenting its convex one). The wing may therefore be regarded as exer- cising a fourfold function, the pinion being made to move from within outwards and from above downwards during extension in the effective or down stroke, and from without inwards and from below upwards during flexion in the up or return stroke. The wing consequently acts as an elevator and propeller, during both the down and up strokes, the anterior and posterior margins of the pinion presenting concave and convex surfaces alternately to suit the varying position of the wing during its descent and ascent, it being so arranged that there is always a concave or biting surface to lay hold of the air, and a convex one to facilitate its escape when its presence might retard the upward and onward movement of the bird. This oscillating of the wing on two separate axes— the one running parallel with the body of the bird, the other at right angles to it, is well worthy of attention as showing that the wing attacks the air B which it operates in every direction and at almost the same moment, viz. from within outwards and from above downwards, during the down or effective stroke, and from without inwards and from below upwards during the up or return stroke. As a corollary to the foregoing, the wing may be said to agitate the air in two principal directions, viz. P ya gees o wards or the reverse, and from behind forwards or the reverse, the agitation in question producing two powerful pulsations, a longitudinal and a lateral. As, ra T of the wing glide into each other when the wing is in motion, so the a - gon m into the other by a series of intermediate and lesser pulisanpe. The wen eg to pp. 204, 205, and 206 will show, also produces two principal pulsations 1n p woo , one being from before backwards or the reverse, the other from side to side. e fish may be said to drill the water in two directions, viz. from behind forwards by a twisting xod serewing of the body on its long axis, and from side to side by causing its anterior and 244 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. posterior portions to assume opposite curves. The longitudinal and lateral pulsations occasioned by the wing in action may be fitly represented by spiral wave-tracks running at right angles to each other. The lateral wave-track (Pl. XV. figs. 73 & 75 bac) is the more distinct. It is usually correctly portrayed by artists in their landscapes and sea-pieces, and is ascribed by His Grace the Duke of Argyll* to the bending upwards of the feathers during the descent of the wing. I am, however, disposed to attribute it not so much to the bending of the feathers, which would imply weakness or imper- fection in the materials employed, as to the general arrangement of the feathers, to the peculiar movements of the articular surfaces of the bones of the wing, and to the confor- mation of the wing as a whole. The Curves formed by the Wing in motion not due to the upbending of the Feathers.— That the double eurve presented by the wing in action is not referable to adventitious pressure and yielding, but to the peculiar structure of the pinion, is rendered extremely probable by the fact that it is found in the wing of the insect (Pl. XV. fig. 68 cd) and bat (Pl. XV. fig. 69 cb), where no feathers are present, and in the wing of the bird when it is artificially dried in the extended position (Pl. XV. fig. 62 gab), and where conse- quently neither pressure nor yielding could occur. The wing, moreover, in the dried state (when the joints are immobile), is so rigid that, strike the air with it as you will, it is impossible to detect any upbending of either the primary or secondary feathers. Perhaps the most conclusive argument that can be adduced against the theory of the up- ward bending of the feathers while the wing is descending, is to be found in the fact (vide experiments pp.219, 220, and 221) that the posterior margin of the pinion, both in thein- sect and bird may be completely removed without impairing the function of flight. This circumstance would certainly lead us to infer that the wing derives its power from inherent or structural, rather than accidental properties—the curves and the fundamental form of the wing being in no wise impaired by the mutilation. In corroboration of the opinion that no upbending of the feathers occurs during the effective or down stroke of the wing, it may be stated that the pressure which would produce it, does not naturally fall on the posterior margin of the pinion, formed by the primary, secondary, and tertiary com a“ = ie DEN or thick margin composed of the integument, alar m men ms we - e roots or stronger portions of the feathers in question. Mii mporeover, wing is driven with great velocity, and the rapid oscillation, by gliding or otherwise, is high, the pressure more and more on the anterior or Front edge of the dem " where consequently it is best able to withstand the strain to law regulating the accumulation of the pressure on the anteri at high velocities has been worked out by nious paper, and is more fully explained in the wing towards its tip is usually observed spectator, and may be referred either speed attained by its curiously enough, falls where it is strongest, and Which it is subjected. The or or front edge of the wing Mr. F. H. Wenham + ina very able and inge- a footnote to p. 258. The bending upwards of When the bird is flying from or towards the to the posterior distal curve pointing downwards * ‘The Reign of Law,’ p. 143. London: 1867. t “On Aerial Locomotion, and the laws by which h i | i ` eavy bo i i ined,” Report of the Aeronautical Society of Great Britain, 1867. an seu ee ` | | - by their union on the ventral or under surface of the wing, DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 245 as in partial flexion (Pl. XV. fig. 73 b), or to the elevation of the posterior distal portion of the wing (Pl. XV. fig. 69 b) and the depression of the corresponding anterior portion (Pl. XV. fig. 69 f), as happens when the posterior margin of the wing is rotated in an upward direction at the beginning of the up or return stroke. In this case, the posterior margin (Plate XV. fig. 69 5) islost to view, the anterior margin (f), which is bent upwards towards the extremity of the wing, being alone seen. Finally, as has been explained, it may be referred to the upward direction communicated to the primary feathers by the metacarpal and phalangeal bones of the wing rotating or twisting on their long axes in the direction indicated. Natural Outlet for the Air towards the root of the pinion; the bending upwards of the feathers for this purpose unnecessary.—The bending upwards of the shafts of the feathers during the descent of the wing would, I opine, impair its efficacy by permitting more air to escape along its posterior or thin margin than is necessary, the air by this arrangement being diverted from its real cutlet, which occurs towards the root of the pinion, where the secondary and tertiary feathers approach each other. In this locality a very beautiful provision is made for its exit, it so happening that the secondary feathers with their coverts and subcoverts, on. both the dorsal and ventral aspects, run obliquely from without inwards, or towards the body of the bird ; while the corresponding tertiary feathers proceed in a slanting direction from within outwards, i. e. in the direction of the tip of the wing. The result of this arrangement is obvious: the secondary and tertiary feathers, proceeding obliquely in opposite directions, meet at a certain angle, and form to which the present descrip- tion more particularly applies, a conical depression, or hollow, the base of which is directed upwards and outwards, towards the anterior margin and body of the wing—the apex downwards and inwards, towards the posterior margin and root of the pinion. It is in this latter situation that the air on which the wing has acted escapes in a concentrated form, the recoil which it elieits urging the body of the bird in an upward and forward direction, and acting at the very point where its elevating- and propelling-power is greatest. Compare the axillary and distal eurves occurring on ihe anterior and posterior margins of the wing with those made by the bones of the wing during extension and flexion, as shown in Diagrams from 7 to 16 inclusive, pp. 247, 248, and 249. i Framework or Support for the Wings of the Bird. The Weight of the Bird how utilized in Flight.—In order clearly to comprehend the structure and action of the wing in birds, it will be necessary to advert briefly at this stage to the osseous framework of the wing, and to those portions of the general skeleton more immediately concerned in flight. In the Class Aves, the thoracic vertebre are more Or less completely anchylosed, to give greater rigidity, while the ribs are supplied with lateral processes which gear or chain them together. The cylinder of the thorax is completed by the enormously developed boat- shaped sternum, which gives origin to the powerful pectoral muscles, Kee bag, action upon the wings, being principally instrumental in elevating and in a Yu We bird. It may appear a paradox ; but those same muscles, because of their great weig (they are sometimes equal to two-thirds of the entire muscular system), tend likewise to depress it; and it is only by their being made to operate upon the wings, L^ in the VOL. XXVI. 246 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. extended state are inclined obliquely upwards (Pl. XIV. figs. 32 & 42), that this ten- dency to fallin a downward direction is counteracted. The pectoral muscles, therefore, while they raise and carry the body forwards, also confer upon it the requisite degree of steadiness. The manner in which the weight of a living bird is utilized is very remarkable. | In the first place, it gives peculiar efficacy and energy to the down stroke by pressing the inclined planes formed by the wings elosely down. upon the wind. l Secondly, it adds momentum,—a heavy body, when once fairly under weigh, meeting with little resistance from the air, through which it sweeps like a heavy pendulum. Thirdly. The mere act of rotating the wings on and off the wind during extension and flexion, with a slight downward stroke, apparently represents the entire exertion on the part of the bird, the rest being performed by weight alone. This last eircumstance is deserving of attention, the more especially as it seems to constitute the principal difference between a living flying thing and an aerial machine, In the latter, as far as yet devised, there is no sympathy between the weight to be lifted and the lifting power, whilst in natural flight the wing and the weight of the bird act together. If an artificial pinion were properly constructed, it would work up to a great extent the inertia of the machine together with the driving power. In other words, the weight, if made to act upon properly constructed inclined surfaces and suitably directed, would in part be converted into actual lifting power. The Bones of the Wing of the Bird—their articular surfaces, movements, Ant The humerus, or arm-bone of the wing, is supported by three of the trunk-bones, viz. - the scapula or shoulderblade, the clavicle or collar-bone, also called the furculum*, and the coracoid bone,—these three converging to form a point d'appui, or centre of support for the head of the humerus, which is received in Jacettes or depressions situated on the scapula and coracoid. In order that the wing may have an almost unlimited range of motion and be wielded after the manner of a flail, it is articulated to the trunk | by a somewhat lax universal joint, which permits vertical, horizontal, and intermediate movements t. The long axis of the joint is directed vertically, the joint itself somewhat | backwards. It is otherwise with the elbow-joint, which is turned forwards, and has im : long axis directed horizontally, from the fact that the humerus is twisted upon itself t0 — iie extent.of nearly a quarter of a turn. The elbow-joint is decidedly spiral in its nature, long axis intersecting that of the shoulder-joint at nearly right angles. The humerus articulates at the elbow with 2 bones, the radius and the ulna, the former of which B pushed from the humerus, while the other is drawn towards it during extension, the ; e mew pue united to the anterior part of the sternum by ligament ; but in birds of power = ually extended for gliding and Sailing, as in the Frigatebird, the union is osseous V" — Sue “In the Frigatebird the fureula are likewise anchylosed with the coracoid bones” (Comp. Anat. & Phy of Vertebrates, by Prof. Owen, vol. ij. p. 66). : 2 Nike Os ake X bone of the arm, is articulated by a small rounded surface to a corresponding cavity toni n tne coracoid bone and the scapula, in such a manne eg TE ag y .>—Maeg Brit. Birds, vol, i. p. 33. ner as to allow great freedom of motion S '* The arm is articulated to the t br ` in runk by a ball and socket-ioj t, permitti tion necessary ^ — flight.” Oye, of Anat. § Phys. vo], iii. p. 424. cke € » permitting all the freedom of moti E: DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 247 reverse occurring during flexion. Both bones, moreover, while those movements are taking place, revolve to a greater or less extent upon their own axes. The bones of the forearm articulate at the wrist with the carpal bones, which being spirally arranged, and placed obliquely between them and the metacarpal bones, transmit the motions to the latter in a curved direction. The long axis of the wrist-joint is, as nearly as may be, at right angles to that of the elbow-joint, and more or less parallel with that of the shoulder. The metacarpal or hand-bones, and the phalanges or finger-bones, are more or less fused together, the better to support the great primary feathers, on the efficiency of which flight mainly depends. They are articulated to each other by double hinge-joints, the long axes of which are nearly at right angles to each other. As a result of this disposition of the articular surfaces, the wing may be shot out or extended and retracted or flexed in nearly the same plane, the bones composing the wing, particularly those of the forearm, rotating on their axes during either movement. This secondary action, or the revolving of the component bones upon their own axes, is of the greatest importance in the movements of the wings, as it communicates to the hand and forearm, and consequently to the primary and secondary feathers which they bear, the precise angles necessary for flight ; it in fact ensures that the wing, and the curtain or fringe of the wing which the primary and secondary feathers form, shall be screwed into and down upon the wind in extension, and unscrewed or withdrawn from it during flexion. The wing of the bird may therefore be compared to a huge gimlet or auger; the axis of the gimlet representing the bones of the wing, the flanges or spiral thread of the gimlet the primary and secondary feathers. As the degree of rotation made by the bones of the forearm and hand during extension amounts, as nearly as pos- sible, to a quarter of a turn of a spiral, it follows that in flexion the wing presents a knife- like edge to the wind (Plate XIV. fig. 29 ef) ; whereas in extension (d e f^) the curtain of the wing (c5) is rotated in a downward direction, until its concave or under surface makes an angle of 30°, or thereabouts, with the horizon*. The angle in question is given at fig. 32, Plate XIV., if a line be drawn from a to e and another from a to d, the linea e being made to represent the horizon, and the line ad the angle which the wing makes with it when fully extended. From this description it will be evident that by the mere rotation of the bones of the forearm and hand the maximum and minimum of resist- ance is infallibly secured t. * This is the reverse of what happens in the wing adapted for flying under water (see p. 212). + The subjoined notes of observations and experiments made by the author on the wing of the Crested Crane, with a view to determine its movements, may prove interesting :— Tug MOVEMENTS PECULIAR TO THE ELBOW-, WRIST-, AND OTHER Joints iN THE Wixc or THE Den, Shoulder-joint.—The head of the humerus is convex and somewhat. oval (not round), tie long axis of the oval being directed from above downwards, i. e. from the dorsal towards the ventral aspect of - bird. The humerus ce therefore glide up and down in the facettes occurring on the enim ends of "he coracoid and scapular ges A. great facility, much in the same way that the head of the radius glides upon the distal end of the humerus. ut t : humerus has another motion; it moves like a hinge from before backwards, and the ehe zu axis of the latter movement is almost at right angles to that of the former. As, however, the shoulder-jomit is monaected by long ligaments to the body, and can be drawn away from it to the extent of one-eighth of an inch or more, it follows that a third and twisting movement can be performed, the twisting admitting of rotation to the extent of something like a 212 248 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. The Action of the Wing likened by some to that of an Oar.—The effect produced upon the air by the rotating of the wing upon its axis has, I may remark, been likened by many to that produced upon the water by an oar when it is partially rotated (or what is techni- quarter of a turn. In raising and extending the wing preparatory to the downward stroke, two opposite movements are required, viz. one from before backwards (Diagram 7 a), and another from below upwards (5). As, however, the axes of these movements are at nearly right angles to each other, the spiral or twisting movement is necessary torun the one into the other—to turn the corner, in fact (c). Y* - nagram ZA) E 1 NI e Spiral course (c) described by the head of the humerus when the wing is being raised and extended. The ligaments of the shoulder-joint are cross or check ligaments, one set acting to prevent an undue elevation and backward motion, the other an undue depression and forward motion. "They also act in preventing undue twisting either in a backward or forward direction. The wing of the insect is geared after a similar fashion at the axilla. Elbow-joint.—The long axis of the elbow-joint intersects the long axis of the shoulder-joint nearly at right angles. When the humerus is fixed, and the wing is extended and flexed, the proximal ends of the bones of the forearm describe a spiral track on the distal end of the humerus or bone of the arm. This is proved by the conformation of the elbow- joint, and by the fact that during extension the elbow and the bones of the forearm, particularly their distal extremi- ties, describe an upward curve, so :— Diagram 8. d esed N During flexion the elbow and bones referred to describe another and opposite curve, as shown in Diagram 9 :— Diagram 9. CH - Se — 9 — un n The movements described by the elbow-joint during extension and flexion may consequently be represented by an ellipse or ovoid, as under (Diagram 10) :— | Diagram 10. Extension. M RE DM s of the wrist-joint is at nearly right angles to that of the elbow, and nearly parallel wi at of the shoulder. In extension of the wrist, the wrist-ioint and , i describe a downward curve, as at Diagram 11. Joint and the metacarpal and phalangeal bone - Md ns WI Qui Ulp quj RSC cs ai ses D et ée Guia In flexion the wrist and bones alluded to describe another and opposite curve DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 249 cally called “‘feathered”’) between the effective and non-effective strokes. The analogy, how- ever, 1s more apparent than real, since the flat of the oar is applied in an opposite direction to shot in which the boat is impelled, whereas the wing is applied obliquely in the same Diagram 12. bi movements deseribed by the wrist-joint during extension and flexion may therefore be represented as in the adjoining woodcut (Diagram 13). Diagram 13. Flexion. ————ÀÀ Extension. The movements of the wrist-joint are always the reverse of those occurring at the elbow-joint. Thus, during ex- tension, the elbow and bones of the forearm are elevated, and describe one side of an ellipse ; while the wrist and bones of the hand are depressed, and describe the side of another and opposite ellipse, as shown at Diagrams 14 & 15. Diagram 14.— Extension of the wing. Elbow and forearm. Wrist and hand. These movements, I need scarcely observe, are reversed during flexion. Diagram 15.—Flexion of the Wing. Wrist and hand. —— zo. „r —— Z ‘ a Teer Oe AE RH ELTERN NEL Me Elbow and forearm. From this it follows that when the elbow is raised and carried backwards, the wrist is lowered and carried for- wards, and vice versá. Similar remarks may be made regarding the disposition of the articular surfaces, metacarpal and phalangeal bones. The Elbow-, Wrist-, and other Joints alternate and r scribed by the elbow- and wrist-joints are occasioned by and from each making a quarter of a turn or so during exte consequence, the wing, as has been explained in the text, may be shot out or extended, and withdrawn or flexed, in a nearly straight line, the modus operandi or principle of action being not inadequately represented by the component parts of an auger or gimlet,—the axis of the instrument representing the action of the wing as a whole, the spiral flanges the movements of the component bones and of the feathers (Diag. 16). Diagram 16. and the movements of the eciprocate.—The alternating and opposite movements de- the bones of the elbow and wrist being spirally arranged, nsion, and the same amount during flexion. As a Extension (elbow). Flexion (wrist). Line along which the wing travels during extension and flexion Flexion (elbow). Extension (wrist). Elevation and Depression of the Wing, how caused.—The object of the alternating and reciprocating movements 250 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. direction in which the body of the bird is being urged. This additional difference is to be noted: the blade of the oar is applied vertically, or with its maximum of surface, during the effective stroke, and horizontally, or with its minimum of surface, during the non- effective one; the wing, on the contrary, is inclined more or less obliquely both during the down or effective and the up, non-effective, or return stroke. This arises from the fact that the oar simply impels, whereas the wing both impels and elevates. . Function of individual Feathers. The Wing rigid in extension.— While the bones of the forearm and hand are revolving on their own axes during extension, and causing the primary and secondary feathers to make an angle of 30°, or thereabouts, with the horizon (Pl. XIV. figs. 32, 35 & 42), the feathers themselves are likewise rotating on their axes, these being placed obliquely during flexion, to admit of the air passing between them, but gradually presenting their flat surfaces to form an unyielding phalanx and prevent its eseape during extension. In extension the wing is rigid, its bones and soft parts being, as it were, serewed home or fixed (Pl. XIV. figs. 30, 31, 41 & 42). The feathers contribute to this result by individually overlapping each other, the primaries and secondaries overlapping each other more and more completely in a direction from with- out inwards (Pl. XV. figs. 63 and 67, ba), these being overlapped by their respective coverts and subcoverts from above downwards (de). The wing in extension is thus balustraded or propped up in every direction; and I am of opinion, as I have already of the elbow and wrist is the elevating and depressing of the wing during extension and flexion; the mere act of extension raising the pinion preparatory to its making the downward stroke, the act of flexion gathering the pinion up or off the wind preparatory to a second extension. "These movements are analogous in every respect to those made by corresponding parts in the Bat, and by the arms in swimming. _ The Elbow-, Wrist-, and other Joints always at nearly right angles.—'The long axis of the elbow-, wrist-, and other coordinate and complement each other. The conformation of the elbow-, wrist-, and other joints, and the movements of the bones of the hand on the forearm, and of the forearm on the humerus, account for the wing of the bird and bat being twisted upon themselves, and for their peculiar spiral mode of action. If the bird be placed with its head away from t at the elbow will be found most extensive in an upward and backward direction, the reverse of this holding true of halangeal joints ; so that the bones of the hand twist the metacarpal and phalangeal bones This coincidence in the arrangement of the bones nes of the forearm and hand, as has been explained, : oing they rotate the pri on and off the wind, and give them the precise angles necessary for fight. Sense. It is a curious circumstance that the movements described by HOS the forear i those described by the serpent when creeping and the fish wh SE eager. en swimming (Plate XV. fig. 76). DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 251 had occasion to state (pages 241, 242, 243, and 244), that the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers (if allowance be made for a slight degree of elastieity, necessary to prevent shock) do not yield in an upward direction during the downward stroke, as many believe *. A reference to Diagram 18 A, p. 253, and to the figures in Plate XIV., all of which are accurately drawn, will be found to corroborate this belief, the uplifting referred to being in every instance quite inappreciable. If the tips of the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers, did yield, which I am not prepared to admit (se p. 244), they would lose much of the levering power which they undoubtedly possess. To bend, and so permit the air to escape, would be tantamount to removing the fulcrum on which the wing acts. As proof that the feathers do not yield, I may state that I have never observed them give way in the living bird, and that all wings are more or less scooped out on their inferior surface expressly to prevent the escape of the air (Pl. XIV. figs. 28, 31, 32 & 38), the difference in favour of a concave surface over a eonvex one (Pl. XIV. figs. 35 & 37), when applied to air or water, being as two to one. The only part where the wind can escape, as I have already pointed out (p. 245), is towards the root of the wing, where the feathers are feeble, and there is a breach naturally (Plate XIV. figs. 28, 30, 35, and 37,0). In order to prevent shock and undue straining of the primary and secondary feathers during extension, the bones of the forearm and hand are made to rotate to a slight.extent, as already mentioned. Lax condition of the Pinion in flexion. The imbricating and disimbricating action of the feathers.—The wing, which was rigid or tense during extension, presents an opposite con- dition during flexion (Plate XIV. figs. 33 & 40), the pinion becoming limp, the feathers losing their bony and fibrous supports, and the wind escaping. Here again, however, there is a limit, the elastic ligament of the wing, which is variously constructed, contracting more or less completely in different birds, the amount of contraction (as has been explained) being regulated by the weight to be supported and by the rapidity with which the wing requires to be driven. In the Swallow e. g. (Plate XV. fig. 53), a bird that glides or skims along for great distances, the wing is only very slightly flexed by the elastic ligament, whereas in the Partridge and some of the other Gallina- ceous birds it is semiflexed. In the majority of quick-flying birds, where the wing requires to lay hold of the wind and disengage itself suddenly and the birds do not glide or skim, considerable advantage is gained by the primary and secondary feathers being thrown out of position during flexion, this arrangement preventing retardation by diminishing the amount of air displaced in the upward or back stroke. This slating (or ating action of the feathers during extension and flexion, however, overlapping) and unsl pping) t necessarily an essential is one of the peculiarities or refinements of flight, and no feature in it—since flight can be efficiently performed by the insect and bat, where no * His Grace the Duke of Argyll, in speaking of the wind compressed in the hollow of the wing, says that, as this cannot pass through the wing “ owing to the closing upwards of the feathers against each other,” or escape forwards, “because of the rigidity of the bones and of the quills in this direction, it passes backwards, and in so doing Tifts by its force the elastic ends of the feathers.” —Reign of Law, ‘ Good Words,’ February 1865, p. 128. ; Mr. Macgillivray would seem to imply a similar belief, in the following passage :—* "To progress in a horizontal direction it is necessary that the downward stroke should be modified dy the elevation in a certain degree of the free extremities of the quills." —Hist. of Brit. Birds, Lond. 1837, p. 43. 252 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. feathers are present, and where, consequently, no opening or closing of them can pos- sibly occur; in some birds, moreover, as the Albatros, which spend the greater part of their time on the wing, the wing-coverts are so numerous and come so low down that the primary and secondary feathers (Plate XV. fig. 64 b, a) are with difficulty thrown out of position, this being in a great measure unnecessary, as the wings are almost always in the extended state. Flexion of the Wing necessary to the Flight of Birds.—Considerable diversity of opinion exists as to whether birds do or do not flex their wings in flight. The discrepancy is owing to the great difficulty experienced in analyzing animal movements, particularly when, as in the case of the wings, they are consecutive and rapid. My own opinion is, that the wings are flexed in flight, but that all wings are not flexed to the same extent, and that what holds true of one wing does not necessarily hold true of another. To see the flexing of the wing properly, the observer should be either immediately above the bird or directly beneath it. If the bird be contemplated from before, behind, or from the side, the up and down strokes of the pinion distract the attention and complicate the movement to such an extent as to render the observation of little value. In watching rooks proceed- ing leisurely against a slight breeze, I have over and over again satisfied myself that the wings are flexed during the up stroke, the mere extension and flexion, with very little of a down stroke, in such instances sufficing for propulsion. I have also observed it in the Pigeon in full flight, and likewise in the Starling, Sparrow, and Kingfisher. Diagram 17. N Kë T ep i EZ E a é Shows the upward inclination of the body and the flexed condition of the wings (ad, ef ) in the flight of the Kingfisher. It seems to occur principally at the wrist-joint, and gives to the wing the peculiar quiver or tremor so apparent in rapid flight, and which is likewise well SE in young birds at feeding-time. The object to be attained is manifest. Bv the RER of the wing in flight, the * remiges," or rowing-feathers, are opened up or own out didi and the wind permitted to escape—advantage being thus taken of the peculiar action of the individual feathers and the higher degree of differentiation perceptible in the wing of the bird as compared with that of the bat and insect, j In order to corroborate the above opinion, I extended the wings of several birds as in DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 253 rapid flight, and fixed them in the outspread position by lashing them to light unyielding reeds. In these experiments the shoulder and elbow-joints were left quite free—the wrist or carpal and the metacarpal joints only being bound. Itook care, moreover, to interfere as little as possible with the action of the elastic ligament or alar membrane which, in ordinary circumstances, recovers or flexes the wing, the reeds being attached for the most part to the primary and secondary feathers. When the wings of a pigeon were so tied up, the bird could not rise, although it made vigorous efforts to do so. When dropped from the hand, it fell violently on the lawn, notwithstanding the strenuous exertions which it made with its pinions to save itself. When thrown into the air, it flut- tered most energetically in its endeavours to reach the dove-cot, which was close at hand ; in every instance, however, it fell, more or less heavily, the distance attained varying with the altitude to which it was projected. Thinking that probably the novelty of the situation and the strangeness of the appli- ances confused the bird, I allowed it to walk about and to rest without removing the reeds. I repeated the experiment at intervals, but with no better results. The same phenomena, I may remark, were witnessed in the Sparrow; so that I think there can be little doubt that a certain degree of flexure is indispensable to the flight of all birds—the amount varying according to the length and form of the pinion, and being greatest in the short-broad-winged birds, as the Partridge (Plate XIV. fig. 32) and Kingfisher (Dia- gram 17,p. 252), less in those whose wings are moderately long and narrow, as the Gulls (Diagram 18 a, B, €) and many of the oceanic birds, and least in the heavy-bodied long- and narrow-winged sailing or gliding birds, the best example of which is the Albatros (Diagram 18 n). The degree of flexion, moreover, varies according as the bird is rising, falling, or progressing in a horizontal direction, it being greatest in the two former, and least in the latter. Diagram 18. d' e f") and slightly flexed condition of the pinion in the flight of the Gull (A, », c); also the D Illustrates the twi ion (a’ b’ e i e twisted conformation ( f the Albatros (D) and other sailing birds. narrow, rigid, and widely-extended pinions o It is true that in insects, unless perhaps in those which fold or elose the wing during repose, no flexion of the pinion takes place in flight; but this is no argument against 1 D H D B à T the s i e this mode of diminishing the wing-area during the up or back stroke where the joint 2M VOL. XXVI. 254 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. exist; and it is more than probable that when joints are present they are added to augment the power of the wing during its active state, 7. e. during flight, quite as much as to assist in arranging the pinion on the back or side when the wing is passive and the animal is reposing. The flexion of the wing is most obvious when the bird is exerting itself, and may be detected in birds which skim or glide when they are rising, or when they are vigorously flapping their wings to secure the impetus necessary to the gliding movement. It is less marked at the elbow-joint than at the wrist; and it may be stated generally that, as flexion decreases, the twisting flail-like movement of the wing at the shoulder increases, and vice versá,—the great difference between sailing birds (see Diagram 18 », p. 253, and Diagram 19, p. 259) and those which do not sail (Diagram 17, p. 252) amounting to this, that in the sailing birds the wing is worked from the shoulder by being alternately rolled on and off the wind, as in insects; whereas, in birds which do not glide, the spiral movement travels along the arm as in bats, and manifests itself during flexion and extension in the bending of the joints and in the rotation of the bones of the wing on their axes. The spiral conformation of the pinions, to which allusion has been so frequently made, is best seen in the heavy-bodied birds, as the Turkey, Capercailzie, Pheasant, and Partridge (Plate XV. fig. 70); and here also the concavo-convex form of the wing is most perceptible (Plate XIV. figs. 31 and 32). In the light-bodied, ample-winged birds, the amount of twisting is dimi- nished (Diagram 18 a. a’ b, d' &' f", p. 253), and, as a result, the wing is more or less flattened (Plate XIV. figs. 29 and 30). Power of the Wing—to what owing.—The shape and power of the pinion depend upon one of three eireumstances—to wit, the length of the humerus*, the length of the cubitus or forearm, and the length of the primary feathers. In the Swallow the humerus, and in the Humming-bird the cubitus is very short, the primaries being very long; whereas in the Albatros the humerus or arm-bone is long and the primaries short. When one of these conditions is fulfilled, the pinion is usually greatly elongated and scythe-like (Plate XIV. fig. 35, Plate XV. fig. 64)—an arrangement which enables the bird to keep on the us for Weeer: periods with comparatively little exertion, and to wheel, turn, and: glide about with exceeding ease and grace. When the wing is truncated and rounded, a form of pinion usually associated with a heavy body, as in the Grouse, Quail, Diver, line or arabes large divi 1d Lane: -3 = el een EEN and somewhat südden Their en T. eed uas ER gem eme o eine The Goose (Plate XIX ici se. x EE 1s perfect while it lasts. and Crow (Plate XIV figs. 41 and N : KN = fig. 37), Pigeon (Plate XIV. fig. => : en ) are Intermediate both as regards the form of the wing and the rapidity with which it is moved. o The Heron (Plate XIV. fig. 38) and Hummin another direction,—the Heron having a lar ming-bird a comparatively g-bird, furnish extreme examples in ; : targe wing with a leisurely movement, the Hum- RR arge wing with a greatly accelerated one. ENS Den. in length, being very short in the Swallow, of moderate length in the Galli- nacre rds, long e Crows, very long in the Gannets, and unusually elongated in the Albatros. In the Golde op ee ey n Eagle it is also seen to be of great length, — Macyillivray's Jus Bs uL p. 30 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 255 But I need not multiply examples; suffice it to say that, unless in the case of the sailing birds, which are exceptional, flight may be attained within certain limits by every size and form of wing, if the number of its oscillations be increased in proportion to the weight to be raised. Reasons why the Effective Stroke should be delivered Downwards and Forwards.— The wings of all birds, whatever their form, act by alternately presenting oblique and comparatively non-oblique surfaces to the air,—the mere extension of the pinion, as has been shown, causing the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers to roll down till they make an angle of 30° or so with the horizon, in order to prepare it for giving the effec- tive stroke, which is delivered, with great rapidity and energy, in a downward and forward direction. I repeat, * downward and forward ;" for a careful examination of the relations of the wing in the dead bird, and a close observation of its action in the living one, have fully convinced me that the stroke is invariably delivered in this direction*. If the wing did not strike downwards and forwards, it would act at a manifest disadvantage :— ist. Because it would present the back or convex surface of the wing to the air—a convex surface dispersing or dissipating the air, while a concave surface gathers it toge- ther or focuses it. 2nd. In order to strike backwards effectually, the concavity of the wing would also require to be turned backwards ; and this would involve the depression of the anterior or thick margin of the pinion, and the elevation of the posterior or thin one, during the down stroke, which never happens. 3rd. The strain to which the pinion is subjected in flight would, if the wing struck backwards, fall, not on the anterior or strong margin of the pinion formed by the bones and muscles, but on the posterior or weak margin formed by the tips of the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers—which is not in accordance with the structure of the parts. * Prevailing Opinions as to the Direction of the Down Stroke.—Mr. Macgillivray, in his ‘History of British Birds,’ published in 1837, expresses a contrary belief. He says (p. 34) that in flexion the wing is c upwards, forwards, and inwards, but that during extension, when the effective stroke is given, it is made to strike outwards, downwards, and backwards. The Duke of Argyll holds a very similar opinion. In speaking of the hovering of birds, he states that, “if a bird, by altering the axis of its own body, can direct its wing-stroke in some degree forwards, it will have the effect of stopping instead of promoting progression ; "" and that, “ Except for Zen purpose of arresting their flight, birds can never strike except directly downwards—that is, directly against the opposing force of gravity.” —Good Words, Feb. 1865, p. 132. Mr. Bishop, in the ‘Cye. of Anat. & Phys.’ vol. iii. p. 425, says, ; being disposed either perpendicularly or obliquely backwards to the direction of their is given to their centre of gravity.” Professor Owen, in like manner, avers that ; ; tend to raise the bird in the air ; to carry it forwards, the wings require to be moved "m — plane, so as to strike backwards as well as downwards."— Comp. Anat. and Phys. and Vertebrates, vol. ii. r sum D ar n The following is the account given by M. E. Liais:—“ When a bird is about to e its wing, this is a little inclined from before backwards. When the descending movement commences, the wing does not descend parallel to itself in a direction from before backwards; but the movement is accompanied by a rotation meni | "ER the anterior edge, so that the wing becomes more in front than behind, and the descending movement is transferred more and more backwards. * * * * * When the wing has completely descended, it 1s Son further a En lower than at the commencement of the movement.”—On the Flight of Birds and Insects, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. Xv. 3rd series, p. 156. à 2x2 «In consequence of the planes of the wings motion, a corresponding impulse “a downward stroke would only 256 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 4th. The feathers of the wing, instead of being closed, as they necessarily are, by a for- ward and downward movement, would be inevitably opened, and the integrity of the wing impaired by a downward and backward movement. 5th. The disposition of the articular surfaces of the wing (particularly that of the shoulder-joint) is such as to facilitate the downward and forward movement, while it in a great measure prevents the downward and backward one. 6th and lastly. If the wing did in reality strike downwards and backwards, a result the converse of that desired would most assuredly be produced, it always happening that an oblique surface which smites the air in a downward and backward direction (if left to itself) tends to depress the body bearing it. This is proved by the action of free inclined planes, arranged in the form of a screw, upon the air. If a small light screw be placed horizontally in a rest and set free by a rapid rotatory movement, it will be found that, so long as the blades are directed upwards and they are made to strike Sorwards, or in the direction of the inclination of the blades, the machine will rise. If, however, no change be made in the direction of the blades, and they are made to strike back- wards, i. e. in the direction of the lower margins of the blades, no rising of the machine will occur. Further, the screw if left to itself, invariably acts in opposite directions during its ascent and descent. If a screw, e. g- rises by having its blades inclined in an upward direction from right to left, and by being driven in this direction, it descends by rotating from left to right, the mere change in the direction of the rotation causing the blades to strike downwards instead of upwards. The effect produced by the downward and backward stroke of an oblique surface upon the air, if its nether margin is directed downwards and backwards, as is the case in the wing of the bird, would consequently be to depress the body of the bird. The reverse of this, as I pointed out at pp. 212, 213, and 214, holds true of oblique surfaces acting on the water. Analogy between the Wing and a Boys Kite.—The wing strikes the air precisely as a boy's kite would if it were jerked by its string, the only difference being that the kite is pulled forwards upon the wind by the string and the hand (Plate XV. figs. 71 and 72,78); whereas in the insect, bat, and bird the wing is pushed forwards as the wind by the ‘weight of the body and the power residing in the pinion itself *. When the wing of the bird descends it makes a variable angle with the body in addition fob rus es dela the horizon, so that in this direction also it acts as an TENY Ba Be di phis When, moreover, it is being recovered or before backwardı the Deet Ei ee T ee pe: paren ae was made by the curtain of the wing with the horizon during extension being gradually diminished. The Wing acts as an Elevator, Propeller, and Sustainer, both during Extension " Since I gave the above explanation of the action of the wing D D - ~ . = Britain, March 1867), Mr. Reda St. Martin has constructed a mo ciple in artificial flight. It consists of an ordinary kite with two (Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great del with a view to testing the efficacy of this prin- DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 257 and Flexion. —The wing, as has been explained, is recovered or drawn off the wind principally by the contraction of the elastic ligament extending between the joints, so that the pinion during flexion enjoys a certain degree of repose. The time occu- pied in recovering is not lost so long as the wing makes an angle with the horizon and the bird is in motion, it being a matter of indifference whether the wing acts on the air, or the air on the wing, so long as the body bearing the latter is under weigh; and this is perhaps the chief reason why the Albatros, which is a very heavy bird *, can sail about for such incredible periods without apparently moving the wings at all. Captain Hutton thus graphically describes the sailing of this magnificent bird :—** The flight of the Albatros is truly majestie, as with outstretched motionless wings he sails over the surface of the sea—now rising high in air, now with a bold sweep, and wings inclined at an angle with the horizon, descending until the tip of the lower one all but touches the crest of the waves as he skims over them" t. The wing of the bird may therefore be said to act in four different ways :— lst, during extension, when it gradually makes an angleof 30°, or thereabouts, with the horizon. 2nd, during the downward stroke, when it maintains, or nearly maintains, the angle of 30° with the horizon, and makes a variable angle with the body. 3rd, during flexion, when the angle made by the wing with the horizon is reduced, preparatory to making the return stroke. 4th, during the return or up stroke, when the pinion acts at a gradually decreasing angle, in virtue of its being carried against the wind by the body of the bird which is in motion. The wing, as will be seen from this account, acts as a sustainer and partial elevator during its ascent, by being passively forced against the wind by the momentum acquired by the mass bearing it. Birds of Flight separable into four kinds.—Birds of flight may be conveniently divided into four kinds :— lst, such as have heavy bodies and short wings with a rapid movement (Plate XIV. figs. 31 and 32). ; 2nd, such as have light bodies and large wings with a leisurely movement (Plate XIV. fig. 38). 3rd, such as have heavy bodies and long narrow wings with a decidedly slow move- ment (Diagram 18 D, p. 253; Diagram 19, p. 259); and 4th, such as are intermediate with regard to the size of body, the dimensions of wing, and the energy with which it is driven (Plate XIV. fig. 30). They may be subdivided into those which float, skim, or glide (Plate XIV. fig. 28), and those which fly in a straight line (Plate XIV. figs. 31, 37 and 42) and irregularly (Plate XIV. figs. 36 and 39). ; The Pheasant, Partridge (Plate XIV. figs. 31 and 32), Grouse, and dee? furnish good examples of the heavy-bodied, short-winged birds. In these the wing is rounded and deeply concave. It is, moreover, wielded with immense velocity and power. * The average weight of the Albatros, as given by Gould, is 17 1bs.—Ibis, 2nd series, vol. i. ms, P- 295. i t “On some of the Birds inhabiting the Southern Ocean,” by Capt. F.W. Hutton, ‘Ibis,’ 2nd series, vol.i. 1865, p.282. 258 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. The Heron (Plate XIV. fig. 38), Seamew, Lapwing (Plate XIV. fig. 29), and Owl (Plate XIV. fig. 30) supply examples of the second class, where the wing, as compared with the body, is very ample, and where consequently it is moved more leisurely and less energe- tically. The Albatros (Diagram 18 D, p. 253) and Pelican furnish instances of the third class, embraeing the heavy-bodied, long-winged birds. The Duck (Plate XIV. fig. 37), Pigeon (Plate XIV. figs. 33 and 40), Crow (Plate XIV, figs. 41 and 43) and Thrush are intermediate, both as regards the size of the wing and the rapidity with which it is made to oscillate. The Albatros (Diagram 18 D, p. 253), Swallow, Eagle, and Hawk (Plate XV. fig. 60) furnish instances of sailing or gliding birds, where the wing is ample, elongated, and more or less pointed, and where advantage is taken of the weightrof the body and the shape of the pinion to utilize the air as a supporting medium. In these the pinion acts as a long lever *, and is wielded with great precision and power, particularly at the shoulder. The Flight of the Albatros compared to the Movements of a Compass set upon Gimbals.— A careful examination of the movements in skimming birds has led me to conclude that by a judieious twisting or serew-like action of the wings at the shoulder, in which the pinions are alternately advanced towards and withdrawn from the head in a manner analo- gous to what occurs at the pelvis in skating without lifting the feet, birds of this order can not only maintain the motion which they secure by a few energetic flappings, but, if ne- cessary, actually increase it, and that without either bending the wing or beating the air. The twisting or screwing forward and backward action of the pinion referred to in no way interferes, I may remark, with the rotation of the wing on its long axis, the pinion being earried forward and rotated down upon the wind during extension, and retracted or drawn back and rotated off the wind during flexion. The terms “ extension” and “ flexion,” I ought to observe, are here used in the sense in which I employed them when speaking of the pinion of the insect (p.226). Asthe movements described enable the sail- ing bird to tilt its body from before backwards, or the reverse, and from side to side or laterally, it may be represented as oscillating on one of two centres, as shown in the sub- joined woodeut (Diagram 19, p- 259), the one corresponding with the long axis of the body * Advantages possessed by long Pinions.—The long narrow wings are most effective as elevators and propellers, from the fact (pointed out by Mr. Wenham) that at high speeds, with very oblique incidences, the supporting effect becomes transferred to the front edge of the pinion. It is in this way “that the effective ee elling area of the two-bladed screw is tantamount to its entire circle of revolution.” A similar principle was sani by Sir George Cayley upwards of fifty years ago. “The stability in this position, arising from the centre of gravity being below the point of suspension, is aided by a remarkable circumstance th s ; 1 acute angles with the current, it appears that the centre of resistance i its surface, ut is considerably in front of it. As the obliquity of the NET current decreases, these centres approach, and coincide when the current becomes perpendicular to the plane; hene j PP S D e any heel of the machine backwards or for- ension."— Nieholson’s Journal, vol. xxv. p. 83. 1 stratum of air passed over in any given time planes formed by the wings is likewise aug- 8 when the wings are moved at long intervals es impetuously over insecure ice, and the thin flat stone projected along the surface of still water, The velocity of the movement in either case prevents sinking by DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 259 (Diagram 19 « b), the other with the long axis of the wings (c d). Between these two extremes every variety of sailing and gliding motion which is possible in the mariner’s Diagram 19. Albatros. compass when set upon gimbals may be performed ; so that a skimming or sailing bird may be said to possess perfect command over itself and over the element in which it moves. Captain Hutton, to whose spirited narrative I have already had occasion to allude, makes the following remarkable statement regarding the Albatros :—* I have sometimes watched narrowly one of these birds sailing and wheeling about in all directions for more than an hour, without seeing the slightest movement of the wings, and have never wit- nessed anything to equal the ease and grace of this bird as he sweeps past, often within a few yards, every part of his body perfectly motionless except the head and eye, which turn slowly and seem to take notice of everything" *. * Tranquil its spirit seem’d and floated slow ; Even in its very motion there was rest gé lifeless wings of the Albatros, the ceaseless activity ced. In those delicate and exquisitely uld, move so rapidly when the bird is follow each stroke, and a hazy As an antithesis to the apparently of those of the Humming-bird might be addu beautiful birds, the wings, according to Mr. Go poised before an object that it is impossible for the eye to circle of indistinctness on each side of the bird is all that is perceptible. When the Humming-bird flies in a horizontal direction, it occasionally proceeds with such velocity as altogether to elude observation. The regular and irregular in Flight.—Yhe Coot, Diver, Duck, and Goose fly with great regularity in nearly a straight line and with immense speed; they never skim nor glide, their Wings being too small for this purpose. T he Woodpecker, Magpie, Fieldfare and Sparrow supply examples of what may be termed the “irregular” in flight. These, as is well known, fly in curves of greater or less magnitude, by giving a few vigorous strokes and then desist- * “On some of the Birds inhabiting the Southern Ocean,” ‘ Ibis,’ 2nd series, vol. i. 1865. + Professor Wilson's Sonnet, ** A Cloud," &c. 260 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. ing, the effeet of which is to project them along a series of parabolic curves. The Snipe (Plate XIV. fig. 36) and Woodcock are irregular in another respect, their flight being sudden, jerky, and from side to side. . Mode of ascending, descending, turning, §e.—All birds which do not, like the Swallow and Humming-birds, drop from a height, raise themselves at first by a vigorous leap (Plate XIV. fig. 43), in which they incline their bodies in an upward direction (Plate XIV, figs. 32, 35, and 42), the height thus attained enabling them to extend and depress their wings without injury to the feathers. By a few sweeping strokes delivered downwards and forwards, in which the wings are made nearly to meet above (Plate XIV. fig. 43) and below (Plate XIV. fig. 41) the body, they lever themselves upwards and forwards, and in a surpri- singly short space of time acquire that degree of momentum which greatly assists them in their future career*. In rising from the ground, as may readily be seen in the Crow, Pi- geon, and Kingfisher (Diagram 17, p. 252), the tail is expanded and the neck stretched out, so that the body is converted into an inclined plane and acts mechanically as a glider, The centre of gravity and the position of the body are changed at the will of the animal by the play of the wings, aided by the long flexible neck, feet, and tail; and when it wishes merely to progress, it assumes a more or less horizontal position, well seen in the Wild Duck in full flight (Diagram 4, p. 210). When the bird has elevated itself to the de- sired height, the length of the downward stroke is generally curtailed, the mere extension and flexion of the wing, assisted by the weight of the body, in some cases sufficing for the * Weight, Momentum, and Power, to a certain extent synonymous in flight. —When a bird rises it has little or no momentum, so that if it came in contact with a solid resisting surface it would not injure itself. When, how- ever, it has acquired all the momentum of which it is capable, and is in full and rapid flight, such contact results in destruction. My friend Mr. A. D. Bartlett informed me of an instance where a wild duck terminated its career by coming violently in contact with one of the glasses of the Eddystone lighthouse. The glass, which was fully an inch in thickness, was completely smashed. Advantage is taken of this birds, a bait being placed on a board and set afloat with a view to breaking the neck of the bird when it stoops to seize the carrion. The additional power due to momentum in heavy bodies in motion is well illustrated in the start and progress of steamboats. In these the slip, as it is technically called, decreases as the speed of the vessel increases, the strength of a man, if applied by a hawser attached to the stern of a moderate-sized vessel, being sufficient to retard, and, in some instances, entirely devoted to “slip” or in giving motion t quently not the power residing in the paddle or screw which is cumulative, but the momentum. In the bird, the 4 u planes formed by the wings (Plate XIV. figs. 32, 35, and 42), these adroitly converting it Into an elevating- and propelling-power. It is to this circumstance, more than any other, that the prolonged flight of birds is mainly due, the inertia or dead weight of the trunk aiding and abetting the action of the gs, and s ertion which would necessarily devolve on the bird. It is thus that the power which in living structures resides in the mass is conse procity, no bird could retain its position i comparatively brief upward flight of the Lark an the body is exclusively sustained by the action of t the weight of the body does not contribute to flight by addingi In the flight of the Albatros, on the other hand, the mom for the most part being simply rotated on and off the win mass to operate upon. It appears to me that in this ble wrapped up, and that no arrangement will succeed in pro the prineiple here pointed out. circumstance in killing sea- minutes at a time. This is proved by the d the hovering of the Hawk when hunting. In both these cases d to supply the proper angles necessary for the inertia eT nding of active and passive power the mystery of flight 18 ducing flight artificially which does not recognize and apply DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 261 ordinary purposes of flight. This is especially the case if the bird is advancing against a slight breeze, the effort required under such circumstances being nominal in amount. That little power is expended in such instances is proved by the endless gyrations of Rooks and other birds, these being continued for hours together. In birds which glide or skim, it has appeared to me that the wing is recovered much more quickly and the downward stroke delivered more slowly than in ordinary flight—in fact, that the rapidity with which the wing acts in an upward and downward direction is, in some instances, more or less reversed; and this is what we should naturally expect if we recollect that in gliding the wings require to be, for the most part, in the expanded condition. If this observation be correct, it fol- lows that birds have the power of modifying the duration of the up and down stroke at plea- sure. Although the wing of the bird usually strikes the air at an angle of 30° or so, that angle may be increased to such an extent as to assist in reversing the position of the bird, as happens in the Tumbler Pigeon, which can, by slewing its wings forwards and suddenly throwing back its head, turn a somersault. When birds are fairly on the wing they have the air, unless when that is greatly agitated by a storm, completely under control. This arises from their greater specific gravity, and because they are possessed of independent mo- tion. If they want to turn, they have simply to tilt their bodies laterally, asa railway car- riage would be tilted in taking a eurve*, or to increase the number of beats given by the one wingt as compared with the other, or to keep the one wing extended while the other is partially flexed. "The neck, feet, and tail may or may not contribute to this result}. If the bird wishes to rise, it tilts its entire body (the neck and tail participating) in an upward direction (Diagram 17, p. 252); or it rises principally by the action of the * Captain F. W. Hutton, in speaking of the Albatros, says, «If he wishes to turn to the right he bends his head and tail slightly upwards, at the same time raising his left side and wing, and lowering the right in proportion to the sharpness of the curve he wishes to make, the wings being kept quite rigid the whole time. To such an extent does he do this, that, in sweeping round, his wings are often pointed in a direction nearly perpendicular to the sea ; and this position of the wings, more or less inclined to the horizon, is seen always and only when the bird is turning."—On some of the Birds inhabiting the Southern Ocean, ‘ Ibis,’ 2nd series, vol. i. 1865, p. 227. ad t “ The turning in flight to the right or left is principally effected by an inequality in - — of the wingts To wheel to the right, the left wing must be plied with greater frequency or force, and vice versá," —Comp. Anat. A Phys. of Vertebrates, by Professor Owen, vol. ü. p. 115. Mr. Macgillivray, as will be seen from ES following passage, hold an opposite opinion. “ Birds in flying always beat their wings synchronously, never alternately, even in executing rapid turns, which are effected by the contraction of the one wing and the exten of the f Argyll does not admit the rudder- other, aided by the tail.” —Macgillivray, l. e. vol. i. p. 420. The Duke o or i i d have been e acti i i i| had been intended as a rudder, its vane woul like action of the tail, and states that, “if the tai vnde VE ee Ausus AME and not vertically, as is the rudder, tilted on either side, as happens in the tail of the Whale, Dugong, 80 tilted it materialy assists in wheeling. Further, it does not follow, With a very small one, that the evolutions of the bird are not facilitated by its Which are most remarkable for the rapidity and precision of their movements A D vided with this organ in perfection. The absence of an organ, moreover, 18 no PF oof of më y zen Sé ER L $ The tail is supplied with muscles to spread the feathers and to elevate and depress e em, ah d uinea obliquely. «The tail-feathers may be extremely short, short, moderate, long, extremely apa! Eu forked hin gradations, even, rounded, graduated, or wedge-shaped at the end, and tapering, pointed, emargı Macgillivray, I. c. vol. i. p. 83. d VOL. XXVI. presence. On the contrary, the birds (say the birds of prey) are usually pro- 262 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. wings and by muscular efforts, as happens in the Lark. The bird can in this manner likewise retain its position in the air, as may be observed in the Hawk when hovering above its prey (Plate XV. fig. 60). If birds wish to descend, they may reverse the di- rection of the inclined plane and plunge head foremost with extended wings (Plate XIV. figs. 34 and 36); or they may flex the wing (Plate XIV. fig. 33), and so accelerate their pace; or they may raise their wings and drop parachute-fashion (Plate XIV. figs. 39 and 40); or they may even fly in a downward direction—a few sudden strokes, a more or less abrupt curve, and a certain degree of horizontal movement being in either case necessary to break the fall previous to alighting. Birds which fish on the wing, as the Osprey and Gannet, precipitate themselves from incredible heights and drop into the water with the velocity and power of a cannon-ball—the momentum which they acquire during their descent materially aiding them in their subaqueous flight. They emerge from the water and are again upon the wing before the eddies occasioned by their precipitous descent have well subsided, in some cases rising apparently without effort, and in others running along and beating the surface of the water for a brief term with their pinions and feet. The Flight of Birds referable to Muscular Exertion and Weight.—The various move- ments involved in ascending, descending, wheeling, gliding, and progressing hori- zontally are all the result of muscular power and weight, properly directed and act- ing upon appropriate surfaces—that apparent buoyancy in birds which we so highly esteem arising not from superior lightness, but from their possessing that degree of solidity which enables them to subjugate the air,—weight and independent motion, i. e. motion associated with animal life, or what is equivalent thereto, being the two things indispensable in sucessful aerial progression. The weight in insects and birds is in great measure owing to their greatly developed muscular system, this being in that delicate state of tonicity which enables them to act through its instrumentality with marvel- lous dexterity and power, and to expend or reserve their energies, which they can do with the utmost exactitude, in their apparently interminable flights. As space will not admit of my going into the muscular arrangements of birds, I may state, as has been already partly : done (pp. 200, 201, and 202), that this branch of the subject would lose much of its intricacy, if, instead of regarding the muscular system of the wing as an aggregation of flexor, extensor, abductor, adductor, pronator, and supinator mus- cles, we were to regard it as consisting of a series of muscular cycl bones and intervening joints as their diameters,—contraction on t Eon o above, below, or at the sides of the bone, being accompanied by relaxa- other, the bones and joints, which may be regarded as oscillating within the muscular cycles, making the muscular efforts apparent by the flexion, extension, and the upward and downward movements of the pinion *, es or rings with the he one aspect of the : This view, as has been explained, is rendered probable by the fact that in the more elementary combinations of muscles, as in the heart, stomach, bladder, and uterus, and in the vermes and leeches, the muscular fibres are spirally arranged e and are continuous upon themselves—and because the sclerous or bony parts in the higher orders of animals are added as iupperte, and are by no means essential to motion. It is, moreover, next to impossible to determine the . peculiar action of any one muscle on any one part, as the aspect of the limb on which it occurs may, and very pro DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 263 Lifting-capacity of Birds.—The muscular power in birds is usually greatly in excess, particularly in birds of prey, as e. g. the Condors, Eagles, Hawks, and Owls. The Eagles are remarkable in this respect,—these having been known to carry off young deer, lambs, rabbits, hares, and, it is averred, even young children. Many of the fishing birds, as the Pelicans and Herons, can likewise carry considerable loads of fish* ; and even the smaller pirds, as the records of spring will show, are capable of transporting comparatively large twigs for building-purposes. I myself have seen an Owl, which weighed a little over 10 ounces, lift 24 ounces, or a quarter of its own weight, without effort after having fasted twenty-four hours; and a friend informs me that, a short time ago, a splendid Osprey was shot at Littlehampton, on the coast of Sussex, with a fish 5 Ibs. weight in its mouth. Conclusion.—There are many points in the history and economy of birds which crave our sympathy while they elicit our admiration. Their indubitable courage and miraculous powers of flight invest them with a superior dignity, and secure for their order almost a duality of existence. The Swallow, tiny and inconsiderable as it may appear, can traverse 1000 miles at a single journey ; and the Albatros, despising compass and landmark, trusts himself boldly for weeks together to the mercy or fury of the mighty ocean. The huge Condor of the Andes, lifts himself by his sovereign will, to a height where no sound is heard, save the airy tread of his vast pinions, and, from an unseen point, surveys in solitary grandeur the wide range of plain and pasture-land +; while the Bald Eagle, nothing daunted by the din and indescribable confusion of the queen of waterfalls, the stupendous Niagara, sits composedly on his giddy perch, until inclination or desire prompts him to plunge into or soar above the drenching mists which, shapeless and ubiquitous, perpetually rise from the hissing waters of the nether cauldron. RESUME. In taking a survey of the various topics touched upon in the course of my observa- tions, I find they may be tabulated as follows :— I. In land-animals, the bodies are heavy, and the feet comparatively small, the surface trod upon giving the requisite degree of support and resistance, and offering little if any impediment in the way of displacement. The feet of the Horse, Deer, and Ox furnish examples. II. In quadrupeds and birds which take to the water, the feet are puse Ta supplied in many cases with membranes, which assimilate them in some respec s to paddles, the flattened surfaces of the feet being alternately applied to the water, in the plane of greatest and least resistance, by a partial rotation of the extremities, this result being likewise obtained by the opening and closing of the feet. In either e the feet act as inclined planes, progression being secured by the alternate mes e diminution of the angle in the plane of progression. The Sea-bear, Turtle, Ornt ‘a bably does, display others running parallel with it, or pursuing a spiral, slightly oblique, oblique, and very oblique, or even a transverse direction. * The Heron is in the habit, when pursued by the Falcon, his weight. t The Condor, on some occasions, attains an altitude of six miles. ay of disgorging the contents of his crop in order to reduce 264 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. rhynchus, and the various kinds of swimming birds may be cited. The principle here adverted to is likewise traceable in the movements of Clio borealis, the Rotifera, and Medusa, the mushroom-shaped disk of the latter opening and closing, and affording perhaps the simplest illustration of the efficacy of the inclined plane that can be given. IIT. In fishes, the hands and feet, as is well known, are absent. The body, how- ever, is much elongated, and in some cases greatly flattened, the vertebral column possessing that freedom of motion which enables the animal to apply the hinder half of the trunk to the water very much as a boatman would an oar in sculling. By a series of lashing, flail-like strokes, in which the tail is made to move vigorously from side to side or is briskly twisted and untwisted, the degree of resistance and non- resistance requisite for propulsion in this medium is obtained. While the tail is oscil. lating from side to side, it is made to rotate slightly on its axis, so as to diminish the amount of surface exposed during flexion or when it is drawn slowly from the mesial line, as happens in the back stroke,—the flat of the tail being applied during extension, or when the tail suddenly springs towards the mesial line, as happens in the effective stroke. The tail of the fish acts as an inclined plane in two directions: but that plane acts the most effectively whieh is directed towards the axis of the fish, because of the inereased velocity with which it is urged, and the greater area presented by it. The amount of surface applied to the water by the fish is greater than in the amphibia and birds, and hence its greater speed. "The sea-mammals, as the Whale, Dugong, Manatee, and Porpoise, swim precisely as the fish does, with this difference, that the tail strikes vertically instead of horizontally. "The Walrus and Seal are exceptional in this respect. IV. In the Flyingfish, provision is made for the animal leaving the water for a brief interval. It is consequently furnished, in addition to its swimming-tail, with greatly expanded pectoral fins, which, when the creature takes to the air, can be raised above the body, till they make a certain angle with it. As the fins, while they are being extended, are raised, expanded, and turned in an outward direction till they make an angle of 20, ` or thereabouts, with the horizon, and closed, turned inwards, and lowered when they are flexed, they act upon the air from beneath, after the manner of a kite. Here, again, the resistance and non-resistance necessary to sustain the fish in the air is obtained ` by the fins acting as inclined planes at variable angles, the inclined planes and the weight BEE eg Ee upon each ara and mutually contributing to this result. In the E , e s, and birds, werght is to be regarded as an independent moving ul TM being made to act upon the oblique surfaces presented by the wings in con- ton omen i sma a tr eig, sig am ligament or spring *, which recovers Se EN 2 - vn therefore, assisted by the elasüe nical expedient RT, to by nature SS S er P ne gege: Without this, flieht would be of sh ze. Mu eee e Moris of ali fying uM ae ‚Ag ort duration, laboured, and uncertain, and the almost 3 * Weight, as every one knows, is the sole moving power in the clock—the ihe movements produced by the descent of the leads. In watches, the onus of and it is worthy of remark that the mechanician has seized upon ployed in the animal kingdom. pendulum being used merely to regulate motion is thrown upon a spiral spring; and ingeniously utilized, two forces largely em- DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 265 miraculous journeys at present performed by the denizens of the air rendered impos- sible. V. In the bat, the only mammal at present known to fly, the surfaces employed in locomotion are enormously increased, from the fact of their being destined to operate on the air, at once the lightest and rarest of the media adapted for transit. The bat is, therefore, assimilated in structure to the bird, as the sea-mammals are assimilated to the fish. The bat secures the degree of resistance and non-resistance necessary for propul- sion by contracting and raising the wing in its plane of least resistance on the one hand, and by expanding and depressing it in its plane of greatest resistance on the other. The bones of the arm and hand supply the degree of rotation necessary for increasing and dimi- nishing the extent of surface—this being greatest when the wing makes an angle of some- thing like 30? with the horizon, when the effective or down stroke is given. The bat agrees with the insect, and differs from the bird, in flying by the aid of a continuous membrane ; while it agrees with the bird, and differs from the insect, in alternately extending and folding its pinion *. It has, however, this feature in common, and it is significant—it applies its wing to the air as an inclined plane, the plane travelling from the point of least resistance when the wing is flexed, to that of greatest resistance when it is extended, and when it makes an angle of 30°, or thereabouts, with the horizon. The peculiar power residing in the inclined plane formed by the wing is in part referrable to the weight of the bat, the inertia of the trunk acting in conjunction with the wing upon the air, to produce a recoil, which carries the whole in an upward and forward direction. The same holds true of the insect and bird. VI. In the insect, the wing is more or less twisted upon itself, as in the helix, or screw, the anterior margin being greatly thicker than the posterior, which yields slightly ` to prevent shock. The wing, whatever its position during the period of repose, travels from the point of least resistance (usually its plane of rest +) till it makes an angle bordering upon 30° with the horizon, when the effective or down stroke 1s added, so that it, too, acts as an inclined plane, the angle being increased during extension, when the effective stroke is given, and decreased during flexion, when it travels back to its ‘starting-point. The double hinge, or compound joint, by which the wing is attached to the trunk, secures the rotation or twisting necessary for this purpose. x VII. In the bird the wing is more highly differentiated than in any other animal ; it, in fact, presents the distinguishing features of the wings of the insect and of the bat. Thus it resembles that of the bat in having a bony skeleton furnished with joints and appropriate muscles, neither of which are found in the insect, and in presenting 3 compact resisting surface during extension, when the effective or downstroke is made. It differs, me from the bat's wing during flexion, when the back stroke is given, as the surface then * In the locusts and beetles, there is, I imagine, a certain degree of folding in flexion of the e un is emend or opening out during extension. In the Albatros, the wing in some respects resembles that o ai sei dn SS being habitually extended, and because of the great number of the wing-coverts and subcoverts, W > o ve m; of the wind passing between the feathers. In Alucita hexadactyla, the different parts of de a: T spe the separate feathers of the wing of the bird. These afford examples of modification, the princip e involve y remaining the same. T The Dragonflies are exceptional, their position of rest being that of greatest resistance. 266 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. presented is, with few exceptions, broken up to diminish the resistance, by permitting the air to escape. This peculiarity in the wing of the bird is occasioned by each primary, secon- dary, and tertiary feather rotating upon its axis to procure the maximum of resistance during extension, and the minimum of displacement during flexion, as happens in the wing of the insect. The wing of the bird is consequently an advance upon those of the insect and bat, since it combines the advantages peculiar to each. The wing of the bird, in virtue of its shape and conformation, acts as a twisted inclined plane, in other words, as a helix or screw—the mere extension of the wing, because of the spiral arrangement of the joints, causing it to rotate from its plane of least resistance till it makes an angle approximating to 30° with the horizon, the reverse of this occurring during flexion. In this respect it intimately agrees with the wing of both the insect and bat, thus proving that, however the instrument of flight may be modified, the principle involved is the same in all. VIII. All wings act as levers of the third order, a very slight movement at the root of the pinion being followed by an immense sweep of its tip or extremity. This large sweep is necessary for compressing the vast quantity of air which is to supply the fulcrum for elevating, propelling, and sustaining. IX. All wings are twisted upon themselves naturally. They, moveover, twist upon themselves during their action; so that the course described by them, or, what is the same thing, the blur or impression produced on the eye by their action is essentially spiral in its nature. It, in fact, closely resembles in its appearance the blade of a screw propeller—the velocity with which the wing is driven causing the blur to assume a more or less solid aspect. X. The wing exceeds, in elevating-, propelling-, and sustaining-power, every form of screw yet devised, the rare combination of rigidity, elasticity, and mobility which it dis- plays enabling it to strike the air at various degrees of obliquity during the down and up strokes, and this in a manner which insures a maximum result with a minimum expen- diture of power. The effect is such as could not be produced by wholly rigid materials, however fashioned and applied. XI. The wings, during the down and up strokes, describe a wave-track, the termination of the up and the beginning of the down stroke corresponding to the crest of the wave, the down stroke to the slope or side of the wave which is inclined forwards, or in the direction in which the wave is supposed to travel, the termination of the down and the beginning of the up stroke coinciding with the hollow of the wave, and the up or return stroke with that slope or side of the wave which is inclined backwards, 4. e. in a con- trary direction to the plane of progression. The down and up strokes may consequently be conveniently divided into four stages, the first two consisting of preparation for the down stroke and the down stroke itself, the remaining two to preparation for the up stroke and the up or return stroke. The body may thus be said to glide along by a series of gentle undulations or gradients. "eeleren a ee | which they make with the hori ar Se: oe ee Re ith the horizon during their descent, and to diminish it during their Deu CR ee EMT OEE DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 267 ascent, the angle being greatest at the middle of the down stroke, and least at the middle of the up or return stroke. The increase and diminution of the angle is necessary for two reasons :—1st, to increase the elevating-, propelling-, and sustaining-power; and 2ndly, to diminish the amount of slip or waftage. XIII. In those birds which fly under the water, the wings do not act as in ordinary flight. In them the back of the pinion gives the effective stroke, and this is delivered downwards and backwards instead of downwards and forwards. This is necessary, in order that the wings may make the same angle, and strike in the same direction as the feet, with which they may or may not act in conjunction, the stroke being reversed on account of the greater buoyant power of the water and the increased resistance opposed to the foot by this element. In the Penguins and Auks, which cannot fly out of the water, the wings are, for this purpose, completely twisted round—in fact, reversed. In these curious birds, progression is effected by the employment of the wings and feet also, after the manner of inclined planes, these acting at variable angles and at different degrees of obliquity. The inclined plane, therefore, however disguised and employed, forms an essential feature in animal progression, whether on the land, in the water, or in the air. In the solidungulate animals, as the Horse, Ass, and Zebra, it appears as the small horny hoof; in the amphibia, as the actively contracting and expanding foot ; in the fish, as the tail and lower portion of the body; and in the bat, insect, and bird, as the greatly expanded pinion. The size of the plane is diminished on the land, increased in the water, and excessively so in the air. In either case it is the agent of a powerful muscular system, and is applied in such a manner as at once to support and lever the animal forwards. I say “support,” because, as I have shown, the wing, which is simply a lever, can sustain the bat, insect, and bird even in the thin medium of the air. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate XII. is intended to show the comparatively small extremities and travelling surfaces employed by land-animals, their gradual increase in such as take to the water occasionally and in such as live in it per- manently, and their still greater increase in such as betake themselves for short intervals to the air. Plate XIII. shows the extensive surfaces required for taking long leaps and for flight, and the relative proportions of the pinions in bats and insects. Plate XIV. displays the relative proportion and size of the quick- and slow-flying ones. In Plate XV. the extremities and travelling surfaces application to the land, water, and air indicated. The relative proportions of the extremities to the animals are m shape and extent of wing accurately given. : The figures, 78 in number, are, with the exception of 6, original. wing in light and heavy-bodied birds, and in of animals are compared, and the manner of their all cases strictly observed, and the Puare XII. Fig. LS Chillingham Bull (Bos Scoticus). From Dallas. Shows powerful heavy body, tremities adapted for land transit. and the small ex- 268 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Fig. 2. The Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), adapted for land and water. BAR Fig. 3. The Ornithorhynchus (Ornithorhynchus paradozus, Blum.), adapted likewise for land and water, the extremities being more expanded than in the Otter. Fig. 4. The Seal (Phoca fetida, Müll.), adapted principally for water, the extremities being larger than in either of the foregoing. Fig. 5. The little Penguin (Aptenodytes minor, Linn.), adapted almost exclusively for swimming and ving. Fig. 6. The bia Beat (Otaria Hookeri), adapted principally for swimming and diving. It also walks with tolerable facility. Its extremities are larger than those of the Seal, and its movements, both in and out of the water, more varied. Fig. 7. The Turtle (Chelonia imbricata), adapted for swimming and diving, the extremities being relatively larger than in any of the preceding. Fig. 8. The Crested Newt (Triton cristatus, Laur.). In this a tail is superadded to the extremities, the tail and the extremities both acting in swimming. Fig. 9. The Manatee (Manatus americanus). Here the tail is principally employed in swimming, the anterior extremities bemg rudimentary and small. Fig. 10. The Porpoise (Phocena communis). The anterior extremities of the Porpoise are more rudi- mentary and finlike than those of the Manatee, the tail and under part of the body being finely moulded, and chiefly engaged in locomotion. The Manatee and Dolphin strike the water from above downwards or vertically; and in this respect they differ from the newt and fish, which strike it laterally or from side to side. Fig. 11. The Salmon (Salmo salar). In this the extremities have disappeared, the travelling-power residing in the lower half of the body and greatly expanded tail. If the lower part of the body and tail be compared with the feet of the ox (fig. 1), the increase of surface engaged in loco- motion becomes very evident. Fig. 12. The Flyingfish (Ezocetus exsiliens, Linn.). Here the creature is adapted both for swimming _ and flying. The swimming-tail is consequently retained, and the pectoral fins, which act as wings, are enormously increased in size. The pectoral fins are not sufficiently large to support the fish permanently in the air. They, however, do this very efficiently for short periods. The Flyingfish may be regarded as forming one of the connecting links between the water and the air, the heavy-bodied short-winged swimming and diving birds forming the other. The wing of the Flyingfish is elevated and rotated in an outward direction at one and the same time; so that it strikes the air from beneath, as a boy's kite would. PraTE XIII. Fig. 13. The Red-throated Dragon (Draco hematopogon, situated between the anterior and posterior ex by this arrangement can take extensive leaps Fig. 14. Alucita hexadactyla (from Dallas). In this filaments or winglets, which in flight act lik like the feathers of the wing in flexion, this respect from the wings of the bat reposing they fold up like a fan. Fig. 15. The bat (Phyllocina gracilis, Peters). Here the travelling-surface (rdef, n n n) is enormously increased as compared with that of the land- and water-animals generally. : It, moreover, greatly ' RS, ss that found in many of the insects (fig. 16) and birds (Plate XIV. fig. 32). | dien Centaur Beetle (Augusoma centaurus), seen from above. Shows two pairs of elytra ga and two pairs of membranous wings (e) in the extended state. The nervures are arranged and E Gray) shows a large membranous expansion (ab) a tremities and supported by the ribs. The Dragon — with perfect safety. a curious insect the wing is composed of separate d e cilia. They present a broken surface in action, — which in some respects they resemble. They differ m and those of insects generally. When the insect PR ` Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 269 jointed in such a manner that the membranous wings can be folded (e) transversely across the back during repose. In such a position the anterior or thick margins of the wings are directed outwards and slightly downwards, the posterior or thin margins inwards and slightly upwards. . During extension the positions of the margins are reversed by the wings twisting and rotating upon their axes, the anterior margins, as in bats and birds, being directed upwards, and making a very decided angle with the horizon. The wings in the beetles are insignificantly small when compared with the area of the body. They are, moreover, finely twisted upon themselves, and possess great power as propellers and elevators. Under surface of large beetle (Goliathus micans), showing that the wings are deeply concave, and that the nervures (d,e,f, n,n,n) are arranged, along the anterior margins of the wings and throughout their substance generally, very much as the bones of the arm (fig. 157), forearm (d), and hand (f) are in the wings of bats, to which they bear a very marked resemblance both in their shape and mode of action. The wing is folded upon itself at the point e during repose. The Flying Colugo (Galeopithecus volans, Shaw). In the Flying Lemur the membranous ex- pansion (a 5) is more extensive than in the Flying Dragon (fig. 13), and is supported by the neck, back, and tail, and by the anterior and posterior extremities. The Flying Colugo takes enormous leaps; and the amount of surface which it displays all but enables it to fly. This effect is secured in the bat, PAyllorhina gracilis (fig. 15), with a very slight increase of surface, the membranous expansion in this case being supported by the neck, back, tail, and extremities, the greatly elongated phalanges taking a principal part. The surface exposed by the bat exceeds, as has been explained, that displayed by many insects (compare with figures 16, 17, and 19) and birds (compare with figures 31, 32, and 34, Plate XIV.). The wings of the bat are deeply concave, and so resemble the wings of beetles (fig. 17) and heavy-bodied short- winged birds (fig. 32, Plate XIV.). The bones of the arm (r), forearm (d), and hand (n, n, n) of the bat (fig. 15) support the anterior or thick margin and the extremity of the wing, and may not inaptly be compared to the nervures in corresponding positions in the wing of the beetle (fig. 17 d, e, f, n,n, n). E Sphinx Moth, having large body and comparatively small wings. The wings are exquisitely curved and twisted upon themselves, and act as helices or screws during flight. They possess great elevating- and driving-power. If this moth be compared with the Butterfly (fig. 27), it will at once be perceived that no fix ght of the body and the expanse of the wing. The Bluebottle or Blow-Fly (Musca vomitoria) , moulded, twisted wings. The Bluebottle flies with great rap wings are not unlike those of the moth (fig. 19). The Cockroach (Tetraclyta porosa). * In this insect the elytr Se branous ; they are geared to the membranous or under wings (a) by z hook, the two "qms es gether in flight. When so geared, the upper and under wings are delicately curved S = ; - and finely graduated from within outwards and from before backwards. That t e two spirally, after the manner of a screw, is proved by the fact that, when the insect 4 z> the anterior or thick margins of the upper and under wings are directed downwar ; w > when the wings are extended, as shown in the figure, they are directed upwards, an g vm certain angle with the horizon. This change is occasioned by the wine ‚nung ^d ension describing a spiral course which causes them completely to alter their position. ; E SC happens in the bat and bird, the conformation of the joints ın the latter necessitating the spira movement in question. - : : The Cicada, as seen from above during repose, the wings sisting the vetu I e < case the anterior or thick margins of the wings (ef) are directed deciden y a : ed relation can exist as to the wei characterized by its comparatively small, finely idity, precision, and power. The a or wing-covers (r) are semimem- VOL. XXVI. 270 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. posterior or thin margins decidedly upwards. This is better seen in fig. 25. When the wings are extended, the positions of the margins are reversed, the rag thick margins ro- tating or twisting in an upward direction, the posterior thin ones in a downward direction, Here, again, the wings are jointed in such a manner as to ensure their describing a spiral course, Fig. 23. The Locust (Gryllus migratorius). Inthe Locust the upper (r) and under (f) wings are semimem- Fig. 97. Fig. 28. branous and independent of each other. The under wings (a, 5) during repose are crushed up after the manner of a fan. In flight they are expanded and rotated or twisted as in the Beetle, Cock- roach, and Cicada. The upper wings follow the same principle, and act mechanically as gliders. . The Dragonfly (Petalura gigantea). In this insect the wings are finely curved and delicately transparent, the nervures being most strongly developed at the roots of the wings and along the anterior margins. The anterior pair (e) are analogous in every respect to the posterior (f). Both make a certain angle with the horizon, the anterior pair (e), which are principally used as elevators, making a smaller angle than the posterior pair (f), which are used as drivers. The wings of the Dragonfly make the proper angle for flight even in repose, so that the insect can take to wing instantly. It flies with astonishing velocity. Lateral view of Cicada, showing that the thick margin (ef) of the wing is directed downwards, the thin one (e b) upwards. The wings may consequently be said to slate the insect, as the roof slates a house. The Butterfly (Morpha Hélénor, Vampa), from Milne-Edwards. In the Butterfly the wings (e d, a a') are raised vertically above the body in repose, so that, before flight can be effected, they require to be lowered and slewed round until they make an angle of something like 30° with the horizon. The wings of the Butterfly rotate on their axes during flight, as in the other insects described. A Butterfly with comparatively very large wings (o d). The nervures are seen to great ad- vantage in this specimen; and the enormous expanse of the pinions readily explains the irre- gular flight of the insect, on the principle of recoil. PLATE XIV. The Lammer-Geyer (Gypaétos) (from Milne-Edwards), shows powerful deeply concave wings (def, c b) elevated preparatory to flight. Fig. 29. The Lapwing, or Green Plover (Vanellus cristatus, Meyer), with one wing fully extended (c5, deif, Fig. 30. The Cape Bam-Owl (Strix capensis, Smith), the other being in a semiflexed condition (def, c b). Inthe extended wing the anterior or thick margin (d' e f^) of the pinion is directed upwards and backwards (vide arrow), the posterior oF thin margin (c) downwards and forwards. "The reverse of this happens during flexion, the — anterior or thick margin (def) of the pinion being directed downwards and forwards (vide — — the posterior or thin margin bearing the rowing-feathers upwards and backwards. The wings therefore twist in opposite direetions during extension and flexion ; and this is a point of the utmost importance in the action of the wings, as it enables the bird to rotate the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers on and off the wind, and to present at one time (in extension) & resisting, angled, kite-like surface, and at another (in flexion) a knife-like and comparatively non- ` resisting one. ; as seen in full flight, hunting. In this case the - Like all other wings in the extended state, their Vardé, "ihe v; (def) vem directed upwards, their posterior or thin margins (c b) dow | = w wings consequently make an angle of something like 30° with the horizon. EK angle is diminished during flexion, and can be altered at the will of the bird. Tt is occasioned — by the rotation of the bones of the wing on their axes during extension wings are ample as compared with the body. anterior or thick margins Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 33. Fig. 35. Fig. 36. Fig. 39. Fig. 40. Fig. 41. Fig. 42, DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 271 The Red-legged Partridge (Perdix rubra) with wings fully extended as in rapid flight, shows deeply concave form of the wings, how the primary and secondary feathers overlap and support each other during extension, and how the anterior or thick margins of the wings are directed upwards and backwards, the posterior or thin ones downwards and forwards. The wing in the Partridge is wielded with immense velocity and power; and this is necessary because of its small size when compared with the great dimensions and weight of the body. The same, seen from the side. If a horizontal line be drawn across the feet (a e) to represent the horizon, and another from the tip of the tail (a) to the root of the wing (d), the angle at which the wing strikes the air is given. The wing in the Partridge is rounded and broad. The Pigeon (Treron bicincta, Jerdon), as seen in the act of alighting. In this case the wings are more or less pointed and powerful as compared with the dimensions of the bird. The Pigeon expands its tail both in ascending and descending. The overlapping of the feathers of the wings and tail can readily be seen in this figure. . The Red-headed Pochard (Fuligula ferina, Linn.) in the act of dropping upon the water, the head being inclined forwards, the feet expanded, and the wings partially flexed. The feathers of the wing are consequently slightly thrown out of position, the wind being permitted to pass between them. This is occasioned by the primary, secondary, and tertiary feathers not overlapping cach other to any great extent. The Curlew (Numenius arcuatus) in the act of rising. Here the body and wings are both inclined at a decided angle upwards, the whole bird presenting a kite-like surface. 'The wings are long, narrow, and pointed; and the bird is a powerful flier. The Common Snipe (Scolopax gallinago) in the act of alighting. In this case the direction of the inclined plane is reversed, the bird darting downwards like a boy’s kite when stooping. The wings ‘of the Snipe are pointed, finely twisted upon themselves, and very powerful. Their anterior or thick margins are in the present instance directed downwards, their posterior or thin margins, with the tail, which is fully expanded, being directed upwards. . The Common Duck (Anas domestica) ascending and in the act of turning. The wings in the Duck are more or less pointed, and beautifully formed. The bird is capable of enormous flights. i The Grey Heron (Ardea cinerea) immediately after rising. In the Heron the wings are deeply concave, and unusually large as compared with the size of the bird. The result is, that they are moved very leisurely ; and every one is acquainted with the slow, heavy, and aimon solemn flight of the bird. The Heron figured weighed under 3lbs.; and the expanse of wing 18 considerably greater than in the Wild Goose represented at fig. 42, which weighed over 9 lbs. Flight is con- sequently more a question of power and weight than of buoyancy and surface. The Common Snipe (Scolopax gallinago) descending parachute-fashion, the weight of the body dragging upon the wings, which, again, are operating on the air. ? The Pigeon (Treron bicincta) descending headlong, and using the wings partly M parachutes. The Rook (Corvus frugilegus) as seen shortly after rising, and before it has got fairly on the T 5 In such cases the extent of the downward and upward strokes is very great, the tips of the wings being made nearly to touch each other both above and beneath the body. The wing of the Rook is powerful, but by no means finel formed. : i ae ic Wild Goose ace ferus, Së as seen in full flight and ascending slightly. Be this instance are beautifully moulded and very compact and powertal, They Are mp d twisted upon themselves, and act with unusual efficacy as pene ue "d de D. a of flight can be readily obtained by drawing a horizontal line across the feet to imdi y mg o rizon, and another through the left foot of the bird, along the root of the left wing, an ug the neck and head. 202 272 DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Fig. 43. The Rook (Corvus frugilegus), with wings elevated and in the act of springing from the earth, The Rook and most other birds secure, by a vigorous leap, the altitude requisite for the effec. tive play of their pinions. This figure shows how the feathers of the wing overlap each other, PLATE XV. Fig. 44. Extreme form of compressed foot, as seen in the Deer (r) Antelope, Ox, &c., adapted specially for land transit. Fig. 45. Extreme form of expanded foot, as seen in the Ornithorhynchus (r), &c., adapted more particu. larly for swimming. Figs. 46 & 47. Intermediate form of foot, as seen in the Otter (fig. 46), Frog (fig. 47), &e. Here the foot is equally serviceable in and out of the water. Fig. 48. Foot of the Seal (z), which opens and closes in the act of natation, the organ being folded upon itself during the non-effective or return stroke, and expanded during the effective or forward stroke. Due advantage is taken of this arrangement by the Seal when swimming, the animal rotating on its long axis, so as to present the lower portion of the body and the foot obliquely to the water during the return stroke, and the flat, or the greatest available surface of both, during the effective or forward stroke. Fig. 49. Fish in the aet of swimming, the body being slightly rotated, tilted or twisted, as happens at the beginning of the effective or forward stroke. „In this case the tail is slightly compresed, e the lower portion of the body presenting a concave or biting surface towards the long axis of the fish. When the mesial line (a) is passed, the concave surface presented by the tail and lower portion of the body becomes a convex one, and the non-effective or return stroke is commenced. The fish advances by powerful lateral strokes of the tail, the body being rotated on its long axis to diminish the surface presented by the tail and the lower portion of the trunk during the return stroke, and to increase it during the forward one. The surface exposed during the effective or forward stroke is in some instances augmented by the rays of the caudal fin diva- ricating or expanding. Fig. 50. The Manatee swimming. In this instance the tail is fleshy, and consequently incapable of increase or diminution as regards its actual breadth. The swimming of the Manatee differs from that of the fish as regards the direction of the stroke, the Manatee lashing the water with the tail and the lower portion of the body vertically, or from above downwards, the tail of the fish in all m- si mien from nes - side, or laterally. The Manatee, like the Fish, rotates on its long eier e o =. or return stroke, and likewise during the effective or forward ore , 8, or twisting of the body enabling it to present the minimum and maximum of surface alternately. To Se; swimming- he earth sil organ of natation to remitiei (à) Ag iidem erm i his etas twisting, and curving of the body and posterior ex- TO sila op he the’ dalles ^ ae e movements and regulating the course of the animal. jit Of Aaa ear MR = ins of the body, the twisting, spiral, or rotatory move- whin rare See ta Sud = ; transferred to the anterior extremity, or flipper (c d), Bert of de he wae o mee the flipper (c d) with c d of fig. 52, which represents from the body in the (Ze of Er e =. stroke, or when the flipper is carried away fide below vw T—- Dër eme cht? the flipper presents a convex surface (c) and Weer pwards until it attains the position ab, when it present tting edge to the water. During the effective or forward z "rnit. flipper gradually presenting a concave o Fig. 52. Blade of an ordinary screw- | surface of blade. Compare d Fig. 51. r biting surface (d). convex (e a) and concaye (d a) surfaces of this figure with correspond- stroke a reverse movement takes place (see arrow); the 2 propeller: ca, convex surface of blade; da, concave or biting ` 1 Fig. 53. Fig. 54. E Fig. 55. Fig. 56. Fig. 57. Fig. 58. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 273 ing surfaces c and d of figs. 51, 55, and 57 ; with a a’ of fig. 58; with c ad and fed of figs. 60 and 62; with fa and «d f' of fig. 61; with df and c b of figs. 68, 69 & 70, and with fd and d e of figs. 73 & 74. A careful comparison of the surfaces (c a, da) presented by this fig. (52) with the corresponding surfaces of figs. 51, 55, 57, 60, 62, 68, 69, 70, 73, 74 & 75, will show that the anterior extremities of the Sea-Bear, Turtle, and Auk, and the wings of insects, bats, and birds are twisted upon themselves, and form true screws; and a comparison of the surfaces in question with the blur or impression produced on the eye by the rapidly oscillating wing of the insect (figs. 58 & 59) and bird (fig. 61) will show what is still more remarkable, viz. that the wing in action rotates on its long axis, and describes a spiral or wave-track, in fact a sort of shadow or spectre screw. This is particularly evident when a of fig. 52 is contrasted with aa’ of figs. 58, 59, and 61. From this it is clear that the tails of fishes, Whales, Manatees, and Du- gongs, the posterior extremities of Seals and Walruses, the anterior extremities of Sea-Bears, Turtles, and swimming birds (Auks), and the wings of beetles, bats, and birds are either screws originally, or become such when in motion, i.e. when performing the various functions delegated to them in swimming and flying. "They are consequently formed according to a common type ; and the physiology of the one is, with trifling modifications, the physiology of all. Swallow, in the act of flying. This bird is remarkable for the great length of the primary feathers (f) of the wing, which gives it a pointed, scythe-like appearance. The Swallow and all birds apply their wings to the air by a twisting rotatory movement of the wing on its long axis, the angle which the wing makes with the horizon in a direction from above downwards. and from behind forwards being increased during the effective or down stroke, a reverse move- ment taking place during the return or up stroke. Swan, in the act of swimming, the right foot fully expanded, and about to give the effective stroke, which is delivered outwards, downwards, and backwards, as represented at r of fig. 77, the left foot being closed, and about to make the return stroke, which is delivered in a forward, upward, and inward direction, as shown at s of fig. 77. The feet are slightly rotated on their long axes, or tilted, both during the effective and non-effective strokes; and as they ately represented by a double spiral as shown always move in curves, their course is accur : f the bird in swimming with those described at fig. 77. Compare the spirals formed by the feet o by the fish (fig. 76), and by ourselves in walking (fig. 78). ; Turtle, swimming. Here both the anterior (c) and posterior (2) extremities are engaged in natation. The effective stroke is delivered when the feet are being flexed or pushed in a backward direction (vide arrows). What was said of the movements of the anterior extremities of the Sea-Bear (see under fig. 51) applies also to the extremities of the Turtle. ; Glow-worm, in flight. Here the elytra, or horny anterior pair of wings, are elevated and carried forward beyond the reach of the posterior or membranous wings, which are the true organs of flight; the elytra, which form curved inclined planes, acting as sustainers ea than elevators and propellers. The posterior or true wings rotate on their long axes during their ascent and descent, as in the bird (see under fig. 53). : N Penguin, swimming. What was said of the anterior extremity of the Otaria or Sea-Bear (fig. 51) applies equally to the rudimentary or swimming-wing of this remarkable bird. For the movements of its feet, see under fig. 54. I need ouly add that he err’ syn chronously or together, the feet alternately. Blur or impression produced on the eye by when the insect is fixed. Seen from above. its long axis, and the double cone which it referred to, that marked a presents a convex surface, its long axis in a direction from «above downwards, the rapid oscillation of the wing of the Blow-Fly, This figure represents the rotating of the wing on forms during its ascent and descent. Of the cones and is caused by the pinion rotating on and from behind forwards, as in the be- 274 Fig. 60, Fig. 61. . Blur or impression produced on the eye by the rapidly oscillating wing of the Blow-Fly when the DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. ginning of the down stroke (compare with a, of Diagram 6, p. 233) ; the other (a’) presents a concave surface, occasioned by the rotating of the wing in an opposite direction, as seen towards the termination of the down stroke (compare with d, of Diagram 6, p. 233). The wing, ` therefore, during its descent, describes a twisting, sinuous, or wave-like track, which is dif- ferently, but equally faithfully, represented at a a’ of fig. 59. The track described by the wing, or, whatis the same, the blur or impression produced on the eye by its continuous and rapid action, is, in fact, spiral in its nature; and if the space traversed by the wing were represented by a solid, it would take the form of the blade of a screw-propeller, as shown at ca, da, of fig. 52. insect is progressing at a high speed. Seen from above and from the side. In this case the sinuous path or wave-like track (a a’) described by the wing during its descent and ascent is more apparent than in fig. 58, which is intended more especially to show the rotatory action of the pinion. The present figure represents the wing towards the termination of the down stroke (a) and the beginning of the up one (a), the wing during its continuous action ascending and falling in a series of curves, the down movement gliding into the up one without hitch or impediment, as represented at diagram 6, p. 233. Here also the track described by the extremity of the wing (fig. 59 a a’) corresponds to the curve described by the extremity of the ordinary screw propeller, as a comparison of a a' of the present figure with the corresponding letters of fig. 52 will readily show. While, therefore, the extremity of the wing and the wing itself is describing a series of graceful curves whose convexities are directed alternately upwards and downwards, which has the effect of equalizing the motion, the body of the insect is carried steadily along a given line, its position being always midway between that assumed by the wing at the beginning or termi- nation of the up and down stroke. The horizontal track described by the trunk is owing to the great regularity with which the wing is driven, the extreme speed converting what would other- wise be an unequal jerking motion into a gliding one remarkable for its smoothness. Note. Figs. 58 and 59 show the comp furnished by the wings when in motion. Kestrel or Windhover, hunting (after a spirited engraving by Mr. Wolff in His Grace the Dukes uf Argyll’s work, ‘The Reign of Law *). Here the bird is represented as balancing or poising itself in the air. This feat is accomplished by the wings making a series of short strokes, the wing in no instance descending quite to the level of the body. The angle made by the wing with the horizon is also greatly increased, the wing on some occasions reversing slightly. The body, which is suspended from the wings as from a parachute, is, more- over, inclined almost perpendicularly, the tail, which is spread out, being directed downwards and forwards, and assisting the wings in maintaining the equilibrium of the trunk. In some instances the balance is so accurately maintained that the bird seems actually fixed in the ait; — | and those who have been privileged to behold the Kestrel in this position will not soon forget d the pleasure afforded by the sight. The Humming-bird and Humming-bird Moth (Macro- glona stellatarum) are likewise capable of performing this dexterous ae in wing aeronautics. be def, anterior or thick margin of the wing; bac, posterior or thin margin, formed by the primary (b), secondary (a), and tertiary (v) feathers. At d the wind escapes after having beet forced in a spiral groove along the under surface of the wing. The nu: in question is well seen at fg of fig. 62 (vide arrows). £, tail spread out so as to assist in EEE the elevated position of the head and anterior portion of the bird, s Blur or impression produced on the eye by the rapid oscillation of the left wing of the bird. Seen from the et side. ; Shows how the wing rotates or twists on its long axis, and describes à Spiral track, a v', during its descent and ascent. It also shows that the down, or effective stoke, aratively large supporting and balancing area (ad) | Fig. 62. Fig.63. Right wing of the Kestrel, drawn from the specimen, DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 275 is delivered obliquely downwards and forwards, and not vertically or slightly backwards, as is generally stated. During the return or up stroke the movement is reversed. x, long axis of the body, which may be regarded as running through the root of the wing, the body being in- clined upwards as in flight; d, root of wing; d f, anterior or thick margin when the wing is ele- vated preparatory to the down stroke; df', anterior or thick margin when the wing is depressed, as happens at the termination of the down stroke; aa’, spiral track described by the posterior or thin margin of the wing during its descent and ascent. Compare with wave-track described by the insects wing, fig. 59aa', Diagram 6 a, b, p. 233, and with the terminal or free mar- gin of the screw propeller, fig. 52 aa’. A careful examination of this figure (61) will show that the anterior or thick margin. and the posterior or thin margin of the wing describe different curves, these curves, when the wing is in motion, crossing each other. It also shows that the pinion, whatever its position, presents a concave or biting surface (af') to the horizon, the convexity of the wing (f) being invariably directed backwards. Lastly, it shows that the blur presented by the wing in motion is twisted upon itself precisely in the same manner as the blade of the screw propeller (fig. 52) is twisted upon itself. Compare convex surface f (of fig. 61) with convex surface c of fig. 52; then the concave surface H of fig. 61 with the con- cave surface d of fig. 52. Compare likewise the free spiral margin aa! of fig. 61 with corre- sponding margin of the blade of the serew-propeller (fig. 52 o a’). Left wing of the Wild Goose, elevated preparatory to making the effective or down stroke. d e, anterior or thick margin of the pinion; ba c, posterior or thin margin, formed by the tips of the primary (8), secondary (a), and tertiary (c) feathers ; fg, spiral concave surface (vide arrows) found on the under surface of the wing, along which the wind is forced during the effective or down stroke. The wind escapes under the tertiary feathers (c). See also c of fig. 75. From this figure (62), and from fig. 75, it will be evident that the wing, when fully extended and ready to give the down stroke, presents a double curve—a large one, whose concavity is directed forwards when the wing is raised (fig.62 da), and downwards, when the wing is on the came level as the body (fig.75 5a). This curve is formed by the forward inclination of the primary and secondary feathers. The smaller curve is principally formed by the tertiary feathers, which are slightly inclined backwards. It has its convexity directed forwards when the wing is raised (fig. 62g), and downwards when the wing is on a level with the body (fig. 75 ey: The tip and body of the wing, as will readily be understood, seize the air with avidity, while the root of the wing facilitates its escape when it can no longer be serviceable for elevation and propulson. The wing may therefore be said to be seizing the wind at one part and letting it go at another at one and the same time; and there can be no doubt that the "E in a great measure owes its peculiar efficacy as an elevator and propeller to this cireumstance. The grasping and disentangling power possessed by the wing 1s augmented by the pre being more or less flexed during the. return or up stroke, the flexing or bending of t e wing giving rise to a lateral pulsation occasioned by the fact that the curves formed byt posterior or thin margin of the wing during flexion (fig. 73 b ac) are reversed during extension fig. 75 bac). ie = while being held against the light. Shows how the primary (b), secondary (a), and tertiary (c) feathers overlap — or veru each other in every direction. Each set of feathers has further its coverts and subeoverts, the wing being conical from within outwards and from before backwards. de A anterior or thick margin of wing; bac, posterior or thin margin. The wing of the Kestrel is intermediate as pegs form, it being neither rounded as in the Partridge (fig. 67), nor Det ing t e Albatros (fig. 64), nor pointed as in the Swallow (fig. 53). The feathers of the Kestrel's wing are unusually symmetrical and strong. Dese 8 276 Fig. 64. Fig. 65. Fig. 67. . Small Butterfly, designed to show the kite- DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. Left wing of the Albatros: def, anterior or thick margin of pinion; bac, posterior or thin margin, composed of the primary (5), secondary (a), and tertiary (c) feathers. In this wing the first primary is the longest, the primary coverts and subcoverts being unusually long and ` strong. The secondary coverts and subcoverts occupy the body of the wing (ed), and are so numerous that they effectually prevent any escape of wind between them during the return or up stroke. This wing, which I have in my possession, measures over 6 feet in length. Right wing of Beetle, dorsal surface. This wing somewhat resembles the Kestrel’s (fig. 63) in shape. It has an anterior thick margin, de f, and a posterior or thin one, bac. Strong nervures run along the anterior margin (d) until they reach the joint (e), where the wing folds upon itself in repose. Here they split up and divaricate and gradually become smaller and smaller until they reach the extremity of the wing and the posterior or thin margin (b) ; ‘other nervures radiate in graceful curves from the root of the wing. These also become finer as they reach the posterior or thin margin (ca). r, root of the wing with its complex compound joint : the wing of the beetle bears a certain analogy to that of the bat, the nervures running along the anterior margin (d) of the wing resembling the humerus (fig. 66 d) and forearm of the bat, the joint e of the beetle’s wing (fig. 65 e) corresponding to the carpal or wrist-joint (e, fig. 66) of the bat, the terminal or distal nervure of the beetle (fig. 65 fb) to the phalanges of the bat (fig. 66/4). The parts marked fb (figs. 65 & 66) may in both instances be likened to the primary feathers of the bird, that marked a to the secondary ones. In the wings of the beetle and bat no air can possibly escape through them during the return or up stroke. Right wing of the bat, dorsal surface: de f, anterior or thick margin of the wing, supported by the bones of the arm, forearm, and hand (first and second phalanges); a b, posterior or thin margin, supported by the remaining phalanges, by the side of the body, and by the foot. Right wing of the Red-legged Partridge, dorsal aspect. Shows extreme example of short rounded wing; contrast with the wing of the Albatros (fig. 64), which furnishes an extreme example of the long ribbon-shaped wing: bac, primary (4), secondary (a), and tertiary (c), feathers with their respective coverts and subcoverts, the whole overlapping and mutually supporting each other. This wing, like the Kestrel’s (fig. 63), was drawn from a specimen held against the light, the object being to display the mutual relation of the feathers to each other, and how the feathers overlap. | . Right wing of the Beetle (Goliathus micans), as seen from behind and from beneath. When so Mo the anterior or thick margin (df) and the posterior or thin margin (b c) cross each other and form a true helix or screw. . Right wing of the Bat as seen from behind and from beneath. When so regarded, the anterior or thick margin (df) of the wing displays different curves from those met with on the posterior (6 c) or thin margin, the anterior and posterior margins crossing each other, as in the blades of 4 screw propeller. . Right wing of Red-legged Partridge, seen from behind and from beneath, as in the beetle (fig. 68) and bat (fig. 69). The same lettering and explanation does for all three. like action of the wings in insects, bats, and birds, seen from above and from behind. The wi towards the body, also intended to show the kite-like action of the wing, In this case the wing i iking from SS SSC g 1s represented as striking behind forwards and from above downwards. The string of the kite is represented by the Fig. 73. DR. PETTIGREW ON THE MECHANISM OF FLIGHT. 277 straight line marked s. The tendency of the kite is to force the body upwards and forwards. The upward tendency, however, is checked by the weight of the insect; and its course is indi- cated by the arrow marked n. Left wing of Heron, partially extended, seen from beneath and from behind,—shows the spiral configuration and crossing of the anterior (def) and posterior (c a b) margins of pinion : e, anterior axillary curve pointing downwards; f, posterior axillary curve pointing upwards; ca, posterior axillary curve pointing upwards ; b, posterior distal curve pointing downwards. The posterior axillary and distal curve are reversed in complete extension (compare 4 a c of the present fig. with bac of fig. 75). Fig.74. Left wing of Snipe, rather more than half extended, seen from behind. In this figure the poste- Fig. 75. Fig. 76. Fig. 77. Fig. 78. rior axillary (c) and distal (b) curves are seen in the act of reversing, the posterior or thin margin of the wing presenting a straight edge, cb; def, anterior or thick margin of the wing. Left wing of Wild Duck, seen from behind and from beneath,—shows double curve made by the posterior or thin margin of the wing during complete extension: c a, posterior axillary curve, the convexity of which is directed downwards; da, posterior distal curve with its convexity directed upwards (compare ca and ba of this figure with 4 and c of fig. 73, where the curves are reversed, as in partial flexion); d e f, anterior or thick margin of pinion. When the wing is fully extended, as in the present instance, and the down stroke is made, the air is seized by the concave tip of the wing (f), and passed along the concave under surface of the pinion until it arrives at c, where, the concavity becoming a convexity, the air is permitted to escape. The track along which the air is urged during the descent of the wing is very well shown at f g (vide arrows) of fig. 62, the air escaping at g under c. Diagram showing the course described by the fish in swimming. The fish, in swimming, contrary to the received opinion, throws itself into a double curve (a, d), the curves taking hold of the water and letting go or relieving each other alternately. When the tail is delivering the effec- tive stroke, as indicated by the arrow running in the direction of 4, the anterior portion of the fish (d) is reversing, as shown at c. These changes are effected with such rapidity that the fish appears to be in two places at the same instant; and hence the double spiral track figured. While the double curve is being formed, the fish is rotating upon its axis; so that it is literally screwing itself forward in two directions, viz. from side to side and from behind forwards. Diagram representing the double spiral track described by the feet of swimming-birds. When the right foot (r) is describing the outside of a curve from before backwards, and from within outwards (as represented by the arrow running from right to left) during the effective stroke, the left foot (s) is describing the inside of a similar curve (vide arrow proceeding from left to right), from behind forwards, and from without inwards, in the non-effective or back stroke. The feet thus coordinate each other; and as they reciprocate and alternate, the double spiral figured is obtained. a Diagram showing the double spiral produced by the alternating of the extremities in man—the right leg (r) and left arm (s) advancing simultaneously and alternating with the left leg and right arm, which likewise advance together. bo Fé VOL. XXVI. [RANS. LINN. Soc. VoL XXVI., TAB. XII. 7 z ` d Sg * PNE A does i eq px dar ar y | | | | Fig 12 | i 1 e SS SE e Vincent Brooks, Imp ( 4 Charles Berjeau, delet lith.1867 TRANS. Linn. Soc. VOL XXVI., Tas. XIII Fig 20 TM ER TS T va t cle mts " tae pet pg reget aT ied cas di SMS T UT d Fig. 25. Vincent Brooks, lmp Charles Berjeau,del.et lith.1867 n Vincent Brooks Imp Trans. Linn. Soc. Von. XXVI Tas XV. LIT TUI UM Ie 4 orm om te wer me rm am 3 t 1 t Ge en Se: | d SALE D E Se SH 3 igs N ARE 09,0 $0 941 = ge / , 177 MARKT peep LTT Hh ER Pied e a : LE Lu E K SL Vincent Brooks Imp x i » e 8,76. Charles Berjeau, del et lith 1867. [ 279 | VI. Fungi Angolenses.—A Description of the Fungi collected by Dr. Friepgicn WEL- WITSCH in Angola during the Years 1850-1861. By FRIEDRICH Wetwitscu, M.D., F.L.S., and FREDERICK CURREY, M.A., F.R.S., Sec. L.S.—Panr I. (Plates 17-20.) Read April 18th, 1867. Tue Fungi described in this paper were collected partly in Sierra Leone and the islands of Biafra Bay, but for the most part in Angola and Benguella. Some were found near the coast between 7° and 16° south latitude; but the greater portion occurred in the highlands of the interior (from 120 to 260 miles eastward), which in Angola attain a height of 4000, and in Benguella of 6000 feet above the sea. The present can only be looked upon as a fragmentary contribution to the Mycology of Angola, inasmuch as, from the difficulty of travelling in so wild a country, and the continual predatory wars of the Negro tribes, it is rarely possible to remain long enough in one spot. At the same time we think that the many new forms here described are sufficient to justify the present publication; and, with the permission of the Linnean Society, we propose in a subsequent paper to give an account of the H} om; cetes, which (especially the Polyporei) are rich in the number and variety of the species. PHACIDIACEI, Fr. Puacrpruw wrrrDUM, Welw. & Curr. Peritheciis innatis, dimidiatis, interdum con- fluentibus, folii substantia concretis, orbiculatim dispositis, nigris, nitidis, in 3-4 lacinias latas dehiscentibus ; disco nigro-olivaceo ; sporidiis ovalibus vel irregularibus, nigro-fuscis, 00006 unci:e longis. Hab. Frequens ad folia perennantia Parinarü in editis de Morro de Lopollo (5600 ped.), distr. Huilla, Januario 1860. Obs. The specimens exhibit no asci, but only spores borne on sporophores. xr not in a satisfactory condition; and it is possible that the ascı may have been absorbed, or that the plants are only in the stylosporous state. SPHARIACHI, Fr. XYLARIA AXILLARIS, Welw. & Curr. Stromate suberoso, nigro (sterili longiore et dd liore); peritheciis irregulariter sparsis, globosis, mamillatis; sporidiis nigro-fuscis, elliptico-acuminatis, 0:0010—0:0013 uncize longis. i VOL. XXVI. H 280 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. Hab. Ad axillas ramulorum arboris e familia Artocarpacearum juxta ripas fluvii Coango, Golungo alto, Decemb. 1855. No. 79. This plant somewhat resembles X. hypowylon, var. uviformis, Mont. ; but the perithecia are fewer, and the sporidia much larger. Tan. 17. fig. 24, two specimens, x about 6 diameters ; fig. 25, sporidia, x 420 diam. X. ARENICOLA, Welw. & Curr. Stipite fragili, elongato, nigro-fusco, profunde sepulto, 1-3 unc. longo; capite fusco, maculato, ostiolis minutis nigris scabro, 4 uncis longo, conico vel subcylindrico, apicem versus acuminato vel ; rotundato, aliquando leviter curvato ; peritheciis nigris, subglobosis ; sporidiis minutis, nigro-fuscis, cymbi- formibus, 0:0002 unciz longis. Hab. Ad terram sabulosam humidam prope Cazella, Pungo Andongo, 2400-3800 ped. elevat., Januario 1857. No. 92. Tas. 17. figs. 5 & 6, two plants, very slightly magnified, so as to show the ostiola, which are hardly visible without a lens. X. APHRODISIACA, Welw. & Curr. Cespitosa, elavulis subcylindricis, 1-2 unc. altis, fusco- cinereis, tota superficie inordinate areolatis; medulla centrali albissima; perithe- ciis ? Basis communis tomento fusco delicato vestitur. Hab. Rarior; in silvis primitivis densis ad truncos diu putrefactos, juxta rivum Delamboa, distr. Golungo alto, Januario 1856. No. 102. Obs. The plant is considered an aphrodisiac by the negros. Tas. 18. figs. 3 & 4, plants, natural size. X. VARIABILIS, Welw. & Curr. Simplex vel ramosa, 2-6 unc. longa, fuliginoso-atra, peritheciis ? Hab. Sparse ad truncos vetustos dejectos cariosos in silvis primitivis de Quisucula prope Bango, Golungo alto, Februario 1855. No. 104. Obs. The specimens are barren. The inner tissue collapses in drying (as is the case with many Xylarie), leaving the bark (so to speak) in the form of a brittle detached integument. Tas. 18. fig. 7, plants, natural size. X. HYPOXYLON, Fr. Several speeimens of this species were collected in different localities. Some are ? little doubtful, as they exhibit no fruit. No. 87. Ad truncos vetustos prope “Caverna de Salitre” in Sobado de Mussengu® Golungo alto, Maio 1855. No. 88. Ad truncos emort uos in silvis primitivis montium de Muxäula, distr. Cazengo Junio 1855, TTE CNN in ann u ne Fe sig: TUE EN ET EE TS ne DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY'S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 281 No. 90. Ad truncos vetustos in silvis editis prope Puri-Cacarombola, Ambaca, Octob. 1856. No. 91. Ad ramulos emortuos putrescentes in terra sepultos ad dextram rivi Delamboa, Decemb. 1855. "These specimens are very imperfect. No. 135. In silvis densis primitivis, maxime humidis, ad truncos putrescentes denso agmine crescens prope Bumbo, Mossamedes, Oct. 1859. X. DIGITATA, Fr. Hab. Ad truneos putrescentes in silvis primitivis ad basin de Serra de Xella prope Bumbo, distr. Mos- samedes, Oct. 1859. No. 136. No. 1365 seems to be a slender form of the same species, but it may possibly be dis- tinet. The plant is barren. THAMNOMYCES HIPPOTRICHIOIDES, Ehrh. Obs. We have some doubt as to this species. The specimen is quite barren. Hab. Ad ramulos stantes Asparagi ete. prope Sange, distr. Golungo alto, Feb. 1855. PORONTA CLAVIFORMIS, Welw. & Curr. Solitaria vel cæspitosa, nigro-fusca, stipitata, 5 lin. ad 4 unc. alta; stipite apicem versus leviter incrassato, in discum aliquanto convexum peritheciorum ostiolis scabrum expanso ; peritheciis ovalibus, pallidis (?immaturis) in stromate duro: suberoso immersis, ostiolis prominentibus. Spo- ridiis P Hab. In eryptis rupium ad ligna putrescentia, rara, Arimo de Salgado, Pungo Andongo, Decemb. 1856. No. 85. HYPOXYLON SERPENS, Fr. Hab. Frequens ad cortices ramorum putrescentium variarum arborum prope Banga de Muddingue, Go- lungo alto, Julio 1855. No. 81. Obs. It is doubtful whether this is H. serpens or an Fr. The perithecia are more crowded and more immerse H. serpens. effused form of H. multiforme, d than in the typical form of Stromate suborbiculari, 14-2 unc. lato, 3 uncis H. suBoRBICU Welw i LARE, Welw. & Curr. o; superne plano vel plano-convexo et erasso, subtus leviter concavo, centro adfix i en: leviter undulato, intus favoso et albido, extus nigro, pe des m ico ag : margine inverso et crassescente ; perithecus stipatis, spear "ms aa superiorem et marginem inversum colentibus; ostiolis ER vergl H d NR e ah : 1 ; unc. longis. sporidiis nigro-fuscis, ellipticis vel cymbiformibus, 0:0005 s : â " rum Hab. Juxta truncos vetustos in silvis inter Monino et lacum Ivantála, Huilla, sed rarum, No. 137. Tas. 17. fig. 18, vertical section of a plant, natural size. 292 Martio 1860. 282 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. H. NUMMULARIUM, Bull. Hab. Ad ramos emortuos in silvis de Serra de alta Queta, Golungo alto, Decemb. 1855. No, 93. Obs. An effused form, with small sporidia. There is another specimen (No. 98) of this species, also an effused form, of which the habitat is “ Ad truncos, prope Capopa, Golungo alto, Junio 1856.” H. AcGnEGATUM, Welw. & Curr. Aquilum, late cwespitosum, sessile; individuis sphe- roideis conico-rostratis vel irregulariter expansis plurima ostiola preestantibus, Sporidia P Hab. Ad truncos vetustos, totam eorum superficiem obtegens, prope Bumba, Golungo alto, Maio 1855. No. 94. Obs. Allied to Hyp. cænopus, Fr., but sessile. Tas. 17. fig. 22, detached perithecia, magnified. H. CETRARIOIDES, Welw. & Curr. Stromate decumbente, laciniato, habitu et crescendi modo Cetrariam tristem simulante ; laciniis dilatatis, multifidis, apicem versus in perithecia transeuntibus ; peritheciis dense aggregatis aliquando complanatis irregu- laribus, plurima ostiola præstantibus; sporidiis P Hab. Àd truncos magnos putrescentes in silvis primitivis prope Quilanga, Pungo Andongo, Aprili 1857 : No. 97. Ad cortices arborum putrescentium in silvis primitivis prope Quibolo, Golungo alto, Aprili 1856: No. 80.* Obs. This species is developed between the decayed bark and the wood. The lichenoid expansion of the stroma is probably due to the absence of light. | Tas. 18. fig. 5, a plant, natural size ; fig. 6, one of the ramifications, magnified. H. coxcENTRICUM, Bolt. ? Not fully developed, exhibiting neither sporidia nor perithecia. Hab. Sub cortice truncorum putrescentium in silvis primitivis prope Quilanga, distr. Pungo Andongo, Januario 1857, H. ANGoLENsE, Welw. & Curr. Claviforme, nigerrimum, lucidum; peritheciis dense aggregatis, ostiolis minutis parum prominentibus; sporidiis nigro-fuscis, ovatis vel leviter curvulis, 0-0005-0-0006 unc. longis. Hab. Ad corticem putrescentem, Quibolo, Golungo alto, Martio 1856. No. 103. Tas. 17. fig. 19, plants, nat. size; fig. 20, sporidia, x. In one of the plants the rudiments of a branch are seen. mn, Bull., var. Sporidiis minoribus, 0:0005—0:0006 unc. longis. erhaps a distinct species; but the specimens are not satisfactory. | Hab. Gregatim, at rarum, ad truncos emortuos arborum (Spondias et affin.) prope Ponte de Felix Simóes, Golungo alto, Nov. 1854. No. 101. * A less perfect form. DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 283 H. RUBIGINOSUM, Fr. Hab. Ad ramos emortuos dejectos in silvis de Serra do alto Queta, Golungo alto, Martio 1855. Nos. 82, 82 b. H. scoprrorME, Mont. Hab. Ad truncos vetustos in silvis editis (2500 ped.) in insula Principis, Sept. 1853: No. 86. Quilombo Quiacatubia, Golungo alto, Februario 1855 : No. 89. H. ANNULATUM, Fr., ß. depressum. Sporidiis fuscis, strictis, irregulari-ovalibus, 00003 unc. longis. Hab. Ad truncos vetustos in silvis calidioribus prope Puri Cacarambola, Ambaca, Octob. 1856: No. 83. No. 69 ad truncos vetustos cariosos prope Cabinda, Ambaca, Octob. 1856. No. 84 seems to be the same species, but in an exolete condition. SPHERIA LANARIS, Welw. & Curr. (Conferte). Peritheciis conicis vel subglobosis sub epidermide nigrefacta in acervos vel tubercula irregulariter stipatis, ostiolis minutis prominentibus; stromate fusco, lanuginoso, e folii substantia formato; sporidiis 1-2-seriatis, pallidis, elliptieis vel subpyriformibus, 0:0006—0-0007 unciæ longis, interdum 1-2-nucleatis. Hab. Ad folia variarum specierum Fici prope Sange, viva Fici, Sangue, Golungo alto, Maio 1855: No. 75. Golungo alto, Decemb. 1855 : No. 76. Golungo alto, Novemb. 1854: No. 74. Ad folia Frequens ad folia vetustiora Fici, Quibige, S. BOMBARDA, Batsch. Hab. Ad ligna cariosa in silvis primitivis de Quisucula, prope Bango, Golungo alto, Aprili 1856. No.9. Dorumsa ——? Statu stylosporifero. Erumpens, difformis, sinuosa, ezesio-atra; sty- losporis late ovatis, pallidis vel leviter luteolis, 00006 unc. longis. Hab. Ad truncos semiemortuos arboris ex Artocarpacearum familia in silvis editis, Sobati de Quilombo Quiacatubia, Golungo alto, Januario 1856.. No. 96. PEMPHIDIUM NOBILE, Welw. & Curr. Peritheciis sparsis, solitariis vel 2-3 conjunctis, dimidiatis, basin versus matrice concretis, ostiolo nudo, subconico, deciduo, promi- nente, pertuso, annulato-marginato ; sporidiis 1-seriatis (?), oblongis, nigro-fuscis, 1-septatis, ad septum leviter constrictis, interdum inferne angustatis, 0:00010—0-00011 unc. longis. Hab. Ad petiolos foliorum palmarum (Elais g No. 60. Tas. 17. fig. 12, sporidia, uineensis) prope rivum de Capopa, Golungo alto, Junio 1856. x highly ; fig. 13, a perithecium, X slightly. MicngorELTIS —— ? Sporidiis biserialibus, hyalinis, uniseptatis, leriter curvatis, utrinque acuminatis. Hab. Ad folia plante acaulis monocotyledonez, 1857. No. 13. Obs. The specimens are not in good condition ; imperfect. Mata de Quisucula, prope Banjo, Golungo alto, Julio so that the description is necessarily 284 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. PERISPORIACEI, Fr. MELIOLA FORMOSA, Welw. & Curr. Mycelio procumbente, effuso, implicato, pinnato, nigro-fusco, setis sparsis erectis obsito; peritheciis globosis, demum profunde de- pressis, cupulatis; sporidüs pallidis, elongato-ellipticis vel leviter curvatis, 3—4-sep- tatis, 00006 unc. circiter longis. Hab. Ad folia, Quibolo, Golungo alto, Aug. 1856. No. 40. Tan. 17. fig. 1, a branch of the mycelium, slightly x ; fig. 2, sete, id. ; fig. 3, spores, highly x ; fig. 4, fragments of the mycelium, x 420 diam. Obs. The specimens exhibited only a few detached sporidia, which appeared to be produced from the perithecia; so that the description of the fruit is doubtful. The specimens are not in good condition. The outer coat of the perithecia appears to be formed by the eurling round and approximation of the ramifications of the threads of the mycelium, within which outer coat a membrane is afterwards formed. Tt is not clear whether or not the curling threads sprang from the tips of the sides of the branches. The large swellings in the threads exactly resemble the spores of some Helminthosporia, and frequently break off from the mycelium and become free during examination. under the microscope, so that in the absence of perithecia the plant might easily be taken for a Helminthosporium. ASTERINA DIFFORMIS, Welw. & Curr. Peritheciis orbicularibus vel irregularibus com- planatis, filis fuscis (e tota peritheciorum superficie orientibus et ad basin super folium radiatim extensis) amictis; ascis rotundatis vel obovatis; sporidiis biseria- libus, obovatis, pallidis, l-septatis, ad septum constrictis, 0:0005 unc. longis vel rarius 0:0007 unc. zquantibus. Hab. Ad folia yiva fruticis Menispermacearum in silva primitiva * Mata do Pungo," Pungo Andongo (2400-3800 ped. elevat.), Decemb. 1856. No. 39. Tas. 17. fig. 21, asci and sporidia, x 420 diam. Obs. We are uncertain whether or not the perithecium is formed of the substance of the leaf. Evrotium HERBARIORUM, Lk. Hab. Ad folia fruticis scandentis ex ordine Apocynacearum in silvis primitivis prope Sange, Golungo alto, Feb. 1855. No. 152. SPHEROPSIDEI, Leveill. PEsTALOZZIA DEPAZEOIDES, Welw. & Curr. Macula oblonga, grisea, 3 unc. longa, margine fusco; peritheciis minutis, nigris, macula insidentibus; sporis pallide fuscis, simpli- cibus vel 1-septatis, setis tribus longis coronatis; sporis (sine appendicibus) 00005- 00006 une. longis. Hab. Rarius ad folia Fici andongensis, Welw., in summis jugis rupium Præsidii (Pedra de Casella) Pungo Andongo, Decemb. 18, 1856. No. 17. Tas. 17. fig. 14, spores, x highly. DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 285 PHYLLOSTICTEI, Fr. PHOMA CONFLUENS, Welw. E Curr. Peritheciis spuriis e substantia folii formatis, rotun- datis, vel elongatis et irregularibus, in tubercula nigra rugosa minuta confluentibus ; tubereulis approximatis, acervos latos (1-2 unc. longos) formantibus; ucleis bi- formibus, altero e tela floccosa sporas nudas gerente constante, altero ascigero ; sporidiis oblongis, pallidis, biseriatis, 1-septatis, 00007 circiter uncize longis. Hab. Ad foliola frutieis seandentis Leguminosarum floribus paniculatis albis, Golungo alto, Aug. 1856. No. 63. Tas. 17. fig. 16, perithecia, x ; fig. 18, sporidia, x highly. Obs. The naked spores resemble sporidia, but are more irregular in shape. Perhaps this plant ought to form a new genus; but new genera ought not be hastily proposed, especially in such a family as the Phyllostietei. ISOTHEA RHYTISMOIDES, Fr., vel proxima species. Hab. Ad folia spec. Fici in silvis de Monino, Huilla, Maio 1860. No. 141. I. MINUTISSIMA, Welw. & Curr. Nucleo pallido, e filamentis ascis subelavatis intermixtis formato; sporidiis monostichis vel distichis, irregulariter ellipticis, hyalinis, 0°0005 une. circiter longis. Hab. Ad folia Peniseti gigantei, Benth., prope Cangunho, Golungo alto, Sept. 1855. No. Al, Obs. We do not know where to place this plant, if not in the genus Isothea, although the nucleus there is defined as “ coloratus.” It would be absurd to form a new genus on the absence of colour. The plant forms excessively minute black specks of irregular shape (being the discoloured epidermis), sometimes pierced in the centre with a circular pore. I. IRREGULARIS, Welw. & Curr. Nucleis segregatis vel conjunctis (siccitate pallido- fuscis), his maculas nigras irregulares 1 lin. (plus minus) longitudine mensurantes, illis maculas minutas rotundatas conicas formantibus ; ostiolis prominentibus, mamillatis; ascis subelongatis et strictis; sporidiis oblique monostichis, ellipticis, granulosis, 0:0006 unc. longis. Hab. Ad folia arboris ignote, Alta Queta, Gulungo alto, Martio 1856. No. 2. Depazna, Fr. Several plants, apparently belonging to this ge : however, all barren, and the specific names therefore in short account of them. : 55. No. 24. Ad foliola speciei Eriodendri, prope Capope, Golungo alto, Septembri 18 No. 30. Ad folia speciei Alsodeie, Golungo alto, J AR Obs. A very doubtful plant, in an unsatisfactory con ion. l | No. 23. Ad folia vetusta speciei Bauhinia, in dumetis campestribus prope Izanga et Ngombe, Ambaca, Octobri 1856. nus, occur in the collection. "They are, determinable. The following is a 286 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY'S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. No. 3. Ad folia speciei Hippocratee in silvis de Capopa, Golungo alto (1000-2400 ped. elevat.), Aug. 1855. No. 14. Ad folia fruticis ex ordine Hippocrateacearum prope Luxillo, Pungo Andongo, Novembri 1856. No. 15. Non frequens, ad paginam superiorem foliorum fruticis ex ordine Hippocrate. acearum, Luxillo, Pungo Andongo, Novembri 1856. No. 65. Ad foliola arboris e familia Spondeacearum, (Munguenga) Golungo alto (1000-2400 ped. elevat.), Februario 1856. Planta minutissima. No. 78. Ad frutices prope Presidium, Pungo Andongo, Februario 1857. No. 77. Ad folia Bandeiree speciose in collinis dumetosis ad rivum Delamboa, Go- lungo alto, Aug. 1855. : ÜRYPTOSPORIUM CIRCINANS, Welw. & Curr. Peritheciis stipatis, subglobosis vel irregu- laribus, in circulis concentricis dispositis; sporis- pallidis, subclavatis vel subfu- siformibus, leviter curvatis, longitudine variis, 00006 unc. assequentibus. Hab. Frequens ad folia fruticis spinosissimi e Capparidearum familia in dumetis prope Loanda, Januario 1854. No. 64. Obs. The circles of perithecia are sometimes confluent, entirely concealing the under surface oftheleaf. Some of the perithecia open with a rimose dehiscence, showing an affinity with Labrella. SEPTORIA CRUSTACEA, Welw. & Curr. Peritheciis minutissimis, crusta nigra, in acervos multiformes confluentes ostiolis minutis punetiformibus obsitos compactis ;. sporis filiformibus, tenuibus, pallidis, longitudine variis. Hab. Ad folia arboris familie Artocarpearum, Trombeta, Golungo alto, Octob. 1856. Obs. Under a lens, the plant looks exactly like some effused Hypoxylon. PHALLODEI, Fr. PHALLUS TUNICATUS, Schlecht. Linnza, vol. xxxi. p. 123. Hab. Adterram humosam in silvis densis de Serra de Alta Queta, tempore pluvio, Aprili 1855. Rarissime obvius. Annis 1854-57 tria tantum specimina observata fuerunt. No. 121. Obs. The specimens are not perfect, the veil being much broken, so that there is some doubt about the species; but it accords well (as far as can be judged) with Ph. tw- nicatus, Schl. "This species seems to have been rightly separated by Schlechtendal from the Ph. indusiatus of Ventenat, figured in Mém. d. l'Inst. Nat. i. p. 520, tab. vii. f. 9. A comparison of the latter figure with that in the Diet. d. Sc. Nat. Champignons, tab. 7, figs: l, la, 14, will show that the two plants are very different. LaTERNEA ANGOLENSIS, Welw. & Curr. Peridio griseo, fusco maculato, crassissimo, gela- tina farcto; receptaculi ramis quatuor, splendide albidis, apice connatis; strato mucoso fusco-atro, odoris vini fermentescentis. arte no arenaceas humo tectas ipsius Przesidii, prope Catete, Pungo Andongo, 10 Dec. 1856. o. : ben 17. fig. 7, the plant, natural size, after a sketch taken on the spot. * E d 4 D = ot u px = Mm Perm BER I Ge Ge ia SES bog kis oro Y i n i Co ares REED ; Kurz Fitch, imp Dane ERS oc. Vor. XAVI, Tas Y D INN 4 RANS. | food E WE del. et. kth. Dë? TEE Dui MEET EE RM ce J.N. Fitch imp a ge UUNTN tie s. ads —Ó A x — Tag et hith. DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 287 Obs. A single specimen, gathered in fine weather. This species is manifestly nearly allied to Zaternea columnata, Bose, but differs in the colour, and apparently also in the form of the ramifications of the receptacle, as well as in the smell (not fetid) of the stratum mucoswm. LYsURUS CORALLOCEPHALUS, Welw. & Curr. Utero ovoideo, basi fibris albicantibus stipitato; strato gelatinoso crasso, distento, stipite increscente irregulariter dehis- cente, extus ex albido cinerascente, intus albido levigato; stipite cylindrico, cavo, albo, spongioso, poroso-reticulato, fragili, apice membrana carnoso-spongiosa coccinea rugulosa oblique clauso, duabus tribusve foraminibus parvis subcircularibus excen- tricis relictis. Hac ex membrana ramenta crebra complanata transverse rugulosa divaricatim dichotoma ramosa undique surgunt, ex basi ad medium usque circa- circum strato mucoso viscido fetido tecta, apicibus belle coccineis, varie flexis, emersis, nudis, coralliformibus, cito collabentibus. Hab. Inter Zee Maydis plantationes, solo arenoso-argillaceo humidiusculo, tempore sereno, 3 dies post pluvias frequentes, itaque nec colo tonante, nascens, in Presidio, Pungo Andongo, unicum spe- cimen, Dec. 10, 1856. No. 119. Tas. 17. fig. 8, plant, of the natural size, after a sketch taken on the spot. Obs. The coral-like ramifications become much contracted in drying. This plant is more nearly allied to Zysurus than Aseroe, although it differs from the species of Zysurus hitherto described in having a perforated membrane. It may be doubtful whether there is any substantial difference between the genera Zysurus and Aseroe. It would seem, from this specimen, that in Lysurus the apex of the receptacle is not always entirely closed. The perforations of the membrane do not afford a sufficiently marked character for the formation of a new genus. NIDULARIACEI, Fr. CYATHUS STRIATUS, Hoffm. Hab. Sparsim ad ligua putreseentia in dich primitivis humidis prope Presidium, Pungo "Ser Februario 1857: No. 113. Ad ramulos dejectos inter folia putrescentia 1n apricis cultis neglectis prope Sansamanda ad ripas fluminis Cuanza, Pungo Andongo, BER te laa LYCOPERDACHI, Fr. GEASTER FIMBRIATUS, Fr. o b. 1856. No. 108. Hab. Rarius ad terram juxta rivulum de Casalalé, Decem 5 o in Presidio Pungo Andongo, Ann. d. Sc. Nat. ser. iv. vol iii. p. 139, G. 1 pe, D 286 ; 1 i MIRABILIS, Mont. Sylloge, p superantibus, sub microscopio pel- t. 6. f. 8. Sporis minutissimis, vix 0:0001 unc. lucidis. Hab. Rarissimus, ad truncos putrescentes i alto, Aprili et Augusto 1850. No. 107. Primum in Guyana observatus. 3x VOL. XXVI. Quisucula et prope Casengue, Golungo n silvis primitivis de Gallica a clar. Leprieur ad Cayennam 288 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. PODAXON LOANDENSIS, Welw. & Curr. Stipite duro, lignoso, semipedali (vel fere 8 poll, alto), fibroso, torto, intus ex aurantiaco flavo, subtiliter fibrilloso, siccitate fuseo, basi bulboso; peridio obovato, elliptico, 13-23 poll. longo, membranaceo, albido, ruguloso, apice obtusiuseulo; capillitio primum albido, quasi molliter caseoso, sub- earnosulo, dein floccoso flavo, demum ex tabacino nigrescente ; sporis transparescen- tibus, junioribus nitido-flavis, maturescentibus fuscis, globosis, ellipticis vel subtur- binatis, 0:0004—0-0006 uncize longis. Podaxon loandensis, Welw. Apont. Flor. Angol. p. 535 (Lisbon 1858). Hab. Frequentissime in pascuis breviherbidis arenosis juxta oceani littus Angolense, prope Penedo agri Loandensis. Paulo post primas pluvias adparet et ad Maii finem usque nova semper individua pro- gignuntur. No. 115. Tas. 20. figs. 5, 6, 7, plants, of the natural size. P. wossAMEDENsIS, Welw. & Curr. 5-9 unc. altus, stipite sequo vel apicem versus attenuato, hic illie rubro tincto, firmo, lignoso, ad basin bulboso; peridio conico vel oblongo, 2-4 une. longo, 13-27 unc. lato, siccitate flavescente aut nigro-fusco et longitudinaliter rugoso; sporis nigro-fuscis, numerosissimis, globosis vel sub- turbinatis, et tune pediculo minutissimo aliquando ornatis, 0:0004 unc. circiter dia- metro; capillitio fusco, sporis aliquanto pallidiore, simplici (7. e. non spiraliter lineato). Hab. Sporadice in dumetosis arenosis ad ripas fluvii Maiombo, distr. Mossamedes, Oct. 1859. No. 149. Tas. 17. fig. 23, spores, x highly. Tas. 19. figs. 1, 2, plants, of the natural size; fig. 3, a plant (nat. size) with the peridiwm removed, showing the capillitium. There is a plant numbered 149 a, as to which we have some doubt, but which is pro- bably a small form of this species. The habitat is:—“ In pratis et pascuis arenosis maritimis prope Loandam, Dec. 1853, Feb. 1858." P. ELATUS, Welw. & Curr. 6-13 unc. altus, stipite lignoso, durissimo, 4-3 unc. lato, xquo, basi curvato, e mycelio arachnoideo cartilagineo subaurantiaco emergente; peridio elongato-ovato, 3-8 unc. longo, apice rotundato vel acuminato, vegeto albido, siceitate fusco; sporis (junioribus) flavis, dein fuscis, ellipticis, saepissime uno eX- tremo truncatis, 0-0004 unc. longis ; capillitio flavo vel subolivaceo, membrana lineis spiralibus confertis obscure signata et fracturam spiralem exhibente. Hab. Sparsissime in silvis arenosis mixtis (i. e. e Protee, Eugenia, Strychni, Acacie, Cesalpinie ete. spe ciebus conflatis) inter Lopollo et Monino, Januario 1860. No. 148. Tas. 19. figs. 4 & 5, plants, of the natural size; fig. 6, a fragment of a thread of the capillitium spirally ruptured. Obs. The spiral markings are not visible in all the threads of the capillitium ; probably they vary according to age. LYCOPERDON TOMENTOSUM, Welw. & Curr. Peridio globoso vel subturbinato, corned, fragili, nigro-purpureo, tomento denso rufo separabili ex omni parte amicto ; capil- DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 289 litio fusco; sporis fuscis, minutis, 00001 unc. vix superantibus, globosis, echinulis minutissimis obsitis. Hab. Sporadice ad terram humosam inter folia putrida in silvis primitivis de Quisucula prope Bango, distr. Golungo alto, Feb. 1855. No. 117. Tas. 19. figs. 7 & 8, plants, of the natural size. Obs. 'The spores are so minute that, without careful observation and a high power of the microscope, they might be supposed to be smooth. L. GOLUNGENSE, Welw. & Curr. Peridio globoso vel obovato, tomento delicato fasti- giato amicto, e mycelio denso concolori nascente; capillitio ?; sporis ? Hab. Ad basin truncorum putrescentium in silvis editissimis montis dicti Cungolungulu, Golungo alto, Feb. 1855. No. 118. Tas. 20. fig. 13, plants, of the natural size. Obs. These specimens are unripe, exhibiting neither capillitium nor spores. L. RADICATUM, Welw. & Curr. Subturbinatum, radicatum, 3-4 unc. altum, 2—4 unc. latum; peridio papyraceo, fragili, plumbeo-ferrugineo, hie illic in vetustate subpurpuras- cente; capillitio obscure lilacino; sporis concoloribus, globosis, echinatis, 00002 unc. latis. Hab. Rarissime, in pascuis graminoso-dumetosis prope Penedo, distr. Loanda, Martio 1854. No. 116. Tas. 20. figs. 8 & 9, old plants, of the natural size. L. AsPERRIMUM, Welw. & Curr. Subglobosum, 1 une. circiter altum ; peridio Cinna, momeo, papyraceo, statu juniore spinis asperrimis demum caducis obsito ; capillitio subrubiginoso; sporis capillitio concoloribus, globosis, 0:00015 unc. diametro, minu- tissime echinatis. Hab. In dumetosis arenosis ad marginem de Lagoa de Giraul, distr. Mossamedes, locis subsalsis, Julio 1859. No. 142. Tas. 20. fig. 14, plants, of the natural size. Obs. The spines of the spores are so minute that they are seen wi under a high power. ; (d No. li ecu to be the same species, but exhibits no spines on TER. IP peri fam, beware, is larger, um ihe spor es reach 0:0002 inch. cg habitat is :—“ In arenosis graminosis prope Maiombo, distr. Mossamedes, Oct. 1859. No, 144 is shown in Tas. 20. figs. 3 & 4. th difficulty even -14 l- L. casprrosum, Welw. & Curr. Subglobosum, 4-1} unc. altum, 1-13 e MID, radi catum, vivum niveum, siceitate flavido-albidum, papyraceum, primo ET, demum subnudum; capillitio argillaceo-lilacino, Se ug laceo-lilacinis, globosis, laevibus, 0:0001-0-0002 unc. diametro. 2 290 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. Hab. In graminosis macris editis de Morro de Lopollo, distr. Huilla, gregatim crescens, Aprili 1860, No, 145. Tan. 20. figs. 1 & 2, plants, of the natural size. L. BICOLOR, Welw. & Curr. Stipitatum, 13-2 unc. altum, stipite albido, subcylindrico, basi attenuato; peridio plumbeo-fusco, papyraceo; capillitio fusco; sporis fuscis, globosis, lzevibus, 0:0001—0:0002 unc. diametro. Hab. In pascuis humidiusculis silvatieis inter Lopollo et Empalanea, distr. Huilla, Maio 1860. No. 146, Tas. 20. fig. 12, plants, of the natural size. With the Lycoperdons above described there is one unripe specimen (No. 143) which seems to be an undeseribed species. It is subglobose, about 1 inch high, with a horny peridium irregularly areolated. It is too immature to deserve a specific name. The habitat is :—** In dumetosis arenosis prope Vicum Nene, Huilla, Maio 1860." TULOSTOMA ANGOLENSE, Welw. & Curr. Albidum, 12 unc. altum, stipite ab apice ad basin sensim diminuente ; peridio subgloboso (ore imperfecto); capillitio ferrugineo; sporis ferrugineis, subglobosis vel subellipticis, 0:0002 unc. diametro. Hab. In collinis arenosis hie illic Euphorbiis cactiformibus obsitis ad austrum vici de Mossamedes, ast rarissimum, Julio 1857. No. 147. Jove pluvio forsitan frequentius. Tas. 20. figs. 10 & 11, plants, of the natural size. Obs. Possibly not distinct from Tulostoma Meyenianum, figured in Nov. Act. Leop. xix. Suppl. i. t.5; but it is much smaller than that species, and differs in not having the longitudinal furrows on the stem. SPILERICEPS, n.g. Stipite cylindrico, dure fibroso, firmo, ex albido badio, centrali, ubique sequaliter farcto, quidquam longitudinaliter striato ; peridio albo, levigato, sphærico, medio, ut videtur, orbiculatim dehiscente, nec vertice aperto; capillitio pari filiformi, partim membranaceo-expanso, elateribus intermixtis; sporidiis copiosis- simis, ferrugineis, globosis yel subglobosis, 0-0002 unc. diametro. Unica species :— SPHÆRICEPS LIGNIPES, Welw. & Curr. Characteres generis. Hab. In dumetis arenosis, precipue e Tamarice articulata, Vahl, conflatis, ad ripas flum. Caroca prope Cabo Negro, circa 16° lat. austr., circa 12 mil. ab oceano, Sept. 1859. No. 150. 2 Tas. 18. fig. 2, a plant of the natural size. Fig. 1 shows the underside of the same plant. In fig. 1 1t vill be observed that the stem has been slightly shortened for the convenience of the plate. MYXOGASTRES, Fr. STEMONITIS Fusca, Roth. No. 112. Ad folia vegeta Jussie@ spec. juxta rivulum Quiapoza, Golungo alto, ier cemb. 1855. DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 291 No. 109. Ad caudices emortuos et ad folia viva Muse sapientum prope fluvium Luinha cultæ, Januario 1855, distr. Cazengo. No. 110. Ad ligna cariosa in silvis primitivis de Quisucula prope Bango, Golungo alto, Aug. 1857. No. 111. Ad cortices dejectos in silvis humidis de Serra de Alto Queta, Golungo alto, Decemb. 1855. Obs. All these plants approach the variety of Stemonitis known as “ typhoides;” but the peridia are more crowded than in the typical Stemonitis fusca, var. typhoides. ARCYRIA INCARNATA, P. Hab. Ad corticem truncorum annosorum in silvis de Alto Queta, Golungo alto, rarissime obvia. No. 122. Obs. We have some doubt about the plant; but it appears to be an Arcyria, and, if so, must, we think, be the above species. SPOROCYBACEI, Fr. STILBUM ATERRIMUM, Welw. & Curr. Minutum, cæspitosum, totum aterrimum, capi- tulo obovato vel clavæformi; stipite complanato; sporidiis ovalibus, hyalinis, 0:0002 unc. longis. Hab. E rimulis corticum vetustorum arborum putrescentium generis Fici erumpens, in silvis ad Qui- bongo, Golungo alto, Aprili 1855. No. 52. S. SERICEUM, Welw. & Curr. Stipite rigido, fusco-virescente; capitulo sphærico, vivo carneo-rubro, siccitate armeniaco ; sporis ovalibus, hyalinis, 0°0002 unc. longis. Hab. Ad Zygiam fastigiatam in silvis, Alto Queta, Golungo alto, Januario 1856. No. 49. Obs. The stem is by no means villous; but under an inch power of the compound microscope it sometimes appears to have a very slight silky down. 8. CESPITOSUM, Welw. & Curr. Minutum, vegetum roseum, siccitate a, cum, cæspitosum, acervis gregariis aliquando dense aggregatis ; E dichotomo ; capite globoso vel subgloboso ; sporis irregulari-ovalibus, hyalinis, t unciæ longis. Hab. Ad truncos vetustos Fici prope Canguerasange, Ad truncos putrescentes Ficorum in silvis humidis So Februario et Maio 1855: No. 505. Ad corticem var. Fici specierum, pluvio prope Lopollo, distr. Huilla, Februario 1860: No. 131. Golungo alto, tempore pluvio, Nov. 1854: No. 50. bati de Quilombo Quiacatubia, Golungo alto, frequentissimum tempore MUCEDINES, Fr. PENICILLIUM GLAUCUM, Lk. Hab. Nimis frequens in superficie atramenti, Novemb. 1857. No. 38. in forma pellicule glauco-flavescentis, jove pluvio, Loanda, HAPLOTRICHUM CAPITATUM, Link. 57. No. 48. Hab. Rarius ad folia Celastri spec., prope Calunga, Pungo Andongo, Jan. 11, 1857 292 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY'S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. HYMENULACEI, Fr. HyMENULA VULGARIS, Fr. Forma rosea. Hab. Ad folliculos Apocynacearum prope Luxillo, Pungo Andongo, Jan. 1857. No. 20. SCLEROTIACEI, Fr. SCLEROTIUM sTIPITATUM, Berk. & Curr., Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiii. pp. 91, 93. Hab. Ad radices arborum emortuarum, sub terra ad profunditatem 1-3 ped. absconditum, in arvis Solano tuberoso cultis, prope Lopollo, Huilla, Apr. et Maio 1861. No. 138. Obs. In India this species has hitherto been found only in the nests of the white ant. S. FLAVIDUM, Welw. & Curr. Tubercula varia, subglobosa, reniformia vel deformia, flavida vel fulva, a mole grani sinapis (vel minus) ad pisi parvuli crassitudinem varia. Hab. In declivis parce graminosis, ad 800-1000 ped. altitudinis, locis humidiusculis ad oras silvarum primitivarum ad terram inter ezespites putrescentes, Insula Principis in sinu Benin, Sept. 1853. No. 27, Under No. 37 we find Panicum plicatum bearing an Ergot of the kind common in other grasses. As there is no fruit on the Ergot, we can only place it here amongst the Sclerotiacei. It would doubtless, at the proper season, produce some species of Claviceps. SPORIDESMIACEI, Fr. SPORIDESMIUM CELATUM, Welw. & Curr. Foliicolum, mycelio sub folii cuticula nigre- facta dense compacto; sporæ fuscæ, leviter curvatee vel fere rectæ, 3-5-septate, in- terdum substipitate, pedicello pallidiore. Hab. Ad folia plante e familia Euphorbiacearum, Coango, Golungo alto, Octob. 1855. No. 77. Tas. 17. fig. 15, spores, highly magnified. Obs. The place and mode of growth are somewhat unusual for a Sporidesmium, but the characters are not sufficiently definite for the formation of a new genus. DEMATIACEL, Fr. HELMINTHOSPORIUM CoRDIE, Welw. & Curr. Epiphyllum, sistens maculas circulares, 1-4 lin. diam., fuscescentes, hic illie confluentes, e filis rigidulis crispulis exarticulatis parce ramosis fusco-luteis conflatas; ramulis patentissimis, plerumque leviter cur- vatis, crassitudine filamenta primaria sequantibus, ad basin hie illie fructiferis ; sporis rectis vel curvulis, ellipsoideo-cylindricis, obtuse apiculatis, filamentis duplo crassioribus, 3—5-septatis, pellucidis. Hab. Ad paginam superiorem foliorum Cordie spec. in silvis primitivis prope Sange, Golungo alto Martio 1856. No. 1. Tas. 17. figs. 9, 10 & 11, filaments and spores, x highly. Be UREDINEI. 2 S A few Æcidia were collected, to which we do not venture to give specific names. ries remarked long since (Syst. Myc. iii. 512) :—* ZEcidium in singula planta describere DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. 293 immensus esset labor, et omne eorum studium, haud mere physiologicum, mihi saltem, irritum visum est ;” and Tulasne (Ann. d. Se. Nat. ser. iv. vol. ii. p. 174) speaks of Æci- dium as “genus vulgatissimum . .... plantis permultis et diversissimis infestum, e formis numerosissimis at vix dissimilibus, plerisque enim non nisi sede seu matrice sibi propria distinguendis." The recent observations of De Bary tend to show that Zeidium is not an autonomous genus, but only a stage of development of other Uredineous genera. The following are the descriptions of the Æcidia collected by Dr. Welwitsch :— No. 105. Peridiis stipatis, minime profundis, petiolum tegentibus, et subinde in folia transeuntibus, margine suberenulato, laciniis brevissimis ; sporis vivis aurantiacis, sic- citate pallidis, subglobosis vel ovato-oblongis, forma et crassitudine variis, 0:0009—0:0012 longis. Hab. Ad folia Cissi spec. prope Cagháy, Pungo Andongo, Novemb. 1856. No. 128. Hardly differs from No. 105, except in the more scattered peridia and more irregularly shaped spores. Hab. Ad folia fruticuli e familia Ebenacearum in rupestribus de Morro de Monino, distr. Huilla, rarius obvium, April 1860. No. 128a. Peridiis albis, cylindricis, elongatis, marginis laciniis irregularibus ; sporis ut in No. 128. Hab. Ad folia spec. Euphorbia, in pascuis dumetosis aliquanto petrosis, subsiccis, prope Lopollo, Huilla, Mart. 1860. y No. 127. Peridiis sparsis, campanulatis, pallidis; marginis laciniis brevibus et crenu- latis; sporis ut in 105. Hab. Rarius ad folia suffruticis Rubiacearum in dumetis prope lacum magnum de Ivantala, distr. Huilla, Feb. 1860. No. 8 is also a species of Æcidium, but it is not describable from dried specimens. Uromyces ALLIORUM, DC. Hab. Ad folia Liliacee asphodeloidee, in pratis humidis prope Muta Lucala, Pungo Andongo, Martio 1857. No. 19. Ad folia et scapos Albuce juncifolie, Pungo Andongo, Maio 1857. No. 22. No. 130 is an effused Uredo, covering the underside of the leaves of a Rubiaceous plant. The spores are subglobose or elliptical, echinulate, 00011 to Areas DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE 17. Figs. 1-4. Meliola formosa, Welw. & Curr.: fig. 1, a branch of the mycelium, mëng De gen fig. 2, sete, id.; fig. 3, spores, x highly; fig. 4, fragments of the mycelium, x jameters. Figs.5 & 6. Xylaria arenicola, Welw. & Curr., x slightly. Fig. 7. Laternea angolensis, Welw. & Curr., natural size. 294 DR. F. WELWITSCH AND MR. F. CURREY’S FUNGI ANGOLENSES. Fig. 8. Lysurus corallocephalus, Welw. & Curr., natural size. Figs. 9-11. Helminthosporium Cordie, Welw. & Curr., filaments and spores, x highly. Figs. 12 & 13. Pemphidium nobile, Welw. & Curr.: fig. 12, sporidia, x 420 diameters; fig. 18, a peri- thecium, x slightly. Fig.14. Pestalozzia depazeoides, Welw. & Curr., spores, x highly. Fig. 15. Sporidesmium celatum, Welw. & Curr., spores, x highly. Figs. 16& 17. Phoma confluens, Welw. & Curr. : fig. 16, perithecia, x ; fig. 17, sporidia, x highly. Fig. 18. Hypoxylon suborbiculare, Welw. E Curr., vertical section, natural size. Figs. 19 & 20. Hypoxylon angolense, Welw. & Curr. : fig. 19, plants, of the natural size ; fig. 20, sporidia, x highly. Fig. 21. Asterina difformis, Welw. & Curr., asci and sporidia, x 420 diameters. Fig. 22. Hypoxylon aggregatum, Welw. & Curr., detached perithecia, x Fig. 23. Spores of Podaxon mossamedensis, Welw. & Curr., x highly. Figs. 24 & 25. Xylaria axillaris, Welw. & Curr.: fig. 24, two plants, x ; fig. 25, sporidia, x 4% diameters. PLATE 18. Figs. 1 & 2. Sphericeps lignipes, Welw. & Curr., plants, of the natural size. Figs. 8 & 4. Xylaria aphrodisiaca, Welw. &. Curr., plants, of the natural size. Figs. 5 & 6. Hypoxylon cetrarioides, Welw. & Curr.: fig. 5, natural size; fig. 6, one of the ramifications, magnified, Fig. 7. Xylaria variabilis, Welw. & Curr., natural size. PLATE 19. Figs. 1-3. Podaxon mossamedensis, Welw. & Curr., natural size: fig. 8 represents a plant with the peri- dium removed, showing the capillitium adhering to the stipes. Figs. 4, 5 & 6. Podazon elatus, Welw. & Curr.: figs. 4 & 5, plants, of the natural size ; fig. 6, a fragment of a thread of the capillitium, spirally ruptured. Figs. 7 & 8. Lycoperdon tomentosum, Welw. & Curr., natural size. PLATE 20. Figs. 1 & 2. Lycoperdon cespitosum, Welw. & Curr., natural size. Figs. 3 & 4. Lycoperdon asperrimum, Welw. & Car: natural size. Figs. 5, 6 & 7. Podaxon loandensis, Welw. & Curr., natural size. Figs. 8 & 9. Lycoperdon radicatum, Welw. & Curr., natural size. Figs. 10 & 11. Tulostoma angolense, Welw. & Curr., natural size. Fig. 12. Lycoperdon bicolor, Welw, & Curr. urn! size. Fig. 13. Lycoperdon golungense, Welw. & Cine; natural size. Fig. 14. Lycoperdon asperrimum, Welw. & Cam: natural size. 2 3 im . Bare ATE, 2 3 N ei ee R EEN 2 e EE EE [ 295 ] VII. Notes on the Thysanura.—Part III. By Str Jonny LuBsock, Bart., F.R.S., V.P. Linn. Soc., Pres. Ent. Soe, V.P. Ethn. Soe, c. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) Read June 6th, 1867. THE following Memoir contains descriptions of seventeen species of Thysanura, belonging to the Smynthuride, Poduridee, and Lipuride. Five are new; the others have been already observed on the Continent. With those described in my previous Memoirs, and the sixteen in that of Templeton, this will make a total of about fifty species, one- fourth of which have been as yet observed in this country only. I have also met with several forms which will probably prove to be distinct species, but about which I am not as yet prepared to offer a decided opinion. There can, however, be very little doubt that many more species remain to be discovered in this country. Even the Continent has been anything but thoroughly examined; and yet, including the Lepismide and the curious genera Campodea and Nicoletia, 117 species are said to occur in Europe, of which eighty-three have been found in France. SMYNTHURUS VIRIDIS. (Pl. XXI. figs. 1-3.) . Podura viridis, Geoffroy, Ins. d. Env. de Paris, ii. p. 607. — , Schrank, En. Ins. Austr. p. 495. —— — , Fabricius, Entom. Syst. ii. p. 65. ——, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 2907. à Smynthurus viridis, Nicolet, Rech. pour servir à l'histoire des Podurelles, p. 82, Mém. Soc. Helv. vi. , Bourlet, Sur les Podurelles, p. 56, Mém. Soc. R. de Douai. — — ———, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Crust. Arachn. et Myriapod. p. 567. i Green; eyes on a black patch; terminal segments of antennz reddish; abdomen with à reentering angle; hairs scattered. Length +4; of an inch. Very common among grass, in May, September. It is sometimes attacked by a small red mite. Geoffroy's description of this insect is still quite sufficient : capite flavescente, antennis in medio fractis.” The antennz have the basal segments pale green, segments increase in length from the base to the apex. | in length, and -003 in breadth; the second is :008 in length, the third “018, and zr fourth -027. The segments do not taper, though each is à little narrower weg the preceding. The terminal segment has about twenty whorls of hairs. ; The — es m of the usual form; one of them, however, is somewhat characteristie, px | A e penultimate tooth unusually projecting. The maxille resemble those o$ » — = Trans. vol. xxiii. pl. 45. fig. 6). The feet resemble those of P. cursor ; e | VOL. XXVI. ——— June, July, August, and « P. viridis, oculis nigris, the terminal one reddish. The The basal one is ‘004 of an inch 296 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. tenent hairs. Pl. XXI. fig. 2 represents one of the posterior feet. The spring is simple in form (Pl. XXI. fig. 3). It has no tenent hairs; and the terminal lamellz are without teeth ; the hairs are simple, and shaped like a lady’s riding-whip, but rather rough. SMYNTHURUS LUTEUS, n. sp. (Pl. XXI. figs. 4-7.) Yellow; eyes on a black patch; apical portion of antenne violet. The females, which are decidedly larger than the males, are about 4; of an inch in length. Very common, among grass, from May to July. In colour and in habits this species closely resembles the S. lupuline, of Bourlet; the eyes, however, are situated on a black patch. My S. aureus agrees with S. luteus in the possession of the black patch, but differs in the form of the caudal lamella, of the feet, and of the antenne. The four segments of the antenne (Pl. XXI. fig. 5) increase in length from the base to the apex, each being nearly twice as long as the preceding: the proportions are 8, 15, 24, 45. The terminal portion consists of about twelve segments more or less closely soldered together and each bearing a whorl of hairs; the four central segments are more distinctly marked than those on either side of them. At the extremity of the organ are some rod-like hairs. Though the males are smaller than the females, their antennz are not only relatively, but absolutely longer. In form, however, there is no material difference between the sexes. The mandibles are strong, but the terminal teeth, excepting the last of all, project very slightly. The teeth are four and five in number; those of the male and female are alike. The claws (Pl. XXI. fig. 6) are simple; the inner one is small; there are two tenent hairs on the upperside; and the inner claw, which is elongated, appears to terminate in a small globular expansion, which has probably the same function. The feet are alike in both sexes, : Caudal appendage (Pl. XXI. fig. 7). The basal segment tapers slightly; it bears scattered sets, but no tenent hairs. The terminal lamelle are elliptical, without sete or teeth. At the end of the abdomen are two sete much stronger than the rest. The caudal appendage of the male resembles that of the female. Some specimens have on each side two longitudinal bands of rather darker yellow. These, I believe, only form a variety. These specimens have three dark spots in a on each side in the paler portion ; each of these bears a hair. : : It is very amusing to see these little creatures coquetting together. The male, which is much smaller than the female, runs round her, and they butt one another, standing face to face, and moving backwards and forwards like two playful lambs. Then the female pretends to run away and the male runs after her, with a queer appearance of anger, gets in front, and stands facing her again; then she turns coyly round, but he, quicker and more active, scuttles round too, and seems to whip her with his antenn®: then for a bit they stand face to face, play with their antenne, and seem to be all in all to one another. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. 297 SMYNTHURUS BOURLETII, Gervais. (Pl. XXI. figs. 8-10.) Suites à Buffon, Ins. Aptéres, iii. p. 403. Dark purple and yellow. The purple forms two broad, irregular bands with broken edges running along the side of the body; there are two yellow patches on the head between the black eye-patches, separated by a central band of dark purple, and uniting behind. The spring, legs, and underside of body are yellow, the two terminal segments of the antennz with a brownish tinge. I found this pretty little species among long grass at High Elms, in June and July. The antenne resemble those of Smynthurus luteus, but the terminal segment (Pl. XXI. fig. 9) is less distinctly ringed. The mandibles offer no special peculiarity ; they have respectively four and five teeth ; the one with four has only the terminal one large, the other three are very small, In the mandible with five teeth they are all well marked, increasing in size from the base to the extremity. The feet have the two claws more equal in size; the tenent hairs are slightly marked. The spring has only a few scattered hairs (Pl. XXI. fig. 10), none of which are tenent. The terminal segment is knife-shaped, somewhat pointed at the extremity, and very finely serrated on the inner margin. There is no other species with which this can be confounded. Bluish black ; feet, terminal seg- SMYNTHURUS NIGER, n. sp. (Pl. XXI. figs. 11, 12.) -patch pale. Hairs ment of spring, and a spot at the front inner corner of each eye short, white, more or less in longitudinal rows. Length jg of an inch. Under boards in my kitchen-garden. August to December. : : This ugly little species does not resemble amy one yet described. "T € S. ater of De Geer in the form of the spring &e., and from S. fuliginosus of Nicolet in the absence of white patches on the body, and in having the head and antenne worm The terminal portion of the antenna is not distinetly ringed, - dean : k subsegments being, however, indicated by the whorls of hairs. The upper Up 18 naxe and rounded; one mandible has five teeth, while in the other they are deser 4 The feet have several tenent hairs. The large claw is simple, the segre pe ot narrower in the anterior legs than in the posterior ones. aia E sd v ar to the saltatory appendage (Pl.XXI. fig. 12) are BER ner geg “ae r have on the same side a row of fine teeth; in fact there are Ben rar surface, which, being almost always thrown either to one side or the other, give the appearance of asymmetry. Not common, solitary, SMyNTHURUS PALLIPES, Bourlet. (Pl. XXI. figs. 13-15.) Smynthurus pallipes, Bourlet, Sur les Podurelles, p. 59. , Gervais, Suites à Buffon, Apteres, p. 404. —— —, Nicolet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2° ser. Y. P. 359. — 298 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. Purple; antennz, legs, and hairs pale yellow; eyes on a black patch; spring white, Abdomen with a reentering angle and scattered pale hairs. High Elms, among grass. Common, May to July. Length j' of an inch. One mandible has five well-marked teeth ; the other can hardly be said to have any at all. The feet much resemble those of S. luteus; there are two tenent hairs above, and one on the underside. The larger claw is simple, the lesser one very small. The saltatory appendage (Pl. XXI. fig. 15) also much resembles that of S. luteus. ORCHESELLA CINCTA, L. Podura cincta, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1014. vaga, Linn. ibid. p. 1013. , Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 66. —— cincta, Fab. ibid. p. 67. Orchesella filicornis, Templeton, Tr. Ent. Soc. i. p. 93. cincta, ''empleton, ibid. p. 93. Heterotoma vaga, Bourlet, Sur les Podurelles, Mém. Soc. R. d. Lille, 1839, p. 398. cincta, Bourlet, Sur les Podurelles, ibid. p. 399. ZEtheoscerus pulchricornis, Bourlet, Sur les Podurelles, Mém. Soc. R. d. Douai, p. 22. —— cinctus, Bourlet, ibid. p. 23. Orchesella fastuosa, Nicolet, Sur les Podurelles, Mém. Soc. Helv. vi. p. 78. , Gervais, Aptéres, iii. p. 414. —— filicornis, Gervais, ibid. p. 415. cincta, Gervais, ibid. p. 421. This common and pretty species varies very much in colour, and has been described by different authors under a variety of names. In addition to the synonyms given above, I have little doubt that some of the other supposed species of Orchesella will eventually prove to be only the young of this. The third abdominal segment and the third segment of the antenn» are black; the ~ apical half of the second segment of the antenn:e, the posterior half of the second abdo- minal segment, two patches on the mesothorax, and two spots on the posterior margin of the fourth abdominal segment are white; the two terminal segments of the antenna are brown; the rest of the body is mottled, and in different specimens may be found of every hue between light reddish brown and deep black. Of course, in the black specimens the dark band on the third abdominal segment ceases to be conspicuous, and the pale one on the second abdominal segment comes out by contrast; such specimens constitute the Podura vaga of Linnzeus and subsequent authors. On the other hand, in pale specimens the dark band on the third abdominal segment is the salient feature; and these specimens form Linnwus’s P. cincta. This name seems to me the best of all those which have been given to the species, because = all cases the transverse abdominal band is the distinctive characteristic of the species. DEGEERIA Lanvernosa, Nicolet. (Pl. XXII. figs. 16-18.) Degeeria lanuginosa, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 74. — , Gervais, Aptéres, p. 425. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. 299 Fusiform ; entirely grey, with a tinge of green; antenna, legs, andsaltatory appendage somewhat paler than the rest of the body, which is very hairy. The upper surface is thickly covered with clubbed hairs. Eyes black. Sixth segment of the body as long as the three or four preceding taken together. Length Ae of an inch. Under pieces of wood in winter; not common. The second and third segments of the antenn® are about equal in length, and some- what shorter than the apical. The feet have a single tenent hair. DEGEERIA NICOLETII, n. sp. (Pl. XXII. fig. 19.) Yellow; eyes on a black patch ; terminal portion of antennze tinted with violet; a reddish-brown band between the eyes; two brown patches on the posterior end of the fourth abdominal segment, and a band of the same colour on the posterior margin of the seventh. Length about 7}; of an inch. Common on bark and among grass in spring and summer. The antenne are about three-fifths of the length of the body. The basal segment is rather shorter, and the apical rather longer, than the two middle ones, which are of about the same length. Besides the short hairs pointing forwards, the three basal seg- ments have a few rather longer ones, which stand out at right angles to the segment itself. The brown band on the head between the eyes also projects a little behind them. The mandibles have respectively three and five rather blunt teeth. The body is somewhat thickly clothed with hairs, which are of three sorts :—first, the ordinary short hairs, which are spread pretty evenly over the whole surface, as well as over the appendages; secondly, longer clubbed hairs, as in Pl. XXII. fig. 17; these generally stand at right angles to the skin, and are characteristic of Degeeria and Orche- sella; they occur only on the body; thirdly, long, serrated hairs, most of which lie along the body, but some of those at the posterior extremity, as well as a few scattered ones on the legs, stand out at right angles. Lastly, there are on the fourth abdominal segment a few still longer, serrated hairs which have a curious bend in the middle, as in Pl. XXII. fig. 18; this bend is not accidental, as might at first be supposed, but 1s always present. The feet have two claws and one tenent hair; of D. nigromaculata or Lepidocyrtus argentatus (see Linn. they are all six alike, and resemble those Trans. xxiii. pl. 59. fig. 17). Isoroma TRIFASCIATA, Bourlet. (Pl. XXII. figs. 20, 21.) Isotoma trifasciata, Bourlet, Mém. sur les Podurelles. bifasciata, Bourlet, ibid. , Nicolet, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 2° ser. v. p. 374. Greenish yellow, mottled with purplish-brown patches, which form three or - wide and continuous bands down the back. Underside of body, priae a caudal appendage pale. Eyes on a black patch. Basal segment oi the an rather shorter than the other three, which are subequal. — 300 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. In damp situations, under fallen branches of trees, and among decaying leayes, throughout the year; common. Length 75 of an inch. Many specimens are pale, irregularly mottled with purplish-brown patches. In dark specimens, however, the purplish-brown colour usually occupies the greater part of the back, and the yellowish-green portion is thus reduced to two more or less irregular bands, which, however, increase in size towards the posterior extremity of the body, These specimens appear to me to form the type of Bourlet's J. bifasciata. He describes the antennz, however, as “ annelés de brun à leur sommet." On the other hand, in pale specimens the dark areas are reduced, and, as the underside is pale, the dark portion thus comes to form three bands, one in the centre of the back, and one on each side, These specimens, I think, constitute Bourlet’s 7. trifasciata, which is characterized by having three dark longitudinal bands on a greenish ground. I prefer this latter name as being the most characteristic. This species is rather broader in proportion to its length than most of the others. The head is shaped like a capital D, and, like the whole body, is clothed with short hairs, many of which, on the head and thorax, are slightly longer than those of the abdo- men. On the other hand, the posterior abdominal segments possess a few long sete, which point backwards. The caudal appendage extends forwards beyond the base of the so-called gastric tube. It is sometimes quite pale, sometimes yellowish, almost approaching to orange in colour. The antenne are four-jointed, and elothed with short hairs. The basal segment mea- sures about „I; of an inch in length; the second and third segments are equal, and measure 24% each, while the terminal segment is somewhat longer, and reaches dir in length. The mandibles have respectively four and five teeth, and offer no special peculiarities. The legs are of moderate length, the posterior ones being, as usual, the longest, owing almost entirely to the elongation of the femur and tibia. The whole leg is clothed with the usual small hairs, mixed with a few larger ones; there are no tenent hairs. The feet (Pl. XXII. fig. 21) of all the three pairs of legs are alike. The large claw is simple and stout; the second appendage is of irregular shape; on the side which is turned towards the large claw it projects considerably, and bears a small tooth. The end is produced into a very fine thread-like point. LEPIDOCYRTUS JENEUS, Nicolet. Cyphodeirus eneus, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 66. Brazen metallic; first and third segments of antennz short. Eyes black. Antenn® yellow at base, the rest brown. Hairs few; the usual thick bunch on first body- segment. Thorax gibbous, but not projecting. Head set on almost straight. Body broadest in front, not ovate. I found one specimen in December. : species is compressed laterally, which, together with its colour and its power of SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. 301 jumping, give it very much the appearance of a flea. I have referred it to Nicolet’s C. eneus, though with some doubt, as the antennz do not altogether agree with his description. LEPIDOCYRTUS GIBBULUS, Nicolet. (Pl. XXII. fig. 22.) Cyphodeirus gibbulus, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 64. Nicolet’s description of this species is as follows :— * Semblable au précédent (L. capucinus) pour la couleur, mais plus court et proportion- nellement plus large. Premier article des antennes jaune, les suivants d'un gris foncé, legerement violacé. Premier segment du corps, trés-convexe, peu prolongé en avant et cilié au bord antérieur. Deuxième segment, un peu plus long que le suivant. Bord inférieur du sixième segment rougeâtre. Filets de la queue courts et blanes. Pièce basilaire de la couleur du corps. Yeux noirs Corps luisant, tres-peu velu. Méme reflet métallique que le précédent." Length 3; of an inch. Among moss and in gardens. Rather rare, solitary. High Elms. I found a few specimens in winter, under logs of wood. LEPIDOCYRTUS ALBINOS, Nicolet. Lepidocyrtus albinos, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 67. , Gervais, Aptéres, iii. p. 412. Oblong, white; the first and third segments of the antennze short and conical; body very brilliant and without many hairs. Length 43 of an inch. Under decaying boughs and in similar places. o d PoDURA AQUATICA, De Geer. Podura aquatica, De Geer, vii. p. 14. , Linnæus, Sys. Nat. 1814. , Fabricius, Ent. Sys. ii. p. 67. atra aquatica, Geoffroy, Ins. Env. Paris, ii. p. 610. , Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Env. Paris, i. p. 114. , Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. p. 565. Hypogastrura aquatica, Bourlet, Podurelles, p. 35. Podura aquatica, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 55. , Nicolet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2° sér. v. p. 375. I found a few specimens of this species on à pond at Chise summer of 1863. — — ——— — Ihurst, in Kent, during the ACHORUTES ARMATUs, Nicolet. (Pl. XXII. fig. 23.) Podura armata, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 57- $ Hypogastrura fuscoviridis ?, Bourlet, Podurelles, p. 97. Achorutes armatus, Gervais, Apteres, iii. p. 497. Nicolet's description of this species is as follows :— 302 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. « D'un gris verdätre sur la tete et le dos; dessous du corps, antennes et pattes gris pile, Une tache triangulaire d’un brun sombre entre les yeux, et quelques autres taches de méme couleur sur le reste de la téte. Yeux noirs. Deux lignes longitudinales et paralléles de taches à peu pres triangulaires et également brunes, sur le dos. Poils gris. Appendice saltatoire trés-court. Deux crochets recourbés en dessus à l'ex- trömite de l'abdomen, au-dessus de l'anus. “ Longueur 1 millim. et demi. * Sur les eaux stagnantes; peu commune." I have several times found specimens on a hotbed in autumn which agreed pretty well with Nicolet’s description and figure; the spots, however, were scarcely apparent. The caudal appendage of my specimens is figured in Pl. XXII. fig. 23. ACHORUTES PURPURESCENS, n. sp. (Pl. XXII. figs. 24-26.) Brownish purple, underside of body rather paler. Eyes not on a black patch. Body covered with short, scattered, white hairs; two clawed hooks at the posterior extremity of the body. Length 7; of an inch. On a hotbed and under branches of trees, throughout the year. I was at first disposed to refer this species to the A. armatus of Nicolet. It differs, however, in the colour of the body, and in the absence of brown spots on the back. Moreover, if I have been right in identifying the preceding species with the 4. armatus ( Podura armata) of Nicolet, it differs from the present in having larger abdominal hooks, and in the form of the caudal appendage, as may at once be seen by comparing Pl. XXII. fig. 23, which represents the caudal appendage of A. armata, with fig. 26 of the same plate, in which I have figured the corresponding organ of A. purpurescens. Again, in the present species the eye is not on a black patch. The antennæ are short, and composed of four segments ; the articulations are some- what oblique; and the two terminal segments form a sort of club. The mandibles have respectively four and five teeth. The skin of the body, as well as of the appendages, is granular, and covered with short, scattered, smooth, white hairs. The anterior feet (Pl. XXII. fig. 25) have two long tenent hairs, which, however, are but little swollen at the extremity. The large claw bears a single tooth on the underside; the small claw is of somewhat peculiar form, and terminates in a filament. The second and third pair of feet differ from the first principally in having three tenent hairs, which, moreover, seemed to me to be more enlarged at the tip than those of the anterior feet. The caudal appendage is simple and two-jointed, as in PI.XXII. fig. 26. ACHORUTES MURORUM, Bourlet. Achorutes murorum, Bourlet, Podurelles, p. 35. I have occasionally found, during winter, a small very dark species of Achorutes, which I have referred with a good deal of doubt to the A. murorum of Bourlet. 1t is of à bluish black, and, as usual, is paler below. "The eyes are on a black patch. It has very minute abdominal hooks, and the feet have a single tenent hair. The skin is granula SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. 303 ACHORUTES RUFESCENS, Linnzeus. Podura rufescens, Linnzeus, Sys. Nat. Gmelin’s ed. p. 2910. Achorutes rufescens, Nicolet, Podurelles, p. 57. Brick-red ; eyes on a black patch ; abdominal hooks very minute. Common in winter among dead leaves. LiPURA FIMETARIA, L. (Pl. XXII. figs. 27, 28.) Podura fimetaria, Linnzus, i. p. 2909. —— —, Schrank, En. Ins. Aus. p. 497. , Fabricius, Ent. Syst. p. 67. , Lucas, Hist. Nat. Crust. Arachn. et Myriapod. p. 565. Lipura fimetaria, Burmeister, Handb. der Ent. xi. p. 447. Anurophorus fimetarius, Nicolet, Mem. Soc. Helv. 1839. Adicranus ; Bourlet, Mém. Soc. Roy. Douai, 1842. —— volvator, Gervais, Suites à Buffon, Aptéres, iii. p. 442. —— fimetarius, Nicolet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2° ser. v. p. 385. White; skin granular; prothorax short, but not covered by mesothorax ; posterior ex- tremity of abdomen without hooks. Length 4.5 of an inch. In damp places, under boards, flowerpots, Ze, Common, sociable. The antennze are shorter than the head; they are four-jointed and somewhat clubbed. The articulations between the second and third, and third and fourth segments are oblique. The organ is covered with short, stiff hairs, which are most numerous on the apical segment. The mandibles have four teeth each; in one of them the penultimate tooth projects beyond the others. The body is thinly clothed with short scattered hairs. The legs are short. The large claw is big and simple; the smaller one resembles a seta, but is thickened at the base. There are no tenent hairs. N : This species has frequently been confounded with L. ambulans, which, indeed, it very much resembles. They may, however, be at once distinguished by the posterior end of the abdomen, which in L. ambulans is armed with two small upright hooks ; these are entirely absent in the present species. According to Nicolet, there is also a considerable difference in the eyes. In Z. ambulans these are fourteen in number on each ge arranged in two parallel lines running obliquely across the head immediately behind the antenne. 7, fimetaria, on the contrary, has only eight eyes on each side, which form an oblong group. They are, however, in both species very difficult to make out. Tum As Nicolet has himself pointed out, his Anurophorus fimetarius (Podurelles, p. really the P. ambulans of Linnzus. SE From L. cortieina and L. laricis, which are probably identical, Z. fimetaria is at once distinguished by the colour. One of my specimens laid some eggs on the 8th September ; ber, spherical, white, and Ae of an inch in diameter. —— they were fifteen in num- 9T VOL. XXVI. 304 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THE THYSANURA. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1. Smynthurus viridis, x 30. | Fig. 2. " „ Anterior foot, x 250. Fig. 3. 5 » Saltatory appendage, x 30. | Fig. 4. » luteus, x 30. | Fig. 5. y „ Antenna of female, x 125. Fig. 6. js an Foot, x 250. Fig. 7. > » Saltatory appendage, x 125. Fig. 8. Ge Bourletii, x 30. Fig. 9. » i Antenna, x 125. Fig. 10. » = Saltatory appendage, x 125. Fig. 11. » niger, x 30. Fig. 12. » ». Saltatory appendage, x 125. Fig. 13. m pallipes, x 30. Fig. 14. S » . Antenna, x 125. Fig. 15. » » Saltatory appendage, x 125. PLATE XXII. Fig. 16. Degeeria lanuginosa, x 30. Fig. 17. a ap Clubbed hair, x 250. Fig. 18. » $5 Bow-shaped hair, x 250. Fig. 19. » Nicoletü, x 30. Fig. 20. Isotoma trifasciata, x 30. Fig. 21. e E Foot of anterior leg, x 250. Fig. 22. Lepidocyrtus gibbulus, x 30. Fig. 23. Achorutes armatus. ` Saltatory appendage, x 125. Fig. 24. » purpurescens. Fig. 25. P 5 Anterior foot, x 125. Fig. 26. » Saltatory appendage, x 125. Fig. 27. Lipura fimetaria. Fig. 28. E 33 Posterior foot, x 125. ® Ue a 1 = ii j qi = Í ; dm peel r^ js ; fe d WO e N) 1 Cfo TE a Cr wae gy KAk higa H Sé Gar ee s, E e d = P di t = A ahs a? Mex, ke - up e a E ——— | Peake LL A PE e CS Soc. VoLXXVL TAB. 22 —] » L > j Wees Po N, | See ee TTE QI RT E PUE a MET | (3. Jarman se. J.Lubbock & AT Hollek del. [ 305. ] VIII. On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns. By J. G. Barth, Esq., F.L.S. Read April 4th, 1867. THERE is no extensive natural Order with the distribution of which we are nearly so well acquainted as we are with that of the Ferns. Their beauty and the popularity which they have enjoyed for the last twenty years has been such that all travellers in distant countries who have collected plants at all have paid a full share of attention to Ferns amongst the rest, and that many have neglected flowering plants altogether to concentrate their attention upon Ferns alone. The consequence is, that we now know so much about the distribution of the Order in the various parts of the world, that it is not likely that further discovery will modify materially our ideas of its general outlines. I do not know that any definite attempt has been made to reduce into systematic order the great body of information upon the subject which has been gradually accumulated ; but, in the interests of that department of inquiry for which we still want one general comprehensive name (the study of the facts of the distribution of organized beings over the surface of the globe, and the laws which regulate those facts), it seems very desirable that such a classification should be attempted, especially for this reason, that if anywhere we may hope to find a large Order with distinctly marked and clearly definable climatic relations, it is here. Without a single prominent exception, we find that the whole Order, of between two and three thousand clearly marked species, requires shade and a damp atmosphere, that everywhere within the tropics there are no Ferns at all (or very few) in that, with the precision of an hygrometer, an increase the dry countries and provinces, or it may be in the number and luxuriance in the fern-vegetation (it may be in species, : : : of individuals, but usually in both) marks the wooded humid regions, and that, receding from the tropics, although with latitude the species diminish in number, there is the same contrast between the two categories of climate—the dry continental type with a large, and the damp insular type with a small hiberno~estival range. My aim, Frid in the present paper is to bring together the leading facts of fern-dispersion 1n a torm available for comparison and reference. b gs ae Table the ‘Synopsis Filieum' (now in the ong SE ne commenced by Sir William Hooker, which I have had the honour o e = Veit to carry on, and the material for which is now all prepared) has been onan Gen o : for nomenclature and species-limitation. As has been already explained A t Á pte we we have included only the species respecting which we possess definite ın sier e a have wished and intended to retain as species only such as are a T ia application of this last test, employed as it has been with the help of an e Jeu ado thousand specimens, a large proportion of them furnished or named by g Writers on the subject, and a collection of the plates of Ferns sen So ee? mn lished which is complete for all practical purposes, has been to reduce e VOL. XXVI. 306 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS, recorded species to an extent which no one who has not made Ferns a special study is likely to anticipate. The great difficulty in botanical geography in comparing lists of species of one group or of one country with those of others is, that species are limited by different authors upon such widely different principles. The extent of this divergence amongst Ferns will be shown most clearly by a few figures. Where De Vriese has 94 Marattiacex, we have only been able to define 9; where Van den Bosch has 450 Hymeno- phyllacese, we have 149; where Presl has 21 species of Osmunda, we have 5; where Fée has 17 species of Lomariopsis, we can only define 1; where Sturm has 12 Brazilian species of Lygodiwm, we have only 2. The total number of species, in the Synopsis- sense of the term, which we have been able to make out is a little over 2200; but I am certainly within the mark in saying that if all the tribes were uniformly worked out upon the plan followed by all or any of the authors whose names have been quoted, we should have five or six thousand. All experience goes to show that if for botanico- geographical purposes we do not confine our numerical comparisons to well-marked species, we soon become entangled in a maze of confusion. The number of species which we have been able clearly to make out and define, of which there are not specimens in the Kew collection, is very small; and in the same way, in the following Table II. and the remarks founded upon it, in very few cases are they registered for districts without specimens having been actually examined. The districts adopted are as follows, viz. :— 1. The Arctic zone all round the world. 2. The rest of Europe and the extra-tropical part of Northern Africa, including the extra-tropical western islands. Species peculiar to these latter are marked C. 3. Temperate Asia. All the species in the third column marked with the figure 3 inhabit the temperate region of the Himalayas; but those marked S are confined to the | subtropical zone on the southern flank of the Himalayan range. The few species peculiar — [ to Western Asia are marked W; those peculiar to the rest of the continent outside te @ Himalayas are marked C, and those peculiar to Japan are marked J. 4. Temperate North America, not including any part of Mexico. 5. Extra-tropical South Africa, including the island of Tristan d’Acunha, the species peculiar to which, so far as this district is concerned, are marked T. e 6. New Zealand, Van Diemen’s Land, and temperate Australia, including the small south temperate islands. Species peculiar to the latter are marked N ; those peculiar to Australia, with Van Diemen’s Land, A; and those peculiar to New Zealand, Z. 7. Temperate South America. 8. Tropical Africa. Species peculiar to the eastern group of islands (Madagascat, Mauritius, Bourbon, and the Comoro Isles) marked M; to the Seychelles, marked 8; w to the east side of the continent, marked E; to the west side of the continent, marked W; to St. Helena, H; and to Ascension Island, A. ut uU Tropical Asia, including the Malayan and tropical Polynesian islands. Species peculiar to the latter, marked M and P respectively, and species peculiar to Ceylon and peusiniae Hindostan, marked H. Formosa, Hong Kong, tropical China, and vo "hilippines, and the Malay peninsula, are included under M. Species peculiar to Tro pical Australia marked A. MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 807 10. Tropical America, including the whole of Mexico and Brazil. Species peculiar to the West-Indian Islands, marked I, should be under 9. Table I. is intended to show roughly the area of the districts thus obtained, to which is added the temperature of a few selected stations at the sea-level. TABLE I. Approxi- Temperature, District. —M: Stations. - —— sq. miles, January July Difference. EC coe Sat ER N PC d 3 | Torneo, Lapland .......... 5 59 54 id 140°-130° East long. | —40 55 95 coast of Greenland.....- 5 37 32 2. Temperate Europe and Africa ...... 6 En; gi ` eege Pe RR Sara 32-41 | 59-63 | 22-27 ; Cental rg Vra Mus vu ES 23-32 | 63-72 40 SET ODIT ER, 14 Barbie Sistas N ss 50-59 | 77-90 | 27-31 E Lemperate ARI EE 14 West Siberia .... ds...» 00» —b At 3 v os cs soos Vane te 6 7 Palestine. CAR cass oco A 50-59 | 80-85 | 26-30 4. Temperate North America ........ 51 rdi ees ski ho 4A REA 18 Baltimore 5.844. sw 32 73 41 Fort Ca E BEE 34 65 31 5. Temperate South Africa .......... $ | Natal .........- n 77 70 7 Cape Town........ eere 75 59 16 6. Temperate Australia and N. Zealand 24 | Sydney ........ ee 70 50 Van Diemen’s Land ........ 59 42 17 New Zealand, north ar 59 45 14 south is 55 41 14 7. Temperate South America ........ 1 Val araiso ios gies OEE | 68 54 14 $ i bo Aere... enn nn E 55 17 Cape Ham... is 2 2 E TNDM Africa. oe rer ns 10 Nub, (odios una nnd 6 i T T Gold Coi -5 eoo rrr rn ; 9 5 : 9. Tropi i B dir 5 Caylee Adi ion tonto 77 ee A acu g | Mocha UA. qa sewed oa utu dd dies " 13 10. Tropical America ..... QUIA. ML G | Jamaica „u... 7 [Lm 4 4 ogee re Valley ......-+++++ [9€ da) 2 N m % S Table II. is a complete enumeration of species, with the districts in which they occur indicated :— 308 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS, SUBORDER I. GLEICHENIACES. 1. Platyzoma microphyllum, R. J TETS ET | 2, Gleichenia moniliformis, Moore. ee 3 & € ee t a n EEG, Q ee ee E a aa ee E E éi z "T p E N te ER S EB oo» BE > Sugorver II. POLYPODIACEJE. Tribe 1. CxATBEX, yrsopteris elegans, Kunze .............. Cyathea sinuata, Hook. & Kae Bar A Ber Be er Be Er Er Er Er ee * o9 9 o9 à 9 9 9 9 o9 n n **929295292299*22829290€299935*245 SC Ba er ar Se Ser ar Be Zr Er Er rer serien nn v4 ev BEESEREBBEEBENE B z E S Š ie e E A EAA E TER EN W, m O | > 5 $ x ***6$€9806098606665202604299245 2 H 3 8 „Renner rn. | d f ; nr ren we a CHC EVO EIERE eo eo ee ee ee et ee Se See ee STOR 66 e are Te ole Te 9*9 b. re Oe wa wo W*99 k s» 4 MEI Ei 4 41. 42, 4 44, 45, 46. aa Mart. .... S AT. 4 429. F 5l. 52. t 54. EE { * South Temperate North Temperate Torrid zone. ie em Es A A x P yi T WW N 5 i 9 ER 6 à bs m A = Sg M > 9 k; 6 E 9 Pe 9 10 xs P 6 ` is A : i: Z Kä ER 5 . 7 : T Ge T 10 © 10 10 T P 9 M js M i M 10 10 9 8 6 3 s 2. T Sc H ye M MI H 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 z E 5 . W WwW WwW e Ww Se M bx i S SA 25 M SH SE M . H i. P M "m M m M KR M POM Frigid zone, MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 309 d ween: South Temperate | North Temperate | Frigid zone, zone, zone, 67. Cyathea Lobbiana, Hook. .............. = M 68. —— hymenodes, Mett. ........ eese et M ). lentalis, Moore .....ssscusestsies V. M | —— arachnoidea, Hook. ....... stes lud ` M s ——— Korthalsii, Mett, ......... eee Ce M —— Lindsayana, Hook. ............. T T A L —— med i, BW. rer P. P 6 L —— Cunninghami, Hook. fil. ............ ek T Z Lo dealbate, SW. ee eee err T M Z L —— Aneitense, Hook. NEE KEE EE T E ——— nigricans, SUM Sn T. a P 3. —— leucolepis, Mett, E : E . —— Milnei, Hook. ..... OTS Teer ja s N b ——— affinis, $86........ lee eee een T T N 81, —— Vieillardii, Mett, ............ eee a P Hemitelia Karsteniana, Kl. .......... se 10 gubincisa, Kunze Ae eh NEIE 10 84. andifolia, Spr. oo... cess 00000004 10 t DW | ee eee T 10 86. —— petiolata, Hook. .......... eee 10 t IO, FLOOR. Lore vr A 10 88, —— Lindeni; Hook. ....... eee 10 ) —— bella, Reich. ...... enn 10 90. —— apiculata, Hook. ......... eee 10 . —— capensis, R. Br. .....eceeseeeeeees 10 | M . 5 92. — platylepis, Hook, e 10 93. —— calolepis, Hook. .... een —— Wilsoni, Hook. ...... ien 95. —— Moricandiana, Kunze ............- 10 96. —— Guianensis, Hook, ......... eee 10 . —— Walkers, Hook. .......... nn = H | —— denticulata, Hook, ......... ee P | —— Smithii, Hook. ......... T > Z 100. —— Junghuhniana, Met. .......... + - M | M 101. Alsophila blechnoides, Hook. ...........- 10 102. — pu Hook... oe 10 103. —— Teenitis, Hook. .......... VERENA UE 10 104. —— elegans, Mart. ........ nn n 10 ——— marginalis, ` E U 10 106. —— paleolata, Mart. ...... nnn 10 > . —— Miersii, Hook. En EN Schiediana, Be 10 110. — armata, Presl. ...ueeeneenesneseeee 10 DE —— Gardneri, Hook. ...... enn , —— aspera, R Br. EE ] Bec c D 114, — leucolepis, Marl. iussa eae rore 10 is. KW, Loser ifie] 10 UG m e eee eg ep . —— Pos E ie Eed 10 7 19. —— plagio s Mart, wee reen 10 120. = = Vo et REECH ECKE E : ) ] i —— nigra, Mart... 10 en RER 10 | 124. —— microphylla, Kl. ee 10 | 125. van Busen user 10 | 126. odmani, Hook. ...... eee 10 | 197. —— sagittifolia, Hook. eene) 10 | 128. —— melanopus, Hook....... ENT Se 10 | 129, —— Chimborazensis, Hook. .....++++++: 10 | 190. — conjugata, Spruee..... n 10 131. cei, Hook. .. . ....- Scere 10 132. AO. isso Vivien eR s v ) 7 133. E $24 M 11 184, — frigida, Karst. eneen 10 135. —— Mexicana, Mart. ...... rer rer 10 136. — myosuroides, Liebm. nc 10 | p SN ASB rans oe ECKE ROCK EE SR badd DE ee ir BIET i L3 ame euge Ge, poem Ld 202. E : 28. — GO 139. Alsophila truncata, Brac 168. Matonia pectinata, . —— mane churien nsis, Hoo, Mel iei led led nl bel pani bed jo ek Icd bed nd BILE 3 «Qc El du x ce AP ATA E S —— Nove-Caledoniz, pom X EODEM —— Tahitensis, Prek Vli rb ——— Leit chhardtiana, NM. ER N | E ERA det a due ee ee ee a ee N E Ce go 9 o9 g9 9 9 9 6 9 n, n n n &OR OR» Por oa o9 9 à d 9 9 or 9 5 3 n n DREES o9 s p * o9 o9 9 os 9 non . Diacalpe aspidioides, Blume. ............. ta, R. Br. $9 9 o9 a a $ o9 d on o9 on on Tribe 2. DICKSONIEÆ. 169. Onoclea sensibilis, di ED —— germanica, Wil S eneen do o. 9 oa v o9 n9 9 n on $99 $a 3 9 sot n 5 3 9 9 n o n n ngata, Hook. polystichoides, ARMOR a Wo reiner 9 4» 6 6) 8.6 Oe Ce y» oe eee ew oe eee ee ee ee ed **6924*5»9»92*999»928299*25* oe 00 44 &o F-95444 00, 501. —— — cucita, Da —— eoniifolia, ION erroe ine. gr Coe ee a A a er sei ei, ii Y. — eliam f, B. EE UELI TR Te Torrid zone. P P P 5 5 M M M M 7 M M M M M 9 9 M M dé M 9 M y 10 10 10 10 SEHR CP s rg opp ES 10 ISP SODM 10 mi Bm pP 10 10 10 South Temperate zone. A A 1 A X A T 5 y 6 ix 6 "d A North Temperate zone. . 310 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF . FERNS. pr» He u e Dw Frigid zone, 2 9 1 9 1 2.4 9 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 311 Tod abia | South Temperate North Temperate " rigid T | zone, zone, Lone 209 ‘ae Emir n ee) 10 | | 21 ginosa Kaulf. el M | | d LH 911. — Re ganas, E assets Poi NIE P i | | 219. —— Moluccans, Bl. ......... ete eae e M | | | | 018. -+— davallioides, R. Br... sits eiseres A | A | 214. Smithil, Hook. |... ven een T M | | 915. — rn Wlan 10 | | 916, —— scabra, Wall........ erae EEN Ce 9 Be Eër | sé 3 217 Geh Hookes. Tei asss reda | A 218. culata, We dio i E, T Z T PS pi): 87] 219. licec prolifera Bolt see Ke ig x ee | | | 220. concinna, Baker... 10 | | | | 221, —— Moore, Hook. ......... isareti one: T p | | | Tribe 3. HyMENOPHYLLE. | 222. Loxsoma Cunninghami, R. Br. .......... Kä Le x T Z 223. "a llum cruentum, AE KS = = i 224. —— parvifolium, ge ee x M 225. —— corticola, Hook. ......... nne s H | 226. —— marginatum, Hook, S OF eee yas pee e a e A 227. —— asplenioides, Sw. .......... ne | 10 | 228, —— abruptum, EE | 10 | | 229. — mn Fame ros Kd diss. C E D. P ee Loos 230, — — parum, R. Br. EE eran M f 71.9 J 251. — Sera; Rus, are | H | 232. —— gracile, Bory........ enn nn n | M | d n 238. —— exsertum, Wall, ......ce ene | H T 3 234, —— axillare, Sw. ....... enn tenes | 10 z 235. —— err dm Fr M RE | 10 i 2 crisp BEE E | 10 287. —— undulatum, Sm. ........... e | 10 238 yrioce i Hodk Qe eser | 10 239. —— microso AR RE PEEP EE Be a as ees ee : 240. —— rag Su. Vive ee VES SU. 10 Bj: 8.4 4.1.4 4 241. —— andinum, Ed B.......... eee 10 | | ae 242, —— badium, "Hook $ GC LI EE e M Tus n d de Ms ji | 243, —— Javanicum, Spreng. ee i 9 SE LP ee 44. —— demissum, ET Orcs 9 ž 4 2 audiculatum, Mart. ......eeer rer: 10 he | | 246. —— reeurvum, Gaud. .... sn nn P Do | | 247 abellatum. Lab. ease EE Eo e —— scabrum, Rich. ee Pon | 7 | 249, —— dilatatum, SW. e F ee ee | 250 fuciforme, Sw. ....... een nnm EN erya l 251. —— pulcherrimum, Col. ...... nnn bs | + | 252. —— Zollingeriahum, Kze. ........ s CH M | | | | 258. —— Borneense, Boob, T? M | | | | m —— hirsutum, Su, n n 10 | 7 | 55. ee i ia. oe 9 Rue SEHE E an E RAR .. T2 | " r 256. — es Be NES 10 MILL. | 257. obtusum, Hook. & Arn. e T P I T | 258. sruginosum, Carm...... nnn nn je | 259. —— lanceolatum, Hook. § Arn. ......-- Se T | ek | | 260. subtilissimum, Kze. ...... n T | | pe 261. —— hirtellum, Sw. ...... en 6n 10 | M d | | 262. elasticum, Doy EE Sex | * | | 263. —— Lindeni, Hook........ nnn n | I9 | | | | | 264. — microcarpum, Desv. ..... enn n 10 | | | | | 265. —— valvatum, Hook. § OA nun BL | | | | | | 266. —— Sprucei, Baker. ....- ens] 10 | i | | 267 interruptum, Kee, ene 10 | 268 Ar O. E 10 | j 269. —— Malingii, Mett... 3 | w 270. —— lineare, Sw. ... e 10 [TJ 271. elegantulum, V. d. B.........-»+ ++. 10 | 272 Catherine, Hook....... nnn n 10 | 273 Pastoensis, Hook......... nnn 10 ; | "i171 5 2 274, —— Tunbridgense, Sm. ....... nnnm 10 Dp. Ej 215 | Prasad. cea eere Ef eg | : 276 enerrimum, E d B. .....».:- +. ++ +) 10 277 amesoni, Hook. ..... nn nn ng 10 | j HA barbatum, Baker ...... n nnn ng SE e, Saas nn - 2s 312 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. : South Temperate North Tem igi 1 Torrid zone. een? Saz, a peo. : VERI ASIE 1 279. Hymenophyllum secundum, Hook. & Gr... 7 pe 80. — — ARE ER 4 exec à AS i ix y e in et 3 j 98], —— pectinatum, Cav... nnn k es e | 282, — P'ultifidum, BLUE xd qa qe I» N P T. S Z j 3. — triangulare, Baker ee W l 284. —— bivalve, Sw. ... len n VA i 285. Smithii, Hook. ....... ee M 286, —— flaccidum, BO iae be cee eine Face T oe 3 987, —— fucoides, 8w.. .......... ees Cos ee 988. —— Magellanicum, Willd. .............. 10 7 989, —— Bridgesii, Hook. ........... eee ja 7 . — tortuosum, Hook. & Gr. ....... s.s. 7 291. —— dichotomum, Cav. ......... ee rd 292. — denticulatum, Sw. ......... eee 908. mu NOOR, Hook ...... eren 9 : See sabinselolium, Baker osoa e ii err M | 295. Trichomanes elegans, Rudge ............ 10 . —— bo ea, Kaulf....... eee 10 ; 297. —— spicatum, Hedw. ................ 0 298. —— heterophyllum, H., B. & K ........ 10 : 208. —— reniforme, Forst. ........... e. ees Z | 300. u Busolatum, Hook. a EECHER EN A 10 | 901. —— pel EE rasen P E 9. —— membrenaceum, L. ................ 10 a 803. —— cuspidatum, Wild. ......... esses ix M "E 804. —— Motleyi, V. d. B................... Ca 9 = 305. —— Godmani, Hook. ............... Ls. 10 r 306. —— punctatum, Poir. e, 10 p | 907. —— reptans, Sw. ....... cece eee Pie wa. rs 10 | | 908. —— Barklianum, Baker ................ M i: BOO, —- Vise, Baker ........... esee E 310 Neilgheriense, Bedd. .............- u E. 311. —— Petersü, A. Gray ...............Le. 4 ; 312 en Hook eee An 10 d 313. —— Henzaianum, Parish .............. M CN $14, —— mustoides, Bw. ........ Nee se Ii 9945 E. Dk aan P. en 9 | M CJ Cr 316. —— saxifragoides, Presl ................ 9 Ts 817. —— Mannii, Hook. .................... WwW 318, — EEN Eeer ER 9 319. —— flabellatum, Bon... M 320. —— Powellü, Baker ............... s. P 321. —— digitatum, Sw... ................. 9 M : 5 S A `d. Sf, A P ii Z ee az S 10 M 5 10 10 i 10 10 10 10 10 10 e D 23 M i. 9 a. 10 BT 10 | 9 5 3 10.1 9 [B 5 3 1.9.48 m 4| 3 DM e 3 SC M e is E^ 6 10 ER WwW 7 10 10 g SEET, MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 313 South Temperate zone, 7 7 A Es T 7 F Z Z 5 | N i A A | Z : 5 g* ae ah North Temperate zone, ne nn Frigid Zone. ——— Hà Torrid zone. ` [3L Trichomanes Lambertianum, Hook, | ...... 10 352. —— csespitosum, Hook. seen y Pr; E T 4858. —— Javanicum, Blume ................ T 9 | M 1864. piütum, Bp. 2 clan 10 |. Ke BD UNE —— tenue, Brack. 2... en n P | $856. —— brevipes, Baker ............. ii M 4 357. étt: Seet, ZE - P 4 358. —— caudatum, Brack... T P = [359 — tenerum, Spreng. ......... eese 10.4... |... |300. — e A era 2 : à 361. —— Colensoi, Hook. fil. ........... Lee. e Lie oboidea Do e a 10 1 Se Lindeni, Prel .......... eese ee I Us E sears EE 10 9 8 905. —— meifolium, Bory .................- 4 9 T 900. —— maximum, Bl. ............ eee T 9 = Se: Prieurü, Kass, Vu es 10 E ` [908, —— giganteum, Bory ANN T 909, —— geg BERG. Ee 10 3/0. —— gemmatum, J. Sm. ...............- 10 9 Hl. —— longisetum, Bory.. ........... ee T MIM 3/2. —— foeniculaceum, Bory `... M | M | Tribe 4. DAYALLIEJE. 373. Davallia heterophylla, Sm. ........... 9 Er —— stata, Wall xe VU TU RD T ` TEE parall A, WO. seen P 7. . 9 378, s 9 M Ce 9 T bs P ey 9 ; M T E 10 A ; 9 1 M ; 9 f M : 9 ao M h- Ei ; M ** 9 2101195 X 10 oe 9 ; M ; 9 yc SE. s I St n 1M SS E a a M 519 2 H 8 ea SS AN | .. s 1 P BIM ke ch “u 314 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Torrid zone. South ‘Temperate | North Temperate x zone, 421. Dayallia nitidula, Keel + — LI ee * WwW oe ee 5 " A : Ch x ~~ LI LI * . si D s D D D LI E D D D E D D D D D D D D . . D D D D i Hi SEN o Hotz: | S B jM 4 an Un ca Ga Ban Beni A H mU OM B» eo «o "d co co Ed Së i E Ne QUY NR LU ESEREREBBBBSERE jn | | ¥ = ERE | es E Ac... RE ae | 3 445. —— scoparia, D Rene © peeved Gamer e t En ee RT: I = E aM I i ei | ENEE MT el Pu. | oP eee ; | 449. — aculeata, Sw......... RUE = 5 | f ee en eh N E ker e ee ER ee OM EE e ea re op ae D D D D D D D D D D Bi D Tribe 5. LINDSAYE®. AR — Catherine, SC) H CELO a ee 10 CEPPI = > Se | Potten orem rom egener: "'uv?: 7? +. į +. +3% " sn s | s "Tv [b e. ep: erg * = E 10 10 Y | 10 10 10 10 9 8 i GEI +e 5 4 3 2? 10 9 8 7 6 5 iaia EI ER "eg T dx 10 à; m s 10 vs. Kassa 10 E Hook... — Pe ne) 10 i Nem (a ci : (e E E an ` +. ag »** CRT LI GEI 3 K — Eaton . ae bw ZER Dol I E) ù» aa DÉI T sė A | 7 i Awsensesere eee EE? 10 i S " F cum Moore. qus wate osos bun EES E 10 BES E: SESS EE ER G AA TS OL a+ OS rs pg , Hook. . BEN NER odo een * SN ee t a t a n t n ^re Ws: NM R. dn |] i it a Es Eaton B "o South Temperate zone. "^ et 4h 37 RAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS, | E MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 817 Torrid zone. South Temperate zone. North Temperate sono, 633. Cheilanthes speciosissima, A. Br. ........ EN en mis, Heen, Cru nu vk Eed te 635. — sre, Baker...) 636. —— aurantiaca, MORE SE E E E E n "s cx c htt s — Welwiteckii, Hook ea sind Kerne“ L 088, Casebeera zur lla, — ka eh d Ce FRE 641, —— pin unl. Ae 642. Pohani: Gard, € ek e Ee e keen 2 Onyehium melanolepis, Dec. ............ 637. E argentea, BN. M. 640, ME . ©; zz * * B + e © ".. oo oo O6 * * Reese? Ss >: - E Sams: Cleo... oe oe ose Z2 Šia aa & * "x a Së na >? Frigid 318 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Zeg EEE a ; South Temperate North Temperate |Frigid Torrid zone. em zone. s sme 705. Pteris mutilata, ee, T CA e I ó g 706. semipinnata, Än = 707. —— paucinervata, Fée... na _— Diobrochioides, EL P doeet tn 7 |, = marattiæfolia, Ne e E M 710. —— Dalhousie, ouf. i asus ue E e emm T zu. Bere i IM NAM VIL Re er c m eon EEN A 10 d 8 A 5 A 713. —— longipinn ` EC EE b | 714, —— excelea, Gaud. .......... ee ; 9 A 3 IK —— pungens, Willd. ............. S 716. ret ee scabra, Bory $«*»v685e59609070529«899* H 717, sec palsecea, Mord... ANERE EE ees 718. —— Nove-Caledoniw, Hook. . . .........- E 719. — Bu a i Ee EE e KE 0 790, — erecilis, Pe u. se cece cece rn rennen 10 . 721. — BE IESE AE ee 10 : 122. ta, dit. .. 723. —— flabellata, Thunb 8 5 724. ee ENEE dE Ca z 6 795. —— Ühilensis, Desv. ......... Leere 10 WwW 7 TE S NDOUES, ` sn cates rnnt M 3 727. — bs; MN D Lob erra 10 728. —— coriacea, Desv. EE 10 199. —— brevisora, Baker ............. esee Ww 730. —— aquilina, L. 10 9 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 731. —— viscosa, Baker 10 P 732. Rich..... i Z 133. eee ee 088, Lab. P 734, —— lomariacea, Kunze. .... ......... TE eee des, ifolia RR ODE eR ERES 10 TO suit, P. suus NE 95.8 3 | ms Hook. .............. eee ra 9 788. —— tripliesta, Ag. ............L..Luuu. Ap E 799. —— Melleri, Baker .................... ix > M 740. — Wallichiana, 4g................... Ho 3 741. —— lonchophora, Mett. ................ 10 742. —— sagittifolia, ELA. V uil 10 743. —— ludens, Wall....................... M 744. —— ornithopus, MEL EE 10 |745. — WUR PO ESAME Se 10| H | TAO, nen 10 | 747. —— decipiens, Hook. .................. PP 748, —— Feliciennæ, Muell, ................ a A 749. —— decora, Brack. .................... s P Sr T i a om M 10 d. WwW i M i WwW 10 10 10 10 10 ; is M | I > cal W : E M 5 SEN P i A " - : ATI Z T. i P 7 6 10 10 d 10 9 8 "4 6 5 3 a 9 8 A S 10 10 10 | MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE d opaca, Bake 700, lanceolata, Spr. .............. sre 791, —— blechnoides, Bory. ............... mn dura, Moore ........... eer nnn o6 Fdo: $ CECR EC ECK » F9" Ec menbranaeea, Col. ........... ees. 810. D divereufolis, Baker `, Neue 81], — Lenormandi, Baker ................ wx» hs? £4e99925»9»55 POR $ R9 o9 o9 o» 9 o9 5 o9 9 3 3 0 ot n 9 LE pycnophylla, Kwee ...........--- 818, — euphlebia, Kunze RER Tribe 7. BLECHNEÆ. enioides 82], — unilaterale, Me | 5 Z ER S OB »»wseos...^t. "» Oe On ee Se a OB ee i eal | $ 2, > gi by S CR a d.e EK KK ER KEE GK sa ana ee —— Finlaysonianum, Halt... Zem volubile, NE QI age Sadleria cyatheoides, Kauf. ........+++: uu Tuo, Gaud, isss. e d a DEE || SS d: Xe o Ben M ice ee EREEE | E d ` c. vu How Re m blec oides, CE LLLI VEO 10 10 10 10 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 319 RE se: South Temperate | North Temperate F rigid zone, zone, zone, | | 9 d S | 9 6 P P P We 6 P 7 6 5 e 7 9 6 P P i vs d Am N T P S ae EN ND ME Out 1 SCH ri 6 T rà T Z is a Z .^ .. SR 5 9 rd. 7 5 P m Z " Be e J b v Z of SP 6 m Z P P .. Z M UR 8 A i 3 M x M A i Í A M A " : 7 .^ T 7 i 9 € 5 ts A 9 A : 4 9 A S M 9 P 4 3 M 5 Eu 3 Ee? A a 304 .. 4 M Ul X ; i A E vb eon diae 320 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. i South Temperate North Temperate. || Frigi Torrid zone. hon Sr; rate m 847. Doodia dives, Kunze e n 9 "e TN E Dr Cee ee ro P 6 NR — qe Br eee 6 Tribe 8, AsPLENIE4E. 850. Asplenium nidus, Z. ........... eese 9 M A 8 Nr ow Ya... ioc cise. en S —— Bimonsianum, Hk. ........... e. S 853. —— ensiforme, Wall. ............. e 9 3 854 —— angustum, Sw. ........... eee 10 855, ONO PEON sn RICE S ER TERR KS NOE M wW 856. —— sinuatum, Beggen .. W B7. —— Onno, Hook... u. sense = W 858, —— coriaceum, Baker... SUL 869. —— squamulatum, BL................... M 860, — e igi Sien OW E REV. M 861. —— Sundense, Blume ............... Säi 9 862. —— Fijiense, Brack P sim » Sr A E AR vx S es M F js 7 W ri a 2 = A Ww e 4 E is 8 kes 4 3 2 1 5 at 7 wW E A 8 5 M S di H F 6 5 4 3 2 P É S SS 2 5 C H E er 3 M M Se SCH 5 4 .. SE 4 3 2 4 : Ee E 2 S P : 3 M M Y H ci ; 9 t M p x w E WwW M : M l 9 WwW ; Eg M ; M : : 8 7 5 a M MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS, 321 a doo: South Temperate North Temperate |Frigid zone, zone. zone 917. EE Borneense, Hook. ............ 2 M EE mmum, AUNE lesen 10 Bi cultrifoliu TUE D REUS e MIN CUN De 10 loot n ESL TRECE TERT OO. 10 921. — Prionitis, Kunze oos v T W 5 922, —— anisophyllum, Kunze .............. 10 Ce 8 vi os 5 933. —— Wrightü, Eaton .................. he a T Ce i3 EX er J IN —-— rhizophorum, L. .................- 10 P EE — anisodontum, Pr. ............ eee: a M 926. —— contiguum, Kaulf. ................ 9 927. oui me CU ENERO cie ee M EE te hastatum, Klotssch ...............- 10 7 BU. —— enstum, Zrack.. NENNEN P 930, —— compressum, Ann, H 981. —— vomeriforme, Hook. ................ 10 932. nn, AUN 6 OCs rri e oe D 7 933, 0 OX E oe ore Se M ‚1934 — die, Ema. E T H 935, Ey Rs vus erri. ree 10 GG WwW et 5 936, —— DES I voa cs rq vier e RE 10 E d ii 4 2 E d oc ecc 611 | 34 T6 &7T 938, —— gemmiferum, Schrad. .............. La Li 8 e 5 939. i E E Ss a E 19.3: M 940, —— paleaceum, R, Br. .......... eee oi A 941, —— Hancei, Baker ........... eese M Et oun, L............. aen n I E falcatam, L....... eere nnm 9 6 944, — caudatum, Fast... 9 M A 945. —— dimidiatum, Sw. .. s.es esseere 10 a WwW s 946. —— macrop DEDE eer ee 9 947, — paradoxum, Blume ......... eee is M 948, —— obesum, Baker... 10 949. —— formosum, JWilld........... ese i0 1H W 950, —— pulchellum, TT E EE 10 3 951. —— resectum, Sm. ....cscecreeeeeeeees i. 9 8 952. — letum, ës, RH 10 S 953, —— heterocarpum, 7 m ST mer Lv eie M T 9 : 3 954, — — heiiatun, Don nern .. H : 3 955. es em ense vines vs en tees E .. 956, — dëse e Sete EE 10 957, — eeneg TE is 9 5 958, — rotensum, Schrad. een 7 959, — EE eo Vb ag oe OM z ne muerosatum. Pres. i... 961. —— bipartitum, Bory ....... ne T d M d 962. — pumilum, Sw. ....... n 10 E 2 "1963. — ge eun. Wei nn ta ae = ju 5 4 3 2 1 964, — Ruta bere P CT (v es . Z 965, — rien BE QUE aan je. de sët 7 Ams Lamp magellanicum, Kou. aaa $ gi te » = 2 Kä ER Vp EE = C B men "e Geng enke EE d i He 2 Er S 4 goe ontenum, Wild, `... NEE EEN z = 8 Se i 5 së 3 2 970, — Adiantum-nigrum, L. ........ ee e P y 3 5 e ee eg ives osc nen x 973 2 dinéstun, Drak... risser nmm T P 8 H eeben Fam. ee 10 9 Sg 5 8 C O14, — furcatum, Thunb. ......... nes 10 9 8 975, — E ie Sw ae (e: 9 3 976. ee 9 5 8 E D Iaserpitiifolium, Dam... esos 9 Ae 979 EN anum, Look. „users ustis en i0 Ae 11] ——-semndidnum, Kat, Ce ennt 980, um, Kauf. 10 C i 8 2 3 Ce 2 J | | 2Y VOL. XXVI. 322 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. ; South Temperate North Temperate Frigia id Torrid zone. ase Ee wee 989, Asplenium pseudo-nitidum, Rad......... 10 ` denar ol a a x. 991. —— acuminatum, EE cee A - "e EE DE es. 10 ^ Š 2 903. —— bulbiferum, Forst. ........ TERN, 10 9 M 904. — triphyllum, Pres ................ 10 EN scii E 10 p. Ic Zeg POE RE TUERE 10 : 997. —— divaricatum, Kunze ........... 10 908, —— Gibertianum, Hook. .............- D 7 Z 009, —— Colensoi, Hook. fil. .............. . RN HO aide rette I 1001. —— tenuifolium, Don ................. 9 e e 3 1002, — rhizophyllum, Kunze .............. 10 F T 5 4 1003. NEN MAE debi rre 10 = 004. —— cicutarium, Sw. NEEN 10 8 5 1005. —— Mannii, Hook... ............ eere 8 1006, —— brachypteron, Kunze .............. 8 5 1 geanum, Aaen d 5 008. —— obtusilobum, oe E MUR P 1009, —— dichotomum, Hook .............. M 1010. —— bipinnatifidum, Drask. EE T P 1011. —— davallioides, Hoo M bud cw tube ses Ma M D e z d z CJ 1012. i Bei; ES T AW 1013. — Richardi, Hook Mia. Z 1014. Te iis ek ce. ss 6 5 1015. —— rutefolium, Kunze ......... pw P 5 S 1016, —— borbonicum, Hook................. M 1017. —— Belangeri, Kunze ................ = M 1018. —— Thunbergii, Kunze ...... USA: PANIS «i ei W we i 5 1019. —— viviparum, Presl.................. e B M Nov:e-Caledonisg, Hook. .......... ci P 1021. —— dimorphum, Kwnze................ N . —— scandens, c cede bee em idet 9 1023, —— multifidum, Brack. .............. P? 024. — Powellü, Baker .................. d 1025. —— ferulaceum, Moore ................ 10 1026, —— Hillebrandi, Baker. .. ....... PUNK 9 027. —— crenatum, P i ASI CJ 2 1 1028. —— spinulosum, Bake... e 1029. —— subtriangulare, Hook. ............ 3 1 a Honb, Cos a og ok bike T 1031. — gpetopteroides HOME a ee ee J = 2, — ee P an, 9 S US EU Cece ec ce ee di 9 wer —— YS. icona ASI SL en d M ; 4 3 1035, —— decurtatum, Zink ...... TRUM Wie eee 10 1036, — gece" WOR EE m e 1037. —— Skinneri, Baker .................. 10 1063, san leien DATUR 10 1089. — í C : 9 8 9 ER 3 EN Y J 9 | 8 7 5 4 8 13 n M "E ES 3 9 8 5 9 PT 8 he ka 8 9 | W e 6 3 C M H S M H ar M M M M e S 9 S j Kë et BUS " Torrid zone South Tempera i te N nr Asplenium Lechleri, Mett a North Temperate || Frigid i BE We. M 10 zone. 1068. — um o BART ic rebas XE NAA 10 1064, — Es Mar. viole LR E 10 | M 1065, B ea Me... Ar 10 1066. —— celtidifolium, Xie e o M —— sylvaticum, Presl .. : d iu n 10 M i arboreum, Willd. «esse. eevee A ae Segen "ee TEE 50 0 1070 E CO gram Serre erie AUR AO ic Eb Rute ca 12 0 J 1073. — Iongifolium, 2 A" npud I rackenridgii Muere ulis ee d teen nn d eet ae vi 9 S a TEA Sprucei , Vac RARE pai a E E a M 1077 jp nicum, E WEE 10 8 1077 OE ee EE 2 78 lasiopteris EE 2 H 3 Zä u: eciosum, ett.. on EE 9 | —— Welwitschii, Hook. ...........--- - | 1081. — C I OOK, eessen | 1082, Tindbereit erg ER 10 m | fam ae Presi ee E E EAR ^ NN een Mel. oco ^ 9 E = deltoideum, Prol Kong a wt 10 E d ES. whescans, Mon nn M | E squami ea oom | NE oe ie s d | à codi S RT LET ‘ea | 1001 EN Bentl, A a EOM SuSE eur qu. 10 | 092, —— cyathevefolium ju do di d us | 1093, —— Meyenian o DOTY: enn d M 1094 pol di um, Hell. ee M 1095. - E: Oo ioides, MEME Cet vare xi 9 1005. — tee, oke ei A | 8 Eure eee VA 5: oz 1008 — melanochlamys AE nu d x Z | vestitum P y FLOOR. «eer tnnt ng. D E N 3 1099, —— i il Brel icis M 1009, — latifolium, Don Liste 9 | D s re eaceum, Baker e H d j | 1102. a reacens, Melt. EE EIERE P M | E e m Baker I. P | 1104, om, Baker une P | EEN ji | 1107. flexuosum, Presl........ ; ; ) * id 10 | 1108 stum, "ebbe aU T | B IL ndis COMES QOQDUNO EE 10 | ZH d atum DOAR PORT. 10 c Ex Rind Sata? TERM 10 RE Hae el. iens a, Ba RARO vae EM nun £ P E 10 115 matum, Hook... nen 10 MIG. — condifolium, Mi 2] Tig — alemmfolium, Zei M dug Morse uw. ou c M | 1 10, Ke un erophlebium, Mak uoo nnd S D. — deiten Sun... i Y 1199, otra Mn 0, nn00* .. 9 8 H A e Cl np een, t | Hr cu pm DEER Go 1126. —— Viti ianum, Baker eene ji Hi. 7 ee aos a 1127. P t ie CE "ob SS CACHE eracn, ’ (Y Rus u 1129, D um dx du lo unis 10 , : 1130, — "inl Ern, rat E EE M 3 US]. Aca ratun, L. (dé UR Aa ; 1132, All ss te radiata CDM Laertio : H 8 5 8 2 ia Brunoniana, Wall, .....++++: 5491.4 Too wd QUE MS. | nn WEE, REBEL Te 2Y2 324 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. | | South Temper Vor | igi | ; perate North Temperate |Frigid Torrid zone. | sina: p | one Tribe 9, SCOLOPENDRIEZ. 1193. Scol ndrium vulgare, Sym. IE VI 10 F “ae oe oe se 4 O 2 1134. —— Hemionitis, Sw EE N N tr Ee .. .. .. oe oe .. Ce oe 9 1198. m pinnetum, J. S. eee - M 136. —— Durvillei, Bory M 1137. —— brasiliense, Kunze ......... en 10 1138, —— plantagineum, Schrad. ............ 10 1139. —— nigripes, Hook, ...... TP 10 1140. —— rhizophyllum, Hook. .............. T $ e Y» v (s 4 HL —— eibirieum, Hook... .. NN, e I be age - | Cd Tribe 10. AsPrprIEJAE. 1142, Didymochlena lunulata, Desv. .......... 10 9 8 5 1143. —— polycarpa, Baker ` M 1144. Aspidium glandulosum, H y G. ........ I 1145. — nichianum, Kunze .......... I 146, —— rhizophyllum, Sw. ................ I 1147. —— semicordatum, Sw................. 10 M 148, —— munitum, Kaulf. ................ Se ia © = e eh 4 1149. —— faleinellum, Sw. .................. C 50. —— acrostichoides, Sg... 4 151. lepidocaulon, Hook. .............. J 1152, —— Lonchitis, Sw. au 4 3 9 1 153, —— mucronatum, TEUER i 1154. —— Lachenense, Hook................. 3 1155. —— triangulum, Sw. ...... ba vevbts irs I 1156, E Ee H 3 1157. —— ilicifolium, Don ............. dh tv's 3 1158, Bonon, BN eo. RER 3 1150. —— viviparum, Fée .................. I 1160, — tridens, Hook..................... I 1161. — ^g ei eH E EE EE 8 7 6 5 4 8.408 1 1163. mohrioides, Bory ................ M 7 : 1164, —— obtusum, Mett. .................. M 1165. ——- californicum, Eaton .............. 4 1166, —— Richardi, Hook. ...... RER Z 1167. ERO IE EE Z 1108, —- stostegia, Hook. .............. Z 1169. um, Hook, RN 3 1170, —— anomalum, Hook. FA... gy H 1171. — amabile, Blume nn 9 S 1172 tripteron, Kunze .................. 5 J 1173. — laserpitiifolium, Met, ..........- E J 1174. — varium, Swarts ....... re, = CJ 75. capense, Willd, ......... 5 1176 ug erden 10 M : 6 5 ép MCN beeecsvdevys js H — ascendens How... nn H O frondosum, Lowe ............... TA E 5 C vicc RENÉ BOW. ess iive. vA bs i 9 A 3 Hay — melmochlam 2. LI eee D ^ ——m 1184. PETERE ee E z 1185. wg iatum, Schrad. *t*vovedewyes, 8 1188. BITE rg = geal See ae 10 um, Konze ........ 10 i : andes by ER ie 9 3 mure 10 ` E wa... M rere 10 e SE EE EE e ee M s.s.s., SC ERIWER bsa 10 SEENEN el, 1 M gek Zë * ar z = M Leg ER ig 9 um. H 1 En ies .. oe oe oe ee .. CJ ” * "v EE aes i d ^ C T a > En EC a 10 2 5 3 A Cer | 10 2 | MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 325 Tortid sean. South Temperate North Temperate |Frigid zone. | zone, Es usps nectit Hook i cvs 10 S deeipiens, Vea davis E va EL C 1904 — cuspidatum, Dik deeg ee SS H 3 1205. — Ben Ium; HOOK. ` EE SEA C 1206. ieboldii, Hook NT J 1207. —— hirtipes, Hook. .................. 9 3 1208. —— biauritum, Hook. ............. e. M 1209. —— punctulatum, Baker .............. W | 1210. —— BOUE, eee were ree eae 10 1211, —— subobliquatum, IMES GAT CS 10 1212, —— insigne, Baker. ............. Leere. 10 1213. —— gracilescens, Zook........... esses M S | 1214 Obim, Fee is eioh eas 10 EU — patens, Demm sine err enn Jü | P 8 7 4 iram, Haber. sun reri ousa 10 1217, —— attenuatum, Fd ee ee EE Ke M 1218 om pan, Baker aestas es isn 10 1219. —— invisum, Baker ieres erie teeta 10 1220, —— oram, Hook: EE M 5 1221. BONO Bar. een 8 1222, —— crinibulbon, Hook. ............ see W 1223. —— ligulatum, Hook. ...............- M 1224. —— obliquatum, Baker . ............ e. + 1225. —— albopunctatum, Desv... ......... s. P 8 1226. —— calcaratum, Hook. ......... esee 9 S 1227. — viscosum, Baker ....... cesses M Be —— faleieulatum, Deeg... EEN is prece weutitum, Baker scan sauna 1230, — Ctenitis, Baker ara rel as 10 1231. — crinitum, Desv. .....sessrrrerees X M 1232, —— velleum, Dir [iia COE I 1238. —— Caripense, Hook. ........ e 10 1234, —— —— trichoneuron, Dekor | iic cesa es I 1235. —— triste, Hook. ..... esee 10 1236, —— tetragonum, Hook... EE 10 1237. —— erassifolium, Hook...... cse M 1238. — echinatum, Baker .......... see M 1239. Leprisori, Hook ii as ee 10 ` 1240, — subfuscum, Baker ......... e 10 1241. — sanctum, Baker... 10 1242, — exiguum, Hook. ......... nne M S 1243, — canum, Baker ....... eene 1244, wo Hddomel Baker... ecce ete eo 9 4 - —— Noveboracense, Desv...... er 7 —— conterminum, Deep, ee eren 10 M 1247 fasi, Hook. idee 10 1248. — concinnum, Baker sosesc 10 7 1249, — Sprengelii, Hook. ..... RAN 10 M 3 1250, — tolum, DAKE sss vice ensues Kä H 1251. d Dawn de Vs eus I = capnt Em, Hook. „nero. a ES pew UT eect eevee ae 1254, —_ Bieden, ore ae T 1255. — tomentosum nee M ; 1256, — globuliferum, 7 Hook: me P 1257. — velatum, Hook. ....ev een I BM LL alustre, en, 10 ES ve Siplasicldos BOR PASS 5 Vë — Donehodes, Cl = —— deltoideum, Desv. ........ ene I wl KH HEX. E m — helypteris, Desv. serei een z 2 1 r ntanum, Baker ....... eee nn nnn > TARTS apiciflorum Hook. sg 6 eei en : Ee oe Os es 10 H BS — sageniides, Bo LAGU = t ^ ^ ^ a 1 : atic ee m — Filiscmas Did eos 10 I " Pe ro PINMIL, Dali ek eer : S A — Goldieanum, Hook. ise ve eee E 7 : 4 | €,4MACR. eene rennt Ee, We 326 EIER ERGOE Be E EE S un E 1274. Nephrodium lacerum, Baker... .......+: 1275. — rum, Hook. 1276, —— Floridanum, Hook E EE E! i PEL (TEEN ne nr. urn nee ee tun Pr EE ER EE E »sobssdébtétsroceoo boh SCP eRe ERR ECE COR ed POR OR o oo RENE) " ee a Ea Pe Oi tet #66 Oe) 850.0 8 6 Ue 6 rs „ernennen. 1309. —— Ascensionis, Hook................. 1310, —— cognatum, Hook. ............... 1311. —— rubiginosum, Hook. Rinne . esv. 1316. —— Parishii, Hook. ASAAN AARRE EREE 1317. —— subquinquefidum, Hook. 1318, —— Pi re Baker 1319, —— decompositum, 1320. —— velutinum, Hook. ook re Wer a a re Torrid zone. IM 10 AI, 10 m ET. .|H EMI oh 10 . | M HS. OKT P SEP GEM El y 10 HEinEgorlornin!: BD B: umen nl uy ul. -|9 phe 10 10 10 10 10 10 W M | x4 ud Ww 0 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. South Temperate zone. North Temperate zone, Oc. J CJ D Bet 7 uU IZOu co co Co bo bo: ho Un CJ Frigid zone, MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 327 (RRE . —— Wrightii, pe RO a b . — scolopendrioides, Tp NITET E Br. — sophoroides, Desv. ......... eese L — sani LM. E — 0 . — Birra, Dev are 1379. —— cyatheoides, Kaulf. .......... 1380, — asplenioides, Baker... ...... eese 1381. —— hispidulum, Baker 1982. —— molle, Deep, 1383, — heterocarpon, Moore eer 1384. —— stipellatum, Book, $164 À «9 9*5 Er » 9 » * 9 $5 9 RR 9 3 3 3 9 9 * Bm diéidend, 7 Pr o e —— hetero oblrribn, Hook. een 1 » — — excellens, Blume. ....... eee O PRAES 1403. — semibi | 1404 pinnatum, Baker eene em de Baker... irren EE E EE E A E 1416, — cicutarium., „Baky se hie ice eas EU he, Baker een Torrid. zone South Temperate North Temperate | Frigid S zone, zone. zone. j 9 E 2 R Es KS M 6 10 D P 10 10 10 d I 10 n 9 xu is M 10 9 8 6 5 S 9 e z = A CJ & 9 A S e 9 P S I Se x 8 x P : M E M e 9 M 3 S Së 9 Ce M | is M d. 8 | e W eui A ss S | d M M. 8 | : 9 M | ir 9 10 a 21» m S a 9 : M CA SS 8 1.0 = M SS - 8 I ge M S8 if 10 M 10 I 9 D sr S M E * *. LJ S S M i 10 9 10 P Ww 23 M E 9 PM S E H 0 E ies M S 2x M cT 8 = 9 > M = 9 mr. piu T5 | Wy .. * Ser Ee ree EAE 328 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS, | z South Temperate North Temperate |Frieid Torrid zone. zone. iier Mer yt Nephrodium Sram baie ELE iò d 1420. | a lat cordifolia Dd eek 10 | BEE F : x wee 1 8 de 6 S 1423. — Aae SÉ, 8 A Ms. — die A --— Aur PP WE mA T A oe ete ld | ur. Oleandra en ER oi 10 | 9 w 3 428. ID. TUN T E a 9 | —— articulata, Cav. ee ENNEN EN ed Go 8 5 1430. nodosa, Pred EEE ER 10 1431. — Willie ee Cue er 3 umingii, J. Sm. ............. ees = 1433. Fadyeria prolifera, POON ER ER I Tribe 11. Potypoprex. a Zeien ser cordatum, Hook. .......... : e ee vac 1436, — tere EE 10 | M37. —— Sancta-Gabrieli, Hook............. 10 1438, —— alleopterum, Kunze .............. 10 1439. — Tijuccanum 10 1440. —— Walkers, Hook.. ......... sees H 1441. —— pauciflorum, Hook. .............. 10 1442, —— obtusilobum, Desv... .......... 8 er —— kur Ké, WEE EE M 4. —— erubescens, Wall. ................ M 1445. — pence ar ee S 1446, — auriculatum, nn 1447, — um, BW LIES I —— rusticum, Baker ...... Sai y YER E xs I 1449. — refulgens, Klotzsch . ............... 10 1450. —— rude, Kunze. ............. esses 10 1451, — decussatum, Zinn. ................ 10 m — res ET ER NIS NR P ; UU. — platylobum, Baker..........0.6... 10 Hu Me EE 10 1455, — TE NUM Bd I Ey 10 DN ZELL e eum, Klolssch 2. 4 de AE 10 * deesse K ' teri NE RE: E lu ee se "Ig p 1459. —— obecurum, Hook, ................] | M 1460. — molle, Boch, 2222220 E H 1461. — caudatum, Kawf. ................ Jm b 1402, — biseriale, Baker ....... a 10 1463, —— deflexum, Lo deu c M H0 .— hexagonopterum, Mich............. d 4 a E er lu, Be `, 22 SM —— rufescens, Bi ET RI E 9 SE, EE om en Ee b T 4 3 2 1 e In E e ang Um b adis 10 z | DES or M ius Eu" eis ie oe 1471. um, Hook ook. § G ee ee 6 +: WwW P x i 4 px 4 24 P M P M 3s T P 9 8 7 6 T 3 P z E: E Es oar s murs A ant MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Torrid zone. E Em E Gm. >: 1 Leen Lu a E Ro RN 1493, —— een Hoek y EIE TE EE dU Hook. eu ieee 1500. — CH TE Ee 1501. —— faucium, Leben... 1502. — proliferum, Presl ...............- : arthrothrix cde . — aüultilihéatum, MUR lisse tre —— stramineum, CT ise et 523, — raconopterum, ee Q5 3) 1524. — Sprucei, Hook. gek *&s*b$9989599* 94. $4449 oe RRE RE Baker DAN, — jüngermannicides Kiotzsch 3 BAL a irtellum, B quM S 1532, — hirtum m, Sa ee ERE EE * RS ee Ne I — mec mo EEN DAHIN. OU a ke hae e ERE RR tee, — smi, 1 buo. ew bog uU we ee 9 RUN M EUN B.» 4 We boe Pow T Me eos V4-Rie-R hé M PN M Ed € m Tes LIEN deoa MER ge Baker 1.2.2... 5€ wb we Rr Wo ee "Sra S ger [ss — iy et Mia: E WORK WO SUR M Ue ath I Mah we VOL, XXVI. .. 9 10 ar 9 E M E: M 10 Vx M 10 E 9 10 10 “10 T 9 E "n M 9 Së i P 10 10 Xm W =: WwW 10 S M Es M M M 9 E WwW M E M 10 10 ‘3 9 SW 9 M b. d E P um M 10 Cé 3 M ` M à M i H = P 10 : M 10 M 10 Ei H = P SS M 25 M is P 10 - x 10 10 10 | F 8 = 9 E 9 10 BIN I Ga M 10 329 South Temperate North Temperate zone. zone. A A S 5 S S S Z a Be 5 A 7 5 DU WE 7 27 F E zone, 330 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 4 | South Temperate | North Temperate igid Torrid zone. | SECH Bee bis 1560. Polypodium crassifrons, Baker .......... P ES) | l | | 1561 —— subserratum, Hook. .............- 4a M | | | | Lo | 1562. —— Khasyanum, Hook. .............. x Së epe E. € " | 1698: —- himquale, Fie.. ëss I | | | 1564. snonilifotene, Leg, EE ee 10 | | 100. — — Trams, Melt, u. sul. 10 | H | 1566, exiguum, eevee po ee I bgs | | 1567. —— trichomanoides, Sw. .............. 10 | M ag an | 3 1568. —— flabelliforme, Lam. ............-. 10 | NR > 10 | 1570, —— delicatulum, M. & G............... 10 | | 1571. —— peruvianum, Deg, ................ 10 | | 1572. — in, TE 9 8 | | 3 15 glandulosum, Hook. .............. H | 1574, —— jubeeforme, Kaulf. ................ 10 | | | 1575. —— pilosissimum, M. & G. ............ 10 | ! 1576. —— lasiostipes, Mett................... P | 1577. eultratum, EON iav es cdd 10 và 8 | | 1578. NS ce ke... Se Ke es umm 6 1579. —— sarmentosum, Brack............... ch 9 ' —— adenophorus, H. § A. ............ 10 9 1581. —— obliquatum, Blume................ 9 em tet, E ee cre H 1583. —— su o-dissectum, Zoll. ........ M ! 584. —— minutum, Blume |................ 9 | | 1585. —— subfaleatum, Blume .............. C LN | | 1586. —— decipiens, Book... 10 | 1587. —— subsessile, Baker n.i.. nonen 10 | | | 1588, —— farinosum, Hook. . | 10 | Ls — curvatum, Sw ..| 10 | | 590. —— pendulum, Sw. .................. 10 | ML ONERE T 10 | SS: 1592. — melanopus, Hook. & Gr. .......... 10 | | | I uiis Celebieum, DO ETC ETTIT IS TENE 9 | —— grise MER Le erc EE 10 1595; ——. Fri mg SUE ARNO 10 | 1596. —— pilipes, Hook. ............... uses. 10 1597, —— macrocarpum, Presl .............. 10 7 | er ue en? Be ee 10 i SIR) o KOO POE N a CUS vie e caus d i 1000. a fusum Bee ee o o Tie | 1601. —— decorum, Brack.. ................. 9 | 1602. —— blechnoides, Hook. & Gr... P | 1603, pediculatum, Baker .............. M " | 604. —— argyratum, Bory. ................. M 1605. —— Skinneri, Hook. .................. 10 E y 1606, —— furfaraceum, Sch. nn nn 10 ' 1607. papi P ead EEN M 608. — radicale, Maré 10 ` aa == pale RO nine Ae 1610. —— taxifolium, Linn. ........... eon 10 l 1611. —— recurvatum, Kauf. ............... 10 e 1612, is pectinati Li | 10 | i S 10 | 10 10 S 10 10 e r | i iss | 14-1051 2 1.3 10 | Va M I 10 : : 10 10 10 | 10 | 10 | 10 Í 10 | 10 | d MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Torrid zone. South Temperate zone, North Temperate zone. En Polypodium I e Sar Hook. ; —— biauriculatum, Mook.. Schlecht i We tenu ai — m ME 1.0 E 1644. — ac i olium, Kauf. Kat? ook. eee eee tee = menisciifolium, L. E Set vveesetveeeeseey”? see S * 9*9 R9 ddd v SC 40) Peer ee bd oue coe eee KREE Linn. . W * bebes ww wasser Y Linn. lassen = KR .»* s. .. M CR: .. ss LL D “* OR) La] 10 ** DR DR? DI .. .. ae .. .. s. CR) sr LÉI KK MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE n" f Rely Bas AD 1706, — ee ii. às 1709. — — acrostichoides, NE eeu vats TR. — Schraderi, Mt a mmy m a F LESSER RR KN er ED ur Eee een ae. et eee ee wee ewe i Se nd .. CA ie [i ie Se Don, ak. Ee M e GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Torrid zone. 10 10 E: Eooot': ebe: * EE: ix M TEPI toig [8 SEM M u TH cue NT | o KR | PI Sec i 10 10 o RK Bow: e D D D * D D | og ee et aL SIN zi CS M aw M | o I 10 Cin P 9 zx vi 9 | sl] M H H * * * = A South Temperate | North tee zone, mw: a e i $e i ee T m PR è e * 3 MS ES "E i 3 i. A 5 Ps 8 i * : à 3 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Torrid zone, South Temperate zone. North Temperate zone. zone. D De ee n Ie MALO $9494 *»9»*92597*9»** Tribe 12. GnawwrTIDE X. | Jamesonia imbricata, M. & G. ..... -1+ Notcilem Rawsoni, P$ 1 cvs IE © D D D * . * mg D * D D D D .. s. DR? .. Ke 8 .. RI CR) .. ae RR VESOVZSSOUPE E * D * D * D + 9 > LI M e M NW? M OR) s. ** >. * D .* Ww ge SM Ei ^ Roos * LI sn Ké sn ss LEI s. abs KI "T "e CS) sn *- oc. KA .. .. 5 .. .r .. H .. .. HI D ns ZS . .. ds D .. Lë, $ oe .. .. DÉI .. .. E .. CS .. DÉI .. DI of S LL .. y CJ Me un c OM 334 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. BERN GAST AP BR NOTE LESBEN : South Temperate North Temperate |Frigid Torrid zone. zone. zone. zone, sn SEN 1846, Notochlena’ Fendleri, Kunze ....... +.» ‘ ” 1847. Monogramme dareæcarpa, Hook. .......- M x " ? ines, Sc... » 1849. —— subfalcata, Hook. ......... e E 1880 —— Wichoiden, J Sim. ee Ee AE M 1851. —— E He pM Sits let ag 10 T 1852. —— Jun ni, Ho0k. ie enhn 1 gra EUR NEM C. S. 10 R? 854. —— seminuda, Baker. en 10 1855. —— immersa, 76e ......... eee 10 1856. Gymnogramma pilosa, M. $ G.......... 10 1857. —— md Kl GR CAEN EU. M a 10 : S 1858. —— Totta, Schlecht. ........ ree 9 8 5 1850. — villosa, Link ............ eese 10 1860. —— pol Cee NF. ee Anes 10 1861. —— diplazioides, SE NE oho oe 10 1862. —— grandis, Baker ........... eese 10 1863. —— gracilis, NE id eve kes I 1868. —— pta, Hook. =... fs 3 1865. —— decurrenti-alata, Hook... ........... = J 1866. — ën. Nr M S 1867. —— ambigua, Hook. ................ £i M 1868. —— aspidioides, Hook. ................ n M 3 1869. RE 10 Ma Mal cos ER RT S F . — CU A TEE ON ER 10 1872. — Muelle, Hock SOSS A Tere E A 1873. —— vestita, Boob... EA 3 BOTS, de 1.11 008 Dev. coerente 10 1875. —— cordata, BR Set ce eka E E W 5 1876. —— Pozoi, Kunze .................... 7 6 2 1877. —— tomentosa, Dep... 10 1878. —— angustifrons, Baker .............. 10 —— hirsutüla, Mett. .................. 10 1 —— Karstenii, Mett. 2.0.02... 00020. NN 10 15] ane a "deen 10 1882. —— mohrisformis, Mett. .............. 10 1883. — í tonis, 4X v WR vdd EC 10 1884, —— Lindigit, Abt. se ee sous 10 1885. ecpiens, Mal sls E 1886. —— 1 ines, KE iius kas 10 1887. —— Haughtoni, Hook. ................ H 1888. —— Hookeri, J. Sm. .................. 10 1889. jevanies, ‚Blume... u... bi 9 3 1890. —— Schomburgkiana, Kunze .......... 10 1891. —— aureonitens, Hook. ............... 10 1892. —— Matthewsii, Hook................. 10 1893. —— Warcewiezii, Mett................. 10 1894. —— cheilanthoides, Kif. .............. M T E Re E e 10 a ee INO, occisis ane vk: 10 ie = n 2 GP SITE] 10 100. — Ascensionie, 2k. 2 0.200000) O | E A : ue BEN Lesen 10 1901. Bec scone ee RETE ih | 8 1902. ada RE rta, Desv. . 10 ae oe Ce .. s. ee L ie 10 10 10 u 7 10 es 4 10 = 5 10 E W 10 I ER vs 8 5 i M ER M Ss M Le M | ut M | MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 335 EE South Temperate North Temperate |Frigid i zone. zone. zone, ; een e alismeefolia, Hook. ...... M 9. —— quinata, Hook. ............. sees T 9 lanceolata, Hook AE E e 9 8 5 S — PME Dakar!" an 10 Monate, HOOR: e VV eio E 10 M ji ta, DOR uir Ee ie ores s 9 an 3 —— membranacea, Hook. .............. M —— BE DOM: dee EE M J . —— regularis, Baker ....... lees M — macrophylla, TOR nen E... 9 -— spuria, Baker ........ ces cece KEEN M EEO A EE M —— heterocarpa, Blume... ..s..ssssrena M amiltoniana, Wall. .............. T id 8 ——— caudiformis, Z7ook................. es 9 —— elliptica, Baker... : 9 A 3 MUA, Mook oiov a9» is 9 A —— Japonica, Desv. .................. ii M à a do podophylla, Hook E vs doa A REA 10 .. 4 Brainea insignis, Hook. ................ a DM x que Meniscium ar da Hoo RR ieee s M e. 8 giganteum, Met. ........00..005. 10 A —— tri iki PUER ee T iR 9 5 —— Thwaitesii, Hook. ............ Les. . H —— pauciflorum, Hook.. esses ch së W —— salicifolium, Wall. ...........0.04. a. —— deii um WEE Loos E 10 . — is OE ET pe een 10 . — = reticulatum nm, Bb urei eran Lg a m lineatum, A SCH E E 1948, —— Bees, Brack = re XS SC 9. BOR, AME onen i E M g 1950. —— Danaseum, Wal... urn D M ds S . — plantagineum, Kaulf............ s. e 9 1952. ET E De S DM d g | +958. —— reticulatum, Eat ........... = 9 : 1954, —— semicostatum, Blume. .. .........-- z 9 | 1955, orma; Hook: ins ss eas 10 1956, lanceolatum, Kaulf. .............. 10 D — tenni vis ee S 090, syennense, Kauf. ` Ne NEEN c | 1959, —— latifolium, (m i (V eA ld d Re ai .. M w es Mannianum, Hook. .............. z M 961 Doyan; Rauf. oss osos . M m —— giganteum, Bory ....... eee e » 8 A S Zoe Vittaria elongata, Sw, veri een .. 9 A e cabrida, Klotesch ve ect KN ue 10 | e —— falcata, Kaze... 207] 9 1906. Garners Tia cielo eyes 10 19er. — stipitata, Kunze ue ENN 10 T | 1968, — MENOS COPIE ek ok. cl ci en ye z ae 5 4 3 DIS — Iineata, Sep, eene 10 | M 8 1970. — scolopendrina, Thw. .......... z 9 E | lon. Teenitis obtusa, Baak... NEEN + M nn peor qomitifolia, R. By... i.e. sies 10 : i po Tute Wild... csi sani engen 10 1 4. — lanceolata, R. Br. ........ ee 10 prey —— blechneides, Sw... ..........- eee ee S i iu ionem carnosum, Hook. issi sasi e 9 S : pes Seis pi Seca Pr E ee e EL c ngdum, Hook: een | M A p lachacleia, Beek, hii reeks . = BR mE. ooo 10 pen =] RHedermfolia, J. Sm. ENEE 10 a pinnatifida, Baker NEE? T ^ | 1985, is nma: wien dod E d AE SOEUR : ke dH as cani Bi Vi dea ed ++ E ditis Nos seo Vers 10 " Tribe 13. AcnosTrCHEX. 2887. Acrostichum petiolosum, Dess... 10 Ee AA M 336 MR. J: G: PAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Piha messen DE quitan tmi ng | LP: : South Temperate | North Temperate |Frigid Torrid zone. zone. zone. zone, Words d outer ee EEES 1988, Acrostichum tambillense, Hook. ......-- 10 ü 1989. —— micradenium, Fée ......... es T 1990. —— simplex, Sw. ........ nn 10 1901. tee hoo — QURE e e 1 ; | 1992, —— leptophyllum, Fee ............- | 1 — Wee EE 10 9 8 T o | 3 1994, — Wrightii, Mett. een | 995. —— flaccidum, Fe aaa 10 | 1996. —— Burchellii, Baker ...... ee 10 | 1007, —— Norrisii, Hook. .......... ee coe ES M : | 1098. — — Behlimense, Fe. ireen e 10 | 1999 DD HE Qu bcd TORE ae Ks WwW | 2000. —— stenopteris, Klotzsch ............ +. 10 | 900L ——— Hermimieri, Bory ...........-.--- I | 2002, — lingua, Raddi —........... e 10 | 9008, —— laridum, Fee ........... eere 10 | 2004. — — Sieberi, Hook. & Gr. .............. is ei 8 | 2065. ——— lation, Ne. usa ernennen 10 M 2006, panna, MNE e ec rn 10 2007. elanopus, ae E a E e ne. 10 2 2008. —— hybridum, Bory ............... 0. 10 8 o || ——— decurrens, Desv. iniii ciori ee M 2010. —— decoratum, Kunze ...............- 10 SUE Jo. BW nei 10 | 2012. —— cardiophyllum, Hook. ............ 10 | 2013. —— squamipes, Hook. ................ 10 2014. —— Linden, Bory............ esee 10 2015. —— squamosum, Klotzsch .............. 10 2016. —— Lloense, Hook. .................. 10 2017. —— heteromorphum, Klotzsch ... ....... 10 2018. —— E EREXIT EE 10 2019. —— Gardnerianum, Fe. ............... 10 "^ aMpestre, Gardn. . 2... a nun 10 2021. —— lineare, Fee .......... en 10 ei M . —— Aubertü, Desv. `... KK oe = 8 5 2023. —— dimorphum, Hook. $ Gr. .......... “th i H BE NE ER e et) 10 9 8 3 2025. —— ciliatum, Pres} .................. 10 2026. —— Ben Ra N L 10 el — TN SU QI Wein P : OU NEN Lui Ce dese 10 2029. —— scolopendrifol er ee 10 2050. —— Cumingii, Ae can... S M 2031, —— Boryan a To I 2082, —— ovatum, Hook. ....:..........sn. 10 nr nn procubrens, Mel =... R rue I 2o spathulsbun, Bari Ee, dus ju : 2035. —— Matthewsii,' Footy Cees viis: 10 - 7 = i 2036 __ Fe j : 10 de M T «x b 10 10 10 10 10 ° | 10 10 M 10 x M 10 10 10 10 | 9 8 C 10 9 8 9 A 8 9 = M 5 js H CUM. P Bee MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 337 Mast zoho South Temperate North Temperate | Frigid ; zone. zone. zone. en M 10 10 I 10 10 10 10 10 10 Y 9 S 10 10 10 CR no ` is P 10 T 9 10 $ e M: . —— Gaboonense, ZHook.. .......... ese £x WwW — variabile, Hook. en s 9-15 S —— oligarchicum, Baker ........... 00: de EE A ee 9 —— Harlandii, Hook. .. M —— tacceefolium, Hook, .uueeseresnne M 5 flagelliferum, Wall. ......... see 9 ar —— repandum, Blume ........ eene 9 ci A latum, Linn. ..... ida ay es A" —— subrepandum, Hook. ......... eee T M Milos B. ia 10 . —— nicotiansfolium, Sw. e 10 —— Preslianum, Zook........... e e 9 e —— virens, Wall, ...... enn 9 W S —— minus, Met, EE En M —— lanceolatum, Hook. ........ e 9 S —— axillare, Cav. EE 9 —— aureonitens, Hook....... eee 10 — reticulatum, Kaulf. ..... eee Y x . —— pachyphyllum, Kunze een 10 ) —— crinitum, Linn. ...... enn 10 ——bicuspe, Hook, .......eseseeeeees e H S —— tricuspe, Hook. EE 7 —— fluviatile, Hook. ....... eene W —— pandurifolium, Hook. ......... 10 —— Heudelotii, Hoher 8 salicinum, Hook. .... enn WwW ——— semicorda BAR Vivis N Blumeanum, Hook. ........ e Toe um, Kunze... cens 10 ——— serratifolium, Mert, een c tissimum, Bory ...... nr. re ie WEE 10 9 8 ; A 5 4 —— polyphyllum, Hook. ....... ees uL E M A à 3 re ` erger ee ERR ee i 9 : » — platyrhynchos, Hook... ..... ee dá x Hook. |... ees T 9 um alcicorne, Desv. ene 10 Vx T . A UU Nee ae i vas M x A allichii, Ho others Gas (s x ZR eirca vol UD E | Svsonpxn III. OSMUNDACEZE. c anica, Blume..... jas da ds ^ 9 3 j i 4 3 irren .. , p "EE meer T —€—— 10 ý : i: : : Mu tat ona E E e EE D TT oy odea barbara, Moore. ..... enn nnn PIS sé E —— Fraseri, Hook. § Gr BET, «à co ep a ecd 3A 338 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. : South Temperate North Temperate Torrid zone. Boon. e 2130. Todea hymenophylloides, R. § Z. ...... B ag. —— erm Cole Säck ee dee eh nod 2 Svnorper IV. SCHIZ/EACEJE. 2132. Schizwa australis, Gaud. ........... ee e 7 N 3133. — uos ER Ce a .. xi 4 9194. —— Malaccana, Baker ............. +0: M EN — wells 77 A Zeen deeg Sen s deberes | 2136. fistulosa, Lab. .......... Keen ERR P í 6 er —— robusta, Bake... vu A T 5 pectinata, Sud... T z 2139. —— incurvata, Schk. ........:eeeeeeees 10 2142. —— Fluminensis, Miers................ 10 2143. —— Sprucei, Hook. 10 ee Boc ai $ LLLA es Ore TQUE T 21 nnula, 10 P E Gite EEE Geiger nU S 2148. Anemia Gardneri, Hook 10 . —— filiformis, Pre .................. 10 2150. —— oblongifolia, $w.. ... ......... Lese 10 2151. — Kunze. . S 2152. E mel dE ee d 10 2153. —— caudata, Kaulf. 10 2154. l— Raddi 10 2155. —— collina, Ver? 10 2156, lareosa, Gardn 10 2157. —— Bastin, UM Vui. v Ern ) 2158. —— Langsdorffiana, Presl.............. 10 2159. —— Mexicana, Klotzseh . . .............. ) 4 2160, —— hirsuta, S$w................. wesen 10 2161. —— tomentosa, Sw. .............Lsuu. 10 2162. trichorhiza, Gardn. | .............. 10 2103. —— rutefolia, Mart. .................. 10 2164. —— adiantifolia, Sw. 10 4 we KE LOIS secs. 2106. —— Tweediana, Hook. ................ 10 67. ehraderiana, Mart. .............. 10 2168. —— Phyllitidis, Sw. .................. 10 L —— aurita, Sw. .. ] 2170. — Wrightii, Baker .................. d 2171. —— bipinna a, i 2172. — dichotoma, Gardn................. 10 2173. millefolia, Gardn. ........ asd acd 10 2174. Mohria caffrorum, Desv... .............. M 5 175 i Lo ba a e OA med VUE d um pu CP VR ANA COE 10 bl EK ORE es M eher ve = 5 5 H er E P D c WR RU We CU 9 zg 3 TE cereus 10 E . 7 » Gu Dee PAM TIT M 10 ei ow 9 WwW ee : S + M ER RR Ss ^ M E 10 ; x ee or dn. ei P cx g ees qt ERA ST Fs M DOS UMP LU LR MD Al. 0% 8 poured heh deed uer die » 7 BI M. y , Baker ee eee er , P | | MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 339 | Tord nähe South Temperate | North Temperate | Frigid zone, | zone. . | zone. EN Marattin alata, 8m........... es 0 | EN — Kaulfussii, J. Sm. ....,...... EE 0 9200. Dana simplicifolia, Rudge ............ 0 9901. —— tri y Reich... e ea es Peer 10 2202. omanoides, Spr. Ces 0 2903, —— Leprieurii, Kunze. ........ eere 10 2204. um Moore ae 10 2205. ——— alata, Smith. .......00c.ccececeves I 2200. Hearts, eg EE EEN 10 2207. —— Moritziana, Presl ................ 10 2208, —— stenophylla, Kwunze............ eee 2209. —— elliptica, Smith .......... eese 10 2210. —— nodosa, SmUh ......... eee 10 2211. Kaulfussia esculifolia, Bl. .............. ar M is n e ER da S Suporper VI. OPHIOGLOSSACE. 2212. Ophioglossum lusitanicum, L, .......... Es H W \ 6 Ww 2 2213, fuum, WW... x: e W 2214. —— bulbosum, Mich........... eese 10 Si ue 7 T 4 2215. —— nudicaule, Kunze ..............-- 10 9 Ww 7 a 4 2216, —— vulgatum, Li .......... reece 10 9 8 ys 6 5 4 3 2 1 2217, —— reticulatum, L. ...... eee 10 9 8 5 (x S 2218, — intermedium, Hook. ........... T M 2219. —— pendulum, L. ........... eee i 9 M A S 2220. —— palmatum, L. .......... nnn 10 EN M 2221. — e M fs p 5 2222. Helminthostachys zeylanica, Hook. ...... 9 A e x S 2223. Botrychium simplex, Hitch ............ 4 2 rutaceum, Zug, eee e nm mnm 4 C 2 2225, —— Lunaria, Sw. ....... nnn nn 7 6 4 3 2 1 2226, — ternatum, Sw. ..... ereere ne 10 5 6 4 3 2 1 2227, —— daucifolium, Wall. ......... eee i: 9 ' 3 á 2228, —— virginicum, Sw. s.s.s ssesererreee IU TOM 4 3 ER ITI 946 | 863 | 346 | 118 | 212 | 153 | 114 | 413 | 81 | 26 | Species peculiar to the district ...........++- 757 | 477 | 127 | $2 | 74 | 22 | 37 | 114 | 2 0 Er of total number of species which are l 80 55 36 98 24 14 32 97 15 0 EE OM E Un . Going through the districts one by one, I will next endeavour to point out the principal characteristics which their fern-floras present. 1. Arctic Zone.—The Arctic region yields in all only 26 species, about one per cent. of the total number. Not one of them is peculiar to it, and no species can even be said to have its headquarters here. The two ferns most preeminently northern in their Tange are Asplenium crenatum and Nephrodium fragrans ; and both are widely diffused in the north temperate zone. Fifteen species inhabit Arctic America, all of which, with one exception, are Arctic-European also ; and, in the Arctic zone, the other eleven are confined to Europe. With one exception, Nephrodium fragrans, all the ipii E have a wide range in temperate Europe; and only two, the spectes which have jus n mentioned, are not British. : : _ 2. Temperate SO and Africa. —Of all the temperate regions, this has më sime fern-flora, and considerably the smallest number of peculiar species. The = ar : of species which it yields is 81, four per cent. of the Order. Taking, : ose P Europe, Which are'67 in number, we may divide them into four classes, V1Z. ms b d ie almost universally, or at any rate widely, diffused through central Europe; the num of these may be put at 22; 2nd, species widely diffused through the ve a the con- 340 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. tinent, but restricted to mountainous tracts, say 12; and, 3rd, species preeminently south-western, restricted to the vicinity of the Mediterranean and Atlantic, say 18. This leaves fifteen species, only one of which, Asplenium crenatum, is specially northern in its range ; the other fourteen are scattered, more or less sparingly, through Central Europe, not a single one being preeminently eastern or having its head quarters in Asia and coming a little within European bounds. The only widely diffused Central-European species which we do not possess in Britain are, with some doubt as to the last, Onoclea germanica, Cystopteris alpina, Asplenium fissum, and Botrychium rutaceum. On the other hand, eight of the south-western species enter into the British list,—one of them, Hymenophyllum Tunbridgense, being widely dispersed, but two not reaching further north than the Channel Islands. Twelve species grow in the West African Islands which are not European. These are :— *Dicksonia Culcita. *Aspidium falcinellum. Adiantum reniforme. frondosum. *Cheilanthes pulchella. Nephrodium molle. Asplenium monanthemum. *Polypodium drepanum. furcatum. Gymnogramma Totta. —— umbrosum. Acrostichum squamosum. The four marked with an asterisk are quite peculiar to these islands, the Dicksonia being ` much the most distinctly marked specific type which this second district yields. Of the others, the Adiantum is Mauritian (but the Mauritian plant is a well-marked variety), and Aspidium frondosum, long supposed to be peculiar, has been detected recently in Natal. The other six are all widely diffused tropical and subtropical species, all being met with in tropical Africa, so that in the fern-flora of these islands we cannot find any trace of an American affinity. The number of Canarian species is 31, of Azorean 25. The species common to the islands and Europe are all of the south-western or general European type, the 12 montane European species being entirely absent. To the European list we get only two species added in North Africa, Nephrodium unitum and Actiniopteris radiata—a very significant fact in illustration of the connexion between climate and fern-geography, as we shall see best when we come to contrast this addition of only two species for an area of between two and three millions of square miles of sub- tropical country, with the large number of species which are added in subtropical Asia to those that grow further north. Both of these are widely dispersed tropical species. The number of species peculiar to continental Europe is only six— Asplenium germanicum, Heuferi, Petrarche, fissum, and Seelosii, and Cheilanthes hispanica; Nephrodium emulum is confined to Britain, the Canaries, and Madeira, Davallia canariensis to the West African islands and Spanish peninsula; of species not quite, but nearly peculiar to this second district, Nephrodium montanum extends only into Lapland and Georgia, and Asplenium Hemionitis to the Cape Verde Islands. 7 3. Temperate Asia.—It is here, as compared with all the other temperate districts, . that the fern-flora reaches its maximum development. This district yields 413 species, 18 per cent. of the total number, more than half the whole number of species that grow Edere temperate regions, twice as many as grow in any other temperate district, MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 341 more than five times as many as we possess in Europe; and of these one out of between every three and four is peculiar to it. But a large proportion of the species, and nearly all the peculiar ones, are concentrated in a small part of its area, in Japan, East China, and the Himalayas—a tract not embracing more than a tenth part of the fourteen million square miles which this district includes. In broad terms we may say that the northern half of this district belongs to Asiatic Russia. The total number of Russian species, European, Asiatic, and American added together, is only 49. Taking the provinces of Asiatic Russia as defined in Ledebour’s Flora, and reckoning the species according to the Synopsis-standard, we find they only yield ferns as follows :— Caucasian provinces i . 28 Davurian Siberia . | Altaie Siberia : : sae Eastern Siberia . : e. Baikalian Siberia . : ec Kamschatka . - : ANA e i Uralian Siberia . : ; yi Eastern isles . AA ee ` nearly all of them being in the list of the 34 species which belt the world in the north temperate zone. For Amurland, Maximowicz gives 21 species, six of which are not European. Turning to the south-west, we find for Asia Minor only 25 species, all of them European. The small Syrian and Palestinian fern-floras are also European entirely ; in fact we do not get a single addition in this direction to the European list till we reach the Himalayas. The number of Himalayan species we may state safely at 320. In separating these out into subtropical and typically temperate, I have had to rely almost entirely upon the notes of Dr. Hooker and Dr. Thomson, who have observed and recorded carefully the altitudes of all the species they gathered. Taking the temperate region as beginning at 5000 feet above the sea-level in the Eastern Himalayas, and at the base of the hill-country in the north-west, we have definite knowledge that 184 species grow above this line. These are the species which are marked with the figure 3 in the third column of our table. There can be no doubt that this figure is too low, as we have no definite information as to the heights at which Wallich, Griffith, and others gathered their specimens, and I have not included any species as temperate on meee presumption alone ; so that there is every probability that further exploration will raise it considerably above 200. Passing from north-west to south-east along the range, we find the Euro- pean species gradually disappear ; whilst from the Malayan isles, the second in importance and productiveness of the great tropical fern-centres, along the humid jungly shore of the Malay peninsula, a crowd of subtropical species extend to the slopes of the southern flank of the eastern extension of the Himalayan range, and find a congenial home in the elose humid valleys of Khasia, Sikkim, and Assam, where the hill-spurs shut out the Wind, and the rays of an almost vertical sun fall upon dense masses of subtropical er . Vegetation. According to our present knowledge, this subtropical mop of the e x: -layas yields 136 species not known in the temperate region above it ; and meny of the species that extend into the latter have their head quarters here. It is of course evident that it is through the combination of conditions of station and climate brought about br the Himalayan range filling the geographical position which it occupies, and no doubt partly also by reason of the proximity of the range to one of the great head 342 MR.J.G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. quarters of the order, with a suitable highway of communication between the two, that temperate Asia is so much richer in ferns than any other of our five temperate districts. To see this, we need only contrast the 136 subtropical species added here with the 2 species added to the European ‚list in North Africa. Passing from the Himalayas east- ward we have a few peculiar species in temperate East China, but the number is very small. The Japanese fern-flora is a remarkable one, on account of, latitude considered, its richness and southern character. Of the species in the Synopsis, 118 are known to us clearly as inhabiting the Japanese group of islands, exclusive of the Bonin and Loo-Choo clusters. In latitude Japan is about upon a par with the Spanish peninsula, and conside- rably smaller in area; but the Japanese ferns are to the Spanish as three to one—118 species against 39. We see here well shown, what was indicated before by the British list, how that with ferns an insular position may compensate to a very large extent for the effect of a higher latitude. Of the Japanese species, 20 are peculiar, 14 restricted to Japan and other parts of temperate Asia; we have only 17 out of the 34 European species which belt the globe; and the others, at any rate we may safely say 60 species, are cha- racteristically subtropical, and nearly all of them Malayan. If we classify according to their geography the peculiar species of temperate Asia, the following will be the result :— Restricted tothe Himalayas . . . i ; ‘ ‘ . 66 » the Japanese isles . à e à . 2l d Korea and Siberia 4 is East China ‘ ; . i : : wool Common to Japan and the Himalayas . . . .. . visos e East China and the Himalayas 2 3 Japan and Siberia or Korea i i oH e Japan and East China ; : i í à oe Total : : ; . 114 species. The most remarkable circumstance thus elicited is the absence of that affinity which we might à priori expect between the essentially temperate species of the Japanese and Himalayan lists. We find, in point of fact, that such an affinity can scarcely be said to have any existence, and that the species which the two floras have in common are the subtropical ones common to Malaya also, and not the characteristically temperate forms. Comparing the list for temperate Asia, as a whole, with that of the two other north tem- perate districts, we find 34 species common to it and both the other two. In addition to this there are 18 species which are European or North African and Asiatic, but not | coc and eight species which are Asiatie and American, but not European. The latter are :— MEC lea sensibilis, * Asplenium thelypteroides. Adiantum pedatum Novh eod a ricus ephrodium fragrans. m ten "eg dem me e p Osmunda Claytoniana. *— —- cinnamomea. MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 343 Of these the five marked with an asterisk extend to the Himalayas, and the other three are confined to Manchuria and Siberia. 4. Temperate North America.—Next to Europe and North Africa, this has the smallest fern-flora of the temperate districts—114 species, 5 per cent. of the whole. They may be classified as follows :— Essentially temperate species peculiar to it bio ai x1 DE » » „ common to Asia and Europe P o 0 M » » „ common to Europe - e ` n » v „ common to Asia . FE E 81 and the remaining 33 species are nearly all subtropical species common to this district and the tropical zone of the same continent. The most prominent point to be noted is the smallness of this last element. The northern half of Mexico is extratropical; and if the species which grow there were included, the number of subtropical species would be considerably increased. Comparing this district with Europe, which on the whole it re- sembles most, the greater range and abundance of several of the peculiar species is note- worthy. We have instances of this furnished by Woodwardia areolata and virginica, Polypodium hexagonopterum, Dicksonia punctiloba, Cystopteris bulbifera, Scolopendrium rhizophyllum, Nephrodium marginale, noveboracense, and Goldieanum. All these have their head quarters in the Northern United States, which yield altogether 51 species. Throughout British North America we have only 46 species, 7 of which are absent from the Northern States. In the Southern States east of the Mississippi there are 56 species, 19 of which are not known in the Northern States ; the remaining 87 are peculiar to California and New Mexico. About one-fifth of the ferns of the district belong to Pellea and Cheilanthes, a group proportionally preponderant also at the Cape. ` North Temperate Zone.—Taking the north temperate zone as a whole, we find it to yield 514 species, 34 of which are common to the three districts, 18 to the second and third, 8 to the third and fourth, and 2 to the second and fourth. Of these, 177 species, mF > in three, are peculiar to it. - Temperate South Africa. —In temperate under a million square Se 153 ee or 7.per cent. of the order. Of these, 23 are peculiar to Cape Colony, 4 to the island of Tristan d’Acunha, 11 belt the world in the South temperate zone, 7 others are American, and 19 Australian ; the remaining 89 are species common to this district and the tropics, 20 of them being confined exclusively to tropical Africa. When we consider the strongly marked peculiarity of the phanerogamic flora of this district, the lack of individuality in its fern-flora is remarkable. Even out of these 23 peculiar species 4 or 5 are doubtfully distinct. The three most distinct of them m pseudofilices— Schizea pectinata, Anemia Dregeane. and Ophioglossum Bergianum. : en Species out of the 23 belong to Pellea, Cheilanthes, and Notochlena, of all groups Per aps the least moisture-needing in its stations. The species which the districts of the sout Ss Perate zone have in common, it may be noted here once for all, are several of them no South Africa we have, within an area of 344 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. characteristically temperate, but plants which have their head quarters within the tropics and occur less abundantly outside them. Of well-marked truly temperate species common to the Cape and Australia we may note Todea barbara, Asplenium bulbiferum, and flac- cidum, and, amongst those common to the Cape and temperate South America, Polypo- dium incanum and Lomaria Magellanica. To meet with Aspidium falcatum and Asple- nium varians again we must go from the Cape to the Himalayas, and for Asplenium ebeneum and Pellea andromedæfolia to North America. Of well-marked species confined to Africa, which have their head quarters here but pass slightly within the tropic, Pteris flabellata, Mohria caffrorum, Cyathea Dregei, and Notochlena inequalis are examples. Considering the smallness of the tropical-African list, the addition to that of this district of 89 tropical species is large ; but several of them inhabit Mauritius and Madagascar, and do not pass further south than Natal. We have included Tristan d’Acunha in this district. This little island is not more than twenty miles in circumference, and is situated in the midst of the Atlantic, nearly in the latitude of Cape Town and Monte Video, where the distance between the two con- tinents is one-fifth of the whole circumference of the globe. It is about ten degrees nearer to Africa than America, and is remarkable for having the flora in which, as com- pared with all others that are known, the ferns are most nearly upon an equality in number of species with the flowering plants. The following is its fern-list, 23 species, Lycopodiacez not included, the number of flowering plants enumerated by Captain Carmichael (Linn. Trans. vol. xii. p. 483) being 29 :— *Hymenophyllum zruginosum. Adiantum zthiopicum. Pteris incisa. Blechnum australe. Lomaria alpina. Boryana. Asplenium obtusatum. ——- erectum. —— monanthemum. *— — medium. Trichomanes tenerum. Nephrodium tomentosum. Aspidium coriaceum. * Polypodium aquilinum. —— punctatum. australe. Gymnogramme cheilanthoides. *Vittaria stricta. Acrostichum conforme. —— hybridum. spathulatum. succiszefolium. Ophioglossum bulbosum. It is curious to analyze this list and compare it with that of St. Helena. Here we have four peculiar species (those marked with an asterisk), three only found elsewhere in the Mauri- tius, nine which are both Cape and American, six which are American but not Cape, and one which is nominally Cape but not American ; but very doubtfully distinct from a com- mon American plant. There are only 18 species altogether which are common to tem- perate South America and the Cape ; and here we have half of them on this little isolated halfway island. Whilst St. Helena, which is en half its ferns peculiar, here we have only a sixth much nearer a continent, has more than eters of them; and although it is nearer Africa a 7. wa, the affinity is considerably closer with the latter. It is included by Dr. | Hooker in the so-called Antarctic flora, — a MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 345 6. Temperate Australia and New Zealand. —Of the south temperate districts this is the largest and most fertile, yielding a much larger number of species and of peculiar ones than any other temperate district except the third. The total number of its ferns is 212; and of these one in three is peculiar to it. Taking Australia and New Zealand separately, we obtain the following results :— E : New Zealand. Species quite peculiar to the island . : pas. e . 94 Not peculiar, but not Australian . ^ WOO MEM De Common to New Zealand and Australia . . . . . 07 Total i i COM HUNE . 118 1 Australia. Species quite peculiar ž . . Ee nee | Not peculiar, but not New Zealand . IE vns i Se, Common to New Zealand and Australia ` ` d : T — | ors ncs di Of the 74 species peculiar to the district, 34 are confined to New Zealand, 25 to Au- stralia, 11 only are common to both, and 4 inhabit the small adjacent islands. Eleven species are common to this district and the other two south temperate ones, 12 others to this and South temperate America, and 19 others to this and the Cape. The 12 New- Zealand species which are not peculiar, but do not occur in Australia, are nearly all plants of the Polynesian islands; and the 68 Australian species which are not peculiar, . . but do not occur in New Zealand, are many of them subtropical Malayan species which | do not reach further south than Queensland. To complete the Australian list, it must be borne in mind that a few (not more than three or four) species require to be added, which are restricted to the tropical part of it. gea 7. South Temperate America.—We have included the whole of Brazil with tropical America, and know so little of the ferns of Uruguay and La Plata that our list for this district applies principally to Chili and Patagonia. It includes 118 species, of Lem Ee are peculiar, 11 common to this and the other two south temperate districts, 12 ot ers to this and the last, 7 to this and the Cape. The other 58 are tropical one sea which pass beyond the tropic; and, as before indicated, we cannot regard a t Saz = Are common to this and the other two south temperate zones as characteristically vem- south temperate zone as a whole, we find it to t. It is only one-fifth the area of the species and the number of peculiar c: South Temperate Zone.—Taking the , . Yield 423 species, 131 of which are peculiar to 1 north temperate zone; but both the total number of below temperate Asia in the number of slands, we find in the group a total, 3 B in its fern-geography, and is even considerably à; Species it yields. Beginning with the Cape Verde ! VOL. Geet, EOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 346 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE G ^ absence of individuality. There are only 13 species in all, not one of which is peculiar. Asplenium Hemionitis and Notochlena lanuginosa are not tropical African, but they are both Canarian and Mediterranean ; and Nephrodium odoratum is not known nearer than Mauritius. For the west side of the continent, from Senegambia southward, through Guinea to Angola, the botany of which the recent explorations of Barter, Mann, and Welwitsch have done so much to make known to us, we can now enumerate 197 ferns, 47 of which are peculiar. Of these, 116 are common to both sides of the continent, 6 being restricted to Angola, and most of the other 41 to Guinea and Senegambia. A small number (13) of West-African species are very interesting geographically, as being essen- tially tropical, and common to tropical America and Africa, but absent from Asia, This is the case with Hymenophyllum ciliatum. Nephrodium subquinquefidum. Pteris Chilensis. Polypodium cultratum. Trichomanes crispum. rigescens. Asplenium serra. glaucophyllum. dimidiatum. Acrostichum hybridum. —— cicutarium. villosum. Nephrodium hirtum. e St. Helena comes next of known floras to Tristan d’Acunha in the proportion which Ferns bear to Phanerogamia, which is nearly as two to three; and it is very remarkable from the fact that half of them are peculiar to it. The St. Helenan list is as follows :— *Dicksonia arborescens. *Nephrodium cognatum. *Hymenophyllum capillaceum. *Polypodium molle. Cheilanthes multifida. marginellum. Pteris flabellata. —— punctatum. *— — paleacea. lanceolatum. *Asplenium compressum. Monogramme, sp. ——— erectum. graminoides. D platybasis. *Gymnogramma Haughtoni. —— iurcatum. *Acrostichum dimorphum. lanceolatum. * bifurcatum. *—— nigro-paleaceum. * subdiaphanum. Nephrodium patens. conforme. *— Napoleonis, Ophioglossum vulgatum. The peculiar species are those marked with an asterisk. Analyzing the list, we find the result as follows :— Species peculiar to the island P. eiu. . 18 Common to Africa and America à 7 African, not American S 2 American, not African : : ; ee . Canarian, neither African nor American : H Total . à ‘ ‚Sb EE EERE I AE AET tenga ae P S EUNT HTC oe Mant tee Pins QUIT REPE SER p APRES Rn ih. RT IAE: TE SET RE EIS E E E qu p d. S ut ucc du E NECI P PSOE DAT Pa OE oy ee a Se Pee de De opa EE ETN sire ue eee: š S ure MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 347 Ascension Island yields only seven species, as follows :— Pteris incisa. Polypodium trichomanoides. flabellata. *Gymnogramma Ascensionis. Asplenium erectum. Marattia fraxinea. *Nephrodium Ascensionis. , var. purpurascens. Two of these are peculiar, two common to Africa and America, two African only, one American only; so that it is very curious to note that, if we sum up in a single phrase the leading characteristic of the Fern-floras of the Atlantic islands, it is in each case different. Of Tristan d’Acunha, the characteristic is . American affinity. St. Helena . ; $ 1 : . . Individuality. Ascension Island à . . 0. 0. The want of any decided characteristic. Canaries, Madeira, and Azores . . . Mediterranean affinity. We must note, in passing, the want of individuality in the Angolan Fern-flora. A few of the Angolan ferns are Cape species which do not reach Guinea; but the rest, with the exception of six species, all occur elsewhere in this district. For the east side of the continent, principally through the explorations of Schimper in Abyssinia, and Kirk in Zambesi-land, we know now 133 species; but here there is even still less individuality than in Angola—not a single peculiar species in Zambesi-land, and in Abyssinia only species only known elsewhere in Ame- one. Asplenium pumilum is an east continental melanolepis m rica, Cheilanthes Kirkii in Angola, Cheilanthes arabica and Onychiwm Arabia and Persia. Taking next the East African islands, including Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, and the Seychelles and Comoro groups, we find that they have a Fern-flora which presents several points of interest. The total number of species is a Hd over 200; and very likely, when Madagascar is better explored, it will be raised to 250. But dealing with it as we know it at present, we find that more than half the species are not oe in the tropical parts of the continent, that more than a quarter of them are nn peculiar, and that it has a strong Indo-Malayan affinity, as the following analysis show :— G Species known in Tropical Africa . ee it a » quite peculiar . : : ‘ : à : ji », Tropical Asiatic e Ge e = » Cape : i ae , American . . ; oe e i A „ Australian : i à ; e : » Tristan d'Acunha d s », Temperate Asiatic ; 2 Total - i . 218 The American species are, besides some already an ii Le. u: u bhyllum lineare, Nephrodium conterminum, Aspidium mo pt ; E 348 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. Acrostichum lineare, and Ophioglossum palmatum; the Australian, Hymenophyllum gracile, Nephrodium hispidum, and Platycerium alcicorne. In the above analysis the Seychelles are included ; but very likely, when we know them better, it will be worth while to consider them separately. So far as we know their flora, most of the species are both Mascarene and Indo-Malayan; but there are three peculiar species, and two which are Malayan but not African. Summing up the district as a whole, we find that it has 346 species, the peculiar ones being distributed as follows :— Mascarene isles. i : : : é . 54 Guinea aud Senegambia ; : i i . 4l St. Helena . à : : : : [ Ee E Common to East and West 8 Angola . : i : à : 2 . 8 Seychelles . : ; à à A i 8 Abyssinia. : S 1 Common to East and Mauritius 1 Total. à ; 127 9. Tropical Asia—We come now to the great centres of fern-distribution. Our list for tropical Asia and Polynesia as a whole includes 863 species, 39 per cent. of the whole order, out of which 477 species are peculiar to the district. Beginning in the west, we find a million square miles in tropical Arabia almost a blank so far as Ferns are con- cerned. Forskahl’s list for Arabia Felix includes only nineteen species, and we do not know one that is peculiar. The Ferns of Peninsular India are very much concentrated in the range of hills that runs parallel with the western coast from Bombay to Cape Comorin, especially in the Neilgherries. Of the state of things in the drier tracts of the centre, we may form an idea from Mr. Edgeworth’s florula of Banda, which only includes seven Ferns for a district which produces upwards of 600 flowering plants. There are probably very few additions yet to make to the Ferns of Southern India and Ceylon; and we have a full aceount of them in the recent works of Dr. Thwaites and Captain Beddome, the latter containing quarto plates of all the known species. We may reckon bs number of species at 250, of which 200 are Ceylonese. "The number of species which ds neither Malayan nor Polynesian is 46, of which half are peculiar, the others nearly all Himalayan. Of well-marked peculiar species we have instances in Cyathea Hookeri E "iibi s ee common to South India and the Himalayas, but not elsewhere : m "NES N nulosa, Spher Der barbata, Asplenium normale, Aspidium auri- —— lanthes s À x rg Polypodium membranaceum and hemionitideum. Chei- Bowi vi in SE, p S GC uala only grow elsewhere in tropical America, Pellea ey TERRE Aen M Acrostichum spathulatum in Natal, tropical America, and vorm Of the Ferns of Siam and the country to the east we know nothing. Si re Kong 75 species are enumerated in Bentham’s ‘ Flora,’ of which em: i: eee Ne interesting species— Brainea insignis, known elsewhere only D TECH SE E EE E El ET ET ee m nn) zn ER and sinuata, Asplenium seylanicum, Nephrodium deparioides, Polypodium Gardneri and MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 949 F in Khasia, and Alsophila podophylla on the mainland further north. For Formosa the collections of Oldham, received lately, contain 81 species; and several others have been - sent by Mr. Swinhoe, making the number about 100 in all. But the great concentra- tion is in the narrow Malayan peninsula and Malayan and Philippine groups of islands. ^ Here, in a space not more than a hundredth of the globe in area, we have more than a quarter of the known Ferns gathered together. For this tract we can now enumerate 630 species as they stand in the Synopsis; and still Borneo, Celebes, and Sumatra can - only be regarded as very partially explored; but of these 630, 250 are absolutely pecu- liar, about one in nine of the known Ferns. Seventy other species are not known in Polynesia and peninsular India, of which upwards of fifty are Himalayan. Our list for Polynesia contains now 380 species, of which about 150 are absolutely peculiar, and 30 others not Malayan, the latter mostly occurring in New Zealand or Australia. Taking . Polynesia as a whole, the most noteworthy point about it seems to be that the portion i of its Fern-flora that is not peculiar is, with the exception of a faint Australian tinge, - thoroughly Malayan, not American. We may conveniently subdivide the islands into three groups :—first, a western one, including New Guinea, New Caledonia, and the - Solomon and Loyalty Isles; second, a central group, including the Society and Friendly x isles, Samoa and Fiji; and, third, a north-eastern one, including the Sandwich Isles. — About the first group we know very little; and that little has principally been. gained ES through the recent travels in New Caledonia of M. Vieillard. His collections, happily for science, were worked up by Mettenius, in whose death, occurring as it has so soon after that of Sir W. Hooker, Fern-literature has sustained a loss that can scarcely be estimated too highly. We know already, in this western group, 55 of the species pecu- har to Polynesia ; and no doubt further investigation will add to the number largely, and E. add, in this group, to the Polynesian list many species now known in Malaya alone. ‘The central group we know much more thoroughly, principally through the explorations ` Of Powell in Samoa, of Seemann and others in Fiji, and of Brackenridge in nearly all the . islands. For Samoa the list will reach nearly to 150 species, and for Fiji exceed 200. . Tn this central eroup we know 47 of the peculiar Polynesian species, mostly SE e . the group; and here many of the Malayan types reach their eastern limit, The and- Wich Islands have a smaller list, many of the Malayan species that grow 1n the Cam oe groups being absent here. The number of peculiar species is smaller me in the ot d two, being only 37; but several of them are very distinctly en gus ? instance, the three species of Oibotium; whilst Sadleria is nearly, and Diellia (p wat in the Synopsis under Davallia) quite confined to the group. The only American doen Whi further west are Pellea ternifolia and Polynesia Aspidium acule- ated ; and we do not know Cystopteris E. E E. Si ER A 9 t pro- 0. Tropical America.— But, taking it as whole, tropical hed a ae "ve district, in peculiar species especially, of which, ns of the higher the other districts put together. It is here, amongst the dripping * 350 MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. levels of the Andes, the forests of their slopes and ravines, and the dense humid flats that border the innumerable branches of the Amazon, where the sun’s rays and the wind never penetrate the recesses of the primeval jungles, and climbers and parasites contest with the leaves of bright-flowering trees for the possession of the branches, that we obtain the great concentration of species. Our list for tropical America contains 946 species, 42 per cent. of all that are known; and of these more than three out of four are quite peculiar to it. And as by gradual degrees, as traveller after traveller brings or sends to Europe the result of his explorations, our knowledge of the distribution of the species is increased, two points are more and more brought out into prominence—that all this vast area constitutes, in any broad sense of the term, but one single and indivisible Fern- region, and how prominently individualized the characteristics of that region are. It has one Fern out of every three that are known in the world quite peculiar to itself; and yet a very considerable proportion of these reach from Mexico and the West-Indies on the north, to Peru and the south of Brazil; and how completely the West-Indian Islands form part of the same region may be judged from the fact that whilst they yield upwards of 400 species, and have been much better explored than the adjacent parts of the con- tinent, only one species in seven has not been gathered on the mainland; and for the Galapagos group we know clearly only one species which does not occur upon the mainland. Torrid Zone.—Taking the Torrid zone as a whole, we find that it yields 1901 species, 85 per cent. of the whole Order, and that of these 1437 species 65 per cent. of the Order are peculiar to it, upwards of 1000 species being confined to tropical America and Malaya. Comprehensive Areas.—The following are all the species that grow in more than half the districts. Six districts, 15 :— Hymenophyllum polyanthos, Trichomanes radicans and rigidum, Lomaria attenuata, Asplenium monanthemum, bulbiferum, and umbrosum, Nephrodium Thelypteris and spinulosum, Nephrolepis acuta, Polypodium vulgare, Gymnogramma lepto- phylla, Vittaria lineata, Acrostichwm conforme, Botrychium Lunaria. Seven districts, 12 :— Hymenophyllum Tunbridgense, Adiantum Capillus-veneris, Pel- lea geraniefolia, Pteris longifolia, incisa, and cretica, Asplenium Trichomanes and fur- catum, Nephrodium unitum and molle, Polypodium punctatum, Osmunda regalis. Fight districts, 2 :— Adiantum ethiopicum, Nephrodium filix-mas. Nine districts, 3 :—Pteris aquilina, Asplenium Jiliz-famina, Ophioglossum vulgatum. Ten districts, 2:— Cystopter is fragilis, Aspidium aculeatum. Total, 34. | In the tropies 64 species belt the globe, in the north temperate zone 34, in the south temperate zone n. Ninety-one species grow both north and south of the tropics, of | which the following 26 have a range of 70 degrees of latitude :— S Hymenophyllum polyanthos, Adiantum Capillus-veneris. —— Tunbridgense. sethiopicum. Trichomanes filicula, Pteris aquilina EE re Asplenium Trichomanes. —— rigidum. monanthemum. Adiantum-nigrum. solidum. Asplenium filix-foemina. Aspidium aculeatum. Asplenium Ruta-muraria. Nephrodium Thelypteris. MR. J. G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. 951 Polypodium punctatum. — vulgare. Gymnogramma leptophylla. Osmunda regalis. Ophioglossum lusitanicum. vulgatum. filix-mas. Aspidium falcatum. Deparia prolifera. Hymenophyllum obtusum. Woodwardia radicans. Gymnogramma Pozoi. Notochlæna lanuginosa. Nephrodium albo-punctatum Davallia concinna. Gymnogramma calomelanos. Asplenium anisophyllum. Acrostichum Aubertii. ¥ [7] ST RE SS Së E E $8 [1^] $8 St Op nH pA p PSRS TERE] Erie 1 HE EP KE N 8 $ [I] 8 spinulosum. ee EE ey ee 9 49 € EE eee P (409. 9$» CR ECKE RE AER IOWSSNSSSSSR (SSES £6 t£ 1|] ]| || || |)0f$ n9 t9 $3 (é «c4 E Wb Vu V VUES VM * 9 9 à » » » » 5 3 9 a 9 9 9 n eee ee a a a E CECR WC ECKER RECH ER CR eee re eee ee ew en an ar do eee 0er, nn een. ....—.—........... seo, een ese nenne" ..... b se oe Botrychium Lunaria. —— ternatum. Dissevered Areas.—Besides those which have been noticed under the different districts, the following are instances of curiously dissevered areas :— Japan, Himalayas, Neilgherries, Sandwich Islands, Natal, Kaffraria. Sandwich Isles, Queensland. Sandwich Isles, Cape Colony. United States, California, Mexico, Himalayas, Java, shores of the Medi- terranean, Canaries. Spain, Australia, Chili. Shores of the Mediterranean, Cape Verde Islands, Madeira, Australia temperate and tropical. Mauritius, Guinea coast, Amboyna, Fiji. Cape, Angola, Abyssinia, tropical America, Guinea. Guinea coast, Samoa, tropical America. Cape, West Africa, tropical America. Natal, Mauritius, tropical America. The following is a summary of the distribution of the Order divided out into tribes :— a — — HM ^ Tot Frigid) North Temperate South Temperate FRE species. | Zone. zone. zone. - 5 1 2 3 4 51.9 7 B l 9 1.19 0 2 0 2 8 3 PIu 6 ae ^ 0 8 1 "e gen 4 | 12 | 50 | 74 53 3 b | 16 9 1 6 2 21441 15 RI 0 2 | 16 9 | 10 | 96 | 21 | 26 | 54 | 66 dris 86 2 E18 1.8 "aa (T1319 | B MU ol 0 4 0 1 8 0 5:18: | 37 Uc] Go 3 | 18 | 62 | 988 | 83 | 2 97 | 54 | 81 | 152 SC 1 0 1 7 4 1 8 3 F|30]| H Es + 415m. | à 3) 9 19 | 11 | e | 116 | 102 peck 284 : 4 : : ` E R 2 ` Zä gi | 16 | 18 2 iux rn : 5 urn | 8 7 | 210 165 168 0 5 | 99 7 | 18 9 | 18 | 22 | 1 | 80 135 0 138 1 7 6 íi si| 8! 8 Se? o 0 1 4 3 2 4 1 x D b c£ 0 0 5 4 5 7 6 : RU puLwiw)w|112 2 5 Wh Seo E BS 6 95 81 | 412 | 114 154 346 [ue DE Eë 18.108 7 15 9 | 12 niis 22 352 MR. J.G. BAKER ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FERNS. The general Plan of Distribution —To illustrate the most striking point about the general distribution of the Order, I will borrow a quotation from Mr. Darwin * :— * Some few families, many subfamilies, very many genera, and a still greater number of sections of genera, are confined to a single region; and it has been observed by several naturalists that the most natural genera, or those genera in which the species are most closely allied to one another, are generally.local, or confined to one area.” The remark- able point about the distribution of Ferns is, that, as may be seen from this last Table, there is so little trace amongst them of this concentration of allied forms in the same district. Most of the tribes are distributed through the districts in very much the same proportion as the whole Order; and in the genera there is. no striking exception to the same plan. Although three-quarters of the species are confined to single districts, the only instances in which any district has more than half the species of a tribe are the following :— | Tropical America. —Cyathese, Acrostichez, Schizeacex, Marattiaces. Tropical Asia. —Davalliese, Lindsayex, Ophioglossaceze. Temperate Asia. — Ophioglossacez. That is to say, in eight instances out of 180 possible cases; and the highest percentage which any tribe containing more than 100 species attains in any district is 68. Con- sequently the leading characteristic of each district is expressed by giving the percentage of the whole number of species which it yields,—not, as is so often the case in flowering plants, by saying that such and such orders, groups, or genera, characterize it specially. The theoretic bearings of this, which it is beyond the scope of my present paper to discuss, are well worthy of attention. * Origin of Species, p. 353. E ae U ELIA] ET T ln u nl. En a O A ee THE TRANSACTIONS THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVI. PART THE SECOND. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. M.DCCC.LXVIII. raph of the Recent British Communicated by Dr. Sc. fesos IX. A Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda. By GEORGE STEWARDSON BRADY, Esq. Communicated by Dr. Scuater, F.L.S. Ze, (Plates XXIIL-XLI.). Read May 3rd, 1866. SINCE the publication, in 1850, of Dr. Baird’s work on the British Entomostraca, much has been done towards the elucidation of the anatomy and physiology, as well as the distribution and zoological classification, of these animals, and probably no group has received a larger share of attention than the Ostracoda. The interest attaching to this group is much enhanced by the fact that they alone, of all the higher Microzoa, are found in the fossil state in sufficient numbers to afford grounds for any exact comparison between the fauna of the present and those of bygone ages; and it is, of course, only by the diligent collecting and accurate description, both by pen and pencil, of the forms now living in our lakes and seas, as well as of fossil species, that much progress in this direction can be made. The classification hitherto in vogue has rested almost entirely upon external shell- characters and mode of hingement; and, seeing that by far the greater number of species have been described from fossil specimens, no other method was, of course, prac- ticable. But though the careful study of the shells, which has necessarily accompanied such a plan of classification has been very advantageous, and has, indeed, resulted to a considerable extent in a really natural grouping and arrangement of genera and species, it is obviously an unsatisfactory and unsound basis of classification; and much has been recently done by various continental authors to increase our knowledge of the minute structure of the animals themselves. Among the naturalists who have been foremost in this work may be mentioned Professor Lilljeborg, Fischer, Zenker, and G. O. Sars. The admirable memoir of the last-named author, ‘Oversigt af Norges marine Ostra- coder, published in 1865, contains descriptions of all known Dune MATING Species classified according to the anatomieal characters of the animals, the structure of most of which is there for the first time minutely described. This work forms, indeed, . an epoch in the study of the Ostracoda; and its author deserves the en SEH, ledgments of all carcinologists for the light which he has thrown, at the Se ^ much time and labour, on the minute structure and affinities of the creatures of whic ) he treats. To British naturalists the work is, indeed, especially sein. SPRER a the close relationship existing between the faunas of the two u : a nn = this monograph, adopted, with but little modification, the gio PE nae pint propounded by the author of the * Oversigt.’ The greatest oe of m deep-sea — myself experienced arises from the fact that by far ie en H di fd Qe wild specimens have been dried in the first instance with the mud or sand in w 3c D VOL. XXVI. re Sach Auid-ounee of the gelatine add one drach 354 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF taken, and afterwards picked out one by one. By this method the animal structure contained in the shell is almost always entirely destroyed, or at any rate is so far decom- posed as to be quite unfitted for any critical examination. On this account I have often been unable to give anatomical descriptions of deep-water species. There can be no doubt that by proper treatment of the dredged material shortly after its removal from the sea-bed, the contained Mierozoa might to a large extent be obtained in a serviceable and perfect condition ; while, in the case of material taken in the hand-net or towing-net, it need never be a diffieult matter to separate the Ostracoda with the help of a simple pocket-lens. . As to the manipulation of the animals and their preparation for the microscope, it is seldom that much difficulty will be experienced in separating the valves by means of fine needles, and then detaching the contained animal; the various organs are rendered much more distinct by immersion for a short time in a solution of potash, by which the oleaginous and granular constituents are to a great extent removed, the chitinous structures remaining unaffected. If it be desired to mount permanently the dissection thus made, the best medium for the purpose is a compound of glycerine and gelatine with a slight addition of arsenic, the formula for which is given below*. This preparation has the advantage of becoming fluid at a low temperature, of retaining its moisture sufficiently without any cementing of the glass cover, and of being colourless and very easy of application. The geographical and bathymetrical distribution of the Ostracoda is a matter of the greatest interest as illustrating the probable conditions under which the various fossili- ferous strata have been deposited. The data at present at our command are somewhat scanty, and negative evidence must be taken for no more than it is worth; but some portions of the British coasts, as, for example, those of Northumberland and Durham, and the Frith of Clyde, have been pretty diligently dredged and investigated with a view to the study of these organisms. I have therefore brought together, in a tabular form at the end of the monograph, the principal districts in which the marine species have been examined, and have endeavoured roughly to indicate their frequency and range of depth by means of signs, as explained in the Table. The two final columns indicate the occurrence or non-occurrence of the species in the Scandinavian seas, and = the Tertiary or Posttertiary deposits of Great Britain and Norway. For the informa- tion given respecting the recent Scandinavian species I am indebted entirely to Herr G. O. Sars and Professor Lilljeborg; the column relative to fossil species owes its com- pleteness chiefly to the labours of Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson. I must here express my great obligations to many kind friends for the communication of dredgings and specimens from various parts of the country, —to Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys and i = i er Bate, Mr. E. C. Davison, of Sunderland, Mr. 8. S. Stoddart, of Bristol, and a me y vene 4 gelatine, and let it soak for two or three hours in cold water which has previously - ES us acid; pour off up — N and heat the soaked gelatine until eg Sa BE Au ‚of alcohol, and mix well; the id- m of the white o i Map Eee pim is fluid but cool. Now boil until the Be ile En gelatine is quite dd 2 bah sirop Werra of the carido gelatine add six fluid-drachms of Price’s Hoc oscope and its Revelations, 3rd edition, p.775. ie B — Often so close together as to appear single. _ the two laminz of the shell. These animals live for the m RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 355 Mr. D. O. Drewett, of Jarrow. My thanks are also especially due to Dr. Baird, of the British Museum, Professor T. Rupert Jones, the Rev. Alfred Merle Norman, Dr. Alcock, of Manchester, and Mr. David Robertson, of Glasgow, for much valuable advice and assistance, and for the kind and liberal manner in which they have placed their collec- tions at my disposal; lastly I owe similar thanks to M. Bosquet, of Maestricht, Dr. Oscar Speyer, of Hesse Cassel, and Herr G. O. Sars, of Christiania, for the good service which they have done me by the communication of their admirable memoirs and series of illustrative specimens. I am fully conscious that whatever value this monograph may possess is owing in great measure to the generosity of these naturalists, and their kind interest in the progress of my work. The recent Ostracoda are divided by Sars into four great groups or sections, namely :— (1) Podocopa, including the two families Cypridz and Cytheride; (2) Myodocopa, including the families Cypridinide and Concheeciade ; (3) Cladocopa, containing one family, Polycopidze ; and (4) Platycopa, containing also one family, Cytherellide. The characters of these four sections may (after Sars) be stated as follows :— 1. Popocora.—This is by far the most extensive of the four sections, including all the freshwater, and a vast majority of the marine Ostracoda, and embracing all the forms classed by the earlier writers under the two great genera Cypris and Cythere. The lower antennz are here simple, pediform, geniculate, armed at the apex with sharp claws, and are used for swimming (as in Cypris), for walking (as in Cythere), or as prehensile organs. The first pair of appendages following the mouth is always a distinct maxilla, bearing a large halfmoon-shaped branchial plate, which is bordered with numerous ciliated sete. The next pair of appendages forms in the Cypride a jaw of somewhat similar shape, but in the Cytheride becomes pediform, owing to the atrophy of the jaw proper and the greater development of the palp. Of the two following pairs of limbs, the last is found, in the Cypride, to have lost its use as a locomotive organ, and is doubled up between the valves, whilst in the Cytherid® it is used, like the foregoing pem walking limb. The postabdomen is, in the Cytheride, rudimentary, but in en is mostly well developed, consisting of two elongated laminar processes, lying close together, and each armed at the extremity with two long claws. The eyes are simple, The heart is always wanting ; the digestive eavity has two dilatations, of which the foremost is (in the Cypridze) provided with two tion are produced between lateral bli i ilv the organs of genera : blind saes. In this last famıly g i pack ln ‘dle life, crawling gh the water. Their motions are hronously, the upper pair moving propelling the whole animal in a leisurely on the mud, on plants, or swimming throu effected by the two pairs of antennze, which move syne up and down, the lower backwards and forwards, thus Straight line. TON 2. Myopocopa.—This group comprises the forms of which the genus -_ ep type, the characters indicating a higher organization and -— Eri = ferences, which show an approach to the higher order Lippen ^ 3 r antennæ (as lower antennæ are here the only true locomotive organs, en "ec CIAM ^is 1 i ect, an " In the Branchiopoda) wholly lose their importance in this resp 302 356 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF of a special sense (smell or hearing), being clothed with toothed club-shaped appendages, which either proceed directly from the antenne (Conchecia), or from its bristle-shaped appendages ( Cypridina). The lower antenne consist of a particularly large and muscular basal joint and two branches, one of which may be rudimentary, whilst the other is eylindrical, flexible, and composed of numerous short joints, each of which bears generally on one side a long ciliated swimming-seta. The way in which these antenne move is also quite peculiar. Whilst those of the previous group move upwards and downwards, these move from side to side. To allow of this movement the valves are peculiarly formed, so that when quite closed there is always an opening (mostly heart-shaped) through which: the movements of the antenns take place. In conformity with the development of these antennz as locomotive organs, we find that the other limbs more and more lose their importance as such, and become subservient to the mouth as jaws. In Conchecia the two hinder pairs are somewhat pediform; but their use as feet must be but small, as they can scarcely reach out of the valves. In Cypridina and the allied forms, the three pairs of limbs following the mouth are completely jaw-shaped, and the fourth or last pair, as in the Cypride, is bent up within the valves. The structure of this limb is so peculiar that one can scarcely class it as a foot or a jaw. The first pair of jaws possesses no branchial plate, which is constantly present in the foregoing group, but this appendage is transferred to the second pair (Cypridina), or the second and third pairs (Conchecia). The postabdomen is developed into two broad symmetrical plates, armed with sharp claws, and is not unlike the same organ inthe Cladocera. The eyes, when present, are fixed, as in the Branchiopoda, to large separate peduncles. In Conchwcia there are, at the roots of the upper antenne, certain small bodies which take the place of eyes. In this group appears for the first time an independent heart, of structure similar to that of the Branchiopoda. The digestive canal has a single capacious stomach, which is invested throughout its whole length by a thick layer of liver-cells. Most of the forms belonging to this group are pelagic, and occur often in the open sea, near the surface of the water, where they move actively by means of the largely deve- loped lower antenne. Many of them are strongly phosphorescent in the dark, and must contribute essentially to the extraordinary brilliance of the tropical seas. 3. CLADOCOPA.—The type of this group is Polycope, a genus recently described by G. O. Sars, which occurs on some parts of the coasts of the British islands and Nor- way, and in the Mediterranean. The lower antennz are very similar to those of the foregoing group, but are divided into two distinct and well-developed natatory branches. The movements of these organs are quite different. Whilst in the Cypridinidze their motion is from side to side, it is here upwards and downwards as in the Cypridæ; and, in conformity with this, we find that the characteristic notch of the former family c^ For these reasons it is necessary that the upper antennæ also should become iud Le Eid to bring the movement into equilibrium. The most ERBEN? Vu Paese animals, however, is that behind the mouth we find two pairs of limbs, the last of which is used entirel loped into a powerful two-b: d immi : i di -branched swumming-organ. We have therefore, in this case, RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 357 name of the genus (Polycope) is founded. On account of the minuteness of the animals, Sars has not been able to observe accurately their internal organization; but he asserts that the eyes are entirely wanting, and that the heart also appears to be absent. The digestive canal has a single capacious stomach, as in the foregoing section. 4. PLATYCOPA.—This group is typified by the genus Cytherella, known, before Sars's researches, only from fossil specimens. The lower antenne exhibit a structure so peculiar that this character alone would amply separate them from the other Ostracoda. They are very strongly developed, bearing considerable likeness to the swimming-feet of the Copepoda, but are still more muscular, and constitute very powerful swimming-organs. These consist of a broad flattened basal portion and two biarticulate broad branches, which bear numerous long bristles as in the Copepoda. The upper antenn:e are of exceedingly robust build, and appear also to serve as locomotive organs. The mandibles are small and weak; but their palps are strongly developed, and that of the first jaw is armed internally with an elevated ridge which is beset with numerous toothed and flexuous seta, bearing a remarkable likeness to the feet of the Cladocera (Sida, Daphnia). Behind . the mouth follow, besides the first pair of jaws, only two pairs of limbs, of which neither has the remotest resemblance to feet; the last is, indeed, in the female, quite rudi- mentary, forming only a small setose lamina. Each of the two preceding pairs bears at the base a large halfmoon-shaped, numerously ciliated branchial plate. The abdomen is divided into several segments, most of which bear on the hinder part fasciculi of bristles. The postabdomen consists of two small plates, which are separate through their entire length, and bear at the extremity a number of slender spines. The shell is of very compact structure, so that it is found almost unaltered in very early geological forma- tions. This group contains only one genus, Cytherella. I have endeavoured to give, under each marine species, as accurate à statement of its distribution, both in the recent and fossil state, as the present state of our knowledge admits of; and with the view of indieating more clearly the relations of the species, I have classified them under several types, according to the geographical areas which they chiefly inhabit, the typical designation being always taken from the region in which the species appears at the present time to be most abundant. 2. ane We have at present scarcely sufficient knowledge of the Se Dee of the freshwater species to render a similar attempt with regard to them desirable. The typical areas here adopted are as follows :— l. Ee TYPE, including all species attaining their greatest development north of Z isothermal line of 32° Fahr. Glacial might perhaps have been a more appropriate term for this group, but would have been liable to be confounded with the post- gr which go under the same name. My very limited et is derived from specimens dredged by Dr. of mud obtained from whaling-ships by D. Ro- tertiary geological formations knowledge of species from this tra Sutherland, and from some parcels b : 2. oie A the seas of Iceland, mn... ai Shetland, and Northern Scotland. The Ostracoda ja wg Ee acd Be? gently collected by many naturalists, especially by Müller, Lilljeborg, v. V. , 358 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Norman, and Robertson; and our knowledge of them may be considered tolerably good. 3. BRITISH TYPE, comprising species diffused pretty evenly over the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 4. ATLANTIC TYPE, referring to those which attain their greatest luxuriance on the south and south-western shores of England and Ireland. 5. MEDITERRANEAN TYPE, including species which attain their maximum of development in the Mediterranean. These are very imperfectly known, chiefly from specimens described by Dr. Baird and myself, and from some further dredgings which have been placed in my hands by M. de Folin of Pauillae, and which I have already partially described in a French publication, * Les Fonds de la Mer.’ It will be seen that the above is a very imperfect attempt at typical distribution; but such as it is, it seems to me to be better than none at all, and to add considerably to the interest attaching to the various species. For the details of geological distribution, I am indebted much to the works of Prof. T. Rupert Jones, Bosquet, G. O. Sars, Reuss, Speyer, and Egger, but chiefly to the large collections of posttertiary species made, in anticipation of a monograph of the subject, by Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson, of Glasgow. The following classified Table of the Ostracoda is compiled from various authors, and exhibits the present state of our knowledge of the subject. Those marked with an asterisk are known only in the fossil state; whether a right situation is here assigned them must be doubtful :— Class CRUSTACEA. Subelass ENTOMOSTRACA. Order GNATHOSTOMATA. Legion LopHyropopa. Tribe Ostracopa. Section Popocopa. Genus Ilyobates. Genus Cypridella*. 7 | Family 1. Cypripa. oxoconcha. Cyprella | E Genus Cypris. ee Entomis*. 4 x etr daten Di Cytheropteron. Family 4. ExTOMOCONCHIDA. : Bythocythere. Genus Entomoconchus*. ee Heterodesmus. Se Family 5. ConcH@cIADE. Paradoxostoma. Genus Conchecia. Section Mvopocopa. suoni Family 3. CYPRIDINIDÆ. Section CLADOCOPA. d amc dios Family 6. PoLycoPIDE. . Family 2. CYTHERIDA. Geng (2). Genus Polycope. z ady PEG Section PrATYCOPA. Philom "ei : Family 7. CYTHERELLIDE. Cy lindroleberis. Genus Cytherella. + Described by the present author in * Les Fonds de la Mer.’ RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 359 | The following synopsis of the sections and families here described is given by E Bars :— ( un subpediform, geniculate, clawed) two pairs, the last bent up within t the) ap = not v very unlike the upper | valves, Postabdomen forming two elon- | Ove Sa Both pairs of antennz either | gated narrow € which are usually T cor long setae mh weer nae swim- | clawed at the apex cni or vue fi setose and not used for a ing. dibles istinct, E fere. M all ambulatory, much alike PODOCOPA. pm P at the lower extrem structure, = directed forwards. Post- 2 Cv d alp of moderate size, and sls ues ab omen rudimentary, forming two very > speret = or re developed branchial appendage. | small lobes. AE very little adapted TEN à First pair of maxille bearing a large | for swimming. j i Eat plate. Feet E ( ne pair only, of singular shape, forming ) , Wi elongated, Kerg flexible eco ted, vermifor age, which is spiniferous E i one branch rudimentary, immo- | towards the apex. Upper antennæ large, = iir the other elongated, cylindrical, | distinctly jointed, geniculate at the base. CvPRIDI- | flexible, s aa armed with | Mandibles proper obsolete. Second pair > pa ong natat anged in a | of jaws bearing a large branchial plate.| ^ ^ single series ; eil Zeie very large | Eyes compound, pedunculated, widely and o filed s with muscular bands. separated ; between the two in n a Jpper natator Mandible ee y large, genicu- ` tac. te, subpediform, Ee, of a bran- ge. First pair of jaws | two pan the posterior very small and without a branchial plate. Post- | rudimentary; the anterior provided, like abdomen divided into two broad | the ter ir of j mall EN which are unguiferous behind. gie? a late CoNcH&- the tem: mall and weak, immobile and i| CIADAE. “MYODOCOPA. OSTRACODA. Lower antenne An two-branched, org! jointed. Mandibles distinc Frontal ee very large, and QUE ee dilated at the apex E both branches mei? er ding moveable, and natatory. vee antenne als var | ing in a lash of ée sete. Man TON ie are wx. | CLADOCOPA. i l if a dages; the aiiterior large, bifid eer ‘the e poste- os CN tionde m " i . Eyes wanting. ” Postabdomen divided in d. two short eei. oae s behin flattened, similar to the feet of the Cop ves per portion biarticulate and geniculate; Lee: flattened, pur sei o oints d oo — aring — n both margins. Upper antenns very re m strong, many gom te bobus at the base, shortly Regen Mandib Sal and weak, y p 27 l Orrun- r e MO Tin e pairs only of thoracic appendages, all m alp of the mandi vp u a plate ; third pair rudimentary in EEN femal | E in the male well developed and prehensile. Pos vene inal rami 1 Narrow, distinctly separated, and spiniferous at the apex Section I. PODOCOPA. Fam. 1. CYPRIDE. Valves mostly thin and smooth, more or less sinuated below. Upper antennæ pened -Seven-jointed, and beset with numerous sete, which form a dense brush of greater or mg length; lower antenne geniculate and bent backwards, four- or five-jointed, armed at » Dal extremity with from three to five long, slightly curved claws, and nr E on the posterior aspect of the antepenultimate joint. a bundle of sete. Mandi Powerful, and divided at the extremity into several teeth, bearing ya a Palp, the first joint of which is provided with a branchial appendage. two ee ap : zus large, and divided into four digital segments, the nn Et than the rest, two-jointed and giving attachment to a Jarge plate: 360 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF second pair small, simple; in the female bearing a simple subconical palp, in the male often pediform. Two pairs of feet : the first stout and five-jointed, terminated by a long curved claw; the second pair more slender, and usually bent upwards within the valves. Postabdomen forming two long moveable rami, which are sometimes rudimentary and setiform, but oftener well developed and terminating in two strong curved claws. Eye single or altogether wanting ; rarely two. Intestinal canal forming two pouches ; ovaries and testes lying immediately beneath the shell. Copulative organs of the male situated immediately in front of the postabdominal rami, and provided with testes or mucus- glands of complex structure. The animals belonging to this family have been considered, until very recently, to be inhabitants exclusively of fresh water. G. O. Sars, however, has shown that several forms hitherto classed among the Cytheridee properly belong to the Cypride; these species now constitute the genera Pontocypris and Macrocypris; in addition to which other entirely new forms have been described under the names Paracypris, Aglaia, and Argilleeia. Lastly, the genus Bairdia, M‘Coy, is here shown to belong to the same family. The annexed Table shows the chief distinctive characters of the different genera. Aglaia and Argillecia, however, have not yet been found in the British seas :— ( (possessing a branchial (bearing a brush of MINE NE appendage; ‘palp sub- |setz. Setze of the | wel developed, terminating in two strong ud Cypris. conical, indistinctly upper antenne very E zin , ‘ . . . . . Trek ending in 3< wor Postabdominal rodimentary, setiform Cordon Second joint of lower | without a brush of sete. Sete of the upper antenne very alike . . | Paracypris. antenne Short. First and second pairs of feet QU os , . |dissimilar | Aglaia. z Faon cal,indistinct- long, — beyond the apex of the — Notodrühak. i E Y jointed. Sete of arcae Weegee 8 ER. . . . a E MN lower antann altogether wanting. One eye . : : S Candona. Da Ss = e [ elongated, 7-jointed, armed | Pontocypris. 5 g with long setæ . e . © | destitute of i 3-jointed. pi n of a branchial., J J short and robust; 5-jointed, | appendage. Palp pe atenn in the female shortly setose ; d Aere distinetly jointed, in the male provided with a | g z subpediform, ^ few long sete i i 4-jointed. "UT. GE em | largely developed, terminating | Bairdia. | shortly setoso Lin several long se AEn P i , pig un j rudimentary . >. . Macrocyprss. Genus 1. Cyprıs, Müller. Valves mostly subreniform or elongate-oval, horny in texture. Upper antenne seven- jointed, and beset with numerous long plumose sete, which are mostly distributed as follows,—four from the apices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints, and three from the Ta of the terminal or seventh joint. Lower antennæ five-jointed, bearing a fascicle of oe or six setze of variable length, and on the inner side of the third joint a short bi- slave oats seta; terminating in four long curved and serrated claws; a few short sete ger "e from the sides of the fourth joint, near the middle. Second pair of jaws smaller han the first, in the male prehensile, and in the female consisting of a short, simple seti- RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 361 ferous lobe, a subeonical, simple, or obscurely articulate palp, which projects backward, and terminates in three long sete, and a small branchial plate, bearing six radiating respiratory setze. Postabdominal rami long and slender, bearing at the apex two long and unequal curved claws, and a short seta; a short seta springs also from the inner margin of the ramus at or below the middle. The males furnished (mostly, if not always) with two mucus-glands, consisting of a cylindrical axis, on which are set seven whorls of radiating filaments, the whole connected with an efferent tube or ‘vas deferens.” The males of this genus are, except in a few instances, entirely unknown. Dr. Zenker has, indeed, in his excellent memoir on the anatomy of the lower Crustacea, given figures and descriptions of the males of three species; but two of these belong to the section comprised in the subgenus Cypria of that author, which may ultimately be found to present generic characters distinct from Cypris proper. Fischer has also figured and described the males of some few species. I have myself sought diligently for the males of many of the commoner species of Cypris, but have only seen one example belonging to C. (Cypria) compressa, Baird. This is one of the species figured by Zenker. Mean- time the peculiarities of the group Cypria seem scarcely sufficient to warrant its separa- tion as a distinct genus. The “ testis," or “ mucus-gland,” though hitherto seen only in a few species, is doubtless present under some form in the males of all. And seeing that it is, to all appearance, the secretory gland of the spermatic filaments, or * sperma- tozoids,” there seems no valid reason for applying to it any other name than that of testis. The members of this genus inhabit exclusively fresh or slightly brackish water, and but a few of them, which have unusually short sete attached to the lower antennæ, seem to be destitute of swimming-power, and constitute, in fact, a link between Cypris and Candona. In external appearance, as well as in habit of life, these approach the latter genus more closely than the former. To this category belong C. reptans, serrata, and gibba. Though the structural differences obse importance, they are sufficient to form grounds as follows :— are mostly natatory animals ; ryed amongst the Cyprides are not of generic of separation into several distinct sections 4. Sete of lower antenne plumose, subequal, reaching about as far as, or only slightly beyond, the apex of the terminal claws. * Second foot terminating in a short hooked claw, ** Second foot without a claw, ending in three sete. | not reaching nearly to the apex of the terminal claws. long, the rest short. Second foot and one or more moderately long setze. b. Setze of lower antennz non-plumose, very short, dingl ^. Sete of lower antenne plumose, unequal; two or een 1 + ending in three unequal sete, one of which 1s exe GA 3D VOL. XXVI. 362 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF a. Sete of lower antenne plumose, reaching about as far as, or only slightly beyond, the apex of the terminal claws. * Second foot terminating in a short hooked claw, and oneor nove modo ately long sete 1. Cypris FUSCA, Straus. (Plate XXIII. figs. 10-15.) Cypris pilosa (?), Miiller, Entomostraca, p. 59, tab. vi. figs. 5, 6. — fusca, Straus-Durckheim, Mémoires du Mus. d' Hist. Nat. vii. p. 59, tab. i. figs. 1-16 ( fide Baird) Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 154, tab. xix. fig. 7. —— oblonga, Brady, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1864) vol. xiii. p. 59, pl. iii. figs. 1-4; and Trans. Tyne- side Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 104, pl. ii. figs. 1—4. Candona hispida, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 161, tab. xix. fig. 4. D A Carapace* oblong, oval; extremities rounded, the posterior somewhat narrowed: dorsal margin gently arched; ventral slightly sinuated. Seen from above, the carapace is broadly ovate, pointed in front and rounded behind; the greatest diameter a little behind the middle. End view suborbicular, somewhat angular above. The surface is rather thickly covered with long, fine hairs, and almost always bears patches of a dull furfuraceous character, apparently a desquamating epidermis; it is also superficially marked, môre especially in young specimens, with a wrinkled or reticulated pattern. The colour is of variable shades of brown, with irregular transparent patches. Lucid spots about seven in number, long and narrow, and arranged obliquely across the valve. The abdominal rami are long and very slender, the terminal claws long and slender, sub- equal; marginal setze very near the apices of the rami. Length 7}; in., height A. in. + This is one of the commonest of British species, occurring abundantly in ponds and stagnant water. I do not, however, remember ever to have met with it in lakes or streams. The form described by me under the name of C. oblonga appears to be nothing more than an unusually elongated variety of this species. Müller’s figures and description of C. pilosa, not hitherto identified by authors with the present species, are so very charac- teristic, that I feel little doubt that his specific name should be adopted on the ground of priority. His figure is certainly somewhat too small in comparison with some other species; but much stress cannot be laid upon a difference of this kind. Yet, as the name fusca seems now to be generally accepted by authors, I have not thought it desirable to propose an alteration the correctness of which might be open to doubt. 2. Cyprıs INCONGRUENS, Ramdohr. (Plate XXIII. figs. 16-22.) Cypris incongruens, Ramdohr, Ueber die Gattung Cypris; der Naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin Magazin, 2. Jahrg. 1808, p. 86, tab. iii. figs. 1-12, 15, 16, 18-20 (fide Lilljeborg) ; Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 119, tab, ix. figs. 6, 7, tab. xi. figs. 1-4, tab. xii. fig. 6. —— aurantia, Baird, Brit. Entom. P. 159, tab. xix. fig. 13. wi first clause of the specific descriptions refers in * The dimensions, and, indeed, all other portions of , all cases to the lateral view of the carapace. to the female, unless otherwise stated, the specific descriptions, must in all cases be taken as applying RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 363 Monoculus aurantius, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 173, pl. xviii. figs. 5-12. —— ruber, Idem, ibidem, p. 172, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 4. Valves oblong, subreniform, narrowed in front. Anterior extremity narrow, bordered by a flattened encircling lamina; posterior broad and well rounded. The ventral margin is straight or slightly sinuated; the dorsal arched, highest at its posterior third. Seen from above, the carapace is oblong, ovate, tapering to the anterior extremity, which is aeutely pointed, the right valve being considerably overlapped by the left. Front view ovate, the suddenly compressed anterior margins projecting sharply forward. The surface is indistinctly granular, and finely punctate. Colour ochreous yellow, marked with bands and blotches of deeper orange. Near the anterior third of the dorsum there is frequently a conspicuous deep-brown or black spot, marking probably the position of the eye. The arrangement of the antennal sete is precisely like that of C. virens,—the upper antenna bearing nine long and several shorter plumose filaments ; the lower five, which reach but slightly beyond the apices of the claws. Four much shorter and mostly non-plumose setze rise from the middle of the fourth joint, and reach not very much beyond the bases of the claws. "These are found in all members of the genus. Setze of the abdominal rami four, the two shorter ones being much longer than those of C. fusca or C. virens. The anterior portion of the shell is not unfrequently studded with a number of minute tubercles, which along the margin are gathered into a regular row of from twenty to thirty (fig. 21), producing an appearance as of a finely crenated or serrated border. The marginal row of tubercles is present, however, only on the right or smaller valve, which is provided internally with a narrow laminar plate (fig. 22), and is received within the overlapping and perfectly simple margin of the left valve. The pos- terior margin is also occasionally, but less frequently, tuberculated in a similar manner. Length =), in., height 35 in. i C. incongruens seems to be one of the less common species of this genus. It has been found in Kent and Essex by Professor T. Rupert Jones, at Blackheath, Windsor, and Dover by Dr. Baird, in the island of Cumbrae and in a lagoon on the Ayrshire coast by Mr. D. Robertson, in the county of Durham and in the Isle of Arranmore (Galway) by myself. It has a wide range on the continent, being mentioned by various authors as occurring in Switzerland, Germany, Norway, and Sweden. aiad My figures and description of this species were completed before I became acquain " With the memoir of Fischer contained in the * Transactions of the BH EN and it is satisfactory to find that the ee or a ch as ite in unison Wl aracters of ©. aurantia are quite In entirely; on the ground of the want of assigns a specific rank to C. rubra, Jurine, almost "an that, the subject, wants investi- tuberculation of the carapace, at the same time admitting t op A o ei her from gation, and that the relations between C. fusca, C. aurantia, a I rogud being clearly made out *. From what has ee ern e d by the carapace, but the two former species as distinct, not only from characters afforded by , í rgangsfi zwischen C. aurantia, fusca und * Es muss übrigens erst weitere Beobachtung — omen ek does keine wesent- rubra stattfinden, und sie alle drei nur als eine Species zu liche Verschiedenheit wahrnehmen lässt.” EA betrachten sind, da ihr 364 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF by the animal itself. And I feel no hesitation in uniting C. aurantia and C. rubra, as all the gatherings I have seen contain both tuberculated and non-tuberculated specimens. 3. CYPRIS VIRENS (Jurine). (Plate XXIII. figs. 23-32, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.) Monoculus virens, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 174, pl. xviii. figs. 15, 16. Cypris tristriata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 152, t. xviii. figs. 1, la—i, 2, 3. —— virens, Lilljeborg, Crust. ex ord. tribus, p. 117, tab. viii. fig. 16, tab. ix. figs. 4, 5, tab. x. figs. 23-95, tab. xii. fig. 5, tab. xix. fig. 8, tab. xxvi. fig. 8. Valves oblong, reniform ; the extremities rounded and nearly equal. Dorsal margin evenly arched, highest in the middle; ventral gently sinuated. Seen from above the shell is oblong, ovate, pointed in front, rounded and narrow behind. End view broadly oval. The surface is smooth or slightly pubescent and mostly marked with minute and closely set puncta. The colour varies from a light greenish drab to a grass-green, varied with strize of a deeper hue running obliquely across the valves from above downwards and backwards. The lucid spots are large, oblong, irregular in size and shape, but mostly somewhat crescentie or sinuous in outline. They are arranged in a group of about seven, near the centre of the valve, and point obliquely from above downwards and backwards. Besides the main group, isolated spots often occur on other parts of the valves, especially near the dorsal margin. The two claws of the postabdominal rami are unequal in length, and in fine specimens are serrated on their inner edge towards the apex. The short seta on the inner margin of the ramus is not far removed from the terminal claws. Length 4; in., height +} in. Cypris virens is a very common species, met with mostly in small ponds, and appa- rently very generally distributed throughout Britain and the continent. Like C. fusca it seems seldom to inhabit lakes or large sheets of water. The hingement of this species is a good example of the normal structure of the joint in Cypris. It is figured at Plate XXIII. figs. 28, 29. 4. CYPRIS OBLIQUA, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 33-38.) Valves oblong, subreniform, not quite twice as long as broad. Extremities rounded and nearly equal. Dorsal margin gently and evenly arched, highest in the middle; ventral margin nearly straight, slightly sinuated near the front. The dorsal aspect is oblong-oval, broadest in the middle and tapering to the extremities, the anterior of which is more sharply pointed than the posterior. End view oblique, the right valve being on a higher plane than the left. Lucid spots nearly like those of C. virens. The surface of the shell is shining, very slightly hairy, and thickly impressed with rather large rounded puncta. Colour deep green or olive-brown, with three or four oblique darker bands. Postabdominal set stout and crowded together,—one long, two shorter and nearly equal, the uppermost very short. Length A in., height 2; in. I first took C. obliqua in Loughri grees gg Tarn, Westmoreland, in the summer of 1861, and for a considerable time thought it t S o be a very fine variety of C. fusca. Last year (1864), RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 365 however, I again met with it in the lakes at Rothley and at Belsay in Northumberland ; Mr. Robertson has more recently taken it at Cumbrae; and it also occurs abundantly in a gathering taken by my brother, Mr. Alfred Brady, in a pond on Wandsworth Common. In many respects this handsome species agrees with C, virens, but it is sufficiently distinct. The oblique end view (fig. 36) is especially characteristic. The shell is also much more strongly punctate than that of C. virens, the colour deeper, the setæ of the abdominal rami more crowded. The Westmoreland specimens are light olivaceous brown, those from Northumberland and Cumbrae are deep green; the Wandsworth specimens are more variable, and present an intermediate appearance. The figure and description of C. elliptica given in the ‘Natural History of British Entomostraca" would apply tolerably well to the present species; but Dr. Baird has kindly compared one of my specimens of C. obliqua with those of C. elliptica preserved in the British Museum, and considers the two to be distinct. 5, CYPRIS ELLIPTICA, Baird. Cypris elliptica, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, ii. p. 152, 1846 ; Brit. Entom. p. 158, tab. xix. fig. 12. “Shell nearly elliptical, of a light green colour, clouded with darker patches of the same colour on the sides of the shell. Valves glabrous, except round the edges, which are beset with long hairs. Filaments of inferior antennæ long. Pond at Highgate, July 1846.” I do not know this species, except from Dr. Baird’s description quoted above. 6. Cypris PUNOTILLATA, Norman. (Plate XXVI. figs. 1-7, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 11.) Cypris cuneata, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1850, p. 255, pl. xviii. (Annulosa) figs. 22-24. —— punctillata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1862, p. 43, pl. ii. figs. 11-14; and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. v. p. 145, pl. iii. figs. 11-14. Valves oblong, subovate, tumid. The anterior border is broad, well rounded, and armed on both valves with a series of eight sharp teeth; the posterior narrowed, rounded, and bears near the ventral angle of the right valve four or five spines, the d of Which is much longer than the rest. Dorsal margin boldly arched, highest at md an ere third; ventral margin nearly straight, with a slight sinuation. Seen i. Aa s carapace is broadly ovate, pointed in front and rounded behind, the vy rea i the middle. The ventral aspect is marked by à conspicuous central jus Or S e formed by the depressed margins of the two valves. End view ae " Se ^ the height and width equal. Internally the front and hinder margins 0 d x e deg produced into broad lamellar plates. Lucid spots about seven, ur pad "s ir Za E obliquely near the centre of the valves. The surface is thickly pat wi za marked by rather large closely set round pittings (fig. 6)- Colour deep green. Length 3s in., height 4; in. es found at Duddingston Loch, Edinburgh, by er, A. M. Norman at Sedgefield, Durham. | ; : This fine species was originally described by Dr. Baird con a ge her | name cuneata being meant to designate the lateral aspect © : Dr. Baird, and more recently by the 366 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF however, this term has no applicability; and I have therefore adopted Mr. Norman’s specific name. 7. Cyprıs BrsPINOSA, Lucas. (Plate XXVI. figs. 14-17.) Cypris bispinosa, Lucas, Explorat. Scient. d’Algerie, Animal. Artic. Crustac. t. vii. figs. 7, 7 a, b( fide Baird). Carapace oblong, subpyramidal, very tumid on the ventral surface, and gradually narrowing towards the dorsum. The ventral margin is elevated into a broadly rounded ridge which runs backwards, becoming gradually narrower and more sharply defined, until it ends, considerably behind the middle of the valve, in a sharp, curved, projecting spine: anteriorly the ridge curves upwards, and is gradually lost on the surface of the shell. The anterior margin is narrow and rounded. Dorsal margin arched, highest a little in front of the middle, where it is angular or gibbous, sloping equally to each extremity. The posterior extremity forms a slightly produced beak a little below the median line of the valve, thence sloping steeply upwards to the dorsal, and curving gently downwards to the ventral margin. Seen from above, the outline is tumid, oval, with acutely pointed extremities, the anterior of which is produced so as to form an “ogee” outline; the lateral spines are very conspicuous both in the dorsal and ventral aspects. End view triangular, base flattened, sides convex, lateral angles produced and rounded. Surface smooth, very finely punctate. Colour light green. Length j in., height 4; in. For specimens of this noble species (the finest British Cypris) I am indebted to the Rey. A. M. Norman, to whom it was forwarded some years ago by Dr. Lukis of Guern- sey, who took it in a freshwater pool in that island. Dr. Baird identifies the specimens with Cypris bispinosa, Lucas, which was found in Algeria “in a little streamlet of fresh water flowing from the Boudigma.” 8. Cypris GIBBOSA, Baird. Cypris gibbosa, Baird, Mag. Zool. & Bot. i. p. 187, t. v. fig. 15, 1837; and Nat. Hist. Brit. Entom. p. 156, t. xix. fig. 8. “Shell ovate, and much elevated on the upper margin, the centre exhibiting a large gibbosity or hump; sinuated underneath. The valves are smooth, except round the edges, which are beset with short fine hairs, are nearly opaque, and of a light green colour, the anterior extremity being paler than the other parts of the shell. Filaments of both pairs of antennze beautifully plumose. “ Hab. Ditch near the Surrey Zoological Gardens, June 1836.” I know nothing of C. gibbosa, except from Dr. Baird’s description. 9. CYPRIS TESSELLATA, Fischer. (Plate XXIII. figs. 39-45.) Cypris elata, Fischer, Mémoires des Savants Etrangers, St. Petersburg, vol. vii. p. 159, pl. x. figs. Be —— affinis, Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 116, pl. xi. figs. 8-14; Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. GK xiii. (1864) p. 60, pl. iii. figs. 6-11, and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 105, pl. ii. figs. 6-11. Carapace oblong, tumid, broad in front, and tapering backwards from the anterior third. 3 [ 1 : | : RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 367 Anterior margin broad, well rounded, and encircled by a narrow flattened lamina. Pos- terior extremity narrow, rounded. Ventral margin slightly sinuated in the middle. The dorsal margin has a gibbous elevation a little in front of the middle, from which it slopes steeply backwards and more gradually towards the front. Dorsal aspect oval, tumid, widest in the middle, and tapering equally towards the somewhat sharply pointed extremities. Anterior view nearly circular, the height being very slightly greater than the width. The surface of the shell is slightly roughened, presenting a scaly appearance, the result of a peculiar reticulated sculpturing. Colour olivaceous or brown. Postab- dominal rami rather stout; the two terminal claws about equal in length; lateral setze short. Length 4j; in., height ji in. I have found this species near Belsay, and in pools on the bents north of Seaton Sluice, Northumberland; at Fenham, near Newcastle, at Whitburn and Boldon Flats, near Sunderland, and near Cotherston, Yorkshire. It has been taken also by the Rev. A. M. Norman at Sedgefield and at Osterley Park, near Brentford. C. tessellata is, in many cases, easily distinguished by the peculiar sculpturing of the valves, which, in fine specimens, and with good illumination under the microscope, resembles an exquisitely wrought pattern of filigree-work. The reticulations of which the ornament is composed are largest towards the extremities of the valves; across the middle of the carapace they are not very conspicuous, the shell-structure being there much more condensed. The junction of the reticulation of the extremities with that of the closer central band is shown in Pl. XXIII. fig. 43. It will be seen that the tendency to a radiate arrangement is continuous throughout. Occasionally the surface-marking is almost entirely absent, the shell being nearly as smooth as that of Cypris fusca; some trace, however, of the peculiar ornament is always visible. Cypris tessellata appears to haunt only small grassy pools, where the water is con- siderably impregnated with organie matter. At least I know of no instance of its capture in lakes or large sheets of water. My original reference of this species to C. affinis, Fischer, seems to have been an error. I had not at that time seen Fischer's monograph, and judged of the species from the figures given by Lilljeborg, which doubtless refer to the present species, but agree much more closely with Fischer's figures of C. tessellata than of C. affinis. 10. Cyprıs cLAVATA, Baird. Cypris clavata, Baird, Mag. Zool. & Bo a Lilljeborg, Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 121, tab. xi. figs. 9-7. UR E s erior extremity than anterior, which is rather flattened, shaped. The valves have the upper t. i. p. 137, t. v. fig. 16, 1837 ; Brit. Entom. p. 157, t. xviii. fig. 4; “ Shell oblong, narrower at post "m giving the shell the appearance of being clu e margin elevated, and ele nearly straight. They are nests eo Se eg round the margin with short hairs; their colour is of a light grey, Ge e age ee coloured ray running from the centre towards the posterior sireh T iod dd distinetly markéd with an orange-coloured spot. The antenne an š ade pared with the size of the shell. The filaments of both pairs of antennz are p i 368 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF This species approaches near to C. crassa of Miiller, as described by him, but differs in toto from the figures which he gives of it. “ Hab, In a pond near Copenhagen Fields, July 1836” (Dr. Baird). 11. Cypris SALINA, Brady. (Plate XXVI. figs. 8-13.) Cypris strigata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 157. | Valves reniform, compressed; about once and a half as long as broad. Extremities broadly rounded, nearly equal, and produced into flattened lamine, which form a flange encircling nearly the whole shell. The ventral margin is slightly sinuate in the middle, and in the right valve is finely crenulated or toothed round each extremity : dorsal margin very strongly arched and highest rather in front of the middle. Seen from above, the carapace is compressed, oblong-ovate, acutely pointed in front and more obtusely behind, widest in the middle; there is a slight longitudinal sulcus on the hinge-line near the posterior extremity, formed by the juxtaposition of the incurved margins of the two valves. The contact-margins of the ventral surface are sinuous and remarkably prominent. End view ovate, compressed, the breadth equal to two-thirds of the height. Lucid spots similar to those of C. fusca. The surface of the valves is very finely punctate, and marked with a pattern of brown which may be described as follows :— Commencing under the middle of the dorsal margin a brown belt runs backwards, coursing nearly parallel to the circumference of the valve, and ceasing near the summit of the anterior border; on the central light-coloured patch thus nearly enclosed by a brown zone are two large, irregular, brown blotches, the hindermost of which sends up- wards and forwards a prolongation connecting it with the marginal belt. Abdominal rami slender. Setze three long and one short, all near together. Length 3; in., height 4 in. I first met with C. salina in a cooling-pond at Monkwearmouth Colliery, where it lives in great numbers together with Cypridopsis aculeata, Oypris reptans, and other species, in water which often reaches a temperature of 100° Fahr. and is so impregnated with earthy salts as to deposit a thick coating of carbonate of lime on the leaves of the plants which it supports. I have this year (1865) been fortunate enough to find the species ms second locality, namely, a small pool of somewhat brackish water, above high-water mark, in a salt marsh north of the river Coquet, below Warkworth. This habitat is particularly interesting, inasmuch as it leaves little doubt that the species here referred to must be the same as that discovered by p Dr. Baird in a similar situation {“ pool on seashore a little above high-water mark, at Thornton Loch, East Lothian, June 1835 )— | a matter hitherto doubtful, owing to the fact that the Scotch specimens have not been preserved. Mr. D. Robertson has also lately found this species in a pond liable to tidal overflow at Cumbrae. I much regret that I have not been able to obt tinental naturalists as C. strigata that author* : ain examples of the form known to con- ( Müller); for though the written description given by accurately agrees with the British species, his figures are very far wrong. * Miller's descripti i ; ption of the carapace is very terse and expressive :—'* Testa subovata, glabra, margine ciliata, ad | RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 369 As Fischer has identified Müller’s C. strigata with a species which seems to be very different from the present, I have thought it best to deseribe our British species under a new name. ** Second foot without a claw, terminating in three moderately long and nearly equal sete. 12. CyPRIS GIBBA, Ramdohr. (Plate XXIV. figs. 47-54, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.) Cypris gibba, Ramdohr, Magaz. d. Gesellsch. naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1808, ii. p. 91, t. iii. figs. 13-17 (fide Jones); Jones, Tertiary Entom. p. 15, pl. i. figs. 3a-f, and woodcut, fig. 1, p. 16. Valves oblong, oval, nearly equal in height throughout, marked generally, but not always, by two deep transverse sulci extending from the anterior half of the dorsum to the middle of the valve. Extremities well rounded and nearly equal, fringed with hairs. Dorsal margin straight; ventral deeply sinuate in the middle. Seen from above, the earapace is oblong-ovate, narrowed in front and rounded behind, marked on the anterior half by one or more deep transverse sulei. End view subquadrate, keeled. Surface of the shell deeply and coarsely punctate (fig. 51), cream-coloured or light brown, sometimes nearly white. The shell is much thicker and stronger than that of any other Cypris with which I am acquainted. The second foot bears at the apex of the terminal joint three long setze, two of which are nearly equal in length, the other considerably shorter : the penultimate joint has also two long and equal sete springing from its inner margin ; and another, somewhat shorter, rises from the apex of the second joint. Postabdominal rami flexuous, ending in two long and equal claws, and one very short seta; the marginal seta is unusually long, and is attached somewhat below the middle of the ramus. Eye very black and conspicuous. Length 35 iu., height z% in. Cypris gibba seems to be an almost vation, owing to its habit of creeping on the botto soft clay. It is nevertheless a true Cypris, the lower antenns bearing a tuft of long setze, and the second pair of jaws a branchial appendage. The armature of ee p pair of feet is peculiar, and the shell-structure very different from that usua A du this genus. The markings of the surface are very variable, some ge oe o gether devoid of grooving or tuberculation, while others are deeply uni, I-, Or m cate. These variations do not seem to depend entirely upon age though m young specimens the sulei and tubercles are, as a general rule, feebly developed or absent. ubiquitous species, but is liable to escape obser- m or imbedding itself in the mud or t not reaching to the apex of the terminal claws. 2 13. Cen TRIGONELLA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 41-44.) Valves elongated, subtriangular, highest in the middle; b. Sete of lower antenne scarcely plumose, very shor height equal to more than nempe lunata, media obliqua, antica ulis duabus obliquis fuscis." 3 E fasciis tribus albis, postica “perturam sublinearis ; valvule convexiuscule, fusce, mg ar gulo fusco cinctz, disco m arcuata ; vel, si mavis, valvulse albze, margine dorsali cin VOL. XXVI. 370 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF halfthe length. Extremities rounded and nearly equal, the anterior slightly narrowed. Ventral margin straight or slightly convex, dorsal arched, somewhat angular in the middle, where it is highest. The outline, as seen from above, is oval, tumid; width equal to half the length ; extremities rounded and nearly equal; hinge-margins depressed pos- teriorly so as to form a longitudinal sulcus behind the centre of the carapace. End view circular. The surface is quite smooth and polished; colour sea-green, faintly mottled with patches of a deeper hue. Length 2; in., height de in. Oypris trigonella was found by the Rev. A. M. Norman amongst some freshwater shells collected by the late Mr. Barlee. From the character of the Mollusca with which it was associated (Planorbis spirorbis and Limnea peregra) we may presume that it was taken probably in the south of England. The gathering contained several specimens of this Cypris, all of them agreeing in size and general character. 14. Cypris nEPTANS (Baird.) (Plate XXV. figs. 10-14, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.) Candona reptans, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. p. 99, t. iii. fig. 11, 1835; and Brit. Entom. p. 160, tab. xix. figs. 3, 3a; Jones, Tert. Entom. p. 16, pl. i. figs. 7a-7e. Jypris reptans, Lilljeborg, De Crustaceis, p. 123, tab. xi. figs. 21-23, tab. xii. figs. 7-9. Candona virescens, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 61, pl. iv. figs. 1-5, and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 106, pl. iii. figs. 1-5. Valves oblong, subreniform, compressed, unequal, the left being considerably the larger. The anterior and posterior margins are obliquely rounded, somewhat angular below, and nearly equal in height, the posterior somewhat the higher. Ventral border slightly sinuated, dorsal straight or very slightly arched. Seen from above, the carapace is compressed, oblong-ovate, widest in the middle, the anterior extremity pointed. End view ovate, prominently keeled in front and below. The surface is smooth and shining, and bears a few scattered hairs. Colour greenish with patches of lighter and darker hue, sometimes banded with orange or brown. The limbs and their terminal claws are all long and slender. Set: of the lower antenne short and rigid, sometimes slightly plumose, but mostly quite simple; the principal bundle rises from the apex of the second joint, and consists of four long and one short seta; an auxiliary brush springs from the middle of the joint, two on the outer, and one on the inner side: none of the setze reach as far as the apices of the terminal claws. The postabdominal rami are long, slender, and serrated on the internal border; the two larger terminal claws are also serrated in à ‚similar manner. Length 7; in., height 4i in. A very common species, and (excepting C. bispinosa) the largest of all the British freshwater Ostracoda. It often occurs in very great abundance, especially in the “ eooling-ponds" of collieries, &e., where the temperature of the water is higher than ordinary. In external appearance, and in habits of life, this species bears much more resem- blance to the Candone than to the true Cyprides; but the structure of the lower Hab. Cypris serrata was first described by the R RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 371 antenne and the second pair of jaws renders it impossible to retain it in the position which it at first occupied as a Candona. The same remark applies also to the following species, C. serrata. | The species described by me in another place under the name Candona virescens, I now believe to be the young of C. reptans. 15. CyPRIs SERRATA (Norman). (Plate XXV. figs. 15-19, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.) Candona serrata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. (1862) p. 46, pl. ii. figs. 1-6; and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. v. p. 148, pl. iii. figs. 1-6. Valves subtriangular, oblong, broad and rather squared in front, narrow and obliquely rounded behind. The ventral margin is nearly straight, the dorsal margin much elevated, and gibbous at the anterior third, sloping steeply towards each extremity. Anterior margin broad and only slightly rounded at the angles, armed along the lower half of both valves with a row of from eight to ten spines. The posterior margin is, in like manner, set with six or seven spines. Seen from above, the outline of the shell is oblong-oval, widest in the middle and tapering to each extremity. End view tumid, broad and rounded at the base, pyramidal at the apex. The colour of the shell is pale grey, marked with a central patch of lighter hue and two large patches of deep brown, Which form a broad but interrupted zone round the central space. The depth, as well as the disposition, of the colours, however, is subject to considerable variation. Surface marked with impressed punctures, and beset with scattered hairs. Lucid spots seven, oblong, arranged irregularly near the centre of the valve, with their long axes nearly parallel with that of the shell. The most usual arrangement of the spots in this species, as also in C. reptans, is as follows :—a central row of three spots placed parallel to each other and transversely across the shell; two spots slightly in advance, and often coales- cing below ; the remaining two behind. A comparison of the figures (Pl. XXV. figs. 14 & 19) will show that this arrangement differs only slightly from that of C. reptans. The second joint of the lower antenna bears a brush of five simple non-plumose vm very short setz, springing from near its apex, and reaching not much beyond the e d : of the third joint, which also bears four or fve similar setze reaching scarcely ey gë the base of the terminal claws (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3). The postabdominal rami ée their terminal set: are long, slender, and without serratures. The second foot, bot 1 in this species and in C. reptans, bears a small hooked claw and sete, just as in C. virens. E Ee ev. A. M. Norman from specimens taken by him at i lake, near Sunderland; and 1 am indebted to . ` l Sedgefield. I have myself taken it at Tus E i Bristol, where it seems to be very Mr. W. W. Stoddart for specimens from Ashley abundant. 3E2 372 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF c. Sete of lower antenne plumose, unequal, two or three exceedingly long, the rest short. Second foot ending in three unequal sete, one of which is excessively long. (Subgenus Cypria, Zenker). 16. Cypris compressa, Baird. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1-5, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 6.) Cypris compressa, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. p. 100, t. ii. fig. 16, 1835; Brit. Entom. p. 154, t. xix. figs. 14, 14 a-c ; Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 112, t. x. fig. 16-18. —— punctata, Zenker, Anatomisch-system. Stud. über die Krebsthiere, p. 77, Taf. iii. a. Valves compressed, reniform, about one-third longer than high. "The dorsal margin is very much arched, highest in the middle; ventral margin straight or slightly sinuated ; extremities broad and well-rounded. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, oblong, pointed in front, rounded behind; more than twice as long as broad. End view oval, equally rounded at base and apex; the height very much greater than the width. The shell is smooth and marked with distant but rather large puncta; colour light brown or straw-colour, transparent, with irregular opaque patches. The setz of the lower antenn are three very long (the apices of the claws reaching scarcely to the middle of the setze), and three of about one-third this length. The biarticulate seta attached to the inner side of the second joint is considerably elongated, and has a distinctly tapering vesicular apex, which is also apparent in the other members of this section (see Plate XXXVI. fig. 55). The setze attached to the inner side of the mandibular palp are very strongly plumose, and from their structure would almost appear to act as accessory respiratory organs (fig. 6 2)—a peculiarity which also exists throughout this section, and is sometimes, to a smaller extent, observable in other members of the genus. The mucus-gland of the male is terminated by a peculiar calyptra-like prolongation (fig. 6m). The last joint of the second foot bears three setee—one excessively long and more than equalling in length the three preceding joints, and two others much shorter, the shortest of all being slightly flexuous. The abdominal rami are rather short and stout, the terminal elaws much curved, and bearing one or two teeth near the apices, the uppermost seta far removed from the rest and situate near the middle of the ramus. Length 7; in., height A in. C. compressa is a common species in ponds and ditches, often living where there is little or no vegetation. Dr. Zenker identifies this species with the C. punctata of Jurine; but the figures and description of the latter author are so vague, and in some respects so unlike C. compressa, that I cannot coincide in this view. ; 17. Orrris srRIoLATA, Brady. (Plate XXIV. figs. 6-10.) Cypris striolata, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. (1864) p. 60, pl. iii. figs. 12-17; and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 105, pl. ii. figs. 12-17. mi broadly subovate; greatest height in the middle, equal to about two-thirds o | e length. Dorsal margin strongly arched, sloping with a gentle curve toward the E but with a bolder sweep towards the posterior extremity, ventral margin what y "nt convex. Anterior and posterior margins rounded, the former some- — Seen from above, the outline is compressed, oval, rather narrowed —————————ÉÁÁÁ RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 373 in front, the greatest breadth equal to less than half the length. End view oval. The surface of the shell is highly polished and marked by closely set longitudinal anasto- mosing striee (fig. 10). Colour dark brown. The anatomical structure agrees closely with that of C. compressa. Length 35 in., height zo in. Hab. Greenlea Lough, Northumberland; Mickle Fell, Yorkshire; Connemara (G. S. B.); Lochmaben (Sir W. Jardine, Bart.) ; Peterhead Canal (Mr. D. Robertson). The form described by me (Joc. cit.) as a distinct species under the name of C. striolata, is noticed by Dr. Zenker as a variety of C. punctata (compressa); but the differences in size and surface-marking are so conspicuous as to form good specific characters ; more- over the shells of the two species seem to retain their distinctive characters in all stages of growth. Dr. Zenker conjectures, but scarcely believes, that C. striolata may possibly be the very old state of C. compressa, inasmuch as he has never met with it except in the adult condition. I have, however, seen both young and old indi- viduals, always retaining the distinctive characters of shell-seulpture Ae, Cypris prasina, Fisch., and C. exsculpta, Fisch. (Munich Transactions, Band xvii.), bear some resemblance to the present species in their surface-marking; but the general form of the carapace seems to differ in both cases. 18. Cypris ovum (Jurine). (Plate XXIV. figs. 31-34, 43-45, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 8.) Monoculus ovum, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 179, pl. xix. figs. 18, 19. Cypris minuta, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 155, tab. xviii. figs. 7, 8. Valves subreniform, convex, greatest height equal to two-thirds of the length. Anterior and posterior margins rounded and nearly equal. Ventral margin distinctly sinuated near the middle; dorsal boldly arched, sloping more steeply behind than in front. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest behind the middle, broadly rounded behind, and tapering to a subacute extremity in front: greatest width equal to more than half the length. End view very broadly oval. Surface of the shell smooth or slightly punctate, sometimes slightly hispid. Colour yellowish oF olivaceous brown, with irregular dark cloudings and transparent patches. The animal is almost precisely similar to that of C. levis—two of the filaments of the second antenne excessively long, the rest very short. The males, of which I have seen only one imperfect specimen, have the second jaws chelate. Length A. in., height Ae in. : This species is very common and widely distributed ; but, as I for a = time € it to be a form of C. levis, I am unable to specify exactly all the ss = gs have noticed it. The two species occur very generally in company wit = ee. E sometimes separately. The specimens from which my illustrations o a ead taken at Axwell Park, in the county of Durham. Figs. 43-45 are gren : * zë ; car representations of a form taken by me in the Loch o’ the auger en = p the young of the present species, though the lower antenne bore only 0 g è 374 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF 19. Cypris Levis, Müller. (Plate XXIV. figs. 21-26, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.) Cypris levis, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 52, tab. iii. figs. 7-9. Cypria ovum, Zenker, Anatom.-syst. Studien, p. 79, taf. iii. B. Cypris ovum, Jones, Tertiary Entomostraca, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 4a, 45 ; Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. tribus, p. 113, tab. x. fig. 13-15. —— ? pantherina, Fischer, Ueber das Genus Cypris, p. 163, tab. xi. figs. 6-8. Carapace ovate, subglobose ; greatest height equal to nearly three-fourths of the length. Dorsal margin very strongly arched, or even angular, highest in the middle; ventral margin straight or slightly convex. Extremities rounded and nearly equal. The dorsal aspect of the carapace is very broad, subglobose, pointed in front and very broadly rounded behind, broadest near the middle: length about one-third greater than the breadth. End view subcircular. Lucid spots four, quadrangular, crowded: three set transversely in front, and one behind. The shell is smooth and shining, distantly punc- tate; eolour a transparent yellowish or olive-brown, clouded with patches of darker hue, which often form faint striæ (fig. 21) arranged as in C. vidua. These strize, however, are mostly absent or reduced to one or two faint dorsal patches. The filaments of the upper antennz are eight or nine in number. The lower antennz have three excessively long setze (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5), measuring more than twice the length of the apical portion of the antennz, reckoning from the origin of the setze to the extremity of the ungues. The postabdominal rami are rather stout, their claws sharply curved at the apices. The sete of the second feet as in C. compressa. Length j; in., height 4 in. 20. CYPRIS CINEREA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 39-42, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.) Carapace oval, tumid, higher in front than behind; greatest height equal to nearly two-thirds of the length. Anterior margin broad and well rounded, posterior narrowed and rather obliquely rounded. Ventral margin straight or very slightly incurved, dorsal forming a flattened arch and sloping more steeply behind than in front. Seen from above, the outline is rhomboidal or lozenge-shaped, the greatest breadth in the middle, and equal to more than half the length; from the middle the sides taper evenly toward the extremities, the anterior of which is acutely, the posterior obtusely pointed. End view very broadly oval, pointed above and below. The right valve considerably overlaps the left. Surface of the shell very finely and closely punctate, slightly pubescent; colour ash-grey. The second antenna has three set» very long, the rest ‘dort’ its claws, as also those of the first foot, are long, slender, and destitute of serratures. The terminal ie of the second foot (Plate XX XVI. fig. 7) are very stout from the base to the middle, m suddenly constricted and tapering to the points. Postabdominal rami very stout; eir claws short and stout; the lateral seta and that on the inner border of the ramus very short and slender. eo 35 in., height 4. in, | sid ar has hitherto occurred to me only in one locality, a pool not far from the nm m k eg Fell in Yorkshire, at an elevation of about 2000 feet. In the same ering were C, compressa, striolata, and other species. It is very distinct from any RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 375 other British Cypris, and I cannot identify it with any of the numerous species described by continental authors. 91. CYPRIS JOANNA, Baird. Cypris Joanna, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. p. 99, t. iii. fig. 8, 1835, and Brit. Entom. p. 155, t. xviii. fig. 5. * Shell rounded, ovate, narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, of a brown colour, with an orange mark across the back of the shell and thelower margin. Shell beset all round with rigid hairs, and covered with minute black points or dots. Approaches the C. pilosa of Müller, but is smaller, and is otherwise distinguished from it by the orange mark across the back, and by not being glabrous, but marked all over with black, roughish- looking points. It is a little longer than C. minuta. Hab. Pool of water on one of the Lammermuir Hills, near Abbey St. Bathans, Berwickshire; August 1835.” —Dr. Baird. I have never found this species, nor seen specimens of it. Can it be a moorland form of C. levis ? Genus 2. Cypripopsts, Brady*. Like Cypris, except that the postabdominal rami are rudimentary, consisting of two slender setiform prolongations (Plate XXXVI. figs. 9, 10), thickened below and rising together from a common base. The second feet are terminated by a short hooked claw, and two moderately long sete. The three species belonging to Cypridopsis have not much in external appearance to separate them from section c of the preceding genus; but the structure of the abdo- minal rami is of itself a character of sufficient importance to form a generic distinction. The characters of the second feet are the same as found in section a of the genus Cypris. The males have not yet been met with. l. Cypripopsis vıpva (Müller) (Plate KALT: figs. 27-30, 46.) | Cypris vidua, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 55, tab. iv. figs. 7-9 ; Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 152, t. xix. figs. 10, 11; Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 111, tab. x. figs. 10-12. — sella, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 158, t. xix. figs. 5, 5a. Monoculus vidua, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 175, pl. xix. figs. 5, 6. Shell ovoid, very tumid: greatest height in the middle, equal to two-thirds of eg length; extremities rounded, the anterior much the broadest. Dorsal margin oh e and highest in the middle; ventral margin very slightly sinuated. Seen ae a = the carapace is ovate, exceedingly tumid, narrowed in front, and broadly sie: e behind, widest a little behind the middle; length about one-third longer s = e breadth. The end view is very broad in proportion to its height, ze ir side to side being nearly one-fifth more than that from base to apex. e se lower antennz reach much beyond the apices of the claws. ve vec c appendage of the third joint bears at its extremity a very distinct su ur a eeng (fig.46). The limbs are uniformly very robust. The shell is i wen m A wee with small impressed puncta: colour dull white, with three ns s ten SC eme? versely from the dorsal margin to the middle of each valve. The an * Intellectual Observer, vol. xii. p. 117. 376 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF narrowest, the hindermost the broadest. On the ventral aspect the bands are not visible. The middle and posterior bands are sometimes connected along the hinge-margins by a broad longitudinal band of the same colour (see figs. 27, 28). In this condition it is Cypris sella (Baird). | Length 75 in., height 77 in. C. vidua is a common and widely distributed species. I have specimens from many different localities, ranging from Kent to Dumfriesshire. 2. CYPRIDOPSIS ACULEATA (Lilljeborg). (Plate XXIV. figs. 16-20, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 10.) Cypris aculeata, Lillj. De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 117, t. xi. figs. 15, 16; Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. (1862) p. 44, pl. ii. figs. 7-10, and Trans. Tynes. Nat. F. C. vol. v. p. 147, pl. iii. figs. 7-10. Valves broadly reniform or subtriangular, convex ; greatest height in the middle, equal to two-thirds of the length. The anterior and posterior margins are well rounded, the latter being somewhat the broader of the two. Ventral margin deeply sinuated in the middle; dorsal very boldly arched, almost angular in the middle. Seen from above, the carapace is ovate, pointed in front, and rounded behind, broadest in the middle; width equal to half the length. The end view is ovate, rounded at the base and rather pointed above. The whole surface of the shell is thickly pitted and beset with stiff hairs, mingled, more particularly near the dorsum, with strong, pointed spines (fig. 20). Colour bluish green or dirty brown. The limbs are altogether very robust. Setz of the lower antenne about equal, and reaching much beyond the apices of the terminal claws. The mandi- ‘bular palp bears four strongly plumose sete (much like those of Cypris compressa), the uppermost of which is broad and somewhat lancet-shaped. The terminal claw of the first foot is strongly curved, and serrated for a short distance near the apex; the serra- tures, however, do not extend quite to the point of the claw. Length 7; in., height + in. Hab. Gravesend, in brackish water (Prof. T. Rupert Jones) ; brackish water in Suffolk and near Grimsby (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; Cowpen Marshes, Durham (Rev. A. M. Norman); Monkwearmouth Colliery Pond, Hylton Dene, and Warkworth (G..8. B). Ina pond a little above high-water mark, Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson). This pretty species, though apparently much restricted in its range of habitat, occurs very abundantly in congenial situations, preferring with saline matters. Of the eight localities here mentioned, seven were slightly brackish in character, and the other was, as already noted (C. salina), loaded with salts of lime. At Monkwearmouth Colliery it occurred in company with Cypridopsis vidua, Cypris reptans, C. salina, Daphnia vetula, &c. ; at Hylton Dene with C. gibba, C. compresse, Candona candida, Mysis vulgaris, Palemon varians, Corophium longicorne, and many freshwater plants and animals; at Warkworth with Cypris salina, Cytheridea torosa, Chydorus sphericus, and Daphnia vetula; at Gravesend with C. gibba, Candona candida, Cytheridea torosa, and Crangon vulgaris. The only brown specimens I have worth; these have the appearance of , like Cypris salina, water impregnated seen were from Gravesend, Grimsby, and Wark- being coloured by dirty water. k RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 377 3, CYPRIDOPSIS VILLOSA (Jurine). (Plate XXIV. figs. 11-15, and Plate XXXVI. fig. 9.) Monoculus villosus, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 178, pl. xix. figs. 14, 15. Cypris Westwoodii, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 156, pl. xix. fig. 9. —— ? elongata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 156, pl. xix. fig. 6. Carapace compressed, oblong, reniform ; height equal to more than half the length. The dorsal margin is boldly arched, highest in the middle; the ventral margin deeply ineurved along its entire length. The anterior border is broad and rounded, the posterior somewhat produced, forming an obscure angle inferiorly. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, oval, pointed in front and rounded behind; about twice and a half as long as broad. End view oval, rounded at the base, pointed above. Surface of the shell covered with long, fine hairs. Colour light grass-green. Length Z, in., height Ze in. This is one of the less common species of freshwater Cypride. It has been found at Yetholm Loch, Roxburghshire, by Dr. Baird; at Sedgefield, Durham, by the Rev. A. M. Norman; in moorland pools near Easedale Tarn, Westmoreland, in a pool near Cotherston, Yorkshire, in Belsay East Lake and near Crag Lake, Northumberland, and in ponds at Silksworth and Fulwell, near Sunderland, by myself; also by Mr. D. Robertson in a pool near Banff. The nearest ally of this species is C. aculeata (Lillj.). | C. villosa, however, is much less tumid, the ventral margin much more deeply arched, the dorsal margin not rising to a point, while the surface of the shell is destitute of spines, and clad with much less rigid hairs than those of C. aculeata. Cypris elongata, Baird, appears to me to be the young form of C. villosa. Genus 3. ParacyPris, G. O. Sars. Shell smooth, compact, much higher in front than behind. Upper antenne seven- jointed, shortly setiferous; lower stout, terminating in four strong curved claws, three of which are nearly equal in length, the other considerably shorter, antepenultimate joint bearing at its base a pedicellated hyaline vesicle. Mandibles terminating in five or six rather long teeth, and bearing a four-jointed palp, from the basal joints of which springs a narrow branchial appendage. “ The external lobe or palp of the st ga of jaws linear, scarcely broader than the rest. Second pair of EMI vitl a is chial appendage; the palp elongated, conical and spia mar . Last pair o b similar to the first in form and size; both pairs five-jointed, and terminating in a long * I have had no opportunity of verifying these partic hands either as mere empty shells, or containing, at best, mu contained within inverted commas is, therefore, quoted from G. : similar quotations are made in subsequent parts of this memoir they are à for the same reason. The a it may be proper t0 ech have been in all ug i, val from nature ; and through the kindness of Herr G. O. Sars in furnishing me with sp gus uns Jun British Ea cases, been able to give illustrations of the anatomy dish ro pu rct I have always preferred to remar i to the very rarest species; U^» w Re x : draw from i eid ince vv ite pH foreign ones when there could be the least doubt as to their ulars, most of my British specimens having come into my tilated animals. The portion of the generic definition O. Sars ; and I may here, once for all, state that where derived from the same source, and are inserted 3F VOL, XXVI. 378 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF curved claw; the last pair armed also with a short seta, which is directed upwards. Postabdominal rami large, armed at the extremity with two strong curved claws, and a short slender seta; the posterior margin also bearing two long setze. One eye. This genus approaches very closely to the freshwater Cyprides, especially in the structure of the second pair of jaws, which have a distinct branchial appendage and a conical palp, ending in three setze, as in Cypris, Candona, &c. From the genus Candona it is clearly separated by the presence of the branchial plate of the second maxill ; and Sars observes that the second pair of feet, which in Cypris and Candona are slender, much bowed, and constantly tucked up within the valves, are here stronger and, during the movement of the animal, may often be seen partially to extrude themselves. The shell partakes much more of the characters of the Cytherid:e than of the Cypridee, being very hard and compact in structure. The short antennal sets are evidently adapted for a crawling motion in or on the mud, rather than for swimming. The only British member of the genus is Paracypris POLITA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1-4, and Plate XX XVIII. fig. 2.) Paracypris polita, Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 12. Scandinavian type. DisrRiBvTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain. Fossil—Scotland, Norway, glacial. Seen from the side, the carapace is elongated, siliquose, or subtriangular ; greatest height at the anterior third, and equal to more than one-third of the length. Anterior extremity evenly rounded, posterior much attenuated, pointed. Dorsal margin arched in front, and sloping steeply behind; ventral concave along the greater portion of its length. Seen from above, it is much compressed, oval, not quite four times as long as broad, greatest breadth in front of the middle; extremities obtusely pointed. End view oval. Shell smooth and polished, almost destitute of hairs: colour yellowish white. The sete of the upper antenne are nearly equal in length to the six preceding joints, .sixth joint longer than the rest. The antepenultimate joint has at its inner apical angle two set»; and from its basal portion springs a fine tubular filament, which ends in a pyriform sac or vesicle. The postabdominal rami are gently curved, the exterior claw somewhat longer than the other. Male unknown. Length 3}; in., height +}; in. Hab. In moderate depths of water, 3-30 fathoms. Channel Islands, and Loch Alsh, Hebrides n Jeffreys) ; Shetland (Mr. Waller and Mr. Robertson) ; Tobermory, at roots of Laminarie (Rev. A. M. Norman). In no British specimens have I seen the purple or reddish markings which are mentioned by Sars as characterizing the shell of this species, and which are quite distinct in specimens which I have received from him. But it is more than probable that the colours may have been destroyed, as well as the animal itself, by the prolonged dry ing guns a sand or mud to which my specimens have been subjected. The curious “ hyaline vesicle ” attached to the second antenna, which occurs in this genus and also es: P ontocypr is, is an organ the use of which it is difficult to conjecture. The vesicle itself appe rs sometimes as if filled with a granular matter; and the pedicle is, I think, tubular; but I have been unable to trace it further than its attachment to the antennal éi Bä e RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 379 joint. It occupies a position similar to that of the biarticulate seta which is uniformly present in the freshwater Cypride ; and I have noticed that in some of these (e. g. Cypri- dopsis vidua) the extremity of the seta forms a sac somewhat similar, but not so largely developed. Genus 4. Noropromas, Lilljeborg. (Cyprois, Zenker; Newnhamia, King.) Carapace of very different shape in the male and female. Two eyes. Antenne similar to those of Cypris; the superior composed of seven, the inferior of six joints. Sete of the inferior antennse reaching beyond the apex of the terminal claws. Second pair of jaws without a branchial appendage, pediform in the male. Abdominal rami long and slender. Mucus-gland of the male large, beset with very numerous closely set whorls of stout rigid setze. Copulative organs of very complex structure. The genera Cyprois (Zenker) and Newnhamia (King) seem to be identical, or nearly so, with Notodromas (Lilljeborg). The torose, tuberculated condition of the valves of Newnhamia cannot be considered as supplying a distinctive generic character; while the general contour of the carapace and the “ boat-like plate” of the ventral surface are remarkably in accordance with the English species N. monachus. A more important difference (if borne out by further observation) is the presence in Newnhamia of a branchial appendage to the second pair of jaw-feet. Mr. King states that this is present in all the Australian Cypride, though he does not specially mention it in his definition of the genus or species of Newnhamia. But from the more general statement, we are left to infer the presence of this appendage. Mr. King describes Newnhamia as pos- sessing also transparent ocular tubercles. Noropromas MoNACHUs (Müller). (Plate XXIII. figs. 1-9, and Plate XX XVII. fig. 3.) Cypris monacha, Müller, Entomostraca (1785), p. 60, tab. v. figs. 6-8; Baird, Natural History of British Entomostraca, p. 153, tab. xviii. fig. 6. Monoculus monachus, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 173, pl. xviii. figs. 13, 14. yi S Notodromas monachus, Lilljeborg, De Crustaceis ex ord. tribus, p. 95, tab. viii. figs. 1-15, tab. xii. figs. 1, 2, tab. xxv. fig. 16. Male.—Carapace obliquely subquadrangular, length, situated in the middle. Anterior margin e expanded into a flattened lamina or flange. Ventral margin straight for about two-thirds of its length, then bending upwards at an obtuse angle. Dorsal margin arched, almost angular in the middle, whence it slopes steeply to the anterior Dorner; and with a bold curve towards the posterior extremity, joining the ventral margin at - eg cem Seen from above, the carapace is ovate, pointed in front, and rounded behind ; the greates breadth in the middle. The ventral surface is bounded by two ne oda arcuate ridges (figs. 3, 6), one on each valve, which together enclose a flattene "ripas Shaped area. Parallel to the contact margin of each valve runs another straig t Bi Much less conspicuous ridge, which, towards the front, curves outward, and joins the external ridge at an acute angle, the union of the two forming a slight pene (fig. 6a), greatest height equal to two-thirds of the broad, rounded at the angles, and 380 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF from which a single ridge runs forward, gradually merging in the flattened encircling flange of the anterior border. Seen from the front, the shell is subquadrangular, the sides convex, but flattened, the dorsum forming a flattened arch; the ventral border perfectly flat, and bounded by the projections of the outermost ventral ridges ; the inner ridges form also conspicuous projections, which run obliquely upwards and inwards towards the flattened anterior flange. Lucid spots about six, oblong and irregularly placed, their long diameters pointing transversely across the valve. Surface of the shell smooth and shining, marked by fine impressed lines, forming a pattern similar to the imbrication of fish-scales. Colour pale greenish or white, transparent, with large and irregularly spread patches of deep olive-green or black. Female —Subquadrangular. Anterior border flattened, flanged, forming with the ventral margin a well-marked angle; rounded above. Dorsal margin boldly arched, highest at the posterior third, whence it sweeps round with a deep curve to the postero- ventral angle. Ventral margin straight, slightly rising behind, and terminating in a flattened squamous plate, which projects backwards, with the appearance of a spine. The other aspects are similar to those of the male shell, except that the ventral surface of the left valve has at the posterior extremity of its contact margin a flattened squamous plate (fig. 65), which is received into a corresponding depression of the opposite valve. The mandibles have a structure similar to those of other Cypride ; but the branchial appendage rises from the lower instead of the upper border of the palp* (Plate XXXVII. fig. 3c). The second pair of jaws have no branchial appendage. In the female (fig. 3e) they possess a large subconical palp, which terminates in two sets. In the male they are pediform ; the last joint of the right side (fig. 3 e”) is much elongated, and terminates in a short seta and a long flexuous claw, which is composed of a strong midrib, with lateral membranous expansions; the left jaw has its last joint (fig. 3 e”) shorter and wider, its inner margin having two strongly marked angles, one a little above the middle, the other near the lower extremity; the outer margin is flexuous, and is produced laterally near its distal extremity into an acutely angular projection; the terminal claw is faleiform : the penultimate joint of both sides bears at its apex a dense tuft of short seien, The first foot in both sexes terminates in three curved claws, the central one being much the strongest and longest (fig. 3f’, f”). The second foot is slender and curved upward, like that of Cypris, terminating in three equal setze, the second and third joints also giving off each a long apical seta (fig. 3g). The “ glandula mucosa,” or testis of the male, consists of a central cylinder, closely beset with radiating filaments (fig. 30), arranged in 50-60 transverse rows, the whole organ being imbedded in a sort = glairy mes The two glands are connected each by an efferent duct with the Bere copulatriz,” an organ of very complicated structure (fig. 3%), and consisting cap ` S far as I can make out) of a much convoluted canal (? vesicula seminalis), an Codd COR e: penis, and two hooked appendages. The whole organ S very ‚ consisting probably of chitine, deep brown in colour, and, with the ——.* Lat first thought that this twisted during dissection examined several animals, appearance must arise from distortion, the parts of the animal having probably got and manipulation under the microscope; but in order to correct any error of this kind, I and always with the same result. | OTT BITS NICO SIUE Re e un lu ER TERR T NS RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 381 “glandule mucosce," constitutes a very considerable portion of the contents of the male carapace. It should be noted that the “ bursa copulatrix,” as well as the testis, is a double organ, one on each side of the median line. The two bursæ lie closely in appo- sition, but are not in organic connexion except at the upper margin, where they are held together by a ligamentous tissue. The postabdominal rami are long and slender, and terminate in two unequal slender claws and a short seta. Length 3; in., height 37 in. Notodromas monachus is generally distributed throughout Britain, occurring often in very great abundance. It seems to delight chiefly in grassy pools, or lakes where there is a profusion of vegetation. Mr. Norman tells me that in sunny weather he has often seen it floating on the surface of the water in considerable numbers. Dr. Baird gives the neighbourhood of London and Rugby as localities for this species. It has been taken by Mr. Norman and myself in many places in the counties of Northumberland and Durham; and I have also met with it frequently in the lakes of Selkirkshire, Dumfries- shire, and Kirkeudbrightshire. Mr. Robertson has taken it in the island of Cumbrae. The following remarks of Mr. King* relative to the habits of the Australian species, “ Newnhamia fenestrata,” are very interesting when considered in reference to those of N. monachus :—* This very common but interesting species lives almost wholly near the surface of the water, its boat-like plate enabling it to walk along the under surface, while its eyes, directed downwards, give immediate notice of the approach of an enemy. When alarmed, it immediately sinks to a little distance, and then swims off, only coming to the surface when all becomes tranquil. The hand passed over the water near the surface, so as to intercept the light, or the surface being disturbed by the slightest breath, instantly alarms them. They are the most active when the sun is shining; and iced swimming round and round, and in and out, often a whole troop of them may be not with a most lively and graceful motion, about an inch beneath the surface, in some spots more favoured than others by the warmth of the sun." Genus 5. CANDONA, Baird. Like Cypris, except that the lower antennee possess no tuft of sete, and am the second pair of jaws are destitute of a pranchial appendage. Setæ of the upper an ie short. Above the base of the postabdominal rami there is a short seta m: udi an enlarged base, somewhat similar to, but smaller than, that of Pontocypris (see Pla : XXXVII. fig. 2i). The animals belonging to this genus have no ee : are very sluggish in their movements, crawling leisurely on the bottom, or on the ste of water-plants, or sometimes burying themselves in the mud. l. Caxpowa auzıcans, Brady. (Plate XXV. figs. 20-25, and Ee eier? ` dg Candona albicans, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. (1864) p- 61, pl. iv. figs. 6-10, and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 107, pl. iii. figs. 6-10. Valves oblong, subreniform, nearly equal in height throughout, e BR Overlapping the right; height equal to more than half the length. Anterior and pos- * Proc. Roy. Soc. Van Diemen’s Land, vol. iii. part E 382 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF terior extremities rounded gradually towards the short and straight dorsal margin, sud- denly towards the ventral margin, which is more or less deeply sinuated. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, ovate, oblong, pointed in front and rounded behind, the sides nearly parallel, width equal to much more than one-third of the length. End view broadly ovate, obtusely pointed above, rounded below. The shell is covered with rather large and closely set angular puncta, and bears a few scattered slender hairs round the anterior and posterior margins. Lucid spots six, irregularly quadrate (fig. 24). Colour opaque white, uniform or with pellucid patches. Length 7; in., height 35 in. C. albicans has been taken abundantly by the Rev. A. M. Norman in a small grassy pond at Sedgefield (Durham), by Mr. D. Robertson in the Glasgow and Paisley Canal, and by myself near Sunderland. It is nearly allied to the following species, but smaller, more profusely punctate, and considerably less tumid. 2, CANDONA LACTEA, Baird. (Plate XXIV. figs. 55-58.) Candona lactea, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1850, p. 255, pl. xviii. (Annulosa) figs. 25-27. Lateral view oblong, subquadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout; height equal to half the length. Extremities obliquely rounded, equal. Dorsal margin straight, ventral gently sinuated. Seen from above, the shell is oblong-ovate in outline, some- what pointed in front; greatest width about the middle, and equal to half the length; the left valve considerably overlapping the right. End view suborbicular, the width slightly less than the height. Surface smooth, finely and sparingly punctate. Colour greyish white. Length 3}; in., height = in. Hab. “ Freshwater pond at Charing, Kent; and Regent's Park— T. Rupert Jones, Esq." (Dr. Baird) 3. CANDONA COMPRESSA (Koch) (Plate XXVI. figs. 22-27.) - Cypris compressa, Koch, Deutschlands Crustaceen, H. 21. pl. xvii. (fide Lilljeborg). Candona compressa, Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. tribus, p. 129, tab. xxvi. figs. 1-3. Cypris setigera, Jones, Tertiary Entomostraca of England, p. 12, pl. i. figs. 6a—6d. Lateral aspect compressed, subreniform, higher behind than in front; greatest height equal to more than half the length. Anterior extremity obliquely rounded, sloping steeply above to join the short and straight dorsal margin ; the posterior broad and well rounded. Ventral margin incurved in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above; compressed, oval, acuminate in front, widest in the middle, width equal to less than half ` the length. End view oval. Surface smooth, milk-white, thickly covered with very short and fine hairs, and often marked with a minutely reticulated pattern. Lucid spots Six, arranged in two transverse rows. | Length 35 in., height A. in. ecg was taken by Mr. D. Robertson in the Glasgow and Paisley Canal ; Bi nn: oe ive, apparently belonging to the same species, occurred amongst Ostra- by Dr. Alcock in shell-sand from Roundstone. The peculiar reticulated RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 383 ornament of the shell is not noticed by Lilljeborg, and is, indeed, visible only in spe- eimens of moderate age, while they remain free from opacity. 4. CANDONA CANDIDA (Müller). (Plate XXV. figs. 1-9, Plate XXXVI. fig. 13, and Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.) Cypris candida, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 62, tab. vi. figs. 7-9; Zenker, Anat.-syst. Studien, p. 76, Taf. i. figs. 1-10. Monoculus candidus, Jurine, Hist. des Monocles, p. 176, pl. xix. figs. 7, 8. Candona lucens, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 160, tab. xix. fig. 1. —— (?) similis, idem, ibidem, p. 162, tab. xix. figs. 2, 2a. —— candida, Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex ord. trib. p. 127, tab. xi. figs. 19, 20, tab. xxv. figs. 13-15 ; Jones, Tertiary Entom. p. 19, pl. i. figs. 8a-8 f, 5a, 5b. Valves oblong, lower in front than behind, reniform in the male, subtriangular in the female; greatest height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded and narrow. Posterior margin obliquely rounded and produced into a more or less prominent angle inferiorly. The ventral margin is only slightly sinuated in the young and in adult female specimens, but in old examples and in the adult male is deeply sinuated at the anterior third, and bulges considerably behind (figs. 7, 8. The dorsal margin is highest at the posterior third, from which it slopes, in a flattened arch, to the front. 'The outline, as seen from above, is oblong-ovate, pointed in front, and rounded behind, widest in the middle; greatest width equal to half the length. End view broadly ovate, somewhat angular at the base, and rounded above. Lucid spots six, oblong, their long diameters nearly parallel to that of the shell, arranged in two lines— an anterior transverse row composed of four spots, and a posterior row of two, placed directly behind the lower spots of the front row. Surface of the shell smooth, pearly or yellowish white, with darker yellow eloudings toward the dorsal margin. Young spe- cimens are regularly oval, and present none of the angulation Ganze of the adult. The setz of the upper antenn: are very short, and arranged as in Cypris. The claws of the lower antenne are long and slender. The mandibles and maxillze do not differ from those of Cypris, except in the absence of the branchial appendage of the second pair of maxille. The palp of the second jaw in the male is pediform, ending in one strong curved claw and two shorter ones, which spring from the inner border of the last joint; the central part of the joint has a curious oval depression, perhaps indicating a muscular attachment; the palp in the female is subconical, and ends in three slender sete. The second foot terminates in three sete, two moderately long, the other rather shorter; the penultimate joint bears one apical seta. Postabdominal rami slender; the two terminal claws slender, and nearly equal in length ; one short posten ud ine One on the inner margin of the ramus below the middle. Testis pap of ape cylindrical, transversely striated axis, bearing seven whorls of tapering . "n i * spermatozoids seem to be composed of two filaments, either spirally aide se > | — side by side (see Plate XXXVII. fig. 12). Some large adult en. er a í . fessor T. Rupert Jones in slightly brackish water at Gravesend, exhi it zo ger terior extremity of the shell a peculiar reticulated pattern (fig. 9), very Simuar 10 384 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Cytherideis nobilis (Brady)*, a marine species found on the coast of Crete. Curiously enough, this marine form is also not unlike Candona candida in shape and general appearance. Length 3-5 in., height J4-35 in. | The males of C. candida are much more abundant than those of any other species of the family; they appear, indeed, to be almost as plentiful as the females. When their scarcity in other species is borne in mind, this is a very remarkable fact: whether it is constantly the case, or only occurs at some particular seasons, or in favourable localities, I cannot at present confidently state. C. candida may be taken as the type of the genus Candona; and the anatomical description given above will apply in its main features to the other members of the genus. It is an exceedingly common species, being found almost everywhere, in ponds, lakes, and slowly running streams, and even in brackish water. 5. CANDONA DETECTA (Müller). (Plate XXIV. fies. 35-38, and Plate XX XVII. fig. 2.) Cypris detecta, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 49, tab. iii. figs. 1-3. Candona detecta, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 161. Valves, as seen laterally, oblong, reniform, nearly equal in height throughout; height equal to less than half the length. Dorsal margin evenly and gently arched; ventral gently incurved in the middle. The extremities are nearly equal in height, and evenly rounded. Outline, as seen from above, oval, tapering equally to the extremities, which are pointed; greatest width in the middle, equal to more than one-third of the length. End view nearly circular. Surface of the shell quite smooth and shining, pellucid, white; often with patches of white opacity. The biarticulate seta on the third joint of the lower antenna is slender and tapering, the basal joint being very short (as also in C. albicans, see Plate XXXVI. fig. 12 m). The first foot is robust, its claw long and much curved. Last joint of the second foot very small, bearing two moderately long and one short, the penultimate joint one seta. Postabdominal rami robust; claws strong and flexuous, the inner and shorter pectinated on both margins (Plate XXXVII. fig. 27). Male unknown. Length 4; in., height A. in. Hab. C. detecta occurs pretty plentifully in the Glasgow and Paisley Canal, where it was found by Mr. D. Robertson. Dr. Baird gives as localities Beaumont Water and the neighbourhood of London. Genus 6. Pontocypris, G. O. Sars. Shell thin and fragile, higher in front than behind. The first joint of the upper antenn:e gives origin to two short setze, the four succeeding joints each to one, the sixth to four, and the seventh to four; those of the seventh joint being much the longest, the others gradually decreasing in length: the last joint of the lower antennze is armed with four long and slender claws; and from the apex of the antepenultimate joint springs a brush of about five setz, the longest of which do not much overreach the apices of the terminal claws; at the base of the joint is attached a pedicellated vesicle. Mandibles * "Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. v. p. 368. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 385 slender, divided into several curved teeth, and bearing near the apex a long ciliated seta; palp robust, the basal joint large and bearing a branchial appendage, the last joint very short and armed with several long spines. External segment of the first pair of jaws very large, the rest very short and setose, bearing a branchial appendage. Second pair of jaws destitute of a branchial appendage; palp large and subpediform, three- jointed, last joint, in the female, armed with two long, slightly curved claws. First pair of feet five-jointed, terminal claw very long. Second pair of feet flexuous, four-jointed, last joint short, armed at the extremity with several stout sete, the margin of one of which is conspicuously pectinated. Postabdominal rami well developed, bearing at the apex two curved claws and a slender seta, inner margin bearing three long sete; at the base, close to the termination of the intestinal canal, is a long seta arising from a dilated base. The ovaries are contained between the valves, forming a convolution or loop pos- teriorly. “ The testes extend round the whole circumference of the valves." Mucus- gland apparently wanting. This genus is chiefly distinguished from the freshwater Cypridee by the excessive development of the palp of the second jaw (which is distinctly three-jointed and pediform), by the armature of the last pair of feet, and other minor peculiarities. In shell-struc- ture it is very similar to Cypris, but in the conformation of the second jaw it shows an approach to the Cytheride. Sars observes that the animals are not very active in their habits, though they are quite well able to swim, and are not, like Paracypris, compelled to a mere crawling existence by the structure of their antennze. They appear, however, to delight especially in a muddy bottom, and probably do not stir far away from it. I have found them especially abundant amongst the mud of oyster-beds, and in very quiet waters, where the bottom is covered with a great depth of soft ooze. The genus con- tains at least three British species. l. PONTOCYPRIS MYTILOIDES (Norman). (Plate XXV. figs. 26-30, Plate XXXVII. fig. 4, and Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.) Cythere mytiloides, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 50, pl. iii. e Sac apple — avena, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland & Durham, vol. i. p. 17. Cypris serrulata, G. O. Sars, Zoologisk Reise i Sommeren 1862, p. 58 (1863). Pontocypris serrulata, Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 15. ; British type. DisrRiBvTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil— Raised beaches and glacial clays, Scotland and Ireland. ; i Carapace, as seen from the side, elongated triangular, broad = de ^d point behind; greatest height situated at the anterior ei um osterior obtusely than half the length. Anterior margin aut in - SCH ong sloping steeply pointed. Dorsal margin very high and almost lee pee P m Ke lanceolate behind ; ventral slightly sinuated in the sie acess mee aot ài length keit Widest at the anterior third; greatest width rn adi on Seely punctate, pointed. End view broadly oval. Surface of the shell gran Ss ight valve is armed thickly set with short appressed hairs; colour purplish gem es simple, at the infero-posterior angle with 8-10 short marginal teeth. = VOL. XXVI. 386 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF except that each valve bears near the front a slightly projecting lamina, which articu- lates with that of the opposite side (fig. 30). Terminal claw of the first foot considerably longer than the united length of the three preceding joints; pectinated spine of the second foot much longer than the rest, and flexuous. Outer claw of the postabdominal ramus longer and stronger than the inner. Eye indistinct. The second pair of jaws, in the male, very strong, subchelate, unequal; the larger terminal claw of the right side very broad and triangular; that of the left side elongated, slender, and much curved. The terminal joint of each jaw bears also a smaller, obtuse and moveable claw, in oppo- sition to the larger one; this smaller claw is, on the left side, armed with two unequal setze, the longer springing from the base at the inner side, the shorter from near the middle of the outer margin. The copulative organs are of irregular shape, having two slender hooked processes, and two more-robust segments, which are also hooked at the extremity. Length 3; in., height 45 in. Hab. Chiefly on a soft muddy bottom in depths of 2-60 fathoms. Shetland, Hebrides (Mr. Jeffreys*) ; Skye, Lamlash, Tobermory (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Cumbrae, Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aber- deenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Plymouth, 5 and 60 fath. (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; Stranraer, in oyster- ooze ; Galway Bay, Birterbuy Bay, Channel Islands, and Northumberland coast (G. S. B.). This is, as the foregoing list of localities sufficiently shows, a very widely distributed species, having been found at all extremities of the British seas, and also in Norway, where, however, it seenis to be rare. The peculiar colour, texture, and shape of the shell at once distinguish it from all other species. .P. acupunctata is, indeed, very similar in colour, but differs deeidedly in shape, and is, besides, an excessively rare species. The specific name mytiloides, under which this species was originally described by Mr. Norman, was afterwards withdrawn, on account of the name having been pre- occupied by Reuss. But as the animal ean no longer be referred to the genus Oy- there, I have thought it right to restore the original name on the ground of priority. 2. PONTOCYPRIS ACUPUNCTATA, Brady. (Plate XXV. figs. 53—50.) Pontocypris acupunctata, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 309. Lateral view oblong, subreniform, or bean-shaped, highest in the middle; height equal to half the length. Anterior extremity rounded, posterior obtusely pointed. Dorsal margin arched, sloping more steeply behind than in front; ventral deeply sinuated at the anterior third. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, oval, widest about the middle; width equal to one-third of the length; pointed in front, rounded behind. End view oval. The surface of the shell, under a low power of the microscope, appears to be very finely punctate; but a higher power shows that each mark is really an exceedingly short hair. Colour purplish brown. Animal unknown. | Length 4. in., height 41, in. Hab. "The Minch, 45-60 fath. (Mr. Jeffreys) ; in shell-sand, Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). Modes ekle imas often be given for the same locality ; but, for the sake of brevity, I RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 387 - Of this pretty little species I have seen only three specimens—two found amongst shell-sand from Connemara by Dr. Alcock, the other dredged off the Hebrides by Mr. Jeffreys. The Irish specimens were completely bleached, but that from the Minch was well coloured. My drawings were taken from the former, and exhibit the lucid spots very distinctly. These are not visible in the fresh specimen. From the colour and general characters of the shell, I have no hesitation in assigning it a place under the genus Pontocypris. It seems to be quite distinct from any hitherto described species. 3. PoNTOCYPRIS TRIGONELLA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXV. figs. 31-34, and Plate XXXVITI. fig. 3.) | Pontocypris trigonella, Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 16. British type. Drsrrisution: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland, Mediterranean, Cape Verde. Fossil—Raised beaches and glacial clays, Scotland and Ireland. Shell less compressed than in either of the foregoing species; seen from the side, sub- triangular, rather higher in front than behind ; greatest height nearly in the middle, and equal to half the length. Anterior extremity rounded, posterior obtusely pointed. Dorsal margin strongly arched, ventral gently sinuated in front, and sweeping upwards with a slight convexity behind. Seen from above, elongate oval, widest a little in front of the middle ; width equal to more than one-third of the length ; acutely pointed in front, obtusely behind. End view broadly oval. Shell very slightly pilose, dull white in colour, clouded with opaque patches. The terminal claw of the first pair of feet rather more than equalling in length the three preceding joints. Second joint of the last pair of feet more than equal in length to the following two joints ; pectinated spine short. Post- abdominal rami obliquely truncate at the apex; terminal claws nearly equal; inner marginal setz slender, and longer than the claws. Second jaws of the male strong and subchelate, alike on both sides, terminal claw of moderate length. Copulative organs subhamate. “Eye large and distinct, composed of three lenses, two lateral and one anterior.” Length A, in., height 7 in. | Hab. In 3-30 fathoms. Plymouth (Mr. Spence Bate), Frith of Clyde (Mr. D. Robertson) ; in shell-sand from Guernsey and Birterbuy Bay, Galway Bay, and plentifully m oy ster-ooze from : Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; in tidal pools, Arran and Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman), Estuary of Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison). | A pretty species, and easily distinguished from others of the genus by its shape and colour. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 43, 44.) semiovate, highest in the middle; greatest rior extremity rounded, posterior narrowed highest in the middle, sloping steeply straight behind. Outline, as seen 362 4. Pontocypris (?) ANGUSTA, n. Sp- Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong, height much less than half the length. Ante and obliquely rounded ; superior margin arcuate, ind; inferior sinuated in front of the middle, 388 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF from above, ovate, widest in the middle; greatest width equal to more than one-third of the length. Shell smooth, pellueid, yellowish. Animal unknown. Length yy in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms (G. S. B.). Several examples of this species occurred in my dredgings ; but, owing to their having been dried slowly with the mud in which they were taken, all trace of the animal structure has disappeared ; and I can therefore only conjecture that they possibly belong to the genus Pontocypris*. Genus 7. BAIRDIA, M‘Coy. Valves unequal in size, the left being considerably the larger and overlapping the right both on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Surface of the shell smooth or nearly so. Carapace, as seen from the side, mostly obliquely subquadrate. Animal imperfectly known. Postabdominal rami well developed, with long and slender terminal claws; mar- ginal setze long and crowded together near the apex. Though examples of this genus are not particularly uncommon, I have only in one instance succeeded in finding a carapace containing the animal; and even this was so imperfect as to prevent my obtaining accurate information as to its structure. Such of the limbs as I was able to draw are figured in Pl. XXXVIII.; but I cannot name them with absolute certainty. The size of the various species would make it a very easy matter to determine their structural characters if they could be procured in a living state. The specimens in my collection have all been picked from masses of dried mud or sand; and in such cases it is seldom that the soft parts remain intact. The formation of the abdo- minal rami, however, shows distinctly that this genus must be classed amongst the Cyprid®; and, from the characters of the shell, I conclude that it is, in all probability, closely related to the following genus, Macrocypris. The British species are four in number, and are exclusively inhabitants of moderately deep watert, ranging, in the British seas, from 10 to 60 fathoms. The numerous fossil forms described under the generic name Bairdia seem to be refer- able to many distinct genera. 1. Bump INFLATA (Norman). (Plate XXVII. figs. 9-17, & Plate XXXVIII. fig. 5.) Cythere inflata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p- 49, pl. iii. figs. 6-8. subdeltoidea, Brit. Mus. Cat. Brit. Crust. p. 108 (fide Norman). Bairdia subdeltoidea, A. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. p. 293; narrow var., Jones, Entom. Cretaceous Formation of England, p. 23, and Tert. Entom. p. 52. i Atlantic type. Distrisurion: Recent—Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Raised beaches, Scotland. Shell tumid; as seen from the side subrhomboidal in outline, highest near the middle; * Since this was written the specimens on which the genus Aglaia is founded have come into my hands; and it is more than probable that the present species will prove to be referable to the same genus. ` t T use the term “ deep water” solely with reference to the depths attainable round the British Islands, which are, indeed, quite shallow in comparison with those met with in the o > where 300 fathoms is frequently quoted. San en RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 389 greatest height equal to half the length. Anterior margin flattened, waved, running obliquely upwards and forwards, and bordered, in many cases, by a flattened spinous lamina (figs. 14-17). Dorsal margin forming a flattened arch, truncate in the middle ; yentral straight or slightly waved, bulging into a protuberant angle at its junction with the anterior margin. Posterior margin narrow, rounded, or almost angular, and fre- quently encircled by a narrow squamous lamina, which is irregularly dentated or spinous (figs. 13-17). Outline as seen from above tumid, oval; greatest width in the middle, equal to rather less than half the length; extremities obtusely pointed; line of junction of the valves waved ; on the ventral margin the left valve much overlaps the right. End view subtriangular, broad and rounded below; width and height nearly equal. Surface smooth and polished, or finely punctate; pearl-white or cream-coloured. The anterior extremity of the carapace bears sometimes, in old and well-grown specimens, a number of short pointed tubercles, and is occasionally, as also the hinder extremity, beset with coarse brown hairs (fig. 13). Lucid spots six to nine, arranged in a rosette. Postabdominal rami terminating in two slender curved claws; the internal very long and finely tapered, considerably exceeding in length the ramus itself; the external more slender and about half as long : on the internal border of the ramus, and very near its apex, are five slender setze; the upper two very short, the rest about equal in length to the shorter claw. Length 3; in., height 4 in. Hab. Lamlash Bay (Rev. A. M. Norman); Channel Islands, 15—30 fath., Loch Alsh and the Minch (Mr. Jeffreys's dredgings) ; Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson), off Hoy Head (Mr. D. O. Drewett) ; Devon- shire coast, 60 fath. (Mr. Spence Bate’s dredgings) ; in shell-sand from Arran and Galway Bay (Prof. Rowney), and from Roundstone (Dr. Alcock) ; dredged in Poolvash Bay, Isle of Man, 12-15 fath., and in Birterbuy Bay, 10-15 fath. (G. S. B.). This very interesting form was first described as a distinct species by the Rev. A. M. Norman, under the name of Cythere inflata. Mr. Norman's specimens were taken from shell-sand dredged in Lamlash Bay, from which locality Prof. T. Rupert Jones had pt previously obtained the species, considering it a variety of Bairdia subdeltoidea. : characters are, however, very distinct and constant ; and although — forms of s | ve deltoidea approach it very closely, I agree with Mr. Norman in the opinion that it s a be regarded as a distinct species. The typical form of B. subdeltoidea, has not, so far as I know, been met with, in a recent state, in the British seas. A few specimens d occur in Mr. Jeffreys's Channel-Island dredgings, but they have mcm bs shells; and as several Foraminifera dredged in the same placeare evidently derive m some submarine fossiliferous bed, the most reasonable inference Is that the Bairdie RW likewise derived from the same source. One very fine specimen page Bie" hich it | in the same dredgings, and is abundantly distinet from the fossil forms with w Was associated. Bairdia inflata is tolerably abundant in Galway B appears to decrease rapidly in numbers to the east. have no record of its occurrence. ay and the neighbouring seas, but On the eastern shores of Britain I 390 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF a BAIRDIA ACANTHIGERA, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 18-21.) Atlantic type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—England. Valves tumid; seen from the side subquadrilateral, nearly equal in height throughout ; greatest height in the middle, equal to about half the length. Anterior margin broad, flattened, or obliquely rounded, armed with six to eight short blunt spines or tubercles, which project straight forward. Posterior extremity obliquely rounded towards the dorsum, bearing at the ventral angle about four spines, similar to those on the front of the shell. The dorsal margin forms a flattened arch, and is highest in the middle, sloping rather steeply behind. Ventral margin slightly concave in front of the middle, swelling into a rounded, flattened protuberance in front. Dorsal aspect elliptical, with flattened sides and suddenly tapering extremities; breadth equal to about half the length ; line of junction of the valves waved. The left valve is the larger, and, in the centre of the ventral surface, considerably overlaps the right. End view somewhat triangular, flexuous, angles rounded. The surface of the shell is closely punctate; colour dull white. Lucid spots seven or eight, forming a rosette. Animal unknown. Length 3); in., height 75 in. Hab. In deep water. Channel Islands (Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. : Spence Bate's dredgings) ; Plymouth, from trawlers (Mr. Barlee). 3. BAIRDIA OBTUSATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 22-25.) Bairdia obtusata, Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 24. Scandinavian type. DisrRiBUTION: Recent—Norway, Scotland. Carapace moderately compressed; lateral view subrhomboidal, highest near the middle; greatest height equal to half thelength. Anterior extremity obliquely rounded, almost truncate; posterior obliquely rounded, almost angular below, well rounded above. Dorsal margin evenly arched; ventral gently sinuated in front, and somewhat convex behind. Seen from above, the outline is elongate oval, the extremities equally and obtusely pointed; greatest width in the middle, equal to more than one-third of the length. The left valve overlaps distinctly along the whole length of the dorsum, and forms a distinct overlap- ping curvature in the middle of the ventral surface. Hinge-line slightly flexuous. End view broadly oval. Surface smooth, white or fawn-coloured. Animal unknown. Length j; in., height j'; in. | Hab. The Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. Jeffreys). I have met with only two specimens of this very distinct species, both of them dredged near the Hebrides by J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. ! : 4. BAIRDIA COMPLANATA, Brady. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1—4.) Bairdia complanata, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 210. Scandinavian type? — DisrRiBUTION : Receni— Scotland. Carapace much compressed; seen from the side subreniform, highest in the middle; ` greatest height equal to about half the length; anterior extremity evenly rounded, posterior narrowed and somewhat obliquely rounded. Dorsal margin boldly arched, RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 391 highest in the middle, and sloping steeply behind; ventral gently sinuated in front, and slightly convex behind. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, oval; extremities equally and rather obtusely pointed; greatest width in the middle, equal to about one- third of the length. Hinge-line slightly sinuous. The left valve overlaps considerably on the dorsum and in the middle of the ventral surface. Shell smooth, colour pale ochreous or white, opaque. Animal unknown. Length 55 in., height 4j; in. Hab. The Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. Jeffreys). This very fine and distinct species occurred in the same dredgings with B. obtusata, ` and though more abundant than the latter species, must still be considered rare. Genus 8. MACROCYPRIS, Brady*. Carapace much elongated, attenuated at the extremities. Valves unequal, the right larger than the left, and overlapping dorsally; hinge-line flexuous. Surface smooth, polished, and destitute of hairs. Antenne short and robust, the superior seven-jointed, joints tapering towards the apex, bearing short sete; the inferior composed of five distinct joints, last two joints very short; armed with much-elongated claws; second joint bearing on its inner side near the base a bundle of short biarticulate sete. Man- dibles large, dilated at the inferior extremity, and divided into six or seven strong teeth ; palp elongated, four-jointed, and having a distinct branchial appendage. First pair of jaws provided with an unusually small subovate branchial plate; external lobe or palp narrow, not larger than the rest. Secontl pair of jaws destitute of a branchial appendage ` palp, in the female, large and subpediform, composed of four distinct joints, the last armed with three claws or spines; in the male very robust and subcheliform. First pair of feet much elongated, five-jointed, last joint armed with one or two long forward-curved claws; the second pair very different, and covered entirely by the shell, five-jointed, last joint armed with a very long recurved claw. Postabdominal rami rudimentary, forming two small and simple appendages attached to the posterior part of the abdomen. No eye. Male smaller than the female ; copulative organs large and provided at the anterior extremity with a much-elongated mucus-gland. The species constituting this genus are included by Sars under Bairdia ; that author, however, had had no opportunity of examining the animals belonging to SEN group typified by B. subdeltoidea, to which the name Bairdia was originally given by M‘Coy. I have myself so far succeeded in the investigation of the animal structure as to = ample generic characters in the formation of the postabdomen, though the other ée of its anatomy remain to be worked out. But, in addition to ner” of E structure, the carapace presents well-marked differences, 1n its attenuated form and in the respective size of the valves, the right being here much the larger. erue Sars observes that this marine genus seems to be analogous - the "od z PR Candona, just as Pontocypris appears to be the marine equivalent of Cypris. e only British species is * Intellectural Observer, vol. xii. p. 119. 392 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF MACROCYPRIS MINNA (Baird). (Plate XXVII. figs. 5-8, and Plate XXX VIII. fig. 4.) Bairdia minna, Sars, Oversigt af Norges mar. Ostrac. p. 21. Cythere minna, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 171, tab. xx. figs. 4, 4a-d. Scandinavian type. DisrRrBuTION: Recent—Norway, Shetland. Carapace rather tumid ; seen from the side elongated, subtriangular, rounded in front, acutely pointed behind; greatest height near the middle, equal to two-fifths of the length. Dorsal margin much arched, highest in the middle, thence sloping with a gentle curve forwards, but steeply behind, where it joins the ventral margin at an acute angle. The ventral margin is slightly sinuated in front, and runs backwards in a right line to the posterior extremity. Outline, as seen from above, ovate lanceolate, sharply pointed behind, more obtusely in front; greatest breadth in front of the middle, equal to more than one-third of the length; line of junction of the valves waved. End view subeircular; height rather greater than the breadth. Surface perfectly smooth and polished, white, the animal itself deep brown. ‘Antenne short and robust, fourth joint, of the upper about equal in length to the following joint; sixth joint of the lower antenne shorter than the fifth, terminal claws very long and subequal. Mar- ginal spines of the palp of the second pair of jaws minutely dentate. Second joint of the first pair of feet much shorter than the united lengths of the two following; last joint moderately long, armed with a short seta and two unequal claws, one twice as long as the other. Margins of the terminal claw of the last pair of feet shortly and densely pilose. Postabdominal rami forming two appendages springing from a common base, bearing on the middle of the posterior margin a small brush of hairs, and at the apex a long seta. Copulative organs of the male laminar, obtusely subtriangular.” Length 7% in., height 3; in. Hab. ** Dredged in from 80 to 90 fathoms of sand, twenty miles east of the Noss in the Shetland Isles, R. Af Andrew, Esq.” (Dr. Baird). The only British specimen of this species which I have seen is in Mr. Norman's col- lection, and was dredged in Shetland. M. minna occurs also on the Norwegian coast ; and I am indebted to Hr. G. O. Sars for Norwegian specimens, from which I have been able to verify most of the details of his description of the animal above quoted. In the British seas the species is excessively rare, but on some parts of the Norwegian coast, according to Sars, is tolerably common, ranging from 20 to 300 fathoms: it is quite destitute of swimming-power. ' RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 393 Family 2. CvruERIDE. ^ [. g f destitute of spines; beari hs pines; bearing only a few short slender Frae E elongated, ete . GEEN ; j t d ; imnicythere. x peur gene alike, Internal (well devel ; ma 1 7 Sg ore ^ more or less |lobe of the first f ee i E si dod the preceding "oin dd t pair of mazille | rudimentary . . Eueythere. 5-jointed ; | joint; nag dé Dies ; S es Hoeser? d J ? Feet in the ) dissimilar; right foot of first pair | z joints | male and fe- | in the male prehensile, right of the ^ | an ee male second pair very weak and rudi- Cytherides, 1 © mentary ; 1 >= | antenne 5 CS eee cane y E 4-jointed 2 short and stout, their united length shorter than that of the pre- 3 Upper ceding joint, bearing long curve spines. First two pairs of feet only( p, s, = antennæ er Right foot of last pair in the male prehensile. Eyes — E | wanting. Ee Luci pU EPI LR ern Tow Ka Bu idc, S g 5 6-jointed ; ; E = beset with | short and gradually decreasing in length ee a gee FT E BB simplesete; ed E n last four mostly much elongated and slender, unequal WC a FEAT . Loroconcha. joints Rize disc Fio aac ; ISS -jointed ; first two joints very large and stout, last five slender and bearin d | | = = 2 | moderately ling sets. e eati (uu Wa: é Bythoeythere. | Pis" è >= 3 5-3 E ted : b D . ` join eset with short scattered hairs. Postabdominal lobes broad and short, | > c bearing three setie. No eye’: oe — o0 0 en S Cytheropteron. E much narrower than the preceding, and bearing scattered short er hairs, which are in part spiniform. Postabdominal lobes rudimen- } Cytherura. ji E oder Ties tary, destitute of hairs. Two separate eyes ED dA IP Bt ast four < t B jointed ) joints not narrower than the preceding, and beset towards the apex with ; ep numerous Ge setee. Postabdominal lobes larger than ordinary, Selerochilus. 3 Eu | bipartite, and bearing five sete. One eye goo cq RUN 5 7-jointed, bearing numerous very long setæ, last joint very long and slender ; two ; A basal joints large and stout. Postabdominal lobes subconical, directed down- Pseudocythere. 1 - wards, and bearing three hairs. Eyes wan ing ua LL RM is j o 3 $ | ; rn A f ( Cytherideis). Mouth simple, tubiform ; its orifice surrounded by & ci lar disk situated at the apex of a sub- i ya arcu SK SI : : conical protuberance. Organs of mastication poorly developed and weak. Mandibles eg d wa p very narrow, destitute of a branchial appendage. First pair of jaws composed of narrow anı aradoxostoma, arial — lobes. T antennæ 6-jointed, very slender; inferior 5-jointed and shorter; fla- E ge um arge and robust. i e D D D D M LI s * * s * ; Shell mostly hard and compact, calcareous; surface generally more or less rough and . Uneven, occasionally quite smooth. Hinge-margins mostly toothed. Antenne not adapted for swimming, the upper composed of five to seven joints and armed with various sete or spines; the inferior 4-5-jointed, the last joint the smallest, and armed with one to three curved claws, second joint destitute of the brush of sete which mostly occurs in the Cypridæ ; first joint giving origin, at its apex, to a long biarticulate tubular seta, which extends downwards in front of the antenna about as far as the last joint, and above is Connected by an efferent tube with a gland situated in the body of the animal. Mandible Very similar to that of the Cypride. One pair of jaws, composed of four segments, with a branchial plate. Three pairs of feet, directed forwards, very much alike in shape, but Mereasing in length from before packwards; all of them adapted for creeping, and terminating in a single strong curved claw. The first foot corresponds with the palp of the second maxilla in the Cypridæ, the cutting segments being represented by two small Setiferous appendages, arising from a common base. Postabdomen rudimentary and VOL. XXVI. 8 H 394 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF almost obsolete, forming two small lobes or sete. Eyes mostly separate, sometimes confluent, more rarely altogether wanting. Ovaries and testes not extending between the valves. Male copulative organs very large and complex in structure. Mucus-gland wanting. This family comprises by far the larger portion of the marine Ostracoda, but is very sparingly represented in fresh water, of which, amongst the British species, only two or three are inhabitants. Almost all the numerous fossil species are likewise refer- able to the Cytheride. The most important differences between this family and the preceding are found in the structure of the lower antennz and the mandibular palp— also in the number of feet, which in the Cypride are two, in the Cytheridze three pairs, the appendage forming the second pair of jaws in the former family assuming the shape of an ambulatory foot in the latter. They are quite destitute of swimming-power. The lower antenna is armed with a curved bi- or triarticulate seta, which reaches downwards in front of the limb from the apex of the first joint, and mostly extends nearly to the apex of the terminal claws: at its base this is connected by a duct with a gland or vesicle situate in the anterior part of the body. It seems impossible to imagine any other use for this organ than that of an urticating or poison-bearing weapon. In some few species the lower antenna bears also near its apex a minute pyriform vesicle some- what similar to that of Pontocypris &c., but considerably smaller. The limbs, especially the antenne, are mostly strengthened on their anterior and posterior surfaces by bucklers or plates of strong chitinous tissue, probably to afford a firmer attachment to their powerful muscles. Genus l. CYTHERE, Müller. Valves unequal, mostly very thick and strong. Surface marked in the simpler forms with slightly elevated papille or tubercles, and fine punetations; in others with deep pits or fossee, and with very prominent elevations, which take the shape of sharp ridges, spines, or tubercles. Lateral view subreniform or subquadrangular, mostly highest in front. The hinge-joint consists of two strong teeth on the right valve, which articulate with corresponding depressions of the left valve; the two teeth are often connected by a strongly developed bar, which fits into a furrow of the opposite valve-margin ; the anterior tooth is much the strongest. The margin of the left valve mostly has a single small tooth behind the anterior hinge-fossa, and sometimes one also at the posterior extremity of the hinge-line; the anterior fossa occasionally forms a complete circular perforation of the marginal plate, and the central portion of the hinge-line is sometimes minutely erenulated. Antenne robust; superior five- to six-jointed, armed on the ante- rior margin with three long curved spines, mostly one on the third and two on the fourth joint; lower four-jointed, the last joint short and stout. Mandibular palp three- to four-jointed, bearing, in place of a branchial appendage, a tuft of two to five seta. Eyes one or two. : I have thought it necessary to include in this genus the forms assigned by Sars to the two genera Cythere and Cythereis. In the first place, the characters taken by that author as the ground of generic distinction seem to me inadequate ; secondly, four of our British . And most of the inferior margin. See RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 895 species, C. albomaculata, convexa, rubida, and pulchella, present intermediate characters, and could not be included under either of the genera as defined by Sars. The chief distinctive characters taken by him as the ground of separation are the length of the urticating seta of the lower antenna (which, in the females of “ Cythereis," is exceedingly short), the structure of the mandibular palp, and the abdominal rami. These characters may be tabulated as follows :— Cythere, Sars. Cythereis, Sars. Urticating seta of lower antenna | of equal length in male and | very short in the female. female. Mandibular palp : : .| eomposed of three joints, and |composed of four joints, and simply setose; two branchial | bearing three strong, curve filaments. pectinate sete; five branchial filaments. Postabdominal rami . E . | forming two obtuse lobes. bearing two or more stout ciliated sete. If the characters here ascribed to Cythereis could have been shown to be uniformly coincident with the quadrangular and rugose forms of carapace for which the genus (ythereis was originally proposed, or even if they could have been applied with precision to any group, without respect to shell-structure, they might perhaps, though dubiously, have been allowed to form the basis of a distinct genus; but seeing that we have forms distinctly partaking of the characters of both genera, there seems no reasonable course ` but that of uniting the two under one name. C. albomaculata, with the shell-characters and urticating sete of Oythere, has the mandibular palp and abdominal rami of Cythereis. C. convexa is perhaps intermediate in form of carapace, but much more near to Cythere than to Cythereis, while the urticating seta and mandibular palp agree with those of Cythereis. Both species possess further characters (in the lower antenne) which are, so far as I know, peculiar to them- selves. The abnormal characters of C. rubida and pulchella will be pointed out in the descriptions of those species. not prominently rugose or spinous. a. Valves elongate or reniform, punctate, d equal in the male and female. * Mandibular palp three-jointed, simply setose; urticating seta long, . fig. 2.) 1. Gergen urea, Müller. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 47-56, and ee fig dis * .. H i es mar. e x Cythere lutea, Müller, Entomostraca, D 65, tab. vil. figs. 9, 4; jns “Rd org P. 28; Zenker, Anat.-syst. Stud. über die Krebsthiere, e = oe : : S : 5,9 0-J. . — reniformis, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 169, tab. xx. figs: "e t 15 be). — setosa, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 371, pl. 58. figs. 12 a-c, 18 an a a p. m P , urea „+ , Seandinavian type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Baflın s Ben M jeu and Norway. Mediterranean. Fossil—Raised beaches and glacial clays, en SS ; bliquely rounded Carapace reniform, compressed. In the female the — T biy ii Eo and nearly equal; the greatest height in the E Se H deeply sinuate, owing ý | eve arcned, e half the length. Dorsal margın gently and ie flange which borders the extremities E " : ttene > partial Mappesrknoe > ona en the outline is compressed, oblong 9H2 396 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF oval; greatest breadth behind the middle, equal to less than half the length; the hinge- margins thickened and depressed centrally, so as to form a longitudinal sulcus, but uniting at the extremities, thus forming a broad keel. End view oval, keeled below, suleate above. The central portion of the valves is covered with a calcareous crust, and bears numerous small puncta and a few scattered hairs. Colour yellowish or drab in specimens from beyond low-water mark, brick-red in the littoral variety. The hinge- joint consists (fig. 56), in the left valve, of a long central knurled bar, at each end of which is a fossa for the reception of a corresponding knurled protuberance of the right valve. The right valve differs from the left in being taller and more angularly truncate at the extremities. The shell of the male is much more elongate and angular, more deeply sinuated below, and often more rugose on the surface. Colour of the limbs deep brownish yellow. Last joint of the upper antennze very short: terminal spine very slender, almost setose. Feet short and robust; terminal claws strong and curved, that of the last foot indistinctly setose or pectinate on the inner margin. Abdominal lobes short and thick, surrounded with short sete. Copulative organs of the male large, the basal portion quadrangular, the apical portion produced into two tapering prolongations. When living in the Laminarian zone, and in deeper water, this species presents some- What different characters: the shell is considerably larger, the dorsal margin generally more flattened, the surface marked with distant deep punctations, between which are scattered numerous smaller puncta; the marginal portions tend also to become elevated into irregularly radiating ribs. This latter character is more conspicuous in the male (fig. 47), which is also more distinctly punctate and more angular in outline, the ventral margin especially forming a remarkable angular projection posteriorly. This form is, indeed, so distinct that until recently I supposed it to belong to a distinct species, C. setosa, Baird; but having now had the opportunity of examining a large series of dredged specimens, as well as a still greater number of carapaces from the glacial clays of Scotland, I cannot avoid the conclusion that it represents merely a deep-water form of the present species, which had previously been known to me only from littoral spe- cimens. Length (littoral var.) 25 in., height A in. ; (deep water var.) length + in., height 3; in. Hab. Abundant in tide-pools on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, and in oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; * coast of Berkwickshire, at Cockburnspath, Berwick, &c.; North Foreland” (Dr. Baird) ; dredged at Oban and Cumbrae, Macduff and Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson); the Minch, u fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Guernsey, Shetland, and amongst roots of Laminaria at | Tobermory (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Long Hope, Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach) D This species is found by Sars abundantly on the Norwegian coast, by Zenker in the Cattegat, and is common also on the northern shores of Britain and in the Arctic seas; I have seen but few specimens from the southern and western coasts of England and Ireland. It oceurs abundantly in a fossil state in the glacial clays of Scotland. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 397 9, CYTHERE VIRIDIS, Müller. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 40, 41, & 57-59; and Plate XXX VIII. fig. 8.) Cythere viridis, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 64, tab. vii. figs. 1, 2; Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostrac. p. 30 British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, and Ireland. Fossil—Raised beaches and glacial clays, Norway, Scotland, and Ireland. Very similar to the foregoing, but much smaller. Shell of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform, slightly higher in front than behind, greatest height equal to two- thirds of the length. Anterior extremity obliquely rounded; posterior rather narrower, rounded. Dorsal margin nearly straight, sloping gently backwards from the front, where it is slightly angular; inferior distinctly sinuated in front of the middle. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, more sharply pointed in front than behind, about twice as long as broad. Surface marked with numerous fine puncta, which are interspersed with small tubercles. Colour olive or yellowish-brown. The shell of the male is much narrower and more elongated. The animal itself is almost colourless. Last joint of the upper antenna much elongated, almost equal in length to the two preceding. Feet very short. “Copulative organs of the male subtriangular, the apical portion obtusely rounded.” Length 3; in., height de in. Hab, The Minch, 45-60 fath. (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Shetland, Peterhead, Isle of Man, and Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Galway Bay, Birterbuy Bay, Baltimore, Roundstone Bay, Stranraer, and in tide- pools near Sunderland (G. S. Bj) in tide-pools, Arran and Channel Islands (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Girdler sand, Thames, and Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison). C. viridis might very easily be passed over as the young of C. lutea; but, besides that the shell-characters are very constant, those of the animal itself are quite sufficiently distinct. It is not by any means so common 3 species on the northern British shores ; but it may often have escaped notice on account of its small size. 8. CYTHERE PELLUCIDA, Baird. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 22-26, 28.) Cythere pellucida, Baird, Brit. Hüte: p. 173, t. xxi. fig. 7; Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostrac. p. 31. British type. Distrızurion : Recent—Norway, Great Britain and Ireland, Mediterranean. Fossil— Raised beaches and glacial clays, Norway, England, Scotland, and Ireland. Valves of the female compressed, oblong ; as seen from the side, subquadrangular : gs in height throughout, rounded in front, angulated behind on the dorsal pactis et equal to less than half the length. Anterior margin obliquely r ounded, er gg truncated rounded off below, almost rectangular above. Dorsal margin very ER tly arched, ventral distinctly sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as E = en compressed ovate, greatest width near the posterior extremity and n eg nn mee of the length. End view broadly ovate. The male is much more e we an d female, and has the supero-posteal angle more produced. The gi d d ee. marked with a distinct transverse suleus, and sometimes also with two s e En“ pi near the extremities. The substance of the shell is rather thin and horny : its sur covered with thickly set, circular or often oblong puncta, WEE EO 398 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF different specimens. Specimens from deep water are often much incrusted and porcel- laneous, the surface-seulpture almost obliterated (see fig. 28). Colour brown, or dull white. Colour of the animal deep brown. Antenn® short and stout, the fourth joint very short, the last much elongated and slender, nearly twice the length of the pre- ceding. Second joint of the mandibular palp broad at the apex, the last joint armed with three short spines. Last pair of feet fully twice as long as the first, the second joint very long, the last joint bearing at the apex four short and sharp spines. Copu- lative organs of the male dilated at the extremity, and produced into long tapering processes, one of which is much more slender than the other. Abdominal lobes feebly developed and bearing a short seta. Length 4 in., height 55 in. Hab. From littoral situations up to 60 fathoms. Shetland, Stornoway, Skye, Lamlash Bay, Tenby, Swansea, Plymouth, Youghall; in tide-pools, Arran and Channel Islands (Rev. A. M. Norman); Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Oban, Cumbrae, Campbeltown, Macduff, Peterhead, and Ormeshead, dredged (Mr. D. Robertson) ; dredged amongst the Hebrides and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. Spence Bate) ; Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Drewett) ; in shell-sand from the Mumbles (South Wales), the Ribble, Preston Pans, Stranraer, Margate, Baltimore, Donegal Bay, and Roundstone ; Northumberland and Durham coasts, 25-46 fathoms, and Birterbuy Bay, 15 fathoms (G. S. B.). Cythere pellucida, though exceedingly variable in habitat, surface-sculpture, and in the proportions of the carapace, is easily distinguished by the peculiar dorsal angulation of the posterior border and by its one or more deep transverse sulci. Old specimens, how- ever, are not always recognizable with facility, the surface-markings becoming very vague, and the contours of the shell less characteristic. The following species approaches very closely to C. pellucida, but is never met with except in brackish or subbrackish situations; and, in addition to this peculiarity of habitat, its shell-structure affords characters which, on close examination, will not fail to distinguish it. 4. CYTHERE CASTANEA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 27, and Plate XXXVIII. fig. 6.) Cythere castanea, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 32. British type. DisrRiBUTION: Recent—Great Britain, Norway. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform, rather higher in front than behind, greatest height in front of the middle, equal to half the length. Anterior ex- tremity well rounded, posterior rounded off below, angular above at its junction with the dorsal margin; superior margin slightly arcuate and sloping backwards from the ante- rior third, where it is highest ; inferior distinctly sinuated in the middle, curving upwards behind. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest in the middle, in front of which it is distinctly constricted, pointed in front, rounded behind, greatest width considerably less. than the height. The shell of the male, seen laterally, is much more tapered behind; the supero-posteal angle much pronounced, the infero-posteal thoroughly rounded off; dorsal margin quite straight and rather steeply sloping backwards. Surface of the valves thickly covered with small rounded depressed puncta, and marked with RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 399 two curved transverse furrows; colour reddish brown. Animal precisely like that of C. pellueida. Length 7y in. Hab. Chiefly in the brackish water of estuaries and salt marshes. Girdler sand, Thames, and at Tweed- mouth (Mr. E. C. Davison); in salt marshes at Hylton on the Wear, Jarrow on the Tyne, Seaton Sluice, and at the mouths of the Wansbeck and Alne, Northumberland (G. S. B.). The great similarity between this and the foregoing species caused me, until very recently, to regard the one as a merely littoral or brackish-water variety of the other. Thave been induced to alter that opinion, chiefly by finding, in a gathering from the Girdler sand in the estuary of the Thames, the two forms living together abundantly, and retaining very perfectly their distinctive characters. The points which may be chiefly relied on as characterizing C. castanea are, the more arcuate dorsal margin and greater comparative height of the female, the median position of the greatest width of the carapace, and, in the male, the perfectly straight dorsal margin, and much-narrowed hinder extremity—lastly, the sculpture of the shell-surface, which consists of closely set rounded (not oblong) impressions. The list of habitats here given is doubtless very imperfect; the species must often have been passed by without special notice as a form of C. pellucida. 5. CYTHERE TENERA, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 29-32.) British type. Disrrinution : Recent— Great Britain, Bay of Biscay. Fossil—Glacial, Norway. rm to C. pellucida, but much smaller, Carapace of female almost exactly similar in fo | the superior margin somewhat more arched; the surface smooth and having no trace of any transverse sulcus. The shell is very closely and delicately punctate, and bears a few distant and minute elevated papillæ. The length is rather more than twice the height. The outline as seen from above is regularly ovate. Animal unknown. Colour white. Shell of the male narrower, and tapered posteriorly. Length + in. : | Hab. Off Seaham Harbour, Durham, 15 fathoms (G. S. B.); Race’s bank and Girdler sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; the Minch (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Shetland a D. Robertson). iet This species is easily distinguished from C. pellucida by its elie id sid fine punetation, and absence of furrowing. There. can, I think, : gh o i Specific rank: all the specimens I have seen are uniform 1n size, an e ér e no forms intermediate in character between it and either of the two prece e er The young of C. pellucida, even in their very early stages, are quite pne y punctate, and those of C. castanea are mostly also of dark colour. 6. CYTHERE BADIA, Norman. (Plate XXIX. figs. 56-59.) í ii. figs. 13-15. Cythere badia, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 1x. (1862) p. 48, pl. in. Dë | —— cicatricosa, Sars, loc. cit. p. 33. r— canaliculata, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. Y British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Fossil—Raised beaches and glacial clays, Norway, ol. v. p. 373, pl. 59. fig. 4 a-f. $ Great Britain and Ireland, Mediterranean, Australia? Scotland, and Ireland. 400 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Carapace oblong, reniform. Seen from the side, the valves are rather higher in front than behind, the height a little more than equal to half the length. Anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior slightly rounded, subtruncate; dorsal margin very slightly arched, sloping gently backwards, ventral conspicuously incurved in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, ovate, breadth equal to more than one-third of the length; anterior extremity obtusely pointed, posterior more rounded. End view oval. Surface of the shell uneven, marked with irregular furrows and elevations. Hinge- joint well developed. Colour deep yellowish brown. One eye. Antenne short and thick, last joint of the upper equal in length to the preceding. Second joint of the last pair of feet scarcely longer than the united length of the two following; terminal claw short and thick. Length 35 in., height 147 in. Hab. In rock-pools at Mount’s Bay, Cornwall, Herm, Guernsey, Arran, and Loch Carron, N. B. (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; in shell-sand, Roundstone (Dr. Alcock), Birterbuy Bay, 15 fathoms, and amongst oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; dredged in the Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison). C. badia is one of the less-common British species; in outline it is not very unlike C. pellucida, but much smaller. 7. CYTHERE OBLONGA, Brady: (Plate XXXI. figs. 14-17.) Cythere oblonga, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 373, pl. 59. figs. 5 a-d. Mediterranean type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—England, Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong, subquadrangular, equal in height throughout, height equal to nearly half the length. Anterior margin obliquely rounded, minutely and numerously dentate, posterior truncate and angular; superior margin straight or very slightly curved, inferior nearly straight in front, behind irregularly emarginate or obsoletely toothed. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, greatest breadth equal to much more than one-third of the length; extremities obtusely rounded ; hinge-margins depressed behind the middle. Surface irregularly marked with deep angular pittings of very variable size ; a well-marked tubercle over the anterior hinge. Within the anterior margin is usually a raised crenulated ridge, which is marked with radiating transverse hair-like lines. Colour yellowish brown. Animal unknown. Length 35 in., height 4 in. Hab. In shell-sand, Mumbles (South Wales). ** Mandibular palp four-jointed, bearing on its inner margin three strong, curved, plumose sete ; last joint linear, slender. a. Urticating seta long in male, short in female. 8. CYTHERE RUBIDA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 71-74.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform, highest in front of the middle, greatest height equal to more than half the length. Extremities rounded, the anterior much the broader; superior margin highest above the eye, whence it slopes RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 401 backwards almost in a right line; inferior deeply sinuated in the middle. Outline, as seen from above, subhexagonal, widest in the middle, sides nearly parallel and tapering equally to each extremity, greatest width equal to half the length. End view subtri- angular, height much greater than the width, prominently keeled. The central portion of the valves is covered with a thick reddish inerustation, and closely and irregularly pitted; this central elevated portion is surrounded by a broad flattened margin, which is devoid of pittings, but is marked, especially in front, by radiating lines. The two eyes are plainly visible through the shell, forming brilliant black spots. Upper antenn:e strongly spinous, last joint shorter than the preceding. Flagellum of lower antenna very short, scarcely reaching the middle of the penultimate joint. Mandibular palp four-jointed, armed with three stout curved plumose sets as in C. albomaculata &e., terminal joint slender. Legs short, and nearly equal, terminal claws long and curved; second joint of last pair not so long as the two following joints, claw not ciliated. Post- abdominal lobes terminating in two ciliated sete. Male unknown. Length Z; in. Hab. In rock-pools, Clackland Point, Arran, N.B. (Rev. A. M. Norman). This is a very interesting species, as combining the outward form of a typical Cythere with the anatomical characters of the group usually classed under Cythereis. The other two intermediate species, C. albomaculata and C. comera, are somewhat abnormal both in external and internal structure, and might, with some show of reason, have been erected into independent genera between Oythere and Cythereis ; but C. rabida being outwardly a true Cythere, and anatomically a true Cythereis, seems conclusively to prove the expediency of amalgamating the two genera. 9. CYTHERE convexa, Baird. (Plate XXIX. figs. 19-27, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.) Cythere convexa, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 174, tab. xxi. fig. 3. —— arborescens, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865, vol. xvi, pl. ix. figs. 5-8. | ?Cypridina cicatricosa, Reuss, Haidinger’s Abhandl. Band iii. (1850) fol. 67, tab. 1x. fig. 21. *Cythere cicatricosa, Bosquet, Entom. fossil. des terr. tertiair. de la France, p. 76, tab. iii. fig. 13. Cythere punctata, Jones, Eutom. of Tert. Form. Eng. p. 24, pl. ii. figs. 5a-5A. | l British type. Disrrisution : Recent—Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Leier? T rigen clay and raised beaches, England, Scotland, and Ireland ; crag, England ; BIBI Sees emen eg Sicily. Shell rounded, convex, beaked behind, slightly keeled in front and below ; ER gioi height in the middle, equal to about two-thirds of the length ; the left Baoe I than the right, and overlapping considerably on the dorsum. Seen from the sıde, anterior margin is rounded, posterior beaked, and expanded below the Bs eoo a four squamous spines (figs. 19, 25, 27). Ventral margin slightly qare = or ivo anterior third, and curved upwards behind, where it also ees) Se CHOSE Spines, which projeet downwards. Dorsal margin boldly arched, highes Outline, as ien End view oval, tumid, widest in the middle, pointed aboxe ad Le sach ah from above, oblong oval, widest in the middle, and tapering equal y o SAL) Ven wé Width equal to half the length. The hinge-processes, with the interm e | VOL. XXVI. 402 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF furrow, are strongly developed (figs. 23, 24). The surface of the shell varies much in character ; well-marked adult specimens are mostly marked with deep pittings, which are concentrically arranged, and are deepest and closest round the margins of the valves, especially on the ventral surface, where they are liable to form longitudinal furrows. But some varieties exhibit only slightly impressed punctures, and in very old specimens the excavations are more or less obliterated by calcareous deposit. The right valve, besides being much smaller than the left, is likewise very different in shape, being pro- minently beaked behind, somewhat truncate above, and deeply sinuated on the ventral margin. The terminal claws of the lower antenne are very short, slender; and there is an armature of three sete on the middle of the inner margin, similar to that of the following species, but without the pectination of the long filament. The urticating seta is very short in the female (see Plate XXXIX. fig. 4). Length A in., height 3; in. Hab. In deep water and occasionally between tide-marks. Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Isle of Skye, Lamlash Bay, Channel Islands, Falmouth, Burrow Island, Swansea, Youghall (Rev. 4. M. Norman) ; in tidal pools in the Isle of Man, dredged off Shetland, Lerwick, Cumbrae, and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson), off Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. C. S. Bate) ; in shell-sand from South Wales and Stranraer, Aran, and Roundstone, and dredged in Birterbuy Bay (G. S. B.) ; “Torquay, in sand, W. C. Williamson, Esq.; Tenby, in sand, T. R. Jones, Esq.” (Dr. Baird). B. Urticating setæ long and slender in both sexes. 10. CYTHERE ALBOMACULATA, Baird. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 33-39, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.) Cythere albomaculata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 169, tab. xx. fig. 7. —— alba (young), Baird, loc. cit. p. 170, tab. xx. fig. 6. British type. DrsrRisvTION: Recent—Great Britain, Ireland, Norway, Bay of Biscay, Levant, Cape Verd. Fossil—Glacial clays and raised beaches, Scotland, Ireland, Norway. Valves, as seen from the side, oblong, subreniform, nearly equal in diameter through- out ; height equal to rather more than half the length. Anterior margin well rounded; posterior obliquely rounded, and somewhat angular at its junction with the ventral border. Dorsal margin forming a flattened arch; ventral margin deeply incurved at its anterior third, and curving upwards behind. Outline, as seen from, above com- pressed, oblong, widest in the middle, and gradually tapering to the extremities, which are pointed, width equal to more than one-third of the length. End view oval, rounded above and keeled below. The valves are bordered in front and below by a broad, flat- tened flange or belt, which is marked with thickly set, transverse, hair-like lines (fig. 38). The striated keel thus formed by the junction of the two valves is very conspicuous on the ventral and anterior aspects of the shell (figs. 35, 36). Surface smooth and polished, clothed with short scattered hairs; pellucid and marked with patches of black or olive- green ; old specimens and those from shell-sand and deep water are mostly opaque white. The hinge-joint is exceedingly well developed, the left valve bearing a strong bar which is received into a groove between the terminal processes of the opposite valve (fig. 39). eS peccet CEP TOC SEET ln kn a nenn ann RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 403 Lucid spots about eight in number, subquadrangular, and arranged in two irregular transverse rows. Two small shining eye-tubercles. Superior antenn:e robust, five- jointed, second joint short, not much more than equal in length to the two succeeding ; last joint short; terminal spines strong, curved. Inferior antenn® robust, last joint short and truncate, terminal claws rather short and slender; urticating seta reaching to about the apex of the limb, equal in the male and female; penultimate joint, in the male, deeply emarginate about the middle of the posterior margin and bearing three setze, one of which is short and slender, the central one longer and strongly pectinate, the other very short and club-shaped (see Plate XX XIX. fig. 35). This arrangement is similar in the female, but all the parts are feebly developed. Second joint of the last foot not much longer than either of the two succeeding joints. Terminal claw long and strong. Abdo- minal lobes truncate, each bearing two ciliated terminal sete. Eyes two. Basal portion of the male copulative organs very large, quadrate; apex acute and tapering. Length +; in., height ṣọ in. Hab. Littoral and in moderate depths up to 15 fathoms. “In shell-sand from Walton and Whitstable (Prof. T. Rupert Jones); Orkney, Girdler sand (Thames), Margate, and Cork (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; Shetland, Loch Carron, Arran (N.B.), Tobermory, Youghall, Exmouth, Burrow Island, Guernsey, dredged and living in tide-pools (Rev. A. M. Norman); Isle of Man, at roots of Laminariz, and ` Cumbrae, Macduff, and Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Galway, Roundstone, and Birterbuy Bay (dredged), and abundantly in rock-pools at Arranmore, and on the Durham coast, and in shell-sand from the Mumbles and Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; Norfolk coast, dredged (Mr. D. O. Drewett). The form described by Dr. Baird under the specific name alba (see fig. 38a) seems to be the young of Cythere albomaculata. C. strigulosa, Reuss, 1s very closely allied to, but (according to specimens named by M. Bosquet) not identical with thè present species. C. albomaculata differs remarkably from most of those with which it 1s associated, in the form and structure of the shell, the peculiar armature of the second antennæ, and the structure of the mandibular palp, the latter being quite similar to the form observed in the following section, which includes the species usually classed under the genus Cythereis. These differences, though important, do not seem so much so as to vs af the formation of an independent genus for this species. It is probably the most idm ant and most widely distributed of the British marine Ostracoda, being found RR j| = coasts from high-water mark to a depth of about 15 fathoms. Very remarkable ge 8 apparent absence from the Scandinavian and other shores of continental me ; e being a large and conspicuous species, it can scarcely have — tim ros naturalists as have recently investigated this group*. Should further ol serv en that its distribution is confined to the British Islands, it will be a most interesting, perhaps a unique example of a purely British species having attained spas E nant position in its own district à It occurs in the g s to range and numbers. e i i se of Norway. of this country, but I am not aware whether it has been found in those \ : son off the coast of * Since this was in the printer's hands, I have seen à few specimens dredged by Mr. D. Robertson off the coast o Norway, and others from the Mediterranean. 312 404 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF 11. CYTHERE PULCHELLA, nov. sp. Arctic type. Disrrisution: Recent—Scotland, Baffin’s Bay. Fossil—Scotland, glacial clay. Carapace of female, viewed laterally, subreniform, greatest height in front of the middle and equal to considerably more than half the length; anterior extremity broadly rounded, posterior obliquely subtruncate, scarcely rounded; superior margin highest over the eyes, thence sloping backwards with a gentle curve, inferior sinuated in the middle; outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle, greatest width equal to nearly one-half the length, extremities pointed. Surface of the shell closely punctate. Hinge-teeth of the right valve forming two projecting crests, which end abruptly at the terminal extremities, but slope gradually towards the middle of the hinge-line, and are erenulated on their edges. Upper antenne armed at the apices of the last four joints with slender, slightly curved spines, third and fourth joints coalescent; flagellum of the lower antenna biarticulate, alike in male and female. Mandibular palp bearing three curved pectinate setz (as in Cythereis, Sars). Feet short and stout, their terminal claws much dilated at the base, nearly straight in the middle, and suddenly curved (almost hooked) at the apex. Length 35 inch. This species is not very unlike C. villosa in general appearance, but is smaller, less compressed from side to side, with more rounded outlines and a much finer surface- ornament. The only recent British specimen I have seen is one, apparently immature, Which occurred in some shell-sand gathered by Mr. D. O. Drewett in Respond Bay, Loch Erribol, N.B. It oceurs more plentifully in some of the Scottish glacial formations, and will be fully figured in a fortheoming work on the Posttertiary Entomostraca. Mr. Crosskey has also found it abundantly in some recent gatherings from Davis's Straits ; and from these specimens the anatomical details above given have been derived. b. Carapace, as seen from the side, quadrilateral, highest in front, ventricose, spinous. * Mandibular palp three-jointed, simply setose. often prominently rugose or Urticating set@ equal in the male and female. 12. CYTHERE CUNEIFORMIS, Brady. (Plate XXXI. figs. 47-54.) Cythere ventricosa, Sars, loc. cit. p. 34. British type. DisrRiBvTION: Recent—Great Britain, Irelan raised beaches, Scotland and Norway. Carapace subprismoid, depressed behind, acutely angular on the dorsal and slightly convex on the ventral surface. Female, at the anterior third, and equal to about obliquely rounded, posterior obtusely straight and gently sloping as far as t d, Norway. Fossil—Glacial clays and ; greatest width behind the middle, diet V EE We E TEE ene TS PNE III E | | | RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 405 faintly pitted or papillose, transversely suleate near the middle, longitudinally rugose on the ventral surface. Hinge-processes feebly developed; left valve minutely erenulate. Carapace of the male more elongate, superior margin slightly concave. Colour yellowish. “One eye. Antenne short, last joint of the upper shorter than the preceding. Second joint of the last pair of feet about equal to the united length of the two following joints, terminal claw long and slender. Basal portion of the male copulative organs narrow above, apical portion subtriangular.” Length 7; in., height j'; in. Hab. Dredged in the Minch, 45-60 fathoms, and near Guernsey in 15-30 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Roundstone Bay, 2-3 fathoms, and Northumberland coast, 45 fathoms (G. S. B.); Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; in shell-sand from Galway (Prof. Rowney). The specific name ventricosa being preoccupied by Reuss, I have here adopted the term cuneiformis, which I had applied to the species in MS. before seeing the work of G. O. Sars. a | 13. CyTHERE timicona (Norman). (Plate XXXI. figs. 38-41.) Cythereis limicola, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 20, pl. vi. figs. 1-4. Cythere nodosa, Sars, loc. cit. p. 34. ? —— complexa, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 210. —— areolata, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 881, tab. lxii. figs. 2a-d. Seandinavian type. Duisrrisution: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain. Fossil—Glacial clay and raised beaches, Scotland. Carapace short, tumid, quadrangular; length to height as about three to two, not much higher in front than behind. Seen from the side, the anterior margin is well —— below and slopes very steeply backwards above, terminating in an elevated ped e d the anterior hinge. Posterior margin somewhat angular in the Ve pig Ser below, and sloping nearly in a right line upwards to the dorsum, its er i T is marked by an angular projection; the dorsal margin, between a an d geg ES angle, is considerably hollowed. Ventral margın rather sinuous: b = Ne Se dm Eu : from above is hexagonally euneate or boat-shaped, very broad e z ; el LAM abruptly at each extremity; greatest breadth near the posterior extremity, SE ge: than half the length. End view triangular, with an excessively sog 3 e Se irregularly sinuous. Surface of the shell rugose, tuberculated, e Soe lines; but closely set puneta; the general direction of the rug:e 1s in curve serial re GE the most conspicuous elevation runs longitudinally at a little eo. = v disi iios margin: there are two very large tubereles or nodules on the dorsa ins Geh font near the posterior angle, and one in the situation of the d ori : dee brownish yellow. “No eyes. Antenne elongated, last gens o G nass met linear, and somewhat shorter than the preceding; third joint of the eg mme: Slender than usual. Feet slender and elongated ; second EE Zog i di ec dune shorter than the united length of the two following, a y dol = ical portion Straight. Basal portion of the male copulative organs Sr T 406 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF subtriangular; anterior extremity lengthened into a slender and obtusely pointe. process.” Length y in., height 77; in. Hab. In deep water. Isle of Skye and Northumberland and Durham coasts (Rev. A. M. Norman); Oban (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson). This species appears to live altogether amongst soft mud, in which it burrows, whence probably, as Sars observes, the entire absence of eyes. Like the preceding species it is of rare occurrence in the British seas; and Sars makes the same remark respecting its Norwegian distribution. It occurs also in the Scotch glacial clays. 1 now believe that the form described by me as C. complexa is merely the young of C. limicola (see figs. 43-46). 14. CYTHERE GLOBULIFERA, N. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 42.) Valves, as seen from the side, oblong, subrhomboidal, rather higher in front than behind; greatest height equal to more than half the length. Extremities rounded, the posterior rather narrowed; superior margin straight, gibbous over the anterior hinge; inferior slightly convex, curved upwards behind. Surface marked with a fine ribbed reticulation and bearing four prominent rounded tubercles, three below the dorsal and one above the anterior extremity of the ventral margin; the shell is swollen below and behind the middle into a rounded elevated ridge or ala. Length xs in. Hab. Roundstone, in shell-sand. Of this species I have seen only one specimen, and that a single valve; but its characters are so very different from those of any described form, that I have thought it best to describe it here under a specific name; it is nevertheless possible that it may prove to be an immature form of some other species*. ** Mandibular palp four-jointed, last joint slender ; inner margin bearing three strong, curved, plumose sete. Urticating sete much shortened in the female. 15. CYTHERE TUBERCULATA (Sars). (Plate XXX. figs, 25-41.) Cythereis tuberculata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p- 37. Cythere mutabilis, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 977, pl. lix. figs. 12-14. British type. ‚Disrrisuriox : Recent—Baflin’s Bay, Great Britain, Ireland, Norway, Bay of Biscay, West Indies. Fossil—Glacial clays and raised beaches, England, Br Trdan, and Norway. Shell of the female, as seen from the side, elongate quadrangular, highest in front ; greatest height equal to more than half the length; a large rounded a in front of the centre, and two elongated tubercles or ridges, one DE and one dorsal, near the hinder extremity; these last are very conspicuous in young specimens, but become Since writing this, I have had the opportunity of examining several specimens, apparently referable to this species, which have been found by M x Zen glacial ibd y Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson in the course of their researches amon est the Scottish t RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 407 almost obsolete in the adult, forming a mere transverse tumid elevation of the valve. The anterior margin is broad, well rounded below, and more gradually curved above, where it terminates in a rounded elevation over the anterior hinge. The posterior margin is narrowed, and rather abruptly angular in the middle. Ventral margin nearly straight, or gently incurved in the middle: dorsal elevated over the anterior hin ge, thence sloping in an undulating line to the posterior extremity. Seen from above, the carapace is ovate, broadest behind, width somewhat less than the height; extremities obtuse, outline very irregularly undulated; no eye-tubercle. End view irregularly qua- drate, somewhat tapering above. Hinge-processes of the right valve strongly developed ; of the left obsolete (fig. 29). Surface marked with large and deep pittings, often inter- spersed with much smaller ones, and, in the intervals, bearing elevated papillae. Anterior border mostly fringed with a series of from five to twenty, and the posterior extremity with about six teeth; but these are often entirely absent. Colour yellowish brown. Limbs deep yellow. Shell of the male much elongated, length more than twice the height, upper margin slightly concave behind the anterior hinge (fig. 30). Upper antenne six-jointed, last joint a little longer than the preceding. Urticating seta very slender. Claw of first foot pectinate on its inner margin. Second joint of last foot rather longer than the united length of the two following joints, terminal claw very long and slender. Male copulative organs produced into a much elongated and slender process in front, the apical portion forming two prolongations, the anterior obtusely hooked, the posterior acuminate. ` Length 3i in. | Hab. 1-60 fathoms, Hebrides and the Minch, Shetland and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Oban, Bute, Campbeltown, and Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Dogger bank, Exmouth, Plymouth, Isle of Skye, and Tobermory (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach); Nothing and Durham coasts, 20-46 fathoms, and in oyster-ooze from Stranraer and South Wales e & BJ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Roundstone (Dr. Alcock) ; Devonshire coast (Mr. C. S. Bate) ; in shell-sand from Baltimore, Frith of Forth, and Margate (Mr. E. C. Davison). to distinguish this fine species are the central tubercle, which is never, so far as I know, entirely wanting ; the feo posterior — or, in old specimens, the transverse elevation resulting from their coalescence, which taber to the dorsal view a somewhat euneate outline; and the absence mostly of any — euous tubercle over the anterior hinge, and of any well-defined longitudina « snes : cs ; dorsal aspect. But, even thus restricted, there is great variety in the different Se, 0 ee : to the figures in Plate XXX. The carapace, as will be sufficiently seen by reference d imens is shown in smooth but prominently tuberculated BEE, EEN develop- figs. 38-39, while the gradual disappearance of th ande in igs. 817, 36,80,24, and 25 ment of the minor surface-markings may be traced P f Ge markings have become finally , fig. 32 shows a still older form, in which the fena deactibed in the case partially obliterated by calcareous deposit, as has been previous y of other species. The characters upon which I rely 408 MR. G. S: BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF 16. CYTHERE CONCINNA, Jones. (Plate XXVI. figs. 28-33, and Plate XX XVIII. fig. 7.) Cythere concinna, Jones, Tert. Entom. p. 29, pl. iv. figs. 7-7 f. Cythereis clavata, Sars, loc. cit. p. 39. Scandinavian type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Great Britain, Norway. Fossil—Crag, England; glacial clays and raised beaches, Scotland, Ireland, and Norway. Valves, as seen from the side, oblong, quadrangular, higher in front than behind; length equal to twice the height. Anterior extremity rounded, posterior rectangularly or obliquely truncate, and slightly sinuated. Ventral margin nearly straight; dorsal sloping in a right line, or gently arched, highest over the anterior hinge. Outline, as seen from above, oblong quadrangular, twice and a half as long as broad, with nearly parallel, sinuous sides, and broadly rounded extremities; the hinge-margins rather depressed behind the middle. Anterior and inferior surfaces longitudinally furrowed. The surface of the shell is marked (in highly sculptured specimens) with thickly set small punctations, and on the posterior half with a network of fine ribs; but very commonly the surface is only slightly and irregularly undulated, bearing a few short scattered setze—or sometimes roughened and studded with a few small tubercles, as shown in fig. 32. Within, and parallel to, the anterior and ventral margins runs an elevated ridge; and there are also, in most cases, two shorter oblique ridges on the posterior portion of the valve, a well-marked rounded tubercle in front of the middle, and another over the anterior hinge. The hinge-processes are well-developed, the posterior being placed very far back at the extreme dorsal angle. Colour yellowish. Last joint of the upper antennz elongated, much longer than the preceding. Second joint of the last pair of feet about equal in length to the united lengths of the third and fourth joints; terminal claw exceedingly slender, almost setiform. Terminal claw of first foot pectinate. Length 35 in., height 4; in. Hab. The Minch and Hebrides, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys); Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach) ; dredged in 6-10 fathoms, Campbeltown Bay, Argyleshire, and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson); off Scar- borough (Mr. Leckenby); off Lewis, N.B., 594 fathoms (Admiralty Soundings); Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). The sculpturing of the valves in this species is variable. The specimen from which figs. 28-31 were drawn represents the best developed condition of surface-marking; the — and tubercles are often much less conspicuous. Fossil specimens described by Prof. T . Rupert Jones mm slightly sculptured, a condition shown in fig. 32; those found S Kg peser scd = x Messrs. Robertson and Crosskey are often strongly marked delicate ribbing and add us er "dn — 4 wwe ën the most shia Mat of the TEN dE ee > variation. Recent specimens d = d Ss re ne and shows a great rang“ : Skye, at a depth =; aba ep by Mr. Jeffreys in the Minch and the Sound of appearance with the majority of m m dd ve e, considerably, and are identical im Mr. Robertson, in alinen SC ee eg dredged further south 7 and are less EE met wi gh nt POPR more highly ornamented (figs. 28-31), tly met with in a fossil state. For more copious illustrations of the RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 409 varieties of this fine species, I must refer the reader to a Monograph of the Posttertiary Entomostraca which is in preparation for the Pal;ontographical Society. 17. CYTHERE ANGULATA (Sars). (Plate XXVI. figs. 39-42.) Cythereis angulata, Sars, loc. cit. p. 40. Scandinavian type. DrsrRrBuTION: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain. Fossil—Glacial and raised beaches, Scotland and Norway. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong, quadrilateral, greatest height near the front, and equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded below and sloping steeply backwards above; posterior narrower, rectangularly truncate, and somewhat protuberant below the middle; ventral margin nearly straight, dorsal sloping backwards in a straight or gently curved line from the anterior hinge. Outline, as seen from above, very irregular, somewhat lozenge-shaped, tapering slightly towards the front, which is very obtuse or almost truncate, the sides parallel and constrieted in the middle; posterior extremity broadly and obtusely mucronate, greatest width equal to less than half the length, the hinge-margins forming at their junction a narrow, sharply cut longitudinal sulcus. End view broadly ovate; deeply constrieted above the middle; broad above, sharply keeled below. Surface irregularly undulated and marked with angular excavations of variable size ; a conspicuous rounded tubercle near the anterior hinge, and another large rib or elongated tubercle near the centre of the valve; a sharply defined transverse ridge terminates the sculptured portion of the shell, beyond which the posterior portion projects on a lower level. The right valve is rather smaller and more angular than the left, and the dorsal margin is more depressed. Colour brown. “Third and fourth joints of the upper antennze confluent, the last short and armed with a strong spine. Second joint of the last foot much shorter than the two following. Copulative organs of the male small, apical portion obtuse, subhamate.” Length in., height + in. | Hab. The Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Shetland, Lerwick, Cambese, Macduff Harbour, and Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison). This is very distinct from any other recent British species, and is apparently one of the rarest. Sars notes that specimens from Finmark are much larger and mes abundant than those found by him in Christianiafiord; he therefore infers that it is a peculiarly northern species. It occurs in the glacial clays of Scotland and Norway. 18. Orruere pusra, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 75, 76.) P Üarapace, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, highest in do ERAN equal to more than half the length. Anterior extremity rounded, o ebd us soi subtruncate, angulated about the middle, below which I SR ges Cer vg: margin slightly convex, sloping almost in a straight line to the iam e nn Be it forms an abrupt angular projection ; inferior deeply sinuat d re Seen from ab ove, the outline is irregularly subovate, about twice as tong "> ; VOL. XXVI. 410 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF nearly parallel, anterior extremity obtuse, the posterior broadly mucronate. Surface of the shell uneven, vaguely marked with ill-defined pits and furrows. Length 3; in. Hab. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). Mr. Norman’s collection contains one specimen only of this species. It is nearly allied to Cythereis emarginata, Sars, but is very much larger, and has not the sharply defined reticulated sculpture of that species; the outline is also more irregular. 19. CYTHERE FINMARCHICA, Sars. (Plate XXXI. figs. 9-18.) Cythereis Finmarchica, Sars, loc. cit. p. 41. Scandinavian type. Distrisution: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Cape Verd. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. Valves, as seen from the side, oblong quadrangular, rather higher in front than behind; length equal to twice the height. The anterior border is obliquely rounded and angulated at its junction with the dorsum, often slightly toothed below. Posterior extremity flattened and narrow, produced below, where it is divided into about four broad, blunt teeth. Inferior margin straight or slightly incurved. Dorsal margin very slightly arched, or sloping almost in a straight line from before backwards. Seen from below, the outline is oval, with obtuse extremities and parallel sides, which are some- times rather deeply sulcate in the middle. End view subtriangular, broad, and rounded below, tapering above. The surface is marked with numerous rather large, shallow pits, and is often transversely sulcate; in front of the median sulcus is a large rounded tubercle bearing the lucid spots, which are nine to twelve in number, and irregular in arrangement (figs. 9, 13). Animal unknown. Length 3 in., height 35 in. Hab. Dredged off Oban (Mr. D. Robertson); Roundstone, in shell-sand (Dr. Alcock); Galway Bay, in shell-sand (Prof. Rowney); The Minch and Channel Islands, 15-30 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Northumberland coast, 46 fathoms (G. S. B.); Devonshire coast (Mr. C. Spence Bate); in tide-pools, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). I at one time supposed this species to represent merely a stage of growth or a local variety of C. tuberculata; but this opinion I now believe to be untenable. The elongated form of the valves (without tumidity behind), the posterior crenulation, and the one central tuberele are constant characters. It will be seen, by reference to Plate XXX. E d ned dam of C. PHOTLOWLOEO always exhibit one central and two posterior ; eeth of the posterior margin, when they exist at all, are really out- growths of the shell, and not mere indentations of the bordering lamina as in the present Species. Moreover the anterior border of well-grown specimens of C. tuberculata is je Eu CORE Een but in C. finmarchica is either entire or, at most, ap, M , g. 9. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 411 20. CYTHERE VILLOSA (Sars). (Plate XXIX. figs. 28-32). Cythereis villosa, Sars, loc. cit. p. 42. British type. Disrrisution: Recent—Great Britain and Ireland, Norway, Bay of Biscay. Fossil— Glacial clays and raised beaches, Scotland, Ireland, Norway. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, oblong quadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout ; greatest height equal to more than half the length. The anterior margin is obliquely rounded; the posterior truncate, angular, and somewhat waved. The dorsal margin forms a flattened arch; ventral margin straight or slightly sinuated, swelling near the posterior, and sometimes also near the anterior extremity into an angular protuberance. The outline, as seen from above, is compressed oblong, its sides nearly parallel and tapering suddenly at each extremity, width equal to more than one-third of the length; the contact-margins bordered by prominent ribs. End view ovate, narrowed above. Hinge-joints as in C. albomaculata. The surface of the shell is marked with large and deep excavations, which tend to coalesce, and form, especially towards the ventral and posterior borders, irregularly waved ribs and furrows. There is, however, much variety in the amount and character of the sculpture, as well as in colour, which ranges from white or yellow to a deep slaty blue. The form and proportions of the carapace are also very variable, though the essential characters of the species are mostly well preserved. The male is much elongated, about twice as long as high. Animal almost exactly similar to that of C. angulata. The second antenna has an armature of three setze similar to that of C. convexa. Length 4; in. Hab. Littoral and in deep water. Shetland, Tobermory, Berwick, Isle of Skye, Plymouth, Exmouth, Youghal, alive in tidal pools at Herm, Lamlash Bay, and Loch Carron (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Cumbrae, Macduff, Peterhead, Ler- wick, and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson); Cowes, Margate, Girdler sand and Donegal Bay (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; the Minch and Channel Islands (Mr. Jeffreys) Devonshire coast (Mr. C. 5. Bate) ; Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Drewett). In shell-sand from South Wales, Stranraer, Galway Bay, and Round- stone; dredged in Birterbuy Bay, 15 fathoms, and Northumberland coast, off Holy Island, 45 fathoms (G. S. B.). nn This species, like C. convexa, is almost exclusively confined to the laminarian zone, the instances of its occurrence in a living state between tide-marks being comparatively rare, It appears to be a common species in our seas, except on the — Kee where it is rare—in this respect, also, agreeing with d convexa. It occurs plentifully in the Glacial clays of Scotland and Norway. 21. CYTHERE ? SEMIPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XXIX. figs. 33-37.) DisrRiBvTION: Recent—Ireland, Bay of Biscay. e Kë i Carapace of the male(?), as seen from the side, greg aped E vun ente than behind; greatest height equal to more than half the ge slightly RE Superior margin nearly straight in front, gently curved behine e E est, di margins at their outermost edge thickened and rege sl em 5 tiiis forming a shallow excavated channel round the an 9x2 412 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF valve, Outline, as seen from above, compressed, subquadrangular, width equal to one- third of the length; sides parallel, anterior extremity narrowed, truncate; posterior broader, slightly rounded. Surface of the shell covered behind the middle with closely set circular pits. Colour yellowish. Animal unknown. Length 4; in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, dredged (G. S. B.); Roundstone, in shell-sand (Dr. Alcock). The valves represented at figs. 36 and 37 belong apparently to the young of this species, are slightly sulcate across the middle, and exhibit the semipunctate character of the species very plainly. Several examples of single valves occurred in Dr. Alcock’s shell-sand, but only one perfect carapace in my dredgings from the same locality. 22. CYTHERE JEFFREYSI, n. sp. (Plate XXIX. figs. 51-55.) Atlantic type? Dusrrisurion: Recent—Great Britain and Ireland. Fossil—Raised beaches, Scotland. Carapace, as seen from the side, ovate, highest near the front; surrounded by a well- developed fillet or flange; height equal to more than half the length. The anterior margin is wide, well-rounded, and bordered by a flattened lamina which is marked with transverse hair-like lines. Posterior extremity narrowed and produced below into a spinous plate. Dorsal margin highest over the anterior hinge-joint, where it bears a conspicuous polished tubercle; ventral margin nearly straight. Seen from above, the outline is tumid, oblong, with nearly parallel sides, and tapering suddenly to the broadly keeled extremities; the anterior hinge-tubercles very conspicuous. End view tumid, broadly rounded below, narrowed above. Surface smooth and polished, marked with a reticulated moniliform pattern, which is composed of rows of numerous small tubercles (fig. 55). Animal unknown. 1 Length j in., height A. in. Hab. Deep water, very rare. Channel Islands (Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Roundstone, in shell-sand (Dr. Alcock). A form described by me in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society ’ (vol. v. p. 374) under the name Cythere catenata is closely similar to the present in its surface-markings ; and I have since learnt that it is only the young of C. echinata, Sars, a species till recently quite unknown to me, its catenate tubercles being developed in later life into spines. It is possible that C. Jeffreysii may in like manner prove to be an imperfectly developed form of some strongly spinous species; but it has every appearance of mature growth, and the specimens from both the above-named localities are in every respect similar. 23. CYTHERE LATICARINA, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 1—4.) British type? DrsrREIBUTION : Recent— Great Britain. Fossil—Raised beaches, Scotland j à Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular, highest ; i : : j t i ht as a g ghest in front; length to heig above, bordered below by a row of short spines; posterior margin rather angular. Dorsum € ps the anterior hinge, whence it slopes gently and almost in a right line back- wards. Ventral margin nearly straight. The outline, as seen from above, is oblong Anterior margin broad, rather suddenly rounded below, more gradual ` ` RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 413 oval, with parallel sides and abruptly tapering obtuse extremities; over the anterior hinge are two conspicuous polished tubercles, supported on divergent processes or ribs. The whole carapace is surrounded by a fillet, which, on the anterior and ventral aspects, forms a very broad and stout keel. End view ovate, tumid, very broad below. The surface of the shell is marked with rather large, vaguely defined pits, and is slightly scabrous. Animal unknown. Length 37 in., height 775 in. Hab. Channel Isles, 15-30 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Oban (Mr. D. Robertson). This is strikingly similar in general contour to C. Jeffreysii; but in other respects the two species are abundantly distinct. It bears also some resemblance to C. marginata (Norman) and to certain forms of C. tuberculata. From the last-mentioned it may be at once separated by the conspicuous stalked tubercles of the anterior hinge, the absence of tubercles on the lateral surfaces of the valves, and, as seen from above, by the regularly oval contour, without posterior tumidity. From C. marginata the hinge-tubercles, characters of surface, and want of excessive angularity of the dorsum sufficiently distinguish it. 24. CYTHERE MARGINATA, Norman. (Plate XXXI. figs. 5-8.) Cythere marginata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. (1862) p. 47, pl. iii. figs. 10-12. Carapace subquadrangular, highest in front ; height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded below, sloping steeply backwards above, and forming at its dorsal extremity a conspicuous angular elevation over the anterior hinge. Inferior margin nearly straight; dorsal margin sloping sinuously and rather steeply backwards. . Posterior extremity narrowed, angular, produced below. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, widest in the middle and tapering abruptly at each extremity ; width equal to half the length. End view tumid, ovate. Surface covered with large angular pittings, Which are separated from each other by narrow ribs. Animal unknown. Length 4; in., height 4j in. Hab. Lamlash Bay (Rev. A. M. Norman). The single specimen upon which this species is founded is scarcely well enough marked in its characters to form a satisfactory species; but I am unable to refer it with certainty to any other described form. 25. CYTHERE QUADRIDENTATA, Baird. (Plate XXXI. figs. 19-30.) Cythere quadridentata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 173, t. xxi. fig. 2. British type. Distrisurion: Recent—Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong quadrangular or cuneate, ene ee height equal to about one-half the length. Anterior border oblique y cae ; ra bearing a row of from eight to twelve small teeth. Posterior margin cesi , pm excavated above and considerably produced below, where it 1s scm vii dii about four sharp spines. The inferior margin 18 straight = mn Go Kee oe NN ee sloping ST TT Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. 414 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF outline, as seen from above, is oblong ovate or hastate, the junction of the hinge-margins marked behind the middle by a deep, sharply defined suleus. Ventral surface sulcate along the whole length of the contact-margins, which are bordered by a broad, well. defined, smooth band. End view ovate. The surface of the shell is marked with oblong punctures, which are arranged chiefly in longitudinal rows, but in curved lines round the anterior border. The valves, in typical specimens, are swollen behind, forming an abrupt angular elevation, from which a longitudinal rib runs directly forwards, and two others in an oblique direction towards the upper and lower margins of the valve; the left valve is considerably smaller than the right. Animal unknown. Length 35 in. Hab. In deep water, rare. Coasts of Northumberland and Durham, 25-46 fathoms (G. S. B.); Ormeshead and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Hebrides and the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys). The specimen represented in figs. 19-22 is the form originally described by Dr. Baird under the specific name quadridentata; that shown in fig. 25 is a very similar form, while fig. 23 differs only in being less angular and the surface-markings fainter. The specimens from which figs. 26-30 were drawn appear to be merely a variety, or perhaps the adult or the female of the same species. The peculiar characters of the ventral and dorsal surfaces, as well as the elongated punctation, are distinctly retained. The species is a rare one, and I have had no opportunity of thoroughly examining the animal. 26. CYTHERE EMACIATA, Brady. (Plate XXXI. figs. 31-37.) Cythere emaciata, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 210. Atlantic type. Disrrisution: Recent—Great Britain and Ireland. Fossil—Raised beaches, Scotland. Carapace, as seen from the side, compressed, quadrangular, higher in front than behind; length equal to more than twice the height. Anterior extremity flattened or but slightly rounded, often fringed with a row of eight or nine teeth. Posterior extremity narrowed, excavated above, produced and toothed below. Dorsal and ventral margins nearly straight. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, widest behind, nearly thrice as long as broad; the ventral keel produced behind into two broad fimbriated processes. The contact-margins on the ventral surface are bordered by two flattened ridges, forming a very broad keel, which projects considerably behind. End view oval, with rounded lateral protuberances. Surface marked with large pits arranged longitudinally ; in small or young specimens the punctures are oblong, as in the ding species ; along the middle of the valve runs a conspicuous elevated rib, a less Hein ridge within the ventral margin, and another smaller one in an oblique direction behind the antero-dorsal angle. Right valve larger than the left. Animal unknown Length Ae to de in., height de to de in. Ten deep water. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman); Peterhead and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; ebrides (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Northumberland and Durham coasts, 35 fathoms, and Birterbuy Bay, 15 fathoms (G. S. B); Si consilio coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. Spence Bate) ; in shell-sand from Roundstone Dr $ Gal : . Alcock alway Bay (Prof. Rowney). ( cock), Baltimore (Mr. E. C. Davison), MUR c Mh d a an ea Te ae RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 415 _ This species bears considerable resemblance to Prof. T. R. Jones’s figures of C. retifas- tigiata, but a reference to the type specimens, kindly placed at my disposal by that author, convinces me that the two species are quite distinct. The more elongated forms figured at 31 and 36 are very probably, as in other species, the males; but I have not been able to satisfy myself of this, all the specimens which I have examined having proved to be only empty shells. 27. CYTHERE MIRABILIS, nov. sp. (Plate XXIX. figs. 7, 8.) Distrisution: Recent—Scotland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland, Valves, as seen from the side, subtrapezoidal, highest at the anterior third; greatest height equal to two-thirds of the length. Anterior extremity broadly and obliquely rounded, its lower half bearing a series of short blunt teeth; posterior narrow, very slightly curved, bearing four teeth at the lower angle; superior margin sloping steeply and in a convex line from before backwards, terminating abruptly in an obtuse angle at each extremity, more or less abruptly undulated or emarginate throughout, but especially behind the anterior extremity, where it is twice or thrice deeply and irregularly jagged ; inferior margin evenly convex. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, twice as long as broad, obtusely toothed and mucronate behind, margins irregularly spinous and emar- ginate. Hinge-joint very strongly developed, consisting in the right valve of a triangular tooth in front and an obliquely truncate one behind; in the left of a strong central bar ending abruptly behind, and elevated into an angular tooth in front. Surface of the shell covered in its central and middorsal portions with large angular excavations, and surrounded on the ventral margin and the extremities by wide and sharply cut irre- gularly concentric furrows, across which the separating ribs anastomose sparingly. Length 3}, in. Hab. Off Lumpan Head, Lewis (Admiralty soundings). I have seen only one valve of this species in a recent state; some of the details above given are taken from fossil specimens obtained from the Scotch Glacial clays. 28. CYTHERE MUCRONATA (G. O. Sars). (Plate XXVI. figs. 34, 34a.) Cythereis mucronata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 48. : —— spinosissima, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 386, pl. Ix. figs. 10a-e. Scandinavian type. DisrRiBUTION: Recent—Norway, eigene ho midi test Valves, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, highest in front ei t : Spe: is im E height equal to half the length. Anterior margin pum e H NÉ d also odi dista strong, linguiform, obtusely rounded spines ; posterior rdc Dam of about nine much smaller and abruptly : geen tral portion of the valves is irregularly emarginate, inferior nearly straight. du EN which, towards the closely beset with large, clumsy, irregularly angular pro Be th A a row of extremities, are much. fewer and smaller; along the ventral Ea eent Stout tooth-like spines, the last of which projects strongty © ated spines ; superior margin arched, 416 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Outline, as seen from below, rhomboidal; greatest width behind the middle, where the. last ventral spine projects, forming a strongly marked angle. Length e in. Hab. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). One valve only, found amongst dredged sand. 99. CYTHERE DUNELMENsIS (Norman). (Plate XXX. figs. 1-12.) Cythereis dunelmensis, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 22, pl. vii. figs. 1-4. horrida, Sars, loc. cit. p. 45. Scandinavian type. DisrRisUTION ` Recent—Baflin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain. Fossil—Glacial clays and raised beaches, Scotland and Ireland. Carapace of female, as seen from the side, elongate quadrangular, highest in front; greatest height equal to nearly two-thirds of the length. Anterior margin broadly rounded and irregularly fringed with short, blunt spines; posterior rectangularly trun- cate. Dorsal and ventral margins nearly straight. Outline, as seen from above, sub- ovate, widest in front of the middle, sides nearly parallel; width equal to about half the length. End view subquadrangular, widest in the middle. Surface coarsely reticulated and excessively rough, with spinous and tubereular elevations; a curved spinous ridge just within the anterior margin, and a more or less conspicuous tubercle in front of the centre of the valve. The posterior portion of the ventral margin is armed with a series of irregular squamous spines, which often coalesce so as to form a rugged, dentate lamina. The shell of the male (figs. 5-8) is much elongated, height equal to twice the length; ventral margin distinctly sinuated, and the surface-spines much coarser and stronger. Colour yellowish. “Eyes large and located in the tubercles of the carapace. Upper antenne distinctly six-jointed ; last joint almost equal in length to the two preceding, terminating in four equal setee. Second joint of the last foot longer than the two following, and bearing on the anterior margin a group of four hairs ; terminal claw very long and slender. Basal portion of the male copulative organs subquadrangular, apical portion subtriangular, produced and obtusely acuminate in front.” Length 3; in., height 4; in. Hab. Durham coast, in 40 fathoms (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; off Scarborough (Mr. Leckenby) ; Cumbrae, 10 fathoms (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Croulin Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). This species occurs with tolerable frequency in the Scotch Glacial clays; but, in the living state, appears to be somewhat rare. In the Frith of Clyde and north-western Scottish coast it is rather more common than on the eastern coast. It seems also to be moderately common on the coast of Norway. | 30. CYTHERE Waert, (Baird). (Plate XXX. figs. 21-24.) Cythereis Whitei, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 175, t. xx. figs. 3, 3 a. British type. Disrrisution : Recent—Great Britain, Levant. Fossil—Glacial, Ireland. jn seen from the side, elongated quadrangular; length equal to twice the height. ror margin abruptly rounded below, and sloping steeply backwards above, where it RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. | 417 terminates in a conspicuous elevation over the anterior hinge ; posterior margin straight, and much emarginate. The dorsal margin slopes pretty evenly backwards from the anterior hinge; the ventral margin nearly straight, but bearing a variable number of regularly set, short, blunt teeth. Outline, as seen from above, somewhat cuneate, suddenly narrowed behind, broadest at the posterior third; width equal to nearly half the length. End view subquadrangular. The surface of the shell is rugose, and bears three rows of elevated processes, or truncated spines; one row commences at the anterior hinge, running parallel to and within the anterior and ventral margins nearly as far as the posterior extremity; a second row runs directly backwards, almost in the median line of the valve; a third and much less conspicuous row runs transversely, parallel to and just within the posterior margin. Animal unknown. Length 3); in., height 77 in. Hab. “In shell-sand from Tenby, Prof. T. Rupert Jones; and from Torquay, W. C. Williamson, Esq.” (Dr. Baird) ; Campbeltown, 10 fathoms (Mr. D. Robertson). 31. CYTHERE ANTIQUATA (Baird). (Plate XXX. figs. 17-20.) Cythereis antiquata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 176, tab. xx. fig. 2. British type. Disrrreution: Recent— Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Levant. Fossil—Glacial clay and raised beaches, England, Scotland, and Ireland. Valves rectangular, quadrilateral ; length equal to twice the height. Anterior border rounded at the angles, and armed below with a series of blunt spines ; posterior margin rectangularly truncate, and bearing below the middle several strong linguiform spines. Dorsal and ventral margins parallel, the latter quite straight, the former cleft into three or four segments with intervening sulci. The carapace, as seen from below, 1s oblong, with projecting lateral alz, which taper towards the front, but terminate abruptly behind, giving to the whole a somewhat arrow-headed outline. Seen from above, the outline is more irregular. End view subtriangular, deeply emarginate below, each lateral portion with two strongly projecting ridges. The surface of the shell is tuberculate, and bears two conspicuous, sharply defined longitudinal ridges, which terminate abruptly in angular elevations near the posterior extremity of the valve. These ribs are mostly perforated = the base, the rows of apertures thus produced being very conspicuous ep the ee aspect of the shell (fig. 19). The anterior hinge-tubercle is very large ani a Left valve larger than the right. Upper antenne five-jointed, last u de: be slender; second joint equal in length to the following two; spines che a and slender. Second joint of lower antenne very short, scarcely nae er: iid third joint. Second joint of the last foot equal in length to Cie ms wo; claw very long and slender. Abdominal lobes terminating in à $ ort seta. Length 3; in., height Ze in. Hab. m depths o "4 e 60 ECH Hebrides and the Minch (Mr. J. = nt er Ae Dawson); Oban, Ormeshead, Cumbrae, an amp iste m vof. T. Reine | Bay, is and in oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G.S. B.) ; m M hee me Jones), Roundstone (Dr. Alcock), and Cowes (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; © , 593 fathoms (Admiralty soundings) . 3L VOL. XXVI. - 418 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF The Frith of Clyde seems to be peculiarly rich in the spinous forms hitherto referred to the genus Cythereis, Mr. Robertson having there dredged all the British species in a living state: Cythere antiquata appears to be the commonest and most widely distri- buted of these, but is nowhere very abundant. It is not mentioned by Sars among the Norwegian Ostracoda. 32. CYTHERE Jonesin (Baird). (Plate XXX. figs. 13-16.) Cythereis Jonesii, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 175, tab. xx. fig. 1; Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumber- land and Durham, vol. i. p. 21, pl. vii. figs. 5-8. — fimbriata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1862, pl. iii. fig. 9. Cythere ceratoptera, Bosquet, Entom. fossil. des terr. tertiair. de la France, p. 114, pl. vi. fig. 2; Jones, Tertiary Entom. p. 39, pl. iv. fig. 1. Cythereis spectabilis, Sars, loc. cit. p. 46. — subcoronata, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 384, pl. Ix. figs. 9a-e, and (?) Speyer, Ostrac. der Casseler Tertiärbild. p. 38, tab. iv. figs. 9, 10. ? Cythereis cornuta, Jones (young), Entom. of Tert. Form. Eng. p. 39, pl. iv. fig. 19. Atlantic type. Disrrisurion : Recent—Norway, Great Britain ; (var. ceratoptera) Ireland ; Bay of Biscay, Levant. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland ; (var. ceratoptera) tertiary, France, Belgium, England. Valves compressed in front, but gradually swelling towards the hinder extremity; as seen from the side, oblong, subquadrangular or ear-shaped; height equal to much more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded, spinous below, and terminating above in a well-marked angular elevation over the anterior hinge. Posterior extremity irre- gularly bordered with spines, the strongest of which are at the ventral angle. Ventral margin gently curved; dorsal much shorter than the ventral, straight but emargi- nate, and forming an elevated ridge, which bears at its posterior extremity three or four strong, linguiform processes. The outline, as seen from below, is irregularly lozenge- shaped or subrhomboidal, and bordered with strong spinous projections, which gradually increase in size from the front to the posterior third, where they terminate abruptly ; width equal to two-thirds of the length. End view equilaterally triangular, the base perfeetly straight. The surface of the shell is quite smooth, and rises gradually from the front to near the posterior extremity of the valve, at which point the elevation terminates abruptly in a jagged and spinous declivity. A strongly developed ridge com- mences at the anterior hinge-tubercle, running a little within and parallel to the anterior and ventral margins, as far as the transverse declivitv just described; this ridge is, in the first portion of its course, smooth and rounded, but at the antero-ventral angle becomes spinous, and retains that character to its termination: the spines, or “ lingui- form processes,” are about ten in number, very large and strong, with rounded ex- tremities. Colour ochreous. Eye-tubereles very large and E er Antenne elon- gate, almost exactly similar to those of C. dunelmensis. Feet slender ; second joint of the Te shorter than the united lengths of the following two. Apical portion of the | pulative organs forming an elongated acuminate process. Length 35 in., height 4; in. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 419 Hab. In depths of from 2 to 60 fathoms. Orkney (Mr. C. W. Peach); Hebrides and the Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Tobermory at roots of Laminaria, Shetland, Isle of Skye and Lamlash Bay, and Dogger bank (Rev. A. M. Norman); Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Oban, Cumbrae, Ormeshead, Bute, and Campbeltown (Mr. D. Robertson); Northumberland coast (G. S. B.) ; in shell-sand from Roundstone (Dr. Alcock) ; off Lewis (N.B.), 594 fathoms (Admiralty dredgings) *. 33. CYTHERE (?) ACEROSA, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 55-58.) Carapace, as seen from the side, reniform, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to half the length. Anterior extremity flattened, subtruncate, obtusely angular at its junetion with the dorsal margin; posterior rounded. Superior margin arched, highest in the middle; inferior deeply concave, nearly parallel with the dorsal margin. The an- terior, posterior, and postero-ventral portions of the margin are excessively compressed and laminar. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, hexagonal; extremities suddenly tapered, sharply acuminate, sides parallel; width equal to one-fourth of the length. Surface smooth; colour yellowish, opaque. Animal unknown. Length 4 in. Hab. Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman). This remarkable species ought very probably to form the type of a distinet genus; but as I have had no opportunity of examining the animal, it seems best pro tempore to place it in its present position. The only specimen extant is in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman, and was obtained by the late Mr. Barlee from nets of trawlers at Plymouth. Genus 2. LIMNICYTHERE, Brady t. rather thin, and horny in texture. Animal æ are armed with short sete instead of the last joint much elongated, the ante- ing in two rather stout sete. Shell irregularly tuberculate or spinous, like that of Cythere, except that the antenn spines. Upper antennz five-jointed, slender, penultimate excessively short. Postabdomen terminat Inhabits fresh water. cia Of this genus I have not yet seen the males; but the , together cm the external Tr of the carapace and the freshwater habitat, seems to require that it should be placed in a distinet genus. 1 think it very probable sig more minute examination than I have yet been able to make may reveal also other dif- ferences than those here specified. structure of the upper antennz, es, 15- VII. 1. LrwrcYrHERE earen (Baird). (Plate XXIX. figs. 15-18, Plate XXXVI fig. 9, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.) Cythere inopinata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 172, tab. xx. figs. 1, 1a. i in the middle; : ; "regular, tuberculate, highest in ; Valves, as seen from the side, reniform, UT gul Anterior border rather narrower greatest height equal to more than half the length. Bere ori crga : than the posterior, rounded, and produced into a flattened encireling flange. Posterior | Observer, vol. xii. p. 121. * See Appendix. * Intellectual Iv REC 420 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF margin slightly rounded, and armed below with a series of from six to twelve small spines. The dorsum forms a flattened arch; ventral margin deeply incurved near the middle. Seen from above, the outline is irregularly lanceolate, sharply mucronate in front, obtusely behind, and mostly asymmetrical, on account of a want of correspondence in the tuberculation of the valves; greatest width situated at the posterior third, equal to less than half the length. End view somewhat pyramidal, strongly keeled below. The surface of the valves is punctate, and marked near the middle with a deep trans- verse furrow; the anterior half of each valve bears mostly one, the posterior half two tubercles; but these are subject to much variation in position and number, scarcely any two shells being precisely alike. Colour dull white or straw-coloured. Upper antenne slender, five-jointed; last joint linear, equal in length to the preceding; the third scarcely more than half the length of either of the two following; second equal to third and fourth united. Terminal claws three, nearly equal in length, curved and setiform ; the fourth joint bears at its apex four sete, about equal in length and strength to the terminal claws, and near the middle two shorter sete. The second and third joints bear each one seta. Terminal claws of the second antennz slender. Feet short and stout; terminal claws of the first and second pairs stout and strongly curved; those of the third pair slender, subsetiform, and equal in length to the three preceding joints ; second joint equal in length to the two following. Males unknown. Length 7; in., height 4; in. Hab. In fresh water. Hardwick Lake and Raby Park, county Durham (Rev. A. M. Norman); Fulwell Cemetery, Gibside, and in a mill-stream at Hedworth, county Durham ; East Belsay Lake, Northum- berland, and North Shaws Loch, Selkirkshire (G. S. B.) ; in a pond between Hanwell and Southall, Middlesex (Dr. Baird); Glasgow and Paisley Canal (Mr. D. Robertson). bo . LIMNICYTHERE MONSTRIFICA (Norman). (Plate XXIX. figs. 9-12.) Cypris monstrifica, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. 1862, p. 45, pl. iii. figs. 4, 5. Valves, as seen from the side, oblong subquadrangular, strongly spinous and tuber- culate. Extremities boldly rounded, the anterior bearing on eaeh valve a marginal row of about twelve sharp spines. Dorsal margin straight, angulated at its anterior extremity, whence it slopes gently downwards and backwards. Ventral margin incurved centrally. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, oval, each valve bearing two very large spinous tubercles, and several smaller spines and ridges. End view sub- quadrate, irregularly angulated. The valves are closely punctate, furrowed across the middle; one strong spinous tubercle on the anterior half, and two on the posterior half of each valve. The posterior portion is also beset with numerous small sharp spines. Animal unknown. Length y in. Hab. Fresh water. In the canal at Fleckney, Leicestershire, August 1856 (Rev. A. M. Norman). This species Was deseribed by Mr. Norman as a Cypris. It seems, however, to have yeu with the genus Limnicythere, to which I here refer it. Mr. Norman ob- serves it made no attempt to swim in the few days during which he kept it alive. ore RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 421 The excessively rugged surface of the shell would, indeed, constitute a serious impedi- ment to any rapid movement through the water; consequently we do not observe any such condition of carapace in the genus Cypris, nor even in Candona. The two or three specimens on which the species was originally founded are all that have as yet been observed. It may be noted that specimens of Cypris gibba sometimes assume a tuberculated or spinous surface ; but never, so far as I know, to such an extent as in the present species. Genus 3. CyTHERIDEA, Bosquet. Shell, as seen from the side, subtriangular or triangularly ovate, highest at the anterior third; thick and compact in structure. Surface more or less pitted, sometimes smooth and papillose, or concentrically rugose. Hinge-margin of the right valve bearing a series of small tubercles or crenulations, which are received into corresponding depressions of the opposite (left) valve ; these tubercles are mostly disposed in two terminal groups, the intervening portion of the valve-margin being plain or marked by minute tubercles on the left, and corresponding fosse on the right valve. Lucid spots about four, in a trans- verse row, near the centre of the valve, and two detached spots (which sometimes coalesce) in front of the main group. Upper antenn: very robust, mostly five-jointed, and bearing strong spines; the last joint narrow and elongated; lower antenne four- jointed ; urticating sete long and slender, biarticulate. Mandibles large and numerously toothed; palp three-jointed, and bearing a distinct branchial appendage. The right foot of the first and second pairs in the male different from the rest, that of the first pair very strong and prehensile; of the second very feeble, the apical portion rudimentary and destitute of a terminal claw. Eyes distinct. I am unable to find any good distinctive charact (Jones) from Cytheridea. G. O. Sars restricts the f very broad and dentate forms, which, however, do not appear to me to present any we d marked generic characters: the animal is not known, but may be supposed e in : e probability, not far different from that of the typical Cytheridea amet, Pu dis may be noted that some of the species included by para under Loge an ^ei tinetly to the series included by Bosquet in his Cytheridea ; and one of them ( ypric x FE : : : : : j apillosa, Bosquet. If the dis- Bairdii, Sars) is, as I believe, identical with Cytheridea p p ia tinetness of the two genera be maintained, the name Cyp n za and robabiy also exclusively for C. torosa, which differs to some extent in its er m phis in its mode of reproduction. Many of Mie fon ma ah g ine of the species, belong undoubtedly to Cytheridea. The genus 5*5 uM ditions of existence are though local, oceur in prodigious quantities when the con favourable. ers to separate the genus Cyprideis latter genus (apparently) to certain Plate XL. fig. 6.) l. CYTHERIDEA ELONGATA, Brady. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 13-16, and g Cythere angustata, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 172, tab. xxi. fa ——— uL Glacial deposit Atlantic type. DrsrRiBvTION : Recent—Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of bıscay. and raised beaches, Scotland and Ireland. : j f | isher behind than in front Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate, not much highe ; 422 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF greatest height in the middle, and equal to considerably less than half the length, evenly rounded in front, obliquely rounded behind, and obsoletely angular at the infero-poste- rior angle. Superior margin evenly and gently arched, inferior nearly straight for the anterior two-thirds, then gently convex, behind which it is slightly upturned. Outline, as seen from above, subovate, sides nearly parallel, width equal to much less than half the length; anterior extremity obtusely pointed, posterior broadly rounded and emar- ginate in the middle. End view nearly circular, keeled below. Shell smooth, orna- mented with very small and distant circular papillee, the ventral surface faintly grooved in a longitudinal direction, these grooves sometimes extending obscurely round the anterior margin. Colour light purplish brown; of specimens from shell-sand horny yellow. Hinge formed by a median crest of the right valve and two terminal curved flanges of the left valve; altogether weakly developed, and showing no trace of crenu- lation, but an obscure tooth-like projection on the anterior flange of the left valve. Penultimate joint of the upper antenns nearly twice as long; second joint nearly four times as long as the third; last joint half as long as the preceding ; basal joint very stout, and bearing on its inferior margin a row of about twelve short spinous hairs. Terminal claw of the third pair of feet long, slender, and flexuous; a single short seta at the apex of the penultimate joint, none on the antepenultimate. First pair of feet in the male alike on both sides, subprehensile ; last joint bearing one strong, slightly curved terminal claw, and one very short spine; second joint armed with one apical claw, similar in size and shape to that of the last joint; second pair alike on both sides (?), basal joint bear- ing a stout apical spine; terminal claw long, setiform. Length jl in. Hab. In deep water. Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; the Minch and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jef- freys) ; Devonshire coast (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; Exmouth, Burrow Island, Isle of Portland, Swan- sea, Tenby, Tobermory, Youghal (Rev. 4. M. Norman) ; Pegwell Bay and Poole Bay (Prof. T. Rupert Jones) ; in shell-sand from the Mumbles, Frith of Forth, Thames and Roundstone, and in tide-pools at Sunderland * (G. S. B.) ; off Yarmouth (Mr. D. O. Drewett); “Devonshire, W- C. Williamson, Esq. ; Tenby, T. Rupert Jones, Esq.” (Dr. Baird); off Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson.) Of C. elongata I have seen only one specimen containing the animal—a male. This was found at the roots of Laminaria at Tobermory by the Rev. A. M. Norman. In some respects this differs rather remarkably from others of the genus, as, for instance, in the conformation of the first and second feet, which are here alike on both sides. The want of crenulation in the hinge-margins of the valves is also an important distinction ; and notwithstanding the general resemblance of the species to the genus Cytheridea, I cannot help suspecting that a fuller investigation of the structure of the animal may show valid generic differences, Dr. Baird has doubtfully referred this Species to Cytherina angustata, Münster; but the differences in shape and in proportions of length and breadth appear to me too serious to allow of this identification. It approaches more closely to ** Bairdia” litho- Cen, Bosquet; but is not precisely similar to it, as I have satisfied myself by the examination of specimens sent to me by that author, * This was in all probability a washed-up specimen, as the valves were empty. Gebei Eet, ginge De Ae deg, A. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 423 2. CYTHERIDEA PAPILLOSA, Bosquet. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 1-6, and Plate XL. fig. 1.) Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet, Entom. fossil. des terr. tertiair. de la France, p. 42, pl. ii. figs. 5a, b, c, d. Cythere Bradii, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1864, p. 192. —— debilis, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 15, pl. v. figs. 5-8, and note, p. 28. Cyprideis Bairdii, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 52. Scandinavian type. Dusrrisution: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain. Fossil—Glacial deposits and raised beaches, Scotland and Norway; tertiary, France and Belgium. Valves of the female, as seen from the side, oblong, slightly higher in front than behind, height equal to more than half the length; the postero-ventral termination somewhat angular. Anterior margin obliquely rounded; posterior sloping steeply with a gentle curve from above downwards, terminating below in an obtusely rounded angle. Superior margin very slightly arched, inferior straight or indistinctly sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, tumid, rounded at the extremities, the anterior of which is the narrowest; greatest width behind the middle, equal to half the length; a slight longitudinal depression along the junction of the two valves behind the middle. End view nearly circular. The shell of the male is much more elongated, and nearly equal in height throughout, the height much less than half the length; inferior margin more decidedly sinuated. Surface of the shell smooth and shining, cream- coloured, clouded with reddish brown on the dorsal aspect; beset with distant circular papille. Lucid spots arranged in a transverse row of four, with two others at a consider- able distance in front. Terminal hinge-processes distinctly crenulated, the intervening portion more slightly so (Plate XXVIII. figs. 5a, b). Terminal joint of the upper antenna very short, not half the length of the preceding, armed with a long spine and two sete. Spines of the third and fourth joints very robust, ensiform. Branchial appendage of the mandibular palp bearing three sete. First pair of feet very short, last two joints imper- fectly separated ; terminal claw of the third foot much longer than the second joint and finely ciliated on the margins. Right foot of the first pair in the male very strong, sub- cheliform, the last three joints coalescent, very thick and massive, and bearing on ge anterior margin a very stout, bearded linguiform process ; terminal claw er t ui bent almost at a right angle; “right foot of second pour very rudimentary, d en portion composed of one very small ovate joint, bearing a short seta on t 4 - n margin; the left also different from that of the female, subprehensile, the last three joints thickened ; terminal claw strong and doubly pectinate. Basal portion of o copulative organs subovate ; terminal portion bipartite, the anterior nos small an obtusely triangular, the posterior larger and produced into an acuminate process. Length ẹyin., height #5 in. Hab. In deep water, 10 to 50 fathoms. Hebrides, the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; en M Cumbrae, and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aberdeenshire (Mr. Dt. Thames estuary ( Mr. Durham coasts (G. S. B.); Yorkshire coast, off Scarborough (Mr. Leckenby) ; tha E. C. Davison). C. papillosa seems to be a strictly northern species, and on the Fa m of the north-east of England is one of the most abundant forms. In n t id RM localities, especially in Loch Fyne, it occurs in great profusion, and 1$ a ; 424 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF C. punctillata to the exclusion of almost all other species. It is remarkable that Sars has found these two species associated in a similar manner on the Norwegian coast. From fossil specimens communicated to me by M. Bosquet, I cannot entertain much doubt that the present species is identical with the C. papillosa of that author, though the recent specimens are uniformly larger than the fossil ones. 3. CYTHERIDEA PUNCTILLATA, Brady. (Plate XXVI. figs. 35-38, Plate XXVIII. figs. 17-20.) Cytheridea punctillata, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1865) p. 189, pl. ix. figs. 9-11. Cyprideis proxima, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 54. Scandinavian type. DisrmisuTION: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Britain. Fossil—Glacial and post- tertiary deposits, England, Scotland, and Norway. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, oblong, subovate or subtriangular, often marked more or less distinctly with a central transverse sulcus; greatest height equal to more than half the length, situated at the anterior third. Anterior margin broad and well rounded ; posterior narrower, suddenly round or almost angular below, but not so much so as in the preceding species. Superior margin gently arched, highest a little in front of the middle; ventral nearly straight. Outline, as seen from above, oval, with rather obtuse extremities. End view ovate, narrowed above, broadly rounded below. The shell of the male is more elongated, and presents differences of proportion much the same as in C. papillosa. Surface rough and quite free from polish, marked with thickly set rounded pittings, in the intervals of which are scattered elevated papille. Lucid spots six or eight, four in the line of the central sulcus; the rest in one or two separate patches in advance of the main group. Substance of the shell very dense and thick. Colour dull brown. Superior antenna rather slender, last joint bearing three terminal set. Distal portion of the first feet more slender than in the preceding species, distinctly three-jointed. Terminal claw of the last pair of feet very long and almost straight, setiform. Distal portion of the right first foot of the male biarticulate, the first joint armed in front with a hooked spine, the last joint considerably swollen, its terminal claw short and curved; “right foot of the second pair as in C. papillosa, its terminal segment very small and composed of one joint, the left foot subprehensile, terminal claw bipectinate. Basal portion of the copulative organs of the male very large, subquadran- gular, broader than long; terminal portion short, bearing two processes, of which the anterior is obtuse, the posterior acuminate.” Length 35 in., height 4; in. Hab. In deep water, 10-60 fathoms. Suffolk coast, dredged by Mr. D. O. Drewett; Loch Fyne (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Hebrides, the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys). Cytheridea punctillata bears much resemblance in general form to C. papillosa. It is, however, a more robust species, higher in proportion to its length, and the postero- ventral angle much less angular. It is also further characterized by a well-marked and sometimes rather coarse surface-sculpture, and frequently by the central transverse gi, in these latter characters approaching closely C. torosa; whilst C. papillosa possesses, mostly, a smooth, papillose surface, without any trace of pitting, and C. torosa e 5 RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 425 a pitted surface, often without papille (both rules, however, being liable to occasional exceptions): in C. punctillata we see a mixture of these two characters. Bairdia hebertiana, Bosquet, and B. punctatella, Bosquet, are both nearly allied to the present species, but not absolutely identical with it. M. Bosquet, to whom I have submitted specimens, agrees with me in this determination. Reuss’s Cytherina inter- media comes, perhaps, still nearer; but his figures are insufficient for the purpose of identification. Cytheridea Mülleri, Bosquet, is also a very near relative, but is separated by the constant tendency to dentation of the anterior, and sometimes of the posterior margin; this character is entirely absent in C. punctillata. The only British locality in which this species has been found abundantly is Loch Fyne, where, as previously stated, it occurs in great numbers in company with C. papillosa. It is by far the most abundant species in the Scotch glacial clays. 4. CYTHERIDEA ToROSA (Jones). (Plate XXVIII. figs. 7-12, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.) Candona torosa, Jones, Ann. E Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 1850, vi. p. 27, pl. 3. fig. 6. Cyprideis torosa, Jones (in part), Tertiary Entom. of England, 1856, p. 21; Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. (1864) p. 62, pl. iv. figs. 11-23, and Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. vi. p. 108, pl. ii. figs. 11-23; G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 51. British type. DisrRiBuTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland, Levant, Sea of Azoff. Fossil— Posttertiary, England and Scotland. Shell of the female, as seen from the side, oblong, subovate ; length scarcely equal to twice the height. Dorsal margin arched, highest in front of the middle, where it is slightly gibbous. Ventral margin straight, or slightly incurved at the anterior third, ‘mostly furnished with a single stout spine at the posterior angle. Extremities well rounded. The outline, as seen from above, is oblong-ovate (often irregularly and obso- letely angular), sides nearly parallel, extremities obtusely pointed d the line of sen of the hinge-margins depressed behind the middle, forming a longitudinal ag ne view very broadly oval, nearly circular. The right valve is smaller than the le y x has the dorsal margin inclined more steeply, and almost in a right line, from K E backwards. Shell of the male elongated, more than twice as long as high. Sur face of the valves marked with closely set rounded pittings, and with a more or less conspieuous EE? verse sulcus somewhat in front of the centre. Young specimens are n XP : also with a few short, thinly scattered hairs, and at the postero-inferior LI wen t E spine before mentioned, there is often a conspicuous group of rather. pd pne n A spots arranged in a transverse row of about four near the suleus, ge int gm. vum widely separated spots considerably in advance of the main group (fig. A pe fig. 12). ment does not differ materially from that of un m rela Ga te Siam scarcely longer than the preceding; the last joint ra e the lower antenne very long. three setze; spines long and slender. m setze (fig. 5p, Plate XXXIX.). Branchial appendage of the mandible-palp beating the preceding one; second last three joints of the first foot about equal in ais e d bearing at its apex one joint of the last foot much longer than the following two, and 5 = VOL, XXVI, 426 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF long ringed seta and one shorter spine; terminal claw slender, about equal in length to the second joint. Right foot of the first pair in the male prehensile, four-jointed, much stronger than the left; the apex of the second joint giving origin to a long, curved, bearded seta; terminal claw moderately strong; basal joint of the right foot of the second pair bearing three plumose setze (fig. 5g, Plate XX XIX.); second joint dilated at the distal extremity and bearing on the anterior margin two fasciculi of short setze, and at the apex one very long ciliated seta; the left foot of the second pair scarcely different from that of the female. Second joint of the last pair on the right side armed on the anterior margin with a dense brush of setze (fig. 5%”), on the left side with four semi- vertieillate groups of shorter hairs. Abdomen of the female (fig. 5m) ending in a large, eurved, acuminate process; postabdominal lobes bearing two very small plumose setze. Copulative organs of the male divided at the apex into two processes, one of which is acutely lanceolate and serrated at the margin, the other obtusely rounded (fig. 5%); basal portion very large and subovate. The ova and undeveloped young are carried within the carapace of the female. Length 35 in., height 75 in. Hab. In brackish and occasionally in fresh water. Gravesend (Prof. T. R. Jones) ; Girdler Sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; Sedgefield, in fresh water; Hartlepool, Weston-super-Mare, and Guernsey (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Belsay, in fresh water; Warkworth, Alnmouth, Camboise, Seaton Sluice, Jarrow Slake, and in shell-sand from Pegwell Bay (G. S. B.). Cytheridea torosa was first found living by Prof. T. Rupert Jones in brackish water at Gravesend, and was by him referred to the genus Candona; further examination, how- ever, showed the animal to be allied to, if not identical with, Cythere, and revealed also peculiarities of shell-structure for which the genus Cyprideis was proposed. But there seems to be no difference of generic importance between this species and the older genus Cytheridea. The peculiar sete and ringed hairs which I have described as existing in C. torosa (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. loc. cit.) are found in some, if not all, of the Cytheridee and in some allied genera; and the characters of the first pair of feet in the male are analogous also to those met with in the foregoing species, though the right foot of the second pair is not rudimentary as in those species. For these reasons I have thought it desirable to class C. torosa as a true Cytheridea, though there remains one important character in which, so far as I know, this species stands alone amongst the Ostracoda, namely, the enormous number of ova borne at a single time by the female. How far this may prove to be of generic importance, future investigations must show; it is, at any rate, an interesting fact, and one which fully accounts for the immense numbers in which the species is often found. I have had the opportunity, through the kindness of Professor T. Rupert Jones, of examining the specimens, both recent and fossil, from which the species was first described ; and I find that the more strongly tuberculated forms, from which it derived ke te name, are referable to C. lacustris. Under these circumstances the name ten according to the laws of zoological nomenclature, give way to the prior m forosa, and the smoother species (the ¢orosa of Sars, of the present monograph, and of my previous paper) be named afresh. But as the two specific designations bere used RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 427 have already gained a certain currency, it seems best not to disturb the existing nomen- elature for the sake of adherence to a law which, in this case, would further confuse matters. 5. CYTHERIDEA LACUSTRIS (G. O. Sars). (Plate XXVI. figs. 18-21, and Plate XL. fig. 2.) Cythere lacustris, G. O. Sars, Zoologisk Reise i Sommeren 1862, p. 30. H Cyprideis torosa, Jones (in part), Tertiary Entomostraca, p. 21, pl. ii. figs. 1a-1i, and woodcut, p. 16. fig. 2. Disrrisutton: Recent—Norway, Scotland. Fossil—Posttertiary, England. Valves of the female; as seen from the side oblong, subtriangular, highest in front; greatest height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin broad and well rounded; posterior narrowed, obscurely angular above, rounded off below. Superior margin much elevated and angular over the anterior hinge, thence sloping steeply back- straight or very slightly sinuated in front of the middle. egularly emarginate; sides nearly parallel ; equal to half the length ; a deep longitu- wards in a right line; inferior Outline, as seen from above, oblong oval, irr extremities equal and obtusely pointed ; width dinal suleus formed by the depression of the hinge-margins behind the middle. The ventral surface is marked with faint, jagged, longitudinal furrows. End view ovate, broad below, pointed above. The shell is thiek and dense in structure, covered with elosely set irregular pittings, and with scattered papillze, each of which seems to be com- posed of four small points arranged in a rosulate manner; often these are fused so as to form one papilla with a central perforation. Valves transversely sulcate and bearing several irregularly placed rounded tubercles. Colour pale yellowish brown. Hingement that of Cytheridea, except that the terminal rounded protuberances are scarcely at all crenated. Limbs very robust. Upper antennæ short = stout ; terminal joint linear, considerably longer than either of the two preceding joints, which are about — T length and very short; the antepenultimate about equal to the following pisi T long and slender. Urticating seta of the lower antenna very short, reaching to the base of the terminal claws. Basal joint of the first pair of ein very stout, about a in length to the three following joints, bearing on its posterior margin a very stout am seta; second joint narrow at the base and much dilated at the per re ou two joints very short, and distinctly porti: : ec ar iu task de inch and equal in length to the three preceding joints. Second 2: : = drag dad ak longer than the following two, which, like those of the other teet, the apex. Male unknown. Length A, in., height 35 in. . Hab. North Shaws Loch, Selkirkshire I took one imperfect specimen of since which time Mr. Robertson has Glasgow. It occurs fossil in the fluviat Essex. (G. S. B.) ; Glasgow and Paisley Canal rn vr this very interesting species in Selkirkshire in 1864, found it more abundantly in the neighbourhood of ile clays of Hornsea, Yorkshire; and at Grays, In 428 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF 6. CYTHERIDEA SORBYANA, Jones. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1-6.) Cytheridea sorbyana, Jones, Entom. of Tert. Form. p. 44, pl. iv. figs. 6a-6e. dentata, G. O. Sars (right valve), Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 56. —— inermis, idem (left valve), ibidem, p. 56. Scandinavian type (?). Distribution : Recent—Norway, Scotland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland and Nor- way; crag, England. Carapace, as seen from the side, broadly subtriangular, highest in front of the middle ; greatest height equal to two-thirds of the length. Anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior obliquely rounded, narrowed, and exserted below; the-right valve bears on the anterior margin six blunt teeth; and its postero-ventral angle has one much longer tooth, which is directed downwards and backwards. Superior margin boldly arched, somewhat gibbous in front of the middle, sloping with a steep curve behind; inferior margin slightly convex in front, straight behind. Outline, as seen from above, broadly oval, with equally rounded extremities, widest in the middle; greatest width equal to two- thirds of the length. Surface marked with irregular concentric rugs, which are most pronounced towards the margins, and bearing numerous short and rigid scattered hairs, which are papillose at the base. The left valve is much larger, higher, and more rounded, and less attenuated behind than the right, besides being destitute of marginal teeth. Animal unknown. Length 4; in. Hab. Off Lewis (Admiralty soundings) ; Hebrides (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys's dredgings) ; off Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson). G. O. Sars, having seen only separated valves of this species, has naturally referred them to two distinet specific forms, which is not surprising, considering the great dissimilarity between the right and left valves. I had myself adopted the same course until I saw a perfect carapace (posttertiary fossil), collected by the Rev. H. W. Crosskey in Norway; this at once showed me the mistake. I have figured the Norwegian shell for the sake of better illustration (figs. 2-4), all hitherto found recent specimens con- sisting merely of detached valves. 7. ÜYTHERIDEA ZETLANDICA, n. Sp. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 42-46.) Valves, as seen from the side, oblong subreniform ; greatest height near the posterior extremity, equal to more than half the length. Anterior and posterior margins obliquely rounded; the anterior narrow; the posterior broad and subtruncate. Dorsal margin forming a flattened arch ; ventral straight, with a slight median sinuation. Seen from above, the carapace is oval, widest in the middle, rather obtusely pointed in front, broader behind; greatest width equal to half the length. End view obovate, broadly rounded above, pointed below. Lucid spots about five in number; irregularly angular and rather crowded together. Surface smooth, dull yellowish white. Animal unknown. Length ge in. The general appearance of C. zetlandica is very like that of Candona candida; it has not, however, the polish of the freshwater species. Two or three specimens taken by Mr. Barlee in rock-pools in Shetland, and now in Mr. Norman's collection, are the only * 3 | - 4 } 1 RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. - 429 examples that I have seen. Its position in the genus Cytheridea must be considered merely provisional. 8. CYTHERIDEA (?) SUBFLAVESCENS, Brady. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 53-55.) Cythere subflavescens, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 210. Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to rather more than half the length; extremities rounded, anterior broad, posterior somewhat narrowed; superior margin well arched, highest in the middle, where it is obscurely angular, inferior slightly convex. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, pointed in front, rounded behind ; greatest width in the middle, scarcely equal to half the length. Surface smooth, finely and closely punctate, very slightly pubescent; colour yellowish. Animal unknown. Length y in. Hab. The Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Rev. A. M. Norman). One speeimen only of this species was found, by Mr. Norman, in sand dredged amongst the Hebrides in 1866. Genus 4. EUCYTHERE, Brady. (Cytheropsis, G. O. Sars*.) Carapace high and compressed in front, lower and more tumid behind. Shell thin, pellucid, and marked with conspicuous round white papillz. Hinge-joint formed on the right valve by a projecting flange or crest, which is received into a corresponding depression of the left valve. ‘Superior antenne five-jointed, and in structure almost like those of Cythere; inferior much more robust, four-jointed ; flagellum (urticating seta) long. Mandibular palp three-jointed ; branchial appendage very small. Cutting portion of the first maxillæ weaker than usual; internal segment rudimentary. Second pair of maxillae very large, dilated in an extraordinary manner at the apex, flabelliform, and e: zë numerous apical sete. Feet weak and slender, subequal ; terminal claws long and straight, alike in the male and female. Copulative organs of the male unusually small. One eye.” Though one species of this genus, I have never yet obtained specimens ch examination of the animal. A deficient supply Ot SP i from making a very accurate investigation of the anatomical structure; i p um seem to be little doubt that there is quite sufficient peculiarity in the shell and intern parts to constitute a distinct genus. E, declivis, is tolerably common on the British coast, in such a state of preservation as to allow of the s also prevented Sars * Systematic Deseription of the British Palæ- ‘Coy in the ' 1855, it is necessary to substitute another * The name Cythe is. having been alread used by M ame Cytheropsis, having been y Serie 9z0ie Fossils in the Geological Museum of the University o name for this genus. 430 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF 1. EvcvrHERE DECLIVIS (Norman). (Plate XXVII. figs. 22-26, 52-55.) Cythere declivis, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 16, pl. v. figs. 9-12, and Brit, Assoc. Report, 1864, p. 192. ? Cytheropsis tenuitesta, Sars, loc. cit. p. 59. British type. Disrrrsution: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, and Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. Valves of the female as seen from the side subtriangular, broad and well rounded in front, tapering to a narrowly rounded point behind; greatest height in the middle, equal to eonsiderably more than half the length. Superior margin boldly arched in front of the middle, thence sloping steeply to the posterior extremity; inferior margin gently sinuated in front of the middle. Outline as seen from above oblong, ovate; greatest width equal to about half the length, situated at the posterior third; extremities pointed. End view somewhat pyramidal, the baserounded. Shell pellucid, smooth, or marked with very fine puncta, and beset with distant round white papille. Lucid spots three or four in a transverse row, with two (usually coalescent) in front. Carapace of the male much more elongated, and less arched on the dorsum; height equal to less than half the length. “ Upper antennz: moderately long, the second joint much shorter than the united length of the three following; last joint narrow and linear. Internal lobe of the first maxille forming a very small bisetose tubercle; external lobe or palp not larger than the other two, the last joint much longer than the preceding. Branchial lamina subquadrangular, the four external setze thicker than the others, and more densely ciliated. Feet very slender, terminal claws very long and narrow. Copulative organs very small, distal portion obtusely rounded.” This description of the animal, quoted from G. O. Sars, applies to the male only of E tenuitesta. Length 2}; in. Hab. In depths of 2-60 fathoms. Shetland, Channel Islands, and the Minch (Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Donegal Bay (Mr. E. C. Davison); Lerwick (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson); Plymouth, Falmouth, Isle of Skye (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Northumberland and Durham coasts, 25—46 fathoms, Preston Pans (oyster-ooze), Galway Bay, Roundstone Bay, Devonshire coast, South Wales (G. S. B.). The female of E. declivis seems to be very much more abundant than the male; indeed, except two specimens (figs. 54, 55) obtained by Mr. Norman from the Sound of Skye, I have seen no males; and these I conclude to be so simply from their close agreement with Sars's description and with a drawing which he has kindly sent me. I had been disposed (lacking the opportunity of anatomical investigation) to consider the form figured at 49 to be the male of declivis; but, in deference to the observations of G. o. Sars, I must for the present refer it to the following species. "There is, however, a curiously contorted form which occurs pretty numerously (figs. 52, 53) in a gathering from the Devonshire coast, and which, from its general resemblance, I am inclined to refer to the present species. The bulk of the gathering consists of the ordinary female forms (fig. 22); and there are none answering to the male, unless we consider as such the even forms here referred to. Without further opportunities of investigation it is impossible to decide the question. Possibly this curved form may be a distinct species ; at the same time it may be well to bear in mind the possibility of there being two distinct EEUU RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 431 males, as has been shown io be the case in some crustacea. A curious roughly punctate and small form, which I suppose to be referable to a variety or stage of growth of this species, is represented at Plate XXV. figs. 49, 50. 2. HucyTHERE ARGUS (G. O. Sars). (Plate XXVII. figs. 49-51.) Cytheropsis Argus, Sars, loc. cit. p. 58. Scandinavian type (?). DisrRrBuTION: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, and Ireland. Fossi/—Glacial, Scotland and Norway. Valves of the female, as seen from the side, subovate, highest in the middle; height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded, posterior rather narrower and obliquely rounded ; superior margin highest in the middle, thence sloping with a gentle curve towards each extremity, but more steeply backwards ; inferior slightly sinu- ated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle, greatest width equal to half the length; obtusely pointed in front, rounded behind. Shell pellucid, thickly set with rounded white papille, which are very much larger than those of the preceding species. “Second joint of the upper antennze about equal to the united length of the following three, last joint short, ending in a strong spine and two or three setze ; lower antennz short and thick, last joint larger than usual, and armed with two claws, of which the internal is the smaller, the external strong and armed on the anterior margin, towards the apex, with six teeth. Internal segment of the first maxille forming a simple spine. Feet very short, terminal claw scarcely longer than the united length of the two last joints.” Length y in. Hab. In shell-sand, Galway Bay (Prof. Rowney) ; Girdler Sand ( (G. S. B.) ; Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson). r three specimens (one a female, the others males) but Mr. Robertson obtained a fine series from his Mr. E. C. Davison) ; off Holy Island My collection contains only two o from the three first-named localities ; Shetland dredgings, off the Isle of Papa. Genus 5. ILYOBATES, G. O. Sars. truncate behind ; smooth and shinin formed by a slight projection of the Valves thin and pellucid, subovate, g, and set with very small distant papille. Hinge-joint simple, left valve, which is received into a corresponding depression ofthe right. Upper ers very stout, five-jointed, the first two joints much thickened, the last three an ing long curved spines; lower antenne four-jointed. Mandibles mes been qe sually long slender teeth; palp three-jointed, the second aei gemit d Gong en appendage having two long ciliated set and one rudimentary. Maxille jm eism form, Feet very short; the first two pairs three-jointed, the Hist pair fo ide "3 ; “Right foot of the last pair, in the male, prehensile and only three-jointed, ome c " Very large and strong. Abdomen of the female very convex above, the po omi lobes bearing two short hairs.” Eyes wanting. | 432 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF ILYOBATES BARTONENSIS (Jones). (Plate XXXIV. figs. 11-14, & Plate XL. fig. 5.) Cytherideis bartonensis, Jones, Tertiary Entomostraca, p. 50, pl. v. figs. 2a, 25, 3a, 35. Ilyobates pretexta, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 60. Scandinavian type. Disrrisution: Recent—Norway, Britain, Bay of Biscay. Fossil—Tertiary, England. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, elongate, subovate, slightly higher behind than in front; greatest height behind the middle and equal to half the length. Anterior margin evenly rounded, posterior obliquely rounded, almost truncate. Superior margin slightly arched, inferior nearly straight and forming almost a right angle with the posterior extremity. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, tapering in front to an obtuse point, posterior extremity truncate and evenly excavated; greatest width behind the middle and equal to nearly half the length. End view subcircular. Carapace of the male much narrower and more elongated. Shell smooth, pellucid, with opaque patches, the brown body of the animal shining through; surface set with small distant papille, and, more especially along the anterior and inferior margins, with rather long single hairs. Lucid spots large, quadrangular, four in a transverse row, mostly two or three more in front, and others sometimes scattered irregularly over the valves. Last three joints of the upper antenne shorter than the preceding one; basal joint of the lower antennz bearing on the upper margin a brush of long hairs; last joint terminating in three long, slender, nearly equal claws. Terminal claw of the second pair of feet longer than that of the rest. “Basal portion of the copulative organs of the male very large, subquadrangular, armed behind and below with a long spiniform process ; distal portion short, acutely produced before and behind." Length 3; in. Hab. The Dogger bank off Scarborough (Mr. Leckenby's dredgings) ; the Minch, 45-60 fathoms, and Loch Alsh and Loch Fyne (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson). This is a very peculiar species, and cannot be confounded with any other recent form; but there is one which occurs in some of the older glacial clays which, if not identical with the present, is at any rate very closely allied; it is, however, larger and less elongated, besides presenting other minor differences. It is interesting to note that this, and one or two other species occur (in Britain) only on the Dogger bank, and on the western and northern shores of Scotland. Genus 6. LoxocoxcHA, G. O. Sars. (Normania, Brady, Zool. Trans. vol. v.) Valves subrhomboidal in shape, mostly regularly convex ; surface usually marked with fine concentric pittings and distant circular papille, rarely bearing deep polygonal exeavations; ventral margin forming a thin and prominent keel behind the middle; posterior dorsal angle obliquely truncate. Hinge-joint formed by four small teeth, situated at the extremities of the hinge-line, two on each valve, the intervening portion of the valve-margin often finely crenulated. Limbs of the animal slender and colourless. Upper antennze very slender, six-jointed, the last joint very long, linear, and bearing SEW ah BE E ANTE AE EE 6 ES |) a Tee ee eR eS TR z Wm eer m. E ance Serie peer ME SZ d 2 Wc EE GE SRL ES ce. creer E RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 433 long simple setze ; lower antenne four-jointed, the third joint long and narrow; flagel- lum long and biarticulate. Mandibular palp three-jointed, bearing a distinct branchial appendage. Lowest seta of the branchial plate of the first pair of jaws deflexed. Feet long and slender, alike in male and female. Abdomen terminated by a hairy conical process ; postabdominal lobes bearing two moderately long subequal set:e. The genus is well characterized by the oblique “ peach-stone ” outline of the carapace, and by the very slender, setose but non-spinous limbs of the animal. The typical form is well represented by the species described by Dr. Baird under the name Cythere im- pressa, which is common both in a recent state and in the posttertiary formations of England, Scotland, and Norway. 1. Loxoconcua IMPRESSA (Baird). (Plate XXV. figs. 35-40, and Plate XL. fig. 4.) Cythere impressa, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 178, t. xxi. fig. 9. —— viridis, Lilljeborg, De Crustaceis, p. 168, tab. xviii. figs. 4-6 & 8-13, and tab. xix. figs. 3-5. —— flavida, Zenker, Ueber die Krebsthiere, p. 86, tab. v. B. —— carinata, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1865) p. 190, pl. ix. figs. 1—4. —- rhomboidea, Fischer, Abhandl. d. bayerischen Acad. d. Wissenschaften, Bd. vii. p. 656 (fide G. O. Sars). | Lozoconcha rhomboidea, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 62. British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay. Fossil—Glacial deposits and raised beaches, Norway, Scotland, England, and Ireland. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, rhomboidal ; greatest height in the middle, equal to two-thirds of the length; extremities obliquely rounded, the posterior obliquely truncate above the middle; superior strongly arched, inferior sinuated in front of the middle, and prominently keeled behind*. Outline, as seen from above, tumid, widest in the middle, and tapering evenly to the extremities, which are sharply pointed ; width equal to somewhat more than half the length. The shell of the male is much lower in front than behind, the dorsal margin straight, and angular at the anterior and posterior extremities; outline as seen from above considerably’ less tumid than in the female. d marked with closely set 1m- Surface often covered with a thick calcareous crust, an pressed puncta, which are arranged in more or less regular concentric rows. Young specimens bear in the intervals of the pittings distant elevated papillæ. Hinge-processes very feebly developed, intervening margin crenulated. Colour yellowish white, and, When occurring in tidal pools or amongst seaweed, marked with rather large brown spots. Upper antennze very slender; the second joint pilose on its anterior margin, and at than the united lengths of the two following joints ; last two joints about equal in - each bearing at its apex three or four very long slender sete. Third joint o the lower antenne long and narrow, bearing two sete above the middle of the posterior margin, and finely serrated below. Second joint of the last pair of feet about ur to the conjoined length of the two following joints; last joint finely toothed on its anterior ") the anterior extremity of C. carinata * In my paper (* Fossil Entomostraca from the Briek-earth of the Nar is erroneously described as the posterior, and vice versd. ix VOL. XXVI. 434 " MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF margin. Apical portion of the male copulative organs tuberculated behind, acuminate in front. Eyes distant and separate. Length 75 in. Hab. Littoral and in deep water. In shell-sand from the Girdler Sand (Thames), Cowes, Baltimore, and Donegal (Mr. E. C. Davison); Isle of Man, Cumbrae, Oban, Lerwick (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Guernsey, Falmouth, Swansea, Youghal, Skye, Stornoway, Tobermory (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Arran, Roundstone, Galway, and South Wales in shell-sand ; Birterbuy and Roundstone Bays; dredged, and in rock-pools, Arranmore and Sunderland (G. S. B.); Channel Islands and Hebrides (Mr. Jeffreys); Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. Spence Bate) ; Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Drewett). Loxoconcha impressa is one of the commonest of British species, occurring almost all round our shores, but much more sparingly on the eastern coast. Where it does occur, however, it is usually, as in the west of Ireland, the Isle of Man, and the Firth of Clyde, one of the most abundant species. The surface-marking varies considerably. Young specimens are smooth, pellucid, finely punctate, and beset with large circular papille; but as age advances the shell becomes covered with a thick calcareous crust which obliterates the papilla, the puncta becoming at the same time coarser and deeper. This state is represented at fig. 40, where a portion of the outer crust (4) has been detached, exposing the original shell- surface (a). This is interesting as showing one possible source of error in the discrimi. nation of species, many of which have been founded on characters not so distinct as those shown in the two conditions of fig. 40. When I applied the name carinata to this species I believed that Dr. Baird’s Cythere impressa was the species here called, after G. O. Sars, Cythere villosa. An examination of the type specimens and of the original description, shows, however, that the term impressa refers to the present species. 2. Loxoconcua GRANULATA, Sars. (Plate XXV. figs. 51, 52.) Lozoconcha granulata, Sars, loc. cit. p. 64. Distrisuriox : Britain, Norway. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, subrhomboidal ; greatest height in the mid- dle, and equal to more than half*the length. Anterior margin obliquely rounded; pos- terior forming an obtuse projection in the middle, obliquely truncate above; superior margin very slightly arched, inferior convex, sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, subovate; greatest breadth in the middle, equal to half the length; ex- tremities equal, sharply tapering. The shell of the male js more elongated and straighter on the superior margin, which is also more angular at the extremities. Surface of the valves marked by small and closely set concentric pittings. Second joint of the inferior antennz shorter than the three following; last two joints equal, elongated ; third joint of the lower antenna almost as in L. tamarindus ; its anterior border bearing, above the median setz, some equally distant very short hairs. Second joint of the last pair of feet longer than the two following. Male copulative organs large, basal portion sub- quadrangular, apical portion produced before and behind into a very slender subulate process. Eyes separate.” Length (male) A. in. Hab. In oyster-ooze from Stranraer. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 435 Of this species I have seen only one British specimen, a male, from which the figures here given were taken. It seems to be very closely allied to L. impressa, as well as to L. tamarindus, and I should scarcely have ventured to describe it as a distinct species, had its peculiarities not been carefully studied by G. O. Sars, and by him considered to warrant its separation. The male has, as Sars observes, very much the same form as the female of L. tamarindus; but the shell-structure is much more like that of impressa, which the female also resembles in outline. 3. LOXOCONCHA ELLIPTICA, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 38, 39, 4548, and Plate XL fig. 3.) Valves of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, rather higher in front than poehind; height equal to two-thirds of the length. Extremities obliquely rounded. Superior margin arched; inferior sinuated in front of the middle and slightly keeled behind. Seen from above, the outline is oblong-ovate, extremities acuminate; greatest width behind the middle, equal to half the length. Lucid spots curved or comma-shaped ; four placed transversely, with one or two at a little distance in front. Surface of the shell smooth and finely punctate, bearing small scattered papille, and often inerusted like the preceding species. Colour yellowish brown, with patches of rather darker shade. The male is larger, more elongated, and more regularly quadrilateral, the dorsal margin nearly straight and angulated at its extremities ; seen from above the outline ls more compressed, the sides subparallel. Superior antennz slender; the second joint equal in length to the two following; last joint considerably longer than the preceding. Inferior antennze scarcely different from those of the preceding species. Second joint of the third pair of feet equal in length to the two following. Length (of the male) Je in., (female) ds in. Hab. In brackish water. Arnold's Pool, Guernsey (Rev. 4. M. Norman) ` Girdler Sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; in pools at the mouth of the Seaton Burn and Wansbeck, Northumberland (G. S. B.). 4. Loxocoxcma TAMARINDUS (Jones. (Plate XXV. figs. 45-48.) Cytherideis j , Tertiary Entom. p. 49, pl. iii. fig. 4a, 4b. : A cip en... Hist. sei RT and Durh. vol. i. p. 18, pl. v. figs. 13-16, and Brit. r Assoc. Report, 1864, p. 192. j N : coconcha longipes, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 69. : 1 British type. ee Recent— Norway, Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay. Fossil—Crag, England; glacial and raised beaches, England, Scotland, Ireland, and leg e e Valves of the female, as seen from the side, oblong, een ur Rm throughout ; length equal to nearly twice the height. Anterior uri da A Gem D posterior angulated in the middle and obliquely truncate Ms pue daa dro terminating behind in an obtuse angle ; ventral sinuated in front, slig PAS Sr s Outline, as seen from above, oblong-oval, in he mede "qn x greatest width ! EEN than half the length; extremities pointed. Shell fragile, pellucid, ipa ius n. marked with a few fine scattered puncta. Colour white or yellowish. ppe much more robust than in L. impressa, 3x2 and beset partially with spiniform sete ; second 436 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF joint about equal in length to the three following*, last joint very slender and much longer than the preceding; third joint of the lower antenne shorter and thicker, two setze attached about the middle of the anterior margin. Feet, especially the last pair, much elongated; the second joint of the last pair longer than the two following joints. Copu- lative organs of the male much shortened; apical portion indistinctly separate from the basal, acutely produced in front, rounded behind. Eyes distinct." Shell of the male slightly more elongated. Length 45 in. Hab. Hebrides, the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Guernsey, Falmouth, Burrow Island, Skye, Lamlash Bay, and in tide-pools, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman); in shell-sand, Girdler Sand, Margate, and River Ribble (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; Devonshire coast, 5-60 fathoms (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; Ormes- head, Peterhead, Macduff, Cumbrae, and Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson); Northumberland and Durham coasts, in tide-pools and in 30-46 fathoms; Galway, Roundstone, and Birterbuy Bays, 1-15 fathoms ; in shell-sand from Stranraer and South Wales, and in tide-pools, Sunderland (G. S. B.); Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Drewett). From an examination of Prof. T. Rupert Jones's type specimens, I have no hesitation in referring this species to his Oytherideis tamarindus. I have never seen any valves con- taining the animal, except two or three Norwegian specimens kindly sent to me by Sars. 5. Loxoconcua eurrata (Norman). (Plate XXVII. figs. 40-44.) Cythere guttata, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Durh. vol. i. p. 19, pl. vi. figs. 9-12, and Brit. Assoc. Report, 1864, p. 192. British type. DisrRrBuTION : Recent— Great Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Levant. Fossil—Glacial and postglacial, Scotland, Ireland. Valves of the female, seen from the side, rhomboidal or peach-stone-shaped ; greatest height equal to much more than half the length. Dorsal margin straight or only slightly arched, angular at each extremity. Ventral margin convex, sinuated at the anterior third. The lower half of the anterior border is rounded; the upper half flattened, and sloping backward to its junction with the dorsal border; posterior margin obliquely rounded below, produced into a rounded angular projection about the middle, obliquely truncate and emarginate above. Seen from above, the carapace is ovate, tumid, widest behind the middle; strongly keeled; extremities obtusely mucronate, greatest width equal to half the length. The’end view is very broadly ovate, almost circular. The shell of the male is much more elongated, the dorsal margin quite straight and obtusely angular at each extremity, ventral margin only slightly convex ber The greater portion of each valve is covered with large and sharply defined, deep, angular pittings, but these are wanting round the margins: on the ventral surface thoy, cdadeset into irregular furrows. Colour straw-coloured, brown, or slaty-blue. Length 4 in. | Hab. Ke Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. Spence Bate’ d " ys); Girdler Sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison); Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; m shell-sand from Stranraer, Roundstone, and Galway Bay ; Birterbuy Bay, dredged ; Norfolk coast ; T equently in the course of the Mon it shoul ` hs of the following joints are always meant. ograph, it should be stated that the united lengt RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 437 Northumberland and Durham coasts, 25-46 fathoms (G. S. B.) ; Ormeshead and Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Hebrides, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys). This is a strictly deep-water species, and, though occurring over a wide range of coast- line, is seldom found in great numbers. The only locality in which I have found it at all common is Birterbuy Bay, Ireland, where it is mostly of a deep-brown or slaty-blue eolour. Genus 7. XESTOLEBERIS, G. O. Sars. Shell very smooth and polished, ornamented with small round distant papillae, much lower in front than behind, in the female very tumid behind. Hinge-joint formed by a dentated projecting crest of the left, which is received into an excavation of the right valve. Ventral margin of both valves incarved in front of the middle. Upper antennze six-jointed, the last four joints successively decreasing in length, and bearing very short simple setze; lower antenne short, four-jointed, flagellum of moderate length. Mandi- bular palp four-jointed; “branchial appendage small and bearing only two sete." Maxillæ as in the preceding genus. Feet short. Postabdominal lobes bearing two setze. Eyes distinct. Ova and immature young borne within the shell of the female. This genus is chiefly distinguished by the peculiar form of the carapace, which is very low and pointed in front, elevated and tumid behind, in these respects offering a direct contrast to the genus Hucythere, with which, however, in the character of the hinge- joint and of the surface-markings, it to a great extent agrees. Zenker and Sars agree in stating these animals to be viviparous, a character which I have not myself had an op- portunity of examining. l. XzsrouEBERIS AURANTIA (Baird) (Plate XXVII. figs. 34-37, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 6.) Cythere aurantia, Baird, Mag. Zool. & Bot. ii. 143, t. v. fig. 26 (1835), and Brit. Entom. p. en mui fig. 8. — nitida, Lilljeborg, De Crust. ex. ord. trib. p. 169, tab. xix. figs. 6-7. — viridis, Zenker, Anat.-syst. Studien über die Krebst. p. 86, tab. v. A. Xestoleberis nitida, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 67. Atlantic type. Distrigurion : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. | Carapace of the ‚female, seen from the side, subtriangular ; greatest heig hta order. the middle, equal to nearly two-thirds of the length. Anterior GES mue app o | rounded ; posterior very broadly rounded; superior boldly arched, s "nd "i Hine 2 a in front than behind ; inferior slightly sinuated in front of the middle. ded. from above, ovate, tapering gradually to a point in front, broadly Se: : E ES greatest width behind the middle, equal to half the length. The she Shell smooth (see fig. 35) differs in being more elongated and scarcely so tumid ese ipm 5 "^d polished, bearing very small scattered papillæ: DM dis i et of ile ey es. Sometimes white; a very conspicuous black or deep-erimson Spo Se terminal claws of Cond joint of the upper antennz shorter than the three er het joint; flagellum the lower antennz short, scarcely more than double the length of t a TA die a Ber: Stout ; poison-gland very large and deeply coloured. Second join : 438 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF feet much longer than the following two. Terminal claws very short, stout, and bent almost at a right angle. ‘ Distal portion of the male copulative organs narrow, lingui- form, and projecting downwards.” Length 4 in. j Hab. Littoral. Dunstanborough (in tide-pools), Arranmore (in tide-pools), Roundstone Bay (1 fathom in mud) (G. S. B.) ; Poole Bay (Prof. T. Rupert Jones) ; Berwick Bay (Dr. Baird) ; Arran, Loch Carron, Guernsey, Herm, and Falmouth (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Macduff (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Girdler Sand, (Mr. E. C. Davison). This seems to be a strictly littoral species, and, though closely allied to the following, is undoubtedly quite distinct. The principal points of difference are noticed under X. depressa. 2. XESTOLEBERIS DEPRESSA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXVII. figs. 27-33.) Xestoleberis depressa, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 68. ? Cytherina impressa, Reuss, Foram. u. Entom. d. Kreidemergels v. Lemberg (Haidinger’s Abhandl. vol. iv. 1850), p. 48, tab. vi. fig. 5. British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland and Ireland ; cretaceous, Lemberg ? Carapace of the ‚female very tumid, breadth much greater than the height; as seen from the side, subtriangular, greatest height somewhat behind the middle, equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin narrow, rounded; posterior obtusely rounded, subtruncate; dorsal margin arched, sloping steeply in front, more rounded behind; ventral slightly sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, tumid, broadly rounded behind, widest at the posterior third, thence tapering to the acuminate anterior extremity; greatest width equal to two-thirds of the length. End view subtri- angular, angles well rounded, base nearly flat, height much less than the width. „Shell of the male, as seen from the side, more elongated and triangular ; seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle. Shell pellucid or opaque pearly white, often tinged at the anterior extremity with reddish orange, very smooth and polished, iridescent, studded with small, distant, setose papille. The contact margins on the ventral surface marked with trans- verse hair-like lines. ‘Antenne shorter than in the preceding species, second joint of the upper pair shorter than the three following; terminal claws of the lower pair long. Second joint of the last pair of feet about equal in length to the two following, terminal claw very long and curved. Distal portion of the male copulative organs larger than in the preceding species, and broadly lanceolate.” —. Length 2 in. Hab. In depths of 2-60 fathoms, and very rarely in tidal pools. Shetland, the Minch, and Channel Islands (Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; Cumbrae, Peterhead, and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Devonshire coast, 60 fathoms (Mr. C. Spence Bate); Arran, Tobermorey, Loch Fyne, Stornoway (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Northum- berland and Durham coasts, 25-46 fathoms; Galway, Roundstone, and Birterbuy Bays (G. S. B.). This is one of the most beautiful and most widely distributed of our marine Ostracoda. It is mainly distinguished from the preceding species by the excessively tumid and depressed form of carapace in the female, by the absence of any black spot in front of an — . from the littoral species above named, w RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 439 the eyes, the uniform white colour of the shell (except where the extremities or dorsum are tinged with orange, which is not a very uncommon occurrence), lastly by the peculiarly beautiful iridescence of the shell, a character of constant occurrence in this species, but never, so far as I know, found in X. aurantia; I have often observed it even in fossil spe- eimens of X. depressa. The chief distinctive character of the animal itself is found in the long terminal claws of the feet and lower antenne. In habitat it ranges from 2 to 60 fathoms or upwards, while X. aurantia is purely littoral. G. O. Sars gives the following interesting account of the development of the young, which, as previously stated, are carried within the shell of the mother during the earlier stages of existence. ‘ We may recognize four distinct stages of development, which are often found in one and the same mother. The first stage is that of the mature egg just escaped from the ovary, in which may be seen the outer membrane and an inner mass of yelk, on one side of which is visible the germinal vesicle. In the next stage the egg assumes a kidney-shape, one side of which (the ventral) is much incurved: one already sees an indistinct appearance of the eyes while there is as yet no trace of the limbs. These first appear in the third stage, and first of all the lower antennz. The valves are already formed, and present a peculiar shape, being very much produced immediately over the eyes. In the last stage the shell assumes its adult form. The antenns, of which the upper are still only five- jointed, the mandibles, and maxille are already well-developed, whilst the feet are rudi- mentary, and appear only as pointed inarticulate appendages.” Genus 8. ÜYTHERURA, G. O. SARS. Valves unequal and dissimilar in form, the right more or less overlapping the left on the dorsal margin; surface reticulated, punetated, deeply excavated, or bearing irregu- larly disposed ribs or protuberances, mostly marked with a central areola of darker colour than the rest of the shell. Carapace oblong or subtriangular, the posterior extremity produced into a more or less prominent beak. Hinge-processes mostly obsolete. Supe- rior antennz shortly setose, six-jointed, gradually tapering; second joint bearing à ind long seta on the middle of the posterior margin ; inferior antenne five-jointed, SE claws short ; flagellum long, triarticulate. Mandibles robust, with very blunt eer pa P three-jointed, branchial appendage small, and bearing only two recurved sete. sage lobes of the first pair of maxille long and narrow, «branchial plate bearing om s e? ternal margin two non-ciliated seta, which are directed downwards, and arise from a Separate lobe." Feet small, the terminal claws short and eurved. Eyes distinct. Copu- lative organs of the male very complex, provided with several irregular processes and a very long spirally convoluted tube. . The type of this genus, C. gibba, Müller, appears to be al ipei nr shores ; but the genus is abundantly represented by other species, sixteen E : : SC are the smallest of all the Ostracoda, and, except Ku TERROR occur Kee Sp p elusively beyond low-water mark. My speeimens (except C. nigrescens) eg ) oi Picked from shell-sand or from dredged mud which has been subjeeted to a drying- | therefore been derived ` process ; oe of the anatomy of the genus has — and my sole knowledge o hich I find to correspond very accurately with most absent from the British 440 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Sars’s deseription. The three-jointed character of the urticating seta (flagellum) is not noted by Sars, and I cannot say whether it holds good throughout the genus; it is, how- ever, very distinct in all the specimens which I have examined of C. nigrescens. The genus is distinctly characterized, externally, by the peculiarly beaked hinder ex- tremity. 1. CvrHERURA NIGRESCENS (Baird). (Plate XXXII. figs. 50-55, and Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.) Cythere nigrescens, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 171, tab. xxi. figs. 4, 4 a. Cytherura nigrescens, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 71. British type. DrsrRiBvTION: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. — Fossil —Glacial, Norway, Scot- land, Ireland. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subovate, greatest height in the middle and equal to half the length ; rounded in front, behind produced about the middle into a short obtuse beak; superior margin well arched, inferior slightly incurved. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate; greatest breadth behind the middle, and equal to less than half the length; extremities acuminate. The male similar, but rather more elongated. Valves smooth or sparingly punctate, and bearing a few small scattered hairs, marked with long, hair-like, radiating lines on the anterior and posterior margins ; pellucid at the extremities; central areola convex in front, deeply concave on its hinder margin, often mottled with deep black. Last joint of the upper antennze very short; the penultimate and antepenultimate nearly equal and much longer than the preceding. Terminal claws of the feet robust and much curved. Second joint of the last pair of feet about as long as the united lengths of the two following. “ Apical portion of the male copulative organs small, subtriangular, with acute angles." Length gj; in. Hab. Littoral, and in depths up to 10 fathoms. In rock-pools at Greet and Arranmore; dredged amongst mud in Roundstone and Birterbuy Bays; in oyster-ooze from Stranraer, and in shell-sand from South Wales (G. S. B.) ; in rock-pools, Herm, Guernsey, and Arran; and in shell-sand from Berwick and Isle of Skye (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Lerwick, Shetland, Isle of Man, and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Loch Erribol (Mr. D. O. Drewett). When living between tide-marks this species is always more or less marked with black ; sometimes the central areola forms one deep-jet-black patch, but more frequently is flecked with irregular black strize or spots. Specimens dredged from beyond low-water mark, though showing the outline of the areola, are altogether destitute of colour. The form figured (54, 55) from the Minch was dredged in a depth of about 50 fathoms, and may possibly be distinct; but it approaches C. nigrescens so closely that, for the present, I prefer to regard it as a variety only of that species. 2. CYTHERURA ANGULATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 22-25.) Carapace, seen laterally, subquadrangular, greatest height in the middle, and equal to | about half the length, evenly rounded in front, produced behind above the middle into a rather long, obliquely truncate beak ; superior margin evenly arched, inferior slightly TUNE NO ES ae ee ee E EE TT nl TE SEET ENEE ee oo o RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 441 sinuated; the valves are produced laterally, so as to form, at the infero-posteal angle, a sort of projecting ala. Outline, as seen from above, compressed hastate, greatest breadth in the middle, and equal to rather more than one-third of the length ; anterior extremity obtusely pointed, posterior rectangular, mucronate. End view ovate. Surface coarsely punctate; areola as in the preceding species, with the same hair-like lines radiating from its borders. Colour pale or deep golden yellow. Length g in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms, in mud, and in shell-sand from South Wales (G. 8. B.); Lerwick, Shetland, Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Plymouth, and in rock- pools, Arran, N.B. (Rev. A. M. Norman). Well characterized by its excessively compressed dorsal outline, the posterior angula- tion, and the coarse punctation^of the shell, also by the very prominent beak of the supero-posteal angle. I have had no opportunity of examining the animal of this species ; nor have I seen any distinction in the carapaces, such as is usually characteristic of the sexes, 3. CYTHERURA sTRIATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXII. figs. 26-29, 62, 64, 65.) Cytherura striata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 74. British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Norway, Scot- land, Ireland. | Carapace of the female, seen laterally, elongate subquadrangular, about equal in height throughout ; greatest height equal to less than half the length, evenly rounded in front, produced behind into a large obtusely rounded median poe superior margin nearly straight in the middle, inferior gently sinuated, and ending behind in an obtuse angle. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, sides nearly parallel, width equal to less than half the length, pointed in front; posterior extremity almost rectangular, acuminate inthe middle. End view ovate, very tumid below. The male very narrow x. get almost thrice as long as high, very tumid behind. The shell is very => 8 > dinally striated, with circular pittings in the grooves (fig. 62) ; areola obsolete ; yellowish. Length A. in | i -sa South Wal Hab. Northumberland coast, 46 fathoms, Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms, and in shell-sand from South Wales | ; Plymouth N tson): the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys); Piy ; (G. S. B.) ; Lerwick and Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; edie ca SU. tae Portland, Isle of Skye, and Shetland (Rev. Mr. Barlee : C. Davison) ; ee and in rock-pools, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). 4. CYTHRRURA LINEATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 30-34, 67.) a Carapace of the ‚female, as seen from the side, en ee E om than twice the height, evenly rounded in front, produced into : estes Prominence behind. Dorsal margin gently arched, ventral “ate y > x esiste hind in a minute tooth. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest ^ : i | e behind. End view about twice as long as broad, obtusely pointed A pe: ed ink pepe ovate, tumid. The male is rather more npe an p am VOL. XXVI. 442 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF similar to the female. Shell marked with fine elevated stris, but without any punc- tation. Central areola similar to that of C. nigrescens, sometimes jet-black, often obsolete. Length +5 in. Hab. The Minch, 50-60 fathoms ( Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Isle of Skye (Rev. Mr. Barlee). 5. CYTHERURA CUNEATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 35-38, 63.) Atlantic type. Disrrisution: Recent—Great Britain, Ireland, Levant. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, excessively tumid be- hind, nearly equal in height throughout, height equal to half the length, anterior margin broadly rounded; posterior obliquely truncate, and produced above the middle into a short obtusely rounded beak ; superior margin nearly straight, inferior slightly sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, cuneate, obtusely rounded in front, very broad and centrally mucronate behind; greatest width equal to half the length. End view pentagonal, widest above the middle. Male narrower and more elongated. Shell longitudinally striated on its ventral and anterior portions, reticulated over the posterior protuberances, which are bounded below by a more or less distinct crest or rib. Central areola obsolete. Length gj; in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms, in shell-sand from Preston Pans, Donegal Bay, and South Wales (G. S. B.) ; Skye (Rev. Mr. Barlee) ; thé Minch, and in rock-pools, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Lerwick, Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Loch Erribol (Mr. D. O. Drewett). 6. CYTHERURA SaRsit, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 39-42.) Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate, subrhomboidal, nearly equal in height throughout ; height equal to less than half thelength. Anterior border rounded ; poste- rior obliquely truncate, rounded off above; superior margin nearly straight, inferior rather deeply sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate; width equal to about one-third of the length, extremities mucronate. Shell pellucid, smooth, bearing a few small scattered hairs, the anterior portion marked with radiating hair-like lines. Areola obsolete. Length 7; in. Hab. Amongst oyster-ooze from Stranraer. Of this very distinct species I have seen only one specimen. 7. CYTHERURA SIMILIS, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXII. figs. 56-59.) Cytherura similis, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 72. DISTRIBUTION : decidi, Great Britain, Fossil—Glacial, Scotland, Norway. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout, height equal to more than half the length; anterior margin rounded, pos- terior produced above the middle into a very short obtuse protuberance ; superior margin arched, nearly straight in the middle, inferior slightly sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, oval, sides nearly parallel, breadth equal to half the length, broadly rounded in — RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 443 front, mucronate behind. Shell smooth or indistinctly reticulated. Central areola obso- lete (“ as in C. nigrescens,” Sars). Length gj; in. Hab. In shell-sand from the River Ribble (Mr. E. C. Davison) and amongst oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.), one specimen from each locality; Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson). 8. CYTHERURA UNDATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXII. figs. 48-49, 66.) Cytherura undata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 75. —— humilis, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 210. Scandinavian type? Duisrrreution : Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. —Fossil— Glacial, Scotland, Ireland, Norway. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal ; greatest height equal to rather more than half the length. Anterior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior ob- liquely truncate, and forming a very short projection above; superior margin arched, inferior scarcely sinuated, and forming a distinct angle behind. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, nearly parallel-sided, almost rectangular behind ; width equal to less than half the length. The male rather more elongated. Shell thick and strong, indistinctly reticulated, and marked with irregular crests or ribs, two or three of which usually run directly forward from a transverse ridge in front of the middle of the valve, thus pro- ducing the outline of the letter F. The surface-markings are usually more prominent in the male than in the female. Colour yellowish. Length y in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms, and in oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; Shetland, Cumbrae, Macduff, and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson) ; the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Stornoway, and in rock- pools, Arran, N.B. (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Scarpa Flow, Orkney (Mr. E. C. Davison). 9. CYTHERURA PRODUCTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 60, 61.) Valves of the male, as seen from the side, oblong, produced into a rounded projecting ala; height equal to less than half the length. Anterior N ronds obliquely truncate below, posterior produced in the middle into along Te Sec beak; superior and inferior margins nearly straight in the middle, the S Se SS nearly a right angle behind. Outline, as seen from above, broadly ovate, cg ei middle, greatest width equal to half the length; extremities strongly E ege of the shell irregularly reticulate, polished, the ventral surface longi u : 4 ss Central areola broad, somewhat crescentic. The female is more tumid, perfectly and polished, without any sculpturing. Length 5 in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms (G. S. B. ; the Minch Robertson). (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; off Ormeshead (Mr. D. i i fro the first- Apparently a scarce species, three specimens only having been met m m named, and one from the second locality. 31. 10. CvrngnvnA AFFINIS, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXII. figs. 19- ) Cytherura affinis, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 77- 302 444 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular; height equal to half the length. Anterior margin rounded, posterior produced above the middle into a wide, obliquely truncate beak ; superior and inferior margins nearly parallel, the former scarcely arched, the latter slightly sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, boat-shaped, ventricose; greatest breadth in front of the middle, and equal to half the length, acuminate behind. Surface of the shell waved and, on the ventral surface, longi. tudinally striate. Length j in. Hab. Berwick-upon-Tweed (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson). One specimen from each locality. 11. OYTHERURA ROBERTSONT, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 16-18.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subovate, produced into a lateral ala behind the middle of the ventral margin; height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin rounded, posterior forming a slight and somewhat rounded protuberance above the middle. Superior margin gently and evenly arched, inferior slightly sinuated. Seen from above, the outline is subrhomboidal, broadest behind the middle, where the width is equal to about two-thirds of the length ; extremities slightly mucronate. Ventral surface quite flat. End view broadly triangular, the width greater than the height, basal angles much produced. Surface of the shell very distinctly and regularly marked with a raised reticulation, except on the ventral surface, which is longitudinally striated. The male is rather more elongated, more sinuated ventrally, and the ale not so much produced. Length z5; in. Hab. Lang Bank, Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson), and in rock-pools, Arran (Rev A. M. Norman). This is a very distinct and remarkable species; and I have pleasure in naming it after its discoverer, whose diligent pursuit of marine zoology, as wellas his unvarying kind- ness in assisting me with specimens for the preparation of the present monograph, merit my most cordial acknowledgment. 12. CYTHERURA GIBBA, Müller. (Plate XXXII. figs. 68-70.) Cythere gibba, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 24, tab. vii. figs. 10-12. —— gibbera, idem, ibidem (mas); Lilljeborg, De Crustaceis, p. 167, tab. xix. figs. 1, 2. —— gibba, Zenker, Anat. Studien über die Krebst. p. 84, tab. v. D. Scandinavian type? Dustrrsution: Recent—Norway, Britain. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, elongated subquadrangular, of nearly equal height throughout, greatest height equal to less than half the length ; rounded in front, posterior margin produced into an obtuse beak above the middle ; superior margin straight, inferior slightly sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, constrieted in the middle, forming a rounded lateral protuberanee behind, widest behind the middle; greatest width equal to more than half the length; extremities pointed, the posterior mucronate. End view pentagonal, width greater than the height. ‘The male more elongated, subreniform, upper margin slightly, lower deeply sinuated ; seen from above, RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 445 sinuated in front of the middle." The shell is closely punctate and divided (especially in the male) into large polygonal areole. “Colour deep blackish green towards each extremity, with an obliquely transverse white median band. Last joint of the upper antennæ elongated, equal in length to the preceding; second joint of the last pair of feet much longer than the two following joints; terminal claw curved toward the apex. Copulative organs of the male large, basal portion subquadrangular, with a very long convoluted tube, distal portion obtusely rounded below, divided behind into many irre- gular processes, of which the lower is large and obtusely pointed.” Length ji in. The only specimen of C. gibba which I have seen is a female, in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman. The locality in which it was taken is unknown. 13. CYTHERURA CORNUTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. figs. 12-15.) DisrüBvTION: Recent—Britain, Dardanelles. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout; height equal to half the length. Anterior extremity broadly rounded, pos- terior produced above the middle into a large obtusely rounded beak; dorsal margin gently arched ; ventral abruptly sinuated in front, produced behind into a sharply defined crest, which terminates in an acute triangular lamina or spine. Outline, as seen from above, somewhat hastate, broadest behind the middle, pointed in front, strongly wig ie nate behind; greatest width equal to more than half the length. End view triangular, nearly equilateral, base flat and produced at the angles. The shell is faintly sulcate in the middle, the anterior portion marked with almost obsölete polygonal depressions, the posterior irregularly reticulated ; ventral surface longitudinally striated, waved. Length ji in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms, amongst mud Loch Erribol (Mr. D. O. Drewett). gez ; C. cornuta is evidently nearly allied to the preceding species, but is Ber er si eg acutely angular ventral ala, the less rounded outline, more prominent pos ^ it weaker reticulation of thessurface, and, lastly, by its larger ee. is separated chiefly by the character of the surface-markings. (Plate XXXII. figs. 1-11.) (G. S. B.); Cumbrae and Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson) ; 14. CYTHERURA ACUTICOsTATA, G. O. Sars. Cytherura acuticostata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 76. Atlantic type. DrsrRiBuTION : Recent— Norway, Great Britain, | Ee of the female very tumid; seen from the side, Ee c vagin height somewhat exceeding half the length ; broadly nea e p tnr beak ; waved, obliquely truncate, and produced above pe Ee slightly Ce? Superior margin gently arched, slightly depressed ss fro nt; nn ly and terminating behind in an acute angular spine. Outline, as seen uim Ge e, ovate, mucronate behind; width equal to more than half the lengt ga 2 mc elongated, higher in front than behind, the superior and inferior margin ! Ireland. Fossil—Norway, glacial. 446 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF concave. Valves marked with several (8-10, Sars) more or less longitudinal acute ele- vated ribs, one or more of which terminate behind in sharp spinous points. Colour variable—yellowish, brown, or slaty blue. Length ze in. Hab. Off Holy Island (Northumberland), Birterbuy and Galway Bays, and in shell-sand from South Wales (G. S. B.); Cumbrae and Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson); Loch Fyne, and in rock-pools, Arran, N.B., and Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson); Isle of Skye, Plymouth, Isle of Portland (Rev. G. Barlee). This appears to be the commonest and most widely distributed of the deep-water species of Cytherura, often occurring in considerable numbers. It exhibits much varia- tion in the number and direction of the ribs with which the surface of the shell is marked ; and I have met with one specimen, apparently referable to the same species, in which the ribs were quite obsolete except on the ventral surface. This specimen is represented (figs. 9-11), and was taken in Birterbuy Bay, Connemara. 15. CYTHERURA CLATHRATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXIX. figs. 43-46.) Cytherura clathrata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 77. Scandinavian type? — DisrRrBvTION: Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial and raised beaches, Scotland and Norway. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subtriangular, greatest height in the middle, and equal to nearly two-thirds of the length; anterior margin narrow, rounded, and bearing four or five short broad teeth; posterior margin produced into an obtuse laminar process; superior margin strongly arched in the middle, inferior convex. Out- line, as seen from above, subovate, widest in the middle, extremities obtusely mucronate ; greatest width about equal to half the length. The shell surrounded in the greatest part of its circumference by a laminar belt or keel. “The male lower and less strongly arched above” (Sars). The right valve is much larger than the left. Shell marked with irregularly reticulated ribs; mostly one conspicuous ridge running longitudinally near the middle of the valves, and one or two, which are rather less distinct, branching obliquely from it. Colour brown. Length z; in. 5 Hab. Dredged off Yarmouth (Mr. D. O. Brown) ; Ormeshead and Oban (Mr. D. Robertson). 16. CYTHERURA CELLULOSA (Norman). (Plate XXIX. figs. 47-50, 60.) Cythere cellulosa, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. i. p. 22, pl. v: figs. 17-20, and pl. vi. fig. 17. Cytherura nana, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p- 78. British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Norway, Scotland. Valves, as seen from the side, nearly semicircular, except that the infero-posteal angle bos broadly and obliquely truncate; greatest height in the middle, and equal to nearly —— of the length ; narrow and obliquely rounded in front; produced behind, above the middle, into a short obtuse process. Superior margin very boldly arched, RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 447 inferior nearly straight. Seen from above, the outline is compressed oval, the sides nearly parallel in the middle, extremities evenly tapering ; width equal to less than half the length. Right valve much overlapping the left. Shell marked with a few large and deep polygonal or irregularly rounded excavations, each of which has a small elevated nodule at the bottom; colour yellowish (“in medio vero colore saturate fusco-violaceo insignis," Sars). Length 4; in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay and in shell-sand from Donegal and Roundstone Bays (G. S. B.) ; Lamlash, Ber- wick, Guernsey, Arran (Ireland), and in rock-pools, Arran, N.B. (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Cumbrae and Shetland (Mr. D. Robertson). This is the smallest of the genus, and almost the smallest of British Ostracoda. It is also a very distinct and well-marked species, having no near allies except C. clathrata, with which, however, it is little likely to be confounded. Genus 9. CYTHEROPTERON, G. O. Sars. Valves unequal and of dissimilar form, the right overlapping the left in the middle of the dorsal margin; surface marked with small round impressed puncta or shallow angular pits, sometimes with elevated ribs; ventral surface expanded laterally into a winged process; posterior margin produced into an obtuse beak. Hinge-joint composed of two terminal teeth on the right valve, and on the left a median crenulated ridge. Upper antennz shortly setose and composed of five joints, penultimate joint elongated and bearing on the middle of the anterior margin two hairs; lower antennz distinctly five-jointed, flagellum long. Mandibles of moderate size; palp three-jointed, branchial appendage bearing two very small sete. Jaws as in the preceding genus. Feet long and slender, terminal claw slender. Abdomen ending in a long, narrow process, post- abdominal lobes bearing three short hairs. Copulative organs of the male armed behind with three spiniform processes, one of which is trifurcate. Eyes wanting. This genus is easily distinguished by the prominent lateral alæ of the ‚shell ; the peculiar armature of the male copulative organs is a remarkable characteristic of the internal animal structure. l. CyrHEROPTERON SUBCIRCINATUM, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 39-42.) Cytheropteron subcircinatum, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 81. Se Very similar to the following species, but smaller ; the lateral ale almost semicircularly curved, and not angular. Carapace, as seen from the side, subovate ; highest in the - greatest, height equal to more than half the length, obliquely rounded in front : mg margin somewhat angularly produced ; superior margin forming a flattened arc fs "insi nearly straight, but encroached upon by the convex margin of the lateral ala. ut e, as seen from above, very broadly ovate, widest in the middle; greatest vm i Lo two-thirds of the length, extremities very slightly mucronate. End view triang er width greater than the height, sides convex, base slightly concave; valves unequal. Surface of the shell faintly pitted, ventral surface longitudinally grooved and bearing a 448 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF few small round papille. Colour white. ‘Antenne and limbs similar to those of C. latissimum." Length g% in. Hab. Galway Bay, off the Isles of Arran, in 10 fathoms water (G. S. B.). Like Sars, T at first took this to be the young of the following species; but a minute examination shows decided specific differences, which will be best appreciated by exami- nation of the figures. One specimen only occurred in my dredgings. 2. CYTHEROPTERON LATISSIMUM (Norman). (Plate XXXIV. figs. 26-30.) Cythere latissima, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 19, pl. vi. figs. 5-8; Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 381, pl. lxii. figs. 4 a-e. Cytheropteron convexum, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 80. : British type. DrisrRisvTION: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Great Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland, Norway. Lateral protuberance moderately prominent, obtusely angular behind. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, obliquely subovate, greatest height in the middle, and equal to considerably more than half the length ; anterior extremity narrowed, rounded; posterior produced in the middle into an obtusely rounded angle. Superior margin arched ; inferior convex, slightly sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, subovate, angular behind the middle, thence suddenly tapering to the posterior extremity, whieh is sharply pointed; greatest width equal to more than half the length. Ventral surface flat, often longitudinally striated. End view triangular, equilateral, base flat, sides convex. Shell of the male more elongated. Colour white. Surface of the valves marked more or less distinctly with oblong, slightly curved pittings, running in transverse rows across the shell. “Second joint of the upper antennz about equal in length to the fourth, the last very short. Second joint of the last pair of feet much longer than the two following. Distal portion of the male copulative organs obtusely truncated at the apex, the trifurcate spine narrow and shorter than the rest." Length 5 in. Hab. In depths of from 10-80 fathoms. Shetland (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys); Aberdeenshire (Mr. Dawson) ; Loch Fyne (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Oban, Bute, Cumbrae, Macduff, Peterhead, and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Northumberland, Durham, and Yorkshire coasts (G. S. B); Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Drewett) ; in shell-sand from the River Ribble and Isle of Wight (Mr. E. C. Davison). A very pretty and well-marked species, distinguishable from the following (C. nodosum) by the less angular outline and the absence of any well-defined transverse ribs and nodes, as well as by its larger size,—from C. punctatum also by its much greater size, less pronounced lateral ale, and the character of the surface-markine. It has been wrongly identified by G. O. Sars with Cythere convexa, Baird, a totally different species, which has not yet been noticed on the Norwegian coast. 3. CYTHEROPTERON NODOSUM, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 31-34.) ec type? Disrrisution: Recent— Britain, Ireland. Fossil —Glacial, Scotland, Ireland. Similar to the preceding, but much smaller. Carapace of the female, as seen from the pnr a nl OWENS NON RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 449 side, oblong, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to less than two-thirds of the length, narrowed and rounded in front, obliquely truncate behind; superior margin strongly arched, inferior rather convex. Outline, as seen from above, broadly ovate, widest behind the middle, extremities pointed; greatest width equal to more than half the length. End view triangular, equilateral, broad at the apex ; base flat, sides decidedly concave. The shell is obscurely punctate and rugose, and has two more or less strongly marked rounded ribs running from the central portion of the ala to the extremities of the hinge-margin, and forming, when viewed from above, two large rounded nodes; the ala itself is more angular than in the preceding species. Animal unknown. Length j; in. Hab. Hebrides and the Minch, 50—60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; and in shell-sand from Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). 4. CYTHEROPTERON PUNCTATUM, n. Sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 45-48.) Cytheropteron tricorne, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 208. Outline, as seen from the side, very similar to the preceding; but the posterior margin is broader and more produced above, and the lateral ala much more exserted and ending suddenly, behind the middle, in an acute angle. Outline, as seen from above, rhomboidal, rectangular behind the middle, thence tapering to the acuminate posterior extremity ; or it may be described as consisting of two equilateral triangles applied to each other by their bases, the larger being in front; greatest width behind the middle and equal to nearly three-fourths of the length. Surface of the shell minutely punctate. Length }; in. Hab. The Minch, 60 fathoms (Rev. A. M. Norman), and off Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson). to refer this species to a fossil form described by Herr I was at one time disposed l | ais Bornemann under the name Cythere tricornis ; and in outline the two are, in ed, very f the surface; and as it differs similar; but the fossil species seems to have no punctation 0 slightly in other respects, it seems better to keep it distinct. 5. CYTHEROPTERON MULTIFORUM (Norman). (Plate XXIX. figs. 38-42.) Cythere multifora, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol. i. p. 18, pl. vi. figs. 13-16, and Brit. l Assoc. Report, 1864, p. 192. Atlantic type? Dısrriguriox ` Recent—Britain, Ireland. i : e Eé of the female, seen from the side, oblong, rhomboidal, equal p e throughout; height equal to more than half the length ; ventral ala Ai very en ze Extremities irregularly and obtusely rounded, the anterior oblique and SA Gei angle at its junction with the dorsum ; superior and inferum "—— e died Straight. Seen from above, the outline is subhexagonal, with suddenly — en sé 1 extremities; greatest width equal to much more than half the length 3 vag xd 1 depressed behind the middle so as to form a longitudinal moe ue in th meer ‚the three sides convex, apex and base centrally emarginate. Ne 0 : x se: elongated ; sides, as seen from above, parallel. Shell-surface marked wi ^ sely VOL. XXVI. 450 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF angular fosse, arranged in more or less distinct longitudinal rows, which are separated by sharp ridges. Colour yellowish brown. Animal unknown. Length z5 in. Hab. In depths of 10-60 fathoms, Shetland, Stornoway, Skye, Loch Fyne, Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Oban and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson); Aberdeenshire (Mr. Dawson); Northumberland and Durham coasts, 25—46 fathoms (G. S. B.); Hebrides, the Minch, and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Devonshire coast (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). 6. CYTHEROPTERON RECTUM, nov. sp. (See Appendix.) Genus 10. BYTHOCYTHERE, G. O. Sars. Valves subequal, smooth or very sparingly sculptured, almost destitute of hairs; thin and fragile. Hinge-joint quite simple or composed of a slight bar and furrow; no teeth. Upper antenn:e elongated, seven-jointed ; the second joint large and thick and bearing a seta on its anterior and posterior margins; the other joints suddenly much narrower, forming a long slender lash, which bears several setze; penultimate joint linear and destitute of sete. Lower antenne tolerably robust, four-jointed ; second joint large; flagellum long, biarticulate, its last joint long and setiform. Mandibles constricted above the distal extremity, strongly toothed; palp four-jointed, bearing a well-developed bran- chial plate, which is set with numerous ciliated setze. "Terminal lobes of the first pair of jaws very short and thick; branchial plate large, ovate, bearing numerous marginal ciliated sete, and at the base four long and deflexed simple sete. Feet elongated, terminal elaw very long and slender, second and third joints bearing each a short apical seta; basal joint of the first pair furnished at the base with a small lobe, which bears two very large and densely ciliated, and two smaller and simple sete. Abdomen ending in a very large and aeuminated process; postabdominal lobes narrow and bearing three hairs. Eyes mostly absent. The species grouped under this genus present two very distinct types, so far as the characters of the shell are concerned; but according to the investigations of Herr G. O. Sars, the structure of the animal itself is the same in both types. My own observations of the animal have been made altogether on dried specimens, and are necessarily imperfect, but, so far as they go, they are quite in accordance with those of that most accurate author. ; 1. BYTHOCYTHERE SIMPLEX (Norman). (Plate XXXIII. figs. 23-27, and Plate XL. fig. 8.) Cythere simplex, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. & Durh. vol, i. p. 17, pl. v. figs. 1-4. Jonesia simpler, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. v. p. 363 l. lvii. figs. 11a—e. Bythocythere acuminata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 86. = nn Scandinavian type. Disrrisurion: Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Britain. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, oblong fusiform, about twice and a half as long as broad, rounded in front, acuminate behind. Dorsal margin straight in the middle, sloping suddenly downwards at the posterior extremity, gently rounded in front; RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. . 451 ventral margin sinuated in front, very convex behind. The valves are bordered by a broad, flattened flange, which bulges conspicuously near the middle of the ventral margin, and is lost on the dorsum; the flange is marked by numerous closely set radiating hair- like lines. Outline, as seen from above, elongate fusiform, more than thrice as long as broad, narrowed in front, slenderly acuminate behind, the right valve overlapping the left. Shell of the male scarcely different from that of the female. Lucid spots five, forming an oval patch a little below and in front of the centre of the valve; spots parallel, the three central ones linear-oblong, the terminal ones oval or lenticular. Shell perfectly smooth, thin and structureless, pellucid, slightly olivaceous, with arborescent markings of a deeper tint. Hinge-margins straight, quite simple. Last pair of feet in the male subprehensile, last three joints very robust, terminal claw very strong. Distal portion of the male copulative organs large, irregularly triangular, subtruncate at the apex ; anterior margin straight, posterior deeply sinuated. No eyes. Length of female 3, in. Hab. Off Holy Island, Northumberland, in 45 fathoms ; off Scarborough, and in dredgings from Shetland (G. S. B.); Dogger bank (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Aberdeenshire coast (Mr. Dawson) ; off Cumbrae, Bute, and Ormeshead, and at low water-mark in the Isle of Man (Mr. D. Robertson) ; the Minch (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys). This species was first described by deep water a hundred miles off the c G. O. Sars from Norwegian specimens. point of numbers, rather a scarce species, occurred at all abundantly being those from the Ab Scarborough. It occurs in the Arctic seas, and also in a clays. the Rev. A. M. Norman, from specimens taken in oast of Northumberland, and shortly afterwards by Though widely distributed, it seems to be, in the only British gatherings in which it has erdeenshire coast and from off fossil state in the Scotch glacial 2. BYTHOCYTHERE consrricra, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXV. figs. 47-52.) Bythocythere constricta, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 85. pr Carapace tumid, expanded into an obtusely angular lateral protuberance ie slightly constricted in the middle ; ventral surface nearly flat. Shell of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, rather higher behind than in front ; el height equal to rather more than half the length ; obliquely rounded in uos pro z d behind above the middle into a short, obtusely rounded (sometimes panty er: k process. Dorsal margin nearly straight ; ventral sinuated in front, convex ic b hi ve line, as seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle, REY d de ER greatest width equal to considerably more than half the length. € Ge est % as seen from the side, much more elongated, highest behind; greier d ie u less than half the length; posterior extremity obliquely truncate, a © iu iia above. Surface of the shell marked with rather distant, round P El roducing a connected with each other by more or less distinct, depressed lines, SER floceu- faint reticulation; ventral surface longitudinally striated, and as minute teeth. lent white papillae; infero-posteal angle armed — ling. Second. joint, a “Penultimate joint of the upper antenne longer than the preceding: ` $92 oo 452 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF E the last pair of feet longer than the two following; " terminal claw very long and slender. No eyes. Length 37; in. Hab. In depths of 10-60 fathoms. The Hebrides and the Minch, Shetland and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys); Aberdeenshire (Mr. Dawson) ; Macduff and Ormeshead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Northum- berland coast and Arranmore, Ireland (G. S. B.) ; Devonshire coast (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; and in shell-sand from Roundstone (Dr. Alcock), Though widely distributed, this is rather a rare species, and at the same time a very beautiful one. I regret that the specimens in my collection have not enabled me to examine accurately the internal animal structure ; and for this reason there may, perhaps, be some doubt as to the sexual relations of the two forms of shell here described and figured. The more elongated (? male) form is the commoner of the two, but in none of my specimens have I found the animal: in one example of the stouter form I found the animal in a rather imperfect state, and have no reason to doubt that it is the female; the greater abundance of the form supposed to belong to the other sex, however, is curious. 3. BYTHOCYTHERE TURGIDA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 35-38.) Bythocythere turgida, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 84. “Shell very tumid; lateral protuberance large and obtusely angular behind; ventral surface nearly flat; dorsal evenly arched. Shell of the female, seen from the side, sub- rhomboidal, nearly equal in height before and behind, greatest height equal to much more than half the length ; anterior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior somewhat produced above the middle; superior margin a little arched, inferior slightly sinuated ; lateral pro- tuberance rather prominent in the middle; seen from above very broad, subhexagonal, greatest width somewhat exceeding the height, and situated behind the middle, tapering gradually in front, suddenly behind ; posterior extremity forming an acuminate triangular process. Shell of the male a little more elongated, higher behind than in front; superior margin straight in the middle, arched behind. Surface ornamented with a few small rounded impressions, which are larger and more numerous on the ventral surface; pos- terior margin armed below with five to seven minute teeth. Colour white, with a few red spots on the dorsal aspect. Eyes separate. Penultimate joint of the upper antenne equal in length to the preceding. Branchial appendage of the mandible-palp bearing eight sete, gradually decreasing in length towards the front, the two anterior rudimen- tary, one overlapping the other. Second joint of the last pair of feet shorter than the united length of the two following joints. Apical portion of the male copulative organs produced downwards, elongated, subtriangular or lanceolate.” : : The single shell figured in Plate XXXIV. was unaccountably lost or mislaid before my drawings were completed. I have no record of the locality ; but it was probably taken off Holy Island on the Northumberland coast, and seems to me, from a comparison r; bc ronin with Sars’s description, quoted above, to be referable to Bythocythere RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 453 G. O. Sars gives the following curious description of the male copulative organs. “ By a wonderful freak of nature these have the appearance, when seen from the side, of the head of a bald old man. The basal portion represents the skull, the terminal portion the long beard, and the intervening parts the profile with forehead, nose, and mouth. To make the resemblance more complete, some chitinous bands produce, in the proper position, an eye with pupil and highly elevated eyebrows. These organs present in various orders of Crustacea so many variations that, by the help of a little fancy, it is easy to make each species represent some particular object. But here the resemblance is so exact that it must needs strike every observer." Genus 11. PsSEUDOCYTHERE, G. O. Sars. Shell thin and pellueid, having no distinet structure, rounded in front, produced behind. Hinge-joint simple. Upper antennz bearing long setze, 7-jointed ; second joint thick and armed with a single seta on the middle of the anterior margin; last joint very long and narrow, linear, terminating in very long sets; lower antenn:e very slender, 5-jointed ; flagellum long and slender. Mandibles small, with slender, curved, unguiform teeth; palp narrow, 4-jointed; branchial appendage bearing long sete. Terminal lobes of the first pair of jaws narrow; branchial plate large, elongate-ovate, armed towards the base with three curved and deflexed simple sete. Feet very long and slender. Abdo- men ending in a long, slender process; postabdominal lobes almost as in the preceding genus. No eye. Though very nearly related to the foregoing, the characters given by G. O. Sars appear to be amply sufficient to constitute Pseudocythere a distinct genus. The form of the carapace is, indeed, so peculiar as at once to suggest its distinctness ; and there are also important differences in the structure of the antennz and mandibles. ‘The only member of the genus is PSEUDOCYTHERE CAUDATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 49-52, and Plate XLI. fig. 6.) ! Pseudocythere caudata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 88. Carapace of the male, as seen from the side, l height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin ’ posterior obliquely truncate, produced above into an obtusely conical beak. age Margin sloping in a somewhat sinuous line from before backwards ; inferior slightly sinuated in front, terminating behind in one or two small sharp teeth. The cd and ventral margins form a thin fattened lamina, which is marked with radiating trans- Verse lines, and is most strongly developed behind. Shell of the female rather more " tumid. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, oval, tapering to — which are slightly mucronate ; greatest width in the middle and equal to u. ciam mor Shell smooth, thin, and fragile, bearing scattered short hairs; pelluei ; a A of the animal showing through the shell. Lueid spots four, linear, parallel, sı obliquely a little in front of the middle. “ quadrilateral, highest in front ; greatest broad and well rounded ; Last joint of the upper antenn:z much longer t54 ME. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF than the three following; penultimate joint of the lower antennæ very slender, and twice as long as the preceding. Branchial appendage of the mandible bearing eight backward-pointing setæ. Second joint of the last pair of feet shorter than the two following.” Length Je in. Hab. Rare; in depths of 10-60 fathoms. Birterbuy Bay and coast of Northumberland off Holy Island (G. S. B.); the Minch, and one dead shell in rock-pool, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). Genus 12. CYTHERIDEIS, Jones. | Carapace slender, elongate, subovate, tapering towards the front, not much compressed laterally. Hinge-margins nearly simple; shell smooth, finely punctate. The right valve overlapping the left in the centre of the ventral aspect. Animal unknown. CYTHERIDEIS SUBULATA, Brady. (Plate XXXV. figs. 43—40.) ( Nihere flavida, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 168, t. xxi. figs. 12, 12 a. British type. DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Britain, Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Cape Verd, Levant. Fossil— Glacial, Scotland. Carapace, as seen from the side, much attenuated in front, highest behind ; greatest height equal to one-third of the length; sharply rounded in front, broadly and obliquely ‘rounded behind. Superior margin sloping with a gentle curve from the middle forwards, nearly straight behind the middle; inferior margin gently sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, the outline is compressed ovate, widest behind, tapering to an acute point at each extremity ; greatest width equal to one-third of the length. Shell thin and fragile, yellowish, marked with fine closely set impressed puncta ; the anterior and posterior margins with transverse radiating lines; centre of the valves obscurely sulcate trans- versely. End view eircular. Animal unknown. Length j in. Hab. In shell-sand from the Mumbles, Donegal Bay, and Roundstone (G. S. B.); Macduff and Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Devonshire coast (Mr. C. Spence Bate); Frith of Clyde, Falmouth, and in rock-pools, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). All the examples of this species which I have seen are merely empty shells, and therefore I cannot refer it with certainty to its proper position. The shell, though in its lateral aspect very similar to some forms of Paradoxostoma, differs in some important particulars: it is not laterally compressed as all the elongated forms of the latter genus are ; the shell is more horny in character, and not smooth and polished. The lucid spots are four, large, quadrangular, and irregularly grouped. Lastly, the overlapping ventral margin of the right valve almost certainly proclaims that it cannot belong to that genus; which always exhibits a longitudinal aperture between the two contact-margins in front, for the protrusion of the suctorial apparatus. Under these circumstances, I have n this species the generic term Cytherideis, under which group, as originally pee y Professor Rupert Jones, it would naturally fall. Müller’s Oythere flavida, puces GE oe it, seems to me to belong to another species, probab y RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 455 Genus 13. SCLEROCHILUS, G. O. Sars. Valves elongated, very hard, especially towards the margins; surface smooth and shining, ornamented with very minute scattered papille. Hinge-joint formed by a pro- jecting median crest of the left valve. Antenne robust; second joint of the upper bearing a seta on the anterior and posterior margins, the last five joints quickly ' decreasing in size and bearing ‘numerous long sete; lower antenne larger than the upper, 5-jointed; flagellum long and very slender. Poison-glands very large, and divided into many lobes. Mouth produced, conical; labrum strongly toothed. Man- dibles small; teeth numerous and acuminate; palp narrow, indistinctly 3-jointed, with a distinct branchial appendage. Terminal lobes of the first pair of jaws partly wanting ; branchial plate narrow, almost lanceolate, and set with numerous set» on the outer and inner margins. Feet short and robust; second and third joints armed in front with a short seta; first pair armed with a single strong spine at the apex of the basal joint. Postabdominal lobes larger than usual, forming broad bilobed laminz, and bearing five sete. Eye single. In outward appearance the one species belonging to this genus is scarcely separable from the following (Paradoxostoma) ; but the structure of the animal shows an apparent transition from the Cythere type to that of Paradoxostoma. This is more especially evident in the mandibles and mouth. SOLEROCHTLUS contortus, Norman. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 5-10, and Plate XLI. fig. 7.) Cythere contorta, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. 1862, p. 48, pl. ii. fig. 15; and Tr side Nat. Field Club, vol. v. p. 150, pl. ii. fig. 15. Sclerochilus contortus, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 90. British type. Disrrisution : Recent—Britain, Norway, Bay of Biscay. beaches, Scotland, Ireland, Norway. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, te Ions te in front; greatest height rather behind the middle, and equal to consi nisi y bed half the length. Anterior and posterior margins rounded; superior bo A Së P sloping steeply in front, inferior deeply sinuated in front, convex SEE a wee seen from above, compressed oval, more than twice as Jong - broad Ae e Ger behind the middle, tapering to the extremities, the anterior of which is the mp d pointed. Shell of the male more elongated, the dorsal margin less aae : wb and polished, very sparingly punctate, the margins "ge së S disais adi radiating stre. Colour yellowish, with a reddish-brown patel on Ta spots five, linear-oblong, parallel. Third joint of the upper 2» wis dice dah the preceding, and about equal to the united lengths of the three "ü 5 First pair of jaws appendage of the mandibular palp bearing four lo exar ng, su | i e inated by a hooked aving only two terminal lobes, one of which is very narrow, and terminated Dy Spine. Second joint of the last pair of feet shorter ans. Tyne- Fossil—Glacial and raised elongated, bean-shaped, higher behind than than the two following. Basal € rior margin forming 3 Portion of the male copulative organs semiovate; upper ye d E M Continuous arch; distal portion smaller, subovate, narrowed to Length A in. 456 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Hab. This species occurs from low-water mark to the greatest depths that have yet been dredged in the British seas. Shetland, Frith of Clyde, Skye, Youghal, Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman); Aber- deenshire coast (Mr. Dawson); Hebrides and Channel Islands (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; Devonshire (Mr. C. Spence Bate); Cumbrae, Macduff, Peterhead, and Ormeshead, and at low water-mark, Isle of Man (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Northumberland and Durham coasts (30-46 fathoms); Birterbuy Bay and in oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.) ; Norfolk coast (Mr. D. O. Dreweit) ; and in shell-sand from the Girdler Sand, Margate, and Donegal (Mr. E. C. Davison). One of the most widely distributed, and, in most localities, one of the more abundant species. It is readily distinguished from all others by its peculiarly flexuous outline. Genus 14. PARADOXOSTOMA, Fischer. Shell thin and fragile, smooth, shining, and having no definite structure; valves sub- equal, mostly much higher behind than in front, usually elongate-ovate. Lucid spots as in the preceding genus. Hinge-joint simple. Ventral margins emarginate in front, so that when the valves are closed there is still an elongated orifice, through which the suctorial mouth can be protruded. Upper antenn:e exceedingly slender, 6-jointed, and bearing short setze; lower shorter and more robust, 5-jointed; flagellum large and almost as thick as the antenna itself. Poison-glands large and mostly lobulated. Mouth suctorial. Labrum and labium forming together a large and stout subconical process projecting downwards, and terminating in a disk with elevated margins, in the middle of which the orifice of the mouth is situated. Mandibles very slender, protrac- tile, styliform, subulate at the apex; palp very slender and elongated, indistinctly jointed, and without a branchial appendage. Terminal lobes of the first pair of jaws very narrow; branchial plate elongate-ovate, and bearing at the base two deflexed seta. Feet short and robust, last joint elongated, terminal claw very short and curved; basal joint of the first pair armed at the apex with a single strong spine. Postabdominal lobes bearing two short hairs. One eye. The peculiar characters of the mouth in this genus were first noticed by Fischer, and by him were justly made the ground of separation from other Cytheridze* ; these observa- tions were made on species found in Madeira. Herr G. O. Bre; however, has described with much more minuteness and accuracy, in his * Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder,’ to which reference has so frequently been made in these pages, the anatomical characters of the genus. The suctorial mouth and the stylet-shaped mandible are very extra- ordinary, and show an interesting approximation to the structure of the mouth-organs in the parasitic Copepoda. It is not likely, however, that the members of this genus are in any sense Epizoa; they have never been taken in situations at all different from those frequented by other Ostracoda, being constantly met with on the fronds of alge in littoral situations, or in the mud and ooze of considerable depths of water. Indeed we cannot doubt that the piercing and suctorial apparatus with which they are armed is used, not for the abstraction of the vital juices of any large animal, but simply as 4 means of appropriating the nourishment found in the monads and other minute animal prey on which the Crustacea appear mostly to subsist. Sars, indeed, conjectures that it * Abhandl. d. kgl. bayerischen Akademie d. Wissenschaften, Bd. vii. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 457 may be employed to puncture the epidermis of algee, and afterwards to abstract the juices of the plant; but in this case one fails to see any use for the exceptionally large poison- glands and urticating setze with which the members of this genus are armed. Altogether it appears to me more conformable to what we know of the general habits of the Crustacea, and more fully explanatory of the peculiarities of the Paradoxostomata, if we suppose their diet to consist of microscopic animaleula, rather than the juices of alge or of animals much higher in organization than themselves. l. PARADOXOSTOMA VARIABILE (Baird). (Plate XXXV. figs. 1-7, 12-17, and Plate XLI. fig. 8.) 1 Cythere variabilis, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. 98, tab. iii. figs. 7 a, b (1835), and ii. 153; Brit. 1 Entom. p. 170, tab. xxi. figs. 10, 11. Paradoxostoma variabile, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 93. ? Cythere flavida, Müller, Entomostraca, p. 66, tab. vii. figs. 5, 6. British type. Dusrrisution: Recent—Baffın’s Bay, Britain, Norway. Fossil—Glacial and raised beaches, Norway, Scotland, Ireland. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, elongate-ovate, much attenuated in front, highest behind the middle; greatest height equal to not more than half the length. Anterior margin narrowly, posterior very broadly and obtusely rounded, often slightly angulated above; superior margin well arched, sloping rather steeply in front; inferior straight or but slightly convex in front, much more convex behind. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate, tapering gradually to each extremity; greatest width behind the middle, and equal to more than one-third of the length; extremities pointed. The shell of the male is similar to that of the female. Valves pellueid, white, slightly olivaceous or ochreous; marked with arborescent black or violet patches, and often with two more or less distinct dark transverse bands. Second and fourth joints of the upper antenne nearly equal in length, longer than the third, and very much longer than the united lengths of the fifth and sixth. Terminal claws of the lower antennz very short and subequal; flagellum robust, triarticulate. First pair of jaws having only three uniarticulate lobes, two of which are nearly equal in length, the other more than twice aslong. Last joint of the third pair of feet very long and narrow, densely nam on the anterior margin. Basal segment of the male copulative Organs exceeding y So and rounded, distal segment very small and twisted, bipartite, the anterior portion narrow and obtuse, the posterior expanded and acuminate. Length 4—4. in. e Hab. Berwickshire and Dover (Dr. Baird) ; plentifully in rock-pools on the Noriiuntber que and mes coasts, and in shell-sand from Guernsey (G. S. B.); at roots of Laminaria, EG e Skye, Arran, and Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Falmouth gas, Mr. Barlee) ; dredged off Cu (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Girdler Sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison). er It seems to me very probable that (as has been suggested by en, nn of Cythere flavida has been taken from the ochreous *aney of t E = Er d - Sidering the doubt which must attach to this supposition, and the fact t : VOL. XXVI. * — EET ee eae eo mmm mmm eye En e j NEN — " 458 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF flavida is by no means a generally appropriate one, it seems better to retain the name proposed by Dr. Baird. 9, PARADOXOSTOMA ABBREVIATUM, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXV. figs. 22-25.) Paradoxostoma abbreviatum, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 94. Atlantic type? DISTRIBUTION : Recent—Britain, Ireland, Norway. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland. ` Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, much shorter and higher than the preceding, greatest height behind the middle, and equal to about two-thirds of the length ; extremities rounded, anterior narrow, posterior excessively broad; superior margin boldly arched, inferior deeply sinuate in front, very convex behind. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate, about three times as long as broad. Colour whitish or pale yellow. “Shell of the male and young female lower, inferior margin less convex behind. Third joint of the upper antenn® much shorter than the preceding, fourth elongate, and about twice as long as the following two united; terminal claws of the lower antennz unequal, the anterior about twice as long as the posterior. First pair of jaws almost as in the preceding species. Last joint of the third pair of feet very slightly ciliated. Distal portion of the male copulative organs large, subhamate, or armed behind with a spiniform curved process.” Length j in. Hab. Mostly beyond low-water mark. Plymouth Sound, 5 fathoms (Mr. C. Spence Bate) ; Girdler Sand and Race's Bank (Mr. E. C. Davison); Lerwick and Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Lamlash (living in tide-pools), Skye (Rev. A. M. Norman). The validity of this species seems to me open to considerable doubt; and had it not been for the slight differences of animal structure noticed by G. O. Sars, I should have certainly considered it merely a variety of the preceding. Unfortunately, all the specimens which I have seen are merely dried shells, and I have therefore had no oppor- tunity of myself examining the recent animal. But the differences described by Sars are after all very slight, and perhaps do not amount to more than ought to be allowed as merely varietal. This ean only be decided by further examination of this and such intermediate forms as those figured (figs. 1-3, 12, 13), which it is now difficult to refer with certainty either to P. variabile or P. abbreviatum. The form represented in figs. 14—16 is, I believe, referable to the young of P. variabile. 9. PARADOXOSTOMA NORMANI, n.sp. (Plate XXXV. figs. 39, 40.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform, much narrowed in front, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to half the length ; extremities rounded, the anterior narrow and produced, posterior broad. Superior margin arched, highest in the middle, sloping steeply in front ; inferior deeply sinuated in front of the middle, convex behind. Outline, as seen from above, ovate; extremities pointed, widest in the middle ; greatest width equal to one-third of the length. Shell pellucid, marked with dendritic black patches, the brown body of the animal shining through the shell. Fourth joint of the upper antennze more than twice as long as the fifth ; lower antennz short, terminal RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 459 claws unequal, one large, the other very short and slender. Terminal claw of third foot long and slender, finely ciliated on the anterior margin; the preceding joints not ciliated. Length zy in. Hab. Isle of Skye, Herm, and Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman). 4. PARADOXOSTOMA PULCHELLUM, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXV. figs. 41, 42.) Paradoxostoma pulchellum, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 95. Carapace of the female much compressed; seen from the side, nearly semicircular, rather more tapered in front than behind; greatest height in the middle, and equal to rather less than half the length. Extremities rounded, the anterior rather the narrower ofthe two; superior margin evenly arched, inferior very slightly sinuated in the middle. Outline, as seen from above, much compressed, nearly four times as long as broad. Shell pellueid, yellowish, with deep-black or violet dendritic markings scattered irregularly over the dorsum and centre of the valves. “Third joint of the upper antennze scarcely shorter than the preceding, and longer than the following ; last two subequal, their united lengths not shorter than the preceding one. Lower antenne very slender, bearing one small terminal claw. Jaws and feet almost as in P. abbreviatum. Male unknown." Length =), in. Hab. In rock-pools, Guernsey, Herm, and Stornoway (Rev. A. M. Norman). A very distinct and pretty species, well worthy of the name bestowed upon it by Sars. The colouring of the specimens collected by Mr. Norman does not exactly agree with Sars’s description (“in medio vero fascia lata transversali colore saturate obscure-violaceo instruetze), though in some cases there is an indication of a transverse band; but very little stress can be laid upon this point, especially in the present genus. 5. PARADOXOSTOMA OBLIQUUM, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXV. figs. 18-21.) Paradoxostoma obliquum, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 97. Carapace of the female tumid, seen from the sid the mg equal d more than half the length. Anterior extremity rounded, much narrowed; posterior obliquely truncate, its upper angle produced ; Pic ks strongly arched, sloping steeply in front, where it is also slightly pis : E convex. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, fully twice as zi " "m Ae nearly circular. The right valve is of a shape different from the p ; Ge Ga overlapping on the antero-dorsal and postero-ventral margins. ale | smooth, pellucid, fawn-coloured, without any macule. Length 35 in. Hab. Abundantly in shell-sand from Roundstone (Dr. Alcock) Sound of Skye, and in tide-pools at Arran, N.B., and Herm (Rev. A. M. No D. Robertson). e subrhomboidal; greatest height in . in oyster-ooze from Stranraer (G. S. B.); i rman); Shetland (Mr. only one specimen (Stran- tion to enable me to do 3Q2 I have been able to dissect Of this v -marked speci 8 very well-marked species good preserva raer), and the animal was not in sufficiently 460 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF more than satisfy myself respecting its sex and genus. Though very abundant in the shell-sand from Dog’s Bay, near Roundstone, these specimens consist only of detached valves; and I have not detected it in my own dredgings from Roundstone and Birterbuy Bays. 6. PARADOXOSTOMA HIBERNICUM, n. sp. (Plate XXXV. figs. 35, 36, and Plate XL. fig. 7.) Carapace of female, as seen from the side, oblong subelliptical, rather higher behind than before; greatest height equal to less than half the length. Extremities nearly equally rounded; superior margin gently and evenly arched; inferior slightly sinuated in front. Outline, as seen from above, compressed oval; extremities equally acuminate ; greatest width in the middle, equal to rather more than one-fourth of the length. Male unknown. Shell smooth and polished ; colour (of spirit specimens) a uniform ashy grey. Upper antennæ very slender, one very short slender seta at the apex of the third and fourth joints ; fourth joint nearly twice as long as the third, and more than twice as long as the fifth and sixth united; fifth joint twice as long as the sixth. "Terminal claws of the feet short, thick, and abruptly curved; penultimate joint of the third foot much less than half the length of the preceding, bearing five strong spinous sete on the anterior margin. Basal portion of the male copulative organs moderately large, rounded ; distal portion small, elongated triangular, acuminate. Length 3; in. Hab. In rock-pools amongst the smaller alge, Great Isle of Arran, Ireland (G. S. B.) ; Arran, N.B., and _ Loch Carron, Ross-shire (Rev. A. M. Norman). 7. PARADOXOSTOMA SARNIENSE, n. sp. (Plate XXXV. figs. 26-29, and Plate XL. fig. 9.) Carapace of the ‚female, seen from the side, oblong elliptical, rather higher behind than in front; dorsal and ventral margins nearly parallel, greatest height equal to less than half the length. Anterior extremity obtusely, posterior obliquely rounded ; superior margin perfectly straight; inferior straight in front, convex behind, much compressed, and forming a prominent keel. Outline, as seen from above, excessively compressed, more than four times as long as broad, extremities equally pointed. Shell smooth, pellucid, ornamented on the dorsal and ventral portions of the valves with dendritic black or dark-brown markings. Lower antennæ very slender, scarcely thicker than the stout but slenderly pointed flagellum; one terminal claw. Penultimate joint of the third foot one-third the length of the preceding, anterior margin finely ciliated ; terminal claw slender. Male unknown. : Length 3; in. Hab. Guernsey and Herm, in rock-pools, and Falmouth (Rev. A. M. Norman); and in shell-sand from the Channel Tslands (G. S. B.). A Yey beautiful and remarkable species, differing from the preceding chiefly in its colouring, its less flexuous outline, and its greater lateral compression. | 8. PARADOXOSTOMA ENSIFORME, n. sp. (Plate XXXV. figs. 8-11.) Atlantie type. Distrisution : Recent. Britain, Ireland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland, Ireland. UA TES TTA al En ah an u ur REIR udn i TEN RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 461 Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate siliquose, highest behind the middle; greatest height equal to much less than half the length. Anterior extremity much narrowed, rounded; posterior produced, and somewhat angular in the middle; superior margin well and evenly arched; inferior nearly straight in front, convex behind. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, fully thrice as long as broad, broadest in the middle; extremities equally acuminate. Colour dull yellowish white. The animal, so far as I have been able to ascertain from dried specimens, exactly resembles P. variabile, except in the various parts being more slender and elongated. Length 35 in. Hab. In shell-sand, Girdler Sand, estuary of Thames, and Donegal Bay (Mr. E. C. Davison) ; the Minch (Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Shetland and Peterhead (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Plymouth, Swansea, and Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). P. ensiforme appears to be perfectly distinct from any other described species, though in general outline it rather approaches the form of P. variabile, figured at Plate XXXV. figs. 12, 13. The chief characteristics of the present species are its attenuated and flexuous form, the median angulation of the posterior, and the comparatively slight compression or keel-like projection of the ventral margin. 9. PARADOXOSTOMA FLEXUOSUM, Brady. (Plate XXXV. figs. 30-34.) Bythocythere? flexuosa, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 211. Carapace, as seen from the side, sublinear, flexuous, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to one-third of the length; obliquely rounded, and sloping steeply in front, tapering to an obtusely angular median process behind; superior margin evenly and gently arched; inferior sinuated in front, convex and compressed behind. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, ovate, four times as long as broad; extremities acuminate. Colour yellowish white. Animal unknown. Length 23 in. Hab. Hebrides and the Minch, 45-60 fathoms (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys’s dredgings) ; Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms (G. S. B.); Plymouth (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Girdler Sand, Thames (Mr. E. C. Davison). (Plate XXXV. figs. 37, 38.) curved, highest in the middle; greatest the length; attenuated and rounded in 10. PARADOXOSTOMA ? ARCUATUM, N. SP. i Carapace, as seen from the side, erc eight equal i than one-third 0 . infe E a ee superior margin boldly N wu dia sinuated in front of the middle, slightly conver behind; anterior TT em above compressed and marked by radiating transverse lines. Outline, as seen ig ii compressed ovate, broadest behind the middle; greatest width equal to one- length. Colour pearly white. Animal unknown. Length A. in. Hab. Birterbuy Bay, 10 fathoms. One specimen only found. 462 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Section II. MYODOCOPA, G. O. Sars. Fam. 1. CxrnipINIDE, Baird. Shell mostly hard and compact in structure, smooth or punctate, and sometimes beset with short hairs, notched at the antero-inferior angle, so that when the valves are closed there remains still a large aperture for the protrusion of the lower antenne. Upper antenn® large, geniculated at the base, many-jointed, and bearing, especially towards the apex, several long ringed setze. Basal portion of the lower antenn: broadly trian- gular, bearing a slender secondary branch, which is set with a few short sete, and a large natatory branch, which is mostly nine-jointed, and bears several long ciliated setze. Mandibles rudimentary, the palp very large, geniculated, pediform, four-jointed; first joint large and thick, bearing at the apex a slightly setose appendage, like a rudimentary branchial plate; last joint very short and strongly clawed. Three pairs of jaws, some- what pediform. First pair of jaws having four spinous lobes, the exterior or largest biarticulate ; first joint large, elongated, subquadrangular ; last very short, and set with numerous spines or claws. Second pair of jaws short and stout, composed of several setose or unguiculate segments; the exterior short, three-lobed, and beset with short finely ciliated setz, bearing at the base a very large semilunar branchial plate, which is provided with numerous marginal sete. Third pair of jaws smaller, composed of three spinous lobes, beneath which is a membranous subovate plate, beset with many finely ciliated setze ; one pair of feet, forming a very long, flexuous, subeylindrical annu- lose body, which is armed towards the apex with long prickly spines. Postabdomen large, composed of two broad closely appressed laminze which are armed posteriorly with strong marginal claws. Two compound pedunculated eyes, between which is a large simple eye, and at its base a short cylindrical tentacle. Male of less height than the female; eyes more developed; copulative organs of complex structure. Ova and em- bryos borne beneath the shell of the female. The foregoing description of this family is adopted, with very slight alteration, from the definition of G. O. Sars. The Cypridinide are comparatively scarce in the seas of temperate latitudes, but much more abundant in the tropics, constituting, indeed, a not unimportant part of the phosphorescent agencies there so strikingly developed. Many species and genera have been described by various authors, but, except in a few cases, their anatomical structure has not been thoroughly investigated. In the British seas the few species which have hitherto been discovered are taken mostly by the use of the towing-net at night. Some have occurred amongst dredged sand, and some have been taken by the hand-net amongst Zostera in tide-pools; but this seems to be an exceptional circumstance. The animals are essentially of natatory character, their powerful antenne having free play, even when the valves are quite closed, through the large aperture which is characteristic of the family. i5 Genus 1. PiuitoMEDEs, Lilljeborg. kes elongated, thin; notch broad, anterior extremity obtuse. Upper antennæ six- jointed, scarcely attenuated at the apex; antepenultimate joint bearing a stout seta, RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 463 which is set with numerous long auditory cilia; last joint short, and bearing two sete, which are much longer than the antenna itself. Lower antennz very robust, basal portion large and thick, natatory branch very long, nine-jointed, the first three joints elongated, the rest short, subequal, and set with long plumose cilia; secondary branch larger than usual, geniculated, three-jointed, last joint turned upwards. Basal portion of the mandibular feet bearing at the apex a small tubercle, with two short hairs, “forming a rudimentary incisive portion of the mandible; penultimate joint shorter than in Cypridina, the anterior marginal sete fewer and fasciculate. First pair of jaws slender, palp bearing simply a small trisetose lobe; second pair of jaws having neither a mandibuliform appendage nor clawed spines; terminal lobes small, and bearing simple hairs." Eyes large, subelliptical, far separated, and situated near the middle of the shell. Animal swimming with long jerks. PHILOMEDES INTERPUNCTA (Baird). (Plate XXXIII. figs. 10-13, and Plate XLI. fig. 3.) Cypridina interpuncta, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. part 18 (1850), p. 257, plate xvii. figs. 8-10 (An- nulosa). Philomedes longicornis, Lillj. De Crustaceis, p. 176, tab. xxvi. figs. 4-6, 14-16; Norman, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 280, plate xiv. fig. 11; G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 107. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong-oval, nearly twice as long as high; dorsal margin nearly straight, almost perpendicularly deflexed behind, gently curved down- wards in front; ventral margin gently convex. Anterior extremity obtusely pointed ; oral notch situated below the middle, wide, its margins densely setose; posterior ex- tremity broad, obliquely truncate, bearing a short spine near its lower, and sometimes a similar one near its upper termination. Outline, as seen from above, narrow ovate ; greatest width in front of the middle, equal to much less than half the length. End view, ovate, tumid, the notch showing as a diamond-shaped opening. The shell is yellowish, horny, and translucent (except in old specimens), showing the animal clearly through it; surface marked with a fine reticulated pattern, similar to that of Candona compressa (see Plate X X VI. fig. 26), but the meshes larger, often finely punctate. Second joint of the upper antenne large, longer than the two following; terminal setze longer than the antenna itself. Natatory branch of the inferior antenne (exclusive of the sete) t longer than the two following, about equal in length to the basal portion; first join second about half the length of the third, which is nearly as SE vi emer: "e. first joi ind stout; second long, slender, slıghily curves, t joint of the secondary branch short and sto 5 ring three adit ae te about equal in length to the first joint of the natatory branch, be middle 3 the RR margin ; last joint shorter, very slender, and sein ioni z guiculate, dilated at the base, apex obtuse. Third joint of the mandibular x sed half the length of the second, bearing à dense brush of plumose setze on : em e : margin. Third pair of jaws terminating in à broadly triangular trifid lobe, densely clothe with plumose sete. “ Oviferous foot” terminated on one side by a zem d on the other by a eurved claw-like process; setze very slender, minutely and sy d with about eleven curved cally spinous at the apices. Postabdominal laminw arme 464 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF spines, the last two very long and subequal, fourth and sixth about half the length of the second ; third, fifth, seventh, and all the rest very slender and short. Eyes black. Length ve in. Hab. Taken abundantly in the towing-net at Cumbrae, chiefly at night time (Mr. D. Robertson) ; Northumberland coast, Shetland, Plymouth Sound, and amongst Zostera, between tide-marks at Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman). Though the description given above differs in some minor points from that of G. O. Sars, I have no doubt that the species referred to is the same; and, indeed, a British specimen which I forwarded to that author for examination was identified by him with P. longicornis. There is much variety in the spinous armature of the posterior margin ; in most cases one short spine exists near its lower extremity, and. rarely one likewise at the upper angle; not unfrequently they are altogether wanting. I have not been able clearly to make out the structure of the maxillary apparatus, nor have I seen any males recog- nizable as such. : The figure and description given by Mr. Norman (loc. cit.) are certainly referable to this species, though, owing to their being taken from worn specimens, they are not quite applicable to the species when seen in good condition. There can, I think, be little doubt that Dr. Baird’s description and figures of ** Cypridina interpuncta” are properly to be identified with P. longicornis, Lilljeborg. Genus 2. CYLINDROLEBERIS, Brady*. Shell elongated fusiform or subeylindrical; beak rounded, not at all produced; upper antennz of the male bearing at the apex two excessively long, annulated, plumose setze, four shorter set, and a short curved claw; penultimate joint bearing at its apex a stout densely ciliated seta; upper antenna of the female terminated by a stout curved claw, and six or seven subequal plumose setze, which do not exceed in length that of the last four joints of the antennz; penultimate joint bearing at the apex a short seta or pedicle, from the extremity of which spring six long simple setz. Second joint of the natatory branch of the lower antenn® in the male elongated, in the female scarcely longer than the succeeding joints; secondary branch in the male robust, subchelate, terminal joint slender, eurved upwards; in the female simple, triarticulate, last joint setiform. Antepenultimate joint of the mandibular foot shorter than the following joint, bearing three long subequal curved setze, two of which are plumose; penultimate joint armed with five stout sete on the anterior, and two at the apex of the posterior margin ; last joint very short, armed with a curved claw and several setze. First maxilla consisting of a broad subquadrate or crescentic lamina, densely elothed on its distal margin with long bristles; second maxilla swollen at the base, suddenly narrowed towards the apex, the apical portion bearing six plumose sete, three of moderate length, and three short, basal portion having a series of ten simple spine-like setze on its convex margin; third jaw narrow, elongated, set along the whole of the inner margin with short simple setze, which increase in length towards the apex ; oviferous foot terminating in two symmetrical dentate lips, and bearing about six pairs of spinous setze. * Intellectual Observer, vol. xii. p. 127. EE eT RR RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 465 Ihave not succeeded in detecting the sexual organs of the two species belonging to this genus; but it seems pretty certain that the forms referred to in the generic de- scription are really the two sexes of one and the same species. The shells of the two forms present no appreciable difference; and the several pairs of jaws, the mandibular and “ oviferous”’ feet, and the postabdominal laminz are in both precisely alike. 1. CYLINDROLEBERIS Mans (Baird). (Plate XXXIII. figs. 18-22, and Plate XLI. fig. 1.) Cypridina Marie, Baird, Proceedings Zool. Soc. Lond. part xviii. (1850) p. 257, pl. xvii. (Annulosa) figs. 5-7. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong-elliptical, more than twice as long as high, rather higher in front than behind. Dorsal and ventral margins nearly straight, sub- parallel; beak erect; notch wide, almost rectangular, Extremities obtusely rounded, the posterior rather narrowed. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, subclavate, about twice as long as broad, greatest width in front of the middle; extremities rounded, the anterior deeply cleft in the centre. Notch radiated, produced along the median lines of the dorsal and ventral aspects as well as laterally. End view nearly circular. Muscle- spots very numerous, forming a conspicuous patch near the centre of the valves. Shell pellucid, and showing through it the deep-yellowish-brown body of the animal; growing altogether opaque with age. Eyes black and plainly visible through the shell, rather behind and above the centre. Upper antenne of the male altogether more slender and less densely setose than in the female; auditory seta short and stout, dilated and obliquely truncate at the apex; terminal claw also short and stout, scarcely half the length of the adjacent sete. Second joint of the natatory branch of the lower antennz in the female short, scarcely longer than the following joints ; in the male nearly as long as the first joint. First pair of maxilla: subquadrate, bearing à large branchial appen- dage. Oviferous foot terminating in two equal numerously dentate lips; setze robust, rather irregularly spined toward the apices. Postabdominal lamine ea ee gular, obliquely truncate behind, armed with six slender marginally dentate, slightly curved claws, which decrease regularly in length from below upwards. Length +; in. Hab. Isle of Skye (Dr. Baird) ; Shetland, Penzance, Herm (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; taken in the towin C. Marie, though mostly taken in company with mone ze scarcer species, the specimens taken at any one time being never very y and with the preceding species in tide-pools at g-net at Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson). des longicornis, is a much (Plate XXXIII. figs. 6-9, and Plate XLI. fig. 2.) viii. (Oct. 1861) pl. xiv. fig. 10. ovate, highest behind the middle; e length; extremities rounded, argins evenly convex ; notch widest in the middle, more 9 R 2. CYLINDROLEBERIS TERES (Norman). Cypridina teres, Norman, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, greatest height equal to more than two-thirds of th anterior narrowed, posterior broad ; superior and inferior m very narrow, curved. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, VOL. XXVI. 466 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF than twice as long as broad. Surface of the shell smooth, pellucid, and finely punctate, the brown body of the animal shining through. Terminal claw of the upper antennze long, slender, nearly equal in length to the adjacent setze ; auditory seta slender, scarcely dilated at the extremity. First maxilla elongated, the distal extremity curved upwards, slender, and terminating in two setze, between which and the range of marginal setze there is a considerable interval. The basal joint of the mandibular foot bears on the anterior margin a series of eight short setze, the last three or four of which are bifid or trifid at the extremity. Postabdominal laminze short, subovate, bearing seven or eight long slender claws, the last two being much the longest. Length 4j; in. Hab. Dredged in 7-20 fathoms at Oban (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; Guernsey (Mr. J. G. Jeffreys) ; taken in the towing-net at Cumbrae (Mr. D. Robertson). Genus 3. BRADYCINETUS, G. O. Sars. Shell thicker and more compact in structure than in the preceding genera; notch deep, with setose margins. Upper antenn:e six-jointed, the apical setze nearly equal and of no great length. Natatory branch of the lower antennz nine-jointed, its sete short; secondary branch in the female very small and biarticulate, the last joint obtuse, and bearing at the apex a curved seta; in the male larger, three-jointed ; the last joint long and membranaceous, terminating in two short sete. Mandibular feet similar to those of the preceding genera, but armed also with a bifurcate mandibular process, in front of which are three toothed spines. First pair of jaws strongly armed with spine-like sete ; second pair having a strong mandibuliform appendage composed of two robust toothlike processes. Eyes small, of pale colour, and scarcely visible through the shell. “ Animal mostly moving slowly amongst mud, not swimming nimbly like the preceding.” The chief distinguishing characters of this genus are the strong toothed armature of the second pair of jaws, and the peculiar bifurcate process and toothed spines of the mandibular palp. The lower antenn® are also more shortly ciliated, and the habits of the animal are, according to Sars, much less active than those of the allied genera. Fischer’s Asterope grenlandica belongs to this genus, and is either identical with, or closely allied to, B. brenda. 1. BRADYCINETUS BRENDA (Baird) (Plate XX XIII. figs. 1-5, and Plate XLI. fig. 5.) Cypridina brenda, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 181, tab. xxiii. figs. 1 a-g. —— globosa, Lilljeborg, De Crustaceis ex ord. trib. p. 171, tab. xvii. figs. 2-10, tab. xviii. figs. 1, 2, 3&7. Bradycinetus globosus, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 110. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, rotundo-ovate; greatest height in the middle, and equal to about three-fourths of the length. Upper margin slightly arched, sloping steeply in front, inferior well and evenly arched, posterior obliquely subtruncate, anterior somewhat narrowed, prominent, and obtusely angular above the notch, which is large and wide, its inferior angle produced into a short tooth. Outline, as seen from RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 467 above, subovate, widest in the middle; greatest width equal to a little more than half the length. End view ovate, width equal to three-fourths of the height. Notch, as seen from below, elliptical, seen from the front arcuate. Shell covered densely with short pubescent hairs; colour yellowish white. Second joint of the upper antennz about as long as the following four united; secondary branch of the inferior antenne very small, the last joint elongate-ovate, bearing two sete on its anterior margin, and one, which is curved upwards, on the truncate extremity. Last joint of the mandibular foot armed with three claws, the anterior of which is short, the other two subequal, and nearly twice as long; second joint bearing at its apex a large subconical process, which is armed at the extremity with two moderately long plumose sete; oviferous feet bearing about twenty-four apical setz, each of which has 4-6 series of short teeth; extremity hooked at one side. Postabdominal plates having 8-10 dentate claws. “Male similar to the female, but rather smaller, the eyes larger and redder; secondary branch of the lower antenne three-jointed, last joint elongated, membranaceous, terminating in two short setae," Length 4 in. Hab. Forty or fifty miles off Tynemouth, on a muddy bottom (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; “ dredged in from 80 to 90 fathoms sand, 20 miles east of the Noss, in the Shetland Isles” (R. M‘Andrew, Esq.). I have not had the opportunity of examining the type specimens of this species; but as I believe Dr. Baird considers them to be identical with B. globosus, I have here adopted that view. The following interesting remarks on this species Norwegian Ostracoda. The difference noticed by that author between the two forms (probably male and female) have an important bearing on those which I have myself found in Cylindroleberis Marie. In the latter species, however, the nee occurs principally in the wpper antenne. “On account of its slow movements an d cuous colour, this species |B. globosus] is somewhat difficult to detect Enge e = in which it constantly seems to live, and with which its shell is often more Pi " Pus ; I have mostly found the setee of the lower antenne, as represented in Sue org : : et Very short, decreasing in length towards the apex, and rare len pora n vidual, which in other respects agreed with the rest, I found a remarka nt zë e set attached to the last five joints being much elongated, and adapte or SR : My attention was first drawn to this as follows. Among several D de: rmn me: in a glass of sea-water, I saw, to my surprise, one individual rose 4 gms Seier creeping movement, which, from the structure of the lower eo E ` get a Possible for this genus, and, with a peculiar s grins s en I found that the upwards from the bottom of the glass. On examination 0 , i sates, On account of this peculiarity, lower antennze were armed with long swimming setze le, but did not find this surmise I thought that the specimen might possibly me a d amongst my preserved spe- borne out by anatomical examination. I have since foun goen? keng TR cimens many individuals thus fitted for swimming, and have em: EE With the short setze are females. ‘The peculiarity 19 pba also in another species found it in both young and old individuals; and I have n 3R2 I translate from Sars’s work on the 468 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF (B. Lilljeborgü). In this single example (which, though I could not satisfactorily detect the eopulative organs, I must take for the male) the lower antenn: show another marked peculiarity, the shorter branch being much larger than in the female, and having an elongated membranous terminal joint armed with two short setz, which is entirely wanting in the female. This is shown in Lilljeborg’s figure as well as in Baird’s figures of the same organs in Bradycinetus Macandrei. In the individuals which show this peculiarity the eye-pigment is also much deeper and of a red colour, whilst in the female it is almost entirely absent.” 2, BRADYCINETUS MACANDREI (Baird). (Plate XXXIII. figs. 14-17, and Plate XLI. fig. 4.) Cypridina Macandrei, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 179, tab. xxii. figs. 1 a-g. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subeircular, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to more than three-fourths of the length; superior margin arched, sloping steeply in front, inferior boldly rounded; anterior extremity produced into a prominent beak, in shape much like a bird's head, which projects downwards and for- wards, terminating in a sharp point, and bearing also at each side a long curved late- rally extended process; subjacent notch deep and rather narrow; posterior extremity subtruncate, bearing at its inferior angle a broad truncated and serrated spine. Out- line, as seen from above, ovate, tapering to a point in front, broadly rounded behind, greatest width in the middle, equal to half the length; the two lateral curved processes project conspicuously like horns in front, and the posterior spine forms a broad, deeply emarginate mucro behind; hinge-line flexuous, the left valve overlapping behind. The notch appears broadly heart-shaped or subtriangular when seen from below; from the front it is hidden by the two horn-like processes. Surface of the shell finely punctate, white, with clouded patches. Animal almost exactly like that of B. brenda; but the filaments of the lower antenne are profusely plumose, and the secondary branch consists of two broad joints, each of which has four set springing from the middle of the ex- ternal margin, and one from the apex; that from the apex of the distal joint is long and flexuous. | Length 7}; in., height 7}; in. Hab. Dredged in 70 fathoms, between the Islands of Lewis and Skye, R. M‘Andrew, Esq. (Dr. Baird) ; Oban, in mud, and at Cumbrae, amongst the fibres of Lima hians (Mr. D. Robertson). Fam. 2. CoNCH@CIADA. “Shell very thin and flexible, neither horny nor calcareous, but almost membrana- ceous, more or less distinctly notched and emarginate in front, forming an orifice through which, as in the preceding family, the lower antennz are protruded whilst swimming: No eyes. Upper antenne, in the female, small, obscurely jointed, bearing at the apex a brush of auditory filaments, in the male much larger and distinctly jointed; betwee? the antenne is a very large tentacle directed forwards and dilated at the apex. Lower antennz almost like those of Cypridina; basal joint large and stout, natatory branch RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. -` 469 bearing long plumose setze, secondary branch short and, in the male, prehensile. Man- dibles distinct, narrow, dentate at the apex : palp large, pediform, geniculate, four-jointed ; basal joint very large, produced at the base into a dentate process which stretches beyond the apex of the mandible, last joint armed with elongated claws. Two pairs of jaws; first pair composed of three lobes, the external lobe or palp large, biarticulate, and incurved ; second pair provided with a small branchial plate and an elongated subpedi- form palp. ‘Two pairs of feet; first pair elongated, five-jointed, bearing at the base, like the second maxillz, a small branchial plate, dissimilar in the male and female; second pair very small and rudimentary. Postabdomen forming two short clawed laminz.” I have had no opportunity of properly examining any of the animals belonging to this family ; and, indeed, its sole claim to admission here rests at present on a single individual taken in Shetland by the Rev. A. M. Norman. The definition given above is taken from the work of G. O. Sars, who describes three species of Conchecia, which appear to be not uncommon on the Norwegian coast, where they are met with either in great depths of water (100-300 fathoms) or swimming near the surface in the open sea. Genus ConcuaciA, Dana. * Valves elongated, produced in front into a beaked process ; shell finely reticulated or marked with concentric striee ; very slightly pilose. Dorsal surface of the carapace flat- tened in front, sometimes slightly excavated and keeled. Upper antenne in the female small, scarcely protruding beyond the shell, immobile, obscurely articulated, bearing at the apex four large auditory cilia and a seta twice as large, curved upwards and finely denticulated ; in the male much larger, distinctly four-jointed and moveable, some of the apical setee much elongated, and differing in structure from those of the female. Lower antenne very powerful, basal portion elongate-triangular, and nearly equalling half the length of the shell ; natatory branch seven- to eight-jointed ; first joint longer than = rest united, secondary branch biarticulate, first joint much dilated, qd zZ meis bearing, in the female, several subequal setze, in the male a short hook-like c ait n brum large, produced like a hood. Mandibles armed at the lower eer ywi = strong tooth and a semicireular, flexuous, and finely toothed crest : palp ro d vm d projecting beyond the valves; basal joint bearing ‚near the apex, in = en depen appendage, a densely ciliated seta; last joint obliquely truncate, ci dim : > and finely toothed claws or spines. First pair of jaws composed of two strongiy SP incisive lobes and a large palp, the first joint of which is eh oo a setze on the anterior and posterior margins; mall, incurved, the last s E curved claws, which increase in length inwardly. Incisive part of ke jaws scarcely lobed, strongly spined at the apex; — en a ae E e palp elongated and directed forwards, three-jointed, last join peat DEE tegt three unequal claws. First pair of feet five-jointed, bearing at t EE edi branchial plate as in the second pair of jaws; in the female gibt mg E and armed at the extremity with three elongated claws; is the us zeg age stretehed backwards, terminated by three very long ciliated sete, 470 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF upwards and backwards. Last pair of feet very small, obsoletely biarticulate, termi- nating in two unequal sete, one of which is very long, often exceeding the length of the limb. Abdomen large and stout, in the adult female mostly filled with ova, behind forming an obtuse process. Postabdominal lamin short and rounded, armed with several claws and one longer annulated seta springing in front. Eyes wanting, but in the base of the upper antenne are several lens-like bodies which seem to be imperfect organs of vision, irregularly grouped, but always placed in a distinct nervous layer, and without pigment. One male copulative organ, of simple structure, attached in front of the postabdominal plates on the left side. Animal very agile, swimming very rapidly.” ? CONCHECIA OBTUSATA, G. O. Sars. (Plate XLI. fig. 9.) Conchecia obtusata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 118. Carapace, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, height equal to more than half the length. Anterior margin produced into a sort of hood; posterior obtusely truncate, its inferior angle broadly rounded and destitute of spines; superior and inferior margins nearly straight, parallel. Shell structureless, destitute of striz or reticulation. Length 43 in. Hab. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). The description here given does not accurately correspond with that of C. obtusata as given by Sars, particularly as regards the structure of the shell, which that author states to be * striis concentricis subtiliter striata ;” but it is impossible to make a minute exami- nation without the destruction of the single specimen preserved in Mr. Norman's col- lection ; I therefore, for the present, refer it to C. obtusata, which it approaches, at all events, more closely than any other species. Section III. CLADOCOPA. Fam. POLYCOPIDÆ. * Valves subequal, thin, not notehed in front. Upper and lower antenne both natatory, terminated by long setze, basal portion of both large, stout, and muscular; the upper simple, not geniculate, the lower two-branched, both branches natatory. Mandibles distinct, strongly toothed below; palp short, neither pediform nor clawed. Two pairs only of posterior limbs, scarcely pediform, the first natatory, the second branchial. Ab- domen terminated by two short unguiferouslaminz. Eyes wanting. No heart. Intes- tine forming a simple sac.” Genus Porvcorr, G. O. Sars. “ Valves rounded, ventricose, thin, and fragile, corneo-calcareous. Forehead having no tentacle, but in its place two ciliated setze. Upper antennz three-jointed, last joint short, terminal setze long and slender ; terminal rami of the lower antenne unequal, one many-jointed, of strueture very similar to that of Cypridina, the other shorter and three- jointed. Lower extremity of mandibles strongly inflexed, armed with a few small acute RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 471 teeth ; palp biarticulate, first joint stout, bearing externally a short, bisetose branchial appendage, last narrow, beset with long plumose sete. Incisive portion of the first pair of jaws small, forming a simple setiferous lobe ; palp very large, four-jointed, two-branched, second joint bearing externally a long, narrow, and obsoletely biarticulate branch, which is terminated by long sete. Second pair of jaws membranaceous, three-jointed; penul- timate joint bearing externally a small branch which terminates in a single seta ; furnished at the base with a large branchial plate. Postabdominal plates short, posterior margin shortly digitate and armed between the segments with acuminate claws. Animal swim- ming actively like the Lynceide.” Sars thinks that there are probably several species of this genus, but he has not been able accurately to examine and determine more than one. The two species here described I myself know only from their external characters, the few British specimens hitherto found being apparently empty shells. 1. PoLYCoPE ORBICULARIS, G. O. Sars. (Plate XXXV. figs. 53-57.) Polycope orbicularis, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 122. | Shell of the female, as seen from the side, subcircular, greatest height in the middle, slightly less than the length ; anterior margin slightly narrowed and produced, posterior evenly rounded, superior and inferior margins boldly arched. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, tapering equally to each extremity ; greatest width in the middle, equal to more than half the length. Valves finely punctate and divided by fine reticulated ribs into numerous polygonal areolw. Colour pale yellow, marked with patches (“radiating stripes,” Sars) of a darker red colour. “Basal joint of the upper antennze longer than the two others combined, densely hairy on the anterior margin, and provided with a short seta, last joint ending in five long slender sete; one branch of - lower antennz eight-jointed, the last seven joints short and subequal ; the other three-jointed, first at longer than the two following combined, bearing eight long partly ciliated setze. ; " dibles divided at the apex into five teeth, the most external of which is much the mis palp shorter than the mandible itself, its last joint equal in length to the basa dog and bearing seven ciliated setze. Secondary branch of the Antenor etes -—. little beyond the apex of the palp, and terminating in about a ory we er St sete. Branchial plate of the posterior maxilla narrow, elliptical, Ta 2 marginal setae. Postabdominal plates armed with six finely cilia k pis san m gradually in length backwards; behind them two short "ie an erior margi abdomen bearing three brushes of short hairs. Male unknown. Length 2; in. Hab. Shetland and the Minch (Rev. A. M. Norman) ; shell-sand, Roundstone (Dr. Alcock). : : There seems to be much difference in the amount of sculpturing of net of P. orbieularis. In adults the shell is often almost E eh RE bearing an obscure reticulated pattern; @ single valve aa any other specimen (tepresented at figs. 56 & 57) is more distinctly sculptu that I have seen. Young specimens are pu in oyster-00ze from Stranraer (G. S. B.); in nctate but nof reticulated. 472 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Probably this is not an uncommon genus ; but the extreme minuteness of the animal renders it very liable to be overlooked. For the anatomical description given above I am indebted to G. O. Sars’s work. The same author remarks that the motions of the animal much resemble those of some species of Chydorus; it is exceedingly active, having no less than ten limbs adapted for swimming. 2, PoLYCOPE (?) DENTATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXV. figs. 58-59.) Carapace, as seen from the side, subcircular, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to fully three-fourths of the length. Anterior margin notched above the middle, noteh broad and shallow ; inferior obliquely arched, more convex in front than behind ; superior margin of the left valve simply and obliquely arched, the convexity being greatest behind, that of the right valve surrounded by a narrow fillet produced in front into two large, broad, and bluntly pointed teeth which are directed forwards, behind which it is at intervals obtusely angulated, so as to form four sides of a polygon, and ends suddenly in a slightly exserted angular tooth above the middle of the posterior margin. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate; sulcate along the hinge-line. Shell thin and fragile; surface closely, minutely, and uniformly punctate ; colour yel- lowish. Animal unknown. Length 3; in. Hab. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). It may perhaps be doubtful whether this very remarkable and beautiful little species is rightly referred to the genus Polycope: it is at any rate very nearly allied to that genus; but as one specimen only has been found, the anatomical details of the animal cannot at present be investigated. Section IV. PLATYCOPA. Fam. CvTHERELLID E. “Valves unequal, very thick and calcareous, not notched in front. Antenne very large, the upper many-jointed and geniculate at the base; lower broad and flattened, two-branched, like the feet of the Copepoda. Mandibles very small, with a large pec tinato-setose palp. Three pairs of hinder limbs, scarcely pediform ; the two anterior pairs branchial, the others rudimentary. Abdomen terminating in two very small, narrow, and spiniferous lamine. Ova and embryos borne beneath the shell of the female.” Genus CyTHERELLA, Bosquet. ** Valves elongated, flattened, thick, and hard, very unequal; the right much larger than the left, and overlapping throughout the whole circumference, presenting round the entire inner margin a distinct groove into which the valve of the opposite side is received. Upper antenne very large, shortly setose or spiniferous, seven-jointed, the RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 473 first two joints larger than the rest, and forming between them a distinct geniculation ; lower antennze composed of a large, broad, biarticulate, and geniculate basal portion, from which arise two flattened unequal branches, one biarticulate, the other triarticulate, both beset with very numerous long seta. Labrum large, subglobose, giving out in front a short subtriangular process. Mandibles very weak, strongly inflexed at the lower extremity, which is obliquely truncate and set in a pectinate manner with slender teeth ; palp large and elongate, almost straight, bearing on the inner side very numerous long pectinately arranged setze, which stretch backwards as in the feet of the Sidide. First pair of jaws bearing at the base a very large branchial plate, which is beset with numerous ciliated marginal setze; incisive portion divided into three setiferous lobes; palp very large, scarcely articulated; the posterior margin slightly lobated; the inner margin pectinately setose, like the mandibular palp, but smaller. Second pair of jaws membra- naceous, bearing, like the preceding pair, a branchial plate, but smaller and narrower ; distal portion subovate, beset with a few ciliated sete, and in the male furnished with a very large and strong hatchet-shaped appendage adapted for prehension. Third pair of jaws, in the female, rudimentary, forming a simple setiferous lobe; in the male strong, distinctly jointed and subcheliform. Abdomen beset behind with several bundles of long Postabdominal laminz narrow, slightly dilated at the apex, setze for supporting the ova. Copulative organs and armed before and behind with several marginal sete or spines. of the male very large and narrow.” From this definition of the genus it will be seen that it differs very remarkably from all hitherto known forms, presenting, in the conformation of the lower antenne, à remark- the mandibles and first pair of jaws able approach to the Copepoda, and in the palps of i ) ; a likeness to the Sidide. The way in which the animal uses its powerful limbs is not known, it never having been observed in the living state. 1. CYTHERELLA scotica, Brady. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 18-21.) Cytherella Scotica, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 211. rather obliquely subelliptical, almost equal in height throughout; greatest height equal to more than half the length ; extremities broadly, the , gins slightly concave in the middle. sterior obli uperior and inferior mar Be as Tel Roi ard Buben subtruncate behind, obtusely pointed and moe emarginate in front; greatest width situated near the posterior extremity and kk: e rather less than half the length, lateral margins nearly straight and ham on E towards the front ; hinge-line slightly flexuous near the front, and s i" e. (cam the shell smooth, faintly punetate, more especially towards the posterior y. Colour whitish, opaque. Animal unknown. Length A, in. Hab. The Minch (Mr. Jeffreys's dredgings), 60 fathoms. Two or three specimens only of this interesting Y e E e Eed ER Itis very nearly allied to Oytherella abyssoruM, Sars; and, indeed, un : wt VOL. XXVI. Valves, as seen from the side, species have occurred to the Rev. 414 MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF of the latter species, I considered the two to be identical. But a comparison with Nor- wegian specimens, kindly communicated by Herr G. O. Sars, leads me to believe them distinct. The characters in which C. abyssorum chiefly differs from the present species are as follows :—The extremities, especially the anterior, as seen from above, are more abruptly truncate, the angles somewhat produced, and the general outline more com- pressed; seen from the side, the outline is more evenly elliptical; the surface of the shell is much more profusely punctate and the puncta larger. 2. CYTHERELLA LEVIS, Brady. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 15-17.) Cytherella levis, Brady, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 211. Valves, as seen from the side, subovate, highest in front, greatest height equal to about three-fourths of the length ; anterior extremity broadly rounded, posterior rather narrowed ; superior margin well arched, sloping steeply behind; inferior sinuated in the middle. Outline, as seen from above, ovate; sides and angles well rounded. Sur- face quite smooth and devoid of sculpture. Colour yellowish white. Length 3; in. Hab. 'The Minch, 60 fathoms. One valve only was found, in the same gathering as the previous species. APPENDIX. The following species were, for various reasons, not noticed in the foregoing pages :— BAIRDIA FULVA, nov. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 21.) Carapace, as seen from the side, subreniform, highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to rather more than half the length; anterior extremity rounded ; posterior somewhat narrowed, rounded below; superior margin boldly arched, inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, compressed ovate, widest in the middle; extremities equally acuminate; width much less than half the length. The right valve is much larger and higher than the left, and overlaps considerably, both on the dorsal and ventral margins; it is also much less angular in outline. Surface of the shell finely and closely punctate. Colour yellowish brown. Animal unknown. Length 3; in. My first acquaintance with this species was derived from a single valve of the left side found among shell-sand from Roundstone. From its shape and the characters of its sur- face-marking, I supposed that it might perhaps be referable to a variety of, or to some species nearly allied to, Oytheridea punctillata, and I therefore figured the valve in jux- taposition with that species. But having more recently seen a perfect specimen, found by Mr. Robertson at Shetland, as well as one or two fossil examples, I have no hesita- tion in describing it as an entirely new species of Bairdia. It will be fully illustrated in the * Monograph of Posttertiary Entomostraca.’ | RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 475 CYTHERE EMARGINATA (G. O. Sars). Cythereis emarginata, G. O. Sars, loc. cit. p. 88. Scandinavian type. Disrripution : Recent—Baffin’s Bay, Norway, Shetland. Fossil—Glacial, Scotland, Norway. Shell of the female, seen from the side, subreniform, highest near the middle ; greatest height much more than half the length. Anterior extremity rounded, posterior pro- duced below the middle into a prominent angular lobe; superior margin boldly arched, inferior sinuated in front of the middle and bending upwards behind. Seen from above, the shell is compressed ovate; extremities broadly mucronate. Right valve very different from the left, higher and more boldly arched, sinuated in front of the eyes; posterior extremity more deeply emarginate and more prominent below. Shell of the male distinctly quadrangular; greatest height scarcely exceeding half the length, and situated near the front; superior margin only slightly armed; posterior obliquely trun- cate. Surface irregularly sculptured with large angular excavations; the sculptured portion of the shell terminating abruptly in a transverse ridge, a little in front of the posterior extremity, and below in a sharply cut ventral rib, which is most conspicuous posteriorly. Hinge-line marked on the dorsal aspect by a deep sulcus ; hinge-teeth large and strong. . Length 4; in. Dredged by Mr. D. Robertson off Shetland. The only British species with which C. emarginata can be confounded is C. angulata, which, however, is considerably smaller and may mostly be distinguished also by the absence of any sharply cut transverse declivity, the prominent tuberculation of the valves, and often by a more or less radiate arrangement of the surface-sculpture. C. costata, Brady, an Arctie species, is a much nearer relative. EUCYTHERE ANGLICA, nov. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 49, 50.) Carapace, seen from the side, subtriangular, highest in the middle, greatest er equal to nearly two-thirds of the length ; anterior extremity broadly rounded, eim narrowed, obliquely rounded; superior margin very strongly arched, 2 = y behind, inferior almost straight. Seen from above, the outline 1s Pru d e, widest in the middle, tapering to an acute point in front, more obtuse ig h ; ee? line showing a well-defined suleus behind the middle. Surface of the ? 5 s = i appearance, rudely punctate, and towards the margins showing traces oi concentric furrows. Length 2. in. Hab. Dredged off the Durham coast (G. 8. B.) This is referred to, under my description of form of that species. Having only met with hesitated to admit it as a distinct species ; but Mr. Ro Specimens, completely identical with it, from the west o no longer any doubt respecting the propriety of assignin 382 and off the Morecambe Light-ship (Mr. D. Robertson). E. declivis, as a small, roughly punctate two specimens in a single locality, I bertson has recently sent me three t coast, and I think there can be g to them a separate specific 476 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF CYTHEROPTERON RECTUM, NOV. Sp. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong, subquadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout; height equal to less than half the length; extremities rounded; superior margin straight, terminating abruptly at each extremity in a small protuberance ; inferior almost straight; dorsal aspect oblong subovate, widest behind the middle, suddenly constricted at the posterior third; extremities pointed, width rather more than the height. Shell-surface closely and minutely punctate ; lateral ala not very prominent, rounded off in front, abruptly angular behind. Length Je in. One specimen only was dredged, by Mr. D. Robertson, in Lerwick Bay, Shetland, in a depth of 12-14 fathoms. Note on CYTHERE JONESII. In the Mediterranean, the Bay of Biscay, and on the western coast of Ireland, a form which appears to me to be properly referable to this species, but at the same time remarkably different in some minor characters, is abundantly met with. The points in which it differs are, the much greater delicacy and transparency of the shell, and the greater length and slenderness of the entire spinous armature. In the position of the spines and the general outline of the shell, it does not differ appreciably from the typical form of the species. I have no hesitation in identifying it with the Cythereis ceratoptera of Bosquet, and, I think, also with the C. subcoronata of Speyer. The figures given by the latter author seem, indeed, to be widely different, but a specimen which he kindly communicated to me is either identical, or very nearly so, with the form here noticed. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 477 The following works are referred to in the synonymy of the present monograph :— MüLLER, O. F. Entomostraca, seu Insecta testacea, 1785. Jurıne, Louis. Histoire des Monocles qui se trouvent aux environs de Geneve. Genève, 1820. Kocu. Deutschlands Crustaceen. Bunn, W., M.D. Natural History of the British Entomostraca. London (Ray Society), 1850.— Description of several new species of Entomostraca (Proceedings of Zoological Society of London, part xviii.), 1850.— Papers in Transactions of Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, 1835, and in Magazine of Botany and Zoology, 1837. Reuss, A. E. Die Foraminiferen und Entomostraceen des Kreidemergels von Lemberg (Haidinger's Abhandl.). 1850. Fischer, S. Abhandlung über das Genus Cypris (Mém. des Savants Etrangers, t. vii.). St. Petersburg, 1851.— Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Ostracoden (Abhandl. der Mathemat.-physik. Classe der Kóniglich-Bayerischen Akad. der Wissenschaften, vol. vii. part 3). Munich, 1855. BosqvrT, J. Description des Entomostraces fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Bruxelles, 1852. LILLJEBORG, W. De Crustaceis ex ordinibus tribus, Cladocera, Ostracoda et Copepoda, in Scania occurrentibus. Lund, 1853. ZENKER, W. Anatomisch-systematische Studien über die Krebsthiere. Berlin, 1854. Kine, Rev. R. L. «On Australian Entomostraca (Proc. Roy. Soc. Van Diemen’s Land, vol. iii. part 1), 1855. Jonxs, T. Rupert. A Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England (Palseontographical Society), 1856. Sars, G. O. Om en i Sommeren 1862 foretagen Zoologisk Reise. Christiania, 1863.—Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, 1865. Norman, Rev. A. M. On species of Ostracoda new to Great Britain (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix.), 1862.— Characters of undescribed Podophthalmia and Entomostraca (Ann. & Mag. Nat. got vol. viii.) 1861.— Dredging Report: Crustacea (Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumberland and Durham, vol. i. 1865; and in British Association Report for 1864). Speyer, Oscar. Die Ostracoden der Casseler Tertiärbildungen. Cassel, 1863. Brapy, G. S. On species of Ostracoda new to Britain (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.) PM undescribed fossil Entomostraca from the Brick-earth of the Nar (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi.), 1865.—On new or imperfectly known species of Marine Ostracoda (Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. vol. v.), 1865.—On Ostracoda dredged amongst the Hebrides (Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1866). 9T VOL. XXVI. 478 TABLE illustrating « Littoral" ineludes everything between tid MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF the Distribution of the British Marine Ostracoda. e-marks and in salt-marshes ; “ deep-water" everything beyond low-water mark, 3* indicates moderately common species. also shell-sand. pp indicates the prevailing forms in each district. rare species. S.W. Exe- LAND N.W. Scor- | Galway Clyde LAND. | P noit: and West |distriet, Isle] (Skye, | and we? Ireland. of Man, MUN | NAME OF SPECIES. North &e.) | | - [Deep | Lit- Deep | Lit- [Deep Lit- [Dee ep | toral | water] toral | water] toral | water! toral water | PARACYPRIS | lita, sate er gu Pontocyp mytilo Fri Norman . -— | acupunctata, Brady .. * trigonella, Sars........ j | angusta, gos Se, | m | inflata, Norman........ * ^| pime i Died y. | obtusata, Sa # | complanata, Brady * | fulva, Brady .. % | MACROCYPRIS | mins Bawd ........ YTHERE | utea, TE TERN x | viridis, Besen "T" | oeste BE oe. Pr | tanea, ; de | tenera, Brad; REN on | Norman ........ é | oblonga, Brady........ | rubida, Br ady | albo-maculata, Baird | convers, Bard. ....... pos cuneiformis, Brady . ate imicola, Ni 2 globulifera, Brady : | tuberculata, Sars S ncinna, Jones . ....... vin Auguste, Sars ed emarginata, Sars ii dubia, Brady. ........; e | finmarchica, Sars = | pulchella, Brady * | EI ee pera a | semipunctata, Brady a | i, Brady .. | laticarina, ud, "p nata, Norman uadridentata, Baird emaciata, Brady ...... e | ilis, Brady :..:.. T | dunelmensis, Norma x | mucronata, Sars ...... T | Whiteii, Bama.. ©... ey | antiquata, Baird ...... | Jonesi, Baird ........ " rosa, Brady .... e ÜYTHERIDEA | elongata, Brady ...... | papillosa, Bosquet...... - | punctillata, Brady = dica, Brady...... T subflavescens, Brady d * ya Jones : Ss EvcYTHERE d declivis, Norman .... us, Save. i, * anglica, Brady .... = LYOBATES S bartonensis, Jones. . o INCHA * impressa, Baird ...... | | puo BEE ee En ne A ll u ende * indicates *o ` See | | MEN Post- | NE ter- | (Norfolk, or- | tiary Thames, | "2Y- | Fos- | &e.) sils, | Lit- |Deep | toral [en we | s | | ae | s | * ** | * | | Wë, * * ES ** Ir * * Ir] # ey dee] s | * SZ ax | ee | F OR * * | xk | ELF * C GC EM TDI * * | mL. IL B siala = |?) Së * ee = ` * * [il x pU oe * .lerp" ; el? — TABLE (continued). RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 479 Deep S.W. Exa- iege er E gm Mim dun MD LAND. |N.W.Scor-] N. Scor- E. Scor- | (North- |^ .E. ENG- Channel (Devon een ` Ais eng CER LAND. [umberland, LAND, Islands. | Cornwall, | 224 West or; p Isle Bg N ey Shetland. (Aberdeen- | Durham, | cti SPECIES and South | ireland. North’ Sot “ Zei shire &e.) Yorkshire, | iJ. NAME OF . Wales.) "i an Dogge EN TEEN Sane OEE EEE E "E : Lit- |Deep | Lit- Deep Lit- |Deep Lët: Deep] Lit- Deep Lit- |Deep | Lit- perc f pe an wate tem 2 toral | water| toral toral. | LoxocoNCHA | | anulata, Sars........ DS ET Iu GE e EE E EE d11]151* 1^1 20e elliptica, Brady........ a beige E T is is M uri Di Pu e | marindus, Jones ......| » ysr] -- oem lb os [axed | |o | x] o | os |l Tele lei s | nw ttata, Norman ...... pube. dos xx D xxl e] op. PO | zt DÉI | * XESTOLEBERIS | aurantia, Baird. .... HE 3k ee | | * . 2 d ede et Eat Let, der depressa, Sars ..... we de | sek dk Em ZEE | iind wat? D | nigrescens, Baird ...... ek . * | ke | ke | ee | HET éi D DOR. asd éi d is Ze angulata, 5 dy eee gre * * = Js * SC a b. $ Se GER striata, CU SAO RO * d ES? * Zä pry Ua en | lineata, Brady ; à V * | | cuneata, Brady........ * a see e. * Kl | * * | Sarsii, Brady. ......... = * 2n :3 | B uuu. i wéi E Ga od a = | EE CEREREM "JE | #* ei i | | producta, Brady ..... * d E: * * affinis, Sars .......... ; ej: | * | Robertsoni, Brady : * | * | | T | comuta, Brady ........ . * * : PS a acuticostata, Sars. . * ** gee) æ | eR LL m xe Ef e clat a ee ; * aN a * d cellulosa, Norman. . . . a ad j * | * = | YTHEROPTERON ne ee subeireinatum, Sars . . . * i i pe Wa ee latissimum, : él e Lë Ge nodosum, Brady à : ai La E punctatum, Brady .. 5 ka D * i * e Multiforum, Norman .. * * * * "mI EM , rady ee i : BYTHOCYTHERE : os ‘ plex, Norman e Dé ak Ee Ei Pie ge? : d inside d BMC Ie š% ae | © | ee * Sé e * PSEUDOCYTHERE Bo ee Ee, Caudata, Sars........ * («jw FII E RIDEIS ‘ * subulata, Brady ` * * š * : * * * SCLRROCHTLUS is m — za p contortus, Norman ....|.. gel, Zä | + | RE -- ARADOXOSTOMA éd "m" an aria, e, aird Se E weg kk sek , * ee +e M i, FEM VM. * . 3 Me E * * T abbreviatum, Sars s * [eje]: | * En à che ege aa : eel ee e obli BA. OE IL. m Pe a. hi Tnicum, Brady Rt Ge * eg 4 “atniense, Brady `. SUR ýs " * » e * H fl orme, Brady . * cx * * : *xuosum, Brady.. * x ls + arcuatum, Br dy ee * Dn anre " * Onus Duneta, ud bad e + * d LEBERIS * Mariæ, Baird een * * " 2 Baus) Norman ........ es * ee pog y > YCINETUS AF I E | Minds, Baird ae dp EEN A ledel SE el. | Cox ee AE acd De Eë bc Peed Ded wa sch CHECIA 1.11. | de | ta, " D P ÜLYCOpg Sars We D E E | A bieularis, Sead, ee RTT oe Wee it Gig Dë VM * | entata, Brad. Y x d Cyr - e eg: | HERELLA | Inden, Brady ...... i Tor qe : x | VIS, Brady ` : * SOS ` 2A SE CR Se oe y ee . . EE Eege 3 T 9 * 480 Bairdia, 388. acanthigera, 390. complanata, 390. fulva, 474. inflata, 388. minna, 392. obtusata, 390. subdeltoidea, 388. Bradycinetus, 466. brenda, 466. globosus, 466. Macandrei, 468. Bythocythere, 450. acuminata, 450. constricta, 451. flexuosa, 460. simplex, 450. turgida, 452. Candona, 381. albicans, 381. candida, 383. compressa, 382. detecta, 384. hispida, 362. lactea, 382. lucens, 383. reptans, 370. serrata; 371. similis ?, 383. torosa, 425. virescens, 370. Cladocopa, 470. Conchecia, 469. obtusata ?, 470. Concheeciade, 468. Cylindroleberis, 464. Mariæ, 465. teres, 465. Cypridz, 360. Cyprideis Bairdit, 423. prozima, 424. torosa, 425. Cypridina brenda, 466. , globosa, 466. d Macandrei, 468, —— Marie, 465. MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF INDEX. Cypridina teres, 465. Cypridinide, 462. Cypridopsis, 375. aculeata, 376. vidua, 375. villosa, 377. Cypris, 361. aculeata, 376. affinis, 367. aurantia, 363. bispinosa, 366. candida, 383. cinerea, 374. clavata, 367. compressa, 372. compressa, 372. cuneata, 365. detecta, 384. elliptica, 365. elongata, 377. fusca, 362. gibba, 369. gibbosa, 366. incongruens, 363. Joanna, 375. levis, 374. minuta, 373. monacha, 379. monstrifica, 420. obliqua, 364. oblonga, 362. ovum, 379. pantherina ?, 374. pilosa ?, 362. punctata, 372. punctillata, 365. reptans, 970. salina, 368. sella, 375. serrata, 371. serrulata, 385. setigera, 382. strigata, 368. striolata, 372. tessellata, 367. trigonella, 369. Cy pris tristriata, 364. vidua, 375. virens, 364. Westwoodit, 377. Cythere, 394. acerosa ?, 419. alba, 402. albomaculata, 402. angulata, 409. angustata, 421. antiquata, 417. arborescens, 401. areolata, 405. aurantia, 437. avena, 385. badia, 399. Bradii, 423. canaliculata ?, 399. carinata, 433. castanea, 398. cellulosa, 446. ceratoptera, 418. cicatricosa, 399. concinna, 408. complexa, 405. contorta, 455. convexa, 401. cuneiformis, 404. debilis, 423. declivis, 430. dubia, 409. dunelmensis, 416. emaciata, 414. emarginata, 475. finmarchica, 410. flavida, 433. gibba, 444. gibbera, 444. globulifera, 406. guttata, 436. impressa, 433. inflata, 388. inopinata, 419. Jeffreysii, 412. Jonesii, 418. lacustris, 427. Cythere levata, 435. laticarina, 412. latissima, 448. limicola, 405. lutea, 395. marginata, 413. minna, 392. mirabilis, 415. mucronata, 415. multifora, 449. mutabilis, 406. mytiloides, 385. nigrescens, 440. nitida, 497. nodosa, 405. oblonga, 400. pellucida, 397. pulchella, 404. punctata, 401. quadridentata, 413. reniformis, 395. rhomboidea, 433. rubida, 400. ? semipunctata, 411. setosa, 395. simplex, 450. subdeltoidea, 388. subflavescens, 429. tenera, 399. tuberculata, 406. variabilis, 457. ventricosa, 404. villosa, 411. viridis, 397. Whiteii, 416. Cythereis angulata, 409. antiquata, 417. clavata, 408. dunelmensis, 416. emarginata, 475. fimbriata, 418. finmarchica, 410. horrida, 416. Jonesii, 418. limicola, 405. mucronata, 415. spectabilis, 418. Spinosissima, 415. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. Cythereis tuberculata, 406. villosa, 411. Whiteii, 416. Cytherella, 472. levis, 474. scotica, 473. Cytherellide, 472. Cytheridz, 393. Cytheridea, 421. debilis, 423. dentata, 428. elongata, 421. inermis, 428. lacustris, 427. papillosa, 423. punctillata, 424. Sorbyana, 428. subflavescens, 429. torosa, 425. zetlandica, 428. Cytherideis, 454. subulata, 454. tamarindus, 435. Cytherina impressa, 438. Cytheropsis, 429. ? tenuitesta, 430. Cytheropteron, 447. convexum, 448. latissimum, 448. multiforum, 449. nodosum, 448. punctatum, 449. rectum, 450. subeireinatum, 447. Cytherura, 439. acuticostata, 445. affinis, 443. angulata, 440. cellulosa, 446. clathrata, 446. cornuta, 445. cuneata, 442. gibba, 444. humilis, 443. lineata, 441. nana, 446. Cytherura nigrescens, 440. producta, 443. Robertsoni, 444. Sarsii, 442. similis, 442. striata, 441. undata, 443. Eucythere, 429. anglica, 475. Argus, 431. declivis, 430. Ilyobates, 431. bartonensis, 432. pretexta, 432. Jonesia simplex, 450. Limnicythere, 419. inopinata, 419. monstrifica, 420. Loxoconcha, 432. elliptica, 435. granulata, 434. guttata, 436. impressa, 433. longipes, 435. rhomboidea, 433. tamarindus, 435. Macrocypris, 391. minna, 392. Monoculus aurantius, 363. candidus, 383. monachus, 379. ovum, 373. ruber, 363. vidua, 375. villosus, 377. virens, 364. Myodocopa, 462. Newnhamia, 379. Notodromas, 379. monachus, 379. Paracypris, 377. polita, 378. Paradoxostoma, 456. abbreviatum, 458. arcuatum, 461. ‘ensiforme, 460. flexuosum, 461. hibernieum, 460. 482 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Paradoxostoma Normani, 458. Polycope, 470. obliquum, 459. ?dentata, 472. pulchellum, 459. orbicularis, 471. sarniense, 460. Polycopid:e, 470. variabile, 457. Pontocypris, 384. Philomedes, 462. acupunctata, 386. interpuncta, 463. angusta, 387. longicornis, 463. mytiloides, 385. Platycopa, 472. serrulata, 385. Podocopa, 360. EXPLANATION OF THE PıATE XXIII. Notodromas monachus. | Fig. 1. Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 33. | Fig. 23. 2. do do. above, x 33. | 3. do. do. below, x88. | 94. 4. do. do. front, x 33. | 25. 5. Carapace (female), from left side, x 33. | 26. 6. Detached valves of female carapace, seen | 27 from below, x 40. 28. 7. Left valve (female), seen from behind, 29. x 40. 30. 8. Postabdominal ramus, x 112. 31. 9. Lucid spots, x 84. 32. Cypris fusca. 10. Carapace of female, from right side, x 25. 33. iL do. do. above,x 25. 12. do. do. below, x 25. 34 13. do. do. front, x 25. 35. 14. Lucid spots, x 80. 36. 15. Postabdominal ramus, x 80. 37. D " 38 Cypris incongruens. 16. Carapace of female, from left side, x 20. i do. do. above, x 20. | 39 18. do. do. below, x 20. | 19. do. do. front, x20. 40 30. Postabdominal ramus, x 84. 41 21. Anterior extremity of right valve, external 49. surface, x 84. 43 22. A portion of the anterior margin of right 44 valve, seen from within, x 84. 45 Pontocypris trigonella, 387. Pseudocythere, 453. caudata, 453. Sclerochilus, 455. contortus, 455. Xestoleberis, 437. aurantia, 437. depressa, 438. nitida, 437. PLATES. Cypris virens. Carapace of female, seen from right side, x 16 Carapace of female, seen from above, x 16. do. do. below, x 16. do. do. front, x 16. . Postabdominal ramus, x 80. Hinge-margin, right valve, x 40. left valve, x 40. Lucid spots, x 80. Contact margin, left, x 40. do. right, x 40. Cypris obliqua. Carapace of female, seen from right side, x 25. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 25. do. do. below, x 25. do. do. front, x 25. Postabdominal ramus, x 80. . Lucid spots, x 80. Cypris tessellata. . Carapace of female, seen from right side, x 40. . Carapace of female, seen from above, X 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. . Shell-structure, x 310. . Postabdominal ramus, 120. 9. Lucid spots, 120. mie. 1l m RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. PLATE XXIV. Cypris compressa. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Postabdominal ramus, x 190. Cypris striolata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Shell-sculpture, x 310. Cypridopsis villosa. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. below, x 40. front, x 40. do. do. do. do. Lucid spots, x 80. Cypridopsis aculeata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Shell-sculpture and spines, x 200. Cypris levis. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 50. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 50. do. do. below, x 50. do do. front, x 50. . Lucid spots, x 80. . Postabdominal ramus, x 210. Variety (Loch of the Lowes). . Carapace, seen from left side, x 80. above, x 80. below, x 80. do. do. do. do. Fig. 27. 38. 29. 30. 46. Oo wo ` do. . Shell-sculpture, x 190. . Postabdominal ramus, x 190. . Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, 453 Cypridopsis vidua. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Seta and hyaline vesicle of lower antenna, x 400 Cypris ovum. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. do. do. below, x 40. front, x 40. Candona detecta. . Carapace, seen from right side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do below, x 40. do. do front, x 40. Cypris cinerea. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Cypris gibba. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do below, x 40. do. . do. front, x 40. x 40. Outline of carapace (tubereulated variety), x 40. Candona lactea. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 50. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 50. do. do. below, x 50. do. do. front, x 50. 454 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF. PLATE XXV. Candona candida. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Lucid spots, x 96. Outline, young carapace, x 40. do. adult male ( Regent's Park), x 40. do. do. x 40. Structure of posterior extremity of shell x 210. (Gravesend), (Gravesend), Cypris reptans. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 16. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 16. 0. do. below, x 16. do. do. front, x 16. Lucid spots, x 40. Cypris serrata. 5. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 25. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 25. do. do. below, x 25. do. do. front, x 25. Lucid spots, x 60. EI Candona albicans. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 50. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 50. do. do. below, x 50. do. do. front, x 50. . Lucid spots, x 210. Shell-seulpture, x 210. Pontocypris serrulata. Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Detached valves, showing hinge-margins, x 40. Pontocypris trigonella. Fig. 31. Carapace(female), seenfrom left side, x 40. 97. 38. 39. 40. do. o above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Loxoconcha impressa. 5. Carapace of male, seen from left side, x 40. — do. do. above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do do front, x40. Lucid spots, x 84. Shell-surface, x 84. a, original surface, 5, incrustation. 40*. Carapace of female, seen from left side, > N OD 48. 49. 50. Or ot oOo ki x 40 Cypris trigonella. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Loxoconcha tamarindus. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Eucythere anglica. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. Loxoconcha granulata. . Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. 0. 0. below, 40. Pontocypris acupunctata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 . Carapace of female, seen from above, X 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. | 1 | i Fig. 1. oc or ee A P» o o om RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. Prate XXVI. Cypris punctillata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 16 Carapace of female, seen from above, x 16. do. do. below, x 16. do. do. front, x 16. Lucid spots, x 40. Shell-sculpture, x 100. Postabdominal ramus, x 80. Cypris salina. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Lucid spots, x 80. Postabdominal ramus, x 140. Cypris bispinosa. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 16. . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 16. do. do. below, x 16. do. do. front, x 16. Cytheridea lacustris. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Candona compressa. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40 PLATE Paracypris polita. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. front, x 40. Macrocypris minna. - Carapace, seen from left side, x 16. VOL. XXVI. Fig. 23. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. 24. do, do. below, x 40. 25. do. do. front, x 40. 26. Reticulation of shell, x 96. 27. Lucid spots, x 96. Cythere concinna. 28. Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. 29. do. do. above, x 40. 30. do. do. below, x 40. 31. do do. front (Camp- beltown Bay), x 40. 32. Carapace (female), seen from left side (the Minch), x 40. 33. Outline of right valve, from above, x 40. Cythere mucronata. 34. Right valve, seen from side, x 40. do 34a. do. below, x 40. Cytheridea punctillata. 35. Carapace (male), seen from left side (the Minch), x 40. 36. Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. 37. Carapace qued seen from above (Loch Fyne), x 38. eire cit of right and left valves, x 40. Cythere angulata. . Carapace of female, seen from right side, x 40. 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. 41. do. do. below, x 40. 42. do. do. front, x 40, XXVII. Fig. 6. Carapace, seen from above, x 16. T- do. do. below, x 16. 8 do. do. front, x 16. Bairdia inflata. 9. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 10. do. do. above, x 40. LE do. do. below, x 40. 9 UV 486 Fig. MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF 12. Carapace, seen from front (Lamlash), x 40. 13. Outline of left valve (Channel Islands), x 40. 14-17. Outline of left valve (Roundstone), x 40. Bairdia acanthigera. 18. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 19. do. do. above, x 40. 20. do do below, x 40. 21. do do front, x 40. Eucythere declivis. 22. Carapace (female), seen from leftside, x 40. 23. do. do. above, x 40. 24. do do. below, x 40. 25. do. do front, x 40. 26. Separated valves, from above, x 40. 52, 53. Variety (?) (Devonshire), x 40. 54, 55. Carapace of male, x 40. Xestoleberis depressa. 27. Carapace (of female), seen from left side, Fig. 32. 33 Puate XXVIII. 28. Carapace (of female), seen from above, x 40. 29. do. do. below, x 40. 30. do. do. front, x 40. 31. Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, x 40. Cytheridea papillosa. l. Carapace (female), seen from leftside, x 40. 2 do. do. above, x 40. 3 do. do. below, x 40. 4. do. do. front, x 40 5. Hinge-margins : (a) left, (b) right, x 40. 6. Lucid spots, x 84. Cytheridea torosa. T0 (f l ),seen from left side, x 40. 8. do. do. above, x 40. 9. do. do. below, x 40. 10. do. do. front, x 40. 1l. Lucid spots, x 84 12. Hinge-margins : Cytheridea elongata. 13. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. (a) left, (5) right, x 84. Carapace of male, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. Xestoleberis aurantia. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace of male, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. do. do. above, x 40. front, x 40. Loxoconcha elliptica. . Carapace (female) , seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. . Carapace of male, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do front, x 40. Loxoconcha guttata. . Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. 0. do. above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. . Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, x 40. Eucythere Argus. . Carapace (female), seen from leftside, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. . Carapace (male?), from left side, x 40. Fig. 14. Carapace, seen from above, x 40. 15; do. do. below, x 40. 16. do. do. front, x 40. Cytheridea punctillata. 17. Carapace (female),seen from left side, x 40. 18. do do, above, x 40. 19. do. do. below, x 40. 20. do. do. front, x 40. Bairdia fulva. 21. Left valve, x40. Cythere pellucida. 22. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 23. do. do. above, x 40. 24. do do. below, x 40. 25. do do, front, x 40. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 487 Fig. 26. Separated valves, showing hinge-joint, Fig. 41. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. x 40. 57-59. Lateral, superior, and end views of 28. Old valve, from deep water, x 40. Cythere castanea. 27. Carapace of female, from left side, x 40. 42. Cythere tenera. 43. 29. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 44. 30. do. do. above, x 40. 45. 81. do. do. below, x 40. 46. 32. do. do. front, x 40. Cythere albo-maculata. 33. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 34. do. do. above, x 40. 35. do. do. below, x 40. 49 36. do. do. front, x 40. 5 a 37. Lucid spots, x 96. 38. Portion of anterior contact-margins, from the front, x 84. 38a. Young carapace, from left side (C. alba, Baird), x 40. 59 39. Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, 53 x 40. 54. Cythere viridis. 55. 40. Carapace of female, seen from left side, 56. x 40. Pap XXIX. Cytheridea Sorbyana. Eg. 1. Right valve (recent), x 40. Fig. 15. 2. Carapace (fossil), seen from left side, x 40. 3. do. do. above, x 40. 16. 4. do. do. front, x 40. 17. 5. Left valve (recent), from side, x 40. 18. 6. do. do. above, x 40. Cythere mirabilis. 19. 7. Left valve, seen from side, x 40. 8 do. do. above, x 40. 20. 21. Limnicythere monstrifica. 22. 9. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 23. 10 o do above, x 40 1. do. do. below, x 40 - specimens dredged in the Minch, x 40. Cytheridea zetlandica. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Lucid spots, x 84. Cythere lutea. (Deep-water variety.) . Right valve of male, x 40. . Carapace (female),seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. ; do. do. front, x 40. . Separated valves, showing hinge-joint, x 40. (Littoral variety.) . Carapace, from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Hinge-margins, from above: (a) left, (b) right, x 84. Limnicythere inopinata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40 do. do. front, x 40. Cythere conveza. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x4 —— Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. pum valves, showing hinge-margins, cae of left valve (lateral view), x 40. 488 Fig. 25. Outline of carapace, from right side, x 40. 96. do. right valve only, x 40. Fig. 43. 27. do. left valve only, x 40. 44. 45. Cythere villosa. 46. 28. Carapace (female),seen from left side, x 40. 29. do. do. above, x 40. 30. do. do. below, x 40. 47 81. do. do front, x 40. 48. 32. Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, 49. ; x 40. 50. 60. Cythere semipunctata. 33-35. Carapace, lateral, upper, lower, and end views, x 40. 51 36. Right valve (young), lateral view, x 40. 52. 37. do. do. from above, x 40. 53. 54. Cytheropteron multiforum. BE. 38. Carapace (of male), seen from left side, x 40. 39. Carapace (of male), seen from above, x 40. 56 40. do. do. below, x 40. 57- 41. do. do. front, x 40. 58. 42. Left valve (young), x 40. 59. PLATE XXX. Cythere dunelmensis. 1. Carapace (male) (Durham coast), seen Fig. 17. from left side, x 40. 2. Carapace (male), seen from above, x 40. 18. do. do. below, x 40. 19. 4. do. do. front, x 40. 20. 5-8. The same, male (Frith of Clyde), x 40. 9. Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. 10. do. do. above, x 40. 2] 11. do. do. below, x 40. 29, 12. do. do. front, x 40. 23. 24. Cythere Jonesi. 13. Carapace of female, seen from right side, x 40. 25 14. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. 26. 5. do. do. below, x 40. a. 16. do. do. front, x 40. 28. MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Cytherura clathrata. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do do front, x 40. Cytherura cellulosa. . Carapace(female),seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. do. do left side, x 84. Cythere Jeffreysii. . Carapace, seen from right side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Ornament of shell-surface, x 140. Cythere badia. . Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do do front, x 40. Cythere antiquata. Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. below, x 40. front, x 40. do. do. do. do. Cythere Whiteüi. . Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do above, x 40. do do below, x 40. do do front, x 40. Cythere tuberculata. . Carapace (female) ‚seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do below, x 40. do. do front, x 40. Fig. 29. Es 1. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 489 Separated valves, showing hinge-margins (Dogger bank), x 40. . Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. above (North- x 40. do. do. umberland coast), . Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. Lucid spots, x 84. Cythere oblonga. . Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. Cythere quadridentata. . Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. do. do above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front (Dur- ham coast), X ; Carapace (male) seen T left side, x 40. do. do. above, (va- riety, Durham coast), x 40. e XXVI. Fig. 34. 35. Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. 0. do. above (Aber- deenshire), x 40, 36-39. Carapace, in different stages of growth, seen from left side (Northumberland and Durham coasts), x 40. 40, 41. Young carapace, lateral and ventral do. do. above (Dur- ham coast), x 40. Prare XXXI. Cythere laticarina. Fig. 25. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 26 do. do. above, x 40. 27 do. do below, x 40. do. do front, x 40. 28 29. Cythere marginata. 30. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. 3] do. do. front, x 40. 32 Cythere finmarchica. 33. . Carapace of female, seen from left side, aa x 40. 35 . Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. ud do. do. below, x 40. v do. do. front, x 40. aspect, x 40. Right valve (Oban), x 40. . Left valve (female), old (Shetland), x 40. . Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace (female), from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front (Northum- berland coast). Cythere emaciata. . Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front (Plymouth), 40. . Left valve, old (Galway), x 40. . Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. below (Devonshire coast), x 40. Cythere limicola. : Sg of female, seen from left side, 38 39. a of — seen from above, x 40. 40. do. below, x 40. 4l. do. E front, x 40. 43. Left valve (young), seen from side, x 85. 44. do. do. above, x 85. 45. do. do below, x 85 46. do. do front, x 85 Cythere globulifera. 49. Right valve, x 84. ; Cythere cuneiformis. . Left valve, lateral view, x 40. do. seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. 3x 490 Fig. MR, G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Cythere (?) acerosa. 50. Left valve, front (adult female). 51-54. Perfect carapace (adult male), lateral, dorsal, ventral, and end views, x 40. Fig. 55. PLATE XXXII. Cytherura acuticostata. 1. Carapace (male), seen from left side, x 40. s. do. do. above, x 40. 3. do. do. below, x 40. 4. do. do. front, x 40. 5. Carapace (female) from left side, x 40. 6. do. do. above, x 40. T. do. do. below, x 40. 8. do. do. front, x 40. 9, Carapace (female, smooth variety), from left side, x 40. 10. Carapace (female, smooth variety), from above, x 40. 11. Carapace (female, smooth variety), from below, x 40. Cytherura cornuta. 12. Carapace (female?), from left side, x 40. 18. do. do. above, x 40. 14 do. do below, x 40. 15 do. do front, x 40. Cytherura Robertsoni. 16. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 1T. do. do. below, x 40. 18. do. do. front, x 40. Cytherura affinis. 19. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 20 do. do. below, x 40. 21. do. do. front, x 40. Cytherura angulata. 22. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 23. do. do. above, x 40. 24. do. do. below, x 40. 25. do. do. front, x 40. Cytherura striata. 26. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 27. do. do. above, x 40. 28. do. do. below, x 40. Fig. 29. 62. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. Carapace (female), from front, x 40. Sculpture of shell, x 210. . Carapace (female), from left side, x 84. . Interior of left valve, x 84. Cytherura lineata. . Carapace of female, from left side, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. . Carapace of male, from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. do. do. left side, x 84. Cytherura cuneata. . Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40. . Carapace (female), seen from above, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 40. . Sculpture of shell, x 210. Cytherura Sarsü. 39. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 40. do. do. above, x 40. 41. do. do below, x 40. 42. do. do front, x 40. Cytherura undata. 43. Carapace (male), from left side, x 40. 44. do. do. above, x 40. 45. do. do. below, x 40 46. do. do. front, x 40 47. Carapace (female), left side, x 40. 48. do. do. above, x 40. 49. do. do below, x 40. 66. do do left side, x 84. Cytherura nigrescens. 50. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 51. do o above, x 40. 52. do. do below, x 40. 53. do do front, x 40. RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 491 Fig. 54. Carapace (variety, deep-water), from left Cytherura gibba. side, x 40. : d Fig. 68. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 55. Ditto (ditto), from above, x 40. 69. ds; = shove, 240. Cythera similis 70. do. do. front, x 40. 56. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. Cythere rubida. 57. do. do. above, x 40. 71. Carapace (female), from left side, x 40. 58. do. do. below, x 40. 72. do. do. above, x 40. 59. do. do. front, x 40. 73. do. do. below, x 40. 74. do. do. front, x 40. Cytherura producta. : 60. Carapace of male, seen from left side, Cythere dubia. x 40. 75. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 61. Carapace of male, seen from below, x 40. 76. ^ do. do. above, x 40. Prate XXXIII. Bradycinetus Macandrei. Bradycinetus globosus. Fig. 1. Carapace seen from left side, x 20. Fig. 14. Carapace, seen from left side, x 20. 3 do. do. above, x 20. 15. do. do. above, x 20. | 3. do do. _ below, x 20. 16. do. do. below,x 20. 4. do. do. front, x 20. 17; do. do. front, x 20. 5. Hinge-margins, x 16. Cylindroleberis Marie. from left side, x 20. Cylindroleberis teres. ee i eR ns TR 19. do. do. above, x 20. 6. Carapace, seen from left side, x 20. 90. d ge below, x 90. d = m € 21. do. do. front, x 20. 8. do. do. below, x 20. 29. Lucid spots, x 84. 9 do. do. front, x 20. | Bythocythere simplex. | Philomedes interpuncia. 23. Carapace, seen from right side, x 40. | 10. Carapace, seen from left side, x 20. 24. do. do. above, x 40. i 11. do. do. above, x 20. 25. do. do below, x 40 | 12, do. do. below, x 20. 96. | do do. front, x 40 | 13. do do front, x 20. 97. Lucid spots, x 84. | 1 | Prate XXXIV. | Bairdia complanata. Fig. 9. Separated valves, showing hinge-margins, - 1. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. x 40. a as do. above, x 40. 10. Lucid spots, x 84. do. do. below, x 40. do. do. front, x 50. Ilyobates bartonensis. Sclerochilus contortus. 11. Carapace of female, seen from left side, . Carapace of female, seen from left side, x 40. x 40. 12 do. do. above, x 40. - Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. 13 do. do below, x 40. do. do. below, x 40. 14. do. do. front, x 40. do, do. front, x 40. 492 MR. G. S. BRADY’S MONOGRAPH OF Cytherella levis. Bythocythere turgida. Fig. 15. Right valve, seen from side, x 40. Fig. 35. Carapace (female), seen from left side, 16. do. do. above, x 40. x 40. 17. do. do. front, x 40. 36. Carapace (female), seen from above, x 40. 37. do. do. below, obliquely, x 40. Cytherella scotica. 38. Lucid spots, x 84. 18. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Cytheropteron subcircinatum. I9. do. do. above, x 40. 39. Carapace, seen from the left side, x 56. 20. do. do. below, x 40. 40. CS de above, s Ch do. do. front, x 40. 41. do. do. below, x 56. 42. do. do. front, x 56. Bairdia obtusata. 22. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Pontocypris (?) angusta. 23. ds de: above, x 40 43. Carapace, seen from left side, x 56. 24. id: dii below, x 40. 44. do. do. above, x 56. 25. do. do. front, x 40. Cytheropteron punctatum. 45. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Cytheropteron latissimum. 46. do. do. above, x 40. 26. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 47. do. do. below, x 40. 27. do. do, above, x 40. 48. do. do. front, x 40. 28. do. do. below, x 40. 29, do. do. front, x 40. Pseudocythere caudata. 30. Separated valves, showing hinge-joint, 49. Carapace, from left side, x 40. ic 4D. 50. do. above, x 40. 51. do. below, x 40. Cytheropteron nodosum. 52. do. front, x 40. 31. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Cytheridea (?) subflavescens. 32. do. do. above, x 40. 53. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 88. do. do. below, x 40. 54. do. do. below, x 40. 34. do. do. front, x 40. 55. do. do. front, x 40. PLATE XXXV. : Paradoxostoma variabile. Fig. 13. Carapace of female, seen from above, Fig. 1. Carapace of female (from deep water, 1-60 x 40. : fathoms), seen from left side, x 40. 14. Young carapace (littoral variety), seen 2. Carapace of female, seen from above, x 40. from left side, x 40. Si do. do. front, x 40. 15. do. do. above, x 40. 4. Carapace of female, seen from left side, 16. do. do. front, x 40. x 40. 17. Aperture between contact-margins for 5. Carapace of female, littoral variety, seen protrusion of suctorial apparatus, from above, x 40. x 140. 6. do. do. below, x 40. i, do. do. front, x 40, 12. Carapace of female (from roots of Lami- Paradoxostoma ensiforme. naria beyond low-water mark), seen from left side, x 40. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. do. do. above, x 40. © oo RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 493 Fig. 10. Carapace, as seen from below, x 40. Paradoxostoma arcuatum. af, do. do. front, x 40. Fig. 37. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 38. do. do. above, x 40. Paradoxostoma obliquum. e t 18. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Paradoxostoma Normani, 39. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 19. do. do. above, x 40. 20. do. do. below, x 40. 40. do. do. above, x 40. 21. do. do. front, x 40. Paradoxostoma pulchellum. 41. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. Paradoxostoma abbreviatum. ae aes er 22. Carapace (female), seen from left side, x 40 Cytherideis subulata. 23. Carapace (female), seen from above, x 40. 43. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. | 24. do. do. below, x 40. 44, — do do. above, x 40. 25. do. do. front, x 40. 45. do. do. below, x 40. 46. do. do. front, x40. Paradoxostoma sarniense. Bythocythere constricta. 26. okr (female), seen from left side, 47. Carapace of female, from left side, x 40. x 40. 1 48. C f male, from left side, x 40. 27. Carapace (female), seen from above, x 40. 49 ae 2 da: above, x 40. 28. do. do. below, x 40. 50. Go: do below, x 40. 29. do. do. front, x 40. 51. do ES front, x 40. 52. Outlines of separate valves, showing Paradoxostoma flexuosum. i hinge-margins, x 40. 30. Carapace, seen from left side, x 40. 31. do. do. above, x 40. Polycope orbicularis. 32. do. do. below, x 40. 53. Carapace, seen from right side, x 120. 33. do. do. front, x 40. 54. do. do. above, x 120. 34. Left valve from above, showing hinge- 56. d do. behind, x 120. margin, x 40. 56. Imperfect valve (Roundstone), x 84. 97. Sculpture of shell, x 140. Paradozostoma hibernicum. polycope dentata. 35. Carapace (female), seen from left side, ; x 40. 58. Carapace, seen from left side, x 84. 36. Carapace (female), seen from above, x 40. 9». do do. below, x84. Prate XXXVI. : : h In this and the following Plates (except Plate XLI.), illustrating details of anatomical ganz? "a letters (a, b, c, &c.) uniformly refer to one and the same organ, except when otherwise stated m | explanatory text. The letters refer as follows :— | | @. Upper antenna. f. First foot, | b. Lower antenna: a’, poison-gland ; b', flagellum | 9. Second foot. | | or urticating seta. " Third foot, ^. Mandible: a’, palp; H, branchial appendage. = Postabdominal ramus. d. First maxilla: a', external palp; J, branchial | k. Male COpulative 0°84": plate. l. Male « glandula mucosa.” e. Second maxilla: a’, palp; A, branchial ap- pendage. : VOL. XXVI. SE 494 Fig. 1. Cypris virens, female, x 85 ( m. Mouth, x 320. fig. a x 40). n. Receptaculum seminis and duct, x 210. Fig. 2. Cypris gibba, female, x 145. Fig. 3. Cypris serrata, female, x 120. Fig. 4. Cypris reptans, female, x 85. Fig. 5. Cypris levis, female, x 210. Fig. 6. Cypris compressa, male. a. Copulative organs, X 210. m. Extremity of “ mucus-gland," x 210. do. mandibular palp, x 210. n. Fig. 7. Cypris cinerea, female, x 210. Fig. 1. Candona candida, x 85. MR. G. S. BRADY'S MONOGRAPH OF Fig. 8. Cypris ovum, male, x 210. Fig. 9. Cypridopsis villosa, x 400. Fig. 10. Cypridopsis aculeata, x 400. Fig. 11. Cypris punctillata. Extremity of mandible, x 210. Fig. 12. Candona albicans, female. m. Biarticulate seta of lower antenna, x 600. i. Postabdominal ramus, x 210. n. Palp of second jaw, x 210. Fig. 13. Candona candida, male. k. Copulative organs, x 85. D'App XXXVII. b. Terminal joints of lower antenna, x 96. m. Portion of the mucus-gland highly magni- fied, x 210. t. Portion of a spermatozoid, x 600. Fig. 2. Candona detecta, female, x 210. m. Terminal claws of postabdomen, x 400. Fig. 3. Notodromas monachus. el. Second jaw and palp, female, x 210. right side, male, x 85. Jh a do. £g. do left side, male, x 85. f'. Foot of first pair, female, x 210. Jt» do. male, x 210. g. Extremity of second foot, male, x 210. c. Mandible with palp and branchial appendage, x 210. Fig. l. Pontocypris mytiloides. Branchial plate of first jaw, x 210. Vig. 2. Paracypris polita, x 210. Fig. 3. Pontocypris trigonella, x 210. Fig. 4. Macrocypris minna, x 85. m. Coil of spermatic filaments, x 400. Fig. 5. Bairdia inflata, x 210. Fig. 6. Cythere castanea, x 210. Fig. l. Lymnicythere inopinata, x 210. Vig. 2. Cythere lutea, x 210. k. Copulative organs, male. p. Penis. i. Postabdomen. l. Glandula mucosa, x 96. k. Copulative organs, male, x 120. Fig. 4. Pontocypris mytiloides, x 210. g. Extremity of second foot, x 210. dl. Left jaw of second pair, male, x 210. d. Palp of second jaw, female, x 210. c. Mandible: a’, palp of mandible, x 210. j. Suprabasal seta of do., x 210. o. Intestinal canal with dilatations, X 210. k. Copulative organs, male, x 85. m. Posterior spines of right valve, Pıate XXXVIII. | | Fig. 7. Cythere concinna, x 210. m. 'Terminal claw of last foot. ~ n. Terminal claw of first foot. Fig. 8. Cythere viridis, x-210. x 210. Fig. 9. Limnicythere inopinata, x 210. i. Abdominal lobes and setze, x 400. m. Appendage of do., x 400. Puare XXXIX. Fig. 3. Cythere albomaculata, x 210. b. Terminal joints of lower antenne, female. in. Homologue of second maxilla, Fig. 4. Cythere convexa, x 210. male and x 400. NUTS NENNE ET Geer ae Sem ae eT ECE RS o WS RECENT BRITISH OSTRACODA. 495 Fig. 5. Cytheridea torosa, x 210. g". Foot of second pair (left) of male, x 210. m. Abdomen of female, x 84. f. do. first pair (female), x 210. n". Second joint of last right foot of the male, jJ. as. do. (male, right), x 210. x 210. k. Copulative organs of male, x 84. o. Ringed seta of last foot, x 400. p. Branchial appendage of mandible palp, x 210. h. Foot of last pair (left) of male, x 210. | Fig. 6. Xestoleberis aurantia, x 210. g. do. second pair (right) of male, x 210. | Fig. 7. Cytherura nigrescens, x 210. Puate XL. m. Abdominal lobe. Fig. 5. Ilyobates bartonensis, x 210. Fig. 1. Cytheridea papillosa, x 210. | h. Third foot, male. | f. First foot (right) of male. | Fig. 6. Cytheridea elongata, male, x 210. EF. do. female, and left of male. Fig. 7. Paradoxostoma hibernicum, x 210. Fig. 2. Cytheridea lacustris, female, x 210. o. Extremity of mandible. Fig. 3. Lowoconcha elliptica, x 210. Fig. 8. Bythocythere simplex, x 84. Fig. 4. Loxoconcha impressa, x 210. Fig. 9. Paradoxostoma sarniense, x 210. k. Apical portion of copulative organs of male. PLATE XLI. Fig. 1. Cylindroleberis Marie. f. Abdomen, seen from below, x 84. 4. Upper antenna of male, x 40. Fig. 4. Bradycinetus Macandrei. i do. female, x 84. Secondary branch of lower antenna, female, c. Lower antenna of female, x 40; c", secon- x 210. Fig. 5. Bradycinetus brenda. d. Secondary branch of lower antenna of male, a. Upper antenna of female, x 84. x 84. b. Mandibular foot of female, x 84. e. Mandibular foot, x 84; e", first maxilla. c. First maxilla of vm ^ eg branchial f. Second maxilla, x 84 d. Second maxilla with portion of branchia eer S z : plate, x 84; d", mandibuliform processes. n. Abdominal lamine, x 84. oci sepe Bee 2. Extremity of “ oviferous foot,” x 210. ‘Third foot, ers | uda Fig. 2. Cylindroleberis teres, female, x 84. Fig. 7. Sclerochilus co ake . 4. Upper antenna, x 84. a. Up gud veis Se e b. Mandibular foot, x 84. d. First max p ja : c. First maxilla, x 84. T o nus male, x310 d. Abdominal lamina, x 84. k. Copulative organs, : mea : Fig. 3. Philomedes interpuncta. Fig. 8. Voip mie ii : 4. Secondary branch of lower antenna, x 84. iiam 210 6. Mandibular foot, x 84. b. Lower wage . ^. Third maxilla, x 84. T SE d. Extremity of oviferous foot, x 210. = e Ke obtusata?, x 40. e. Abdomen, seen from side, x 84. nen dary branch, x 40. es Jun Soc. Von JM Tap.2.3. E 24 TAB „Ay! Soc. Vor LINN. B. TRAN a p Soc VoL XXVI Tan 26. 9 LINN. TRANS 8 Brady del. T. West lith, G zi K ap 25 N e Vor IX ) er T, ke N RANS Linn T > Tr, 2.59 M» K 2a 2 EH #3, = 2 “te S Ca Se SV ise Par : PII 72 S s dili gg A < | 3 3 > D | “= % » E | v? nag ue, \ = z : A = Ser 2 o w D * i d d : f 8 Brady del T West lith. sei «pe See elt ae A E T E E ad, AB a fT 4. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor CI. TRANS. Linn. Soc. Vor XWITag.28 SS.Beady de T Wes Ich, iita eth x nue Wate ete ef eb 3 3 LXXVI Tap f O TRANS.LINN. Soc V Ae e ENS os DR P 5 ERIGI TNE " I TRANS Lixx.Soc Vor. 'RANS Linn Soc Vor. XXVI Tap 35 8 9 . Vor. XXVI Tap. 36. Linn. Soc CH M M EA gr j c) TAB iis UI] tk / wm MU 2 aA SUBITA YD MM ZN MT WU, imme Ls TRANS LINN. Soo. Vor, XXVI TRANS. LINN Soc. Vol. XXV. TABS8. | : AN 3a TRANS. LINN. Soc. VOL. XXVI 'TAB.39. T.40. : > F WL, THE TRANSACTIONS THE LINSAEAN SOCIETY LONDON: VOLUME XXVI. PART THE THIRD. MISSOURI LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW. M.DCCC.LXIX. [ 497 ] X. On some remarkable Mimetie Analogies among African Butterflies. By ROLAND TRIMEN, Mem. Ent. Soc. Lond. (Plates XLII. & XLIII.) Read March 5th, 1868. * * * * * “(est une chose bien remarquable que de voir la nature créer à côté les uns des autres l'Euplea Niavius, le Diadema dubia, et le Papilio Westermanni, trois Lépidoptéres qui se ressemblent presque complétement par le port, le dessin, et la couleur, quoique appartenant à des genres fort éloignés et de tribus différentes.” —BorspuvaL, Species Général des Lépidoptéres, pp. 372, 373. FROM the year 1836, when Dr. Boisduval published these remarks, a period of twenty- five years elapsed without any light being thrown upon the meaning of those remarkable resemblances among the Rhopalocera which are familiar to every lepidopterist, which have been noted by entomologists in publications both prior and subsequent to the date of the ‘Species Général,’ and to one of the most striking of which the above quotation refers. The extraordinary fact, that in all parts of the world species of Butterflies occurred which, aberrant from the normal facies of their immediate allies, most closely resembled other species of wholly different structure, awakened no comment beyond the admission that it was curious, unless it were some vague suggestion as to “ recurrent types" in nature, which left the subject as completely mysterious as before. Entomo- logists, no less than naturalists generally, appeared content with a child-like wonder at this and kindred facts, and let them pass as things inscrutable. That this neglect of inquiry was due in great measure to the absence of reliable observations upon the living insects in their native haunts, cannot be doubted; but it may be questioned if, with all the data now accumulated by various explorers, those whose energies were necessarily, and in many cases exclusively, concentrated upon the arduous work of the systematist would have been enabled to elucidate the subject. It remained for one of those adven- turous lovers of nature whose zeal for discovery leads them to years of tropical wander- ings, to indicate, from his own assiduous observations, and in the light of that compi hensive theory of organic nature which we owe to Mr. Darwin, the rational est i of these phenomena. That this explanation is absolutely conclusive, or not susceptible of future modification, it would be premature to asse advance yet made towards the solution of the difficulty, and so reasonable a demonstration as to commend itself to every thoughtful observer. I need searcely say that I reter to the well-known treatise by Mr. Bates on the Heliconidæ of the Amazons en (published in the twenty-third volume of the * Transactions of the Linnean Society ), in which the principle of natural selection is most ably applied in elucidation of the origin and development of those ** mimicries ” of SS are now so astonishingly exact. The 52 VOL. XXVI. 4 i’ rt; but it is indisputably the only 498 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. view propounded by Mr. Bates has met with the weighty support of Mr. Wallace, who, in his interesting paper on Malayan Papilionide*, has called attention to an analogous series of phenomena presented in India and the great Eastern Archipelago, and can only account for them on the same theory. My object in the present paper is to give some account of the most striking cases of mimetic analogy which have been found to exist among the Butterflies of Africa, more especially regarding those occurring at the southern extremity of the continent, a region in which I have had the advantage of several years’ personal research. In the first place, it is eminently worthy of remark that the Butterflies which are the subjects of imitation by others, belong to the same families both in the Old World and the New. The Danaide and Acreide, throughout the warmer parts of the earth, are unquestionably the special groups that furnish the models after which more or less perfect copies have been elaborated. This being an acknowledged fact, we are naturally led to inquire why it should be so—what advantage is to be gained by closely resembling the members of those families. Is there anything connected with those groups tending to show that they possess advantages above others of their Order? Do they appear, from their numbers and habits of life, to be dominant races ? These inquiries can unhesitatingly be answered in the affirmative. The slow flight, the conspicuous colours, the complete disregard of concealment, no less than the great abundance of individuals, are characteristics indicating unmistakably that these Butter- flies are favoured races, enjoying advantages and immunities above their fellows. I believe that Mr. Bates (loc. cit. p. 510) has correctly suggested the principal causes of the evident security of these insects, viz. their emitting an unpleasant odour, and being proba- bly distasteful to insectivorous animals. The peculiar smell noticed by Mr. Bates in the Heliconide Danaide is also possessed by the Huplee of the Eastern Archipelago, as Mr. Wallace has recorded; and I am enabled to add similar evidence as regards the African er of Danais and Acreat. Judging from the case of Aere Horta, a widely- E "os ER which Ihave reared in considerable numbers from the young RS re ee : os is not peculiar to the imago condition, but attends the insect ; «e Mt ys d ES e pope emitting it. On pressing the thorax of a Danats, ia. Gen en An lightly, a clear yellow liquid, similar to that secreted SRI lihe two apes reas ded exudes from that part of the body ; and in some from the extremity of Nin dedo T UN tegt atem dei p this liquid, bein e abdomen?. The peculiar scent appears chiefly to reside in > ng remarkedly stronger with each effusion. Most of the species of Danais and Acrea feign death very readily ; and they P d | ; y possess another means of defence which, as far as I am aware, has not hitherto been recorded, vi lasticity of their entire structure. No ieu aa ecorded, viz. the remarkable olas icity E aes, suffice e thorax, short of absolute crushing of the 2s to kill or even paralyze the ` se But ^ ts S Bone. Linn, Soc. vol. xxv. J utterflies; and the collector who trea + The Mauriti i : id | an eed en also gives out a strong odour when handled. a = , 5 on pecies of the genera Lycorea and Ituna (Heliconide Danaide) possess similar exsertile MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 499 them as he would species of other families, soon finds his colleeting-box alive with its struggling occupants. So flexible are the wings, that the insect generally succeeds in withdrawing them from crossed fences of pins which form a complete barrier to any motion on the part of ordinary Butterflies; and however bent and distorted the wings may become in such exertions, I have never known a fracture of nervures or membrane to result, the organs resuming their natural position even after having been bent double for some hours. While entomologizing in Natal, my Kafir collector used often to bring me numerous examples of the commonest species in his box, and when engaged in the necessary work of rejection, I constantly found the limp-winged Danaide and Acreide, as soon as they were released from the transfixing-pin, fly off with perfect ease and apparent nonchalance. It is not difficult to perceive how important, as a reserve means of defence, this unusual elasticity of structure may prove. That birds, and other eaters of insects, may occasionally capture a Butterfly of these malodorous tribes before discovering its distasteful character is not an unreasonable supposition, especially in seasons when an exceptional scarcity of some favourite food may prevail. In such a case it may be safely stated that the chances are very greatly in favour of a Danais or an Acrea escaping, if not wholly unhurt, yet without serious injury, after rough treatment that would have proved fatal to a harder but less elastic animal*. More extended observation is necessary to prove by positive evidence that persecution of the Danaide and Aereide has almost wholly ceased, although, negatively, the witness borne by their abundance is very strongly in favour of this view. Some check upon their inordinate increase must, of course, exist; and this is probably to be found in the Ichneumon flies attached to the various species, the females of which are not likely to be deterred by any odour from depositing their ova in the larve. Mr. Bates has re- corded that the Heliconide Donaidet, when at rest on leaves, did not “appear to be molested by lizards or predaceous flies of the family Asilide, which were very often seen pouneing on Butterflies of other families.” A well-known naturalist has quoted (in the Westminster and Foreign Quarterly Review for July 1867, Article 1) an observation by Mr. Belt, that a pair of Puff-birds, watched by him in Brazil, during half-an-hour caught and brought to their nest various butterflies to feed their young, but entirely avoided the slow-flying Heliconide, which were about the spot in great numbers}. I Butterflies in question, being a character of many Moths, and and Zygænidæ. It is remarkable that the three South-African Eusemia euphemia, and Glaucopis * This elasticity of structure is not confined to the markedly of some belonging to the families Agaristide Moths in which I have found this peculiarity most developed, viz. Pais decora, | | formosa—all have a strong and offensive odour, emit drops of white or yellow fluid, and are slow-flying, brightly coloured : T The ares is “ Danaoid Heliconide” ; but as it is clear v" that author agrees with Dr. Felder in recognizing all the so-called Heliconidee except Heliconius and Hueides os forming a part of the family Danaider, I have ventured to transpose the words in order the more distinctly to express this relationship. t It is not uncommon to hear doubt expressed as to whether birds even feet on butterflies at all; and T the case just mentioned is of importance. I have notieed a Swallow chasing a Pieris Brassic@ m a e deti knew it to be disputed that the Goatsuckers eat the nocturnal Lepidoptera. But when one : Ea on e e h inseetivorous birds in all (and especially in tropical) countries, it would be marvellous indeed if they neglec e large supply of food afforded by the generally defenceless race of DOT" 322 500 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. have published (‘ Rhopalocera Africee Australis, pt. ii. p. 335) an interesting note by Mr. J. H. Bowker on the manner in which Junonia Enone, one of the Nymphalidae, is systematically hunted down by a small Kaffrarian lizard. This Junonia is a particularly wary, active insect, and must give its pursuers infinitely more trouble to capture than would the slow, inert, grass-loving Acree of the same district; yet the lizards leave the latter unmolested. On more than one occasion, I have seen the larger Dragonflies catch Butterflies, both in England and Natal. Pieride were the victims in both countries; but in Natal the ubiquitous Acree were certainly passed by, and the more active insects selected. In the colony in question, several species of Acacia secrete a viscid fluid; and the spaces on the branches where this freshly exudes from the bark are a great resort of insects of all Orders, which assemble to imbibe the liquid. The larger Wantide take advantage of these gatherings to secure a plentiful and easy living; and one of them is usually to be seen among or close to the group of butterflies, beetles, wasps, ants, and flies attracted to the feast. As long as there is anything left to drink, there is no lack of visitors, and the Mantis fattens on numerous victims. The wings rejected by the devourer, who seems to prefer butterflies to other insects, in a short time rather con- spicuously sprinkle the ground or herbage under one of these feeding-places; and in a few instances, where I chanced upon accessible spots, I searched among the disjecta membra for remains of Danais or Acrea, but in vain. It is necessary to observe that I cannot recollect having distinguished Butterflies of either of those genera at such drinking- stations; but the exudations were often situated at a height that precluded the certain distinction of any but very large insects, and there is apparently no reason why the fluid so universally appreciated should fail to attract those butterflies. I think that the facts already placed on record, to the more important of which I have referred, may fairly be urged in support of the position that the Danaide and Acreide are: exempted or protected in a very great degree from the attacks of those enemies to which the diurnal Lepidoptera generally, in their adult state, are constantly exposed. There are many instances of Butterflies, of various families, whose great abundance indi- cai me Sic im om necu o iem RNN mstances ; but, as groups, the Danaide and Acreide, wherever y » are unquestionably preeminent in individuals, if not in species, and must Ké as the most perfectly adapted of all their Order to the existing conditions of in cm more. E that those families of Butterflies which hold the first place position, in a * natu are ya structure which has led Mr. Bates to assign to them a The KSC? ador n of classification, at the head of the order Lepidoptera*. ` EE d = = IS a special character of the Rhopalocera as a group, which and this has been tacit] id ge "mm the Heterocera and from other Orders of insects ; have assigned the lovin sim ed by the universal consent with which entomologists shows its affinity to th ien among Butterflies to the Hesperüde, a family which SE developed fore legs, as well as by other cha- * See Trans, Linn, Soc. vol, xxii; vol, XXili., and Journal of Entomology, December 1861, and No. X. 1864. Tabia, Ennomos, &e.) a cell is found at the base of the hind wings, MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 501 yacters of importance. The splendid family Papilionide, by mere force of the size, number, and beauty of its members, has so long held the place of honour in English and in most continental classifications, that many lepidopterists are loth to supplant it by a comparatively insignificant-looking group; but, regarding the question structurally, there can be no doubt that an arrangement which interposed between the only families with fully developed fore legs (viz. the Papilionide and Pieride at one end of the series, and the Hesperiide at the other) all the groups that more or less widely differed in the character of those very organs was artificial and unnatural. On the other hand, Mr. Wallace (loc. cit. p. 2) has questioned the propriety of claiming a high position for any group on the ground of extreme imperfection of any of its organs. Taken apart from other considerations, this at first sight appears a valid objection; but it must be borne in mind, as suggested by Mr. Bates, that the Lepidopterous type among Articu- lata, like that of the Bird among Vertebrata, is preeminently aerial, and, consequently, that a diminution of the ambulatory organs, instead of being a sign of inferiority, may very possibly indicate a higher (because more thoroughly aerial) form. Mr. Wal- lace further contends for the first rank being accorded to the Papilionide, on account of the perfect insects possessing the peculiar and constant character of an apparently 4-branched median nervure, and a “spur”* on the anterior tibiæ, and the larv having an extrusible Y-shaped tentacle. The appendage to the anterior tibie is admitted by Mr. Wallace to be a character of some Hesperiide ; and not having been found in other Butterflies, it may fairly be regarded, in conjunction with the full development of the first pair of legs, as a sign of affinity, however distant, between the two families. The apparent fourth branch of the median nervure is not an additional nervule, but actually the lower radial (** second discoidal nervule” of Doubleday) unusually placed in relation to the third branch of the nervure, and thus can hardly be regarded as in any way signi- ficant of superior developmentt. Nor can the Y-shaped tentacle of the larva be insisted * This is more strictly a small foliated expansion or appendage. t More remarkable points in the neuration of the Papilionide are the following, viz. :—1st, the hort, transverse, interno-median nervule, uniting the median and submedian nervures of the fore wings, and closing a small basal cell; 2ndly, the well-marked internal nervure of the same wings, which has an independent course, E — on the inner margin; and, 3rdly, the distinct prediscoidal cell of the hind wings, formed by the junction of the branched precostal nervure with the costal. Papilio (including Ornithoptera) appears constantly to present these characters, with some variation in the size of the prediscoidal cell of the hind wings; the Australian em also possesses them all, and has the prediscoidal cell unusully large; in Sericinus, Teinopalpus, and ee appear the internal nervure (but not the interno-median nervule) of the fore wings and vio spielen m cell ; Parnassius and Thais present only the internal nervure of the fore wings; and in the — Doritis I can trace none of the three characters. In other families we find the transverse interno-median — sm several of the Mor- phide, though not so completely developed; the internal nervure is present in the Danaide, but, ee having E independent course, is intimately connected with the submedian nervure, = eun by anastomosing kc it; while the prediscoidal cell of the hind wings has hitherto been employed as the oe feature of the curious Bras- solide, in which it is formed in precisely the same manner as in the Papilionide. 4 The presence of additional cells, enelosed by anastomosing nervures, is à — not rare among the Heterocera (vide the plates of neuration in Guende’s * Noctuélites’ and « Phalénites' ); and in some genera of —À p occupying exaetly the same position as in the Butterflies mentioned. 502 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. on as indicating perfection of the Rhopalocerous type, when it is considered that the only known instances of an organ similar in structure and function in the rest of the Lepidoptera are found, not in Butterflies of any family, but in Cerura, a genus of Bom- byeide Moths. The organ of the Puss-Moth caterpillars is double, instead of forked, and occupies the opposite extremity of the body; but it is plainly homologous to that of the Papilio larvie, and is protruded on occasion in precisely the same manner. Looking to the pupe of the several families, we find, receding from those of the Heterocera in silken, earthen, or other cocoons, or buried in the ground, a gradual advance, cor- responding with that towards a more aerial type of imago, to the freely suspended chry- salis of the tetrapod Rhopalocera. The pupe of the Hesperiide are secured, like those of many moths, either in a slight cocoon or by several silken threads; those of the Papi- lionide, Pieride, and Lycenide*, by the tail and by a single silken girdle; while, through the Erycinide, which present instances both of girt and freely suspended pupet, there is a gradation to the chrysalides of the true Nymphalide Butterflies, which hang, head downwards, by a caudal attachment only. The remarkable pupa of Parnassius, more heteroceroid (in its blunted form, bluish efflorescence, and numerous threads of support in a cocoon of leaves) than most of those known among the Hesperiidae, seems to afford an additional indication of some connexion between the Papilionide and Moths. Another singular fact tends to strengthen the idea of a remote, but distinct relationship, viz. that the pupze of Ephyra, a Geometrine genus, are not only suspended by the tail and a silken girth, in precisely the same position as those of the Papilionide, but closely resemble them in form, M. Guenée observing (*Phalénites, ix. p. 402) that they can best be compared with the chrysalides of Thais}. Similar, also, in their caudal attach- ment and silken girdle, but not so like the Papilio chrysalides in form, are the pupz of the very curious Heterocerous group of Pterophoride, which stands alone in the structure of its wings, and has hitherto, by common consent, been placed last in the entire order Lepidoptera. It thus appears that the Papilionide exhibit points of structure in common with some Heterocera in each stage of their growth ; and these characters seem, in the aggregate, of "Co Er ah S wen our assigning to the family a position much nearer to Toming bathe mira c lately » has » generally been accorded to it. eegen eier which have so much in common both in struc- ee on ow the two families differ in their early states. The provided with several pairs of long ent a smooth larva, which, however, is The Acreide (of Africa) are, in the pines; and the true (or Acreoid) Heli- * The larve of some yernide (e. g. Thecla Q : the pupal condition. 1 ot us, L.) are stated to bury themselves in the earth before assuming t See Mr. Bates's * Catalogue of $ y Se : t Plate 2 of M. Guenée’ Eryeinid, in Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 368. : 8 volume ives an i = SUA “42 Thais is recorded as having the dual see figure of the pupa of an Ephyra in its natural position. a slight web, which is not the case with Ephyra. MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 505 coniide of America are similar in this respect, both groups showing affinity to the Nym- phalide as far as the caterpillars are concerned. The thick, blunt chrysalis of the Danaide Butterflies also differs widely from the elongate, slender, and subangulated pupa of Aere, The African continent is very poor in Danaide, only eight species, belonging to two genera*, being known to inhabit its vast area. Seven belong to the genus Danais; and these, with the exception of D. Chrysippus, form a section confined to Africa, Mada- gascar, and Mauritius, and distinguished by a peculiar coloration of conspicuous ochre- yellow or white bands and spots on a black ground. Three of the six species appear to be confined in their range to the western coast, between Sierra Leone and Angola; one, with an equal range in the west, extends to the Zambesi and Natal; while two seem to be limited to extra-tropical Southern Africa. It is most remarkable to find, in this very limited number of Danaide, that no less than four are aecompanied throughout their range each by its closely-imitating Diadema, one of the four (Danais echeria) being further attended by three mimicking species of Papilio, and another by one Papilio that correctly copies it. Danais Chrysippus, as is well known, has a faithful imitator every- where, except in Europe, in the ? Diadema Bolina, and, in the south of Africa, finds a second mimicker in a rare form of Papilio, apparently peculiar to that region. The Acreide have their metropolis in Africa, about fifty species being known from all parts of the Continent. Six Acree are distinctly the objects of mimicry by certain Nymphalide and Papilionidet. Four of these are West African only; one extends, under a somewhat altered form, to South Africa; and the sixth appears peculiar to the latter region. The mimickers here, also, are constant attendants on the species imitated ; and in three cases, where the sexes of the Acree are dissimilar, the sexes of the mi- mickers differ accordingly. 5 It is worthy of notice that the mimicking Papiliones, whether imitators of Danaides or Acree, are very frequently only the females of the species, to the exclusion of the males, which, in such cases, wear the normal aspect of their immediate congeners}. Among the Diademe and other Nymphalide, on the contrary, both sexes of the mimickers, * Euplea Goudotii, well known as a native of Bourbon, is included, on the authority of Sir Andrew Smith, who presented a specimen from “ South Africa” to the British Museum. i ; ; + The magnificent Papilio Antimachus, Drury, of which but one specimen is aen ^s science, is very eee in habit, and is possibly an instance of special modification in imitation of > gigantic Acrea as yet unknown, or perhaps extinct. Drury’s having “ received” this Papilio from Sierra Leone is, unfortunately. ders S we its m habitat, the principal sea-ports in many parts of the world usually getting the credit of all natura Ae - Whatever- distance inland, that are shipped from them to Europe. Antimachus has = aspect of a wn et flier; and the observation by Smeathman, quoted by Professor Westwood (Arc. Entom. 1. p. 146), did not originally apply to the great Papilio, but to Charaxes Camulus, Drury (= C. ee? much ies pum Et "Segre = Drury’s 3rd volume, pp. 15-23, and pl. xxx.). Donovan, in his ‘ Naturalist’s Repository, t misquo passage eting t i raves. : E. iesus imitative Papiliones tabulated by Mr. See (loc. cit. Zn e expressly mentioned as females. As regards the African species, Papilio Fidleyanus is an eng : a SC Se Wearing the aspect of an Acrea, and, in a less degree, the southern om E me s = wg t rese ble Accurate of the four mimickers of Danais Echeria; but in this case the ne of the specimens that most resem the Danais are females. 504 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. as a rule *, present, with equal exactness, the appearance of the butterflies imitated. It would almost appear from this that the Nymphalide imitators stood in need of a more complete protection than the mimicking Papiliones; and I find that, in general, they are comparatively fewer in individuals than the latter. The following Table exhibits a view of the more striking cases of mimicry that have come under my notice, and also indicates the localities in which each model and its copies are known to occur together :— Tabular View of the most remarkable Mimetic Analogies among African Rhopalocera, with the Localities in which the DANAIDE, NYMPHALIDE, 186 hu. y Port Mel T ONS SO Pe RS Gee we ee Va SCH Leone, Ashanti. St. Helena. Damara- Bechuana-land (Motito). Transvaal o Al aen Town ysna Plettenberg Bay H Colon. Bashee River, pb RA RE e qu yon sécu mc (Potchefstroom). werds wre“ KERKSKKE ER ee 7 Cees * EC COO 8 6 0 kees (i4 WWS Se Fe Cs 9469 97799944 97€ € 4-V wwe be Ak ek ... eee t.. several Species concerned in each case are known to co-exist. PAPILIONIDE, Diadema Damoclina, n. s. Angola. g Diadema dubia. Sierra Leone. hanti. NEBSAGUCA NES ET 1244244744, Fe Sn S V LS RER. Diadema mima, n. s. Port Natal. Diadema Anthedon Type ‘ins Leone. ti. St. ee nud i Ca Plettenberg R Bay fe ony. Um SC Zeg rban Pietermaritzburg. St, Lucia Bay. Mad Sierra Leone. Var, Inaria, Cr, wee oe. v. Kë e e E SEET WWW EIE cR pO a SSES ee be efstroom). Papilio Merope 9 (1st form 'enea, Stoll). nysna, Cape Colony. Bashee Riv ver, Kaffraria. Natal. FETTE v^ ebrio. q^ rm Hippocoon, Fab.). SS Leone. nti. ar, Port Natal. Papilio Merope 9 (3rd form UTR send West- ) Knys Plettenberg Bay. hee River. Port Natal. Papilio Mop: 9 (2nd Papilio echerioides, 9 Var. Tsomo River, Kaf- raria Type... cere Tsomo River. Natal. Gë dM c * Diadema Bolina is a notable exception. Papilio Leonidas. | Var. austr. (Dra- sidas, Felder). Bashee River, Port Natal. MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 505 Table (continued). ACRA#ID A. N YMPHALIDZE, | EvnvTELIDX. Pa PILIONIDJAE. | = —————— j | |Acrea Gea d and 2 .......... Panopea Hirce d and ®........ Melanie Phegea ........ Papilio Cynorta 9 | Sierra Leone. Type. : Var. 9 ( Bammakoo,W estw.) (a ^ Boisduvallianus, | Ashanti. Ashanti. Westw.) | Calabar. Calabar. Sierra Leone. | Aerea Euryta ................ Panopea His sr 00, eos Melanitis Phegea. Ashanti. | eae Var. 9. Calabar. Calabar Calabar. | RAR EES Var 9. | Congo Congo. | ER Ee Eé: | Congo. OS ee Cee ce ey Bee ar due 9. | Ames Aganice d ............ pese Tarquinia, d. Port Natal. ort Natal. Calabar. | 0 lla E RERREREELLCRERU Panopea Lucretia. Sierra Leone. Sierra Leone. abar. alabar. Acrwa Zetes d and 9 .......... Panopea Boisduvalii. | ei seen : | Ashanti. Ashanti. | Calabar. Calabar. | ans. Var. austr. | Port Natal. Port Natal. | a EE EE Papilio Ridleyanus d | and 9. | "Congo. Congo. | In order to give a clear idea of the nature of these cases of mimicry, it is necessary to consider them separately. I will therefore describe them seriatim as concisely as pos- sible, only premising that, as regards Tropical Africa, so little is on record respecting the range of individual species or their variation, to say nothing of habits and stations, that itis at present impossible to treat satisfactorily of the instances occurring in that immense tract of country. l. Danats Damocuss, Fab. Danais Damocles, Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 41. no. 121; Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Am. Lep. t. 6. Des, 3a, 35. This species is rather widely spread in tropical Western Africa, examples having been received from Sierra Leone, Ashanti, the Gaboon, and Angola (in about 8° 8. lat.). It : is nearly related to D. Zgialea, Cram., but is larger, and may be recognized by the ; broader central white band of the fore wings (which extends below the first median nervule), by the more irregular subapical white bar of the same wings, and by the smaller and whiter basal space in the hind wings. The Gaboon examples form a variety in which the pale basal patch in the hind wings is either reduced to a small Spot or altogether absent. In Angola this Danais is accompanied by a Diadema (which also inhabits Congo) that very closely imitates it, differing from Diadema dubia, its nearest ally*, precisely as Danais Damocles differs from its congener Egialea. The two species * I propose for this butterfly the name of Drapema Dawocrrwa, n. sp. _ Exp. 3 in.-3 in. 5 lin. Closely allied to D. dubia, Pal. de Beauv. VOL. XXVI. Fore wing: central white bar much broader, 4 A 506 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. of Danais appear to exist side by side at Sierra Leone and in Ashanti; and it is probable that the mimickers of Damocles will eventually be found in those localities from which Diadema dubia has already been brought. 2. DANAIS EGIALEA, Cram. Danais Egialea, Pap. Exot. pl. 192. fig. D. > This Danais has apparently a less extensive range than D. ,Damoctes, inhabiting Sierra Leone, Cape Palmas, and Ashanti. It is most exactly copied by Diadema dubia, Pal. de Beauv., the only noticeable difference being that the Diadema has three or four additional dots near the hind margin of the hind wings. There are specimens of this Diadema in the British Museum, from Sierra Leone and Ashanti; and in Mr. Hewitson’s collection, from Calabar. Palisot de Beauvois records it as a native of Oware and Benin, the latter district being situated between Ashanti and Calabar. 3. Danas Ecuerta, Stoll. (Tab. XLII. figg. 3, 7.) Danais Echeria, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Exot. t. 29. figg. 1, 1a. Vaillantiana, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 183. no. 25. D. Echeria is a widely-spread and abundant butterfly throughout the wooded parts of South Africa, where it takes the place of its tropical ally, D. Egielea. Like the latter, it has an exact imitation in a Diadema, which, though nearly allied to D. dubia, app to be distinet*. But Echeria has no less than three other imitators in the genus Papilio, the two more accurate mimickers— P. echerioides, Trimen, 9, and P. Merope, Cran $ (=Cenea, Stoll)—being females of very dissimilar males, and the third a variety of P. Leonidas, Fab., which seems only to occur in South Africa beyond the tropic, and in which the pale markings are almost or wholly devoid of the green or greenish colour of the type-form, and several of the lesser spots generally wanting. All these mimicking species are much rarer than the Danais—especially the Diadema, of which I met with only two examples in Natal, and have seen but five others in collections. Papilio eche- continuous, not interrupted on median whitish basal space reduced to a small well defined, instead of gradually fa of them occasionally wanting ; grou white bars differing in th Hab. Angola. In the collection of the British Museum. * I append a diagnosis of this Species :— DIADEMA MIMA, n, Sp. (Tab. XLIII. fig. 7.) Exp. 3 in. 7 lin.-3 i .Silin. Nearly discoidal cell, much smaller, or nearly o nervure; subapical bar interrupted, narrower, more macular. Hind umg: ovate marking, occupying discoidal cell (and extending beyond and above it ) ding into the ground-colour; the submarginal white spots much smaller, some nd-colour darker than in D. dubia. Unprrstpr.—As in D. dubia, but with the " same manner as on the upperside. allied to D. dubia, Pal. de Beauv. Fore wing: white spot next base, 10 bsolete ; subapical white band narrower, and distinctly composed of three spots; white spots of submarginal row smaller; no trace of ochreous scaling on inner margin. Hind wing: pale central space broader, uniformly yellow- bases of wi ochreous. Unpensrx.—Differs similarly from that of D. dubia white spots at pm "ing smaller, Fore wing: the bluish edging of the larger markings entirely wanting. Sexes similar. . Atal. -African Museum, W, C, Hewitson, and R. Trimen. Eh TRATTEN P eat ehh) TEEN al” e V EC TNT AU VAN NEE Ee UR TEM = OE et AEN En nn nn " Ze ud us rm ves - 5 WEN e ENT ut null Stun nz al a ER a > MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 507 rioides is rather local than scarce, only occurring in woods at a considerable elevation ; and, from Mr. Bowker's observations in Kaffraria, the 9 would seem to be little, if at all, rarer than the g, though, in the only Natalian haditat in which I found the species tolerably common, the females were very much scarcer than individuals of the opposite sex. As regards the ? P. Merope*, however, I have no doubt of its comparative rarity, as one may take males abundantly in the forests for days together, without once meeting with a female. The resemblance to Echeria presented by the austral variety of Papilio Leonidas (P. Brasidas, Felder, Spec. Lep. p. 19, no. 249), appears in the cabinet but a slight one in comparison with the striking imitations just mentioned; but it is a fair-enough like- ness in nature, especially when the insect settles T. Certain specimens (usually, but not invariably, females), which have the spots of the fore wings reduced in number and diminished in size, are much more like Zcheria than others; and, looking at the insect ` in comparison with the type Leonidas of Western Africa (which resembles no known Danais), I have no doubt that the southern form has been, and is probably still being gradually modified in the direction of the dominant southern Danais. Danais Echeria presents two varieties as regards the colour of the pale spots in the fore wings—one (the type) in which those spots are ochre-yellow (fig. 3), and the other in which they are white (fig. 7). The former is the prevalent form in the Cape Colony, and the latter in Natal; but I have taken both forms in each Colony, as well as inter- mediate examples in which the spots near the costal margin of the fore wings are white or whitish, while the rest are yellow. The Cenea-form of the 9 Papilio Merope mimics both these varieties, and offers corresponding intermediate specimens; while the ¢ P. echerioides, which only inhabits the eastern portion of South Africa, almost always resembles the white-spotted variety, though I have seen, too, unusually small specimens which copy the yellow-spotted Echeria. ! With reference to Papilio Merope, I think it well in this place to offer some observa- tions on what I believe to be a remarkable instance of polymorphism in the 9 of this Species. First figured by Cramer (in 1779 and again in 1782), P. Merope has long been known as a native of Western Africa, and more recently as also inhabiting Southern Africa and Madagascar ł. Its coloration is very conspicuous, and unlike that of any other Papilio, the upper surface being uniformly pale sulphur, or creamy-yellow, the fore wings with a narrow costal and broad hind-marginal black border, and the hind Wings (which are tailed) having a more or less broken, black band across the disk, ES some black hind-marginal lunules. The Felders, in their ‘ Gamm Lepidopterorum (1864), have separated the single species generally recognized into three, viz. (in addi- tion to the type Merope) P. sulphureus of Palisot de Beauvois (figured by that author * The various forms of the 2 Merope will be discussed further on. T P. Leonidas has the habit (rare in a Papilio) of settling not unfreq and there remaining motionless, with the wings closed and hanging down aen Echeria, for which ies, in thi iti than one occasion, mistaken it. , species, in this position, I have, on more í PP * Mr. Horace Waller has shown me a specimen taken at Mount Morambala, on the River Shiré, a northern tributary of the Zambesi. uently on the projecting twig of some tree, ward, preeisely after the manner of Danais 412 508 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. from a West-African specimen) and P. Meriones, n. sp., the Madagascarene form, or “Var. B," of Boisduval’s ‘Species Général’ (p. 222). The former of the two Felderian species appears to me of doubtful value, being founded upon some slight differences in the outline of the wings (a very variable character in Merope) and in the width of the diseoidal cell of the hind wings*; but there is some ground for the separation of the form inhabiting Madagascar, as will be seen immediately. Considering for how long a time this fine Papilio has been known, and how frequently it reaches England in collections from the various African settlements, it seems singular that the female should be unknown. I have examined a large number of specimens in the National Collection, the Oxford Museum, and the principal private collections, and found them, without exception, to be males. In Southern Africa, I have been familiar with the butterfly in its native woods for some years, have taken some scores of speci- mens, and have examined many others from localities which I had no opportunity of visiting : all were males. But in various parts of the Cape, Kaffraria, and Natal there occurs, within a range corresponding to that of P. Merope, the uncommon Papilio Cenea, of Stoll, already mentioned as so singularly accurate a mimicker of Danais Echeria. I have reason to believe that nearly all the specimens of this at present in collections have passed through my hands; and among the whole number (about 25) from various localities, no male has occurred. A black Papilio, without tails}, and marked with ochre-yellow patches and spots, is a very different-looking butterfly from the fine pale-yellow Merope; yet there is good reason for believing that Cenea is the female of Merope, modified in imitation of Danais Echeria. A close inspection reveals many points in common between the two insects. The head, thorax, and abdomen are similarly coloured and spotted. The pale spot near the apex of the fore wings, so conspicuous in the dark border of Merope, is almost always present (though occasionally smaller) in Cenea. On the under surface, the ochre hue of the hind wings and border of the fore wings only differs in Cenea by being rather darker; and the cellular and internervular streaks in the basal region, as well as a pale space, between the radials, in the darker band beyond the middle of the hind wings are found in both butterflies. Both in the Cape Colony and Natal, the woods in which Mer ope was common were the only spots in which I met with Cenea; and on one occasion I saw Cenea chased by Merope in the manner peculiar to a male butterfly when in pursuit of the female. Apart from these circumstances, analogy with the case of P «pho echerioides (the ? of which also copies Danais Echeria, while the d is widely different) strongly supports the probability of the view here enunciated. As Cenea occurs only in the south of Africa, its known range being from Knysna 7 Dr. Felder does not use the name sulphureus to include the West-African form of Merope, expressly observing (loc. cit. p. 77) that the agreement of Cramer’s figures, made from West-African examples, with the South-African Merope, precludes him from considering sulphureus a geographical subspecies. - A, B) represent Merope without tails. This may be, as Boisduval suggests, 3 processes are known to be a variable character in many species of Papilio, ; So that the existence of a form in which they are wanting, or nearly so, need not MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 509 (lat. 33° 59’ S., long. 23° 3 E.) to Port Natal, the inquiry naturally arises, where is the female of the tropical Merope? One might have been at a loss here, were it not for another, and still rarer, isolated ¢ Papilio which is found in Southern Africa, viz. P. Hippocoon, Fab. (=P. Westermanni, Boisd.), and which appears to be rather commoner on the western coast. This butterfly closely resembles Danais Niavius, Linn., a common species, which also inhabits tropical Africa and Natal. Hippocoon is brought from the same localities as Merope in Western Africa, but is very much scarcer in collections. The markings already mentioned as common to Merope and Cenea recur in Hippocoon ; and some remarkable intermediate southern examples in my collection appear to indicate some of the stages by which Hippocoon’s broad white markings may have been gradually modified in the direction of the dominant southern Danais, D. Echeria, until so different a form as Cenea was the result. In various collections, I have examined fourteen speci- mens of Hippocoon, all of which are females. A third remarkable Papilio must be placed as another form of the ? Merope, viz. P. Dionysos, Doubl.*, a very rare insect inhabiting Western Africa. I had long regarded this butterfly as probably connected with the curious series of forms under consideration, even when I knew it only from the figure in the ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera ; and my opinion has been strengthened by an examination of the type specimen in Mr. Hewitson’s collection T. That example, as well as another larger speci- men recently received by Mr. Hewitson from Old Calabar, is a female. These two specimens come nearer to P. Hippocoon than to any other butterfly ; but their colouring is very singular, the larger white space of the fore wings extending the whole length of the inner margin, and being scarcely separated from the subapical white bar by some blackish scaling, while the hind wings are wholly warm yellow-ochreous, except the white-spotted black hind-marginal bordering. On the underside, however, the dull ochre margins of the wings, and the internervular streaks, are like those of Hippocoon ; and the apical spot in the fore wings, as well as the markings of the body, present no difference. But the strongest proof of the most intimate affinity between the two forms is afforded by a third female specimen, which accompanied that just mentioned from Old Calabar; for in this example the characters of Hippocoon and Dionysos are unmistakably blended, the markings of the fore wings being precisely those of the former (except that the inner marginal white extends rather further into the wings), while the yellow tint of the hind wings, though paler, is like that of the type Dionysos. i The fourth form of the 9 Merope is that described and figured by Professor West- wood $ under the name of Papilio Trophonius, and suggested by him as possibly the female of P. Cenea$. In this form the markings quite agree in size and shape with * Gen. Diurn. Le : - Lep. pl. 3. fig. 4. Sip E * I take this opportunity of recording my warmest acknowledgment of the courtesy and liberality rn à Hewitson has given me unlimited access to his fine collection. I am also indebted to Mr. Bates, Mr. , Mr. Salvin, Mr. Wallace, and Professor Westwood for similar kind assistance. | * Arcana Entomologica, i s figs. 1, 2. gica, i. p. 163, pl. 39. figs. 1, ) rid - $ This view of the sexes was adopted by Doubleday, without query, m the Genera P ir pa de je = "pen this authority I unfortunately, without investigation, perpetuated the error in ; y 510 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. those of the southern examples of Hippocoon; but the hind wings and the broad inner- marginal space in the fore wings are coloured dbrick-red instead of white; and the butterfly thus becomes a very fair imitation of Danais Chrysippus*. This form of 9 is even rarer than Hippocoon, the number of specimens that I have seen in collections being seven only, including two that I had the good fortune to capture in the Cape Colony, one at Knysna, and the other at Plettenberg Bay t. Professor Westwood (loc. cit.) states that Trophonius is a native of Guinea as well as Kaffraria. We have thus, as it appears to me, a most remarkable case of polymorphism in the female of Papilio Merope—three of the four forms being direct mimickers respectively of three prevalent African species of Danais, while the fourth, differing from all the others, yet closely related by an intermediate variety to one of them, is probably modified, or in course of modification, in mimicry of some other protected butterfly, possibly not a Danais 1. But another point remains for consideration. Papilio Merope (or its close ally) in Madagascar, presents a female tailed and coloured. like the male, and differing only in the possession of a broad black bar on the costa of the fore wings, almost crossing the discoidal cell. That this is the rule in Madagascar cannot be doubted, as Mr. Plant’s collection contained a series of females presenting little or no variation. The examina- tion of a number of examples from the island in question leads me to think that the form there prevalent is constant in both sexes, and entitled to rank as a distinct species §. But whether we accord or refuse specific rank to P. Meriones matters little to those who hold that unmistakably close alliance between two or more forms is at once the result and evidence of community of descent. Place the males from the island side by side with those from the continent of Africa, and perhaps few would be disposed to regard the former as specifically distinct from the latter; and yet we find the female of Sie Australis published in 1861. Hopffer has recently (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1866, pp. 131-132) corrected the — punting out that females of both forms are in the Berlin Museum.— Vide < Zoological Record’ (1866), p. 451. e A Si example, taken en company with P. Merope) near St.-Lucia Bay in South-eastern Africa, by Col. wer, - : e Coldstream Guards, is to some extent intermediate between the Trophonius and Hippocoon forms, the broad whitish spaces being obscured throughout with a dull-ochreous tint. St lag that on each occasion of my meeting with Trophonius, I took, in the same spot, a specimen k = d ^ ume ies in the Strict sense of the term, this is not a true case of polymorphism, seeing that oru iu : x ug Which more or less connect the different forms. I am willing to admit that the so mated Qd ee ay Él hes the three forms that imitate the three species of Danais are already bón eU ege His 4 the ER individuals of intermediate or unstable character, that serve to link to een ^ cetus will probably be the work of no very extended period. RER wa : = SC ^ border of the Jore wings forms much sharper projections inwardly on the nervales, crossing the hind wings is ge T AG si black, in éi d never extending below. the subcostal hervare. ` The e while the tails ee . dd widely interrupted in two places, and the intermarginal black edging is wanting, ME tss ec M F broad ochreous tip. On the underside, the ochreous colouring is rather inner-marginal region with AM E c NEHME wings are clouded from the base, over the disioidal cell, and the by a clothing of brownish hairs: : > ie spots of the head and thorax are yellowish, and in the ¢ almost concealed the d), being col FR ën € abdomen is without the ordinary dark spots (save some very faint traces gm coloured tormly of the same pale yellow as the upper surface of the wings. a ln a nn nal alla udn a aan du nl udn Linn Lund nn EOE E E vete Or USO ee a al a We c nn TUS EU E St y 2 n MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 511 the insular race constant to one pattern, and not differing greatly from the male; while the African female presents four distinct forms (besides certain intermediate varieties), not one of which resembles the male. It would appear reasonable to argue from this that Madagascar was the original starting-point of this type of Papilio, and that the harder and more complex conditions of African life, causing a severer persecution, had occasioned a necessity for the less active, and perhaps, as now, scarcer 9 to assume the proteetive colouring and outline of the surrounding Danaide. Yet the very wide dispersion of this butterfly over the continent seems rather to indicate that the original form of Merope was of African derivation, and at one time had extended to Madagascar, possibly before that region became insulated, but that since that period, during slowly- ehanging conditions of life, natural selection has induced the elimination in Africa of all the pale, conspicuous females of the male coloration, only preserving those that more or less resembled the protected Danaide,— while in Madagascar the female, in the absence of any keenly persecuting agency, has retained the form and colour possessed by the first immigrants from the continent. In the broad black costal bar of the fore wings which distinguishes the female in Madagascar, regarded in relation to the hind- marginal black border, it is not difficult to recognize the material upon which natural selection might gradually work, to the ultimate production of a Danaidiform butterfly like Hippocoon or even Cenea; and it is remarkable that, in all the African forms of the female, an oblique, narrow, whitish marking remains near the extremity of the discoidal cell of the fore wings, in a position exactly corresponding to the outer border of the costal bar, as if to record, with the other pale spots and markings, how the black of the margins had gained upon the ground-colour as the process of increasing resemblance to Danais was slowly wrought out. Returning to the subject, from which this has been so lengthy a digression, it is worthy of note that the mimicking Diadema above described seems only to occur at Natal, and correctly copies the variety of Danais Echeria which is there prevalent, viz. that which has all the spots of the fore wings white. 4. Danats Niavius, Linn. (Tab. XLII. fig. 6.) Danais Niavius, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 766. no. 109 (1767) ; Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 2. figg. E, G. This is an abundant butterfly in Tropical Western Africa; but the only special localities that I have found recorded for it are Sierra Leone, Ashanti, and Angola. à; In the two former of these districts occur two very aceurate imitators of Niavius, "=. Diadema Anthedon, Doubl., and the prevalent West-African form of the ¢ Papilio Merope (P. Hippocoon, Fab.). The Papilio has also been received from Calabar. It is to this striking case of mimicry that Boisduval refers in the passage which e quoted at the head of this paper. He mentions, it is true, Diadema dubia; but ; is 1s owing to the confusion that has prevailed regarding the closely allied mimetic "fn ene, D. Anthedon being the species concerned, and being easily distinguished by T e very | inner-marginal white patch, and broad subapical bar of the fore aed u as Prof. Westwood has pointed out (Are. Ent. i. p. 152), figured the Papilio ^ e Niavius, in his Plate 234. fig. A; and Palisot de Beauvois subsequently did the same 512 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. (Ins. recueillis en Afrique, Ze, t. vi. figs. 1e, 15). Danais Niavius is not confined to West Africa, but also inhabits Natal, where it constantly presents broader white markings, particularly in the hind wings * ; and it is most interesting to find that both the Diadema and the Papilio in that part of Africa vary in exactly the same manner from the tropical type-form. Diadema Anthedon + has been taken at St. Lucia Bay by Col. Tower, and is recorded from the Querimba Islands by Hopffer (in Peters's * Reise nach Mossambique,’ p. 385); and there can therefore be little doubt of its occurrence in company with Niavius in the intermediate Zambesi region. I did not find this Danais commoner than the Diadema at Natal, during my visit in the early part of 1867; but Mr. M‘Ken, the Superintendent of the Botanic Gardens at D'Urban, informed me that it was more plentiful at another season of the year. So close is the resemblance between this butterfly and Diadema Anthedon on the wing, that I was never certain as to which butterfly I had captured, until close examination had been made, The Hippocoon-form of the 9 Papilio Merope seemed very rare at Natal, one example only being taken, by my Kafir collector, near D’Urban. As far as my present knowledge extends, however, this form of the female Papilio appears to range further southward than either the Danais or the Diadema; for I have seen two examples captured in Kaffraria proper by Mr. J. H. Bowker, and another taken near Grahams- town by Mrs. Barber. The 3 Papilio Merope, it should be observed, as well as the Cenea-form of $, occurs in both those localities, and as far to the south and west as the Knysna River, 5. Danas Curysrppvs, Linn. (Tab. XLII. fig. 5.) Danais Chrysippus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 767; Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 118. figg. B, C. Var. A. Alcippus, Cram, op. cit. t. 127. figg. E, F. Var. B. Dorippus, Klug, Symb, Phys. pl. 48, figs. 1-5. This well-known species seems to inhabit the whole of Africa, ranges through southern Asia from Syria to Hongkong, and is recorded from Java, Ceram, and Timor, in the Malayan Archipelago, It even extends into Southern Europe (Greece and Turkey), and, according to Godart, has been taken at N aples. It presents two varieties,—one (Aleippus, Cr.) in which the disk of the hind wings is more or less suffused with white; 8; in which the black apex of the fore wings, and its oblique lcm ES = up. a by the brick-red ground-colour t. Both these varieties seem : "^ Hequent In Africa, Alcippus bei : ee different parts of that continen = Pe Tunt, and N - It is needless to dwell upon the very striking * An example of this so uthern variet : e : Hope Museum at Oxford. ety was brought from the Zambesi by the Rev. H. Rowley, and is now in the I have given Anthedon as a synonym of dubia. This is an absence of specimens of dubia, by Boisduval’s description (Faune Ent. de Mad. &c. Ps lico tuos bs => as ota a special analogy with Danais Niavius. Ki. Rasch, a Wee ex e gured in : Symbolæ Physicæ’ (Toc. cit, figs. 1-4), consists of examples of both sexes, Wiha. a. wo. ‚on the N: ile in Lower Nubia, which present both the red suffused apex of the fore wants the white in the RER nn ver the disk.of the hind wings. The « variety” of the male, however (fig. 5), ne hind wings, but has a dull fuscous shade over the basal half of both wings. MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 513 resemblance borne to Danais Chrysippus by the female Diadema Bolina, Linn., as this is one of the most generally known cases of mimicry in existence. The Diadema accompanies the Danais throughout its range, with the single exception of the European shore of the Mediterranean—and is even recorded from Australia and South America *, regions in which Chrysippus does not occur. It is very seldom that one receives a collection, however small, containing Chrysippus, in which Bolina is absent. I have been careful to note all the recorded localities of specimens of both butterflies that have come under my notice, and find that the two coexist in twenty-two different localities, in addition to which there are seven instances of their occurrence in closely adjacent districts t. Still more interesting is the fact that the 2 Diadema presents two varieties exactly corresponding with the varieties of Chrysippus mentioned above, viz. one in which the hind wings are more or less clouded with white, and another (Inaria, Cram.) that has the apical black and white of the fore wings replaced by the brick-red ground- colour {. In each of these cases, I have not succeeded in finding more than one locality where the variety of Chrysippus is known to be accompanied by the corresponding variety of Bolina, viz. Sierra Leone, where the white-clouded form of both butterflies occurs, and D’Urban, Port Natal, whence I have both Dorippus and Inaria; but there seems little reason to doubt that they are to be found together in many other places, when we consider how widely the varieties of both insects range. | In nature, the imitation of Chrysippus by the 2 Bolina is singularly deceptive, as well when the butterfly is settled on flowers as when it is on the wing; and it requires a keen eye and close observation to distinguish one insect from the other. I am disposed to imagine that the closeness of the mimicry even deceives the male Chrysippus; for, on one occasion, at Port Natal, in a spot where the Danais was abundant, I was for some time watching two females of Bolina that I had carefully marked, and was as much surprised as interested to observe a Chrysippus pertinaciously chase one of the Boline about the place. The female Diadema naturally gave Chrysippus no encouragement, and, being more active on the wing, repeatedly evaded her pursuer§. Waiting to see the close of this singular chase, I unfortunately lost sight of the Chrysippus among the other specimens floating about; but I captured the ? Bolina, and have no doubt that . the pursuer was of the male sex. . I have already noticed the rare form of the female Papilio Merope (P. Trophonius, Westw.), which mimicks D. Chrysippus. This imitation is not by any means as close * Regarding the latter region, it seems to be doubtful whether D. Bolina has succeeded in eR itself : any of the localities mentioned by authors; but the insect certainly appears to have been taken in Guiana (Boisduva and Doubleday), Surinam (Cramer and Boisduval), Cayenne (Godart), and Pará (Hopffer). a : t Even in the oceanic islands to which Chrysippus extends, such as St. Helena (Coll. Burchell), ge, n, E Mauritius, Bolina appears as its constant companion ; but I have not heard of the latter's occurrence in Teneriffe, where Chrysippus has been taken, * Similarly to Klug’s type of Dorippus, the Inaria-form of the 2 Bo EL ith his wi tantly and rapidly $ The d Bolina, when pursuing the female, keeps a little below her, with his E ntly : ^ i Mivering, while the female slowly rises, with little motion of the wings, ara the SS egen 2 een e. Mr. J. qr. Bowker observed this in Kaffraria, in the year 1863; and I have since noticed he same in Natal. VOL, XXVI. 4 B lina is sometimes found with a white suffusion 514 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. as that by Diadema Bolina, but it is sufficiently near to deceive the collector when the butterfly is on the wing. Until they settled on flowers, when the tremulous motion of the wings at once betrayed their disguise, I mistook both the examples of this Papilio that I captured for Chrysippus. In Western Africa (Ashanti) occurs a fine Nymphalide, Romaleosoma Eleus, Dru., the colouring and pattern of the female of which show a strong, but far from exact resemblance to those of D. Chrysippus, the principal element of difference being the possession by Eleus of a broad black band, containing conspicuous white spots, which borders the hind wings. There is, however, in the British Museum, a variety of the ? Lleus, from Congo (in 6° S. lat.), which more nearly approaches the aspect of Chry- sippus. Compared with the type-form, it is smaller, and with more elongated fore wings ; the ground-colour is redder and clearer; the apical black of the fore wings occupies a smaller space, while its white bar is broader; and the border of the hind wings is nar- rower, though still broad and conspicuous*. Congo is one of the known habitats of Chrysippus. 6. ACRÆA Gra, Fab. d Papilio Gea, Fab. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 32. P. Epea, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 230. figs. B, C. ? Papilio Iodutta, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 175. d, 9. Acrea Gea, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 238. I have no doubt that Godart rightly considered the Jodutta of Fabricius to be the ? of that author's Gea, as the difference in colour of the pale bands is the only distinction, and there are several instances of allied Acree in which the fulvous or yellow markings of the male are replaced by white in the female. Doubleday (: Gen. Diurn. Lep.’ p. 141) gives the Timandra of Jones’s ‘Icones’ as the female of Gee, while Godart refers it to E. Euryta, Linn. The specimens named Timandra in the National Collection agree well with Fabricius’s description of Jodutta, and are evidently females of Gea. The male has been received from Ashanti, Calabar, and Congo; the female from Sierra Leone and Calabar. Two other butterflies inhabiting both Ashanti and Calabar are close mimickers of this Acrea, viz. Panopea Hirce, Dru., and the female Papilio Cynorta, Fab. (=P. Boisduvallianus, Westw.)+. In the Panopea, the imitation is twofold, the differing male and female of the Acrea being copied by the corresponding sexes of the mimicker; but in the Papilio it is the female only that copies (very exactly) the female Gea, the male being of a very different pattern as regards the fore wings. In addition to * * LI D a LI D D D H j Eu Chrystppus 18 not without its mimickers among the eastern Nymphalide, the most remarkable of which E $ T es Penthesilea, Cr., and the female of Argynnis Niphe, Linn., inhabiting India and China. : s e differs widely from Chrysippus on the under surface, but the upperside is a very close copy, both in pattern rud colours, of that of the Danais, differing only in the possession of a submarginal row of spots in the xod heus Saso of the 9 Argynnis is the more interesting from the fact of the sexes being so dissimilar, the ae being of the ordinary colouring of the genus. * I have elsewhere discussed Trane, Bab Bon. the grounds for considering P. Boisduvallianus to be the female of Cynorta (see MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 515 the localities named, the Papilio has also been found at Sierra Leone and the Gaboon, at the former of which places the Acrea occurs. There is a difference in the outline of the wings between the male and female of Acrea Gea, as in many other species of the same genus; and this discrepancy is reproduced in Panopea Hirce, the female of which has the fore wings blunter and broader than those of the male. So deceptive is the mimicry of the ¢ Gea, by the g Hirce, that Godart (loc. cit.) quotes Drury’s figure of the latter as a representation of the Acrea. In the Linnean collection there is a specimen of the Panopea labelled “ Aeren Gea, Fab." ; and I found an example associated with a specimen of the same Acrea in the Banksian Collection at the British Museum. The figure of “ Euryta” in Clerck’s ‘Icones’ (t. 31. f. 180), to which Linné refers in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ is evidently drawn from a female of the same Panopea*. This species of Panopea further presents several varieties of the female, which agree with no known examples of Acrea Gea, but, strangely enough, are very fair imitators of certain varieties of an allied species, A. Huryta, occurring in the localities (Calabar and Congo) which they inhabitt. In the British Museum there is an interesting specimen of the female Hirce, in which the bands, though paler, are coloured like those of the male. This example only bears the label * West Africa," and I am therefore unable to state whether this apparently rare form of the female occurs in company with that which is white-banded. Most of the examples of Melanitis Phegea, Fab., a member of the Hurytelide, are mimickers of Acrea Euryta; but a female specimen, from Ashanti, in the National Col- lection (which is, I believe, the type of M. Bammakoo, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 68. f. 3) bears a nearer resemblance to the female 4. Gea in the position of the subapical bar of the fore wings, and in the extension of the white band of the hind wings over the inner margin of the fore wings. l. Acrza Euryra, Linn. Aerea Euryta, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 757. n. 69; Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 233. figs. A, B. This is a most variable species in both sexes. Mr. Hewitson has recently Hero 1867) devoted two plates of his * Exotie Butterflies " to the delineation of the en. Varieties}. It is not unlikely that a knowledge of the stations and habits of these but- has suggested that the Panopea should stand as P. Eurytus, ees k figured the insect in the belief that it was Linne’s especially with the view of avoiding confusion in Hewitson remarks (* Ex. y Mr. Butler, who kindly pointed this out to me, this name being older than Drury’s. But it seems clear that Clerc Buryta, which is an Aerea ; and it thus appears to me desirable, Ey ^ names, to retain the appellation of Hirce for the Panopea. Linné's description, es as Mr. Batt? Oct, 1867), accords with the Acrea, notwithstanding that he quotes Clerck’s Seen Gitt cual Valde of t Mr. Hewitson, who has already, in his ‘ Exotic Butterflies’ (part for Deier 1867) de u acerca 3 Aere Euryta, and in whose collection I saw these singular varieties of P. Hire, is about to publis 1 ; ` and I therefore refrain from more particularly describing the imitations in question. E D Is at proiet t After examining Mr. Hewitson's fine series of this butterfly, I am disposed to wt Ne a buie iln de "ipossible to Separate the numerous forms which he has figured, with a e plate, fig. 29, which appears to be a distinct species. 4522 516 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. terflies would enable us to distinguish several local races, if not distinct species; but, with the scanty information at hand, the attempt to do so would prove of little value. As already mentioned, certain varieties of this abundant Acrea (which is known to inhabit Sierra Leone, Ashanti, Old Calabar, the Gaboon, and Congo) are the objects of imitation by varieties of Panopea Hirce, ? , received from Congo and Old Calabar. The particular varieties of the Acr@a that are so imitated are known to inhabit the same localities as the mimickers. Another imitator is the searce Eurytelide, Melanitis Phegea, Fab. This butterfly, like others of its family, is marked on the underside of the wings with numerous short transverse lines; and it is interesting to observe how, at the base of the hind wings, several of these lines are confluently grouped, in manifest imitation of the spots which occupy the same position in the Acrea. The fulvous-marked examples of M. Phegea, of which I have seen two, appear to be males; but the variety of Huryta which they most closely resemble is a female, figured by Mr. Hewitson (loc. cit. f. 30), in which the fulvous bar of the fore wings is rather narrow and with an ochreous tinge, and the inner margin coloured with fulvous. The white-banded females of the Melanitis copy the ¢ Aerea figured on the same plate (f. 31), which has the band of the fore wings rather broader than usual, and that of the hind wings, with the inner margin of the fore wings, slightly tinged with yellow. JM. Phegea has been brought from Old Calabar and Ashanti, as well as from other West-African regions not specially recorded. 8. ACRÆA AGANICE, Hewits. (Tab. XLII. fig. 2.) Aerea Aganice, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. pl. 6. f. 3; Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 109. n. 69. This Acrea is closely related to A. Euryta, Linn., differing chiefly in the smaller size and distinct coloration of the male, which has the pale bands yellowish, or yel- lowish white, instead of fulvous. It is only known to occur in the South of Africa, inhabiting Kaffraria proper and Natal, and is accompanied in the latter district by a mimicking Panopea, which is nearly allied to P. Lucretia, Cram., and which I have recently described, in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, as P. Tarquinia. I mentioned (loc. cit.) the fact of this Nymphalide flying in the same woods with Acrea Aganice, and have noted its rarity *, and how completely in general appearance and habite it resembles its model. When, however, the insects are closely compared, the mimicry is not so striking, as the Panopea possesses an additional small whitish bar near the apex of the fore wings; but this is a subordinate feature, not noticeable when the butterfly is on the wing. 9. Acrza Lycoa, Godt. Acrea Lycoa, Godt. Enc. Meth. ix. p. 239. n. 27. A range of some extent is recorded for this Acrea, viz. Sierra Leone, Ashanti, Calabar, ag , : eti am im aeg referred to was written, I have seen two other examples of Tarquinia in Mr. Hewitson's col- of the two that I "wee and the other from the Zambesi. The former of these has much yellower bands than those > Mat ^ met with in Natal, and evidently copies the yellower examples of Aganice. | | f MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 517 and Congo. The species may at once be known from its allies by the peculiar pattern of the fore wings—the inferior pale marking running almost parallel with the subapical bar, and nearly to the posterior angle, instead of forming an inner-marginal space adjacent to the band crossing the hind wings. Panopea Lucretia, Oram., appears to mimic this Aerea ; but the resemblance is not so accurate as that between P. Tarquinia and A. Aganice. Sierra Leone, the Gold Coast near Ashanti, and Calabar are the known localities inhabited by P. Lucretia, which seems as rare as P. Tarquinia, one specimen in the British Museum, two in Mr. Hewitson’s collection, and two in the pos- session of Mr. Swanzy being all the examples that I have seen. 10. Acrma ZETES, Linn. (Tab. XLII. figs. 8, 9.) Acrea Zetes, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 766. n. 110. P. Menippe, Dru. Ilustr. N. H. iii. pl. 13. f. 3, 4; Stoll, Suppl. Cr. Pap. Ex. pl. 28. £. 1. Var. Acrea Acara, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. pl. viii. f. 14, 15. Acrea Caffra, Felder, Reise der Novara, ii. p. 369, pl. xlvi. f. 10, 11. North of the Equator, the type-form of this species has an extensive range on the western coast, but it does not appear to occur further to the south than Fernando Po. Specimens in various collections have been received from the island in question, as well as from Calabar, Ashanti, Cape Palmas, and Sierra Leone. In Southern Africa, the species is represented by a well-marked variety, A. Acara, Hewits.*, which differs, on the upper surface, in having all the markings of the fore wings strongly defined (the red ground-colour being wholly free from the almost universal fuscous suffusion so constant in the type), and in possessing a conspicuous subapical ochreous bar. Both in the type- form and in the southern variety, the colouring of the female is universally very much duller and fainter than that of the male. From Old Calabar and Ashanti a rare and handsome Nymphalide, Panopea Boisdu- valii, Doubl. (Gen. D. Lep. pl. 37. f. 3, 8), which closely imitates the type Acrea Zetes, has been received. A male from the former distriet, in the collection of Mr. Hewitson, and a female from the latter, in the British Museum, are the only West- African specimens that I have seen; but these two examples respectively resemble in their differences the dissimilar male and female of the derea, the female exhibiting an incomplete subapical whitish ray, answering to that of the 2 Zetes. d H In Natal Boisduvalii reappearst, in company with, and evidently mimickmg (in the red and black colouring of the fore wings and their ochreous subapical bar) the Acara form of A. Zetes ; and here, again, each sex of the Acrea is copied by the corresponding sex of the Panopea. A singular example of the male Panopea, taken at Port Natal by * Aerea Caffra of Felder. Mr. Hewitson notes (loc. cit.) that Acara is “perhaps only an extraordinary variety of 3 E ix of these were taken + I have examined eight Natalian specimens in collections, five males and three fase Six a e "is by Mr. M-Ken, tho Superintendent of the Botanie Gardens at D'Urban, who has kindly oke mmm pen South-African Museum and to my own collection, and who informed me that this sp er E qae Tarest of the native butterflies, but haunts the same spots as Acræa Zetes. 1 saw but one 1n vidual ( "ing during my stay in Natal, but did not succeed in capturing it. 518 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. Mr. M‘Ken, and in the collection of the South-African Museum, is interesting from its entirely wanting the ochreous subapical bar of the fore wings, all the apical region being simply semitransparent fuscous grey (as in the tropical form), though the basal and inner-marginal region has the red ground and black spotting as conspicuous as usual in South-African specimens. This example thoroughly links the southern Boisduvalii with the West-African type-form, and seems to indicate that the process of assimilation to the southern form of the Acrea has not been fully completed. ( Both sexes of the southern A. Zeles, but especially the male, exhibit a tendency to whitish suffusion about the discoidal cell and median nervules of the hind wings. Even this slight variation is imitated by the Panopea; for the only example, a male, brought from the Zambesi by the Rev. H. Rowley * has some faint whitish clouding in the same part of the hind wings; and a female from Natal, in the South-African Museum, is marked in the same manner. It is not only on the upper surface that Boisduvalii successfully copies Zetes; the underside is very effectually imitated, as well as such Acreoid characters as the yellow palpi and the spotting of the thorax and abdomen. Even in outline (the female Acrea having less produced and blunter fore wings than the male) Boisduvalii is in both sexes a faithful imitator. : ll. Acrza EGINA, Cram. Acrea Egina, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 39. f. F, G+. A. Zidora, Godt. Ene. Méth. ix. p. 237. The principal characters distinguishing this species from its near ally, Zetes, Linn., are as follows, viz.: in the Jore wings the rufous marking near the posterior angle is much enlarged and conspicuous; the innermost of the three black spots in the discoidal cell, bar itself is much narrower; while, humerous, and grouped nearer to the base, and there are no red spots in the hind- marginal border. These differences prevail in obscurer than the 3, and with faint markings, Like A. Zetes, Egina inhabits Sierra Leone and Cape Palmas; but it also occurs in s region only there has been received Papilio Ridleyanus, White, er utterflyt, which, In pattern and coloration, stands alone in its great genus, eme. GEN belonging to the Zeonidas and Cyrnus group. The likeness which Is Papilio bears to A. Egina is very striking; and on the wing it must with difficulty * This : »* a not "aem A ce opel ge Professor Westwood kindly pointed it out tome. I have — E 0 as a native of the Zambesi country . b : > form) renders it highly probable that Ter eremm Gemen ; but the presence of P. Boisduvalii (of the southern d Co ^. Stoll es Cramer, t. 25. f. c, 36) is distinct, being a smaller insect, with only a narrow reddish t I know of m Pad *, tue fore wings and a very narrow black hind-marginal edging to the hind wings. Bern ee examples, viz. a male and female in the British Museum, and a male in Mr. Hewitson’s MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 519 be distinguishable both from that Acrea and from A. Zetes. I have been doubtful whether the Papilio better mimicked Zetes or Egina, but, on close comparison, believe the latter to be the special object of imitation, in consequence of the red discal band in the fore wings of Ridleyanus evidently copying the corresponding rufous space presented by Eyina—though the red spots in the border of the hind wings resemble those of Zetes, and of 4. Perenna, Doubl., a native of Ashanti*. The female P. Ridleyanus resembles the female Egina, not only in its coloration being much duller than that of the male, but (as in the case of Panopea Boisduvalü and Acrea Zetes) in the blunter, more rounded outline of the fore wingst. The palpi of the Papilio are yellow, like those of the 4crea; and the hinder portion of the abdomen of the male is almost wholly yellowish beneath, and marked laterally with spots of the same colour, increasing in size to the extremity, so as to approximate to the colouring of the same part in the male Egina, while the paler and more distinct spots on the distended abdomen of the female present a nearer resemblance to the mark- ings of the female Egina. Ihave now passed under review the most remarkable instances, eleven in number, of mimetic analogies known to occur among the butterflies of Africa}. It has been shown, (1°) that the mimicking butterflies invariably oceur in districts inhabited by the species mimicked, and in six cases (of southern species or varieties) are found in the very same localities; (2°) that, in eight cases, the mimickers are known to be very much scarcer than the species which they copy; (3?) that, in five cases, where the Danais or .Acrea presents local forms, or merely slight varieties, even these are imitated by individuals of the mimicking species; (4°) that, in three cases, where the sexes of the insect mimieked differ remarkably from each other, the sexes of the mimicker present corresponding dif- ferences ; and (5°) that, in four cases observed by me in nature, it was next to impossible to distinguish the living mimicker from the species which it imitated. In the instance of Danais Echeria, I have demonstrated how, in addition to a Diadema, no Tess than three species of Papilio copy that butterfly, the two closer mimickers in Papilio being females of wholly dissimilar males, and belonging, in fact, to different sections of the senus! In the very remarkable case of the polymorphic Papilio Merope, it has sup my endeavour to point out how three of the four forms of female in Africa are protecte * A. Perenna also has the rufous space near the posterior angle of the fore wings, „ect than either Egina or the Papilio, and has the fore wings remarkably narrow and elongated. SC t In the dull-fulvous suffusion of the hind wings, the 9 Ridleyanus more resembles some female examples o . Zetes, but it is a considerably smaller à omologically explored renders it almost certain + The : SS t e vastness of the African regions that have never been en prd end qiu Tropical that Many other equally striking cases of mimicry remain to be discovere t Africa has yet been eds: b a competent rap Mi collections transmitted to E redd “ast and other parts having been formed by persons who collected at random, vens little, if any, ca EE may localities or stations. Some idea of the Rhopalocerous riches of the region within y r erc ZS dur YA is be formed from an inspection of the third volume of Mr. Hewitson's * Exotie Butterflies, e = am em er „ed with figures of new species from Old Calabar, the fruit of the labours of a single collector, wi time and in a limited area, entomologized in that district. 520 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. by wearing the aspect, respectively, of three prevalent species of Danais; while the Madagascarene Papilio Meriones, so closely allied to P. Merope as to be regarded by most authors as merely a local race of the latter, presents but one form of female, not greatly differing from the male. | Such results as these, confirming and supplementing, as they do, the similar series of facts observed by Mr. Bates in Equatorial America, as well as those tabulated by Mr. Wallace in reference to India and the Malayan archipelago, are of the deepest signi- ficance. Inexplicable as they must ever remain when regarded on the theory of the independent creation of all organic beings precisely as we now behold them, they become clearly intelligible when viewed as the natural consequences of the innate variability of species, and the preservation and development by inheritance, through all time and under all changes of surrounding conditions, of every successive variation advantageous to the organism originating it. In the infinitely complicated “struggle for life,” any advan- tage, however slight, inevitably has its effect; and the individuals possessing it will not only hold their ground to the exclusion of less fortunate competitors, but will transmit the precious quality to some at least of their descendants. The process by which natural selection gradually effects those innumerable protective resemblances of which these mimetic analogies among butterflies form but a small portion, has been so ably traced by distinguished naturalists, that it is unnecessary for me to attempt what could at best be but a repetition of arguments already adduced; but I may be permitted, in conclusion, to express my conviction of the harmonious relation in which the theory of the muta- bility and gradual origin of species stands in regard to what is now universally admitted respecting inorganic nature. No one disputes, at the present day, that the crust of the earth has undergone profound changes both structurally and chemically ; but who is now found attempting to account for these mutations on the exploded theory of vast convulsions of nature or general cataclysms? It is conceded on all hands that the eyes are sufficient, in the lapse of ages, to however stupendous, of which the records remain ; but, ount for the extinct organisms revealed by palzeontology. cordant vi fN ; be predicted that the day is not far distant when such dis- eet, ature will be unknown in the scientific world; for the progress of dis- Mec proclaims, with ever-increasing force, that the famous axiom Natura non facit sattum, 1s a truth of universal application, and that it is as impossible to sever the life of the present from that of the remotest pa: e | t i t and the unknown future. past as to interpose a barrier between the presen It may, with confidence, MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. 521 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. The Plates partially illustrate the most striking cases of Mimicry among South-African Butterflies, — Plate I. consisting chiefly of the species of Danaide and Acreide that are the objects of imitation, and Plate II, of the imitating forms belonging to other families. PLATE 1. Fig. 1. Papilio Meriones, Felder, 2, from Mada- gascar. The black costal bar in the fore wings indicates how the extreme disparity between the sexes of the very closely allied Papilio Merope of the African continent may have originated. Fig. 9. Acrea Aganice, Hewitson, d , from D'Ur- ban, Natal. This species is mimicked by the following, a member of the Family Nymphalide, viz. :— Fig.4. Panopea Tarquinia, Trimen, d, from D’Urban, Natal. Fig. 3. Danais Echeria, Stoll, &, from Knysna, Cape Colony. The type-form, prevalent in the Cape Colony, but scarcer to the eastward of it, and rare in Natal. | Fig. 7. Danais Echeria, Stoll, var., 9 , from D'Ur- ban, Natal. This variety prevails in Natal, almost to the exclusion of the type-form. BE Danais Niavius, Linn., var, d, from D'Urban, Natal. | E form, differing from the Tropical -Airiean type in the much larger white - ‘Pace of its hind wings. e ; VOL. XXVI. Puare II. Fig. l. Papilio Merope, Cramer, d , from Knysna, Cape Colony. Fig. 3. Papilio Merope, Cramer, lst form of 9, from Knysna, Cape Colony. (P. Cenea, Stoll.) Mimics the type-form of Danais Echeria. Fig. 4. Papilio Merope, Cramer, lst form of 9, from D’Urban, Natal. (P. Cenea, Stoll., var.) Mimics the Natalian variety of Danais Echeria. Fig. 7. Diadema mima, Trimen, n. sp., d, from D’Urban, Natal. | Also mimies the prevalent variety of Danais Echeria in Natal. Fig. 2. Papilio Merope, Cramer, 9, variation, from Tsomo River, Kaffraria. Intermediate between the 1st form ot 9 (P. Cenea, Stoll.) and the 2nd form (P. Hippocoon, Fab.), and indicative of the yet unstable cha- racter of the polymorphie 9 Merope. Fig. 6. Papilio Merope, Cramer, Ind form of 9, from Graham’s Town, Cape Colony. (P. Hippocoon, Fab., var.) Mimics the Southern form of Danais Niavius, and, like the latter, differs from the West-African Hippocoon in the much larger white space of its hind wings. 4c 922 MR. TRIMEN ON MIMETIC ANALOGIES AMONG AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES. PLATE I. Fig. 5. Danais Chrysippus, Linn., 9, from Cape Town, Cape Colony. - Fig. 8. Aerea Zetes, Linn., var., g, from Pieter- maritzburg, Natal. A Southern form, A. Acara of Hewitson, differing from the Tropical West-African type in the bright, unsuffused colouring of the upper surface of the fore wings. Fig. 9. Acrea Zetes, Linn., var., 2 ‚from D’Urban, Natal The 9 of the Southern form, Acara, Hew- itson. Prats II. Fig. 5. Papilio Merope, Cramer, 4th form of 9, from Knysna, Cape Colony. (P. Tro- phonius, Westwood.) Mimics Danais Chrysippus, which is abun- dant at Knysna and throughout the Colony. Fig. 8. Punopea Boisduvalii, E. Doubleday, var., d , from D’Urban, Natal. Mimics the ¢ of the Southern form of Acrea Zeles, and, like that insect, differs from the Tropical West- African type in the bright colour- ing of the fore wings. Fig. 9. Panopea Boisduvalii, E. Doubleday, var., 2, from D’Urban, Natal. Mimies the 9 of the Southern form of Acrea Zetes. cent Brooks Vin er, déi et, lith.1868 C Bud Rg | 528. ] XI. The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in Dasypus sexcinctus. By JOHN CHARLES GALTON, Esq., M.A., Exeter College, Oxford. Read June 4th, 1868, (Plate XLIV.) PROFESSOR ROLLESTON, F.R.S., my friend and former instructor, having, in the early part of the present year, placed at my disposal, and afforded me every facility for dissecting in the University Museum at Oxford, a specimen of the Six-banded Armadillo (Dasypus sexcinctus), I now beg leave to lay before the Society the results of my investigations. Through the courtesy of W. H. Flower, Esq., F.R.S., Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, I have been enabled to check and confirm my observa- tions by the examination of a male specimen of a seven-banded variety’ of the species which forms the subject of the present communication. The left side only, however, of this specimen was available for my purpose. The Oxford specimen was also a male, which had been procured from a travelling menagerie, and had been placed in spirit in May 1866. Its weight was 5 lb. 3 oz., and the principal measurements were as follows :— From tip of snout to extremity of tail 223 in.; from tip of snout to posterior border of pelvic shield 16 in.; from posterior border of pelvic shield to extremity of tail 62 in. ; from anus to extremity of tail 74 in.; from tip of snout to posterior border of frontal shield 44 in.; length of ear nearly 13 in. The specimen belonging to the College of Surgeons was very slightly smaller. _ | This specimen must be regarded, apart from a striking superficial resemblance, 6 belonging to the uus Dasypus, since it had five toes on both fore and hind feet, a prominent heel, together with evidence vi a plantigrade gait, ears placed far apart, a series of small shields under the eye, and a depressed body. As = inum vs z ii the condition of a skeleton, I could not with certainty determine the presence si ne of the ok i ay e 80 characteristic of the genus Dasypus. The placing of the animal in the digitigrade ge: up : e E s alternative) was out of the question. (See Dr. Gray on the “Genera and Species of Entomophag j Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 370 et seq.) | E In Dasypus ae (Desm.) S 6-cinctus (Linn.), “ the number of moveable bends varies p seven to eight, (A Cyelopsedia of Natural History, vol. i. London, 1856.) which had seven bands. (This specimen was of the same size per of six bands.) He proceeds to say * J'ai vu d'autres according to the individual." (Art. ARMADILLO, Azara, moreover, mentions a female of this species as another female, which possessed but the ordinary num = ; exemples de tout ce que je cite ici; d'op il résulte que les bandes varient D six ripa See? nr les pum nés n'en ont-ils que cinq." (Essais sur l'Histoire Naturelle de rd E S ge? gen d i. ch Em Felix D’Azara—traduits sur le Manuserit inédit de l'Auteur, Do Moreau Saint-Mery. ‚1801. : ; Since the first part of this note was written, I have seen, among tho en of stuffed EEE served in the British Museum, one presenting all the external characteristics of, and, moreover, , Dasypus sexcinctus, which had seven, well-marked, dorsal bands. ` 15 VOL. XXVI. 524 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. My observations have been confined to the muscles connected with the fore and hind limbs only, since these are of the most importance for the determination of general and serial homologies. Recourse has frequently been had to the beautiful plates, illustrating the myology of the Armadillo, contained in Cuvier’s splendid work upon Comparative Anatomy’; but I had better here, since I concur in the conclusion, borrow the language of a countryman of the great anatomist, in order to clear myself completely from suspicion of being biased by insular prejudices: “Mais les dessins quil en donne sont assez imparfaits, et n'ont pu nous étre que d'un faible secours "?, Rapp, in his excellent monograph on the Edentata?, has described the muscles of the limbs in Myrmecophaga tamandua only; but I shall nevertheless have, from time to time, occasion to refer to his descriptions, for the purpose of comparison. Upper Extremity. —Great extent of motion seems denied to this member; for, upon reflecting the skin merely, the forearm will be found flexed upon the arm, and this latter again closely applied to the side and bound down by fascia, leaving perfectly free and unembarrassed movement to the carpal joint only. "The forearm, moreover, does not appear to be capable of being extended from the upper arm to a greater degree than a right angle. This limitation of motion seems to be in a great measure due to the high attachment along the humerus of the extensor carpi radialis. With regard to the rotation of the forearm, the extent of supination is small; and this is probably owing to the hindranee occasioned by the attachment of the pronator teres—the utmost limit attainable being a position exactly halfway between that of extreme pronation and supination, the palm of the hand facing inwards towards the body. The impingement of the olecranon against the external condyle of the humerus however, appears, to be the greatest obstacle to complete supination. | The complete absence, too, of a pronator quadratus* in this animal must be associated, in the way either of cause or of effect, with the limitation of rotation of the forearm, as also the very feeble condition of the supinator brevis, which is rendered the more striking by the full development of surrounding muscles, and notably of its antagonist, DE bs A ME to be regarded by some as the expression of a prede- Mash HR e as the promise of future increase’, and by others, again, as ining to posterity out of the substance of a neglected property’. Cuvier, Laurillard et Mercier, * Anatomie Comparée, | : il apes ‘Mémoires sur le Grand Fourmilier? Te livraison. Paris, 1967. "MC die gg eg a von Wilhelm von Rapp. Tübingen, 1852. , ; according to Meckel, the pronator teres is very broad, and has Anatomie. Halle, 1898, Dritter Theil, p. 530.) recueil de planches. Fol. Paris, 1855. © Bee : F pe Agassiz m un e (Essay Darwin Origin pecies," 3rd ed, London, 1861, p. 151 et seg., also p. 487; ‘Variation of Animals and u. p. 317. Paget, * Lectures on Surgical Pathology,’ edited by Dr. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 525 Rhomboidei.—These muscles appear to have been fused together into one, and are, moreover, scarcely to be differentiated from the upper portion at origin of the latissimus dorsi. 'They take origin from the spines of the six upper dorsal vertebre—that part which arises from the two uppermost being fleshy from the beginning, while the rest of the muscle takes origin from an aponeurosis continuous with that from which the latis- simus dorsi arises. They are inserted into the whole length of the base of the scapula. This fusion of the rhomboidei into one muscle occurs, according to Church’, in animals as high in the scale as the Orang and Chimpanzee. Meckel’, however, describes these muscles as distinct in the Armadillo, the anterior passing to the occiput, the posterior being fused with the latissimus dorsi. , Henle states? that Albinus has seen the rhomboideus major fused with the upper edge of the latissimus dorsi in Man. Occipito-scapular.—This muscle, which is slightly, but not very clearly, indicated by Cuvier* as the “rhomboide de la tete,” is enormously developed. It arises from the whole extent of the occipital crest, being covered by that portion of the ¢rapezius which takes origin here, and is inserted, partly into the fascia covering the supraspinatus, partly into the upper angle of the base of the scapula. Each muscle meets with its fellow in the middle line. This muscle, I think, answers to one which Mr. Wood has described’ under the same title as having occurred as an “abnormality” in Man. The same author found a like muscle in the Rabbit, which resembles that described by Krause, in his monograph upon the same animal’, as the “levator scapule minor," except that the latter is inserted as low down as the inferior angle of the scapula. A similar muscle has been found by Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie in the Hare and Guinea-pig, as well as in the Rabbit, and is termed by them “ rhomboideus capitis” ’. er ; Levator scapule.—This appears to be a muscle distinct from the preceding. P is very fleshy, and takes origin from certain of the lower cervical vertebre; it is ın- serted into the inner face of the superior angle of the scapula, and also along the — terior half of the superior costa of the bone. Cuvier notices this latter mode of insertion', and remarks that in mammals the muscle is rarely distinct from the serratus magnus, of which it is, properly speaking, but an anterior offset. Meckel’ describes this eng as entirely distinct from the serratus magnus, of which, however, it appears at tirst sight to be a factor. Turner, London, 1863, p. 91. Herbert Spencer, ` Principles of Biology,’ vol. i. p. 387, London, 1864; vol. i. p. 359, London, 1867. ' Natural History Review, no. iv. Oct. 1861, p. 511. * Syst. der vergleich. Anat. (Halle, 1828), dritt. Theil, p. 459. 3 Muskellehre, p. 27: Braunschweig, 1858. * Op. cit. pl. 259. fig. 2. * Proc. Roy. Soc. May, 1867, p. 520. * Anatomie des Kaninchens (Leipzig, 1865), P- ve 1866, p. 393. 7 « Anatomy of the Crested Agouti,” Proc. Zool. Soc. ve den * Lecons d’Anatomie Comparée, 2"* éd. SE ? Op. cit. p. 478. 4 p 2 526 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. The serratus magnus appeared to be in two distinct divisions, with which the preceding muscle seemed at first sight to be incorporated as a third factor. Both are thin and fan-shaped, and both are inserted into the sabre-like inferior angle of the scapula, the upper overlapping the lower at insertion. The latter factor arose from the third to the sixth ribs inclusive, posterior to their cartilages, while the origin of the former was confined to the first and second ribs. Though not strictly under the same category as the muscles of the shoulder, the omo-hyoid may, I think, be noticed here, since one of its normal attachments is at the superior costa of the scapula. I did not succeed in finding this muscle in the Armadillo, and therefore conclude that it is absent. Both Meckel and Cuvier are silent with respect to its presence or absence in this animal; but both say positively that in the Sloths it is entirely absent—* manque tout-à-fait." The latter author describes this muscle in the Anteater! (species not given); but Pro- fessor Owen makes no mention of it in his description of the muscles of the tongue of Myrmecophaga jubata?. Trapezius.—This muscle is well seen on reflecting forward over the head the scapular shield. Its fibres are coarse, and it appears to be made up of two distinct factors. The upper, corresponding to the “ portion occipitale” of Cuvier’, arose from the cellular tissue in the middle line of the cervical region, for about five inches below the occiput, and was inserted along the principal spine of the scapula as far as the end of the acromion—the whole extent of its acromially inserted portion being overlapped by an offset from the upper part of this factor of the muscle, which passed under the terminal portion of the acromio-basilar to become finally lost in the strong fascia which invests the shoulder and arm, The lower, which answers to the portion termed “ dorsale ” by Cuvier, took origin from the neural spines of the third and succeeding dorsal vertebree, and from a strong fibrous aponeurosis stretching between the spines and metapophyses of the lumbar vertebrae. It then passed upwards and outwards to be inserted by a broad triangular tendon along the posterior half of the principal spine of the scapula, being slightly over- lapped here by the occipital portion of the muscle. In the specimen from which I took these notes, the fibres of the first-described portion of the muscle were pale in colour, while those of the dorsal factor were of a deep rich reddish-brown tint. This contrast re : uerus in the stages of decomposition undergone by the two : ; » nevertheless, seems to point to some slight want of com- pleteness in the harmony of their relationship. No fibres of this muscle are inserted into the clavicle. According to Meckel! the trapezius has an insertion into the posteri ` , S : | sterior half of th , and into its rudiment in the Ai. of this bone in the Anteater, an : Op. cit. tome iv, 1° partie, p. 490, : “On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater, | Anat. Comp. pl, 259, fig. 2, D ” Trans. Zool. Soc. July 1854. D eit, p. 468 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 527 The elavieular portion of the muscle is, moreover, wanting, according to Pfeiffer, in many Apes and Lemurs, in Bats, in the Hedgehog, Hystrix, and Arctomys. The acromio-basilar is very distinct, and is fairly developed. It takes origin from the lateral ridge of the supraoceipital bone, and passes thence obliquely downwards and outwards to be inserted tendinously into the strong downwardly directed tubercle at the base of the acromion—-** metacromial process " of Parker’. Not far from its termination it passes over that part of the occipital division of the trapezius which is detached to join the fascia of the arm. Cuvier evidently considered this muscle to be a factor of the trapezius, seeing that it is lettered by him in his plates? as its ** portion cervicale." According to Meckel? the acromio-basilar, to which he has given no distinct desig- nation, is to be regarded, either as a portion of the trapezius, or as a muscle sui generis. The first of these views, he holds, receives support from the arrangement of the muscle in the Otter, in which animal it springs from the internal face of the ¢rapezius—this latter being consequently differentiable into an external and internal layer. He does not agree with Cuvier that it is a levator scapule carried far forward, because, 1, of its coexistence with that muscle in all animals where it is present; 2, of its superficial position in the Makis and certain Apes. Church’ found a representative of this muscle in the Orang; and Wagner, according to Henle’, discovered in the human subject an accessory portion of the trapezius which passed to the acromion from the mastoid process. Levator clavicule.—A fairly developed muscle, which takes origin from the strong fibrous aponeurosis covering the occipito-parietal region of the skull, immediately to the outside of the origin of the preceding muscle. It then runs along close to the outer edge of the cleido-mastoid, and parallel with it, and is inserted into the clavicle, just external to the terminal portion of the muscle. Cuvier gives a very fair representation of it on the right side of his figure (pl. 260, Anat. Comp.), but attaches to it neither letter nor sign. = | Oleido-mastoid.—Is a comparatively broad and flat musele, arising from the mastoidal portion of the temporal bone, posterior to, and overlapped by , the origin of the sterno- mastoid, It passes down, slightly. and gradually diverging from this muscle, to be inserted into the sternal third of the clavicle, a slight interval being left between the inner limit of its insertion and the sterno-clavicular articulation. i Sterno-mastoid.—Arises from the mastoid process of the temporal bone, - close con- tiguity to, but covering, the preceding muscles at origin. Though ee COMPRESI with the above at first, it gradually parts company, and is finally riii po ^u upper edge of the manubrium. Certain fibres, however, hes x eriv rom 1 anterior free edge of the muscle, are continued over the = n i8 nde e E similar prolongation from the sterno-mastoid of the opposite side, an ally i l A &-hnltermuskeln. Hermann Pfeiffer. Giessen, 1854: p.13. of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. 7 I3. 34 * Zur vergleichenden Anatomie gerüstes u * Vide A Monograph on the Structure and Development Ray Soc. 1868: p. 203. a | FR. * Loe, cit. p. 2 ° Anat. Comp. pl. 259. fig. 2. 4 Op. cit. p. 481. 5 Loc. cit. p. 912. Loc. cit. p. 24. 528 MR. J. €. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. inserted, in company with the above prolongation, along the whole length of the manu- brium in the middle line. This last-described element of the muscle, by overlapping that portion of the pectoralis which takes origin from the manubrium, and those fibres of the sterno-mastoid which terminate along the upper edge of this sternal factor, aids in the formation of a kind of muscular sac, having the concavity looking outwards. Meckel describes the sterno- as distinct from cleido-mastoid in Dasypus ; and states that both these factors of the compound muscle, especially the first, are of great thick- ness. The sterno-mastoid, according to him, is attached along the whole of the first third of the sternum. This muscle is also double in the Anteater; but the sterno- mastoid in the Ai has this peculiarity, that at its upper part it splits into two pointed heads (Zipfel), between which lies the styliform process’. The sterno-cleido-mastoid is clearly represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. "This muscle, in Dasypus sexcinctus, has no relation whatever, either of contiguity or continuity, with the terminal portion of the rectus abdominis’. Subclavius.—A very stout fleshy muscle. It arises from the irregularly oval and roughish depression seen at the expanded anterior termination of the first rib, also from its superior edge, for a short distance. It then passes obliquely outwards over the axillary vessels and nerves, and, dipping beneath the clavicular portion of the deltoid, with which it makes exactly a right angle at the point of crossing, passes to its insertion. It is inserted by a flat tendon along the whole extent of the upper ridge of the long acromion process of the scapula, and becomes, moreover, continuous with the strong fascia which covers the head of the humerus, and which is also lost over the supra- spinatus. The strong coraco-clavicular ligament passes across through the substance of the muscle, close to the insertion of the latter, splitting it into two unequal portions, the smaller and anterior of which dips under the ligament to join its tendon, while the largest portion, comprising about two-thirds of the muscle in this part of its course, passes over the ligament. Meckel makes no mention of the presence or absence of this muscle in Dasypus. The smaller factor of a muscle in Dasyprocta cristata, termed by Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie, in their paper on this Rodent‘, sterno-scapular, has great resemblance to the muscle in Dasypus which I have called subclavius. This factor of the sterno-scapular, which may be the subclavius, as the above authors, following Meckel’, suggest, arose eis the outer side of the base of the manubrium and from the cartilage of the first rib, and, at about an inch beyond the distal end of the clavicle, united with the larger portion of the muscle, with which it was inserted “close to the anterior vertebral angle of the scapula. Some fibres pass over the supraspinatus, and are attached by fascia to the spine of the scapula.” The subclavius was absent ina specimen of Myrmecophaga tamandua (non-claviculate) * Op. cit. p. 422, * Op. cit. pl. 260. 3 . D D For the bearings of this point see Prof. Turner’s paper “On the Musculus Sternalis,” Journ. of Anat. and Phys. vol. i. p. 250, Ist series, Cambridge 1867. * * On the Anatomy of the Crested Agouti outi,” Proc. Zool. Soc, ee g roc. Zool. Soc. June 1866, p. 398. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 529 Ct which I examined at the University Museum at Oxford. Rapp, moreover, in his mono- graph om this species of Anteater, makes no mention of this muscle; nor does Cuvier figure it in his plates of the myology of this animal. The subclavius is not mentioned in M: Pouchet’s monograph upon the (also non-clavi- culate) M. jubata'. With regard to the claviculate M. didactyla, Meckel, in his monograph on this species’, makes no mention of the muscle in question; nor does Cuvier represent it in his drawings of this animal’s anatomy. In a specimen of the Two-toed Sloth (Cholepus didactylus) which I examined at Oxford, I found the subclavius in the form of a long and slender fusiform slip, which passed from the first rib to be inserted into the scapular third of the clavicle, and into the acromial process of the scapula. Cuvier, in his plates illustrating the myology of Bradypus tridactylus, gives a figure of a muscle which has a slight resemblance to the subelavius, but attaches to it the symbol of the pectoralis minor. In the Wombat (Phascolomys wombata) “the subclavius arose by two heads, one a very delicate one, arising from the lower ribs and passing vertically upwards to end in a fine tendon ; the other, a thick fleshy one, arose from the first rib and was inserted into the outer end of the clavicle, and, by means of fascia covering the supra-spinatus, into the whole length of the spine of the scapula "*. In the Poreupine this muscle is of great length, strap-shaped, of nearly uniform breadth. It arises from the costal portion of the first rib, has a slight attachment to the scapular extremity of the clavicle, and is finally inserted, by means of a thin tendon, along the spine of the scapula, becoming continuous, moreover, with fascia which covers the supraspinatus and which is also attached to the anterior edge of the scapular factor of the deltoid. Upon reaching the shoulder the muscle broadens, and continues of this increased breadth until it reaches its insertion over the supraspinatus. The termination of this muscle in the above rodent is very fairly represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. : ; In Gratiolet’s monograph upon the Hippopotamus, there is a muscle described under which arises from an aponeurosis covering the muscles of the supraspinous fossa of the scapula, and attached to the border of the coracoid and acromion, and terminates at the manubrium of the sternum. pee EE footnote is appended to the description of this muscle :—“ Ce muscle dont decem s'étend sur le cartilage de la premiere cóte, représente probablement le sous-clavier ". the name “ scapulo-sternal,” e livrai is, 1867. i Mémoi ili Georges Pouchet. 1° livraison. Paris, 2 ^ a s u ac EC Archiv für die Physiologie, fünfter Band (Halle i * Op. cit. pls. 252, 253. d Ces iie is taken, by kind permission of Prof. Rolleston, from one of the volumes of the * Student's Note Book; which is kept in PA biological department of the University Museum at Oxford, for the purpose of ? A * recording anatomical and physiological observations of importance. 5 D Op. cit. pl. 229. fig. 2. S ; : i Dr. Edmond Alix. i D Grati rR e Becherches sur IU Anatomie de l'Hippopotame, publiées par les soins du Dr mon X 2 aris, 1867: p. 256. 530 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. Deltoid.—This muscle appears to consist of three factors, which are as follow :— 1. Clavicular, a flat muscular slip, arising from the acromial extremity of the clavicle. It has a rhomboidal (but almost approaching a triangular) shape, and narrows in breadth towards its insertion into a smooth oval facet situated on the outer aspect of the deltoid trochanter of the humerus. This portion of the muscle, before its insertion, fuses with the rounded superior portion of the pectoralis major, at the termination of this latter, and with the factor of the deltoid, next to be described. 2. Acromial, a stout, fleshy, subcylindrical muscle, arising, slightly tendinous at origin, from the posterior half of the long acromial offset of the scapula, immediately in front of the ** metacromial process " of Parker. It passes obliquely forward, and, after fusing with the clavicular factor of the deltoid, shares with it its insertion. 3. Scapular. This, the largest factor of the muscle, is triangular in shape, and arises from the whole length of the outer side of the principal (superior) spine of the scapula, from its termination at the base of the bone to its origin at the spring of the acromion ; being overlapped for the last inch and a half of its origin by the dorsal portion of the trapezius. It passes obliquely forwards, narrowing very rapidly from its broad base, to be inserted into the ridge bounding the facet which gave insertion to the two former factors of the muscle, but becomes, moreover, continuous with the fascia of the arm, to which the occipital portion of the trapezius, as already described, furnishes a contribution. This factor of the deltoid overlaps that portion of the acromion which affords origin to the factor which I have termed acromial. Supraspinatus.—This muscle has no peculiarities worthy of record. It arises from the whole of the supraspinous fossa of the scapula, and has a very broad fleshy insertion into the upper edge of the external tuberosity of the humerus. | Infraspinatus.—In the small infraspinous, or rather interspinous, fossa which lies between the greater and lesser spines of the scapula, arises the above muscle, which is inserted into the outer tuberosity of the humerus, at a point a little above that of the termination of the muscle next to be described. Teres minor.—A. muscle of no great breadth, arising from the whole length of the lesser (inferior) spine of the scapula, above the origin of the * long" head of the triceps. Passing forwards, parallel with the ridge from which it takes origin, it is inserted into à spinous projection below the outer tuberosity of the humerus, developed upon a ridge which runs upwards from the outer edge of the deltoid trochanter, Overlapping the origin of the “long” head of the triceps, and, close to its insertion, the origin of the external factor of the same muscle, it is overlapped in turn by the most posterior (sca- pular) portion of the deltoid. Subscapularis.—This muscle takes its ordinary origin from the inner aspect of the Ter es major.—Arises from the posterior triangular spaco lying between the lesser (or inferior) spine of the scapula and the inferior angle of the bone!. At their origin, * “Tangle postérieur des tatoi oe 9. ME. mr ees tatous est remarquable par sa courbure et sa saillie aiguë.” (Cuvier’s Leçons, 2nd ed. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 531 its fibres fuse with that most posterior factor of the triceps which joins the latissimus dorsi as this latter gives off its dorso-epitrochlear contingent to the elbow, also with that portion of the latissimus dorsi which passes up to the usual insertion at the shaft of the humerus. It is inserted tendinously into the humerus, immediately below the latter muscle. Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle arises from the “ metapophyses ” (Owen) of the lumbar vertebra, and from the lumbar aponeurosis, between those posterior fibres of the dorsal portion of the ¢rapezius which terminate in this aponeurosis and the anterior fibres of origin of the gluteus maximus—also from fascia which lies beneath the factor of the trapezius mentioned above, and which covers one of the longitudinal dorsal muscles. Its upper fibres of origin are scarcely, if at all, to be differentiated from the lowermost portion of the rhomboidet muscles, or muscle. Certain fibres, moreover, take origin from the bony elements of all the true ribs from the fifth downward, those which arise from the fifth to the ninth inclusive passing straight upwards towards the tendon of insertion of the muscle. The whole of the outer aspect of the thorax is, in short, completely covered by the fibres of this muscle. | Those costal elements which derive their origin from the ribs posterior to the ninth, and that portion of the muscle which arises from the dorsal region of the trunk, pass together obliquely upwards and onwards, and contribute mainly to the formation of the well-developed dorso-epitrochlien. This cubital offset from the latissimus dorsi, after dropping a few fibres in the fascia covering the elbow, is continued over this process, and proceeds for some distance along the inner aspeet of the forearm, to be finally lost in the ` fascia of this region. Those costal fibres mentioned above as taking origin from the ribs between the fifth and ninth inclusive, after fusing with the proximal portion of the dorso-epitrochlear branch, and also very slightly with the feres major, at its origin, pass gradually into the terminal tendon of the latissimus dorsi—which, after passing under the axillary vessels and nerves, is inserted into the shaft of the humerus, on its inner aspect, a little below, and to the outer side of, the insertion of the “short” variety of the coraco-brachialis, and above that of the teres major. IE Certain muscular fibres take origin from the ribs between the fifth and ninth inclusive, anterior, but close, to those costal elements of the latissimus dorsi already described as arising from the same ribs, and pass straight st Saba d to that portion of the broad ter- minal tendon of the pectoralis major which has the highest insertion into the humerus. Cuvier’s representations of this muscle are clear, and agree very fairly with my Ee vations’. The costal slip, last described, is figured very distinetly E phe 3 external oblique, upwards, and slightly outwards, over the axilla, over t : pen achia : and biceps, to be inserted into the humerus above, but in company i imer rn of the tendon of insertion of the pectoralis major, of which quete visi 1s appended symbols do not belie his meaning, Cuvier apparently considered it to be a factor. 1 Anat. Comp. pl. 259. fig. 2, and pl. 260. ih VOL. XXVI. 532 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. Now Meckel, in his description of the pectoralis major in the “ Tatu,” says expressly that this muscle has no origin from the ribs’; besides this, the costal slip above men- tioned bears very great resemblance to one of those offsets from the latissimus dorsi, (the “ Achselbogen " of German anatomists) which are by no means uncommon in the human subject as slips which pass from this muscle over the axillary vessels and nerves to join the tendon of the pectoralis major at its insertion. Mr. John Wood has de- seribed several such in papers read before the Royal Society, and has, moreover, suggested? that these are **imperfect developments of the so-called dorso-epitrochlear muscle of the lower animals." The coexistence, however, with this muscle of the costal slip which I have described above, could hardly be cited in support of such a conclusion. Cuvier's figure of the prolongation of the dorso-épitrochlien into the forearm, and of its fascial termination in this region, is most distinct’. Meckel describes the latissimus dorsi in Dasypus as coming from the vertebral column, from the second thoracic vertebra, and from the third to the last rib. it then splits itself into two fascicles, one for the humerus, the other for the whole anterior half of the ulna and the antebrachial aponeurosis, which last is very broad‘. I have examined the dorso-épitrochlien in the Tamandua, “ Unau” (or Two-toed Sloth), and Wombat. In the former animal, as in Dasypus, this muscle became con- tinuous with the fascia of the forearm. Rapp describes it, in the same species, as taking origin, in company with the teres major, from the scapula, and being inserted at the olecranon. He proceeds to state that * ein Theil seiner Sehne geht in die Fascia des Vorderarms iiber, die er spannen kann"'5, The same muscle is represented by Cuvier, in his figures of the Two-toed Anteater, as being continued a long distance into the forearm’. In Cholepus didactylus this muscle consists of a thin somewhat cylindrical slip, being rolled on itself, and is inserted prineipally into the anterior ridge bounding the supra- condyloid foramen, and partly into the humerus, above the foramen, a little below the insertion of the coraco-brachialis, between which terminal portions of the muscle the median and ulnar vessels and nerves pass. This muscle has no prolongation into the forearm. A similar supracondyloid termination is figured in one of Cuvier’s plates of the myology of Bradypus tridactylus”. | In the Wombat the dorso-épitrochlien terminates at the oleeranon, previously blending With the tendon of insertion of the most posterior division of the triceps. A slip is, moreover, sent from the most anterior portion of the latissimus dorsi, over the axillary vessels and nerves, to join the highest part of the tendon of the pectoralis major. This — belong, however, to the panniculus carnosus ; but this latter is so closely blent with the anterior edge of the latissimus dorsi, that it is diffieult to determine satisfactorily the nature of the muscle in question. Henle figures, in his work upon human anatomy, us a tendinous offset passing from the beginning of the tendon of the latissimus dorsi to t a hat of the « long ” head of the triceps ! «Von den Rippen kommt er dagegen nicht.” * Proc. Royal Soc. June 1866, p. 231. * Op. cit. p. 48, Vergleich. Anat. loc. cit. p. 508, * Op. cit. pl. 260, * Op. cit. p. 502. * Op. cit. pl. 258, fig. 1. 7 Op. cit. pl. 253. Ze ee MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 533 (m. anconeus longus), which is probably a representative of the dorso-épitrochlien of lower animals’. Pectoralis major.—This muscle takes origin from the whole length of the sternum, manubrium included, in the middle line, from the ensiform process, and from the upper half of the abdominal aponeurosis which forms the anterior wall of the sheath of the rectus. There is no clavicular origin. A few delicate riband-like fibres appear to be derived from the outer side of the muscle, which run down in an almost straight direction on either side along the abdo- men, to be eventually lost in the fascia of the inguinal region. These may, however, more properly belong to some deep-lying element of the panniculus carnosus. The external oblique joins the aponeurosis at the point where the lowest fibres of the pectoralis terminate. The pectoralis is thickest in the region of the manubrium sterni, and gradually thins as it nears the lower region of the thorax and the abdominal aponeurosis. The muscle is inserted into the humerus by a broad, thin tendon, along the sharp inner edge and hamular projection of the deltoid trochanter, being, as in man, folded upon itself; so that its thin lower margin has the highest attachment, while the thick, rounded, upper border. is inserted much lower down, so as to fuse with the deltoid muscle at its termination. The tendon, at its highest part, becomes continuous with a shining aponeurosis which covers the head of the humerus. Meckel, in his description of this muscle in the * Tatu,”’? attaches some importance to the fascicle which arises from the ensiform process—“ den er kraftvoll emporhebt, was, ` wenn das Thier zusammengekugelt ist, für das Athmen wichtig ist.” This is applicable, however, to Tolypeutes alone, no other Armadillo being known to possess, or rather to exercise, the faculty of rolling itself together into a ball”. ; In a representation of each of the two genera of Monotremata, namely, a specimen of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, and of Echidna setosa*, which I was enabled through the kindness of Prof. Rolleston to examine at Oxford, I have found the downward prolonga- tion of the muscle into the abdominal aponeurosis. In both cases, however, this portion was naturally differentiated from the pectoral factor of the muscle—so much so 1 Muskellehre, p. 182, and fig. 88. : Op. cit. P. 508. . E e » * « Die Schuppenthiere (the Manis) und Dasypus trieinetus können sich zusammenrollen, wie ein Igel.”— Rapp. op. cit. p. 64. TNI : Darwin says of this species (un der the name of “ Apar”), * It has the power of rolling itself into a perfect sphere, like one kind of English Woodl ouse.” —The Voyage ofa Naturalist round the World, p. » 2nd ed. London, 1845. * One species only » according to the * Cyclopadia of Natural dd Pe loc. cit., article ** Armadillo, «has the faculty of rolling itself up into a round ball like a hedgehog.” This 1s, further on, — ag be the Thron pended Armadillo, Azara, loc. cit. p.197, says of this, his eighth species, “ Beaucoup de personnes l'appellent bolita (petite e D D H 3 H ^ boule) parce que as l'unique Tatou, qui lorsqu'il craint, ou lors qu'on veut le prendre, cache sa. tête, ŝa. queue et ses quatres pieds, formant de tout son corps, une — m: ; ‘ is bandes mo es." He says further on (p. 199), “Ilya trois tralia,’ vol. i.; Waterhouse’s ‘ Nat. Hist. | en T Gould’s ‘ Mammals of Aus * For descriptions of the above species TS Museum (Lond. 1843), p. 192. of the Mammalia,’ vol. i. p. 47; List of Mammalia in British i: 534 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. that Prof. Rolleston proposed for it the distinctive term “ pyramidal” portion—a name derived from the muscle subjacent to the aponeurosis with which it was continuous, Reptiles and Batrachians, as well as Mammals, are able to furnish instances of the modification of the pectoralis major mentioned above. I have found a like downward continuation of the pectoralis into the aponeurosis covering the rectus abdominis in a young Crocodile; and Ecker, in his Monograph upon the Frog, describes and figures under the name * portio abdominalis ” (abdomino-huméral, Dugès) a similar prolongation of this muscle, “welche mit der Aponeurose des M. obli- quus abdominis externus in Verbindung steht "1. Pectoralis minor.—I did not succeed in finding any representative of this muscle. According to Meckel, this muscle is absent in Myrmecophaga and Bradypus among Edentata, among Marsupials, in the Opossum and Kangaroo, and in most Rodents. Further on, he describes in Dasypus a muscle which passes from the first rib, under the pectoralis major, to the humerus, where it finds insertion above this latter muscle, A similar muscle is present in Arctomys, but arises from the middle region of the sternum. Meckel suggests that this muscle may not be the pectoralis minor after all, but a differentiated portion of the great pectoral*. May it not be, however, the subclavius? Coraco-brachialis.—This muscle arises from the coracoid process of the scapula by a strong and fair-sized tendon. About the distance of half an inch from its origin, where muscular fibres begin to blend with the tendon, a delicate slip is given off from the inner side of the muscle, which winds round beneath the inner tuberosity of the humerus, to be inserted into the neck of the bone, or capsule of the joint, at a point between the articular head and the above tuberosity. This muscular offset evidently represents the “ short ” variety, as it has been termed by Mr. John Wood. At the distance of an inch after giving off the above muscular slip, the coraco-brachialis joins the biceps, and is partly continued with this muscle into the forearm, partly is prolonged, as a considerable slip, to the ridge which runs upward from the inner condyle to form the anterior boundary of the supracondyloid foramen. This, the “ long” variety of the muscle, is the only form recorded by Mr. Wood? as being present in the Armadillo, of which, however, the species examined is not mentioned. The “short” variety of en a ina andis of equal development, on both sides in the Oxford MER C. CRM rees ibn i en and on the left side (the only side DI uitod to tat (he e e? onging to the Royal College of Surge e SE ato Qc 2 tew libres of the terminal portion of the * long varie y posterior boundary of the condyloid foramen, and at a higher "is than those whieh terminate at the anterior ridge, and are separated, moreover, rom these latter by the median vessels and nerve. ` Die Anatomie des Frosches, Von Dr. Ale * Op. cit. pp. 490-91. Suini SARN ; E : Él nenn (the coraco-brachialis) 1s also single, and is implanted upon the supracondyloid ar ch. os Bi Vade d e x asy ea thus presenting the long variety of the muscle."— On Human Muscular Varia- on to Comparati Get Boos paraüve Anatomy. By John Wood, F.R.C.S.— Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 1st ser. xander Ecker (Braunschweig, 1864). 1ste Abtheil. p. 95, fig. 73. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 535 The coraco-brachialis in Cholepus didactylus is a thin, cord-like muscle of uniform size, and, like its homologue in Bradypus, as described by Mr. Wood in the paper to which I have already made reference, represents the ordinary or middle variety only of the muscle. Among other animals in which, through the kindness of Prof. Rolleston, I have been enabled to examine and make sketches of this muscle are Macropus tamandua, M. rufi- collis (var. Bennetti’), Phascolomys wombata, and a specimen of Hystrix (cristata, I think). In the Tamandua this muscle arises from that portion of the superior edge of the scapula which is anterior to the omohyoidean notch (or foramen), and which may represent a rudimentary coracoid, in company with the biceps. It then passes over the inner tuberosity, completely covered by the fibres of insertion of the swbscapularis. Upon a level with the superior edge of the latissimus dorsi the muscle divides, the inner portion passing down straight, but gradually widening to its insertion above the inner condyle, while the outer branch joins the biceps at about the level of the condyloid foramen. Upon reflecting those fibres of the subscapularis which cover the coraco- brachialis as it passes over the inner tuberosity, there may be seen a delicate band of muscular fibres, which arises in the acute angle made by the tendons of origin of the biceps and the preceding muscle and appears to take rise from the common aponeurosis of origin of these two muscles, and which is inserted into the outer portion of the inner tuberosity of the humerus’. Its fibres are as nearly parallel to those of the subscapularis as those of any broad muscle can be which converge towards their termination. Is this slip to be regarded as an outlying element of the subscapularis, or as the representation of the short variety of the coraco-brachialis which has dropped short of its ordinary insertion ? In Macropus ruficollis this muscle appears to be represented by the “ short ” variety of Wood only, but presented some note-worthy peculiarities, a description of which I subjoin in a footnote. This variety only is, moreover, present in the Wombat, being 1 Waterhouse, op. cit. p. 130. ; ; 2 M. Pouchet, in his Monograph upon Myrmecophaga jubata, already cited, figures (pl. ii. fig. 3 and — (p. 7) an arrangement in this species, of the fibres of the subscapularis, precisely similar » that jt deecribed as existing in the Tamandua. M. Pouchet says, loc. cit., of the termination of the subscapularis, * cette insertion se fnit par un puissant tendon perforé, ou plutôt divisé en deux parties, entre lesquelles glisse le tendon de la courte portion du biceps.” x $ This description is taken, with Prof. port A en peace A is. prac ene an accessory head nus the tendon of the biceps, ae er divisible into two fascicles—of which the smaller and deeper 1n emm is inserted immediately below the Ferrer " the subscapularis, and at right angles to it, while an larger oceupies Pe E wer on the humerus between the insertion of the subscapularis and that 2 d er ER ma eebe in o giganteus :—'* A thin From the same source I borrow the following description o oim of the omo-hyoid. It is separable for an muscular slip arises from the superior border of the scapula orat ipd origi ung Y : i 1 tendon of which it passes; 1t 1s attached for half an inch to the inch and a half from the subscapularis, over eg ‘tv of the humerus. From this point it passes downwards tendon of the biceps, where it glides over the inner tuberosity of the to be inserted on the inner side of the humerus, above, put in close proximity to, the insertion of the teres major, overlying and giving fibres to the inner head of the triceps.” from one of the volumes of the afore-mentioned scle arises, in close relation to, but not connected 536 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. inserted immediately beneath the inner tuberosity of the humerus, and above the terminal portion of the latissimus dorsi, and is also fused at origin with the tendon of the single (coracoid) head of the biceps. In Hystrix the coraco-brachialis has no com- munication whatever with the biceps, which is single-headed in this rodent, It is repre- sented by the middle and long varieties of Wood. At about the level of the middle of the tendon of the latissimus dorsi, the muscle is pierced by a nerve (* perforans Casserii P) which bores through the fleshy portion on the inner side of the median tendon of the muscle, passes behind this latter, and emerges at its outer side, through the muscular substance, to run across to the posterior part of the biceps. From immediately below the lower edge of the tendon of the Zatissimus dorsi the muscle takes insertion into the humerus, its inserted part being prolonged as far as the inner condyle, just above the origin of the epitrochleo-anconeus. "That portion of this muscle which is cut off by the nerve at its emergence, and which is inserted immediately below the tendon of the latis- simus dorsi, may be regarded, I think, as the representative of the middle or ordinary variety, the rest of the muscle, from this point downwards, representing the long variety. Professor Rolleston has pointed out to me this muscle in the Tenrec ( Centetes ecau- datus). It was represented by both short and long varieties, and was, moreover, quite distinct from the biceps for its whole length. Meckel, I find, describes only the long variety of the coraco-brachialis as present in the “ Tatu."' Cuvier, too, represents this variety alone in his figures of the myology of Dasypus sexcinctus.? Biceps.—A single-headed muscle, arising by a strong flat tendon from the superior edge of the glenoid cavity of the humerus, immediately external to the root of the coracoid process of the scapula, being completely covered by the terminal portion of the supraspinatus. It then passes through a deep groove, excavated in the anterior face of the humerus, between the two tuberosities, which is converted into a complete foramen by the bridging over of its channel by a strong broad ligament stretched between the tuberosity piers on either side. Soon after its emergence from the above groove, the biceps gradually loses its ten- dinous character, gradually, too, swells out laterally, and at the middle of the arm attains its greatest size, becoming somewhat ampulliform in shape. From this point it, by degrees, diminishes, and receives, immediately below the same, on its inner side and posterior aspect, those fibres of the coraco-brachialis which are not continued to the supraeondyloid ridge. At a short distance from its termination, it divides into two tendons, xo rather its very short single tendon splits into two branches, the outer of which is inserted into the palmar aspect of the neck of the radius, and the inner into Eee fonce scoped out of the radial edge of the ulna, and overhung by the coronoid pro- In Martes abietum, among Carnivora, according to the same authority, “The coraco-brachialis has an accessory muscle inserted next between the subscapularis and teres major.” — to Meckel, however, this muscle is entirely wanting in the Kangaroo; but in the Opossum it is very short, and is attached to the upper sixth of the humerus.— 0p, cit, p. 515. t Op. eit. p. ELL T * Op. cit. pl. 260. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 537 cess, in company with the tendon of insertion of the brachialis antieus, which is fixed slightly anterior to it and to its outer side. Meckel makes no mention of the termination of this muscle in Dasypus, but remarks that its ordinary head, which is very short, receives on its inferior aspect a much slighter offset from the coraco-brachialis. In the Anteater, according the same anatomist, the long head soon divides into two branches, the anterior of which is inserted into the radius, while the posterior terminates at the ulna, after fusing with the brachialis anticus'. In Macropus ruficollis (var. Bennetti) this muscle, which is single-headed, . divides at the termination of the upper third of the arm into two equal-sized factors, the anterior of which arises from the inner (or superior, as it lies in the bicipital groove) edge of the tendon; while the inner branch, into which is continued a rounded mode- rately thick tendon, arises from the inferior or outer edge, of which this rounded tendon is a continuation. The anterior division, at the inferior third of the arm, takes an external position, and is finally inserted by a broad tendon into the neck of the radius; while the posterior, occupying the inner position, terminates at the ulna. Meckel describes this muscle, in Macropus giganteus (* Riesenkünguruh"), as dividing —the superficial division passing to the radius, the deeper to the ulna, where is also inserted the brachialis anticus, quite distinct, however, from the former muscle. In the Opossum, according to the same anatomist, the reverse takes place, the muscle consisting of two heads above, which soon unite lower down into one thick belly’. Mr. Mivart describes, in Echidna hystrix, the existence of an ulnar as well as a radial termination to the biceps”. In the Ornithorhynchus, on the other hand, according to Meckel‘, both heads of this muscle “setzen sich vereinigt sehr günstig Behufs des Schwimmens an die Mitte der Speiche.” According to Mr. Mivart, the biceps of Iguana tuberculata, among Lacertilia, has an insertion into both radius and ulna’. Dr. Macalister, in a recent paper, states that the biceps is single-headed in Dasypus septemcinctus, but also remarks, in a foot-note, that both he and Dr. Haughton have examined Armadillos (species not given) in which this muscle has two heads’. Brachialis anticus.—This muscle, which is not figured by Cuvier in his plates of the myology of the Armadillo, is of considerable size and length, having a very high origin. It arises, by a completely fleshy origin, from the neck of the humerus, posteriorly and externally, in the space intervening between the roots of the two tuberosities of the bone, being completely covered at origin by the thin tendinous origin of the outer head of the triceps. It also arises from the whole external aspect of the humerus, included between its anatomical neck and the groove of the musculo-spiral nerve, besides implanting a few fibres in the outer and anterior overhanging edge of the large deltoid trochanter. : It then passes, having close to its inferior edge the musculo-spiral nerve, also the extensive origin of the extensor carpi radialis on its outer side and the biceps on its inner, into 1 Op. cit. p. 520. ? Op. cit. p. 522. * Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 386. : Sa E des ies of th GE omg siene Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 2nd ser. (Cam- EL uen Sg = 289. The seven-banded specimen which I examined at Oxford had but a single- headed biceps. 538 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. the forearm, between the two prongs of the forked tendon of insertion of the latter muscle, to be inserted into a fossa in the ulna, overhung by the coronoid process of this bone, a little anterior to, and to the outer side of, the insertion of the ulnar division of the tendon of the biceps. This muscle, according to Meckel, is, in the Anteater, fused with the olecranal division of the biceps. Its insertion is, in the Platypus, according to the same author, confined to the radius!. The brachieus internus is, according to Rapp, absent in M. tamandua’. Triceps.—A well-developed, and, apparently, very powerful muscle, made up of the following faetors, whieh will be separately enumerated :— 1. Scapular.—This, the largest portion of the muscle, arises from the inferior, or lesser, spine of the scapula, along the whole of its extent; and after proceeding some distance on its course, joins the external humeral head of the muscle, and, in company with this, is inserted into the oleeranon process, and becomes also continuous with the fascia on the outer side of the arm and forearm. Another element of this portion of the muscle, which is probably the representative of the “long” head of human-anatomy language, takes origin from the lower, or axillary, border of the scapula, from a projecting ridge situated just posterior to the neck of the bone, by a thick tendon, invested externally with muscular tissue. It has a uniform breadth, and runs in close company with the preceding element of the scapular factor, to share the same insertion, fusing with it near its termination. This factor is inserted in the posterior edge of the olecranon, overlapping the insertion of the internal humeral head. This part of the muscle is, moreover, continuous with the fascia covering the elbow. , 2. External humeral factor.—A strong fleshy slip, which arises by a thin tendon, encircling about half the circumference of the neck of the humerus—namely, that space which intervenes between the two tuberosities on the posterior and outer aspect of the bone. This tendon completely covers the fleshy fibres of the origin of the brachialis anticus, and is, moreover, overlapped on its outer aspect by those fibres of the teres minor which pass across to their insertion below the external tuberosity of the humerus. This factor takes origin also from nearly the whole length of the posterior edge of the ridge running from the above tuberosity to the deltoid trochanter. About one-third of the distance between its origin and insertion, it fuses with the two most posterior divisions of the deltoid at their point of insertion into the great trochanter of the humerus, and arches over that portion of the brachialis anticus which lies in the channel between the above process and the origin of the extensor carpi radialis. After this point it becomes continuous by its outer edge with the fascia of the arm. about two-thirds of factor of the muscle. ; 3. Internal humeral.—A somewhat slender slip arising along the inner aspect of the Er from immediately below the insertion of the subscapularis to almost the lower mity of the posterior boundary of the supracondyloid foramen. It is inserted into | Op. cit. p. 595. 2 Op. cit. p. 48. Its inner edge, after proceeding the distance between origin and insertion, fuses with the scapular MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 539 the posterior rounded and smooth edge of the oleeranon, overlapping the insertion of the epitrochleo-anconeus. 4. Anconeus.—A very large, strong, fleshy muscle, of a triangular form, the apex uppermost. It arises from the whole of the extensive space (which may conveniently be termed ‘olecranon fossa") bounded at the base by the trochlea of the humerus, at the sides by the strong ridges which run from the middle of the posterior aspect of the bone to either condyle. It is inserted into the smooth triangular surface which intervenes between the posterior extremity of the olecranon and the humeral articular surface of the ulna. Some fibres, however, are prolonged along the outer aspect of the arm to blend with the origin of the extensor carpi ulnaris. The last-named element of the muscle is very well represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. It has been already stated, in the description of the latissimus dorsi, that the dorso- epitrochlear offset of this muscle is reinforced by some fibres which arise from the lower part of the axillary costa of the scapula, near the inferior angle of this bone. Prof. Rolleston has suggested to me that these fibres probably answer to an element of the triceps figured in one of Cuvier’s plates of the myology of the Badger ( Ursus meles) as a fifth extensor of the elbow’, and which is formed by a differentiation of the scapular portion of the latter muscle into two fascicles, of which the most posterior is fixed at the inferior angle of the scapula. On the other hand, the fourth extensor, the dorso- épitrochlien—seeing that, in Cuvier's figure, it arises from the latissimus dorsi—is but feeble in this animal. The following remark occurs in the letterpress appended to the plates :—** Le Blaireau est, comme on sait, un animal fouisseur, et la disposition de ce cinquième extenseur doit augmenter considérablement la force d'extension de l'avant- bras. Dans l’Ours, cette particularité n'existe pas; mais l'extenseur scapulaire est trés- puissant et s’attache à presque tout le bord inférieur de ’omoplate””. In the Otter (a swimmer) the portion of the triceps mentioned as arising from the angle of the scapula and passing to the elbow, in the Badger, is present; but there seems to be no true dorso-epitrochlear offset from the latissimus dorsi present in this animal". It has been further suggested to me by Professor Rolleston that the above-described muscular element, which arises at the inferior angle of the scapula and terminates at the olecranon, may be the serial homologue of a certain muscle which is present in the lower limb of some animals (the “ ilio-peroneal," described by Mr. Mivart in a paper upon the * Myology of Iguana tuberculata”). ga i Epitrochleo-anconeus.—A fleshy, stout, lozenge-shaped muscle, arising from the inner behind the combined origins of the pronator teres condyle of the humerus, immediately j i and flexor carpi radialis, and passing obliquely backwards to be inserted into the hamular extremity of the olecranon, fusing also with the inserted portion of the triceps. This muscle is figured by Cuvier, in one of his plates of Dasypus sexcinctus, under the name of anconé interne’. 2 Op. cit. pl. 100. fig. 2. * Op. cit. pl. 259. fig. 2. * Op. cit. pl. 109. fig. 1. * Op. cit. pls. 81 and 82. *. Op. cit. pl. 260. Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1807, p. 789. Ka |. VOI. XXVI. 540 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. This muscle, the epitrochleo-anconeus, has had a monograph, consisting of several i lates, devoted to it by Professor Wenzel Gruber! The pages, and illustrated by three p à deng à; first plate, eonsisting of five figures, is devoted to the varieties of this muscle as seen in the human subject, in which it is by no means uncommon". In one of these figures (fig. 5) it is represented as being made up of two distinct delicate slips, each constricted in the middle and bellying out towards origin and insertion. This differentiation of the muscle is not figured as occurring in any of the animals whose elbow-regions form the subjects of Prof. Gruber’s plates; nor have I succeeded in finding such in the beasts which I have had the opportunity of examining. Prof. Gruber describes the epitrochleo-anconeus among the Bruta, in the following members of the order :— Bradypus tridactylus, Dasypus tricinctus, Myrmecophaga didac- tyla, and a Manis, species unknown?; but figures that muscle only which belongs to the three-banded Armadillo‘, To Prof. Gruber’s already copious list I am able to add the names of the following animals, in which I have dissected out and made drawings of this muscle :—M. tamandua and Chlolepus didactylus among Bruta?, Echidna setosa among Monotremata‘, Phasco- lomys wombata among Marsupials, and Hystrix (cristata ?) among Rodents. In all cases the muscle had the relation to the ulnar nerve described by Prof. Gruber. Pronator teres.—Is a triangular, very well developed muscle, fleshy and subeylindrical at its origin, from which it gradually flattens out into a ribband-like expansion, and is inserted by a broad tendon into the distal half of the radius. This muscle arises from the inner condyle of the humerus, and has an origin common with, but superior to, that of the flexor carpi radialis. No portion of the muscle arose from the coronoid process of the ulna’. Supinator longus.—Appears to be absent. Supinator brevis.—From a smooth external to the outer condyle of the h barely three-quarters of an inch in len surface outside a sharply prominent tubercle, umerus, arises a delicate fusiform muscular slip, gth, which is inserted into the longitudinal ridge ` “Ueber den Musculus epitrochleo-anconeus der Menschen und der Säugethiere” (mit 3 Tafeln), Mém. de l'Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, 7th ser. tome X. no. 5, ? [n the * Proceedings of the Royal Society’ for May 1867, Mr. John Wood describes (p. 521) and figures (fig. 2) this muscle as occurring in a human male subject, and proposes for it the name “ Anconeus epitrochlearis.” Mr. Wood mentions, moreover, that he found in the tame Rabbit «a somewhat fan-shaped muscle, connecting the epitrochlea and the olecranon.” Prof. Gruber figures such a muscle in the Hare (Lepus timidus), op. cit. tab. iii. fig. 2. * Op. cit. pp. 10 and 20, * Op. cit. tab. iii. fig. 3. this muscle very well developed proportionally in a young Which measured but five inches and a half from the tip of the snout to il, and which had the umbilical cord still adherent. > Mr. Mivart deseribes, but by no distinct name, this muscle as present in Echidna hystrix. At the conclusion of his description of the muscle, he obseryes—# Of course it arches over the ulnar nerve," Joc. cit. p. 388. í : z Regarding the comparative anatomy of the coronoid slip, it will be found very rarely, if ever, developed in the ower animals; * + + + + ents which I have examined; but I have not had any it is not present in any of the Rod e It seems thus to be a muscle peculiarly human ın d | ion of the Pronator Radii teres," Journ. of Anat. an Phys. 2nd ser, (Cambr. 1867) vol. i. p. 9. . Hare, and the Edentata, the above muscles are “Conformation,” he continues, MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 541 of the radius, at the junction of the proximal with the middle third of this bone, and immediately posterior and external to the insertion of the broad tendon of the pronator teres, widening out and becoming flatter at its termination. This muscle is not represented by Cuvier in his plates of the myology of Dasypus. Both short and long supinatores appear, according to Meckel, to be fused together (* verschmolzen zu seyn"). He remarks further that no muscle is given off from the humerus above the extensores of the hand. Under these, on the other hand, lies a much stronger muscle, which passes to the upper half of the radius, “und bloss Beuger ist.” In all probability the long supinator is absent in this animal (Dasypus); and the above muscle may be, after all (* nur"), the short supinator’. Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie, in their paper on the * Myology of Hyrax capensis’, describe as supinator longus a muscle which much resembles that which I have termed s. brevis in Dasypus. It is “exceedingly diminutive, and arises from the outer shaft of the humerus, just above the common origin of the next two muscles (extensor carpi radialis and e. communis), and is inserted into the radius near its neck.” Soemmering?, in his description of this muscle in man, says, “ Nonnumquam superior pars [humeral origin] a reliquo musculo distineta est." Theile, moreover, states that when the two layers of which the muscle is composed are distinct, the superior head takes origin from the outer condyle of the humerus‘. Extensor carpi radialis.—From the strong outer ridge (“supinator ridge") of the humerus arises, for the extent of nearly three quarters of an inch along its superior portion, a muscle which, after completing about half of its course, crosses over the radius, and, becoming suddenly tendinous at the distance of an inch from its insertion, passes under a ligamentous and muscular bridge into the palm. The ligamentous bridge stretches from the abrupt spinous termination of the dorsal ridge of the radius to a sesamoid lying midway between this point and the styloid process of the bone. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis forms the muscular bridge. Two cord-like tendons are given off simultaneously by this muscle, which, before becoming tendinous, narrows more or less suddenly to a conical apex; one of these is inserted into the dorsal surface of the metacarpal of the index, while the other termi- nates at the same aspect of the like segment of the middle digit. gone - These answer respectively to the tendons of the extensores carpi radiales, longior et brevior, of haman-anatomy language. : S 3 ee 25 : animals, such as the Dog, Hyzna, It is stated in Cuvier's * Leçons” that in ee voa rari nd lod = tremity, their tendons alone being distinct. SE ; Meckel observes that the extensor radialis brevior 1s occasionally absent "um the case in many mammals, in which never more than one radial extensor is met with. : 4 iat dont le premier degré est la fusion complete des deux i les” ®. radiaux externes en un seul, dont on connait divers exemp 1 e 2 Droe, Zool. Soc. April 1865, p. weg , : Op. cit. p. 534. ; "IET ^. Encyclopédie Anatomique, tom. iii. (Paris, 1843) p. 231. De Corp. Humani Fabr. tom. 11. p. #01. nie EEE TERN , Loc. cit, p. 443. : . D A e 9 542 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. Henle, moreover, says, concerning these muscles in man, that the e. r. brevior is occa- sionally absent, or has so grown together with the e. r. longior that this latter appears to give off two tendons ` Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis —This is a muscle of great length. It arises from the fossa included between the ridge which forms the inner boundary of the ulna and another ridge which runs down from the humeral articular surface of the bone to join the former, at the distance of about three quarters of an inch from the tip of the ole- cranon—also from the adjoining portion of the capsule of the joint, and from the strong interosseous septum between radius and ulna. It then runs along the radial side of the extensor indicis for some distance, taking a direction obliquely towards the radial side of the carpus, and passes, also obliquely, over the radius, immediately behind the “ crista-galli’’-like termination of the median dorsal ridge of this bone, being bridged over by a thin ligamentous arch, which stretches from the above-mentioned terminal crest longitudinally to the median ridge, which runs from it backward. The muscle appears to derive a few accessory fibres from the radial crest, and becomes tendinous immediately upon leaving the radius for the carpus. The short tendon then passes under a fragile ligamentous bridge, stretching from a tubercle pro- jecting from the dorsum of the scaphoid bone (?) across to the styloid process of the radius, or a sesamoid in its immediate vicinity, and is finally inserted into the base of the metacarpal of the pollex, on its radial side. Under that portion of the muscle which lies between the terminal crest of the median radial ridge and the beginning of its proper tendon, pass the two tendons of the extensor carpi radialis into the palm. Meckel expressly states that this muscle is absent in the “Tatu "?, Extensor indieis—A narrow, flat, strap-shaped muscle, of uniform breadth, arising from the strong ridge which runs along the inner edge of the ulna, at the beginning of the distal half of the bone. It then turns suddenly inwards towards the middle line of the forearm, and, running on the radial side of the mesial ridge, which is developed upon the distal third of the dorsum of the ulna, close to the ulnar edge of the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis, passes under the ligamentous bridge which crosses over the extensor communis, on to the dorsum of the carpus. It soon becomes tendinous ; and the tendon almost at once divides into two unequal portions, the larger of which, broad and flat, passes to the base of the proximal phalanx of the index; while the smaller, slight and cord-like, terminates at the base of the ungual phalanx of the pollex. This muscle is, for the greater part of its course in the forearm, overlapped by the extensor communis. According to Meckel, the index alone in the “Tatu” receives a tendon from this muscle’. The same anatomist states that this extensor sometimes sends, but not always, a small offset to the pollex in the Beaver. Its tendon, moreover, in the Bear and Coati, among Carnivora, passes to the pollex as well as to the index. Extensor communis digitorum.—A moderate-sized fusiform muscle, which arises from the strong ridge above the external condyle of the humerus, immediately below the origin of the extensor carpi radialis, with the lowermost fibres of which muscle its own ` Muskellehre, p. 203. ? Op. cit. p. 553, 3 Op. cit. p. 551. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 543 fibres are fused. It then passes obliquely, but gradually, towards the middle line of the forearm, and, upon passing on to the dorsum of the fore foot, is bridged over by a strong ligament, which crosses from the terminal erest of the median dorsal ridge of the radius to the cuneiform bone. Next, it becomes tendinous, dividing into two broad tendons, which divide dichotomously at the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation, and proceed as follows :—The outer division of the radial tendon passes to the index ; the ulnar division of the same tendon, after being joined by the radial division of the ulnar tendon, to the middle digit; while the ulnar division of the latter tendon passes to the fourth (annu- laris) digit. Each of the divisions of these tendons passes to the root of the ungual phalanx of the digit to which it belongs. This muscle, according to Meckel', passes in Dasypus only to the second, third, and fourth fingers—the arrangement, in fact, with the exception of the intercommunication of the three tendons, which I have just described. Extensor annularis.—Immediately below the former muscle arises, from the strong supracondyloid ridge of the humerus, and from a strong tendinous septum which is attached to the median dorsal ridge of the ulna, a small, fusiform muscle, which does not become tendinous till when a little in advance of the extensor communis, after running parallel with it in the forearm. Its tendon divides, almost immediately, into two slips, the radial of which passes to the base of the proximal phalanx of the fourth finger, while the ulnar slip is inserted into the base of the ungual phalanx of the little finger. Extensor minimi digiti.—Having an origin similar to, but lower than, that of the last- described muscle, and fusing with the same for some little distance, passes a shorter and flatter muscle, parallel with the above, to be inserted into the dorsal aspect of the metacarpal bone or proximal phalanx of the little digit, by a tendon which has a com- paratively wide expansion at its termination, and a greater length than that of the preceding muscle. Cuvier, in one of his plates of the myology of Dasypus, repr esents the last two muscles as I have described and figured them; but the egtensor ene has, according to his representation, but a single primary tendon, which splits, however, into three secondary divisions, passing to the index, middle, and fourth fingers. The oe offset from the extensor indicis, destined for the pollex, is, moreover, not represen ted". Meckel states that the extensor minimi digiti passes only to the fourth digit in the 5e Tatu '** : i j e , ; ises from the inferior termination of the strong p Eu ee ; besen Be below, and fusing at its origin with, the supinator ridge” of the Ge cle, also from the strong ligamentous septum lowermost fibres of the preceding muscle, a E Lud rider ta which is stretched from the spinous termination o un à i : inator ridge—and from the strong ridge which across to the lower extremity of the sup li whieh i at origi í dee of the above bone; the musele, w ich is at origin runs along the inner (or ulnar) edge dually up to its tendon, which appears to of a more or less triangular shape, narrows gr d 3 Op. cit. p. 549. i „fig. 2. Op. cit. p. 548. 2 Op. cit. pl. 259. fig 544 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. be inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the metacarpal of ane fifth digit, a small round sesamoid being developed in the tendon at the poms of insertion. Flexor carpi ulnaris.—Is a strong fleshy muscle which arises from the en face of the olecranon process of the ulna, immediately below the insertion of the optroni anconeus. Its fibres blend at first with those of the flexor profundus which take origin from the inner edge of the ulna, then pass straight forward to be inserted by a broad short tendon into the free extremity of the sickle-shaped pisiform bone. Flexor carpi radialis.—This muscle arises from the inner condyle of the humerus, having a common origin with the pronator teres, but being placed lowermost. On leaving the forearm, through which it has passed as a slender fusiform slip, it runs through a smooth groove channelled out in the palmar aspect of the scaphoid bone and having an oblique direction towards the middle line of the hand, being er over in this groove by a strong ligament which spans its channel, to be finally inserted into the rounded, nodular, palmar projection of a carpal bone which I may term, for convenience and distinctness’ sake, trapezio-trapezoid', and becomes, also, continuous with a strong ' The following digression on the subject of the bones of the carpus in Dasypus will not, I think, be deemed irre- levant, when it is borne in mind that accuracy in description of the attachment of muscles demands and is dependent upon a previous knowledge of the nature, at all events, of those osseous structures which may either serve these as a starting-point when they enter upon their journey, or be to them a goal or “meta” on the completion of their course. “ Sieben Knochen,” says Rapp, “finden sich auch bei den Schuppenthieren ” (op. eit. p. 42); but no further de- scription is given of these. Since, then, the number of bones falls short of the usual carpal complement by one, there must either be a complete loss, or a fusion with some other element, of the eighth unit. Careful inspection, sup- ported by the testimony of Cuvier and Owen, shows that the latter has taken place. The former anatomist remarks, in his already quoted ‘ Ossemens Fossiles’ (loc. cit, p. 127) that in D. sexcinctus (^ l'Encoubert ”), e Un seul os tient la place du trapéze et du tr apézoide;" while the following passage occurs in the monograph upon Mylodon robustus of the latter (Lond. 1842, D 97 et seq.) É—* In the only species of Armadillo (Das. sexcinctus) in which two of the normal carpal bones are blended into one, it is the trapezium and trapezoides which so coalesce, not the trapezium and scaphoides.” I append a description of the carpal bones of a species of Dasypus (sexcinetus?), which I drew up for my own use when dissecting the Armadillo which is the subject of the present paper. Dorsal aspect.— First row (beginning from radial side) :— 1. Seaphoid: carries in front trapezio-trapezoid bone; articulates on ulnar side with os lunare. 2. Lunar: articulates with preceding bone on radial side, on ulnar side with cuneiform, in front with os magnum. 3. Cuneiform: a bone of great lateral extent artienlates radiall moid, posteriorly with ulna and elongated pisiform, of the fifth digit, 4. Pisiform: is wedged in, palmad, between ulna and cuneiform. The first two bones of the above row of the carpus articulate posteriorly with the radius in the usual manner. Second row (beginning radially) :— 5. Trapezium and trapezoid: fused into one laterally elongated bone, which carries the metacarpals of the pollex and index, and articulates posteriorly with the scaphoid, and on the ulnar side with the os magnum. s Os magnum : carries metacarpal of middle digit only. It articulates posteriorly with the lunar principally, RU with the scaphoid, with unciform on ulnar side, radially with trapezio-trapezoi i: 4. Uneiform : carries fourth digit only ; articulates posteriorly with cuneiform, radially with os magnum, on ulnar “ide partly with cuneiform, part » but slightly, with fifth digit, which is supported mainly by cuneiform bone. y with lunar, on ulnar side with a small sesa- anteriorly with unciform. It carries, moreover, the metacarpal MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 545 ligament passing from the above projection to the palmar boss of the os lunare and the ulnar margin of the scaphoid groove. Flexor sublimis digitorum.—This muscle, which appears to be combined with the palmaris longus both homologically and functionally, arises from the lowest part of the inner condyle of the humerus, in company with two heads of the flezor profundus, and passes forwards, muscular for some distance, to blend finally with the palmar fascia, which is attached on one side to the pisiform bone, on the other to a small sesamoid which lies alongside of the scaphoid. Two digits only are supplied with a tendon from this muscle, namely, the index and middle digit, as Cuvier has figured, but somewhat indistinetly, in one of his plates of Dasypus!. According to Meckel, however, the superficial flexor in the “ Tatu” divides into three muscles—one for the pollex and index (the tendon of which previously splits deeply), one for the third, and the remaining factor for the fourth digit’. Theile, in notieing varieties of the palmaris longus in the human subject, observes that its absence is sometimes supplied by a tendon of the flexor sublimis”. Flexor profundus digitorum.—An enormously powerful and complex muscle, made up of several elements—which may, however, be considered under two divisions, which are as follows :— l. A large muscular mass which arises from the whole of the internal face (or palmar aspect) of the ulna, from the olecranon to within a short distance of the carpal extremity of the bone. d After proceeding a little more than halfway on its course, it is joined, having already become tendinous, by a smaller, but still considerable muscular slip, which takes rise from the inferior surface of the inner condyle of the humerus, in company with the origin of the flexor sublimis and another slip of the deep flexor presently to be described. The slip proceeding from the inner condyle is, soon after its origin, joined by another muscular mass, which arises from the coronoid process of the ulna, from the interosseous septum (between these two heads the ulnar tendon of the biceps and the tendon of the brachialis anticus dip down towards their insertion), and from the radial edge of the ulna. All these elements of the first muscular mass are continuous with an enormous tendon, in which, at the beginning of the palm, a large horseshoe-shaped sesamoid bone is developed. . 2. Where the tendon joins the sesamoid, the latter is joined, but without the inter- vention of a tendon, by two muscular slips, the smaller of which arises from the inferior surface of the inner condyle of the humerus, in company with the m s Whose fibres of origin separate it from a slip which has the ze er. Ce ias om already described. On the radial side of the insertion of garden p the ten emm by a larger muscular element, which arises from the whole oap on ds Prts in) beginning at the neck of the bone, and bounded P l ; à by the insertions of the pronator teres and supinator hice LL ismod the Between the insertions of the two above-described masses inio . it. p. 237 s ! Op. eit. pl. 260. en. P 546 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. terminates at this latter the tendon of a slightly flattened fusiform muscular slip, which arises from the bottom of the coronoid fossa of the humerus, and proceeds straight towards its insertion. From the anterior extremity of the sesamoid proceed four very stout tendons to each of the four inner digits; while from its radial side, a little posterior to the origin of the above tendons, a tendon, having a much smaller diameter than these, is given off for the pollex, and is finally inserted into the base of its ungual phalanx. Each tendon, before being inserted into a strong spinous projection at the base of the palmar aspect of the ungual phalanx of its proper digit, passes over an oval, flattened sesamoid, which lies at the junction between the ungual and preceding phalanx. Posterior to the large sesamoid bone, a strong retinaculum springs up from the bottom ` of the sheath (regarding it from its palmar aspect) to join the deep flexor tendon. Meckel states that the flexor profundus goes to the three outer digits; and mentions also that its tendon contains a sesamoid bone!, “ In the Echidna, as in the Ornithorhynchus,” says Mr. Mivart, “there are one or two ossicles in the palmar portion of the flexor tendon" ?, Meckel, in his monograph upon the latter Monotreme *, says, in the course of the description of the deep flexor of the fore foot, * tendine crassissimo, cujus fini inferiori duo ossicula, ad Sauriorum Dasypodumque modum, insunt.” The Chlamyphorus has a palmar sesamoid very much resembling in shape that of Dasypus sexcinctus*; while in Priodontes (Dasypus) gigas this bone is very large, and of an irregularly conical shape, the apex being directed forwards’. Pronator quadratus.—This muscle appears to be completely absent. It is not figured by Cuvier in his plates of the myology of Dasypus. Meckel notices the absence of this muscle in the “Tatu,” but remarks that the pronutor teres is well developed in com- pensation. He states, too, that in the Ai it is very small, perhaps smaller than in any * * On the Anatomy of Echidna Hystrix,” Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. xxv. p.389. Mr. Mivart adds the following in a footnote :—* As Meckel remarks, this palmar ossicle also exists in the Armadillos; and Professor Huxley, in his last in Dasypus sexcinctus, as also the absence in that animal of any perforated flexor, and the union of the flexor profundus and 1o * This sesamoid can be seen very well, in situ, tete trés-inégale, * * * Æ et ge terminait ve sesamoid is represented by itself in figs. 12 and Rapp, NR — quoted monograph upon the Edentata, describes this bone as “ besonders gross bei Dasypus > und a“ hier hinten am dicksten und hat an seiner obern Seite zwei Gelenksflächen zur Artikulation mit dem albmondförmigen Knochen und dem Os pisiforme,” p.43. In pl. iv. of this monograph the bone is figured in situ. This enit ein also be well seen in the fine Skeleton of Priodontes gigas lately added to the valuable collection of Bruta contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ts la main par un corps comprimé et moins large que la tete.” The 13 of pl. xi. in the same work, MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 547 other beast. It has, moreover, considerably more breadth than length; and, as a slender transverse muscle, answers at most (“höchstens”) to the distal eighth of the forearm’, Lumbricales.—These muscles, five in number, are of considerable size and length. They are slightly ampulliform at origin, and arise from the posterior part of the sesamoid bone of the flexor profundus, apparently from three muscular masses, one median and two lateral. The median portion arises immediately in front of the terminal tendon of that factor of the deep flexor which takes origin from the coronoid fossa. Only one lumbricalis is continuous with this, and is inserted into the ulnar side of the index finger. The ulnar portion arises just in front of the termination at the common tendon of that portion of the flexor profundus which takes origin from the inner condyle, and with a few fibres of which it is continuous on the radial side of its origin. Two lumbrical muscles are derived from this, which pass respectively to the radial sides of the fourth and fifth digits. From the radial portion arises a Zumbrical muscle which passes on straight to its termination at the radial side of the index. Soon, however, after it leaves the sesamoid, it gives off a more slender slip, which passes to the underside of the pollex. Some of the fibres of this portion seem to be continuous at origin with the terminal part of the radial factor of the flexor profundus, which arises from the internal condyle. It will be seen, from the above description, that the middle digit has no lumbricales, that the index posesses two (one on each side), that the remaining digits have one each, the pollex on its ulnar side, the fourth and fifth digits on their radial aspects, Cuvier gives a fair representation of these muscles in one of his plates, and figures the lumbricalis which passes to the pollex as an offset, as I have described above, from that which belongs to the index". Meckel states that the Jwmbricales in the “Tatu” are very strong and long’. In animals as high in the scale as the Quadrumana there appears to be some indication of the arrangement of the lumbricales such as exists in Dasypus; for, according to Church, in the Orang, Magot, and Cebus, these muscles ** formed a fleshy mass on the palmar surface of the fused tendons ” of the flexor profundus and pollicis. Abductor minimi digiti.—A delicate, fusiform muscle, about half an inch in length, which arises from the pisiform bone, in advance of the insertion of the flexor carpi ulnaris, and is inserted into the ulnar side of either the metacarpal or first phalanx of the fifth digit. f e : Cuvier has given an indication, but somewhat indistinct, of this muscle, in one of his plates; but he has not attached to it any symbol’, ; Flexor brevis (or Opponens ?) digiti quinti.—A strong fleshy meee, seemingly sepa- rable into two portions; one of which arises from the stout ligament which proceeds from the palmar boss of the os lunare to the rounded nodule upon the trapezio-trapezoid bone, and is inserted into the radial side of the fused proximal and middle phalanges of the 1 ; ? Op. cit. pl. 260. 3 Op. cit. p. 560. à en of the Orang Utang,” Nat. pin Rev. Jan. 1862, p. 82. * Op. cit. pl. 260. 4G VOL. XXVI. 548 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. fifth digit; while the other, which is inserted into the radial side of the base of the ungual phalanx, arises from the ligament stretched between the above nodule of the trapezio-trapezoid bone and the middle digit. This muscle is described as the internal interosseus of the fifth digit, by Dr. Mac- alister'. Abductor pollicis.—A. short, but well-developed fusiform muscle, which arises from the palmar fascia, close to its insertion at the small sesamoid which lies to the outer side of the scaphoid bone. It is inserted into the proximal phalanx of the pollex, on its external aspect. Opponens pollicis.—Also well developed. It is a fusiform slip, which arises just posterior to a rounded projection from the palm, probably belonging to the trapezio- trapezoid bone, and is inserted, below the preceding muscle, into the radial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the pollex. Flexor brevis (or Abductor) pollicis—A muscle similar, in size and shape, to the pre- ceding; arises just anterior to the above-described process of the trapezio-trapezoid bone, also from a strong ligamentous raphe, which passes from the above nodular projection to the base of the proximal phalanges of the index and middle digits, and from which most of the other palmar interossei arise. It is inserted into the base of the proximal phalanx of the pollex, on its ulnar side. Interossei.—A muscle, broad and fleshy, arises beneath the origin of the preceding muscle, and beneath the strong ligament which stretches from the proximal phalanges of the index and middle digits to the palmar nodule of the trapezio-trapezoid bone. It is inserted, by a round strong tendon, into the base of the proximal phalanx of the index, on its palmar aspect, and is also prolonged over the radial side of the root of this digit to join the extensor tendon, or its sheath, by a broad tendinous expansion over the dorsum of the proximal phalanx. This muscle, which seems to be Junctionally an abductor indicis, is considered by Dr. Macalister? to be the displaced homologue of the deep head of the flexor brevis pollicis. A flattened fusiform muscle arises between the origins of the preceding and the flexor brevis minimi digiti, crosses obliquely the metacarpal of the middle digit, and, becoming tendinous, runs along the radial side of the fourth digit, to be inserted into the base of its ungual phalanx, on the same side. As it crosses the middle digit, it is crossed in turn by a muscle next to be described. A muscle similar to the preceding crosses over it at right angles, as it lies over the metacarpal of the middle digit, and is inserted into the proximal phalanx of the index, on the ulnar aspect of this digit. It appears to take origin from the palmar surface of the metacarpal of the fourth digit. eit fondo rate er a ie ne nd ie digit, om een gt ; d t at a lower level than, the interossei which pass respectively to sees of the index and fourth digits, arises a muscle which appears to be ! Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 1. c. p. 318. * Loc. cit. p. 319 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 549 inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the index, and to join the sheath of its extensor tendon. A muscle, fairly strong and fleshy, arises in the interspace between the metacarpals of the middle and fourth digits, and terminates by a broad tendon on the dorsum of the former digit, joining apparently the extensor tendon or its sheath. The middle digit has no other corresponding muscle on its radial side. These two last-described muscles are the only interossei which, from their intermeta- carpal origin, can be strictly termed, according to human-anatomy language, “ dorsal.” Dr. Macalister, in his description of the arrangement of the interossei muscles in the manus of Dasypus', omits to notice the fact that the fourth digit has an interosseus of very appreciable size, attached, as I have described, to its radial side. This muscle, more- over, is rendered the more noticeable in that it is crossed almost exactly at a right angle by a muscle of similar size and shape, which takes origin from the ulnar portion of the palm, and passes to the ulnar side of the index. The arrangement of these two muscles may be well expressed by likening them to a capital X, the legs of which are rooted in the palm, while the arms are stretched out as though to embrace the index and fourth digits. Dr. Macalister, moreover, has not noticed that the muscular fasciculus which he has correctly described as passing to the radial side of the middle digit, is peculiar in par- taking rather of the character of a dorsal interosseus, seeing that it has an intermeta- carpal origin, while its fellows would be ranked among the palmar series. Meckel describes the interossei as being weak in the “ Tatu” ?. Lower Extremity—The thigh was flexed upon the side of the abdomen, and the leg upon the thigh, in such manner that when the animal was placed upon its back it appeared to lie in an exaggerated, but humanly impossible, **lithotomy position.” This posture was preserved by a disposition of fascia similar to that which existed in the upper extremity. Tensor vagine femoris.—A flat, thin, almost triangular, but rather irregularly shaped muscle. It arises from a process which must be regarded as the homologue of the anterior superior spine of the ilium, from the lumbar aponeurosis, external to the trans- verse processes of the lumbar vertebrze; also from the last of the six dorsal bands, and from the first row of scales belonging to the pelvic armature. It is gradually lost in thin fascia, which is partly inserted into the lower surface of the third trochanter of the femur, and partly blends with that portion of the gluteus max- imus which is inserted into the ligament passing from the above trochanter to the extremity of the ridge which runs upwards from the outer condyle. It, moreover, partly terminates in the fascia covering the outer aspect of the thigh and leg, in the neighbourhood of the termination of a muscular slip given off by one of the divisions of the biceps. It is overlapped during the whole of its course by the anterior free edge of the gluteus maximus. e : Gluteus maximus is a thin and flat muscle of great extent of origin. It arises from that part of the lumbar aponeurosis which is attached to the metapophysis of the last * Op. cit. p. 569. 1 Loc. cit. p. 318. 462 550 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. lumbar vertebra, from the free edge of the tuberosity of the ilium, from the sacral aponeurosis which covers the longitudinal caudal muscle and the gluteus medius, and from the free superior edge of the ischial tuberosity. Its fibres converge towards the third (external) trochanter of the femur, into the external face of which process they are inserted, as well as into the ligament stretched between this trochanter and the extremity of the ridge continued upwards from the external condyle. Gluteus medius.—A. well-developed, but irregularly shaped muscle, arising from the external free ridge or “crest” of the ilium, and from its posterior (or superior) fossa, and from the metapophyses of the sacral vertebree. The sacral and iliac element fuse at the external or anterior free edge of the muscle, but enclose between them a kind of cavity or sac, which is oceupied by the pyriformis. That portion of the muscle which arises from the sacrum is inserted into the posterior part of the summit of the greater external trochanter of the femur, and partly into the posterior intertrochanteric ridge, just external to the insertions of the gemelli and obturator externus. The factor which takes origin from the ilium terminates through a strong tendon at the anterior part of the summit of the great trochanter, which tendon is joined, shortly before inser- tion, by that of the pyriformis. Cuvier gives a good representation of the superficial portion of the muscle in two of his plates'. The Gluteus.minimus appears to be absent, and is, moreover, not figured by Cuvier. This muscle, according to Meckel’, is not differentiable from the gluteus medius in the Sloth and Anteater. Rapp, on the other hand, found all these glutei in Myrmecophaga tamandua’. Pyriformis.—A flat muscle, of nearly uniform breadth, arises from the anterior half of the posterior or superior margin of the oval foramen into which the great sciatic notch is converted by the articulation of the spine as well as the tuberosity of the ischium with the transverse processes of the last three sacral vertebræ, the above-mentioned margin being formed by the free edge of the processes of the middle vertebræ of the sacrum. This muscle does not appear to have any origin from the concavity or inner face of the sacrum. on RE e mund ge great trochanter of the femur, being fused at its VRR S m nai ten en of the inner layer of the gluteus medius. indicates the origin of the pyriformis (“ pyramidal,” or * sacro-trochantérien ") in one of his plates’. The muscle appears to be separable into two portions, which, however, fuse again at its insertion. According to Meckel*, it consists of two elements and Ai. Obturator externus.—Is a fan-shaped muscle, superior edge of the thyroid foramen, and is posterior intertrochanterie ridge, just below t diately anterior or inferior to the insertion of ' PL. 259. fig. 3, and pl.260, — Op. cit. p. 581. and is of fair size in the Platypus which takes origin from the whole of the inserted by a strong flat tendon into the he digital fossa of the femur, and imme- the gemelli. ` Op. cit. p.50. — * PL 259.fig.3. e Op. cit. p. 583. | | | | | | | | | | | MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 551 The muscle has two heads of origin, the larger of which is the more anterior—the smaller, which is about one-third of the former in size, arising posterior to it, and imme- diately in front of the acetabulum. The sciatic nerve passes along the thigh to its outer side. Henle’ describes this muscle in Man as being made up of two portions at its origin. Obturator internus.—Appears to be wanting, as might be expected, seeing that there is no lesser sciatic notch, the whole of that portion of the ischium which intervenes between its tuberosity and what must be regarded as the homologue of its spine being articulated with the sacrum. Cuvier, moreover, gives no indication of this muscle in his plates, but states in his ` ‘Leçons’? that in animals which have the ischium anchylosed with the sacrum (e. g. Tamandua) a muscle coming from the external face of the ischium takes the place of the obturator internus and the gemelli. Rapp notices the existence in the Tamandua of the external obturator muscle, and of a muscle which “appears to answer to the gemelli," but makes no mention of an obtu- rator internus, or of a substitute for it. In the Ai, according to Meckel', this muscle has left its position, and has become a second obturator externus, but smaller than the external obturator proper, under which it is situated. A like arrangement exists in the Anteater, which, moreover, possesses as does the Ai likewise, but one gemellus. Gemelli.—Both these muscles are present, though the muscle with which they are in Man so intimately associated is absent. "They are both delicate muscles, the anterior being the most slender, in that it is about one-third of its fellow in size. The former is, moreover, fusiform, while the latter is more or less fan-shaped, tapering from its origin towards its insertion. Their origin is much further forward than in Man, owing to the great length of the ischium. They arise immediately behind the posterior portion of the neck of the acetabulum, just above the superior border of the thyroid foramen, and are inserted into the digital fossa of the great trochanter, immediately posterior or superior to the strong tendon of insertion of the obtwrator externus. Quadratus femoris—Is an oblong muscle, of fair size, arising from the ramus of the ischium, immediately below the adductor. It passes across to be inserted obliquely into the posterior part of the rough ridge forming the anterior edge of the inner trochanter. Cuvier figures it in profile in one of his plates’. It is well developed, according to Meckel, in the Ai, but is absent in the Anteater’. Tlio-psoas.—The two elements of this compound muscle appear to be early fused together, and are inserted along the whole edge of the inner trochanter. The iliac element takes origin from the whole inner face of the ilium. Psoas parvus.—A long, slender muscle, which appears to arise from the outer side of the posterior edge of the last dorsal and two first lumbar vertebra. It passes down 1 Loe. cit. p. 252. 2 Loc. cit. p. 502. 7 Op. cit. p. 49. * Op. cit. p. 584. 5 Op. cit. pl. 259. fig. 3. Op. cit. p. 586. 552 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. straight, lying immediately on the inner side of the psoas magnus, to be inserted into a kind of tubercle (“ ilio-pectineal”) situated at the junction of the ilium with the pubes, immediately superior to the origin of the pectineus. Pectineus.—Arises from the ilio-pectineal line of the os pubis, immediately posterior to the pubic origin of the gracilis. It is a thin, flat, fan-shaped muscle, and is twisted in such a manner between its origin and insertion that the surface which is superior at the former position becomes inferior at the latter—that edge, moreover, of the muscle which is anterior at origin becoming posterior at insertion, and vice versd. When the thigh is completely abducted, the above appearance departs. The muscle is inserted by a flat tendon, which has a greater breadth than its cord-like representative figured in one of Cuvier’s plates’, into a roughish projection from the inner edge of the femur, situated immediately below, and slightly posterior to the spring of the “ lesser" (internal) trochanter. Its insertion lies between that of the adductor and the origin of the vastus internus. In Cuvier's * Lecons’ it is stated that “le pectiné de la taupe, de lours, du chien, des tatous, des fourmiliers est ventru, et prolonge son tendon inférieur jusqu’au bas du fámur; cela n'est pas ainsi dans les autres mammifères.” In some of these latter, together with the three-toed sloth, “ce muscle est séparé en deux portions; alors la deuxième portion prolonge également son tendon jusqu'au milieu ou méme jusqu'au bas du fémur ” ?, Adductor.—This muscle, which is represented by Cuvier, in his plates?, as the adduetor brevis, is large, almost uniformly broad, and flat, but fleshy. It arises, its origin being completely covered by that of the gracilis, from the triangular bony space, formed by the junction of the os pubis and the ischium, which lies between the thyroid foramen and the symphysis pubis, and also from the ascending ramus of the latter bone for the distance of about one inch. It passes across to the femur, broadening slightly towards its termination, and is inserted obliquely into this bone at the lower part of its middle third, filling up the interval between the inserted part of the pectineus and the edge of the third trochanter, and having its lowest fibres of insertion continued for a small weg E. os rer a oo. fibres of insertion are immediately ich fills the fossa included between the “greater” and third trochanter. Though the homologies of this muscle cannot be determined with great accuracy, it We nevertheless be regarded, I think, as the representative of either the adductor ongus or brevis, or, possibly, of both these muscles combined. Meckel, when describing the adductors‘ * Op. cit. pl. 260. : * Parenthetical i : d edit. * Op. cit. pl. 259. figs. 2 & 3, and pl. 260. remark by Editor, p. 505, vol. i. of 2n * Op. cit. p. 596. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 553 Quadriceps eatensor'.—'This compound muscle is made up of the following ele- ments :— a. Lectus.—A comparatively slender, fusiform slip, thickest in the middle, and taper- ing towards its origin and insertion. It arises from a smooth oval facet upon the ilium, situated immediately above, but slightly posterior to the cotyloid cavity. It takes a perfectly straight course to its insertion into the upper edge of the patella, above the points of insertion of the other components of the extensor. D. Vastus externus.—A large fleshy mass, arising from the greater part of the external aspect of the femur. Its highest fibres of origin are derived from a portion of the inner face of the great trochanter, and from the outer and posterior aspect of the same tube- rosity ; the space, too, intervening between the third and the above-mentioned trochanter is filled up by fibres of origin of this muscle. The muscle arises, moreover, from the whole superior aspect of the third trochanter, also from the outer part of the anterior face of the rest of the femur as far as the root of the condyles. It is inserted into the superior edge of the patella, to the outer side of the insertion of the rectus. y. Vastus internus.—Is much smaller than the preceding factor; it arises from the superior and inner aspect of the femur, from the space intervening between the “ greater” and “lesser” trochanters to the root of the condyles. It finds insertion at the upper edge of the patella, to the inner side of the termination of the rectus. No distinct factor answering to the erureus appeared to be present. Sartorius—A very delicate muscle, which arises from the outer edge of the tendon of the psoas parvus, at the distance of about half an inch from the insertion of the latter. It passes downwards, diagonally, along the inner aspect of the thigh, as a thin, strap- like slip, and terminatesin the aponeurotic fascia which covers the inner face of the knee and leg. This muscle would appear to play the part, in the animal to which it belongs, of a kind of tensor fascie femoris internus. I have not found any description of a similar origin of this muscle in any other animal. According to Meckel?, the sartorius in the Ai takes origin from the aponeurosis of the external oblique; but this statement is contradicted by the editor of the second edition of Cuvier's * Lecons,’ who declares that the muscle in question arises from the ilium *. That, however, which Meckel has stated erroneously of the Sloth, takes place, if Krause's testimony be trustworthy, in the Rabbit, in which animal the sartorius is described as taking origin from the fascia of the external oblique, in the middle of Pou- parts ligament". : à nd Gracilis.—A slender, broad, but thin, wafer-like muscle, having an extensive origin and insertion. Its origin, which is shaped thus > (right side), is derived from the adjacent portions of the os pubis and ischium, from the last inch anteriorly .of the superior edge of the former bone, beginning where the origin of the pectineus terminates, and from the first inch anteriorly of the inferior edge of the latter bone. H ci LI p- 614. C vier, Anatomie Comparee, pl. 259. figs. 2 & 9, pl. 260. Op t i i i H p 1g, 1868, p. 116. 0. * ig P- LI Kaninchens Lei VA 554 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. It passes forwards, elosely embraeing for about the first half of its course the large subjacent adductor muscle, and joins the aponeurosis (common also to the sartorius above and the semitendinosus below) which is inserted obliquely into the tibia, between its anterior ridge and the strongly developed internal lateral ligament, and becomes, moreover, continuous with the fascia covering the front aspect of the leg. The origin and insertion of this muscle is very clearly and truthfully represented by Cuvier in one of his illustrations of the myology of Dasypus’. Semimembranosus.—A strong, uniformly broad, strap-shaped muscle, which arises from the ischium, anterior to the tuberosity of the bone, immediately below the origins of the adductor and the crus penis. It passes along the inner aspect of the thigh, to be inserted, the lower half, obliquely into the tibia, immediately posterior to and covered by, at its insertion, the internal lateral ligament, the upper half into the facet and part of the ridge on the inner aspect of the internal condyle of the femur. The inferior edge of the muscle, near its termination, is, moreover, connected with a strong aponeurosis, common also to the semitendinosus and gracilis. Semitendinosus.—A narrow strap-shaped muscle, arising from the tuberosity of the ischium, in close company with, but immediately posterior to, the most posterior at origin of the two divisions of the biceps, and passing across to the inner side of the leg. After a somewhat long course, it terminates a little above the inner malleolus in a strong aponeurosis, common to the terminal portion of the gracilis and semimembranosus, and which is attached to the strongly developed “ shin-ridge " of the tibia. By its lower edge the muscle is connected with strong fascia, continuous with the inner edge of the inner division of the gastrocnemius, close to its insertion. Biceps.—This muscle arises from the posterior (superior) edge of the ischium, imme- diately anterior to its tuberosity. It is made up of two factors, which are distinct from each other throughout the whole of their course. The most anterior at origin arises, partly fleshy, partly distinctly tendinous, from the ischium, and, after proceeding halfway on its course, sends off, nearly at a right angle, from its upper or outer edge, a slender muscular slip, which is finally lost in the fascia covering the outer aspect of the leg, not far below the lowest portion of the tensor vagine femoris. The main part of this factor of the diceps terminates in the strong fascia in the neighbourhood of the heel, at a little distance above the calcaneal process. The second division of the muscle arises slightly posterior, but superior, to the former ` portion, taking origin from the tuberosity itself of the ischium, and being intimately me those fibres of the gluteus maximus which have their origin at this spot. zeg e kl E pun over and passes to the inner side of its fellow, on which sisi d m oi : — in strong fascia which is in close relation with the Point fom the EREN DP of the gastrocnemius, separating this muscle at this T RR ~~ zen factor of the biceps. ; hate or e, = | vaguely, this Seng asa broad triangular sheet, covering e outer aspect of the calf, and seemingly blending with its fascia’. t Anat. Comp. pl. en * Op. cit. pl. 259. fig. 2. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS, 555 The same anatomist figures, in his plates illustrating the myology of the Otter’, as arising from behind the gluteus medius, and covered by the G. maximus, a very thin accessory slip of the biceps femoris, which, “au lieu de s'epanouir sur l'aponévrose jam- biere, comme le biceps, se réunit au gastroenémien externe, et contribue à former le tendon d'Achille." This seems to answer very fairly to the last factor of the biceps, which I have described. A similar aecessory factor of the above muscle is figured by the same author in his plates of the anatomy of the Hyzena, and is described as a ** mince et long ruban mus- eulaire qui descend tout le long de la cuisse et va se fixer vers le milieu de la jambe, sur le fléchisseur du pouce.’” Gast? ius.—This muscle arises by two distinct heads from tubercles situated posterior to the inner and outer condyles of the femur respectively, the outermost head having the widest extent of origin. This latter takes origin from the ridge at which the strong ligament terminates, which is attached above to the third trochanter of the femur, and overlaps, moreover, the origin of the plantaris. It becomes fused with its fellow at about the lower third of the calf, and is inserted into the ealeaneum on either side, by a broad aponeurotic tendon, which crosses over the slender tendon of the plantaris as it passes into the sole. Soleus.—This muscle, which appears to have no tibial origin, arises from a small cavity underneath an overhanging tubercle upon the posterior part of the head of the fibula. From this origin it passes straight down, gradually and slightly broadening, to its insertion at the calcaneum, in advance of that of the gastrocnemii. Besides its own proper insertion, some of its fibres blend on either side with the broad tendon of insertion of the above-mentioned muscle, but have in their midst a kind of foramen for the passage of the tendon of the plantaris into the sole of the foot. Cuvier, in his * Leçons’ *, describes this muscle as of less considerable size in mammals than in man. According to him, it ordinarily attaches itself to the external face of the upper head of the fibula—but sometimes, however, descends to the middle part, as in the Ai and the Elephant. Popliteus.—This is a muscle of considerable size, triangular or fan-like in shape. It arises, by two short heads, from the external condyle of the femur, immediately behind the posterior head of origin of the hindmost of the peronei muscles. The lower of the two heads of origin of this muscle arises from a small depression in the external face of the articular portion of the condyle by a strong roundish tendon, which is, moreover, connected with the external semilunar cartilage. The upper and slighter of the two heads arises fleshy from a smooth facet on the condyle, situated immediately above the pit which affords origin to the first-described factor of the muscle, and is, moreover, in intimate relation with the capsular ligament of the joint. The body of the muscle spreads out, becoming flatter and thinner, to be inserted along nearly 1 Op. cit. pl. 110. fig. 1. ? Op. cit. pl. 131. 3 9nd ed. vol. i. p. 538 VOL. XXVI. 4H 556 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. the whole extent of the posterior ridge or spine of the tibia, from the neck of the bone as far as a point about half an inch above the free lower extremity of its malleolus. For the extent of the upper half-inch of its insertion, it is overlapped by the lower half of the terminal portion of the semimembranosus, which muscle is, in turn, itself overlapped by the strong internal lateral ligament. The popliteus bears a striking resemblance in shape to its supposed serial homologue in the upper limb, namely, the pronator teres. Plantaris —This muscle arises partly fleshy, partly tendinous, in company and almost fused with the outer head of the gastrocnemius, and immediately internal to it (the aboye- mentioned portion of the latter muscle completely covering it on its external side), from a roughish projection from the inferior or posterior aspect of the shaft of the femur, just superior to the inner condyle. The muscle gradually swells out from this origin to attain its greatest breadth at about the termination of the upper third of the calf; after which point it gradually tapers towards a strong tendon, which passes into the sole through a vertical groove in the caleaneal process of the heel-bone, which is arched over by the broad tendon of insertion of the gastrocnemius. The tendon of the plantaris, besides contributing to the plantar fascia, splits, at about the level of the tarso-metatarsal joint, into three divisions, which pass respectively to the hallux, second and third digits, and are inserted into the metacarpal extremities of their respective proximal phalanges, having a mode of termination similar to that of the tendons of the flexor sublimis in the upper limb, in that they form a tunnel for the passage of the tendons of the deep flexor. The offset passing to the hallux is very delicate, and may have been overlooked by Cuvier, since it is omitted in his plate’. From the inferior aspect (the foot being viewed from its plantar surface) of the tendon, before its division, a branch is given off to the fourth digit, which has an inser- tion similar to that of the tendons which pass to the other toes. The above-described contributions of the plantaris muscle to the digits of the foot are interesting, seeing that this vicarious assumption of the office of the flexor brevis is exactly paralleled in the upper extremity by the fusion of the palmaris longus and flexor sublimis into one muscle. Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie, in their paper on the Anatomy of Dasyprocta cristata’, et a quotation from one of Prof. Huxley’s Hunterian Lectures (March 20th, 1865), a the weer in the Rabbit. The passage concludes thus :—“ It ends in perforated ise ic. m i venga ibis : 2 zn oe The editor of ie second mon i ps u. WENN SSR : of Cuvier's < Leçons’ remarks? that in the Carnivora, in some Rodents, and some Edentates the short flezor exists, but its tendons are fused with that of the plantaris. The following remark occurs in the plantaris) se continue manifestement a loin que dans les autres mammiféres, ' Anat. Comp. pl. 260. same work (p. 539) :—* Dans les singes, il (the avec l'aponévrose plantaire. Nous verrons plus il tient lieu de fléchisseur perforé.” * Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1866, p. 414. * Vol. i. p. 557. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 557 Henle says of the same muscle in man :—“ Er ist ein Analogon des M. palmaris der oberen Extremität” !. The plantaris in the Hippopotamus appears to have an arrangement similar to that of its homologue in Dasypus and the Rabbit; for, according to Gratiolet, this muscle terminates in the sole by four digitations, which furnish to each of the four toes a superficial flexor of the first and second phalanx’. . The three toes of the Hyrax, an animal Ungulate in its affinities, are supplied in like manner with offsets from the plantaris’. Flexor longus digitorum.—A large fleshy muscle, which arises by two short heads, separated by the origin of the soleus from the whole posterior surface of the fibula, the most external head being highest and situated on the smooth external aspect of the head of the bone, just behind the origin of the most posterior of the peronei. It also takes origin from the interosseus membrane, and from the fibular aspect of the tibia, imme- diately external to the tibialis posticus. At the posterior tibio-tarsal articulation it becomes suddenly tendinous, and its broad stout tendon passes immediately anterior to the insertion of the soleus, and close to the tibial face of the caleaneal process, into the sole; when at about the level of the tarso- metatarsal joint, it divides into five tendons of nearly equal size, each of which passes to a digit, the hallux included, those supplying the latter and the little toe being some- what slighter than their fellows. Just before its division into the above branches, the tendon broadens, and in it is developed a flat, smooth, oval sesamoid, of less size than the corresponding ossicle in the palmar flexor tendon. The following passage occurs in Cuvier's * Ossemens Fossiles’ * :—Dans le Cachicame * il y a sous le tarse une partie ossifióe du tendon des fléchisseurs comme au pied de devant; mais je ne l'ai pas observée dans le Tatou géant ni dans les Cabassous“ et Encouberts ’”’. Flexor brevis digitorum.—This muscle was absent; ‚but its office appeared to be assumed, as I have already stated, by the modified plantaris. Tibialis posticus.—Arises by two short heads, between which the anterior tibial vessels pass into the front of the leg. The inner of these heads is attached to the upper third of the posterior face of the tibia, while the other takes origin posteriorly from that portion-of the head of the fibula which is anchylosed with the preceding bone. The body of the muscle arises from the whole length of the interosseous membrane, and, at the inner malleolus, becomes tendinous; the tendon, passing through a groove in the posterior inferior aspect of this process, enters the sole of the foot, and finally terminates at the posterior part of the strong scaphoid tubercle which projects on the inner edge of the foot. Just before its insertion, the tendon runs through a strong 1 Muskellehre, p. 289. | | 2 Recherches sur l'Anatomie de l'Hippopotame, Gratiolet, publiées par les soins du Dr. Edmond Alix. Paris, 1867 . p. 295. | 3 Murie and Mivart, “ On the Myology of Hyrax capensis,” Proc. Zool. Soc. April 1865, p. 350. * Nouvelle édit., Paris, 1823, tom. v. p. 131. * Dasypus novemeinctus. * Tatou à 12 bandes (Buffon). 7 D. sexcinctus. n2 558 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. ligamentous sling or pulley, which passes from the anterior part of the free internal edge of the malleolus to the scaphoid bone, immediately posterior to the tubercle men- tioned above. FR Taking origin from the middle third of the posterior aspect of the tibia, immediately below the inner head of the tibialis posticus, and lying between the origin of its body and the popliteus at its insertion, is a smaller muscle, which, at the inner malleolus, becomes tendinous, the tendon lying in the malleolar groove in company with, and to the tibial side of, that of the tibialis posticus. The tendon, after its emergence from the groove, passes on to the internal slope of the dorsum of the foot, and, running over the scaphoidal tubercle, is inserted into the posterior part of an ossicle which lies immediately in front of this tubercle, alongside of the free edge of the ento-cuneiform bone. From the anterior portion of the said ossicle passes a strong tendon or ligament, to be inserted into the tibial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the hallux. : May not the latter of the two muscles described above be regarded as a tibialis posti- cus secundus vel internus! ? Cuvier figures the last-described differentiated slip as the tibialis posticus, while this latter is represented by him as the flexor longus pollicis’. Meckel describes a division of the ti? the Beaver and Marmot, but does not the Bruta?. The same anatomist, in his monograph upon the Platypus‘, records the existence of a sesamoid ossicle in the tendon of the tibialis posticus of this Monotreme. According to Cuvier, the tendon of this muscle contains, in Apes, a sesamoid of con- siderable size, placed under the scaphoid’. Church, however, does not record the exis- tence of any such ossicle in the Apes he examined. Tibialis anticus.—A muscle of fair s face of the tibia, from the. hollow bone with the fibula, from the inner ialis posticus into two parts as taking place in record the occurrence of a like differentiation in e, and from the interosseous membrane. gin at the tibio-tarsal articulation, it becomes to the tibial side of, and parallel to that of, the Passing obliquely inwards from its ori tendinous; and its tendon then runs close ' I am glad to find that the above hint coincides with a suggestion thrown out by Mr. John Wood in a paper on “ Varieties in Human Myology ” read before the Royal Socie The passage in which this occurs the scaphoid bone. Its relation to the the Armadilloes and other Edentata is * Op. cit. pp. 636, 637. ; ; npt. Anat. (Fol. Leipzig, 1826), p. 30:—« Reliquis longe minor tendine tenu, angi primæ inseritur,” e ee EE WM EE eege: o MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 559 muscle mentioned above—but, just before this passes into its tendinous pulley, parts company from it, and turns over the inner aspect of the ento-cuneiform bone, to be inserted into its inner or inferior edge. Peroneus longus.—A muscle of considerable length, having but very slight connexion with the fibula. It has two heads of origin, both fleshy :—the smaller, and higher, from the outer edge of the patella, immediately above its ligament ; the larger, from the arch- like ridge connecting the anchylosed upper extremities of the tibia and fibula, most of its inner fibres being intimately connected with those of the origin of the extensor com- munis; other fibres, too, arising from a strong fibrous intermuscular septum, which passes to the latter muscle from the anterior ridge of the fibula. Upon reaching, after a straight course, the hamular projection from the outer mal- leolus, the muscle becomes tendinous, the tendon lying posterior in the concavity of the above process, being included, together with two other tendons, presently to be described, in a kind of synovial sheath, and being, moreover, arched over by strong fascia which passes from the malleolar process to the keel. The tendon then dips down in front of a tubercle (the probable representative of the “peroneal tubercle” of human-anatomy language) developed upon the outer side of the anterior extremity of the caleaneum, being at this spot also arched over by strong fascia. It now, parting company from the two tendons mentioned above, passes into the sole of the foot, turning inwards sharply, almost at right angles to its previous course, and running along in the space between the cuboid and scaphoid bones posteriorly, and the bones in relation with these anteriorly, being covered by strong ligament which bridges over the intevening gap, reaches finally the outer or fibular side of tlie base of the meta- tarsal bone of the hallux. The tendon, moreover, on reaching the sole of the foot, sends a flat offset to the tibial side of the base of the metatarsal of the fifth digit. Peronei, brevis et tertius.—Since these muscles are, at their upper part, with difficulty to be differentiated from each other, they had best be included under one description. The highest fibres of origin of the compound muscle proceed from the outer face of the external eondyle of the femur, and from a strong flat ligamentous band which proceeds to this part of the condyle from the outer edge of the superior half of the patella. A few fibres, too, arise fleshy from the outer edge of the inferior half of the patella, im- mediately below the attachment to it of the above-mentioned band, being overlapped by the highest fibres of origin of the peroneus longus. The bulk of the muscle takes origin from the whole outer aspect of the fibula, and runs down parallel with, and close to, the preceding muscle, and shares with it the same synovial sheath, behind the outer malleolus, lying posterior and external to its tendon. 'The main portion of the muscle does not become tendinous until it reaches the ** pero- neal tubercle ” of the os calcis. Here its tendon passes under the same fibrous bridge as that which arches over the tendon of the p. longus, and is finally inserted into the outer face of the tubercle developed upon the inferior surface of the metatarsal of the fifth digit. Such a termination appears to answer to that of the peroneus brevis. Beginning in the muscle, about halfway down, and running for some distance in its 560 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. substance, there is present another tendon, which leaves the body of the muscle at about the level of the malleolus, and, lying first between the tendons of the p. longus and brevis, and then to the inner side of the former, but sharing the same synovial sheath, passes, superficial to, and to the inner side of these two tendons, under the fibrous bridge mentioned above, to be inserted into the outer side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit. This latter tendon may be regarded as a fair representative of that of the peroneus tertius. Meckel notices the arrangement of the peronei in the Anteater and Ai’. They are described as being only two in number, long and short. In the former animal the first is described as feeble, while the second divides into two factors which pass respectively to the metatarsal and first phalanx of the fifth digit—an arrangement resembling that which I have just described as existing in Dasypus. In the Ai, both p. longus and p. brevis are double, the longest factor of the former muscle coming from the femur. This muscle, moreover, is not continued into the sole, but stops short at the base of the external metatarsal. The same anatomist further on describes, as present in the Ant- eater, a small extensor proprius of the fifth digit—** der dritte Wadenbeinmuskel "— which springs from the fibula, between the long and short extensor communis, and ter- minates at the fourth tendon of the former extensor. A similar short extensor proprius, or “ third peroneal,” is described as existing in Dasypus (species not given), which comes even from the external condyle of the femur. The termination of this muscle is, unfortunately, not mentioned’. The editor of the second edition of Cuvier's ‘ Leçons’ remarks? that in the Ai there is no p. longus. The p. brevis is a long muscle which arises from the whole length of the fibula, and above the tendon of origin of the extensor communis, which itself comes from the condyle of the femur. The “ middle” peroneus, which comes but from the inferior part of the fibula, serves as the extensor of the two external digits. Extensor communis digitorum.—Axises from nearly the whole length of the anterior ridge of the fibula, and from the outer half of the arch by which this ridge communicates with that on the front of the tibia, being in close relation at its origin with the anterior (or shorter) head of origin of the peroneus longus. A little above the tibio-tarsal joint it terminates in three roundish equal-sized tendons, which, after passing under a kind of annular ligament at the joint, are distributed as follows :— The outer, or fibular, tendon divides, at the metatarso-phalangeal articulation of the fifth digit, into two branches; the outer of which passes to the terminal phalanx of this digit, while the inner joins the lateral expansion of the tendon next to be described, which this forms over the proximal phalanx of the fourth digit. The middle tendon, a little before its division, receives, on its inferior surface and fibular side, the outer of the three divisions of the extensor brevis, and at the level of the tarso-metatarsal joint of the fourth digit divides into two branches, the outer of which passes to the distal phalanx of the fourth digit, receiving at its lateral expansion the D i 1 ; ^ Vergleich. Anat. loc. cit. p. 626. * Op. cit. pp. 641, 642, * Loe, cit. p. 542. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 561 inner of the two branches of its fibular fellow, while its inner branch is despatched to the middle toe, there to join the expansion of its tibial comrade over the proximal pha- lanx of this digit. The last or tibial tendon divides at a much higher point than do the two preceding, this division taking place at about the end of the first half of the metatarsal of the middle digit; immediately, however, before doing this, it receives on its inferior surface the middle of the three divisions of the extensor brevis. It then divides into two branches, the outer of which reaches eventually the distal phalanx of the middle digit, receiving, however, at its lateral expansion over the proximal phalanx of this digit, the inner branch of the middle tendon of the extensor communis. The second, or innermost branch of the tibial tendon reaches at last the distal phalanx of the second digit; but, at its lateral expansion over the proximal phalanx, it receives a thin, but comparatively broad band given off from the middle of the convexity of its curved offset to the tendon of the extensor proprius hallucis. This offset leaves the last-described branch of the tibial tendon of the extensor communis at the point where it diverges from the outer branch of the same tendon, and may be regarded as a third branch of the tendon. It is joined at its origin by the innermost of the three divisions of the extensor brevis, and, after giving off the flat band mentioned above, is continued into the tendon of the extensor proprius hallucis. The extensor communis in the Ai, according to Meckel', has an amphibian peculiarity, in that it does not reach as far as the toes, but is attached by a strong single tendon to the middle of the middle metatarsal. It is stated in Cuvier’s * Leçons’ that the common extensor of the toes, in most Rodents and Edentates, besides other animals, takes origin by a tendon from the external condyle of the femur’. Cuvier’s representation of the termination of the tendons of this muscle, in one of his figures of the myology of Dasypus, is not distinct enough to allow of the determination of its correctness or the reverse’. Extensor brevis digitorum.—An entirely fleshy muscle, which arises from the upper half of the whole length of the calcaneal process, on the external aspect of the bone, being bounded below by a line joining the peroneal tubercle and the free extremity of the process. It passes forwards, being arched over by a ligament which is extended between the outer malleolus and the tubercle mentioned above, and by the tendons of . the peronei muscles, and, on gaining the dorsum of the foot, divides into three fusiform slips of equal size, which take an oblique direction from without inwards, and join two of the three tendons into which the common extensor divides, at a little beyond the first half of their course, and slightly posterior to their ramifications. The outer of the three slips passes to the middle of the above tendons ; the middle slip joins the inner or tibial one; while the inner slip passes to the curved transverse branch which the tibial tendon gives off to join the tendon of the extensor proprius hallucis. * Op. cit. p. 641. * Loc. eit. p. 535. * Anat. Comp. pl. 259. fig. 2. 562 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. Cuvier, in one of his figures, gives a good representation of the origin of the extensor brevis; but the termination is ill-defined’. In M. tamandua, according to Rapp’, this muscle has attachments to all five digits. Such a distribution is borne out by one of Cuvier’s figures of this species of Anteater’. Extensor proprius hallucis.—Arises from the inner face of the fibula and from the inner edge of its anterior spine or ridge, a little above the level of the point where this bone begins to fuse inferiorly with the tibia, and below the lowest fibres of origin of the tibialis anticus. The muscle runs obliquely inwards, parallel with the inferior or outer edge of the tibialis anticus, and becomes tendinous at the level of the tibio-tarsal articulation. The tendon, which runs parallel with that of the above muscle, courses along the inner aspect of the tarsus, passes through a tendinous loop or pulley which projects from the fibular side of the ossicle which lies immediately anterior to the prominent scaphoidal tubercle, takes a direction inclining obliquely outwards, and, broadening out, is inserted into the base of the proximal phalanx of the hallux. Just before this inser- tion, it sends a communicating branch to that broadened-out portion of the tibial tendon of the extensor communis which is inserted into the base of the proximal phalanx of the second digit. The tendon then contracts again, and, running along the dorsum of the hallux, terminates at the base of the ungual phalanx. : Plantar muscles of hallux.—From the posterior edge of the smooth oval tubercle on the fibular side of the plantar surface of the scaphoid bone arises a tendon which becomes continuous with two fusiform muscular slips; one of which passes to the sesamoid bone situated at the tibial side of the base of the proximal phalanx, while the other 18 continued to the distal phalanx of the hallux. | Though not strikingly homologous, these muscles may, I venture to think, be con- sidered the representatives of the abductor and tibial head of the flexor brevis of the hallux. They appear to be, with respect to function, opponents to the peroneus longus. Plantar muscles of fifth digit— These are three in number, and are as follows :— a. A fusiform slip, which arises tendinous from the external, or fibular, tuberosity of the calcaneal process, and from strong fascia connected with the outer edge of this bone, and passes straight to its insertion into a strong tubercle developed upon the plantar aspect of the metatarsal of the fifth digit. ß. A muscle, somewhat broad at origin, which arises immediately to the inner side of the preceding, from the tibial, or inner, tuberosity of the caleaneal process. It gradually narrows into a long slender tendon, which is inserted into the outer (fibular) side of the ungual (middle ?) phalanx of the fifth digit, on its palmar aspect. s muscles are probably the representatives of the abductor and flexor brevis minimi digiti. y. A very small and delicate muscle, Which appears to take origin from the deep ' Op. cit. pl. 259. fig. 9. * Op. cit. p. 51. * Op. cit. pl. 261. fig. 1. MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. 563 plantar fascia, at about the junction of the cuboid with the metatarsal bone of the fifth digit; and which is inserted into the outer side of the base of the proximal phalanx of this digit. The true homologies of this muscle, which was so small that I nearly overlooked its presence, appear to be by no means easy of determination. Interossei.—These somewhat delicate muscles are five in number, and radiate to their respective insertions from a common origin at the strong plantar ligament, where this crosses over the tendon of the peroneus longus as it passes along the sole to the hallux. The first (innermost) of these muscles proceeds to the fibular side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the hallux. The second and third pass one to either side of the same element of the second digit. The fourth terminates at the tibial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the fourth digit. The fifth passes to the same side of the ungual phalanx of the fifth digit (opponens digiti quinti?). This muscle, like the interosseus despatched to the corresponding digit in the fore limb, is the most considerable in size of the plantar interossei. It will be seen that the middle digit possesses no interosseus, unless it be (which is not improbably the case) that the third passes to its tibial side. In this case the interossei may be regarded as abductors towards an imaginary line drawn through the intermeta- carpal space between the second digit and hallux. Lumbricales.—These muscles are no less than seven in number. They take origin from four primary stocks or trunks, which are situated in the angles of the interspaces of the five branches of the deep flexor tendon, at the point of divergence of these latter from the sesamoid bone imbedded in this tendon, the two middle trunks arising slightly in advance of the two outer lumbrical stocks. The outer or fibular stock divides into two thin muscular slips; one of which passes to the tibial side of the fifth digit, whilst the other terminates at the fibular side of the fourth digit. The next lumbrical stock, which arises in the interspace between the deep flexor tendons of the third and fourth digits, passes, without division, to the tibial side of the fourth digit. The inner of the two middle stocks divides into two branches; one of which proceeds to the tibial side of the third digit, the other to the fibular side of the second digit. The inner or tibial stock also divides into two slips, of which one proceeds to the tibial side of the second digit, the other to the fibular side of the hallux. Of these seven lwmbricales, the hallux, third, and fifth digits possess but one, the former on its fibular, the two latter on their tibial sides; while the second and fourth digits have one on each side. For the bibliography of the subjeet with which this paper deals, and for any general remarks which I may have occasion to make thereon, I refer to a forthcoming paper upon Orycteropus Capensis. VOL. XXVI. 41 564 MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. PıLATE XLIV. Fig. 1. Muscles seen upon the anterior aspect of the left arm and forearm. SC. Subclavius. SS. Supraspinatus. D. Deltoid. L D. Latissimus dorsi. P. Pectoralis. C B. Coraco-brachialis. C B3. Caraco-brachialis, * long” variety. B. Biceps. BA. Brachialis anticus. ECR. Extensor carpi radialis. EOMP. , ossis metacarpi pollicis. EI. » indicis. ECD. » Communis digitorum. E A. » annularis. EMD. , minimi digiti. ECU. » Carpi ulnaris. S B. Supinator brevis, P T. Pronator radii teres. FCR. Flexor carpi radialis. FP D. Flexor profundus digitorum. A B P. Abductor pollicis, O P. Opponens pollicis. A BI. Abductor indicis. Fig. 2. Inner aspect of arm and forearm, left side, (Those muscles which have been already represented in the preceding figure retain the same lettering. This also applies to suc- ceeding figures.) S. Subscapularis. CBI Coraco-brachialis, “ short” variety. TM. Teres major. DE. Dorso-épitrochlien. T. Triceps. EA. Epitrochleo-anconeus. CAL. Coraco-acromial ligament. Fig. 3. Outer aspect of left arm and forearm. AB. Acromio-basilar, D1. Deltoid, « clavicular” portion, D2 = “ acromial ” portion. D3. ae “ scapular ” portion. A. Anconeus, MR. J. C. GALTON ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. Fig. 4. Dissection, showing deep-lying muscles on inner aspect of thigh. Left side. MD. Gluteus medius. QF. Quadratus femoris. OE. Obturator externus. VE. Vastus externus. VI. Vastus internus. R. Rectus. A. Adductor. P. Pectineus. G. Gracilis. S. Sartorius. PP. Psoas parvus. EP. Erector penis. Fig. 5. Muscles seen upon anterior aspect of right leg. T A. Tibialis anticus. T P. Tibialis posticus. EPH. Extensor proprius hallucis. EC D. j communis digitorum. EBD. e brevis digitorum, PL. Peroneus longus. PB. » brevis. PE: is tertius. * Patella. TRANS Linn. Soc Vor XXVI Tap 44 Fig. 1l se ba > J.C, Galton del 1868. G West lith. W West , imp. DASYPUS BEAUIMUIUS r^ [ 567 ] XII. The Myology of the Upper and Lower Extremities of Orycteropus Capensis. By JOHN CHARLES Garton, Esq., M.A., Exeter College, Oxford. (Plates XLV. & XLVI.) Read June 4th, 1868, A REMARKABLY fine adult male specimen of Orycteropus Capensis' (the ** Aard- vark" of Dutch colonists) having been presented to the University Museum, Oxford, by W. A. Sandford, Esq., F.G.S., of Nynehead Court, Somerset, I have been enabled, by the kind permission of Prof. Rolleston, F.R.S., to examine the muscular system of this animal. The rarity of the beast, the great size of the specimen, and the fair condition, in most respects, of its muscles, and, finally, the hope of being able to throw even yet some light here and there upon its anatomy, since they were the reasons which encouraged me in the undertaking, are the exeuses which I offer to this Society for bringing forward the results of what may appear to some a work of supererogation, seeing that a paper on the myology of the Orycteropus, by Prof. Humphry, of Cambridge, was published but lately in the journal which he conducts as joint editor?. Cuvier has the priority of Prof. Humphry in investigation of the myology of Oryc- teropus; but no complete record of his observations, if ever written, appears to be extant. He has, however, left nine figures, which are comprised in three plates, illus- trating the anatomy of this animal, as a testimony of his labours?. The specimen which I am about to describe weighed 95 Ibs. The viscera and external genitals had been removed ; and it had been conveyed to England in spirit. The principal measurements were as follows :—From tip of snout to extremity of tail, 685 inches; from tip of tail to lower border of pubic symphysis, 25 inches (the neigh- bourhood of the anus had been so involved in the incisions which had been made for the removal of the genitals, that I had no better fixed point from which to take a measurement); from labial commissure to anterior angle of eyelids, 33 inches; from * For figures of the animal, see :—Rapp’s ‘Anatomische Untersuchungen über die Edentaten,’ Tübingen, 1852, Taf. i.; Daniell’s * Sketches representing the native Tribes, Animals, and Scenery of Southern Africa,’ London, 1820, plate ii. (the drawings, though somewhat rude, are no doubt very trustworthy, since they were taken in the country itself) ; Cuvier's * Règne Animal" (Mammifères), pl. 73 (the figure here given was taken from a stuffed specimen) ; ` English Cyclopedia,’ (Nat. Hist.) vol. i. fig. 1, art. Aagp-vanx. There is a description of this animal at p. 342, vol. i. of Burchell’s * Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa' (2 vols. Lond. 1822). The vignette at the head of chap. 18, p. 446 of the same volume, represents ant-hills, one of which has been broken into at the side by the Aard-vark. The Hottentot name for this animal (op. cit. vol. ii. p. 424) is Takkara. 2 Journ. of Anat. and Phys. (2nd ser.) vol. i. p. 290. Cambridge, 1868. * Cuvier, Laurillard et Mercier, * Anatomie Comparée, recueil de planches’ (fol.), pls. 254-256. Paris, 1855. VOL. XXVI, 4 K 568 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF posterior angle of eyelid to anterior border of concha of ear, 4 inches; from anterior border of concha to tip of ear, 7 inches; from posterior border of ealeaneum to tip of nail of middle toe (plantar surface), 103 inches; from anterior border of radius, or pos- terior border of wrist, to extremity of longest digit (dorsal measurement), 73 inches. The * manus" in this animal has only four digits, the pollex being rudimentary. The homologue of the “middle” digit is the longest, the index being shorter, but of very nearly equal length. This character serves to distinguish O. Capensis from the only other species, Æ. ZEthiopicus'. The homologue of the * fourth” finger comes next in size, the little finger being by far the shortest. The “pes” has a large oval callosity in the centre of the sole. The heel is extremely well marked, and is, moreover, covered on its plantar aspect with a callous pad. This character, taken together with the plantar callosity, indicates obviously a plantigrade mode of progression. Such a conclusion is supported by Daniel's figures, to which refer- ence has already been made’. ; Five digits are present, of which the middle is the longest, the second being shorter, but very nearly of the same length. The hallux comes next in size; the root of its nail is in a line with the tip of the little toe. UPPER rxrREMITY.— Though the arm is more easily abducted from the side than is the fore limb in the Armadillo described by me, the extension of the forearm from the upper arm is, nevertheless, much limited, chiefly in consequence of the attachment of the strong platysma along the outer aspect of the former. I must here crave indulgence for a looseness and seeming uncertainty in my descrip- tions of certain muscles, seeing that I had no skeleton at hand while dissecting (a guide of which those alone know the value who have ever dissected much)—my sole osteological aid being derived from the plate of the skeleton of the Orycteropus contained in Guvier’s * Ossemens Fossiles,’ which I had always at my side when at work, and from a single short visit to the actual skeleton of this animal at the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. The more precise descriptions are founded upon more certain observations, and are, therefore, I hope, the more worthy of trust. Musculus sternalis brutorum (or superficial layer of panniculus carnosus).—This is exceedingly well developed in the Orycteropus, and extends from the labial commissure to the lower extremity of the thorax. In the region of the head and neck its fibres are delicate and pale; but when the chest is reached, they become coarse and darker in colour, the bulk of the muscle being at the same time increased. At the commissure of the lips the fibres of the muscle appear to diverge, forming oF sending contributions to a kind of orbicularis oris. Thence they pass, uniform in breadth, along the buccal interspace between the upper and lower jaws; but on reaching the : Rapp, op. cit. p. 13. Mr. Andrew Murray, however, Loealities,” appended (p. 341) to his * Geographi Oryeteropus, namely :— 90. Ethiopieus, Sund., S Africa; 0. Senegalensis, Less., Senegal. * In pl. 53 of «S ology’ ia), vol. i. part i | ip ai of * Shaw's Zoology (Mammalia), vol, i. part i, (Lond, 1800), the Orycteropus is plainly fepe T in a * Synonymie List of Species of Mammals’ and their cal Distribution of Mammals’ (Lond. 1866), mentions three species of . Nubia, near the White Nile; 0. Capensis, Geoffr., Caffraria, 5. W. THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 569 cervical region, immediately after passing beyond the inferior extremity of the vertical ramus of the mandible, they spread out, and soon give off from the outer side a branch of fibres, which curve gradually outwards and downwards, and, passing over the deeper layer of the panniculus carnosus, are lost in the dense fibro-adipose subcutaneous tissue of the neck. Immediately underneath the muscle, during the whole extent of its passage along the neck, lies the enormously developed submaxillary gland, the strong fibrous capsule of the latter only intervening. On reaching the anterior border of the chest, the muscle narrows in breadth, but increases in thickness, and, passing over the insertion of the sterno-mastoid and manu- brial portion of the pectoralis major, is inserted into the middle line of the sternum, from immediately below the insertion of the former muscle to about the beginning of the posterior or inferior third of the bone, its fibres meeting those of its fellow in the middle line, but not decussating with them. A few fibres seem to be prolonged into the fascia covering the abdomen; and a few others are given off from the outer edge of the muscle, on a level with its lowest point of insertion, to be lost over the ascending fibres of the dermo-humerien. Since this muscle coexists with an upward extension of the rectus abdominis, and with a downward prolongation of the sterno-mastoid, the only alternative left is to regard it, with Halbertsma, as a muscle sui generis, or to agree with Professor Turner! in con- sidering it a differentiated portion of the panniculus carnosus—a conclusion in which I am inclined to concur. Prof. Humphry, though he has given a full description and a good representation (loc. cit. pl. 13) of the panniculus carnosus”, has not considered the factor just described in the light of its bearings upon the question of the nature and affinities of the musculus sternalis. ; Cuvier, in his plates of the Orycteropus”, gives a good representation of this muscle, under the name of **thoraco-facien." It is figured on the inner of two divisions of the platysma, the outer of which passes over to the external aspect of the arm and forearm, and is termed by him “ dermo-humérien." Platysma myoides.—This element of the panniculus carnosus is very well developed, and consists of a strong and somewhat coarse muscle, which arises from the whole extent of the inferior edge of the jugal arch and, seemingly, in part from the body of the malar bone, passes downwards and outwards over the shoulder, and along the outer aspect of the arm, to be inserted, along the radial edge of the forearm, in the fascia which clothes its external aspect. At the middle of its course it is crossed by a band of muscular fibres, which eurve outwards and downwards from the outer edge of the musculus ster- nalis to be finally lost in the subcutaneous tissue of the neck. 1 «On the Musculus Sternalis," Journ. of Anat. & Phys., Cambridge, 1857, Ist ser. vol. i. p. 246. To the animals cited by Prof. Turner in support of his views, at p. 253 in the above paper, I am able to add from my own observa- tions Hystrix (eristata?). The muscle in question is well represented by Cuvier, under the name of “ thoraco- facien,” in his figures of this animal, op. cit. pl. 228. 2 Loe. cit. p. 292. ` | 3 Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 1, pl. 255. | | 4K 2 570 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF A little further on, this muscle appears to enter into a more or less intimate connexion with the under surface of the musculus sternalis, before this latter broadens out in the cervical region. This muscle is well represented by Cuvier’, under the name of dermo-humerien. Rhomboidei.—These are scarcely to be differentiated except by a slight difference in the arrangement of their muscular fibres, the r. minor being coarser in texture than its fellow. The r. minor takes origin from the occipital crest, and from the side of the nuchal lizament, along its whole length, and is inserted into the superior angle of the scapula, and into a very small adjoining portion of the base of the bone, This muscle is represented by Cuvier? under the name of * rhomboide du cou." The r. major arises fleshy from the spine of the ** vertebra prominens " (1st dorsal), and from those of the three succeeding vertebrz», also from an aponeurosis covering the deeper dorsal muscles, and covered in turn by the Zrapezius. It is inserted along the whole of the posterior costa of the scapula. Levator anguli scapule.—This muscle consists of two portions, the smaller of which is a slip of uniform breadth arising from the transverse process of the atlas, beneath the origin of the acromio-basilar, but fused with it. It was inserted into the posterior part of the fascia covering the supraspinatus. The bulk of the muscle seemed to take origin from the transverse processes of the cervical vertebrz, from the second to the fifth inclu- sive, and was inserted into the upper angle of the base of the scapula, fusing with the superior portion of the inserted part of the serratus magnus, as described by Prof. Humphry*. The first-mentioned factor of this muscle may answer, I think, tothe occipito-scapular, which I have described as having so enormous a development in Dasypus sexcinctus. Serratus magnus.—Had no peculiarities worthy of note, excepting that, besides taking origin from the first eight ribs, it seemed also to arise from the transverse processes of the two lowest cervical vertebrae, assuming thus the appearance of a downward con- tinuation of the levator anguli scapule. It is inserted into the inner aspect of the scapula, close to the basal margin. Acromio-basilar.—This muscle, termed by Prof. Humphry‘ “ cervico-humeral," arose from the transverse process of the atlas, and was inserted into the ** metacromial process ” (Parker) of the scapula. During nearly the whole of its course it ran in close relation to the free edge of the cervical portion (Cuvier) of the trapezius, was nearly fused with it. Cuvier gives a very good representation of this muscle’, “ acromio- ” or “omo-trachélien.” It may be worth noting that in this author’s figure of the Armadillo* the symbol of a factor (“portion cervicale”) of the trapezius is attached to the homologue of this muscle. The acromio-basilar may, after all, be regarded, as a differentiated portion of the trapezius. and, just before insertion, under the designation of Meckel long ago suggested’, as but Trapezius.—This muscle appeared to take origin, as far as I could ascertain without * Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 1, and pl. 255. ? Op. cit, pl. 25 i © fik y aos, D Op. eit. pl. 254. fig. 2, * Loc. cit, p. 299. 5 S Op. cit. pl. 254, fig. 2, * Ibid, pl. 259. fig. 2. ” “Syst. der vergleich, Anat.’ Halle, 1828, dritt. Theil, p- 481, T er 4 ee ae ee EEEE THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 571 the assistance of a skeleton at hand, from the lumbar aponeurosis, from the spines of the first nine dorsal vertebre, and from the nuchal ligament, being covered at the highest point of origin, as Prof. Humphry remarks', by the retractor auris. Its anterior half is inserted fleshy into the upper edge of the anterior half of the scapular spine, being almost continued here into the scapular division of the deltoid, and having a small layer of fibres detached from its inferior surface to be inserted into the fascia covering the supraspinatus muscle. . The rest of the trapezius radiates towards an irregularly oval aponeurosis, which is inserted into the broadened-out tubercle or facet developed midway upon the spine of the scapula. The most anterior inserted portion of the muscle is in intimate relation with the terminal part of the acromio-basilar. The trapezius has no clavicular insertion whatever. Omo-hyoid.—This muscle, as was the case in Dasypus, is absent. Prof. Humphry makes no remark concerning either its presence or absence; nor is it figured by Cuvier. Cuvier does not mention this muscle when describing the hyoidean myology in Dasypus. He says, however, that in the Sloths it is entirely absent (* manque tout- à-fait "*.) It is remarked in Cuvier's * Lecons'? that the omo-hyoids are wanting in the Sloths. They are described in the Anteater; but no mention is made of either their presence or absence in the Armadillo. Prof. Owen, in his description of the muscles of the tongue of the Great Anteater, makes no mention of this muscle‘. I conclude, therefore, that ‚it is absent in this animal. The Zevator clavicule, which was present in the Armadillo, is absent in Orycteropus. Sterno-mastoid.—The bulk of this muscle had its ordinary origin from the mastoid process of the temporal bone, and was inserted along the upper edge of the manubrium sterni. On its middle third rested the principal lobe of the submaxillary gland. Another and smaller section of the muscle took origin, or was inserted, along the whole of the middle line of the manubrium, meeting with its fellow of the opposite side— an arrangement similar to that in the Armadillo. It then ran along the outer edge of the first-described section of the muscle, fusing with it, but on reaching the upper part of the neck was separated from it by the jugular vein, which passed between. At the root of the ear it terminated, serving as a kind of depressor auris—an arrangement very clearly represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. The cleido-mastoid, which rises beneath the above, from the mastoid process, runs along on its outer side for the greater part of its course, but, finally diverging, is inserted into the sternal half of the clavicle. Subclavius.—This is a very well deeg muscle, taking origin from the manubrium of the sternum, and from the junction of the first rib with this bone—in part, too, by ! Loc. cit. p. 298. ? Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 563. 3 9nd edit. Paris, 1835, tome iv. 1° partie, p. 490, * «On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater,” Trans, Zool. Soc. July 1854. 5 Op. cit. pl. 255. 572 ; MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF means of a slight, but distinct, downward prolongation of some of its fibres, from the terminal aponeurosis of the rectus abdominis, which finds insertion at the first rib. It then passes, rolled upon itself, under the clavicle, to be inserted aponeurotically along the upper border of the acromial half of this bone, into akind of sesamoid! situated just below the acromio-clavicular joint, and which is imbedded in the fibres of origin of the deltoid, along the acromion itself, and into the fascia covering the supraspinatus muscle; while a thin stratum, derived from the lower portion of the muscle, finds inser- tion by aponeurosis along the inner edge of the strong coraco-acromial ligament. | This mode of insertion of the subelavius bears great resemblance to that of its homo- logue in the species of Dasypus already described by me. The muscle, at its insertion, is fairly represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. Prof. Rolleston considers that the ventral portion of the muscle, through the inter- mediation of fascia covering the external surface of the acromion, can act, as in the Guineapig, upon the acromial portion of the deltoid. With regard to the significance of the origin of part of the sudelavius from the terminal tendon of the rectus abdominis, and its bearings upon the possible homology of the former muscle with the levator humeri of Birds, both detail and generalization will be found in a forthcoming paper by Dr. Rolleston **on the Homologies of certain Muscles connected with the Shoulder-joint "'*, : I could not determine with certainty, in the specimens of Dasypus sexcinctus which I examined, whether the lowest fibres of origin of the subelavius were in any wise conti- nuous with the terminal fibres of the rectus abdominis, which muscle had a fleshy (instead of an aponeurotic) insertion at the first rib, at the very foot of the origin of the subelavius*. | ‚Obliguus externus.—Though not strictly a muscle of the upper limb, it may not be out of place to remark here that it extends very high over the chest, its aponeurosis here covering the rectus abdominis almost up to the termination of this latter. Its highest fibres of origin arise from the upper edge of the first rib, between the origin of the sub- the specimen which I was dissecting, The ossicle was present on both sides. Prof. Humphry has made no mention of its existence ; nor is it figured or described by Cuvier in his * Ossemens Fossiles? Rapp, in the osteological portion of his monograph, makes no reference to such a bone; nor is there one present, on either side, in the skeleton of Orycteropus at the Royal College of Surgeons, i Mr. Parker, moreover, in his monograph on the * Structure and Development of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata, published this year by the Ray Society, neither mentions the presence of this ossicle in the Orycteropus, nor does he represent it in his figures of the shoulder-girdle of this animal (Pl. xxiii. figs. 17 and 18), though the specimen from which these were taken is described as « old.” | The ossicle, if not a « sesamoid," may represent the “ mesoscapular segment" described by Mr. Parker at p. 195 of the above-quoted monograph. * Op. cit. pl. 256. fig. 5. ` Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi. 1868. : 4 d H E Meckel (Vergleich. Anat. Joc. et. p. 453) mentions that, in. the Armadillo (Tatu), the rectus aldominis reaches, * ohne Unterbrechung," to the first rib. EN THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 573 clavius (with a few fibres of which muscle it seems to communicate) and the insertion of the scalenus. Prof. Rolleston has pointed out to me a similar high origin of this muscle in the Crocodile. Meckel mentions a high origin of the external oblique from the first rib, as existing in the Hedgehog and Raccoon’. In Dasypus sexcinctus this muscle does not appear to arise from a point higher than the third rib, immediately posterior to the cartilage, and in advance of the insertion of the scalenus. In one of Cuvier’s plates, however, this external oblique is figured as though taking origin from the first rib, immediately below the lowest fibres of origin of the subclavius’. Deltoid.—This muscle, as in Dasypus, consists of three distinct portions, more or less triangular in shape, which are fairly, but not extensively, developed in proportion to the rest of the muscles of the shoulder. They are as follow :— a. Clavieular.—A flat, triangular, or fan-shaped slip, arising from the scapular half of the clavicle, from its inferior or anterior edge, its innermost fibres of origin being at the point of attachment of the outermost fibres of insertion of the cleido-mastoid. It then passes downwards, along the anterior aspect of the arm, covering at their insertion the factor of the deltoid next to be described, and the pectoralis major muscle, and becomes tendinous at the level of the lowest point of insertion of the latter. Its tendon, with the exception of a slight aponeurotic communication with the somewhat flattened and at- tenuated inferior portion of the tendon of the great pectoral, passes straight on, to join and become fused with that of the biceps, and, eventually, to share its insertion. B. Acromial.—An almost entirely fleshy slip, having half the length of the first- described factor of the deltoid. It arises from the whole inferior edge of the acromial portion of the scapula—namely, the part included between the strong downward-looking * metacromial process” and the free extremity of the acromion. It is inserted into the strongly developed “ deltoid ridge” of the humerus, immediately external or posterior to the upper half of the terminal portion of the manubrial factor of the pectoralis major. y. Seapular.—This arises, in part, from the flat oval facet developed upon the spine of the scapula at about the middle of its course, in part from a tendon which takes origin from the anterior half of the scapular spine, and which is also shared by the anterior fibres of insertion of the trapezius. Thence it passes obliquely downwards and forwards, and, on reaching the posterior edge of the **acromial" division of the deltoid, runs into a somewhat broad and thinly flattened tendon, which lies behind the internal face of the above division, and, fusing with it, shares its insertion. Cuvier most distinctly figures this muscle as made up of three factors, and, moreover, gives the name “deltoïde à l'avant-bras" to that factor which I have termed “ clavi- cular”*; but Prof. Humphry* notices only two divisions in the specimen which he has described. Supraspinatus.—Arises from the supraspinous fossa of the scapula, and has a very broad ? Vergleich. Anat. loc. cit, p. 454. ? Op. cit. pl. 260, 7 Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2. * Loc. cit. p. 299, 574 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF insertion, partly fleshy, partly tendinous, into the whole of the upper part of the outer tuberosity of the humerus. Infraspinatus.—A large muscle, having the usual origin in the fossa from which it derives its name. It is inserted into the external tuberosity of the humerus by a broad strong tendon, which, just before its termination, passes over a facet, somewhat reniform in outline, situated on the outer aspect of the tuberosity, a bursa being interposed. Teres minor.—A short, triangular muscle, arising from the outer edge of the anterior third of the axillary costa of the scapula, and overlapping the anterior half of the origin of the “long” head of the triceps. It passes forwards to be inserted fleshy into the humerus, immediately below the facet mentioned in connexion with the preceding muscle. From the middle of the inferior edge of the muscle passes a strong tendon to the “ metacromial process" of the scapula. Subscapularis.—This muscle takes its usual origin from the inner surface of the scapula, and is inserted by a strong tendon into the inner tuberosity of the humerus. Teres major.—A somewhat narrow muscle of nearly uniform width, arising from the lower third of the inner edge of the axillary border of the scapula, and being completely fused at origin with the inferior edge of the subscapularis, and with that posterior element of the £riceps with which the Zatissimus dorsi is conjoined, before this latter detaches from itself the dorso-Epitrochlien. It passes forwards, being applied closely to the tendon of the latissimus dorsi, to be inserted tendinously into the bicipital groove, a little below the inner tuberosity of the humerus, its tendon lying above that of the last- mentioned muscle, but being slightly overlapped by it on its lower edge. Rapp describes in the Tamandua a fusion of the tendon of the teres major with the latissimus dorsi, before it terminates at the humerus}, Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle appeared to take origin from strong aponeurotic fascia attached to the lower half of the dorsal portion of the vertebral column covered by the trapezius, also from the lumbar fascia, from which the above muscle also takes origin, and is covered, moreover, by the ascending portion of the dermo-humérien, which is closely adherent to it. Some fibres arise from the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth ribs, interdigitating with the origins of the obliquus externus. This costal origin does not appear to have existed in Prof. Humphry’s specimen. The muscle then passes upwards to be inserted into the inner edge of the bicipital groove of the humerus, fusing first with the lower border of the teres major, and detach- ing, just before it becomes tendinous, a large muscular contingent (the dorso-épitrochlien) to the elbow, which unites, before insertion, with the posterior part of the scapular division of the triceps. This dorso-épitrochlien is, moreover, joined by fibres which take origin from the inferior angle of the scapula. These will be more fully noticed in the description of the triceps. The dorso-épitrochlien is most apparent, from the outer aspect of the arm, as belonging to the latissimus dorsi; for, on viewing it from the inner side, it appears more like to an element of the triceps, with the above muscle closely applied to its inner face, * Op. cit. p. 47. THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 575 Both the latissimus dorsi and the teres major are so intimately connected in Myrmeco- phaga jubata, that Pouchet, in his monograph upon this species of Anteater’, thinks it necessary to describe them together. With regard to the terminal portions of these muscles, he says, “ Les deux tendons se confondent en partie. Toutefois ce dernier [the latissimus dorsi] s’insére plus haut que le précédent sur le bord de la gouttière bicipitale."' Pectoralis major.—A. muscle of large extent. Arises from the manubrium of the sternum and from the rest of the bone, in the middle line, and, besides communicating on its outer side with the Zatissimus dorsi, is continued into the abdomen, according to Prof. Humphry’, and Cuvier's plates*, to fuse with the external oblique. The wide and somewhat irregular gap in the abdominal walls of the specimen which I examined, caused by the long median incision, did not allow of any certainty of dissection or description. There was no clavicular origin. The manubrial portion of the muscle, which has the greatest thickness, is inserted highest into the ridge running upwards from the deltoid trochanter; its inserted portion is, moreover, continuous with fascia covering the outer tuberosity of the humerus. A deeper layer of the same portion finds insertion a little to the inner side of the former, and is continuous, through the intervention of tendon, with the terminal portion of the rest of the muscle—which, in its turn, communicates at insertion with the lower part of the more superficial layer of the manubrial division, forming thus a shut sac, having the concavity upwards. The lowest part of the tendon of insertion, which is thicker than the rest, owing to the approximation and fusion together of the walls of the above-described sac, is continued downwards to join the common tendon of insertion of the diceps and clavicular division of the deltoid. Pectoralis minor.—A narrow, but very distinctly defined muscle, quite separable from the superjacent pectoralis major, though only differentiated from it by the intervention . of cellular tissue, and not by any fascial stratum. It has an origin from the sternum, tendinous above and fleshy below, at about the level of the articulation of the fourth, fifth, and sixth costal cartilages with this bone. It then passes across the axillary space, running parallel with the subclavius, to join the upper part of the tendon of insertion of the pectoralis major (that part, namely, in which the deeper layer of the manubrial division of this muscle terminates)—which portion of the tendon is also continued over the shoulder, covering the tendon of origin of the biceps, and the tuberosities of the humerus. Coraco-brachialis.—ls a single muscle, not complicated by any attachment to, or fusion with, the diceps. It is represented by the “long variety " of Wood only. Origin is taken from the superior extremity, and from along the inner edge of the coracoid process of the scapula, by a strong tendon, which, at the level of the inner tuberosity of the humerus, joins the body of the muscle—a few fibres, derived from the upper edge of the subscapu- laris, passing over it at this spot to their insertion at the above tuberosity. The muscle terminates at the inner supracondyloid ridge, its fibres being inserted into both the * Op. cit. pp. 6 & 7, and pl. ii. fig. 1, pl. iii. fig. 1. 2 Loc. cit. p. 296. * Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2, and pl. 255. VOL. XXVI. 4L 576 | MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF anterior and posterior edges of the condyloid foramen; these diverge, however, at the internal edge, so as to leave a fissure for the passage of the median vessels and neryes. A similar arrangement has been already described by me as existing in Dasypus. On the left side of the animal I found what may be regarded as an indication of the “ short variety” (Wood), in the shape of a thin, flat muscular slip, which communicated with the posterior surface of the muscle by a delicate aponeurotically expanded tendon, which in part was inserted by a thin tendon into the lower portion of the inner tube- rosity, in part communicated with the uppermost of the inserted fibres of the subscapu- laris by a thin. expanded aponeurosis, whieh ran along immediately in front of the terminal portion of the bulk of this muscle. This muscle has, according to Rapp, in JM. tamandua, an insertion of considerable extent above the inner condyle of the humerus. It appears, also, to communicate with the short head of the biceps, since this author mentions the * common tendon” of these two muscles!. - Pouchet, in his monograph upon the Great Anteater, describes and figures the z long" variety only of the coraco-brachialis, which muscle is fused at origin with the short head of the biceps. Biceps.—A single muscle, but well developed. It arises by a strong flattened tendon, from the superior edge of the glenoid cavity of the scapula, immediately external to the root of the coracoid process, being covered at its origin by the terminal portion of the supraspinatus muscle. After passing through a fairly defined « bicipital groove,” it becomes fleshy, and increases gradually in breadth and thickness till it reaches the middle of the arm, after which point it as gradually tapers towards its insertion. Upon entering the forearm, it becomes tendinous, and receives on its outer side the tendon of the elawieular portion of the deltoid, which. becomes fused with it, and is finally inserted, as a strong flat tendon, into the inferior surface of the neck of the radius. The terminal tendon has no ulnar insert Dasypus. This muscle, it will be seen, has no connexi any part of its course. Rapp mentions the possession by this muscle, in M. tamandua, of a third short head, derived from the humerus, which, he says, exists in many mammals’, Brachialis anticus.—This muscle has an extent and position of origin similar to that of the supinator longus in this animal, only that it lies anterior to, and is overlapped by, the latter muscle. A few fibres arise from the inferior surface of the overhanging deltoid ridge of the humerus. It passes into the forearm immediately behind the biceps, about the level of the junction of the ten that of the former muscle. Its tendon i " Op. cit. p. 47. * * Mémoire sur le Grand Fourmilier, par Georges Pouchet,” Ibid, ion like that possessed by its homologue in on whatever with the coraco-brachialis in and becomes tendinous at don of the clavicular factor of the deltoid with s inserted into the ulna, immediately anterior I livraison (Paris, 1867), pl. iii. figs. 1, 2. ee ee ee HY < PE PENES THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 577 to the coronoid process, but, as though vicariously, and as an effort compensatory for the single insertion of the biceps, sends a small offset to terminate at the radius, imme- diately below the tendon of the latter muscle. This muscle is, according to Rapp’, wanting in the Tamandua. Meckel states that, in the Platypus, it is inserted into the radius alone by a broad tendon. In the Ant- eater it is fused, he says, with the “ elbow-head ” of the biceps’. The brachialis anticus is inserted, according to Pouchet, into the ulna only, in M. ju- bata. This muscle, he says, *se comporte avec la longue portion du biceps comme le fait la courte portion unie au coraco-brachial” *. Triceps.—This muscle may be described as composed of four factors or elements, which are as follow :— 1. External head.—Arises from the posterior portion of the “ anatomical neck ” of the humerus, partly fleshy, partly tendinous, in the space intervening between the outer tuberosity and the head of the bone, overlapping here the combined origin of the pre- ceding muscle and the supinator longus. It takes origin, too, from the space included between the articular head of the bone and the inner tuberosity, fusing here with the highest fibres of origin of the internal factor of the muscle. Halfway down it receives on its anterior free edge part of the tendon of the most posterior, or scapular, division of the deltoid. It is finally inserted into the external aspect of the long olecranon pro- cess of the ulna, fusing posteriorly, in the lower third of its course, with the anterior of the two scapular divisions of the muscle. Its anterior free edge is continuous with strong fascia covering the outer aspect of the arm. 2. Internal head.—This portion of the muscle takes origin from the whole posterior surface of the humerus, and from the posterior edge of the supracondyloid ridge, nearly as far as the inner condyle. It is crossed, at the junction of its upper with its middle third, by the tendon of the latissimus dorsi, and is finally inserted into the posterior part of the olecranon, fusing in front with the epitrochleo-anconeus and part of the flexor profundus, and behind with the offset to the elbow, derived from the latissimus dorsi (the dorso-épitrochlien). 3. Anterior scapular division. "This, which appears to answer to the “long” head of human-anatomy nomenclature, is by far the largest element of the muscle. It arises from the anterior and middle thirds of the axillary border of the scapula, being over- lapped at the first half of its origin by the feres minor. It is inserted into the whole of the posterior aspect of the olecranon, the outermost portion of its tendon occupying a kind of fossa at the back of the above process. At the junction of its superior with its inferior half, it is joined anteriorly by the external humeral head, posteriorly by the posterior scapular division, next to be described. On looking at this factor of the muscle from the inner side of the arm, it will be seen to be made up of two portions, the posterior of which receives into its anterior concave and semitendinous margin the posterior convex edge of the front portion. 4. Posterior scapular division.—Arises from nearly the whole extent of the posterior 1 Op. cit. p. 48. ? Op. cit. p. 525. * Op. cit. p. 10; see, too, pl. iii. p 412 578 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF third of the axillary costa of the scapula, and soon joins the latissimus dorsi, at the point where this latter gives off the dorso-Epitrochlien detachment for the elbow. If this factor of the triceps be regarded from the outer aspect of the arm, it will appear to be joined at the middle third of its hinder margin by the latissimus dorsi as this muscle passes up towards its insertion. On surveying it, however, from the inner side, the latter muscle, just before it becomes tendinous, will be seen in intimate relation with the inner face of its middle third. The teres major, as already described, is, at its origin, completely fused with this division of the íriceps. Prof. Humphry, in his description of the ¢riceps', states that this factor is ** confluent, to some extent, with the latissimus dorsi." Rapp, in the course of his description of the muscles of M. tamandua, remarks?, that, besides the triceps, there is a longer muscle, which is, moreover, much thicker than the foregoing, and is partly covered by it. It springs from the scapula, in close company with the feres major, and is inserted into the olecranon. A portion of its tendon passes over to the fascia of the forearm, ** die er spannen kann." Pouchet describes? a similar muscle, as present in the Great Anteater, under the name of “accessoire interne" (of the triceps), which he regards as synonymous with a muscle represented in one of Cuvier's plates of the myology of the Tamandua (op. cit. pl. 261. fig. 1), under the following designation :—* Triceps, portion allant au tendon du grand dorsal, dit quatrième extenseur." This muscle appears, from Pouchet's figures, to be the dorso-épitrochlien, reinforced by a scapular contingent, since some of its fibres are continuous above with the latissimus dorsi, while its termination is at the elbow. This author, however, regards it as **un organe qu'on pourrait à un autre point de vue rattacher au systeme des muscles pouciers." Epitrochleo-anconeus.—This muscle, which is represented by Cuvier as a division of the internal humeral factor of the biceps‘, is very fairly developed. It arises from the strong tubercle in which the supracondyloid ridge ends, immediately above the inner condyle of the humerus, just posterior to the origin of the pronator teres—and terminates at the hamular projection of the olecranon, becoming first blended with the inner humeral factor of the triceps, and with the ulnar head of origin of the flexor profundus. It has the usual relation to the ulnar nerve. Cuvier represents it as too broad at its origin. Prof. Humphry describes this muscle 5, under the name of anconeus internus, AS an element (which it certainly is) of the triceps; and mentions, in a foot-note, that it is synonymous with the epitrochleo-anconeus, ** found not unfrequently in the human subject." Rapp describes this muscle, independently of the triceps, as occurring in the Tamandua, under the name of * anconeus parvus "5, S A similar muscle is described by Pouchet’ as a factor of the triceps, under the designa- = of nn interne.” It is, according to him, “ trös-court et forme le pendant de Vanconé.” It, moreover, “ cache en partie le fiéchisseur commune des doigts, il en est : Loe. cit. p. 301. 2 $ : Me * Op. cit. pl. 256, fig. 5 : Op. E p. #8. * Op. cit. p. 12, and pl. iii. fig. 1. . fig. 5. Loc. cit, p. 301. " Op. cit. p. 48. * Op. cit. p. 11, and pl. iii. fig. 1. _— ee e d nca THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 579 séparé par le nerf cubital.” This muscle, moreover, sends upwards from its posterior part a peculiar offset, ** eros comme le doigt environ," which covers the ulnar nerve, and runs parallel with it. It then bends towards the inner border of the humerus, in its passage aeross the brachial vessels, and, at about the middle of the arm, is suddenly continued as a delicate tendon, which spreads out and fixes itself upon the surface of the tendon of the short portion of the biceps. More details of the comparative anatomy of the epitrochleo-anconeus will be found in my paper on Dasypus sexcinctus. Pronator teres.—A. strong, well-developed muscle, arising from the upper portion of the inner border of the internal condyle, immediately above the origin of the extensor carpi radialis. It gradually broadens outwards towards its insertion into the distal half of the radius, along the strong external or dorsal ridge of this bone. This muscle has a great similarity to its homologue in Dasypus, and, like it, does not derive any of its origin from the coronoid process of the ulna’. Supinator brevis.—This muscle, as in Dasypus, had only its humeral origin; it had, however, proportionally a much better development. It was inserted along the outer, or dorsal, ridge of the radius, for fully half the length of the bone, but stopped short a little in advance of the posterior portion of the insertion of the preceding muscle. According to M. Pouchet’s description and figure, this muscle in M. jubata retains only its humeral origin *. Supinator longus.—This muscle, which is absent in Dasypus, is very well represented in the forearm of the Orycteropus. It has a very extensive origin, from nearly the whole extent of the posterior surface of the humerus, in the middle line, beginning as high up as the neck of the bone, and terminating upon the “ supinator ridge," soon after the commencement of this latter. It covers at its origin the whole extent of origin of the brachialis anticus, and is, in turn, at its origin, covered by the external head of the triceps, and, at its lowest part, by the fibres of origin of the extensor carpi radialis. The muscle, having started upon its course, narrows considerably, but preserves a uniform breadth and uniform character, as a flat slip of tolerable thickness, till it reaches its insertion along the distal extremity of the radius, the middle portion being inserted by a tendon into the strong tubercle in which the dorsal? ridge terminates, while the lateral portions are lost in a kind of aponeurosis, which covers the tendons of the principal flexors as they pass into the region of the carpus, and is also extended as a kind of fascia over the dorsum of the wrist. The outer half, moreover, of its terminal portion is fused with the annular ligament, which bridges over the three tendons of the extensor com- munis as they pass on to the dorsum of the carpus. This termination is very well repre- sented by Cuvier in one of his plates t. The presence, merely, of the supinator longus in M. tamandua is mentioned in Rapp's monograph; but Pouchet makes no reference to it in his work upon the Great Anteater. According to Meckel", this muscle has a very great development in the Ai, and is, in 1 Dr. Macalister “On the Nature of the Coronoid Portion of the Pronator Radii Teres," Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 2nd ser. (Cambr. 1867), vol. i. p. 9. 2 Op. cit. p. 19, and pl. ii. fig. 3. 3 By the dorsum of the radius, I mean that surface which lies uppermost when the forearm is fully pronated. * Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2. * Op. cit. p. 534. 580 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF this species of Sloth, as well as in the Anteater, differentiable into two layers—an upper, the longest, and a lower, the shorter portion. Extensor carpi radialis —Arises fleshy from the supinator ridge, immediately below the lowest fibres of origin of the swpinator longus, and is overlapped at the lowest half of its origin by the commencement of the ertensor communis digitorum. After running for about two-thirds of its course, the muscle crosses the radius, and lies in a wide shallow groove between the external edge of the bone and the mesial ridge, just in front of the lowest point of insertion of the pronator teres. Here, too, the muscle becomes tendinous, and is crossed by the tendon of the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. The muscle, instead of having only one tendon (as in the specimen described by Prof. Humphry '), has two distinct well-developed tendons, of nearly equal size, the outer- most being slightly the broadest. They are inserted into the radial sides of the bases of the metacarpals of the index and middle digits respectively. There is a slight indication of bifidity in the fleshy portion of the muscle, before it becomes tendinous. What may be regarded as the main tendon is continued into that branch which goes to the middle digit. This, taken in conjunction with the presence of the “ brevior” branch (of human-anatomy nomenclature) only, in Prof. Humphry’s specimen, may indicate that the * longior ” element is of secondary development. According to Meckel?, in the Ai, Anteater, and Armadillo this muscle is single at its origin, but eventually splits into two bellies, each of which has a proper tendon of attach- ment to the two first metacarpals. In the Marmot, Porcupine, Beaver, Agouti, and certain other Rodents the muscle is double for the whole of its length. Among Marsupials, according to the above anatomist, the tendon of this muscle, in the Kangaroo, splits into two divisions, the smaller of which goes to the metacarpal of the index. In Didelphys, on the contrary, this muscle is entirely in two divisions, which terminate respectively at the second and third metacarpals. "Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.— Arises from the lower two-thirds of the strong inner ridge of the ulna, and from the space included between this and the radial border of the bone—also from the interosseous membrane, and from the neck of the radius, close to “the proximal half of the inserted portion of the supinator brevis. The muscle passes over a shallow groove in the outer half of the distal end of the radius, where it becomes , tendinous, the tendon overlying those of the extensor carpi radialis, and being overlain in turn by the terminal expansion of the supinator longus over the wrist. It terminates finally on the dorsum of the trapezium, which bone, though not a supporter of the index, is strongly attached to its radial side by a ligament. | There is no indication in the tendon of this muscle of that bifidity which takes place in its serial homologue the tibialis anticus. In Dasypus, too, as I have described, the tendon of this muscle is single. . The tendon of this muscle in the Great Anteater, which is also single, is principally inserted into the trapezium; but « quelques fibres," says Pouchet?, e tendineuses gag- * Loc. cit. p. 306. * Op. cit. p. 538. * Op. cit. p. 23; see, too, pl. ii. figs. 1 and 3. prelo N ET NE HT | | | | | | | | | | | THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 581 nent seules la téte du premier métacarpien. Le muscle ne peut done agir directement sur le pouce; il est, avant tout, un muscle de la station.” May not the above-described insertion of the terminal tendon principally into the trapezium, while but few of its fibres pass to the metacarpal of a pollex which, though somewhat feeble, must still be ranked among the range of digits ', either be looked upon as the soon-to-be-cast-off appendage of an already useless member, or be regarded in the light of a preparation for a yet more rudimentary, or rather decadent, condition of the pollex, such as exists in the Orycteropus, in which animal the sole representatives of this digit are two difficult-to-be-discovered, seemingly insignificant ossicles ” ? In the Guineapig, in which the pollex is absent, the tendon of the extensor ossis meta- carpi pollicis, according to Mr. Mivart and Dr. Auge", “runs on to the base of the metacarpal of the index, though mainly inserted into the rudimentary trapezium.” According to Prof. Huxley, while the tendon only of this muscle is divided in the Gorilla, Orang, and Gibbon, this division involves the muscle itself in the Chimpanzee *. Soemmering has noticed in man’, besides the simple splitting of the tendon, the actue! division of the muscle itself. Theile has recorded that this muscle has sometimes been observed in man to be divided into two parts along its whole extent *. Extensores primi et secundi internodii pollicis.—These muscles are, as might be expected, absent. Extensor indicis.—Arises from the middle third of the strong internal ridge, or margin, of the ulna, immediately anterior to the insertion of the external portion of the triceps, lying, also, immediately to the outer side of the extensor ossis melacarpi pollicis, at the origin of this latter. After this, it rapidly narrows, and its tendon, on reaching the articulation of the radius and ulna, runs under a ligamentous bridge stretching between the adjacent corners of the extremities of these bones, and passes on to the dorsum of the hand, underneath the three branches of the common extensor tendon. At a short distance from its termination, it divides into two slips, which are inserted into the bases of the proximal phalanges of the index and ** middle " digit respectively. Extensor communis digitorum.—Arises from the lower part of the “ supinator ridge" of the humerus, overlapping here the lower half of the origin of the extensor carpi radialis— also from the tubercle upon the external condyle, which gives origin to the supinator brevis, being fused at this point of origin with the eatensores annularis and minimi digiti. Shortly before it arrives at the distal extremity of the radius, the muscle divides into two bellies, which become tendinous on passing under the annular ligament common to them and to the tendon of the extensor indicis. The ulnar tendon, at the carpo-metacarpal 1 Pouchet remarks, in a kind of preface or introduction, op. cit. p. 3, “ Le premier doigt est gréle, un peu détaché des autres, mobile. On peut lui donner le nom de pouce." 2 Cuvier says, “ Le premier os du second rang [of the carpus] est un trapéze auquel s'attachent deux trés-petits os, seuls vestiges du pouce.”—Ossemens Fossiles (nouvelle édit. Paris, 1823), tome v. p. 195. 3 «On the Anatomy of the Crested Agouti," Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1866, p. 404. 4 Lect. Coll. Surg. See Med. Times and Gazette, 1864. 5 De Corp. Humani Fabr. vol. iii. p. 239. * Encyclop. Anat. (Paris, 1843), tome iii. p. 232. 582 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF articulation of the foot, splits into two branches, which terminate at the ungual phalanges of the “fifth ” and “ fourth” digits respectively. The radial tendon also splits into two branches, at a similar articulation to that at which the ulnar divides, which terminate respectively at the ungual phalanges of the index and “ middle” digits. The radial branch of the muscle, moreover, detaches from its ulnar side, on becoming tendinous, a somewhat slight tendinous slip, which passes to a short transverse band, by which the ulnar and radial tendons communicate before they each split into two branches, The somewhat slender tendon of the extensor indicis passes beneath the tendons of the extensor communis as they run under the bridge formed by the annular ligament; and the radial branch of the extensor annularis, which passes to the middle digit, appears to com- municate with the inferior surface of the ulnar tendon of the extensor communis. Cuvier represents this muscle as giving off, upon its emergence from under the terminal expansion of the supinator longus, three equal-sized tendons, which pass to the index, * middle," and “annularis” digits respectively’. In Prof. Humphry’s specimen? there were “four tendons derived from two bundles of muscle," &c. Extensor annularis.—Arises from the upper portion of the external condyle of the humerus, immediately below, and in conjunction with, the common eatensor. It then runs between this muscle and the extensor minimi digiti as far as the beginning of the carpus, and becomes tendinous at the level of the carpo-metacarpal joint of the digit from which it derives its name, and at this point runs under a delicate ligamentous bridge. The tendon then passes under the ulnar division of the common extensor tendon, dividing here into two branches, one of which passes to the ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the third (“middle”) digit; while the other courses along the ulnar side of the fourth (* annularis”) digit, and, after sending downwards an offset at the level of the base of the proximal phalanx, which is joined by an interosseus muscle occupying the intermetacarpal space between the fifth and the above digit, is continued onwards to the base of the distal phalanx. Cuvier represents? the tendon of this muscle as dividing into two branches, the radial of which passes beneath the ulnar division of the common extensor tendon to the ulnar side of the ** middle” digit; while the ulnar branch runs to the * fifth," and not to the “fourth” digit. Neither the branch to the ze middle" digit nor the communication with the interosseus appears to have existed in Prof. Humphry's specimen‘, I have described a muscle similar to the above as Extensor digiti minimi.— A fusiform muscle, which arises from the external face of the outer tuberosity of the humerus, immediately below the origin of the extensor annularis, and above that of the extensor carpi ulnaris, with which muscle it is fused for the first half of its course. It does not become tendinous till it nearly reaches the extremity of the ulna; here its tendon passes to the radial side of a tubercle which lies at about the * Anat. Comp. pl. 254. fig. 2, * Op. cit. ibid, present in Dasypus sexcinctus. * Loe. cit. p. 307. * Loc. cit, p. 307. ee a UU TCI EE TEC em TES S . | | | | THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 583 middle of the distal margin of the bone, and is here bridged over by a distinct, but very delicate ligament, which is attached to the above tubercle. Near its termination the tendon broadens, and, crossing over that of the extensor carpi ulnaris, is inserted, partly into the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit, partly into a sesamoid ossicle situated at the ulnar side of this phalanx, and partly, but principally, into the ulnar side of the distal phalanx of the same digit. I did not find any offset to the fourth digit, as described by Prof. Humphry’, and represented by Cuvier in one of his figures’ as the principal branch of the extensor minimi digiti. Such an offset has, however, been found by Church in the Orang’; and Henle, more- over, describes* the tendon as sometimes splitting in Man, the two divisions either passing separately to the fourth and fifth digits, or both terminating at the latter digit, as happens, according to Meckel, in the Ornithorhynchus’. In Hyrax Capensis this muscle was found by Dr. Murie and Mr. Mivart dividing early into two slips, which terminated separately at the fourth and fifth digits. In Dasyprocta cristata, according to the same authorities, the tendon alone was split, but its branches had a similar termination". Extensor carpi ulnaris.—Starts from the external condyle of the humerus, immediately below the preceding muscle, and for the first half of its course is intimately fused with it. On reaching the distal extremity of the ulna, it becomes tendinous, the strong flat tendon lying to the ulnar side of the tuberosity mentioned in the description of the preceding muscle. Its tendon divides into two branches, one of which is inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the metacarpal of the fourth digit, the other into the inferior face of the like factor of the fifth. The former of these branches has been well represented by Cuvier’. In the Anteater, according to Meckel‘, this muscle goes to the rudiments of the fourth and fifth digits. Flexor carpi ulnaris.—This muscle may be described as made up of two factors :—a small, or deep, portion, which arises by a very distinct rounded tendon from the middle of the inner edge of the ulna; this tendon, running between the flexor profundus and the more superficial factor of the flexor ulnaris, after gradually widening, becomes muscular at about the distal fourth of the bone; and the muscle, also gradually widening, is finally inserted all along the stem of the long, style-shaped os pisiforme’: the bulk of the muscle arises from the whole inner edge of the ulna, and from the olecranon, by a broad aponeurotie tendon, to which the flexor profundus is closely adherent. Muscular fibres are not added to this aponeurosis until it attains the middle of the forearm. At its ter- mination this factor has two distinct insertions—the outer into the free extremity of the 1 Loc. cit. p. 308. 2 Pl. 254. fig. 2. * Nat. Hist. Rev. No. 4, Oct. 1861, p. 514. * Muskellehre, p. 207. * Vergleich. Anat. iii” Theil, p. 549. * Proc. Zool. Soc. April 1865, p. 341, and June 1866, p. 405. j " Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2. * Op. cit. p. 540. ° « Le pisiforme est trés-singulier, il ressemble à un stilet gréle et comprimé " (Cuvier, * Ossemens Fossiles,' loc. cit. p. 135.) VOL. XXVI. 4M 584 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF pisiform bone, besides being continued on, as a strong tendon, to the palmar process of the unciform bone, while the inner, or ulnar, insertion is by tendon into the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit, some fibres, too, taking origin from the tendon or ligament described above as passing from the pisiform to the unciform bone. This muscle, according to Meckel’, is enormously developed in the Two-toed Anteater, and is, moreover, divided into four parts, The opinion that these are all factors of one muscle (the flexor ulnaris) appears to be supported by the fact of their coexistence with a complete set of the muscles of the hand. Further on, however, Meckel regards one of these elements as the palmaris longus. Flexor carpi radialis—Arises from the outer edge of the external condyle of the humerus, from a tubercle immediately below that which gives origin to the pronator teres. It is inserted by a strong flattened tendon into the palmar aspect of the base of the metacarpal of the index, a sesamoid bone intervening at the insertion, and partly into the inferior surface of the styloid process of the radius. The tendon of this muscle in Dasypus seacinctus, as I have already described, termi- nates at the Zrapezio-trapezoid bone, after running through a groove in the scaphoid. The annular ligament of the palm is very strong. It is attached, on one side, to the downward-looking process of the unciform bone, a flattened oval sesamoid being imbedded in it not far from this attachment, and, on the other side, into a sesamoid bone (rudi- ment of the pollex ?) lying close to the radial edge of the trapezium. From the anterior edge of the first-described sesamoid passes a short rounded tendon, or ligament, to the root of the branch given off to the fourth digit from the common deep flexor tendon. Flexor digitorum sublimis.—With this muscle is combined, as in Dasypus, the palmaris longus, both functionally and homologically. It arises from the lowest of those factors of the deep flexor which take origin from the inner condyle of the humerus, at about midway between the origin and insertion of the muscle, by a tendon which runs back in the substance of this factor for some distance. At the carpo-metacarpal joint, after passing over the strong annular ligament, it becomes tendinous, and the tendon almost immediately divides into four equal-sized branches, destined one for each digit. Each of these tendons seems to be separable into two layers, the external of which, at the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation of its proper digit, is prolonged over the deeper layer, to join the projecting margin, on either side, of a large grooved sesamoid which lies at the above articulation—and is, moreover, inserted all along each side of the several phalanges belonging to its digit, so as to form a kind of sheath for the flexor profundus. The inner layer, which appears to answer to a “perforated tendon” (in human-anatomy language), at about the middle of the proximal phalanx of its proper digit splits to allow a the due of the tendon of the flexor profundus, but joins again to run beneath the perforating tendon and be finally inserted at the base of the second phalanx, through the medium of a sesamoid bone. cia E. be — the x middle” digit was joined, on its inferior aspect at s termination of a flat and delicate muscular slip which, * Op. cit. pp. 542, 545, THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 585 passing under the annular ligament, gained its origin at the middle of the common tendon of the flexor profundus, at the radial side of the most internal lumbricalis. The flexor sublimis is absent, according to Rapp, in the Tamandua, as is also a proper palmaris longus'. This author, however, describes a tensor (“ Spannmuskel”) of the annular ligament, which, at first sight, he says, might be taken for the latter muscle, but which passes under the ligamentum carpi volare proprium, as under a bridge, and is attached to the annular ligament. Before, however, its tendon passes under the volar ligament, it is joined by a muscle which takes origin from the olecranon and the greater part of the length of the ulna’. Flexor profundus digitorum.—A. hugely developed muscle, having a very large and varied extent of origin. It is made up of several factors of irregular size. One of these arises from the posterior two-thirds of the inner margin of the ulna, and from its palmar aspect for a like extent, the remaining third of the inner margin of the bone being occupied by the fibres of origin of the flexor carpi ulnaris. The above factor, when it has run about two-thirds of its course, is joined by another, which takes origin by a strong tendon from a fossa on the inferior aspect of the humerus, situated between the external condyle and the trochlea, and which also affords origin to another slip, which joins the expanded common tendon in the middle line, lying betwixt the termination of the two principal faetors of the muscle. The greater part of the ulnar division, after being joined by a slip of inconsiderable size, which takes origin from the radius posterior to the insertion of the pronator teres, passes to the radial side of the expansion of the common tendon of the muscle, the ulnar side of this tendon being joined by a small remaining portion of the ulnar factor, and by that part which arises from the inner condyle of the humerus. This latter consists of two slips, which arise below the origin of the flexor carpi radialis, and the ulnar side of which, on completing half of its course, gives origin to the flexor sublimis. This condyloid factor of the muscle lies more superficial throughout its course to that portion which takes origin from the radius and ulna. At the posterior border of the carpus all these factors join a large tendinous expansion, which has not, as in Dasypus, any sesamoid bone developed in its substance. This expansion, after affording origin to the Zumbricales, divides into four equal-sized tendons, which pass as “ perforating” flexors to the terminal phalanges of the four digits, having, moreover, at the junction of the middle with the distal phalanx of their respective digits, an indication of bifidity, but becoming single again before insertion. The sheath of each of these tendons is, at about the middle of the proximal, and the proximal end of the middle phalanx of its proper digit, strengthened by a broad liga- mentous band or arch, which passes from one side of the phalanx to the other, over the subjacent tendon. “ Retinacula” also pass from the inferior surface of the “ perforating” to that portion of the “ perforated” tendon which, after splitting, unites again under the former tendon. To the upper surface of the origin of the tendon destined for the fourth (* annularis”) 1 Op. cit. p. 48. * Op. cit. p. 49. 4M 2 586 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF digit passes a short, but strong, rounded tendon or ligament from the anterior edge of the sesamoid included in the annular ligament. Neither Meckel, Rapp, nor Pouchet makes any mention of the presence of a sesamoid in the tendinous expansion of the deep flexor in the species of Anteater which they severally describe. Such an ossicle is present, however, in Chlamydophorus, as well as in Dasypus sexcinctus, as I have mentioned in my paper on the latter species of Armadillo. Pronator quadratus.—This muscle, which is described as “small” by Prof. Humphry, was very well developed and of considerable extent in the specimen which I examined. It filled the whole interosseous space of the forearm, as well as the anterior face of the radius and ulna, from the level of the insertion of the biceps and brachialis anticus to the distal extremity of the two bones. This muscle has a great resemblance to its homologue in the Great Anteater, as repre- sented by Pouchet in his monograph (pl. iv. fig. 3), having a strong tendon running across it obliquely at the junction of its middle with its lower third. This muscle is, moreover, described by the same author as occupying three-quarters of the extent of the forearm’. Meckel, in his monograph upon the Two-toed Anteater, makes no mention of this muscle when describing the myology of the animal’. According to Rapp’, the pronator quadratus is present in M. tamandua. Cuvier, moreover, just slightly indicates the distal extremity of the muscle in one of his plates of the myology of this animal‘, but gives no representation of it in his drawings of the anatomy of the two-toed species. No indication of the presence of this muscle is given by the same anatomist in his plates of the Three-toed Sloth (“ Ai"). I have already described this muscle as absent in Dasypus sexcinctus, and have, moreover, referred to Meckel’s description of its peculiarities in the Ai. Lumbricales.—Are four in number, and are well developed. One passes to the radial side of each digit, being inserted into its proximal phalanx. In the case of the index, “middle,” and ** fourth " digits, this attachment is effected through the medium of a tendon; but the muscle destined for the * little" finger continues fleshy up to its insertion, where, moreover, it is broader than at its origin. These muscles do not appear to have any connexion with the sheaths of the extensor tendons. The three outermost rise together, but quite distinct, from the expanded common tendon of the flexor profundus. That passing to the “little” finger rises from the same tendon, but a little more posteriorly; so that a few of its hindermost fibres of origin fuse with the terminal fibres of the enormous muscular mass which rises from the inner condyle of the humerus, and from which is given off the muscle which is the representative of the flexor sublimis and palmaris longus. Close to the radial side of the last-described lumbricalis, rises a thin flat slip from the tendon of the deep flexor, which passes under the annular ligament to terminate at the inferior surface of the flexor sublimis. The lwmbricales are very fairly represented by Cuvier in one of his plates’. Abductor minimi digiti—A small muscle. It arises from the palmar process of the ; Op. = p.17. * Deutscher Archiv, V'* Band (Halle und Berlin, 1819). Op. cit. p. 48. * Op. cit. pl. 263. fig. 9. * Op. cit, pl. 258. fig. 5. T. eg lt 8. U nt u mul Kg, us ee geg | | | THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. | 587 uneiform bone, and is inserted, a sesamoid ossicle intervening, into the base of the proximal phalanx of the “ little” digit. Some fibres, too, join the tendon of the inner- most of the superficial interossei. Interossei.—These muscles, to avoid confusion as much as possible, are, I think, better divided into superficial and deep, than into palmar and dorsal interossei. There are only two superficial muscles, which cross each other like the upper arms of an X and seem to correspond to two out of the three muscles described by Prof. Humphry as * palmar” interossei’. The one which passes to the “ little” digit arises from the ulnar half of the palmar ligament, immediately anterior to the front margin of the unciform bone. It is a fan- shaped muscle; and its fibres radiate towards a flat tendon, which, passing along the radial side of the little digit, joins that branch of the extensor communis which is sent to this digit. On becoming tendinous it is joined by a slender offset from the abductor minimi digiti. The other superficial interosseus is covered by, and arises a little in advance of, the preceding, from the palmar ligament at the neighbouring parts of the bases of the meta- carpals of the third and fourth digits. After widening a little from its origin, it again gradually contracts, and joins, through the medium of its tendon, the tendon of the deep interosseus which passes to the ulnar side of the index. When these two muscles act in concert, they must strongly adduct the outermost and innermost digits towards the middle line of the hand. Deep interossei.—To facilitate description, it had better first be stated that each digit has a strong ligament, oblique in direction, attached, at one extremity, to the ulnar side of the base of its metacarpal, at the other, after previously forking, into the sesamoid at the base of its proximal phalanx. The deep interossei have great extent of origin from these ligaments, which may conveniently be termed “ metacarpal” ligaments, and from eacb of which a pair of the above muscles arises, those taking origin from the radial sides passing to the radial, those from the ulnar passing to the ulnar sides of their corresponding digits. The radial interosseus of the index has two heads of origin—one, fusiform, by a distinct tendon, from the anterior edge, palmad, of the scaphoid, the other from the radial side of the metacarpal ligament of the index. These, after junction, become tendinous; and their tendon joins the branch of the extensor communis sent to the index. The ulnar interosseus of this digit arises from the inner side of its metacarpal ligament, and, after becoming tendinous, sends an offset to the sesamoid bone, is joined by the radial of the two superficial interossei, and passes to the expansion of the common extensor tendon over the proximal phalanx. This muscle may, I think, be termed conveniently, if not homologically, *' abductor indicis.” The * middle" and “ fourth " digits have each a deep interosseus on either side. From the obliquity of the metacarpal ligaments of the index and two succeeding digits, the muscles on the radial sides seem to have a much more strictly palmar origin than their fellows on the ulnar sides—these latter being almost hidden, when the digits are closely approximated, in the intermetacarpal spaces. Loc. cit. p. 305. 588 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF The radial and ulnar interossei of the “middle” and * fourth " digits, after taking origin from the corresponding sides of the ligaments of their respective metacarpals, sent each an offset to the sesamoid at the base of the proximal phalanx of its proper digit, and finally joined the extensor tendon above. The radial interosseus, however, of the “ middle” digit had two heads of origin, one from the ulnar side of the metacarpal ligament of the index, the other from the radial side of the ligament of its proper metacarpal. Each digit, it will be seen, has an interosseous abductor and adductor, the index pos- sessing, moreover, an accessory adductor on its ulnar side. Lower Extremity. Gluteus maximus.—aA very broad and flat muscle, but of no great thickness. It took origin from the crest of the ilium, and from what, for want of a better term, I must call the “sacral aponeurosis.” Its lowest fibres of origin are overlapped by the superior edge of the strongly developed biceps; which fact may have led Prof. Humphry to describe the gluteus as continued down to the heel’, while in reality it is the biceps which undergoes so considerable an extension, a point which Cuvier has very clearly and correctly indicated in one of his plates’. The only actual point of insertion of the muscle is the strongly developed third trochanter of the femur, to which the gluteus is attached by a flat tendon, developed early along its inferior edge. The anterior portion of the muscle, moreover, is lost in fascia, in which the tensor fascie terminates, and which is also continuous with the tendon of the diceps. Tensor fascie femoris.—Is a distinct muscle’, which may be, however, but a differ- entiated layer of the preceding. It takes origin from the homologue of the anterior superior spine of the ilium, being almost completely overlapped by the anterior portion of the gluteus maximus, and is continued into the fascia in which part of the preceding muscle is lost, and with which the tendon of the biceps communicates, and which is also attached to the outer side of the femur from the third trochanter to the condyle. Prof. Humphry evidently regards this muscle as but a differentiated portion of the gluteus. The editor of the second edition of Cuvier's * Lecons,’ in the following parenthetical remark, may possibly be alluding to the tensor fascie* :—* Dans tous les mammifères, le fascia lata a un muscle assez fort qui se sépare difficilement du grand fessier.” = Gluteus medius—A well-developed muscle, taking origin from the outer face of the ilium and adjoining portion of the sacrum. The greater part is inserted into the outer and inferior aspect of the great trochanter, covering the terminal portions of the gluteus minimus and pyriformis, the rounded anterior edge becoming intimately connected with that of the former of these two muscles ; while a thin factor, which is rolled over its posterior edge, is inserted along the outer and inferior edge of the femur, nearly as far as the third trochanter. Cuvier gives, in one of his plates’, a very good representation of the two portions of the gluteus medius. 1 e? Lo. eit. p. 311. " Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2. * Cuvier, pl. 256. fig. 1. Vol. i. p. 521. * Pl. 256, fig. 1, op. cit. THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 589 Gluteus minimus.—Arises from the outer surface of the ilium, covered by the upper two- thirds of the pyriformis, and is inserted above this muscle into the upper part of the great trochanter. Pyriformis.—A large well-developed muscle, taking origin mostly from the outer face of the ilium near its junction with the sacrum, a few of its lowermost fibres arising from the inner face of the latter bone. It is inserted by a broad strong tendon into the outer face of the external trochanter, below the termination of the gluteus minimus. For the whole of its extent, both at origin and at insertion, it is covered by the gluteus medius. Perhaps this muscle ought to be regarded as a deeper factor of the gluteus last men- tioned. A fair representation of it may be found in Cuvier's plates’. Obturator externus.—Is a large, fleshy, fan-shaped muscle, taking origin from the anterior half of the circumference of the obturator foramen, and being inserted by a strong tendon into the digital fossa of the femur. Obturator internus.—This muscle, which I have described as absent in Dasypus sex- cinctus, is, for a great part of its extent, conccaled within the pelvis; but its terminal portion may be seen emerging at the lesser sciatic notch, immediately below the representation of the lesser sacro-sciatic ligament, at which point it passes over a smooth- grooved facet and becomes tendinous, its tendon very soon fusing with that of the gemelli. According to Cuvier? the obturator internus arises solely from the inner aspect of the posterior branch of the ischial tuberosity. Gemelli.—Are very well developed, and occupy their usual position in relation to the preceding muscle. They seem, however, each to have two heads of origin. The superior gemellus rises, as usual, from the posterior edge of the ischium, immediately above its * spine "—also, for a certain extent, from the inner face of the bone. It is, moreover, reinforced by à flat muscular slip which takes origin from the posterior half of the sacral edge of the large sacro-ischiatic foramen, and the tendon of which joins the first-deseribed element of the muscle after this has become tendinous. The inferior gemellus takes origin, in part, from the free edge of the ischium below the spine of the bone, but mostly, as a large fleshy belly, from the posterior part of the tuberosity and from what may be regarded as the greater sacro-sciatic ligament. The strong conjoined tendon of the gemelli is joined in the middle by that of the obturator internus, and then terminates in the digital fossa, above the insertion of the obturator externus. Prof. Humphry does not appear to have found any sacral origin of these muscles in the specimen which he has described’; but Cuvier has left a short note, which M. Ad. Focillon has incorporated in a description of his plates of the Orycteropus, and which is as follows :—‘ Les Jumeaux viennent du Sacrum ; le Jumeau postérieur. (inférieur) a: aussi des fibres de la tubérosité de l'Ischion." T | Quadratus femoris.—My specimen agreed with that of Prof. Humphry in not possessing the above muscle. Cuvier, however, has in two of his figures attached to a large muscle t Pl, 256. fig. 3, op. cit. ? See short note by this author, appended to the description of his plates of the anatomy of Orycteropus. * Loc. cit. p. 312. * Op. cit. pl. 256. figs. 1 & 3. 590 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF the symbol proper to the “ carré dela euisse”; but I think that the muscle here repre- sented must be that which I have regarded as the homologue of the “ adductor minimus ” of Henle, and which Cuvier has figured elsewhere! as the ** moyen adducteur." According to Meckel’, the quadratus femoris is absent in the Anteater. Theile’ notices the occasional absence of this muscle in Man, and further observes that “alors les jumeaux ont plus de volume.” With the only instance in which Hallet found the quadratus femoris deficient in Man (out of 105 subjects examined), there was associated an unusual development of the two gemelli and obturator internus*. On reference being made to my paper on Dasypus sexcinctus, it will be seen that while the muscle in question is in this animal exceedingly well developed, the obturator internus is absent, and the gemelli very small—the converse of Theile’s and Hallet’s observations being thus illustrated in a very singular manner. Such mutual compensation, however, is by no means always to be found in animals; for in the Echidna, according io Mr. Mivart’, the quadratus femoris is a “ delicate muscle," though both obturator internus and gemelli are completely absent. Llio-psoas.—The origin of this compound muscle could not with certainty be determined, since much damage had been done to it in the evisceration, as I suppose, of the animal. It is inserted along the inner trochanter of the femur as high up as the head of the bone, . and along the inner edge of its shaft for nearly the extent of its upper half. Cuvier represents’ the iliacus muscle as being in two portions near its insertion. Prof. Humphry, however, makes no mention of any such division. The condition of this portion of the animal which I examined did not allow any verification of this point. The former author, too, represents? the psoas as having the lowest insertion along the femur. Now, as far as I could determine, this muscle is inserted tendinously into the trochanter alone, while the iliacus is continued fleshy along the inner edge of the shaft of the bone. Psoas parvus*.—For a like reason to that already given in the case of the preceding ` Tab. cit. fig. 4. * Op. cit. p. 586. * Encyclopédie Anatomique (Paris, 1843), vol. iii. p. 279. * Edin. Med. and Surg. Journ. vol. Ixix. 1848, p. 20. 5 Trans. Linn. Soc. 1866, vol. xxv. p. 392. * Op. cit. pl. 255. 7 Op. cit. pl. 256. fig. 4. * It is much to be regretted that the bulk of this musele had not been preserved in the specimen from which my notes are derived ; for its condition of development might s wise of the Orycteropus frequently assuming a Kangaroo- animals figured is represented in the erect positi Mee and Zei Homo "im pathological one. Such an attitude must, I think, be greatly subserved by the muscle am seeing that its homologue in the Kangaroo, according to Meckel (Vergleich. Anat. p. 590), exceeds in the ues box ded by at least ten times, Prof. Humphry merely remarks that it is « large,” but makes no obser- vation as to its size in relation to that of the « great” psoas, I have found no record, in the works which I ha j x , ve consulted on the subject - i n to assume the attitude in which it has been represented by Rapp. subject, of the Aard-vark being know. i a “igure above NOIR HT after all, be but the representation in the concrete of an abstract conception — by its author of the possible existence of marsupial affinities in the Oryeteropus Sin: | : : 2 rose aes I have seen, among the stuffed specimens of Bruta preserved in the British Museum, , amandua tetradactla” (sic), which was placed erect upon its hind legs, the tail being curled THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 591 muscle, the origin of this muscle could not be determined with any accuracy. It was inserted by a rounded tendon into the strongly developed ilio-pectineal tubercle’. Pectineus.—This muscle appears to be made up of two distinct portions, which seem to answer to the two layers into which its homologue in Man may, according to Henle’, be differentiated. Cuvier, too’, distinctly represents a like arrangement in the animal which is the subject of this description. The first or upper portion of the muscle is strap-shaped, and takes origin from the strong ilio-pectineal tubercle, beneath that of the gracilis. It is inserted into the “ linea aspera" of the femur, from below the lowest point of insertion of the iliacus to the femoral insertion of the semimembranosus. The second or lower portion is much smaller, and arises from the ilio-pectineal line, between the origin of the first factor of the muscle and that of the adductor longus. It is inserted into the lowest portion of the posterior intertrochanteric line, on the border of the digital fossa. The arrangement of this musele in Prof. Humphry's specimen appears to have been very different‘. Adductors.—These ** adductors" proper appear to be present. They seem to answer respectively to the longus and brevis of human-anatomy nomenclature, and to the muscle termed by Henle* ** minimus,"—the upper portion of the great adductor, according to 'Theile and other anatomists. a. The homologue of the adductor longus is a muscle of comparatively small size; it springs from the lower portion of the ilio-pectineal line and from the spine of the pubes, just below or posterior to the second or inferior division of the pectineus, being overlapped by the highest fibres of origin of the gracilis. It passes, uniform in breadth, to be inserted by a thin tendon into the linea aspera of the femur, alongside of the inserted portion of the first division of the pectineus. I could not find any special or distinct representation of this muscle in Cuvier's plates. B. This muscle, which I am inclined to regard as homologous with the adductor brevis, is of very great size, and has an extensive origin from the remaining portion of the pubes included between the symphysis and lowest fibres of origin of the adductor longus, also from the greater part of the descending ramus of this bone, being covered partly by the gracilis, and partly by the semimembranosus. It has a lower point of insertion than any of its fellows, since it terminates on the inferior surface of the femur, diagonally between the third trochanter and a point midway between the origins of the gastrocnemii. Cuvier gives a fair representation of this muscle, divided close to its origin and inser- tion®, but letters it as the adductor brevis. y. The remaining muscle answers, I think, most nearly to that portion of the “ great " adductor termed and figured? by Henle “adductor minimus." Cuvier, in the figures cited round on the board which supported the specimen. The upper half of the body was bent forward at nearly a right angle with the lower part, while the fore limbs were disposed as they are in a Kangaroo. 1 « Une apophyse pointue sur la base du pubis, et dirigée en avant, c'est-à-dire, vers le ventre." (Cuvier, * Osse- mens Fossiles, loc. cit. p. 136.) ? Muskellehre, p. 268, and fig. 139. * Anat. Comp. pl. 256. fig. 4. * Loc. cit. p. 310. * Op. cit. p. 270. * Op. cit. pl. 256. figs. 4 and 6. 7 Loc. cit. fig. 140. VOL. XXVI. ÅN 592 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF above, letters this muscle as the “ moyen adducteur” (the “adductor longus” of the modern English schools). This adductor has a large fleshy origin from the ascending ramus of the ischium and from part of the triangular surface included between the obturator foramen and the tuberosity, being overlapped by the adductor muscle last described, and covered for the rest of its extent by the semimembranosus, tendinosus, and biceps. Narrowing gradually towards its termination, it is inserted, partly fleshy, partly tendinous, into a sharp- pointed tubercle situated on the ridge which runs down from the lesser trochanter, along the inferior surface of the femur, just superior to the combined insertions of the adductor longus and the first division of the pectineus. The muscle which I have termed adductor longus may, after all, be only a third element of the pectineus. Cuvier, although he has represented two adductors in his plates, has nevertheless left on record the following note, which M. Focillon has appended to his description of these plates, —“ Il n'y a qu'un adducteur." The Ai has, according to Meckel', four adductors, besides a pectineus of very great extent of insertion. The Anteater, also, has a large pectineus, but only a single adductor, which, however, is well developed, and formed from three heads. Quadriceps extensor.—The rectus femoris has no peculiarities worthy of much notice. It was well developed, and took origin from the superior and posterior margins of the acetabulum, and was inserted into the superior edge of the patella in company with the vastus of either side. The vastus externus was enormously developed. It arises from the external aspect of the femur and from the whole of its anterior surface, from as high a position as the space included between the great trochanter and the head of the bone. It is inserted into the outer edge of the patella, overlapping the rectus at its insertion. The vastus internus is much smaller, but is so fused with the preceding muscle in the middle line, that a boundary can hardly be sharply marked between them. It arises from the inner edge of the upper half of the femur immediately below the head of the bone, and is inserted, having previously fused with the rectus, into the inner edge of the patella. The aponeurotic termination of the sartorius is intimately adherent to its upper surface. No crureus can be differentiated from the muscle, vastus externus, which arises from the anterior aspec muscle. The m besides being connected With the smooth broadened-out origin of the pine ot the tibia by a strong “ ligamentum patelle," is fastened to the femur by a kind of side stay, in the shape of a strong flat ligament which passes from its inferior edge to the outer aspect of the external condyle. Sartorius.—Appears to have slipped down from its iein. si TPE usual from the strongly developed ilio-pectin DEE Be th oriens eal tubercle immediately above the highest fibres of Si E b ghes res origin of the gracilis. It then passes forwards, and ends in the upper portion of the " Op. cit. p. 596. unless the lowermost layer of the t of the femur, be reckoned as this Un E cn ==> = Bee ES beu ^71 gan ee ee, H > xis i 1 | 1 | 1 : 1 | THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 593 terminal aponeurosis of the gracilis, besides becoming continuous with the dense fascia covering the rectus near its insertion. The sartorius is separated from the subjacent muscles by fascia, in which the internal saphenous vein runs upwards towards its termination. Cuvier gives in his plates a very distinct representation of this muscle, which agrees with my description’. According to Prof. Humphry’, however, this muscle has no connexion with the ilium, but arises from the hindmost ribs. The editor of the second edition of Cuvier's * Leçons’ (Joc. cit. p. 518) confirms Meckel: statement (loc. cit. p. 614), that this muscle in the Ai has a femoral insertion; but states that it comes from the ilium, and not, as the latter anatomist has said, from the aponeu- rosis of the external oblique. Semitendinosus.—This muscle consists of two quite distinct portions, botli as regards their origin, course, and insertion. ‘The first portion, which corresponds to the muscle of the same name in Man, is of uniform breadth, strap-shaped, and takes origin from the whole extent of the free edge of the tuberosity of the ischium, including the spine at its most posterior boundary. It passes across the thigh to be inserted into the inner layer of the aponeurotie termination of the gracilis, being covered by the lowest portion of this muscle at its insertion. When it reaches the posterior border of the gastrocnemius, the muscle receives on its inferior edge a contribution from the semimembranosus, which becomes continuous with fascia or aponeurosis extending to the caleaneum. The second portion of the muscle, also uniformly broad and strap-shaped, arises imme- diately below the origin of the gluteus medius, from a small portion of the free edge of the sacrum, just below its juction with the ilium, also from the dense fascia covering the erector spine. It then passes over its fellow at its origin, and finally fuses with the broad flat tendon of the gastrocnemius just at the junction of its two heads. Cuvier distinctly represents these two divisions of the muscles in his plates, and desig- nates the last-described factor as the ** Accessoire bieipital du demi-nerveux" *. This latter portion of the muscle does not appear to have been present in the specimen described by Prof. Humphry. The editor of the second edition of Cuvier's * Lecons' states in a footnote*, concerning this muscle and the semimembranosus, that they, and some- times only the latter, receive an accessory coccygeal portion. This arrangement, he says, is found principally in Rodents and in the Edentata. Semimembranosus.—An enormously developed muscle, which arises from the whole extent of the tuberosity of the ischium, and from part of the ascending ramus of the bone, also, for some distance, from the side of the strong fascia covering the caudal muscles. ]t passes upwards, its most posterior fibres of origin being fused for some distance with the biceps, to be inserted mainly into the deep layer of the aponeurosis common to it and the gracilis and sartorius; while a small portion, derived from the superior edge of the muscle, finds insertion into the edge of the femur, a little above the inner condyle, close to the origin of the inner head of the gastrocnemius. 1 Op. cit. pl. 255, and 256. fig. 4. * Loc. cit. p. 311. * Op. cit. pl. 255, and 256. figs. 1 and 3. * Loc. cit. p. 522. 4N2 594 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF Those fibres which are fused at origin with the diceps eventually join the inf edge of the inner portion of the semitendinosus just before its insertion. Biceps —A large muscle, arising immediately below the gluteus maximus, s ingly from fascia covering the dorsal muscles, and fusing at the lowest part with ¢ semimembranosus. Its upper portion speedily becomes differentiated from the rest the muscle, and has a tendon developed along its inferior edge, which is finally inse into a tubercle at the head of the fibula, near its junction with the tibia, being tinuous, by its upper edge, with the aponeurosis or fascia in which the Zensor và femoris is lost. The rest of the muscle covers the whole of the triangular space included betwe basal line drawn from its origin to its insertion and a popliteal apex formed by the sem flexed leg with the thigh, and terminates partly in fascia covering the front of the le and partly at the calcaneum, the muscular fibres being continued almost down to bone. | Prof. Humphry’ notices only the latter mode of termination. Cuvier’s repres tions of this muscle? agree very well with my descriptions. The editor, moreover, of h * Lecons' states? that in the Oryeteropus, as well as in the Armadillo, the biceps dese to the caleaneum. 4i In this animal, as in Dasypus, the biceps has no femoral head of origin. In th and Anteater, on the contrary, according to Meckel‘, this muscle derives part o origin from the femur. Gastrocnemius.—A muscle of great development. Its external head takes origin the outer margin of the femur, immediately above the condyle, mainly by a strong tendon, in which a sesamoid bone, or “ fabella” °, is developed, which plays over a $ facet on the posterior part of the condyle. The inner head arises by a strong from the inner edge of the shaft of the femur, immediately above the condyle of — side, and fleshy from the internal lateral ligament. It joins with its fellow al below the middle of the calf, to terminate eventually at the posterior extremity —— in ne x tendo Achillis" A small slip is given off from the outer inserted close to, and in advance of, the soleus. The possession of a peculiar to the Orycte . Meckel describes, i ern aspect of the outer condyle of the femur, which, evi as In Orycteropus, belongs to the gastrocnemius, D not mentioned by him i muscle. : xis er » ar * Op. cit. pl. 254. fig. 2, and 256. figs. Le 5 « e , H * Op. cit. pp. 607-8, | p. nietos s aS ft prt Oued * On the Anatomy of Vertebra Fossiles.’ = vier neither figures nor mentions this bone in his Deutsche | Mir für die Physiologie, J, F, Meckel, fünfter Band (Halle und Berlin, 1819), p. 28. THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 595 Douglas! mentions the origins of the heads of the gastrocnemius in the dog “ from the two ossa sesamoidea that adhere to the two condyles of the femur.” Krause, in his monograph on the Rabbit’, does not refer to any sesamoid in connexion with the gastrocnemius, but states that the plantaris arises from such a bone in the neighbourhood of the “lateral condyle ” of the femur. In Meckel’s * Comparative Anatomy’? a long list is given of animals which have one or more of these bones in the gastroenemius. On his authority, they oceur in both tendons in many Apes, in the Mole, in the Agouti, Poreupine, and other Rodents. In Stenops, however, among Quadrumana, and, among Edentata, in the Ai and the Anteater, there is but one sesamoid ; but in the latter Order they are larger than in other mammals. They are wanting in the Ornithorhynchus, among Monotremes, and in Man they are seldom present. Dr. Ilg, in his monograph on sesamoid bones‘, mentions the existence of bones of this character in the origins of the gastrocnemius in Cynocephalus sphinx (Simia sphinx, Linn.) Meckel" has noted the same in his * Comparative Anatomy’ as occurring in this species of Ape. : Burdach‘, in a paper upon the myology of Inuus, Cynocephalus, and Cercopithecus (species not given), mentions the existence of such a bone at the outer as well as the inner condyle of the femur, in the origins of the gastrocnemius in these Apes. Man is not exempt from the presence of such bones in the gastrocnemius ; for, accord- ing to Semmering’, “non raro tendo ventris externi os sesamoides excipit." The same anatomist remarks, after citing an author who had found two bones of this description, « forsan vero alterum fuit ossiculum, quod passim in bursis mucosis invenitur." Henle, too, mentions the occasional occurrence of sesamoid bones in Man‘, in the lateral and, more rarely, in the middle head (soleus) of the gastrocnemius, but regards them as pathological ossifications, such as are caused in other muscles by friction, e. g. in the median portion of the vastus in riders—a point which Fordham or Custance may some day have the privilege of illustrating. In the fine skeleton of the Megatherium, preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, there is a sesamoid bone behind the outer condyle of the left femur. In all probability this was once imbedded in the gastrocnemius of this huge species of Sloth. Soleus.—A flat and comparatively broad muscle, taking origin by a distinet tendon, imbedded in the origin of the deep flexor, from a sharp tubercle on the posterior aspect of the head of the fibula, and being inserted into the superior and inner face of the calcaneum. | Prof. Humphry makes no mention of this muscle by name. He may, however, with the old anatomists, have described it as an element of the gastrocnemius, in which case it will answer to his description of the third head of origin of this latter muscle *. 1 Myographie Comparatæ Specimen (London, 1707), p. 154. ? Die Anatomie des Kaninchens (Leipzig, 1868), p. 121. 3 Loc. cit. p. 634. * Monographie der Sehnenrollen, zweiter Abschnitt, erste Abtheilung (Prag, 1824), p. 35. 5 Loc. cit. p. 634. 6 Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Affen (Königsberg, 1838), p. 47. 7 De Corp. Hum. Fabr. (Trajecti ad Meenum, 17 96), tome iii. p. 306. * Muskellehre, p. 288. * Loc. cit, p. 313. 596 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF Meckel describes the soleus under the name of the ** deep head” of the gastrocnemius, as being in the Edentata, at all events in the Ai and the Anteater, larger than the more superficial head of this muscle’. Further on he gives a special description of its arrangement in these animals, under the specific name of “ Sohlenmuskel.” Plantaris.—This muscle, which Prof. Humphry has included in his description of the gastrocnemius, arises by a strong tendon slightly posterior to, and to the inner side of, the external head of the latter, and, after running down between the above muscle and the soleus, lies tendinous to the inner side of the tendo Achillis, just above the calca- neum, but, passing over this tendon at the posterior and inferior part of the bone, joins finally the plantar fascia. An offset, however, is distributed to each digit, which had the arrangement of the fexor sublimis in the upper extremity, the superficial layer forming a sheath for the deep or “ perforating” flexor, the deeper layer being a “ perforated” tendon, except in the case of the hallux. The tendon of this muscle, though it does not terminate at the os calcis, has a strong attachment to a rough ridge which runs down along the inner side of this bone from the insertion of the soleus. In the Ai, according to Meckel?, this muscle is well developed, and is fused with the ** perforating ” flexor. Rapp describes the plantaris as absent in M. tamandua’. Popliteus.—ls a well-developed muscle. It arises from a depression in the outer aspect of the external condyle by a strong flat tendon, covered by the origins of the peronei, and is inserted all along the posterior part of the tibia, from the head of this bone to its malleolus. Flexor longus digitorum.—Arises from the posterior part of the fibula, completely covering in the most posterior of the peronei muscles, besides taking origin in part from the strong external lateral ligament, also from the interosseous membrane and inner edge of the tibia. At the heel it becomes tendinous; and the strong flat tendon, after running along the inner side of the calcaneal process, passes under a strong ligamentous bridge, stretched between the astragalus and plantar fascia, and, at about the middle of the sole, expands, soon to split into five “ perforating” tendons, destined one for each digit, the hallux included. Immediately before the tendon broadens out, as described above, there is given off from its fibular side, to join the peroneal tubercle of the calcaneum, a strong flat liga- mentous or tendinous band. This is regarded by Prof. Humphry ‘ as the representative of the fexor accessorius, and is figured as such by Cuvier *. As far as can be made out by the naked eye, there is no trace of muscular tissue in this rudimentary representative of the accessory flexor. The “ perforating ” tendons terminate in their respective digits in the same manner as do those of the deep flexor in the fore foot, and complete their resemblance by presenting an indication of bifidity just before insertion. The attempt at a differentiation of a flexor longus hallucis from the substance of the ! Vergleich. Anat. p. 630 et seq. * Loc. cit. p. 656. 4 B - * Op. cit. P. 90. Loc. cit. p. 317. * Anat. Comp. pl. 256. fig. 6. | | THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 597 common flexor of the toes will be noticed under my description of the tibialis posticus. Rapp describes, under the old name of “ caro quadrata Sylvii," an accessory flexor as present in Myrmecophaga tamandua’. According to the same authority, the hallux in this animal has no special flexor, but shares with the other digits the tendinous supply of the common flexor. Flexor brevis digitorum.—This muscle, as in the case of Dasypus, was absent. Meckel observes? that it appears most correct to admit that the Edentata are deprived of a small flexor communis, and that that which is described as such represents the short head of the perforating flexor, for the reason that the tendons of the former are not perforated, and that the analogy with the anterior member militates in favour of this conclusion. Tibialis posticus.—This muscle took origin from the inner aspect of the head of the fibula, and from the opposite-looking edge of the posterior portion of the tibia, and in part from the interosseous membrane, the anterior tibial vessels passing between its fibular and tibial heads of origin. It is intimately connected, for nearly the whole of its length in the calf, with the flexor digitorum. A little above the inner malleolus it is continued into two flat tendons, which pass under a strong ligamentous pulley or arch, situated on the posterior aspect of the above process. The deeper of the two tendons, after passing under a strong internal lateral ligament of the ankle, which separates it from its fellow, terminates at the posterior part of the inferior ridge of the ento-cuneiform bone (* hinder part of scaphoid," according to Prof. Humphry?); while the more superficial belonging to the fibular belly of the muscle, divides into two branches, one of which joins by a broad expansion the tendon of the common flexor, while the other terminates at the posterior part of the sesamoid ossicle * which lies alongside of the ento-cuneiform bone, and which is attached, by a ligament proceeding from its anterior extremity, to the inner side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the hallux. | Cuvier's representation of the termination of the last-named tendon is very clear’. The broad expansion of the first-mentioned branch of the superficial tendon had con- nexions which are of interest, since they tend to show a differentiation, in an animal belonging to the Bruta, of a flexor longus hallucis from the common flexor muscle; for, posteriorly, it was continued tendinous into a muscular offset from a portion of the common flexor which arose from the lower part of the fibula, while, anteriorly, it took a large, nay, almost a principal share in forming the flexor tendon of the hallux. An arrangement somewhat similar to that just described is occasionally met with in Man, according to Bichat?, in the tendon of the tibialis posticus; of which, besides its usual prolongation to the ento-cuneiform bone, “souvent autre prolongement, qui est externe, se poste sous la plante du pied, et se confond avec ses ligamens." ! Op. cit. p. 50. * Op. cit. p. 657. ® Op. cit. p. 315. 4 No mention whatever is made of this ossicle (which exists in Dasypus proportionally better developed) by Prof. Humphry. According to Cuvier, ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ loc. cit. p. 136, **l'os surnuméraire du bord interne [of the entocuneiform|, s'il existe, est fort petit." * Anat. Comp. pl. 256. fig. 6. * Traité d'Anatomie Descriptive (Paris, 1802), tome ii. p. 324. 598 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF The muscles which arise from the extensor surface of the leg in Oryeteropus are well marked off into three distinct groups, each of which passes under a strong ligamentous pulley peculiar to it. The tibial group comprises muscles proper to the hallux; such are the extensor pro- prius of this digit, and the tibialis anticus. The middle group includes but the four tendinous offsets of the extensor communis, while under the group on the fibular side are comprised the peroneal muscles. Peronei.—These muscles are so blended together at origin that it is not easy to isolate them for description. They arise along the outer edge of the fibula, in close company with the extensor communis, from the inward-looking aspect of the head of the bone, and from the external lateral ligament and outer semilunar cartilage. Just above the outer malleolus, they become tendinous; and their tendons, four in number, are kept in place behind this strongly projecting process by a ligamentous band or pulley. The most anterior at origin passed over the extensor brevis digitorum to join the expan- sion of the common eatensor, at the base of the proximal phalanx of the fourth digit, sending off also a slight slip to terminate in like manner at the little toe. A second passed to the outer side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit, joining here the metatarso-phalangeal expansion of the common extensor tendon. Another terminated at a very strong tubercle developed on the outer side of the base of the metatarsal bone of the same digit. The two last-described muscles seem to answer tolerably fairly to the peronei tertius and brevis of human anatomy, respectively. The first muscle seems to answer very fairly to one described by Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie, in their paper on the * Anatomy of the Crested Agouti”', as the peroneus quarti digiti; or it may be regarded as the muscular resultant developed by the fusion of this with the peroneus quinti digiti. The tendon of the homologue of the peroneus longus passed over a groove in a tubercle situated on the outer side of the head of the os calcis, and, on gaining the sole, took a turn at a right angle, and passed under the strong plantar ligaments to its usual inser- tion at the fibular side of the base of the metatarsal of the hallux. Soon after its entrance into the sole, it detached, as described by Prof. Humphry’, an offset from its anterior edge, which was inserted into the tibial side of the metacarpal of the fifth digit. Record of a similar arrangement will be found in my paper on the myology of Dasypus. No reference to this important point has been given, as far as I am aware, either by Meckel or by Cuvier. Such a disposition of the tendon of the peroneus longus as that just described obviously ensures the simultaneous adduction, towards the middle line of the foot, of the hallux and fifth digit. Tibialis anticus.—A. strong, well-developed muscle, arising from the arch formed by the junction of the tibia and fibula at their upper part—also by a small slip from the anterior ridge of the former bone, just below the insertion of the patellar ligament—in ' Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1866. * Loc. cit. p. 319. Late di ac Sim ee Ce dl ni La zus mn > m au ET THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 599 part, too, from the outer edge and a small part of the anterior face of this ligament, and from the tendon of the biceps. At the inferior extremity of the tibia the muscle suddenly contracts, and passes tendinous under a very strong ligamentous pulley which is shared by the extensor hallucis. Two tendons are developed from this muscle, one of which passes to the inner side of the base of the metatarsal of the hallux ; while the other, after coursing down the side of the foot behind the former tendon, is inserted into the anterior part of the inferior edge of the ento-cuneiform bone, and has also a slight com- munication with the base of the metatarsal. This muscle, as I have described, possesses but one terminal tendon in Dasypus. In the Ai and Anteater, according to Meckel', the tibialis anticus has two heads of origin, which, however, meet in a common tendon which is inserted into the rudiment of the hallux. Meckel hints that the external of these two factors may represent the extensor of the hallux. Dr. Ilg? describes in Cynocephalus sphinx a differentiated slip from this muscle, which he terms “ abductor hallucis longus," and states to be absent in man. It was fused at origin with the tibialis anticus, and was inserted into the plantar aspect posteriorly of the metatarsal of the hallux. This muscle, according to Burdach’, has two terminal tendons in Cercopithecus; but in Inwus and Cynocephalus one of these belongs to a differentiated muscular slip. He holds that in each case the supernumerary muscle or tendon must be regarded as an abductor longus hallucis. The description of the tibialis anticus in Nycticebus tardigradus is thus concluded by Mr. Mivart and Dr. Murie :—“ There is no trace whatever of any division of the tendon of this muscle, à fortiori not of its muscular part ” *. Church describes, in the Orang, a splitting into two parts of the tendon of this muscle, as well as of that of its serial homologue in the hand, the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis’. Prof. Huxley, in his lectures on the Mammalia at the Royal College of Surgeons, remarked that the division of the tendon of the tibialis anticus was, in the Chimpanzee, carried up into its muscular fibres, in some cases quite to their origin, so that the anterior portion had been described by Cuvier and others as a distinct muscle—the abductor hallucis longus. The tendon of the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is also in this Ape, according to Prof. Huxley, double. In the same course of lectures, the terminal tendons of both of these serially homologous muscles were described as double in the Gorilla, in the Orang, and in Hylobates. This differentiation of the tendon did not, however, extend to the muscle itself’. Scemmering describes, in his work upon Human Anatomy 7,a division of the tendon of the tibialis anticus before insertion, the larger portion terminating at the cuneiform bone, the smaller at the metatarsal of the hallux. According to Henle, the tendon of the tibialis anticus in Man divides before its inser- ! Op. cit. p. 624. 2 Op. cit. p. 39. * Op. cit. p. 45. -* Proc. Zool. Soc. February 1865. 5 Nat. Hist. Rev. Jan. 1862, pp. 83 and 88. * Medical Times and Gazette, 1864, April 23rd, May 14th and 28th, June 11th. * Loc. cit. p. 319. VOL. XXVI. 40 600 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF tion. The insertion-tendon of the abductor pollicis longus is also, he observes, “ not seldom double " '. Theile makes no mention of the division of the former muscle in Man. Extensor proprius hallucis.—Axises by a flat delicate tendon from about the middle third of the anterior edge or ridge of the fibula. It then runs obliquely outwards, till it passes under the strong pulley common to it and the tibialis anticus, when its direction is changed to one straight for its proper digit. At the astragalo-scaphoid articulation it becomes tendinous; and the straight continuation of the tendon, after expanding over the proximal phalanx of the hallux, terminates at the distal joint of this digit. The tendon, moreover, a little posterior to the metatarso-phalangeal articulation, gives from its fibular side an offset to join one sent off to meet it from the inner of the common extensor tendons, which, after this junction, is continued to the base of the proximal phalanx of the second toe, there to join the expansion of the tendon of the extensor communis sent to this digit. This arrangement much resembles that which I have described and figured as existing in Dasypus, only that there is no pulley attached to the accessory ossicle which might serve to change the direction of the tendon of the extensor hallucis. Rapp’ describes the tendon of this muscle in M. tamandua as splitting into two branches, which pass to the first and second digits respectively, the latter of these branches entering also into communication with the tendon of the common extensor. Extensor communis digitorum.—Arose by a strong flat tendon from the outer aspect of the external condyle of the femur, being covered by the lateral patellar ligament at this joint. It had scarcely, if any, origin from the tibia and fibula. Its muscular belly had about one-third of the bulk of that of the largely developed tibialis anticus. Just before it gains the dorsum of the foot, the muscle passes under a very strong ligamen- tous loop or pulley, which is attached to the anterior portion of the caleaneum, and, slightly, to the astragalus. Here it contracts, and divides into four equal-sized tendons. The arrangement of these tendons, though at first sight somewhat complicated, may, I think, be best simplified thus :—The two innermost were fused together, so as to form a kind of aponeurotie expansion or web on the dorsum of the foot. This compound factor may be conveniently termed the “ tibial” division. The “ fibular” division was formed by a similar fusion of the two outermost tendons; and both “tibial” and “ fibular" divisions had, moreover, a slight communication with each other. The tendons, though thus fused together, may, however, each be traced with a consi- derable degree of certainty to its proper destination. The first tendon, beginning from the tibial side, sent a branch to join that of the extensor hallucis; but the main portion was continued straight to the terminal phalanx of the second digit, expanding, however, over the metatarso-phalangeal articulation of this digit. The second tendon passed to the tibial side of the tendinous expansion over the meta- tarso-phalangeal joint of the middle digit, and was also continued to the terminal phalanx. The expansion was joined on its fibular side by the inner of the two branches ` Muskellehre, pp. 211 and 276. * Op. cit. p. 50. m ae j CAES SC NI ERU E E S Ms x ps se S THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 601 into which the third tendon divides. The fibular branch of the third tendon, after joining the expansion over the metatarso-phalangeal joint of the fourth digit, was con- tinued also to the terminal phalanx of this digit. The fourth tendon passed to the terminal phalanx of the fifth digit, after joining the expansion over the metatarso-phalangeal articulation. This tendon may, possibly, take some share in forming what I have termed the fibular branch of the third tendon, but which Prof. Humphry describes as the tibial branch of the fourth’. Each of the tendons of the extensor communis had, at its metatarso-phalangeal expan- sion, a patella-like sesamoid bone developed in it, which bones appear to belong strictly to the deep layers which find attachment at the base of the middle phalanges of their respective digits. These bones do not appear to have been present in the specimen examined by Prof. Humphry. Many of them are preserved in the skeleton of Orcyteropus in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. A similar sesamoid, developed in a similar position, is present in the terminal tendon of the extensor hallucis. Extensor brevis digitorum.—This muscle arose from the outer aspect of the caleaneum, superior to the origin of the abductor minimi digiti—also from the anterior portion of the bone, especially the tubercle which articulates laterally with the astragalus. It then passed obliquely forwards to be inserted into the inferior aspect of what I have termed the “fibular” division of the tendons of the extensor communis. It also joined, by means of two strong tendons, the tibial side of the second tendon and the fibular side of the first tendon respectively, of the above division, just before these expand over the metatarso-phalangeal joints of their proper digits—an arrangement which evidently favours the approximation of the second and middle digits, which are not bound together so closely as their homologues are in Dasypus by skin and subjacent tissue. Another portion of the muscle is inserted fleshy into the first tendon at the point where it gives off the lateral branch to the tendon of the extensor hallucis. The extensor brevis does not appear to enter into any direct communication with the fourth tendon of the common extensor. Prof. Humphry? describes this muscle as possessing three tendons; but the only distinct offsets deserving the term, in the animal which I examined, were those described as passing to the extensors of the second and middle digits. Abductor minimi digiti.—Fairly developed. It is a flat muscular band, which takes origin from the smooth outer face of the caleaneal process, just below the origin of the preceding muscle, and has a broad fleshy insertion into the tubercle at the outer side of the base of the metacarpal bone of the fifth digit, and is also continued as a tendon to a sesamoid bone lying at the base of the proximal phalanx of the same digit. Flexor brevis digiti quinti (Henle *).—This muscle arose slightly from the caleaneum, but principally from that portion of the plantar ligament which was inserted into the base of the metatarsal of the fourth digit. It gradually widened towards its termination, and had a fleshy insertion into the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit. Prof. Humphry makes no mention of this muscle as existing in his specimen. Opponens digiti quinti (Henle).—This muscle, described by Prof. Humphry * under the ! Loc. cit. p. 917. * Loc. cit. p. 318. ? Muskellehre, p. 301. * Loc. cit. p. 317. 402 602 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF name of adductor minimi digiti, took origin from the plantar ligament, at about the point of contact of the bases of the metatarsals of the third and fourth digits. After passing obliquely across to the tibial side of the fifth digit, it joined the lower layer of the extensor tendon on the dorsum of the proximal phalanx of this digit. Plantar muscles of hallua.—A thin fusiform slip, taking origin from the anterior extremity of the ento-cuneiform bone, on its plantar aspect, and being inserted into the sesamoid at the fibular side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the hallux, in company with the terminal portion of the muscle termed by Prof. Humphry adductor hallucis. This latter muscle, which may represent the outer (fibular) head of the flexor brevis, took origin from the strong plantar ligament, at the level of the base of the metatarsal of the second digit (the “ middle metatarsal,” according to Prof. Humphry). The first-described muscle bears a great resemblance, both in origin and insertion, to one which I found last year in the right foot of a seaman at the “ Dreadnought ” Hospital Ship, and which is considered by Mr. Wood to be the plantar representative of the “ interosseus palmaris volaris” of the hand’. Since, however, this muscle does not coexist with a complete set of the normal muscles of the hallux, a certain conclusion can scarcely be arrived at that it is the homologue of the above-described human “abnormality,” seeing that either the adductor hallucis or the fibular head of the flexor brevis of this digit may lay just claim to it as a displaced representative. As in the specimen described by Prof. Humphry, no proper abductor hallucis appeared to be present. Inmbricales.—These muscles are four in number. They have origins similar to those of their homologues in Dasypus, arising in the interspaces of the tendons of the flexor longus, where these branch off from the common tendinous expansion of the muscle. They differ, however, in continuing single to their insertion, which is into the middle of the tibial side of the proximal phalanges of the second, third, fourth, and fifth digits. The hallux, it will be seen, unlike its homologue in Dasypus, has no lumbricalis. These muscles resemble their homotypes in the upper limb in not being connected with the sheaths of the extensor tendons. Cavier gives a very good representation of them in one of his plates’. | The Ai, according to Meckel’, has no lumbricales, although the flexor longus is well developed. Rapp mentions these muscles as present in M. tamandua*, but makes no statement relative to their number or mode of termination. The Interossei proper are confined to the three middle digits. They are six in number, and are so divided that each digit has one on either side. r ee GE of my original sketch, which I gave to Mr. eh was = ae : pisc Ts nn à ie neighbourhood of the artieulation between the infernal ie, Erg ERE a and the metatarsal bone of the hallux, and of the insertion of the tibialis anticus, and becomin i : g fused with th i i hallux. April 17, 1867.” e tendon of the outer head of the flexor brevis of the F e Op. cit. pl. 256. fig. 6. * Op. cit. p. 661. * Op. cit. p. 50. m - THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 603 They each arise from a side of the strong ligament, which passes, forked at both extremities, into a resemblance to an X, from the plantar aspect of the base of the meta- tarsal to the sesamoids at the base of the proximal phalanx of each digit, and are inserted into the sides of the lateral expansion of the extensor tendon at the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation, besides having attachment to the sesamoids at either side of the bases of the proximal phalanges of their respective digits. Their action appears to be, especially when all united, principally one of flexion ; separately, they might seem to abduct from, or adduct towards the middle line of the sole the digits to which they are respectively attached. They who may have occasion to refer to this and to the preceding paper for facts (it is sincerely hoped that the descriptions of the muscular phenomena there noted are worthy of the name) may, perchance, expect to find at this stage a concluding colligation of these under a generalization of some sort. This, I fear, I am not prepared to offer ; for neither can it be affirmed, on the one hand, that the muscular varieties which have been the subject of these pages have any precise morphological significance, nor, on the other hand, can they be regarded solely from a teleological point of view. For, with regard to morphology, if muscular peculiarities are not to be regarded, as some hold, as “subsidiary to osseous arrangements,” the converse can scarcely be main- tained—namely, that osseous structures are not modifiable, at any rate as regards their offshoots (or ‘ processes” as anatomists term them), by the condition of the development of the muscles which find attachment to these; for if this be not already granted, or, at all events, tacitly assumed, how comes it that (to take one out of many instances) in the exhumation of human remains for purposes antiquarian, ethnological, or medico-legal', the development of the processes of certain bones is taken greatly into account as an indication of the muscular condition, or even of the sex (in the absence of pelvic evidence), of the individual of whom these once were members ? Now these very bony processes, which are allowed to be affected by the muscles to which they afford attachment2, are, in recent animals, in conjunction with the leading characters of other physiological systems, such as the digestive, generative, or nervous, chosen as a basis of classification. Take, for instance, the third trochanter on the femur of an Ungulate (possibly the niggard dole extorted by importunate muscular wants), which enables us to predicate of its once possessor that it was odd-toed, that its horn or horns (if any were present) were median, and not lateral, that its stomach was simple, while its cecum was large and sacculated, and that the placenta which brought to it nourishment in foetal life was of the “ diffused,” e non-deciduate” variety. On the evidence, moreover, of such “ processes,” to a great extent, animals long since extinct are distributed among the classes which are provisionally formed for them and their modern representatives. By the aid of these, in great measure, have the Mylodon 1 «The bones of the female are lighter, more cellular, less marked by asperities, and less curved by muscular action than those of the male; the processes are less strongly marked.”—Guy’s * Principles of Forensic Medicine,’ 2nd ed. p. 20. E 2 See Herbert Spencer's * Principles of Biology,’ vol. ii. p. 335 et seq. (Lond. 1867); Trousseau, ‘Clinique Médicale,’ tome iii. chap. 84, * Rachitis” (2ème édit., Paris, 1865). 604 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY OF and Megatherium found a place among the Sloths, and the Glyptodon supported a claim of kinship to the Armadillo’. If, on the other hand, the variations of muscles can reasonably be regarded as influ- enced by, or “as subsidiary to,” the character of their bony attachments, before it can be determined what morphological value the former possess, we must first ascertain the probable amount of osseous influence which has been brought into play (a task towards the performance of which neither physiology nor pathology appears as yet to promise much aid), or, at all events, obtain a sure knowledge of the homologies of the subjacent bony framework (an inquiry in which, as regards the upper limb, the researches of Rathke and Parker will stand us in good stead, but in the case of the lower member there may yet be some groping about and stumbling) ; or, in default of such aids, the consideration of the skeleton must be set aside, and, regarding muscles per se, we must construct for our use “a typical vertebrate myozoon,” to which, Procrustes-like, we can, as accurately as may be, adapt our muscular waifs and strays. As regards teleology, it does not appear sufficient to consider the end of the general arrangement of the muscles of any given limb, to the exclusion of the special items con- tributed towards this end, or physiological total, by distinct muscles; for, to take an instance, if we content ourselves with the general observation that it is burrowing with which the muscular arrangement in the fore limb of the Armadillo, Aard-vark, and Mole appears to be chiefly concerned, we run the risk of overlooking the divers means by which this seemingly uniform result is brought about, and may omit to accredit an important share in the work, in the case of the two former animals, to the hugely developed and combined triceps and dorso-épitrochlien, and, in the case of the latter, to the teres major, a muscle which, as both Meckel and Cuvier have remarked, reaches an enormous degree of development in this animal’. Whether the likenesses or unlikenesses which certain muscular systems in Dasypus and Orycteropus may bear towards each other be due to a congruity, or the reverse, in their relations (be they morphological or teleological), or be brought about by a similarity or dissimilarity in conditions of existence (a plastic influence to which, according to * The soundness of such claim, however, in the eyes of certain good authorities is by no means as yet distinctly proven. M. Pouchet, for instance, in a résumé of a paper upon the osteology of Glyptodon clavipes, @. giganteus, and ee Cette remarks, ** Ceci Send, comme nous l'avons dit, à ce que nous manquons des points de compa- raison nécessaires, puisque nous ne connaissons complétement à peu prés aucun de ces animaux. Ce n'est pas avec le cou des uns, le bassin des autres, la carapace de ceux-ci et la queue de ceux-là qu'on peut faire des distinctions ou des rapprochements définitifs, les animaux semblables par un de ces points pouvant differer énormément pour tous les autres." — Contribution à Ü Anatomie des Édentés, par Georges Pouchet, Ch. Robin, Journ. de l'Anat. et de la Physiol. vol. iii. p. 351, 1866. * Meckel says of this muscle (op. cit. p. 900), * Ungeheuer stark, wohl am stürksten ist er bein Maulwurf, wo er den ganzen Untergrütenmuskel bedeckt." The same Dane is clearly represented by Cuvier in one of his figures of the myology of the Mole (Anat. Comp. pl. 80); sna in the short notes appended to the plate, it is stated that « Le grand rond est extrémement puissant et tellement saillant que dans la fig. 1 on pourrait croire qu'il se fixe au eubitus.” In the Mole-Rat of the Cape (Mus Capensis, Linn.), 216, op. cit.) ; for “au lieu de fouir avec la rapidité me les larves d’insectes ou les vers, les Rats-Taupes, the teres major does not attain so great a development (see pl. rveilleuse que montrent ces insectivores (Taupes) pour atteindre qui vivent de racines, cheminent plus lentement dans leurs galeries." THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. 605 some, due weight has not yet been given in biological speculations’), is a question of which, from the quantity and the quality of the facts at my disposal, I confess myself unable to offer a satisfactory solution ; and, as a slight excuse for my reluctance to generalize, I bring forward, in conclusion, the following words of a great thinker’:—“ General obser- vations drawn from particulars are the jewels of knowledge, comprehending great store in a little room; but they are therefore to be made with the greater care and caution, lest, if we take counterfeit for true, our loss and shame be the greater when our stock comes to a severe scrutiny." BIBLIOGRAPHY”. Azara. Essais sur l'Histoire Naturelle de Quadrupèdes de la Province du Paraguay, par Don Felix D’Azara (tra- duits sur le Manuscrit inédit de l'Auteur, par Moreau Saint-Méry), vol. ii. Paris, 1801. BurpacH. Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Affen. Königsberg, 1838. CaurcH. On the Myology of the Orang Utang (Natural History Review, October 1861 and January 1862). Cuvizr. Anatomie Comparée, recueil de planches de myologie dessinées par Georges Cuvier ou exécutées sous les yeux, par M. Laurillard. Folio. Paris, 1855.—Lecons d’Anatomie Comparée (Seconde édition), tome i. Paris, 1835.—Ossemens Fossiles (Nouvelle édition), tome v. Paris, 1823.—Régne Animal (Mammifères). Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. ii. | Cyclopxdia of Natural History, vol. i. London, 1856. Dantety’s Sketches, representing the Native Tribes, Animals, and Scenery of Southern Africa. London, 1820. Doveras. Myographie Comparate Specimen, London, 1707. Ecker. Die Anatomie des Frosches. Iste Abtheilung. Braunschweig, 1864. Gratiotet. Recherches sur l'Anatomie de l'Hippopotame, publiées par les soins du Dr. Edmond Alix. Paris, 1867. Gray. Revision of the Genera and Species of Entomophagous Edentata, by Dr. John E. Gray, F.R.S. (Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1865). GRUBER. Ueber den Musculus Epitrochleo-Anconeus der Menschen und der Säugethiere, mit 3 Tafeln (Mém. de l'Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, 7™e ser. tome x. no. 5). Harrer. An account of the Anomalies of the Muscular System met with in the Dissecting-room of the University, during the years 1846-47; with general remarks (Edin. Med. and Surg. Journ. vol. Ixix.), Jan. 1848. Hentz. Muskellehre. Braunschweig, 1858. Humenry. On the Myology of Orycteropus capensis and Pa. communis, by Professor Humphry (Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 2nd ser. vol.i.). Cambridge, 1868. Hesse, Hunterian Lectures on the Mammalia, Royal College of Surgeons (Medical Times and Gazette, and Reader, Ire. Monographie der Sehnenrollen. Prag, 1824. Kravse. Die Anatomie des Kaninchens. Leipzig, 1868. ı « Mr. Darwin's Hypotheses, by George Henry Lewes," Parts I. and III. Fortnightly Review, April (p. 372) and July (p. 78) 1868. With regard to habits, these two animals agree in their mode of procuring food; and therefore a certain general, and even special, similarity in the structure of their limbs may reasonably be expected; but, on the other hand, the restricted ant-diet of the sluggish Aard-vark must cause this animal to differ in some points from the omnivorous, and even “ ghoul”-like (see Azara, * Essais, vol. ii. p. 127, and Rengger, * Säugethiere von Paraguay,’ p. 281), active Armadillo. For some very suggestive remarks upon the respective values of kind of food and the manner in which such fes is procured, as foundations for classification, see Andrew Murray's * Geographical Distribution of Mammals, p. 219. ? Locke, * On the Conduet of the Understanding." 3 It were unjust of me not to acknowledge here the great obligations under which I am to Prof. Rolleston for placing in my hands for reference a large proportion of the works included in the following list. 606 MR. J. C. GALTON ON THE MYOLOGY .OF Macarrsrer. On the Homologies of the Flexor Muscles of the Vertebrate Limb (Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 2nd ser. vol. i). Cambridge, 1868.— Contributions toward the formation of a correct System of Muscular Homologies (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. i.). 1868. Msckrr. Anatomie des zweizehigen Ameisenfresser (Archiv für die Physiologie, fünfter Band). Halle und Berlin, 1819.— System der vergleichenden Anatomie, dritter Theil. Halle, 1828.—Ornithorhynchi paradoxi Descriptio Anatomica. Lipsiw, 1826. Mrvanr. On some points in the Anatomy of Echidna hystria (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv.). 1866. Mivart and Mur. Observations on the Anatomy of Nycticebus tardigradus (Proc. of Zool. Soc. Feb. 1865).—On the Myology of Hyrax capensis (Proc. Zool. Soc. Apr. 1865).—On the Anatomy of the Crested Agouti (Proe. Zool. Soc. June 1866). Murray. Geographical Distribution of Mammals. London, 1866. Osteological Catalogue of the Hunterian Museum, Royal College of Surgeons, vol. ii. (eps, On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Trans. Zool. Soc. 1854).—On the Anatomy of Vertebrates, vol. ii. PARKER. A Monograph on the Structure and Development of the Shoulder-Girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. Ray Society, 1868. PFEIFFER. Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Schultergeriistes und der Schultermuskeln. Giessen, 1854. Povc#er. Mémoire sur le Grand Fourmilier, par Georges Pouchet. 1° Livraison. Paris, 1867.— Contribution à l'Anatomie des Édentés (Ch. Robin, Journ. de l'Anat. et de la Physiol. vol. iii. 1866). Rare. Anatomische Untersuchungen über die Edentaten. Tübingen, 1852. Renecer. Naturgeschichte der Säugethiere von Paraguay. Basel, 1830. Rorzestos. On the Homologies of certain Muscles connected with the Shoulder-Joint (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi. SewwERING. De Corporis Humani Fabricä, vol. iii. Trajecti ad Moenum, 1796. Turner. On the Musculus Sternalis (Journ. of Anat. and Phys. Ist ser. vol. i). Cambridge, 1867. Woop. On Human Muscular Variations and their relation to Comparative Anatomy, by John Wood, F.R.C.S. (Journ. of Anat. and Phys. 1st ser. vol. i.) Cambridge, 1867.—Variations in Human Myology (Proceedings of the Royal Society, June 1865, June 1866, and May 1867). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prate XLV.—Principal Muscles of the Upper Extremity. Fig. 1. Inner aspect of Arm and Forearm, together with contiguous portions of Trunk, and Radial half of Extensor surface of Forefoot. Left side. PC. Panniculus carnosus. MS. Musculus sternalis. AB. Acromio-basilar. DH. Dermo-humérien. SM. Sterno-mastoid. CM. Cleido-mastoid. S. Scalenus. OE. Obliquus externus. SC. Subclavius. D. Deltoid. PM. Pectoralis major. PMN , minor. L D. Latissimus dorsi. THE EXTREMITIES OF ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. CB. Coraco-brachialis. B. Biceps. DE. Dorso-épitrochlien. T. Triceps. EA. Epitrochleo-anconeus. SL. Supinator longus. SB. e brevis. ECR. Extensor carpi radialis. EOMP. , ossis metacarpi pollicis. EC D. » communis digitorum. P T. Pronator radii teres. FCR. Flexor carpi radialis. FSD. » sublimis digitorum. FCU. » carpi ulnaris. FPD » profundus digitorum. ABI. Abductor indicis. L. Lumbricalis. x Submaxillary Gland. . Fig. 2. Middle layer of Muscles at Upper part of Thorax, left side. RA. Rectus abdominis. - EO. Obliquus externus. EI. External intercostals. S. Scalenus. PMN. Pectoralis minor. PM. y major. S C. Subclavius. S M. Sterno-mastoid. Fig. 3. Deep palmar muscles, including Interossei, right side. x Annular ligament. Fig. 1. Inner aspect of thigh, and extensor surface of leg and foot. Left side. VOL. XXVI. PT. Pronator radii teres. PL. Palmaris longus. FCR. Flexor carpi radialis. FSD. , sublimis digitorum. FPD. , profundus digitorum. FCU. , carpi ulnaris. PQ. Pronator quadratus. AMD. Abductor minimi digiti. L. Lumbricalis. Prats XLVI.— Principal Muscles of Lower Extremity. IP. Ilio-psoas. G R. Gracilis. S. Sartorius. S M. Semimembranosus. ST. Semitendinosus. 607 (The flattened oval sesamoid is seen in the ulnar half of the divided ligament.) 608 — MR. J. C. GALTON ON ORYCTEROPUS CAPENSIS. P. Pectineus. O E. Obturator externus. AB. Adductor brevis. AL. » ....Jongus. AMN. , minimus. R. Rectus. VI Vastus internus. G. Gastrocnemius. T A. Tibialis anticus. ECD. Extensor communis digitorum. EPH. » proprius hallucis. EBD. a brevis digitorum. PL. Peroneus longus. en. » brevis. FE e^ tertius. PQ. » quinti digiti. Fig. 2. Muscles connected with the Great Trochanter. Right side. GMX. Gluteus maximus. G M D. » medius. GMN. , minimus. P Y. Pyriformis. OI. Obturator internus. G S. Gemellus superior. GI. Gemellus inferior. AMN. Adductor minimus. ST. Semitendinosus. ST,. Semitendinosus, second portion. Fig. 3. Deep plantar muscles, including Interossei. Left side, Soleus. PLN. Plantaris. TA. Tibialis anticus. T P. Tibialis posticus. PL. Peroneus longus. PB. » brevis. ET. ds tertius. FLD. Flexor longus digitorum. F A. Flexor accessorius (rudimentary). E B D. Extensor brevis digitorum. L. Lumbricalis. A DM D. Abductor digiti minimi. .FBDOQ. Flexor brevis digiti quinti. O D Q. Opponens digiti quinti. ` AH. Adductor hallucis. F BH. Flexor brevis hallucis. * Accessory ossicle of Entocuneiform bone. Trans. Linn. Soc Vor. ONT ap AN rip. zy io nat W' West imp. J C. Galton del.1868. G West lith. ORVOTEROPUSB CAPEMSISD. TRANS.LINN Soc VoL. XXVI. TAB. 46. BAL enat: Size. D J.C. Galton del. 1868. G West ith W West imp. ORYCTEROP US CAPENSIS« [ 609 ] XIII. On the Homologies of certain Muscles connected with the Shoulder-joint. By GEORGE RoLLESToN, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. Linacre Professor of Anatomy and Physiology, Oxford. (Prats XLVII.) Read June 14th, 1868. THE main points of the paper which I have herewith the honour of laying before the Linnean Society are, first, that the pectoralis secundus s. levator humeri of birds finds — its homologue in the subclavius of mammals, and not in the pectoralis minor of anthro- potomy, and, secondly, that the “ epieoraco-humeral" muscle, as described by Mr. Mivart in the Hehidna hystrix and in the Iguana tuberculata, is the homologue of the two former of the three muscles now mentioned. A minor issue will be raised as to the source whence the sternal factor of the avian levator humeri comes to be added to the reptilian epicoraco-humeral, which, as its name implies, has no such mesial point of origin: and it may be stated at once that, though the mammalian subclavius furnishes instances of two methods whereby the subclavius of Man may acquire such an accessory point of origin, viz. either by borrowing from the rectus abdominis, or by simple appo- sition to its head, from the cartilage of the first rib, of fibres from the przesternum on which it abuts; the analogy of other animals seems to point to its being in this latter way that this addition is made. Some other points of less moment will arise in the discussion of these questions, or be brought forward at the conclusion of the argument as to the pectoral muscles. Of the four figures which accompany this paper, the first two represent the bony structures of the shoulder-girdle of the Crocodile, and the cora- co-scapular bone of the Emu; whilst the third and fourth represent certain of the muscles arising from these bones and passing to the upper extremity in either case. Dissections from these two animals have been chosen for figuring, amongst other reasons, because the structural arrangements of the classes to which they respectively belong express, as has been remarked by anatomists from the time of Meckel (‘ Vergleichende Anatomie,’. vol. iii. p. 194) to that of Mr. Parker (* Shoulder-Girdle,’ 1868, pp. 142, 192), certain of the problems of morphology in plainer language than those of most other animals. It was whilst dissecting these and other animals in the light furnished me by Mr. Mivart’s papers on the myology of the Echidna hystrix (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv. 1866) and the Iguana (Proc. Zool. Soc. June 27, 1867)' that I came to entertain the ! In the former of these two papers (at p. 395) a very extensive, if not exhaustive, bibliography was given of the many disquisitions which had previously appeared on the subject of the Homology of the limbs and Hir Moe To Mr. Mivart's list the following memoirs may be added, most of which are either contemporaneous with or posterior in date to his paper. Hermann Pfeiffer. Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Schultergerüstes. Giessen, 1854. Professor Haughton. “On the Museular Anatomy of the Crocodile," Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, June 26, 1865 ; Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Ser. iv. No. 4, April 1868. Dr. Macalister. * On lrregularity in the Muscles of the Shoulder,” and “On the Homologies of the Flexor EE 610 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN views which I now put forth, and in which I should have more confidence if I knew them to be in accordance with his views. The pectoralis secundus s. levator humeri of ordinary birds arises from a greater or less extent of the keel and lateral portions of their sternum; and narrowing into a tendon as it passes along the inner aspect of the coracoid and the inferior surface of the coraco-ela- vicular membrane, from both of which structures it may receive an accession of muscular fibres, it winds over a pulley formed for it by the bone just mentioned, to be inserted between the insertion of the great pectoral on the radial tuberosity of the humerus, internally, and the tendon of the deltoid as it passes down to its attachment on the outer aspect of the bone, externally. The tendon of the levator humeri holding thus an intermediate position between the tendons of the deltoid and the great pectoral, may receive an accession of muscular fibres from the mesoscapular portion of the scapula ; or these fibres, which may have a separate nerve-supply, may have also a separate insertion from that of the levator on the humerus. But the pulley arrangement furnished by the cora- coid enables the levator in its simplest form to act as a powerful levator of the humerus. The “subclavius” of anthropotomy arises from the cartilage of the first rib, a region into the constitution or near neighbourhood of which Mr. Parker has shown the epico- racoid to enter in several mammals!. Under cover of a dense fascia (the “ costocoracoid membrane," which may be taken to represent in fibrous tissue? an aborted large-celled Muscles of the Vertebrate Limb," Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, May 1867. “On Muscular Anomalies, and their bearing on Homotypical Myology," Proceedings Royal Irish Academy, December 9, 1867. “ Contributions towards the formation of a correct System of Muscular Homologies,” Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Ser. iv. No. 5, May 1868. Dr. Hair. .“ On the Arrangement of the Muscular Fibres of the Alligator,’ Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, November 1867. Professor Pagenstecher. “Ein Vergleich der Muskulatur des Drill mit der des Menschen,” Der Zoologische Garten, Zeitschrift für Beobachtung, Pflege und Zucht der Thiere, April and May 1867, Frankfort. W. F. Vrolik. Den Carpus der Zoogdieren. 1866. Leiden. Wood. <“ Varieties in Human Myology,” Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 299 (June 16, 1864), vol. xiv. p. 385 (June 1865), vol. xv. p. 239 (June 1866), p. 524 (May 1867). “The Comparative Anatomy of the Muscles of the Shoulder,” Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, November 1866. Jeffries Wyman. “On the Symmetry and Homology of Limbs,” Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xi. June 1867, ibique citata. i My thanks are due to Messrs. Vrolik, Mivart, Haughton, of their papers, several of which were thus rendered accessi Mr. Parker's magnificent volume on o the Shoulder-Girdle," here and there, hints and guidance for the determination of afford to ignore. One of the many pleasing fruits of stud fairly earned a right to spare one's self the labours were published. * See ‘Shoulder-Girdle,’ pl. 26. fig. 10, Mus Mus sylvaticus. recently (1868) published by the Ray Society, furnishes, muscular homologies which no writer can for the future ying this work is the feeling that by so doing one has task of criticising views which must have been formed before Mr. Darker * For the representation in fibrous tissue by cit. pp. 182, 184, 197 ;198. For the existence suchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie,’ 1865, vol. ii. pp. 15-17, cited, Parker, loc. cit, p. 9: f. Pagenstecher, who, however, does not mention Prof. Gegenba ; Farker, loc. eit. p. 223. Prof. Pagen ur’s discovery, speaks, in the description of the dissection of a Drill, Wood, and Wyman, for their courtesy in sending me copies — — ble to me much earlier than they otherwise would have been. — — decumanus; fig. 5, Mus minutus; figs. 1 and 2, Mus musculus; fig. 5» E SH, adult structures of what was cartilage in the embryo, see Parker, loc. d of the cartilaginous band, above mentioned, see Gegenbaur, * Unter- atm. Uu T. ETE nO ee ee aS Se ae SUIS UU ea EA BERE CM. MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 611 cartilaginous band which reached in the embryo from the acromion to the preesternum) the subclavius of Man passes up to be inserted into the costal surface of the outer half of the clavicle. The relation held by this fascia to the muscle furnishes, as I shall hereafter strive to show, a most important means for differentiating the pectoralis minor of the Mammal from its subclavius. The variations which the subclavius presents in anthro- potomy cast light, as such variations sometimes do, upon its homological representatives in the lower animals. One of the most important of these variations is the junction to the subelavius of another muscle, which, as arising ordinarily from the sternum, may be called a “sternoclavicular ” muscle’, and may be thought, by virtue of this its point of origin, to supply to the human subclavius the sternal factor which it requires to make its origin co-extensive with that of an avian pectoralis secundus. The prolongation of the subelavius to the acromion and scapula, so very common in quadruped mammals, is rare in the human subject, its fibres appearing to be, as it were, arrested by the largely developed distal end of the clavicle. One instance of such an arrangement is given as follows by Mr. Wood in the * Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ June 1865, p. 384. “Tn a thin female subject of low stature was found, on the right side only, the remark- able muscle given in fig. 4. It consisted of a roundish fusiform slip (a), arising tendinous from the first cartilage below the subclavius, close to the manubrium sterni, passing across the subelavian vessels and nerves, quite distinct from the last-named muscle, and inserted into the upper border of the scapula and suprascapular ligament, where it was connected, to some extent, with the origin of the omo-hyoideus (e). From this point of insertion another slip of muscular fibres passed forwards, upwards, and outwards, to be inserted, with the subclavius, into the outer third of the clavicle. « This muscle seems to be the same as that given in the author's first series under the name of a double subclavius, with the addition of a connecting slip to the clavicle. It seems to the author to represent pretty closely the sternoscapular muscle, while contri- buting to support the thorax in the Pachyderms and Ruminants, in which animals it is continued as far as the manubrium.” It is singular that in the Crocodile some of the fibres of the omohyoid are, in young specimens at least, continuous with fibres of the epicoraco-humeral ; and it is obvious that if, in the case just quoted from Mr. Wood’s paper, the fibres thus continuous with the omohyoid had been prolonged a little, so as to become continuous with those of the deltoid or supraspinatus, we should have had here a muscle corresponding both in origin and in insertion very closely with the pectoralis secundus s. levator humeri of the bird. Now, as the following account of a dissection from the Guineapig will show, just such a muscle exists in that animal :— In the Guineapig (Cavia aperia) the subclavius muscle, the smaller “ sternoscapular”’ of Mivart and Murie (Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1866, p. 398) arises from a small surface on Mandrilla leueophea (Zool. Gart. April 1867, p. 128), of a very fine but strong elastie band, which ran along the upper or anterior border of the pectoralis minor from the coracoid to the anterior end of the second rib, as being the homologue probably of the coracoid of Monotremes, Birds, and Reptiles. | 1 For instances of this “second subclavius " see Wood, Proc. Roy. Soc. June 1864, p. 300, June 1865, p. 384, and Jiii 1866, p. 238; Macalister, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Dec. 1867. 612 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN the preesternal proosteon and from the cartilage of the first rib, exteriorly to which latter point of origin the epicoracoid has coalesced with the vertebral rib. It passes up behind the osseo-cartilagino-fibrous bar made up of ligaments, preecoracoid, clavicle, and meso- scapular segment (see Parker, /. c. pl. 24. fig. 6) and reaching from the apex of the anterior prolongation of the sternum to the acromion and eoracoid. Some of its fibres are inserted into the coraco-clavicular ligament, and some, though fewer, into the elavicle itself. But from the clavicle it receives a large accession of muscular fibres in return; and these, joining with the fibres of the original muscle, pass on to be inserted along the anterior edge of the acromion, and also to become continuous along the mesial or down- ward-looking edge of the metacromion with fibres of the deltoid, which take origin from the ligament prolonged inwards from the acromion to the clavicle. Thus, though the greater part of the fibres of the subclavius are arrested by a bony fixation into the acromion, which, it will be recollected, is, in these proportions at least, an exclusively mammalian development, it becomes, by the continuity of its innermost fibres with the soft tissues placed mesially to that process, more or less physiologically as well as mor- phologically equivalent to the pectoralis secundus or levator humeri of the bird. A larger muscle, the larger * sternoscapular" of Mivart and Murie, arises from the mesosternum in the Guineapig, and takes a similar course to that of the “ subclavius,” with which it ` interchanges fibres at the clavicle, to which they both have an attachment. It is inserted, however, along the upper vertebral border of the scapula; and three-fifths of the entire length of the spine of that bone intervene between its insertion and that of the subclavius. If we consider that the “subclavius” here has an origin, as it has also in the Crested Agouti, Dasyprocta cristata (Mivart and Murie, /. c. p. 398), and in other mammals, from a sternal as well as from a costal element in immediate connexion with the epicoracoid, and, indeed, also with the preecoracoid, we may think ourselves justified in regarding the muscle with these points of origin as the morphological equivalent, as to its origin at least, of the entire pectoralis secundus of the bird, independently of the “ greater sterno- scapular" muscle. But, inasmuch as the pectoralis secundus of the bird shows some tendency to self-multiplication, as seen in the suborder Gallinz, it may be well to con- sider the two sternoscapular muscles as, either severally or fused, homologous with either two distinet pectorales secundi or a single one. The rectus abdominis is prolonged up to the first rib, and is overlapped in the Guineapig by a muscle homologous with that figured ateoin fig. 3, of the Crocodile's shoulder-joint muscles ; but it does not give any tendinous or muscular factor to the subclavius here, as it does in the Wombat (Phascolomys wombat). A description of the arrangement of these parts in this latter animal will be found in my description of fig. 3, which, though taken from a dissection of a Crocodile, makes the account of the structures, as seen in the Wombat, much more intelligible. Both descrip- tions alike warn us not to lose sight of the possibility that the avian levator humeri may have borrowed a factor from the anterior prolongation, over the sternum, of the rectus abdominis. The arrangement of these selfsame structures in the Aardvark (Orycteropus Capensis) enforce the same lesson. In this animal (a detailed account of the myology of which, by J. C. Galton, Esq., appears in the Linnean Society’s ‘Transactions,’ vol. xxvi. p- 571) the subclavius arises from the manubrium, from the cartilage of the first rib, and MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 613 from the tendon of the rectus abdominis as it passes upwards to be inserted into the manu- brium and first rib. The muscle is folded upon itself much as the pectoralis major is in the human subject ; the concavity of the pouch thus formed looks inwards. The inferior or superficial portion of the muscle passes upwards; and its tendon spreads into the fascia covering the supraspinatus, and thus is inserted into the acromion at its root, whilst towards its apex, by the intermediation of fascia covering the acromion, it can act upon the fibres of the deltoid taking origin there. The portion of the muscle which lies deeper or more dorsally is inserted into the coracoid, into and along the coraco-acromial ligament, into a detached ossicle, which lies outside the angle formed by the meeting of acromion and clavicle, and finally into the clavicle. But the clavicle seems to give fibres to the subclavius, as well as to receive the insertion of fibres from it; these fibres, how- ever, are but few in number, and seem to lie between the superficial and the deep portions . of the muscle. The subclavius of certain New-World Monkeys (Mycetes seniculus and Mycetes Geoffroyi) furnish us with a stepping-stone whereby to pass from the subelavius of the three mammals just treated of to the subclavius of anthropotomy. In these Monkeys the suð- clavius takes origin from the junction of the first costal cartilage, not with the sternum, - but with the rib, and it is inserted into the outer and under surface of the clavicle and into the coracoid. But it has no origin from the sternum, and no scapular nor any humeral insertion, either direct or indirect. The human swbclavius may have an insertion into the coracoid (Wood, Proc. Royal Soe. June 1864, p. 300); but such an aberrant slip as that recorded by Ganzer (cited by Mr. Macalister, Cambridge Journal of Anatomy, May 1867, p. 318) as passing in the human subject * from the cartilage of the first rib to the capsule of the shoulder beneath the pectoralis minor” I should be inclined to look upon as merely a part of the deeper layers of the pectoralis major, which took origin as much higher than those layers do ordinarily reach as the slip of muscle eo, figured from the Crocodile in fig. 3, appended to this paper, takes origin higher than the external oblique does ordinarily. I may now pass by a natural transition to a vindication of my proposition, that the pectoralis secundus or levator humeri of the bird does not find its homologue in the pec- toralis minor of the mammal. For the establishment of this negative proposition, it is not sufficient to say that in each of the mammals from dissections of which I have described a subclavius apparently homologous in origin, course, and insertion with the avian pectoralis secundus a muscle homologous with the human pectoralis minor is also found, and that this coexistence disproves the view which asserts these two pectorales to be homologous; for the pectoralis minor may be multifid, and many instances have been put on record in whieh it forms a groove for a portion of its fibres in the coracoid and, working in it as over a pulley, comes, either directly or through the intermediation of the supraspinatus (which these fibres join), to act as an elevator of the humerus (see Maca- lister, Proceedings Royal Irish Academy, Dec. 1867; Cambridge Journal, May 1867, | p. 317; Wood, Proceedings Royal Society, May 1867, p. 524, June 1866, p. 231); and it is plain @ priori that for the formation of an avian pectoralis secundus by the pectoralis minor; and for the alteration of its functions from that of a depressor into that of a levator 614 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN humeri, all that is necessary is the provision for its tendon of some such pulley-like arrangement by the coracoid. What I have to show is that, as a matter of fact, the ‘muscle which, in the economy of nature, has been worked up into the avian levator humeri is one and not the other of two, either of which, so far as we can see, might have been so employed. I cannot adopt Prof. Pagenstecher’s views (Zool. Gart. April 1867, p. 125), according to which the two mammalian pectorales are referred to two entirely distinct sets of muscles, the pectoralis major being one of a ventral, and the pectoralis minor one of a dorsal series. The single fact of their both receiving a nerve-supply from the same nerve (the internal anterior thoracic) seems to be conclusive against the validity of this suggestion. And I believe further that it is impossible to observe how the posterior fascicles of the pectoralis major in the lower mammalia have their tendons prolonged up from the lesser tuberosity of the humerus and the bicipital groove, which is bridged over by pectoral tendons, to the coracoid process without being convinced that the pectoralis minor of anthropotomy is but a specialized anterior fascicle of the deeper portions of the pecto- ralis major. The commonest variation, according to Mr. Macalister (Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, May 1867, p. 317), which the pectoralis minor exhibits in Man is an insertion of the lowest part of its tendon, missing as it were the coracoid process, into the coraco-brachialis muscle. The arguments which I shall now adduce to show that the pectoralis minor is not the homologue of the avian pectoralis secundus will at the same time go some way towards proving that the primary insertion of the mammalian muscle is a humeral one, more or less internally to the tendon of the superficial layers of the greater pectoral, whilst the primary insertion of the avian is also a humeral one, but one more or less externally placed to that of the great; pectoral depressor of the humerus. The attachment of the mammalian pectoral to the coracoid is secondary in its history; and the like place in the series of its specializations is held by the development of the coracoid pulley in the history of the avian pectoralis secundus. The insertion of the “ subelavius” into the clavicle and the junction of the * pectoralis minor” with the supraspinatus will be seen in the course of the argument to be exclusively mammalian developments. Now there are three lines of argument for showing the homological identity or non- identity of any two muscles. The first line of argument shows that they hold the same or different relations to the other structures they are connected with at their origin, in their course, or at their insertion. The second shows that they are or are not supplied by the same nerve or nerves. The third shows that either in their adult condition or in the condition of development they are independent or connate. A comparison of the pectoralis minor of the mammal with the pectoralis secundus of the bird furnishes US, under each of these three heads, with an argument for their non-identity. Under the first head I would observe, as Prof. Pagenstecher has already been quoted as doing, that the pectoralis minor of the mammal lies to the outer side of the costocoracoid mem- brane, to the inner side of the homological representative of which structure, viz. the coracoid, the pectoralis secundus of the bird passes. I do not mean to deny, nor yet to affirm, that the pectoralis minor of the mammal may not be one of the same series of MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 615 muscular fasciculi as its subclavius; what I do affirm is, that there is a certain landmark between these two muscles enabling us to separate them into two sets, and that there is a similar separation recognizable in the bird, of similar muscles by means of a similar landmark. Under the second head I shall show that the subelavius of the mammal is supplied by a nerve homologous with the nerve which supplies the pectoralis secundus of the bird, and that the pectoralis minor is not supplied by that nerve, but by the same nerve as that which in the bird supplies the great pectoral. And, thirdly, I shall show that in the developing bird it is possible to see that the pectoralis major is really the equivalent of both pectorals of the mammal. The facts of the anatomical arrangements in any single bird will give my arguments in their most intelligible form; and I will proceed to give them in an account of the structures in question, as seen in the common Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter Nisus). The pectoralis secundus s. levator humeri has a much smaller area of origin from the sternum and its keel in the Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter Nisus) than in the Common Fowl, It receives, however, an accession of fibres, first from the anterior inferior angle of the coracoid, and secondly from a large head which, arising from the posterior or upper surface of the coracoid groove in the sternum, from the lateral aspect of the sternal rostrum, from the upper surface of the inner angle of the coracoid itself, and, finally, from the upper surface of a fibrous band which passes from the posterior lip of the cora- coid groove in the sternum to fix itself to the posterior and inner edge of the coracoid at about the middle of the height of the bone, may be considered the homologue of the large “ coraco-brachialis superior” of Gallinaceous birds*. A dense band of ligamentous tissue (homologous probably with the præcoracoid of the Lizards) stretches in the coraco-clavicular membrane from the sternal rostrum to the upper end of the clavicle ; and from it a thin sheet of muscular fibres arises, which joins the tendon of the pectoralis secundus in the pulley, as does also a slender slip of muscle which passes from the mesoscapula. The main mass of the pectoralis secundus is of a deeper colour, especially in young birds, than these two latter muscles, which join its tendon ; and it is to be remarked that the main mass, as well as the former of these accessory slips, takes origin from the fibrous band in the coraco-clavicular ligament. ; A ligament passes from the anterior exterior angle of the coracoid at its sternal arti- culation (the “ epicoracoid” of Parker) to be inserted on the sternum at a point about opposite the articulation of the third sternal rib. It limits the fibres of the pectoralis secundus mesially from those of the so-called “ subclavius” (no. xi. of Schoepss +) ex- ternally, at the point where these latter pass upwards and inwards to attach them- selves to the base of the coracoid. Inasmuch, then, as the two layers of the “ sub- clavius” of the bird are homologous serially with the two layers of the intercostals, this ligament may be considered homologous with the mesial attachment of the costo-cora- * The lower part of this latter muscle is aborted as far as its ordinary direction is concerned, its upper part being represented by a very slender slip which arises from the posterior aspect of the mesocoracoid region close to the glenoid, and, taking the usual eourse of a coraco-brachialis, is inserted with the subscapularis. i + « Beschreibung der Flügelmuskeln der Vogel. Von C. G. Schoepss,” Meckel’s Archiv, 1829, p. 72. VOL. XXVI. 4Q 616 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN coid membrane which separates the “ subclavius” of the mammal from the insertion of the internal intercostals, the serial homologues of the deep layer of the subelavius of the bird. Secondly, the nerve which supplies the pectoralis secundus of the bird is obviously homologous with the nerve which supplies the subelavius of the mammal, and not with the nerves which supply the greater and lesser pectorals in that class. The nerve to the bird's pectoralis secundus comes, in the Accipiter Nisus, from the anterior factors and lower aspect of the brachial plexus; and the nerve corresponding to the ex- ternal respiratory of Bell comes off from the dorsal surface of the same part of the plexus, just as the subclavius and external respiratory do in Man, whilst the nerve to the great depressor pectoral muscle comes off lower down, and does not send any braneh to the pectoralis secundus, which, if it were the homologue of the pectoralis minor, it would do. In the Sparrow-Hawk the trunk formed by the first and second of the cervical nerves, which join to form the plexus, gives off nerves to the sub- scapularis, the teres major, the subclavius, and the pectoralis secundus. "The nerve to the last muscle is the first one given off from the front of the plexus, and it gives no branch to any other muscle. The external respiratory nerve, which passes down behind the braehial plexus and between the serrati antici and the ribs, has one root from the second factor of the plexus and one from the third. Its origin, therefore, and distribu- tion, and its relation to the nerve to the pectoralis secundus, are close enough in resem- blanee to those of the human external respiratory to leave no reasonable doubt as to its homological identity with that nerve, and, by eonsequence, as to the identity of the nerve to the avian pectoralis secundus with the nerve to the mammalian subelavius. The nerve to the pectoralis major of the Sparrow-Hawk is given off from a point lower down in the plexus; and the three main trunks, which mainly make up the plexus, seem, as in the Alligator, all to give factors to it. It can scarcely be doubted that this nerve is the homologue of the two anterior thoracic nerves of the mammal. If, thirdly, we are asked, Where is the second pectoral of the mammal to which the anterior thoracie nerves supply fibres as well as to the pectoralis? the answer furnishes us with our third argument, and runs thus :—In the young Sparrow-Hawk it is easy to divide the pectoral mass into two strata, the upper and deeper of which is much the feebler, but which is continued into a tendon continuous, indeed, with that of the pectoralis magnus on its deep surface, but prolonged upward, from its primary insertion into the inner tuberosity, very distinctly to the coracoid, being loosely connected with the tendons of the biceps, and ultimately attached (which the tendon of the biceps is not) to the precoracoid epiphysis of the clavicle. "The description which I have given of the posterior layers of the great pectoral of the young bird is not, as far as I know, verifiable in the muscle, though it is in the tendon, of the adult. But it corresponds very closely with a description of the posterior layers of the great pectoral in the Common Rat, Mus decumanus ; and it is difficult to see how it is possible to deny the homology of the upper fascicles of the posterior layer of the great pectoral in this animal with the pectoralis minor of Man. The nerve-trunk which thus supplies in the bird what I hold to be the homologue of the two pectorales of anthropotomy does, it is true, give off a nerve to one other muscle, viz. the coraco-brachialis inferior, MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 617 or pectoralis tertius, a muscle which arises from the posterior three-fifths of the outer and inferior edge of the coracoid, and is inserted into the inner tuberosity just inside the most mesially placed portion of the crateriform rim which it throws up round the mouth of the pneumatic inlet. But this nerve-trunk seems to me to be the homologue of the musculo-cutaneous nerve of anthropotomy, which supplies the coraco- brachialis, and is given off from the same outer cord of the plexus, whence the external anterior thoracic arises. By studying the four figures appended to this paper, and the descriptions given of them, a better comprehension of the bearings of my position, that the pectoralis secundus of the bird is homologically identical with the epicoraco-humeral of the reptile, will be gained than could be conveyed by any disquisition, however lengthy, if unaccompanied by illustrations. The name “ epicoraco-humeral"' has been given by Mr. Mivart (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 383; Proc. Zool. Soc. June 27, 1867, p. 778) to a muscle found both in the Echidna hystrix and in the Iguana tuberculata, which arises from the preco- racoid and epicoracoid in the reptile, and from the epicoracoid in the reptile-like mammal, and is ** inserted into the summit of the radial tuberosity between the inser- tions of the pectoralis major and deltoid.” It was by recognizing in the shoulder- muscles of the Crocodile (fig. 3, eh) the homologue of this Saurian muscle, and by comparing it, when thus recognized, with the highly simplified pectoralis secundus (fig. 4, eh) of the Emu (Dromaius Nove Hollandie), that I came to hold the view which I now put forth. The great reduction, already spoken of, which the sternal origin of the accipitrine levator humeri has undergone, as compared with the vast pectoralis secundus of the Gallinz, prepares us somewhat for finding in the Emu a pectoralis secundus which, while it coincides in insertion, differs little in origin from the epicoraco-humeral of the Crocodile, except in the possession of a small head from the middle point of the sternum. The essential relations held by the muscles lettered eh in each of the two figures 3 & 4, to the surrounding parts, seem to be much the same in the intervals between their origin and insertions. The erocodilian muscle, however, receives a head from the visceral surface of the scapula, in compensation for the absence of the fibres which in the Emu arise from the coraco-clavicular membrane and sternum, but which in the Reptile appear to have been displaced by its great pectoral from its less- developed sternum. The pectoralis secundus of the Sparrow-Hawk, as already de- scribed, receives in a similar way an accession of fibres from the viscerad surface of the coracoid and sternum. It is possible that the fascicle ei in the Crocodile, if the homo- logue of a dislocated anterior segment of rectus abdominis may foreshadow the sternal prolongation of the avian levator humeri. But though this muscle seems exceedingly ready to build up extraneous elements into its own mass, it is perhaps more easy, with our knowledge of this muscle as it is to be described hereafter in the Frog, to con- ceive the epicoraco-humeral as encroaching from its own area on to that of the sternum, than to conceive of it as fusing with a “rectus thoracis," even though the subelavius of the Wombat does actually do this. Another point of difference is presented by the reten- tion in the Emu of a rudiment of the coracoidal pulley, which is not indicated in the Crocodilian shoulder-girdle, either as a nascent or as a retrograding structure. The pec- 4Q 618 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN toralis secumdus of birds does not by any means invariably receive fibres from the coracoid ; it does receive such an accession in the Sparrow-Hawk, but it does not do so in the Pigeon (Columba livia) for example ; it may (as seen in great simplicity in the Emu and Apteryx) have a mesoscapular factor actually joined to its tendon, and inserted so as to be one in function with it, and it may be considered, therefore, to be essentially a sterno-precoraco- scapular muscle. The sternal factor is lost in the Ostrich (Struthio camelus), and in the Rhea (Rhea Americana). Similarly the muscle figured at eh, fig. 3, from the Crocodile, is simply a “ preecoraco-scapularis," with one head arising from the anterior surface of the expanse of bone constituted by the confluence of scapula and coracoid in front of the glenoid cavity, and with a second which joins the first on its mesial border as it passes round from the internal surface of the scapular, and is inserted into the outer tuberosity of the humerus, in close connexion with the upper edge of the great pectoral. In the descriptions given of this muscle, both in the Crocodile and in the Ornithorhynchus, it has been confounded with the deltoid. It is, however, shown by its innervation to be sepa- - rate from it in nature; and its insertion lies between the insertions of the deltoid externally and that of the pectoralis major internally. This muscle has a single tendon in the Sparrow-Hawk, with three muscular heads converging upon it. In the Galli- naceous birds (Gallus gallinaceus and Phasianus Colchicus) the levator-humeri appa- ratus consists of three muscles, distinct both in origin and insertion, and innervated from two distinct sources. The largest of the three levator muscles of the Galli- naceous humerus has a very extensive origin from. the sternum; but, as is the case in the Pigeon also, it has no distinct accession of fibres from the coracoid; but from the coracoid on its inner aspect, from the coraco-clavicular membrane, and from a small portion of the sternum a lesser levator humeri arises, which is inserted, after passing through the coraco-scapular canal and over the eoracoid pulley, together with the tendon of the greater levator, between the point of insertion of this muscle (which is a little lower down, and more externally placed) and that of the great pectoral to its inner side. With the tendon of the greater pectoral depressor that of the lessor levator is very closely connected, as is that of the epicoraco-humeral of the Crocodile; and it is only the presence of the pulley arrangement which converts cooperation into antagonism. Thirdly, the small muscle which has been described as passing to the single levator tendon of the Sparrow-Hawk from the mesoscapula of that bird, has in the Galline a larger size, a more extensive origin, and a separate insertion. most and innermost scrap of the scapula, i. e. from the « the ligament which passes It arises from the upper- mesoscapula ” of Parker, from along the inner aspect of the coracoscapular canal from the internally and proximally to that of the great levator. : In the common Goose this muscle, the “deltoides externus” of Meckel, is fused with a muscle of the same origin as the smaller levator of the Fowl; and we have thus an intermediate stage between the trifid insertion of the levator-apparatus of the Fowl and the single tendon of the Hawk. It will be obvious that the * deltoides externus" of the common Fowl corresponds, both as to origin and insertion, with the anterior or preglenoid head of the ze epicoraco- MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 619 humeral” of the Crocodile, and that its smaller levator humeri corresponds as closely, as to its insertion, with the postscapular head of that reptilian muscle; and it might seem, therefore, that the larger levator humeri muscle of the Fowl remains without a separate homologue in the Reptile, were not this muscle innervated by the same sub- clavius nerve as the reptilian epicoraco-humeral, whilst the smaller levator humeri is, together with the deltoides externus, innervated from the circumflex. To an objector who denies the validity of this argument, and lays stress on the fact that the reptilian muscle has not the sternal factor of the avian pectoralis secundus, I reply, first, in the Emu a muscle very unmistakably homologous with the precoraco-scapularis of the Crocodile possesses but a very small sternal factor; and, secondly, in the Ostrich (Struthio camelus), which also retains a pectoralis secundus, this sternal factor is aborted and lost. Stages of successive degradation from a highly specialized structural arrange- ment may well serve to guide our judgments in problems such as these, if it be true that the essential elements of a structure are the Jast which it loses so long as it retains any actual functional power at all. But, thirdly, lower types than even the scaly or loricate Reptile may have an epicoraco-humeral with a sternal factor. This is the case in the Frog, where the epicoraco-humeral (the * pars. clavicularis deltoidei" of Ecker, ‘Die Anatomie des Frosches,’ p. 97) arises from what Mr. Parker (Shoulder-Girdle, pp. 79 and 80, and pl. v.) has shown to be the precoracoid and the omosternum. With this I close my case for proving that the epicoraco-humeral of the Reptile is the homologue of the pectoralis s. levator humeri of the Bird. It is not necessary for the acceptance of this conclusion that a person should accept also the Theory of Progressive Evolution. By speaking of organs as being *' homologically identical," a person who is either averse to pronounce himself, or anxious to secure a dispassionate consideration from all parties, or both, may avoid pledging himself either to the theory which teaches that they are so by virtue of the “seeret bond" of their * conformity to type," or to that which explains their oneness by a reference to “ genetic affinity." As to which of the two theories a man will take for his guide in research, so far as any theory can serve for a guide in research, much will depend upon the idiosyncrasies, original or acquired, of individual minds. But though the theory may have only a subjective, the facts have an objective cogency. With regard to the serial homologies of the fore and hind limbs, and, first, with regard to the representation of the ulna by the fibula and of the radius by the tibia, I have much pleasure in referring to Professor Pagenstecher’s views, inasmuch as with many other of his conclusions I cannot bring myself to agree. But anybody who will look at his figures of the bones of the human arm and leg, placed side by side, each in the posi- tion which best shows their homotypical relationship, will have good reason for acquies- cing in the view stated in the following sentence. In those figures we have the limb in either case so flexed as to have the angle formed at the knee and elbow respectively pointing upwards; the forearm is supinated, and the hand segment hyper-extended, so ‘as to make almost a right angle with the long axis of the forearm. The ulna then lies and is directed a little posteriorly and dorsally as regards the radius ; and the thumb and great toe, as also the little finger and the little toe, occupy, severally, corresponding posi- 620 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN tions. A very similar position, I may observe, is instinctively assumed by a man when he uses his pectoral muscles for the purpose for which quadrupeds ordinarily employ them, viz. for raising and supporting the trunk upon the fore limbs. And an observation of the position assumed by a man who puts himself into a quadrupedal posture for the purpose of drinking at a stream, or who raises himself by the help of his arms from a low seat by placing his hands on the table at which he is sitting, will illustrate the relations of the extensor and flexor, and of the inner and outer aspects of the two limbs, as well as the most detailed parallelization of the skeletal elements. Secondly, a study of Mr. Parker’s descriptions and histories of the shoulder-girdle will leave no doubt on the mind of any one, I apprehend, as to the serial homology of the coracoid with the ischium, and of the precoracoid with the os pubis. The shoulder-girdles of the Frog and the Chelonians are especially instructive when compared with the pelvie girdle of the Crocodiles. Express utterances as to the relationship of the two sets of bones may be found in Mr. Parker's work * On the Shoulder-Girdle and Sternum,' at pp- 7, 59, and 83. Professor Huxley’s view (which has been adopted by Mr. Mivart, and a similar one to which, I am informed by Professor Turner, of Edinburgh, was entertained by his prede- cessor Professor Goodsir), as to the homotypical relationship of the subscapularis and teres major, not to the iliacus and psoas, but to the middle and smallest gluteus, is a third point for discussion, and one which does not admit of being decided quite so cursorily as the two I have already glanced at. For the acceptance of this apparent paradox, it is necessary first to accept the principle that the true homology of a muscle is to be determined by its insertion (see Mivart, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p- 398 and 400). To this principle I should give a general assent, without forgetting that we may find exceptions to it, such as the insertion of the pectoralis major of the Sparrow-Hawk into both tuberosities of the humerus, such as the occasional insertion, in the way of corollary to this first exception, of the pectoralis minor into the outer tuberosity of that bone, or such, thirdly, as the insertion of the psoas of the Crocodile on the outer, while the dliacus is inserted on the inner side of the femur. In these cases, however, rudiments at least of the primitive insertion in the shape of aponeurotic bands will ordinarily be left remaining, as if to indicate that it has been, so to say, not by an arbitrary transference, but by a gradual lateral extension that the alteration of the point of attachment has been effected: and the essential character of a muscle may be considered to be as little affected by these transgressions of its ordinary limits laterally, as the essential character of a muscle which is ordinarily inserted into the proximal segment of a limb is considered to be affected = sg Rn prolongation into a distal segment, by fascia or aponeurosis, which may e y be specialized into a tendon. There are, however, three sets of anatomical facts to which I would draw attention, as they seem to me to make the denial of the homotypical relation of the iliacus and subscapularis, and the ranking of the latter muscle with the glutei, less of a stumblingblock. First, there can be no reasonable doubt that the essential character of the muscle I have called « epicoraco-humeral ” in the Crocodile, is rien set by the insertion or wedging in of its tendon on the etween those of the pectoralis major and deltoid. Yet, t ee a u ee MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 621 as is seen by fig. 3, this muscle receives a head from a surface of the scapula as com- pletely turned viscerad as the iliacal surface of the ilium ever is. The origin of the slender epicoraco-humeral of the Chamzeleon is limited to the external surface of its coracoid and precoracoid; but its supraspinatus, if we may so style the muscle which comes next in order from below upwards after the deltoid, does receive just such a factor from the visceral surface of the scapula as does the epicoraco-humeral of the Crocodile. This muscular belly having the stem of the scapula placed exteriorly to it reminds one forcibly of the relation held by the os ilii to the öliaeus ; but the lesson which it teaches does not depend upon such resemblances as this, but upon the retention to some extent by the Chameleon of the primitive rod-like character of the scapula, which makes it easier for us to see how it may rotate any one of its surfaces, when developed like the fluting on a column, into several different bearings in different animals. It is easier for us to understand how a muscle can wrap its origin round and about the various aspects of a cylindriform, than it is for us to conceive of similar indifferentism in the various surfaces of a many-facetted bone; and upon the conquering of this difficulty depends our power of homologizing the spinati with the iliacus *. A second argument in the same direction presents itself from another quarter, that of innervation. The homologies of the nerves of the two limbs are much masked by the iliopsoas having carried with it in front of the pubic arch the anterior crural nerve—as also by the separation from this nerve of the peroneal trunk, which is seen, by its distri- bution, to correspond mainly with those elements of the musculo-spiral nerve which are distributed in the distal segments of the upper limb. But if we place side by side, with diagrams of the nerves of the two limbs, such as those given in plates iii. and iv. of Mr. Flower’s “ Diagrams,” tables which give the spinal nerves to which the nerves of the limbs are ultimately traceable, we see that the suprascapular nerves correspond with the nerves to the iliacus, and the nerve to the subclavius with the obturator’s branch to the inner head of the pectineus. The branch from the anterior crural, or from its internal cutaneous division, to the outer head of the pectineus answers to the circumflex, whilst the muscle, by having these two sources of nerve-supply, corresponds, even curiously, with the two levatores humeri of the Fowl, and the glutei-nerves and muscles are then left as homologues of the subscapular, teres major, and latissimus dorsi. Thirdly, there can be little doubt that the coraco-brachiales, superior and inferior, of Meckel (no. xvi. and xvii. of Schoepss), in the bird correspond, not only to the adductores in the lower limb, but also to the obturator internus and externus, arising as they do, the former from the visceral, and the latter from the external surface of the parts homologous with the points of origin of the two obturatores. Now, close as is the relation between the tendons of the smaller glutei and the obturatores at the external or larger trochanter of the human femur, it is not at all more intimate than that which subsists between the tendons of the coraco-brachiales and those of the subscapularis and teres major on the lesser tuberosity, as represented by the crateriform rim of the pneumatic foramen. If the * The so-called “third or deep head” of the Zliopsoas (see Henle, Handbuch Anat. Mensch. i. 3. 242), the mus- culus iliacus internus minor of Luschka (Anat. Mensch. ii. 2. 131) is described by the latter anatomist as lying quite exteriorly to the pelvic cavity. It comes thus to correspond most instructively with a teres minor, Similarly helpful is the large size of the facet of origin of the teres major in such an animal as Ursus maritimus. 622 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN superior coraco-brachialis, the origin of which is described in my account of the muscles of the Sparrow-Hawk, be the homologue of the obturator internus, it is difficult to deny the homology of the subscapularis (with the tendon of which its tendon fuses) with the gluteus medius, which holds so much the same relation by its tendon to the obturator internus. | Leaving now the subject of the homology of the subscapularis and teres major with the glutei, I may refer to the nerve-supply of the teres minor from the same nerve, the cireumflex, which supplies the deltoid, as showing that this muscle is really but a divari- cation of the deltoid posteriorly, as a similar line of argument shows the tensor fascie femoris to be of the gluteus medius. The difficulty, therefore, as to the nomenclature of the muscle, which in Saurians and the monotrematous Echidna (see Mivart, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 384, and Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1867, p. 778; Stannius, Handbuch der Zootomie, ii. p. 126) has been sometimes called “ teres minor" and sometimes “a second part of the deltoid," may be met by saying that the posterior factor of the “ deltoid” is not, in these lower animals, differentiated into a superficially placed “deltoid” and a deeper lying “ teres minor.” There is ordinarily no infraspinatus differentiated from a supraspinatus in either bird, saurian, or Crocodile. But both these latter classes possess the muscle which, with the origin of the teres minor, has the insertion of the teres major, and is called “subscapulo-humeral” by Macalister (Proceedings Royal Irish Academy, December 1867) and Wood (Proceedings Royal Society, May 23, 1867, p. 534), ** infraspi- natus secundus" by Professor Haughton, * teres major" by Stannius (Zootomie, ii. p. 128, 2nd ed.), and, finally, *teres minor" by many anatomists, though incorrectly, if the insertion is to determine the name and nature of a muscle rather than its origin. Meckel (Vergleichend. Anatomie, iii. p. 512) uses this last nomenclature, speaking of a muscle with the origin and insertion specified as a * teres minor," and stating that it is found in the Horse, in Ruminants, in the Ai, and in the Mole. A few birds possess this accessory teres major. In the common Fowl it arises from the outer surface of the scapula, a little way anteriorly to the downward-growing process, so well marked in the Gallinze and in the Dodo, which receives the tendon of the anterior portion of the serratus anticus. It is inserted on the posterior lip of the pneumatic foramen, a point serially homologous with that of the insertion of the smaller glutei of human anatomy. This muscle is not possessed by the Common Pigeon, but it is found in the Common Buzzard and Sparrow-Hawk, and in the Goose, The feres major proper is of very large size in ordinary birds; it is present in the Crocodile, but absent in saurians. It is not inserted with the latissimus dorsi in the Sparrow-Hawk, but passes to the anterior lip of the entrance to the pneumatie foramen, to a point just opposite to that of the insertion of the accessory teres major. 3 In birds there is no preescapular region (Parker, Shoulder-Girdle, p. 143), and conse- quently no supraspinatus. Indeed, as the supraspinatus of Meckel, Z. c. p. 313 (no. xv. Schoepss), receives its nerve-supply from the circumflex, and must be looked upon as a part of the deltoid, birds would appear to have no “ suprascapular"' muscles at all, unions we may consider the deeper fibres of the preeglenoid head of the levator humeri in the Emu and Apteryx to represent such a muscle; for there is such a muscle in the | i | ] l | ——_- - - a gn, ee ee ee TET ee) E V EIN SET SE ETH Sr as ee ae ee ee ee Ae, Eile En m ER Aë Leg gd TESI io ed C Kale a a einen un ae eege ant, = MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 623 Crocodile, underneath the epieoraco-humeral and the deltoid, and supplied by the same nerve as the former of these muscles. It takes origin from the triangular surface (ss, fig. 1) intercepted between the deltoid ridge, d, and the scapulo-coracoid fissure, and it is inserted just where the pectoral ridge sinks into the articular head of the humerus, proximally to the tendon of the ¢eres minor. The suprascapular muscle is not ordinarily differentiated in reptiles into an infra- and supraspinatus. But in a Gecko, Platydac- tylus, sp.?, I have observed it to take origin from the coracoid, as well as from the scapular region of the shoulder-girdle; and by doing this, it has brought itself by origin, as it is often by innervation, into close correspondence with the coraco-brachiales muscles, and, serially, with the iliacus of reptiles. The muscle seen in fig. 4, intercepted between the tendon of the diceps and that of the pectoralis secundus is called “ deltoides internus" by Meckel; it is, however, obviously homologous with an upper segment of the coraco-brachialis, as seen in fig. 3 from the Crocodile, and with the “short coraco-brachialis” or “rotator humeri” of Wood (Cam- bridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, Nov. 1866, p. 49). The muscle described by Mr. Mivart in the Iguana tuberculata, under the name of “ gracilis," and stated by him to “ represent possibly the gracilis of mammals," seems to me to be a serial homologue, which I have not met with elsewhere, of the pectoralis major. It arises from “the ischiatic symphysis” (where, in the saurians, an ossific nodule, the os cloace, may not rarely be found placed mesially, as though representing a sternum), and “from the long tendinous arch which passes from the front of the acetabulum, round behind the pubic spine, back to the symphysis just mentioned.” This latter origin seems to me to correspond with the interclavicular and clavicular origin of the pectoral, as seen in some of the Sauropsida, and, as far as regards the clavicle, in mammals. Its insertion into the peroneal side of the head of the tibia seems to me to be paralleled by the insertion of the the pecto-antebrachial of certain mammals, e. g. the Cat (see Straus-Dirckheim, vol. ii. p. 352, pl. vii. figs. 13,15). Mr. Mivart, by lettering his tibial adductor 8, may be understood, perhaps, to mean that he considers this muscle homologous with the sartorius of anthropotomy; and in this identification I should coincide. But the gracilis, which he seems to think may perhaps be represented by the muscle I suppose to be homologous with the pectoralis major, I think must be repre- sented by a head which the tibial adductor in the Iguana tuberculata examined by me received from the symphysis of the ischia. Mr. Mivart’s ilio-peroneal seems to me to have its serial homologue in the muscle which, in many mammals, passes from the posterior vertebral angle of the scapula down to the olecranon, and which seems to be a divarication of the more commonly found * dorso-épitrochlien.” As this muscle is clearly one of the series made up of the biceps, semimembranosus, and semitendinosus, which, like itself, take origin, in Crocodilidze, from the ilium, it may be suggested that in the muscle just mentioned, as found in certain mammals, among which I may specify the Marten (Mustela martes), may be contained the homologues of the biceps, semimembranosus, and semitendinosus, as well as the ilio- peroneal of the lower limb. This great increase of the number of the muscles of the lower, as compared with that of their homologues in their upper limb, is illustrated also VOL. XXVI. AR 624 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN by the great excess which the number made up by the adductores and the odturatores shows when compared with that of their homotypes the coraco-brachiales. It furnishes us with a fresh illustration of the prineiple laid down by Mr. Parker (Shoulder-Girdle, p. 7, note), to the effect that “the hip-girdle is always, in the higher classes, more complete as to mere mass, and lower in type morphologically, than the shoulder-girdle.” Tabular View of Muscular Homologies suggested in this Paper. Name of Muscle in Mammal. Homologue in Upper Extremity of Bird. Homologue in Upper Extremity of Reptile. Serial Homologue. Pectoralis major. Ditto. Ditto. “ Gracilis” of Mivart EE in Iguana, P. 2.8.1 Pectoralis minor. Essentially the upper or an teriorly inserted fascicles of the deep layers of pectoralis major. Ditto. Fascicle lettered ei in fig. 3? Subclavius mammals only is it of ee importance to the spinat Pectoralis secundus s. levator hu- meri. Epicoraco-humeral of Mivart, as described in Echidna and Amphibian Uns clavicularis del- toidei as described by Ecker, cleido-humeralis of Pfeiffer. Inner and deeper head of pecti- neus, supplied by obturator nerve. Coraco-brachialis brevis s. rota- humeri of Wood Deltordes inferior of Meckel. No. xx. of Schoepss, Meckel's Archiv, 1829. Upper part of coraco-brachialis ma Deen to tendon of Upper fascicles of obturator ex- ternus. Coraco-brachialis medius, Coraco-brachialis longus. Pectoralis tertius. s. coraco-bra- chialis inferi No. xvi. ke? e. Middle and longer one of anterior coraco-brachial Rest of obturator externus and adductors, Deep Mapa d^ of pri Coraco-brachialis super Ditto. se A internus Mono 0. xvii. Schoepss cn t as scle is never rupi (See Mivart, p. 385, Lian, Soc. homologue by Mivart, /. c. by the anie rans. vol. xxv.) Deltoid. en in birds by the | Deltoid. Outer head of pectineus, sup- eckel, lied by anterior crural T xix Schoepes, by the del- nerve or its internal cuta- t ON el, neous branc no. xviii. of Schoepss, and by the smaller levat the Fowl. Infraspinatus, and supraspi-| Not found in birds as differ- | Suprascapularis * infraspina- | Ili lusively of natus. entiated slips. ` tus, P Mivart rt. eu ‘cified Km TY NS Essentially a deep portion of posterior part of deltoid. Not differentiated in birds, zer Emu and other Ra- sas sei in Crocodile and Chamele Musculus iliacus internus minor E Luschka, Anat. Mensch. 2.181 bsent as differentiated slip in some saurians, as Chameleon. Scapulo-hu Present in Fowl,Goose, Spar- | P ti ansorws Essentially | y ‘part either of | row-Hawk, uzzard. ` e en ù dirt en zy ris or teres major Absent in Pigeon. slip in some sauria Teres major. Very large in birds. Press i in Croc Tensor fascie femoris. MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 625 Table (continued). N f ; 8 Homologue in Homologue in : ame of Mariy in Mame Upper Extremity of Bird. Upper Extremity of Reptile. Berl Homologue. D D 1 | Pyriformis. In Maeropus major a thin muscular slip arises from su rior border z scapula near the origin of o It passes down over "the tendon wl the with which mus- Saa: coe o conn nnected for an f, and it is es — b the "tendon of the biceps as it glides over the inner tuberosity of the hum sponds with its sacral head External and internal intercos- | “ Subelavius” of birds. Subclavius of reptiles. External and internal inter- tal of anterior intercostal space. costal muscles, Biceps femoris. Muscle arising from posterior Semimembranosus. vertebral see Ch scapula, and Semitendinosus. a dee? wm ‘land's r Planche de Myo- logie,’ pls. 100, 104, 108, DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVII. Fig. 1. Scapulo-coracoid arch of Crocodile (Crocodilus vulgaris). sc. Scapula. cr. Coracoid. gl. Glenoid cavity. bc. Facet of origin of biceps. Round this portion of the coracoid the head of the “ epicoraco- humeral ” muscle which comes from the inner surface of the scapula winds. pcr. Precoracoid. The surface whence the coracoid head of the “ epicoraco-humeral” muscle arises extends from the point lettered pcr up to the line of fissure between scapula and coracoid, and a little beyond it. d. Ridge on scapula, giving origin to deltoid. te. Facet of origin of triceps. es ss. Surface of origin of supraspinatus. cr f. Coracoid foramen. Fig. 2. Scapulo-coracoid arch of Emu ern Nove Hollandie). Adult. sc. Scapula. er. Coracoid. gl. Glenoid. per. Preecoracoid. cla. Line of clavicular abutment on scapula. Between the points per and gl, and below cla, lies the preglenoid expanse, made up by factors both from scapula and coracoid. From this expanse the coracoid head of the epicoraco-humeral muscle takes origin. The deltoid takes origin from the scapula immediately above and behind the line c/a. 4R2 626 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN Fig. 3. Muscles in connexion with the scapulo-coracoid arch and upper extremity of Crocodile (Cro- : codilus biporcatus). The same arrangement has been noted in Alligator lucius, with scarcely 4 any differences. ; pm. Pectoralis major. The muscle has been divided, and its origin from the sternum and inter- clavicle turned mesially, and its tendon of insertion into the greater tuberosity of the humerus turned outwards. pm’, tendon of pectoralis major. eh. “Epicoraco-humeral” of Mivart (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. 1866, p. 383), a bicipital muscle; its inner head winds round the coracoid face of the preeglenoid expanse, to take origin from the visceral surface of the scapula; its outer head arises from the preecoracoid, and, to a small extent, from the prescapular portion of the preglenoid expanse, where it is in close relation with the deltoid. The inner of these two heads is intimately connected at its insertion with that of the pectoralis major, and, together with the tendon from the other head, occupies on the humerus a position between that of the tendon of the deltoid externally and inferiorly and that of the pectoralis major internally and inferiorly. The insertion of the omohyoid corresponds with the ; origin of the præglenoid head of the epicoraco-humeral ; and the fibres of the two muscles are, to some slight extent, continuous with each other, at least in young specimens. ei. Muscular fascicle which arises from second sternocostal cartilage in the same series as the external oblique and intercostals, but which may also be looked upon as homologous with an anterior segment of the “rectus abdominis,” which is often not distinguishable from the former of these muscles. It ends in a delicate tendon, which loses itself, along the coracoid groove, in the sternum and the origin of the pectoralis major. The rectus abdominis in many ordinary mammals has an insertion into the first rib (see Professor Turner, ‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ May 1868, p. 393), from which the ordinary mammalian subclavius arises; and in the order Monotremata it has, in both species of Echidna and in the Ornitho- rhynchus, an insertion into the coracoid at no great distance from the area of origin of their epicoraco-humeral, which I hold to be the homologue of the subclavius of other mammals. The prolongation of the tendon of this muscular fascicle (ei) may be considered to be due to the withdrawal of the Crocodile’s epicoraco-humeral to the upper end of the coracoid. Finally, as the rectus is often fused with the pectoral, we may regard this fascicle as a nascent pectoralis minor. | eo. Muscular fascicle arising from the tip of the freely ending cartilage of the first thoracic rib (a point homologous with the points of origin of the several fascicles of the external oblique), and passing downwards and forwards to end in an aponeurosis attached mesially to the sternum and continuous with that of the external obliqne. By contracting a close adhesion to the fibres of the anterior prolongation of the rectus abdominis instead of passing freely over them, as here, this muscular slip may, in other animals, as e. g. Cynocephalus hamadryas, assume the appear- ance of an outer head to this anterior prolongation. But its true character of homology with the fascicles of the external oblique is seen as plainly in the Guineapig (Cavia aperia) and the Aardvark (Orycteropus Capensis), and, according to Meckel (Vergleich. Anatomie, p. 454), in the Raccoon (Procyon lotor) and in the Hedgehog (Erinaceus Europeus), as it is here. In the Wombat (P. hascolomys wombat) the true relations of this fascicle are very clearly seen; and a fascicle, obviously homologous with the one lettered e i in the Crocodile, passes from under it to Jom tlie subclavius arising from the first rib. This latter muscle arises, thick and fleshy, from the first rib in the Wombat, and is inserted into the outer end of the clavicle, and, by means of the fascia covering the supraspinatus muscle, into the whole length of the spine of the scapula. Before its Insertion it is joined by a fine tendon from a delicate muscular belly, arising from the ar costal cartilage, and homologous with the muscular fasciculus figured here at ei. Over this fascicle, which might be described in the Wombat as a second head of the subclavius, there passes inwards from the outer part of the first rib a muscular fasciculus, homologous with the MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 627 one here figured in the Crocodile as eo, to end in a broad tendinous aponeurosis over the sternum, opposite the third and fourth costal cartilages, It is probable, on the whole, that this fascicle e o may be really the homologue of the muscular slip which is called “ rectus thoracis ” by Professor Turner, l. c., and which, as figured and described by him, appears to have a tendency to be produced obliquely inwards towards the sternum. (See * Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, May 1868, pp. 393, 394, ibique citata.) scl, Subelavius or triangularis sterni muscle, the * pectoralis secundus ” of Haughton, and “ costo- coracoid " of Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1867, p. 776). Its superficial layer arises from the free cartilage of the second thoracic rib, and from the intermediate and sternal elements of the third and fourth thoracic ribs, and is inserted along the posterior edge of the coracoid. This muscle is obviously homologous with the similarly stratified muscle of similar origin and insertion in the bird, which is ordinarily called “ subclavius,” e.g. by Schöpss (Meckel’s Archiv, 1829) ; but it cannot be homologous with the pectoralis seeundus or levator humeri of the bird, inasmuch as the two muscles coexist with each other there. The same reasoning shows that it is not homologous with a pectoralis minor, though the slip which, in Alliyator lucius, it gives to the muscle ez may be so in part. cb. Coraco-brachialis, arising from anterior four-fifths of humeral edge of coracoid. be. Tendon of biceps, passing to be inserted on cephalic edge of coracoid. Fig. 4. Muscles in connexion with the scapulo-coracoid arch and upper extremity of the Emu, Dromaius Nove Hollandie. | pm. Pectoralis major. This muscle has a few fibres of origin in an aponeurosis playing over the lower and outer angle of the coracoid; it arises also from the three anterior sternal ribs, and from a triangular space on the sternum, lying between the two other points of origin. It is inserted into the great tuberosity of the humerus by a tendon attached distally and internally to those of the epicoraco-humeral and deltoid. eh. Epicoraco-humeral muscle. It arises from the mesial point of the sternum or “ rostrum” of the bone, from the coraco-clavicular membrane extending from the sternal rostrum up to the clavicle, and, thirdly, from an irregularly quadrangular preglenoid headland, which, as verified in a young specimen, is constituted by scapula as well as by coracoid. It is inserted into the humerus a little proximally and internally to the deltoid, and superficially to the coraco- brachialis. It is obviously the homologue of the pectoralis secundus s. levator humeri of ordinary birds. (See Meckel on Anatomy of Cassowary, Meckel’s Archiv, 1830, p. 255. 5.) be. Tendon of biceps inserted into the humeral, and not, as in the Crocodile, into the cephalic edge of the coracoid.. Between this tendon and that of the epicoraco-humeral or pectoralis secundus is seen the coraco-brachialis muscle, much reduced in size as compared with its homologue in the Crocodile. It has lost all the portion which arose mesially to the insertion of the biceps, and which Meckel called “ coraco-brachialis inferior s. pectoralis tertius,” and Schöpss /. c. “ pec- toralis medius.” Neither Schoepss nor Meckel seems (as far as the name “ deltoides inferior ” can show, which they have given to the small muscle arising in ordinary birds from the lip of the coracoid underneath the tendon of the biceps, and inserted into the upper part of the great pectoral tuberosity) to have recognized its homology with the upper part of the coraco-brachialis muscle of the Crocodile and the coraco-brachialis brevis s. rotator humeri (Wood) of mammals. The only difference, however, between the muscle which Meckel and Schoepss call “ deltoides inferior” in the common Fowl and that which I have called in the Emu “ coraco-brachialis ” is, that the larger biceps of the former animal has overlaid and stunted the muscle which the smaller biceps of the Emu has allowed to retain its reptilian proportions superiorly to its own insertion. Pe Oba ey d. Deltoid, overlying and concealing from view a teres minor not found ordinarily in birds. te. Triceps. 628 DR. ROLLESTON ON THE HOMOLOGIES OF CERTAIN Postscript, Dec. 11, 1868. Several memoirs bearing more or less directly upon the subjects treated of in this paper have appeared, or at least come into my hands, subsequently to June 14th, 1868, First among them I may mention the paper on “ Variations in Human Myology,” which was read June 18th, 1868, before the Royal Society, by John Wood, Esq., F.R.C.S. In this paper, as published in the Royal Society's Proceedings, vol. xvi. no. 104, will be found an excellent figure of that common modification of the pectoralis minor which converts it into a more or less perfect levator humeri, so far as function is concerned. But that it was not a morphological equivalent of the pectoralis secundus of the bird would have been shown, I apprehend, first, by its relation to the costo-coracoid mem- brane, and, secondly, by its innervation. Meckel, in his * Vergleichende Anatomie,’ iii. p- 318, speculates as to whether the bird's “ pectoralis secundus ” is to be regarded as a divarication of the great pectoral, or as a specialization of a part of the deltoid. Now, as I hold that the pectoralis minor is essentially a part of the pectoralis major, Y should say that Mr. Wood's figure shows that a levator humeri may be formed in the former of these two ways; and that such a muscle may be formed in the second of these two ways also is shown by the history I have given, pp. 618, 619 of this paper, of the smaller levator humeri in the Fowl. But that the ordinary levator humeri, s. pectoralis secundus, of birds, which coexists with the smaller Zevator in the Fowl, corresponds, as a matter of fact, to the epicoraco-humeral of the Reptile and the subclavius of the Mammal, is shown by the history of its relations to surrounding parts, by its nerve-supply, and by the history of the development of the great pectoral. Nor does functional correspondence enable us to argue to morphological identity here more than anywhere else. Secondly, Professor Goodsir’s * Anatomical Memoirs? have, since last June, been published under the able editorship of his successor, Professor Turner ; and in the first volume, at p. 452, may be found an exposition of the views of the late great anatomist, alluded to at p. 620 of this paper, as to the ** morphology of the muscles of the limbs." With reference to this paper, I would remark that it seems incorrect to class the obtu- rator internus with the subscapularis, because in many birds there coexists, with a subscapularis, a “ coraco-brachialis superior" (no. xvii. Schoepss), which takes origin from the visceral surface of the coracoid bone and from the same aspect of the coraco- clavicular membrane. The tendon of this muscle may fuse with that of the subscapularis ; ve ng ge BOR wo aan eng receive its nerve-supply from a single nerve: " iic b lilio RR fg rvec by me to be the same as that which supplies the ; ; - Xvi. Schoepss), any more than the nerve of the obtu- rator Werne is ever the same as that of the obturator externus. But it is plain that the ee GE : EE the e internus, and the subscapularis E thatch aie pp. 621, 622 of this paper, is so closely united nin td pi the gue Pa rans emp tetra but think that the musculus Dee Hos os and medius—first, because I cannot with the Zeres minor, and, secondly. b erer? et pre) Miser tam PN y» because I cannot consider the innervation of these MUSCLES CONNECTED WITH THE SHOULDER-JOINT. 629 upper-limb muscles to be in any way homologous with that of the glutei. The spinati and glutei do, it is true, resemble each other in attaining their greatest development in mammals; and the so-called “ gluteus maximus” and “medius” of the Crocodilide (of Dr. Hair, ‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ Nov. 1867) may be seen, by their innervation from the anterior crural, not to correspond to the similarly named muscles of mammals. But concomitant variation within the limits of a single class does not make two sets of muscles, with essentially different insertion and innervation, to be serially homologous. Few anatomists would now deny that the os pubis is the homologue, not of the clavicle, but of the preecoracoid; but though I have myself accepted the comparison of the iliacus to the spinati, I should not so positively dissent from Professor Goodsir's comparison of it to the deltoid as I do from his other comparisons here specified. But I may be permitted, perhaps, to say that the recti abdominis can scarcely be con- sidered to form, as Professor Goodsir ranks them as forming, a class apart from the external and internal obliqui; for the arrangement of these muscles, as seen, for ex- ample, in the common Fowl and the common Pigeon severally, seems to me to show that the rectus abdominis may be considered to be a specialization in one animal of one, and in another of the other of these muscles. Neither is evidence wanting to show that the recti abdominis should, instead of being placed in a class by themselves, have the pecto- rales as well as the obliqui ranked with them*. Thirdly, a copiously illustrated memoir on the subject of this paper, “ Die Muskeln der vorderen Extremitäten der Reptilien und Vögel,” by Dr. Rüdinger, of Munich, has come into my hands quite recently. In it, however, I can find no views enunciated as to the homology of that most distinctively avian specialization the pectoralis secundus. At p. 105, however, of this memoir I find a statement as to the muscles of saurians which confirms the view I had previously formed as to the homology of the muscular bellies whieh pass in certain animals (see p. 623) from the scapula to the forearm with the hamstring muscles of the lower limb. His words run thus :—“ Nur erhebt sich zwischen dem lateralen Kopfe (des Triceps) und dem Deltoideus ein vom Schulterblatt besonderer länglicher Muskel, welcher da, wo gewöhnlich das Ligamentum intermusculare externum angebracht ist, nach unten gelangt, an der Beugeseite des Vorderarms Verstärkung erhält, und, theilweise mit der Aponeurose der am untern Ende des Humerus entspringenden Muskeln zusammenhangend, seinen Ansatz mit einer dünnen runden Sehne an der Beu- eseite des Radius findet.” ; * Finally, I should add that I have strengthened the conclusions which I laid before the Linnean Society in June last by employing, as suggested to me at the LE by “i Boycott, the evidence which may be drawn from the facts of innervation. ut as this line of evidence has not, so far as I know, been touched upon in any other memoir cn this subject, I have not thought it necessary to keep the particular arguments whic belong to it apart from the rest of the text. * See Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. June 27, 1867, p. 776. wee Anatom, Frosches. p. 95. See also, at page 626 of this memor, kel, Vergleich. Anatomie, iii. pp. 155, 197. Ecker, the description of Fig. 3, ei. eee ee PETS TRANS. Linn.Soc. VoL. XXVI Tap. 47 VincentBrooks Day & Sa imp E.M Williams, hth. G Crozer, del? [ 631 ] XIV. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Lower Annelids. By E. Ray Lankester, Esq. Communicated by GEoRGE BUSK, Esq., Sec. L.S. (Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.) Read December 5th, 1867. CONTENTS. ! I. The anatomy and fissiparous reproduction of the asexual Chetogaster limn«i, v. Bär. II. Remarks on Chetogaster niveus, Ehr. III. On ZEolosoma quaternarium, Ehr., and its young form. IV. Relations of Chetogaster and ZEolosoma to other low Annelida. I. The Anatomy and Fissiparous Reproduction of Cheetogaster limnæi, von Bär. H IS TOR Y.—The minute worm which is found parasitic on specimens of Limneus and Planorbis, and which is remarkable as being at present the only recorded instance of a parasitic Chzetopodous Annelid, has been referred to under various specific names by different writers. Owing to imperfect description it has become quite impossible to recognize clearly what species some of the earlier authors meant to indicate by their names, and we have now the following list from which to choose—Nais vermicularis of Müller, Ohetogaster limnei of von Bär, Nais diaphana and N. diastropha of Gruithuisen, Ch. furcatus and Ch. niveus of Ehrenberg, Hutzia heterodactyla of Vogt, Chetogaster Mülleri of D’Udekem. Of these, it appears that Müller probably included two species under his name N. vermicularis, whilst von Bär’s species, Ch. limnei, is distinct from Gruithuisen’s free-living N. diaphana. Ehrenberg distinguishes two spento his Oh. Jur- catus being probably synonymous with von Bär’s Ch. limnei or Gruithuisen’s N. diaphana, whilst his Ch. niveus is a distinct free-living species. D’Udekem speaks of wo Spores (probably the same two as Ehrenberg) as Ch. diaphanus and Ch. Mülleri; it is not end however, from his very brief notice, to tell what are the characters of his species. Gru and Baird use Müller’s specific name vermicularis, and do not give definite characters, whilst Oscar Schmidt, in a general anatomical paper, speaks of Ch. déesse cta probably Gruithuisen's species, which is the same as that figured by ` ig € : * Lehrbuch’ and in his beautiful plates of the nervous system of — ^ai | > appears pretty evident that von Där e name of Chetogaster limner em mër species I am about to describe, and that there is a free-living nn (0 = u speak further) to which Müller's name might be applied, but which, Ge Kee it will be better to call with Ehrenberg Ch. niveus; also that ssi - dd as Ch. diaphanus, differing in some details from Ch. /imnet, et e zeg zeg setze and in its size. The only recent accounts of the ean H ” d ich TUR note by O. Sehmidt on the nervous system, and Leydig's two figures, d i f Limneus stagnalis, and also General Appearance and Habits.—On most specimens 0 var VOL. XXVI. 632 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. on some of the larger river species, some specimens of Chetogaster limnei are to be found. They appear as minute whitish creatures, rarely more than yọ inch in length, though some chains of zooids, produced by gemmation, may have a length of as much as a sixth of an inch or even more. "They crawl rapidly over the surface of the snail's body, and, when one tries to catch them, retire rapidly towards the shell, beneath the velum or tentacles. Their action in moving is like that of a Geometric caterpillar, their bundles of hooked bristles being used like the “feet” of the larval Arthropod. They do not appear to incommode the Limnai by their presence, as I have found specimens of the mollusks infested by hundreds, and quite as healthy as those on which none or only one or two of the parasites could be found. Indeed they are probably useful to their bearers, since their alimentary canal is often distended with the Cercarie of the Limneus, as well as with small Entomostraca, Rotifera, Protozoa, and Protophyta. In the month of December I could find no specimens of Chetogaster on any Limneus, nor in January ; in February I found, on a L. stagnalis at Oxford, a well-grown specimen, with a zooid and portions of two growing zooids attached; it was enveloped in a thick mucous secre- tion of the snail, and was apparently torpid; in March I have found none; in April none; in May all the Limnei appeared suddenly to become infested with them, and con- tinued so until the end of November, when they again completely disappeared*. The same Limnei were not kept and examined from time to time, as it is almost impossible to preserve large individuals of these mollusks in a limited vessel of water; they are so voracious that all vegetation is destroyed by them, and the water becomes putrescent from the abundant fæces; the delicate worms rapidly die under these circumstances, not breathing, like their bearers, atmospheric oxygen. The Limnei from one pond at Oxford and one at Hampstead, however, were repeatedly examined, and gave the results stated above. Every specimen of Chetogaster limnei which I have seen was in a state of gemmation, some with only one not fully grown zooid attached, others with four or eight or portions of more individuals, forming a long chain. Not a single specimen of Chetogaster in an undoubtedly sexual condition has come under my observation f, nor, I believe, under any one's, unless the dubious description and figures of D'Udekem are to be accepted. | à; General Characters.—A single individual of Chetogaster limnei, taken by itself, without its attendant train of zooids, is less snake-like in outline and less distinctly segmented than most worms, having something of the short stumpy figure of a grub or Tardigrade. Its mouth is almost terminal—the dorsal margin being capable, however, of a certain amount of protrusion, like a lip or “prostomium.” There is a pair of bristle- bundles = the ventral surface near the mouth, each having twelve long bristles, with reflected bifid apices; at some distance from these another series of bristle-bundles * In the month of February I have found the Chetogasteres in great numbers inside the Limnei, apparently having Si Lbs Tl mith ar ol th y ad kal sn Huxley drew my attention to their Are e mr a eebe ^n the Water-snails + While this is going through the Di press, I am able to correct th b xual caldi Eeer BR e above statement. I have now found the se characters from the asexual. I reserve a description of this form. MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 633 commences, in each of which there are eight hooklets shorter than the cephalic, but similar in all other respects. An individual seems sometimes to have seven or eight of these “abdominal bristle-bundles,” as they may be called, in distinction from the “cephalic bristle-bundles ;” but this is not really the case, as the study of the develop- ment of the zooids shows that the posterior four belong to a new zooid. Four abdominal bristle-bundles are all an individual possesses; how many segments are.indicated by these and the cephalic bundles is questionable. The muscles and integument at the insertion of each abdominal bristle-bundle form an elevation on the surface of the body, comparable to a foot in the Polycheeta, and give this species of Chetogaster, when they are in action, a curious resemblance to some Tardigrada. The bristle-bundles are used simply for locomotion, and each can be spread out like a fan or turned so as to point the reflected apices in any direction. The cephalic bristle-bundles are not used for pre- hension of food (which is effected by the rapid and powerful intermittent sucking-action of the pharynx), but perform the same part in locomotion as the anterior sucker of a leech or the anterior feet of a caterpillar. The form and number of the bristles, and the general proportions of the body, are the points which give the best specific characters in Chetogaster. ons Characters of the Tissues *.— Chetogaster limnei is almost perfectly colourless and transparent, the only colour developed in its body being in a few brownish granules surrounding the alimentary canal, which often also contains coloured matter. This does not render the observation of its organs and structure at all easy, since there are no contrasting tints to guide the eye. At the same time the density of its various geng appears to be very equal, and little more than that of the surrounding water, This condition of things, which is found in Infusoria and many low Turbellarians, is connected with the fact that when they are crushed and water admitted freely to mix with the tissues, they rapidly swell up, dissolve, and almost entirely disappear. This being the case with Chetogaster limnei renders any dissection of it impossible. It may be flat- tened to a certain extent by pressure; but when the creature is once burst, it soon becomes a mass of floating cells and vesicles, many of which are evidently produced by the action of the water. In the living Chetogaster the histological elements to be in: bstance, granules, fibrillated substance, hexagonal, distinguished are—homogeneous su ‚gr compressed, and floating globular cells. : 9 “99 E sagen "à use of weak acetic acid a superficial structure ( matrix of i E nal cells with rounded nuclei and nucleoli, Leydig), consisting of small closely fitted hexago eg is rendered very evident in the integument of the worm (Plate XLIX. fig. 32). ry A ls: and filamentous prolongations delicate “cuticle” is all that lies externally to these cells; rticularl of the substance of the cells are very abundant on some parts of the ipid v Z towards the anterior region and on the lip. They are similar to hair-like p mg es adim ; d the Turbellaria generally, such as Dr. Stre ori tend degen? j llated layer are disposed at intervals Wright has proposed to call “ palpocils.” In this tesse”at = imens, as to produce large clear oval bodies, which are so numerous and large, in 50 : un ——— iit- * These remarks apply to the immature, asexual condition. Important histological Re... ood talia are developed. 4s2 ‘ 634 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. a warty corrugated appearance. These clear “ cells” or vesicles are found occasionally in the integument of various Oligochzeta, where they appear to be much more localized than here, or rendered less obvious by the intervention of other structures. In Z£olosoma the translucent red bodies in the integument are undoubtedly identical structures; in Par- thenope of Schmidt, or Otenodrilus of Claparéde, and in Thysanoplea of Schmidt similar bodies appear to be very numerous; whilst the clear vesicles in the integument of very many Planarian worms belong to the same order of structures. Beneath these bodies we come upon the muscular body-wall. The bristles of the bristle-bundles are colourless and quite structureless, but apparently horny. The stem is scarcely sigmoid, and swollen slightly at its insertion ; the apex is turned at right angles to the stem and is bifid, forming a small prehensile organ (fig. 15). The average length of the cephalic bristles is +} inch, being nearly the same as the average diameter of the worm when not flattened by pressure. The abdominal bristles are about yòy inch in length, or less. Their number and characteristic distribution has been already spoken of. In growth they appear at first as straight hookless stumpy bristles, and are even then, when near the posterior extremity, used for prehension. Leydig has stated that each bundle is in reality double, as may be seen by the use of an acid. I am quite sure that this is not true with regard to Ch. limnei. Muscles.—The muscular layer of the body-wall is not, in these asexual forms, percep- tibly divided into transverse and longitudinal layers, though it contains fibres of both . directions, as may be seen by the use of aceticacid. There is considerable differentiation of the muscular layer in connexion with each bundle of bristles, the fibres being so arranged that the bundle of bristles may be spread out like a fan with the hooklets pointed in any direction. The muscles of each pair of abdominal bristle-bundles do not act separately, but the whole series seems to be moved by the same set of muscles, whilst the cephalic pair of bundles are distinct. Many fibres exhibit a cellular character (fig. 28). The pharynx is worked in its sucking-movements by very numerous fibres passing from it to the neighbouring body-wall, which is cellular. No special structure can be assigned to the muscular fibre ; it appears merely as a substance broken up into elements, each one of which is too small or indefinite to present . any character. Alimentary Canal.—The mouth cannot be said to be exactly terminal, as in the figure given by Leydig of Ch. diaphanus. Tt is capable of assuming a terminal position when stretched and widely open; but when closed a portion of its dorsal margin projects beyond it to a small extent, representing the “ prostomium " or “ Kopflappen.” This lip is mus- cular and very moveable, and is supplied with many nerves from the prostomial or supra- cesophageal ganglion (figs. 13 & 25). The mouth opens into a very extensive and highly elastic pharynx, which, as before said, is closely connected to the body-wall by muscular : fibres, and by its rapid alternate expansion and contraction draws in the Infusoria, Cer- eariz, &c. on which the worm feeds. At the junction of pharynx and cesophagus is a bul- bous enlargement, which lies above a sort of nerve-ganglion. The food having been drawn ime the pharynx, the mouth is tightly closed, and by a contraction the mass is foreed through the short, narrow, and elastic esophagus into the stomach (figs. 19-22). The PE ee IET ar RE Ce an ern nn na ee aS Mae ee ann E TERRE DR ee ee MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 635 surface of the pharynx often presents the appearance of a complicated network of vessels formed by the breaking up of the principal vascular stems (figs. 17, 18); but this is perhaps due only to plication. The stomach is a large, somewhat square sae, often very largely distended with food and pressing against the body-wall; a few (apparently irregular) muscular septa pass from the body-wall to it. It is very largely moveable in a longitudinal direction, but usually its posterior portion underlies the first pair of abdominal bristle-bundles. The outer surface of the stomach and the intestine (which is quite similar to it, being merely separated by a constrietion) is traversed by a series of capillary vessels, which are difficult to detect and by no means so clear or definitely arranged in Ch. limnei as in the species figured by Leydig in his * Lehrbuch.” They branch from the main dorsal vessel, and, like it, are surrounded and marked out by closely packed brownish granules, which vary in number in different individuals. Beneath these vessels and granules is a layer of large hexagonal flattened cells, which are eiliated and contain yellow granules. The inner surface of the stomach and intestine is ciliated, the cilia being extremely fine and quite invisible, except under the most favourable circumstances ; for along time they entirely escaped me (fig. 37). There is no differentiation of intestine or anus, since the growth of zooids is continually proceeding behind, and what was the intestine of one individual becomes the stomach of another, but never the pharynx or @sophagus—these parts always being developed distinctly, from a deposit of homogeneous matter. Nerves.—The nervous system is a little difficult to make out satisfactorily; and in Ch. limnei I have not observed what Leydig has put forward, with reference to the main trunks, in his drawings. It is easy to see, when a ventral view is taken of the worm under slight pressure, the infracesophageal ganglion, its commissures passing round the pharynx, and the longitudinal “cord” passing posteriorly and surrounded by lobulated tissue on the surface of the pharynx, as in fig. 12. It is easy to trace this further over the pharyngeal bulb, where there is much of the lobular tissue; and the cord may be vaguely followed beyond this to another similar swelling below the stomach, where it becomes lost by its own transparency and indefiniteness. ‚The velatiops of the supracesophageal ganglion, however, are more difficult to ascertain. W hen a dorsal view of the worm is obtained, it may, with great care in focusing and illumination, be distinctly defined (figs. 14, 24). It is a broad band of nerve-tissue, swelling towards the centre, and branching out into fine twigs in both an anterior and posterior direction. Leydig has figured a second suprapharyngeal ganglion, connected also by —M with the infrapharyngeal mass, and apparently corresponding toa — n Bur ot: the specialization ‘of the pharyngeal. plexus, existing in Zembrione; ^ i PT that such a structure does not exist in Ch. limnei", and am rather puzzled ei gr for the difference. It is either a specific distinction, or is due to the immaturity of Ch. limnei, or the observations are ineorrect. Some four or five twigs pass off from the suprapharyngeal ganglion to the lip or tructures here described are more readily seen. The M ? 8 — nus, I am now able fully to confirm * ture speeimens of Ch. : In the sexually ma sp from an examination of Ch. diapha nerve-system is certainly as stated above ; but Leydig’s figure of that species. 636 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. prostomium, whilst a larger number pass posteriorly, forming a sort of network on the pharynx, with the substance of which they appear to fuse. Leydig has figured the anterior nerve-twigs as terminating in oval nucleated cells; but this I have not found to be the case. The enlargement which underlies the cesophagus proper is a flattened lobular mass, giving off two principal horizontal trunks, one on either side (fig. 25); posteriorly to this the nervous system becomes very obscure. The lobulated tissue on the pharynx, which forms the ganglia and surrounds the cord at different points, appears to represent cellular nervous tissue; it branches out in various directions, and breaks up into little twigs. Occasionally small clear cells with nuclei may be seen scattered in its substance; but the character of the nervous tissue in these immature forms is that of a homogeneous protoplasm. In the production of zooids it appears that the element of the ventral cord remains continuous throughout the chain until a separation is very shortly about to occur. The Vessels and their Fluid.—The extensive system of vessels to be detected in Che- togaster limnei, identical with the closed system of vessels in all Annelids but the Leeches, which are not rightly called Annelids, contains a colourless fluid. The red fluid of other Annelids contains red cruorine, and is undoubtedly efficient in respiration; so, too, this colourless fluid contains a respiratory medium (an oxygen-carrier) like green or red cruorine, though colourless, and is, as are the colourless vascular fluids of other Annelids, efficient in respiration. The minuter ramifications of the vessels may be detected by a curious optical property presented by fluids in exceedingly narrow tubes, namely, their pinkish or purple tint*. The fluid in larger vessels appears (as it is) quite colourless. The vessels which distribute this fluid over the body are difficult to trace out fully; but in this species I do not find the arrangement to be the same as that described by Leydig in his * Lehrbuch,’ where he gives a diagrammatic figure of some of the vessels of Chetogaster. We have, in the first place, what may be a peripheral capillary network traversing the whole surface of the integument, and performing the respiratory function of the worm. We have a second or intestinal capillary network, apparently not provided with such minute branches (figs. 12, 18,14). I have only been able to make out two great longitudinal trunks—a dorsal and a ventral. The dorsal is a powerful and highly con- tractile vessel, giving off the large branches to the intestinal system, and probably also to the tegumentary, peripheral, or respiratory system ; but this I have not seen. At Kong region of the cesophagus it gives off on either side a highly dilatable coiling vessel, which joins the ventral trunk ; each of these represents one of the moniliform ** hearts " of the earth-worm. The dorsal vessel itself passes on, giving off numerous branches en mec? of the pharynx, and, passing beneath the suprapharyngeal nerve-collar, reaks up into two large lateral trunks, and also into small stems which form a vascular ring round the mouth (figs. 12, 14 !pv). The two lateral vessels pass down the neural sur- * I have observed this repeatedly in Ohetogaster, where it has assisted me very much in tracing vessels, also in the pulsating cavities of Infusoria, and in the minuter ramifications of the canaliculi of the lacune of samen from teeth. Dr. Zenker, in a recent number of Max Schultze’s Archiv (Bd. i., p. 332), alludes to this phenomenon in Infusoria, and ascribes it to the law of complementary colours, the substance of the Infusorian having a bluish tint. MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 637 face of the pharynx and join to form a single ventral vessel elose to the bulb of the pharynx. Here, too, almost at once, are given off the two highly dilatable lateral vessels. The ventral vessel is non-contractile and is not adherent to the wall of the intestine (see figs. 12-14). The dorsal vessel does lie closely on the intestine-wall, and becomes covered in parts, as do its main branches, with aggregations of minute brownish granules. The vessels of the tegumentary or respiratory system of course meet the great trunks and the intes- tinal system at either end of the worm, and are, it is to be supposed, elsewhere connected by branches from the dorsal and ventral trunks. Parallel vessels passing transversely almost round the worm are arranged at close intervals, and connected by the finest interweaving capillaries (fig. 23). This constitutes the respiratory system. The inter- weaving capillaries are perhaps rather lacunar spaces in the tissue than capillaries with walls, but seem eminently adapted, from their position and structure, to facilitate a free interchange of the gases of the vascular fluid and surrounding water. I must, how- ever, express a doubt (which I cannot elear up) as to whether these apparent vessels may not be simply furrows or thickenings of the integument. Perivisceral Cavity and Fluid.—The space between the alimentary tube and the body- wall in Chetogaster limnei is larger proportionally than in the Lumbricoids, but not so great as in ZHolosome. It is traversed by numerous museular bundles at the pharynx; and a few pass to the stomach—one apparently septal muscle extending across it at the anterior end of the stomach, and another at the posterior constrietion dividing stomach from intestine, and perhaps another for each succeeding pair of bristle-bundles. It eontains, of course, a fluid, in which float granules and cells, and in which are suspended the segment-organs. The granules and cells vary to a very great degree in number; in some individuals there are hardly any, in others the cavity seems packed with them. There is a very distinct relation between the abundance of the perivisceral granules and cells and the abundance of the brownish granules which surround in masses the dorsal vessel and its ramifications on the stomach or intestine. Deise in his * Recherches sur les Oligochétes,’ has spoken of the brown-yellow ‘hepatic’ tissue of the intestine in Lumbricus being continued to and surrounding the dorsal vessel, and has hinted (but only obscurely) at some connexion between the E en and the supposed hepatic tissue. D’Udekem, also, in his memoir on ah bi ll improbable that this yellow glandular tissue may nected the two. It seems not ata : ` Kee ini rate, may have an y 1 1 tion of digestive juices, or, at any te, may have but little to do with the secretio g J y ahi f the additional and most important connexion with the production 3 : Geif perivisceral Bod, and ips serve to place that fluid in organic Eeer vi pA c d) the closed vascular system of the intestine and the contents of t en em Sid When I have found the perivisceral fluid devoid of granules, I have ` — un masses of granules adhering to the dorsal vessel and to its larger ipn A au ab one or two such masses floating alone in the perivisceral cavity CR: A A of a FAR hand, when the cavity has been full of corpuscles and ae = en found in the tine have been almost entirely free from granular 5 : A. zg a individuals. There perivisceral fluid differ not only in number, but in kind, in differen ‘ 638 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. may be one or two clustered masses of granules; these may be broken up into smaller clusters enclosed by a sort of cell-wall; or the granules may be free and separate; or they may have PROS the form of hyaline corpuscles with nucleus and nucleolus (fig. 26 a, c, b, d). Segment-Organs.—These organs have not hitherto been mentioned by those who have incidentally alluded to other points in the anatomy of Chætogaster. They vary very much in their development in different individuals. In some they are only to be de- tected, by most careful adjustment, as minute tortuous tubes lying beneath the integu- ment. In others they have attained a considerable size, and hang as folded masses in the perivisceral eavity. In no case are they large enough to admit of their true struc- ture or parts being clearly recognized. Figure 29 represents all I have been able to see in the asexual Chetogaster*. could not detect the free end, corresponding to the funnel or ** entonnoir vibratile” in other worms; but at one end there appeared to be a dilatation representing the atrium. A pair exists in front of the first pair of abdominal bristle-bundles, and another pair between each succeeding pair of bristle- bundles. Whether they open externally or are ciliated I cannot say; but it cannot be doubted that they represent the segment-organs of other Annelids. The Number of Segments forming an Individual.—I have already mentioned that this is a difficult matter to decide, inasmuch as zooids are continually being produced poste- riorly, and that not in a linear progression, but by a continuous growth posterior to the third pair of abdominal bristle-bundles. Do the cephalie pair of bristle-bundles and the three abdominal pairs each indicate a segment or, rather, a head-segment and three ordinary segments? I think there is reason to answer this in the affirmative, since a sort of septal muscle or diaphragm divides off the pharyngeal portion from that in which the intestine commences as a stomach. This, again, is marked off by an obscure dia- phragm from the succeeding region, which is also thus obscurely divided into segments corresponding to the bristle-bundles. In each of the divisions thus made, there is, excepting in the pharyngeal, a pair of segment-organs ; but there is no constriction of the anterior part of the worm in correspondence with these supposed segments. Segmentation in Vermes may be regarded as (and probably is) the result of the arrest of the production of zooids by terminal budding. If this be the case, the unparalleled paucity of segments exhibited by Chetogaster is directly connected with its enormous fertility in the production of zooids. The “tendency to integration” (Herbert Spencer) t * Of this and other structures I have made out more in the sexual forms, t I have found, since the above was written and read, that Mr. Herbert Spencer has himself applied his laws of Evolution to the explanation of what has been vaguely termed “ vegetative repetition.” In his excellent chapter “ On the Morphological Composition of Animals,” in the second volume of the ‘Principles of Biology,’ he regards Annulose animals as tertiary aggregates, each somite being considered a secondary aggregate; and he has brought together a most convincing and interesting series of facts to support his argument. There is aa matter on which he does not touch, which I think is elucidated by the study of the growth of zooids in such Annulosa as Chatogaster ; sd that is the morphology of the head. Is the head, in those Annulosa in which it presents a quasi-segmented — dition, to be regarded as composed of modified zooids? or is its segmentation (in the higher Annelids and in Arthro- poda) to be considered superinduced? In many mollusea and in the vertebrata we find a head presenting 8 Seg- mented condition or a certain repetition of parts. In these the structure is regarded as superinduced in a secondary MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 639 is smaller in Chetogaster than in the higher Oligochetes, and hence fewer zooids are held together to constitute an individual. Were it still less, we might have ec) , dia of but one segment, resembling in this a Rhabdocele Turbellarian, a Sagitta 20 a simple worm, having a head, digestive tract, prostomial and ventral idis lia = a pair of excretory segment-organs, with cephalic and abdominal bristles The orth of the head always in an anterior direction, as an addition to the oberen fins jleted zooids of Chetogaster, seems to show that the head is something distinet from ig segments, and not comparable to them, whilst it also tends to explain each ordinary segment as an incomplete zooid, and is further connected as cause and effect with the subsequent separation of the zooid at the plane in which the tendency to anterior deve- lopment was first sufficient to overcome the longitudinal cohesion. The anomalous cephalic bristle-bundles of Chetogaster may be compared to, and are perhaps homologous with, the temporary cephalic bristles of larval Polyehsta, or with the jaw-like setw of Sagitta; or, on the other hand, they may be related to the setw discovered by Professor Huxley in connexion with the peristomial cirri of Polynoina. The Fissiparous Reproduction of Chetogaster limnæi.—A few words are necessary as to the order of the production of zooids, and the relations of the “ segments " which aggregate, and not as the result of tertiary aggregation. The same reasoning will, possibly, when applied to the head of Arthropods and Annelida, lead to the conclusion that its segmented structure is also superinduced, and that peristomal and prostomal regions (forming “ the head”) are essential parts of the unisegmental secondary aggregate. If this be the case, a head can only be homologous with a head; and the difficulties of reconciling variations in the typical number of “somites” are much lessened. In the development of the zooids of Chetogaster, the cephalic parts are produced by growth in an anterior direction, the rest of the first seg- two axes being separated by an indifferent plane. The first segment is exactly comparable to the early development of the ovum of marine the prostomal and peristomal region, with the temporary which subsequently gives rise to the worm; in many of endages has been observed to take place much sooner bristles, pharynx, and surrounding ment is completed by posterior growth, the forms a simple secondary aggregate. This Annelida and of Arthopoda: in the former the rudiments of bristles and little else, form the simple secondary aggregate, the latter the early development of the prostomium and its app (without the production of segments by budding) than andin a different axis from that of the zooid somites, which are afterwards produced and integrated to form the complete myriapod, crustacean, or insect (see the researches of Newport, Mecznikow, and Dohrn). The bud-somites in Chetogaster, then, are produced posteriorly; but they are incomplete, they do not develope a head; there is a longitudinal cohesion or integration which counteracts this. Where first the longitudinal cohesion becomes weak, the tendency to anterior development prevails, and the normal head grows, and a new individual separates. In most Annulosa this longitudinal cohesion counteracts entirely the opposing tendency to produce a head and to separate. It is conceivable that as the leg of fhe Arthropod, the cirrus of the Annelid, or the pygidium is jointed in conformity to the incident forces to which it is exposed, so the pro- stomial region of Annulosa may acquire a segmented or jointed structure ; - in very i" cases is such a structure traceable, the repetition of general form in its appendages (in — with a T of external forces) being the principal fact tending to indicate it, whilst the axis itself is very generally simple. The cephalic appendages of a Helix, or the rows of pranchie in an Bolis, might be taken as indicating true gemmiparous segmentation, if the appendages alone of the head in Annulosa did so. But if m identity of the anterior cephalic somites in Annulosa with arrested gemmæ be tan, by the common plan of their structure, we must compare the cases of anterior and lateral gemmation in = en reeorded by Le Vaillant and others, and must distinguish the head-gemme he 9nd to a og? smi ef ep "e gemmation, and not exchangeable with those of the body. At all events it is necessary to GC nn mental Arthropod and Annelid as possessing & head of i. oun; as essential and hg i : ge z (as a secondary aggregate) as the head, or pro- and peristomal region of a Turbellarian, a Mollusk, and à = ate. VOL. XXVI. 640 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. are one after the other concerned in their production, and may throw some additional light on the subject mentioned in the last paragraph. Professor Claus, in the * Würz- burger Zeitschrift,’ has a short paper on the order of the growth of zooids in a chain, He noted that as to age or condition of development they do not follow as they are attached, one behind the other, the first, second, third, and fourth being relatively first, second, third, and fourth in age, but that, whilst the first is of course the oldest or parent zooid, the second in position is one of the newest, the second in age being near the middle of the chain. He has observed chains of as many as sixteen zooids, and gives the following formula as expressing the simple law of their relative age or period of development. If be the number of zooids in a chain, the formula gives the sequence of zooids in age, each number representing the zooid whose position is indicated by that number n n Bn, n 5n 3n 7n 1, gth gti zt g tl gth ath stl ae EE n—1,9,... ^, 5n n In n 8n n n 88'8'8'44'2 * This obviously results from the fact that each zooid is continually growing and producing fresh zooids, and that, even before a zooid has become marked off from its parent in front, the parent has begun to produce a new zooid. That this is the case can be satisfactorily determined by examining chains of zooids, whose relative ages are at once determined by their comparative development. The simplest Chetogaster I have seen is one consisting of a head and six segments (indicated by the abdominal bristle-bundles), between the third and fourth of which a fresh segment was beginning to make its appearance, From the examination of various specimens, for one cannot be kept and traced, the process appears to continue thus :—An eighth segment also begins to grow simultaneously with the seventh, growing between the third and fourth of the original worm ; and then a homogeneous blastema is deposited about and between the new fourth and old fourth segments; in this, by anterior growth, the head of a zooid whose body is formed by the old fourth, fifth, and sixth segments is developed, and, simultaneously, a new segment is added to the new fourth segment, and the terminal segment of the chain. Before this has proceeded long, new segments arise in another plane of growth, namely, one between the third and fourth of the first zooid, and one between the third and fourth of the new zooid; and thus the whole process repeats itself in each case, both in parent and zooid. "The three segments succeeding a head are never separated, they remain permanently attached when once grown; but the fourth segment, with the two that develope behind it, is continually being detached by the growth of a head between it and its parent. The whole phenomenon is then reduced to this simple statement :—An individual Chetogaster consisting of a head and ee Mie continually producing additional segments, by posterior growth, from its third segment; the fourth segment, counting from the head, has simultaneously a tendency to growth `eh en po suus forming a head; or, in other words, the integration or longi- d im e vp më the chain of segment-zooids is consistently overpowered at the fourth, by ency of that segment-zooid to anterior growth, or to its completion by the MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 641 development of a head. If this be a correct statement of the production of zooids in Chetogaster, it would come under the last of the three groups into which Professor Huxley some time since divided the phenomena of fissiparity in Vermes, namely, that in which “ none of the segments of the produced zooid belonged to the parent stock—and the former contains hardly any of the primitive substance of the latter, being developed by gemmation from its last segment.” Il. Remarks on Cheetogaster niveus, Ehrenberg. In some water containing confervee, from the river at Oxford, examined in May, I found a Chetogaster differing very greatly from that parasitie on the Limneus, and identical, I believe, with that figured by Ehrenberg in his ‘Symbolæ Physiee' as Ch. niveus. This worm was hardly more than $ inch long, thin and active, and apparently with a firm, tense integument, very different, so far, from Ch. limnei. The whole worm was much narrower and more elongated than that species, and by no means so transparent. The prostomium (figs. 9 and 10) was longer and more obvious, the pharynx was longer and apparently thicker in the walls, and the cesophagus was very much longer. The vascular network on the intestine was more obvious in this species, though the other vessels, segment-organs, and nervous system it seemed almost impossible to define. The most ch teristic difference, however, was found in the bristles, which were proportionally much longer and thinner, and quite different in shape; instead of having a reflected apex, it was simply bifid, the point being very fine, and the bifid structure very hard to see distinctly with a quarter-inch objective (fig. 11). In number the bristles agreed with those of Ch. limnei. The mode of using the cephalic bristles was much more rapid than in the parasitie species. The cephalie bundles were suddenly thrown out laterally on either side of the head, and retracted, and thus worked up and down, enabling the worm to move very rapidly. One specimen which I observed pre- sented only five abdominal bristle-bundles, of which the two posterior were demarcated as though belonging to a developing zooid. Ch. niveus is evidently fitted for a more active life than Ch. limnei ; but it differs from Ch. diaphanus, which is non-parasitie, in the same particulars. The Ch. diastrophus of Gruithuisen may possibly be this species. III. /Eolosoma quaternarium, Ehrenberg, and its embryonic form. Ehrenberg first observed ZZolosoma in Dongola,—a wonderfully elastie, transparent, spotted little worm, living in running waters; he was afterwards astonished to find it near Berlin. I believe no figure or description of the worm has been published since Ehrenberg’s < Symbolæ Physics,’ 1828, excepting D’Udekem’s account as to the gene- tative glands*. The specimens I have examined were obtained by Mr. Charles Robert- x Since the above was written, I have found a paper by Leydig in ‘ Reichert's u. du Bois Reymond's Archiv fur Anatomie," 1865, in which he shortly describes two species of ZEolosoma, one of which he identifies with the Æ. qua- ternarium of Ehrenberg, and the other he calls Æ. niveum, Professor Leydig obtained his specimens from Me Main, and appears to have had them under observation no longer than myself. In almost every particular our descriptions — excepting as to the production of zooids and as to the young form. Professor Leydig speaks of the coloured VOL. XXVI. i ; 4 U 642 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. son, demonstrator of Anatomy at the University Museum, Oxford, in a bottle of water from the river, in whieh they made their appearance during May. The largest spe- eimens I observed were nearly } inch in length; nearly all were producing zooids by posterior gemmation. The outline of the worm is very loose and uncertain, the body flowing in various direetions in a very strange liquid fashion, the alimentary tube within also exhibiting the most free and independent movements, as though not bound in any way to the integument or body-wall. The prostomium is most remarkably developed, broad and flat, reaching far in front of the mouth, and abundantly ciliated. The setze, or bristles, are very fine and hair-like; the bundles are in a double series on each side of the body, two dorso-lateral bundles and two ventral bundles to each segment. The body is not distinctly segmented, but shows more approach to annulation than in Chetogaster ; apparently a head and six segments constitute the individual. There are no cephalic bristle-bundles like those of Chetogaster; and so, in estimating the indivi- dual, we reckon a head, and a segment for each set of bristle-bundles. The zooids are produced by the constant tendency of the sixth segment to bud, or the failure at this point of the longitudinal force which counteracts the force of growth in an anterior direction and formation of a head. The prostomium of a zooid when formed, projects in a very strange way from the zooid, as seen in the figure (fig. 5). I have only seen chains of two zooids with portions of two others incomplete behind them. The integument is ciliated on the ventral surface of the prostomium, and nowhere else. Its most remarkable feature is found in the oval vesicles which are scattered all about it like the clear vesicles in Chetogaster limnei, but which are of a clear blood-red colour, whence the name Æolosoma. I have not succeeded in bringing this colour under the micro-spectroscope. The fluid in the system of vessels is of a pinkish colour. There’ is the usual large contractile dorsal stem ; and the ventral stem appears to break up on the intestine. The perivisceral fluid presents very few granules or corpuscles. The mouth opens into an alimentary tract which is most densely covered with coarse, active cilia throughout its length ; the food appears to be brought in, to a very great extent, by the action of these cilia and those on the broad expanded lip or prostomium. The pharynz is short and muscular ; the @sophagus is along tube folded or twisted on itself, and opens into the stomach or | intestine, which commences with the third segment, and runs through the body, hanging very loosely by a few muscular septa, becoming constricted and narrow = ve end of the sixth Ee There is in each segment except the head a large es "developed segment-organ, which appears as a tortuous, coiled canal, densely within. The nervous system is very obscure. NS era" den Ko Eolosoma, Y observed some small creatures which I take to be un sched. from the egg. In fig. 4 one of these is drawn. There is the and observes Mb He has been unsuccessful in detecting the sexual condition of ZEolosoma, tidered “sehr schematisch,” Dr. Ma en are so unlike Eolosoma in other respects that they must be con- Ke lately published a memoir at Milan, which I have failed to see. RR MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 643 large ciliated prostomium and the mouth projecting outwards; the alimentary tract is ciliated throughout, but the outside of the body is not, excepting the prostomium. A few stiff hairs or “ palpocils " project from the integument, such as are well known in young Turbellaria, in Nematodes, and in Nais and Chetogaster, and which are seen also in the adult ZZolosoma. The specimens of olosoma disappeared from the water that contained them, and I could get no more. As it is unlikely that I shall succeed in so doing yet a while, I do not think it necessary to keep back the above notes, though incomplete. Ehrenberg describes three species of ZZolosoma. I suppose that my species is his Æ. quaternarium. IV. Relations of Chetogaster and Molosoma to some other low forms of Annelida. olosoma and Chetogaster are both associated by D'Udekem and J. V. Carus with Nais, in the lowest of four families into which the Oligocheeta are by them divided; at the same time no mention is made of two other low forms with which they ought to be associated. Eolosoma, in its double series of bristle-bundles, in its large prostomium, in the coarse ciliation of its alimentary tract and lip, and in its larger number of seg- ments and greater differentiation of its tissues, certainly presents characters which bring it nearer to Nais and the Lumbricoid Oligochetes than any presented by Chetogaster. But it also approaches Chetogaster in the paucity of its segments, the red vesicles of its integument, and the comparative lowness of its organization. _Zolosoma is, it appears to me, much nearer to Nais than to Chetogaster. Are there any forms which bridge over the gap ? Oscar Schmidt, in the ‘ Sitzungsber. Akad. Wien, vol. xxiii, describes very briefly a Parthenope serrata, which seems to have been quite overlooked since. Claparéde, in his ‘Beobacht. über Anat. u. Entwickelung der wirbellosen Thiere,’ describes briefly and figures the same worm under the name Ctenodrilus pardalis. He does not allude to Schmidt’s species; but undoubtedly his is of the same genus. Claparede’s figure is the most complete; he remarks that he considers the worm to be à marine Oligochete, but has only met with it once, and he gives no anatomical details. Neither Schmidt nor Claparéde says anything as to the relations of this worm to the Oligochzxta. It is a minute ereature, of the same size as the Ch. limnei, or even less, has a short worm-like figure, but no definite segmentation, whilst its integument appears not to be tough. Its setze are pectinated at the apex, or, rather, notched with five teeth; they are arranged in bundles of five placed in pairs on the ventral surface; Claparède figures five such pairs. The prostomium is very large, and eiliated like that of olosome, whilst the integument is spotted with brownish clear vesicles. arranged in clusters, whence ine name pardalis. This form very obviously connects Chetogaster and Bolosoma, having the ciliated prostomium of the one, and the uncinate bristles, in a ventral series, of the other. Both Schmidt and Claparéde found it in the Mediterranean. The ciliated broad prostomium of ZEolosoma is strangely like that of, some Turbellaria, as for instance Jlicrostomum lineare, in which the mouth and prostomium have almost exactly the same 4v2 644. MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. relations as in ZEolosoma. A curious form, described by O. Schmidt in his paper already alluded to, seems also to belong to the group formed by Chetogaster, Parthenope, and Æolosoma ; he figures it and briefly describes it as Thysanoplea luctuosa. In this worm the integument contains the same vesicular bodies characteristic of the above genera, and to such an extent as to giveit a warty appearance ; thereare a few bundles of delicate hair-like setze, and a short prostomium ; but the description of Schmidt does not enter into anatomical details, and the worm appears to be very minute and diffieult to study. The anomalous chetognathous Sagitta may fairly be compared to Chetogaster, if it is regarded as a unisegmental form. In comparing Chetogaster with other low forms of Annelida, the great diffieulty is presented by its specialized cephalic bristles. The only other ease in which such bristles are present is Sagitta, and the larval forms of Polychete Annelids. If we deprive Chetogaster of its posterior segments, reducing it to a uniseg- mental condition, a head and body, or a product of simple anterior and posterior growth, its general morphology is not so very dissimilar to that of Sagitta, its integument, its cephalic bristles, and nervous system agreeing, whilst the single abdominal pair of bristle- bundles may represent the “ fins " of Sagitta. Such a comparison is further assisted by Elias Meeznikow's description of Chetosoma of Claparède, and a new form, Rhabdosoma, in which he points out their resemblances to Sagitta. Sagitta cannot for a moment be placed in close connexion with Chetogaster in any natural classification ; for Sagitta is elaborately modified on a unisegmental plan*, whilst Chetogaster is modified on a multi- segmental plan; but that they may have had some common ancestor does not appear im- probable. If annulation or segmentation is to be taken as a necessary character of the class to which Sagitta is now referred, it cannot remain there, since it is not segmented ; such a difference, however, has not prevented the association of Dinophilus, Alaurina, and Mierostomum with the other Turbellaria which are unsegmented, nor of Trematoda with Cestoda. The retention of imperfectly developed zooids in a chain cannot be regarded as a very important differentiating character. The moveable bristles of Sagitta and the character of its integument are what constitute its claim to association with Cheeto- podous Annelids; and it is precisely in these particulars, as pointed out to me by Professor Huxley, that it resembles Chetogaster. Starting, then, from such a Turbel- larian form as Dinophilus (in which segmentation is beginning to show itself) we have on one side, very remotely placed perhaps, Sagitta ; nearer to each we have Chetogaster, connected. by Parthenope (Ctenodrilus) to ZEolosoma, which leads on to Nais and the Lumbrieoids, and is also connected to the Turbellarians by so simple a form as Thy- sanoplea. As to the classification of the genera Chetogaster, Parthenope, Thysanoplea, and oe od which they present are those always found with the solitary : oup. Theyare now put with the Naids, from which certainly Chetogaster differs as much as Nais does from Lumbricus; but at Sepa t enn he oa te d d the lost progenitors of the Chitopods pulps clo) nag E n present it is perhaps * That is to say, it is a secondary aggregate. MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. 645 AUTHORS REFERRED TO. V. Barr. Nov. Act. Curios. xiii. 1826. Barn. Catalogue of Worms, p. 71. 1865. Craparkpe. Beobachtungen über Anat. und Entwickelungsgesch. d. wirbellosen Thiere. 1862. Craus. Würzburg. naturwiss. Zeitschr. Bd. i. (1860), p. 37. Eurengere. Symbolæ Physics seu icones et descript. &c., (Libya) iv. 1828. Gruse. Die Familien der Anneliden, p. 101. ĢRUITHUISEN. Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. Carol. vol. 14, 1828, p. 407. Leyois. Lehrbuch der Histologie. —Archiv für Anatomie, 1865.—Nervous System of Annulosa (Plates). Macer. Intorno al genere Æolosoma. Milan, 1865. MüLLER. Vermes, i., ii. 20. 1771. Scmurpr. Archiv für Anatomie, 1846, p. 406.—Sitzungsber. Kais. Akad. Wien, vol. xxiii, 1857. D'Uvexem. Bull. Acad. de Belg. t. xxii. part 2, 1855, p. 553; ib. ser. 2, t. xii. p. 243, 1861.— Mém. des Sav. étrang. publ. par l'Acad. de Belg. t. xxvii. 1856. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prate XLVIII. Fig. 1. Chetogaster limnei, v. Bär. A chain of zooids, consisting of two nearly complete individuals, each of which has produced segments posteriorly. The worm is not compressed by the covering-glass ; and the foot-like appearance of the bristle-bundles, and their implantation, are well seen. Natural size =? inch. Fig. 2. A ventral view of the third pair of abdominal bristle-bundles. The worm is stretched, uncom- pressed, and the hooklets are directed outwards and downwards. They may be directed inwards and upwards, and some in one, some in the other direction. Fig. 3. An outline of a ventral view of a specimen similar to that drawn in fig. 1. The head is very much extended, as is frequently done in search of food. 3a. A lateral view of a specimen in the act of crawling. Fig. 4. Probably the early stage of ZEolosoma quaternarium, Ehrenberg. Fig. 5. Holosoma quaternarium, Ehrenberg. Fig. 6. Lateral view of the head of the same. Fig. 7. Supposed section to show the position of the bristle-bundles. Fig. 8. Two setze from the ventral (neuropodal) series. Fig. 9. Head of Chetogaster niveus, Ehrenberg, showing the cephalic bristles outspread. Fig. 10. Chetogaster niveus, Ehrenberg. A furrow is seen below the third pair of abdominal bristle- bundles, apparently indicating the future independence of the two succeeding segments. Fig. 11. Setæ of Chetogaster niveus, Ehr. Compare figs. 15 & 16. Fig. 12. A ventral view of Ch. limnei. A little compressed and viewed with transmitted light. The figure is diagrammatic. The letters have the following signification :—pr, prostomium ; pr. 9, prostomial ganglion (seen indistinctly); m, mouth; pe, palpocils (on warty tubercles of the integument) ; c. b, cephalic bristles (12 in a bundle) ; 7, nerve-band ; l. p. v, lateral pharyngeal vessel ; ph, pharynx ; /. c.v, lateral commissural vessel (from the dorsal to the ventral vessel) ; p. g, perivisceral granules; at, stomach; v. v, ventral vessel (lying between the alimentary — and the nerve-band) ; 1 seg, 1st segment-organ ; lab, lst abdominal bristle-bundle (8 bristles in dle) ; i, intestine; 2 seg, 9 seg, second and third segment-organs ; 2 ab, 3 ab, 4 ab, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th abdominal bristle-bundles (8 bristles in a bundle) ; 7. d, lines of demarcation between zoids, caused by deep grooving of the surface; c. b. d, cephalic bristles commencing development. 646 MR. E. R. LANKESTER ON SOME LOWER ANNELIDS. Fig. 13. Lateral view of the anterior portion of Ch. limnei. n.pr, nerves passing to the prostomal region ; d d.v, contractile dorsal vessel; A. nb, pharyngeal bulb, between pharynx and esophagus; gr, granules adhering to the dorsal vessel, and also free; other letters as in fig. 12. The commis- sural vessel of one side only is drawn. PLATE XLIX. Fig. 14. Dorsal view of the anterior portion of Ch. limnei ; es, esophagus ; other letters as before. Fig. 15. Bristle from an abdominal bundle of Chetogaster limnei. The space between the two hooks of the head in the engraving is too great, and the head is too large in proportion to the shaft. The direction of the hooks, however, is correct. Fig. 16. Bristle from an abdominal bundle of Chetogaster diaphanus, Gruithuisen. This is a large species, attaining nearly an inch in length. Compare fig. 11. Fig. 17. Sketch to show the longitudinal markings on the pharynx, looking like vessels, but probably due to plications caused by contraction. Fig. 18. Do. of horizontal vessel-like appearances on the dorsal surface. The questionable vessels branching from around the mouth are also drawn. Figs. 19, 20, 21, 22. Different positions of the mouth and walls of the pharynx in ingulfing food. Figs. 23, 24. Appearances like vessels in the skin, probably produced by the plication of the integument. Fig. 25. Nervous centres of homogeneous structureless substance. No distinct nerves traceable to terminations ; $ s, spaces or groovings in the middle line, irregular in distribution, and not always present. Fig. 26. a, aggregation of granules such as adhere to the dorsal vessel; 5,free granules; cand e, granules in cell-forms; d, nucleated corpuscles; f, pyriform corpuscles; g, kidney-cell of Limneus, swallowed by Ch. limnei. Fig. 27. Appearance of the muscular attachments arising from the surface of the pharynx. Fig. 28. Cellular fibres passing from the pharynx to the muscular body acid. (This drawing is from a specimen of Ch. diaphanus.) Fig. 29. Segment-organ from such an individual as fig. 1. only one of its terminations (that by which it e There are no cilia. Figs. 30, 31. To illustrate the growth of zooids. J. d. the deep grooving between the new zooid’s cephalic portion produced by anterior growth an d the new segments produced by posterior growth from the parent. | e mi eme cells of the “ matrix ” of the integument, with large clear cells intermixed. ig. 99. Cellular termination of fibres (muscular or ssibly (?) n i iment Feen Fee possibly (?) nervous) passing from the alimentary Fig. 34. Angular granules seen in bene ` ^ s : Chatogaste- limnai groups beneath the integument in the most actively growing parts of -wall, brought out by weak acetic The organ is very imperfectly developed, and ommunicates with the exterior) can be traced. Fig. 35. Large hexagonal EE? of the stomach and intestine aini | l » contaı wn gra Fig. 36. Two of the same, free, one showing cilia. E e dro Fig. 37. Part of the stomach-wall in optical transverse secti ERC bg -vessels; cc, cilia lining the H | f j "S Ay SO, FAT. gon A Map Deeg oe Shenae [ 647 ] XV. On the Variations of the angular divergencies of the Leaves of Helianthus tuberosus. By the Rev. GEORGE HENSLOXM4 DM. A., F. L.S. (Plate L.) Read April 16th, 1868. THE angular divergences of leaves and their homologous appendages, as represented by the different fractions of the well-known series, are for the most part tolerably constant ; but it sometimes happens that in following the leaves spirally up a stem, we find vertieally over the leaf selected as the first a different one from that which we should have expected. That cycle, therefore, must be represented by a different fraction to the one preceding. Again, in continuing our observations from the point last reached, we find perhaps : the same number of leaves after the same number of revolutions in the third cycle as in the first; or, on the other hand, the leaf in the same vertical line may be found only after an additional number of revolutions, and the cycle which ends at that point will accordingly be represented by a higher fraction of the series. Again, if any number of stems on which the leaves are very numerous and their internodes short, or of cones on which the scales are very crowded, be taken, and we attempt to make out the angular divergences of their generating spirals, difficulties frequently arise—partly because the growth of the leaves or scales may not be exactly the same throughout, partly in consequence of some slight torsion of the axis, or from some unaccountable cause, independently of the fact that the generating spirals of cones very frequently belong to some curviserial form * ; so that we may be at a loss to select the leaf or scale placed actually, or even nearly, vertically above the one selected below, especially as in many cases the spiral does not admit of strict verticality. In examining the arrangements of the leaves on about eighty stems of the Jerusalem Artichoke, I found a very considerable amount of variation. The following divergencies were especially common :— $ occurred on about .... 28 per cent.t of the stems examined. Š HI E 40 » si 7 3 H 23 a e i A decussate arrangement 47 » » dé $ throughout the stem . . 11 » » - $ an an 12 39 33 H A tricussate} arrangement 15 » » ei i : : + * Curviserial divergences are those, for the most part, represented by the higher fractions of the senes, #.9. zy; i$ &e., whose denominators are irrational, or no measure of the circumference. T d.e. for one, two, or more cycles only. t Ladopt the word “ trieussate” for whorls of three leaves each, in which the leaves of each whorl alternate with ~ those of the whorls above and below it. bag ee ee ee E Ee A ee VEEN EEN 648 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN In endeavouring to trace the transitions which so frequently occurred in the stems from one kind of divergence to the other, I met with some which were new to me. Thus $ was, as given above, by no means uncommon; another was 4335; and occasionally an approximation to + and „5 appeared. Now these fractions can manifestly be arranged into a series analogous to the usual one, viz. :— ze 9 In In Ke. ; where we see at once, by comparing them with $ ZS $, I» &C., that while they retain the same numerators, the denominators of the successive fractions of this secondary series consist of the sum of the numerators and denominators of the corresponding fractions of the first or primary series, as I propose to call it. I must here observe that the primary series arises from a fact which appears to be a very important one, and, as far as I am aware, has not hitherto been noticed, ©. e. that every coil of the helix commencing with the position of any leaf, contains two other leaves beside the initial one. Thus, referring to fig. 1, if we start from leaf No.1, No. 4 is not reached until after the coil has been completed, on arriving at the vertical line through the initial leaf; similarly, commencing with No. 4, No.7 is found to be in the next coil; so that no such coil ever contains more than three leaves. In the secondary series every such coil will contain four leaves. The same numerators are retained for the corresponding fractions of both series, as they represent the number of coils in each cycle, and they are not altered by the number of leaves being increased in each coil. In a similar way it may be seen that tertiary, quaternary, and other series might be deduced, in which each coil will contain five, six, or more leaves successively, And, further, the following algebraical expressions will represent every series of divergence. Let o be any number; then the fractions pue: a a oh UR a a a atl 2atl 3a+2 5a+3 8a49 7 are quite general, and will include the angular divergences of all generating spirals. They are based upon the principle that any portion of the spiral subtending 360°, i. e. a single coil of the helix as above described, contains a+1 leaves. To each series there T initial fraction, viz., to the primary 4, to the secondary i, to the tertiary 1, &c., which must be exempted from the foregoing remarks, as the leaves in a projected coil of the spiral corresponding to these fractions are but two, three, four, &e., respectively. ns are the connecting links between It will be hereafter shown how these initial fractio the several systems or series of divergences *, THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 649 On the Transitions from one kind of divergence to another of the same or of different series. On referring to the diagram (fig. 1.) of the divergence A. of the primary series, it will be seen that in consequence of no projected coil, as described above, containing more than three leaves, the angular divergences of all the spirals of these series will neces- sarily lie between 120° and 180° inclusive, or those represented by 4 or 4, and particular numbers will arrange themselves right and left, and nearest to the assumed vertical line corresponding to any generating spiral. Thus, for the fraction +y, two numbers in close proximity to this line, and situated below the 22nd leaf (which commences the second cycle), are the 9th and 14th. These, together with the initial leaf selected as No. 1 of the generating spiral, form the commencement of two secondary spirals through the numbers 1, 9, 17, 25, 33, 41, &c., and 1, 14, 27, 40, &c., the angular divergences of which, as generating spirals, would be represented by the fractions $ and Ze respectively. Hence it can be seen that by shifting, as it were, the 22nd leaf to the one side or the other, some other leaf will fall exactly or approximately over the first, and the generating spiral will no longer be represented by ry, but by some other fraction. And as the leaves nearest to the vertical line passing through the 1st and 22nd leaf are those which commence the second cycles of spirals, represented by fractions 75 on the one hand, and 13 on the other, these are found to be the divergencies into which 3 would most readily pass. Similarly, if a vertical line be drawn corresponding to the jj divergence, by a slight movement to the left (suppose), the 22nd leaf comes most nearly over the first, and the spiral arrangement of Ær is obtained; but if a greater displacement to the right had taken place, the 9th leaf would have fallen over it; or, again, by a still greater displace- ment to the left, the sixth will be vertically over the first ; and we thus pass into the arrangements for the generating spirals represented by the fractions 3 and $ respectively. Exactly analogous results can be obtained from the secondary and other series of fractions ; for if we select the line passing through the 1st and 19th leaves, or the vertical line for the divergence 45, we can, by supposing a slight deviation to the right, bring the 29th leaf over the 1st, so that the generating spiral would now become 3$. Likewise by a deviation to the left the 12th leaf would arrive over the first, and a transition be thus obtained into the divergence jj; or, if we had first chosen the vertical for this arrangement, i. e. a line through the Ist and 12th leaves, then it is easy to see how a change can be effected, either into the lower members of the series 2 or 4, or to the higher one 4&. Generalizing these remarks, it becomes clear that similar transitions can be presumed possible in all other series, and, further, that any one series can pass into another, di vided it be represented by a generating spiral, the angular divergence of which is a low one in that series, i. e. either itself being one of the divergences 3, 4,4% &e., or capable of passing into one of them, as, from these, passages may be presumed possible from the primary into the secondary, secondary into tertiary, and vice versd respectively, inas- much as each of these fractions is common to two series. VOL. XXVI. 650 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN On the Methods of ascertaining the Numerator and Denominator of Fractions representing generating spirals of all series. In order to find the numerator and denominator of the fraction representing a generating spiral, where the leaves or scales are so crowded that it cannot be readily discovered by inspection alone, the usual rules are as follows :—Either to affix*, first of all, the proper numbers to each scale, and then observe that which falls upon the scale vertically over the first, and which, lessened by 1, gives the denominator; while, to find the numerator, the axis must be allowed to revolve, when the number of revolutions made in passing from No. 1 to the scale over it will give it. Or, if we take the common differences corresponding to the two secondary spirals which pass through the scale selected as No. 1, and also the scales nearest to, but immediately below, the scale ver- tically over the first, the sum of these common differences supplies the denominator, and the smaller of them the numerator. The former of the two methods will apply to any spiral ofany series. The latter rule, though of application in the primary, fails to give the nwmerator for any divergence other than those included in that series; but if it be remembered that the numerators are respectively the same for the corresponding fractions of every series, no great difficulty will be met with in affixing the right one to any denominator. This arises from the fact that the number of coils in a cycle is the same for all such fractions, the real difference being in the number of leaves in a coil. Thus 3, p £z are the third fractions in the primary, secondary, and tertiary series, in which each coil of a cycle has 3, 4, 5 leaves respectively. The fact of each coil having the same number of leaves, whatever arrangement be taken (provided it be from one and the same series), appears to be a very important principle, and hitherto, I believe, overlooked. Yet it is mainly t upon this fact that all caleulations are really based. That this is the case will be understood from the fact that if any spiral of the primary series, by a diminution of the angular divergence, were to possess four leaves in a single coil, it would become a member of the secondary series. Similarly, if a spiral of the secondary series shall possess five leaves in any of its coils, it will pass into the tertiary series. On certain Relations between the Fractions of the several Numerical Series. It has been already noticed that the sum fraction in one series forms the denominato r of i Ee: Ä series; thus, if they be written down as follows, d ae M E Va Primary series Arta t $ 3 3; , Yn Sr, 345 &e., Gest series (b bh d X5 H, Se : * It is assumed that the un 3 b 5 b ie Ys 3n $$, &e., t It must be remembered that erung Denge usually given in elementary text-books. MU Kiia, ia is TES Gn e Less of "i 2nd leaf of a spiral of the primary series has a range of 60? inclusively, there must be some « Se güiding bas > ud angular divergences of that series lie between 1 and } covered) which gives these secon principle" (for ee of a better expression till the cause be dis- certain points within that range, and corresponding to "tendi d leaves a tendeney to stay at ecessive convergents Be : ER ` ergents of the Primary series, the limiting point being at an angle of 137° 30’ 28", of the numerator and denominator of any E i i DE A EES AA E EE OSERE c ei ee TL CO ne. Sai aes REUS E NETUS d ; a eee THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 651 it will be at once seen that 5+2, or the sum of the denominator and numerator of the third fraction of the primary series supplies the denominator 7 to the third fraction of the secondary series, and so on. Next, it may be observed that the same connexion which has been long noticed in the primary series holds good also for all others, viz., the sum of the denorainakens of any two adjacent fractions is the denominator of the next succeding, e. g. 7+11=18, Ee, Again, it has been noticed that in the primary series any numerator is the same number as the denominator of the fraction next but one preceding it. Now this relation cannot be maintained in any other series; but if it be remembered that the denominators can be formed by adding the numerator and denominator of the corresponding fraction of the preceding series, the true and general relation at once appears, as in the following examples :— The denominator of the fraction $ supplies the numerator to the fraction 3; but in the secondary series the denominator is 11(—8--3); so also in the tertiary series the denominator of the corresponding fraction is 14(=11+3=8+2x3). Hence it appears > . nä 3 3 that the fourth fractions might be arranged as follows :—ẹ 373 gyaxg 843x39 «C Generalizing from this observation, if ; represent any fraction of the primary series, E T s 75i will represent the corresponding fractions of the secondary, tertiary, and quaternary series respectively. Lastly, MM. Schimper and Braun have shown that the fractions of these series are the d $ : 1 1 1 l 1 à ee, one abe docu c uccessive convergents of the continued fractions FA pie RE ile T 1 1 D sis D e 3— M 5* 5— M5 E Iu &c. the limiting values of which are represented by meer ae E 7—V5 gg » &e., respectively, which, when multiplied by 360^, give the angles 137° 30' 28", 99° 20 6", 77^ 57 19" as the limiting angular divergences for the first three series respectively. [Vide Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2"* ser. vii. 1837.] ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE TRANSITIONS FROM ONE DIVERGENCE TO ANOTHER AMONGST THE LEAVES OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. I. Transitions Jrom the Decussate arrangement into Spirals of the Primary series. The stems, the leaves of which commence at the base in a decussate manner, had, on the average, seven pairs of opposite leaves placed alternately at right angles to each * The method of obtaining this result will be understood from the following :— Lolo l dumis n o i, ME wee let der iE &e., and y as 1 . #5—1 from the equation «= we obtain — 5 88 the value of x, 1+x and therefore ge 75,532 ` 4x2 652 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN other; but above them the leaves gradually assumed some spiral form by shifting to the right or left (i. e. of the observer in front). i. No instance of a direct change from opposite leaves into the 4 arrangement presented itself; indeed, to accomplish this, the divergence would have had to pass from one limit to the other, 7. e. from 180° to 120°. ii. The change from the decussate into the 2 divergence occurred not unfrequently. The method by which it was effected will be understood by reference to the diagram (fig. 2), in which it will be observed that the positions of the leaves numbered 1 and 9 are not strictly opposite, and that radii drawn from them to the centre do not pass at right angles to the diameter through the asterisks which indicate the position of the highest pair of opposite leaves; so that these radii include an angle of about 150°. Again, by a similar approximation of the 3rd and 4th, and of the 5th and Gth leaves, we find, on completing the second turn of the spiral, that the 6th leaf is over the first ; so that a transition into the $ divergence has been established from this point. it must be noted that the angles between the radii drawn from the centre through successive leaves of this first, and of what might be called transitional cycle, do not accurately equal 144^ or 2%x360°, as indicated by the dotted radii. But as the spiral arrangement is continued up the stem and into the terminal bud, the leaves seem to "right" themselves, as it were; so that the appearance of the spiral in the neighbour- hood of the summit is more accurate than at the point of departure from the highest pair of opposite leaves. iii. In a similar manner to the above, direct transitions into the & arrangement occurred quite as often as into the $, the only difference being that the angle included between radii drawn to the pair of leaves which converge to one side is less than 150°, —indeed, nearly, if not quite accurately, 135°, arrangement. iv. Only one instance occurred where o directly into the 34. When this fraction w shifting of the leaves in the cycle follow $ divergence. which is the angular divergence of the 2 pposite leaves were resolved in a similar way as otherwise represented, it was due to a slight ing upon one or more preceding cycles of the IL. Transitions from the Decussate arrangement into Spirals of the Secondary series. i. No instance of a direct transiti presented itself * on from the decussate into the 1 arrangement D je 4 * Al : bu pa ues: of decussate leaves ri right angles to each other, and therefore, if projected on a plane, isl ar civergence of 90°, or }, yet, if the internodes be developed, the order of the leaves could not be such as 1s required for the 4 arrangement, but would be thus,— Although no such transition occurred with decussat i cussate ] this process ^ ; : | up of tricussate leaves, as will be shown hereafter, ae Pr was frequently illustrated in the breaking THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 653 ii A transition from opposite leaves into the 7 occurred in about 15 per cent of those stems commencing at the base with decussate leaves. It can apparently only be effected by some previous approximation to the *'trieussate" grouping of leaves. The process will be best understood by referring to the diagram (fig. 5), which illustrates the actual position as observed in nature ; in which it will be noticed that, from the 1st to the 9th leaf, the spiral is to the left, and that, in consequence of the 8th and 9th leaves becoming confluent, the latter is ranged over the first, while the 10th becomes nearly opposite and is over the second. From this point (the 10th leaf) the spiral turns to the right, and, by the 14th and 15th, the 17th and 18th, becoming confluent, the 17th leaf is over the 10th, and thus the 7 arrangement is commenced, and henceforth continued uninter- ruptedly into the undeveloped terminal bud. A more usual way, however, of passing from opposite leaves into the 7 arrangement is by throwing out an extra leaf at right angles to the diameter passing through them (fig. 6), and by converging the first pair towards the opposite side, and in this manner exhibiting a tendency to produce a whorl of three leaves, and consequently four in any single coil commeneing with the position of some leaf. A point to be observed in this method is, that if the confluent pair be exactly on the same level, either one may be taken as the second leaf of a cycle commencing with the first isolated leaf. Thus the 8th or 9th leaf will be immediately over the 1st, according as the spiral is chosen to one side or the other, corresponding to the divergences $ or $ respectively. The leaves of each confluent pair generally become isolated at last, one being elevated above the other, so that a true spiral is ultimately secured. It must be observed that the same angular distance between the two confluent leaves answers for two kinds of spiral, viz. % and 3. This is of course, strictly speaking, impos- sible, as the angular divergence for 2 is 102° DU 77" 4p, and for 3, 135^; but this condi- tion is only transitional. When the leaves become isolated the proper angular divergence is subsequently secured, and is generally 7. iii, The next fraction of the secondary series is yr. This was only occasionally represented, with a commencement of decussate leaves at the base of the stem, by a previous transition into the 2 spiral—and by the “vertical” line passing through the Ist, 8th, and 15th leaves being itself really inclined, and so forming a secondary spiral, in consequence of which the 12th leaf falls approximately over the Ist. iv. In like manner 45 was occasionally reached by a passage through 74 and 7. III. Transitions from the Tricussate arrangement into Spirals of the Primary serves. tly into the 3 arrangement; yet a 4th leaf would fall nearly over d of a direct transition into the s are more readily resolvable are most readily convertible i. Three vertieillate leaves were never resolved direc in certain stages of change it occasionally happened that another selected as the Ist. Similarly no case appeare 5 arrangement. Indeed it appears that tricussate verticil Into spirals of the secondary series, just as decussate leaves into those of the primary. ii. The diagram (fig. 7) will illustrate the manner of trans into the 2 divergence, a change which occurred in about 30 per cent. ition from trieussate leaves In this case the 654 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN 3rd leaf is isolated; but the 2nd, though still confluent with the 1st (as indieated by the thickened line in the fig.), is slightly raised. Similarly the 5th, though united to the 4th by the broad base of the petiole, is at a slightly higher level. The same remark applies to the 8th; but the internode between the two confluent leaves, the 7th and 8th, is now much increased. Above the 8th the leaves are entirely free; and finally the 9th is vertically over the 1st, so that the $ divergence is established. IV. Transitions from the Tricussate arrangement into Spirals of the Secondary series. i. No direct change from tricussate into 4 or 1 occurred. ii, A change from vertieils of threes into the 2. was frequent. It takes place in the following manner:—The 1st step is to cause the three leaves of the different whorls to separate slightly by a development of their internodes. "Then, if any two consecutive whorls be examined, the order of succession of the six leaves (No. 1 being the lowest leaf) is thus,— 6 in which it will be noticed that the 4th leaf, instead of being over the interval between the 1st and 2nd, is over that between the 1st and 9rd; sothat the angle between the 1st and 2nd leaves, or between the 2nd and 9rd, is double that between the 3rd and 4th. These latter, it will be remembered, are separated by a long internode. The same order obtains with the succeeding whorls; the nodes, however, are now much more widely separated, while a true spiral arrangement, with the same angular distance between all its leaves, is ultimately secured, and is henceforth continued uninterruptedly into the terminal bud, and represented by the fraction 4. Another method of separation of the three leaves of the whorls consists in one leaf only becoming isolated (as was the case in the transition from tricussate into 2 diver- gence), while the other two remain coherent at the same level. The result obtained in this case, it will be remembered, is | from decussate leaves, passing through the s converge to one side. On the one hand, by secured (as described THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 655 V. Transitions from Divergences of the Primary to those of the Secondary series. Transitions from one series to another upon the same stem do not appear to be readily effeeted. It rarely if ever occurs amongst the spirals of the Helianthus without some intermediate verticillate (either actual or approximate) arrangement. If it be remembered, however, that for the primary series all divergences lie between 120° and 180° inclusively—for the secondary series, between 90° and 120°—and for the tertiary between 7 2° and 90°, it will be seen that to pass from the primary to the secondary the angle must be as near 120° as possible, or that represented by 3. Now as this fraction is common both to the primary and secondary series, we can conceive of a passage from one series to another through that divergence. Similarly through 4, or 90°, a passage could be effected from the secondary to the tertiary. Hence the series 4, b 3 &c., would be the fractions indicating what might be called transitional divergences. Such, however, was not the method obtaining amongst the leaves of Helianthus tuberosus. The diagram (fig. 8) illustrates an instance where the leaves at the base of the stem were arranged for the first cycle according to the $ divergence (primary series) and revolving to the right. In consequence, however, of some misplacement in the second cycle, the 9th leaf fell over the 6th, ?. e. the 1st leaf in that cycle, which must therefore be represented by 3. In the third cycle there was a return to the 3, as shown by the 14th leaf being over the 9th. In this cycle the 11th and 12th, as also the 14th and 15th in the next, became confluent, indicating therefore an attempt at a verticillate grouping. The 16th, 17th and 18th leaves were free, and, though distant about 120° from each other, were not at the same level. From this point a sudden change to two perfect whorls of three each occurred. Then a new spiral (of the secondary series) abruptly followed, revolving to the left, and containing four leaves in each coil, starting from No. 1 (bis). Of this spiral the first two leaves most nearly in the same vertical line were the 18th and 24th ; and as there were three coils between them, the angular divergence now represented by the leaves was A. No further change occurred up the stem. I may here mention that MM. Bravais and Martin observe that when transitions occur from one series to another, it is by nature selecting, as it were, for the change a new denominator as nearly the same as possible to the preceding; thus 43; (in the tertiary series) may be followed by 35; (in the secondary series). They, however, do not cite an example; and I would add that I met with no such instance; for in the Helianthus the change was almost invariably effected by an intermediate (either actual or approximate) verticillate arrangement. The following examples will illustrate the principal cases of change from one kind of angular divergence to another on the same stem :— : e ai leit beet, B o different whorls have notice the occurrence of changes from verticils to spirals and vice versá. They state that if tw ! an intermediate spiral by which they are connected, then the fraction representing this spiral will be an arithmetic Dean between the divergences of the whorls. Thus if a whorl represented by (4) be connected with a whorl of (1), intermediate spiral will be known by A. They do not mention individual cases. (Ann. des Se. Nat. 2"* ser. vul. p. 170.) No such arrangement appeared amongst the leaves of the Helianthus. 656 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN I. Commencing with a decussate arrangement (D) at the base of the stem :— 1. D into 2 into 2 into 2 iii ice chins: A 4. 33 33 $ 25 7 5. 23 23 3 99 414 into 3 6. 33 LE Ti 35 +1% lic, I3 » í 8. ae v3 (24-1)t an 3 9. >» 95 (2+1) » 7 II. Commencing with a tricussate arrangement (T) at the base of the stem :— l. Tinto #3 = son E+ mto} B 2 & 3, Dr into 2 "wow, Um s III. Commeneing with an alternate arrangement at the base of the stem :— l. $ into — $ into 45 into 3 2 €T. i 3. 3 ,5 i EE 5 4. $ , (24-1) 6.3 , (241) Hypothetical Origin of the prevailing series. By referring to the diagram (fig. 9) it will be seen that the angular distances included by the limiting positions of the second leaves decrease according as the spirals belong to the secondary, tertiary, quaternary, &c. series; so also does the number of leaves in a single coil increase correspondingly ; and ` therefore the higher the series the more nearly does any spiral belonging to it approach the verticillate condition, provided the internodes be but slightly developed. Now, if it be true that these higher series were more abundantly represented amongst “fossil vegetables," as M. Decandolle} remarks, or if, as Mr. Haughton$ says, the verticillate a T. at least by the orders Filices, Equisetacese, inp i n. dea rm ^ think, have some grounds for at least imagining such ondar disi cu e Iorerunners of spirals of the lower series, such as of the X primary of the present day. But if we attempt to explain how such 5 The «ymbol (+) indicates « approximately,” i ce T. the case of two confluent leaves together with one single leaf. P 1865), ngle Unique en Phyllotaxie. Par M. C. DeCandolle" (Archives des Sciences Phys. et Nat. $ Manual of Geology. By Rev. Sam. Haughton, p. 245. of all generating spirals, commencing at 0, a THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 657 change came about, it can only be by mere Speculation. We ‚might, for instance, imagine that the crowded state of the leaves which must obtain where there is a com- paratively large number in the same coil or circle might not be so advantageous to their development as a more scattered condition*. And hence we may be led to think that natural selection may have had some influence in bringing about these changes. We might be induced to speculate still further, and say that the verticillate, including oppo- site leaves, was the earliest arrangement, and that the spiral condition was a subsequent evolution; while the various changes of divergence of the Helianthus might remind us that it appears much easier to resolve verticils into spirals than to convert spirals into verticils. So, too, if analogy might be brought to bear upon this point, we might think that as “radial symmetry” (as we might call it) is characteristic of a lower organization amongst animals than the bilateral and integrated condition of organs belonging to those of a higher organization, so the multiplication of leaves and their more or less verticillate arrangement, might perhaps hint at an original truth, now well nigh obscured, if not obliterated by the evolution of ages. But putting all such speculations aside, no suc- cessful attempt has hitherto been made to ascertain the cause of any definite arrange- ment existing at all. We are quite as unable to explain it as to give a reason why the numbers 5 and 4 prevail among the parts of Dicotyledonous flowers, and 3 among those of Monocotyledons. ` So, again, if we limit our inquiries to the condition of the primary series alone, we find, as a fact in nature, that if we assume any leaf as No. 1, then No. 2 lies between 120° and 180° inclusively, and that, too, either to the right or to the left. If we are asked why it is so, we can give no answer. Further, starting with this con- dition, we find that the position of this 2nd leaf is not anywhere along that arc, but that it has an inherent tendency to take up a definite point as its position; and, again, when we compare the positions of all such 2nd leaves in a variety of plants, or, as has been shown, in the Helianthus tuberosus alone, we find that the series of points between 120° and 180° affect an approach towards some limiting and inter- mediate point, which point, however, no known example has ever reached. If we ask, again, why the 2nd leaves endeavour to take up these definite positions and are not anywhere over the arc, there is as yet no answer to this question, any more than to the first. All that appears capable of exact statement is, that such are the condi- tions found to exist in nature, and that when the angles between the first and second leaves of all the different generating spirals are measured, and represented as frac- tional parts of the circumference, they are found to bear such relations to one another, when Written down in succession, as obtain between the successive convergents of the Continued fraction of the general form -= x — = Se, PR erhaps the fact that in many cases where leaves occur either in a verticillate or fasciculate Wees they are unfrequently more or less inclined to be linear or acieular in form, may give some a x this sas * m ` least is the case in the following orders and genera :—Conifere, Galiaces, Equisetace® ; ee er t Ett llum. Conversely, we might imagine a more scattered condition favourable to a grea VOL. XXVI. = 658 REV. G. HENSLOW ON THE VARIATIONS IN EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. T Tas. L. Fig. 1. Projection of the divergence fr- The arrows indicate the secondary spirals, $ to the right, and 3 to the left. Obs. The numbers in each figure indicate the position of the leaves. Fig. 2. This projection shows the method of passing from the decussate condition into the divergence 2. The dotted lines give the true angle (144°) between the first two leaves for this divergence. The number 2 indicates the actual position of the second leaf. Obs. The * * (as also in figs. 3, 4, 5, 6) show the position of the pair of opposite leaves immediately preceding the spiral arrangements. Fig. 3. Illustration of the usual method of change from the decussate condition into the divergence 3. This is effected, as also shown in fig. 2, by a convergence of two leaves to one side; but the angle at the centre between them is less than in the case of a change to the divergence 2. Fig. 4. Illustration of a change from the decussate condition into the divergence $; or 7; approximately. Obs. In these cases the divergences being irrational, and the 14th or 22nd leaf being at a con- siderable distance above the Ist, it is somewhat difficult to say which divergence might represent most nearly the generating spiral. Fig. 5, Illustration of a change,—1st, from the decussate arrangement into the divergence 2, the spiral turning to the left, and terminating with the 9th leaf; secondly, from the 10th leaf the spiral is reversed, is right-handed, and belongs to the divergence 7. Obs. The thickened portions of the spiral between the Nos. 8 and 9, 14 and 15, 17 and 18, 20 and 21, signify that the leaves corresponding to those pairs of numbers respectively cohere by the expanded base of their petioles. (The same occurs in figs. 6, 7, 8.) Fig. 6. This diagram illustrates a case where a pair of leaves, above a previously decussate arrangement, have converged to one side. Their supposed original position is indicated by the * *. The bases of their petioles remain confluent. A third leaf (No. 1) is thrown out on the opposite side, all three being on the same horizontal plane. This process here occurs five times; subsequently the true spiral arrangement of the divergence 2 is eliminated by the development of the internodes. Obs. 1. As each group of three leaves is on one and the same plane, if the odd one be fixed upon as No. 1, it is optional which leaf is selected as No. 2. Hence, if the one to the right be taken as No. 2, the leaf immediately over the first will be No. 8; and the arrangement must be represented by #. But if the one to the left be chosen as No. 2, then the same leaf imme- nn a. over the first will be No. 9; and this arrangement must be represented by $. . 2. In some cases the ultimate spiral was never eliminated. (see fig. 5), but the grouping (2+1), or two leaves united and one free, and all on the same horizontal plane, was continued unin- terruptedly to the summit of the stem. Ne E lan: change from ER trieussate arrangement into the divergence + The sehn oi di cic are nearly in their original position, the 1st and 2nd being slightly respectively ; but above th a = sies we en — nn um "esp Si Com E. g e mer become entirely free by the development of ke: o ie thn er g now eliminated, this arrangement is continued uninterruptediY | "n Sit Miti represents a case where the leaves commence (at the base of the stem) with the er e a The See $ to the right, "a for one cycle only; so that the 6th leaf is over the st. ss cycle belongs to the divergence !, by the 9th leaf bein áth one coil s g over the 6th with on THE PHYLLOTAXIS OF HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS. 659 only; but the 14th, after two coils, appearing in the same vertical line, there is a return to the divergence 2. The 11th and 12th, as also the 14th and 15th, leaves cohere respectively. At the 18th leaf the spiral ceases. Then followed two whorls of three leaves each, as shown by the dots. A new spiral £o the left next commences [from 1 (bis)] ; and as the 24th is the first leaf which is found to fall as nearly vertical as possible over any one preceding (viz. 13th), and as there are three coils from 13th to the 24th, the divergence A is established, and thence- forward continued upwards without further interruption. Fig. 9. This diagram illustrates the limiting positions of leaves of spirals corresponding to divergences of the different series. If 0° be the position of any leaf taken as the commencement of any spiral arrangement of the primary series, then the second leaf of that spiral will fall between 120° and 180° inclusively. Similarly any second leaf of a spiral of the secondary series falls between 90° and 120° inclusively. ' And of the tertiary series any second leaf will fall between 72° and 90°. In a like manner | *]imiting arcs," as they may be called, can be found for all higher series, which, it will be observed, decrease in size as the No. of the series increases. The “limiting angle” to which all divergences of the primary series continuously approx- imate as they ascend that series is 137° 30' 28". The same for the secondary series is 99° 30' 6". The same for the tertiary series is 77° 57' 19". Trans. Linn. Soc. VoLXXVL, Tan 50 . G Jarman sc ET eh FRE BEC S XVI. On Branched Palms in Southern India. By 8. Putney Ne e ELS, Ge. Travancore. Read November 21st, 1867. (Plate LI.) THE figures contained in the accompanying Plate represent Branched Palmyra and Cocoa-nut trees, as well as monstrosities of flowers of these Palms, as particularized below. Plate LI. fig. 1 represents a ramification in Palmyra (Borassus flabelliformis) possessing entire branches and four abortive—two on either side. Fig. 2 represents a ramification in Borassus flabelliformis, principally into two, but in one instance into three branches. Fig. 3 (on the extreme right) represents a dichotomous division in a Cocoa-nut Palm (Cocos nucifera). Just above the bifurcation the trunk is narrow, and below it there are two or three holes, caused by the burrowing of insects, by which the original leaf-bud has been destroyed. The woodcut, fig. 1, represents the flower-stalk of a Cocoa-nut, exhibiting the evolution of vernal leaves from a division of the spadix. The greater portion of the flower-buds in this tree possess this tendency; and the fruits thus formed do not attain to any per- fection, but dry and wither away, together with the leaves, within a month after their formation. In each spadix there are, on an average, forty of these shoots of vernal leaves. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. flower on a Palmyra tree. This the drawing is taken is kept in a itted to take the sketch of it. 4Z Woodeut, fig. 2, represents a monstrosity of a male n peculiar and rare. The specimen from which du temple; and it was with great difficulty I was pe VOL. XXVI. is 662 DR. PULNEY ANDY ON BRANCHED PALMS IN SOUTHERN INDIA. Ramification in Indian Palms is very uncommon ; and the only variety in which this peculiarity is known is in the Doum-Palm of Egypt. Although it appears rather difficult to account for such variation, yet it must be admitted that, without an axillary leaf-bud, from some unknown cause or accident, the ramification could not have originated. It appears to me that the leaf-bud, either from a tendency to duplication or from accidental causes, such as partial destruction of the original leaf-bud by insects, chiefly of the beetle kind, remains inactive until a succeeding one shoots out, when it becomes revived, and thus gives rise to an additional branch. A similar view, I believe, is also prevalent among some intelligent native farmers here with reference to the specimen in Plate LI. fig. 3. From inquiries, I learn that as many as twelve branches have been observed in the Palmyra, as well as dichotomous division in the Areca-nut Palm. A tree of the latter kind is reported to have been in existence in the town of Trevandrum ; and it is only about two or three years ago that it was thrown down during stormy weather. Twins and triplets amongst Palmyra and Cocoa-nut trees are very common; and I was shown on one occasion a specimen of five shoots of a Cocoa-nut Palm coming out from a single bed, said to be from one seed, and five years old; but they appeared to be about the size of a six months’ growth of an ordinary Palm. I offered a good reward to the owner to dig out the plant, to ascertain the truth, but he persistently refused to permit me to do so. As regards the specimen of a spadix of the Cocoa-nut Palm throwing out the vernal leaves, one is struck with the truth of the flowers being nothing but the modification of leaves; and, in my opinion, the flower-bud cannot, by such metamorphosis, give rise to ramification in a Palm without a true axillary leaf-bud. The fact of the vernal leaves withering away within a month of their formation is in itself a sufficient proof. However, as my knowledge and researches on the subject are limited, I beg leave to place the matter before the Linnean Society. E : = N Ec = E< SS Sir > = "m DEP E W.E Fitch del et Lith. THE TRANSACTIONS OF J THE LINNEAN SUDIELY OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVI. PART THE FOURTH. LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. M.DCCC.LXX. CONTENTS. PART IV.—1870. XVII. Contributions towards the History of Zamia Gigas, Lindl. & Hutt. By W.C. WILLIAMSON, F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in Owens College. Communi- cated by WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Esq., KLS, . . . . . . . . page 663 XVIII. On Fossil Cycadean Stems from the Secondary Rocks of Britain. By Wo. CAR- BoMERS, Bey, PLS, PGR o m n s goes 675 —————————————————— a ee m E ln nl ni ase vc meo eme psp RENT [ 663 ] XVII. Contribute as towards the History of Zamia Gigas, Lindl. § Hutt.* By W.C. WILLIAMSON, F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in Owens College. Communi- cated by WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Esq., F.L.S. Read June 4th, 1868. (Plates LII. & LIII.) THE rich geological district known as the “ Yorkshire Coast” has furnished no more interesting subject for investigation than the Zamia Gigas, Lindl. & Hutt. The frond of this plant was first figured in Young and Bird’s ‘Geological Survey of the Yorkshire Coast’ (tab. 2. fig. 6). In Prof. Phillips’s ‘Geology of the Yorkshire Coast’ a few leaf- lets were given under the name of Cycadites gramineus (tab. 10. fig. 2). It was after- wards figured, from one of my drawings, in Lindley and Hutton’s ‘Fossil Flora’ (tab. 165), under the name of Zamia Gigas, and I learn from M. Adolphe Brongniart that this represents Zamia Mantelli of his ‘ Prodrome’ (p. 199). In Young and Bird’s work some curious fossils are represented whose nature was wholly unknown to the authors; but they suggested that they might be related to the frond already referred to. This suggestion was based upon the fact that the two fossils were found in the same stratum, and not upon a study of their structure ; nevertheless it is probably correct. | In 1832 my father drew my attention to some fine specimens of these anomalous objeets, which he had just discovered at Hawsker. In 1833 I accompanied him to this locality and succeeded in obtaining additional illustrative specimens, so that, ina memoir presented to the Geological Society of London in May 1834, I ventured to suggest that these organisms were “apparently connected with the fructification of a Cycas” (Geol. Trans. 2nd series, vol. v. p. 230). Nothing further was published respecting them, except an imperfect example figured in Mantell’s * Medals of Creation,’ until 1847, when e brief notices appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Philosophical Society of Yorkshire, = one by James Yates, Esq., F.R.S., who has laboured diligently in accumulating speci- mens illustrative of these Cycads, and the other by myself. In the latter communi- cation several points were specified which further inquiry has confirmed; some others were advanced hypothetically, which I have since found to be either wholly erroneous or to require considerable modification. More recently I have examined additional specimens in the collections of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society, of the late Dr. Murray and Mr. Bean of Scarborough; and Mr. Ripley of Whitby. Through the latter gentleman I received two invaluable ne. belonging to the Philosophical Society of Whitby, the Council of whieh Society not o à; y allowed me the use of them, but, with praiseworthy liberality, permitted me to exercise * Ih “ven by Lindley and Hutton, although Mr. Carruthers has, in a memoir Ne iride, is entree of associating my name. 5A VOL. XXVI. (— 664 "^ MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. my chisel upon them for the purpose of making out some obscure points in their struc- ture, a permission which led to important results. From the specimens thus brought under examination, I have selected the most important; and after describing these indi- vidually, I will endeavour, so far as the materials admit, to restore the entire plant. But in attempting this I would carefully distinguish between unquestionable facts and dubious inferences. The facts to which I wish to call attention are reliable. How far my interpretation of them may prove correct remains to be seen. Amongst the broken débris which falls from the cliffs of Hawsker and Runswick are numerous masses of-hard ferruginous sandstone belonging to the ** Lower Sandstone and Shale” of Phillips. These masses appear to fall from a stratum about 20 feet thick, which is only separated from the Inferior Oolite by a few feet of carbonaceous shale. The ferruginous blocks furnish the specimens under consideration, associated with Cyca- dean fronds, fragments of coniferous wood, some ferns, and occasionally an undescribed jointed stem, having the outward aspect of a Calamite; of these, the Cycadean fronds are by much the most abundant; this naturally attracted my attention when endeavour- ing to discover the complementary parts of the anomalous fossils. To suppose that the latter belonged to a plant of which no other traces had been preserved, was an improb- able idea, negatived by their comparative abundance and the small amount of mutilation they had undergone. Such traces could be found only amongst the vegetable remains of the same rocks; of these I have already enumerated the chief. With the ferns they could have no relationship, and with the jointed stem they appeared to have as little. Nothing remained, therefore, but to seek for the missing portions either amongst the coniferous fragments or amongst the Cycadean fronds. All circumstances pointed to the latter as the foliage; but a stem was wanted on which to reunite the detached parts. In 1834 I found, on a huge block of sandstone at Hawsker, the cast of a stem between 1 and 2 feet long and nearly 4 inches in diameter. Its surface was covered with scars resembling those of a Cycad. It had evidently been moulded upon the bark of a tall arborescent plant. materials for taking a cast, I could only take a hasty sketch of the specimen and leave it to its fate. containing a ing these I foun deplored the already referred ple in the Cambridge Museum), I deemed it probable plant as the Cycadean fronds. On forwarding my E = replied, ** L'empreinte contenue dans cet óchan- "rds ou plutôt l'impression d'une petite portion de l'écorce de la tige d'un Zumia Gigas. Cest une faite de plus pour giereg? in de cette plante confirmatory opinion, I need scarcely say, left me little room of my previous conclusions. From this brief sketch of the proceed to describe the specimens. MR. W. ©. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. . 665 The Stem.—The exterior exhibited numerous rhomboidal cicatrices left by the fallen fronds. The drawing (Plate LLLI. fig. 6) represents a portion of the specimen referred to. The cavity was filled with brown pulverulent carbonaceous matter, mixed with a white aluminous substance (Scarbroite), these being the remains of the solid tissues of the stems, from which all traces of minute structure had disappeared. The surface is divided by a network of elevated ridges into a number of irregular lozenge-shaped spaces, marking the existence, in the original bark, of deep clefts or fissures, separating the base — ofeach petiole from those of its neighbours. Within each area thus circumscribed is a raised oval or diamond-shaped cicatrix, surrounded by a deep depression. This was, of course, reversed in the original, and hence the cicatrix was really one with elevated margins and a depressed centre. On the surface of each cicatrix the cast exhibits, with a considerable degree of uniformity, a deep longitudinal fissure, as well as some oblique but less sharply defined ones towards the upper part. These represent corresponding projections in the stem; but whether they indicate the arrangement of the fibro-vascular bundles or irregularities resulting from accidental contraction, I am doubtful. There are also some other minor but less uniform rugosities on the surface of each cicatrix. Inthe large example at Hawsker the scars were somewhat larger and further apart than in the specimen figured; its diameter was uniform throughout, like the general habit of Cycas circinalis or C. media. In the collection of Mr. Ripley there is a specimen which is obviously the apex of a . stem with portions of seven or eight diverging fronds. As these fronds are i» situ, we have no traces of the cicatrices seen on the lower part of the stem. Its compressed con- dition, also, has almost obliterated all superficial characters. It confirms, however, what has been already said respecting the elongated contour of the original stem. Mr. Ripley’s cabinet also contains a cylindrical specimen, 4 inches in length, and having a diameter of li inch at one extremity and 14 at the other, which represents, I believe, the interior of the vascular cylinder. Its surface is marked with numerous interrupted longitudinal grooves and ridges, from half an inch to an inch long, formed by the openings through which the vascular bundles passed to the leaves. he dilated base of each rachis contracts to The Fronds.—Soon after leaving the stem t base o! a from 4 to 4 inch, and at a short distance from its origin gives off the small leaflets h until they reach from 2 to 4 | 3 asin most living Cycads; these rapidly increase in lengt ; inches. Each tee is esee slightly faleate ; its slightly contracted base is fixed somewhat obliquely upon the upper surface of the rachis ; the greatest rn of the leaflet is a little beyond its sessile base. The latter 1s usually re as .. either been planted upon an enlargement of the rachis, or has been Ze T — "2 chyma, as is common amongst living species of Encephalartos. ms D ES sep | numerous slightly divergent nervures radiating from the constricte > bens op . bout two-thirds are distributed to the upper mare of each leaflet, a te far i i ngement apex, and the remainder disappear along its inferior margin*. In this arrang ar does not agree with the entre elles et au | i Yorkshire specimens. He says, j * On this point Brongniart’s description of Zamites pa cn isi = @mongst other characteristics, that they have, “ nervures paralleles e tras-rarement bifu quent convergentes vers le sommet; fines et égales entre elles, 5a 2 rquées lorsque la foliole est élargie — N S t ume Na NE CI EU ERU EE e m IL mee LE c a ee deme Ee ea —— A E e Gam corn inre nni FR reti spit cnt 666 MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. they differ from Dion edule, and approach Encephalartos Caffer, to the leaflets of which latter species, as well as to those of Encephalartos lanuginosus, those of Zamia Gigas bear a close resemblance. Both Miquel and Brongniart have pointed out that the fronds exhibit a much closer affinity with the African and East-Indian forms than with the true Zamie of the American continent. The fronds vary in size, but have often attained a length of 3 feet. The Peduncle.—Several examples have occurred of a stem or axis covered with large acuminate scales arranged in ascending spiral lines. One of these, in the Scarborough Museum, first satisfied me that they were the squamous peduncles which had supported the singular organisms already referred to, and which I believe to be the organs of fruc- tification. Each peduncle appears to have been from 6 inches to a foot, or even more, in height, sometimes simple, at others branched. ` A bifureated specimen, belonging to Mr. Ripley, is about 2 inches in diameter. After ascending vertically for 7 inches, it dichotomizes, each branch being between 4 and 5 inches in length, and about 14 inch in diameter immediately above the divergence, but expanding to about 3 inches at its upper extremity. The scales with which it is covered of one or more circles of long lanceolate incurved scales, which, when complete, enclose : In the examples commonly seen, there is nothing preserved but the whorl of scales, as in Plate LII. fips. 6 & 7. Fig. 6 is the ; Where, owing to their extreme the scales have been broken off, revealing a concave ” I find, on the contrary, that, by their branching, dans sa partie moyenne, margin of the leaf, and that about two-thirds of the nervures disappear at the upper sessile base, the leaf contains fully one-third more nervures than start from the : MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. 667 annular area of radiating cells. Since the drawing fig. 5 was made, the specimen repre- sented has been accidently reduced to the common form, the central portion having fallen out. It now, like figs. 5 & 7, shows a central cavity, bounded inferiorly by the concave annular area. The central cavity swells out into a pyriform space once occupied by an expansion of the axis, contracting again towards its upper part, its greatest diameter being at about its lower third. The interior of this cavity is perfectly smooth in the specimen in ques- tion. Above the contracted upper extremity it developes into a structure which a second casual fracture revealed after the drawing was made, and to which I shall call attention in connexion with another specimen. Fig. 7 represents a specimen in which the inferior central portion has become detached. The frequency of this occurrence would have misled me respecting the thickness of the axis at this point, but for the solitary example described; I should have considered that part of the axis to have had, not only a diameter several times greater than has actually been the case, but that it had a convex extremity fitting into the concavity formed by the radiating structures represented in fig. 7. The base of fig. 7 exhibits two concentric circles, the intervening concave area being occupied by numerous small radiating elongated cells* arranged vertically upon the axis; the inner circular margin forms the margin of a large pyriform cavity left by the removal of the axis. I would designate this latter portion of the structure the pyriform axis. As in the case of the previous specimen, this cavity contracts superiorly, terminating in a narrow circular aperture ; this example, from the Scarborough Museum, also indicates that the outer surface of the pyriform axis has been perfectly smooth. Fig. 3, a specimen in my own cabinet, carries us a step further, showing the superior constricted part of the pyriform axis expanding into a funnel-shaped appendage, the surface of which has been strongly marked with parallel longitudinal lines. These lines are due, as other specimens demonstrate, to « cells” like those seen at the base of the involucre (fig. 7), but differently arranged, being parallel to the surface of the axis and not vertical. This new arrangement will be demonstrated from other examples. In nearly all the specimens hitherto discovered, the central axis terminates at the margin of this funnel, which is sharply defined, and at which the diverging grooves end abruptly. That this structure had supported some additional appendage appeared obvious to me; but years of research passed by before I obtained the slightest clue to the missing parts. That it had been deciduous, or at all events very liable to be a at this point, was sufficiently obvious, since of the dozens that I N, = , e à trace of the terminal organ. A specimen represented in fig. 4 gives à en "s d mation respecting the axis. Being in a hard compact stone, the Ge re x involucrum and its pyriform axis through its centre, showing that the solid and not a hollow structure; all its vegetable carbon is preserved in rahe iti i i ds of the Scarbroite so common amorphous condition, intersected with bands o s uius adibicably amongst the vegetable remains of these Yorkshire sandstones. " ter, but without any evidence _ * I shall use this word to represent these curious cavities, because I can find no better that the expression is applicable here in its physiological sense. Mn SER ie 668 MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. demonstrates the shape of the pyriform axis, and also the abrupt way in which it termi- nates superiorly on the detachment of the organ which it sustained. Fig. 5 represents a specimen closely resembling fig. 7, but giving us additional facts; it exhibits, in the interior of the pyriform peduncle, a cylinder of carbonaceous matter having well-defined boundaries. "This cylinder appears to have been separated from the surrounding cortical cells by a narrow interval, which may have been occupied by some different kind of tissue; its inner surface exhibits strongly marked longitudinal parallel grooves, which extend upwards into the constricted part of the axis. This cylinder bears the aspect of a woody zone, of which the longitudinal ridges represent vascular bundles; but if so, the vessels have been much more densely packed, as well as more regularly parallel to each other, than in recent Cycads. This specimen, belonging to Mr. Ripley, also affords indications of the extension of the pyriform axis beyond the usually terminal funnel, and shows that the latter became suddenly contracted by a curious inflexion of the tissues composing it, and further indi- cates that the centre of the lenticular disk thus formed has been extended upwards into a central prolongation. Two invaluable specimens in my own cabinet confirm and further illustrate this part of the structure. One of these contains the pyriform axis detached from the involucrum; on splitting the specimen, in order to trace its upward prolonga- tion, I obtained the conclusive results indicated (double the natural size) in figs. 7, 8, and 9 (Plate LIIT.), demonstrating the actual termination of the axis. The last two figures represent the two halves of the specimen, showing the upper extremity of the axis: the pyriform dilatation does not appear in the drawings, being on the reverse side of the fragment indieated by fig. 8; but fig. 9 exhibits the appearance this specimen would have presented had the fraeture happened to pass through the central plane of the speci- men. In fig. 8, as just stated, the pyriform axis is imbedded in the stone. It differs from all the other examples I have seen in having the interior surface of the hollow cast marked by numerous irregular longitudinal ruge. As the specimen has no traces of the involucrum attached to it, and as it is the only one in which I have found the surface of this part of the axis otherwise than smooth, I think we may attribute these rugæ to the partial shrivelling of the organism prior to its fossilization. At the base of fig. 10 we see a small portion of the grooved funnel, the striated surface of which only extends on = is between its outer margin and the constricted part of the pyri ie > vues this margin the axis rapidly contracts superiorly, in the way Sanem? ch ul ESI that the funnel-shaped structure was the inferior inh d gc Cem ts apply the name of the lenticular disk. Inferiorly, the : S been concave, and convex on its upper surface, the central portion of the latter being ria nn nn : d be designated the pyramidal axis; its surface is indented volets ren terti and strive, very similar to those on the inferior ee isk, but not quite so strongly defined. In fig. 10, some ur grooves are more deeply indented than others, and this difference is not seen on the opposite side of the mi rs . i pyramid represented by fig. 8. Near its upper extremity the pyramidal axis again expands i ER 3 pands into a cup-shaped enlargement about one- further prolonged into a pyramidal structure about an inch | =" d MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. 669 fourth of an inch T diameter (fig. 7), and from the centre of this there arises a small terminal mammillary projection, rather more than the eighth of an inch in height ar breadth ; to this cup and its terminal mamill Yelp ee ; a I would give the provisional name of the corona. Two specimens in my cabinet exhibit the lenticular disk, with its pyramidal axis and corona, in a much less completely developed state. One of these is in the example fig. 5. A vertical section is shown in fig. 9. In this state the corona is well developed ; the mamilla is more acute than in fig. 6; but the pyramidal axis is almost Ké wanting, the corona being nearly sessile upon the depressed centre of the lenticular disk. This obviously appears to be a less developed condition of the organ than the other specimen (figs. 6-8) indicates; and the general aspect of the involucrum (tig. 7) suggests the same idea, it being much less globular than is the case with fig. 6. These younger specimens afford almost absolute proof that the corona is the terminal portion of the central axis. I have now seen four of these rare examples, and they all bear the strongest marks of terminal completeness. It may, be worthy of note that the specimen (figs. 10, 11, 12), the only one I have seen in which the pyramidal axis is fully developed, is the only one also in which the surface of the pyriform axis is shrivelled and corru- gated, instead of smooth, as if the organ had fulfilled its mission and was drying up. Having thus ascertained the form of the axis, we may now turn to some anomalous features in its structure. Attention has been drawn to the ring of radiating cells at the base. These are arranged like the cells of the honeycomb, each one being in turn the centre of a surrounding group of six others (fig. 10); but they are often so compressed that it is only under favourable conditions that this arrangement can be determined ; nevertheless it is an unquestionable fact. These cells appear to have formed a cortical layer, arranged vertically upon and extending over the entire surface of the pyramidal axis, having a probable thickness of from half to three-quarters of an inch at the lower and central portions, and becoming thinner on approaching the constricted part of the axis, and most probably disappearing before reaching the funnel-shaped base of the lenti- cular disk. I infer that it was coextensive with that part of the pyriform axis of which the cast in the specimen, fig. 7, exhibits an uninterruptedly smooth surface. That it invested a great part of that surface, was shown by à specimen formerly in the possession of Mr. James Yates, and now, I believe, in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, as also in one in Mr. Ripley’s cabinet; and as all the specimens demonstrate a change in the tissues forming the surface of the axis, where the radiating grooves appear on the funnel-shaped base of the lenticular disk, I conclude that at this point this layer of cells thinned out, so far as the vertical series was concerned. Fach cell was in close contact, at its inner extremity (fig. 11), with the smooth surface of the pyramidal axis. Externally it seems to have presented a rounded contour, giving à erenulated outline to the vertical section of this tissue. ; This structure is invariably seen at the base of each involucrum, as repr esented in figs. 3 & 6 (Plate LIL). I conclude that these cortical cells formed a layer that was surface of the peduncle, and that deciduous, being very easily detached from the smooth — the ring which is so invariably preserved round the base of the involucrum 1s only the 670 MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. lowermost margin of the layer retained in situ because wedged in that position, externally by the bases of the bracts of the involucrum, and internally by i SEN er pe: pyriform peduncle. The smoothness of the surface of the pedune e, Ee rate + y several examples, clearly indicates that the connexion between it an e investing cells has been very slight; the detachment of the latter may have resulted either from maceration in water readily severing this connexion, or from the tissue having been truly ` deciduous, and destined to be thrown off like many recent antheriferous structures. | Attention has been directed to the radiating stri? marking the outer surface of the funnel-shaped base of the lenticular disk (Plate LII. fig. 5): I have several specimens demonstrating that at least the exterior of this part of the axis has been composed of elongated cells similar ix appearance to those of the cortical layer; but: they appear to have formed a permanent part of the axis, being almost invariably found in situ when the carbonaceous matter is preserved. Whether they occupied the whole diameter of the peduncle, or only formed an external layer, I cannot determine *. Instead of being arranged vertically to the surface of the axis, they are disposed longitudinally and in symmetrical parallel lines, following the curves of the exterior of the axis; their terminations are seen on the upper surface of the lenticular disk, especially at its peripheral portion (fig. 6). The exact relation of these cells to those of the outer layer is uncertain, but there is always a remarkable break in the continuity of the tissues here, showing some important change in their arrangement. In the undeveloped examples (Plate LIII. fig. 9) a thin series of the most superficial of these cells appear on the surface of the lenticular disk, converging towards the base of the pyramidal axis, which they then ascend, and are continued in the same manner to the extremity of the central mammillary apex of the corona. It thus appears that at least the surface of the axis above the narrow base of the lenticular disk has been composed of a series of elongated cells or tubes, arranged longitudinally and following the curves of the surface, and that a number of them terminated abruptly at or immediately beneath the upper surface of the lenticular disk. As seen in fig. 7, many of the superficial grooves caused by these tissues are more strongly marked than the rest, recurring at regular intervals. The undeveloped specimens indicate a similar external contour. Along with the specimens described some others are found having a very different aspect, but apparently belonging to the same plant. Fig. 2, Plate LII., represents one of them in the Scarborough Museum, of the natural size; it is a cast showing the inferior surface of the organism. It is a funnel-shaped body; the hollow interior 18 about an inch in depth, and rather more than half an inch wide at its fundus, enlarging to about an inch at its upper part, where it suddenly expands into a broad disk, having a diameter of nearly 4 inches, exclusive of a circle of radiating appendages. The latter exhibits a slight tendency to be recurved downwards. The entire surface is marked by numerous irregular radiating stris, and also by several grooves and corrugations, which are strongest in the tubular portion of the spec imen. Round its peripheral margin are the remains of a number of radiating appendages, each being about an inch in length, __* Sine the above was written, I have ascertained that they form a well-defined external cylinder about } inch in thickness, - : MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. 671 1 Ei 1 1 1 hd * D and from 4 to $ inch in diameter at the base, tapering to a point, whilst curving outwards and upwards. Fig. 1, Plate LII., represents another specimen which exhibits additional points of the greatest interest. In tab. 1. fig. 2 of Young and Bird’s ‘ Geological Survey,’ there is given a representation of a fossil from the collection of the Whitby Philosophical Society, which the Council has permitted me to examine, along with its reverse, also in their possession. The specimen is well preserved in the centre of a block of compact sandstone; but, as is so often the case with these fossils, especially where the vegetable structure has been of some thickness, the friable carbonaceous matter has fallen away on the fracture of the matrix, exposing the superior and inferior aspects of the organism. The lower surface is figured by Young and Bird; generally it resembles the one described (fig. 2), but is somewhat smaller, the disk exclusive of the rays being only about 2 inches in diameter. The central cavity is at the same time wider and shallower, being more saucer-like. Its diameter, superiorly, is about 12 inch, whilst its depth is barely 2 inch. At its fundus there is an irregular but well-defined circle, 3 inch wide, which I believe marks the thickness of the peduncle which supported it; and from the margin of this small circular space, as from the fundus of fig. 2, numerous strongly marked rugs radiate towards the margin of the depressed cavity, and become less definite as they ascend towards its brim, where they are almost wholly lost. These of course represent corresponding corrugations on the exterior of the organism. The peripheral radii are truncated at their extremities, as represented by Young and Bird; but this is accidental, arising from their apices being imbedded in the matrix. The Council allowed me to employ my chisel as stated above, and the result was the display of the magnificent specimen represented by fig. 1, being the cast of the superior surface of the organism. Its centre is occupied by a large projecting t which is a slight depression, indicating a corresponding elevation on the surface. Though a few faintly developed folds are seen running down the sides of this projecting boss, there is nothing like the numerous striz seen in fig. 2. There are, however, some circular markings of another kind, to which I shall have to refer by-and-by. At the base of the boss the organism spreads out into a disk, the margin of whieh supports fifteen pointed rays; each of these is about an inch in length and $ inch wide ; they are somewhat constricted at their origin, but bulge out a little before reaching their — and then gradually taper off to their outer apex. Their direction is first — ja then upwards, the whole structure having the appearance of a starfish in whic e extremities of the rays have been curled up. Different portions of the — the form of both the upper and lower surfaces of these rays, from ihe carbon 0 face has originally been a little concave them being retained in situ. The inferior sur from side to side, the margins curling slightly downwards. The women serat er other hand, has a strong central longitudinal projection (figs. 3 mg a =. ds *Xxtending from the apex to about the middle of i the ray, e bs aan RETTET cast by a corresponding depression. On each side of this ridge, iE has been concave. Where the large central depression, d, terminates wg VOL. XXv1. runcated boss, on the upper surface of 672 MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. every ray exhibits two small parallel oval protuberances, each being about i inch long, and about 4 inch wide. In the fossil itself these mark the position of two depressions (Plate LIII. fig. 3) in each ray, separated from each other by a slight prolongation of the central ridge. The further prolongation of the mesiäl line can be detected in the direc- tion of the centre of the entire organism, f, and on either side of it, especially when it traverses the disk, are traces of a row of small cireular pits (Plate LII. fig. 1), each being about ys inch in diameter. The depth of these little pits is very slight, and their out- line often wants definition; but they are sometimes so distinct as to establish the fact that they formed a characteristic feature of the organism. I propose to call this struc- ture by the provisional name of the carpellary disk. Thus far I have confined myself to describing the specimens, without attempting to draw from them any inferences. These have shown that we have an arborescent stem marked with the rhomboidal scars of fallen leaves, as in Cycadee. We have leaves, the Cycadean affinities of which no one disputes, springing from the summit of the stem ; then we.have a peduncle (Plate LIII. fig. 13) clothed with scales, identical with the squame foliares of Link, the uppermost ones having been more elongated than the rest. This peduncle sustained the involucrum, composed of verticils of similar but much longer scales or bracts, within which there arose a pyriform axis with a smooth exterior, sup- porting a superficial layer of oblong cells arranged vertically on its outer surface. Supe- riorly the axis contracted, and again expanding to form the lenticular disk, then shot up into the pyramidal axis, and terminated in the corona. We find associated with the above fossils the radiating organism provisionally desig- nated the carpellary disk, and of which a restored figure is given in Plate LIII. fig. 2, a structure having many indications that it was the female reproductive organ of a gymno- spermous plant. All the remarkable objects enumerated occur in the same blocks of sandstone, unassociated with any other plants to which they can be referred with any show of probability. The inference that they are parts of one plant, though incapable of proof, is foreibly suggested. Adopting this interpretation, I will venture on a few hypo- thetical conclusions, such as may guide future observers either to their confirmation or to a correetion of my errors. At all events such suggestions will raise definite points for further investigation. Remembering the dicecious character of living Cycads, it is probable that the fossil forms were also dicecious. The two different organisms, restored in figs. 2 & 18 (Plate LIII), may be the male and female reproductive organs of Zamia Gigas. Remembering further the frequency with which the male organs are deciduous amongst living plants, we note with interest the significant probability that the pyriform axis of fig. 6 was invested by a deciduous antheriferous tissue. The examples from which the restored diagram (fig. 2) ee "pa more positive evidence that they were female organs. They "er gen per So cones of living Cycads, with their pairs of ovules symme- Oo riga d = e it more than probable that the two oblong depressions on Gap of fig. 3 supported ovules, as indicated in figs. 2 & 4, while the two parallel centripetal rows of small depressions (fic, 2 KS dine _ pairs of abortive ovules, (fig. 2) may mark the position of corresponding MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. 673 If this be a correct interpretation of the organism, it has been a vertieil of altered leaves which have coalesced below into a funnel-shaped disk, but yet show in the free peripheral rays the number of leaves entering into its composition. This interpretation has been strengthened by the discovery of a small seed represented in figs. 14 & 15 (Plate LIII.). I found this seed imbedded among the bracts of a scaly peduncle when breaking it. It exactly corresponds in size to the depressions in fig. 3, where it was, I believe, borne. Its upper extremity is rounded (fig. 15), somewhat depressed, and nearly smooth; its opposite end is more prominent and rougher. When originally found it was covered by thin film of carbonaceous matter, and its matrix still exhibits a faint brownish stain surrounding the nut. Its surface is very slightly marked with longitudinal lines resem- bling those of the putamen of Encephalartos Caffer. No example has yet been discovered in which the radiating carpellary disk has retained its connexion with the peduncle. Its vascular tissues seem to be more developed on its in- ferior than on its superior surface. I infer this from impressions of the former (Plate LII. fig. 2) being always strongly grooved longitudinally, while those of the latter, which I have seen, are smooth. The upper part had probably a thick layer of parenchyma. With such reasons for supposing that this has been the representative of the female cone, weattain to a negative probability that the involucrum and its appendages have been the male organ. That the cells on the pyriform axis did not contain ovules, as some have deemed probable, I am convinced. We constantly find them in such excellent preser- vation, that some traces of ovules would have been retained had they ever existed. Besides their very small diameter precludes the idea. That the expanded lenticular disk performed some important function is most probable. Its upper surface may have been also antheriferous, and this possibility is further sustained by the circumstance that this part of the structure also appears to have been deciduous. Of all the numerous invo- lucra which I have seen, I have only met with three or four in which these uppermost parts of the axis were not wanting. Fig. 4 accurately indicates the way ın + this organ has usually been truncated prior to its being imbedded in the matrix. Thus, though the cells in the funnel-shaped part of the peduncle remain, their upper extremi- ties, with whatever they sustained, were almost invariably detached. Assuming the specimens of stems described to belong to Zamia Gigas, the plant em: have had the habit of Cycas circinalis, and I have accordingly so restored it in Plate LIIL. The dichotomous scaly peduncle is adopted on the authority of a specimen ın tpe uh borough Museum; this may, however, be exceptional, just as a double cone 1s 1n recen Cycads. ; ; I must, in conclusion, express my gratitude to the several individuals who ee me in this inquiry. To my friend Mr. James Yates, of Highgate, I ge ee for the sight of drawings and specimens which he has ever been willing d nei; m Ls toothers. "The kind assistance of the Council of the Philosophical waer ^ Së í n "ut ülready been acknowledged. The Searborough Philosophical eege Siem d SS ‘ame liberal use of specimens from their fine local vere! ith See my veteran relationship would not justify my overlooking the X meni Zeng ears of field-work father has pursued the search for these Cycadean relics during tity y 674 MR. W. C. WILLIAMSON ON THE HISTORY OF ZAMIA GIGAS. on the Yorkshire coast, whilst: the invaluable and suggestive assistance of M. Adolphe Brongniart has always been available whenever specimens were submitted to his i inspec- tion. Would that I could personally thank three other geologists, whose cabinets were freely thrown open to me; but Dr. Murray and Mr. Bean, of Scarborough, and Mr. Ripley, of Whitby, have passed beyond the reach of earthly thanks since most of the preceding pages were written. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prare LII. Fig. 1. Cast of the superior surface of the ** carpellary disk.” Fig. 2. Cast of the inferior surface of ditto. Fig. 3. Inferior aspect of an involucrum, showing the Finder of vascular tissue within the pyriform axis, Fig. 4. Longitudinal section of an involucrum, with the pyriform axis and the inferior half of the lenti- cular disk. | Fig. 5. Upper portion of an involucrum, with the impression of the inferior surface of the lenticular disk. Fig. 6. Basal aspect of a matured involucrum, in which the central portion has been broken away, revealing the interior of the pyriform axis. Fig. 7. Basal aspect of a young involucrum. Piare LITI. Fig. 1. Restoration of the male plant of Zamia Gigas. Fig. 2. Restoration of half of the carpellary disk, showing the vascular exterior, the superficial paren- chyma, the ovules in situ, and the position of the supposed abortive ovules. Fig. 3. One of the rays of fig. 1, Plate LII.; double natural size. Fig. 4. Ditto, with seeds in position; restored. Fig. 5. Impression of a portion of the exterior of the stem. Fig. 6. Upper part of the pyriform axis with the pyramidal axis and corona. Fig. 7. The pyramidal axis and corona. Fig. 8. Ditto, ditto. Fig. 9. Section of immature lenticular disk and corona. Fig. 10. Transverse section of the cells investing the pyriform axis. Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of ditto. Fig. 12. Restoration of the involucrum. Fig. 13. Restored section of ditto. Fig. 14. Seed ; nat. size. Fig. 15. Seed; enlarged. Note.—Since writing the above TE Mr. Leckenby’s cabinet has afforded me proofs that Pterophyllum pecten was a Williamsonia. He has both forms of fructification. A ji specimen of P. pectinoides shows that this species should also be referred here. I have ascertained that the external layer of elongated cells of the funnel-shaped base of the len- e H itso outer one. ‚and that its inner surface was as sharply defined la ‘disk was about Linch in thickness b 1 3 1 3 t ; E ; Fig.6. EE : une Smith DLG ith: W.C. Williamson, del: | Wilhamsonia gas. (Zamia Gigas.) = all nat sıze DAMOG T nn l TAN >d INN ı „ann — 7 Fig N ES. S Nat : | rh | Fig. 3. twice nat.size , TL is NZ | e? Í ` Iz N NG mE | TA : fi a » WT NAW 7 Wa 777 a ` LANA i EZ Y M) WE y d SE W S. Smith FLS ith. W.C. Williamson,dél. (Zamia (188 Williamsonia Gigas . -— [ 675 ] a vill. On Fossil Cycadean Stems from the Secondary Rocks of Britain. By WM. Carrutukrs, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plates LIV.-LXIII.)' Read June 18th, 1868. THE organisms found in Paleozoic rocks, referred by some authors to Cycadee, either . are so fragmentary that it is impossible to determine, with any approach to certainty, their systematic position, or they belong to other orders of plants. The leaves that have received specific names are imperfect fragments. The detached fruits present no charac- ters justifying their reference to Cycadee. The stems from the Coal-measures, figured and described by Pres? under the names Cycadites columnaris, C. involutus, and Zamites Cordai, are certainly arborescent eryptogams belonging to the same group as Lepido- dendron, as Brongniart? and Miquel’ have already shown. This is the position also of Guillard’s Cycadium cyprinopholis’, from the Coal-measures of Rive de Gier, in the centre of France. Some uncertainty may be entertained regarding the Permian stems found in Russia, and described by Eichwald"; and yet a careful examination of the materials at my command has satisfied me that their claims to be considered Cycadee cannot stand. Of the seven species, five are described from the impressions of the outer surface of the stems preserved on the fractured surface of the rock, and only in the other two are there ma- terials sufficient to show any traces of the form and structure of the stem. In these two (Tessellaria antiqua and Diplodendron hastatum) there is a remarkable approach, in the arrangement of the parts, to Cycadee. It should be remembered, however, that the Lepi- dodendroid fossils which abound in the later Paleozoic strata, and four of which are described by Eichwald from the beds in which his supposed Cycads occur, had the different parts entering into the structure of the stem arranged upon the same plan as in Cycadee. In both, the vascular cylinder enclosed a ventral axis of more perishable tissues, and was surrounded by a cortical cellular layer, through which the vascular bundles passed to the leaves. In some genera in both groups the leaves separated at, or near to, » cor- tical layer, as in Cycas and Lepidodendron ; while in others a portion of the petiole We left permanently attached to the stem, as in Encephalartos and Lepidophloios. N ër withstanding this remarkable correspondence in the arrangement of the puris, ee These plates have been drawn directly on the stone, with singular truthfulness es nn en T ‘LS. The expense was defrayed by a grant from the fund for the promotion of science, p z "died 5 liament at the disposal of the President and Couneil of the Royal Society, obtained for Sai tish Association for Dr. Hooker. Many of the sections have been prepared by the help of the fund a ine oo the Fossil Flora of Britain. The others had semen for : ü ii . 194 : i 905 dee EE Ann, des Sc, Phys. & Nat. d’Agrieult. de Lyons, vol. ii. p- 123. Es VOL, XXVI. Robert Brown and Dr. Hooker. ` 676 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS ) A D . structure determines their systematic position as certainly as the seeds of en one and the spores of the other. In the Cycadec the vascular cylinder is composed o Ne tissue, everywhere traversed by medullary rays; it em a true cellular me ulla, and is surrounded by a cellular cortical layer; while in Lepidodendron and its allies the ine cylinder consists of scalariform tissue, without true medullary rays; it encloses an axis of large irregular scalariform tissue, and is surrounded by a somewhat complieated Mes layer, composed, in the inner portion, of parenchyma, and in the dame of prosenchyma!, Unfortunately the minute structure is not preserved in Bichwald s stems. But there appear to me to be, nevertheless, in Tessellaria antiqua and Diplodendron hastatum the means of determining with some certainty to which of the groups they belong. I refer to the proportion which the vascular cylinder bears to the diameter of the stem. In the paleozoic eryptogams the cellular cortical layer is enormously developed, and the vascular cylinder is correspondingly reduced, while in the Cycadee the vascular cylinder is larger and nearer to the circumference of the stem. The two fossils figured by Eichwald agree in these particulars with Lepidodendron; and I accordingly prefer to place them in that genus, as was originally done by Kutorga. Göppert? has removed one of these stems (Diplodendron hastatum) from Cycadec and placed it among the Lepidodendree ; but he retains 7. antiqua among the Cycadee, without, however, giving any reason for separating two stems which agree in all points of structure in which they can be compared. I have been greatly assisted in the critical examination of these stems by the casts of them pre- sented to the British Museum by Sir R. I. Murchison. The materials for estimating the affinities of the other five species described by Eichwald are less satisfactory. Thery are no characters by which Zamites microlepis and Tessellaria squamosa, retained by Gopa in Cycadee, can be separated from Zepidodendron. T. biarmica, considered by Göppert to be a fern-stem, is a “ decorticated ” specimen of a plant of the same genus; and Zamites strigatus and Z. densifolius, referred by Góppert to Cycadec, are too imperfect and obscure to warrant even a guess as to their affinities. The structure of Medullosa, Cotta?, and Colpoxylon, Brongn.*, referred by Göppert, Miquel, and Unger to Cycadee, differs so essentially from any known stem of that order, that I would even go further than Brongniart, who considers their Cycadean claims to be very doubtful, and say that, as far as the evidence supplied by the stems goes, their affini- ties are much more with the vascular cryptogams than with any tribe of phanerogams. No satisfactory evidence, then, exists, as far as Lam aware, of the occurrence of Cycadee in any Paleozoic formation. In strata of Secondary age their remains are both abundant and characteristic. Stems, leaves, and fruit are so perfectly preserved that their true nature can be determined with the utmost precision. They are, on the other hand, remarkably absent from beds of Tertiary age. The stem from the Paris basin, referred by Presl to this order, under the name Zamites Brongniartii^, is, as Brongniart originally | ' Brongniart, Ann, Sc. Nat. ser. i. vol. xvi. p. 389. Miquel, Stamm d. Cycas, Linnea, 1844, p. 125. Carru- x M m. of the Stems of the Arborescent. Lycopodiaces of the Coal-measures.”” Monthly Microscop. dn SR Km AIT. "ges : : : * Fossile Flora der Perm. Form. p. 132. Die Dendrolithen in Bezie ung auf ihren innern Bau (1850), p. 60. h Tabl. ~ Veg. Foss, p. 60 * Sternberg, Flora d. Vorwelt, ii. p. 196. a El eee ER C TEE Fa a Aa ae FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 677 deseribed it, an Endogen: ‚The only other supposed indieation of Tertiary Cycadee is the fragment of a leaf ( Zamites arcticus) described by Göppert, from the Miocene beds at Kook, in Greenland’. This specimen is not only imperfect, but it is so anomalous that even those who believe it to be Cycadean can find no analogous form either recent or fossil. It cannot be supposed that Cycadee were absent from the vegetation of the Ter- tiary period’; their non-discovery hitherto must be taken as another instance of the im- perfection of the record of extinct life with which students have to deal. I do not propose in this memoir to refer to the species of Cycadee founded on foliage only. The detached fruits with which I am acquainted I have described in a paper on the Gymnospermatous Fruits of the Secondary rocks’. I shall confine myself to the yarious forms of stems which have been found in Britain, including also, where materials exist, the fruits and foliage associated with them, and examining the evidence their remains afford as to the relations they bear to the recent members of the Order. Bibliography.—1n 1822 Mantell published an account of some vegetable fossils he had obtained from the sandstones of Tilgate Forest‘, the affinities of which he was unable to determine. They were fragments of stems which were “composed of a cylindrical imbri- cated axis, marked with interrupted longitudinal strize, and a cortical layer covered exter- nally with rhomboidal markings.” He supposed that they might be ferns or palms, or, more probably, Huphorbiacee. Some time afterwards he sought the opinion of the mem- bers of the Geological Society of London on these anomalous remains, and Messrs. Stokes and Webb were appointed by the Council to describe and publish them in their Trans- actions. In their report’ they recognized the external resemblance the fossils bore to the stems of Zamia and Cycas, but they held that they differed “from these or any other known family in enclosing an internal body marked on its surface, and that very differ- ently so from the external covering." They, however, placed the fossils in Clathraria, a genus established by Brongniart? for a group of stems previously included in Stern- berg’s genus Lepidodendron. Presl, in 1825, in his synopsis of fossil plants, published in Count Sternberg’s great work’, separated the Tilgate fossils from Olathraria and referred them to Cycadee, esta- blishing for them the genus Bucklandia. In a later systematic account of fossil plants e the same work (1835) this genus is altogether omitted, and no notice is taken of the fossil for which it was established. gi Brongniart, in 18285, examined at some length the affinities of these cage m , and believing that they agreed in the arrangement of their parts with the wë e à zi thorrheea, he referred them to Liliacee. This opinion was very generally adopted , but 1 N. Jahrb. f. Mineralogie, 1866, p. 113 i. p. 5) P ge, 1866, p. 113. tM da Bank, Jury dia elo wi zul D) - * Coemans, in his “ Flore Fossile du Terr. Crét. du Hainaut" (Mém. de Basel. "m nr : says th i i ‘ary strata; but he does not refer to any ins , ys that some isolated Cycads are found in Tertiary D 42, 45 3 , - 1 The Fossils of the South Downs, pp. *=, ^"^ Seemann's Journal of Botany, 1867, p. 1. ii. (1829) p. 209 | e E € Mém. du Mus. vol. viii. (1829) p- € Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. i. (1824) p. 422. * Prodrome d'une Histoire des Végétaux Fossiles, p. 125. ` Flora der Vorwelt: Tentamen iii s 7; H ; ,p. xxxn. Plant. 1836), p- 251 ; Unger, Gen. et : Lindley, Introduction to Fossil Flora (1832), eie , ii j Gen p. xlii ; Endlicher, "m. 7 vol. i. (1859) Abth. 3, Nr. 2, p. 8. Spec. Plant, Foss, (1850), p. 314; Ettingshausen, Abhandl. d. K. K. geol. Reichs. vol. i. (1852) 5c 2 ADEAN STEMS 678 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYC was given up by Brongniart in 1849, when he referred them. " a pem doubt, as he considered that their true affinities must remain o e, i , their foliage was known. Brongniart did, however, in his Prodrome oca tablish a genus of fossil Cycads, founded upon stems, to which he gave the ai Two species were described—the one from England, the other from France. In the same year Buckland communicated to the Geological iie of London his important memoir “On the Cycadeoidee, a family of Fossil Plants, in which a deseribed two species from the Isle of Portland, one of them being the d e the English species of Brongniart. The Cycadean affinities of these stems ppo: : = y esta- blished by both authors, and were further elucidated by Buckland in his * Bri ee Treatise”. Another British species was added to the genus by Lindley and Hutton‘, a fourth by Robert Brown?, and a fifth more recently by myself 3 ; We A fossil figured by Sternberg’, and regarded by him as a en cone, -by = and Buckland’ as probably Cycadean, and by Brongniart, at first , and Lindley as a Liliaceous stem, was at last referred by Brongniart, in 1849, to its true position among ; f Cycads”. wm ae fossil found in Britain which has been considered the stem of a Cycad, is a small fragment figured and described by Corda. Although = believes that the specimen was obtained from England, he does not know the locality in which it was originally found. Several forms of Cycadean stems have been recorded from Secondary rocks on thè Con- tinent. Brongniart, as I have already stated, in his ‘Prodrome’ refers a cylindrical stem from Lunéville to his genus Mantellia. In 1849, Pomel, in a Memoir on the Fossil Flora of the Jurassic rocks of France ^, revised the published species, added a new genus, Crossozamia, with three species, based partly on the characters of the stem, and described two new species, which he referred, the one to Bucklandia, and the other to Mantellia (Echinostipes, Pom.). Góppert, in 18445, described two Cycadean stems from Silesia, for which he established the genus Raumeria. In a subsequent memoir, he described more fully and illustrated the structure of these fragmentary stems. They are cylindrical and marked with jon bases of the leaves, which are separated by quincuncially arranged rhomboidal cicatrices of “ scales or stipules.” This is unlike any thing in recent Cycadec, but reminded Góp pert of the arrangement of the scars on some fern-stems, and consequently induced him to establish for them a distinct tribe of Cycadec, with the designation Filicoidee. ' Tableaux des Genres de Végétaux Fossiles, p. 91. * Geology and Mineralogy (1836), p. 490. * Proceedings of the Linnean Society, ` Flora der Vorwelt, fasc, iii. p. 39. * Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol, ii. (1829) p. 400. ,, [ntrod. to Fossil Flora (1833), p. xlii ,, Beiträge, zur Flora der Vorwelt (1845), p. 38, tab. xvii. . “ Amtlicher Bericht über d, 25, Vers. d. * Wimmer, Flora von Schlesien (1844), " Denkschrift der Schlesischen Gesellsch * Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. ii. (1829) p. 399. * The Fossil Flora of Great Britain, vol. ii. plate "s. No. xlvi. (1851), p. 130. * Geological Magazine, vol. iv. (1867) p. get * Tentamen Flore Primord. (Flora der Vorwelt) (1825), P- 35. " Prodr. d'une Hist. des Vég. Foss. 1828, p. 128. " Tabl. des Genres de Végétaux Fossiles, p. 91. Gesellsch. deutsch. Nat. und Aerzte in Aachen, 1847 (1849), p. 340. vol. ii. p. 217. für vaterl. Kultur (1853), p. 259. ELTE SEDIT EN FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 679 In 1847, F. Braun recorded the discovery of five species of Cycadean stems from the Keuper of Culmbach, in Bavaria, but did not publish any description of them'. M. Coemans found the stem of a Cycad in the remarkable gymnospermatous flora of Hainault, of Cretaceous age, which he figured and described in 1866 *. In India, stems of Cycadee have been found in the Rajmahal series, Rajmahal Hills, Bengal, several of which have been figured by Oldham and Morris’. Dana* records the discovery by P. T. Tyson of large stumps of Cycads, in beds believed to be Upper Jurassic, near Baltimore, Maryland. One of the specimens is 12 inches in diameter and 15 inches high. Emmons has found stems in the Triassic rocks of North Carolina’. Classified enumerations of the species have been given in the scientifie works and memoirs of S. Woodward £, Morris’, Presl*, Góppert ?, Miquel, and Unger". Synopsis Generum Cycadacearum Fossilium e Truncis notorum. Tribus I. Cy cA» x x, Alph. DC. Prodr. vol. xvi. Sect. ii. p. 525. Spadices masculi in strobilos dispositi, cuneati, subtus pollinigeri ; feminei magni foliacei, marginibus utrinque ovula plura erecta gerentes. Gen. 1. BuckLanDıa, Presl. Truncus cylindricus, coarctatus, elongatus, plerumque indivisus, cicatri- cibus spadicum, squamarum petiolorumque deciduorum cicatrisato-areolatus. Sp. 1. B. anomala, Presl; cicatricibus magnis obliquis subrhomboideis angulis lateralibus truncatis. Form. Wealden. Loc. Cuckfield, Sussex. Sp. 2. B. Mantellii, sp. nov. ; cicatricibus horizontalibus rhomboideis, angulis lateralibus acutis. Form. Wealden. Loc. Cuckfield, Sussex. Sp. 3. B. squamosa, Brongn. ; cicatricibus ignotis, squamis triangulatis. Form. Lower Oolite. Loc. Stonesfield. Sp. 4. B. Milleriana, sp. nov. ; cicatricibus parvis obliquis subrhomboideis, catis. Form. Middle Oolite. Loc. Brora, Sutherlandshire. angulis lateralibus subtrun- Tribus II. Zamıe Æ. Spadices in strobilos dispositi, masculi imbricato-cuneati pollinigeri ; feminei stipitati, peltati v. imbricati, ovulis 2 supra dispositis reflexis. subtus pollinigeri, vel peltati sub pelta basin spadicis utroque latere symmetrice ivi i i is et petiolo- . Gen. 2. Yaresıa, gen. nov. Truncus cylindricus indivisus vel dichotome ramosus, squamis et peti rum basibus persistentibus obtectus. i i i. Mém. 3 (1867). ` Regensburg Flora (1847), pp. 84, 85. : Mémoires de l’Acad. Roy. de pees n e (1867 , . D g : T ; * The Fossil Flora of the Rajmahal Hills (1862), Pl = s Man ee Remains (1890), p- 3 * American Geol. pt. vi. (1857) p. 123 « A Synoptical Table of British Organ xa^ fm itish Fossils, pp. 1-25- ' Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. (1841), vol. vii. P- 110 ; Catalogue of British Fossils, pp * Sternberg, Flora der Vorwelt (1838), pp- 194-196. 5 * Auszug der Schlesischen Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kultur (1844), p. 32. TRE " Monographia Cycadearum (1842), pp. 34, 35, 60, 61; Tijdschr. dor EI T qs P. 205; Prodromus Syst. Cycad. (1861), pp- 29-34. " Genera et Species Plantarum Fossilium (1850), PP- 979-310. K. Ned. Inst. vol. iv. (1851) 680 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS Sp. 1. Y. Morisii, Carr. ; squamis et basibus petiolorum horizontalibus, non imbricatis, apice truncatis, tumidis. ; Form. Lower Cretaceous. Loc. Potton, Bedfordshire. Sp. 2. Y. gracilis, sp. nov. ; trunco tenuissimo, squamis et basibus petiolorum adscendentibus imbrica- tis, cicatricibus rhomboideis. Form. Lias. Loc. Lyme Regis, Dorsetshire. Sp. 3. Y. crassa, sp. nov. ; trunco humili, squamis et basibus petiolorum patentibus vix imbricatis, crassis, transverse subovoideis. Form. Middle Oolite. Loc. Brora, Sutherlandshire. Sp. 4. Y. Joassiana, sp. nov. ; trunco erecto, basibus petiolorum brevibus vix imbricatis, squamis ad basin strobilorum confertis. Form. Middle Oolite. Loc. Brora, Sutherlandshire. Gen. 3. Frrrowia, gen. nov. Truncus obovatus humilis, squamis et petiolorum basibus magnis geni- eulatis persistentibus tectus. Sp.1. F. squamata, sp. nov. ; squamis oblongis apice obtuse rotundatis, basibus petiolorum infra articu- lationem constrictis. Form. Upper Cretaceous. Loc. Bonchurch, Isle of Wight. Gen. 4. Crossozamıa, Pomel. Truncus oblongo-ellipsoideus, petiolorum basibus brevibus subimbricatis tectus; folia pinnata, petiolata, pinnis basi contractis lineari-lanceolatis oblongisve ; spadices feminei in strobilos dispositi, imbricati, adpressi, lanceolati, flabellatim laciniati. | Sp. 1. C. Moreaui, Pomel ; stipite oblongo, petiolorum residuis infimis patentibus, supremis adpressis, dorso valde carinatis. d Form. Jurassie. Loc. St. Michel, France. Sp. 2. C. Buvignieri, Pomel; * An precedentis varietas? " Pomel. Form. Jurassic. Loc. St. Michel, France. Tribus III. WirLiAMSONIES, trib. nov. Flores masculi cirea spadicem cylindricum aggregati; spadices feminei peltati, infundibuliformes, orbiculati, multifidi, ovula plura gerentes, 2 utrinque ad latera cost segmenti symmetrice disposita. Gen.5. WirLIAMSONIA, gen, nov. Truncus cylindricus, stigmatibus petiolorum deciduorum cicatrisato- areolatus ; folia lanceolata vel linearia acuminata, segmentis a baseos parte centrali supra rachidem impo- sitis, marginibus liberis; flores terminales. = | Sp. 1. W. Gigas, Carr. ; foliis magnis lanceolatis vel ovato-acuminatis, basi attenuatis ; segmentis nume- rosis, alternis, ovato- vel lineari-acuminatis, apice subfalcatis ; nervis simplicibus parallelis, in margines liberos basales exigue divaricatis. | Form. Inferior Oolite. Loc. Scarborough, Yorkshire, din on Cie parvis linearibus apice et basi attenuatis ; segmentis numerosis heat E "eme ergentibus, nervis simplicibus parallelis, in margines liberos basales exigue um Form. Inferior Oolite. | ur Loc. Gristhorpe, Yorkshire. Sp. 9. W. hastula, C Sm d arr.; foliis lanceolatis ap SCH lanceolatis, acutis, confertis, subimbricatis, : Form. Inferior Oolite. Loc. Saltwick, Yorkshire. ice et basi attenuatis, segmentis numerosis lineari- patentibus; nervis parallelis in margines liberos basales FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 681 Tribus IV. BEN NET TITE E, trib. nov. Flores masculi ignoti; feminei plurimi in ramulorum apice incrassato pulposo (e squamis carnosis connatis orto?) immersi. Gen. 6. BeNNETTITES, gen. nov. Truncus ovoideus, transverse ellipticus, petiolorum basibus persi- stentibus tectus; cylindrus ligneus, e vasis striatis in stratum interruptum coalitis, radiisque medullari- bus separatis, compositus; fructus basibus petiolorum inclusus. Sp. 1. B. Saxbyanus, Carr.; trunco elliptico, medulla ampla, cylindro ligneo sæpe interrupto tenui, fasciculis vascularibus petiolaribus e ligni maculis ortis, et per corticem amplum sursum postea divarica- tim euntibus; petiolis subtriangularibus. Form. Wealden. Loc. Isle of Wight. Sp. 2. B. Gibsonianus, sp. nov. ; trunco compresso-elliptico, medulla parva, eylindro ligneo rare inter- rupto, crasso, fasciculis vascularibus petiolaribus per corticem tenuem divaricatim euntibus, petiolis magnis rhomboideis. Form. Lower Greensand. Loc. Isle of Wight. Sp. 3. B maximus, sp. nov. ; trunco elliptico, medulla ampla, cylindro ligneo sæpe interrupto tenuissimo, fasciculis vascularibus petiolaribus per corticem sursum postea divaricatim euntibus, petiolis magnis rhom- boideis. Form. Wealden. Loc. Isle of Wight. Sp. 4. B. Portlandicus, sp. nov. ; trunco oblongo-ovoideo, transverse elliptico, medulla parva, cylindro ligneo interrupto tenui, fasciculis vascularibus petiolaribus per corticem divaricatim euntibus, petiolis elongatis subrhomboideis. | Form. Lower Purbeck. Loc. Isle of Portland, Dorsetshire. . Sp. 5. B. Peachianus, sp. nov.; trunco transverse compresso-elliptico, magno, medulla amplissima, eylindro ligneo sparse interrupto, fasciculis vascularibus petiolaribus per corticem amplum divancatim euntibus, petiolis rhomboideis lateraliter acuminatis. ` Form. Middle Oolite. Loc. Helmsdale. Gen. 7. MawrELLIA, Brongn. Truncus cylindricus, humilis vel erectus, petiolorum basibus persistenti- terruptum amplum coalitis, radiisque medulla- bus tectus; cylindrus ligneus e vasis striatis in stratum in ribus separatis, compositus ; fructus exsertus (in una specie inclusus). | | | Sp. 1. M. nidiformis, Brongn.; trunco oblongo-cylindrico crasso, extus prem € gnat bus loricato, medulla ampla, cylindro ligneo crasso rare interrupto, cortice tenui, petiolorum basibus maximis rhomboideis angulis lateralibus productis. Form. Lower Purbeck. Loc. Isle of Portland, Dorsetshire. ` Sp. 2. M. intermedia, sp. nov. ; trunco cylindrico, elongato, sy medulla ampla, cylindro ligneo sæpe interrupto, cortice tenui, petiolorum Form. Lower Purbeck. Loc. Isle of Portland, Dorsetshire. ; ne i Sp. 3. M. microphylla, Miquel; trunco cylindrico, petiolorum ord en EUER Se ligneo sæpe sed tenuiter interrupto, cortice tenui; petiolorum basibus minoribus Form. Lower Purbeck. Loc. Isle of Portland, Dorsetshire. MU i a sin, Sp. 4. M. inclusa, sp. nov. ; trunco cylindrico humili, pro oo z Load farcto, petiolorum cylindro ligneo spe interrupto, cortice amplo, fasciculis vascularıbus pe basibus minimis rhomboideis ; fructibus inclusis. Form. Lower Cretaceous. Loc. Potton, Bedfordshire. olorum basibus persistentibus tecto, basibus magnis rhomboideis. i i ‘hus persistentibus squamu- Gen. 8. Bars, Göpp. "Truncus cylindricus, squamis, petiolum. basibus pe i vel cicatrisatus. lisque stipuleformibus inter sese connatis dense tectus 682 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS Sp. 1. R. Reichenbachiana, Göpp. ; cicatricibus petiolorum trigonis remotis angulis obtusis, cicatri- culis inter eas in quincunce dispositis minutis subtrigono-rhomboideis. : Form. Ignota. Loc. Wieliczka, Gallicia. Sp.2. R. Schulziana, Gópp.; cicatricibus petiolorum transverse subrhomboideis remotis angulis lateralibus acutis, superiore et inferiore obtusis, cicatriculis inter illas in quincunce positis subtrigonis rhomboideis. Form. Ignota. Loc. Gleiwitz, Silesia. I. BUCKLANDIA. 1825. Bucklandia, Presl, Tent. Flor. Primord. p. xxxiii. in Sternb. Flor. der Vorwelt. 1828. Clathraria, Brongn. Prodr. p. 128 (non Brongn. Mém. du Mus. vol. viii. p. 209, 1822). 1828. Bucklandia, Brongn. Prodr. p. 128. Trunk cylindrical, sometimes bifurcating, reticulate, with the scars of the bases of the leaves, which are arranged in alternating series of large and small scars, the large being placed on swellings and the small on constrictions of the stems. Andrecium a cone (?). Gynecium a terminal crown of leaves bearing the seeds on their somewhat altered margins. The name Clathraria was first employed by Brongniart in 1822 for a section of Stern- berg's genus Lepidodendron, differing from the group to which the name Sigillaria was afterwards applied in being without parallel furrows on the stem. Stokes and Webb, in their Report on Mantell’s Vegetable Fossils from Tilgate Forest ', referred one of them to Brongniart’s Clatharia ; but, to indicate that they considered it very different from the Lepidodendroid fossils included in that genus, they gave it the specific designation ano- mala. Presl, in the Revision of Fossil Plants prefixed to Sternberg's * Flora der Vorwelt ' (1825), separated Mantell's Tilgate fossil from Brongniart’s Clathraria (which he rightly placed among the Oryptogamia), and established the genus Bucklandia for it, referring it with remarkable discrimination to Cycadec. Brongniart, in his * Prodrome,’ in 1828, permitted his original genus Clathraria to disappear in Sigillaria, but nevertheless re- tained the name to designate a section of that genus in another work published in the same year’. Notwithstanding this, he reintroduced the name in the * Prodrome' for a new genus created for the Tileate fossil, even although he was aware that Presl had already separated it generically ; for he quotes Bucklandia, Sternb., as a synonym of his new genus. "This confusion is further increased by the adoption in the same work of Bucklandia for an Oolite fossil from Stonesfield, figured and described in Sternberg’s ‘ Flora’ as Conites Bucklandi, which Brongniart considered to be the type of a new genus nied to, yet different from, his new Olathraria. Both genera were referred by him to Täliace, being compared to the stems of some arborescent members of that Order, especially to Xanthorrhea. In 1849? he adopted Presl’s interpretation, and placed them among the Cycadee. ik eer ie eset as yet, only specimen of Sternberg's Conites Buck- is re res sm üseum, and am satisfied that it is truly Cycadean, and : plants referred to Clathraria. I therefore do not hesitate to | Geol. Trans. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 422 (1824). à * Histoire des Végétaux Fossiles, vol. i. p. 430. Tabl. des Genr. de Vég. Foss. p. 91. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 683 refer Brongniart's Bucklandia, along with his Olathraria, to Sternberg’s older genus of the same name. The original Clathraria is still retained by some paleontologists as a good genus of palzeozoie vascular eryptogams '. Dr. Mantell gave up his first vague notions of the affinities of these fossils after the publication of the report by Stokes and Webb, when he referred them, with these authors, *to the same tribe of fossil plants as the Lepidodendron of Sternberg," “a tribe of vegetables of the ancient world which is common in the Carboniferous strata, and appears to have held an intermediate place between the Equiseta and the Palms."* In order that his readers might the more clearly realize the aspect of the fossil, he reproduced a figure of Sternberg's Lepidodendron dichotomum, in which the form and attachment of the leaves areshown. Some years later? he adopted the opinion of Brongniart, and held that they ap- , proximated ** very nearly to Dracena, or rather to Xanthorrhea." He maintains this view of their affinities in his numerous publications‘ which so largely contributed to make the new science of Geology popular, until 1847, when **the discovery of more illustrative spe- imens than those at first obtained indicated their affinity to the Cycadee, with which M. Brongniart has some years since arranged them" *. These specimens, however, were water-worn fragments of a very distinct genus (.Bennettites), the nature of which I have been able to determine from the large series of specimens which I have had the oppor- tunity of examining. Buchlandia is known only from the impressions of the stems and of the medullary axis ofthe various species. All the specimens I have seen are casts in the amorphous sub- stance of the rock in which they are imbedded. Mantell says :—“ In the strata of the Tilgate Forest the Olathrarie are invariably associated with water-worn bones of reptiles, pebbles, gravel, and other drift, and are often imbedded in the fluviatile conglomerate Wealden. They appear to have floated down the river with the carcasses and limbs of the reptiles, and at length to have sunk to the bottom, and become imbedded in the mud of the Delta"*. The large medulla of the buried stem first yielded to decay; and into the cavity thus formed the amorphous mud was — moulding itself on the interior of the woody cylinder. Suhsequently the whole o 4 x more indurated tissues perished, and their place was filled with more of the RS wW ian received the impression of the outer surface of the stem with all its charapieris 1c mark- . 8 ; : sils can be obtained by the use of ings. Consequently no information regarding these fos i RER the microscope; all must be gathered from the markings impressed on the s casts. stems were cylindrical, attaining a height ividing dichotomously. In one specimen a sec : : : Ens. equal ale, "The ba exhibits a series of alternating nn vg Strictions, and is covered with more or less rhomboidal scars ee Mina ge zë to each other, and in a quincuncial manner. The appendages borne ^y 327), p. 32 (1827), p. 32. which is found in some parts of the of at least four feet, and sometimes ond dichotomizing is shown, so pro- | i the Geol. of Sussex Dawson, Acadian Geology (1868), p. 435. s Illustrations of the * Geology of the South-east of England (1833), p. 235. 5 m ; „184, &c. * The Wonders of Geology (1838), p. 342; The Medals of or a m. * Geology of the Isle of Wight (1847), p. 292. e . VOL. XXVI. 684 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS disarticulated near the stem, as in Cycas and Zamia, and have not left any length of per- manent bases of the petioles surrounding the axis like what is seen in Eincephalartos and some fossil genera. The scars are not all of the same size. "Those on the swollen por- tions of the stem are large and rhomboidal, while on the constrictions they are as broad, but much less deep. The whole surface of the large scar forms the cicatrix from which the appendage which it bore has been broken off. The scars on the lower half of the con- strieted portions of the stem are smaller than those on the upper half, being from six to eight times as broad as deep; they are slightly imbricated, and the cicatrix is confined to the upper margin. The scars on the upper portion of the constriction are from two to four times as broad as deep, and the cicatrix extends over the whole exposed surface. Besides these impressions of the outer surface of the stem, there are found sometimes enclosed in them, but more frequently independent of them, cylindrical columns covered with interrupted longitudinal ridges. "These ridges represent the meshes or openings in the woody eylinder through which the vascular bundles passed to the leaves. Such openings are found in all dicotyledons, but are especially obvious in those which have a large medulla associated with a slender wood-cylinder and numerous large leaves, as in Tupa and in the Cycadee. It is only in the Oycadee that such markings are associated _ with the rhomboidal scars described as characteristic of the outer surface of the stem. So exaetly, indeed, do the corresponding parts agree, as far as they can be compared, that there can be no doubt that Bucklandia was built upon the same plan as Cycas. The best species for comparison is C. circinalis, Linn., not only because it is often met with in eultivation, but chiefly because Miquel has, in an elaborate memoir', investigated the cause of the swellings and constrictions, and the different forms of scars associated with them on the stem of this species. He shows that they are produced by the peculiar ter- minal inflorescence of the plants. The seeds are borne on the margins of altered leaves, and the terminal erown of the fruit-bearing leaves is separated from the true leaves by a large number of lanceolate scales arranged in the same series with the leaves. In C. cir- cinalis no scales occur among the true leaves, they are entirely confined to the con- stricted portion of the stem. The differences in the size of the stem are the results, ac- cording to Miquel, of the different appendages borne upon these different parts. The inter- nodes are not developed in the stem of Cycas, so that when the bud is completely formed the axis does not lengthen. It increases, however, in diameter during its whole life, chiefly by the development of the cortical parenchyma ; and as this is intimately related to the scales and leaves, the true leaves develope more than the scales or fruit-bearing leaves, and consequently produce a greater thickness in the portion of the stem immediately connected with them. re — between the recent and the fossil stems, both belonging, en | oubt, to the same order of plants, may fairly be inferred to have been ëm eben en the large scars are the bases of true leaves; the smaller oo. ue mui them, as is established by their slight imbrication and the Ms pper margin, supported lanceolate scales ; and the somewhat larger- - Pekin: & div e : 844) p. 125, pls. iv.-vi. Translated by Brongniart, and published in the Ann. des Se. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 685 sized scars on the upper portion of the constrietion were produced by the bases of the fruit-bearing leaves’. The absence of seed-bearing cones in the beds in which these stems oceur, and the not unfrequent occurrence of separate seeds agreeing in form and in the position of the sear of attachment or hilum with those of Cycas, are further corroboration of the probability of this estimate of their affinity. The only certain indication of the antheriferous organs of fossil Cycads which I have seen from British strata, is a fragment of a cone found by S. R. Pattison, Esq., F.G.S., in the same series of strata as those in which Bucklandia occurs, although not at the same locality. He found it in one of the beds of the Hastings sands, a little to the east of the harbour rocks, Hastings. The fragment (Tab. LIV: fig. 6) represents a portion of the centre of a cone, compressed somewhat obliquely. A part of the axis is exposed, exhibit- ing the surfaces of attachment of rather more than twenty scales. The substance of the cone is converted into jet; but the forms of the axis and scales are preserved in the white mud which has penetrated into every opening. The axis is thick, and the scales elongate- cuneiform, with a subtruncate apex terminating in a short apiculus. The phyllotaxy of the scales in the cone, as seen on the portion of the axis, is that found in Cycadex ; and the thin, flat scale agrees in form with the antheriferous scale in the cones of various species of the genus Cycas. The connexion of the male and female organs with Bucklandia has, of course, not been established by the only absolutely certain evidence, the discovery of the various parts organically connected. It is seldom that the student of paleontological botany is for- tunate enough to find the materials of his study so perfect. He is consequently often compelled to establish distinct genera for the various parts of a plant which differ from each other in form and appearance—as for roots, stem, branches, leaves, and fruit. The fortunate, but very rare, discovery of a perfect specimen, sometimes enables him to correlate their detached parts, and to reduce the temporary genera; but in the great .. 8 cases he must be guided entirely by the morphological laws deduced from the D d - the living vegetable world when seeking to trace the relationship between separate Se ments of plants buried together in the same locality or in beds of the ns a m interpretation I have given of the stem of Bucklandia be correct, an ere 18 g e : i tine with it the seeds and male reason, from a morphological point of view, for connec - «Harm cone found in the same beds, we have a plant which, in these known parücu en» | be se i m Cycas. ; Een tue ia al mo etin ee o DAMM DE is no evidence as to the presence of canals for the secretion of the "e eis 4 = which is so abundant in the living Cycadec. But our specimen of B. se Vë Y op fig. 3) preserves on its surface the casts of large drops of Sy genes this fossil in the and hardened, so as to mould the rock around them; and so ric Pela ait gum, that, in this specimen, the interspaces between the scales are " du uid from Pine Island, near a, € a a ivi ion ;reinali cklandıa. hose of C. circinalis or Bu — EE * The cylindrical stem of Microcycas calocoma, a series of uniform scales alternating with true leaves; the fruiting leaves, easily distinguish the stem of Microcycas 686 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS BUCKLANDIA ANOMALA, Presl, Tent. Flor. Primord. p. xxxiii. in Sternberg’s Flora der Vorwelt (1825). (Tab. LIV. fig. 1-3.) 1822. “Stems of Vegetables," Mantell, Fossils of the South Downs, p. 42. 1824. Clathraria anomala, Stokes & Webb, Geol. Trans. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 423, pl. xlv. figs. 1 & 3. 1827. C. Lyellii, Mantell, Geol. of Sussex, p. 52, pl. i. fig. 2; pt. ii. figs. 4 & 5. 1828. Clathraria (gen. nov.) Lyellii, Brongn. Prodr. p. 126. Sears of the leaves subrhomboidal, the lateral angles more or less truncate, inferior angle acute, the superior obtuse or somewhat rounded. The surface of the scar in some specimens marked with a triradiate ridge. The smaller scars oblong, with blunt lateral angles, obtuse inferior, and slightly rounded, almost straight superior angle; the sears equal in breadth to the larger ones, but not nearly so deep; the cicatrix on the upper margin. The bases of the leaves are set somewhat obliquely on the stem, their upper margin following the direction of the right-hand spiral. Each series of leaves occupies a considerable length of the stem. The phyllotaxy is repre- sented by the fraction 45. From the Hastings Sand at Cuckfield, Sussex, Dr. Mantell. [British Museum and Museum of Prac- tical Geology.] The name given to this species was set aside by Mantell for a manuscript name C. Lyellii, which he had applied to the fossil before the publication of Stokes and Webb's report, elaiming, as he says, “the privilege of original discoverers to retain that specific designation."— Geol. Suss. p. 52. B. MaxrELLIH, sp. nov. (Tab. LIV. fig. 4.) 1824. - Clathraria anomala, Stokes & Webb (in part), Geol. Trans. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 423, pl. xlvi. fig. 2, pl. xlvii. fig. 4 a. 1827. C. Lyellii, Mantell (in part), Geol. of Sussex, pl. ii. fig. 2; pl. iii. fig. 4a. Sears of the leaves rhomboidal, the lateral angles acute, the inferior and superior angles obtuse, the latter somewhat rounded. The small scars equal in breadth to the large ones, and increasing in depth from the bottom of the constriction upwards. Each swelling of the stem bearing three or four series of leaves, the constrieted portion much longer, and erowded with the smaller scars, forming twelve or fourteen ver- tical series. The bases of the leaves set horizontally on the stem. The phyllotaxy is represented by the fraction Ze, From the Hastings Sand at Cuckfield, Sussex, Dr. Mantell. [British Museum. | acer J em axis, which are more abundant in the Iguanodon-quarries than speck Se lai ga vie surface of the stem, cannot yet be referred to either species. M Bici d ad ee m the size and form of the swellings (which are the ei? in the British Muse: y | cylinder), it seems probable that the large series of these cores useum colleetion may belong to three or four distinct species. s SQUAMOSA, Brongn. Prodr. p. 128 (1828), 825. ite ji | = u M Stern. Flora der Vorwelt, fasc. iii. p- 39, tab. 30. 828. “ Amentum of Cycas, Buckland, Geol, Trans. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 400. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 68 Ke 1838. Cycadites Bucklandi, Presl in Stern. Flora der Vorw. fase. vii. & viii. p. 194, 1849. Cycadoidea squamosa, Brongn. Tabl. Vég. Foss. p. 106. This species is known only from a single specimen found in the great Oolite of Stones- field, Oxfordshire. It is a fragment of the growing end of an axis, the upper portion of which is covered with triangular scales, like those in species of Zamia or Encephal- artos, and the lower portion exhibits the small, regular meshes or reticulations of the woody cylinder, the scales and cortical layer having been broken away. The ma- terials are insufficient to distinguish it from the other species, or even to refer it with certainty to its proper genus; but the great difference between its age and that of any of the other allied forms warrants the retention of the name and the recognition of it as a species. ! From the Stonesfield Slate. [University Museum, Oxford. | When Sternberg figured this fossil, he referred it to Conifere, comparing it with the cone of Pinus Abies, Linn. Presl, in recording it in his Tentamen (p. xxxix) among eoniferous cones, suggests that it is more probably Cyeadean; he afterwards placed it among the Cycadee under the name Cycadites Bucklandi. Buckland thought it might be the amentum of one of his fossil species. Brongniart placed it originally in Liliacee (Prodr. p. 128), but afterwards referred it to its true position (Tabl. p. 106). B. MILLERIANA, sp. nov. (Tab. LV. fig. 1.) Scars of the leaves subrhomboidal, agreeing in form with those of B. anomala, but much smaller. "The smaller scars compressed-rhomboidal, sometimes marked with a hori- zontal line across the middle of the scar. The phyllotaxy is represented by the fraction 3. From the Coral Rag at Brora, Sutherlandshire, [Dunrobin-Castle Museum]. { There is, in the collection of Mr. C. W. Peach, a fragment of what appears fo ie another species, characterized by having the scars deeper than broad; but the materials are not sufficient to distinguish it satisfactorily. Hugh Miller (Edinburgh Museum], Rev. J. M. Joass II. YATESIA, gen. nov. short persistent bases of the petioles; scars ANC SE : i ith the Trunk cylindrical, of uniform thickness, and covered wi GE Madam of the aborted leaves scattered among those of the true leaves. Andrecium forming a cone, each carpophyll of which bears two reflexed ovules. No bud of specialized fruit-bearing leaves could have been borne on the main axis © the stems grouped together in this genus. The scars are nearly equal in d - a somewhat smaller scars of the aborted leaves occur irregularly amongst pe nd leaves, but in the same series with them. In one species CY. Morrisit) the m zm og penetrated with vascular bundles, as in the living members of the mg ense : E u The eondition in which the speeimens of the other species are emer | nn dms . sible to discover what was the nature of their pith. Numerous Cycadean 1 688 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS the Secondary rocks. Many of them I have already figured and described'. They are cones composed of stipitate and peltate carpophylls, each bearing two reflexed ovules, as in Encephalartos, Zamia, &e., but agreeing, as regards their small size, with the fruits of the New-World Zamiee. As these cones do not belong to Bucklandia, nor, as I shall presently show, to Bennettites or Mantellia, it is probable that they are the fruits of Yatesia and Fittonia. This supposition is strengthened by the following considera- tions :—Ist, the structure of the stems appears to require deciduous axillary append- ages for the organs of reproduction ; 2nd, one of these cones (Cycadeostrobus Walkeri, Carr.) has been found in the same stratum in which the stem of Yatesia Morrisii is found; and, 3rd, the British Museum contains stems of two species of Yatesia, and a cone having the same structure as those included in Oycadeostrobus, from the Oolitic Argile des Dives of France. If these considerations are sufficient to warrant us in referring the fruits included under the name Cycadeostrobus in part to Yatesia, this genus accords with Encephalartos in the structure of the female cone, as well as in the presence of vascular bundles in the medulla, and in the permanent investment of the stem by the bases of the petioles. Only in the small size of the fruit does it differ from the African genus, this character suggesting an approach to Zamia. The following forms most probably belong to this genus :— Mantellia cylindrica, Brongn., Prodr. p. 96; Bucklandia gracilis, Pomel, Amtlich. Bericht. d. Gesell. d. Nat. in Aachen, 1847, p. 346 ; Echinostipes Duvalii, Pomel, l. c. p. 346. The genus is dedicated to James Yates, Esq., F.R.S., whose extensive and accurate acquaintance with Cycadee, and whose large collection of plants of this order, are well known. Iam indebted to him for information, at all times cordially given, for free access ^to his collections, and especially for the use I have been able to make of his extensive series of dried stems, leaves, and seeds, which he has presented to the herbarium of the British Museum since I began these investigations. YaTESIA MorrisI, Carr, (Tab. LV. fig. 3-6.) 1867. Cycadeoidea Yatesii, Morr. & Carr. Geol. Mag. vol. iv. p. 199, pl. ix. Stem cylindrical, covered with the bases of the petioles, which are rhomboidal in form, and terminate in a tumid boss, the apex of which is directed upwards. The cellular axis is very large. The pith has disappeared, except in one specimen, where suffi- cient of it remains to show that it was permeated with vascular bundles. The woody cylinder surrounding the pith, in the specimen figured, consists of two rings (figs. 5 & 6); it is everywhere pierced by medullary rays, which are often so large as to break the continuity of the wood (fig. 6). The sides of the wood-cells parallel to the medullary rays are covered with disks in two or three rows (Tab. LX. fig. 13). The inner surface of the woody cylinder exhibits numerous narrow grooves, being d ^. patina ^ passage outwards of the vascular bundles to the leaves. These meshes ictu e ayia regular on the outer surface of the wood. A very thin layer of Rc Aë separates the wood from the base of the petioles. ‘The bases petioles spring from this layer, at right angles to the stem. Externally they ` Seemann’s Journal of Botany, vol. v. p. 1, pl. 1. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 689 present a rhomboid form, the horizontal diameter of which is but little more than the perpendicular. All the specimens of this fossil are found in the iron and green sands of Potton, Bed- fordshire (Lower Greensand), in a sand-pit just outside the town of Leighton-Buzzard, to the north-east. They are converted into a rich brown hematite. The figured specimen is in the Museum of the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester. I have received speci- mens from Mr. Yates, Prof. Morris, and Prof. Rupert Jones, which are now deposited in the British Museum. In associating the name of Prof. Morris with this species, I desire to record my sense of the great value of his critical observations on the species of British Fossil Cycadew, and to acknowledge the debt I owe him for his numerous important verbal communica- tions on the subject of this paper, and his information regarding memoirs in little-known periodicals which would otherwise have escaped my observation. Y. GRACILIS, sp. nov. (Tab. LV. fig. 2.) Stem cylindrical, very slender, covered with the permanent bases of the petioles, which are imbricated, subrhomboidal, and terminated by a lozenge-shaped cicatrix. From the Lias of Lyme Regis. [British Museum.] The only specimen yet discovered of this fossil is somewhat flattened, and remains half buried in its original matrix, so that it cannot be examined completely. No indication of the internal structure of the stem remains; but the form and arrangement of the persistent petioles is sufficient to determine its nature. The scar of an axillary organ, perhaps (from its small size) the peduncle of a cone, is seen on the upper part of the stem. A less perfect indication of what may have been a forking of the stem is seen towards the base of the specimen. Y. crassa, sp. nov. (Tab. LV. fig. 7.) Stem short, subcylindrical, covered with th which are transversely subovoid or imp represented by the fraction 15- . e persistent imbricated bases of the petioles, erfectly lozenge-shaped. The phyllotaxy is From the Coral Rag of Brora, Sutherlandshire, Rev. Jas. M. Joass. [Dunrobin-Castle Museum. | The single fragment of this species which I have seen is imperfect, ek it pw characters sufficiently distinct to warrant its being named and described. tisa : 0 the stem in white sandstone. No traces of the different parts of this stem are shown, except the short thick imbricated bases of the petioles. Y. Joasstana, sp. nov. (Tab. LV. fig. 8 et 9.) : ek Stem cylindrical, slender, branching dichotomously, covered with the bases e t : e r = which are subrhomboidal or lozenge-shaped, and slightly imbricated. om a ^ em x is represented by the fraction Ze, The cast of the woody axis 1s mar rupted longitudinal grooves. bin-Castle Museum.] From the Coral Rag of Brora, Sutherlandshire, [Dunrobin Rev. Jas. M. Joass. 690 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS This is a well-marked species. In the middle of the stem (fig. 8) there is the scar of a peduncle, which has been surrounded by a series of small scales, giving to the stem some. what the appearance of the living West-Indian Microcycas calocoma, DC. The scar on the opposite side (fig. 9) is evidently produced by the dichotomous division of the stem, Hugh Miller, in his ‘Testimony of the Rocks’ (p. 476), has described several forms of Cycadean foliage from the beds in which this species and Y. crassa were found; but (here are no means of correlating any of them with these stems. III. Frrronta, gen. nov. Trunk short obovate ` woody axis slender, enlarging upwards; cortical layer large. Scales and bases of the petioles large, imbricated, at first reflexed, then ascending. The bases of the petioles are few in number in proportion to the scales, and occur irregularly amongst them, though both organs are arranged in the same series. Neither fruit nor foliage has been found associated with this fossil; but from its striking affinity in those characters in which it can be compared with the South-African Encephalartos, I cannot hesitate in placing it with Yatesia, near that genus. F. SQUAMATA, sp. nov. (Tab. LVI.) 1847. Clathraria anomala (in part), Mantell, Isle of Wight, p. 295, Lign. 23 & 24. Scales oblong, with an obtusely rounded apex; bases of the petioles contracted below the plane of articulation; cicatrix showing a continuous series of vascular bundles parallel to the margin, except in the median line of the upper surface, where a large loop penetrates into and beyond the centre of the petiole. The phyllotaxy is repre- sented by the fraction A. From the Chalk Marl at Bonchurch, Isle of Wight, according to Mantell, but believed by Mr. Ether- idge, from the condition of its mineralization and the character of the rock in which it has been imbedded, to be from the Wealden at Brook, Capt. Ibbetson. [Jermyn-Street Museum. | The only specimen hitherto found of this fossil is a singularly perfect cast of the stem. The cavity originally. occupied by it has been filled with the amorphous substance of the rock in which it was buried; and the cast thus made is so perfect that the external markings of the scales and petioles and the impressions of the vascular bundles are exhi- bited ; while each scale, though closely adpressed to its neighbours, is yet free from them ice at its base. The original organism must have been incrusted with a erystallized mineral, like calcite, which, after the decay of the vegetable tissues, received and moulded en matter of the cast. This mineral has been redissolved and carried away, so that what remains is a remarkable facsimile of the original, as far as the outer surface 1$ concerned. : IV. Crossozamta, Pomel. P nd 1 . 1 1 | Emi. teca Amtlicher Bericht. xxv. Versam. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Nat. und Aerzte in Aachen, Trunk oblong-ellipsoi | wi | "eege en with the short subimbricated persistent bases of the petioles. Leaves p » with linear-lanceolate or oblong pinn:e, contracted at the base. Fruits in à FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 691 strobilus, consisting of imbricate, adpressed, lanceolate and pedicellate scales, which are deeply eut in a flabellate manner into linear lobes, and bear two seeds, one on each side of the pedicel. ) The stems belonging to this genus are like those of Mantellia, only longer, and the bases of the petioles are shorter and imbricated. The fruit is known only from the scales and seeds found associated in the same bed, and correlated by M. Pomel, as well as built up by him into a cone. He considers the genus closely allied, from the structure of its fruit, to Dion. C. MoREAU1, Pom. l. c. p. 343 (erroneously printed moreana). Cycadites Moreaui, Brongn. Tabl. Genr. Foss. p. 62. Fronds broadly oblong; petiole long and thick; pinne linear-lanceolate, attenuated, acute, contracted at the base, approximate ; veins strong, numerous, parallel, and simple; seeds ovoid, with a somewhat attenuated bluntish apex; trunk oblong, the bases of the lower petioles patent, of the upper adpressed. Form. Jurassic. Loc. St. Michel, France. The second species from the same beds described by M. Pomel (C. Buvignieri) is pro- bably, as he himself supposes, only a variety of C. Moreau. M. Pomel refers several imperfectly known plants with greater or less hesitancy to this remarkable genus. He considers the fruits from the Stonesfield Slate, figured by Stern- berg under the name Carpolithes diospyriformis, and afterwards, without a name, by Lindley and Hutton, in their ‘Fossil Flora’ (Plate 193, A 1-4), as belonging to Crossozamia. In the large series of organic remains from the Stonesfield Slate, which I have examined in the British Museum, the Oxford Museum, and the Collection of the Rev. P. B. Brodie, . Ihave seen nothing like what he describes as the scales of the cones. One, if not two forms of Cycadean leaves, occurs in this deposit, at Stonesfield, and the fragment of astem has also been found (Bucklandia squamosa, Brongn.) ; but th with the diagnosis given by M. Pomel of his genus. eir characters do not accord V. WILLIAMSONIA, gen. nov. Zunie, Zamitis, Podozamitis, Pterophylli, Paleozamie, Encephalarti, Dionitis species auctorum. homboidal scars of the fallen leaves. Stem cylindri i equal-sized, tumid, r s Fan ae eee eee numerous, attached to the rachis vy the op i portion, with small free margins ; veins numerous, parallel, at the en slightly Pe Temm i free margins. Flowers terminal, stamens surrounding a fleshy axis, ovules borne on ppe surface of an orbicular laciniate spadix. The remarkable organisms referred to this pe it Agro Zeg curious and interesting speculation. Young and Bird give the ear « ad of ch the leaf, as “apparently the he These authors associate the male inflorescence ipu of the “ Artichoke, Cynara the plant,” and then com it to the in : i > pare 16 to nd striated leaves, integrifolia, the covering or calyx consisting of numerous lanceolate anv P partly lying over one another.” - 1 Geology of the Yorkshire Coast, plate 1. have been the subjects of much figs, 2 & 6 (1822). VOL. XX YT. 692 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS Mr. Yates, in a notice of this plant published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society’ for 1847 (p. 37), describes the inflorescence as consisting of a num- ber of scales resembling sepals, petals, or perhaps dilated stamens, all growing from the top of the fruit-stalk, and overlapping one another. They surrounded an oval or pyri- form cavity, which he thinks may have contained the germen. Prof. Williamson’, in the same year, suggested that the axis above the collar of leaves supported a cone, which had been always broken off. M. Brongniart, to whom Mr. Yates communicated his large series of specimens, and Prof. Williamson his accurate drawings, was unable to determine their affinities. He considered them to belong to an extinet type, so different from any known Cycad that it is very diffieult to understand them. He further considers that the buds present some analogies to the fruit of Podo- carya, à Pandanaceous fossil from the Inferior Oolite near Charmouth, Dorset?. In endeavouring to form an estimate of these puzzling organisms, after having examined the extensive series in the British Museum, I visited Scarborough, and examined the fine collection in the museum there, as well as that belonging to Mr. Leckenby ; I also visited the museum at York, and examined the yet finer series belonging to Prof. Williamson, who, after having these fossils under his notice for thirty-six years, in the most liberal and disinterested manner, when he heard that I was working at them, offered to place his drawings and manuscripts at my service. The number of facts he had collected, and his ingenious interpretation of them, seemed to me too important to be incorporated in the work of another; and I was fortunate enough to obtain from him the paper which pre- cedes this memoir, for communication to the Society. He has introduced a clearer appre- hension of the different forms of the supposed organs of reproduction, by the suggestion that the two kinds represent the different sexes, and by the discovery of a seed-bearing spadix. While I see serious difficulties in associating flowers so different in their struc- ture, and in their relation to the supporting axis, as those belonging to W. Gigas aecording to Prof. Williamson’s interpretation, I am unable to which would present fewer difficulties. The discovery of a male inflorescence exhibiting the internal structure would be of immense value; hitherto the numerous specimens have done little more than show the external form. The elaborate exposition of these organs in the memoir preceding this relieves me of entering further into their description. In proposing the name Williamsonia, I have ventured to associate with a group of the most characteristic Yorkshire fossils two men (father and son) who have largely contri- buted to the exposition of Yorkshire geology. Oldham and Morris, in their account of fossil plants of the Rajmahal Hills?, describe organisms MXN with the foliage and stems of Cyeadez, which agree with the inflo- PRO of JF. Gigas. One specimen is a “ striated or fibrous disk, formed of an aggre- gation of elosely packed tubes, arranged in a circle around a central hollow ; the outer Seat: ^ eet m egular. The appearance of striation is due to a congeries of closely cach Sip iia vessels.” This agrees with the male inflorescence of the | , ingular confirmation of Prof. Williamson's interpretation of it. * Proc. York Phil. Soc. 1847, p. 45. * Paleontologia Indica, vol. ii. part 1, pp. 30, 32, & 36, pls. xxi., suggest any view ofthem * Tabl. Gent. Foss. pp. 62, 88. xxxii. fig. 12, & xxxiv. Re eT ae EERE ee a E een p RE NE ETIN ES IPLE FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 693 Another specimen is described as “a circular disk, which gives rise to a series of about twelve long lanceolate bracts or leaves, striated, approximate at their base, and separate at their apices," and is probably the female spadix. The foliage associated with these fossils, described under the name Pal@ozamia Cutchensis, Morris, is very near to W. Pecten, and agrees with that and the other species of Williamsonia in having the segments attached by the centre, with free basal margins. The stems also are slender and eylindri- cal, covered with the tumid cicatrices of the petioles, and agreeing in form and arrange- ment with the specimen of the stem of W. Gigas which I examined in the Cambridge Museum. The stems are described as having, at irregular intervals, bands of smaller scars. A specimen in the British Museum shows one of these bands, which have been produced by scales or aborted leaves, that were most probably borne on the main stem, below the origin of the peduncle. Emmons has described! a rich Cycadean flora from the Atlantic slope of North Caro- lina, which he considers to be of Triassic age, but which seems to me more probably Jurassic. Among these remains he describes leaves, stems, and disks, which probably belong to this genus : but specimens, or at least more accurate drawings, are needed before any satisfactory judgment can be formed regarding them. WILLIAMSONIA GIGAS, Carr. 1822. “ A Plant,” Young and Bird, Geology of Yorkshire, p. 183, plate ii. figs. 2-6. 1837. Zamia Gigas, Lindl. & Hutt. Fossil Flora, pl. 165. 1841. Zamites Gigas, Morris, Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 116. 1842. Encephalartos Gigas, Miquel, Monogr. Cycad. p. 61. 1849. Podozamites Gigas, Brongn. Tabl. Genr. Foss. p. 62. 1838. Odontopteris falcata, Sternb. Fl. d. Vorwelt, fasc. v. & vi. p. 78, tab. xxiii. fig. 1. 1838. Zamites falcatus, Presl, Sternb. Fl. d. Vorw. fasc. yii. & viu. p. 97. 1841. Ptilophyllum falcatum, Morris, Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 118. 1843. Paleozamia falcata, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 15. 1849. Podozamites falcatus, Brongn. Tabl. Genr. Foss. p. 12. 1828. Zamia Mantellii, Brongn. (nomen), Prodr. p. 94 (fide Brongn. e, attenuate at the base; segments numerous, lanceolate acuminate, subfaleate at the apex; g into the free margins of the base. Tabl. Genr. Foss. p. 62). Leaves large, lanceolate, or ovate acuminat closely approximated, but not touching, veins many, simple, parallel, slightly divaricatin This species forms the subject of Professor Williamson's ex fully illustrated in the accompanying plates. From the Inferior Oolite, near Scarborough, Yorkshire. [British Museum, haustive memoir, and is &e.] W. nasTULA, Carr. 1864. Paleozamia hastula, Bean, MS. Le ckenby on Oolitic Plants, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. f. 4. ), Geol. of Yorkshire, p. 125, pl. x linear-lanceolate, | p. 77. 1829. Cycadites pectinoides, Phillips (non Sternb. ü w; umerous, Leaves linear-lanceolate, attenuate above and below; segments n 1 American Geology, part vi. pP- 112-125 (1857). RA 694 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS crowded, slightly overlapping, patent, veins parallel, divaricating into the free mar- gins at the base of the segment. Segments of the female spadix narrow, elongate. The female spadix associated with the leaves of this species is intermediate in size between that of W. Gigas and of W. Pecten, and the segments are longer and narrower than in either. The species has been confounded with a plant from the Stonesfield Slate (Paleozamia pectinata, Morris), which is certainly different. From the Inferior Oolite at Saltwick, Yorkshire. [British Museum. ] W. PECTEN, Carr. 1829. Cycadites pecten, Phillips, Geol. York. p. 125, pl. vii. f. 22. 1837. Pterophyllum pecten, Lindl. & Hutt. Foss. Flora, pl. cii. 1841. Ptilophyllum pecten, Morris, Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 117. 1843. Paleozamia pecten, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 15. 1861. Dionites pecten, Miq: Prodr. Syst. Cyc. p. 31. 1838. Odontopteris Bucklandi, Sternb. (non Brong.) Flora, fasc. v. & vi. p. 79, pl. xxiii. fig. 2. 1838. Zamites Bucklandi, Presl, Sternberg, Flora, p. 197. Leaves linear, attenuated above and below, segments numerous, oblong, obtuse, sub- distant, divergent, veins parallel, slightly divaricating into the small free margins at the base. Segments of the female spadix broad and short. Mr. Leckenby has figured’ the female spadix, and in his collection there is a reticulate structure which Prof. Williamson refers to the male inflorescence. Specimens of both organisms exist in the British Museum, associated with the leaves of this species, as well as a number of separate triangular bodies which I cannot distinguish from the segments of the spadix separated at the base of the free portion, and bearing on the surface of their broad base two seeds similar in size and form to those figured by Prof. Williamson in connexion with W. Gigas. From the Inferior Oolite at Gristhorpe Bay, Yorkshire. VI. BENNETTITES, gen. nov. Trunk ovoid, in transverse section elliptical, covered with the somewhat long permanent bases of the petioles. Medulla entirely cellular, with numerous gum-canals. Wood consisting of a thin inter- rupted cylinder of striated tissue everywhere penetrated by medullary rays. Fruits borne on secon- dary axis, not protruding beyond the bases of the petioles. Fragmentary specimens of this genus have been figured and described by Mantell as TSA of the stem of Bucklandia anomala; and Corda has published drawings and de- scriptions of a fragment which should probably be referred here, under the name of "ear foie The EN other published notice is contained in a short paragraph _ In the Proceedings of this Society by Robert Brown. In 1851 he exhibited to the Society a series of specimens of recent and fossil C. : d cadee, Wight, to which he gave the name e narrative of the * Proceedings’ (1851, among them one from the Isle of Cycadites Saxbyanus. In the short abstract in the p- 180), Mr. Brown is said to have pointed out that * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xx. b. 77, pl. ix. f. 4. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 695 “all the specimens of Cycadites hitherto found in the Isle of Wight agreed in having an elliptical outline, unaccompanied with any inequality in the woody ellipsis, and also in having a bud in the axilla of each leaf; in these respects differing from the Cycadites of the Isle of Portland, and from all the recent species of Cycadee with which we are acquainted, which have a circular outline and only scattered buds." Besides the specimens examined by Mr. Brown, I have obtained several additional examples of the same species, as well as specimens of other species, which have enabled me to make a more complete examination of their structure than the materials at his disposal permitted him to make. "These reveal structures in the organs of fructification as well as in the stem, which require that they be separated into a distinet genus which cannot be classed under any of the recognized subdivisions of the Order, but is the type of another well-marked group of equal value with the others. To the genus I have given the name Bennettites, after my distinguished eolleague, to whom, as my friend, instructor, and guide, I owe a debt I never can fully estimate. In the remarkable external features noticed by Mr. Brown all the species agree. . They have an elliptical axis and a bud in the axils of many, not of all, of the leaves. The stems are short. The oval medulla is composed of large subspherical cellular tissue, free from separate woody bundles, but penetrated everywhere with gum-canals. The pith is surrounded by a single cylinder of wood, the minute structure of which would be de- scribed as scalariform ; but it is certainly different from the typical form of this found in living ferns, or in the arborescent Lycopodiacee of the Coal-measures. In transverse sections the wood-cells have the round or subquadrangular form of the fibres of living Cyeads and Conifers. Longitudinally they exhibit transverse bars, or, rather, oval spaces ; but when these markings are seen in section they are found to be external to the cell-wall, or, rather, equally related to the outside of the contiguous walls of two cells, as in the dis- This cannot be described as a transition from disci- eigerous tissue of gymnosperms. SY P tissues (the one gerous to scalariform tissue; but, indeed, from the nature of the two internal, the other external to the wood-cell), it is not possible that there can be any trans- ition between them. The wood is abundantly penetrated by true medullary rays. The Wood is composed of two layers, an outer and inner, looking, in pacer section, like pt true wood and the accompanying * inner stratified cortical layer ” of Link seen m icu trunks of this order; but in longitudinal section they are seen to be both eng 7 : matous structures. Beyond the wood is a zone of cortical parenchyma "rug e ne ture to the large medulla, and, like it, everywhere penetrated by EE EE Spring the leaves; the permanent bases of the ‘petioles form an investing cove Sa Aen stem of considerable thickness. The vascular bundles which supply the pu iet origin in the woody axis; but their relation to that axis is very different from g t interior of in other Cycadee. They rise, in all the known members a Oe Aie p Ge lig the cylinder of wood, as bundles of small size, and, passing d distinct bundles, after neous cylinder, and then through the cortical parenchyma d 7 tal direction parallel to Tünning for a short distance, at least in some genera, n & In this group of fossil the periphery of the stem, they pass into the petiole of each eh a single large Cycads the vascular tissue for each leaf springs from the woody eyunte 696 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS compaet bundle, which as it passes outwards breaks up into the different bundles required for the service of the leaf. The woody portion of the stem is composed of a single layer, which, in transverse section, is seen to be repeatedly broken by the large meshes for the passage of the bundles (Plates LVII. fig. 3, LVIII. fig. 1, and LXII. fig. 2). The ana- logy between these fossil stems and the caudex of a tree fern is very remarkable. Indeed, excluding the nature of the component tissues of the stem, they differ only in that the fossil Cyead has medullary rays, and a cortical layer separating the vascular cylinder from the bases of the petioles. The vascular bundle in B. Saxbyanus rises as a rounded swelling in the lower angle of the mesh on the inner surface of the woody cylinder (Plate LVII. fig. 5). A depression soon shows itself on the upper surface of the swelling, and the bundle extends upwards at the ends until, where it leaves the cylinder, it has a lunate transverse section (fig. 6). As it passes upwards and outwards through the cortical parenchyma the two ends are still more produced; then the are which joined them below separates from them; afterwards the lower free ends curve inwards until they meet, forming a slightly interrupted oval figure with somewhat swollen sides (fig. 7). This finally breaks up into more than twenty separate small bundles, forming an upper and under series for the petiole (fig. 8). In B. Gibsonianus the vascular bundles pass directly outwards in an almost horizontal direction. The mass for each leaf separates from the woody cylinder as a whole, and has here the same form as in B. Saxbyanus (Plate LVIII. figs. 1-4); but it speedily breaks up into the numerous small bundles seen in the section of its leaf-stalk (fig. 8). The petiole is rhomboidal or lozenge-shaped in transverse section, with the keel some- what more pronounced than the angle on the upper surface. It is composed of large cells, somewhat elongated in longitudinal section (Plate LX. fig. 9), with numerous large gum-canals, and a double series of vascular bundles parallel to the surface, except below the upper angle, where they form a loop into the interior of the petiole. A very dense ramentum clothed the under surface of the base of the petiole, which was developed to such an extent as to separate very considerably each petiole from its neighbour. The petrifying material, having obtained speedy access to these delicate scales, has preserved them in a remarkably perfect condition. In some specimens, like that figured at Plate LVII. fig. 2, the petrified ramentum stands out as a network of ridges, while the originally more durable petioles have decayed and left rhomboidal cavities, representing their original form ; but, in another specimen, the hard bases of the petioles have resisted the Operation of the marine animal that burrowed in the ramentum, and they are left as re Pepe Pies the body of the fossil (Plate LXTI. fig. 1). The ramentum s id (Plata i ‘4 eg Pies of cells; but sometimes it is two or more cells the cortex, leaving a eit we Es $e soy he aim vies en E rounding the stem (Tab. LVIT. iem. e bases of the petioles permanently | s e the petioles bore short branches. These axillary mens, every axil is occupied by a ` e up of fossil plants. In some fragmentary speci- the majority of the leav y a Sud, as described by Mr. Brown; but more frequently es are without them. The proportion of the buds to the leaves FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 697 appears to be greater in the lower portions of the stem, and in stems belonging to old plants. These organs, however, are not properly buds; for although they do ‘ok AME to have pushed themselves beyond the permanent bases of the leaves, they are fully developed organs, and differ from the secondary axes of Mantellia, which are generally broken off beyond the surfaces of the permanent bases of the petioles, and show there a woody cylinder agreeing in structure with the principal axis of the plant. The secondary axis consists of a very short and slender stem, bearing a number of simple linear acuminate leaves. These are the only foliar organs hitherto found con- nected with these fossils'. They are composed of oblong cells, all of which are marked with transverse bars, like scalariform tissue (Plate LX. figs. 8 & 10). Large gum-canals abound in them; and two vascular bundles run through the leaf, one on either side of its median line. The back of the leaf is sparsely clothed with membranaceous scales, like the ramentum on the petioles. The branch terminates in a fleshy subpyriform enlargement, which bears the seeds. This is composed of, first, a cellular cushion ; second, vascular cords supporting the seeds ; and, third, a mass of irregular cellular tissue enveloping the whole. The cushion (Plate LIX. fig. 3) is hemispherical in form, and is constricted at its base. It is composed of thin-walled, roundish cells (Plate LX. fig. 4), passing, at its upper portion, into oblong cells. Everywhere it is penetrated by small isolated vascular bundles com- posed of fine striated tissue (Plate LX. fig. 5), which rise up from the surface of the cushion. When free from the cushion, the cord (Plate LX. figs. 1 & 2) is composed first of the vascular axis, which is surrounded by a layer of very delicate cellular tissue, followed by a covering of larger and thicker-walled cells; and the cord is invested by a cellular mem- brane composed of a single cell in thickness. These vascular cords, with their accom- panying cellular tissue, fill up the lower part of the fruit (Plate LX. figs. 1 & 2); as they decrease in size upwards the interspaces are filled in with the cellular tissue of the fleshy pericarp. The cords run into the base of the seeds. From the constriction at the base of the cellular cushion a cellular disk is given off, which is developed upwards, and envelopes all the organs that rise above it. It is covered externally with an epidermis formed of a double layer of equal-sized roundish cells (fig. 3). The inner layer fre- quently penetrates, by a fold, the parenchyma of the pericarp. This cellular disk, s - pericarp, is composed of thick-walled, roundish cells. These are especially abundan ^ the upper portion, where the seeds are buried; but they also fill up the mene? between the vascular cords, and surround and invest the whole structure. The linear leaves of P branch surround the pericarp, and are closely adpressed to it. In all the specimens have examined, the leaves are imbricated, and bent over on its upper — : d : ; he flesh ricarp. being buried The seeds are confined to the convex upper portion of t yp : : : . „mediately under its surface. They in deep pits, and forming a somewhat compact layer Imm y ! I recently met with indications of a remarkable Cycadean leaf from the Lower lai s wm d fossils placed by Mr. Bensted in the Museum at Maidstone. Being of the - age cim chad arf shligiely to may belong to this genus. It isa very large leaf, with numero" (oe pi ave off, at regular distances, the rachis. The segments are simple on the upper part of the frond ; but the lower ones 8 ; Several long and slender ultimate segments. n of 695 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS are small ovoid bodies, and are composed of two envelopes enclosing the albumen and embryo. The outer envelope, or testa, consists of a thin layer of delicate elongated cells; the inner is composed of a single series of oblong cells, arranged with the longest diameter at right angles to the walls (Plate LIX. figs. 6, 7, 8), and indurated by a considerable amount of secondary deposits. In the preparation (fig. 7), the seed is cut through at the chalaza, and the opening (through both envelopes), by which the vascular bundle entered is seen. On passing within the tegmen, the bundle expanded, forming a small cushion below the nucleus (fig. 7). The two coverings were produced upwards into a tubular exostome or styliform process, which, passing through the neck of the pit in which the seed is buried, was spread out like a stigma on the upper surface of the pericarp (fig. 6). The aspect of the whole fruit would closely resemble a reflexed receptacle of Tambourissa covered with innumerable stigmatic processes from the fruits buried in it, as figured by Baillon, ‘Monogr. des Monimiacées, p. 311. Enclosed by these envelopes is the nucleus, with its membranous covering, and abundant albumen. The subrectangular cells of the albumen are obvious in several specimens (fig. 9); but I have not hitherto detected the embryo. Its position may, perhaps, be indicated by a cavity which exists in some spe- cimens in the upper part of the seed, and which was probably produced by the early decay and disappearance of the embryo. In some specimens an apparently confused arrange- ment of cellular tissue occupies this cavity (fig. 9); but I cannot detect in it the form of the embryo, though there can be no doubt that it really represents it. The albumen was solid behind the embryo, but was divided from top to bottom down its centre, in front of the embryo. In comparing the structure of this plant with the inflorescence of the recent Cycadee, the points of difference are more obvious than those in which they agree. The most im- portant correspondence is to be found in the structure of the seed and its envelopes. The fossil is truly gymnospermous, the pollen having access to the embryo-sac through the tubular openings in the covering of the seed, and not through a style developed from an investing carpellary organ. The most remarkable difference is to be found in the com- pound fruit of the fossil. In the recent members of the order, the fruit, whether borne on slightly modified leaves, as in Cycas, or on the peltate or imbricated scales of a cone, €— the other genera, is always produced on foliar organs. In the fossil, on the other hand, it is borne at the end of the axis. In this respect, however, it agrees with Taxus, except that it possesses innumerable seeds; it must be considered to hold the same relation to the other Cycadee that Taxus, with its succulent, cup-shaped pericarp, does to the cone-bearing Conifere. BENNETTITES SAXBYANUS, Carr. (Tab. LVII.) d Cycadites Saxbyanus, R. Br. Proc. Linn. Soc. no. xlvi. p. 130 1854. Cycadeoidea Saxbyana, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss. pel. Trunk elliptical, with large medulla, and bundles passing upwards and ou bundles, which are parallel to the of petiole subtriangular. thin, much-interrupted woody cylinder, vascular twards, and breaking up into two rows of small Superior and inferior surfaces of the petiole ; section FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 699 From the Wealden beds at Brook Point, Isle of Wight. [British and Oxford Museums, ] I have examined three complete trunks of this Species, and several fragments of other speeimens. The longest specimen is the one in the Oxford Museum, which is 19 inches log. The smallest of the three trunks is very perfect; it is 7 inches high, its long dia- meter is 9 inches, and its short diameter 64 inches; 3 inches of this last measurement consists of the permanent bases of the petioles, $ inch of the cortical cellular layer, } inch of wood, and 2; inches of medulla. The vascular bundle of each leaf rises upwards through the outer cellular tissue, passing the base of three or four leaves before it passes outwards to its own leaf. The leaf springs from the stem opposite to, though considerably above, the place where the vascular bundle left the woody cylinder. In a transverse sec- tion of this trunk, two or three series of vascular bundles are seen in the cortical layer. The petioles are separated from each other by a considerable layer of chaffy scales, which densely clothed their bases. Corda, in his ‘ Beiträge zur Flora der Vorwelt’ (tab. 17, p. 38), figures and describes the fragment of a fossil Cycad which he supposes came from England, and to which he gives the name of Zamites Bucklandi. It consists of a small portion of a stem from the woody axis to the surface, like rolled and broken fragments of both the Isle of Wight species which have been found on the shore at Brook. There are no indications, in the complete and evidently accurate drawings, of any secondary axes; but the form of the petiole, the arrangement of the vascular bundles, and the abundant ramentum between the petioles (which Corda considers to be intermediate or sterile scales), as well as the general form of the fragment, clearly show that it belongs to the genus Bennettites. Were it not that the petioles are in section so distinctly quadrangular and so small, I should not hesitate to refer it to this species. It may, however, represent a distinct species, with a smaller stem than the others; but this cannot be determined without additional materials. Cycadites Schachtii, Coem., a stem from the remarkable deposit of coniferous remains of Upper Cretaceous age, found at Hainault, in Belgium, probably belongs also to "mi genus. M. Coemans has not observed any axillary branches; but bis admirable draw ing exhibits the large meshes in the woody cylinder characteristic of this group of fossils. B. MAXIMUS, sp. nov. : corti Trunk large, did ; medulla large ; woody cylinder very thin ei gek emi om = SE layer large, everywhere penetrated by the ee er iie iil angles are small and very numerous; sections of petiole triangular, T" ‘dely the ^fi produced and very acute; ramentum very abundant and separating widely of the leaves. *neui j This species is very near to B. Saxbyanus ; but it can easily be distinguished by its greater size, and by the very slender woody cylinder. From the Lower Greensand at Shanklin, Isle of Wight. Street.) [Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn DF VOL, XXVI. 700 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS B. GIBsoNIanus, sp. nov. (Tab. LVIIL-LX.) Trunk eompressed elliptical, with small medulla, and a thick subeontinuous woody cy- linder; vascular bundles passing almost directly outwards and breaking up into a double series of small bundles, which are parallel to the superior and inferior sur- faces of the petiole, except that a loop is sent down from the upper series into the centre of the petiole. The section of the petiole is subquadrangular. Water-worn fragments of this species and of B. Saxbyanus have been mistaken for portions of Bucklandia anomala. Mantell, in his ‘ Medals of Creation,’ vol. i. p. 168, fig. 57, gives a very good woodcut of one of these fragments, which he has reproduced in several of his publications. The trunk in the most complete specimen which I have seen is 8 inches long, but it is imperfect at both ends. Mr. Gibson informs me that it was a third longer when he found it. The long diameter is 11 inches, and the short 63 inches; of this the medulla forms 1 inch, the wood 13 inch, and the bases of the petioles 4 inches—the outer, cortical layer being very thin. The specimen is beautifully preserved. From it I have determined the structure of the genus and the nature of the-reproductive organs, as explained under the genus. The secondary axes have from thirty to forty thick linear leaves arranged in several whorls. In form these leaves agree with those subtending the carpophylls in Cycas circinalis; and their functions were the same: they protected the organs of reproduction. They are closely applied to the fleshy receptacle, and are bent over and imbricated on the upper surface. The pollen may have obtained access to the ovules in the same way as Mr. Yates has noticed it is admitted to the ovules of the living species named. He has observed the compact bud, consisting of the carpophylls surrounded and closely protected by the scales, open up and remain spread out for some time—about three days—then firmly close, and remain so until the seeds had considerably advanced. From the Lower Greensand at Luccomb Chine, Isle of Wight, Thomas F. Gibson, Esq. [British Museum. ] B. PORTLANDICUS, sp. nov. (Tab. LXI.) Trunk elliptical, with small medulla, a thin interrupted woody cylinder, and large cortical cellular layer, through which the vaseular bundles pass out in a slightly ascending direction to the bases of the petioles; the section of the petiole subrhomboidal or triangular, with the lower angle very obtuse, the lateral angles acute and produced, and the superior base-line of the triangle slightly bent outwards. From the Dirt-bed in the Isle of Portland. [Museum of the Geological Society. ] B. PEACHIANUS, sp. nov. (Tab. LXIL.) Trunk ee, very compressed, with a large elliptical medulla, having the narrow ends age produced ; woody cylinder subcontinuous, slightly interrupted at intervals «d ; a mesh connected with the vascular bundles; vascular bundles passing irectly outwards; petioles in section compressed quadrangular. FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 701 The specimen is 10 inches long, but it is imperfect at both ends. The long diameter is 17 inches, and the short 7 inches; of this 44 inches are medulla, 14 inch wood, and 1} bases of leaves, which, however, are a good deal abraded. Scattered secondary axes occur among the petioles. ‘The only specimen of this magnificent Cycad hitherto found is not very perfectly preserved; but there is more than sufficient to show that it belongs to this genus, and is very different from the other species. From the Oolite strata of Helmsdale, Sutherlandshire, C. W. Peach, Esq. [British Museum.) VII. MAnTELLIA, Brongniart. 1828. Mantellia, Brongn. Prodrome, p. 96. 1828. Cycadeoidea, Buckl. Proc. Geol. Soc. p. 80; (1829) Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2. vol. ii. p. 395. 1836. Cycadites, Buckl. Geol. & Miner. p. 496. 1849. Echinostipes, Pomel, Amtlicher Bericht Aachen, 1847, p. 346. Trunk cylindrical, covered with the long permanent bases of the petioles. Medulla entirely cellular, with numerous gum-canals. Wood consisting of a cylinder of striated tissue everwhere penetrated with me- dullary rays. Fruits borne on secondary axes, generally protruding beyond the bases of the petioles. The names Mantellia and Cycadeoidea were published almost simultaneously and independently. The earliest date I can discover for Cycadeoidea is the abstract of Buek- land’s paper, published in the Philosophical Magazine for September 1828. The authori- tative abstract of the Geological Society has no date upon it. The name was adopted by Buckland on the suggestion of R. Brown, who proposed it as an ordinal and not as a generic name. The paper was published in full, with four plates, in the Transactions of the Society, in 1829. On the first opportunity thereafter, in his Bridgewater Treatise, Buckland, at R. Brown’s suggestion, withdrew his “ provisional name,” and adopted that of Cycadites, setting aside Brongniart’s Mantellia, because it had already bom played by Parkinson for a genus of sponges. This genus, however, has been rejected by subse- quent writers, as it joins together species which have no affinity , by characters a "T merely accidental (Toulmin Smith). Mantellia was proposed in the early, sys wouer? o tion of the * Prodrome.’ In the passage of his work through the press, ae zeng aut of Buckland’s Memoir, and referred to it in a note to the later, stratigraphical portion (p. 199). He objects to the name Cycadeoidea, and retains in the text the name ai e posed in the earlier part of the volume. Were Buckland’s name unobjecti Lea tal i ought to be retained, because of its priority by a month or ms b oy an have an error, was withdrawn by its author, and is in itself, as en o stated, objectionable, it seems necessary to reject it in favour of Mantel ia, pec The remarkable stems of this genus have been fully investigated = RR ege memoir of Buckland, whieh owes much of its value to > ar ate as well as in in his work by R. Brown. The fossils differ from Bone m e = They agree the more distinctly rhomboidal petioles and the elongated secondary : th d ciem. The in the nature of the tissues and the method in which they are oppi gë? branches Petioles are clothed with a dense ramentum, and they have pua m are Which bore small, simple, linear-lanceolate leaves. m : heaton they are broken off at the point where they leave the bases of the petioles. KS 702 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS undeveloped, and still exist as unexpanded leaf-buds, terminating the shortened branch. These buds are composed of leaves, protected by a very dense and very abundant ramen- tum. The branches precisely agree with those in Bennettites, and have been, I have no doubt, like them, the supports of the organs of reproduction ; only the fruits, having been borne at the ends of elongated and consequently unprotected branches, have been broken en stems have no lateral buds. These may have been male plants; and their sta- minal flowers were perhaps cones, produced at the termination of the main axis. While the bulbils observed in some living Cycade@ enable us to understand the occur- rence of axillary appendages in the fossils, it must be remembered that the branches of Bennettitee are very different from them. These branches had a well-developed and regularly arranged woody system, and were permanent organs of the plant, being thus as different structurally as they were functionally from the deciduous bulbils of existing Cycads. i The trunks of Mantellia have been described as spheroidal. They were really cylin- drical, and may have attained a considerable height. Their flattened condition arises from the pressure of the superincumbent mass of rock on the earth or “ dirt ” bed in which they are preserved. MawrELLIA NIDIFORMIS, Brongn. Prodr. pp. 96 and 199 (1828). (Tab. LXIII. fig. 1.) 1828. Cycadeoidea megalophylla, Buckland, Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 80; (1829) Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2. vol. ii. p. 397, pls. 47, 48. 1834. Mantellia megalophylla, Bronn, Lethzea Geogn. vol. i. p. 297. 1836. Cycadites megalophyllus, Buckl. Geol. & Mineral. p. 496, plate Ix. 1838. Zamites megalophyllus, Presl, Sternberg's Flora der Vorwelt, p. 196. 1842. Encephalartos Bucklandii, Miquel, Monogr. Cycad. p. 60. | 1849. Echinostipes nidiformis, Pomel, Amtlicher Bericht Aachen (1847), p. 346. Trunk cylindrical, permanent bases of the petioles large, lozenge-shaped, two to three inches broad, by one and a half deep, meshes in the woody cylinder small and scattered. This is the largest species of the genus. It is generally found very much compressed and pressed out, showing a greater diameter and much less height than belonged to it. The apex of the stem being more perishable and longer exposed to the action of those changes which covered the Coniferous and Cycadean forest with a great thickness of sandstone, has disappeared, leaving a hollow in the flattened stem ; and this has suggested to the quarry-men the notion, universally entertained by them, that they are crows’ nests. Axillary branches are not so frequent in this : Species as in the others. Among the 3 cm stems which I have examined, I have seen only a small number with a few of md From the “Dirt-bed " in the Isle of Portland. [ British, J ermyn-St., Geological-Soc., and other Museums.] M. INTEPMEDIA, sp. noy. (Tab. LXIII. fig. 4 et 5.) Trunk cylindrical ; permanent bases of the petioles large, lozenge-shaped, an inch and à FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 703 half to an. inch and three-quarters broad by three-quarters of an inch deep ; meshes of the woody cylinder large, roundish, and frequent. | | The smaller, equal-sized petioles and the more slender trunk at once distinguish this species from M. nidiformis. I have seen only two specimens, and neither of them show any indications of secondary axes. From the ** Dirt-bed " in the Isle of Portland. [British Museum.] M. MICROPHYLLA, Miq. Prodr. Syst. Cycad. p. 80. (Tab. LXIII. fig. 6.) 1828. Cycadeoidea microphyllus, Bock), Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 80; (1829) Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. ii. vol. ii. p. 397, t. 49. 1836. Cycadites microphyllus, Buckl. Geol. & Miner. p. 426, pl. 61. 1838. Zamites microphyllus, Presl, in Sternberg, Flora der Vorwelt, p. 196. 1849. Echinostipes microphyllus, Pomel, Amtl. Bericht Aachen, 1847, p. 346. Trunk cylindrical; permanent bases of the petioles small, lozenge-shaped, an inch broad by three-eighths of an inch deep; meshes in the woody circle numerous and small. This is the most abundant species in the “ Dirt-bed " of the Isle of Portland. Axillary branches abound in the stems. The description T have given of the branches in this genus is taken from specimens of this species. From the “Dirt-bed” in the Isle of Portland. [British, Jermyn-Street, Geological-Society, and other Museums. ] M. premma, Carr. 1837. Cycadeoidea pygmea, Lindl. & Hutt. pl. 143. 1841. Zamites pygmeus, Morris, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 116. 1849. Echinostipes pygmeus, Pomel, Amtl. Bericht Aachen, 1847, p. 347. | Trunk small, subspherical; bases of the petioles irregularly lozenge-shaped, three-eighths of an inch broad by one-eighth deep, widely separated by ramentum. I A single specimen of this species has been found. It was cut longitudinally, sa showed that it was composed of the bases of the petioles placed perpendicularly on a thic and solid centre. It is described as having a tubercle or rudimentary branch. I have not been able to discover where this curious specimen is preserved ; it belonged to Miss Philpotts at the time it was figured by Lindley and Hutton. From the Lias of Lyme Regis. M. mNCLUsA, sp. nov. (Tab. LXIII. fig. 2 et 3.) Trunk small, are medulla pes : wood-eylinder — ; Ed Dod penetrated by numerous small, ascending, vascular are 4 little more than an regularly lozenge-shaped, three-eighths of an inch pies of the petioles. eighth deep; secondary branches large; fruit included e? Gen fruits of Ben- This species has the cylindrical stem of Mantellia with the nettites, g . H 3 Sq- . ler wë [In the Collection of 704 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS. VIII. RAUMERIA, Göppert. 1844. Raumeria, Göpp. Wimmer’s Flora von Schlesien,. vol. ii. p. 217; (1853) Denkschrift zur Feier von der Schles. Gesellsch. p. 259. Trunk eylindrical, densely covered with the bases of the fronds and with stipuleform scales. Scars of the petioles subrhomboidal, arranged quincuncially, and separated by the rhomboidal scars of the scales or stipules. This genus is based upon the fragments of two stems, which I should not hesitate to refer to Mantellia, wereit not for the small stipulzform scars which are placed in quin- cuncial spirals among the large petiolar scars. They have the same form as the petiolar scars, and are made up of whitish parenchyma penetrated by gum-canals. "The vascular tissue has disappeared. In the possession of these small scars they differ, as Göppert observes, from all known Cycads, recent or fossil. Both species have axillary branches, composed of small leaves grouped in a circular elliptical manner, and which are in sec- tion similar to the stipuleeform scars. The large scars figured in R. Reichenbachiana are formed by the decay of the axillary organ, which probably had the fruit buried in the bases of the petioles. Similar appearances may be seen in the drawing of Mantellia inclusa, in Plate LXIII. fig. 3, and in several specimens of Bennettites, in the collections of the British Museum and Geological Society. Góppert establishes a new tribe of Cycadec, under the name Filicoidee, for these two fossils, because of the separation of the petiolar cicatrices by the small interposed scars reminding him of the stems of ferns. There can be little doubt that they are near allies of the forms I have included in Bennettitee. The discovery of more perfect specimens would enable us to understand the structure of their fruits and the nature of the stipule- form appendages. The hope of this, however, is very small, as neither of the specimens was found in situ, and their age is consequently unknown; the one was found in the earth thrown out of a canal near Gleiwitz, and the other in a swamp near Wieliczka. R. Scuurtzıana, Göpp. Wimmer's Flora, vol. ii. p. 217; Denkschrift, p. 259, tab. vii. figs. 1—5, tab. viii. figs. 1-3. Cicatrices of the petioles transversely subrhomboidal, six lines broad and three to four lines deep, lateral angles acute, superior and inferior obtuse; scars of the stipuleeform scales subtrigonous, from two to two and a half lines broad, arranged quincuncially among the larger scars. Found in the Klodnitz canal, near Gleiwitz. R. REICHENBACHTANA, Göpp. Wimmer’s Flora, vol. ii. p. 217; Denkschrift, p. 262, tab. viii. figs. 4-7, tab. ix. SE of the petioles trigonous, six to eight lines broad and six lines deep, angles ; tos ; Scars of the stipulzeform scales small, subtrigonous, from one to one and a alf line broad, arranged quincuncially among the large scars. Found in a swamp at Lednice, near Wieliczka, in 1753. Koc Ba eae u TE eet ACIE pee SIE ee i FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 705 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. All the figures half the size of nature, except when a portion is represented natural size for some special purpose, or is greatly magnified, as in the case of microscopic sections. The proportion of each figure to the original is in every case stated on the Plate. PLATE LIV. Fig. 1. Bucklandia anomala, Presl, from a specimen, found at Ausly near Cuckfield, in the Geological- Survey Museum, Jermyn Street. Fig. 2. Fragment of the same species, showing the triradiate scar sometimes shown on the cicatrix, from a specimen from Cuckfield, in the British Museum. Fig. 3. Stem of the same species, showing the indurated mucilage in the interspaces of the leaves on the upper part, and forming large drops in the lower half. The cast of the woody cylinder is seen projecting from the lower part of the upper portion. From a specimen from Cuckfield, in the British Museum. Fig. 4. B. Mantellii, Carr., showing the scars of two series of spadices, scales, and true leaves, from a specimen from Cuckfield, in the British Museum. Fig. 5. Seeds of Bucklandia from Cuckfield, in the British Museum. Fig. 6. Antheriferous cone of Bucklandia (?) found by S. R. Pattison, Esq., at Hastings, in the British Museum. Prate LV. Fig. 1. B. Milleriana, Carr., from a specimen found at Brora by the Rev. J. M. Joass, in the Museum at Dunrobin Castle. Kä Fig. 2. Yatesia gracilis, Carr., from a specimen from Lyme Regis, in the British Museum. | Fig. 3. Y. Morrisii, Carr. Showing the bases of the petioles, the thin layer of bark, and the cylinder of wood, from a specimen from Potton, in the Museum of the Royal Agricultural College, Ciren- cester. Fig. 4. A few scars of the same species; and REUS Figs. 5 & 6. Fragments showing ‘a double cylinder of wood, the thin bark, and the reese the petioles, from specimens from Potton, presented by Prof. T. Rupert Jones to oo Museum. Fig. 7. Y. crassa, Carr., from a specimen from Brora, in the Museum at Dunrobin Cast H i oe Fig. 8. Y. Joassiana, Carr. Showing the ring of bract-scars, and the cicatrix of a peduncie, from a spe men in Dunrobin-Castle Museum, found by the Rev. - — E linder, and the scar Fig. 9. The other side of the same specimen, showing the markings - ven? e where the dichotomously divided half of the stem has been broken ott. Prate LVI. a : h Fig. 1. Fittonia squamata, Carr., from a specimen found in the Isle of Wight, by Captain ee me Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. Fig. 2. View of the base of the same specimen. ular bundles. Figs. 3 & 4. Bases of two petioles, showing the number and arrangement of the vase eer i ute than it was Fig. 5. Section ofthe persistent base of a petiole, showing its form ; - al gioca in the living plant, from the pressure to which the Lé eg J Fig. 6. Section of several petioles on the edge of the specimen, greatly compressed. 706 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS Puate LVII. Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of Bennettites Saxbyanus, Carr., showing the pith, wood cylinder, bark, bases of the leaves, and one fruit-cavity, from a specimen from Brook Point, in the British Museum. Fig. 2. The external appearance of the broad surface of the same specimen. The bases of the petioles form cavities, the network of ridges being composed of the dense ramentum. A cavity formed by a fruit is seen near the centre of the specimen. Fig. 3. Transverse section of B. Saxbyanus, Carr., showing the pith, the woody cylinder broken by the meshes through which the vascular bundles to the petioles pass, the pith everywhere penetrated by the vascular bundles, and the rubbed bases of the petioles : from a specimen from Brook Point, in the British Museum. Fig. 4. Fragment of the same species, showing on the fractured surface the direction of the vascular bundles from the wood through the pith to the petioles. Fig. 5. The origin of the vascular bundle at the base of the mesh on the inner surface of the woody cylinder. Fig. 6. The form of the bundle as it leaves the woody cylinder. Fig. 7. The bundle as it passes through the bark. Fig. 8. The bundle broken up into smaller bundles in the petiole itself. PıATE LVIII. Fig. 1. Transverse section of B. Gibsonianus, Carr., showing the pith, wood, bark, and bases of the leaves, with a longitudinal section of a fruiting branch. Sections of gum-canals are seen in the pe- tioles : from a specimen found by T. F. Gibson, Esq., at Luccomb Chine, in the British Museum. - Longitudinal section of the same, perpendicular to the line forming the base of fig. 1. The transverse sections of the petioles are seen, with the number and arrangement of the vascular bundles. Four fruit-bearing branches are cut through. The upper central one is cut through the cushion which terminates the branch, and shows the whorls of leaves surrounding it. That in the centre of the figure is cut through the vascular cords; while those on the right and left of the specimen are cut through the upper cellular and seed-bearing portion of the fruit. 3. A portion of the last section, the size of nature, containing two of the fruit-bearing branches. Fig. 4. A portion of fig. 1, showing the wood cylinder and two vascular bundles pairing off to the petioles. 9. The portion of fig. 1 showing the longitudinal section of the fruit, the size of nature. The leaves at the side of the fruit are in longitudinal section, and those at the apex in transverse, being imbricated over the fruit. ` PLATE LIX. Fruits of B. Gibsonianus, Carr. Figs. 1 & 2. Longitudinal and somewhat oblique sections towards the side of the fruit. The investing eaves are seen in transverse section at the base. The dark ithin the leaves represents the fleshy substance of the fruit, which is SP SPACO: Wit mT- ‚UNE p largely developed above, but is also a very distinct structure along the sides and at the base of i Bee V Fig. 3. Longitudinal secti th h the fruit. T NE section. through the centre of tho fruit i ion and the other parts of the structure. » Showing the cellular cushion an Figs. i igs. 4 & i 2 ansverse sections, the first near the apex and the second towards the middle of the Fig. 6. Section of g i E On Of a young seed, covermgs prolonged into a styliform tubular process, pene- ading on its surface as a dilated stigma-like disk. One of layers of the coat, and the openin A FROM THE SECONDARY ROCKS OF BRITAIN. 707 Fig. 8. Section of a seed, showing the two layers of the coat, and the delicate membrane investing the nucleus (nucleus residuum membraniforme, Miquel). In the same figure there is a section through the walls of the coat, showing the polygonal form of the cells of the inner indurated wall, and the elongated thin cells of the outer wall. Fig. 9. Section of a seed, showing the form ofthe cells of the albumen, and the position ofthe embryo. PLATE LX. Figs. 1 & 2. Transverse and oblique sections of the vascular cords, showing the small bundle of scala- riform tissue in the centre, surrounded by, first, a layer of small delicate parenchyma which has generally disappeared, and, second, the thicker-walled and larger parenchyma of the bundle, the whole being covered by a membrane composed of a single series of small cells. All the cells of the cord are elongated, with blunt ends. The space between the cords is composed of small spherical cells, which increase in size towards the apex of the fruit. Fig.3. The parenchyma from the side of the fruit, with its epidermis, composed of a double layer of cells, the inner one being sometimes folded into the substance of the fruit. Fig. 4. A portion of the cushion, showing one bundle of scalariform tissue passing through it, and the origin of the tissues connected with the cords. Fig. 5. The bundle of scalariform tissue seen in fig. 4, greatly magnified. Fig. 6. Transverse section of a leaf from the base of the fruit figured on Plate LIX. fig. 1. Fig. 7. Transverse section of a petiole, showing the arrangement of the vascular bundles, and the dense ramentum. ` Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a leaf from the margin of the fruit figured on Plate LIX, fig. 1, showing the form of the cells and a lärge gum-canal. Fig. 9. Longitudinal section of a petiole with numerous gum-canals. : j Fig. 10. A cell from the leaf, fig. 8, greatly magnified, to show the scalariform markings on its walls. Fig. 11. Transverse section of the ramentum from the lower surface of the petiole. Fig. 12. Scalariform tissue of Bennettites Gibsonianus, Carr. Fig. 13. Disk-bearing tissue of Yatesia Morrisü, Carr. Puate LXI. Bennettites portlandicus, Carr. Fig. 1. External aspect of the fossil: from a specimen in the Museum of the Geological Society of London. , Fig. 2. Transverse section, showing the pith, the slender wood cylinder, and the bark, with the permanent bases of the petioles. : Fig. 3. A portion of the fossil, showing several petioles and two a ss E Fig. 4. A portion of the cavity in the base of the specimen representing the A de i Oe Fig. 5. A fruit-bearing branch, with the petiole in whose axil it was borne, the size o 1 Prag LXII. from a specimen found on the beach at Helmsdale, by Museum. The specimen has been poem 4 ax : e of PAolas, and by Leucodore ciliatus, Johnst. The bases of the petioles perm ty de of this little annelid, which has everywhere ee the surface of the spe- ramentum. A few small fruit-bearing branches occur scattered ie the plate is the upper cimen. It should be stated that the surface towards =o lege portion of the stem. 56 VOL. XXVI. Fig. l. External aspect of B. Peachianus, Carr., C. W. Peach, Esq., now in the, British 708 MR. W. CARRUTHERS ON FOSSIL CYCADEAN STEMS. lig. 2. Transverse section of the same specimen, showing the pith, the wood cylinder, the bark, and the Puate LXIII. Fig. 1. Cylindrical specimen of Mantellia nidiformis, Brongn. From a specimen from the Isle of Port- land, in the British Museum. In the upper portion of the specimen the wood cylinder is shown, and the large meshes in it through which the vascular bundles passed. Fig. 2. The upper surface of M. inclusa, Carr., showing the pith, the size and position of the wood cylinder, which has perished, the pith everywhere penetrated by the ascending vascular bundles belonging to the petioles, and the petioles. The specimen was found at Potton, Cambridge. shire, and is in the collection of W. Reed, Esq., F.G.S., York. Vig. 3. Outer surface of the same specimen, showing several cavities where fruiting branches were borne. Fig. 4. Several petioles of M. intermedia, Carr., from a specimen from the Isle of Portland, in the British Museum. bases of the petioles. Fig. 5. Portion of the wood cylinder of the same species, showing the number and size of the meshes. - From a specimen from the Isle of Portland, in the British Museum. Fig. 6. Several petioles of M. microphylla, Miq., from a specimen from the Isle of Portland, in the British Museum. POSTSCRIPT. TumovGH the kindness of Principal Dawson I have seen a photograph of one of the Cycadean stems found by P. Tyson, Esq., in Maryland; referred to on p. 679. The speci- men from which it was taken was fifteen inches in height. It is obviously a species of Bennettites, with smaller leaf-scars than those in B. Saxbyanus. Numerous axillary branches are seen, some of which are hollow in the centre from the fruits having. perished. Dr. Dawson informs me that Mr. Tyson regards the beds in which he obtained the specimens as most probably of Wealden age, 3 4 E e See re TRANS.LINN. Soc. VoL. XXVI Fig. 4. Half size. E a. R Fig. 1 Half size. W.G Smith, ad nat ith. à ER p EN ^ j iT y mis cone oi 5. Seeds and 6.Antheriierous C vy 1.2.5, Bucklandia anomala. 4. B. Mantelli . Taa nix Fig. 1. Half size. Aw et * Fig.7. Half si D. Smith admnat hth. l. Bucklandia Milleriana . Ds Yatesia gracilis. Fig, %. Half size. Bn r Morrisil. 3,9. Half a L. mamme ze nm: passida / o Fig Nat. size De 5. Nat size. WG Smith ad nat lth. ata Fittonia squat TRANS. LINN. Soc. V .6. Nat size Fig 8 Nat size ur. x f nae A AJ ee, we o AM In ZI ( 1 e e D X3 us Bennetites o2XDyan" Half size L4 WG T Wis Eer, d Fig. 4. Twicenat.si Ze. . Om th, ad nat ith ee Bennettites G10sonianu CR Ne: Ü Noe tret MY dpt Kop) t EH y i " D b - ZA se g^ "p "ovis. ay BT NH wag A RI Ah den = Sa A Qr ea. DE 494 Darse e Ee BPs avon Dan LEE EE GO E e KL > Ee Fee, D A 2 E Ke Fel $^ See P o Os D Fig. 10.Mag. 200 tunes, d iu Ee 3: i= e ^ Sees ERST ICH L4 P IS 3 Q E e Sate HL KH Ve, S p r e = eae 1 d s 5; dr 0% Qm 34 Gë 2 EX Se S * hg / » LJ ry bj; * in (Y) ps Y. eM a, be. BON EDLER ab "s wb. GM ET Ce "CN iR ede CO, Op „er KUH Ze KT Ve S oe RE gus, 2 x m. Gay ^ „or » ert 97 gt LE 4 : ad Di san? » Sr ^ ^ A) o> hor > Lé " i x er TA. , N a Fig 6 382 mes. x t Y. GC. Smith.ad nat. ntn : Ecg ~ Meris AT 3NI Ye] zis JEH $ 2 Ə ZIS E SE Peachıamus. Fig. 1. Hall n size W G Smith adnat ith. W. G. Smith.ad net.lith: 6. M microphylla . 1. Mantellia mdiformis. 2.3, M inclusa. 4 5. M intermedia. Achorutes armatus, 301, t. 22, murorum, 302. purpurascens, 302, t. 22, rufescens, 303 Acræa Aganice, 516, t. 42. Adamsiella aripensis, 194, t. 11. ZEcidium, 292. 4Eolosoma, Relations of, to other low forms of Annelida, 643. ZEolosoma quaternarium, 641, t. 48. Air-cells and -saes in Insects and Birds, 216. Albatros, Flight of the, 258. Ampullaria effusa, 194, t. 11, Urceus, 194. Andy, 8. P. On Branched Palms in Southern India, 661, t. 51. Annelids, Contribution to the know- ledge of the lower, 631. Arcyria incarnata, 291. Arthrostylidium, 39. pubescens, 42. racemiflorum, 44. Schomburgkii, 41. INDEX. Arundinaria falcata, 26, floribunda, 20. glaucescens, 22. Griffithiana, 20. Hindsii, 31. hirsuta, 30, Hookeriana, 29. intermedia, 28. japonica, 18. khasiana, 28. kurilensis, 17. longiramea, 19. macrosperma, 15, macrostachya, 23. racemosa, 17. radiata, 16. suberecta, 32. tessellata, 31. Aulonemia, 45. quexo, 46. Bairdia, 388. acanthigera, 390, t. 27. complanata, 390, t. 34. fulva, 474, t. 28. inflata, 388, t. 27, 38 minna, 392. obtusata, 390, t. 34. Baker, J. G. On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns, 305. Bambusa, 87. Apus, 112. argenteo-striata, 117. Bambusa aristata, 120. arundinacea, 103, atra, 120, aurea, 115. aureo-striata, 116, fera, 120 flexuosa, 101. Fortunei, 111. Griffithiana, 99. Helferi, 114. Horsfieldii, 145. khasiana, 97. levis, 121. lima, 121. lineata, 118. longinodis, 118. marginata, 114. Mastersii, 113. maxima, 121. mitis, 119. monogyna, 119. multiplex, 119. orientalis, 105. pallida, 97. pieta, 121. polymorpha, 98. prava, 121. 710 Bambusa pungens, 119. pygmea, 116. Bambusaces, Mn of, ineluding descriptions of all the Species, 1. Bats, Wings of, 238. Beesha, 143, capitata, 145. elegantissima, 146. Rheedei, 144. stridula, 145. Bennettites, 694. Gibsonianus, 700, t. 58-60. maximus, 699. Peachianus, 700, t. 62. portlandicus, 700. t. 61. Saxbyanus, 698, t. 57. Birds, Lifting-capacity of, 263. Birds, Wings of, 240. Borassus flabelliformis (branched), 661, t. 51. Brady, G. S. Monograph of the recent British Ostracoda, 353, t, 23-41. Bradycinetus, 466, brenda, 466, t. 33, 41. Macandrei, 468, t. 33, 41. TN Palms in Southern India, we 682, t 54. anomala, 686, t. 54. Mantellii, 686, t. 54. Milleri, 687, t. 55. squamosa, 686. Bulimus aureolus, 192, caracasensis, 199. immaeulatus, 192, ‚multifasciatus, 192, t. 11. oblongus, 192, virgulatus, 192. zebra, 192. > INDEX. | Butterflies, African, On some remark- able Mimetie Analogies among, 497. simplex, 450, t. 33, 40. turgida, 452, t. 34. Candona, 381. albicans, 381, t. 25, 36. candida, 383, t. 25, 36, 37. compressa, 382, t. 26. detecta, 384, t. 24, 37. lactea, 382, t. 24. Carruthers, W. On Fossil Cyeadean Stems from the Secondary Rocks of Britain, 675, t. 54-63. Cephalostachyum, 138. pergracile, 141. Cheetogaster, Relations of, to other low forms of Annelida, 643. Cheetogaster diaphanus, 631, t. 49. limnei, 631, t. 48 & 49. niveus, 641, t. 48. Chusquea, 52. _ abietifolia, 55. andina, 58. anelythra, 63. aristata, 61. capitata, 69. capituliflora, 68. leptophylla, 69. ligulata, 62. montana, 59. simpliciflora, 54, t. 2, spicata, 60. tenella, 54, Chusquea tenuiflora, 66. tessellata, 60. uliginosa, 57. uniflora, 59. Cistula pupiformis, 193, t. 11. Cladocopa, 470. Cocos nucifera (branched), 661, t. 51. Concheecia, 469. obtusata ?, 470, t. 41. Conchoeciadse, 468. Crescentia, On the genus, 159. Crescentia acuminata, 169, . aggregata, 172. confertiflora, 170. coriacea, 177, t. 9. eueurbitina, 174. Cujete, 167. cuneifolia, 168. cuspidata, 178. elongata, 178. fasciculata, 171, t. 8. latifolia, 176. linearifolia, 172, t. 8. obovata, 175. plectrantha, 170, t. 7. spathulata, 173. Crossozamia, 690. Cryptosporium circinans, 286. Currey, F. and Welwitsch, F. Fungi Angolenses :—A description of the Fungi collected by Dr. F. Wel- witsch in Angola during the years 1850—61, pt. 1., 279 Cyathus striatus, 287. Cycadean Stems (Fossil) from the Secondary Rocks of Britain, 675. Cyelotus rugatus, 193. translucidus, 193, t. 11. Cylindrella trinitaria, 193, t. 11. Cylindroleberis, 464. Marie, 465, t. 33, 41. teres, 465, t. 33, 41. Cypridz, 360. Cypridinide, 462, Cypridopsis, 375. aculeata, 376, t. 24, 36. vidua, 375, t. 24. villosa, 377, t. 24, 36. Cypris, 361. bispinosa, 366, t. 26. Cypris cinerea, 374, t. 24, 36. clavata, 367. compressa, 372, t. 24, 36, elliptica, 365. fusca, 362, t. 23. gibba, 369, t. 24, 36. gibbosa, 366. incongruens, 362, t, 23. Joanna, 375 levis, 374, t. 24, 36. obliqua, 364, t. 23. ovum, 373, t. 24, 36. 1 punctillata, 565, t. 26, 36. reptans, 370, t. 25, 36. salina, 368, t. 26. serrata, 371, t. 25, 36. striolata, 372, t. 24. tessellata, 367, t. 23. trigonella, 369, t. 25. virens, 364, t. 23, 36. Cythere, 394. acerosa ?, 419, t. 31. albomaculata, 402, t. 28, 39. . angulata, 409, t. 26 antiquata, 417, t. 30. badia, 399, t. 29. castanea, 398, t. 28, 38. concinna, 408, t. 26, 38. convexa, 401, t. 29, 39. cuneiformis, 404, t. 31. dubia, 409, t. 32. dunelmensis, 416, t. 30. emaciata, 414, t. 31. emarginata, 475. finmarchica, 410, t. 31. globulifera, 406, t. 31. Jeffreysii, 412, t. 29. Jonesii, 418 & 476, t. 30. laticarina, 412, t. 31. limicola, 405, t. 31. lutea, 395, t. 28, 39. marginata, 413, t. 31. mirabilis, 415, t. 29. mucronata, 415, t. 26. oblonga, 400, t. 31. pellucida, 397, t. 28. pulchella, 404. quadridentata, 413, t. 31. rubida, 400, t. 32, ? semipunctata, 411, t. 29. villosa, 411, t. 29. viridis, 397, t. 28, 38. Moto: 497, t j Ze 40, papillosa, 423, t. 28, 40, punctillata, 424, t. 26, 28, Sorbyana, 428, t. 29. subflavescens, 429, t. 34, torosa, 425, t. 28, 39. zetlandica, 428, t. 28. Cytherideis, 454. subulata, 454, t. 35. Cytheropteron, 447. latissimum, 448, t. 34. multiforum, 449, t. 29. nodosum, 448, t. 34. punctatum, 449, t. 34. rectum, 450, 476. ease 447, t. 34. Cytherura, 43 acuticostata, 445, t. 32. clathrata, 446, t. 29. cornuta, 445, t. 32. cuneata, 442, t. 32. gibba, 444, t. 32. lineata, 441, t. 32. nigrescens, 440, t. 32, 39. producta, 443, t. 32 Robertsoni, 444, t. 32. Sarsii, 442, t. 32. similis, 442, t. 32. striata, 441, t. 92. undata, 443, t. 32. Danais Chrysippus, 512, t. 42, Damocles, 505. Echeria, 506, t. 42. Egialea, 506 Niavius, 511, t. 42. Dasypus sexcinctus, The: muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in, 523. Degeeria lanuginosa, 298, t, 22. Nicoletii, 299, t. 22. Dendrocalamus, 146. flagellifer, 150. giganteus, 150. 711 Dendrocalamus Hamiltonii, 151. Hookeri, 151. latiflorus, 152, t. 6. membranaceus, 149, Parishiii, 149. Mima, 506, t. 43. Dinochloa, 153, tjankorreh, 153, t. 5. Dothidea ?, 283. Eucythere, 429, t. 25. anglica, 475. Argus, 431, t. 27. declivis, 430, t. 27. Eurotium Herbariorum, 284. Feathers, Individual, Function of, 250 Ferns, On the geographical distribu- tion of, 305. Fittonia, 690, squamata, 690, t. 56, Flight, Direction of the Down and Up Strokes in, 226. Flight, essentially a gliding move- ment, 227. Flight of the Flyingfish &e., 210. Flight, On the Mechanical Appli- ances by which it is attained in the Animal Kingdom, 197, t. 12- 15. Fossil Cycadean Stems, 675. Fungi Angolenses. Part 1., 279. Galton, J. C. The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in Dasypus sexcinctus, 523, t. 44. ——, The Myology of the Upper and Lower Extremities of Oryc- teropus capensis, 567, t. 45 & 46. Gasteropoda, On the Lingual Denti- tion of some West-Indian, 191. Geaster fimbriatus, 281. atter, 125. 112 Gigantochloa heterostachya, 125. verticillata, 124. Guadua, 76. amplexifolia, 84. angustifolia, 81. capitata, 81. distorta, 83. glomerata, 79. latifolia, 78. macrostachya, 80. paniculata, 85. refracta, 84. tagoara, 77. Trinii, 82. Venezuel, 86. J., and Hogg, J. On the Lingual Dentition of some West- Indian Gasteropoda, 191, t. 11. Haplotrichum capitatum, 291. Helianthus tuberosus, On the varia- tions of the angular divergences of the leaves of, 647. Helminthosporium Cordis, 292, t. 17. Henslow, G. On the variations of the angular divergences of the leaves of Helianthus tuberosus, 647, t. 50. Hogg, J., and Guppy, J. On the Lingual Dentition of some West- Indian Gasteropoda, 191, t. 11. Hydrobia spiralis, 194. annulatum, s C 283. ustulatum, var., 282. Isotoma trifasciata, 299, t, 22. . Lankester, E R. A Contribution to 5 Lifting-capacity of Birds, 263. INDEX. the knowledge of the Lower Àn- nelids, 631, t. 48 & 49. Laternea angolensis, 286, t. 17. Lepidocyrtus eneus, 300. albinos, 301. gibbulus, 301, t. 22. Limnieythere, 419. inopinata, 419, t. 29, 38, 39. monstrifica, 420, t. 29. Lipura fimetaria, 303, t. 22. Loxoconcha, 432. elliptica, 435, t. 27, 40. granulata, 434, t. 25. guttata, 436, t. 27. impressa, 433, t. 25, 40. tamarindus, 435, t. 25. Lubbock, J. On Pauropus, a new type of Centipede, 181, t. 10. Lycoperdon asperrimum, 289, t. 20. bicolor, 290, t. 20 cxspitosum, 289, t. 20. golungense, 289, t. 20. radicatum, 289, t. 20. tomentosum, 288, t. 19. Lysurus corallocephalus, 287, t. 17. Macroceramus signatus, 193, t. 11. inclusa, 703, t. 63, intermedia, 702, t. 63, microphylla, 703, t. 63. nidiformis, 702, t. 63. pygmea, 703. Marginella eserulescens, 193, t. 11. Marisa cornu-arietis, 194, Mechanical Appliances by which Flight is attained in the Animal Kingdom, 197. Melanitis Phegea, 516. Meliola formosa, 284, t. 17. Melocanna, 131. bambusoides, 132. gracilis, 133, Burchellii, 51, Merostachys capitata, 50. Clausseni, 48. Kunthii, 50. Neesii, 49. Sellovii, 51. sparsiflora, 49. speciosa, 48. ternata, 47. Micropeltis, ? 283. Miers, J, On the genus Crescentia, 159, t. 7-9. Mimetie Analogies among African Butterflies, 497. Munro, W. Monograph of the Bam- busacex, including descriptions of all the species, 1, t. 1-6. Muscles connected with the Shoulder- joint, On the Homologies of, 609. Muscles of the fore and hind limbs in Dasypus sexcinctus, 523. Myodocopa, 462. Myology of the upper and lower ex- tremities of Orycteropus capensis, 567. Nastus, 7 barbatus, 75. borbonicus, 74. Neritina microstoma, 193, t. 11. Notodromas, 379. monachus, 379, t. 23, 37. Orchesella cincta, 298. Orycteropus capensis, The myology of the upper and lower extremities of, 567. Ostracoda, Monograph of the recent British, 353. Oxytenanthera, 126. abyssinica, 127. albo-ciliata, 129. nigro-ciliata, 128. Stocksii, 130. Thwaitesii, 129. Palms, branched, in S. India, 661. Panopea Boisduvalii, 517, t. 43. Hiree, 514. Tarquinia, 516, t. 42. Papilio Dionysos, 509. Meriones, 520, t. 42. Meriope, 507, t. 43. Trophonius, 509. Paracypris, 377. polita, 378, t. 27, 38. Paradoxostoma, 456. abbreviatum, 458, t. 35. arcuatum, 461, t. 35. ensiforme, 460, t. 35. flexuosum, 461, t. 35. hibernicum, 460, t. 35, 40. Normani, 458, t. 35. obliquum, 459, t. 35. pulchellum, 459, t. 35. sarniense, 460, t. 35, 40. variabile, 457, t. 35, 41. Pauropus, a new type of Centipede, 181 Huxleyi, 182, t. 10. pedunculatus, 185, t. 10. Pemphidium nobile, 283, t. 17. Penicillium glaucum, 291. Pestalozzia depazeoides, 284, t. 17. Pettigrew, J. B. On the mechanical appliances by which flight is at- tained in the animal kingdom, 197, t. 12-15. Phacidium nitidum, 279. Phallus tunicatus, 286. Philomedes, 462. interpuncta, 463, t. 33, 41. Phoma confluens, 285, t. 17. Phyllostachys, 35. bambusoides, 36. kumasaca, 39. nigra, 38. . Stauntoni, 37. Phyllotaxis of Helianthus tuberosus, Variations in, 6 Physa rivalis, 193. Planorbis terversanus, 193. Planotia, 70. acuminatissima, 72. aperta, 73. elata, 71. nobilis, 72. am e Platycopa, 47. es RR 192, í. 13, glaber, 192. Podaxon elatus, 288, t. 19. loandensis, 288, t. 20. mossamedensis, 288, t. 17 & 19. Podocopa, 360. Podura aquatica, 301. Polycope, 470. ? dentata, 472, t. 35. orbicularis, 471, t. 35. INDEX. Polycopide, 470. Pontocypris, 384. acupunetata, 386, t. 25. angusta, 387, t. 34. mytiloides, 385, t. 25, 37, 38. trigonella, 387, t. 25, 38. Poronia claviformis, 281, Progression in, or through, the air, 215. Progression on, and in, the water, 203. Pseudocythere, 453. caudata, 453, t. 34, 4]. Pseudostachyum, 141. polymorphum, 142, t. 4. Pupa striatella, 193. Raumeria, 704. Kadhaa, 704. Schultziana, 704. Rolleston, G. On the homologies of certain muscles connected with the shoulder-joint, 609, t. 47. Romaleosoma Eleus, 514. Schizostachyum, 135. acutiflorum, 137. contortus, 455, t. 34, 41. Sclerotium flavidum, 292. stipitatum, 292. Septoria crustacea, 286. | Shoulder-joint, on the homologies of certain muscles connected with, 609. Smynthurus Bourletii, 297, t. 21. luteus, 296, t. 21. Spheria bombarda, 283. lanaris, 283. Sphsericeps, 290. lignipes, 290, t. 18. Sporidesmium celatum, 292, t. 17. Stemonitis fusca, 290. Stenogyra octona, 192, t. 11. Stilbum aterrimum, 291. cespitosum, 291. sericeum, 291. Streptaxis deformis, 193, t. 11. 713 Suceinea approximans, 193. Swimming of the fish, whale, por- poise, &c., 204. of the seal, sea-bear, and walrus, 207. of the turtle, triton, crocodile, &e., 209 Teinostachyum, 142. attenuatum, 143. Griffithii, 143, t. 3. Thamnocalamus, 33. Falconeri, 34. spathiflorus, 34. Thamnomyces hippotrichioides, 281. Thysanura, notes on the, Part 3., 29 5. Tornatellina lamellata, 192, t. 11. Trimen, R. On some remarkable mi- metic analogies among African butterflies, 497, t. 42 & 43. Tulostoma angolense, 290, t. 20. Uredo, sp., 293. Uromyces Alliorum, 293. Veronicella (Vaginulus) Sloanii, 193. Walking of the quadruped, biped, reptile, &e., 199. Welwitsch, F.,and Currey, F. Fungi Angolenses; a description of the Fungi collected by Dr. F. Welwitsch in Angola during the years 1850- 1861, Part 1., 279, t. 17-20. Williamson, W. C. Contributions to- wards the history of Zamia Gigas, 663, t. 52 & 53. Williamsonia, 691. Gigas, 693, t. 52, 53. Hastula, 693. Pecten, 694. Wing, The, a twisted lever or helix, 231. down and up strokes of, 235. flexion of, 251. Wings of bats, 238. of birds, 240. of insects, 222. arrangement for moving, 237. Wing-area variable, &c., 219. Wing-cases (Elytra), their shape and uses, 222. Yatesia Joassiana, 689, t. 55. Morrisii, 688, t. 55 & 60. Zamia Gigas, contributions towards the history of, 663, t. 52 & 53. WS TEE DIRECTIONS PLACING THE PLATES THE TWENTY-SIXTH VOLUME. TAB. 1 to Be (Arthrostylidium longiflorum, &e.) . 6.) éi o rCrescentia plectantha, &c. o.) 10. Pauropus Hualeyi li. Lingual Dentition of West-Indian db up 12. Mechanism of Flight bet ` ` bei MO pm Leg E SER napi of Angola. ems Thysanura Li wv > t P REN a Vane RE Recent British Ostracoda N u 42 | & +African Butterflies . 43. 44. Dasypus sexcinctus 45. & SOrycteropus capensis 46. . to follow page 157 . 495 . 022 e